IK PI 2015 en

Siemens AG 2014
Industrial
Communication
SIMATIC NET
Catalog
IK PI
Edition
2015
Answers for industry.
SO_DRUCK_Titel_IKPI_2015_en.indd 3
06.10.2014 11:38:02
Siemens AG 2014
Related catalogs
SIMATIC
Products for
Totally Integrated Automation
ST 70
E86060-K4670-A101-B4-7600
SIMATIC
Products for
Motion Control
PM 21
SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 & SIMOTICS
Equipment for Production Machines
E86060-K4921-A101-A3-7600
ST 70 N
Motion Control
SINUMERIK & SINAMICS
Equipment for Machine Tools
NC 61
E86060-K4670-A151-A7-7600
E86060-K4461-A101-A3-7600
SIMATIC HMI /
ST 80/ST PC
PC-based Automation
Human Machine Interface Systems
PC-based Automation
Motion Control Drives

D 31
SINAMICS Inverters for Single-Axis Drives
and SIMOTICS Motors
E86060-K5531-A101-A1-7600
E86060-E5531-A101-A1-7600 (News)
E86060-K4680-A101-C2-7600
SIMATIC
SIMATIC PCS 7
Process Control System
ST PCS 7
E86060-K4678-A111-B9-7600
SITOP
Power supply
SITOP
D 81.1
E86060-K5581-A111-A6-7600
KT 10.1
E86060-K2410-A111-A9-7600
SIMATIC Ident
Industrial Identification Systems
SIMOTICS Low-Voltage Motors

Type series 1LE1, 1MB1 and 1PC1
Frame sizes 80 to 315
Power range 0.3 to 250 kW
ID 10
Low-Voltage Power Distribution and

LV 10
Electrical Installation Technology
SENTRON SIVACON ALPHA
Protection, Switching, Measuring and Monitoring
Devices, Switchboards and Distribution Systems
E86060-K8280-A101-A1-7600
SITRAIN
Training for Industry
ITC
Only available in German

E86060-K8310-A101-A9-7600
Industrial Controls
SIRIUS
E86060-K1010-A101-A4-7600
E86060-K6850-A101-C4
IC 10
Products for Automation and Drives

Interactive Catalog, DVD
E86060-D4001-A510-D4-7600
Industry Mall
Information and Ordering Platform
in the Internet:
www.siemens.com/industrymall
CA 01
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Communication
SIMATIC NET
Introduction
PROFINET / Industrial Ethernet
PROFIBUS
AS-Interface
IO-Link
Industrial Wireless Communication
Industrial Remote Communication
Industrial Security
Appendix
Catalog IK PI 2015
Supersedes:
Catalog IK PI 2012
Refer to the Industry Mall for current updates of
this catalog:
The products contained in this catalog can also be found
in the Interactive Catalog CA 01.
Article No.: E86060-D4001-A510-D3-7600
Please contact your local Siemens branch.
Siemens AG 2014
Printed on paper from

sustainably managed forests and
controlled sources.
www.pefc.org
The products and systems described in
this catalog are manufactured/distributed
under application of a certified quality
management system in accordance with
DIN EN ISO 9001 (Certified Registration
Numbers are shown on page 9/19). The certificate is recognized by all IQNet countries.
Siemens AG 2014
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Answers for industry.

Integrated technologies, vertical market expertise and services
for greater productivity, energy efficiency, and flexibility.
The Siemens Industry Sector is the

world's leading supplier of innovative
and environmentally friendly products
and solutions for industrial companies.
End-to-end automation technology and
industrial software, solid market expertise, and technology-based services are
the levers we use to increase our customers productivity, efficiency and
flexibility. With a global workforce of
more than 100 000 employees,
the Industry Sector comprises the
Industry Automation, Drive Technologies, and Customer Services divisions,
as well as the Metals Technologies
Business Unit.
We consistently rely on integrated technologies and, thanks to our bundled

portfolio, we can respond more quickly
and flexibly to our customers' wishes.
With our globally unmatched range of
automation technology, industrial
control and drive technology as well
as industrial software, we equip companies with exactly what they need over
their entire value chain from product
design and development to production,
sales and service. Our industrial customers benefit from our comprehensive
portfolio, which is tailored to their
market and their needs.
Market launch times can be reduced

by up to 50% due to the combination
of powerful automation technology
and industrial software from Siemens
Industry. At the same time, the costs for
energy or waste water for a manufacturing company can be reduced significantly. In this way, we increase our
customers competitive strength and
make an important contribution to environmental protection with our energyefficient products and solutions.
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
(53 (QWHUSULVH5HVRXUFH3ODQQLQJ
3/0 3URGXFW/LIHF\FOH0DQDJHPHQW
0DQDJHPHQW/HYHO
3URGXFW'HVLJQ
3URGXFWLRQ3ODQQLQJDQG6LPXODWLRQ
'DWD0DQDJHPHQW
0(60DQXIDFWXULQJ([HFXWLRQ6\VWHPV
3ODQW(QJLQHHULQJ
6,0$7,&,7
&2026
(WKHUQHW
2SHUDWLRQV/HYHO
6,0$7,&3&6
2SHUDWRU6\VWHP

0DLQWHQDQFH
$VVHW0DQDJHPHQW
(QHUJ\
0DQDJHPHQW
(QJLQHHULQJ
6WDWLRQ
6,0$7,&:LQ&&
6&$'$6\VWHP
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
7,$3RUWDO
&RQWURO/HYHO
6,0$7,&3&6

$XWRPDWLRQ
6\VWHP
6,180(5,.
&RPSXWHU1XPHULF&RQWURO
6,027,21
0RWLRQ&RQWURO
6,0$7,&1(7
,QGXVWULDO
&RPPXQLFDWLRQ
6,0$7,&&RQWUROOHU

0RGXODU3&%DVHG
6,0$7,&+0,
+XPDQ0DFKLQH,QWHUIDFH
6,0$7,&'LVWULEXWHG,2
6,1$0,&6'ULYH6\VWHPV
6,5,86,QGXVWULDO&RQWUROV
)LHOG/HYHO
352),%863$
3URFHVV,QVWUXPHQWDWLRQ
7RWDOO\
,QWHJUDWHG
$XWRPDWLRQ
6,0$7,&,GHQW

,QGXVWULDO,GHQWLILFDWLRQ
+$57
/RZ9ROWDJH'LVWULEXWLRQ
,2/LQN
6,027,&60RWRUV
Efficient automation starts with

efficient engineering.
Totally Integrated Automation: Efficiency driving productivity.
Efficient engineering is the first step toward better production that is faster,
more flexible, and more intelligent. With all components interacting efficiently,
Totally Integrated Automation (TIA) delivers enormous time savings right from
the engineering phase. The result is lower costs, faster time-to-market, and
greater flexibility.
6,7236WURPYHUVRUJXQJ
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
A unique complete approach for all industries

Efficient interoperability of all automation components
As one of the world's leading automation suppliers,

Siemens provides an integrated, comprehensive portfolio
for all requirements in process and manufacturing industries.
All components are mutually compatible and system-tested.
This ensures that they reliably perform their tasks in industrial
use and interact efficiently, and that each automation solution can be implemented with little time and effort based
on standard products. The integration of many separate individual engineering tasks into a single engineering environment, for example, provides enormous time and cost savings.
With its comprehensive technology and industry-specific
expertise, Siemens is continuously driving progress in manufacturing industries and Totally Integrated Automation plays
a key role.
Totally Integrated Automation creates real value added in
all automation tasks, especially for:
352),1(7
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
352),%86
$6,QWHUIDFH
.1;*$00$LQVWDEXV
7RWDOO\
,QWHJUDWHG
3RZHU
Integrated engineering
Consistent, comprehensive engineering throughout the
entire product development and production process
Industrial data management
Access to all important data occurring in productive
operation along the entire value chain and across
all levels
Industrial communication
Integrated communication based on international
cross-vendor standards that are mutually compatible
Industrial security
Systematic minimization of the risk of an internal or
external attack on plants and networks
Safety Integrated
Reliable protection of personnel, machinery, and the
environment thanks to seamless integration of safety
technologies into the standard automation
Making things right with Totally Integrated Automation

Totally Integrated Automation, industrial automation from
Siemens, stands for the efficient interoperability of all automation components. The open system architecture covers
the entire production process and is based on end-to-end
shared characteristics: consistent data management, global
standards, and uniform hardware and software interfaces.
Totally Integrated Automation lays the foundation for
comprehensive optimization of the production process:
Time and cost savings due to efficient engineering
Minimized downtime due to integrated diagnostic
functions
Simplified implementation of automation solutions due
to global standards
Better performance due to interoperability of systemtested components
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Totally Integrated Power

We bring power to the point
safely and reliably.
Efficient, reliable, safe: These are the demands placed on electrification and especially
power distribution. And our answer for all application areas of the energy system
is Totally Integrated Power (TIP). Its based on our comprehensive range of products,
systems, and solutions for low and medium voltage, rounded out by our support
throughout the entire lifecycle from planning with our own software tools to installation,
operation, and services.
Comprehensive answers for

power distribution in complex
energy systems from Siemens
Smart interfaces allow linking to industrial or building automation, making it possible to fully
exploit all the optimization potential of an integrated solution. This is how we provide our
customers around the world with answers to their challenges. With highly efficient, reliable,
and safe power distribution, we lay the foundation for sustainable infrastructure and cities,
buildings, and industrial plants. We bring power to the point wherever and whenever it is
needed.
More information: www.siemens.com/tip
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Totally Integrated Power offers more:

Consistency:
For simplified plant engineering and commissioning as well as smooth integration into automation solutions
for building or production processes
One-stop-shop:
A reliable partner with a complete portfolio for the entire process and lifecycle from the initial idea
to after-sales service
Safety:
A comprehensive range of protection components for personnel safety and line and fire protection,
safety by means of type testing
Reliability:
A reliable partner who works with customers to develop long-lasting solutions that meet the highest
quality standards
Efficiency:
Bringing power to the point means greater plant availability and maximum energy efficiency in
power distribution
Flexibility:
End-to-end consistency and modular design of Totally Integrated Power for any desired expansions and
adaptation to future requirements
Advanced technology:
Reliable power distribution especially for applications in which supply is critical, continuous refinement of
the technology
Challenges are our speciality

Automation
Operation
&
Monitoring
Process/
Industrial
automation
Load
management
PROFINET
Load
curves
Forecast
Maintenance
PROFIBUS
Status
reporting/
failure management
...
Protocols
Power
Quality
Cost
center
Building
automation
Industrial Ethernet
Modbus
Electrification
Renewables
Storage
Medium-voltage switchgear
technologies and protection technology
Transformer
Low-voltage switchboard
with protection and measuring
technology
Low-voltage
distribution
110 kV
Products, systems and solutions
Consulting,
planning
Engineering
Order,
delivery
Installation,
commissioning
Operation
Service,
modernization
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Introduction
1/2
1/6
1/8
1/10
1/12
1/14
1/16
1/18
1/20
Industrial bus systems

Industrial Ethernet
PROFINET
PROFIBUS
AS-Interface
IO-Link
1/23
1/23
Data for practical applications
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Introduction
1
SIMATIC NET offers all the components necessary for an
integrated complete solution and supports the following bus
systems:
PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet
(IEEE 802.3)
- the industrial standard based on the

international Ethernet standard
PROFINET
(IEC 61158/61784)
- the leading Industrial Ethernet standard

for automation
Industrial Wireless LAN

(IEEE 802.11)
- the industrial standard for wireless communication based on the international standard
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS
(IEC 61158/61784)
- the international standard for the field level is

the global market leader among fieldbus
systems
Industrial Ethernet (IEEE 802.3)
PROFIBUS (IEC 61158/61784)
the international standard for area networking is the number one

network in the LAN environment. Industrial Ethernet enables
powerful communication networks to be constructed over wide
areas.
the international standard for the field level is the global market
leader among fieldbus systems. It allows communication both in
manufacturing applications and in process-oriented applications.
PROFINET (IEC 61158/61784)

the international standard is based on Industrial Ethernet and
allows real-time communication all the way to the field level, but
also integrates the enterprise level. With the full utilization of existing IT standards, PROFINET allows isochronous motion control applications, efficient cross-manufacturer engineering and
high availability of machines and systems on the Industrial Ethernet. PROFINET supports distributed automation (and controllercontroller communication) and it allows fail-safe applications.
1/2
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Introduction
AS-Interface
AS-Interface
(IEC 62026-2/EN 50295)
IO-Link
- the international standard, which, as an

economical alternative to the cable
harness, links sensors and actuators
by means of a two-wire line.
IO-Link
- the standard for intelligently connecting

sensors and actuators from the field level
to the MES level
AS-Interface (EN 50295/IEC 62026)
IO-Link
the international standard which, as an alternative to the cable

harness, links especially cost-effective sensors and actuators by
means of a two-wire line.
the standard for intelligently connecting sensors and actuators

from the field level to the MES level.
Network transitions are implemented via controllers or links.
Configuration and diagnostics can be performed from any point
in the plant.
Siemens IK PI 2015
1/3
Siemens AG 2014
Introduction
Overview
Benefits
Your requirements
Industrial communication with Totally Integrated Automation
Do you want to bring new products quickly onto the market? And
at the same time be flexible and in a position to change your
product range at short notice and shorten your time-to market?
Do you want to be able to manufacture efficiently at low costs?
And at the same time optimize the capacity of your plant/
machine and minimize possible downtimes?
With Totally Integrated Automation, Siemens is the only manufacturer to offer an integrated range of products and systems for automation in all sectors from incoming goods and the production
process to outgoing goods, from the field level through the production control level to connection with the corporate management level.
Then all the machines in your plant should work together perfectly. Therefore, you rely upon open, integrated automation
communication not just within the whole company but also for
external communication. Avoid isolated automation and information technology solutions by assuring:
The advantages of Totally Integrated Automation already pay off as

regards design and engineering, but also assembly and commissioning and operation and maintenance.
Continuous flow of information from the actuator/sensor

level through to the corporate management level
Availability of information at any location
High-speed data exchange between the different plant
sections
Easy, plant-wide configuration and efficient diagnostics
Integrated security functions that block unauthorized access
Fail-safe and standard communication via the same
connection
Our range
Communication networks are of utmost importance for automation solutions. SIMATIC NET Networking for Industry stands
for a diverse range of modular blocks Designed for Industry
which contribute to efficiently solving your communications
tasks:
In the different automation areas
Across the entire workflow
For the complete plant life cycle
For all industries
SIMATIC NET offers solutions which both maximize the benefits
of Ethernet and simply integrate fieldbus systems. Noticeable
examples are:
The development of the field level for the use of
Industrial Ethernet
Complete integration from the field level to the corporate
management level
Implementation of state-of-the-art solutions with mobile
and wireless communication
The integration of IT technologies
Worldwide trends
Decentralization has been gaining worldwide importance for a
number of years now. A distributed plant structure can reduce
installation, maintenance and diagnostics costs. This involves
intelligent devices working locally and being connected together across networks. Openness and flexibility are important
in order to expand existing setups and to connect up different
systems. For this reason, international committees define and
standardize the standards for bus systems.
1/4
Siemens IK PI 2015
Automation solutions can be implemented at little cost. New scope

for development allows a quicker and more flexible response to
new market requirements. Systems can be easily expanded or converted without having to interrupt ongoing operations. Due to the increased use of Industrial Ethernet in automation, two topics within
Totally Integrated Automation are becoming more and more important PROFINET and SCALANCE.
Siemens AG 2014
Introduction
Benefits (continued)
PROFIBUS DP
AS-Inteface
Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP)

(e.g. PC)
Control
(e.g. SIMATIC S7-300)
Motion Control
(e.g. SIMOTION)
Intelligent field devices

(e.g. ET 200S/CPU)
Simple field devices

(e.g. ET 200)
Sensors/actuators
PROFINET, the open and innovative Industrial Ethernet standard

fulfils all the demands of industrial automation and ensures integrated, company-wide communication.
PROFINET also supports the direct connection of distributed field
devices to Industrial Ethernet and the implementation of isochronous motion control applications. PROFINET also allows distributed
automation with the support of component technology, as well as
vertical integration and the implementation of safety-oriented applications. PROFINET also supports controller-controller communication.
Securely and flexibly networked across all levels with
SCALANCE network components
SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet Switches, SCALANCE S
Industrial Security Modules and Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN)
access points, client modules (SCALANCE W) and SCALANCE M
industrial routers that ideally meet the demands of industrial applications are available for networking the stations on the
PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet.
The use of wireless communication to automation devices and industrial terminal devices helps to achieve greater flexibility. As a
result you can simplify maintenance work and reduce service
costs and downtimes. With Safety, even fail-safe communication
is possible by means of wireless networking with SCALANCE
products. This increases a company's competitiveness considerably.
Challenging applications with real-time requirements can be implemented in the radio field. The use of wireless features for moving machines saves cable and servicing costs; driverless transport systems can receive data via the wireless system without
requiring cables and remain flexible in the choice of route.
Identification systems
(e.g. RFID and code reading systems)
Drives
(e.g. SINAMICS)
SIRIUS
(e.g. M200D motor starter, compact
starters, monitoring and overload relay)
CNC system
(e.g. SINUMERIK)
An overall solution comprises:

Bus system with
- Passive network components, e.g. cables
- Active network components, e.g. switches
Safety-oriented Communication
not suitable
suitable
G_IK10_XX_00003
You need a seamless information flow for your strategic decisions

within your company from the first manufacturing step through operation up to the corporate management level. In order to achieve
this, you rely on efficiency and transparency already during engineering.
IO-Link
PROFINET
Use of communication systems

Industrial Ethernet
PROFINET ...
for increasing the productivity of your plant
ideally suitable
Interfaces for connecting automation devices to the bus

systems
- Integrated interfaces
- Own communications processors
Network transitions, e.g. IE/PB Link PN IO
Software for configuring the networks
Tools for servicing and diagnostics, e.g. SINEMA
Siemens IK PI 2015
1/5
Siemens AG 2014
Introduction
1
Laptop
Remote access,
e.g. via
teleservice
Controller
Numeric Control
Control and
monitoring system
Motion Control
Systems
Telecontrol and
substation control
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
Controller
Notebook
Field device for

intrinsically safe area
Control and
monitoring system
PC/PG/IPC
Numeric
Control
Coupler
PROFIBUS PA
PROFIBUS
ASM456
Field devices
RFID
system
SIMOCODE
pro
Code
reading
systems
Mobile
Panel
IO-Link
module
Protection and
monitoring
devices
The graphic shows the connection of different

automation systems to the standardized networks.
1/6
Siemens IK PI 2015
RFID system
SINAMICS
Drives
G_IK10_XX_00006
Compact
starter
Siemens AG 2014
Introduction
1
Telecontrol and
substation control
PC
S7-1200 with
CP 1242-7
Controller
PC/PG/IPC
Database
Server
IWLAN
Controller
Security
Access
Point
Controller
PC/PG
Access
Point
Industrial Ethernet
Switches
IWLAN
RCoax Cable
Controller
Wireless
Devices
Link
RF180C
Field devices
DP-Slave
Mobile
Panel
Drives
RFID
system
IO-Link
master
Motion Control
Systems
Code
reading
systems
Access
Point
Link
IO-Link
module
LOGO!
Protection and
monitoring
devices
Controller
RFID system
AS-Interface
Link
Power
supply
Client
Module
Compact
starter
Compact Compact
starter
feeder
Slaves
Field device
Slaves
Signalling column
Siemens IK PI 2015
G_IK10_XX_00007
Power
supply
1/7
Siemens AG 2014
Introduction
Industrial Ethernet
Overview
Industrial Ethernet provides the industrial area with a powerful
network that complies with the IEEE 802.3 (Ethernet) and
802.11 a/b/g/h/n (wireless LAN) standards.
Ethernet is the world's current Number 1 in the network environment and offers significant benefits:
The diverse options of Ethernet and the Internet that are already
available today in the office sector can also be used in factory
and process automation by means of Industrial Ethernet.
Ethernet technology, which has been used successfully for
decades, allows users to precisely match network performance
to requirements. The user can choose the data throughput rate
to suit particular needs, as integrated compatibility makes it possible to introduce this technology in stages.
High availability since existing networks can be extended

without any adverse effects
Fast commissioning thanks to the simplest connection method
Virtually unlimited communication capabilities, since scalable

performance using switching technology and high data rates
are available
Networking of the most varied application areas such as the
office and production areas
Company-wide communication thanks to the Internet
connection option, with security components providing for
data integrity
Investment protection through continuous compatible further
development
Precise time-based assignment of events in the overall plant
by means of plant-wide clock control.
SIMATIC NET, the industrial communication system from
Siemens, relies on this proven technology. Siemens has already
supplied several million connections worldwide in tough industrial environments subject to electromagnetic interference.
SIMATIC NET provides important supplements to Ethernet
technology for industrial environments:
Network components of the SCALANCE product families for
the use of wired and wireless communication in harsh industrial environments
Fast on-site assembly using the FastConnect cabling system
Failsafe networks through high-speed redundancy and
redundant power supply
Continuous monitoring of network components through an
effective signaling concept, and network monitoring software
The following communication functions/services are offered by
Industrial Ethernet:
PG/OP communication
Comprises integrated communication functions which allow
data communication via SIMATIC, SIMOTION and SINUMERIK
automation systems with every HMI device and SIMATIC PG
(STEP 7). PG/OP communication is supported by PROFINET/
Industrial Ethernet and PROFIBUS.
S7 communication
S7 communication is the integrated communication function
(system function block) for S7-400 or loadable function blocks
for S7-300, which have been optimized within SIMOTION,
SINUMERIK and SIMATIC S7/WinAC. It also enables PCs/IPCs
and workstations to be connected. The maximum volume of user
data per task is 64 KB. S7 communication offers simple, powerful communication services and provides a network-independent software interface.
Open communication
The open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) allows the SIMATIC S7
controllers to communicate with other SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC S5
controllers, PCs/IPCs and third-party systems. In addition, for the
simple connection of HMI stations, FETCH and WRITE are offered.
1/8
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Introduction
Industrial Ethernet
Overview (continued)
Control and
monitoring
system
S7-200 with
MD720
SCALANCE
M874
Database
Server
S7-1200 with
CP1242-7
S7-300 with
SINAUT ST7
Field PG
PC with
WinCC flexible
and TeleControl
Server Basic
S7-400
Mobile
Panels
S7-1500
SINUMERIK
SIMOTION C/P/D
SIMATIC IPC
with WinAC
SCALANCE S
PROFINET
Access Point
SCALANCE W
S7-300
S7-1200
Industrial
Ethernet
RF180C
SCALANCE X
Energy
monito- Code
ring
reading
systems
Access Point
SCALANCE W
RFID
system
ET 200S with
IM 151-3 PN FO
Industrial Ethernet (optic)
Client Module
SCALANCE W
SINAMICS
ET 200S with
IM 151-3 PN FO
SIMATIC IPC
with WinAC
ET 200
SIRIUS M200D
G_IK10_XX_10230
ET 200
Complete overview of Industrial Ethernet
The socket interface for Industrial Ethernet

allows data communication with computers via TCP/IP. On this
interface which is widespread in the PC and UNIX world, users
can freely program the data exchange. The SEND/RECEIVE
blocks (S/R) are used as access to TCP/IP in SIMATIC S7.
OPC (Openness, Productivity & Collaboration)
is a standardized, open and cross-vendor software interface.
It permits interfacing of OPC-capable Windows applications to
S7-communication, open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) and
PROFINET.
IT communication
Information technology (IT) with e-mail, File Transfer (FTP),
and web technology
integrates SIMATIC, SIMOTION and SINUMERIK into IT via
Industrial Ethernet. In the office environment, e-mail, FTP, and
web browsers have prevailed as widespread means of communication.
PROFINET communication
This communication is compliant with the IEC 61158/61784 standard. PROFINET, the international standard, uses Industrial
Ethernet and enables real-time communication right down to the
field level.
Siemens IK PI 2015
1/9
Siemens AG 2014
Introduction
PROFINET
Overview
PROFINET The Ethernet standard for automation
PROFINET innovations
PROFINET is the leading Industrial Ethernet standard with more

than 7,6 1) million nodes worldwide.
PROFINET has been expanded by a number of innovative features. These simplify the system configuration, in safety-critical
applications for example, and support a leaner and more flexible
topology in many different scenarios.
PROFINET makes businesses more successful by speeding up

processes, boosting productivity, and increasing plant availability.
With PROFINET, Siemens is applying the Ethernet standard to
automation. PROFINET enables high-speed and secure data
exchange at all levels, thus making it possible to implement innovative machine and plant concepts. Thanks to its flexibility
and openness, PROFINET offers users maximum freedom when
engineering and structuring their plant architectures.
PROFINET's efficiency means optimal utilization of available
user resources and a significant increase in plant availability.
Innovative Siemens products and the performance of PROFINET
provide a sustained boost to company productivity.
The I-Device (intelligent IO device) function enables simple

and fast controller-controller communication through direct access to the IO address image with the PROFINET IO protocol.
Local controllers such as the ET 200S CPU can be integrated
into modular machines more easily, for example.
The Shared Device function allows two controllers to access the
same PROFINET IO Device, such as a distributed ET 200 or a
drive in a safety application. Because fewer devices need to be
installed in the field, the engineering, cabling, energy and installation costs are reduced.
Plant availability can be increased using a ring topology and the
Media Redundancy Protocol (MRP) This runs directly via the
integrated RJ45 ports on PROFINET devices and can be combined in any way with the relevant Industrial Ethernet switches
(e.g. SCALANCE X-200).
High network availability can be achieved without reconfiguration time using the MRPD procedure (Media Redundancy for
Planned Duplication).
Advantages at a glance
More flexibility with PROFINET
Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN)
IWLAN reduces maintenance costs, increases reliability, and
gives a convincing high communication performance. Only
PROFINET allows the use of IWLAN with safety.
Safety
Safety-related communication via PROFIsafe reliably protects
personnel, the environment, and plants.
Flexible topologies
PROFINET also enables the use of star, tree and ring topologies in addition to the linear topology.
Open standard
Thanks to its openness, PROFINET creates the basis for a
uniform machine/plant automation network to which programmable controllers as well as standard Ethernet devices can be
connected.
Web tools
PROFINET is 100 percent Ethernet and supports TCP/IP.
Among other things, this enables the use of Web technologies,
such as access to the integrated Web server of the field
devices.
Expandability
With PROFINET, network infrastructures can be expanded as
desired, even during operation.
1)
Source: PROFIBUS and PROFINET International (PI), values at end of 2013
1/10
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Introduction
PROFINET
Your advantages at a glance
Flexibility
Tailor-made plant concepts
Efficiency
Performance
Optimal use of resources
Increased productivity
One cable for all purposes
Speed
Safety
Device/network diagnostics
High precision
Flexible topologies
Energy efficiency
Large quantity structures
Open standard
Easy cabling
High transmission rate
Web tools
Fast device replacement
Redundancy
Expandability
Ruggedness/stability
Fast start-up
More efficiency with PROFINET
G_IK10_XX_10304
More performance with PROFINET
Speed
PROFINET offers a host of functions on a single cable, allowing

convergence of machine data and standard IT data. This
creates consistency and cuts costs by reducing the overhead
for cabling and training.
Fast motion control applications need high-speed data

exchange. PROFINET's short cycle times increase the productivity of machines and plants.
Device and network diagnostics
Communication via PROFINET is deterministic. A jitter of

< 1 s results in maximum precision cycles and thus ensures
high product quality.
Extensive diagnostic data can be read out from the devices to

locate faults quickly. HTML standard Web sites are used for
servicing PROFINET devices locally and remotely.
Increased energy efficiency
PROFIenergy switches off individual loads or entire production
units during breaks in a coordinated and centrally controlled
way.
Easy cabling
Precision

With PROFINET, up to 256 devices can be managed by one
SIMATIC controller. The number of nodes per network is more
or less unlimited.
Fault-free establishment of industrial networks in a short time

without the need for specialist knowledge: PROFINET makes
this possible with the FastConnect system.
By using Ethernet, PROFINET achieves a significantly higher

transmission rate than previous fieldbuses. This enables problem-free transmission of even large volumes of data without
affecting I/O data transfer.
Quick device replacement
Redundancy
When replacing a PROFINET device, the IO Controller detects

the new device and automatically assigns its name.
Higher plant availability can be achieved by means of a redundant installation. This can be implemented both with the help
of external switches and directly via integral PROFINET interfaces.
Extremely robust
The use of switches even in field devices prevents faults in one
section of the network from influencing the entire plant network.
PROFINET enables the use of fiber-optic cables for areas that
are particularly sensitive to EMI.
Fast start-up
In modular plants, IO controllers must be able to detect
new machines or plant sections quickly. With Fast Startup,
PROFINET can detect devices and connect them to the
IO controller within 500 ms.
Siemens IK PI 2015
1/11
Siemens AG 2014
Introduction
PROFIBUS
Complete overview of PROFIBUS
SIMATIC S7
SINUMERIK
SIMOTION C/P/D
Notebook
S7-300F with standard

and F I/Os
Field PG M
PROFIsafe
PROFIBUS DP
ET 200pro
ET
200M
MSS
MICROMASTER
SIMOCODE
PRO
Field devices
ASM456
ET
200eco
RFID
system
PROFIBUS is used to connect field devices, e.g. distributed I/O

devices or drives, to automation systems such as SIMATIC S7,
SIMOTION, SINUMERIK or PCs. PROFIBUS is standardized in
accordance with IEC 61158/61784 and is a powerful, open and
rugged fieldbus system with short response times. PROFIBUS is
available in different forms for various applications
PROFIBUS DP
(distributed I/O)
connecting distributed field devices, e.g. SIMATIC ET 200, or
drives with extremely fast response times. PROFIBUS DP is used
when sensors/actuators are distributed at the machine or in the
plant (e.g. field level). The actuators and sensors are connected
to the field devices.
The field devices are supplied with output data in accordance
with the master/slave technique and transfer input data to the
controller or PC.
Siemens IK PI 2015
DP/ASDP/AS-i
Interface F-Link
Link 20E
Code
reading
systems
RFID
system
1/12
AS-Interface
IO-Link
module
Compact
feeder
arrangement
SINAMICS
DP/AS-i
LINK
Advanced
ET 200M with
F-IO
ET 200L
Sensors
IO modules
Openness all along the line

Dank Thanks to the openness of PROFIBUS DP, standardcompliant components from different manufacturers can also be
connected. The IEC 61158/61784 standards provide future protection for your investment. A simple link to other bus systems,
e.g. from the AS-Interface, is implemented by means of links and
thus permits an integrated solution in the field of failsafety for the
protection of both human and machine.
Siemens has a complete range of products of standard and failsafe controllers, network components, communication software
and field devices. And for field device manufacturers, Siemens
offers everything to do with the PROFIBUS DP interface, such as
ASICs, training, certification, and much more.
PROFIsafe
permits standard and safety-related communication on one and
the same bus cable. It is an open solution for safety-related communication over standard buses and uses the PROFIBUS services.
G_IK10_XX_50026
Siemens AG 2014
Introduction
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC PC with WinAC

Vision Sensor
VS 120
Monitoring and
control system
SIMATIC TDC
SIPART PS2
SIMATIC
PDM
PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS PA
DP/DP
coupler
Customized
solutions with
ASICs
DP/PA
Coupler/
Link
Mobile
Panel
Customized
solutions with
ASICs
SITRANS P
S7-1200 with
CM 1242-5
RS 485iS coupler
ET 200iSP
SITRANS FM
DP slave
G_IK10_XX_50027
Power Rail
Booster
Intrinsically safe area
* PDM is a parameterization tool for intelligent field devices
Isochronous mode
PROFIBUS PA (Process Automation)
The CPU, I/O and user program are synchronized with the
PROFIBUS cycle. The "Isochronous mode" function is supported
by many CPUs of SIMATIC, SIMOTION, SINUMERIK and servo
drives. The drives are controlled using the PROFIdrive profile.
expands PROFIBUS DP with intrinsically safe transmission of

data and power (e.g. transducers in the food processing industry) in accordance with the international standard IEC 61158-2
(same protocol, different physical properties).
PROFIBUS PA is used predominantly in the hazardous areas of
refineries (chemical, oil and gas).
Siemens IK PI 2015
1/13
Siemens AG 2014
Introduction
AS-Interface
Overview
Sensors, valves, actuators, drives many different components
operate on the field level. All of these actuators/sensors must be
connected to an automation system. Distributed I/O devices are
used for this; to a certain extent as intelligent outposts directly
on-site.
As a cost-effective alternative to the cable harness, AS-Interface
links the components of the field level by means of a simple 2-wire
cable for data and power.
AS-Interface is standardized as an international industrial standard
according to EN 50295 and IEC 62026-2 and is supported worldwide by a number of member companies of the AS-International
Association, including the leading manufacturers of actuators and
sensors. AS-Interface is used where individual actuators/sensors
are spatially distributed throughout the machine (e.g. in a bottle filling plant).
AS-Interface is a single master system. There are communications
processors (CPs) for SIMATIC and for SIMOTION and links that control field communication as masters. With the AS-Interface specification V2.1 or V3.0, up to 62 slaves can be connected. The AS-Interface specification V3.0 allows a maximum of 1000 digital
inputs/outputs to be connected (profile S-7.A.A: 8DI/8DO as
A/B slave). New profiles allow extended addressing (A/B) to be used
for analog slaves, too. The analog value transmission is accelerated
via "fast analog profiles". Thanks to the integrated analog value processing in the masters, the access to analog values is just as easy
as the access to digital values. For connecting the AS-Interface to
PROFIBUS DP, the DP/AS-i LINK Advanced, DP/AS-i F-Link or
DP/AS-Interface LINK 20E are available with degree of protection
IP20. This enables the use of AS-Interface as a subordinate network
for PROFIBUS DP. The IE/AS-i LINK PN IO allows AS-Interface to be
connected to Industrial Ethernet and thereby a direct embedding in
the PROFINET environment.
1/14
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Introduction
AS-Interface
SIMATIC/
SIMOTION
SINUMERIK
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
DP/AS-i F-Link
AS-Interface
power supply
DP/AS-i LINK Advanced

DP/AS-i Link 20E
S7-300
CP 343-2(P)
AS-Interface
power supply
AS-Interface
Safety switch
without
with
tumbler tumbler
Safe
EMERGENCY-STOP
and field module
PROFIBUS DP
S7-300
CP343-2(P)
S7-200
with CP 243-2
S7-1200
with CM 1243-2
Digital and analog

K20, K45, K60 field modules
CM AS-i Master ST
for ET 200SP
Signaling
columns
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO
Pushbuttons
Indicator lights
Safe and standard control cabinet

modules S22.5 and S45
24 V DC
power
supply
MSS
Advanced
MSS
ASIsafe
3RA2 load
feeders
3RA6
compact
starters
SIRIUS
M200D motor
starters or
G110D
inverters
G_IK10_XX_20027j
Load feeders
with safe
AS-i outputs
Example of a system configuration
Cost savings
AS-Interface replaces costly cable harnesses and connects binary
actuators and sensors such as proximity switches, valves or indicator lights, as well as analog signals with a controller such as
SIMATIC.
In practice this means: Installation runs smoothly because data and
power are transported together over one single line. Thanks to the
specially developed ribbon cable (yellow in color) and insulation
displacement technology, the AS-Interface slaves can be connected anywhere.
This concept is extremely flexible and has a great effect on savings.
No expert knowledge is required for installation and commissioning.
Furthermore, through simple cable laying and the clear cable structure as well as the special design of the cable, you not only significantly reduce the risk of errors, but also service and maintenance
costs.
Siemens IK PI 2015
1/15
Siemens AG 2014
Introduction
IO-Link
Overview
Engineering and visualization
IO-Link
engineering:
SIMATIC
S7-PCT
Visualization:
SIMATIC HMI
WinCC
Switching cabinet installation
Field installation
Controller
S7-300/
S7-400
Controller
S7-1200
PROFINET
SIRIUS
3RA6
compact
starters
SIRIUS
3UG48
relay
SIMATIC
ET 200eco PN
with IO-Link
master
ET 200SP (ET 200S)

with IO-Link master
IO-Link
SIRIUS
3RA2 load feeders
with 3RA27
function modules
SIRIUS
3RB24
overload
relays
SIRIUS
3RS14/
3RS15
relays
K20
IO-Link
module
SIRIUS
3RT2 contactor
with SIRIUS
3RR24 relay
Actuators
RFID
system
RF200
RFID
system
RF200
Standard
sensors
IK10_30141c
Uninterrupted communication down to the last meter:

the point-to-point interface IO-Link
IO-Link more than just another interface
IO-Link is the smart concept for the standardized linking of
switching devices and sensors to the control level by means of
an economical point-to-point connection.
The new communications standard IO-Link below the fieldbus
level allows central fault diagnosis and location as far as the
actuator/sensor level and simplifies both commissioning and
maintenance by allowing the parameter data to be modified
dynamically, direct from the application.
Improvements in the intelligence of field devices and their integration in the overall automation support data access down to
the lowest field level. The result: greater plant availability and
reduced engineering overhead.
As an open interface, the IO-Link can be integrated into all common fieldbus and automation systems. Consistent interoperability ensures maximum protection of investment. This also applies
in the context of existing machine concepts for continued use of
sensors without an IO-Link interface.
1/16
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Introduction
IO-Link
Together for integrated quality
The requirements for integrated communication are increasing. At
the same time, the variety of field devices, actuators, and sensors
is increasing immensely with ever greater intelligence.
IO-Link offers the solution for these requirements and is seen by
manufacturers as a valuable addition to the communications landscape (including AS-Interface).
As a committed driver of this issue, Siemens is further developing
not only its product and system range accordingly, but by integrating IO-Link in Totally Integrated Automation, it is also providing a unique integrated communication solution.
Engineering
Reduced engineering times
Standardized, open system for more flexibility (third-party
IO-Link devices can be integrated in the engineering)
Uniform and transparent configuration and programming
through integrated engineering (SIMATIC STEP 7)
Freely available function blocks for SIMATIC for user-friendly
parameterization and diagnostics, and read-out of measured
values
Efficient engineering thanks to use of off-the-shelf faceplates in
SIMATIC HMI
Low error rate in CAD circuit design thanks to reduction in
control circuit wiring
Commissioning
Reduced commissioning times
Faster installation and minimized error rate thanks to reduction
in control circuit wiring
Space savings in the control cabinet
Low-cost wiring technology with several branches thanks to
unrestricted use of existing Siemens components
Operation and maintenance
Increased plant availability
High level of transparency in the plant down to the field level
Reduction of downtime and maintenance times through
plant-wide diagnostics and faster error correction
Support for preventive maintenance
High transparency through incorporation of energy management systems, readout of current values, and diagnostic
messages
Shorter conversion times thanks to central parameter and
recipe management for field devices as well
Siemens IK PI 2015
1/17
Siemens AG 2014
Introduction
Overview
Within the scope of industrial communication, wireless communications opens up new perspectives from partial modernization of a plant, right up to optimizing complex logistics or production processes.
On the basis of Wireless Remote Networks, RUGGEDCOM WiN,
Industrial Wireless LAN and WirelessHART, Siemens offers solutions for reliable automation with Industrial Wireless
Communication.
Wireless Remote
Networks
RUGGEDCOM WiN
Industrial Wireless
LAN
WirelessHART
G_IK10_XX_30229
Reliable, wireless communication
Wireless Remote Networks low-cost and versatile wireless

technology for longer distances

flexible, plant-wide wireless infrastructure
Continuous communication between widely separated plant

sections in the area of water/wastewater, or high-speed remote
maintenance access to machines and plants on the other side of
the world - these are just two of the countless ways you can reap
the benefits of Wireless Remote Networks. Thanks to integration
in a telecontrol system or an HMI/SCADA system, transferred
process data is available at any time via mobile radio.
Wireless solutions are increasingly becoming a matter of course

in machines and plants. In the case of high data communication
requirements, Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN) backs innovations
like deterministic radio and the Industrial Ethernet standard
PROFINET. Thanks to the use of PROFIsafe via IWLAN, PROFINET
opens up completely new perspectives from efficient engineering, through real-time solutions, all the way to safety-related tasks.
Furthermore, an IWLAN infrastructure can also be used for additional applications such as video monitoring.
RUGGEDCOM WIN
RUGGEDCOM WiN products according to the
IEEE 802.16e-2005 (WiMax) standard support longer distances
and are designed for use in critical locations or under demanding environmental conditions.
1/18
Siemens IK PI 2015
WirelessHART
wireless connection of the process instrumentation
WirelessHART is an open industry standard, developed for the
particular requirements of wireless communication for field devices in the process industry. It meets all specific requirements
for reliability, security, economy and user-friendly operation system-wide. With more than 30 million installed devices worldwide,
HART technology is the most frequently used communication
protocol for intelligent process instrumentation at the field level.
WirelessHART is backwards-compatible with the wired HART
technology and thus offers maximum investment security for
hardware, software and expertise.
Siemens AG 2014
Introduction
Container terminal
Automation control center
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE
W786C-2 RJ45
SCALANCE
XR324-12M
SCALANCE
W786C-2 RJ45
ANT795-6MT
IWLAN Controller
SCALANCE WLC711
AGV
ANT795-6MT
SCALANCE
W748-1 RJ45
AGV
SCALANCE
W748-1 RJ45
ANT795-6MT
ANT795-6MT
W748-1
RJ45
W748-1
RJ45
AGV
AGV
SCALANCE
W786C-2 RJ45
SCALANCE
W786C-2 RJ45
G_IK10_XX_30273
Container ship
AGV = Automated Guided Vehicle
Application example for controller-based IWLAN applications with a large number of access points, e.g. in a container terminal
Advantages of a wireless communication network

Increased competitiveness, since greater flexibility is
achieved through mobility
Maintenance work is simplified, service costs and downtimes
are reduced, and personnel are used optimally
No wear and tear of rotating and moving equipment or system
components
Integrated wireless network for voice and data across the
divisions of the company
Remote diagnostics for different production machines from a
central service location reduces service costs
Awkwardly located installations can be accessed easily; there
is no need for complex wiring
Siemens IK PI 2015
1/19
Siemens AG 2014
Introduction
Overview
Industrial Ethernet
PC with Telecontrol
Server Basic
PC with STEP 7 V11
tunnel
SCALANCE
M812-1
Alarming with
text message
Mobile phone
VPN tunnel of
GPRS provider
GPRS
Internet
GPRS
fixed IP address
dynamic
IP address
fixed IP address
dynamic
IP address
Communication
S7-1200 with CP 1242-7
Station
S7-1200 with CP 1242-7

Station
Station
Provider M2M
Provider M2M
S7-1200 with CP 1242-7
S7-1200 with CP 1242-7

Station
Provider A
M2M SIM card contract
Provider B
Standard SIM card contract
G_IK10_XX_30283
Efficient remote access to plants and machines with SIMATIC via industrial remote access
Efficient industrial remote access
Teleservice (remote maintenance/diagnostics)
Global remote access to far-flung plants, remote machines and

mobile applications is gaining in significance both in industry
and in industry-related areas. With a comprehensive range of solutions for industrial remote access, Siemens offers the ideal basis for efficient and reliable monitoring and control of widely distributed plants of any size.
Teleservice is data exchange with physically remote technical

plants (machines, plants, computers, etc.) for the purpose of error detection, diagnostics, maintenance, repair, or optimization.
Secure and flexible access worldwide

Industrial plants are often distributed over large areas sometimes even across national borders. Siemens offers proven solutions for industrial remote access, such as flexible telecontrol
systems and efficient remote maintenance. Whether in public
infrastructure, the manufacturing or process industry: With comprehensive solutions for teleservice and telecontrol, Siemens is
the right partner every time.
1/20
Siemens IK PI 2015
Telecontrol
Telecontrol involves the connection of distant process stations to
one or more central control systems. Various different public or
private networks (Remote Networks) can be used for communication for the purposes of monitoring and control. Event-driven
or cyclic exchange of process data is performed with special
telecontrol protocols and enables the operating personnel to
manage the overall process effectively.
The telecontrol systems are based on SIMATIC. They supplement the SIMATIC system with corresponding hardware and
software, and thus permit individual process stations to be networked over Remote Networks). The data for this is transmitted
via classical WAN, e.g. copper dedicated cable, dial-up networks, wireless, but also via IP-based networks such as mobile
wireless networks or the Internet.
Siemens AG 2014
Introduction
TeleControl Basic
Control center systems
Telecontrol Basic connects the control center via the Telecontrol

Server Basic control center software with the substations,
consisting of SIMATIC S7-1200 controllers with CP 1242-7 or
CP 1243-1 GPRS module for Ethernet-based connections.
The server also supports the connection of S7-200 stations with
MD720 modems. Wireless GPRS technology or IP-based networks, such as DSL, are available as transmission media. An
S7-1200 substation permits remote communication with a control center (service center) as well as direct slave-slave communication with other S7-1200 substations. Small-scale applications with few outstations can be implemented, as well as largescale plants comprising up to 5000 outstations. International
approvals permit worldwide use.
A number of different variants can be selected for setting up the

control center depending on the process requirements and
extent of the information:
Extended Telecontrol Server Basic functionalities allow the use

of telecontrol server services. The overall solution also includes
the teleservice function and thus provides, for example, worldwide access to the S7-1200 stations for international plant and
machine manufacturers.
TeleControl Professional
TeleControl Professional comprises the Siemens telecontrol systems for extensive, expanded applications in the process industry. Control systems such as PCS 7, WinCC and third-party control systems with OPC allow reliable control and monitoring of
outstations based on the SIMATIC S7-1200, S7-300 and S7-400
controllers.
The outstations and substations can communicate with each
other as well as with one or more control centers.
Transmission networks
Telecontrol supports a wide variety of communication networks.
In the classical WAN sector, these are:
Dedicated lines (private or leased)
SINAUT ST7cc
This WinCC-based PC control center is the ideal control center
system for both SINAUT ST7 and SINAUT ST1. It has been developed specifically for event-driven and time-stamped data
transmission on the SINAUT system and can have a single or
redundant design.
PCS 7 with PCS 7 TeleControl
This is the ideal control center system for plants in which larger
local automation tasks have to be combined with telecontrol
connections. In addition to SINAUT ST7, remote stations with
other communication protocols can be connected, e.g. over
DNP3 or IEC 870-5-101/-104.
WinCC TeleControl
This WinCC-based control center system offers the connection of SIMATIC substations to other telecontrol protocols such
as DNP3 or IEC 870-5-101/-104.
SINAUT ST7sc
This OPC server software is ideal for connecting the SINAUT
telecontrol system to control centers from other vendors via
OPC client function. ST7sc features extensive buffer mechanisms which prevent data from being lost even if the OPC
client fails, and it can have a single or redundant design
SIMATIC S7 controller as control center
Like the substations, this control center comprises a SIMATIC
S7-300 or S7-400 controller and is suitable for simpler applications requiring only one current process image of the telecontrol stations. The station process control can be influenced
by entering commands, setpoints or parameters. The control
center can also be used to extend a PC control center
(SINAUT ST7cc or ST7sc), e.g. for data output on a panel, as
an emergency operating system, or for implementing crossstation control tasks.
Private radio networks (optionally with time slot procedure)

Dial-up networks (analog, ISDN, GSM)
SIMATIC NET also offers appropriate modems for conventional
WANs. Communication, however, is also possible via Ethernetbased WAN, namely:
Via Internet connections, e.g. with SCALANCE M ADSL2+ routers
Via 2-wire connections, e.g. with SCALANCE M SHDSL routers
Via serial or Ethernet-based wireless systems, e.g. via UHF
radio devices or Industrial Wireless LAN with SCALANCE W or
RUGGEDCOM WiN (WiMax)
Via fiber-optic conductors, e.g. through use of SCALANCE X
switches with optical ports; distances of up to 120 km can then
be covered
Via mobile networks and the Internet using GPRS, GPRS(E) or
UMTS and DSL
There are no restrictions in terms of network combinations in a project. Star, line and node topologies can be designed, and also mixed
configurations of these. A station can be linked using two transmission paths to permit redundant data transmission. The two paths
can be of the same type or also different, e.g. dedicated line combined with telephone network or ISDN with DSL.
Siemens IK PI 2015
1/21
Siemens AG 2014
Introduction
Teleservice / Remote Access
(remote diagnostics and remote maintenance)
Remote diagnostics and remote maintenance of production
plants are indispensable in modern automation technology.
They are more efficient and more cost-effective than an on-site
service employee. This allows faults to be detected and cleared
much faster, downtimes of machines are reduced and their availability is increased.
Machines and plants are increasingly operated in places which
are far away from the production site. Plant constructors must
nevertheless be able to provide support in the event of a fault.
And with the industrial security concept from Siemens, the increasing security requirements for remote access of this type
are fulfilled. During the warranty period in particular this can
result in high costs. TeleService helps to reduce this risk.
The possible applications for TeleService are manifold. Plants
can be diagnosed, values set and data transmitted from anywhere in the world via a telephone cable. TeleService also enables the SIMATIC controllers to send text messages per SMS or
e-mail, making a significant contribution to saving travel and personnel costs in service work.
SCALANCE
M812-1
Field PG
SINAUT ST7cc/sc
VPN tunnel
Control center
Industrial
Ethernet
Internet
For flexible remote maintenance access from any Internet

connection whether in the office, home office or hotel room
SOFTNET Security Client is the right software solution for connecting to the SCALANCE S Security Module installed in the
plant.
For plants without wired network connection, the M874-2
GPRS router establishes remote maintenance access to the
SCALANCE S in the service center.
The SCALANCE M874-3 and M875 UMTS routers or the M812
and M816 ADSL routers are available for plants requiring remote maintenance access at an especially high bandwidth
In all cases, the communication is reliably protected by authentication and encryption via a virtual private network (VPN) tunnel,
in order to rule out the possibility of industrial espionage or manipulation.
Siemens Remote Services
The teleservice product portfolio of Siemens is supplemented
with a service concept for SRS. "Siemens Remote Services" provides a powerful, secure platform for remote access to machines
and plants. The inclusion of "shared experts" ensures effective
support, not only from Siemens but also from the company's own
specialists.
1/22
Siemens IK PI 2015
SCALANCE
M874-3
Field PG
Smartphone
S7-300
Optimum remote maintenance is based on reliable, permanently

available, secured and economical data connections.
For continuous connections or simultaneous access to several

plants, a solution via the Internet using SCALANCE S modules
is recommended, both on the service and the plant side.
Provider APN
Mobile
network
Teleservice via IP-based networks
Depending on the application, SIMATIC NET provides the appropriate solution:
SCALANCE
M812-1
Tablet
TIM 3V-IE
Advanced
Station
G_IK10_XX_30278
Remote access via an UMTS-based Internet connection
Remote networks
Any type of remote communication is based on the public and
private networks used for this purpose (e.g. mobile radio or fixed
network), referred to as "remote networks".
Under the name SCALANCE M, Siemens offers a comprehensive range of high-performance transmission components, routers and modems that are tailored to the specific properties of the
respective remote networks or their transmission media and
therefore combine the maximum possible security with reliability.
Regardless of whether spontaneous or permanent transmission,
whether high or moderate bandwidth, whether mobile or stationary with the SCALANCE M products for IP-based connectivity,
users have a comprehensive spectrum of components at their
disposal for remote access flexible, optimized for industrial use
and integrated into the TIA environment and into the Industrial
Security concept. SCALANCE M devices can be used universally in the fields of telecontrol, teleservice (remote diagnosis
and maintenance), and any other application for industrial remote communication.
Siemens AG 2014
Introduction
Overview
Communication Systems Compared in Practice
Industrial
Ethernet
PROFINET
PROFIBUS DP
AS-Interface
IO-Link
10/100 Mbit/s
1/10 Gbit/s
(only 100 Mbit/s for
PROFINET)
9.6 Kbit/s 12 Mbit/s

adjustable
Send cycles
5 ms
4.8/38.4 Kbit/s
or
SIO (switching
operation)
more than 1000
125
62
Criteria
Number of nodes
Maximum
31.25 Kbit/s
1)
125 DP/PA links 1)

31 field devices per
DP/PA link
Length of the network
Between two nodes:

electrical up to 100 m
optical up to 5 km
(multimode) or up to
120 km (singlemode)
Topology
Line Tree Ring Star
1)
For the entire network:

electrical up to max.
10 km:
- without repeater up
to 1 km
- with repeater up to
10 km
optically with optical
link modules (OLM) up
to 1875 km
For the entire network:

electrical up to max.
600 m:
- with extension plug
up to 200 m
- with repeater or
extender up to
300 m
- with repeater and
extension plug up to
600 m
Line Tree Ring Star
Line Tree Star
electrical up to 20 m
Point-to-point
Power supply
- separate 24 V DC
- Power-over-Ethernet
(PoE)
separate 24 V DC
(also via hybrid cable)
Sensors and modules:

over bus cable actuators:
over UAUX 2 V DC
(standard case) or
over bus cable (30 V)
integrated
Fail-safe communication
PROFIsafe SIL3, PL e
PROFIsafe SIL3, PL e
ASIsafe SIL3, PL e
G_IK10_XX_00004
Data rate
1) For PROFIBUS PA
The table contains empirical values that can serve as recommendations for selecting the optimum network.
Siemens IK PI 2015
1/23
Siemens AG 2014
Introduction
Notes
1/24
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
2/4
2/8
2/9
2/11
2/23
Introduction
Data communication
Communication overview
Topologies
Network selection criteria
2/24
2/24
PROFINET
Introduction
2/28
2/28
2/31
2/32
2/34
2/39
2/42
2/47
2/53
2/65
2/72
2/78
2/83
2/87
2/90
2/96
2/98
2/103
2/104
2/105
2/121
2/126
2/134
Cabling technology
Overview of passive network components
Overview of Twisted Pair
Industrial Ethernet FastConnect
IE FC RJ45 Plug 2 x 2
IE Push Pull Plug PRO
IE FC M12 Plug PRO
IE FC TP Cable 2 x 2
Energy cables
IE TP Cord
Pre-assembled IE Connecting Cables
IE FC Outlet RJ45
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet
Overview of FC-FOCs
FC glass fiber-optic cables
FC FO termination kit
Overview of FOCs
Glass fiber-optic cables
IE FO Cords
POF and PCF fiber-optic cables
POF/PCF FOC termination kit
2/136
SCALANCE X-100 unmanaged /

Media converters
SCALANCE X-100 unmanaged
media converters
2/136
2/147
2/147
2/151
2/151
2/154
2/157
2/161
2/162
2/166
2/173
2/174
2/184
2/189
2/191
2/207
2/214
2/220
2/227
2/228
2/244
Industrial Ethernet switches

Overview
Compact switch modules
LOGO! CSM unmanaged
CSM 1277 unmanaged
CSM 377 unmanaged
SCALANCE X005 unmanaged
SCALANCE XB-000 unmanaged
SCALANCE XC-100 unmanaged
SCALANCE X-200 managed
SCALANCE XF-200 managed
SCALANCE X204RNA PRP
SCALANCE X204RNA HSR
SCALANCE X-200IRT managed
SCALANCE XF-200IRT managed
2/249
2/251
2/274
2/288
2/296
2/309
2/331
2/344

SCALANCE XR-300 managed
SCALANCE X-300PoE managed
SCALANCE XR-300PoE managed
SCALANCE X-300EEC managed
SCALANCE XR-300EEC managed
Media modules for modular
2/359
Industrial Ethernet Layer 3

Switches / Routers
SCALANCE XM-400 managed
Media modules for modular
Power supplies for SCALANCE X-500
Accessories for Layer 3
switches / routers
KEY-PLUG X-500, XM-400
2/359
2/360
2/377
2/395
2/396
2/409
2/426
2/429
2/429
Sec.8 Industrial Security

2/430
2/430
SINAMICS drive system

Overview
2/433
2/433
Measuring systems
Overview
2/434
2/434
2/434
2/438
2/442
2/446
2/450
2/453
2/453
2/462
2/467
2/467
2/473
2/476
2/482
2/482
2/487
2/492
Controllers / Modular controllers

SIMATIC S7-1200
CPU 1211C
CPU 1212C
CPU 1214C
CPU 1215C
CPU 1217C
SIMATIC S7-1500
Standard CPUs
Fail-safe CPUs
SIMATIC S7-300
Standard CPUs
CPU 314C-2 PN/DP
Fail-safe CPUs
SIMATIC S7-400
Standard CPUs
Fail-safe CPUs
High-availability CPUs
2/498
2/498
2/504
2/511
Controllers / PC-based controllers

SIMATIC WinAC RTX
SIMATIC WinAC RTX F
SIMATIC WinAC ODK
2/512
Controllers / SIMATIC S7-modular

Embedded controllers
EC31
Expansion modules
2/512
2/519
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
2/520
2/520
2/521
2/522
2/523
Controllers / Embedded bundles

SIMATIC IPC227D Bundles
SIMATIC IPC427D bundles
2/767
Industrial PC
2/524
2/524
2/527
2/154
2/527
2/531
2/531
2/535
2/541
2/541
2/545
2/545
2/549
2/554
2/562
2/567
2/567
2/572
2/579
2/584
2/584
System interfaces for SIMATIC S7

Introduction
Communication for SIMATIC S7-1200
CSM 1277 unmanaged
CP 1243-1
CM 1542-1
CP 1543-1
CP 243-1
CP 343-1 Lean
CP 343-1
CP 343-1 Advanced
CP 343-1 ERPC
CP 443-1
CP 443-1 Advanced
CP 443-1 RNA
Communication for SIMATIC S7
Software
2/586
2/586
2/586
2/588
2/589
2/590
2/595
2/599
2/602
2/606
2/611
2/616
2/619
2/622
2/624
2/626
2/629
System interfaces for PG/PC/IPC

Communication for PC-based systems
Introduction
Performance data
Connection options to SIMATIC IPCs
CP 1604
CP 1616
CP 1612 A2
CP 1613 A2
CP 1623
CP 1628
HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT
SOFTNET for Industrial Ethernet
SOFTNET-IE RNA
SOFTNET PN IO
OPC server for Industrial Ethernet
S7 OPC Redundancy
for Industrial Ethernet
SNMP OPC server
SOFTNET-S7/Linux
SOFTBUS for Linux
Software
2/631
2/633
2/634
2/636
2/638
2/638
2/639
2/641
2/642
2/647
2/647
2/653
2/653
System interfaces for SIMATIC HMI

System interfaces with WinCC
(TIA Portal)
SIMATIC S7
SIMATIC WinCC (TIA Portal) Runtime
WinCC Runtime Communication
System interfaces with WinCC flexible
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT
SIMATIC WinCC
2/664
2/664
2/429
2/666
2/672
2/672
2/673
2/674
2/675
2/677
Accessories
C-PLUG
Time synchronization
SICLOCK Time synchronization
Central plant clocks
GPS receivers
DCF77 receivers
Pulse converters
Accessories
2/678
SIMATIC PCS 7
process control systems
Automation systems
AS 410 modular systems
- Standard automation systems
- Fault-tolerant automation systems
- Safety-related automation systems
Complementary S7-400 systems
Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Interface Modules
2/678
2/680
2/683
2/686
2/690
2/695
2/706
2/706
2/707
2/708
2/708
2/708
2/713
2/713
2/715
2/716
2/716
2/719
2/719
2/721
2/721
2/724
2/724
2/727
2/727
2/730
2/734
2/739
2/739
2/752
2/752
2/753
2/755
2/756
2/757
Distributed I/O
SIMATIC ET 200SP
Interface modules without CPU
IM 155-6
SIMATIC ET 200S
Interface modules with CPU
IM 151-8 PN/DP CPU
Master interface module
for IM 151 CPU interface modules
SIMATIC ET 200S
Interface modules with fail-safe CPU
IM 151-8 F PN/DP CPU
SIMATIC ET 200S
IM 151-3 PN
SIMATIC ET 200MP
Interface modules
IM 155-5 PN
SIMATIC ET 200M
Interface modules
IM 153-4 PN
SIMATIC ET 200pro
Interface modules
IM 154-4 PN
IM 154-8 PN/DP CPU
SIMATIC ET 200eco
ET 200eco PN
Motion Control System SIMOTION
The SIMOTION system
SIMOTION Hardware platforms
Motion Control architectures
with SIMOTION
PROFINET for SIMOTION
PROFIdrive for SIMOTION
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
2/759
2/759
2/760
2/761
2/761
SINUMERIK
CNC automation systems
SINUMERIK 828D BASIC T/
BASIC M with SINAMICS S120 Combi
SINUMERIK 840D sl
2/762
2/763
2/764
Operating and Monitoring Devices

Key Panels
SIMATIC HMI KP8/KP8F/KP32F
Basic Panels Standard
Comfort Panels Standard
Mobile Panels
2/767
2/767
2/771
2/777
2/782
2/787
2/792
2/795
2/798
2/801
2/804
2/807
2/810
2/814
2/817
2/820
Industrial PC
Rack PC
SIMATIC IPC547E
SIMATIC IPC547D
SIMATIC IPC647D
SIMATIC IPC847D
Box PC
SIMATIC IPC227D
SIMATIC IPC427D
SIMATIC IPC627D
SIMATIC IPC827D
Panel PC
SIMATIC IPC277D
SIMATIC IPC477D
SIMATIC HMI IPC577C
SIMATIC IPC677D
2/824
2/824
2/826
2/834
2/839
2/841
Industry monitors and Thin Clients

SIMATIC Industrial Flat Panel MT
SIMATIC Industrial Flat Panel
SIMATIC Flat Panels
SCD monitors 1900
SIMATIC Industrial Thin Client
Sec.3
Switching and Protection Devices

for Power Distribution
Power monitoring
SENTRON Measuring Devices
Configuring, Visualizing and Controlling
with SIMATIC
with SENTRON
Sec.3
Sec.3
Sec.3
Sec.3
2/845
2/845
2/845
2/848
2/851
2/858
2/858
2/865
SIMATIC Identification systems

RFID systems
SIMATIC RF640R
SIMATIC RF670R
SIMATIC RF180C/RF182C
Code reading systems
SIMATIC MV420
SIMATIC MV440
2/875
2/876
2/875
Industrial Controls
Soft Starters
3RW44 soft starters
for High-Feature applications
Software
- Soft Starter ES
Motor starters for use in the field,
high degree of protection
M200D motor starters for PROFINET
Communication module,
motor starter modules
Accessories
Software
- Motor Starter ES
- SIRIUS motor starter block library
for SIMATIC PCS 7
Monitoring and Control Devices
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management
and Control Devices
2/876
2/876
2/877
2/877
2/882
2/883
2/885
2/885
2/885
Sec.3
Sec.3
2/886
2/886
SITOP DC UPS 24 V DC
uninterruptible power supplies
SITOP UPS1600
2/893
2/893
2/895
2/898
Sec.7
Software and tools

SIMATIC iMap
SINEMA server
PN IO Bus Analyzer
TeleService
2/901
Engineering /
Network management / Diagnostics
STEP 7 (TIA Portal)
STEP 7
2/901
2/905
2/912
2/912
2/915
2/917
PROFINET Technology components

Enhanced Real-Time
Ethernet Controller ERTEC
Development kits
PROFINET Driver
2/918
2/918
sEC.6
sEC.4
Network transitions
IE/PB Link PN IO
IE/WSN-PA LINK
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO
2/924
2/924
Industrial Network Services

Network validation and monitoring
2/926
2/926
Partner solutions
deviceWISE Embedded Edition
for SIMATIC S7
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Ethernet
Introduction
Overview
Comprehensive open network solutions can be implemented
High transmission performance at up to 10 Gigabit/s
Integration of conventional IT functionalities such as Web
server and e-mail in the automation sector
A security solution especially for industrial automation thanks
to the industrial security concept with the security products of
SIMATIC NET (SIMATIC NET CPs with Security Integrated,
SCALANCE S and SCALANCE M)
Laptop
Telecontrol and
substation
control
PC
Remote access,
e.g. via
teleservice
S7-1200 with
CP1242-7
Numeric Control
Controller
Controller
Control and
monitoring system
Motion Control
Systems
PC/PG/IPC
Database
Server
Telecontrol and
substation control
IWLAN
Controller
Security
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
Access
Point
Controller
Controller
Notebook
PC/PG
Access
Point
Industrial Ethernet
Switches
IWLAN
RCoax Cable
Controller
Field device for
PC/PG/IPC
Control and
monitoring system
Numeric
Control
Wireless
Devices
Coupler
Link
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS PA
RF180C
ASM456
Field devices
Mobile
Panel
Field devices
SIMOCODE
pro
RFID
system
Code
reading
systems
Mobile
Panel
DP-Slave
Drives
RFID
system
IO-Link
master
Motion Control
Systems
Code
reading
systems
Access
Point
Link
IO-Link
module
IO-Link
module
Power
supply
LOGO!
Compact
starter
Protection and
monitoring
devices
RFID system
Controller
SINAMICS
Drives
Link
Power
supply
Protection and
monitoring
devices
RFID system
Client
Module
Compact
starter
AS-Interface
Compact Compact
starter
feeder
Slaves
Field device
Slaves
Signalling column
Industrial Ethernet in the communications landscape
2/4
Siemens IK PI 2015
G_IK10_XX_50187
Area and cell network according to the international standards

IEEE 802.3 (Ethernet) and IEEE 802.11 a/b/g/h/n (wireless
LAN) designed for the industrial environment right down to the
field level
Connection of automation components (controllers and field
devices) to each other and to PCs and workstations as well as
components for wireless communication
PROFINET, the Industrial Ethernet standard for automation, is
based on Standard Ethernet (IEEE 802.3) and supports the
connection of devices from field level up to management level
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Ethernet
Introduction
Ethernet
Ethernet currently has a market share of over 90% with a rising
trend, thus placing it in the pole position in the LAN landscape
worldwide. The specification of this baseband LAN was developed in the 70s and standardized in the international IEEE 802.3
standard. Ethernet has continued to experience rapid development and established itself in all speed ranges and application
areas.
Milestones include:
Almost unlimited and very easily scalable data transmission
performance thanks to
- switching technology, full duplex, redundancy
- continuously rising data rates (10/100 Mbit/s, 1/10 Gbit/s)
High availability of the network, because:
- existing networks can be expanded without any adverse
effects
- network structures with any form of meshing compensate for
the failure of individual network components (e.g. by means
of the Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol)
Compatible protocol expansions, e.g. support of virtual
subnetworks and prioritized data traffic through the use of
VLANs
Structured cabling concept
- Standardized connection technology
- Simplest connection technology due to use of preassembled
twisted pair cables
- Glass fiber-optic cables for long distances, areas subject to
RFI and inter-building cabling
Ethernet forms the basis for overlaid network protocols such as
TCP/IP. TCP/IP is responsible for the transport of data between
LANs and represents the basis for IT services (e.g. Internet).
In addition, this enables different LAN technologies to be easily
integrated, e.g. Ethernet with Wireless LAN.
Ethernet components for the office sector are offered by a
large number of vendors, but do not always meets the specific
requirements of the industrial sector.
For planning, operation and maintenance of Ethernet networks,
sufficiently qualified personnel are available worldwide.
Industrial Ethernet
The industry-standard version of Ethernet.
The widespread use of Ethernet in the office sector and the
associated wide distribution of technology and know-how have
also made this technology interesting for the industrial environment. In order to adapt the networks for the sometimes extremely
harsh requirements in the industrial environment, Siemens has
made further drastic improvements to their industrial capability,
availability, reliability and real-time capability and added rugged
connection technology. This gave rise to the "Industrial Ethernet".
All Industrial Ethernet devices from Siemens are also extremely
easy to operate. This supports implementation without any
special IT knowledge.
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
Ethernet
conforming to
IEEE 802.3
G_IK10_XX_10248
The LAN standard from the office sector
PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet/Ethernet conforming to IEEE 802.3
Industrial Ethernet offers a powerful network, compliant with the

IEEE 802.3 standard (Ethernet), for industrial applications. This
ensures that the widest range of application areas, such as
office and production, can be networked with one another.
Industrial Ethernet utilizes Ethernet technology and strengthens
it for use in the industrial sector by means of:
Network components for use in tough industrial environments
(dust, moisture, extreme temperatures, impact loads, vibrations)
Rugged and simple connection technology for on-site
assembly
- FastConnect cabling system with RJ45 technology
- On-site assembly of POF and PCF fiber-optic cables
Failsafe networks through redundancy
Failsafe devices through redundant design and redundant
power supplies
Connection of automation components (controllers and field
devices) to each other and to PCs and workstations
Optimized communication between automation components
and simultaneously open communication according to TCP/IP
standard
Simple connection to the Wireless LAN and Industrial Wireless
LAN (IWLAN) networks in accordance with IEEE 802.11
A security solution specially designed for industrial
automation in the form of the Industrial Security concept
Among the Siemens Ethernet components for industrial use, the
focus is on compatible successor products and spare parts
availability of up to 10 years.
By means of these additions for tough industrial use, Siemens

has shown that Ethernet can also be used successfully in such
applications. This approach has been consistently and successfully applied not only for Industrial Ethernet and PROFINET, but
also for Industrial WLAN.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/5
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Ethernet
Introduction
PROFINET increases companies' success by accelerating
processes, boosting productivity, and increasing plant
availability.
PROFINET
The open Industrial Ethernet standard for automation
With more than six million nodes worldwide (Dec. 2012),
PROFINET is the leading cross-vendor Industrial Ethernet
standard (IEC 61158/61784) for automation.
Flexibility
2/6
Efficiency
Performance
Speed
Safety
High precision
Flexible topologies
Energy efficiency
Open standard
Easy cabling
Web tools
Redundancy
Expandability
Fast start-up
Siemens IK PI 2015
G_IK10_XX_10304
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Ethernet
Introduction
Network diagnostics
Failures in the network not only prevent access by plant operators to the field devices, but often mean that these devices
can no longer communicate with one another. In the worst-case
scenario, this can result in production downtimes. With the
SINEMA Server network monitoring software developed especially for industry, problems can be detected and cleared at an
early stage.
Even a single failure in the network during operation can result in

a rush of alarms from various network nodes which are connected together. The combination of topology know-how with the
diagnostics values of individual network nodes is decisive in
order to rapidly identify the location and eliminate the cause of a
network fault. A complete physical map of the network permits
analysis of the possible effects of cable or device faults. This is
helpful when planning high-availability applications.
This established system, that has already been an essential
component of network availability in the IT sector for years, is
now also becoming a worthwhile addition to the production
environment.
The SINEMA Server software provides maximum transparency
in industrial networks through automatic topology recognition,
constant network monitoring as well as comprehensive diagnostics and reporting functions.
The number of nodes of Ethernet-based devices in production

networks is growing continuously. Long, time-consuming
searches for faults in large industrial networks during commissioning or during a standstill in production are unforeseeable
cost drivers, to be avoided where possible. For this reason,
network transparency through the continuous diagnosis of
Ethernet-based production networks should be part of every
efficient production system.
However, with a suitable network management system, such
as SINEMA Server, which has been especially designed for
industrial applications, problems can be detected at an early
stage and appropriate measures taken in good time.
The most important applications at a glance:

Automatic documentation of networks:
Do you have up-to-date and complete documentation for your
networked automation system?
Application-specific structuring and visualization of a network:
Do you have a simple, graphical overview of the devices in
your plant network?
Reporting of changes and faults in the network:
Are you notified about new devices and network faults in plant
operation?
Analysis of changes and faults in the network:
Have you already had a plant standstill caused by a sporadic
network failure?
Integration of network diagnostics into HMI/SCADA:
Can you also monitor the status of the network with your HMI
SCADA system?
Adaptation of monitoring functionality to devices and users:
Can you adapt your network diagnostics to the individual
devices and the users?
More information
Further information on SINEMA Server Basic can be found at:
www.siemens.com/sinema
SINEMA Server V12 software (including 21 trial license);
download at:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/74758725
Note:
In many SIMATIC NET components with a management function,
extensive parameterization and diagnostics functions are
provided over open protocols and interfaces (e.g. Web server,
network management).
For this reason, automation networks should be isolated from the

remaining corporate network using appropriate security
products (e.g. SCALANCE S).
For further information, see the section on "Industrial Security".
It is important to note the boundary conditions for use of the
specified SIMATIC Net products (order numbers 6GK..., 6XV1)
which you can view on the Internet.
You will find more information on the Internet at:
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-net/ik-info
These open interfaces provide access to those components,

which can also be used for illicit activities.
When the above-mentioned functions and the open interfaces
and protocols are used (e.g. SNMP, HTTP and Telnet), appropriate security precautions must be implemented to suppress
unauthorized access to the components or network, especially
from the WAN/Internet.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/7
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Ethernet
Data communication
Overview
OPC (Openness, Productivity & Collaboration)
This comprises standardized protocols for data communication.
ISO, TCP/IP and UDP are available as transport protocols.
OPC is a standardized, open, and vendor-independent interface

that is widely used in automation. It permits the connection of
OPC-capable applications using many different protocols such
as S7-communication, PROFINET, and SNMP.
PROFINET
PG/OP communication
Based on Industrial Ethernet, PROFINET enables direct

communication of field devices (IO Devices) with controllers
(IO Controllers) as well the solution of isochronous drive controls
for motion control applications.
The SIMATIC automation systems can handle data communication with HMI devices (e.g. TP/OP) and programming devices
(with STEP 7, STEP 5) via the integral communication functions.
PG/OP communication is supported by MPI, PROFIBUS and
Industrial Ethernet.
ISO, TCP/IP, UDP transport protocols
Media Redundancy Protocol (MRP)
S7 communication
Procedure specified in the IEC 61158 Type 10 standard for

increasing the network availability in a ring topology.
Parallel Redundancy Protocol (PRP)
Procedure for smooth redundancy in accordance with the
IEC 62439-3 standard to set up parallel, separate networks in
which high availability is demanded. The PRP redundancy
procedure is based on double transmission of frames over two
separate networks (LAN A, LAN B).
Information technology (IT)
IT integrates SIMATIC into the information technology via
Industrial Ethernet. These means of communication and communication paths are also available to SIMATIC. Depending on
the product and stage of expansion, SIMATIC or the appropriate
communication processors support technologies from the IT
environment such as:
E-mail;
Via the integral e-mail client, network components, communications processors and network transitions can send emails to
provide information about plant states, e.g. plant standstill or
imminent overload, or to automatically request a service call.
Freely definable HTML pages;
Communications processors can perform web diagnostics
with the aid of static HTML pages and a user-specific display
is supported with the aid of freely definable HTML pages.
FTP;
The file transfer protocol (FTP) permits simple, universal
coupling, e.g. the PLC can be connected to different
computers or embedded systems
IP routing (IP-R)
The system connections for the SIMATIC S7 to Industrial
Ethernet, such as CP 343-1 Advanced or CP 443-1 Advanced,
with two separate interfaces (integrated network separation) and
SCALANCE S and SCALANCE XM-400/XR-500, support the
forwarding of IP messages between Gigabit and PROFINET
interfaces. The SCALANCE M mobile wireless routers support
routing between the mobile Internet and the connected LAN.
,62
7&3
8'3
31
053
,7
S7 communication is the integral communications function

(SFB), which has been optimized within the SIMATIC S7.
It enables PCs and workstations to be connected. The maximum
volume of user data per task is 64 KB. S7 communication offers
simple, powerful communication services and provides a
network independent software interface for all networks.
Open communication
The open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) allows the
SIMATIC S7 controller to communicate with other SIMATIC S7
and SIMATIC S5 controllers, PCs and third-party systems.
In addition, for the simple connection of HMI stations, FETCH
and WRITE are offered.
BACnet communication
BACnet (Building Automation and Control Networks) is an
ASHRAE (American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and
Air Conditioning Engineers Inc.) communication protocol for
data networks used for building automation and control. It is
equally suitable for the management and automation levels, and
is approved as an ANSI, CEN and ISO standard.
MES/ERP communication (ERPConnect)
Communication with ERP or MES systems via database link, e.g.
ORACLE, MySQL, MS-SQL, DB2 using a firmware expansion
which must be ordered separately
System connections
For many data terminals, communications modules (CPs, CMs,
TIMs) are available that already have the communications
functions implemented as firmware and which therefore relieve
the data terminal of communication tasks (e.g. flow control,
blocking, etc.).
With SIMATIC procedures, the Network Time Protocol
(NTP/SNTP) or IEEE1588, various procedures for clock time
synchronization are available.
,35
23&
3*
23
6
6
*B,.B;;B
Standard communication
2/8
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Ethernet
Overview
Time
Other
NTP
SNMP
ERP Connect
PRP
Transfer
Receiver
Sender
IP routing
IPv6
IPv4
UDP
TCP
ISO
VPN (IP-Sec)
Transport protocol
2
SPI rewall
2)
Access List ACL
Filetransfer server
Filetransfer client
receive e-mail
send e-mail
own web pages
Web diagnosis
S7 routing
PG/OP communication
TSend/TReceive
Send/Receice
Security
CPU 1511-1 PN
CPU 1513-1 PN
CPU 1516-3
PN/DP
2)
2)
1)
3)
CP 343-1 Lean
CP 343-1 Adv
S7-400 PN CPUs
CP 443-1
CP 443-1 Adv
CP 443-1 RNA
S7-300 PN CPUs
CP 343-1
4)
4)
1) SMTP pass-through only

2) via S7-1200/1500 CPU
3) Server (S) only
4) pass-through only
G_IK10_XX_10369
CP 1543-1
CP 343-1 ERPC
SIMATIC S7-400
MRPD
MRP
CBA
IRT real-time
IO Device
IO Controller
CP 1243-1
CM 1542-1
SIMATIC S7-300
IT communication
S7 communication
SIMATIC
S7-200
S7-1200 CPUs
SIMATIC S7-1500
CP 243-1
SIMATIC
S7-1200
Hardware
Fetch/Write
Ethernet
communication
PROFINET
applies
with reservations
Communications overview for SIMATIC
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/9
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Ethernet
CP 1623
(PCIe x1)
CP 1612 A2
(PCI 32 Bit)
SIMATIC
PG/PC with
integrated
interface 1)
HARDNET-IE
S7-REDCONNECT
(S7-REDCONNECT)
Time
Open communication
S7 communication
PG/OP
IT
MRP
PROFINET
Transport protocol
3)
6)
3)
6)
HARDNET-IE
S7-REDCONNECT
(S7-REDCONNECT)
3)
6)
3)
6)
SOFTNET-IE S7
(SOFTNET-S7)
3)
3)
SOFTNET-IE S7 Lean
(SOFTNET-S7 Lean)
3)
3)
SOFTNET-IE PG
(SOFTNET-PG)
3)
SOFTNET-IE RNA
SOFTNET-IE
S7-REDCONNECT/M
SOFTNET-IE PN IO
(SOFTNET PN IO)
Siemens IK PI 2015
1) For info on other hardware, see www.siemens.com/simatic-net/ik-info

2) PG/OP communication
3) IT, FTP and UDP functionalities arise in conjunction with the hardware/the CPs and the
Windows/Linux software of the PC
4) Software source of the card driver included; for Suse 12
Communications overview for PG/PC
6)
2) 2)
3)
5)
6)
7)
8)
by means of driver porting

with SNMP
CP 1612 A2 is not approved for Win 8
on SIMATIC NET DVD
3)
suitable
suitable under certain

conditions
NTP
High-availability communication
SICLOCK
Standard system
Diagnostics (Web, SNMP)
Fetch/Write
IO Device
UDP
IO Controller
TCP
ISO
Linux
8)
Windows Server 2003 R2 / SP2
8)
Windows XP Pro + SP3
Vista Business / Ultimate + SP1/2
Windows Server 2008 + SP1/2
4) 5)
HARDNET-IE S7
(S7-1613)
S7 OPC Redundancy
2/10
OPC
Other operation systems
S7 OPC Redundancy
7)
Operation system
(32 bit)
8)
Windows 8 Pro
HARDNET-IE S7
(S7-1613)
Windows Server 2008 R2
S7 OPC Redundancy
CP 1628
(PCIe x1)
Windows 7 Professional / Ultimate + SP 1
Operation system
(64 bit)
Windows Server 2012
DK-16xx PN IO
SEND/RECV
CP 1613 A2
(PCI 32 Bit)
Windows 7 Professional / Ultimate + SP 1
CP 1604
(PCI 104)
CP 1616
(PCI 32 Bit)
Windows 8 Pro
Software
Hardware
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Ethernet
Topologies
Overview
Network performance and network technologies
When combined, the current Industrial Ethernet technologies
can significantly boost performance on the network in comparison with the original 10 Mbit/s technology. These technologies
are:
Fast Ethernet with 100 Mbit/s:
Compared to 10 Mbit/s, messages are transported much
faster and therefore only occupy the cable for an extremely
short time. For Fast Ethernet, a 4-wire FastConnect cabling
system (Cat5e) is available with cable, plug and outlet.
Gigabit Ethernet at 1 Gbit/s:
As Gigabit Ethernet is faster than Fast Ethernet by a factor of
10, the cable is occupied for only one tenth of the time.
For Gigabit Ethernet, an 8-wire FastConnect cabling system
(Cat6) is available with cable, plug and outlet.
Gigabit Ethernet at 10 Gbit/s:
Compared to Ethernet with 1 Gbit/s, Ethernet with 10 Gbit/s is
faster again by a factor of 10.
Full Duplex prevents collisions:
Data can be sent and received simultaneously between two
switches. The data throughput for a full-duplex connection
therefore rises to 200 Mbit/s with Fast Ethernet and to 2 Gbit/s
with Gigabit Ethernet. With full duplex, a greater length of the
network is possible. This means, for example, that when glass
fiber-optic cables are used, distances of up to 200 km can be
achieved.
The data throughput increases enormously because the usual
frame repetitions are avoided.
Switching reduces the network data traffic:
The switch dynamically "connects" those stations that are
currently communicating. In the overall network, several
messages can therefore be en-route simultaneously. The gain
in performance derives from the fact that several message
frames can pass the switch simultaneously (as they are in
parallel).
Autocrossover automatically crosses the send and receive
cables on Twisted Pair interfaces.
Autosensing describes the characteristic of network nodes
(data terminals and network components) that automatically
detect the transmission rate of a signal (10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s
or 1 Gbit/s) and support autonegotiation.
Autonegotiation is a configuration protocol on Fast Ethernet.
Before initiating the actual data transmission, network devices
automatically negotiate a transmission mode which is
supported by any device (1 000 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s or
10 Mbit/s, full duplex or half duplex)
Ethernet Switching
The Industrial Ethernet switch has the following functionality:
Depending on the number of available interfaces, switches
are able to simultaneously interconnect several pairs of
subnetworks or stations temporarily and dynamically, with
each connection possessing the full data throughput.
By filtering the data traffic on the basis of the Ethernet (MAC)
address of the terminals, the data traffic remains local and
only data intended for nodes of another subnetwork is
forwarded by the switch.
More data terminals can be connected than in a classic
Ethernet network.
Error propagation is limited to the subnetwork concerned.
The switching technology offers definite advantages:
Subnetworks and network segments can be created.
The data throughput is increased and with it the network
performance as a result of structuring the data communication.
Easy rules for network configuration.
Unlimited extension of the network by connecting individual
collision domains/subnetworks.
Easy, reaction-free extension of existing networks.
Full duplex
Full duplex (FDX) is an operating mode in the network that, in
contrast to half duplex, allows stations to send and receive data
simultaneously. When FDX is used, collision detection is automatically deactivated in the participating stations.
For FDX, transmission media with separate send and receive
channels must be used, e.g. FOC and TP, and the participating
components must be able to store data packages. With an FDX
connection collisions do not occur, so components that support
FDX can send and receive simultaneously at the nominal transmission rate. The data throughput therefore increases to twice
the nominal transmission rate of the network, to 20 Mbit/s with
the classic Ethernet and 200 Mbit/s with Fast Ethernet. With
Gigabit Ethernet, up to 2 000 Mbit/s are achieved.
A further advantage of FDX is the increase in the network
extension.
By deactivating the collision principle, the distance between two
components can be increased by the size of a collision domain
or more. With full duplex, the maximum distance can extend as
far as the performance limit of the send and receive components. This is especially the case in connection with fiber-optic
cables. When glass fiber-optic cables are used, distances of
up to 200 km can be achieved between two switches.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/11
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Ethernet
Topologies
Autocrossover
Segment A
Segment B
Segment A
The Autocrossover function automatically crosses the send

and receive cables on Twisted Pair interfaces. This means that
crossed connecting lines (e.g. TP XP Cords) are no longer
required.
Segment B
High Speed Redundancy Protocol (HRP)
Segment D
Switched LAN
Segment C
Segment D
Shared LAN
Each individual segment features

the full performance/
data rate
Simultaneous data traffic in
several segments, several
message frames at the same
time
Filtering: Local data traffic
remains local; only selected data
packets exceed segment
boundaries
Data traffic
All nodes in the network share

the network performance/
data rate.
All data packets pass through all
segments.
Only one message in the network
at a time.
Data traffic
G_IK10_XX_10002
Segment C
Increased performance through switching, full duplex
Autosensing/Autonegotiation
Autosensing describes the characteristic of network nodes
(data terminals and network components) that automatically
detect the transmission rate of a signal (10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s or
1 000 Mbit/s) and support autonegotiation.
Autonegotiation is the configuration protocol for Twisted Pair.
It enables the participating nodes to negotiate and agree the
transmission rate before the first data packages are transferred:
10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s, 1 Gbit/s or 10 Gbit/s
Full duplex or half duplex
Autonegotiation can also be deactivated if a specific transmission rate has to be defined.
The advantage with Autosensing lies in the interoperability of all
Ethernet components.
Classic Ethernet components that do not support Autosensing
work together with Fast Ethernet and new Gigabit Ethernet
components that do support Autosensing.
2/12
Siemens IK PI 2015
Extremely fast reconfiguration of the network following an error

is indispensable for industrial applications, because the connected data terminals will otherwise disconnect logical communication links. This would result in a process running out of
control or emergency shutdown of the plant.
In order to achieve the very fast reaction times required, various
standardized procedures are used. A network can then be
reconfigured to form a functional network infrastructure again in
a fraction of a second.
In an optical ring comprising 50 switches, the network will be
reconfigured after a fault (cable break or switch failure) in less
than 300 ms.
In addition to implementing high-speed media redundancy in
the ring, Industrial Ethernet switches also offer the functions
required for high-speed redundant coupling of rings or network
segments. Network segments in any topology or rings can be
coupled via two switches in each case.
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Ethernet
Topologies
PC
Operator Station
S7-1500
S7-300
S7-1500
SCALANCE
XM416-4C
PC
S7-400
S7-300
PC
SCALANCE
X204-2
PC
PC
S7-300
S7-1500
Industrial Ethernet (Twisted Pair)

Industrial Ethernet (Fiber Optic)
G_IK10_XX_10093
S7-400
S7-400
Configuration with high-speed redundancy in the optical ring
S7-400
PC
Operator Station
S7-400
S7-300
zjhshujlG
tT[WW
PC
S7-400
SCALANCE
X310
SCALANCE
X310
S7-300
S7-300 with
CP 343-1
SCALANCE X208
S7-400 with
CP 443-1
G_IK10_XX_10101
S7-300
S7-400
S7-400
Configuration with high-speed redundancy in the electrical ring
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/13
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Ethernet
Topologies
S7-400
S7-300
S7-400
S7-300
SCALANCE
X204-2
PC
S7-400
SCALANCE
X208
SCALANCE
X208
SCALANCE
X208
SCALANCE
X208
S7-300
IPC
PC
SCALANCE
X101-1 or X101-1LD
S7-400
G_IK10_XX_10054
IPC

Electrical/optical ring topology with SCALANCE X101-1/X101-1LD

S7-300 with CP 343-1
SCALANCE
XM-400
SCALANCE
X101-1 or
X101-LD
SCALANCE
Access Point
W788-1 M12
SCALANCE
X101-1 or
X101-1LD
SCALANCE
X106-1
SCALANCE
X101-1 or
X101-1LD
Field PG
ET 200S
ET 200S
ET 200S
ET 200S
PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet (Twisted Pair)

PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet (Fiber Optic)
Optical star topology with SCALANCE X101-1/X101-1LD and remote SCALANCE W Access Point
2/14
Siemens IK PI 2015
ET 200S
G_IK10_XX_10056
If the ring is interrupted at one point, immediate reconfiguration

takes place and all communication nodes continue to be accessible.
A further option for attaining greater system availability is PROFINET MRP. The media redundancy can be created on the one
hand by means of switches, and on the other hand direct via the
PROFINET interfaces on SIMATIC controllers and distributed inputs/outputs. Thanks to the MRP protocol (IEC 61158 Type 10),
reconfiguration times of less than 200 ms can be achieved, depending on the number of stations.
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Ethernet
Topologies
Seamless redundancy
For some applications with particularly high requirements in
terms of the reconfiguration time, there is the possibility of
setting up a redundant network without any reconfiguration time
at all (seamless redundancy).
PG/PC/IPC
2
SCALANCE
X204RNA
For this purpose, PROFINET offers the MRPD standard (Media

Redundancy for Planned Duplication). This method is based on
the topology-optimized IRT communication.
Two other solutions that can be used are High-availability
Seamless Redundancy (HSR) and Parallel Redundancy Protocol (PRP) of the IEC 62439-3 standard.
SCALANCE
X204RNA
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE
X204RNA
Server with
SOFTNET-IE RNA
SCALANCE
X204RNA
EEC
Protection device
with HSR 1)
IP camera
Protection device
without HSR 1)
PC
Industrial
Ethernet
(LAN A)
1)
Industrial
Ethernet
(LAN B)
SCALANCE
X204RNA
EEC
Bumpless, ring-shaped network with HSR redundancy procedure
Redundancy with the Spanning Tree algorithm

The Spanning Tree algorithm is described in the IEEE 802.1D
standard; it organizes any number of meshed Ethernet structures comprising bridges and switches.
SIMATIC
S7-400 with
CP 443-1RNA
1)
Parallel Redundancy Protocol
PC
Environment with a
high EMC load, e.g.
low-voltage and
high-voltage switchgear
Bumpless, parallel networks with PRP redundancy procedure
G_IK10_XX_10334
SIPROTEC
with PRP 1)
Protection device
without PRP 1)
High-availability Seamless Redundancy Protocol
Environment with a
high EMC load, e.g.
low-voltage and
G_IK10_XX_10343
All methods facilitate networks that continue to function in the

event of a fault (e.g.: cable break) WITHOUT interruption. This is
achieved by duplicating the data packets at the sender and then
transmitting them to the recipient over two different paths.
PG/PC/IPC with
SOFTNET-IE RNA
Server
To prevent data packages circulating in the network, in the case

of closed meshes different connections are switched to standby
so that an open tree structure results from the meshed structure.
For this purpose, switches communicate with each other using
the Spanning Tree Protocol. This protocol is extremely complex
because it has to handle any type of network structure.
The organization of network structures with the Spanning Tree
protocol can take from 30 to 60 seconds. During this period, productive communication for reliable visualization or process control in the network is not possible.
In the time-optimized variant "Rapid Reconfiguration Spanning
Tree according to IEEE 802.1, the time is shortened to between
1 and 3 seconds for up to 10 series-connected switches.
Due to the comparatively long reconfiguration time, this protocol
is used predominantly in office networks. For connecting to such
office networks, some SIMATIC NET switches support the Rapid
Spanning Tree Protocol.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/15
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Ethernet
Topologies
Optical cabling with POF/PCF or glass fiber optic cable
Switched industrial networks can be configured electrically or

optically with a linear, star or ring structure, or a combination.
Fiber-optic cables are always recommended as an alternative

to copper cables in environments subject to strong electromagnetic interference (EMI) if reliable equipotential bonding
cannot be guaranteed, or if the system is in the open air.
They are constructed with SCALANCE X switches and with

switches integrated into terminal devices, e.g. in communications processors.
As the transmission medium between the switches and for connection to the terminal devices electrical cables (e.g. twisted
pair cables) or fiber optic cables are used.
Switched networks can be of any size. In networks of a larger
scale (depending on the application) the signal delays are to be
considered.
Glass fiber optic cables are used for data transmission over long
distances, while for shorter distances, plastic fiber optic cable
made of light-conducting plastics like polymer optical fiber
(POF), or plastic covered glass fibers such as polymer cladded
fiber (PCF), are used.
Simple fiber-optic cabling for machine-level use is implemented
with the SC RJ connection system for polymer optical fiber and
PCF. The SC RJ connectors can be assembled especially
quickly and simply on-site. The plastic fiber optic cables designed for this purpose can be used universally or specifically in
festoon cable systems.
For optical cabling, e.g. for a PROFINET system, products with
POF or PCF connection are used, e.g. the Industrial Ethernet
Switch SCALANCE X200-4P IRT, ET 200S distributed I/O, or the
SCALANCE X101-1POF media converter.
zpth{pjGz^TZWW
GjwGZ[ZTX
wyvmpul{
tG
zjhshujl
XWXTXwvm
oGG
plGG
l{GYWW
l{GYWWzG
ptGX\XTZGwuGmv
wvmTmvj
pGl
zjhshujl
YW[py{
zjhshujl
YWYTYwGpy{
zjhshujl
YWWT[wGpy{
l{GYWWzG
ptGX\XTZGwuGmv
l{GYWWzGGptGX\XTZGwuG
Mixed network with SCALANCE X202-2P IRT and SCALANCE X101-1POF media converter
2/16
Siemens IK PI 2015
nprXWXWX^]
Switched network
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Ethernet
Topologies
Fault-tolerant communication
The availability of the communication is increased by means of
redundant communication connections, to which the data transmission can be switched quickly in the event of a fault.
Fault-tolerant S7-connections can be set up from S7-400H

stations to
Other H stations (one- or two-channel)
PCs (S7-REDCONNECT software required)
PC/IPC with
2x CP 1613 A2
or CP 1623
and S7-REDCONNECT
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X310
SCALANCE X310
H-CPU in single mode

z^T[WWGGjwG
z^T[WWGGjwG
z^T[WWGGjwG
G_IK10_XX_10251
SCALANCE X310
Increased availability by means of redundant communication connections
Gigabit at the control level

Whereas in the field level, short response times and small data
message frames are in the forefront, the need for high data
throughput is constantly increasing in the control level. The reason for this is the rapidly growing number of nodes and dataintensive systems such as HMI, SCADA, code reading systems,
web applications or multimedia applications.
In addition to the Gigabit-capable network infrastructure, there
are also Gigabit-capable system connections for PCs or
SIMATIC S7-300/400/1500. The CP 1623 communications processor for PCI Express supports a high-performance connection
of the HMI/SCADA systems and simultaneously increases the
reliability of the network by means of an optional external power
supply.
The CP 343-1 Advanced and CP 443-1 Advanced communications processors for SIMATIC S7-300/400 implement integral
network separation between the control level and field level and
provide:
Separate network connections on a module for the connection
of two independent IP-subnetworks, e.g. control level is IP
subnetwork 1 (Gigabit Ethernet) and the field level is IP
subnetwork 2 (Fast Ethernet)
Cross-network utilization of IT services through IP routing,
such as access to Web servers
Short response times for the lower-level field device
connection with PROFINET
Firewall for protecting the programmable controllers from
unauthorized access regardless of the size of the network to
be protected
Supplementary or alternative VPN tunnel (Virtual Private
Network) for secure authentication of the communication
partners and encryption of the transmitted data
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/17
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Ethernet
Topologies
Enterprise Level
1000 Mbit/s
Ethernet
Control Level
SCALANCE
XM416-4C
IPC with
Gigabit interface
and CP 1616
SCALANCE
XM408-8C
SCALANCE
X308-2M PoE
1000 Mbit/s
1000 Mbit/s
SCALANCE
X308-2
IP camera
1000 Mbit/s
1000 Mbit/s
SIMATIC S7-400
with
CP 443-1 Advanced
1000 Mbit/s
SIMATIC S7-300
with
CP 343-1 Advanced
Field Level
100 Mbit/s
WinCC
Server
with
CP 1623
SCALANCE
XM416-4C
SIMATIC S7-1500
with CP 1543-1
PROFINET
ET 200S
Drives
S7-300 with
ET 200S
CP 343-1 Lean
ET 200pro

Network separation between field level and control level including Gigabit communication at the control level
Network separation between field level and control level

Networks often have to be separated physically from one another, but nevertheless have to communicate with one another.
Reasons for network separation are deliberate load decoupling
or different responsibilities within an enterprise (e.g. office and
production network).
When using the CP 343-1 Advanced and CP 443-1 Advanced
communications processors for S7 controllers this requirement
can easily be met. With the introduction of interfaces for separate IP subnetworks in Gigabit Ethernet and Fast Ethernet on one
module, the cross-network use of IT services is possible by
means of static IP routing. A firewall protects programmable
controllers against unauthorized access regardless of the size of
the network to be protected. As an alternative or supplement,
secure authentication of the communication partners and
encryption of the transmitted data can be handled via a VPN
(Virtual Private Network).
2/18
Siemens IK PI 2015
ET 200SP
S7-300 with
CP 343-1 Lean
G_IK10_XX_10226
Industrial Ethernet
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Ethernet
Topologies
SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system with Gigabit
Several operator panels are provided and divided between
the two switches so that the system can still be operated in the
event of a failure. The terminal and plant buses are connected
using redundant servers, e.g. with SCALANCE X408-2 also via
high-performance Gigabit lines.
In the control room, two SCALANCE X-400 switches are used on

the terminal bus. If a high number of nodes are connected to the
plant bus, SCALANCE XR-500 or XM-400 switches, for example,
can be used with port extenders. These are connected together
to create an electrical ring with a transfer rate of 1 Gbit/s.
Operator Station (OS)
OS
SIMATIC IT
SCALANCE
XM 408-8C
SIMATIC Batch
OS
Engineering Station (ES)
SCALANCE
XM 408-8C
Terminal bus
1000 Mbit/s
IPC
SCALANCE
X310
Industrial Ethernet
(electrical)
Industrial Ethernet
(optical)
OS Server
(redundant)
OS Server
(redundant)
1000 Mbit/s
SCALANCE
XM 408-8C
SCALANCE
XM 408-8C
Plant Bus
IPC
SCALANCE
XM 416-4C
1000 Mbit/s
SCALANCE
X308-2
SCALANCE XM 416-4C
Human machine
interface
SCALANCE
XM 416-4C
ET 200M
PROFIBUS
ET 200M
PROFIBUS
Production cell
G_IK10_XX_10183
S7-300
Redundant control S7-400H
Use of the SCALANCE X switches in a process control system, e.g. PCS 7
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/19
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Ethernet
Topologies
Management Level
Server
Server
Server
Server
2
Server
1000 Mbit/s
SCALANCE
XR-500
Operations Level
1000 Mbit/s
10 Gbit/s
10 Gbit/s
SCALANCE
XR-500
OSPF
Operator Station
SCALANCE
1000 Mbit/s XR-500
PC
SCALANCE
XR-500
PC
Ring redundancy
Operator Station
PC
10 Gbit/s
Industrial Ethernet
Control Level
SCALANCE XR-500
SCALANCE XR-500
1000 Mbit/s
Engineering Station
SCALANCE
XM-400
ET 200SP
SCALANCE XR-300
SCALANCE
SCALANCE
1000 Mbit/s
X-300
X-300
1000 Mbit/s
SCALANCE
X-300
SIMATIC S7-1500
Plant network with connection to the management level or the corporate network with SCALANCE X-500
2/20
Siemens IK PI 2015
SCALANCE XR-300
G_IK10_XX_10298
SCALANCE
XM-400
SCALANCE
XR-300
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Ethernet
Topologies
Fail-safe wireless communication with PROFIsafe
For several years, safety engineering has been integrating into
standard automation on the basis of SIMATIC S7 controllers,
PROFIBUS and PROFIsafe.
This range has been expanded by PROFINET-enabled components, thus providing a complete product range with failsafe
controllers, failsafe I/O and a corresponding engineering environment.
Control and
monitoring system
Internet
PROFIsafe prevents errors such as address corruption, loss,

delay, etc., when transmitting messages through continuous
numbering of the PROFIsafe data, time monitoring, and authenticity monitoring using passwords and optimized cyclic redundancy check (CRC).
via PROFIsafe profile
Controller
Safety
Controller
SCALANCE
W788-2 RJ45
Security
IPC427C Bundle
with WinAC RTX F
PROFINET
PROFIsafe
Industrial
Ethernet
Switch
Distributed l/O
IE/PB
Link
PN IO
ET200 SP with
SCALANCE W722
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-1 M12
RCoax Cable
Proxy
HMI
other field busses
SINUMERIK
840D sl and
SINAMICS
S120 Drives
DP/AS-i
F-Link
SINAMICS
G120
AS-Interface
PROFIsafe
Distributed I/O
G_IK10_XX_30118
SINAMICS Drives
Fail-safe wireless communication with PROFIsafe
Coupling of networks
For a high-performance coupling of networks, the modular
Industrial Ethernet Switch SCALANCE XM-400 is available.
In the case of SCALANCE XM-400, high-speed IP routing
permits communication between different IP subnetworks and
routers. Methods supported for this include:
Static routing
Dynamic routing OSPF (open shortest path first) and
RIPv1/2 (routing information protocol)
Redundant routing VRRP (Virtual Router Redundancy
Protocol)
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/21
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Ethernet
Topologies
PC/IPC with
CP 1613 A2/
CP 1623
2
PC/IPC with
CP 1613 A2/
CP 1623
SCALANCE
X308-2M
SCALANCE
XM 416-4C
SCALANCE
XM 416-4C
MP 377
PROFINET
SCALANCE X324-12M
Industrial Ethernet
S7-400 with
CP 443-1
SCALANCE
X208
S7-300 with
CP 343-1
S7-300 with
CP 343-1
S7-300 with
CP 343-1
ET 200S
ET 200S
ET 200S
High-performance Layer 3 switching paired with redundant routing (VRRP)
Siemens IK PI 2015
S7-400 with
CP 443-1
S7-300 with
CP 343-1
Robots
2/22
S7-400 with
CP 443-1
G_IK10_XX_10252
MP 377
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Ethernet
Overview
Twisted pair network
Fiber optic network
Wireless network
Flexibility of the network topology
Suitability for high transmission rates
1)
1)
Inter-building networking
EMC
Simple cable laying
Performance spectrum for special

applications
Cables for indoor area; trailing

cable; marine cable; FastConnect
cables
Effect of voltage failure
Failure of a subnetwork
Effect of path failure
Network breaks down into two subnetworks functioning in isolation 3)
Max. network expansion
5000 m
Max. distance between two network

nodes / Access Points
100 m
Pre-assembled cables
Yes
Yes
Assembly on site
without special tool;

FastConnect technology
without special tool;

FastConnect technology
Integrated diagnostics support
LED indicators; signaling contact;

SNMP network management;
Web-based management,
PROFINET diagnostics
LED indicators; signaling contact;

LED indicators;
Redundant network structures
Electrical ring or doubling of the

infrastructure (linear, star, tree)
Optical ring or doubling of the infrastructure (linear, star, tree)
Multiple illumination or use of

different frequency bands
(2.4 and 5 GHz)
4)
2)
Network breaks down into two subnetworks functioning in isolation 3)
Up to 150 km 4);
over 150 km, consider signal propagation time
50 m POF
100 m PCF
4000-5000 m multimode
120 km single mode
suitable for 10 Mbit/s to 10 Gbit/s

Safeguard against subnetwork failure by means of redundant voltage supply
no effect in the case of ring structure
if there are 50 switches in the ring
2)
30 m indoors per segment

100 m indoors per segment
suitable
partly suitable
not applicable
G_IK10_XX_10013
1)
2)
3)
4)
2)
Cables for indoor and outdoor area;

trailing cable; halogen-free cable
Comparison of networking media
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/23
Siemens AG 2014
PROFINET
Introduction
Overview
PROFINET the Ethernet standard for automation
1)
Source: PROFIBUS & PROFINET International (PI) Edition 2013
Flexibility
Efficiency
Performance
Speed
Safety
High precision
Flexible topologies
Energy efficiency
Open standard
Easy cabling
Web tools
Redundancy
Expandability
Fast start-up
G_IK10_XX_10304
PROFINET is the leading Industrial Ethernet standard with more

than 5.8 1) million nodes worldwide.
PROFINET increases companies' success by accelerating

processes, boosting productivity, and increasing plant
availability.
Flexibility
IWLAN
The PROFINET network can be installed without any specialist

knowledge and meets all requirements relevant to the industrial
environment. The PROFINET Guideline "Cabling and Interconnection Technology" provides network installation support
for manufacturers and users. Symmetrical copper cables or
RFI-resistant fiber-optic cables are used depending on the
application. Devices from different manufacturers are easily
connected via standardized and rugged plug-in connectors
(up to IP65/IP67).
PROFINET also supports wireless communication with Industrial

Wireless LAN and thus opens up new application fields.
For example, technologies subject to wear such as contact wires
can be replaced and automated guided vehicle systems and
mobile operator panels can be used.
Thanks to the integration of switch functionality into the devices,

linear topologies can be formed that are configured based on an
existing machine or plant structure. This results in savings in
cabling overhead and cuts down on components such as external switches.
Safety
Open standard
The PROFIsafe safety profile, which has been tried and tested
with PROFIBUS and which permits the transmission of standard
and safety-related data on a single bus cable, can also be used
with PROFINET. No special network components are required
for fail-safe communication, standard switches and standard
network transitions can be used without restrictions. In addition,
fail-safe communication is equally possible via Industrial
Wireless LAN (IWLAN).
PROFINET, the open vendor-independent standard

(IEC 61158/61784), is supported by PROFIBUS and PROFINET
International (PI). It stands for maximum transparency, open
IT communication, network security and simultaneous real-time
communication.
Short response times and optimized processes are prerequisites

for competitiveness in global markets, because product lifecycles are becoming shorter and shorter.
PROFINET ensures maximum flexibility in plant structures and
production processes, and it enables you to implement innovative machine and plant concepts. Mobile devices, for example,
can be integrated into relatively inaccessible locations.
Flexible topologies
PROFINET also enables the use of star, tree, and ring topologies
in addition to the linear topology characterized by the established fieldbuses. This is made possible by means of switching
technology via active network components, such as Industrial
Ethernet switches and media converters, or by integrating
switch functionality into field devices. This results in an
increased machine and plant planning flexibility, as well as
savings in cabling.
2/24
Siemens IK PI 2015
Due to its openness, PROFINET creates the basis for a uniform

automation network in the plant to which all of the machines and
devices can be connected. The integration of existing parts of
the plant, using PROFIBUS for example, can also be achieved
without any problems through the use of network transitions.
Siemens AG 2014
PROFINET
Introduction
Efficiency
Global competition means that companies must deploy their
resources economically and efficiently. This applies in particular
to production. PROFINET ensures more efficiency here.
Simple engineering guarantees fast commissioning, and reliable
devices enable high plant availability. Comprehensive diagnostics and maintenance concepts help to reduce plant downtimes
and maintenance costs to a minimum.
PROFINET
Industrial
Ethernet
IE/PB
Link
PN IO
PROFIBUS
AS-Interface
G_IK10_XX_30117
IE/AS-i
LINK
PN IO
Fieldbus integration via a proxy
Use of web tools

PROFINET's unrestricted support for TCP/IP permits the use
of standard web services such as web servers in the device.
Independently of the tool used, information from the automation
level can be accessed from almost anywhere at any time using
a commercially available Internet browser. This considerably
simplifies commissioning and diagnostics.
Each user can decide for himself how much openness to the
IT world he will permit for his machine or plant. Thus, PROFINET
can be easily operated as an isolated plant network or it can be
connected to the office network or the Internet via suitable security modules, such as the SCALANCE S modules. This allows
new teleservice concepts or even the fast exchange of production data.
PROFINET permits simultaneous fieldbus communication in

isochronous mode and standard IT communication (TCP/IP) via
one cable. This real-time communication for the transmission
of user/process data and diagnostic data is performed on a
single cable. Specific profile communication (PROFIsafe,
PROFIdrive and PROFIenergy) can be integrated without additional cabling overhead. This solution provides a wide range of
functions with a low degree of complexity.
Device and network diagnostics
By retaining the field-proven PROFIBUS device model, the same
diagnostic information is available with PROFINET. In addition,
device diagnostics also includes read-out of module-specific
and channel-specific data from the devices. This enables simple
and fast location of faults. In addition to the availability of device
information, the top priority in network management is reliability
of network operation.
The Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) has become
established in existing networks as the de-facto standard for the
maintenance and monitoring of network components and their
functions. PROFINET uses this standard and provides users with
the option of servicing networks using familiar tools such as the
SINEMA Server network management software.
In order to facilitate the maintenance of PROFINET devices,
both locally and also remotely via a secure VPN connection,
application-specific Web sites in the familiar HTML standard can
be created on the integral Web server of the field devices.
Expandability
On the one hand, PROFINET permits the easy integration of
existing systems and networks without great effort. Thus,
PROFINET protects the investments in existing plant units which
communicate via PROFIBUS and other fieldbuses such as
AS-Interface, for example.
On the other hand, additional PROFINET stations can be added
at any time. Network infrastructures can be expanded using
additional network components, both wired and wireless versions, even during operation.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/25
Siemens AG 2014
PROFINET
Introduction
Easy cabling
Moving toward the green factory: PROFIenergy
Stringent demands are placed on the installation of cables in

the industrial environment. There is also the requirement to set
up error-free industry-standard networks in the shortest possible
time without specialist knowledge.
PROFIenergy is a profile that provides functions and mechanisms for PROFINET field devices that support energy-efficient
production.
The vendor and device-independent profile defined by PNO allows the user to significantly reduce the energy consumption
and costs: PROFIenergy enables specific loads that are not required to be switched off. This noticeably reduces energy costs
during pauses in production. PROFIenergy facilitates automated
activation and deactivation of technologically related plant sections. The coordination is performed centrally by means of a
higher-level controller, and the networking via PROFINET. This
means that during long pauses, as much energy as possible is
saved. Plant sections that are switched off for short periods contribute to the even distribution and most efficient use of energy.
The use of PROFIenergy is made easier for the machine builder
by its integration into well-known series of products. In addition,
PROFIenergy is defined in such a way that the necessary function blocks can be integrated into existing automation systems
at a later date.
Siemens offers FastConnect, a system that meets all these requirements: FastConnect is the standards-compliant, industrystandard cabling system consisting of cables, connectors, and
assembly tools for PROFINET networks.
The time spent for connecting the terminal devices is minimized
thanks to the easy installation using only a single tool, and installation errors can be avoided thanks to the practical color-coding.
Both copper cables and glass fiber-optic cables can be assembled on-site in this way.
PROFINET devices are identified via a name that is assigned in
the configuration. When replacing a defective device, a new
device can be recognized by the IO Controller by means of
topology information and have a name automatically assigned to
it. An engineering tool is therefore not required when replacing
devices.
This mechanism can also be used during the initial commissioning of a complete plant. Quick commissioning is thus especially
possible for series machines.
G_IK10_XX_10305
Ruggedness
Energy consumption without PROFIenergy
G_IK10_XX_10306
Energy efficiency
Energy consumption with PROFIenergy
2/26
Siemens IK PI 2015
An automation network must be able to withstand most external

sources of interference. The use of Switched Ethernet prevents
faults in one section of the network from influencing the entire
plant network. PROFINET enables the use of fiber-optic cables
especially for areas that are critically sensitive to EMI.
Siemens AG 2014
PROFINET
Introduction
Performance
Productivity and product quality determine market success.
Precise motion control, dynamic drives, high-speed controllers,
and the deterministic synchronization of devices are therefore
key factors in achieving superior production. They allow high
production speeds and simultaneously optimized product
quality.
Speed and precision
Fast motion control applications need precise and deterministic
data exchange. This is implemented thanks to isochronous drive
controls using Isochronous Real-Time (IRT).
PROFINET permits high-speed and deterministic communication due to IRT and isochronous mode. The different cycles of a
system (input, network, CPU processing and output) are also
synchronized in the case of parallel TCP/IP traffic. PROFINET's
short cycle times make it possible to increase the productivity of
machines and plants, and to ensure product quality through high
precision.
The standardized PROFIdrive drive profile enables vendorindependent communication between CPUs and drives.
Previous limitations in the scope of the machines and systems
to be implemented can be easily overcome through the use of
PROFINET. With PROFINET, up to 256 field devices can now be
managed by one SIMATIC Controller.
In a network, several controllers can interact with their assigned
field devices. The number of field devices per PROFINET network is virtually unlimited the entire band of IP addresses is
available.
MRPD
High network availability can be achieved without reconfiguration time using the PROFINET-compatible MRPD procedure
(Media Redundancy for Planned Duplication). The MRPD protocol is an extension to the MRP protocol for sending message
frames in duplicate within a ring topology. Networks can only be
constructed with SCALANCE X-200IRT switches and additional
components with the real-time feature Isochronous Real-Time
IRT (PROFINET standard), such as SIMATIC controllers, ET 200,
SIMOTION and SINAMICS drives.
Fast start-up
The Fast Start-Up function allows rapid start-up of PROFINET IO
Devices that are connected to SIMATIC Controllers. The communication connection between the controller and the device is
established in less than a second. For modular plants, individual
plant parts can therefore be connected or disconnected in the
shortest time. For example, the tool change can be accelerated
significantly in robot applications.
Benefits
PROFINET is the open Industrial Ethernet standard for
automation
PROFINET is based on Industrial Ethernet
PROFINET uses TCP/IP and IT standards
PROFINET is Real-Time Ethernet
PROFINET permits seamless integration of fieldbus systems
PROFINET supports fail-safe communication via PROFIsafe
over IWLAN as well

By using 100 Mbit/s in full duplex mode, PROFINET achieves a
significantly higher transmission rate than previous fieldbuses.
Thanks to this, both the process data and other plant data can
be transferred via TCP/IP without any problems. In this way,
PROFINET combines the industrial requirements of simultaneously transferring fast IO data and large data quantities for other
parts of the application. Even the transfer of large quantities of
data such as by cameras does not affect the speed and the precision of the IO data transfer thanks to PROFINET mechanisms.
Redundancy
Higher plant availability can be achieved by means of a redundant installation (ring topology). The media redundancy can be
implemented both with the help of external switches and direct
via integral PROFINET interfaces. Reconfiguration times of
200 ms can be achieved. In the case of an interruption to the
communication in only one part of the ring installation, this
means that a plant standstill is prevented and the necessary
servicing and repair work can be carried out without time
pressure.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/27
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Overview
Industrial Ethernet
Maximum cable lengths for industrial Ethernet connections

Type of fiber
0 - 10 m
0 - 50 m
0 - 55 m
0 - 85 m
0 - 100 m
0 - 750 m
0 - 4.000 m
0 - 5.000 m
0 - 26.000 m
IE FC cables 2x2 at 100 Mbit/s
FC RJ45 outlet with 2x2 cable

(additional 10 m patch cable can
be connected in total)
(0 - 45 m;
Torsion
Cable)
(0 - 75 m;
Marine/Traling/
Flexible/
FRNC/Food/
Festoon
Cable)
(0 - 90 m;
Standard
Cable GP)
Patch cable
TP FC Standard Cable GP 2x2

TP Ground Cable 2x2
TP Train Cable GP 2x2
TP FC Flexible Cable GP 2x2

TP FC Marine Cable 2x2 GP
TP FC Trailing Cable 2x2
TP FC Trailing Cable GP 2x2
TP Torsion Cable 2x2
TP FC FRNC Cable GP
TP FC Food Cable
TP FC Festoon Cable GP
IE FC cables 4x2 at 1000 Mbit/s
FC RJ45 outlet with 4x2 cable

(AWG 22) (additional 10 m patch
cable can be connected in total)
(0 - 90 m;
Standard
Cable GP)
TP Standard Cable GP 4x2 (AWG 24)
TP Flexible Cable GP 4x2 (AWG 24)
TP Train Cable GP 4x2 (AWG 24)
Patch cable
IE Glass FOC
FO FRNC Cable GP
Multimode
(50/125)
FO Standard Cable GP
Multimode
(50/125)
FO Ground Cable
Multimode
(50/125)
FO Trailing Cable
Multimode
(50/125)
FO Trailing Cable GP
Multimode
(50/125)
FO Robust Cable GP
Multimode
(50/125)
INDOOR FO Cable
Multimode
(62,5/125)
FO Standard Cable
Multimode
(62,5/125)
Flexible FO Trailing Cable
Multimode
(62,5/125)
FO Robust Cable GP 3)
Multimode
(4E9/125)
POF
(980/1000)
POF Trailing Cable 980/1000
POF
(980/1000)
PCF Standard Cable GP
PCF
(200/230)
PCF Trailing Cable
PCF
(200/230)
Siemens IK PI 2015
2)
1)
2)
1)
2)
1)
2)
1)
2)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
2/28
1)
IE POF/PCF Fiber Optic Cable

POF Standard Cable GP 980/1000
2)
1)
IE FC RJ45
Plug 4x2
4x2
X-coded
IE FC RJ45 Plug
PRO
IE FC Outlet RJ45
IE FC RJ45
Plug 2x2
M12power
2x2
and data D-coded
connector
Devices
with RJ45
connection
A-coded
IP67
hybrid connector
Power Plug PRO
7/8 plug-in
connector
Siemens IK PI 2015
G_IK10_XX_10245
IE FC RJ45
Modular Outlet
IE TP Cord 4x2
IE Connecting
Cable RJ45
IE Connecting
Cable M12
IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45
IE TP XP Cord RJ45/RJ45
IE FC RJ45 PLUG-180/IE FC RJ45

PLUG-180
M12-180/M12-180
M12-180/IE FC RF45 PLUG-145
Energy Cable 5 x 1,5
Hybrid cable 2x2 + 4x0,34
Energy Cable
Hybrid cable
IE TP Cord 2x2
IE TP Cord 9/RJ45
IE TP XP Cord 9/RJ45
IE TP Cord 9-45/RJ45
IE TP XP Cord 9-45/RJ45
IE TP Cord RJ45/15
IE TP XP Cord RJ45/15
IE TP XP Cord 9/9
Hybrid cable 2x2 + 4x0,34
IE FC Cable 2x2
IE FC Cable 4x2
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 2x2

IE FC TP Flexible Cable GP 2x2
IE FC TP FRNC Cable GP 2x2
IE FC TP Trailing Cable GP 2x2
IE FC TP Trailing Cable 2x2
IE FC TP Festoon Cable GP 2x2
IE TP Torsion Cable 2x2
IE FC TP Food Cable GP 2x2
IE FC TP Marine Cable 2x2
IE Train Cable GP 2x2
IE Ground Cable 2x2
IE Train Cable GP 422 (AWG24)
IE FC Standard Cable GP 4x2 (AWG24)

IE FC Flexible Cable GP 4x2 (AWG24)
IE FC Standard Cable GP 4x2 (AWG22)
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Options for connecting Industrial Ethernet cables with plugs, terminals ordevices (IE)
electrical
Devices
with M12
connection
2/29
2/30
SC plug
SC RJ plug
IE SC RJ PCF
Plug PRO
Singlemode
FO LC Plug
Siemens IK PI 2015
IE devices
with SC
connection
IE devices
with SC RJ
connection
IE SC RJ POF
Plug PRO
Multimode
FO LC Plug
FO FC BFOC
Plug
FO FC SC
Plug
G_IK10_XX_10246
IE devices
with BFOC
connection
FO FC Trailing Cable
(62,5/200/230)
FO FC Standard Cable GP
(62,5/200/230)
FO Robust Cable GP
(50/125/900)
FO Robust Cable GP
(4E9/125/900)
Preassembled FOC with SC RJ plug
Fiber-optic cable
with FC plug
Fiber-optic cable
with LC plug
Fiber-optic cable
with SC RJ plug
POF-FOC
980/1000 m
POF Standard Cable GP
POF Trailing Cable
Fiber-optic cable
with
BFOC connector
Preassembled FOC with

BFOC plug
Fiber-optic cable
with SC plug
PCF ber optic

cable 200/230 m

PCF Trailing Cable GP
PCF Trailing Cable
Preassembled FOC with SC plug
Fiber-optic cable
62.5/125 m
FIBER OPTIC standard cable

INDOOR Fiber Optic indoor cable
Flexible Fiber Optic trailing cable
SIENOPYR marine duplex ber
opticcable
BFOC
connector
Fiber-optic cable
50/125/1400 m
FO Trailing Cable
FO Ground Cable
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Options for connecting Industrial Ethernet cables with plugs, terminals or devices
Optical
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Overview of Twisted Pair
Structured cabling
Structured cabling to ISO IEC 118011/EN 50173 describes the
non-application-specific, tree-like cabling of building
complexes for IT purposes. A site is subdivided into the
following areas:
- Primary area (connecting the buildings of a site)
- Secondary area (connecting the floors of a building)
- Tertiary area (IT connection of data terminals on a floor)
The structured cabling that can be achieved with the Industrial
Ethernet FastConnect System corresponds to the structure of
the tertiary cabling in accordance with EN 50173 for Ethernet.
FastConnect Twisted Pair (FC)
For structured cabling in the production hall, the FastConnect
Twisted Pair cabling system is ideal (RJ45 and M12 connections). With the fast installation system for Industrial Ethernet,
structured cabling from the office environment not only
becomes industry compatible for installation in the production
hall;
FastConnect cables can also be assembled extremely quickly
and easily on site. The RJ45 cabling technique, an existing
standard, is also available in an industry-standard version
that supports structured cabling (patch cables, patch field,
installation cables, connection socket, connecting cable).
With the FastConnect plugs and FastConnect cables as an
alternative to structured cabling, up to 100 m cable length can
be achieved for a point-to-point link (requires less patch
technology).
Benefits
Extensive product range for flexible cabling in industry
Faster connection of data terminals thanks to safe stripping of
the outer sheath and braided shield in one step
Easy connection method (insulation-piercing contacts) for
4-core (Cat5) and 8-core (Cat6) Industrial Ethernet FC Twisted
Pair installation cables
Easy assembly for all cable types with the preadjusted
FC stripping tool
Reliable shield contacting and strain relief
Application
10/100 Mbit/s
10/100/1 000 Mbit/s
IE FC TP Cable 2x2
IE FC TP Cable 4x2
IE FC RJ45 Plug 2x2
IE FC M12 Plug PRO 2x2
IE FC RJ45 Plug 4x2
IE FC Outlet RJ45
IE TP Cord
1)
2)
IE Connecting Cable
1)
All TP Cord types with a Sub D interface
2)
IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45 and IE TP Cord XP
UL approvals
UL listing (safety standard) for network cables is especially
necessary for the American and Canadian markets. The requirements for the appropriate approvals depend on where the cable
is routed within the building. This applies to all cables which
have to be routed from a machine to a remote control cabinet
and are positioned on cable racks secured on the building.
Cables with UL approval have "GP" (General Purpose) added to
their name.
Design
The FastConnect system comprises:
Industrial Ethernet FastConnect cables specially designed
for fast connection (UL and CAT5e certified) as FC TP
Standard, FC TP Flexible, FC TP Trailing, TP Torsion, FC
Ground Cable, FC Food Cable, FC FRNC Cable, FC Festoon
Cable and FC TP Marine Cable.
Easy stripping with the FastConnect Stripping Tool; the
outer sheath and the braided shield are stripped accurately in
one step
The prepared cable is connected in the FastConnect
products using the insulation displacement method.
Integration
Active distributor,
e.g. SCALANCE X-400
Terminal device,
e.g. S7-300
Connection
cable,
e.g. IE TP cord
Patch cable,
e.g. IE TP cord
Installation cable,
e.g. FC TP standard cable 4 x 2
Connection
socket,
IE FC RJ45
Modular Outlet
Connection
socket,
IE FC RJ45
Modular Outlet
A+B
10 m
A+B+C 100 m
G_IK10_XX_10061
Overview
Structured cabling according to EN 50173
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/31
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Overview
Benefits
Compliance with the Industrial Ethernet Standard PROFINET

(PROFINET Cabling and Interconnection Technology
Guideline1))
Faster connection of data terminals thanks to safe stripping of
the outer sheath and braided shield in one step
Reliable shield contact and strain relief thanks to bolt-on cover
Excellent EMC shielding and deflection (metal housing)
Mistakes are prevented thanks to color coding and the transparent contact cover
1)
With the FastConnect (FC) system for Industrial Ethernet,

structured cabling from the office environment becomes
industry-compatible for installation in the production hall.
Time-saving, error-free installation on-site
RJ45 cabling technology is used as the permanent standard
The ideal solution for assembly of RJ45 and M12 connectors
in the field area with 4-core (2 x 2) Industrial Ethernet FC
cables
The ideal solution for assembly of the IE FC RJ45 Modular
Outlet with 8-core (4 x 2) Industrial Ethernet FC cables
Coordinated system of FC plug-in connectors and an
extensive FC cable spectrum with appropriate UL approvals
2/32
Siemens IK PI 2015
Available as a download under www.profinet.com
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Application
Industrial Ethernet FastConnect is a quick-assembly system
for easy assembly of 4-core and 8-core Industrial Ethernet FC
cables.
After stripping, the IE FC cable can be directly mounted in

the IE FC RJ45 Plug (4-core), the IE M12 Plug PRO 2x2 or 4x2,
the IE FC Outlet RJ45 (4-core), or the IE RJ45 Modular Outlet
(8-core).
G_IK10_XX_10021
Steps for assembly of Industrial Ethernet copper cables with Industrial Ethernet FastConnect
Design
The complete system:
Industrial Ethernet FC installation cables designed for fast
assembly; 4-core (2x2) Cat5e;
- IE FC TP standard cable GP
- IE FC TP flexible cable GP
- IE FC TP trailing cable GP
- IE FC TP Trailing Cable
- IE TP Torsion Cable
- IE FC TP Marine Cable
- IE FC TP FRNC cable GP
- IE FC TP Food Cable
- IE FC TP festoon cable GP
- IE TP Ground Cable
- IE TP Train Cable
8-core (4 x 2) Cat6 certified, with appropriate UL approval:
- IE FC TP Standard Cable GP (AWG 22/AWG 24)
- IE FC TP Flexible Cable (AWG 24)
- IE TP Train Cable (AWG 24)
User-friendly stripping technique with FC Stripping Tool
Noise-resistant FC RJ45 and FC M12 Plugs (10/100/
1000 Mbit/s), an ideal solution for installation on 4 or 8-core
IE FC cables at the field level thanks to the rugged metal
enclosure
The prepared cable is connected in the Industrial Ethernet
FC Outlet RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; 4-core) or IE FC RJ45 Modular
Outlet (10/100/1 000 Mbit/s; 8-core) using insulation
displacement
Function
The FastConnect stripping technique supports fast and easy
connection of the Industrial Ethernet FC cables
IE FC RJ45 Plug (10/100/1 000 Mbit/s)
IE FC M12 Plug PRO (10/100/1 000 Mbit/s)
IE FC Outlet RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s)
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet (10/100/1 000 Mbit/s)
The data terminals and network components are connected
using outlets via TP Cords.
The Industrial Ethernet FastConnect cables are specially designed for use of the Industrial Ethernet FastConnect Stripping
Tool, with which the outer insulation and the braided shield can
be stripped accurately in one step. The prepared cable is then
connected using insulation displacement.
Approvals
OFN/OFNG cable for routing in bundles (general purpose
cable).
The various connectors and cables from the FastConnect cabling system can also be used in hazardous areas (EX-Zone 2).
No special approval is necessary.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/33
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Overview
Benefits
Ideal solution for installing RJ45 plug-in connectors in the field

level
Time-saving, error-free installation using the FastConnect
system
RJ45 plug-in connector is resistant to interference thanks to
the rugged metal housing
Reliable shield attachment and strain relief are integrated
A compatible system of Industrial Ethernet FastConnect
plug-in connectors and a comprehensive range of
FastConnect cables with the appropriate UL approvals and
PROFINET compatibility
Implementation of direct device connections over distances of
up to 100 m with Industrial Ethernet FC installation cable 2 x 2
without patching
Easy connection (insulation displacement contacts) for 4-core
Twisted Pair installation cables (100 Mbit/s) without the need
for special tools
Error-preventing connection technique thanks to visible
connection area as well as colored blade terminals
Industry-compatible design (rugged metal housing, no easily
lost small parts)
Integrated strain-relief for installation cables
Compatible to the EN 50173 (RJ45) / ISO IEC 11801 standard
Additional strain and bending relief of plug connector possible
through latching of plug on device housing, e.g. with
SCALANCE X, SCALANCE S, ET 200S.
Terminal device,
e.g. S7-1500
Application
The compact, rugged design of the connectors makes the
FC RJ45 Plug suitable for use in both industrial environments
and on office equipment.
The Industrial Ethernet FastConnect RJ45 Plugs 2 x 2 permit
quick and easy installation of the Industrial Ethernet
FastConnect installation cables 2 x 2 (4-core twisted pair
cables) in the field.
The Industrial Ethernet FastConnect Stripping Tool for preparing
the end of a cable (stripping the jacket and shield in one step)
allows simple handling and fast, reliable fitting of the cable
connector to the cable. As all the cable connector parts are
captive, it can also be fitted in difficult conditions.
The plug-in connectors enable point-to-point links to be implemented (100 Mbit/s) for Industrial Ethernet between two data
terminals/network components up to 100 m without the need for
patches.
IE FC RJ45
Plug 2x2
IE FC RJ45
Plug 2x2
Terminal device,
e.g. S7-1500
IE FC Cable 2x2
If components that do not support autocrossing are used,

an IE TP XP cord must be used between two network components or terminals.
Use of FastConnect cables 2 x 2 with IE FC RJ45 Plug 2 x 2
2/34
Siemens IK PI 2015
Network component, e.g.

SCALANCE XM-400
G_IK10_XX_10034

SCALANCE XM-400
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 2x2 (Type A)

IE FC TP Flexible Cable GP 2x2 (Type B)
IE FC TP Trailing Cable GP 2x2 (Type C)
IE FC Torsion Cable 2x2 (Type C)
IE FC TP Trailing Cable 2x2 (Type C)
IE FC TP Marine Cable 2x2 (Type B)
IE FC TP Food Cable 2x2 (Type C)
IE FC TP FRNC Cable GP 2x2 (Type B)
IE FC TP Festoon Cable GP 2x2 (Type B)
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Design
Industrial Ethernet FC RJ45 Plugs are available in three designs:
With 180 (straight)
cable outlet
With 145 (angled)

cable outlet
(SIMOTION and
SINAMICS, for example)
They are used for optimized connection of Industrial Ethernet

FastConnect cables to data terminals and network components.
The plugs have a rugged, industry-compatible metal housing
that provides optimum protection against faults in data communication.
The 4 integrated insulation displacement contacts make contacting of the FC cable variants easy and error-free.
1
With 90 (angled)
cable outlet
(for ET 200S, for example)
After the stripped cable end has been inserted into the insulation
displacement terminations (which have been hinged open),
the latter are pressed down for reliable contacting of the conductors.
Thanks to their compactness, the plug-in connectors
(IE FC Plug 180) can be used on devices with individual
sockets and on devices with multiple sockets (blocks).
Strip the IE FC cable 2x2 using stripping

tool and fan out the wires according to
color coding on the contact cover
of the FC RJ45 plug.
4
Open casing of the FC RJ45 plug

and insert wires according to color
coding as far as the end stop.
Press down contact cover to

make contact with the wires.
Close casing cover and

press together with lower
connector casing.
G_IK10_XX_30026
Casing
Using a screwdriver, turn locking ring

through 90 to ensure that cable is
gripped tightly.
Data terminals with a suitable bracket on the housing provide

additional tension and bending relief for the plug-in cable.
Function
The IE FC RJ45 Plugs are used to install uncrossed 100 Mbit/s
Ethernet connections up to 100 m without the use of patches.
Crossed cables can also be installed by swapping the transmit
and receive pair in a plug.
When the housing is open, color markings on the contact cover

make it easier to connect the cores to the blade terminals. The
user can check that contact has been made correctly through
the transparent plastic material of the contact cover.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/35
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Technical specifications
Article No.
6GK1901-1BB20-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB30-0AA0
Product-type designation
IE FC RJ45 Plug 90 (2x2)
Product description
RJ45 data plug-in connector
Acceptability for application
For connection to IE FC TP cables 2x2, For connection to IE FC TP cables 2x2, For connection to IE FC TP cables 2x2,
suitable for fast assembly with the
FastConnect system
FastConnect system
FastConnect system
Transmission rate
Transfer rate
1 for Industrial Ethernet
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
-
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
-
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
-
integrated cut-and-clamp contacts

for 4-wire TP FC installation cable
RJ45 connector

RJ45 connector
Yes
Yes
metal
metal
metal
Type of cable outlet
90 degree cable outlet
Width
13.7 mm
13.7 mm
13.9 mm
Height
16 mm
16 mm
16 mm
Depth
42 mm
55 mm
55.6 mm
Net weight
35 g
35 g
35 g
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
95 %
Relative humidity at 25 C without
condensation during operating maximum
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
IP20
Chemical resistance to water
Product feature silicon-free
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product component strain relief
Yes
Yes
Yes
Verification of suitability
RoHS conformity
UL-registration
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Standard for structured cabling
Cat5
Cat5
Cat5
Interfaces
Number of electrical connections for
Industrial Ethernet FC TP cables
Design of the electrical connection

for Industrial Ethernet FC TP cables integrated cut-and-clamp contacts
RJ45 connector
for network components
and terminal equipment
FastConnect
Yes
Mechanical data
Material of the enclosure
Design, dimensions and weight
Permitted ambient conditions

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Product properties, functions,

components general
Standards, specifications,
approvals
2/36
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Ordering data
Article No.
IE FC RJ45 plugs
IE FC TP Trailing Cable GP 2 x 2
(Type C)
RJ45 plug connector for Industrial

Ethernet with a rugged metal
housing and integrated insulation
displacement contacts for
connecting Industrial Ethernet FC
installation cables
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
IE FC RJ45 Plug 90
90 cable outlet; e.g. for ET 200S
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB20-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB20-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB20-2AE0
145 cable outlet;

e.g. for SIMOTION and SINAMICS
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB30-0AA0
6GK1901-1BB30-0AB0
6GK1901-1BB30-0AE0
IE FC stripping tool
6GK1901-1GA00
Preadjusted stripping tool for

fast stripping of Industrial Ethernet
FC cables
4-core, shielded TP installation

cable for connection to
IE FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug
for occasional movement;
PROFINET-compatible;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
max. length 1 000 m,
minimum order 20 m
6XV1840-3AH10

180/90 for use in trailing cables;
without UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1870-2F

for use with robots;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
IE FC TP Marine Cable 2 x 2
(Type B)
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 2 x 2
(Type A)
IE FC TP Flexible Cable GP 2 x 2
(Type B)
IE FC TP Trailing Cable 2 x 2
(Type C)
IE TP Torsion Cable GP 2 x 2
(Type C)
IE FC RJ45 Plug 145

IE FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug;
with UL approval;
Sold by the meter
max. length 1 000 m;
minimum order 20 m
Preferred length
1 000 m
6XV1870-2D

for use in trailing cables;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180

180 cable outlet;
for network components and
CPs/CPUs with Industrial Ethernet
interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
Article No.
6XV1840-4AH10

IE FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45
Plug 180/90;
marine approval;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1840-2AH10
6XV1840-2AU10
6XV1870-2B
IE FC TP FRNC Cable GP 2 x 2
(Type B)
6XV1871-2F
4-core, shielded, halogen-free TP

installation cable for connection to
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/37
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Ordering data
IE FC TP Festoon Cable GP 2 x 2
(Type B)
Article No.
6XV1871-2S
Article No.
IE TP train cable GP 2x2
(Type C)

IE FC Outlet RJ45/IE FC RJ45
Plug 180/90 for use in festoon
applications;
with UL approv al;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m

cable for connection to IE FC Outlet
RJ45/IE FC RJ45 Plug 180/90 for
railway applications;
PROFINET-compliant;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
IE FC TP Food Cable GP 2 x 2
(Type C)
Replacement blade cassette

for the Industrial Ethernet
stripping tool;
for use with IE FC RJ45 Plugs
and Modular Outlet,
5 items
IE FC Blade Cassettes (5 mm)

6XV1871-2L

Plug 180/90 for the food and
beverages industry;
PROFINET-compliant;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
IE TP ground cable 2x2
(Type C)
RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug 180/90
(after removal of additional outer
sheath) for laying in soil;
PROFINET-compliant;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
2/38
Siemens IK PI 2015
6XV1871-2G
6XV1871-2T
6GK1901-1GB01
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Overview
Benefits
Ideal solution for installation of RJ45 plugs in the field

Time-saving, error-free installation due to FastConnect system
Noise-resistant RJ45 plug connector due to rugged metal
housing
Reliable shield attachment and strain relief are integrated
Coordinated system comprising Industrial Ethernet
FastConnect plug-in connectors and an extensive range of
FastConnect cables with corresponding UL approvals
Application
Implementation of direct device connections of up to 90 m
with Industrial Ethernet FC installation cable 4 x 2 without
using patch technology
twisted pair installation cables (10/100/1000 Mbit/s) without
the need for special tools
Error-minimizing connection technique thanks to visible
connection area as well as colored insulation displacement
termination
Industry-compatible design (rugged metal housing, no easily
lost small parts)
Compatible with the EN 50173 (RJ45) / ISO IEC 11801
standard
Additional strain and bending relief of plug connector possible
through latching of plug on device housing, e.g. with
SCALANCE X, SCALANCE S.
Terminal device,
e.g. S7-1500
The compact, rugged design of the connectors makes the

FC RJ45 Plug suitable for use in both industrial environments
and on office equipment.
The Industrial Ethernet FastConnect RJ45 Plug 4 x 2
permits quick and easy installation of the Industrial Ethernet
FastConnect installation cables 2 x 4 (8-core twisted pair
cables) in the field.
The Industrial Ethernet FastConnect Stripping Tool for preparing
the end of a cable (stripping the jacket and shield in one step)
allows simple handling and fast, reliable fitting of the cable
connector to the cable. As all the cable connector parts are
captive, it can also be fitted in difficult conditions.
The new plug-in connector enables point-to-point links to be
implemented (10/100/1000 Mbit/s) for Industrial Ethernet
between two data terminals/network components up to 90 m
apart without the need for patches.
IE FC RJ45
Plug 4x2
IE FC RJ45
Plug 4x2
Terminal device,
e.g. S7-1500

SCALANCE XM-400
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 4x2 (AWG 24)

IE FC TP Flexible Cable GP 4x2 (AWG 24)

SCALANCE XM-400

G_IK10_XX_10227
IE FC TP Cable 4x2
Use of FastConnect cables 4 x 2 with IE FC RJ45 plug 4 x 2
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/39
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Design
The Industrial Ethernet FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2 is available with a

180 (straight) cable outlet.
It is the ideal method of connecting an Industrial Ethernet

FastConnect cable to data terminals and network components.
The plug has a rugged, industry-compatible metal housing that
provides optimum protection against faults in data communication.
Article No.
6GK1901-1BB11-2AA0
Product description
For connection to IE FC TP cables

4x2, suitable for fast assembly with
the FastConnect system
Transmission rate
The eight integrated insulation displacement contacts make

contacting of the FC cable variants 4 x 2 and 2 x 2 easy and
error-free. After the stripped cable end has been inserted in the
insulation displacement terminals, the conductors make contact
when the casing is closed.
Transfer rate
Owing to their compact size, the plug connectors can be

used both on devices with individual jacks and on devices with
multiple jacks (blocks).
Number of electrical connections

for Industrial Ethernet FC TP cables
Data terminals with a suitable bracket on the housing provide

additional tension and bending relief for the plug-in cable.
Function
The IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2 is used to install uncrossed
10/100/1000 Mbit/s Ethernet connections up to 90 m without the
use of patches. Crossed cables can also be installed by
swapping the transmit and receive pair in a plug.
With the casing open, colored markers on the contact element
make it simple to connect the cores to the insulation displacement contacts. The transparent synthetic material of the contact
element allows users to check the contacts themselves.
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
Interfaces
8
Design of electrical connection

RJ45 connector
FastConnect
Yes
Mechanical data
metal

Width
13.7 mm
Height
16 mm
Depth
55 mm
Net weight
35 g

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C

condensation during operating
maximum
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20

components general
Yes
Yes
approvals
2/40
Siemens IK PI 2015
RoHS conformity
UL-registration
Yes
Yes
Cat6
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.

Ethernet (10/100/1 000 Mbit/s)
with a rugged metal housing and
integrated insulation displacement
contacts for connecting Industrial
Ethernet FC installation cables;
180 cable outlet;
interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units

cable for universal applications;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
AWG 24,
for connection to
6GK1901-1BB11-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AE0
6GK1901-1GA00
Preadjusted stripping tool

for fast stripping of Industrial
Ethernet FC cables
2
6XV1878-2A
cable for occasional movement;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
max. quantity 1 000 m,
minimum order 20 m
AWG 24,
for connection to
IE FC blade cassettes (5 mm)
6XV1878-2B
6GK1901-1GB01
Replacement blade cassette for the

Industrial Ethernet stripping tool;
for use with IE FC RJ45 Plugs
and Modular Outlet,
5 units
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/41
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Overview
Benefits
Simple and flexible assembly on site for application-specific

plug-in cables through data and power plug-in connectors
suitable for on-site assembly in degree of protection IP65/67
Application
IE FC RJ45 Plug PRO and IE SC RJ Plug PRO (POF or PCF) are
plug-in connectors with push pull device connection that thanks
to their high degree of protection (IP65/67) are used outside
cabinets along with suitable end devices and network components with a high degree of protection. Their silicon-free design
enables them to also be used in the automobile industry, e.g. in
paint shops.
Data plug-in connectors suitable for on-site assembly for

IE FC TP and POF/PCF cables for transmitting data up to
100 Mbit/s
Power plug-in connector suitable for on-site assembly for
transmitting 2 x 24 V between Industrial Ethernet stations
Degree of protection IP65/67
The plug-in connectors make contact using a push-pull
mechanism.
IE FC RJ45 Plug PRO / IE RJ45 Plug PRO
FastConnect Industrial Ethernet RJ45 plug-in connector
suitable for on-site assembly for SCALANCE X-200IRT PRO
switches, ET 200pro and SIMATIC RF systems
twisted pair installation cables (100 Mbit/s) with or without
FastConnect quick-assembly system, without the need for
special tools
Industrial design (rugged plastic housing)
Good EMC shielding and discharge
IE SC RJ Plug PRO
Industrial Ethernet SC RJ plug-in connector suitable for on-site
assembly of:
- POF cables for SCALANCE X-200IRT PRO and
SIMATIC ET 200pro switches
- PCF cables for SCALANCE X-200IRT PRO switches
Industrial design (rugged plastic housing)
Power Plug PRO
5-pin power plug-in connector suitable for on-site assembly,
for 2 x 24 V voltage supply of the SCALANCE X-200IRT PRO
switches, SIMATIC ET 200pro and SIMATIC RF systems
2/42
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Article No.
6GK1901-1BB20-6AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-6AA0
IE FC RJ45 Plug PRO (Push Pull)
IE RJ45 Plug PRO (Push Pull)
Product description
Field-assembly connector for push-pull device connection Field-assembly connector for push-pull device connection
in high degree of protection
Transmission rate
Transfer rate
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
Interfaces
for Industrial Ethernet FC TP cables 4
1
4
1

RJ45 connector (Push Pull device connection)

RJ45 connector (Push Pull device connection)
Number of optical interfaces

for optical waveguide
Design of optical connections

for network components or terminal
devices

FastConnect
Yes
No
plastic
plastic
Width
22 mm
22 mm
Height
29 mm
30 mm
Depth
73 mm
67.7 mm
Net weight
68.8 g
68.8 g
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C

maximum
Protection class IP
IP65/67
IP65/67
resistant
resistant
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Mechanical data

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport

components general
approvals
RoHS conformity
UL-registration
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/43
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Technical specifications (continued)
Article No.
6GK1900-0MB00-6AA0
IE SC RJ POF Plug PRO (Push Pull) IE SC RJ PCF Plug PRO (Push Pull) Power Plug PRO (Push Pull)
6GK1900-0NB00-6AA0
6GK1907-0AB10-6AA0
Product description
SC RJ plug-in connector
for POF fiber-optic cables
SC RJ plug-in connector
for PCF fiber-optic cables
Power plug-in connector, 5-pole
Field-assembly connector
for push-pull device connection
in high degree of protection,
for voltage supply with 2 x 24 V DC
100 Mbit/s
-
100 Mbit/s
-


Power contacts
(Push Pull casing)


devices
SC RJ connector
(Push Pull device connection)
SC RJ connector

FastConnect
No
No
No
plastic
plastic
plastic
Width
22 mm
22 mm
36 mm
Height
30 mm
30 mm
30 mm
Depth
62.5 mm
62.5 mm
66.3 mm
Net weight
63.5 g
63.5 g
83.1 g
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
Protection class IP
IP65/67
IP65/67
IP65/67
resistant
resistant
resistant
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Transmission rate
Transfer rate
Interfaces
Mechanical data

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
maximum

components general
approvals
RoHS conformity
UL-registration
2/44
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Ordering data
IE FC RJ45 Plug PRO
Article No.
6GK1901-1BB20-6AA0
FastConnect RJ45 plug-in connector suitable for on-site assembly in

degree of protection IP65/67;
plastic enclosure, insulation
displacement technology,
for SCALANCE X-200IRT PRO and
SIMATIC ET 200pro switches;
1 package = 1 unit
IE RJ45 Plug PRO
6GK1901-1BB10-6AA0
RJ45 plug-in connector suitable for

on-site assembly in degree of
protection IP65/67;
plastic enclosure, insulation
displacement technology,
1 package = 1 unit
IE SC RJ POF Plug PRO
6GK1900-0MB00-6AA0
6GK1900-0NB00-6AA0
5-pole power plug-in connector

suitable for on-site assembly
in degree of protection IP65/67
for 2 x 24 V voltage supply;
plastic housing,
1 package = 1 unit
(Type A)
6XV1840-2AH10

cable for connection to IE
FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
(Type B)
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1870-2F
6XV1840-4AH10

Plug 180/90;
marine approval;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1871-2L

180/90 for the food and beverages
industry; PROFINET-compatible;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
(Type B)
6XV1870-2B
6XV1840-3AH10

with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
(Type C)
IE FC TP cables

FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug
180/90 for use as trailing cable;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
(Type B)
6GK1907-0AB10-6AA0
6XV1870-2D

for use as trailing cable;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
IE TP Torsion Cable 2 x 2
(Type C)
SC RJ plug-in connector suitable

for on-site assembly in degree of
protection IP65/67 for PCF fiber
optic cables;
plastic housing,
for SCALANCE X-200IRT PRO
switches;
1 package = 1 unit
Power Plug PRO
(Type C)
(Type C)
SC RJ plug-in connector suitable

for on-site assembly in degree of
protection IP65/67 for POF fiber
optic cables;
plastic housing,
1 package = 1 unit
Article No.
6XV1871-2S

applications; PROFINET-compatible;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
(Type B)
6XV1871-2F

with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/45
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Ordering data
Article No.
FO cables
Power cables
6XV1874-2A
Energy Cable 5 x 1.5
6XV1874-2B
Trailable power cable

with 5 copper cores (1.5 mm2)
for connecting to 7/8" plug-in
connectors;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
POF standard cable for fixed

routing indoors with PVC sheath;
sold by the meter
minimum order 20 m
POF trailing cable for use in cable
carriers, with rugged PUR sheath;
sold by the meter
Delivery unit max. 1 000 m;
minimum order 20 m
PCF Standard Cable GP 200/230
PCF Trailing Cable 200/230
SIMATIC RF600 connecting cable
6XV1861-2A
6XV1861-2C
6XV1861-2D
Trailing cable, segmentable,

sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
More information
Note:
Supplementary components for the SIMATIC NET cable range
can be ordered from your local contact person.
Technical advice on this subject is available from:
J. Hertlein
I IA SC CI PRM 4
Phone: +49 (911) 750-4465
E-mail: juergen.hertlein@siemens.com
Siemens IK PI 2015
6GT2891-1HN10
Preassembled connecting cable

(10 m) with RJ45 Plug PRO and
RJ45 Plug
PROFINET Cabling and
Interconnection Technology
Guideline

sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
POF Trailing Cable GP 200/230
6XV1830-8AH10
Pre-assembled cables
Standard cable, segmentable,

sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
2/46
Article No.
http://www.profinet.com
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
IE FC M12 Plug PRO
Overview
Industrial Ethernet FC M12 Plug PRO (D coded)
Industrial Ethernet M12 plug-in connector with FastConnect
connection system for on-site assembly for
SCALANCE X208PRO, IM 154-4 PN and SIMATIC RF systems
Easy connection (insulation displacement contacts) for
4-core twisted pair FC installation cables (10/100 Mbit/s)
without the need for special tools
Fault-preventing connection method thanks to visible
contacting area and color-coded insulation piercing
connecting devices
Industry-compatible design (rugged metal enclosure)
Excellent EMC shielding and deflection (metal enclosure)
FastConnect (FC) plug-in connectors that can be assembled in

the field for transmission of data (up to 1000 Mbit/s) between
Industrial Ethernet nodes with IP65/IP67 degree of protection
Industrial Ethernet FC M12 Plug PRO 4 x 2 (X-coded)

Industrial Ethernet M12 plug connectors, which can be
assembled in the field, for on-site installation for
SCALANCE W
twisted pair FC installation cables (10/100/1000 Mbit/s)
Fault-preventing connection method thanks to visible
contacting area and color-coded insulation piercing
connecting devices
Industry-compatible design (rugged metal enclosure)
Excellent EMC shielding and deflection (metal enclosure)
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/47
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
IE FC M12 Plug PRO
Benefits
Easy installation on-site for application-specific M12 plug-in

cables by means of FastConnect M12 plug-in connectors
(IE FC M12 Plug PRO, D-coded, and IE M12 Plug PRO 4x2,
X-coded), which can be assembled in the field
Simple assembly of adapter cables for the transition from
IP65/67 degree of protection into the IP20 area within the
same control cabinet by connecting the IE FC M12 Plug PRO
and IE FC RJ45 Plug 2x2
Reliable screen contact and strain relief are integrated
Harmonized system made up of Industrial Ethernet
FastConnect plug-in connectors and an extensive range of
FastConnect cables with corresponding UL approvals and
PROFINET conformity
Control cabinet feedthrough IE Panel Feedthrough and
IE Panel Feedthrough PRO
Industrial Ethernet panel feedthrough

Control cabinet feedthrough for conversion from M12
connection method (D coded, IP65/IP67) to RJ45 connection
method (IP20)
Industrial Ethernet panel feedthrough PRO
Coupling of M12 plug-in connectors (D-coded, IP65/IP67);
can be used as cabinet bushing or for connecting two M12
plug-in connectors outside the control cabinet
2/48
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
IE FC M12 Plug PRO
Article No.
6GK1901-0DB20-6AA0
6GK1901-0DB30-6AA0
IE FC M12 Plug PRO (PROFINET)
IE FC M12 Plug PRO (PROFINET)
Product description
M12 plug-in connector, high degree of protection, 4-pole,

D-coded
M12 plug-in connector, high degree of protection, 8-pole,

X-coded
For connecting electrical cables to

SCALANCE X208PRO, ET200 PRO PN or ET200 eco PN
for fast assembly with the FastConnect system
For connecting electrical cables to

SCALANCE W (M12 gigabit interface)
for fast assembly with the FastConnect system
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
-
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
Transmission rate
Transfer rate
Interfaces

M12 connector (D-coded)
FastConnect
Yes

M12 connector (X-coded)
Yes
Mechanical data
metal
metal
Width
19 mm
16 mm
Height
19 mm
16 mm
Depth
73 mm
53 mm
Net weight
40 g
40 g
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C

maximum
95 %
Protection class IP
IP65/67
IP65/67
resistant
resistant
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
RoHS conformity
UL-registration
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Cat5
Cat5

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport

components general
approvals
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/49
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
IE FC M12 Plug PRO
Article No.
6GK1901-0DM20-2AA5
6GK1901-0DM30-2AA5
IE M12 Panel Feedthrough
IE M12 Panel Feedthrough PRO
Product description
M12 panel feedthrough (D-coded) / RJ45
M12/M12 coupler (D-coded)
Panel feedthrough for conversion from M12 connection

method (D-coded, IP65/IP67) to RJ45 connection method
(IP20)
M12/M12 coupler and panel feedthrough (D-coded)
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
-
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
-
Transmission rate
Transfer rate
Interfaces
Industrial Ethernet FC TP cables

for Industrial Ethernet FC TP cables for network components and
M12 socket (D-coded) and RJ45
terminal equipment
No
FastConnect
2 x M12 socket (D-coded)

No
Mechanical data
plastic
metal
Width
Height
Depth
24 mm
45 mm
35.4 mm
35.6 mm
22.6 mm
44.5 mm
Net weight
0.04 kg
0.036 kg
0 70 C
0 70 C
0 70 C
-5 +60 C
-5 +60 C
-5 +60 C

maximum
Protection class IP
IP65/67 (M12) / IP20 (RJ45)
IP65/67 (M12) / IP65/67 (M12)
resistant
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
RoHS conformity
UL-registration
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Cat5
Cat5

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport

components general
approvals
2/50
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
IE FC M12 Plug PRO
Ordering data
Article No.
IE FC M12 Plug PRO 2 x 2

M12 plug-in connector
(D-coded, IP65/IP67) that can be
assembled in the field,
metal enclosure,
FastConnect connection method,
for SCALANCE X208PRO and
IM 154-4 PN
1 unit
8 unit
(Type C)
6GK1901-0DB20-6AA0
6GK1901-0DB20-6AA8

M12 plug-in connector suitable
for on-site assembly (X-coded,
IP65/IP67), metal enclosure,
insulation/displacement fast
connection method,
for SCALANCE W
1 unit
8 units
6GK1901-0DB30-6AA0
6GK1901-0DB30-6AA8
6GK1901-0DM20-2AA5
Coupling of M12 plug-in connectors

(D-coded, IP65/IP67);
can be used as cabinet bushing or
for connecting two M12 plug-in
connectors outside the control
cabinet
1 pack = 5 units
(Type A)
6XV1840-2AH10

with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
Preferred length
1 000 m
(Type B)
6XV1870-2B

with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
(Type C)
for use in trailing cables;
without UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1871-2S
6XV1871-2L

Plug 180/90 for the food and
beverages industry;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
IE FC TP FRNC cable GP 2x2
(Type B)
6XV1840-3AH10
6XV1870-2D

applications;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
(Type C)
6XV1840-2AU10
6XV1840-4AH10

with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
(Type B)
6GK1901-0DM30-2AA5

Plug 180/90;
marine approval;
minimum order 20 m
(Type C)
IE panel feedthrough PRO
6XV1870-2F

RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order length 20 m
(Type B)
IE panel feedthrough
Control cabinet feedthrough for
conversion from M12 connection
method (D coded, IP65/IP67) to
RJ45 connection method (IP20)
1 pack = 5 units
Article No.
6XV1871-2F

IE FC Outlet RJ45/IE FC RJ45 Plug
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/51
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
IE FC M12 Plug PRO
Ordering data
IE TP train cable GP 2x2 (Type C)
Article No.
6XV1871-2T

RJ45/IE FC RJ45 Plug 180/90
with railways approval;
PROFINET-compliant;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
IE FC Standard Cable GP 4x2
6XV1878-2A

minimum order 20 m
6XV1878-2B

cable for connection to IE FC RJ45
Plug 4x2 and IE M12 Plug PRO 4x2
PROFINET-compliant;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
IE train cable GP 4x2
6XV1878-2T

cable for connection to IE FC M12
plug PRO 4x2 for use in railway
applications; with railway;
sold by the meter;
max length 1 000 m,
minimum order 20 m
IE FC Stripping Tool
6GK1901-1GA00

Ethernet FC cables
IE FC blade cassettes (5 mm)
6GK1901-1GB01

for use with IE FC RJ45 Plugs and
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet,
5 units
Guideline
2/52
Siemens IK PI 2015
Note:
You can order components supplementary to the SIMATIC NET
cabling range from your local contact.

Plug 4x2 and IE M12 Plug PRO 4x2;
PROFINET-compliant;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
IE FC Flexible Cable GP 4x2
More information
J. Hertlein
I IA SC CI PRM 4
Phone: +49 (911) 750-4465
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Overview
Application
For the construction of Industrial Ethernet networks (4-core),
different cable types are offered to suit the different types of
application.
In general, the listed Industrial Ethernet FC cables IE FC Cable
2 x 2 must be used.
Note:
You will find other specifications of the network topology in the
manual for TP and fiber optic networks and in the Industrial
Ethernet/PROFINET system manual.
UL approvals
Different cable variants are offered with appropriate UL/ETL
approvals for laying in cable bundles and cable racks according
to the specifications of NEC (National Electrical Code)
Article 800/725. These are identified as GP (General Purpose).
Design
Benefits
Time-saving due to simple and quick assembly with

FastConnect cables 2 x 2 to Industrial Ethernet FC Outlet RJ45
(10/100 Mbit/s), Industrial Ethernet FC RJ45 Plug 180/145/90,
or IE FC M12 Plug PRO 2x2
Versatile application due to special bus cables
Network is immune to interference thanks to double shielded
cables and a uniform grounding concept
Silicone-free, therefore suitable for use in the automotive
industry (for example on paint lines)
outer sheath
foil shield
inner sheath
copper core
IE FC TP
Standard
braided shield
single core sheath
Cable 2x2
G_IK10_XX_10033
4-core FastConnect installation cables for structured Fast

Ethernet cabling with special design for fast installation
Easy stripping with the FastConnect Stripping Tool; the outer
sheath and the braided shield are stripped accurately in one
step
Connection to FastConnect products using insulation
displacement
Exceeds Category 5 (Cat5e) of the international cabling
standards ISO/IEC 11801 and EN 50173
PROFINET-compatible
UL approval
Different versions for different fields of application
(e.g. trailing, food, marine, railways)
High interference immunity thanks to double shielding
Easy length measurement thanks to printed meter markings
The FastConnect (FC) Industrial Ethernet cables IE FC Cable

2 x 2 are designed with radial symmetry and therefore allow the
use of the FC Stripping Tool The IE FC Outlet RJ45 and the
IE FC Plugs can therefore be attached quickly and easily.
The double shield makes it especially suitable for routing
through industrial areas with strong electro-magnetic fields
Easy connection to the insulation displacement contacts of the
IE FC plug without the need for special tools
System-wide grounding concept can be implemented through
the outer shield of the bus cable as well as through the
grounding concept of the IE FC Outlet RJ45 and the IE FC
Plugs
Printed meter marks
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/53
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Design (continued)
Cable types
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 2 x 2:
Standard bus cable with rigid cores specially designed for fast
installation;
four rigid cores connected in a four branch star
IE FC TP Robust Standard Cable GP 2x2:
Standard bus cable with rigid cores specially designed for fast
installation;
four rigid cores connected in a four branch star with a rugged
TPE outer sheath (thermoplastic elastomer)
IE FC TP Flexible Cable GP 2 x 2:
Flexible bus cable for the special application of occasional
motion control;
four stranded cores connected in a four branch star
IE FC TP Robust Flexible Cable GP 2x2:
Flexible bus cable for the special application of occasional
motion control;
four rigid cores connected in a four branch star with a rugged
TPE outer sheath (thermoplastic elastomer)
IE FC TP FRNC Cable GP 2 x 2:
Flexible, halogen-free cable for use in buildings (FRNC=
Flame Retardant Non Corrosive); four conductors (flexible
leads) stranded into star-quad for occasional movement
IE FC TP Trailing Cable GP / IE FC TP Trailing Cable 2 x 2:
Highly flexible bus cable for the special application of
constant motion control in a cable carrier, e.g. for continuously
moving machine parts; four stranded cores connected in a
four branch star
IE FC Festoon Cable GP 2 x 2:
Flexible cable for special use in constant movement in a cable
trail/festoon arrangement, e.g. on crane systems; four cores
(stranded) in twisted quads
IE TP Torsion Cable 2 x 2:
Highly flexible bus cable for the special application of
continuous motion control, e.g. for use with robots; stranded
cores
IE FC TP Food Cable 2 x 2:
Flexible cable for special use in the food and beverages
industry;
four cores (stranded) in twisted quads
IE FC TP Marine Cable 2 x 2:
Bus cable for marine applications; four cores (stranded)
connected in a four branch star, halogen-free, certified for
marine applications
IE TP Ground Cable 2 x 2:
Bus cable for fixed routing in soil; four rigid cores connected
in a four branch star, additional outer PE sheath (internal FC
cable design)
IE TP Train Cable 2 x 2:
Bus cable for special applications in trains; four cores
(tin-coated stranded wires) connected in a four branch star,
certified for railway applications
Product overview IE FC TP Cable 2 x 2

(PROFINET-compatible according to "PROFINET Cabling
and Interconnection Technology Guideline"1))
PROFINET
Type A
PROFINET
Type B
PROFINET
Type C
AWG 22/1
rigid laying
AWG 22/7
flexible cable
for occasional movement
AWG 22
highly flexible
cable for continuous motion, e.g.
cable carrier or
robots
IE FC TP
Standard Cable GP
2x2
(Type A)
6XV1 840-2AH10
IE FC TP
Robust Standard
Cable GP
2x2
(Type A)
6XV1841-2A
IE FC TP
Flexible Cable GP
2x2
(Type B)
6XV1 870-2B
IE FC TP
Robust Flexible Cable GP

2x2
(Type B)
6XV1841-2B
IE FC TP
FRNC Cable GP
2x2
(Type B)
6XV1 871-2F)
IE FC TP
Trailing Cable GP
2x2
(Type C)
6XV1 870-2D
IE FC TP
Trailing Cable
2x2
(Type C)
6XV1 840-3AH10
IE FC TP
Festoon Cable GP
2x2
(Type B)
6XV1871-2S
IE TP Torsion Cable
2x2
(Type C)
6XV1 870-2F
IE FC TP Food Cable
2x2
(Type C)
6XV1871-2L
IE FC TP Marine Cable
2x2
(Type B)
6XV1 840-4AH10
IE TP Ground Cable
2x2
(Type C)
6XV1871-2G
IE TP Train Cable
2x2
(Type C)
6XV1871-2T
1)
2/54
Siemens IK PI 2015
Available as a download under

Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Article No.
6XV1840-2AH10
6XV1841-2A
6XV1870-2B
IE FC TP Standard Cable
GP 2 x 2 (Type A)
IE FC TP Robust Standard
Cable GP 2 x 2 (Type A)
IE FC TP Flexible Cable GP IE FC TP Robust Flexible

2 x 2 (Type B)
Cable GP 2 x 2 (Type B)
6XV1841-2B
Product description
Standard bus cable (4-core), Standard bus cable (4-core), Flexible bus cable (4-core),
sold by the meter,
sold by the meter,
sold by the meter,
not assembled
not assembled
not assembled
Flexible bus cable (4-core),

sold by the meter,
not assembled
Standard cable with rigid

cores for fast installation
Standard cable with rigid

cores for fast installation
For occasionally moved

machine parts
Cable designation
2YY (ST) CY 2x2x0,64/1,5100 GN
2YH (ST) C99Y 2x2x0,64/1,5- 2YY (ST) CY 2x2x0,75/1,5100 GN

100 LI GN
2YH (ST) C99Y 2x2x0,75/1,5100 LI GN
52 dB/km
195 dB/km
52 dB/km
195 dB/km
60 dB/km
210 dB/km
60 dB/km
210 dB/km
Impedance for frequency range

1 MHz 100 MHz
100
100
100
100
Relative symmetrical tolerance

of the surge impedance
at 1 MHz 100 MHz
15 %
15 %
15 %
15 %
Near-end crosstalk per length

at 1 MHz ... 100 MHz
500 dB/km
0.5 dB/m
500 dB/km
0.5 dB/m
Transfer impedance at 10 MHz
10 m/m
10 m/m
20 m/m
20 m/m
Loop resistance per length
115 /km
115 /km
120 /km
120 /km
Insulation resistance coefficient
Operating voltage RMS value
100 V
100 V
100 V
100 V
Percentage NVP value
66 %
66 %
66 %
66 %
Number of electrical wires
Design of shield
Overlapped aluminum-clad
foil, sheathed in a braided
screen of tin-plated copper
wires
wires
wires
wires

FastConnect
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
AWG number
Core diameter of the AWG22 core
0.64 mm
0.64 mm
0.75 mm
0.75 mm
Outer diameter
of the inner conductor
of the wire insulation
of the inner sheath of the cable
of the cable sheath
0.64 mm
1.5 mm
3.9 mm
6.5 mm
0.64 mm
1.5 mm
3.9 mm
6.5 mm
0.75 mm
1.5 mm
3.9 mm
6.5 mm
0.75 mm
1.5 mm
3.9 mm
6.5 mm
0.2 mm
0.2 mm
0.2 mm
0.2 mm
Material
of the cable sheath
PE
PVC
PVC
PE
FRNC
TPE (FR-TPE)
PE
PVC
PVC
PE
FRNC
TPE (FR-TPE)
Color
of the insulation of data wires
of the cable sheath
white / yellow / blue / orange white / yellow / blue / orange white / yellow / blue / orange white / yellow / blue / orange
green
green
green
green
Bending radius
with single bend
with multiple bends
with continuous bending
19.5 mm
49 mm
-
19.5 mm
49 mm
-
32.5 mm
52 mm
-
32.5 mm
52 mm
-
Number of bending cycles

Note
Number of torsion cycles with torsion by 180 on 1 m cable length

machine parts
Electrical data
Damping ratio per length
at 10 MHz
at 100 MHz
Mechanical data
Symmetrical tolerance
of outer diameter of cable sheath
Traction stress maximum
150 N
150 N
150 N
150 N
Weight per length
67 kg/km
67 kg/km
68 kg/km
68 kg/km
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/55
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Article No.
6XV1840-2AH10
6XV1841-2A
6XV1870-2B
GP 2 x 2 (Type A)
IE FC TP Robust Standard
Cable GP 2 x 2 (Type A)
IE FC TP Flexible Cable GP IE FC TP Robust Flexible

2 x 2 (Type B)
Cable GP 2 x 2 (Type B)
6XV1841-2B
-40 +75 C
-40 +75 C
-40 +75 C
-20 +60 C
-40 +75 C
-40 +75 C
-40 +75 C
-20 +60 C
-25 +75 C
-25 +75 C
-25 +75 C
-10 +60 C
-40 +75 C
-40 +75 C
-40 +75 C
-20 +60 C
flame resistant according to

UL 1685 (CSA FT 4)

IEC 60332-1-2

UL 1685 (CSA FT 4)

IEC 60332-1-2
Chemical resistance
to mineral oil
Conditional resistance
to grease
to water
oil resistant according to DIN Conditional resistance

EN 50290-2-22 (VDE 0819),
(7x24 h/90 C),
UL13 Sec.40 (96 h/100 C)
oil resistant according to DIN

EN 50290-2-22 (VDE 0819),
(7x24 h/90 C),
UL13 Sec.40 (96 h/100 C)
Radiological resistance
to UV radiation
Resistant
Resistant
Resistant
Resistant
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
100 m
100 m
85 m
85 m
UL/ETL listing with 300 V rating
Yes: cULus / CMG / PLTC/

ITC(UL) / Sun Res
Yes: c(ETL)us, CM, PLTC,

SUN RES
Yes: c(UL)us, CMG / PLTC /

Sun Res / OIL RES
Yes: c(ETL)us, CM, PLTC,

SUN RES
UL/ETL style with 600 V rating
yes
No
No
No
CE mark
RoHS conformity
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Cat5e
Cat5e
Cat5e
Cat5e
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
Burning behaviour

components general
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free
Cable length with 100BaseTX for
Industrial Ethernet
approvals
Marine classification association

American Bureau
of Shipping Europe Ltd. (ABS)
Bureau Veritas (BV)
Det Norske Veritas (DNV)
Germanische Lloyd (GL)
Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS)
2/56
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology

Article No.
6XV1870-2F
6XV1870-2D
(Type C)
IE FC TP Trailing Cable GP IE FC TP Trailing Cable

2 x 2 (Type C)
2 x 2 (Type C)
6XV1840-3AH10
6XV1871-2S
IE FC TP Festoon Cable GP
2 x 2 (Type B)
Product description
Highly flexible bus cable

(4-core), sold by the meter,
not assembled
Patch cable, preferred

length, pre-assembled with
a 15-pole Sub-D connector
and a RJ45 connector

not assembled

sold by the meter,
not assembled
Continuous motion control

when using robots

in a cable carrier

in a cable carrier
For continuous motion

in a trailing cable,
festoon mounting
Cable designation
02YS C11Y 1x4x0,75/1,5-100 2YY (ST) CY 2x2x0,75/1,5LI VZN FRNC GN

100 LI GN
2YH (ST) C11Y 2x2x0,75/1,5- 2YY (ST) CY 2x2x0,75/1,5 LI

100 LI GN VZN FRNC
GN
81 dB/km
410 dB/km
63 dB/km
213 dB/km
60 dB/km
220 dB/km
63 dB/km
213 dB/km

1 MHz 100 MHz
100
100
100
100

at 1 MHz 100 MHz
15 %
5%
15 %
5%

0.5 dB/m
500 dB/km
500 dB/km
500 dB/km
100 m/m
20 m/m
10 m/m
100 m/m
120 /km
0.12 /m
0.12 /m
0.12 /m
100 V
100 V
100 V
100 V
70 %
66 %
66 %
66 %
Design of shield
wires
wires
wires
wires

FastConnect
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
0.76 mm
0.75 mm
0.75 mm
0.75 mm
Outer diameter
of the cable sheath
0.76 mm
1.5 mm
6.5 mm
0.75 mm
1.5 mm
3.9 mm
6.5 mm
0.75 mm
1.5 mm
3.9 mm
6.5 mm
0.75 mm
1.5 mm
3.9 mm
6.5 mm
0.2 mm
0.2 mm
0.2 mm
PE
PVC
PVC
PE
FRNC
PUR (TPE-U)
PE
PVC
PVC
Electrical data
at 10 MHz
at 100 MHz
Mechanical data
Symmetrical tolerance of outer diame- 0.2 mm

ter of cable sheath
Material
of the cable sheath
PE
PUR (TPE-U)
Color
of the cable sheath
white / yellow / blue / orange white / yellow / blue / orange white / yellow / blue / orange white / yellow / blue / orange
green
green
green
green
Bending radius
with single bend
with multiple bends
32.5 mm
65 mm
-
32.5 mm
49 mm
100 mm
19.5 mm
49 mm
100 mm
30 mm
70 mm
70 mm
Not suitable for installation

in festoons
3 000 000
For use in cable carriers,
for 3 million bending cycles
with a bending radius of
100 mm, a speed of 4 m/s,
and an acceleration of 4 m/s
4 000 000
For use in cable carriers,
for 4 million bending cycles
with a bending radius of
100 mm, a speed of 4 m/s,
5 000 000
5 million bending cycles
for a bending radius of
70 mm and an acceleration
of 4 m/s

Note
Number of torsion cycles with torsion 5 000 000

by 180 on 1 m cable length
130 N
150 N
150 N
150 N
Weight per length
54 kg/km
68 kg/km
63 kg/km
68 kg/km
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/57
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Article No.
6XV1870-2F
6XV1870-2D
(Type C)
IE FC TP Trailing Cable GP IE FC TP Trailing Cable

2 x 2 (Type C)
2 x 2 (Type C)
6XV1840-3AH10
6XV1871-2S
IE FC TP Festoon Cable GP
2 x 2 (Type B)
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-20 +60 C
-25 +75 C
-25 +75 C
-25 +75 C
-10 +60 C
-40 +75 C
-50 +75 C
-50 +75 C
-20 +60 C
-40 +75 C
-50 +75 C
-50 +75 C
-20 +60 C

IEC 60332-1-2

UL 1685 (CSA FT 4)

IEC 60332-1-2

UL 1685 (CSA FT 4)

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
Burning behaviour
Chemical resistance
to mineral oil
oil resistant according to

IEC 60811-2-1 (7x24h/90C)
Resistant
Resistant

IEC 60811-2-1 (7x24h/90C)
Resistant
resistant
Resistant
Resistant
Resistant
Resistant
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
55 m
85 m
85 m
85 m
Yes: UL Style 21161

Sun Res / OIL RES
Yes: cULus / CMX

Sun Res / OIL RES
No
yes
No
yes
CE mark
RoHS conformity
Yes
-
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Cat5e
Cat5e
Cat5e
Cat5e
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
to grease
to water
to UV radiation
components general
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free
Industrial Ethernet
approvals

American Bureau of Shipping Europe Ltd. (ABS)
Bureau Veritas (BV)
2/58
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology

Article No.
6XV1871-2F
6XV1871-2L
6XV1840-4AH10

(Type B)
IE FC TP Food Cable 2 x 2
(Type C)
(Type B)
Product description
Flexible, halogen-free bus cable

not assembled

sold by the meter, not assembled
Bus cable (4-core), sold by the meter,

not assembled
For occasionally moved machine parts Food and beverages industry
For marine and offshore use
Cable designation
L-9YH (ST) CH 2x2x0,34/1,5-100 GN

VZN FRNC
2YH (ST) C2Y 2X2X0,75/1,5-100 LI
L-9YH (ST) CH 2 x 2 x 0,34/1,5-100 GN

VZN FRNC
60 dB/km
220 dB/km
63 dB/km
213 dB/km
60 dB/km
220 dB/km

1 MHz 100 MHz
100
100
100

at 1 MHz 100 MHz
15 %
5%
15 %

500 dB/km
500 dB/km
500 dB/km
10 m/m
10 m/m
10 m/m
120 /km
120 /km
120 /km
100 V
100 V
100 V
66 %
66 %
66 %
Design of shield
Overlapped aluminum-clad foil,

sheathed in a braided screen
of tin-plated copper wires



FastConnect
Yes
Yes
Yes
AWG number
0.75 mm
0.75 mm
0.75 mm
Outer diameter
of the cable sheath
0.75 mm
1.5 mm
3.9 mm
6.5 mm
0.75 mm
1.5 mm
3.9 mm
6.5 mm
0.75 mm
1.5 mm
3.9 mm
6.5 mm
0.2 mm
0.2 mm
Electrical data
at 10 MHz maximum
at 100 MHz maximum
Mechanical data

ter of cable sheath
Material
of the cable sheath
- Note
PP
FRNC
FRNC
-
PE
FRNC
PE
-
PP
FRNC
FRNC
-
Color
of the cable sheath
white / yellow / blue / orange

green

Black

green
20 mm
39 mm
49 mm
97.5 mm
Bending radius
with single bend minimum permissi- 39 mm
ble
97.5 mm
with multiple bends minimum permissible
150 N
150 N
150 N
Weight per length
68 kg/km
55 kg/km
68 kg/km
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/59
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Article No.
6XV1871-2F
6XV1871-2L
6XV1840-4AH10

(Type B)
IE FC TP Food Cable 2 x 2
(Type C)
(Type B)
-25 +70 C
-40 +75 C
-40 +75 C
0 50 C
-40 +75 C
-50 +75 C
-50 +75 C
-20 +60 C
-25 +70 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
0 50 C
Ambient condition for (standard)

operation mode
Temperature range for permanent

installation -40 C to 85 C
Burning behaviour
flame resistant according to IEC

inflammable
60332-3-22 (Category A/F), IEC 61034

IEC 60332-3-22 (Category A/F)

IEC 60811-2-1 (4 h / 70C)

IEC 60811-2-1 (4 h / 70C)
Conditional resistance,
IEC 60811-2-1 (4 hours / 70 C)
Resistant
Resistant
Resistant
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
85 m
85 m
85 m
Yes: c(UL)us, CMG / PLTC / Sun Res /

OIL RES
No
Yes: cULus / CMG / PLTC / Sun Res
CE mark
RoHS conformity
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Cat5e
Cat5e
Cat5e
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
Chemical resistance
to mineral oil
to grease
to water
to UV radiation
components general
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free
Industrial Ethernet
approvals

Bureau Veritas (BV)
2/60
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology

Article No.
6XV1871-2G
6XV1871-2T
IE TP Ground Cable 2x2 (Typ C)
IE TP Train Cable 2x2 (Typ C, AWG22/7)
Product description
Standard bus cable (4-core), for laying in soil,

sold by the meter, not assembled
Flexible bus cable with tin-coated stranded wires, (4-core)

for applications in trains, sold by the meter, not assembled
Standard cable with rigid cores for fast installation
For laying in rail vehicles and buses
Cable designation
2YY(ST)CY2Y2x2x0.64/1.50-100
0.063 dB/m
0.213 dB/m
0.053 dB/m
0.188 dB/m

1 MHz 100 MHz
100
100

at 1 MHz 100 MHz
5%
5%

0.5 dB/m
0.5 dB/m
10 m/m
8 m/m
124 /km
124 /km
100 V
125 V
percentage NVP value
64 %
Design of shield
Overlapped aluminum-clad foil, sheathed in a braided

screen of tin-plated copper wires


FastConnect
Yes
No
AWG number
0.64 mm
0.75 mm
Outer diameter
of the cable sheath
0.64 mm
1.5 mm
4 mm
9 mm
0.75 mm
1.5 mm
6.6 mm
0.2 mm
0.2 mm
Outer diameter of the cable sheath

Note
Cable diameter > 6.5 mm due to additional PE protective

jacket. Cable can only be connected in the
RJ45/M12 connector after stripping the protective jacket.
Material
of the cable sheath
PE
PVC
PVC
PE
Elastomer meshed electron beam
Color
of the cable sheath

Black

Black
Bending radius
with single bend
with multiple bends
80 mm
80 mm
40 mm
40 mm
150 N
150 N
Weight per length
97 kg/km
71 kg/km
Electrical data
at 10 MHz
at 100 MHz
Mechanical data
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/61
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Article No.
6XV1871-2G
6XV1871-2T
IE TP Ground Cable 2x2 (Typ C)
IE TP Train Cable 2x2 (Typ C, AWG22/7)
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-5 +50 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-20 +60 C

operation mode
Electrical characteristics measured at 20 C,

tests according to EN 50288-2-1
Burning behaviour
inflammable
BS6853, DIN5510-2 levels of protection 1-4,

prEN45545-2 Hazard Level HL1-HL3,
EN50306-4, NF F 16-101, NFPA130
Chemical resistance
to mineral oil
to grease
to water
Resistant
EN 50306-4 (72h/100 C, IRM 902, 168h/70 C, IRM 903)

Resistant
Resistant
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
100 m
100 m
No
No
No
No
CE mark
UL-registration
RoHS conformity
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Cat5e
Cat5
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
to UV radiation
components general
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free
Industrial Ethernet
approvals

American Bureau
Bureau Veritas (BV)
2/62
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Ordering data
(Type A)
IE FC Outlet RJ45/IE FC RJ45/M12
Plug; PROFINET-compatible;
with UL approval;
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
Preferred length
1000 m
Article No.
Article No.
(Type B)
6XV1840-2AH10
6XV1840-2AU10
IE FC TP Robust Cable GP 2 x 2
(Type A)
cable with TPE outer sheath for
connection to IE FC Outlet RJ45/
IE FC RJ45/M12 Plug;
with UL approval
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1841-2A
(Type B)
Plug for occasional movement;
with UL approval;
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1870-2B
IE FC TP Robust Flexible Cable

GP 2 x 2 (Type B)
cable with TPE outer sheath for connection to IE FC Outlet RJ45/
IE FC RJ45/M12 Plug for occasional
movement; PROFINET-compatible;
with UL approval;
Sold by the meter; max. length
1 000 m, minimum order 20 m
6XV1841-2B
(Type B)
4-core, shielded, halogen-free
TP installation cable for connection
to IE FC Outlet RJ45/IE FC RJ45/
M12 Plug for occasional movement;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1871-2F
(Type C)
Plug for use in trailing cables;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1870-2D
(Type C)
Plug for use in trailing cables;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1840-3AH10
6XV1871-2S

Plug for use in festoon applications;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
IE TP torsion cable 2 x 2
(Type C)
6XV1870-2F

Plug for use with robots;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
(Type C)
6XV1871-2L

IE FC Outlet RJ45/IE FC RJ45/
M12 Plug for the food and
beverages industry;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
(Type B)
6XV1840-4AH10

Plug marine approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
IE TP Ground Cable 2 x 2
(Type C)
6XV1871-2G

Plug (additional outer sheath must
be removed) for laying in soil;
sold by the meter,
minimum order 20 m
IE TP Train Cable 2 x 2 (Type C)
6XV1871-2T

Plug and IE FC M12 Plug PRO;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
IE Hybrid Cable 2x2 + 4x0.34
6XV1870-2J
Flexible cable, 4 x Cu Cat5,

shielded (0.75 mm) and 4 x Cu
(0.34 mm2) with IE FC modular outlet and power insert and IP67
hybrid plug connector;
sold by the meter;
up to 1 000 m;
minimum order 20 m
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/63
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Ordering data
Article No.
Accessories
Installation instructions
6GK1901-1GA00

Ethernet FC cables
6GK1901-1GB01

5 units

housing and integrated insulation
installation cables
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
IE FC RJ45 plug 90
90 cable outlet;
e.g. for ET 200S
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB20-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB20-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB20-2AE0
IE FC RJ45 Plug 145

145 cable outlet;
e.g. for SIMOTION and SINAMICS
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB30-0AA0
6GK1901-1BB30-0AB0
6GK1901-1BB30-0AE0
IE FC M12 Plugs
M12 plug-in connector (D-coded,
IP65/IP67) that can be assembled
in the field, metal enclosure,
for SCALANCE X208PRO and
IM 154-4 PN
1 unit
8 units
6GK1901-0DB20-6AA0
6GK1901-0DB20-6AA8
SIMATIC NET Manual Collection
6GK1975-1AA00-3AA0
Electronic manuals for

communication systems,
communication protocols,
and communication products;
on DVD;
German/English
Guideline
Siemens IK PI 2015
With the help of Industrial Ethernet FastConnect Stripping Tool,

it is possible to strip the outer sheath and shield of Industrial
Ethernet FastConnect cables 2 x 2 to the right length in one step.
The IE Outlet RJ45 and the PROFINET-compatible plug-in
connectors IE FC RJ45 and IE FC M12 can be connected
quickly and easily to the Industrial Ethernet FC cable 2 x 2.
Cable routing
During storage, transport and cable laying, keep both ends
sealed with a shrink-on cap; comply with the permissible bending radii and tensile load.
IE FC RJ45 plugs
180 cable outlet;

and CPs/CPUs with Industrial
Ethernet interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
The bus cables are supplied by the meter with meter marks
printed on them.
FastConnect
6GK1901-1GB00

for use with IE FC Outlet RJ45,
ELS TP40,
5 units
2/64
More information
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Overview
Application
The 8-core cabling system of SIMATIC NET allows transmission
rates of 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s for Ethernet as with the service-independent cabling from the office environment. This permits the
transition from the 4-core Industrial Ethernet cabling system to
the 8-core cabling system with Gigabit capability.
The IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 4 x 2 (AWG22) must be used
in conjunction with the IE FC Modular Outlet and the TP Cords
for constructing Industrial Ethernet networks (8-core) up to
100 m.
IE FC TP Standard Cable 4x2 (AWG22)
The IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 4 x 2 (AWG22) must be used
in conjunction with the IE FC Modular Outlet and the TP Cords
for constructing Industrial Ethernet networks (8-core) up to
100 m.
IE FC TP Cable 4x2 (AWG24)
8-core FastConnect installation cables for cabling system with

Gigabit capability (AWG22 and AWG24 versions)
Easy stripping with the FastConnect Stripping Tool; the outer
sheath and the braided shield are stripped accurately in one
step
Connection to IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet (AWG22) or
IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2 (AWG24) using insulation displacement
Satisfies Category 6 (Cat6) of the international cabling
standards ISO/IEC 11801 and EN 50173
UL approval
Benefits
For direct connection without using patch technology, the

IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2 and the IE FC TP Cable 4 x 2 (AWG24) of
up to 90 m can be used.
IE TP Train Cable 4x2 (AWG24)
For the construction of Industrial Ethernet networks (8-core) up
to 100 m in railway applications (cable is approved for railway
applications)
Note:
Further information on the network configuration can be found in
the manual for TP and fiber-optic networks.
UL approvals
The IE FC TP cable GP 4 x 2 (AWG22 and AWG24) has the relevant UL / ETL approvals for laying in cable bundles and cable
racks according to the specifications of NEC (National Electrical
Code) Article 800/725.
Design
foil shield
outer sheath
inner sheath
IE FC TP
two twisted
cores
Standard
braided shield
copper core support element
Cable 4x2
G_IK10_XX_10046
Time-saving due to quick and easy assembly using

FastConnect cables 4 x 2 on IE FC RJ 45 Modular Outlet or
IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2 or IE FC M12 Plug PRO 4x2 (X-coded)
Simple and error-free construction of an 8-core cabling system
with Gigabit capability
Due to the 8-core cabling, you can either implement two
Industrial Ethernet connections for Fast Ethernet (with
IE FC RJ 45 Modular Outlet) or one Gigabit Ethernet
Noise-immune network due to a consistent grounding
concept.
The FastConnect (FC) Industrial Ethernet cables IE FC Cable

4 x 2 (AWG22 and AWG24) are designed with radial symmetry
and therefore allow the use of the IE FC Stripping Tool.
The IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet and the IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2
can then be connected quickly and easily by means of insulation
displacement contacts without the need for special tools.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/65
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Cable types
IE FC Standard Cable GP 4 x 2 (AWG22):
Standard bus cable with rigid cores specially designed
for fast mounting on IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet;
with appropriate UL approval (General Purpose) for laying in
cable bundles and on cable racks, according to the specifications of the NEC (National Electrical Code) Article 800/725
IE FC Standard Cable GP 4 x 2 (AWG24):
Standard bus cable with rigid cores specially designed
for fast mounting on IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2;
IE FC Flexible Cable GP 4 x 2 (AWG24/7):
Bus cable with flexible cores for occasional movement and
specially designed for fast mounting on IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2;
IE Train Cable GP 4 x 2 (AWG24/7):
Bus cable with flexible cores for laying in trains (railway
applications) with appropriate approval, connection only
possible via IE FC M12 Plug PRO 4x2 (x-coded)
2/66
Siemens IK PI 2015
Integration
S7-300
SCALANCE
XM-400
IE TP Cord
ET 200S
IE FC RJ45
Modular
Outlet
Insert 1GE
IE FC RJ45
Modular
Outlet
Insert 2FE
2 x 100 Mbit/sconnection
IE FC Standard Cable 4x2

1 x 1000 Mbit/s
connection
IE FC RJ45
Modular
Outlet
Insert 2FE
PC with CP 1623
IE FC RJ45
Modular
Outlet
Insert 1GE
IE TP Cord
System configuration with IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet 100 Mbit/s

and 1000 Mbit/s
G_IK10_XX_10086
Design (continued)
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Article No.
6XV1870-2E
6XV1878-2A
Product description
Standard bus cable (8-core), sold by the meter,

not assembled
Shielded TP installation cable (8-core), sold by the meter,

not assembled
Standard cable with rigid cores for fast,

permanent installation
Standard cable with rigid cores for fast,

Cable designation
2YH (ST) C 4X2X0.64/1.25-100 GN 4x2xAWG22
2YH (ST) CY 4x2x0,5/1,0- 100 GN

at 10 MHz
at 100 MHz
at 250 MHz
60 dB/km
190 dB/km
330 dB/km
383 dB/km
63 dB/km
210 dB/km
350 dB/km
383 dB/km
10 m/m
20 m/m
118 /km
180 /km
5 000 Gm
5 000 Gm
100 V
100 V
68 %
66 %
Design of shield



FastConnect
Yes
Yes
AWG number
Core diameter
of the AWG22 core
of the AWG24 core
0.64 mm
-
0.51 mm
Outer diameter
of the cable sheath
0.64 mm
1.25 mm
7.6 mm
9.6 mm
0.51 mm
1 mm
5.8 mm
8 mm
Electrical data
Mechanical data

ter of cable sheath
0.2 mm
Material
of the cable sheath
PE
PVC
PVC
PE
FRNC
PVC
Color
white/blue, white/orange, white/green, white/brown
of the cable sheath
green
white-blue/blue, white-orange/orange, white-green/green,

white-brown/brown
green
Bending radius
ble
80 mm
24 mm
40 mm
180 N
100 N
Weight per length
104 kg/km
78 kg/km
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/67
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Article No.
6XV1870-2E
6XV1878-2A
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +80 C
Burning behaviour
flame resistant according to IEC 60332-1
flame resistant according to IEC 60332-3-24 (Category C)
Chemical resistance
to mineral oil
to grease
to water
oil resistant according to IEC 60811-2-1 (4 h / 70C)


Resistant
Resistant
No
Yes
No
Yes
90 m
100 m
90 m
100 m
Yes: c(UL)us, CMG, Sun Res
Yes: c(UL)us, CMG
No
No
CE mark
RoHS conformity
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Cat6
Cat6
Radiological resistance to
UV radiation
components general
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free
Cable length
with 100BaseTX
with 1000BaseT
approvals
2/68
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology

Article No.
6XV1878-2B
6XV1878-2T
IE TP Train Cable 4x2 (AWG24/7)
Product description
Bus cable (8-core) with flexible cores, sold by the meter,

not assembled
Flexible bus cable with tin-coated stranded wires (8-core),

for applications in trains, sold by the meter, not assembled
Flexible cable for quick assembly, for occasionally moving For laying in rail vehicles and buses
machine parts
Cable designation
LI02YSH (ST) CY 4x2x0,22/1,1- 100 GN
90 dB/km
299 dB/km
495 dB/km
63 dB/km
207 dB/km
343 dB/km
Near-end crosstalk per length at

1 MHz ... 250 MHz
383 dB/km
20 m/m
5 m/m
180 /km
124 /km
5 000 Gm
5 000 Gm
100 V
125 V
percentage NVP value
70 %
Design of shield

Overlapped aluminum-clad foil, sheathed in a protective

braided shield of tin-plated copper wires with additional
pair shielding

FastConnect
Yes
No
Core diameter
of the AWG24 core
0.51 mm
0.51 mm
Outer diameter
of the cable sheath
0.6 mm
1.1 mm
6.1 mm
8 mm
0.15 mm
8.8 mm
Electrical data
at 10 MHz
at 100 MHz
at 250 MHz
Mechanical data

ter of cable sheath
Material
of the cable sheath
0.2 mm
PE
FRNC
PVC
PE
Elastomer meshed electron beam
white/blue, white/green, white/brown, white/orange
of the cable sheath
white-blue/blue, white-orange/orange, white-green/green,

white-brown/brown
green
Bending radius
with single bend
with multiple bends
24 mm
40 mm
53 mm
53 mm
100 N
100 N
Weight per length
72 kg/km
79 kg/km
Color
Black
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/69
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Article No.
6XV1878-2B
6XV1878-2T
IE TP Train Cable 4x2 (AWG24/7)
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-20 +60 C

operation mode
Temperature range for permanent installation

-40 C to +85 C
Burning behaviour
BS 6853, DIN5510-2 levels of protection 1-4, prEN 45545-2

Hazard Level HL 1-HL 3, EN 50306-4, NF F 16-101,
NFPA130
Chemical resistance
to mineral oil
to grease
to water

EN 50306-4 (72h/100 C, IRM 902, 168h/70 C, IRM 903)

Resistant
Resistant
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
80 m
100 m
80 m
100 m
Yes: c(ETL)us, CMG
No
No
No
CE mark
RoHS conformity
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Cat6
Cat7
UV radiation
components general
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free
Cable length
with 100BaseTX
with 1000BaseT
approvals
2/70
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.

with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
AWG22,
for connection
to IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet
AWG24,
for connection to
IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2,
FastConnect RJ45 Outlet for

Industrial Ethernet with interface for
a replaceable insert;
without replaceable insert
With 2FE insert;
replaceable insert for
2 x 100 Mbit/s interfaces
With 1GE insert;
1 x 1 000 Mbit/s interfaces
With power insert;
1 x 24 V DC and
1 x 100 Mbit/s interface
6XV1870-2E
6XV1878-2A
cable for occasional movement;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
AWG24,
for connection to
IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2,
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Insert

2FE
6XV1878-2B
6GK1901-1BE00-0AA3
6GK1901-1BK00-0AA1
6GK1901-1BK00-0AA2
Replaceable insert for

FC Modular Outlet Base;
1 x RJ45 for
1 x 1000 Mbit/s interface;
1 pack = 4 items
6XV1878-2T
6GK1901-1GA00

FC cables 4 x 2
6GK1901-1BE00-0AA2

2 x RJ45 for
2 x 100 Mbit/s interfaces;
1 pack = 4 items
1GE
IE TP Train Cable GP 4 x 2
cable for use in trains;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
AWG24,
for connection to
IE M12 RJ45 Plug PRO 4 x 2
6GK1901-1BE00-0AA0
6GK1901-1BE00-0AA1
6GK1901-1GB01

Industrial Ethernet stripping tool,
5 units
RJ45 plug connector for

Industrial Ethernet with a rugged
metal housing and integrated
insulation displacement contacts
for connecting Industrial Ethernet
FC installation cables 4 x 2;
180 cable outlet;
interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB11-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AE0

insulation/displacement
fast connection method,
for SCALANCE W
1 unit
8 units
6GK1901-0DB30-6AA0
6GK1901-0DB30-6AA8
6GK1975-1AA00-3AA0

on DVD;
German/English
More information
Cable routing
The bus cable is supplied by the meter with meter marks printed
on it.

sealed with a shrink-on cap; comply with the permissible
bending radii and tensile load.
FastConnect
With the help of Industrial Ethernet FastConnect Stripping Tool,
it is possible to strip the outer sheath and shield of the Industrial
Ethernet FastConnect cable 4 x 2 to the right length in one step.
This allows the IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet to be attached quickly
and easily to the Industrial Ethernet FC cable 4 x 2.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/71
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Energy cables
Overview
Application
Different cable types are needed to supply power to Industrial
Ethernet/PROFINET or PROFIBUS. The listed power cables
should always be used. They are used for devices with IP65/67
degree of protection to connect the signaling contact or 24-V
supply of the SCALANCE X and SCALANCE W components
(power cable 2x0.75) and for the power supply (power cable
5x1.5 for ET 200).
In addition, preassembled power connecting cables (4 x 0.75)

are available in different lengths for the power supply of the
ET 200 (M12 Power Connecting Cable).
UL approvals
As a result of appropriate UL styles, the cables can be used
worldwide.
Design
Different versions (5-core, 2-core) for different fields of
application
Pre-assembled M12 plug-in cables for energy transfer
Rugged cable design for installation in industrial applications
UL approvals
Benefits
Flexible application possibilities thanks to rugged cable

design
Silicon-free, therefore particularly suitable for use in the
automotive industry (e.g. on paint shop conveyors)
2/72
Siemens IK PI 2015
Rugged 2-core, 4-core or 5-core cable with circular crosssection for connection of signaling contact and power supply to
IP65/67 components in industrial areas.
Cable types
The following cables with industrial capability are available for
connection of the power supply and signaling contact:
Power cable 2 x 0.75;
power cable for connection of signaling contact and 24 V
supply voltage to SCALANCE X and SCALANCE W components
power cable for connection of 24 V power supply of ET 200
using 7/8" plug connectors
M12 Power Connecting Cable M12-180/M12-180;
4-core M12 power connecting cables (A-coded) with straight
cable outlet for 24 V power supply of the ET 200 (preassembled)
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Energy cables
Article No.
6XV1812-8A
6XV1830-8AH10
Product description
Energy cable (2-core), sold by the meter, not assembled
Energy cable (5-core), sold by the meter, not assembled
Connection of signaling contact and 24 V power supply to Power supply of ET 200 modules with 7/8" power port
SCALANCE X and SCALANCE W
Cable designation
L-YY-2x1x0.75 GR
L-Y11Y-Z 5x1x1.5 GR
600 V
600 V
Conductor cross section

of the power wires
0.75 mm
1.5 mm
Continuous current
of the power wires
6A
16 A

FastConnect
No
Outer diameter
of the cable sheath
1.3 mm
2.5 mm
7.4 mm
1.55 mm
2.73 mm
10.5 mm
Material
of the cable sheath
PVC
PVC
PVC
PUR
Electrical data
Mechanical data

ter of cable sheath
0.3 mm
Color
of the power wire insulation
of the cable sheath
Brown/blue
gray
4x black, 1x green / yellow

gray
Bending radius
with single bend
with multiple bends
19 mm
45 mm
-
27 mm
63 mm
75 mm

Note
5 000 000
For use in cable carriers, for 5 million bending cycles
with a bending radius of 75 mm,
an acceleration of 4 m/s and a speed of 180 m/min
100 N
500 N
Weight per length
70 kg/km
149 kg/km
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
-20 +80 C
-20 +80 C
-20 +80 C
-20 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
Burning behaviour
Flame retardant acc. to IEC 60332-1
Flame retardant acc. to IEC 60332-1
Chemical resistance
to mineral oil
to grease
to water
Resistant
Resistant
Resistant
Resistant
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes: CL3
No
Yes
Yes
CE mark
RoHS conformity
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
UV radiation
components general
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free
approvals
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/73
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Energy cables
Article No.
6XV1801-5DH10
Article No.
6XV1801-5DH10
POWER CONNECTING CABLE

M12-180/M12-180

M12-180/M12-180
Product description
Flexible power connecting cable

(4-core), preferred length, assembled
with A-coded 5-pin M12 connector
and A-coded, 5-pin M12 socket
Cable for connecting the 24 V power

supply to ET 200eco PN to IP 65/67
degree of protection
Cable designation
LI9YH-Y 4x0,75
Cable length
1m
Electrical data
300 V
Conductor cross section

of the power wires
0.75 mm
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
Comment

operation mode
Protection class IP
IP65/67
Burning behaviour
Flame resistant acc. to

UL 758 (CSA FT 1)
Continuous current of the power wires Mechanical data

Outer diameter
of the cable sheath
1.1 mm
1.7 mm
5.7 mm

Note

ter of cable sheath
Material
of the cable sheath
- Note
PP
PVC
-
Color
of the cable sheath
Brown / white / blue / black

gray
Bending radius
ble
with multiple bends minimum per57 mm
missible
15 N
Weight per length
54 kg/km
2/74
Siemens IK PI 2015
-25 +80 C
-25 +80 C
-25 +80 C
-5 +80 C
With moving applications, the permissible operating temperature range
is -5 to +80 degrees Celsius
Chemical resistance
to mineral oil
to grease
to water
UV radiation
Not resistant

components general
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free
No
Yes
approvals
UL-registration
RoHS conformity
Yes
Yes
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Energy cables

Article No.
6GK1905-0FA00
6GK1905-0FB00
6GK1905-0FC00
7/8-inch connector
7/8-inch connector
7/8-inch Power T-Tap PRO
Product description
7/8" plug-in connector

with pin insert, 5-pole

with socket insert, 5-pole
Power T-piece with

two 7/8" socket inserts and
one 7/8" pin insert,
5-pole both
For field assembly with ET 200
For field assembly with ET 200
For power connection and distribution

to ET 200pro modules

network components and terminal
equipment
Design of electrical connection for

equipment
7/8 inch plug (male insert)
7/8 inch plug (female insert)
7/8 inch plug

(2 x female insert, 1 x male insert)
metal
metal
metal
Width
27 mm
27 mm
58.5 mm
Height
27 mm
27 mm
73.5 mm
Depth
83 mm
83 mm
26.5 mm
Net weight
50 g
50 g
112 g
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
-40 +70 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
Protection class IP
IP65/67
IP65/67
IP65/67
resistant
resistant
resistant
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Interfaces
Mechanical data

components general
approvals
Verification of suitability RoHS
conformity
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/75
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Energy cables
Article No.
6GK1908-0DC10-6AA3
6GK1907-0DC10-6AA3
6GK1907-0DB10-6AA3
Signaling Contact M12

Cable Connector
Power M12 Cable Connector PRO
Power M12 Plug PRO
Product description
M12 connection socket

M12 connection socket;
for signaling contact; 5-pole, B-coded 4-pole, A-coded
For connection to SCALANCE

X208PRO for signaling contact
For connection to SCALANCE W-700 / For connection to PS791-1PRO power

X208PRO for 24 V DC voltage supply supply for 24 V DC voltage supply


M12 connector (B-coded, 5-pin)
M12 connector
(female insert, A-coded, 4-pin)
M12 connector
(male insert, A-coded, 4-pin)
plastic
plastic
plastic
Width
14 mm
19 mm
19 mm
Height
14 mm
19 mm
19 mm
Depth
59 mm
73 mm
73 mm
Net weight
37 g
40 g
40 g
-40 +70 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C

maximum
Protection class IP
IP65/67
IP65/67
IP65/67
resistant
resistant
resistant
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
M12 power plug,

4-pole, A-coded
Interfaces
Mechanical data

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport

components general
approvals
conformity
2/76
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Energy cables
Ordering data
Power cable 2 x 0.75
Article No.
6XV1812-8A
Power cable with trailing capability

for connecting to M12 plug-in
connector;
sold by the meter;
max. 1 000 m,
minimum order quantity 20 m
Power cable 5 x 1.5
Additional components
6XV1830-8AH10

connector;
sold by the meter;
max. 1 000 m;
Plug with axial cable outlet

for field assembly for ET 200,
5-core, plastic enclosure,
1 pack = 5 items
Male pins
Socket insert
6GK1905-0FA00
6GK1905-0FB00
7/8" Power T-Tap PRO
6GK1905-0FC00
Power T-piece for ET 200

with two 7/8" socket inserts and
one 7/8" pin insert
1 pack = 5 items
Signaling Contact M12 Cable
Connector PRO
M12 Power Connecting Cable

M12-180/M12-180
Flexible 4-core power connecting
cable, assembled with A-coded
5-pin M12 connector and A-coded,
5-pin M12 socket to supply the
ET 200 with 24 V DC;
length:
0.3 m
0.5 m
1.0 m
1.5 m
2.0 m
3.0 m
5.0 m
10 m
15 m
Article No.
6GK1908-0DC10-6AA3
Socket for connection of

SCALANCE X208PRO for signaling
contact; 5-pole, B-coded,
with assembly instructions;
3 items
6XV1801-5DE30
6XV1801-5DE50
6XV1801-5DH10
6XV1801-5DH15
6XV1801-5DH20
6XV1801-5DH30
6XV1801-5DH50
6XV1801-5DN10
6XV1801-5DN15
6GK1907-0DC10-6AA3

SCALANCE W-700 for 24 V DC
supply voltage;
4-pole, A-coded,
with assembly instructions,
3 items
Power M12 Plug PRO
6GK1907-0DB10-6AA3
Plug for connection to PS791-1PRO

power supply for 24 V DC supply
voltage;
4-pole, A-coded,
with assembly instructions,
3 items
6GK1975-1AA00-3AA0
Electronic manuals
for communication systems,
on DVD,
German/English
More information
Cable routing:
sealed with a shrink-on cap.
Comply with the permissible bending radii and tensile load!
Note:
J. Hertlein
I IA SC CI PRM 4
Phone: +49 (911) 750-4465
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/77
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
IE TP Cord
Overview
Benefits
Simple connection of terminals with an RJ45 interface to the

interference-proof Industrial Ethernet FC cabling system
(10/100/1 000 Mbit/s)
Quick and error-free commissioning thanks to pre-assembled,
factory-tested patch cables
Simple cable laying due to small cable diameter
Color-coded RJ45 connectors for differentiation between
twisted and non-twisted lines
- Twisted: RJ45 connector red on both sides
- Non-twisted: RJ45 connector green on both sides
Patch cable, available as preassembled cables

(max. length 10 m)
With 2 x 2 cores for 10/100 Mbit/s and 4 x 2 cores
for 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s Ethernet
Small cable diameter
Category Cat5e (2 x 2) and Cat6 (4 x 2) of the international
cabling standards ISO/IEC 11801 and EN 50173
Application
Preassembled IE TP Cord 4x2

SCALANCE XM-400
Plug
an IE TP XP cord must be used between network components or terminals.
IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45 can be used to directly connect individual components (10/100/1 000 Mbits/s)
2/78
Siemens IK PI 2015
Plug
G_IK10_XX_10092

SCALANCE XM-400
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
IE TP Cord
Design
2 x 2 cores for 10/100 Mbit/s transmission rate;
4 x 2 cores for 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s transmission rate
Two cores with two dummy elements twisted into a pair.
Each pair is encased in plastic film and shielded with a
plastic-clad aluminum foil
Outer woven shield around all pairs comprising tinned copper
wires
Plastic sheath (PVC)
Function
The flexibility of the cable ensures easy installation, for example
in a control cabinet, or to connect equipment in a control room.
The maximum length of an IE TP Cord is 10 m.
Adapter cables are used to connect devices with a 9-pin ITP
interface to devices with an RJ45 interface.
The IE TP Converter Cord 15/RJ45 is used to connect devices
with a 15-pin ITP interface to devices with an RJ45 interface.
IE TP Cord is available as TP Cord 4 x 2, pre-assembled cables

in the following versions:
with 2 x RJ45 plugs
with 2 x RJ45 plugs, send and receive cables are twisted.
IE TP Cord is available as TP Cord 2 x 2, pre-assembled cables
in the following versions:
IE TP Cord 9/RJ45
with one 9-pole Sub-D connector and one RJ45 connector
with one RJ45 connector and one 9-pole Sub-D connector,
send and receive cable are twisted
45 cable outlet
45 cable outlet; send and receive cable are twisted
IE TP XP Cord 9/9
with two 9-pole Sub-D connectors, send and receive cable
are twisted.
IE TP Cord RJ45/15
with one RJ45 connector and one 15-pole Sub-D connector;
this is used to directly connect data terminals with ITP interfaces to network components with an RJ45 interface.
twisted send and receive cable; used for direct connection of
a data terminal with 15-pole Sub-D connector to a data
terminal with RJ45 plug.
IE TP Converter Cord 15/RJ45
with a 15-pole Sub-D socket with slide locking and an
RJ45 plug. A retaining clip clamps it in place.
IE TP Converter Cord 15/RJ45 2 x 2 is used to connect data
terminals with an RJ45 interface to the ITP cabling system,
e.g. over the ITP Standard 9/15 cable.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/79
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
IE TP Cord
Article No.
6XV1870-3QH10
6XV1850-2JH10
IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45, 4x2
IE TP Cord 9/RJ45, 2x2
Product description
Patch cable, preferred length, preassembled

with two RJ45 connectors
Patch cable, preferred length, preassembled

with one 9-pole Sub-D connector an one RJ45 connector
Easy connection of data terminals to the IE FC

cabling system
Easy connection of data terminals to the IE FC

cabling system
Cable designation
LI 02YSCH 4x2x0,15 PIMF GN FRNC
LI 02YSCY 2x2x0,15/0,98 PIMF ICCS GN
Cable length
1m
1m
86 dB/km
28 dB/km
501 dB/km
735 dB/km
85 dB/km
278 dB/km
5 dB/km
733 dB/km
100
100
100
100
15 %
15 %
10 %
6%
Electrical data
at 10 MHz maximum
at 100 MHz maximum
at 300 MHz maximum
at 600 MHz maximum
Impedance
for frequency range
1 MHz 100 MHz
for frequency range
10 MHz 600 MHz
of the surge impedance at
1 MHz 100 MHz
10 MHz 600 MHz
10 m/m
10 m/m
Loop resistance per length maximum 290 /km
300 /km
500 Gm
500 Gm
Design of shield


AWG number
Core diameter
of AWG26 core
0.5 mm
0.48 m
Outer diameter
of the cable sheath
0.5 mm
1 mm
6.2 mm
0.48 mm
0.98 mm
-
0.3 mm
Width of the cable sheath
5.8 mm
of width of cable sheath
0.2 mm
Thickness of the cable sheath
3.7 mm
of thickness of cable sheath
0.2 mm

Mechanical data
2/80
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
IE TP Cord

Article No.
6XV1870-3QH10
6XV1850-2JH10
IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45, 4x2
IE TP Cord 9/RJ45, 2x2
Material
of the cable sheath
PE
FRNC
PE
PVC
Color
of the cable sheath
white/blue, white/orange, white/green, white/brown

green
white/blue, white/orange
green
Bending radius
ble
43.5 mm
24 mm
42 mm
50 kg/km
32 kg/km
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
-25 +80 C
-25 +80 C
-25 +80 C
-25 +80 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
Burning behaviour
Chemical resistance
to mineral oil
to grease


Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
UL-registration
Yes
Yes
Weight per length


components general
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free
approvals
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/81
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
IE TP Cord
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
IE TP Cord RJ45/15
TP cable 4 x 2
with 2 RJ45 plugs
0.5 m
1m
2m
6m
10 m
TP cable 2 x 2
with one 15-pole Sub D connector
and one RJ45 connector
0.5 m
1m
2m
6m
10 m
6XV1870-3QE50
6XV1870-3QH10
6XV1870-3QH20
6XV1870-3QH60
6XV1870-3QN10
Twisted TP cable 4 x 2
with 2 RJ45 plugs
0.5 m
1m
2m
6m
10 m
6XV1870-3RE50
6XV1870-3RH10
6XV1870-3RH20
6XV1870-3RH60
6XV1870-3RN10
IE TP Cord 9/RJ45
TP cable 2 x 2
with one 9-pole sub D connector
0.5 m
1m
2m
6m
10 m
6XV1850-2JE50
6XV1850-2JH10
6XV1850-2JH20
6XV1850-2JH60
6XV1850-2JN10
6XV1850-2ME50
6XV1850-2MH10
6XV1850-2MH20
6XV1850-2MH60
6XV1850-2MN10
TP cable 2 x 2
with one RJ45 connector and one
Sub D connector with 45 cable
outlet (not for OSM/ESM)
1m
6XV1850-2NH10
with one RJ45 connector and one
Sub D connector with 45 cable
outlet (not for OSM/ESM)
1m
6XV1850-2RH10
More information
J. Hertlein
I IA SC CI PRM 4
Phone: +49 (911) 750-4465
2/82
Siemens IK PI 2015
6XV1850-2SE50
6XV1850-2SH10
6XV1850-2SH20
6XV1850-2SH60
6XV1850-2SN10
TP connecting cable 2 x 2
for connecting data terminals
with RJ45 interfaces to the ITP
cabling system;
with a 15-pole Sub D socket
with slide locking and an
RJ45 connector.
0.5 m
2m
6XV1850-2EE50
6XV1850-2EH20
IE FC Outlet RJ45
6GK1901-1FC00-0AA0
For connection Industrial Ethernet

FC cables and TP Cords;
graded prices from 10 and 50 units
FastConnect RJ45 Outlet
for Industrial Ethernet with interface
for a replaceable insert;
With 2FE insert ;
With 1GE insert;
With power insert;
1 x 24 V DC and
6XV1850-2PH10
IE TP XP Cord 9/9
Twisted TP cable 2 x 2 for direct
connection of two Industrial
Ethernet components with an
ITP interface with two 9-pole
Sub D connectors
1m
Crossed TP cable 2 x 2
0.5 m
1m
2m
6m
10 m
IE TP Converter Cord 15/RJ45
0.5 m
1m
2m
6m
10 m
6XV1850-2LE50
6XV1850-2LH10
6XV1850-2LH20
6XV1850-2LH60
6XV1850-2LN10
Electronic manuals
on DVD;
German/English
6GK1901-1BE00-0AA1
6GK1901-1BE00-0AA2
6GK1901-1BE00-0AA3
6GK1975-1AA00-3AA0
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Overview
Benefits
Time-saving and fault-free connection of terminal stations by

means of pre-fabricated connection cables
Reliable screen contact and strain relief are integrated
Comprehensive product range with different lengths and
corresponding UL approvals and PROFINET conformity
Connecting cables with M12 plug or RJ45 plugs for transferring

data or power between Industrial Ethernet nodes.
Industrial Ethernet Connecting Cable M12-180/M12-180
(D-coded)
Pre-assembled connecting cable
(IE FC TP Trailing Cable GP) for connecting Industrial
Ethernet nodes (such as SIMATIC ET 200,
SCALANCE X208PRO and SIMATIC RF systems) with
IP65/IP67 degree of protection
For transmission rates of 10/100 Mbit/s
Industrial Ethernet Connecting Cable M12-180 (D-coded)/
IE FC RJ45 Plug-145
Pre-assembled connecting cable
(IE FC TP Trailing Cable GP) for connecting Industrial
Ethernet nodes (such as SIMATIC ET 200,
SCALANCE X208PRO and SIMOTION) with IP65/IP67 degree
of protection
For transmission rates of 10/100 Mbit/s
Industrial Ethernet Connecting Cable IE FC RJ45 plug-180/
IE FC RJ45 plug-180
Pre-assembled connecting cable (IE FC TP trailing cable GP)
for connecting Industrial Ethernet nodes (e.g. SIMATIC ET 200
and SCALANCE X208) with IP20 degree of protection
Power Connecting Cable M12-180/M12-180 (A-coded)
Pre-assembled connecting cable (4-core power cable,
4 x 0.75 mm) for connecting Industrial Ethernet nodes (such
as SIMATIC ET 200, SCALANCE X208PRO) with IP65/IP67
For power transfer (24 V DC, 4-pin)
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/83
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Article No.
6XV1870-8AH10
6XV1871-5TN10
IE Connecting Cable M12-180/M12-180
IE Connecting Cable M12-180/IE FC RJ45-145
Product description
Flexible connecting cable (4-core), preferred length,

preassembled with two 4-pole M12 connectors (D-coded)
Flexible connecting cable (4-core), preferred length,

preassembled with one 4-pole M12 connector (D-coded)
and one IE FC RJ45 Plug 145
For connecting Industrial Ethernet stations

(e.g. SIMATIC ET200pro and SCALANCE X208PRO)
to IP 65/67 degree of protection
For connecting Industrial Ethernet stations

(e.g. SIMATIC ET200pro, SCALANCE X208PRO and
SIMOTION)
Cable designation
2YY (ST) CY 2x2x0,75/1,5-100 LI GN
2YY (ST) CY 2x2x0,75/1,5-100 LI GN
Cable length
1m
10 m
63 dB/km
213 dB/km
63 dB/km
213 dB/km

1 MHz 100 MHz
100
100

1 MHz 100 MHz
5%
5%
Near-end crosstalk per length at

1 MHz ... 100 MHz
500 dB/km
500 dB/km
20 m/m
20 m/m

maximum
120 /km
120 /km
66 %
66 %
Design of shield



FastConnect
AWG number
0.75 mm
0.75 mm
Outer diameter
of the cable sheath
0.75 mm
1.5 mm
3.9 mm
6.5 mm
0.75 mm
1.5 mm
3.9 mm
6.5 mm
0.2 mm
0.2 mm
Material
of the cable sheath
PE
PVC
PVC
PE
PVC
PVC
Color
of the cable sheath

green

green
32.5 mm
32.5 mm
49 mm
49 mm
Electrical data
at 10 MHz maximum
at 100 MHz maximum
Mechanical data
Symmetrical tolerance of
outer diameter of cable sheath
Bending radius
with single bend minimum
permissible
with multiple bends minimum
permissible
100 mm
100 mm

Note
3 000 000
with a bending radius of 100 mm, a speed of 4 m/s,
3 000 000
with a bending radius of 100 mm, a speed of 4 m/s,
150 N
150 N
Weight per length
68 kg/km
68 kg/km
2/84
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology

Article No.
6XV1870-8AH10
6XV1871-5TN10
IE Connecting Cable M12-180/M12-180
IE Connecting Cable M12-180/IE FC RJ45-145
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
-25 +75 C
-25 +75 C
-25 +75 C
-10 +60 C
-25 +75 C
-25 +75 C
-25 +75 C
-10 +60 C
Protection class IP
IP65/67
Burning behaviour
flame resistant according to UL 1685 (CSA FT 4)
flame resistant according to UL 1685 (CSA FT 4)
Chemical resistance
to mineral oil
to grease
to water
-
Resistant
Resistant
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes: c(UL)us, CMG / PLTC / Sun Res / OIL RES
Yes: c(UL)us, CMG / PLTC / Sun Res / OIL RES
Yes
Yes
RoHS conformity
Yes
Yes
Cat5e
Cat5e
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
UV radiation

components general
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free
approvals

American Bureau
Bureau Veritas (BV)
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/85
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Ordering data
Article No.
IE Connecting Cable
M12-180/M12-180
Pre-assembled IE FC TP Trailing
Cable GP 2 x 2 (PROFINET Type C)
with two 4-pin M12 plugs (D-coded)
up to 85 m,
Length:
0.3 m
0.5 m
1.0 m
1.5 m
2.0 m
3.0 m
5.0 m
10 m
15 m
IE Connecting Cable
IE FC RJ45 Plug-180/IE FC RJ45
Plug-180
6XV1870-8AE30
6XV1870-8AE50
6XV1870-8AH10
6XV1870-8AH15
6XV1870-8AH20
6XV1870-8AH30
6XV1870-8AH50
6XV1870-8AN10
6XV1870-8AN15
IE Connecting Cable
M12-180/IE FC RJ45 Plug-145
Pre-assembled IE FC TP trailing
cable GP 2 x 2 (PROFINET type C)
with M12 plug (D-coded)
and IE FC RJ45 plug,
Length:
2.0 m
3.0 m
5.0 m
10 m
15 m
6XV1871-5TH20
6XV1871-5TH30
6XV1871-5TH50
6XV1871-5TN10
6XV1871-5TN15
More information
Note:
J. Hertlein
I IA SC CI PRM 4
Phone: +49 (911) 750-4465
2/86
Siemens IK PI 2015
Article No.
Preassembled IE FC TP trailing
with two IE FC RJ45 plug-180,
IP20 degree of protection;
length:
1.0 m
2.0 m
3.0 m
5.0 m
10 m
15 m
20 m
6XV1871-5BH10
6XV1871-5BH20
6XV1871-5BH30
6XV1871-5BH50
6XV1871-5BN10
6XV1871-5BN15
6XV1871-5BN20

M12-180/M12-180
Flexible 4-core power
connecting cable, assembled
with A-coded 5-pin M12 connector
and A-coded, 5-pin M12 socket
to supply the ET 200 with 24 V DC;
length:
0.3 m
0.5 m
1.0 m
1.5 m
2.0 m
3.0 m
5.0 m
10 m
15 m
6XV1801-5DE30
6XV1801-5DE50
6XV1801-5DH10
6XV1801-5DH15
6XV1801-5DH20
6XV1801-5DH30
6XV1801-5DH50
6XV1801-5DN10
6XV1801-5DN15
Additional special lengths

with 90 or 180 cable outlet
See

Guideline
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
IE FC Outlet RJ45
Overview
Benefits
Simple connection of network components or terminals to the

interference-proof Industrial Ethernet FC cabling system
Time-saving and error-free installation thanks to FC cables
and pre-assembled TP Cords (10/100 Mbit/s)
Noise-resistant due to rugged metal enclosure
Flexible mounting options (DIN rail, direct mounting)
Reliable shield contact and strain relief thanks to bolt-on
cover
Color marking prevents errors
Application
Simple design of structured twisted-pair cabling
Extremely short installation times thanks to insulation
displacement method
Rugged full-metal module certified according to Category 5
Reliable shield contact and strain relief thanks to bolt-on
cover
Color marking prevents errors
The IE FC Outlet RJ45 is used as a transition from the rugged

Industrial Ethernet FC cables used in the industrial environment
to prefabricated TP Cord cables (10/100 Mbit/s) using an
RJ45 socket.
By connecting several IE FC Outlet RJ45 devices in series,
a patch field can be constructed with the required connection
density (e.g. 16 outlets over 19" width).
Design
The IE FC Outlet RJ45 has a rugged metal housing and satisfies
Category 5 of the international cable standard ISO/IEC 11801
and EN 50173. It is suitable both for mounting on rails and wall
mounting by means of four through holes.
The Outlet RJ45 can also be mounted behind a metal plate with
a cutout (e.g. in a control cabinet).
The Outlet RJ45 has the following connections
4 insulation-piercing contacts for connecting the Industrial
Ethernet FC cable 2 x 2 (contacts are color coded)
RJ45 socket with dust protection cap for connecting different
TP Cord cables (10/100 Mbit/s).
Function
The Industrial Ethernet FC Outlet RJ45 is attached directly to the
Industrial Ethernet FC cable 2 x 2.
For connection between IE Outlet RJ45 and network components or a terminal device, various preassembled RJ45 patch
cables (10/100 Mbit/s) are available.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/87
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
IE FC Outlet RJ45
Article No.
6GK1901-1FC00-0AA0
Article No.
6GK1901-1FC00-0AA0
IE FC outlet RJ45
IE FC outlet RJ45
Electrical data
Transfer rate 1
10 Mbit/s
Transfer rate 2
100 Mbit/s
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
-25 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C

for network components and termi- 1
nal equipment
Protection class IP
IP20

for Industrial Ethernet FC TP cables integrated insulation displacement
contacts
Yes
FastConnect
UL-registration
Yes
Cat5
Interfaces
Mechanical data
metal

Width
31.7 mm
Height
107 mm
Depth
30 mm
Net weight
300 g
Mounting type
35 mm DIN rail mounting
wall mounting
Yes
Yes
2/88
Siemens IK PI 2015
approvals
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
IE FC Outlet RJ45
Ordering data
IE FC Outlet RJ45
Article No.
6GK1901-1FC00-0AA0
For connection of Industrial

Ethernet FC cables and TP Cords;
graded prices
from 10 and 50 units on
TP cable 2 x 2
with two RJ45 plugs
0.5 m
1m
2m
6m
10 m
Article No.
(Type C)
Plug 180/90 for use as
trailing cable;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
6XV1850-2GE50
6XV1850-2GH10
6XV1850-2GH20
6XV1850-2GH60
6XV1850-2GN10
(Type B)
TP cable 2 x 2
with two RJ45 plugs
0.5 m
1m
2m
6m
10 m
6XV1850-2HE50
6XV1850-2HH10
6XV1850-2HH20
6XV1850-2HH60
6XV1850-2HN10

Plug 180/90 for use in
festoon applications;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6GK1975-1AA00-3AA0

on DVD;
German/English
Preferred length
1000 m
(Type B)
6XV1840-2AH10
6XV1840-2AU10
6XV1870-2B

with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
(Type C)
6XV1871-2S
6XV1870-2F
6XV1871-2L

Plug 180/90 for the food
and beverages industry;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
(Type B)
6XV1840-4AH10

Plug 180/90;
marine approval;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1871-2F
IE TP Ground Cable 2 x 2
(Type C)
6XV1871-2G

Plug 180/90 (additional outer
sheath must be removed)
for laying in soil;
sold by the meter,
minimum order 20 m

with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
(Type C)
minimum order 20 m
(Type C)

with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
(Type B)

with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
(Type A)
with UL approval;
sold by the meter
Max. length 1 000 m;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1840-3AH10
6XV1870-2D
IE TP Train Cable 2 x 2
(Type C)
6XV1871-2T

Plug and IE FC M12 Plug PRO;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/89
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Overview
Application
The 8-core cabling system of SIMATIC NET allows transfer rates
of 10/100/1000 Mbit/s for Ethernet and for the service-independent cabling from this office environment. Thanks to the 8-core
cabling it is now possible to implement two Industrial Ethernet
connections for Fast Ethernet, but in future it will also be possible
to upgrade to a Gigabit Ethernet connection. This implements
the transition from 4-core Industrial Ethernet FastConnect TP
cabling system to the 8-core Gigabit cabling system.
The FC RJ45 Modular Outlet base module can optionally be

equipped with two different replaceable inserts, as follows:
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Insert 2FE with
2 x RJ45 sockets for 100 Mbit/s systems
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Insert 1GE with
1 x RJ45 socket for 1 000 Mbit/s systems
Thus it is possible not only to implement individual device
connections, but also 100 Mbit/s dual connections.
Simple connection technology (insulation displacement

contacts) for 8-core Industrial Ethernet FastConnect twisted
pair installation cables (Cat6)
Safe connection technology thanks to visible connection area
Industry-standard design
- Rugged metal housing
- Dust caps
Wall and DIN rail mounting inside or outside control cubicles
thanks to IP40 protection
Good electromagnetic shielding and conduction due to metal
housing
Integral strain relief for 8-core installation cables
Replaceable inserts for
- 2 x Fast Ethernet connection
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Insert 2FE
- 1 x Gigabit Ethernet connection
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet insert 1GE
Benefits
Easy and problem-free assembly due to integrated colorcoded insulation displacement contacts
Time-saving and trouble-free installation with 8-core Industrial
Ethernet FC TP installation cables
Universal use due to replaceable inserts (insert for two
10/100 Mbit/s ports, one 1 000 Mbit/s port or one 24 V DC
power supply and 100 Mbit/s port)
Wide operating temperature range (-20 C to +70 C)
Reliable shield contact and strain relief thanks to bolt-on cover
Protection of investment, as a 100 Mbit/s network can be
upgraded without difficulty to a 1 000 Mbit/s network by
replacing the insert without having to release the cable
contacts
2/90
Siemens IK PI 2015
By replacing the insert, it is possible to switch from network

structures that are operated at transfrer rates of 100 Mbit/s to
structures with rates of 1 000 Mbit/s. Replacement of the cabling
is not necessary (permanent cabling).
Like the 4-wire cabling system, the Gigabit cabling system with
the IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet also takes the conditions in the
field of industrial automation into account. No special tools are
required for the assembly; the same FC stripping tool is used as
for the 4-wire system.
8-wire FC installations cables are used for the cabling (AWG 22):
IE FC Standard Cable 4 x 2;
for fixed routing as standard type for the IE FC RJ45 Modular
Outlet Inserts 2FE and 1GE
Max. distance which can be covered between two IE FC
Modular Outlets using IE FC Standard Cable is 90 m; the total
length of the patch cords to the terminal units at each end must
not exceed 10 m.
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Application (continued)
Application examples
Terminal device,
e.g. S7-1500
Terminal device,
e.g. S7-1500

SCALANCE XM-400
IE FC RJ45
Modular Outlet
IE TP
Cord 2x2
IE FC RJ45
Modular Outlet
IE FC Cable 4x2
(AWG 22)
Insert 2FE

SCALANCE XM-400
IE TP
Cord 2x2
Insert 2FE
Terminal device,
e.g. S7-1500
Terminal device,
e.g. S7-1500
IE FC Standard Cable GP 4x2 (AWG 22)
SCALANCE XM-400
G_IK10_XX_10036

SCALANCE XM-400

IE TP Cord can be used with IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet with Insert 2FE (10/100 Mbit/s)
z^TZWWV[WWG
jwG[ZTXGh
zjhshujlG
plGmjGyq[\G
tGv
plG{wGj
plGmjGyq[\G
tGv
plGmjG{wGjG[YGOh~nGYYP
pG
plG{wGj
pG
plG{wGjGyq[\Vyq[\
plGmjG{wGzGjGGnwG[Y
Oh~nGYYP
plG{wGjGyq[\Vyq[\
pGGGGGGGGS
GplG{wGwGGGGGGGGGG
nprXWXWW`X
wjGGjwGX]YZ
IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45 can be used for patch technology with IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet with Insert 1GE (10/100/1 000 Mbit/s)
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/91
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Design
Ports:
8 insulation displacement contacts for connection of the
8-core Industrial Ethernet FC installation cables
Interface for insertion of a replaceable insert with one or
two RJ45 sockets or one RJ45 socket and one terminal for
24 V DC voltage supply (outlet insert, outlet power insert).
Jack screw
3
Open
cover
Locking screws accessible

in pre-engaged position
Basic housing
As delivered
Insert
cable
Release insert with jack screw

and pull into pre-engaged position
Connect cable
Wires
in the
guides
Connect cable:
Press down insulation displacement
contacts
Close cover
Outlet assembly complete
Mounting instructions
2/92
Siemens IK PI 2015
Push insert into end position. Tighten the

interlocking screws of the strain-relief,
push insert in, tighten jack screw
Outlet ready for use
Exchanging the insert: Insert can be

replaced while basic housing is closed
by pulling it past the pre-engaged
position.
G_IK10_XX_30029
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet (base modules)

Robust metal housing, complies with Category 6 of the international cabling standards ISO/IEC 11801 and EN 50173
Suitable both for DIN rail and wall mounting
Thanks to its high degree of protection IP40, it can be
mounted directly on site
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Function
The IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet is connected direct to the 8-core
Industrial Ethernet FC cables 4 x 2. Pre-assembled RJ45 patch
cables (TP cord) are available for the connection between outlet
and network component or data terminal. These conform with
Cat6 of the international cabling standards.
A maximum of 80 m can be covered between the Outlet and the

IP67 hybrid connector. The connection between Outlet and data
terminal can be established using a patch cable with a
maximum length of 6 m.
When housing is opened, colored markings on the contact element simplify connection of the individual wires to the insulation
displacement contacts.
S7-300
S7-400
SCALANCE
XM-400
SCALANCE
XM-400
IE TP Cord
IE TP Cord
ET 200S

100 Mbit/s connection
IE FC RJ45
Modular
Outlet
Insert 1GE
IE FC
Outlet
RJ45
2 x 100 Mbit/sconnection
PC with CP 1623
IE FC RJ45
Modular
Outlet
Insert 1GE
1000 Mbit/s connection

IE TP Cord
System configuration with IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet

and IE FC Outlet RJ45
IE FC RJ45
Modular
Outlet
Insert 2FE

1 x 1000 Mbit/s
connection
IE FC RJ45
Modular
Outlet
Insert 2FE
PC with CP 1623
IE FC RJ45
Modular
Outlet
Insert 1GE
IE TP Cord
G_IK10_XX_10086
IE FC
Outlet
RJ45
G_IK10_XX_10085
IE FC RJ45
Modular
Outlet
Insert 1GE
System configuration with IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet 100 Mbit/s

and 1 000 Mbit/s
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/93
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Article No.
6GK1901-1BE00-0AA0
IE FC RJ45 modular outlet IE FC RJ45 modular outlet IE FC RJ45 modular outlet IE FC RJ45 modular outlet
(without insert)
(insert 2FE)
(insert 1GE)
(power insert)
6GK1901-1BE00-0AA1
6GK1901-1BE00-0AA2
6GK1901-1BE00-0AA3
Electrical data
Transfer rate 1
10 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
Transfer rate 2
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
Transfer rate 3
1 000 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s

1
2
1
1
1
1

for Industrial Ethernet FC TP cables integrated insulation
displacement contacts
for FC RJ45 modular outlet insert
2FE
for FC RJ45 modular outlet insert
1GE
integrated insulation
2 x RJ45 socket
(10/100 Mbit/s)
-
-
-
1 x RJ45 socket
(10/100 Mbit/s)
Interfaces
for FC RJ45 modular outlet

power insert
FastConnect
Yes
Yes
Yes
1 x RJ45 socket
(10/100 Mbit/s),
1 x 24 V DC terminal
Yes
metal
metal
metal
metal
Width
50 mm
50 mm
50 mm
50 mm
Height
115.25 mm
115.25 mm
115.25 mm
115.25 mm
Depth
58.95 mm
58.95 mm
58.95 mm
58.95 mm
Net weight
450 g
450 g
450 g
450 g
Mounting type
wall mounting
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-20 +70 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-20 +70 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-20 +70 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-20 +70 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C

maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP40
IP40
IP40
IP40
RoHS conformity
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
UL-registration
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Cat 6
Cat 6
Cat 6
Cat 6
Mechanical data

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
approvals
2/94
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
IE FC TP Standard Cable 4 x 2
FastConnect RJ45 Outlet

without replaceable insert
With 2FE insert;
With 1GE insert;
8-core FastConnect cable (Cat6)

for permanent wiring;
sold by the meter

2FE
6GK1901-1BE00-0AA0
6GK1901-1BE00-0AA1
6GK1901-1BE00-0AA2
8-core patch cable for connection

between
FC Modular Outlet base modules
and data terminal;
available in different lengths
6GK1901-1BK00-0AA1
see IE TP Cord
6GK1901-1GA00

Ethernet FC cables

2 x RJ45 for
2 x 100 Mbit/s interfaces;
1 pack = 4 items
1GE
IE TP Cord
6XV1870-2E
6GK1901-1BK00-0AA2

1 x RJ45 for
1 x 1 000 Mbit/s interface;
1 pack = 4 items
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/95
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Overview of FC-FOCs
Overview
Design
Fiber-optic cables with glass core (62.5/200/230) are offered for
the FastConnect fiber-optic cable system:
FC glass fiber-optic cable;
duplex cable for indoor and outdoor fiber-optic networks
The fiber structure corresponds to that of the PCF. This allows

simple assembly on site.
Simple on-site assembly of glass FOC in the field

Optical signal transmission
No radiation emission from the cable
Unaffected by external noise fields
No grounding problems
Electrical isolation
Low weight
Simple laying of cables
2/96
Siemens IK PI 2015
Sheath material
Application
PVC
Standard use in indoor and outdoor

areas of industrial applications
PUR
Highly mobile applications (tow

chains) for high mechanical or chemical stress in harsh industrial environments
PE
Routing of cables in moist areas

indoors and outdoors, and for direct
burying in earth
FRNC
Standard applications with high fire

protection requirements
Approvals
UL listing (safety standard) for network lines is especially necessary for the American and Canadian markets. The requirements
for the appropriate approvals depend on where the cable is
routed within the building. This applies to all cables which have
to be routed from a machine to a remote control cabinet and are
positioned on cable racks secured in the building. These cables
are identified by the suffix "GP" (general purpose) in the product
name and have the corresponding UL approvals.
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Overview of FC-FOCs
Application
The fiber-optic cable (FOC) is used for the transmission of signals in very extensive plants and where there are significant potential differences within a plant. The light beam is guided by total reflection at the transition from core to cladding which has a
lower refractive index than the core.
The FastConnect fiber-optic (FC FO) system enables fast on-site

assembly of glass fiber-optic cables with the right lengths to suit
the respective application.
Assembly with FastConnect for glass fiber-optic cables
G_IK10_XX_10321
Steps for assembly of Industrial Ethernet fiber-optic cables with Industrial Ethernet FastConnect
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/97
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Overview
Design
support element
outer sheath
single core sheath
FC FO fiber
62.5/200/230 m
strain relief
using aramide
yarn
fleece wrapping
with strain relief
elements
hollow core
FastConnect standard fiber-optic cable for use in optical

Industrial Ethernet and PROFIBUS networks
For all users who want to install and assemble the glass fiberoptic cables themselves over longer distances on site for
office or industrial applications.
Simple FastConnect SC/BFOC connector assembly on site
Rugged construction for industrial applications both indoors
and outdoors
High interference immunity, as they are not sensitive to
electromagnetic interference
Extensive range of approvals (UL approvals)
Benefits
Avoidance of excessive cable lengths in the control cabinet,

as the fiber-optic cables can be assembled to the right length
on site
Easy installation of cables in buildings, as cables can be
pulled in without connectors attached
Simple extension of installed glass fiber-optic cables via SC
and BFOC couplers
Devices with different connection method (SC or BFOC) can
easily be connected to one another using self-assembled
adapter cables
Electrical isolation of Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET/
PROFIBUS devices
Unaffected by electromagnetic interference
Tap-proof: no radiation from cable
Application
SIMATIC NET FastConnect glass fiber-optic cables are used
to construct optical indoor and outdoor Industrial Ethernet/
PROFINET and PROFIBUS networks. Devices with integral
optical interface (SC or BFOC connection technology) are,
for example, optical link modules (OLM) and SCALANCE X
Industrial Ethernet switches.
FastConnect glass fiber-optic cables are to be assembled on
site using FastConnect SC or FastConnect BFOC connectors.
A corresponding assembly kit (FC FO Termination Kit) is available for this purpose. The Termination Kit permits the stripping
and the "cleaving" of the fiber in the assembled connector, as is
familiar from PCF fiber-optic cables. To extend existing lines, a
BFOC or SC coupler may be used depending on the connection
technology.
2/98
Siemens IK PI 2015
GP
G_IK10_XX_10263
le
ndard Cab
FC FO Sta
FC FO Standard Cable GP (General Purpose);

rugged round cable with green outer sheath, Kevlar strain relief
elements, and 62.5/200/230 FC FO fibers for indoor/outdoor
applications
FC FO Trailing Cable;
elements and 62.5/200/230 FC FO fibers for use in tow chains
and moving applications
Maximum cable length between two devices:
3 000 m for 100 Mbit/s Ethernet or for PROFIBUS
350 m for 1 000 Mbit/s Ethernet (1000Base-SX)
550 m for 1 000 Mbit/s Ethernet (1000Base-LX)
The maximum cable lengths can be assembled from partial
lengths using FastConnect couplings (SC or BFOC; maximum
two couplings, approx. 2.5 dB attenuation per coupling).
It is also possible to combine existing installed, conventional
62.5/125 m multimode glass fiber-optic cable sections with the
FastConnect fiber-optic cables.
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Article No.
6XV1847-2A
6XV1847-2C
FC FO standard cable GP
FC FO trailing cable
Product description
Glass fiber-optic cable for assembly in the field,

sold by the meter, unassembled
Flexible glass fiber-optic cable for assembly in the field,

Cable for fixed routing in cable ducts and conduits,

UL approval
Cable for high mechanical loading for use in

trailing cables indoors and outdoors
Version of the assembled FO cable
can be assembled with four BFOC or SC connectors
Cable designation
AT-V(ZN)YY 2GK 62.5/200/230
AT-V(ZN)Y(ZN)11Y 2GK 62.5/200/230

at 850 nm maximum
at 1300 nm maximum
3.2 dB/km
0.9 dB/km
3.2 dB/km
0.9 dB/km
Bandwidth length product

at 850 nm
at 1300 nm
200 GHzm
500 GHzm
200 GHzm
500 GHzm
Number of FOC cores per FOC cable 2
Optical data
Mechanical data
Number of fibers per FOC core
Version of the FO conductor fiber
Multi-mode gradient fiber 62.5/200/230 m
Design of the FOC core
Fixed core
Fixed core
Design of the fiber-optic cable
Segmentable cable
Segmentable cable
Outer diameter
of optical fibers
of the optical fiber sheath
of the FOC core sheath
of the cable
62.5 m
230 m
2.2 mm
7.2 mm
62.5 m
230 m
2.2 mm
8.8 mm
Symmetrical deviation
of the outer diameter of the FOC core 0.1 mm
sheath
of the outer diameter of the line
0.5 mm
0.1 mm
0.5 mm
Material
of the fiber-optic cable core
of the fiber-optic cable sheath
of the strain relief
Quartz glass
ETFE
PVC
PVC
Aramide fibers
Quartz glass
ETFE
PVC
PUR
Aramide fibers (double-ply)
Color
of the cable sheath
orange / black
green
orange / black
green
70 mm
88 mm
105 mm
88 mm
Bending radius
with single bend
minimum permissible
with multiple bends
minimum permissible
88 m
5 000 000
Number of torsion cycles

in the case of torsion by 360
on 1 m cable length
100 N
800 N
Short-term shear force per length
500 N/cm
500 N/cm
Continuous lateral force per length
300 N/cm
300 N/cm
Weight per length
49 kg/km
65 kg/km
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/99
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Article No.
6XV1847-2A
6XV1847-2C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-5 +50 C
-25 +75 C
-30 +75 C
-30 +75 C
-5 +50 C
Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 60332-1-2 and

IEC 60332-3-22 (Cat. A)
Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 60332-1-2
Resistant
Resistant
Resistant
Resistant
No
Yes
No
Yes
Product component Rodent protection No
No

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
Burning behaviour
Chemical resistance
to mineral oil
to grease
to water
UV radiation
components general
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free
Cable length for glass FOC

for 100BaseFX
for Industrial Ethernet maximum
for 1000BaseSX
for 1000BaseLX
for PROFIBUS maximum
3 000 m
3 000 m
350 m
350 m
550 m
550 m
3 000 m
3 000 m
UL approval: OFN (NEC Article 770, UL 1651) /

CSA approval: OFN 90 Cel, FT1, FT4
(CSA standard C22.2 No232-M1988)
Yes
approvals
RoHS conformity
2/100
Siemens IK PI 2015
Yes
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology

Article No.
6GK1900-1LB00-0AC0
6GK1900-1GB00-0AC0
6GK1900-1LP00-0AB0
6GK1900-1GP00-0AB0
IE SC RJ PCF Plug PRO

(Push Pull)
FC FO BFOC Plug
FC FO SC Coupler
FC FO BFOC Coupler
Product description
SC plug for
FastConnect assembly
BFOC plug for

SC duplex coupler for

BFOC coupler for

For connecting glass fiberoptic cables, suitable for

fast assembly with the
FastConnect FO system
For connecting glass fiberoptic cables, suitable for

10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
9.6 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s


or terminal devices
SC connector
BFOC connector
SC duplex coupling
BFOC coupling

FastConnect
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Metal and plastic
Metal and plastic
Metal and plastic
Metal and plastic
Width
8 mm
10 mm
9 mm
11 mm
Height
8 mm
10 mm
35 mm
11 mm
Depth
49 mm
22 mm
28 mm
29.5 mm
Net weight
11 g
9g
18 g
9g
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
95 %
95 %
95 %
95 %
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Transmission rate
Transfer rate
with PROFIBUS
Interfaces
Mechanical data

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Protection class IP
components general
approvals
conformity
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/101
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Ordering data
62.5/200/230
Article No.
6XV1847-2A
FC FO standard cable
for fixed routing indoors
with PVC sheath;
sold by the meter
minimum order 20 m
J. Hertlein
I IA SC CI PRM 4
Phone: +49 (911) 750-4465
6XV1847-2C
6GK1900-1GL00-0AA0
Assembly case for local assembly

of FC SC and FC BFOC connectors
to FC FO standard cable,
comprising a stripping tool,
Kevlar cutters, fiber breaking tool
and microscope
FC SC plug
6GK1900-1LB00-0AC0
Screw connector for on-site

assembly on FC fiber-optic cable;
(1 pack = 10 duplex plugs +
cleaning cloths)
FC BFOC plug
6GK1900-1GB00-0AC0

(1 pack = 20 units + cleaning
cloths)
FC SC coupler
6GK1900-1LP00-0AB0
FC SC duplex coupling;
(1 pack = 5 units)
FC BFOC coupler
6GK1900-1GP00-0AB0
FC BFOC coupling;
(1 pack = 10 units)
on DVD;
German/English
2/102
Siemens IK PI 2015

FC FO trailing cable for use in tow

chains and moving applications;
sold by the meter
More information
6GK1975-1AA00-3AA0
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Overview
Design
support element
outer sheath
single core sheath
FC FO fiber
62.5/200/230 m
strain relief
using aramide
yarn
fleece wrapping
with strain relief
elements
hollow core
Compact, rugged assembly case for FastConnect

glass fiber-optic cables
Simple fitting of SC and BFOC connectors to FastConnect
The quality of the assembly can be checked using the
enclosed microscope
Benefits
Cable construction FC glass optical fiber
The kit is available in an assembly case for on-site installation

of FC SC and FC BFOC connectors on FC glass fiber-optic
cables.
It consists of a stripping tool, buffer stripping tool, Kevlar scissors, fiber breaking tool and microscope.
Ordering data
Simple installation of the unassembled cable

Flexible connector assembly possible on site (SC/BFOC
connectors)
Prevention of faults by simply checking the assembled
connectors using a microscope
Simple repair of FC glass fiber-optic cables in the field
Application
SIMATIC NET FC glass fiber-optic cables are used to construct
optical indoor and outdoor Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET and
PROFIBUS networks. They are easy to assemble on-site using
the termination kit with SC or BFOC connectors. The maximum
cable length between two Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET or
PROFIBUS devices is 3 000 m in the case of 100 Mbit/s Ethernet
or PROFIBUS.
GP
G_IK10_XX_10263
le
ndard Cab
FC FO Sta
Article No.
6GK1900-1GL00-0AA0

and microscope
More information
J. Hertlein
I IA SC CI PRM 4
Phone: +49 (911) 750-4465
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/103
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Overview of FOCs
Approvals
Overview

and are positioned on cable racks secured in the building.
These cables are identified by the suffix "GP" (general purpose)
in the product name and have the corresponding UL approvals.
Product overview
PROFINET fiber optic, PCF and POF cable

No radiation along the cable
Low weight
Easy routing
Application
The fiber optic (FO) cable is used for transmitting signals with
the help of waves in the optical frequency range. The light beam
is guided by total reflection at the transition from core to cladding
which has a lower refractive index than the core.
The fiber optic cable is provided with a protective coating.
The term fiber is often also used for fiber-optic cables (FOC).
Design
Fiber-optic cables with glass fibers , PCF fibers (Polymer
Cladded Fiber) and POF fibers (Polymer Optical Fiber) are
offered for Industrial Ethernet:
Glass fiber-optic cable;
duplex cable for fiber-optic networks indoors and outdoors
POF fiber-optic cable;
Duplex cable for POF networks in the indoor area
PCF fiber-optic cable;
duplex cable for PCF networks indoors and outdoors
Sheath material
Application
PVC

PUR
Highly mobile applications

(tow chains) for high mechanical or
chemical stress in harsh industrial
environments
PE

burying in earth
FRNC

2/104
Siemens IK PI 2015
PROFINET
Type B
PROFINET
Type C
fixed or flexible
cable depending on cable
design
extremely
flexible, continuous movement,
vibrations or
torsion loading,
also for special
applications
6XV1 873-2A
FO FRNC Cable
6XV1 873-2B
FO Trailing Cable
6XV1 873-2C
FO TP Trailing Cable GP
6XV1 873-2D
FO Ground Cable
6XV1873-2G
FO Robust Cable GP
FO Robust Cable GP
4x 9/125/900
PCF Cable
2x 200/230
Fiber Optic Cable
2x 50/125

6XV1 861-2A
PCF Tailing Cable

6XV1 861-2C
PCF Tailing Cable GP

6XV1 861-2C

6XV1 874-2A
POF Trailing Cable

6XV1 874-2B
POF Cable
2x 980/1 000
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Overview
Application
Marine duplex FOC SIENOPYR
Halogen-free, non-crush, flame-retardant, marine-approved
fiber-optic cable for permanent installation on ships and offshore
platforms indoors and on open deck. Sold by the meter
Fiber-optic indoor cable
Halogen-free fiber-optic cable, non-crush, flame-retardant, for
installation inside buildings (e.g. in production halls and in
building automation). Supplied in fixed lengths, pre-assembled
with four BFOC connectors.
Standard FOC/FRNC cable
Fiber-optic cables for the following application areas indoors
and outdoors
For routing above ground
For installation inside buildings.
Sold by the meter and in fixed lengths, pre-assembled with four
BFOC connectors or four SC connectors.
Fiber-optic trailing cable
Used for the optical Industrial Ethernet and PROFIBUS

networks
Rugged design for industrial applications indoors and
outdoors
Halogen-free design for installation inside buildings
Trailing cable for the special application of forced motion
control
High immunity to noise thanks to insensitivity to electromagnetic fields
Available preassembled
Extensive approvals (UL)
Benefits
Fiber-optic cables for the special application of forced motion

control, such as in continuously moving machine parts (in trailing
cables) indoors and outdoors. Two cable variants are available
for this application:
FO Trailing Cable;
Cable for high mechanical stress, PUR outer sheath,
no UL approval
FO Trailing Cable GP (general purpose);
Cable for low mechanical stress, PVC outer sheath,
with UL approval
Fiber-optic outdoor cable
Waterproof cable (lengthwise and sideways) for use outdoors
with non-metallic protection against rodents for laying into the
ground.
Note:
Easy routing with

- Pre-assembled cables
- No grounding problems
- Very light fiber-optic cable
Tap-proof
due to lack of radiation from the cable
Silicon-free;
therefore suitable for use in the automotive industry
(e.g. on paint shop conveyors)
Special tools and specially trained personnel are required for

pre-assembling glass fiber-optic cables
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/105
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Plug
Preassembled FOC with SC connectors

SCALANCE XM-400
FO Standard Cable GP 50/125

FO Trailing Cable GP 50/125
FO Trailing Cable 50/125
FO Ground Cable 50/125
FO FRNC Cable 50/125
SC
connection
SCALANCE XM-400
G_IK10_XX_10039
SC
connection
Use of pre-assembled fiber-optic cables with SC connectors (1 000 Mbit/s)
Plug
Plug
Preassembled FOC with BFOC connectors
BFOC
connection
SCALANCE XM-400
FO Standard Cable GP (50/125)

FO Trailing Cable GP (50/125)
FO Trailing Cable (50/125)
FO Ground Cable (50/125)
Use of pre-assembled fiber-optic cables with BFOC connectors (100 Mbit/s)
2/106
Siemens IK PI 2015
BFOC
connection
SCALANCE XM-400
G_IK10_XX_10043
Plug
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Design
Outer sheath
Single-core sheath
DUG&
)26WDQG
Optical
fiber
DEOH
Strain relief
using Aramid fibers
G_IK10_XX_10030
Hollow core
The following types of cable are available:

100Base FX;
62.5/125 m fiber, 4 000 m
100Base FX;
50/125 m fiber, 5 000 m
100Base FX;
9/125 m fiber, 26 000 m
1000Base SX;
50/125 m fiber, 750 m
1000Base LX;
50/125 m fiber, 2 000 m
1000Base LX;
9/125 m fiber, 10 000 m
10GBASE-SR;
62.5/125 m fiber, 26 m;
50/125 m OM2 fiber 82 m;
50/125 m OM3 fiber 300 m
10GBASE-LR;
9/125 m fiber, 10 000 m;
10GBASE-ER;
9/125 m fiber, 40 000 m;
Cable types
50/125 m
62.5/125 m
9/125 m
FO standard cable GP
(50/125/1 400)
FO FRNC cable
(50/125/1 400)
FO trailing cable
(50/125/1 400)
FO trailing cable GP
(50/125/1 400)
FO ground cable
(50/125/1 400)
FO robust cable GP
(50/125/900)
Fiber-optic standard cable

(62.5/125/900)
INDOOR fiber-optic cable

(62.5/125/900)
Flexible fiber-optic trailing

cable (62.5/125/1 400)
SIENOPYR marine duplex

fiber-optic cable (62.5/125/900)
FO robust cable GP
(4E9/125/900)
The distances that can be spanned by cables depend on the

device-specific wavelength.
In the respective applications, the maximum cable lengths must
be taken into account. Passive connection of different fiber types
is not permissible. The use of 50 m fiber is recommended for
future installations due to the greater range of gigabit Ethernet.
Use of the 62.5 m fiber is only recommended for existing
network installations. In order to span very long distances, the
use of singlemode cables with a 9 m fiber is recommended.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/107
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Article No.
6XV1873-2A
6XV1873-2B
6XV1873-2G
FO FRNC Cable GP
FO Ground Cable
Product description
Glass fiber-optic cable, sold by the

meter, unassembled

meter, unassembled

meter, unassembled
Cable for indoor and outdoor use,

UL approval
Halogen-free cable for indoor

and outdoor use, for fixed installation,
UL approval
Cable with longitudinal and lateral

water tightness with non-metallic
protection against rodents for outdoor
use and for direct laying in soil.
can be assembled with four BFOC or

SC connectors

SC connectors

SC connectors
Cable designation
AT-W(ZN)YY 2x1 G 50/125
AT-W(ZN)HH 2G 50/125 UV
AT-WQ(ZN)Y(ZN)B2Y 2G 50/125

at 850 nm maximum
at 1 300 nm maximum
2.7 dB/km
0.7 dB/km
2.7 dB/km
0.7 dB/km
2.7 dB/km
0.7 dB/km

at 850 nm
at 1 300 nm
600 GHzm
1 200 GHzm
600 GHzm
1 200 GHzm
600 GHzm
1 200 GHzm
Optical data
Mechanical data
Multi-mode gradient fiber 50/125 m,

OM 2

OM 2

OM 2
Hollow core, filled,

diameter 1400 m

diameter 1400 m

diameter 1400 m
Segmentable
Segmentable
Segmentable
Outer diameter
of optical fibers
of the cable
50 m
125 m
2.9 mm
-
50 m
125 m
2.9 mm
9.2 mm
50 m
125 m
2.9 mm
10.5 mm
0.1 mm
0.1 mm
0.1 mm
of the outer diameter
0.3 mm
0.5 mm
7.4 mm
4.5 mm
Material
Quartz glass
Quartz glass
PVC
PVC
Aramide fibers
Quartz glass
Quartz glass
FRNC
FRNC
Aramide fibers
Quartz glass
Quartz glass
PVC
PE
Aramide fibers
Color
of the cable sheath
orange / black
green
orange / black
green
orange / black
black
45 mm
90 mm
105 mm
65 mm
135 mm
155 mm
500 N
500 N
800 N
600 N/cm
500 N/cm
500 N/cm
400 N/cm
300 N/cm
Weight per length
40 kg/km
85 kg/km
90 kg/km
Bending radius
with single bend
minimum permissible
with multiple bends
minimum permissible
2/108
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology

Article No.
6XV1873-2A
6XV1873-2B
6XV1873-2G
FO FRNC Cable GP
FO Ground Cable
-25 +80 C
-25 +80 C
-25 +80 C
-5 +50 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-5 +50 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-5 +50 C
Flame-retardant in accordance with

IEC 60332-1-2 and IEC 60332-3-22
(Cat. A)

IEC 60332-1-2 and IEC 60332-3-22
(Cat. A)
Flammable
resistant
resistant
resistant
resistant
resistant
resistant
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
5 000 m
5 000 m
5 000 m
750 m
750 m
750 m
2 000 m
2 000 m
2 000 m
3 000 m
3 000 m
3 000 m
UL approval:
OFN (NEC Article 770, UL 1651) /
CSA approval:
OFN 90 Cel, FT1, FT4
Yes
UL approval:
CSA approval:
OFN
Yes

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
Burning behaviour
Chemical resistance
to mineral oil
to grease
to water
to UV radiation

components general
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free
Product component
Rodent protection
for 100BaseFX
for 1000BaseSX
for 1000BaseLX
approvals
RoHS conformity
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/109
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Article No.
6XV1873-2C
6XV1873-2D
FO Trailing Cable
Product description
Glass fiber-optic cable, sold by the meter, unassembled
Flexible cable for use in trailing cables

with high mechanical stress, without UL approval
Flexible cable for use in trailing cables

with high mechanical stress, UL approval
Cable designation
AT-W(ZN)Y(ZN)11Y 2G 50/125
AT-W(ZN)Y(ZN)Y 2G 50/125

at 850 nm maximum
at 1 300 nm maximum
2.7 dB/km
0.7 dB/km
2.7 dB/km
0.7 dB/km

at 850 nm
at 1 300 nm
600 GHzm
1 200 GHzm
600 GHzm
1 200 GHzm
Optical data
Mechanical data
Multi-mode gradient fiber 50/125 m, OM 2
Hollow core, filled, diameter 1 400 m
Segmentable
Segmentable
Outer diameter
of optical fibers
of the cable
50 m
125 m
2.9 mm
10.5 mm
50 m
125 m
2.9 mm
10.5 mm
0.1 mm
0.1 mm
0.5 mm
0.5 mm
Material
Quartz glass
Quartz glass
PVC
PUR
Aramide fibers
Quartz glass
Quartz glass
PVC
PVC
Aramide fibers
Color
of the cable sheath
orange / black
green
orange / black
green
150 mm
150 mm
200 mm
200 mm
5 000 000
3 500 000
800 N
800 N
700 N/cm
700 N/cm
400 N/cm
400 N/cm
Weight per length
90 kg/km
90 kg/km
Bending radius
with single bend
minimum permissible
with multiple bends
minimum permissible
2/110
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology

Article No.
6XV1873-2C
6XV1873-2D
FO Trailing Cable
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-5 +50 C
-25 +80 C
-25 +80 C
-25 +80 C
-5 +50 C
Burning behaviour
flammable
flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 60332-1-2

and IEC 60332-3-22 (Cat. A)
Chemical resistance
to mineral oil
to grease
to water
resistant
resistant
resistant
resistant
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
to UV radiation

components general
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free

for 100BaseFX for Industrial Ethernet
maximum
for 1000BaseSX for Industrial
Ethernet maximum
for 1000BaseLX for Industrial
Ethernet maximum
5 000 m
5 000 m
750 m
750 m
2 000 m
2 000 m
3 000 m
3 000 m
RoHS conformity
Yes
UL approval: OFN (NEC Article 770, UL 1651) / CSA

approval: OFN 90 C, FT1, FT4 (CSA standard C22.2
No. 232-M1988)
Yes
approvals
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/111
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Article No.
6XV1820-5AH10
6XV1820-7AH10
Fiber optic standard cable
INDOOR fiber optic indoor cable
Product description
Flexible glass fiber-optic cable, sold by the meter,

unassembled
Cable for indoor and outdoor use
Crush-resistant, halogen-free and flame-retardant cable

for indoor use
can be assembled with four BFOC connectors
Cable designation
AT-V(ZN)YY 2X1 G 62.5/125
I-V(ZN)HH 2x1 G 62.5/125

at 850 nm maximum
at 1 300 nm maximum
3.1 dB/km
0.8 dB/km
3.1 dB/km
0.8 dB/km

at 850 nm
at 1 300 nm
200 GHzm
600 GHzm
200 GHzm
600 GHzm
Optical data
Mechanical data
Multimode graded-index fiber 62,5/125 m, OM 1
Compact core, diameter 900 m
Solid core, diameter 900 m
Segmentable outer conductor
Segmentable inner conductor
Outer diameter
of optical fibers
62.5 m
125 m
3.5 mm
62.5 m
125 m
2.9 mm
0,1 mm
9.8 mm
6.8 mm
6.3 mm
3.9 mm
Quartz glass
Quartz glass
PVC
PVC
Aramide fibers with additionally integrated compression
protection elements
Quartz glass
Quartz glass
FRNC
FRNC
Aramide fibers
Gray
Black
Gray
Orange
80 mm
30 mm
80 mm
50 mm
1 500 N
200 N
300 N/cm
200 N/cm
100 N/cm
Weight per length
70 kg/km
30 kg/km
Material
Color
of the cable sheath
Bending radius
with single bend
minimum permissible
with multiple bends
minimum permissible
2/112
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology

Article No.
6XV1820-5AH10
6XV1820-7AH10
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-5 +50 C
-20 +60 C
-25 +70 C
-25 +70 C
-5 +50 C

and IEC 60332-3-22 (Cat. A)

and IEC 60332-3-22 (Cat. A)
not resistant
not resistant
not resistant
not resistant
resistant
not resistant
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
4 000 m
4 000 m
350 m
350 m
550 m
550 m
3 000 m
3 000 m
Yes
Yes

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
Burning behaviour
Chemical resistance
to mineral oil
to grease
to water
to UV radiation

components general
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free
Product component
Rodent protection
for 100BaseFX
for 1000BaseSX
for 1000BaseLX
approvals
RoHS conformity
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/113
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Article No.
6XV1820-6AH10
6XV1830-0NH10
Flexible fiber optic trailing cable
SIENOPYR marine duplex fiber-optic cable
Product description

unassembled
Glass fiber-optic cable SIENOPYR marine cable,

Flexible cable for indoor and outdoor use

in trailing cables
For fixed installation on ships and offshore units,

in all rooms and exposed decks,
marine approval assigned
Cable designation
AT-W11Y(ZN)11Y 2 G 62.5/125
MI-VHH 2G 62.5/125 3.1B200 + 0.8F600 + 2x1Cu 300V

at 850 nm maximum
at 1 300 nm maximum
3.1 dB/km
0.8 dB/km
3.1 dB/km
0.8 dB/km

at 850 nm
at 1 300 nm
200 GHzm
600 GHzm
200 GHzm
600 GHzm
Optical data
Mechanical data
Multimode graded-index fiber 62.5/125 m, OM 2
Solid core
Outer diameter
of optical fibers
of the cable
62.5 m
125 m
3.5 mm
12.9 mm
62.5 m
125 m
2.9 mm
13.3 mm
0.5 mm
Quartz glass
Quartz glass
PUR
PUR
Aramide fibers, plus central element made of
glass-reinforced plastic
Mineral glass
Polyolefine
SHF1 mixture
Aramide fibers
Black
Black
Black
150 mm
133 mm
150 mm
266 mm
100 000
1 000 N
250 N
Weight per length
130 kg/km
220 kg/km
Material
Color
of the cable sheath
Bending radius
with single bend
minimum permissible
with multiple bends
minimum permissible
2/114
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology

Article No.
6XV1820-6AH10
6XV1830-0NH10
-30 +60 C
-30 +70 C
-30 +70 C
-30 +60 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-10 +50 C

operation mode
At ambient temperatures below -10 degrees Celsius, the

cable must not be subjected to any movements other than
the normal vibration levels encountered on board ship
Burning behaviour
Flammable
Flame-retardant in accordance with IEC 60332-3 (Cat. A)
Chemical resistance
to mineral oil
to grease
to water
resistant
resistant
resistant
resistant
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
to UV radiation

components general
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free

for 100BaseFX
for 1000BaseSX
for 1000BaseLX
4 000 m
4 000 m
350 m
350 m
550 m
550 m
3 000 m
3 000 m
RoHS conformity
Yes
Yes

Bureau Veritas (BV)
Yes
Yes
Yes
approvals
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/115
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Article No.
6XV1873-2R
6XV1843-2R
MM FO Robust Cable GP
SM FO robust cable GP
Product description
Cable with longitudinal and lateral water tightness

with non-metallic protection against rodents
for outdoor and indoor use and for direct laying in soil
Cable with longitudinal and lateral water tightness

with non-metallic protection against rodents
for outdoor and indoor use and for direct laying in soil
can be assembled with tho BFOC, SC and

LC duplex plugs
can be assembled with tho BFOC, SC and

LC duplex plugs
Cable designation
AT-V(ZN)H(ZN)BH 2G50/125
AT-V(ZN)H(ZN)BH 4E9/125

at 850 nm maximum
at 1 300 nm maximum
at 1 550 nm maximum
2.7 dB/km
1 dB/km
-
0.5 dB/km
0.5 dB/km

at 850 nm
at 1 300 nm
600 GHzm
1 200 GHzm
Optical data
Mechanical data
Multi-mode gradient fiber 50/125/245 m, OM2
Single mode fiber 4E9/125/900, OS1 and OS2
Segmentable
Segmentable
Outer diameter
of optical fibers
of the cable
50 m
125 m
2.2 mm
7.5 mm
9 m
125 m
2.2 mm
9 mm
Material
Quartz glass
Quartz glass
PE flame retardant
PE flame retardant
Aramide fibers and glass roving
Quartz glass
Quartz glass
PE flame retardant
PE flame retardant
Aramide fibers, plus central support element
and glass roving
Color
orange / black, with directional arrow
of the cable sheath
Black
orange / black, with directional arrow

(numbering of the core pairs with 1 and 2)
Black
Bending radius
ble
40 mm
90 mm
135 mm
1 000 N
1 000 N
600 N/cm
600 N/cm
200 N/cm
200 N/cm
Weight per length
67 kg/km
87 kg/km
2/116
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology

Article No.
6XV1873-2R
6XV1843-2R
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-20 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-20 +60 C
Burning behaviour
Chemical resistance
to mineral oil
to grease
to water
resistant
resistant
resistant
resistant
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product component Rodent protection Yes
Yes
to UV radiation

components general
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free

for 100BaseFX
for 1000BaseSX
for 1000BaseLX
5 000 m
26 000 m
750 m
2 000 m
5 000 m
3 000 m
15 000 m
Yes
Yes
approvals
RoHS conformity
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/117
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Article No.
6GK1901-0DA20-0AA0
BFOC Connector Set
Product description
BFOC connector
For connection of fiber-optic cables
Transmission rate
Transfer rate
with PROFIBUS
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
Interfaces

devices
BFOC connector

FastConnect
No
Mechanical data
Metal and plastic

Width
10 mm
Height
10 mm
Depth
10 mm
Net weight
8g

Protection class IP
IP20

components general
Yes
Yes
approvals
RoHS conformity
Yes
Ordering data
Article No.
50/125/1400 2)
Multimode cable,
sold by the meter;
max. delivery unit 1 000 m;
minimum order 20 m;
6XV1873-2A
Preferred lengths 1)
pre-assembled
with 4 BFOC connectors
0.5 m
1m
2m
3m
5m
10 m
15 m
20 m
30 m
40 m
50 m
80 m
100 m
150 m
200 m
300 m
6XV1873-3AH05
6XV1873-3AH10
6XV1873-3AH20
6XV1873-3AH30
6XV1873-3AH50
6XV1873-3AN10
6XV1873-3AN15
6XV1873-3AN20
6XV1873-3AN30
6XV1873-3AN40
6XV1873-3AN50
6XV1873-3AN80
6XV1873-3AT10
6XV1873-3AT15
6XV1873-3AT20
6XV1873-3AT30
pre-assembled
with 4 SC connectors
0.5 m
1m
2m
3m
5m
10 m
15 m
20 m
30 m
40 m
50 m
80 m
100 m
150 m
200 m
300 m
6XV1873-6AH05
6XV1873-6AH10
6XV1873-6AH20
6XV1873-6AH30
6XV1873-6AH50
6XV1873-6AN10
6XV1873-6AN15
6XV1873-6AN20
6XV1873-6AN30
6XV1873-6AN40
6XV1873-6AN50
6XV1873-6AN80
6XV1873-6AT10
6XV1873-6AT15
6XV1873-6AT20
6XV1873-6AT30
FO FRNC cable 50/125/1 400 2)

Multimode cable,
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
2/118
Siemens IK PI 2015
6XV1873-2B
1)
Special fiber-optic cables, lengths and accessories available on request
2)

Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Ordering data
FO trailing cable 50/125/1 400
Article No.
2)
Multimode cable,
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
FO robust cable GP 50/125/900

6XV1873-2C
pre-assembled
3m
5m
10 m
20 m
50 m
100 m
6XV1873-3CH30
6XV1873-3CH50
6XV1873-3CN10
6XV1873-3CN20
6XV1873-3CN50
6XV1873-3CT10
pre-assembled
3m
5m
10 m
20 m
50 m
100 m
6XV1873-6CH30
6XV1873-6CH50
6XV1873-6CN10
6XV1873-6CN20
6XV1873-6CN50
6XV1873-6CT10
6XV1873-2D
pre-assembled
3m
5m
10 m
20 m
50 m
100 m
6XV1873-3DH30
6XV1873-3DH50
6XV1873-3DN10
6XV1873-3DN20
6XV1873-3DN50
6XV1873-3DT10
pre-assembled
3m
5m
10 m
20 m
50 m
100 m
6XV1873-6DH30
6XV1873-6DH50
6XV1873-6DN10
6XV1873-6DN20
6XV1873-6DN50
6XV1873-6DT10
FO ground cable 50/125/1 400 2)

Multimode cable,
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
6XV1873-2R
Multimode cable,
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
Standard FIBER OPTIC CABLE

(62.5/125/900), segmentable 2)
50/125/1 400 2)
Multimode cable,
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
Article No.
2)
6XV1873-2G
pre-assembled
100 m
200 m
300 m
6XV1873-3GT10
6XV1873-3GT20
6XV1873-3GT30
pre-assembled
100 m
200 m
300 m
6XV1873-6GT10
6XV1873-6GT20
6XV1873-6GT30
Multimode cable,
sold by the meter;
max. delivery unit 2 000 m
minimum order 20 m
pre-assembled with 4 BFOC plugs
1m
2m
3m
4m
5m
10 m
15 m
20 m
30 m
40 m
50 m
55 m
60 m
65 m
70 m
75 m
80 m
100 m
120 m
130 m
150 m
200 m
250 m
300 m
6XV1820-5AH10
6XV1820-5BH10
6XV1820-5BH20
6XV1820-5BH30
6XV1820-5BH40
6XV1820-5BH50
6XV1820-5BN10
6XV1820-5BN15
6XV1820-5BN20
6XV1820-5BN30
6XV1820-5BN40
6XV1820-5BN50
6XV1820-5BN55
6XV1820-5BN60
6XV1820-5BN65
6XV1820-5BN70
6XV1820-5BN75
6XV1820-5BN80
6XV1820-5BT10
6XV1820-5BT12
6XV1820-5BT13
6XV1820-5BT15
6XV1820-5BT20
6XV1820-5BT25
6XV1820-5BT30
INDOOR FIBER OPTIC CABLE

(62.5/125/900), segmentable 2)
Multimode cable,
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
Preferred lengths;
pre-assembled
0.5 m
1m
2m
3m
5m
10 m
15 m
20 m
25 m
50 m
75 m
100 m
6XV1820-7AH10
6XV1820-7BH05
6XV1820-7BH10
6XV1820-7BH20
6XV1820-7BH30
6XV1820-7BH50
6XV1820-7BN10
6XV1820-7BN15
6XV1820-7BN20
6XV1820-7BN25
6XV1820-7BN50
6XV1820-7BN75
6XV1820-7BT10
1)
2)

Siemens IK PI 2015
2/119
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Ordering data
Article No.

FLEXIBLE FIBER OPTIC CABLE

trailing cable
(62.5/125/1 400), segmentable 2)
Multimode cable,
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
Preferred lengths;
pre-assembled
1m
2m
3m
5m
10 m
15 m
20 m
30 m
50 m
fiber-optic cable;
(62.5/125/900)
6XV1820-6AH10
6XV1820-6BH10
6XV1820-6BH20
6XV1820-6BH30
6XV1820-6BH50
6XV1820-6BN10
6XV1820-6BN15
6XV1820-6BN20
6XV1820-6BN30
6XV1820-6BN50
6XV1830-0NH10
FO robust cable GP
4E9/125/900 2)
6XV1843-2R
Accessories
Multimode FO BFOC
connector set
6GK1901-0DA20-0AA0
for FO standard cable

(50/125/1 400),
FO ground cable (50/125/1 400),
flexible FO trailing cable,
INDOOR FO cable (62.5/125/900),
20 units
Multimode FO SC Duplex
connector set
6GK1901-0LB10-2AA0

(50/125/1400),
FO ground cable (50/125/1 400),
flexible FO trailing cable,
10 units
Multimode FO LC duplex plug
6GK1901-0RB10-2AB0
LC duplex plug (10 units)

for INDOOR FO cable (62.5/125/900),
FO robust cable GP (50/125/900),
FO standard cable (62.5/125/900)
Singlemode FO LC duplex plug
6GK1901-0SB10-2AB0
LC duplex plug (10 units) for

FO robust cable GP (4E9/125/900)
SIMATIC NET Manual Collection 3)
6GK1975-1AA00-3AA0
Electronic manuals
on DVD;
German/English
1)
2)

3)
Further language variants and manuals can be found for the respective
products at http://www.siemens.com/automation/csi/net
2/120
Siemens IK PI 2015

J. Hertlein
I IA SC CI PRM 4
Phone: +49 (911) 750-4465
Fiber-optic cable for routing on

ships and offshore platforms
Multimode cable,
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
Singlemode cable,
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
More information
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
IE FO Cords
Overview
Application
Patch cables, available as pre-assembled cables

(max. length 1 m)
2-wire patch cables for directly connecting active network
components in the control cabinet
Small cable diameter for easy laying of cables
Easy connection of active network components with different
fiber-optic interfaces by means of patch cords with two types
of connectors
Benefits
Quick and error-free commissioning thanks to pre-assembled,

factory-tested FO patch cables
Simple cable laying in the control cabinet due to small cable
diameter
Easy connection of active network components with various
fiber-optic
connection methods in the control cabinet
FO Cord SC/SC connecting cable between XC100-4OBR and

SCALANCE X320-3LD
Design
2 x 2-wire multimode patch cable with fixed cores and
integrated aramid strain relief
2 x 2-wire singlemode patch cable with fixed cores and
integrated aramid strain relief
Low-emission and halogen-free outer sheath for use in
buildings
The FO Cord is available as a pre-assembled cable in the
following versions:
MM FO Cord SC/SC
Multimode fiber-optic cable pre-assembled with two
SC duplex connectors
MM FO Cord SC/BFOC
Multimode fiber-optic cable pre-assembled with one
SC duplex connector and two BFOC connectors
MM FO Cord SC/LC
Multimode fiber-optic cable pre-assembled with one
SC duplex connector and one LC duplex connector
SM FO Cord SC/SC
Singlemode fiber-optic cable pre-assembled with two
SC duplex connectors
SM FO Cord SC/BFOC
Singlemode fiber-optic cable pre-assembled with one
SC duplex connector and two BFOC connectors
SM FO Cord SC/LC
Singlemode fiber-optic cable pre-assembled with one
SC duplex connector and one LC duplex connector
Function
The flexibility of the cable ensures easy installation, for example
in a control cabinet, or to connect equipment in a control room.
The length of an IE FO TP Cord is 1 m.
Cable variants with different fiber-optic connectors are used for
the easy connecting of devices to various fiber-optic interfaces.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/121
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
IE FO Cords
Article No.
6XV1843-5EH10-0CC0
6XV1843-5EH10-0CB0
6XV1843-5EH10-0CA0
MM FO CORD SC/SC, 50/125
MM FO CORD SC/BFOC, 50/125
MM FO CORD SC/LC, 50/125
Product description
Multimode glass FO cable,

pre-assembled

pre-assembled

pre-assembled
Cable for applications in control

cabinet

cabinet

cabinet
pre-assembled with
2X SC DUPLEX connectors
pre-assembled with
1X SC DUPLEX connector and
1XBFOC connector
pre-assembled with
1X SC DUPLEX connector and
1X LC DUPLEX connector
Cable designation
l-V(ZN)H 2x50/125 OM2
l-V(ZN)H 2x50/125 OM2
l-V(ZN)H 2x50/125 OM2
Cable length
1m
1m
1m

at 850 nm maximum
at 1 300 nm maximum
3.5 dB/km
1.5 dB/km
3.5 dB/km
1.5 dB/km
3.5 dB/km
1.5 dB/km

at 850 nm
at 1 300 nm
500 kHzm
1 300 kHzm
500 kHzm
1 300 kHzm
500 kHzm
1 300 kHzm
Optical data
Mechanical data

OM 2

OM 2

OM 2
fixed cores
fixed cores
fixed cores
Outer diameter
of optical fibers
5 m
125 m
2.8 mm
5 m
125 m
2.8 mm
5 m
125 m
2.8 mm
5.9 mm
5.9 mm
5.9 mm
2.8 mm
2.8 mm
2.8 mm
Material
Quartz glass
Quartz glass
FR-LSZH
LSZH
Aramide fibers
Quartz glass
Quartz glass
FR-LSZH
LSZH
Aramide fibers
Quartz glass
Quartz glass
FR-LSZH
LSZH
Aramide fibers
Color
green/green
green/green
green/green
Bending radius
with single bend
minimum permissible
42 mm
42 mm
42 mm
500 N
500 N
500 N
100 N/cm
100 N/cm
100 N/cm
Weight per length
19 kg/km
19 kg/km
19 kg/km
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
-20 +70 C
-25 +70 C
-25 +70 C
-10 +70 C
-20 +70 C
-25 +70 C
-25 +70 C
-10 +70 C
-20 +70 C
-25 +70 C
-25 +70 C
-10 +70 C
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
IP20
Burning behaviour

IEC 60332-3-22 (CatA)

IEC 60332-3-22 (CatA)

IEC 60332-3-22 (CatA)
2/122
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
IE FO Cords

Article No.
6XV1843-5EH10-0CC0
6XV1843-5EH10-0CB0
6XV1843-5EH10-0CA0
MM FO CORD SC/SC, 50/125
MM FO CORD SC/BFOC, 50/125
MM FO CORD SC/LC, 50/125
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
RoHS conformity
Yes
Yes
Yes
Article No.
6XV1843-5FH10-0CC0
6XV1843-5FH10-0CB0
6XV1843-5FH10-0CA0
SM FO CORD SC/SC, 9/125
SM FO CORD SC/BFOC, 9/125
SM FO CORD SC/LC, 9/125
Product description
Singlemode glass FO cable,

pre-assembled

pre-assembled

pre-assembled
Cable for applications

in control cabinet

in control cabinet

in control cabinet
pre-assembled
with 2X2 SC DUPLEX connectors
pre-assembled
with1X SC DUPLEX connector and
1X, BFOC connector
pre-assembled
with 1X SC DUPLEX connector and 1X
LC DUPLEX connector
Cable designation
l-V(ZN)H 2E9/125 G.652D
l-V(ZN)H 2E9/125 G.652D
l-V(ZN)H 2E9/125 G.652D
Cable length
1m
1m
1m
0.4 dB/km
0.3 dB/km
0.4 dB/km
0.3 dB/km
0.4 dB/km
0.3 dB/km

components general
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free
Product component
Rodent protection
approvals
Optical data
at 1300 nm maximum
at 1550 nm maximum
Mechanical data

Outer diameter
of optical fibers
9 m
125 m
2.8 mm
9 m
125 m
2.8 mm
9 m
125 m
2.8 mm
5.9 mm
5.9 mm
5.9 mm
2.8 mm
2.8 mm
2.8 mm
Material
Quartz glass
Quartz glass
FR-LSZH
LSZH
Aramide fibers
Quartz glass
Quartz glass
FR-LSZH
LSZH
Aramide fibers
Quartz glass
Quartz glass
FR-LSZH
LSZH
Aramide fibers
Color
green/green
green/green
green/green
Bending radius
with single bend
minimum permissible
42 mm
42 mm
42 mm
500 N
500 N
500 N
100 N/cm
100 N/cm
100 N/cm
Weight per length
19 kg/km
19 kg/km
19 kg/km
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/123
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
IE FO Cords
Article No.
6XV1843-5FH10-0CC0
6XV1843-5FH10-0CB0
6XV1843-5FH10-0CA0
SM FO CORD SC/SC, 9/125
SM FO CORD SC/BFOC, 9/125
SM FO CORD SC/LC, 9/125
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
-20 +70 C
-25 +70 C
-25 +70 C
-10 +70 C
-20 +70 C
-25 +70 C
-25 +70 C
-10 +70 C
-20 +70 C
-25 +70 C
-25 +70 C
-10 +70 C
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
IP20
Burning behaviour

IEC 60332-3-22 (CatA)

IEC 60332-3-22 (CatA)

IEC 60332-3-22 (CatA)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes

components general
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free
approvals
RoHS conformity
2/124
Siemens IK PI 2015
Yes
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
IE FO Cords
Ordering data
Article No.
Multimode
MM FO Cord SC/SC
6XV1843-5EH10-0CC0
6XV1843-5EH10-0CB0
With one SC duplex connector and

two BFOC connectors, 1 m
MM FO Cord SC/LC

With two SC duplex connectors,

1m
MM FO Cord SC/BFOC
More information
J. Hertlein
I IA SC CI PRM 4
Phone: +49 (911) 750-4465
6XV1843-5EH10-0CA0

one LC duplex connector, 1 m
Singlemode
SM FO Cord SC/SC
6XV1843-5FH10-0CC0

1m
SM FO Cord SC/BFOC
6XV1843-5FH10-0CB0

SM FO Cord SC/LC
6XV1843-5FH10-0CA0

Siemens IK PI 2015
2/125
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Overview
Benefits
Plastic and PCF fiber optic cables can be pre-assembled

on site
Easy connector assembly on site
Time savings on start-up thanks to pre-assembled cables
Protection of the transmission path against electromagnetic
interference
Tap-proof, because the cable does not radiate
Application
Electrical isolation of PROFINET/Ethernet devices

interference
Up to 50 m cable length with plastic fiber optic cables and
up to 100 m with PCF fiber optic cables
Rugged fiber-optic standard cables, designed for industrial
applications
2/126
Siemens IK PI 2015
SIMATIC NET POF and PCF fiber optic conductors are used
to construct optical indoor PROFINET and Industrial Ethernet
networks. Devices with integral optical interface (SC RJ
connection system) are, for example, SCALANCE X200-4P IRT,
SCALANCE X201-3P IRT, SCALANCE X202-2P IRT,
SCALANCE X101-1POF and ET 200S.
POF and PCF fiber optic cables can be assembled easily on site
with SC RJ plugs. The maximum cable length between two
devices is 50 m for POF and 100 m for PCF fiber-optic cables.
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Design
Different types of POF and PCF fiber optic cables are offered:
2
outer sheath
outer sheath
strain relief using

aramide yarn
support element
single core sheath
POF fiber
single core sheath
G_IK10_XX_10179
n
POF Sta
PCF fiber
strain relief
using aramide
yarn
fleece wrapping
with strain relief
elements
hollow core
able
G_IK10_XX_10031
iling C
PCF Tra
ble
dard Ca
POF fiber optic cables
PCF fiber optic cables
Rugged round cables with green outer sheath and Kevlar strain
relief elements as well as two plastic fibers with rugged Polyamid
inner sheath for applications indoors/outdoors with cable
lengths up to 50 m. The cables are suitable for assembly in the
field.
POF Standard Cable GP (General Purpose);
for applications indoor/outdoors
POF Trailing Cable;
for trailing cable applications
Rugged round cables with green outer sheath and Kevlar strain
relief elements for applications indoor/outdoors with cable
lengths up to 100 m. The cables are suitable for assembly in the
field.
PCF Standard Cable GP (General Purpose);
for applications indoor/outdoors with cable lengths up to
100 m.
PCF fiber-optic trailing cable;
for trailing cable applications with cable lengths of up to
100 m. The cable is suitable for assembly in the field.
The following cable versions are available:
- PCF Trailing Cable;
cable for high mechanical stress, PUR outer sheath, no UL
approval
- PCF Trailing Cable GP (general purpose);
cable for low mechanical stress, PVC outer sheath, with UL
approval
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/127
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Article No.
6XV1874-2A
6XV1874-2B
POF Trailing Cable
Product description
Fiber-optic cable with polyoptical fiber, sold by the meter,

unassembled

unassembled
Cable for fixed installation indoors,

UL approval
Cable for moving applications (e.g. trailing cables)
can be assembled wit SC RJ or

SC RJ Plug PRO connectors
can be assembled wit SC RJ or

SC RJ Plug PRO connectors
Cable designation
I-V4Y(ZN)Y 2P 980/1 000
I-V4Y(ZN)11Y 2P 980/1 000 FLEX UL
Damping ratio per length at 650 nm

maximum
0.16 dB/m
0.18 dB/m
Bandwidth length product at 650 nm
1 GHzm
1 GHzm
Optical data
Mechanical data
POF FOC 980/1 000 m
POF FOC 980/1 000 m
Outer diameter
of optical fibers
of the cable
980 m
1 000 m
2.2 mm
7.8 mm
980 m
1 000 m
2.2 mm
8 mm
0.1 mm
0.1 mm
Material
Polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA)
Fluoridated special polymer
PA
PVC
Kevlar fibers
PA
PUR
Kevlar fibers
Color
of the cable sheath
orange / black
green
orange / black
green
Bending radius
ble
150 mm
-
40 mm
55 mm
55 mm
5 000 000
Number of torsion cycles in the case

of torsion by 360 on 1 m cable
length
10 000
100 N
100 N
100 N/cm
400 N/cm
20 N/cm
Weight per length
65 kg/km
55 kg/km
2/128
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology

Article No.
6XV1874-2A
6XV1874-2B
POF Trailing Cable
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
-30 +70 C
-30 +70 C
-30 +70 C
0 50 C
-20 +70 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
5 50 C
Burning behaviour
Chemical resistance
to mineral oil
to grease
resistant
resistant
not resistant
resistant
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
50 m
50 m
UL approval:
CSA approval:
OFN (CSA standard C22.2 No232-M1988)
Yes
UL-758 AWM Style 5422
to UV radiation

components general
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free
Product component
Rodent protection
Cable length for POF FOC
approvals
RoHS conformity
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/129
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Article No.
6XV1861-2A
6XV1861-2C
6XV1861-2D
PCF Trailing Cable
Product description
PCF fiber-optic cable with plastic clad- PCF fiber-optic cable with plastic clad- PCF fiber-optic cable with plastic cladding, sold by the meter, unassembled ding, sold by the meter, unassembled ding, sold by the meter, unassembled
Cable for fixed installation for indoor

and outdoor use,
UL approval
Cable for use with high mechanical

stress and moving applications
(e.g. trailing cables),
without UL approval

(e.g. trailing cables),
without UL approval
can be assembled with SC RJ,

SC RJ Plug PRO, BFOC and Simplex
connectors

connectors

connectors
Cable designation
AT-V(ZN)YY 2K 200/230
AT-V(ZN)Y(ZN)11Y 2K 200/230
AT-V(ZN)Y(ZN)Y 2K 200/230

maximum
10 dB/km
10 dB/km
10 dB/km
17 GHzm
17 GHzm
17 GHzm
Optical data
Mechanical data
Step index fiber 200/230 m
Outer diameter
of optical fibers
of the cable
200 m
230 m
2.2 mm
7.2 mm
200 m
230 m
2.2 mm
8.8 mm
200 m
230 m
2.2 mm
8.8 mm
0.1 mm
0.1 mm
0.1 mm
of the outer diameter of the FOC
core sheath
0.5 mm
0.5 mm
0.5 mm
Material
Quartz glass
Special polymer
PVC
PVC
Aramide fibers
Quartz glass
Special polymer
PVC
PUR
Aramide fibers
Quartz glass
Special polymer
PVC
PVC
Aramide fibers
Color
of the cable sheath
orange / black
green
orange / black
green
orange / black
green
70 mm
130 mm
130 mm
105 mm
175 mm
175 mm
5 000 000
5 000 000
100 N
800 N
800 N
500 N/cm
500 N/cm
500 N/cm
300 N/cm
300 N/cm
300 N/cm
Weight per length
45 kg/km
85 kg/km
85 kg/km
Bending radius
permissible
permissible
2/130
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology

Article No.
6XV1861-2A
6XV1861-2C
6XV1861-2D
PCF Trailing Cable
-40 +90 C
-40 +90 C
-40 +90 C
-5 +50 C
-25 +75 C
-30 +75 C
-30 +75 C
-5 +50 C
-25 +75 C
-30 +75 C
-30 +75 C
-5 +50 C

IEC 60332-1-2 and IEC 60332-3-22
(Cat. A)
Flame-retardant

IEC 60332-1-2 and IEC 60332-3-22
(Cat. A)
resistant
resistant
resistant
resistant
resistant
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No
100 m
400 m
100 m
400 m
100 m
400 m
UL approval:
CSA approval:
Yes
UL approval:
CSA approval:
Yes

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
Burning behaviour
Chemical resistance
to mineral oil
to grease
to water
to UV radiation

components general
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free
Product component
Rodent protection
Cable length for PCF FOC
approvals
RoHS conformity
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/131
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Article No.
6GK1900-0MB00-6AA0
IE SC RJ POF Plug PRO (Push Pull) IE SC RJ POF Plug
6GK1900-0MB00-0AC0
IE SC RJ PCF Plug
Product description
SC RJ connector for POF FO cables
SC RJ connector for PCF FO cables
Field-assembly connector for pushFor connection of POF fiber-optic

pull device connection in high degree cables
of protection
For connection of PCF fiber-optic

cables
100 Mbit/s
-
100 Mbit/s
-
100 Mbit/s
-




devices
SC RJ connector
SC RJ connector
SC RJ connector

FastConnect
No
No
No
plastic
plastic
plastic
Width
Height
Depth
22 mm
30 mm
62.5 mm
22 mm
30 mm
62.5 mm
22 mm
30 mm
62.5 mm
Net weight
63.5 g
63.5 g
63.5 g
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C

maximum
Protection class IP
IP65/67
IP65/67
IP65/67
resistant
resistant
resistant
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
SC RJ connector for POF FO cables
6GK1900-0NB00-0AC0
Transmission rate
Transfer rate
Interfaces
Mechanical data

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport

components general
approvals
RoHS conformity
UL-registration
2/132
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Ordering data
Article No.
6XV1874-2A

sold by the meter
minimum order 20 m

6XV1874-2B
6XV1861-2A
6XV1861-2C

sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
Termination Kit SC RJ POF Plug
6GK1900-0ML00-0AA0
6GK1900-0NL00-0AA0
6GK1900-0NB00-0AC0
Screw connector for local assembly

on POF FOC
(1 pack = 10 items)

of SC RJ connectors, comprising a
stripping tool, Kevlar scissors,
microscope, grinding paper and
grinding base
6GK1900-0MN00-0AA0

of SC RJ connectors, comprising a
stripping tool, buffer stripping tool,
Kevlar scissors, fiber breaking tool,
microscope
Industrial Ethernet SC RJ PCF
Plug
6XV1861-2D
6GK1900-0MB00-6AA0
Refill set for Termination Kit SC RJ

POF Plug consisting of grinding
paper and grinding base (set of 5)
Termination Kit SC RJ PCF Plug

sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
PCF Trailing Cable GP 200/230
6GK1900-0MB00-0AC0

on POF FOC
(1 pack = 1 unit)
IE SC RJ POF refill set

sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
PCF Trailing Cable 200/230
IE SC RJ POF Plug
on POF FOC
(1 pack = 20 items)
POF trailing cable for use in cable

carriers, with rugged PUR sheath;
sold by the meter
minimum order 20 m
Article No.
6GK1900-0NB00-6AA0

on POF FOC
(1 pack = 1 unit)
6GK1975-1AA00-3AA0

on DVD;
German/English
More information
J. Hertlein
I IA SC CI PRM 4
Phone: +49 (911) 750-4465
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/133
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Overview
Design
outer sheath
strain relief using
aramide yarn
able
ndard C
POF fiber
Compact, rugged assembly case for POF and PCF fiber-optic

cables
Special versions for easy assembly of SC RJ plugs on POF
and PCF fiber-optic cables
enclosed microscope
G_IK10_XX_10179
POF Sta
single core sheath
Cable construction POF plastic optical fiber
outer sheath
support element
Benefits
single core sheath
Easy installation of the unassembled cables in industrial

plants
Flexible assembly of connectors on POF and PCF fiber optic
cables on site (SC RJ connectors)
Mistakes are prevented with easy visual inspection of the
assembled connector on site using a microscope
Simple repair of POF and PCF fiber optic cables in the field
Application
SIMATIC NET POF and PCF fiber-optic cables are used to construct optical indoor and outdoor Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET
networks. They are easy to assemble on-site with the Termination
Kits and 2 x 2 RJ connectors. The maximum cable length between two Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET devices is 100 m for
PCF and 50 m for POF fiber-optic cables.
Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET devices with integral optical interface (SC RJ connection system) are, for example, SCALANCE X200P IRT and ET200S.
2/134
Siemens IK PI 2015
PCF fiber
strain relief
using aramide
yarn
iling Cab
le
fleece wrapping
with strain relief
elements
hollow core
G_IK10_XX_10031
PCF Tra
Cable construction PCF plastic optical fiber
The kit is available in assembly cases for on-site installation of

SC RJ connectors on PCF fiber-optic cables.
It consists of a stripping tool, buffer stripping tool, Kevlar
scissors, fiber breaking tool and microscope.
Siemens AG 2014
Cabling technology
Ordering data
Termination Kit SC RJ POF Plug
Article No.
6GK1900-0ML00-0AA0
Assembly case for on-site installation of SC RJ POF connectors;

consisting of stripping tool,
Kevlar cutters, SC RJ grinding
plate, grinding paper, grinding
base and microscope
Termination Kit SC RJ PCF Plug
More information
6GK1900-0NL00-0AA0
J. Hertlein
I IA SC CI PRM 4
Phone: +49 (911) 750-4465
Assembly case for on-site assembly

of SC RJ PCF connectors,
buffer stripping tool, Kevlar cutters,
fiber breaking tool and microscope
Accessories
IE SC RJ POF Plug
6GK1900-0MB00-0AC0
20 plugs for on-site assembly

6GK1900-0MB00-6AA0
1 plug for on-site assembly

IE SC RJ PCF Plug
6GK1900-0NB00-0AC0

6GK1900-0NB00-6AA0
1 plug for on-site assembly

IE SC RJ POF refill set
6GK1900-0MN00-0AA0

POF Plug consisting of grinding
paper and grinding plate (set of 5)
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/135
Siemens AG 2014
SCALANCE X-100 unmanaged / Media converters
SCALANCE X-100 unmanaged media converters
Overview
Benefits
Ideal solution for converting various transmission media in

Industrial Ethernet line, star and ring topologies
Space-saving installation in the cabinet thanks to the compact
design in S7-300 format
Reliable plug-in connection thanks to industry-standard
device connection with PROFINET-compliant FastConnect
connectors
Integration of existing 10Base FL and/or 10Base5 networks
Cost savings, since installation is possible without a patch
field by means of IE FC RJ45 Plug and IE FC Standard Cable
Uncrossed connecting cables can be used due to the
integrated Autocrossover function
Application
The unmanaged Industrial Ethernet media converters of the
SCALANCE X-100 product line are ideally suited to the
conversion of different transmission media in Industrial Ethernet
networks at data transfer rates of 10/100 Mbit/s in line, star and
ring topologies.
Electrical or optical connection to stations or network in
accordance with the port type of the devices
Rugged metal enclosure for space-saving cubicle mounting
on standard rails, S7-300 DIN rails, or for wall mounting
Rugged, industry-standard station connections with
PROFINET-compatible RJ45 connectors that offer additional
strain relief and bending strain relief thanks to latching on the
housing
Redundant power supply
Diagnostics on the device by means of LEDs (power, link
status, data communication)
Error signaling contact with easy adjustment using the SET
button
Connection of existing 10 Mbit/s fiber-optic networks
Connection of existing 10Base5 networks (e.g. SINEC H1)
Product versions
SCALANCE X101-1, SCALANCE X101-1LD,
SCALANCE X101-1POF, SCALANCE X101-1FL and
SCALANCE X101-1AUI
For converting electrical signals into optical signals in Industrial Ethernet line, star and ring topologies
The Industrial Ethernet media converters have an electrical
10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 port and:
- SCALANCE X101-1
1x 100 Mbit/s BFOC port, optical (multimode, glass FOC)
- SCALANCE X101-1LD
1x 100 Mbit/s BFOC port, optical (singlemode, glass FOC)
- SCALANCE X101-1POF
1x 100 Mbit/s SC-RJ port, optical
(plastic optical fiber, POF FOC)
- SCALANCE X101-1AUI
1x 10 Mbit/s AUI interface with Sub-D connections
- SCALANCE X101-1FL
1x 10 Mbit/s BFOC port, optical (multimode, glass FOC)
Redundant power supply with 2 x 24 V DC
Diagnostics on the device using LEDs (power, link status, data
traffic) and signaling contact (alarm screen form can be set
using a button on the device)
The electric RJ45 port is industry-standard and features an
additional retaining collar for connection of the
IE FC RJ45 Plugs
2/136
Siemens IK PI 2015
The unmanaged media converters of the SCALANCE X-100

product line permit low-cost conversion of various transmission
media within Industrial Ethernet line, star and ring topologies.
They are designed for installation in the control cabinet.
Single, remote terminal units on network segments can be linked
via the optical path of the SCALANCE X-100 media converters.
Integration of an optical path into a redundant ring is also
possible, as well as installation of the SCALANCE X-100 media
converters into a standby link.
Siemens AG 2014
Design
The SCALANCE Industrial Ethernet media converters with a
rugged metal housing are optimized for mounting on a standard
rail and an S7-300 DIN rail. Direct wall mounting in various
positions is also possible. Due to the housing dimensions that
correspond to those of the S7-300, the devices are ideally suited
for integration into an automation solution using S7-300 components.
The SCALANCE X-100 media converters feature:
A 4-pole terminal block for connecting the redundant supply
voltage (2 x 24 V DC)
A row of LEDs for displaying status information
(power, link status, data communication, signaling contact)
A 2-pole terminal block for connecting the floating signaling
contact
A SET button for local configuration of the signaling contact
and of cascading mode
The following port types are available:

10/100BaseTX, RJ45 port:
automatic detection of the data rate (10 or 100 Mbit/s), with
autosensing and autocrossover function for connecting IE FC
cables via IE FC RJ45 connectors over distances up to 100 m
100BaseFX, BFOC port with glass fiber-optic cable:
for direct connection to Industrial Ethernet glass fiber-optic
cables up to 3000 m or 26000 m for configuring line, star or
ring topologies
100BaseFX,SC RJ port with POF fiber-optic cable:
for direct connection to Industrial Ethernet POF fiber-optic
cables up to 50 m or to Industrial Ethernet PCF fiber-optic
cables up to 100 m for configuring line, star or ring topologies
10BaseFL, BFOC port with glass fiber-optic cable:
for direct connection to Industrial Ethernet glass fiber-optic
cables up to 3000 m for configuring line, star or ring topologies
AUI, 15-pin Sub-D port:
for connecting an Industrial Ethernet AUI cable (connecting
cable 727-1/drop cable) of up to 50 m to AUI transceiver
(no terminal equipment)
Function
Configuring electrical and optical Industrial Ethernet line, star
or ring topologies
Uncrossed connecting cables can be used due to
Autocrossover function integrated in the TP ports
Easy configuration and extension of the network;
no limits to network extension when switches or media
converters of the SCALANCE X-100 family are cascaded.
Integration of existing 10Base FL and/or 10Base5 networks
SCALANCE X101-1LD
SCALANCE X101-1POF
SCALANCE X101-1AUI
Multimode Singlemode Multimode

BFOC
BFOC
BFOC
1
1
1
1
SCALANCE X101-1FL
Ring redundancy
without RM
POF / PCF
G_IK10_XX_10137
SCALANCE X101-1
AUI
10 Mbit/s
On-site display
(SET button)
RJ45
100 Mbit/s
Signaling contact
10 / 100 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s
2 x 24 V DC
Fast Ethernet
SIMATIC environment
Fiber Optic
LED diagnostics
Twisted Pair
Characteristics
Compact enclosure
Type and number of ports
Function overview of Industrial Ethernet media converters
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/137
Siemens AG 2014
Function (continued)
Network topology and network configuration
S7-300 with CP 343-1
When configuring the network, it is necessary to observe the

following boundary conditions:
Length of the TP cable between two SCALANCE X media
converters:
- Max. 100 m with Industrial Ethernet FastConnect products
Length of the optical cables:
- Max. 5 km with Industrial Ethernet multimode fiber-optic
cables
- Max. 26 km with Industrial Ethernet singlemode fiber-optic
cables
- Max. 100 m with Industrial Ethernet PCF fiber-optic cables
- Max. 50 m with Industrial Ethernet POF fiber-optic cables
Length of the AUI cable:
- max. 50 m with Industrial Ethernet connecting cable 727-1
(AUI drop cable)
SCALANCE
XM-400
SCALANCE
X101-1 or
X101-LD
SCALANCE
Access Point
W788-1 M12
SCALANCE
X101-1 or
X101-1LD
SCALANCE
X106-1
SCALANCE
X101-1 or
X101-1LD
Field PG
ET 200S
ET 200S
ET 200S
ET 200S

Optical star topology with SCALANCE X101-1/X101-1LD and remote SCALANCE W Access Point
2/138
Siemens IK PI 2015
ET 200S
G_IK10_XX_10056
The SCALANCE X-100 media converters are typically

accommodated in one control cabinet together with the nodes
to be connected. They can be installed in line, star and ring
topologies.
Siemens AG 2014
S7-400
S7-300
S7-400
S7-300
SCALANCE
X204-2
PC
S7-400
SCALANCE
X208
SCALANCE
X208
SCALANCE
X208
SCALANCE
X208
S7-300
IPC
PC
SCALANCE
X101-1 or X101-1LD
S7-400
G_IK10_XX_10054
IPC

Mixed ring topology with twisted-pair and fiber optic cables
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/139
Siemens AG 2014
Operator Station
Operator Stations
S7-300
SCALANCE
X204-2
SCALANCE
X204-2
Industrial Ethernet
100 Mbit/s
Fiber-optic cable
SCALANCE XM416-4C
S7-1500
S7-1500
Stand-by Slave
Stand-by Master
SCALANCE X101-1
or X101-1LD
SCALANCE X101-1
or X101-1LD
SCALANCE
X204-2
SCALANCE
X204-2
PC
100 Mbit/s
SCALANCE
X204-2
SCALANCE X202-2IRT
as redundancy manager
S7-300
G_IK10_XX_10047
IPC
Human machine
interface
S7-300
Optical redundant connection of two optical rings with SCALANCE X101-1 or SCALANCE X101-1LD
zpth{pjGz^TZWW
GjwGZ[ZTX
wyvmpul{
tG
zjhshujl
XWXTXwvm
oGG
plGG
l{GYWW
l{GYWWzG
ptGX\XTZGwuGmv
wvmTmvj
pGl
zjhshujl
YW[py{
zjhshujl
YWYTYwGpy{
zjhshujl
YWWT[wGpy{
Network structure with plastic fiber optic cabling
2/140
Siemens IK PI 2015
nprXWXWX^]
l{GYWWzG
ptGX\XTZGwuGmv
Siemens AG 2014
Diagnostics
The following information is displayed on site by LEDs:
Power
Port status
Data traffic
zpth{pjGz^T[WW
GjwG[[ZTX
The Industrial Ethernet media converters of the

SCALANCE X-100 product line can also be monitored using the
floating signaling contact. Two media converters of the same
type can be connected in cascading mode.
plGzGj
tG
zjhshujl
XWXTXh|p
z
zjhshujl
XW_
jGG
^Y^TX
Oh|pGGP
XWi\Tz
{
UG
nprXWXWX^[
pGl
Connection of a 10Base5 segment (e.g. SINEC H1) to

Industrial Ethernet (10/100 Mbit/s) with SCALANCE X101-1AUI
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/141
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5101-1BB00-2AA3
6GK5101-1BC00-2AA3
SCALANCE X101-1
SCALANCE X101-1LD
Transfer rate 1
Transfer rate 2
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1
1
1
1
1
1
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
2-pole terminal block



at 100 Mbit/s
Design of optical interface

at 10 Mbit/s
at 100 Mbit/s
BFOC-Port (Multimode up to 5 km)
ST/SC-Port
Connectable optical power relative

to 1 mW
of the receiver input maximum
of the transmitter output
-14 dB
-14 -19 dB
0 dB
0 -5 dB
-31 dB
-35 dB
Transmission rate
Interfaces
Number of electrical/optical connections for network components
or terminal equipment maximum
for Power-over-Ethernet for network
components or terminal equipment
for signaling contact
for power supply
for redundant power supply
for power supply
Optical sensitivity relative to 1 mW

of the receiver input minimum
Attenuation of fiber-optic cable trans- 0 dB

mission link minimum necessary
0 dB
0 5 km
0 26 km
Operating voltage of signaling

contacts at DC rated value
24 V
24 V
Operating current of signaling

contacts at DC maximum
0.1 A
0.1 A
Type of supply voltage
DC
DC
Supply voltage external

minimum
maximum
24 V
18 V
32 V
24 V
18 V
32 V
Product component fusing

at power supply input
Yes
Yes
Type of fusing at input

for supply voltage
0.5 A/60 V
0.5 A/60 V
Consumed current maximum
0.12 A
0.12 A
Active power loss at 24 V for DC
3W
3W
Range at the optical interface

depending on the optical fiber used
Signal-Inputs/outputs
Supply voltage,
current consumption, power loss
2/142
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5101-1BB00-2AA3
6GK5101-1BC00-2AA3
SCALANCE X101-1
SCALANCE X101-1LD
-10 +60 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-10 +60 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C

maximum
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP30
IP30
Design
Compact
Compact
Width
Height
Depth
40 mm
125 mm
124 mm
40 mm
125 mm
124 mm
Net weight
0.55 kg
0.55 kg
Mounting type
wall mounting
S7-300 rail mounting
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
for emitted interference

for interference immunity
FM3611: Class 1, Division 2, Group A, B, C, D / T.., Class 1,

Zone 2, Group IIC, T..
EN 600079-15 II 3 G EEx nA II T.. KEMA 06 ATEX 0021 X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15 (Hazardous Location),
Class 1 / Division 2 / Group A, B, C, D / T.., Class 1 /
Zone 2 / Group IIC / T..
EN 61000-6-3
EN 61000-6-4:2001
FM3611: Class 1, Division 2, Group A, B, C, D / T.., Class 1,

Zone 2, Group IIC, T..
EN 600079-15 II 3 G EEx nA II T.. KEMA 06 ATEX 0021 X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
Class 1 / Division 2 / Group A, B, C, D / T.., Class 1 /
EN 61000-6-4:2001
EN 61000-6-4:2001
CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
EN 61000-6-2:2001, EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2:2001, EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
approvals
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone
for safety of CSA and UL
for hazardous area of CSA and UL

American Bureau
Bureau Veritas (BV)
Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK)
Polski Rejestr Statkow (PRS)
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/143
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5101-1BH00-2AA3
6GK5101-1BY00-2AA3
6GK5101-1BX00-2AA3
SCALANCE X101-1POF
SCALANCE X101-1FL
SCALANCE X101-1AUI
Transfer rate 1
10 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
Transfer rate 2
100 Mbit/s
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port, 15-pin D-sub socket




at 10 Mbit/s
at 100 Mbit/s
1
-

at 10 Mbit/s
at 100 Mbit/s
SC-RJ/POF-Port
BFOC port (multimode up to 5 km)

-
Connectable optical power

relative to 1 mW
-6 -0.5 dB
1 dB
-16 -9 dB
-8.2 dB
-23 dB
-30.6 dB
0 dB
0 0.05 km
0 5 km

24 V
24 V
24 V

0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A
DC
DC
DC

minimum
maximum
24 V
18 V
32 V
24 V
18 V
32 V
24 V
18 V
32 V

Yes
Yes
Yes

for supply voltage
0.5 A/60 V
0.5 A/60 V
1 A / 33 V
0.12 A
0.12 A
0.16 A
3W
3W
3W
Transmission rate
Interfaces
for power supply
for power supply
Optical sensitivity relative to 1 mW of

the receiver input minimum
0 dB
Attenuation of fiber-optic cable
transmission link minimum necessary
Supply voltage,
2/144
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5101-1BH00-2AA3
6GK5101-1BY00-2AA3
6GK5101-1BX00-2AA3
SCALANCE X101-1POF
SCALANCE X101-1FL
SCALANCE X101-1AUI
-10 +60 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-10 +60 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-10 +60 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C

maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP30
IP30
IP30
Design
Compact
Compact
Compact
Width
Height
Depth
40 mm
125 mm
124 mm
40 mm
125 mm
124 mm
40 mm
125 mm
124 mm
Net weight
0.55 kg
0.55 kg
0.56 kg
Mounting type
wall mounting
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
FM3611: Class 1, Division 2, Group A,

B, C, D / T.., Class 1, Zone 2,
Group IIC, T..
EN 600079-15 II 3 G EEx nA II T..
KEMA 06 ATEX 0021 X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
(Hazardous Location), Class 1 /
Division 2 / Group A, B, C, D / T..,
Class 1 / Zone 2 / Group IIC / T..
EN 61000-6-3 (Class B)
EN 61000-6-4:2001

Group IIC, T..
EN 600079-15 II 3 G EEx nA II T..
KEMA 06 ATEX 0021 X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
EN 61000-6-3
EN 61000-6-4:2001

Group IIC, T..
EN 600079-15 II 3 G EEx nA II T..
KEMA 06 ATEX 0021 X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
EN 61000-6-4:2001
EN 61000-6-4:2001
EN 61000-6-2:2001,
EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2:2001,
EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2:2001,
EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Mounting type
approvals
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone


CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
American Bureau of Shipping
Europe Ltd. (ABS)
Bureau Veritas (BV)
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/145
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.
Selection tools:

media converter
Industrial Ethernet media

converters, LED diagnostics, fault
signaling contact with SET key,
redundant power supply,
PROFINET-compatible retaining
collar;
incl. Operating Instructions,
Industrial Ethernet network manual
and configuration software
on CD-ROM
SCALANCE X101-1
1 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 port
1 x 100 Mbit/s multimode FOC
BFOC
SCALANCE X101-1LD
1 x 100 Mbit/s singlemode FOC
BFOC
SCALANCE X101-1POF
1 x 100 Mbit/s POF SC RJ
SCALANCE X101-1AUI
1 x 10 Mbit/s RJ45 port
1 x 10 Mbit/s AUI segment port
SCALANCE X101-1FL
1 x 10 Mbit/s RJ45 port
1 x 10 Mbit/s multimode FOC
To assist in selecting the right Industrial Ethernet switches

as well as configuration of modular variants, the SIMATIC NET
Selection Tool and the TIA Selection Tool are available at:
SIMATIC NET Selection Tool:
Online version:
http://www.siemens.com/snst
Offline version:
http://www.siemens.com/snst-download
6GK5101-1BB00-2AA3
6GK5101-1BC00-2AA3
6GK5101-1BH00-2AA3
6GK5101-1BX00-2AA3
6GK5101-1BY00-2AA3
6XV1840-2AH10

IE FC Outlet RJ45/IE FC RJ45 Plug;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 2 x 2
enclosure and integrated
FC installation cables;
180 cable outlet;
interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
6GK1901-1GA00

for fast stripping of the Industrial
Ethernet FC cables
SITOP compact 24 V/0.6 A
1-phase power supply
with wide-range input
85 264 V AC/110 300 V DC,
stabilized output voltage 24 V,
rated output current value 0.6 A,
slim design
2/146
Siemens IK PI 2015
TIA Selection Tool:

http://www.siemens.com/tia-selection-tool
Accessories
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP
2 x 2 (Type A)
More information
6EP1331-5BA00
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
Overview
Industrial Ethernet switching components comprise
Compact Switch Modules (CSMs)
SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switches
Communications processors (CP) with integral switch
Compact Switch Modules (CSMs)
Unmanaged switches for use directly on the SIMATIC for
interface expansion and integration of machines into existing
plant networks
SCALANCE X-400 managed (Layer 3)

For flexibly networking and structuring high-performance plant
networks. Thanks to the modular design, the switches can be
adapted to the respective task. Near Field Communication
(NFC) in connection with existing WLAN also enables rapid
access to web-based management via a smartphone or tablet
connected to an available wireless network.
Optional routing functions on Layer 3 permit communication
between different IP subnets.
SCALANCE X-000/XB-000 unmanaged
SCALANCE X-500 managed (Layer 3)
Unmanaged switches with electrical and/or optical ports for

designing small networks for machine or plant islands with
10/100/1000 Mbit/s
For networking and structuring high-performance industrial

networks and for connecting office networks to automation
networks. As a Layer 3 switch, SCALANCE X-500 is extremely
well suited to use as a central component in backbone networks,
e.g. when a high number of ports is required, at extremely high
transmission rates (10 Gigabit Ethernet), or for redundant connection to an office infrastructure. The rack switch (19" design)
can be used flexibly to suit requirements thanks to its modular
design and the plug-in 4-port media modules (electrical and
optical).

Switches with electrical and/or optical ports, redundant power
supply, and signaling contact for use in machine-level
applications (also available as media converter with two ports
for conversion between two different media).
For universal use, from machine-level applications to networked
subsystems. Configuration and remote diagnosis are integrated
into the STEP 7 engineering tool. This increases the level of plant
availability. Devices with a high degree of protection facilitate
cabinet-free construction.
Corresponding switches (SCALANCE X-200IRT) are also
available for use in subsystem networks with hard real-time
requirements and maximum availability.
SCALANCE XF-200 Industrial Ethernet switches have the same
functions as SCALANCE X-200 switches. The flat design in
ET 200S format (IP20 protection) mean they are optimally suitable for space-saving use in small control boxes.
Routing functions on Layer 3 permit communication between

different IP subnets.
Communications processors for SIMATIC
with integral switch
Managed switches for adding Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET
interfaces to the SIMATIC and for integrating the controllers into
existing line or ring topologies.
Thanks to integral Layer 3 functionality, the Advanced-CPs can
also be used as routers between IP subnets.
Communications processors for PC with integral switch
Managed switches for adding Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET
interfaces to industrial PCs and for integrating PCs into existing
line topologies.

Networking of subsystem/plant areas, as well as linking to the
enterprise network. The SCALANCE X-300 managed product
line combines the firmware functionality of the SCALANCE X-400
line with the compact design of the SCALANCE X-200 line.
This means the SCALANCE X-300 switches have extended
management functions and an extended firmware functionality
compared to the SCALANCE X-200 switches.
Electrical and optical Gigabit Ethernet ports are also available.
The SCALANCE XR-300 Industrial Ethernet switches correspond functionally to the SCALANCE X-300 switches. Designed
as rack switches, they are particularly suitable for use in 19" control cabinets. They are also fully modular, and due to their 2-port
media modules (electrical and optical) they can be adapted to
the respective task.
For use in power plants and under difficult environmental
conditions, ECC (Enhanced Environmental Conditions) versions
may be used in compact and rack designs.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/147
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
CSM (Compact
Switch Module)
CP 343-1
Advanced
XR-500
CP 443-1
Advanced
CP 1623/
CP 1628
XM-400
CP 443-1
X-300
X-300EEC
XR-300/XR-300EEC
CP 343-1
CP 343-1 Lean
XF-200
X-200IRT
X-200
X-200PRO
XF204IRT
X-200IRT PRO
X-100
XC100-4OBR
X-100
Media converter
X005
XB-000/XB-000G
LOGO!
CSM
CSM
CSM 377
1277
1) additionally supports PROFINET diagnostics
Overview of SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switches and components with switch functionality
2/148
Integrated switch function

(communications processors)
Siemens IK PI 2015
CP 1616
CM 1542-1
CP 1604
G_IK10_XX_10237
X-500 1)
managed
X-400 1)
managed
X-300 1)
managed
X-000
unmanaged
X-100
unmanaged
X-200IRT 1)
managed
X-200 1)
managed
Control Level
Field Level
Operations Level
Network components (SCALANCE X)
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
CSM
Network component
Integral switch function
Large networks with high emphasis on functionality and availability
X-200
X204RNA
Networks with higher emphasis on functionality

and availability
X204RNA
EEC
X-100
Networks with low emphasis on functionality
X-000
Networks with low emphasis on functionality and

robustness
CSM
Very small networks or interface expansion

for SIMATIC S7
CPs
Very small networks through integrated switch

in CP
G_IK10_XX_10301
X-300EEC/
XR-300EEC
PC-based applications
X-300
Network setup using

SIMATIC S7
High-performance plant network with high

emphasis on functionality and availability
Internal machine
networking
X-400
High-volume machine
building
Plant subnetworking
Machine building and

plant engineering
Wind energy plants
Industry-related
applications
High-performance backbone networks with very

high emphasis on functionality / port density /
availability and interface to IT network
Energy generation
and distribution
Plant networking
X-500
Application areas / type of network /

requirements
Communications processor for interfacing with

PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet including
integral switch for:
- For interfacing with distributed I/O.
- Connection to higher-level networks
- IP routing
- Service/maintenance
SIMATIC or PC module design
Functions for network diagnostics
G_IK10_XX_10238
Configuration of small networks

Easy expansion of the number of ports for:
- Connection of local HMI systems
- Connection to higher-level networks
- Service/maintenance
Space-saving design of SIMATIC
Unmanaged Switch with local diagnostics
Office incorporation
Basis for integrated networking in industrial

automation - from the field to the management
level
Network components optimized for various
applications:
- Small and large-scale structured networks
- Management functions
- Connection to IT networks
- Configuring of redundant networks
- Use with Industrial Ethernet and PROFINET
Robust housing for harsh environments
Graded diagnostics concept
applies
Industrial Ethernet Switches SCALANCE X: Areas of application
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/149
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
X-300EEC/
XR-300EEC
X-200
2)
X204RNA
X204RNA
EEC
X-100
1)
X-000
CSM
CPs
3)
applies
1) with Gigabit version
2) with IRT version
Industrial Ethernet Switches SCALANCE X: Overview of functions
More information
Selection tools:
Online version:
Offline version:
TIA Selection Tool:
2/150
Siemens IK PI 2015
3) SIMATIC S7 Advanced CPs only
according to
IEEE 1588
PROFINET IO Device
Diagnosis
Office features (VLAN)
X-300
Layer 3
Isochronous
Real-Time (IRT)
Can be used under

Enhanced Environmental Conditions
(EEC)
Support of
Gigabit Ethernet
X-400
Features
Power-over-Ethernet
19 design
X-500
Additional interface for

SIMATIC S7
Modular through
media modules
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Ethernet Switches
LOGO! CSM unmanaged
Overview
Benefits
Reduction in assembly costs and mounting space compared

to use of external network components
Fast commissioning, as no configuration is necessary
Fast and uncomplicated diagnostics access in the control
cabinet
Flexible expansion of the network by simply inserting the CSM
Application
The LOGO! CSM is an Industrial Ethernet switch in compact,
modular design for use in devices of the new LOGO! generation
with Industrial Ethernet connection. With the LOGO! CSM, the
Ethernet interface of the SIMATIC LOGO! can be multiplied to
enable simultaneous communication with control and programming devices, other controllers, or the office world.
The module is used to connect a LOGO! and up to three other
nodes to an Industrial Ethernet network with 10/100 Mbit/s in an
electrical linear, tree or star topology.
The essential features of the LOGO! CSM are:
Unmanaged 4-port switch, of which one port is on the front for
easy diagnostics access
Two versions for the voltage ranges 12/24 V DC or
230 V AC/DC
Problem-free connection using four RJ45 standard
connectors
Space-saving, optimized for connection to LOGO!
Low-cost solution for implementing small, local Ethernet
networks
Stand-alone use for networking any Ethernet devices
Problem-free external access (for diagnostics purposes, for example) is possible via the four Ethernet ports.
Product versions
LOGO!CSM 12/24
For operation with DC power at a voltage of 12 and 24 volts
LOGO!CSM 230
For operation with alternating voltage of 110 and 230 volts
Design
The design of the LOGO! CSM Compact Switch Modules
corresponds to that of the LOGO! components:
Compact design;
the rugged plastic enclosure contains:
- 4 x RJ45 ports for connecting to Industrial Ethernet;
of which one port is on the front for easy diagnostics access
- 3-pin connection for the external supply voltage
- LEDs for diagnostics and for status display of the Industrial
Ethernet ports
Simple mounting on the standard mounting rail
Fanless and consequently low-maintenance design
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/151
Siemens AG 2014
LOGO! CSM unmanaged
Integration
Multiplication of the Ethernet interfaces for logic modules of

the product range LOGO! with Ethernet connection (-0BA7)
Design of a small, local Industrial Ethernet network with three
further nodes
Automatic detection of data transfer rate by means of
autosensing and autocrossover functions
LEDs for diagnostics and for status display
LOGO!
TD
Industrial Ethernet
LOGO!
CSM

With the LOGO! CSM, different network topologies can be
implemented:
Connection of the LOGO! in linear topology:
at least one RJ45 connection of the LOGO! remains vacant,
e.g. for connecting a programming device (PG)
Connection of the LOGO! to a higher-level network in a
tree/star topology:
at least two RJ45 connections of the LOGO! remain vacant,
e.g. for connecting a programming device/operator panel
(PG/OP)
Design of a small, local network with a LOGO! and three
further Ethernet nodes
LOGO!
LOGO!
Linear structure with LOGO! CSM
Configuration
The LOGO! CSM is an unmanaged switch and does not require
configuring.
Diagnostics
The following information is displayed on LEDs on the device:
Power
Port status
Data traffic
Article No.
6GK7177-1FA10-0AA0
6GK7177-1MA10-0AA0
LOGO! CSM 230
LOGO! CSM 12/24
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
RJ45 port / 1 connection on front of module
RJ45 port / 1 connection on front of module
AC/DC 115 ... 240 V
DC 12/24 V

minimum
maximum
230 V
100 V
240 V
24 V
10.2 V
30.2 V

Yes
Yes
0.02 A
-
0.15 A
1.5 W
Transmission rate
Transfer rate 1
Transfer rate 2
Interfaces
for power supply
for power supply
Supply voltage,
2/152
Siemens IK PI 2015
G_IK10_XX_10375
Function
Siemens AG 2014
LOGO! CSM unmanaged

Article No.
6GK7177-1FA10-0AA0
6GK7177-1MA10-0AA0
LOGO! CSM 230
LOGO! CSM 12/24
0 55 C
-40 C 70 C
-40 C
0 55 C
-40 C 70 C
-40 C

maximum
90 %
90 %
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
Design
LOGO! module
LOGO! module
Width
Height
Depth
72 mm
90 mm
55 mm
72 mm
90 mm
55 mm
Net weight
0.155 kg
0.14 kg
Mounting type
wall mounting
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Product functions management,

configuration
Product function switch-managed
approvals
Standard
for EMC from FM
CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
LOGO! CSM Compact Switch Modules
Accessories
Unmanaged switch for connecting

a LOGO! (...0BA7) and up to three
further nodes on Industrial Ethernet
with 10/100 Mbit/s;
4 x RJ45 ports;
LED diagnostics, LOGO! module
LOGO! CSM 12/24
external 12 V DC or 24 V DC
power supply,
LOGO! CSM 230
external 115 ... 240 V AC
power supply
6GK7177-1MA10-0AA0
6GK7177-1FA10-0AA0
TP cable 4 x 2
with 2 RJ45 connectors
0.5 m
1m
2m
6m
10 m
6XV1870-3QE50
6XV1870-3QH10
6XV1870-3QH20
6XV1870-3QH60
6XV1870-3QN10
IE FC Outlet RJ45
6GK1901-1FC00-0AA0
For connecting Industrial Ethernet

FC cables and TP cords;
graduated prices for 10 and 50
units or more
More information
Selection tools:

Online version:
Offline version:
TIA Selection Tool:
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/153
Siemens AG 2014
CSM 1277 unmanaged
Overview
Design
The CSM 1277 compact switch module offers all advantages
of the SIMATIC S7-1200 design:
Compact design;
the rugged plastic enclosure contains:
- 4 x RJ45 ports for connecting to Industrial Ethernet
- 3-pole plug-in terminal strip for connection of the external
24 V DC supply on the top
Ethernet ports
Simple mounting on the mounting rail of the S7-1200
Fanless and consequently low-maintenance design
The module can be replaced without using a programming
device
Function
Unmanaged switch for connecting a SIMATIC S7-1200 to an
Industrial Ethernet network with a line, tree or star topology
Multiplication of Ethernet interfaces on a SIMATIC S7-1200 for
additional connection of up to three programming devices,
operator controls, and further Ethernet nodes
Simple, space-saving mounting on the SIMATIC S7-1200
mounting rail
networks
Connection without any problems using RJ45 standard
connectors
Simple and fast status display via LEDs on the device
Integral autocrossover function permits use of uncrossed
connecting cables
Benefits
Multiplication of Ethernet interfaces of the SIMATIC S7-1200

Design of a small, local Industrial Ethernet network with three
further nodes
autosensing and autocrossover functions
LEDs for diagnostics and for status display
Various network topologies can be implemented using the
CSM 1277 compact switch module:
Connection of SIMATIC S7-1200 in linear topology:
at least one RJ45 connection of the SIMATIC S7-1200 remains
vacant, e.g. for connecting a programming device (PG)
Connection of SIMATIC S7-1200 to a higher-level network in a
tree/star topology:
at least two RJ45 connections of the SIMATIC S7-1200 remain
vacant, e.g. for connecting a programming device/operator
panel (PG/OP)
Design of a small, local network with a SIMATIC S7-1200 and
three further Ethernet nodes
Configuration
Application
The CSM 1277 is an Industrial Ethernet switch of compact
design for use in the SIMATIC S7-1200. The CSM 1277 can be
used to multiply the Ethernet interface of the SIMATIC S7-1200
for simultaneous communication with operator panels,
programming devices, other controllers, or the office world.
The CSM 1277 and the SIMATIC S7-1200 controller can be used
to implement simple automation networks at low cost.
The CSM 1277 compact switch module is an unmanaged switch

and need not be configured.
Diagnostics
The following information is displayed on LEDs on the device:
Power
Port status
Data traffic
Industrial Ethernet
SIMATIC S7-1200
with CSM 1277
SIMATIC S7-1200
with CSM 1277
Field PG
Linear topology with CSM 1277
2/154
Siemens IK PI 2015
SIMATIC S7-1200
with CSM 1277
G_IK10_XX_10271
Reduction in assembly costs and mounting space compared

to use of external network components
Fast commissioning, as no configuration is necessary
Flexible expansion of the network by simply inserting the CSM
Siemens AG 2014
CSM 1277 unmanaged
Article No.
6GK7277-1AA10-0AA0
Article No.
6GK7277-1AA10-0AA0
CSM 1277
CSM 1277
Transmission rate
Transfer rate 1
Transfer rate 2

10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
Interfaces
for power supply
for power supply
4
1
RJ45 port
Supply voltage,
DC

minimum
maximum
24 V
19.2 V
28.8 V

Yes

for supply voltage
0.5 A / 60 V
0.07 A
1.6 W

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Design
SIMATIC S7-1200 device design
Width
Height
Depth
45 mm
100 mm
75 mm
Net weight
0.15 kg
Mounting type
wall mounting
Yes
Yes
No

configuration
No
approvals
Standard
for EMC from FM

FM3611: Class 1, Division 2,

Group A, B, C, D / T.., CL.1, Zone 2,
GP. IIC, T.. Ta
EN 600079-15:2005,
EN 600079-0:2006, II 3 G Ex nA II T4,
KEMA 08 ATEX 0003 X
UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 142
EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
No
for hazardous zone
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C

maximum
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/155
Siemens AG 2014
CSM 1277 unmanaged
Ordering data
CSM 1277 compact switch module
Article No.
6GK7277-1AA10-0AA0

Online version:
Offline version:
Accessories
6XV1840-3AH10

insulation displacement contacts for
installation cables;
180 cable outlet;
interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
IE FC Outlet RJ45
6GK1901-1FC000AA0
For connecting Industrial Ethernet

FC cables and TP cords;
graduated prices for 10 and 50
units or more
2/156
Siemens IK PI 2015
TIA Selection Tool:

4-core, shielded TP installation cable

for connection to IE FC Outlet RJ45/
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180/90
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
max. delivery unit 1 000 m,
TP cord preassembled
with 2 RJ45 connectors;
length: 0.5 m
TP cable 4 x 2
with 2 RJ45 connectors;
length: 0.5 m
Selection tools:

a SIMATIC S7-1200 and up to three
further nodes to Industrial Ethernet
with 10/100 Mbit/s;
4 x RJ45 ports;
external 24 V DC power supply,
diagnostics on LEDs,
S7-1200 module including electronic
manual on CD-ROM
(Type C)
More information
6XV1850-2GE50
6XV1870-3QE50
Siemens AG 2014
CSM 377 unmanaged
Overview
Application
For the economical construction of small, electrical Industrial
Ethernets with star, tree and linear structures using a SIMATIC
S7-300 or ET 200M
Design
Unmanaged switch for the connection of a SIMATIC S7-300

with integral PROFINET interface or with an Industrial Ethernet
CP or ET 200M to an Industrial Ethernet in an electrical linear,
tree or star structure
As many as three additional nodes can be connected
As an unmanaged switch, the CSM 377 is used for integrating
small machines into existing automation networks or for the
standalone operation of the machines
Simple, space-saving attachment to S7-300 mounting rail due
to design as single-width module in S7-300 format
networks
Rugged, industry-standard node connections with PROFINETcompliant RJ45 connectors that latch onto the enclosure to
offer additional strain and bending relief
The compact switch module CSM 377 features all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-300 design:
Compact construction;
the rugged plastic enclosure features the following on the front
panel:
- 4 x RJ45 ports for the connection to Industrial Ethernet
(retaining collar)
- 1 x 2-pin pluggable terminal strip for the connection of the
external 24 VDC power supply
Ethernet ports
10/100BaseTX;
automatic detection of the data rate with autosensing and
autocrossover function for the connection of IE FC cables by
means of IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 up to 100 m
Simple mounting;
the CSM 377 switch module is mounted on the mounting rail
of the S7-300. As it has no connection to the backplane bus of
the S7-300 or ET 200M, it must either be inserted at the
beginning (first module to the left of the CPU) or at the end
(last module on far right) of the S7-300 station. The connection
to the CPU of the S7-300 is either by means of an Industrial
Ethernet cable or an Industrial Ethernet twisted pair cord.
Three further Industrial Ethernet interfaces (TP ports) are
available for the connection of additional Ethernet nodes such
as HMI panels or ET 200
The CSM 377 can be operated without a fan and no backup
battery is necessary
The module can be replaced without a programming device
Benefits
Quick and easy connection of a SIMATIC S7-300 or ET 200M

to electrical Industrial Ethernets in linear, tree or star structures
by means of three additional RJ45 ports
Ideal solution for the implementation of small local Ethernets
with a SIMATIC S7-300 station
Secure data communication by means of industry standard
device connection with PROFINET-compliant connector
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 and latching of the connector to the
enclosure to provide additional strain relief
Low-maintenance operation thanks to fanless construction
Quick and easy diagnosis by means of LEDs on the device
Use of uncrossed connection cables possible by means of
integrated autocrossover function
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/157
Siemens AG 2014
CSM 377 unmanaged
Function
HMI station
e.g. WinCC flexible
S7-300 with
CP 343-1 Advanced
and CSM 377
Thanks to the switching technology used, the CSM 377 is

suitable for use in PROFINET networks, but offers no additional
PROFINET functions, i.e. no integration into the PROFINET
diagnostics.
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet

Length of the TP cable between two nodes:
- max. 100 m with Industrial Ethernet FastConnect cable and
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180;
of which no more than 10 m by means of patching with
TP cord
ET 200S
S7-300 with
CSM 377
and
CP 343-1
Panel
PC
Industrial PC
with CP 1613 A2/
CP 1623
S7-300 with
CSM 377 and
CP 343-1
G_IK10_XX_10224
S7-300
with
CP 343-1
S7-400
with CP 443-1,
PC with STEP 7
Construction of a local Industrial Ethernet with SIMATIC S7-300 and

CSM 377 in a point-to-point structure
S7-300
with CP 343-1
ET 200pro
ET 200pro
ET 200S
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
Connection of SIMATIC S7-300 with CSM 377 to Industrial Ethernet

with linear structure
2/158
Siemens IK PI 2015
G_IK10_XX_10223
Connection of a SIMATIC S7-300 to a higher-level electrical

network in a linear, tree or point-to-point structure
Construction of a small local network with one SIMATIC S7-300
and three other Ethernet nodes
Configuration
The Compact Switch Module CSM 377 is an unmanaged switch
and requires no configuration.
Diagnostics
The following information is indicated on the device by means
of LEDs:
Power
Port status
Data traffic
Siemens AG 2014
CSM 377 unmanaged
Article No.
6GK7377-1AA00-0AA0
Article No.
6GK7377-1AA00-0AA0
CSM 377
CSM 377
Transmission rate
Transfer rate 1
10 Mbit/s
Design
Transfer rate 2
100 Mbit/s
Width
Height
Depth
40 mm
125 mm
118 mm
Net weight
0.2 kg
Mounting type
wall mounting
No
No
Yes
Interfaces
for power supply
for power supply
4
1

configuration
RJ45 port
approvals
Supply voltage,
Standard
for EMC from FM
DC

minimum
maximum
24 V
19.2 V
28.8 V

Yes

for supply voltage
0.5 A / 60 V

0.07 A
1.6 W

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
for hazardous zone

CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
No

Group A, B, C, D / T.., CL.1, Zone 2,
GP. IIC, T.. Ta
EN 60079-15, II 3 G Ex nA II T..,
KEMA 06 ATEX 0021 X
UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 142
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
(Hazardous Location)
EN 61000-6-4:2001
EN 61000-6-2:2001
EN 61000-6-2:2001,
EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
No
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C

maximum
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/159
Siemens AG 2014
CSM 377 unmanaged
Ordering data
Article No.
Selection tools:
Compact Switch Module CSM 377

a SIMATIC S7-300, ET200 M and
up to three further nodes to
Industrial Ethernet with
10/100 Mbit/s;
4 x RJ45 ports;
S7-300 module including
electronic manual on CD-ROM
6GK7377-1AA00-0AA0
TIA Selection Tool:
IE FC TP standard cable GP 2 x 2
(Type A)
6XV1840-2AH10

180 cable outlet;
interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
6GK1901-1GA00

Ethernet FC cables
2/160
Siemens IK PI 2015

Online version:
Offline version:
Accessories

IE FC outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 plug;
PROFINET-compliant;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
More information
X005 / X005TS
XB004-1
XB004-1G
XB004-1LD
XB004-1LDG
XB005
XB005G
XB008
XB008G
SIMATIC environment
Siemens IK PI 2015
C-PLUG slot
Local display (SET pushbutton)
Signal contact
External supply for integrated switch
Redundant power supply (2 x 24 V DC)
LED diagnosis
PoE (Power over Ethernet)
Gigabit Ethernet
10 Gigabit Ethernet
Modular design
Rugged, compact housing
19 type of construction
Box type of construction
Flat type of construction
PC module
Format module S7
Connection to S7 backplane bus
Type of device
G_IK10_XX_10317
SCALANCE X-000
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
Hardware
applies
Function overview SCALANCE X-000 unmanaged
2/161
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
Benefits
Ideal solution for configuring small Industrial Ethernet line and

star topologies
Reliable plug-in connection thanks to rugged, industrystandard device connection in conjunction with PROFINETcompliant FastConnect connectors
Installation is possible without a patch field by means of
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 and IE FC Standard Cable
Application
The unmanaged Industrial Ethernet Switch SCALANCE X005 is
optimized for low-cost installation of small Industrial Ethernet
networks with data transfer rates of 10/100 Mbit/s in a line and
star topology.
Five electrical nodes or network connections
housing
Diagnostics on the device by means of LEDs
(power, link status, data communication)
Product versions
SCALANCE X005
for setting up electrical star and linear topologies with five
electrical ports
SCALANCE X005TS
for setting up electrical star and linear topologies with five
electrical ports for use in rail and road transport with extended
temperature range
2/162
Siemens IK PI 2015
For low-cost configuration of small, electrical Industrial

Ethernet star and line topologies with switching functionality,
e.g. machine or plant islands
For use in the control cabinet
The SCALANCE X005TS (Transportation Systems) is suitable
for use in rail and road transport due to its specification
according to EN 50155 and e1/E1
Design
The SCALANCE Industrial Ethernet switches with a rugged
metal housing (IP30) are optimized for mounting on a standard
rail and an S7-300 DIN rail. Direct wall mounting in different
positions is also possible. Due to the housing dimensions that
correspond to those of the SIMATIC S7-300, the devices are very
well suited for integration into an automation solution using
S7-300 components.
The SCALANCE X005 switch is equipped with:
Supply voltage 1 x 24 V DC
A row of LEDs for displaying status information (power, link
status, data communication)
5 x 10/100BaseTX, RJ45 ports:
automatic detection of the data rate (10 or 100 Mbit/s),
with autosensing and autocrossover function for connecting
IE FC cables via IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 over distances
up to 100 m
Siemens AG 2014
Function
Autocrossover function integrated in the ports
Network load disconnection through integral switch
functionality
PC with
CP 1613 A2/
CP 1623

S7-200 with CP 243-1

Length of the TP cable between two SCALANCE X switches:
S7-1200 with
CSM 1277
Diagnostics
Port status
Data traffic
IPC with
CP 1613 A2/
CP 1623
Panel PC
G_IK10_XX_30039
The SCALANCE X005 is typically accommodated in one control

cubicle together with the nodes to be connected. It can be
operated in small electrical star and line topologies. Network
configuration and expansion are easy to implement; there are no
limitations with the cascading of SCALANCE X005.
SCALANCE
X005
Star-shaped network topology with SCALANCE X005
wjG
jwGX]XZGhYV
jwGX]YZ
wjGG
jwGX]XZGhYV
jwGX]YZ
wGwj
z^TYWW
z^TYWW
jwGY[ZTX
jwGY[ZTX
z^TZWW
jwGZ[ZTX
pwjG
jwGX]XZGhYV
jwGX]YZ
zjhshujlG
WW\
zjhshujlG
WW\
zjhshujlG
WW\
nprXWZWW[W
pwjG
jwGX]XZGhYV
jwGX]YZ
pGl
Electrical line topology with SCALANCE X005
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/163
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5005-0BA00-1AA3
6GK5005-0BA00-1CA3
SCALANCE X005
SCALANCE X005TS
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
DC
DC

minimum
maximum
24 V
18 V
32 V
24 V
18 V
32 V
Product component fusing at power

supply input
Yes
Yes
Transmission rate
Transfer rate 1
Transfer rate 2
Interfaces
for power supply
for power supply
Supply voltage,
Type of fusing at input for supply volt- 0.5 A / 60 V

age
0.5 A / 60 V
0.08 A
0.08 A
2W
2W
0 65 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +75 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C

maximum
95 %
95 %

operation mode
Conformal coating, no
Protection class IP
IP20
IP30
Design
compact
compact
Width
Height
Depth
40 mm
125 mm
124 mm
40 mm
125 mm
124 mm
Net weight
0.55 kg
0.55 kg
Mounting type
wall mounting
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
2/164
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5005-0BA00-1AA3
6GK5005-0BA00-1CA3
SCALANCE X005
SCALANCE X005TS
Standard
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1

EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1

EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
E1 approval
e1 approval
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
approvals

American Bureau
Bureau Veritas (BV)
Ordering data
SCALANCE X005
Article No.
6GK5005-0BA00-1AA3
Industrial Ethernet Switch

for 10/100 Mbit/s;
with five 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
for configuring small star and
line structures
SCALANCE X005TS
Article No.
Accessories
(Type A)
6GK5005-0BA00-1CA3

for 10/100 Mbit/s;
for configuring small star and
line structures with extended
temperature range and approvals
for use in rail and road transport
6XV1840-2AH10

RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug;
PROFINET-compliant;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
180 cable outlet;
interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
6GK1901-1GA00

Ethernet FC cables
SITOP compact 24 V/ 0.6 A
6EP1331-5BA00

85 - 264 V AC/110 - 300 V DC,
slim design
More information
Selection tools:

Online version:
Offline version:
TIA Selection Tool:
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/165
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
Benefits
Implementation of simple and very economical machine

networking
Space-saving installation thanks to small, compact design
Can be used in industrial environments
Quick commissioning without configuration
Easy on-site diagnostics via LEDs
Uncomplicated use of uncrossed connecting cables possible
thanks to the integrated Autocrossover function
Low-cost connection of especially remote nodes possible
Application
The unmanaged Industrial Ethernet switches of the
SCALANCE XB-000 line are optimized for installing Industrial
Ethernet networks in a line and star topology.
Enclosure for space-saving installation in control cabinets or
boxes on a standard mounting rail
Product versions
SCALANCE XB005 and SCALANCE XB008
5 or 8 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports, electrical
SCALANCE XB005G and SCALANCE XB008G (Gigabit)
5 or 8 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s RJ45 ports, electrical
SCALANCE XB004-1
4 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports, electrical
1 x 100 Mbit/s SC port, optical (multi-mode, glass),
up to 5 km
SCALANCE XB004-1LD (Long Distance)
1 x 100 Mbit/s SC port, optical (single-mode, glass),
up to 26 km
SCALANCE XB004-1G (Gigabit)
4 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s RJ45 ports, electrical
1 x 1000 Mbit/s SC port, optical (multi-mode, glass),
up to 750 m
SCALANCE XB004-1LDG (Long Distance)
4 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45 ports, electrical
1 x 1 000 Mbit/s SC port, optical (single-mode, glass),
up to 10 km
2/166
Siemens IK PI 2015

SCALANCE XB-000 line allow cost-effective solutions for setting
up small, electrical/optical star or line topologies with switching
functionality in machines or plant units.
The enclosure is designed for space-saving installation in a
control cabinet on a standard rail.
Siemens AG 2014
Design
The SCALANCE XB-000 Industrial Ethernet switches are
optimized for installation on a standard rail. Wall mounting is
possible.
The SCALANCE XB-000 switches have:
A 3-pole terminal block for connecting the power supply
(1 x 24 V DC) and functional ground
An LED for indicating the status information (power)
LEDs for indicating the status information (link status and data
exchange) per port
10/100 BaseTX electrical RJ45 ports or 10/100/1 000 BaseTX
electrical RJ45 ports:
automatic data transmission rate detection (10 or 100 Mbit/s),
with Autosensing and Autocrossing function for connecting IE
TP cables up to 100 m.
100 BaseFX, optical SC port:
for direct connection to Industrial Ethernet FO cables.
Multimode fiber-optic cable up to 5 km
100 BaseFX, optical SC port:
Single mode fiber-optic cable up to 26 km
1000 BaseSX, optical SC port:
Multimode fiber-optic cable up to 750 m
1000 BaseLX, optical SC port:
Single mode fiber-optic cable up to 10 km
Function
Construction of electrical Industrial Ethernet line or star
topologies
Automatic data transmission rate detection
(10/100/1 000 Mbit/s), with autosensing and autocrossover
function
Easy network configuration and network expansion;
no limitation on network expansion with cascading of the
switches
The SCALANCE XB-000 switches are typically installed with the
stations to be connected in a control cabinet or control box.
Length of the TP cable between two SCALANCE XB-000
switches:
- max. 100 m
- max. 10 m via patch cables with TP Cord
- max. 100 m via Industrial Ethernet FC Outlet RJ45,
IE FC Standard Cable and TP Cord
Length of the fiber-optic cables:
- max. 5 km with Industrial Ethernet FO cables Multimode
- max. 26 km with Industrial Ethernet FO cables Single mode
PC
Operator control
and process
monitoring
SCALANCE
XB005
PLC
Field devices
Industrial Ethernet
nprXWXWY]W
All connections for data cables are located at the front, and the
connection for the power supply is at the bottom.
Electrical star topology with SCALANCE XB005 or SCALANCE XB005G
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/167
Siemens AG 2014
1000 Mbit/s
PC
PC with
CP 1623
Operator control
and process
monitoring
Laptop
SCALANCE
XB005
SCALANCE
XB008
SCALANCE
XB005G
1000 Mbit/s
1000 Mbit/s
Code
reader
IP camera
MV420
PLC
Field devices
nprXWXWY]Y
MV440
Electrical line topology with SCALANCE XB005 and XB008,

or SCALANCE XB005G and XB008G
Conveyor belt
Electrical star topology with SCALANCE XB005G and

connection to a Gigabit Ethernet ring
Diagnostics
PC
The following information is displayed by LEDs on site:

Power
Port status
Data traffic
Operator control
and process
monitoring
Laptop
SCALANCE
XB004-1
SCALANCE
XB004-1
Field devices
Mixed star topology with SCALANCE XB004-1 or

SCALANCE XB004-1G
2/168
Siemens IK PI 2015
nprXWXWY\_
PLC
G_IK10_XX_10259
SCALANCE
X308-2
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5004-1BD00-1AB2
6GK5004-1BF00-1AB2
6GK5005-0BA00-1AB2
6GK5008-0BA00-1AB2
SCALANCE XB004-1
SCALANCE XB004-1LD
SCALANCE XB005
SCALANCE XB008
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
SC port
(multimode up to 5 km)
SC port
(singlemode up to 26 km)
-19 -14 dB
-14 dB
-5 +0 dB
0 dB
--
--
-32 dB
-34 dB
0 dB
0 5 km
0 26 km
--
--
DC
DC
DC
DC

minimum
maximum
24 V
19.2 V
28.8 V
24 V
19.2 V
28.8 V
24 V
19.2 V
28.8 V
24 V
19.2 V
28.8 V

supply input
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Type of fusing at input for supply

voltage
0.6 A / 60 V
0.6 A / 60 V
0.6 A / 60 V
0.6 A / 60 V
0.11 A
0.1 A
0.07 A
0.12 A
2.64 W
2.4 W
1.68 W
2.88 W
-10 +60 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-10 +60 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-10 +60 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-10 +60 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C

maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Transmission rate
Transfer rate 1
Transfer rate 2
Interfaces
for power supply
terminal equipment
for power supply
at 100 Mbit/s
at 100 Mbit/s
relative to 1 mW

Supply voltage,

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/169
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5004-1BD00-1AB2
6GK5004-1BF00-1AB2
6GK5005-0BA00-1AB2
6GK5008-0BA00-1AB2
SCALANCE XB004-1
SCALANCE XB004-1LD
SCALANCE XB005
SCALANCE XB008
Design
Box
Box
Box
Box
Width
Height
Depth
45 mm
100 mm
87 mm
45 mm
100 mm
87 mm
45 mm
100 mm
87 mm
45 mm
100 mm
87 mm
Net weight
0.165 kg
0.165 kg
0.165 kg
0.18 kg
Mounting type
wall mounting
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
EN 61000-6-2,
EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2,
EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2,
EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2,
EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
Yes
Article No.
6GK5004-1GL00-1AB2
6GK5004-1GM00-1AB2
6GK5005-0GA00-1AB2
6GK5008-0GA00-1AB2
SCALANCE XB004-1G
SCALANCE XB004-1LDG
SCALANCE XB005G
SCALANCE XB008G
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
SC port
(multimode up to 0.75 km)
SC port
-9.5 -4 dB
-3 dB
-9.5 -3 dB
-3 dB
-17 dB
-21 dB
0 dB
0 10 km
approvals
Standard
Transmission rate
Transfer rate 1
Transfer rate 2
Transfer rate 3
Interfaces
for power supply
for power supply
at 1000 Mbit/s
at 1000 Mbit/s
relative to 1 mW
0 dB
2/170
Siemens IK PI 2015
0 0.75 km
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5004-1GL00-1AB2
6GK5004-1GM00-1AB2
6GK5005-0GA00-1AB2
6GK5008-0GA00-1AB2
SCALANCE XB004-1G
SCALANCE XB004-1LDG
SCALANCE XB005G
SCALANCE XB008G
DC
DC
DC
DC

minimum
maximum
24 V
19.2 V
28.8 V
24 V
19.2 V
28.8 V
24 V
19.2 V
28.8 V
24 V
19.2 V
28.8 V

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

for supply voltage
0.6 A / 60 V
0.6 A / 60 V
0.6 A / 60 V
0.6 A / 60 V
0.52 A
0.52 A
0.44 A
0.52 A
12.5 W
12.5 W
10.5 W
12.5 W
-10 +60 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-10 +60 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-10 +60 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-10 +60 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C

maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Design
Box
Box
Box
Box
Width
Height
Depth
45 mm
100 mm
87 mm
45 mm
100 mm
87 mm
45 mm
100 mm
87 mm
45 mm
100 mm
87 mm
Net weight
0.21 kg
0.21 kg
0.22 kg
0.26 kg
Mounting type
wall mounting
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
EN 61000-6-4 (Class B)
EN 61000-6-2
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
EN 61000-6-4 (Class B)
EN 61000-6-2
EN 61000-6-2,
EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2,
EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2,
EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2,
EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
Yes
Supply voltage,

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
approvals
Standard
CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/171
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.
Selection tools:
SCALANCE XB-000 Industrial

Ethernet switches
Unmanaged Industrial Ethernet

switches for 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s,
degree of protection IP20,
incl. operating instructions,
on CD-ROM
SCALANCE XB005
5 x 10/100 Mbit/s
RJ45 ports electrical
SCALANCE XB008
8 x 10/100 Mbit/s
SCALANCE XB004-1
4 x 10/100 Mbit/s
1x 100 Mbit/s SC port optical
(multimode, glass), up to 5 km
SCALANCE XB004-1LD
4 x 10/100 Mbit/s
1x 100 Mbit/s SC port optical
(singlemode, glass), up to 26 km
SCALANCE XB005G
5 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s
electrical RJ45 ports
SCALANCE XB008G
8 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s
SCALANCE XB004-1G
4 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s
RJ45 electrical ports
1x 1 000 Mbit/s optical SC port
(multimode, glass), up to 0.75 km
SCALANCE XB004-1LDG
4 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s
1x 1 000 Mbit/s SC optical port
(singlemode, glass), up to 10 km

6GK5005-0BA00-1AB2
6GK5008-0BA00-1AB2
6GK5004-1BF00-1AB2
6GK5005-0GA00-1AB2
6GK5008-0GA00-1AB2
6GK5004-1GL00-1AB2
6GK5004-1GM00-1AB2
50/125/1400 1) 2)
6XV1870-3QE50
6XV1870-3QH10
6XV1870-3QH20
6XV1870-3QH60
6XV1870-3QN10
6XV1873-2A
Multimode cable,
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
6EP1331-5BA00

85 264 V AC/110 300 V DC,
slim design
1)
2)
Special tools and trained personnel are required for pre-assembling glass
fiber-optic cables
2/172
Siemens IK PI 2015

Online version:
Offline version:
TIA Selection Tool:
6GK5004-1BD00-1AB2
Accessories
TP cable 4 x 2
0.5 m
1m
2m
6m
10 m
More information
Signal contact
X104-2
X106-1
X108
X108PoE
X112-2
X116
X124
Siemens IK PI 2015
G_IK10_XX_10316
C-PLUG slot
Gigabit Ethernet
10 Gigabit Ethernet
Modular design
PC module
Format module S7
SIMATIC environment
Type of device
LED diagnosis
SCALANCE X-100
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
Hardware
applies
Function overview SCALANCE X-100 unmanaged
2/173
Siemens AG 2014
SCALANCE X108 / SCALANCE X108PoE /
SCALANCE X116 / SCALANCE X124
Construction of electrical Industrial Ethernet star and line
topologies
- SCALANCE X108
with eight electrical ports
- SCALANCE X108PoE
with eight electrical ports, two of which have Power-overEthernet functionality
- SCALANCE X116
with 16 electrical ports
- SCALANCE X124
with 24 electrical ports
The RJ45 ports are suitable for industrial use and have
additional retaining collars: optimized for connecting the
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
Overview
Benefits
SCALANCE X-100 product line are optimized for installing
Industrial Ethernet networks at transmission rates of
10/100 Mbit/s in a line and star topology.
Depending on the port type of the devices, the connection
to a station or network is electrical or optical with Power-overEthernet (PoE) functionality according to IEEE 802.3at Type 1
(corresponds to IEEE 802.3af)
housing
button
Product versions
SCALANCE X104-2 / SCALANCE X106-1 /
SCALANCE X112-2
Construction of optical Industrial Ethernet line or star
topologies:
- SCALANCE X104-2;
with 4 electrical ports and 2 optical ports
- SCALANCE X106-1;
with 6 electrical ports and 1 optical port
- SCALANCE X112-2;
with 12 electrical ports and 2 optical ports
The RJ45 ports are suitable for industrial use and have
additional retaining collars: optimized for connecting the
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
2/174
Siemens IK PI 2015
Ideal solution for configuring Industrial Ethernet line and star

topologies
Reduction of network installation costs by transmitting data
and energy (Power-over-Ethernet) via the conventional 4-core
Industrial Ethernet cable (only SCALANCE X108PoE)
Additional power supply units can be omitted thanks to
generating the Power-over-Ethernet voltage (48 V DC) direct
at the switch (SCALANCE X108PoE only)
Reliable plug-in connection thanks to industry-standard
device connection in conjunction with PROFINET-compliant
FastConnect connectors
Installation is possible without a patch field by means of
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 and IE FC Standard Cable
Application
The switches of the SCALANCE X-100 product line support
the inexpensive construction of Industrial Ethernet line or star
topologies with switching functions. They are designed for
installation in the control cabinet.
Siemens AG 2014
Design
The SCALANCE Industrial Ethernet switches with a rugged
metal housing are optimized for mounting on a standard rail and
an S7-300 rail. Direct wall mounting in various positions is also
possible. Due to the dimensions of the housing that conform to
those of SIMATIC S7-300, the devices are optimized for integration in an automation solution with S7-300 components.
The SCALANCE X-100 switches have:
(power, link status, data communication, signaling contact)
contact
A SET button for on-site configuration of the signaling contact
10/100BaseTX, RJ45 port;
automatic detection of the transmission rate
(10 or 100 Mbit/s), with autosensing and autocrossover
functions for connecting IE FC cables using
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 up to 100 m
10/100BaseTX, RJ45 ports and
Power-over-Ethernet functionality;
automatic detection of the transmission rate
(10 or 100 Mbit/s), with autosensing and autocrossover
functions for connecting IE FC cables using
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 up to 100 m and integrated Power-overEthernet functionality according to IEEE 802.3at Type 1
100BaseFX, BFOC port;
for direct connection to the Industrial Ethernet glass FOC
up to 5 km
Function
Construction of electrical and optical Industrial Ethernet line or
star topologies
Use of uncrossed connecting leads is possible due to
integrated auto-crossover function of the ports
Power supply of Power-over-Ethernet-capable terminal
equipment via the data line for SCALANCE X108PoE
Isolation of the load due to integrated switch functions
Easy network configuration and network expansion;
no limitation of the expansion of the network when switches of
the SCALANCE X-100 product line are cascaded
The SCALANCE X-100 switches are typically installed with the
stations to be connected in a control cabinet. They can be mixed
electrically and optically in star and line topologies.
Length of the TP cable between SCALANCE X switches:
Length of the TP cable between SCALANCE X switch and
Power-over-Ethernet terminal equipment:
Length of the fiber-optic cables:
- Max. 5 km with Industrial Ethernet glass fiber-optic cables
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/175
Siemens AG 2014
j
z^T[WWG
jwG[[ZTXGh
pwjG
jwGX]XZGhYV
jwGX]YZ
twGZ^W
z
zjhshujlGXY[
plGmj
v
yq[\
plG{wGj
zpth{pjGmGwn
z^T[WWGG
jwG[[ZTX
Star-shaped network topology with SCALANCE X124
2/176
Siemens IK PI 2015
z^TZWWGG twGZ^W
jwGZ[ZTX
pwjG
jwGX]XZGhYV
jwGX]YZ
nprXWXWYW\
z^TZWWG
jwGZ[ZTX
XWVXWWGtV
pGlGmjGjGYY
Siemens AG 2014
IPC with
CP 1613 A2/
CP 1623
S7-400 with
CP 443-1 Advanced
S7-300 with
CP 343-1
MP 377
SCALANCE
W786
S7-400 with
CP 443-1 Advanced
Switching cabinet
S7-300 with
MP 377
CP 343-1
S7-300 with CP 343-1

S7-1200 with
CSM 1277
SCALANCE
X108PoE
SCALANCE
X112-2
SCALANCE
X104-2
SCALANCE
X106-1
PROFINET
G_IK10_XX_10261
Industrial
Ethernet
10/100 Mbit/s
Industrial Ethernet FC Cable 2x2
Power over Ethernet

Electrical and optical line topology with SCALANCE X112-2, X104-2 and X106-1 as well as connection
and supply of data terminals with Power-over-Ethernet (PoE) by SCALANCE X108PoE
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/177
Siemens AG 2014
SCALANCE X414-3E
2
SCALANCE
X106-1
SCALANCE
X106-1
SCALANCE
X106-1
SCALANCE
X106-1
PROFINET
Industrial
Ethernet
S7-300
ET 200S
ET 200S
ET 200S
ET 200S

Optical star topology with SCALANCE X106-1
Diagnostics
Power
Port status
Data traffic
The Industrial Ethernet switches of the SCALANCE X-100 line
can also be monitored over the floating signaling contact.
Siemens IK PI 2015
ET 200S
ET 200S
G_IK10_XX_10206
S7-400
S7-400
2/178
S7-300
S7-300
ET 200S
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5104-2BB00-2AA3
6GK5106-1BB00-2AA3
6GK5108-0BA00-2AA3
6GK5108-0PA00-2AA3
SCALANCE X104-2
SCALANCE X106-1
SCALANCE X108
SCALANCE X108PoE
Transfer rate 1
10 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
Transfer rate 2
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port




BFOC sockets (multimode

up to 5 km)

up to 5 km)
-19 -14 dB
-14 dB
-19 -14 dB
-14 dB
-32 dB
-32 dB
0 dB
0 dB

0 5 km
0 5 km
Operating voltage of signaling contacts at DC rated value
24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V
Operating current of signaling contacts at DC maximum
0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A
DC
DC
DC
DC

minimum
maximum
24 V
18 V
32 V
24 V
18 V
32 V
24 V
18 V
32 V
24 V
18 V
32 V

supply input
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
0.6 A / 60 V
0.6 A / 60 V
4 A / 125 V
Transmission rate
Interfaces
for Power-over-Ethernet
or terminal equipment
for power supply
for Power-over-Ethernet
for power supply
at 100 Mbit/s
at 100 Mbit/s
relative to 1 mW
Supply voltage,
Type of fusing at input for supply volt- 0.6 A / 60 V

age
0.16 A
0.15 A
0.14 A
1.7 A
3.8 W
3.6 W
3.36 W
10 W
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/179
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5104-2BB00-2AA3
6GK5106-1BB00-2AA3
6GK5108-0BA00-2AA3
6GK5108-0PA00-2AA3
SCALANCE X104-2
SCALANCE X106-1
SCALANCE X108
SCALANCE X108PoE
-10 +60 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-10 +60 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-20 +70 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-20 +60 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
95 %
95 %
95 %
95 %
IP30
IP30
IP30
IP30
Design
compact
compact
compact
compact
Width
Height
Depth
60 mm
125 mm
124 mm
60 mm
125 mm
124 mm
60 mm
125 mm
124 mm
60 mm
125 mm
124 mm
Net weight
0.78 kg
0.78 kg
0.78 kg
0.9 kg
Mounting type
wall mounting
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Mounting type

Group A, B, C, D / T..,
Class 1, Zone 2,
Group IIC, T..
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex
nA IIT.., KEMA 07
ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
(Hazardous Location),
Class 1 / Division 2 / Group
A, B, C, D / T.., Class 1 /
EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2

Class 1, Zone 2,
Group IIC, T..
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex
nA IIT.., KEMA 07
ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
A, B, C, D / T.., Class 1 /
EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2

Class 1, Zone 2,
Group IIC, T..
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex
nA IIT.., KEMA 07
ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
A, B, C, D / T.., Class 1 /
EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2

Class 1, Zone 2,
Group IIC, T..
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex
nA IIT.., KEMA 07
ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
A, B, C, D / T.., Class 1 /
EN 61000-6-4:2001
EN 61000-6-2:2001
EN 61000-6-2,
EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2,
EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2,
EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2:2001,
EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Protection class IP
approvals
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone


CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
American Bureau
Bureau Veritas (BV)
2/180
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5112-2BB00-2AA3
6GK5116-0BA00-2AA3
6GK5124-0BA00-2AA3
SCALANCE X112-2
SCALANCE X116
SCALANCE X124
Transfer rate 1
10 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
Transfer rate 2
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
14
16
24
12
16
24
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port




at 100 Mbit/s

at 100 Mbit/s
BFOC sockets (multimode up to 5 km) -

relative to 1 mW
-19 -14 dB
-14 dB
-32 dB
0 5 km

24 V
24 V
24 V

0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A
DC
DC
DC

minimum
maximum
24 V
18 V
32 V
24 V
18 V
32 V
24 V
18 V
32 V

No
No
No
0.45 A
0.3 A
0.45 A
5.16 W
4.4 W
4.8 W
-10 +70 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-20 +70 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-20 +70 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C

maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP30
IP30
IP30
Transmission rate
Interfaces
for power supply
for power supply

0 dB
Supply voltage,

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/181
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5112-2BB00-2AA3
6GK5116-0BA00-2AA3
6GK5124-0BA00-2AA3
SCALANCE X112-2
SCALANCE X116
SCALANCE X124
Design
compact
compact
compact
Width
Height
Depth
120 mm
125 mm
124 mm
120 mm
125 mm
124 mm
180 mm
125 mm
124 mm
Net weight
1.1 kg
1.1 kg
1.5 kg
Mounting type
wall mounting
Mounting type
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
Yes
Yes
Yes
-

Group IIC, T..
EN 60079-0:2006,
EN 60079-15:2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T..
KEMA 08 ATEX 0003 X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
EN 61000-6-4:2001
EN 61000-6-2:2001

Group IIC, T..
EN 60079-0:2006,
EN 60079-15:2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T..
KEMA 08 ATEX 0003 X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
EN 61000-6-4:2001
EN 61000-6-2:2001

Group IIC, T..
EN 60079-0:2006,
EN 600EN 60079-15:2005, II 3 G Ex nA
II T.. KEMA 08 ATEX 0003 X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
EN 61000-6-4:2001
EN 61000-6-2:2001
EN 61000-6-2:2001,
EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2:2001,
EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2:2001,
EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
approvals
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone


CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
American Bureau
Bureau Veritas (BV)
2/182
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
SCALANCE X-100
FC FO Standard Cable
GP 62.5/200/230

for 10/100 Mbit/s,
on CD-ROM
SCALANCE X104-2
4 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports,
electrical
2 x BFOC ports,
optical (multimode, glass)
up to 5 km
SCALANCE X106-1
electrical
1 x BFOC port,
optical (multi-mode, glass)
up to 5 km
SCALANCE X112-2
electrical
2 x BFOC ports,
optical (multi-mode, glass)
up to 5 km
SCALANCE X108
electrical
SCALANCE X108PoE
electrical 2 x 10/100 Mbit/s
RJ45 PoE ports, electrical
SCALANCE X116
electrical
SCALANCE X124
electrical
FC FO standard cable for fixed

sold by the meter
minimum order 20 m
6GK5104-2BB00-2AA3
6GK5106-1BB00-2AA3
6GK5112-2BB00-2AA3
RJ45 plug connector

for Industrial Ethernet with a rugged
metal enclosure and integrated
with 180 cable outlet;
Ethernet interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
FC BFOC Plug
6GK1900-1GB00-0AC0
6GK5108-0BA00-2AA3
6GK5108-0PA00-2AA3
6GK1901-1GA00

Ethernet FC cables
6GK5116-0BA00-2AA3
6GK5124-0BA00-2AA3
6XV1840-2AH10
6GK1900-1GL00-0AA0

and microscope
6EP1331-5BA00
1-phase power supply with

wide-range input
85 264 V AC/110 300 V DC,
slim design

FC Outlet RJ45/IE FC RJ45 Plug;
PROFINET-compliant;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
50/125/1400 1) 2)

cloths)
Accessories
(Type A)
6XV1847-2A
6XV1873-2A
Multimode cable,
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
1)
2)
Special tools and trained personnel are required

for pre-assembling glass fiber-optic cables
More information
Selection tools:
Online version:
Offline version:
TIA Selection Tool:
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/183
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
Benefits
The SCALANCE XC100-4OBR optical bypass relays are ideally

suitable as ballast in Industrial Ethernet networks in linear and
ring topologies with data transfer rates of 100/1 000 Mbit/s. They
are used for uninterruptible connection and disconnection of
SCALANCE X switches.
Uninterruptible connection and disconnection of network
nodes by means of integrated optical relays for multi-mode
and single-mode fiber-optic networks
Suitable for use in extended networks (e.g. in wind farms,
pipelines, or large chemical plants) thanks to low optical attenuation
Rugged plastic enclosure in SIMATIC S7-1500 format, with
installation options on standard mounting rail, and SIMATIC
S7-300/S7-1500 mounting rail in different installation positions
Rugged, industry-standard node/network connections using
SC FO interfaces
Redundant voltage infeed and monitoring of large voltage
range (12 V DC, 24 V DC, 48 V DC)
Diagnostics on the device by means of LEDs (bypass
function, configuration, power supply)
Fault signaling contact for signaling switching operations
Digital input contact for remote function check of the bypass
relay
Product versions
SCALANCE XC100-4OBR with multimode fiber optic ports
For establishing optical multimode fiber optic line or ring topologies with four optical SC ports and TAP function for quickly
establishing links
SCALANCE XC100-4OBR with singlemode fiber optic ports
For establishing optical singlemode fiber optic line topologies
with four optical SC ports and low throughput attenuation in
the optical relay
For establishing optical singlemode fiber optic line or ring
topologies with four optical SC ports and TAP function for
quickly establishing links
SCALANCE XC100-4OBR, SM, line topology
For establishing optical singlemode fiber optic line topologies
with four optical SC ports and low throughput attenuation in
the optical relay without TAP function
2/184
Siemens IK PI 2015
Ideal solution for uninterruptible connection and disconnection of network nodes, e.g. for maintenance work in MRP
or HRP (high speed redundancy) rings
Simple integration into existing Industrial Ethernet line, star
and ring topologies for increasing the availability of the
network
Use in harsh industrial environments thanks to wide temperature range and coated PCBs (conformal coating)
Integration into extended multi-mode and single-mode
networks thanks to low throughput attenuation of the
integrated optical relay
Combination with different network components thanks to
configurable reset delay by means of SET pushbutton on the
device
Low installation width (50 mm) enables simple retrofitting in
existing control cabinets
High device availability thanks to redundant voltage infeed
and large voltage range (12 V DC, 24 V DC, 48 V DC)
Application
The SCALANCE XC100-4OBR optical bypass relays increase
network availability in Industrial Ethernet line, star and ring topologies, especially in the case of networks in pipelines or wind
farms, for example, that are difficult to access.
Siemens AG 2014
Design
The SCALANCE XC100-4OBRs with rugged enclosures are
optimized for mounting on a standard rail and the S7-300 or
S7-1500 rail in different installation positions. Thanks to the
S7-1500 housing dimensions, the devices are suitable for integration into an automation solution with S7-1500 components.
The SCALANCE XC100-4OBRs with degree of protection IP20
are designed for operation in the control cabinet. The coated
PCBs (conformal coating) protect against condensation.
The SCALANCE XC100-4OBR features:
An enclosure in SIMATIC S7-1500 design with recessed fiberoptic interfaces
(bypass, display mode, power supply)
voltage (2 x 12 V DC ... 48 V DC)
contact
A 2-pole terminal block for connecting the digital input signal
(switching signal)
A SET pushbutton for on-site configuration of the monitored
voltage range and the reset delay;
optimal adaptation of the reset delay:
- short reset delay for unmanaged network components
- long reset delay for managed network components
Four FO SC interfaces for integration into the FO network and
connection of network components;
simple connection to active network components thanks to
extensive range of fiber-optic patch cords with different fiberoptic connectors
Function
Integration into optical Industrial Ethernet line, star and ring
topologies
Fast bridging of network nodes using optical relays within
10 ms in the event of a fault (e.g. power failure)
Maintenance of network communication thanks to bridging of
the failed network components
No activation of the redundancy manager when resetting a
network component in MRP and HRP ring topologies thanks to
previous establishment of link;
this avoids a message burst in the network in the case of
planned maintenance work. Thanks to the configurable
connection delay, network components are not switched back
into the network until they have been fully powered up and the
link has been established (only on versions with TAP function).
Simple integration of the SCALANCE XC100-4OBR into
existing 100/1000 Mbit/s networks thanks to extensive
portfolio of FO adapter cables
Simple diagnostics via signaling contact and LED on-site
The Industrial Ethernet SCALANCE XC100-4OBRs with IP20
degree of protection are usually installed in a control cabinet
together with the network components to be connected.
When configuring the network, the following parameters have to
be taken into account for calculating the cable length between
two devices:
The line attenuation of the fiber-optic cables used
The attenuation of the optical relay
The maximum number of SCALANCE XC100-4OBR bypass
relays that can be activated simultaneously
Commissioning and diagnostics
Before commissioning the SCALANCE XC100-4OBR, the reset
delay and the voltage range to be monitored must be selected
using the SET pushbutton on the device.
Bypass
Display mode
Power supply
The SCALANCE XC100-4OBR can also be monitored using the
floating signaling contact. A digital input contact enables remote
function checking of the relay.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/185
Siemens AG 2014
Integration
SCALANCE
X320-3LD FE
SCALANCE
X320-3LD FE
SCALANCE
XC100-4OBR
SCALANCE
X320-3LD FE
SCALANCE
XC100-4OBR
SCALANCE
XC100-4OBR
SCALANCE
XR-500
optional rapid spanning tree ring topology (RSTP)
SCALANCE
XC100-4OBR
SCALANCE
X320-3LD FE
SCALANCE
XC100-4OBR
SCALANCE
X320-3LD FE
G_IK10_XX_10360
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE
X320-3LD FE
Redundant network with SCALANCE XC100-4OBR
SIMATIC
S7-1200
SIMATIC
S7-1200
SCALANCE
X320-3LD FE
SCALANCE
X320-3LD FE
SIMATIC
S7-1200
SCALANCE
X320-3LD FE
SCALANCE
XC100-4OBR
SCALANCE
XC100-4OBR
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE
XC100-4OBR
SCALANCE
XC100-4OBR
SIMATIC
S7-400
SCALANCE
X320-3LD FE
SIMATIC
S7-1200
SCALANCE
XC100-4OBR
SCALANCE
X320-3LD FE
Redundant MRP network with SCALANCE XC100-4OBR in ring topology
2/186
Siemens IK PI 2015
SCALANCE
XR-300
SIMATIC
S7-1200
SCALANCE
X320-3LD FE
G_IK10_XX_10361
SCALANCE
XR-300 with
redundancy
manager
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5100-4AV00-2DA2
6GK5100-4AV00-2FA2
6GK5100-4AW00-2FA2
SCALANCE XC100-4OBR, SM,

LINE STRUCTURE
SCALANCE XC100-4OBR, SM
SCALANCE XC100-4OBR, MM
Product description
Optical bypass relay for single-mode

fiber-optic networks without Tap function
Optical bypass relay for single-mode

fiber-optic networks with Tap function
Optical bypass relay for multi-mode

fiber-optic networks with Tap function
Transfer rate 2
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
Transfer rate 3
1 000 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
1.2 dB
1.2 dB
1.2 dB
1.2 dB
1.2 dB
1.2 dB
4.1 dB
4.1 dB
5.7 dB
5.7 dB
1.2 dB
1.2 dB
4.5 dB
4.5 dB
6 dB
6 dB
1.5 dB
1.5 dB
Type of voltage supply
DC
DC
DC

minimum
maximum
12 V
48 V
12 V
48 V
12 V
48 V
Metal/plastic
Metal/plastic
Metal/plastic
Width
Height
Depth
50 mm
140 mm
125 mm
50 mm
140 mm
125 mm
50 mm
140 mm
125 mm
Net weight
550 g
550 g
550 g
Mounting type
wall mounting
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
-40 +70 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
IP20
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Electrical data
Interfaces
Transmission loss
at Rx-In P1 and Tx-Out P2
at Rx-In P2 and Tx-Out P1
at Rx-In P1 and Tx-Out P1'
at Rx-In P2 and Tx-Out P2'
at Rx-In P1' and Tx-Out P1
at Rx-In P2' and Tx-Out P2
Supply voltage
Mechanical data
approvals
RoHS conformity
UL-registration
Standard for hazardous zone
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/187
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.
SCALANCE XC100-4OBR optical bypass relay
for integration into 100/1 000 Mbit/s

Industrial Ethernet networks with
redundant voltage infeed,
signaling contact and digital input
contact
with four optical SC ports and
TAP function for fast link
establishment;
for integration into optical line or
ring topologies
Multi-mode FO
Single-mode FO
with four optical SC ports and
reduced throughput attenuation
in the optical relay;
for integration into optical line
topologies
Single-mode FO
Multi-mode FO SC
duplex connector set
6GK5100-4AV00-2DA2
6GK5100-4AV00-2FA2
6GK5100-4AW00-2FA2
6XV1873-2A
6GK1901-0RB10-2AB0

Single-mode FO LC duplex plug
6GK1901-0SB10-2AB0
Pre-assembled FO patch cables

Multi-mode
MM FO Cord SC/SC
6XV1873-2G
6XV1843-5EH10-0CC0

1m
MM FO Cord SC/BFOC
6XV1843-5EH10-0CB0

MM FO Cord SC/LC
6XV1843-5EH10-0CA0

6XV1873-2R
Single-mode
SM FO Cord SC/SC
6XV1843-5FH10-0CC0

1m
Multi-mode cable for outdoor and

indoor use, as well as for direct
routing underground;
longitudinally and laterally watertight cable with non-metallic rodent
protection;
sold by the meter
minimum order 20 m
FO Robust Cable GP
4E9/125/9001) 2)
6GK1901-0LB10-2AA0
LC duplex plug (10 units) for FO

robust cable GP (4E9/125/900)
Multi-mode cable for use in the

outdoor area, as well as for direct
protection;
sold by the meter
minimum order 20 m
FO Robust Cable GP
50/125/900 1) 2)
6GK1901-0DA20-0AA0
for FO standard cable (50/125/

1 400), FO ground cable (50/125/
1 400), flexible FO trailing cable,
10 units
Multi-mode FO LC duplex plug
Multi-mode cable
for use indoors and outdoors,
sold by the meter;
FO ground cable
50/125/1400 1) 2)
Multi-mode FO BFOC
connector set
for FO standard cable (50/125/
1 400), FO ground cable (50/125/
1 400), flexible FO trailing cable,
20 units
Accessories
50/125/1400 1) 2)
Article No.
SM FO Cord SC/BFOC
6XV1843-5FH10-0CB0

SM FO Cord SC/LC
6XV1843-2R
6XV1843-5FH10-0CA0

Single-mode cable for outdoor and

indoor use, as well as for direct
protection;
sold by the meter
minimum order 20 m
1)
2)
Special tools and trained personnel are required

for pre-assembling glass fiber-optic cables
More information
Selection tools:

Online version:
Offline version:
TIA Selection Tool:
2/188
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
Signal contact
PLUG slot
X206-1
X206-1LD
X208
X208PRO
X212-2
X212-2LD
X216
X224
XF204
XF204-2
XF206-1
XF208
X204RNA PRP
X204RNA EEC PRP

X204RNA HSR
SIMATIC environment
Gigabit Ethernet
X204-2LD
10 Gigabit Ethernet
Modular design
PC module
X204-2TS
Format module S7
LED diagnosis
X204-2
Type of device
SCALANCE X-200
Hardware
X204RNA EEC HSR
X204RNA
EEC PRP+HSR
applies
Function overview SCALANCE X-200 managed: Hardware
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/189
2/190
Configuration with STEP 7 / TIA
SNMP
Ring redundancy incl. RM-functionality
X204-2
X204-2TS
X204-2LD
X206-1
X206-1LD
X208
X208PRO
X212-2
X212-2LD
X216
X224
XF204
XF204-2
XF206-1
XF208
Siemens IK PI 2015
applies
Function overview SCALANCE X-200 managed: Software
HSR communication
PRP communication
VRRP, Router Redundancy (Virtual Router

Redundancy Protocol)
OSPFv2 (Dynamic Routing)
RIPv2 (Dynamic Routing)
Static Routing
Link Aggregation
IEEE 802.1x (Radius)
Access Control List (MAC)
Access Control List (IP)
DHCP Option 82 (Dynamic Host

Configuration Protocol)
Broadcast blocking
Broadcast/ Multicast/ Unicast Limiter
GMRP (Generic Multicast Protocol)
IGMP Snooping/Querier (Internet Group

Management Protocol)
Passive Listening
STP/ RSTP (Spanning Tree Protocol/

Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol)
GVRP (Generic VLAN Registaration Protocol)
VLAN (Virtual Local Area Network)
IRT capability
Standby redundancy
Security Integrated (Firewall/VPN)
Web based Management
X204RNA
PRP
X204RNA
EEC PRP
X204RNA
HSR
X204RNA
EEC HSR
X204RNA
EEC PRP+HSR
Command Line Interface / Telnet
Type of
device
Topology support (LLDP)
2
PROFINET diagnosis
SCALANCE X-200
Siemens AG 2014
Software
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
The managed Industrial Ethernet switches of the

SCALANCE X-200 line are optimized for setting up Industrial
Ethernet networks at data transfer rates of 10/100 Mbit/s in a line,
star or ring topology.
Integrated redundancy manager for constructing
Fast Ethernet ring topologies with fast media redundancy
Rugged metal housing in S7-300 format for mounting on
standard rail, S7-300 standard mounting rail or for direct wall
mounting in various positions
housing
button
PROFINET diagnostics, SNMP access, integrated web server
and automatic e-mail transmission function for remote
diagnostics and signaling via the network
Product versions
Switches with electrical and optical ports
for glass multi-mode FOC up to 5 km:
- SCALANCE X204-2;
for constructing optical line or ring topologies with four
electrical ports and two optical ports
- SCALANCE X204-2TS (degree of protection IP20);
for setting up optical line or ring topologies with four
electrical ports and two optical ports especially for railway
applications (EN 50155) with extended temperature range
- SCALANCE X206-1;
for setting up star topologies with 6 electrical ports
and 1 optical port, line or ring topologies with electrical and
optical transmission paths
- SCALANCE X212-2;
for constructing optical line or ring topologies with
12 electrical ports and two optical ports

for glass single mode FOC up to 26 km:
- SCALANCE X204-2LD;
for constructing optical line or ring topologies with four
electrical ports and two optical ports
for constructing star topologies with 6 electrical ports and
1 optical port, line or ring topologies with electrical and
optical transmission paths
for constructing optical line or ring topologies with
12 electrical ports and 2 optical ports
Switches with electrical ports for configuring electrical
Industrial Ethernet line, star or ring topologies:
- SCALANCE X208;
with 8 electrical ports for mounting in the control cabinet
- SCALANCE X208PRO (IP65/67 degree of protection);
with 8 electrical ports especially for use outside the control
cabinet (M12 connection system)
- SCALANCE X216;
- SCALANCE X224;
Benefits
Ideal solution for configuring Industrial Ethernet line, star and

ring topologies
Reliable plug-in connection thanks to rugged, industrystandard device connection in conjunction with PROFINETcompliant FastConnect connectors
High network availability through design of redundant ring
structures (redundancy manager integrated)
Integration of the SCALANCE X-200 switches in the existing
network management infrastructure through SNMP access
point
Easy integration in the process diagnosis and system
diagnosis with PROFINET
Configuration and diagnostics integrated into STEP 7 provide
significant benefits during engineering, commissioning, and
the operating phase of a plant
Module replacement without the need for a programming
device, using the C-PLUG swap media for backing up the
configuration data
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/191
Siemens AG 2014
Application
Switches
SCALANCE XM-400
SNMP/Web-based
Management
Features:
The RJ45 ports are industry-standard and feature additional
retaining collars (except for SCALANCE X208PRO), for
connection to the IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
The eight PROFINET-compliant M12 ports (d-coded) of the
SCALANCE X208PRO are designed with IP65/67 degree of
protection for connection to the IE FC M12 Plug PRO 2x2 or
the pre-assembled IE M12 connecting cable
The SCALANCE X208PRO can be mounted on a DIN rail or
S7-300 rail or direct on the equipment or machine;
the status information can be read off regardless of the
mounting position thanks to the angled LED strip.
Power can also be supplied to the SCALANCE X208PRO from
outside the control cabinet from the PS791-1PRO power
supply module at 230 V AC.
Diagnosis of individual switches SCALANCE X208

by means of web browser via SIMATIC Field PG
100
Mbit/s
cabinet
FO ring
IPC with
CP 1613 A2/
CP 1623
Switch
SCALANCE
X204-2
IE FC
Outlet
RJ45
Switch
SCALANCE
X208
Data access over the network

electrical network
optical network
Diagnostics access over SNMP and Web browser with SCALANCE X208
2/192
Siemens IK PI 2015
Switch
SCALANCE
X208
ET 200SP
PROFIBUS
FC Standard Cable
Switch
SCALANCE
X208
10/100 Mbit/s
Industrial Ethernet FC Cable 2x2
IE/PB Link
S7-300-1/MP 370
S7-400 with
CP 443-1 Advanced
G_IK10_XX_10117
The SCALANCE X-200 Industrial Ethernet switches permit costeffective configuration of Industrial Ethernet line, star or ring
topologies with switching functionality for networks in which high
availability or remote diagnostics options are required. The devices with IP30 degree of protection have been designed for use
in the control cabinet. The SCALANCE X208PRO is designed
to the IP65/67 degree of protection for installation outside the
control cabinet. The SCALANCE X204-2TS (TS = Transportation
Systems) is suitable for use in railway applications due to its
specification according to EN 50155.
Siemens AG 2014
Design
The SCALANCE X-200 Industrial Ethernet switches with a rugged metal housing are optimized for mounting on a standard rail
and an S7-300 rail. Direct wall mounting in various positions is
also possible. Thanks to the S7-300 housing dimensions, the devices are suitable for integration into an automation solution with
S7-300 components.
The switches with IP20/IP30 degree of protection feature:
A row of LEDs to indicate the status information (power, link
status, data exchange, power supply, signaling contact)
contact
The SCALANCE X208PRO with IP65/67 degree of protection
features:
2 x M12 interfaces for connecting the redundant supply
An M12 interface for connecting the isolated signaling contact
The SCALANCE X-200 switches are available with the following
port types:
10/100BaseTX, RJ45 or M12 connection;
RJ45 or M12 port, automatic detection of the data rate (10 or
100 Mbit/s), with autosensing and autocrossover functions
for connecting IE FC cables using IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 or
IE FC M12 Plug PRO up to 100 m.
100BaseFX, BFOC connection technique;
BFOC ports for direct connection to Industrial Ethernet glass
fiber-optic cables up to 5 km (multimode FOC) or up to 26 km
(singlemode FOC) for configuring line, ring and star topologies.
Function
Configuring electrical and optical Industrial Ethernet line, star
and ring topologies
Fast redundancy in the ring with
- High Speed Redundancy Protocol (HRP); up to 0.3 seconds
for reconfiguration of the ring with 50 switches in the ring
- PROFINET MRP (Media Redundancy Protocol); up to
0.2 seconds for reconfiguration of the ring with 50 switches
in the ring
The functioning of the ring is continuously monitored by the
integrated redundancy manager. It recognizes failure of a
transmission path in the ring or failure of a SCALANCE X-200
and activates the substitute path within 0.3 seconds or
0.2 seconds with MRP
Use in ring topologies (100 Mbit/s) together with
SCALANCE X-300, SCALANCE X-400 and SCALANCE X-500
Easy diagnostics using signaling contact, SNMP and Web
browser
Easy copper cable diagnostics with Web browser for localizing cable breaks
Integration into the diagnostics of a PROFINET I/O controller
with expanded diagnostics functions for a consistent
diagnostics concept, including network infrastructure
Diagnosis of data traffic by means of a parameterizable mirror
port with a standard commercial network analyzer
Optimized support of PROFINET real-time communication
(RT) through prioritizing
Fast device replacement in the event of a fault by using the
optional C-PLUG swap medium (not included in scope of
supply)
The Industrial Ethernet SCALANCE X-200 switches with IP30
together with the stations to be connected. Electrical and optical
versions can be installed together in star, line and ring topologies. The SCALANCE X208PRO is designed for installation
outside the control cabinet.
- Max. 100 m with IE FC cable and IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 or
IE FC M12 Plug PRO
- Max. 10 m using patches with TP cord
Length of the optical cables
- Max. 5 000 m with Industrial Ethernet glass fiber-optic
cables (multimode)
cables (singlemode)
IP Address:
The IP address is assigned by means of the DHCP (Dynamic
Host Configuration Protocol). If there is no corresponding
server in the network, the IP address can be assigned using
the supplied software tool PST (Primary Setup Tool) or STEP 7.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/193
Siemens AG 2014
ET 200pro
S7-300 with CP 343-1
ET 200pro
Heavy gauge threaded joint
Operator control
and monitoring
Field PG
ET 200S
SCALANCE
X208PRO
Power Supply
PS791-1PRO
IPC with
CP 1616
230 V AC
SCALANCE
W788
24 V DC
Mobile Panel
277 IWLAN
230 V AC
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
G_IK10_XX_10078
24 V DC
Star network topology with SCALANCE X208PRO outside the control cabinet and 230 V AC power supply
S7-400
PC
Operator Station
zjhshujl
YY[
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE
X208
SCALANCE
X208
SCALANCE
X208
SCALANCE
X208
ET 200S
S7-300
S7-300
S7-300
S7-400
ET 200S
Star topology with SCALANCE X224
2/194
Siemens IK PI 2015
ET 200S
S7-400
ET 200S
ET 200S
nprXWXWYXX
ET 200S
S7-400
Siemens AG 2014
S7-400
Operator Station
S7-300
ET 200MP
PC
SCALANCE
X204-2
SCALANCE
X206-1
S7-1500
SCALANCE
X206-1
S7-300
IPC
SCALANCE X208
PC
IPC
ET 200SP
S7-300

G_IK10_XX_10113
HMI
S7-400
High-speed redundancy in mixed ring with fiber-optic and twisted-pair cables

PROFINET diagnostic interrupts from SCALANCE X 200
Switches can be displayed with the appropriate SIMATIC Engineering Tools and processed in the controller with expanded
diagnostics function. The engineering outlay for the PLC and
HMI have been drastically reduced due to the complete integration in the SIMATIC concept for system error messages.
The SCALANCE X-200 Industrial Ethernet switches can also be
integrated into a network management system such as SINEMA
Server through the standardized Simple Network Management
Protocol (SNMP). If faults occur on the device, error messages
(SNMP traps) can be sent to a network management system or
as e-mail to a specified network administrator.

Power
Port status
Data traffic
Signaling contact
Redundancy manager function
The Industrial Ethernet switches of the SCALANCE X-200 line
can also be monitored using the floating signaling contact.
The integral Web server enables configuration and diagnostics

settings to be made using a standard browser (e.g. port configuration). Statistical information can also be read out over the
Web server (e.g. port capacity utilization).
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/195
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5204-2BB10-2AA3
6GK5204-2BC10-2AA3
6GK5204-2BB10-2CA2
SCALANCE X204-2
SCALANCE X204-2LD
SCALANCE X204-2TS
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port




for optical waveguide at 100 Mbit/s

BFOC sockets (multimode up to 5 km) BFOC port (singlemode up to 26 km)
BFOC sockets (multimode up to 5 km)
-19 -14 dB
-
-15 -7 dB
-
-19 -14 dB
-
-34 dB
-34 dB
-34 dB
0 dB
0 dB
Transmission rate
Transfer rate 1
Transfer rate 2
Interfaces
Number of electrical/optical
connections
for power supply
for power supply

to 1 mW
0 dB
0 5 km
0 26 km
0 5 km
Design of the removable storage

C-PLUG
Yes
Yes
Yes
24 V
24 V
24 V
0.1 A
0.1 A
0.05 A
DC
DC
DC

minimum
maximum
24 V
18 V
32 V
24 V
18 V
32 V
12 V
10 V
30 V

supply input
Yes
Yes
Yes

for supply voltage
0.6 A / 60 V
0.6 A / 60 V
3 A / 32 V
0.265 A
0.265 A
0.6 A
6.36 W
6.36 W
6.6 W
Supply voltage,
2/196
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5204-2BB10-2AA3
6GK5204-2BC10-2AA3
6GK5204-2BB10-2CA2
SCALANCE X204-2
SCALANCE X204-2LD
SCALANCE X204-2TS
-40 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-
-40 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
If the IE switch X-204-2TS is installed
horizontally, a maximum ambient
temperature of +40 C is permitted

maximum
operation mode
95 %
95 %
95 %
Conformal coating, yes
Protection class IP
IP30
IP30
IP20
Design
compact
compact
compact
Width
Height
Depth
60 mm
125 mm
124 mm
60 mm
125 mm
124 mm
60 mm
125 mm
124 mm
Net weight
0.78 kg
0.78 kg
0.78 kg
Mounting type
wall mounting
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
50
50
Any (depending only on signal

propagation time)

propagation time)

propagation time)
Product function
CLI
web-based management
MIB support
TRAPs via email
Configuration with STEP 7
SMTP server
Port mirroring
for IRT PROFINET IO switch
PROFINET IO diagnosis
switch-managed
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Protocol is supported
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
FTP
BOOTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Identification & maintenance function

I&M0 - device-specific information Yes
Yes
I&M1 - higher level
designation/location designation
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Comment

components general
Cascading in the case of a
50
redundant ring at reconfiguration time
of < 0.3 s
Cascading in cases
of star structuring
configuration
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/197
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5204-2BB10-2AA3
6GK5204-2BC10-2AA3
6GK5204-2BB10-2CA2
SCALANCE X204-2
SCALANCE X204-2LD
SCALANCE X204-2TS
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product function
SICLOCK support
Yes
Yes
Yes
NTP
SNTP
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes

B, C, D / T4, CL.1, Zone 2, GP. IIC, T4
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 (2) G Ex nA
[op is] IIC T4, KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
ANSI / ISA 12.12.01, CSA C22.2 No.
213-M1987, CL. 1 / Div. 2 / GP. A, B, C,
D T4, CL. 1 / Zone 2 / GP. IIC, T4
EN 61000-6-4:2001 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-4:2001

EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
ANSI / ISA 12.12.01, CSA C22.2 No.
213-M1987, CL. 1 / Div. 2 / GP. A, B, C,
EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2

EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 (2) G Ex nA
[op is] IIC T4, KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
ANSI / ISA 12.12.01, CSA C22.2 No.
213-M1987, CL. 1 / Div. 2 / GP. A, B, C,
EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
Product functions Diagnosis

Product function
Port diagnostics
Statistics packet size
Statistics packet type
Error statistics
Product functions DHCP
Product function DHCP client
Product functions Redundancy
Product function
Ring redundancy
Redundancy manager
Standby redundancy
High Speed Redundancy Protocol
(HRP)
Passive listening
Protocol is supported PRP
Product functions Security
Protocol is supported SSH
Product functions Time
approvals
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone


CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
Railway application in accordance
with EN 50155
with EN 50124-1
Bureau Veritas (BV)
2/198
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5206-1BB10-2AA3
6GK5206-1BC10-2AA3
6GK5208-0BA10-2AA3
6GK5208-0HA10-2AA6
SCALANCE X206-1
SCALANCE X206-1LD
SCALANCE X208
SCALANCE X208PRO
Transfer rate 1
10 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
Transfer rate 2
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
M12 port, 4-pin, D-coded



5-pin M12 socket (b-coded)

4-pin M12 interface
(A-coded)



up to 5 km)
BFOC port (singlemode up

to 26 km)

relative to 1 mW
-19 -14 dB
-15 -7 dB
-34 dB
0 dB
Transmission rate
Interfaces
connections
for power supply
for power supply
Optical sensitivity relative to

1 mW of the receiver input minimum
0 dB
0 5 km
0 26 km

C-PLUG
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V

0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A
DC
DC
DC
DC

minimum
maximum
24 V
18 V
32 V
24 V
18 V
32 V
24 V
18 V
32 V
24 V
18 V
32 V

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

for supply voltage
0.6 A / 60 V
0.6 A / 60 V
0.6 A / 60 V
0.6 A / 60 V
0.22 A
0.2 A
0.185 A
0.185 A
5.28 W
5.28 W
3.84 W
4.4 W
Supply voltage, current

consumption, power loss
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/199
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5206-1BB10-2AA3
6GK5206-1BC10-2AA3
6GK5208-0BA10-2AA3
6GK5208-0HA10-2AA6
SCALANCE X206-1
SCALANCE X206-1LD
SCALANCE X208
SCALANCE X208PRO
-40 C + 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 C + 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 C + 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 C + 70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C

maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP30
IP30
IP30
IP65/67
Design
compact
compact
compact
compact
Width
Height
Depth
60 mm
125 mm
124 mm
60 mm
125 mm
124 mm
60 mm
125 mm
124 mm
90 mm
125 mm
124 mm
Net weight
0.78 kg
0.78 kg
0.78 kg
1 kg
Mounting type
wall mounting
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

50
of < 0.3 s
50
50
50
Cascading in cases
of star structuring
Any (depending only on

signal propagation time)



Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
SMTP server
Port mirroring
switch-managed
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
FTP
BOOTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes
I&M1 - higher level
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport

components general

configuration
2/200
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5206-1BB10-2AA3
6GK5206-1BC10-2AA3
6GK5208-0BA10-2AA3
6GK5208-0HA10-2AA6
SCALANCE X206-1
SCALANCE X206-1LD
SCALANCE X208
SCALANCE X208PRO
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product function
SICLOCK support
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
NTP
SNTP
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes

Group A, B, C, D / T4, CL.1,
Zone 2, GP. IIC, T4
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005,
II 3 (2) G Ex nA [op is] IIC T4,
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
ANSI / ISA 12.12.01, CSA
C22.2 No. 213-M1987, CL. 1
/ Div. 2 / GP. A, B, C, D T4,
CL. 1 / Zone 2 / GP. IIC, T4
EN 61000-6-4:2001 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2001

Zone 2, GP. IIC, T4
EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005,
II 3 G Ex nA II T4 KEMA 07
ATEX 0145X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
C22.2 No. 213-M1987, CL. 1
/ Div. 2 / GP. A, B, C, D T4,
EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2

Zone 2, GP. IIC, T4
EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005,
ATEX 0145X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
C22.2 No. 213-M1987, CL. 1
/ Div. 2 / GP. A, B, C, D T4,
EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2

Zone 2, GP. IIC, T4
EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005,
ATEX 0145X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
C22.2 No. 213-M1987, CL. 1
/ Div. 2 / GP. A, B, C, D T4,
EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
EN 61000-6-2:2001,
EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2,
EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2,
EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2,
EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No

Product function
Port diagnostics
Error statistics

Product function
Ring redundancy
Redundancy manager
Standby redundancy
(HRP)
Passive listening
approvals
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone


CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
with EN 50155
with EN 50124-1
Europe Ltd. (ABS)
Bureau Veritas (BV)
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/201
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5212-2BB00-2AA3
6GK5212-2BC00-2AA3
6GK5216-0BA00-2AA3
6GK5224-0BA00-2AA3
SCALANCE X212-2
SCALANCE X212-2LD
SCALANCE X216
SCALANCE X224
Transfer rate 1
10 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
Transfer rate 2
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
14
14
16
24
12
12
16
24
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port







up to 5 km)
BFOC port (singlemode up

to 26 km)

to 1 mW
-19 -14 dB
-
-15 -7 dB
-
-34 dB
-34 dB
0 dB
Transmission rate
Interfaces
connections
for power supply
for power supply

0 dB
0 5 km
0 26 km

C-PLUG
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V

0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A
DC
DC
DC
DC

minimum
maximum
24 V
18 V
32 V
24 V
18 V
32 V
24 V
18 V
32 V
24 V
18 V
32 V

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

for supply voltage
1.1 A / 33 V
1.1 A / 33 V
1.1 A / 33 V
1.1 A / 33 V
0.33 A
0.33 A
0.24 A
0.35 A
7.92 W
7.92 W
5.76 W
8.4 W
Supply voltage,
2/202
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5212-2BB00-2AA3
6GK5212-2BC00-2AA3
6GK5216-0BA00-2AA3
6GK5224-0BA00-2AA3
SCALANCE X212-2
SCALANCE X212-2LD
SCALANCE X216
SCALANCE X224
-40 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +70 C

95 %
95 %
95 %
95 %
IP30
IP30
IP30
IP30
Design
compact
compact
compact
compact
Width
Height
Depth
120 mm
125 mm
124 mm
120 mm
125 mm
124 mm
120 mm
125 mm
124 mm
180 mm
125 mm
124 mm
Net weight
1.2 kg
1.2 kg
1.2 kg
1.6 kg
Mounting type
wall mounting
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
50
50
50




Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
SMTP server
Port mirroring
switch-managed
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
FTP
BOOTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

I&M1 - higher level
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
Protection class IP

components general
50
of < 0.3 s
Cascading in cases
of star structuring
configuration
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/203
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5212-2BB00-2AA3
6GK5212-2BC00-2AA3
6GK5216-0BA00-2AA3
6GK5224-0BA00-2AA3
SCALANCE X212-2
SCALANCE X212-2LD
SCALANCE X216
SCALANCE X224
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product function SICLOCK support
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
NTP
SNTP
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes

Zone 2, GP. IIC, T4
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005,
II 3 (2) G Ex nA [op is] IIC T4,
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
ANSI / ISA 12.12.01,
CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987,
CL. 1 / Div. 2 / GP. A, B, C, D
T4, CL. 1 / Zone 2 /
GP. IIC, T4
EN 61000-6-4:2001
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2001

Zone 2, GP. IIC, T4
EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005,
ATEX 0145X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
ANSI / ISA 12.12.01,
CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987,
CL. 1 / Div. 2 / GP. A, B, C, D
T4, CL. 1 / Zone 2 /
GP. IIC, T4
EN 61000-6-4:2001
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2001

Zone 2, GP. IIC, T4
EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005,
ATEX 0145X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
ANSI / ISA 12.12.01,
CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987,
CL. 1 / Div. 2 / GP. A, B, C, D
T4, CL. 1 / Zone 2 /
GP. IIC, T4
EN 61000-6-4:2001
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2001

Zone 2, GP. IIC, T4
EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005,
ATEX 0145X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
ANSI / ISA 12.12.01,
CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987,
CL. 1 / Div. 2 / GP. A, B, C, D
T4, CL. 1 / Zone 2 /
GP. IIC, T4
EN 61000-6-4:2001
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2001
EN 61000-6-2:2001,
EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2:2001,
EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2:2001,
EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2:2001,
EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No

Product function
Port diagnostics
Error statistics
Product function
Ring redundancy
Redundancy manager
Standby redundancy
(HRP)
Passive listening
approvals
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone


CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
with EN 50155
with EN 50124-1
American Bureau
Bureau Veritas (BV)
2/204
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.

SCALANCE X-200
with integral SNMP access,
online diagnostics, copper cable
diagnostics and PROFINET
diagnostics for configuring line, star
and ring topologies;
with integrated redundancy
manager (exception: SCALANCE
X208PRO);
on CD-ROM
With electrical and optical ports
for glass multimode FOC up to
max. 5 km
- SCALANCE X204-2
with four 10/100 Mbit/s
RJ45 ports and two fiber-optic
ports
- SCALANCE X204-2TS
ports with extended temperature
range and EN 50155 approval
for railway applications
- SCALANCE X206-1
with six 10/100 Mbit/s
RJ45 ports and one fiber-optic
port
- SCALANCE X212-2
with twelve 10/100 Mbit/s
ports
for glass single mode FOC up to
max. 26 km
- SCALANCE X204-2LD
RJ45 ports and two long-distance fiber-optic ports
- SCALANCE X206-1LD
with six 10/100 Mbit/s
RJ45 ports and one long-distance fiber-optic port
- SCALANCE X212-2LD
with twelve 10/100 Mbit/s
RJ45 ports and two long-distance fiber-optic ports
With electrical ports
- SCALANCE X208;
with eight 10/100 Mbit/s
RJ45 ports
- SCALANCE X208PRO
with eight 10/100 Mbit/s
M12 ports, incl. eleven M12 dust
protection caps, IP65 degree of
protection
- SCALANCE X216
with sixteen 10/100 Mbit/s
RJ45 ports
- SCALANCE X224
with twenty-four 10/100 Mbit/s
RJ45 ports
Article No.
Accessories
(Type A)
6XV1840-2AH10

with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
50/125/1400 1) 2)
6GK5204-2BB10-2AA3
Multimode cable,
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
FO Robust Cable GP
4E9/125/90
6GK5204-2BB10-2CA2
6GK5212-2BB00-2AA3
6XV1843-2R
Singlemode cable,
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
FC FO Standard Cable GP
62.5/200/230
6GK5206-1BB10-2AA3
6XV1873-2A
6XV1847-2A
FC FO standard cable for fixed routing indoors with PVC sheath;

sold by the meter
minimum order 20 m
6GK5204-2BC10-2AA3
6GK5206-1BC10-2AA3
6GK5212-2BC00-2AA3
6GK5208-0BA10-2AA3

interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
FC BFOC Plug
6GK1900-1GB00-0AC0

cloths)
6GK5208-0HA10-2AA6
6GK5216-0BA00-2AA3
6GK5224-0BA00-2AA3
1)
2)
Special tools and trained personnel are required for pre-assembling glass
fiber-optic cables
M12 plug connector

for connection of Industrial Ethernet
4-pole, D-coded, metal enclosure,
IP65 degree of protection,
pin insert;
180 cable outlet;
Industrial Ethernet stations with
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 8 units
6GK1901-0DB20-6AA0
6GK1901-0DB20-6AA8
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/205
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.
IE connecting cable
M12-180/M12-180
with two 4-pole M12 plugs, 4-pole,
D-coded, IP65/IP67 degree of
protection;
Length:
0.3 m
0.5 m
1.0 m
1.5 m
2.0 m
3.0 m
5.0 m
10 m
15 m
Article No.
6XV1870-8AE30
6XV1870-8AE50
6XV1870-8AH10
6XV1870-8AH15
6XV1870-8AH20
6XV1870-8AH30
6XV1870-8AH50
6XV1870-8AN10
6XV1870-8AN15
PS791-1PRO Power Supply
IE M12 Panel Feedthrough
C-PLUG
Swap medium for simple replacement of devices in the event of a
fault; for storing configuration or
engineering and application data;
can be used for SIMATIC NET
products with C-PLUG slot
6GK1901-0DM20-2AA5
6GK1907-0DC10-6AA3
6GK1908-0DC10-6AA3
Socket for connecting

contact; 5-pole, B-coded,
with installation instructions
More information
Selection tools:
Online version:
Offline version:
TIA Selection Tool:
2/206
Siemens IK PI 2015
6GK1900-0AB00
IE Connecting Cable
IE FC RJ45 Plug-180/IE FC RJ45
Plug-180
Socket for connecting

SCALANCE W-700/
SCALANCE X208PRO
for 24 V DC supply;
4-pole, A-coded,
with installation instructions
Cable Connector PRO
6GK5791-1PS00-0AA6
AC/DC power supply, 10 W,

IP65 (-20 to +60 C)
for SCALANCE X208PRO,
input: AC 85 V 265 V,
output: 24 V DC, metal enclosure,
scope of delivery: AC power 3+PE
cable connector,
DC power cord M12,
installation materials, manuals
German/English
Control cabinet feedthrough

for transition from 4-pole,
D-coded M12 interface (IP65IP67)
to RJ45 socket (IP20)
1 pack = 5 units
IE Power M12
Cable Connector PRO
6EP1331-5BA00

85 264 V AC/110 300 V DC,
slim design
Preassembled IE FC TP trailing
with two IE FC RJ45 plug-180, IP20
degree of protection;
length:
1.0 m
2.0 m
3.0 m
5.0 m
10.0 m
15.0 m
20.0 m
6XV1871-5BH10
6XV1871-5BH20
6XV1871-5BH30
6XV1871-5BH50
6XV1871-5BN10
6XV1871-5BN15
6XV1871-5BN20
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
The managed Industrial Ethernet switches of the

SCALANCE XF-200 line are optimized for setting up Industrial
Ethernet networks at data transfer rates of 10/100 Mbit/s in a line,
star or ring topology.
Integrated redundancy manager for constructing Fast
Ethernet ring topologies with fast media redundancy
Enclosure in ET 200S format (slim design) for use in small
control boxes
housing
Benefits
Saves space in the control cabinet and uses smaller control

boxes due to slim design in the format of the ET 200S
distributed I/O
Simple connection and disconnection of the RJ45 plug by
means of easily accessible RJ45 sockets angled downward
on the device
High availability of the network thanks to:
- Redundant power supply
- Redundant network structures based on fiber-optic or
twisted pair cables (redundancy manager integrated)
- Easy device replacement by means of plug-in C-PLUG swap
medium
Lower susceptibility to failure and higher availability of the
plant networking due to latching of the RJ45 FastConnect
connectors in the sleeve of the RJ45 ports
Protection of investment due to integration into existing
network management systems by means of standardized
SNMP access
Time savings during engineering, commissioning and in the
operating phase of a plant by using the configuration and
diagnostics integrated in STEP 7
Product versions
for glass multi-mode FOC up to 5 km:
- SCALANCE XF204-2;
4 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 port, electrical
2 x 100 Mbit/s BFOC port, optical
- SCALANCE XF206-1;
1 x 100 Mbit/s BFOC port, optical
Switches with electrical ports:
- SCALANCE XF204;
- SCALANCE XF208;
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/207
Siemens AG 2014
Application
Features:
Device diagnostics with LEDs
Remote diagnostics by means of signaling contact,
PROFINET, SNMP, and Web browser
The RJ45 sockets are designed to be industry-compatible
with additional sleeves, for connection of the
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
S7-400
Operator Station
S7-300
Switching cabinet
S7-400
SCALANCE
XF204
PC
ET 200S
TP 177B
SCALANCE
X204-2
SCALANCE
X206-1
SCALANCE
X206-1
S7-300
IPC
SCALANCE X208
PC
IPC
S7-400
S7-300
S7-400

Ring topology with SCALANCE X-200 and XF-200
2/208
Siemens IK PI 2015
S7-400
G_IK10_XX_10257
The SCALANCE XF-200 Industrial Ethernet switches permit

cost-effective configuration of Industrial Ethernet line, star or ring
topologies with switching functionality for networks in which
high availability or remote diagnostics options are required.
The devices with degree of protection IP20 are designed for
operation in the control cabinet.
Siemens AG 2014
Design
The SCALANCE XF-200 managed Industrial Ethernet switches
are designed for installation on a standard DIN rail. With their
enclosure in ET 200S format (slim design), the devices are
optimally suited for integration in automation solutions in small
control boxes together with the ET200S.
The switches with IP20 degree of protection feature:
status, data traffic, power supply, signaling contact)
A 2-pole terminal block for connecting the isolated signaling
contact
The SCALANCE XF-200 switches are available with the following
port types:
10/100BaseTX, RJ45 connection;
RJ45 socket, automatic detection of the data rate (10 or 100
Mbit/s), with Autosensing and Autocrossover functions for
connecting IE FC cables using the IE FC RJ45 Plug 180.
100BaseFX, BFOC connection technique;
BFOC sockets for direct connection to Industrial Ethernet
glass fiber-optic cables up to 5 km (multimode fiber-optic
cable) for configuring line, ring, and star topologies.
Function
Setup of electrical and optical Industrial Ethernet line, star and
ring topologies
Fast redundancy in the ring with High Speed Redundancy
(HSR); up to 0.3 seconds for reconfiguration of the ring with
50 switches in the ring
Fast redundancy in the ring with PROFINET-compliant Media
Redundancy Protocol (MRP); max. 0.2 seconds required for
reconfiguration of the ring with 50 switches in the ring
The functioning of the ring is continuously monitored by the
integrated redundancy manager. It recognizes failure of a
transmission path in the ring or failure of a SCALANCE XF-200
and activates the substitute path within 0.3 or 0.2 seconds
Use in ring topologies (100 Mbit/s) together with
SCALANCE X-400, SCALANCE X-300, SCALANCE X-200,
SCALANCE X-200IRT
Load disconnection through integral switch functionality
browser
Easy copper cable diagnostics with Web browser for
localizing cable breaks
Integration into the diagnostics of a PROFINET I/O controller
with expanded diagnostics functions for a consistent
diagnostics concept, including network infrastructure
supply)

The SCALANCE XF-200 Industrial Ethernet switches with IP20
together with the stations to be connected. Electrical and optical
versions can be installed together in star, line and ring topologies.
Length of the TP cable between two SCALANCE XF switches:
- Max. 100 m with IE FC cable and IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
cables (multimode)
IP address:
The SCALANCE XF-200 switches are configured with STEP 7.
PROFINET diagnostic interrupts from SCALANCE XF-200
switches can be displayed with the appropriate SIMATIC Engineering Tools and processed in the controller with expanded
diagnostics function. The engineering outlay for the PLC and
HMI have been drastically reduced due to the complete integration in the SIMATIC concept for system error messages.
The SCALANCE XF-200 Industrial Ethernet switches can also be
integrated into a network management system through the
standardized protocol SNMP (Simple Network Management
Protocol). In the event of a fault in the device, error messages
(SNMP traps) can be sent to a network system or as e-mail to a
specified network administrator.
Power
Port status
Data traffic
Signaling contact
The Industrial Ethernet switches of the SCALANCE XF-200 line
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/209
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5204-0BA00-2AF2
6GK5204-2BC00-2AF2
6GK5206-1BC00-2AF2
6GK5208-0BA00-2AF2
SCALANCE XF204
SCALANCE XF204-2
SCALANCE XF206-1
SCALANCE XF208
Transfer rate 1
10 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
Transfer rate 2
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port







up to 5 km)

up to 5 km)
-19 -14 dB
-19 -14 dB
-34 dB
0 dB
0 dB
Transmission rate
Interfaces
Number of electrical/optical connections
for network components or terminal 4
equipment maximum
for network components and terminal equipment
for power supply
for power supply

to 1 mW

0 5 km
0 5 km

C-PLUG
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V

0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A
DC
DC
DC
DC

minimum
maximum
24 V
18 V
32 V
24 V
18 V
32 V
24 V
18 V
32 V
24 V
18 V
32 V

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

for supply voltage
1.1 A / 33 V
1.1 A / 33 V
1.1 A / 33 V
1.1 A / 33 V
0.11 A
0.22 A
0.17 A
0.13 A
2.64 W
5.28 W
4.08 W
3.12 W
Supply voltage,
2/210
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5204-0BA00-2AF2
6GK5204-2BC00-2AF2
6GK5206-1BC00-2AF2
6GK5208-0BA00-2AF2
SCALANCE XF204
SCALANCE XF204-2
SCALANCE XF206-1
SCALANCE XF208
-40 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
If the IE switch XF 200 is
installed horizontally a
maximum ambient temperature of +40 C is permitted
-40 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C

maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Design
Flat
Flat
Flat
Flat
Width
Height
Depth
75 mm
125 mm
73 mm
75 mm
125 mm
73 mm
75 mm
125 mm
73 mm
75 mm
125 mm
73 mm
Net weight
250 g
250 g
250 g
250 g
Mounting type
wall mounting
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No

50
of < 0.3 s
50
50
50
Cascading in cases of star structuring Any (depending only on





Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Comment

components general

configuration
Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
SMTP server
Port mirroring
switch-managed
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
FTP
BOOTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

I&M1 - higher level
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/211
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5204-0BA00-2AF2
6GK5204-2BC00-2AF2
6GK5206-1BC00-2AF2
6GK5208-0BA00-2AF2
SCALANCE XF204
SCALANCE XF204-2
SCALANCE XF206-1
SCALANCE XF208
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
NTP
SNTP
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes

Zone 2, GP. IIC, T4
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex
nA II T4, KEMA 07 ATEX
0145 X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
C22.2 No. 213-M1987, CL. 1
/ Div. 2 / GP. A, B, C, D T4,
EN 61000-6-4:2001 (
Class A)
EN 61000-6-4:2001

Zone 2, GP. IIC, T4
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 (2) G
Ex nA [op is] IIC T4, KEMA
07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
C22.2 No. 213-M1987, CL. 1
/ Div. 2 / GP. A, B, C, D T4,
EN 61000-6-4:2001
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2001

Zone 2, GP. IIC, T4
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 (2) G
Ex nA [op is] IIC T4, KEMA
07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1, CSA
C22.2 No. 60950-1
C22.2 No. 213-M1987, CL. 1
/ Div. 2 / GP. A, B, C, D T4,
EN 61000-6-4:2001
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2001

Zone 2, GP. IIC, T4
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 600EN 60079-15: 2005,
II 3 G Ex nA II T4, KEMA 07
ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
C22.2 No. 213-M1987, CL. 1
/ Div. 2 / GP. A, B, C, D T4,
EN 61000-6-4:2001
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2001
EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2:2001,
EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2:2001,
EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2:2001,
EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No

Product function
Port diagnostics
Error statistics
Product function
Ring redundancy
Redundancy manager
Standby redundancy
(HRP)
Passive listening
approvals
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone

CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
with EN 50155
with EN 50124-1
American Bureau
Bureau Veritas (BV)
2/212
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.
SCALANCE XF-200
Industrial Ethernet switches with
integrated SNMP access, online
diagnostics, copper cable diagnostics and PROFINET diagnostics for
configuring line, star and ring topologies; with integrated redundancy
manager; incl. operating instructions, Industrial Ethernet network
manual and configuration software
on CD-ROM
SCALANCE XF204-2
electrical;
2 x 100 Mbit/s BFOC ports, optical
SCALANCE XF206-1
electrical;
1 x 100 Mbit/s BFOC ports, optical
SCALANCE XF204
electrical
SCALANCE XF208
electrical
6GK5204-2BC00-2AF2
6GK5206-1BC00-2AF2
6GK5208-0BA00-2AF2
6XV1840-2AH10
FC BFOC plug
6GK1900-1GB00-0AC0
6XV1873-2A
6GK1901-1GA00

Ethernet FC cables
6GK1900-1GL00-0AA0

and microscope
6EP1331-5BA00

85 264 V AC/110 300 V DC,
slim design
C-PLUG
6XV1847-2A

cloths)
Multimode cable,
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
62.5/200/230
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0

IE FC RJ45 outlet / IE FC RJ45 plug;
PROFINET-compliant;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
50/125/1400 1) 2)
RJ45 plug-in connector for

interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK5204-0BA00-2AF2
Accessories
(Type A)
Article No.
6GK1900-0AB00
Swap medium for simple

replacement of devices in the
event of a fault;
for storing configuration or

sold by the meter
minimum order 20 m
1)
2)
Special tools and trained personnel are required for pre-assembling

More information
Selection tool:
Online version:
Offline version:
TIA Selection Tool:
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/213
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
Benefits
Ideal solution for establishing Industrial Ethernet networks with

high network availability (bumpless media redundancy
through parallel data transfer in parallel network topologies)
The reconfiguration time of a subnetwork does not influence
frame transmission
Fast and easy diagnosis with LEDs on the device, through the
integral Web server and through signaling contacts
Integration of the SCALANCE X-200RNA network access
points into the existing network management infrastructure
through SNMP access
Simple commissioning without mandatory configuring
configuration data
The SCALANCE X-200RNA (Redundant Network Access)
managed Industrial Ethernet network access points with PRP
functionality (Parallel Redundancy Protocol in accordance with
IEC 62439-3) are used to connect up to two non-PRP-enabled
terminal devices or network segments to parallel networks.
Media redundancy thanks to duplicate transmission of frames
in two parallel, separate networks
High system availability since frames are sent simultaneously
over two separate networks
Reconfiguration times in a subnetwork do not affect the
propagation time because the frames are transmitted via two
separate networks (bumpless redundancy)
Redundant 24 V DC voltage infeed or wide-range power
supply unit, depending on device version
SNMP access, integrated Web server and automatic e-mail
transmission function for remote diagnostics and signaling via
the network
Product versions
Network access point in plastic enclosure with electrical ports
- SCALANCE X204RNA for PRP networks;
for connecting up to two non-PRP-enabled terminal devices
to redundant networks with four electrical ports
Network access point in metal enclosure with electrical and
optical ports, as well as a wide-range power supply unit for
use under extended ambient conditions
- SCALANCE X204RNA EEC for PRP networks;
for connecting up to two non-PRP-enabled terminal devices
to redundant networks with two electrical terminal device
ports and two optical/electrical combo ports for network
connection
- SCALANCE X204RNA EEC for PRP or HSR networks;
for connecting up to two non-PRP-enabled or non-HSRenabled terminal devices to redundant networks with two
electrical terminal device ports and two optical/electrical
combo ports for network connection. PRP or HSR function
can be defined by the user when starting the device
(for description of HSR function, see Section on X204RNA
with HSR function).
2/214
Siemens IK PI 2015
Application
The SCALANCE X-200RNA Industrial Ethernet network access
points enable low-cost connection of non-PRP-enabled terminal
equipment to parallel, separate networks in which high availability is demanded. The devices with degree of protection IP20 are
designed for operation in the control cabinet.
Features:
Device diagnostics with LEDs (power, link status, data
communication)
Remote diagnostics possible via signaling contact (signal
screen can be set locally using buttons),
SNMP, and Web browser
With its extended ambient conditions, the SCALANCE
X204RNA EEC is suitable for use in power switching and
distribution systems (IEC 61850-3, IEEE 1613) in tough
industrial environments
Siemens AG 2014
Design
The SCALANCE X204RNA and X204RNA EEC network access
points with rugged plastic or metal enclosure have been optimized for installation on a standard mounting rail and for direct
wall mounting in different mounting positions.
The network access points with IP20 degree of protection
feature:
voltage (2 x 24 V DC), or a 3-pole terminal block in the case of
the wide-range power supply unit
A 2-pole or 3-pole terminal block for connecting the floating
signaling contact in the corresponding voltage range
The SCALANCE X200RNA devices are available with the following port types:
100BaseTX, RJ45 connection;
RJ45 port with a data rate of 100 Mbit/s, with autosensing and
autocrossover function for the connection of IE FC cables via
100BaseTX, combo port (RJ45, SFP slot);
100 Mbit/s combo ports for direct connection to Industrial
Ethernet copper cables or glass fiber-optic cables
(multimode/singlemode fiber-optic cable);
if the RJ45 interface of the combo port is used, the SFP slot is
deactivated, and vice versa.
Commissioning and diagnosis

points can be integrated into a network management system via
the standardized protocol SNMP (Simple Network Management
Power
Port status
Data traffic
Signaling contact
PRP activity
The SCALANCE X-200RNA Industrial Ethernet network
access points can also be monitored using the floating signaling
contact.
Integration
PG/PC/IPC with
SOFTNET-IE RNA
Server with
SOFTNET-IE
RNA
Function
Industrial
Ethernet
(LAN A)
Industrial
Ethernet
(LAN B)
SIPROTEC
SCALANCE
X204RNA
SIMATIC
S7-400 with
CP 443-1RNA
The SCALANCE X-200RNA switches with IP30 degree of protection are usually installed in a control cabinet together with the
stations to be connected. They can be mixed electrically and
optically in star and line topologies.
PC
G_IK10_XX_10333
Connection of non-PRP-enabled terminal equipment to

parallel, separate networks
Parallel data transfer over two parallel, separate networks
browser
supply)

Length of the TP cable between the network and
SCALANCE X-200RNA:
Length of the optical cables between the network and
SCALANCE X-200RNA
cables (multimode)
cables (singlemode)
IP address:
the supplied software tool PST (Primary Setup Tool).
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/215
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5204-0BA00-2KB2
6GK5204-0BS00-3LA3
6GK5204-0BS00-3PA3
SCALANCE X204RNA
SCALANCE X204RNA EEC
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
SFP
SFP
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port




SFF port
SFF port

C-PLUG
Yes
Yes
Yes
Operating current of signaling contacts at AC maximum
0.1 A
0.1 A
24 V
24 V
24 V
0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A
DC
24 V

minimum
maximum
19.2 V
28.8 V
Yes
Yes
Yes
0.15 A
0.25 A
0.25 A
3.5 W
6W
6W
Transmission rate
Transfer rate 2
Interfaces
connections
as combo port for network components or terminal equipment
for power supply
Design of electrical/optical
connections for network components
for power supply
Supply voltage, current consumption, power loss

supply input
Type of fusing at input for supply voltage
2/216
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5204-0BA00-2KB2
6GK5204-0BS00-3LA3
6GK5204-0BS00-3PA3
SCALANCE X204RNA
-40 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
A maximum operating temperature of
+85 C is permissible for a duration of
16 hours
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
A maximum operating temperature of
+85 C is permissible for a duration of
16 hours

maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %

operation mode
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
IP20
Design
compact
compact
compact
Width
Height
Depth
45 mm
100 mm
87 mm
70 mm
147 mm
123 mm
70 mm
147 mm
123 mm
Net weight
0.23 kg
0.78 kg
0.78 kg
Mounting type
wall mounting
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
Mounting type

of < 0.3 s
Cascading in cases of star structuring -

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Comment

components general

configuration
Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
Port mirroring
switch-managed
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
FTP
BOOTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
DCP
LLDP
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No

Yes
I&M1 - higher level
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/217
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5204-0BA00-2KB2
6GK5204-0BS00-3LA3
6GK5204-0BS00-3PA3
SCALANCE X204RNA
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product function
SICLOCK support
No
No
No
NTP
SNTP
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes

EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4,
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
IEC 61850, IEEE 1613

EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4,
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 142-M1987
IEC 61850, IEEE 1613

EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4,
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 142-M1987
EN 61000-6-4:2001 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-4:2001
EN 61000-6-4:2001 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-4:2001
EN 61000-6-4:2001 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-4:2001
EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
-
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No

Product function
Port diagnostics
Error statistics
Product function
Ring redundancy
Redundancy manager
Standby redundancy
(HRP)
High availability Seamless Redundancy (HSR)
Passive listening
approvals
Standard
for EMC
- from FM
for hazardous zone

CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
with EN 50155
with EN 50124-1
IEC 61850-3
Certificate of suitability IEEE 1613
American Bureau
Bureau Veritas (BV)
2/218
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
SCALANCE X-200RNA Industrial Ethernet network access points
Accessories
Industrial Ethernet network

access points with integrated
SNMP access, web diagnostics
and PROFINET diagnostics, for
connecting non-PRP-enabled terminal equipment to PRP networks;
on CD-ROM;
with electrical and optical ports
for glass multimode fiber optic
cables up to 5 km
SCALANCE X204RNA
with four 100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
with two 100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
and two RJ45/SFP combo ports
with PRP or HSR support
(Type A)
SIMATIC NET communications

processor CP 443-1 RNA
4-wire, shielded TP installation

cable for connecting to IE
FC RJ45 outlet/IE FC RJ45 plug;
PROFINET-compliant;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6GK5204-0BA00-2KB2
6GK5204-0BS00-3LA3
6GK5204-0BS00-3PA3
6GK7443-1RX00-0XE0
S7 integration into bumpless,

redundant network structures on
the basis of the Parallel Redundancy Protocol (PRP)

interfaces
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
SFP plug-in transceiver
SFP991-1
(multimode, glass, up to 3 km)
SFP991-1LH+
(singlemode, glass, up to 70 km,
LH+)
SFP991-1LD
(singlemode, glass, up to 26 km)
SOFTNET-IE RNA
Software for connecting PCs to
PRP-enabled networks with integrated SNMP, runtime software,
software and electronic manual
on CD-ROM, license key on USB
flash drive, Class A
SOFTNET-IE RNA V12
for 32/64-bit
Windows 7 Professional/Ultimate;
for Windows 2008 Server R2;
for 32/64-bit
Windows 8 Professional/Enterprise;
for Windows Server 2012
German/English
Single License for one installation
6XV1840-2AH10
6GK1711-1EW12-0AA0
SOFTNET-IE RNA V8.1

for 32-bit Windows XP;
German/English
6GK1711-1EW08-1AA0
Software Update Service
6GK1711-1EW00-3AL0
1)
2)

6GK5991-1AD00-8AA0
6GK5991-1AE00-8AA0
6GK5991-1AF00-8AA0
LC Plug MM2)
6GK1901-0RB10-2AB0
LC Plug SM2)
6GK1901-0SB10-2AB0
FO Robust Cable GP 50/125/9001)
6XV1873-2R
FO Robust Cable GP
4x9/125/9001)
6XV1843-2R
6EP1331-5BA00

85 264 V AC/110 300 V DC,
slim design
C-PLUG
for 1 year with automatic extension;

requirement:
Current software version
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
6GK1900-0AB00

products with C-PLUG slots
More information
Selection tools:
To assist in selecting the right Industrial Ethernet switches as
well as configuration of modular variants, the SIMATIC NET Selection Tool and the TIA Selection Tool are available at:

Online version:
Offline version:
TIA Selection Tool:
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/219
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
Benefits
Ideal solution for establishing Industrial Ethernet networks with

high network availability (bumpless media redundancy
through parallel data transfer in parallel network topologies)
Bumpless data transmission in ring-shaped network structures for high availability systems (e.g. process automation)
Integration of the SCALANCE X-200RNA network access
points into the existing network management infrastructure
through SNMP access
Simple commissioning without mandatory configuring
configuration data
The SCALANCE X-200RNA (Redundant Network Access)
managed Industrial Ethernet network access points with HSR
functionality (High-availability Seamless Redundancy Protocol
in accordance with IEC 62439-3) are used to connect up to two
non-HSR-enabled terminal devices or network segments to a
ring-shaped HSR network structure. They can also be used for
simple and redundant transition from HSR to PRP (Parallel
Redundancy Protocol) network structures.
Media redundancy thanks to duplicate transmission of frames
in ring-shaped networks
High system availability since frames are sent simultaneously
via two routes in the ring
No reconfiguration times of the ring-shaped network are
required in the event of an error due to duplicate transmission
of frames in the ring
Simple and redundant connection of HSR and PRP network
structures
Redundant 24 V DC voltage infeed or wide-range power
supply unit, depending on device version
SNMP access, integrated Web server and automatic e-mail
transmission function for remote diagnostics and signaling via
the network
Product versions
Network access point in plastic enclosure with electrical ports
- SCALANCE X204RNA for HSR networks;
for connecting up to two non-HSR-enabled terminal devices
to ring-topology networks with four electrical ports
Network access point in metal enclosure with electrical and
optical ports, as well as a wide-range power supply unit for
use under extended ambient conditions
- SCALANCE X204RNA EEC for HSR networks;
for connecting up to two non-HSR-enabled terminal devices
to ring-shaped networks with two electrical terminal device
ports and two optical/electrical combo ports for network
connection
- SCALANCE X204RNA EEC for PRP or HSR networks;
for connecting up to two non-PRP-enabled or non-HSRenabled terminal devices to redundant networks with two
electrical terminal device ports and two optical/electrical
combo ports for network connection. PRP or HSR function
can be defined by the user when starting the device (for
description of PRP function, see Section on X204RNA with
PRP function).
2/220
Siemens IK PI 2015
Application
points with HSR functionality enable low-cost connection of
non-HSR-enabled terminal devices to ring-shaped networks in
which high availability is demanded. The devices with degree of
protection IP20 are designed for operation in the control cabinet.
Features:
communication)
Remote diagnostics possible via signaling contact
(signal screen can be set locally using buttons),
SNMP, and Web browser
With its extended ambient conditions, the SCALANCE
X204RNA EEC is suitable for use in power switching and
distribution systems (IEC 61850-3, IEEE 1613) in tough
industrial environments
Siemens AG 2014
Design
The SCALANCE X204RNA and X204RNA EEC network access
points with rugged plastic or metal enclosure have been
optimized for installation on a standard mounting rail and for
direct wall mounting in different mounting positions.
The network access points with IP20 degree of protection
feature:
voltage (2 x 24 V DC), or a 3-pole terminal block in the case of
the wide-range power supply unit
A 2-pole or 3-pole terminal block for connecting the floating
signaling contact in the corresponding voltage range
The SCALANCE X200RNA devices are available with the
following port types:
100BaseTX, RJ45 connection;
RJ45 port with a data rate of 100 Mbit/s, with autosensing and
autocrossover function for the connection of IE FC cables via
100BaseTX, combo port (RJ45, SFP slot);
100 Mbit/s combo ports for direct connection to Industrial
Ethernet copper cables or glass fiber-optic cables
(multimode/singlemode fiber-optic cable);
if the RJ45 interface of the combo port is used, the SFP slot is
deactivated, and vice versa.
Function
Connection of non-HSR-enabled terminal devices to ringshaped networks
Transition from ring-shaped HSR networks to parallel PRP
network structures
Parallel data transmission by means of duplicate transmission
in the ring network
browser
supply)
The SCALANCE X-200RNA switches with IP20 degree of protection are usually installed in a control cabinet together with the
stations to be connected. They can be mixed electrically and
optically in star and line topologies.
Length of the TP cable between the network and
SCALANCE X-200RNA:
Length of the optical cables between the network and
SCALANCE X-200RNA
cables (multimode)
cables (singlemode)
IP address:
the supplied software tool PST (Primary Setup Tool).
points can be integrated into a network management system via
the standardized protocol SNMP (Simple Network Management
Power
Port status
Data traffic
Signaling contact
HSR activity
The SCALANCE X-200RNA Industrial Ethernet network
access points can also be monitored using the floating signaling
contact.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/221
Siemens AG 2014
Integration
PRP communication
SIMATIC S7-400 with
CP 443-1RNA
2
PG/PC/IPC
Server with
SOFTNET-IE RNA
Server
SCALANCE
X204RNA
SCALANCE
X204RNA
SCALANCE
XR-300
SCALANCE
XR-300 EEC
HSR communication
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE
X204RNA
SCALANCE
X204RNA
SCALANCE
X204RNA
EEC
Industrial Ethernet
Protection device
with HSR 1)
PC
High-availability Seamless Redundancy Protocol
Environment with a
high EMC load, e.g.
low-voltage and
SCALANCE
X204RNA
SCALANCE
X204RNA
EEC
Protection device
with HSR 1)
Protection device
without HSR 1)
IP camera
PC
1)
Ring-shaped HSR network structure with SCALANCE X-204RNA
2/222
Siemens IK PI 2015
High-Availability Seamless Redundancy Protocol
For extended ambient

conditions, e.g. EMC load
G_IK10_XX_10344
Protection device
without HSR 1)
G_IK10_XX_10343
IP camera
1)
SCALANCE
X204RNA EEC
Redundant transition from ring-shaped HSR network structure to parallel

PRP network structure by means of SCALANCE X204RNA
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5204-0BA00-2MB2
6GK5204-0BS00-2NA3
6GK5204-0BS00-3PA3
SCALANCE X204RNA
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
SFP
SFP
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port




SFF port
SFF port

C-PLUG
Yes
Yes
Yes

contacts at AC maximum
0.1 A
0.1 A

24 V
24 V
24 V

0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A
DC
24 V
minimum
maximum
19.2 V
28.8 V

Yes
Yes
Yes
0.15 A
0.25 A
0.25 A
3.5 W
6W
6W
Transmission rate
Transfer rate 2
Interfaces
connections
as combo port for network components or terminal equipment
for power supply
for power supply
Supply voltage,

for supply voltage
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/223
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5204-0BA00-2MB2
6GK5204-0BS00-2NA3
6GK5204-0BS00-3PA3
SCALANCE X204RNA
-40 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
A maximum operating temperature
of +85 C is permissible for a duration
of 16 hours
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
A maximum operating temperature
of +85 C is permissible for a duration
of 16 hours

maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
IP20
Design
compact
compact
compact
Width
Height
Depth
45 mm
100 mm
87 mm
70 mm
147 mm
123 mm
70 mm
147 mm
123 mm
Net weight
0.23 kg
0.78 kg
0.78 kg
Mounting type
wall mounting
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
SMTP server
Port mirroring
switch-managed
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
FTP
BOOTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
DCP
LLDP
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No

Yes
I&M1 - higher level
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Comment

configuration
2/224
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5204-0BA00-2MB2
6GK5204-0BS00-2NA3
6GK5204-0BS00-3PA3
SCALANCE X204RNA
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product function
SICLOCK support
No
No
No
NTP
SNTP
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes

EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4,
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
IEC 61850, IEEE 1613

EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 600EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex
nA II T4, KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 142-M1987
IEC 61850, IEEE 1613

EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4,
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 142-M1987
EN 61000-6-4:2001 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-4:2001
EN 61000-6-4:2001 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-4:2001
EN 61000-6-4:2001 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-4:2001
EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
-
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No

Product function
Port diagnostics
Error statistics

Product function
Ring redundancy
Redundancy manager
Standby redundancy
(HRP)
Media Redundancy Protocol
(MRP)
(PRP)
High availability Seamless
Redundancy (HSR)
Passive listening
approvals
Standard
for EMC
- from FM
for hazardous zone

CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
with EN 50155
with EN 50124-1
IEC 61850-3
Bureau Veritas (BV)
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/225
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.
SCALANCE X-200RNA HSR Industrial Ethernet network access points
Industrial Ethernet network access

points with integrated SNMP
access, web diagnostics and
PROFINET diagnostics,
for connecting non-HSR-enabled
terminal devices to ring-shaped
HSR networks;
Industrial Ethernet network manual,
on CD-ROM;
cables up to 5 km
SCALANCE X204RNA
6GK5204-0BA00-2MB2
6GK5204-0BS00-2NA3
6GK5204-0BS00-3PA3
6XV1840-2AH10
4-wire, shielded TP installation

cable for connecting to
IE FC RJ45 outlet/IE FC RJ45 plug;
PROFINET-compliant;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
interfaces
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
1)
2)

More information
Selection tool:
Online version:
Offline version:
TIA Selection Tool:
2/226
Siemens IK PI 2015

SFP991-1
(multimode, glass, up to 3 km)
SFP991-1LH+
(singlemode, glass, up to 70 km,
LH+)
SFP991-1LD
(singlemode, glass, up to 26 km)
6GK5991-1AD00-8AA0
6GK5991-1AE00-8AA0
6GK5991-1AF00-8AA0
LC Plug MM2)
6GK1901-0RB10-2AB0
LC Plug SM2)
6GK1901-0SB10-2AB0
FO Robust Cable GP 50/125/9001)
6XV1873-2R
FO Robust Cable GP
4x9/125/9001)
6XV1843-2R
6EP1331-5BA00

85 264 V AC/110 300 V DC,
slim design
C-PLUG
Accessories
(Type A)
Article No.

event of a fault;
products with C-PLUG slots
6GK1900-0AB00
SCALANCE X-200IRT
X202-2IRT
X202-2P IRT
X202-2P IRT PRO
X204IRT
X204IRT PRO

X201-3P IRT
X201-3P IRT
PRO
X202-2IRT
X202-2P IRT
X202-2P IRT
PRO
X204IRT
X204IRT
PRO
XF204IRT
Static Routing
Link Aggregation
IP Access List

Broadcast blocking

Passive Listening

X200-4P IRT
Siemens IK PI 2015
G_IK10_XX_10314
C-PLUG slot
IRT capability
Standby redundancy
X201-3P IRT PRO
SNMP
Gigabit Ethernet
10 Gigabit Ethernet
Modular design
PC module
Format module S7
X201-3P IRT
PROFINET diagnosis
Type of
device
X200-4P IRT
Software
Signal contact
applies
Function overview SCALANCE X-200IRT managed: Hardware

SIMATIC environment
XF204IRT
LED diagnosis
Type of device
G_IK10_XX_10315
SCALANCE X-200IRT
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
Hardware
applies
Function overview SCALANCE X-200IRT managed: Software
2/227
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
Product versions
SCALANCE X204IRT
For configuring electrical Industrial Ethernet linear bus, star or
ring topologies with 4 electrical ports
SCALANCE X202-2IRT
For configuring electrical/optical Industrial Ethernet linear bus,
star or ring topologies with two electrical ports and two glass
fiber optic ports
SCALANCE X202-2P IRT
star or ring topologies with two electrical ports and two optical
POF fiber optic ports
star or ring topologies with one electrical port and three optical
POF fiber optic ports
SCALANCE X-200IRT switches are especially designed for
constructing isochronous real-time (IRT) Industrial Ethernet
networks in line, star and ring topologies at transmission rates of
10/100 Mbit/s (Redundancy Manager integrated); construction
of redundant ring connections possible.
Optimized performance due to combination of the switching
mechanisms "Cut Through" and "Store and Forward"
Fast media redundancy due to the integrated redundancy
manager for Fast Ethernet
PROFINET-compatible plug-in connectors that offer additional
enclosure
Different device versions with copper and fiber-optic interfaces (BFOC, SC RJ)
Implementation of cabinet-free plant concepts with
PROFINET-compliant push pull connection systems with
device variants with IP65/67 protection

For configuring optical Industrial Ethernet linear bus, star or
ring topologies with 4 optical POF fiber-optic ports
SCALANCE X204 IRT PRO
For the construction of electrical Industrial Ethernet linear, star
or ring topologies with four electrical ports in degree of
protection IP65/67 with PROFINET-compliant push-pull
connection technology
SCALANCE X202-2P IRT PRO
For the construction of electrical/optical Industrial Ethernet
linear bus, star or ring structures with two electrical and two
optical POF/PCF fiber optic ports in degree of protection
IP65/67 with PROFINET-compliant push-pull connection
technology
For the construction of electrical/optical Industrial Ethernet
linear bus, star or ring topologies with one electrical and three
optical POF/PCF fiber optic ports in degree of protection
IP65/67 with PROFINET-compliant push-pull connection
technology
Applicable to all versions:
Integral redundancy manager (RM)
communication)
Remote diagnosis is possible through signaling contact
(signal mask can be set locally using buttons), PROFINET,
SNMP and Web browser
Automatic e-mail send function
strain relief and bending strain relief thanks to latching on
the housing
The SCALANCE X-200IRT switches, based on PROFINET,
satisfy the real-time requirements of the field level up to highperformance motion control applications.
2/228
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Benefits
The ideal solution for constructing isochronous real-time (IRT)

Industrial Ethernet segments especially in line, star and ring
topologies with copper and fiber-optic cabling (glass FOC,
PCF FOC, POF FOC)
Reliable data communication thanks to rugged, industrystandard device connection using PROFINET-compatible
connectors (IE FC RJ45 Plug 2x2) that offer additional strain
relief and bending strain relief thanks to latching on the
enclosure
High network availability in ring topologies, without reconfiguration times, when using the PROFINET-compliant MRPD
process (Media Redundancy for Planned Duplication
according to IEC 61158)
Easy integration in the process diagnosis and system
diagnosis with PROFINET
Configuration and diagnostics integrated into STEP 7 provide
significant benefits during the engineering, start-up and
operating phases of a plant
configuration data
Application
The SCALANCE X-200IRT Industrial Ethernet switches permit
the construction of isochronous real-time (IRT) Industrial Ethernet line and star topologies. Ring structures can also be designed using the integral redundancy manager (RM). Redundant ring connections are also possible. Thanks to innovative
switching technology, the special requirements of automation
with regard to line topology, isochronous mode for motion control
applications and unlimited IT openness have been satisfied for
the first time within a single technology based on the PROFINET
standard.
The switches with IP30 degree of protection have been designed for use in the control cabinet. The switches with IP65/67
protection are designed for cabinet-free mounting (PROFINETcompliant push pull connection technology).
Design
The SCALANCE X-200IRT switches in a rugged metal housing
with IP30 and IP65/67 degree of protection are optimized for
mounting on a standard rail and an S7-300 rail. Direct wall
mounting in various positions is also possible. Thanks to the
S7-300 housing dimensions, the devices are suitable for
integration into an automation solution with S7-300 components.
The switches have a 4-pin terminal block for connecting the
redundant supply voltage (2 x 24 V DC). The variants with
IP65/67 protection have two 5-pin push-pull connectors via
which the supply voltage is fed and forwarded. In addition, the
load voltage circuit is also looped through for the ET200pro
devices further along the line. The devices with IP65/67
protection thus have no redundant voltage feed, but permit
optimal integration into cabinet-free plant concepts with
ET200pro modules.
The status information (power, link status, data traffic, voltage
supply, signaling contact) is indicated by means of a row of
LEDs.
The SCALANCE X-200IRT modules are available with the following port types:
10/100BaseTX, RJ45 connection
RJ45 port, automatic detection of the data rate (10 or
100 Mbit/s), with Autosensing and Autocrossover function for
connecting IE FC cables over IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 over
distances up to 100 m.
10/100BaseTX, push-pull RJ45 connection
RJ45 port, automatic detection of the data rate (10 or
100 Mbit/s), with Autosensing and Autocrossover function for
connecting IE FC cables via IE FC RJ45 Plug PRO over
distances up to 100 m
100BaseFX, BFOC connection technique
BFOC ports for direct connection to Industrial Ethernet glass
fiber-optic cables up to 5000 m for configuring line and star
topologies.
100BaseFX, SC RJ connections
SC RJ ports for connection to Industrial Ethernet POF (50 m)
and PCF FOC (100 m) using SC RJ plug connectors
100BaseFX, push-pull SC RJ connections
SC RJ ports for connection to Industrial Ethernet POF (50 m)
and PCF FOC (100 m) using SC RJ plug PRO connectors
Real-time Ethernet
Interfacing of the PROFINET IO Devices to the PROFINET IO
Controller through high-performance, optimized data transmission
Coexistence of isochronous mode for motion control applications and IT openness:
Reaction-free transmission of real-time and non-real-time
communication on the same line
Additionally through isochronous real-time (IRT) Ethernet
Isochronous real-time communication based on the transmission procedure of the IEEE 802 standard by combining the
switching mechanisms "Cut Through" and "Store and Forward"
For drive controls, PROFINET with isochronous real-time is the
best performing system worldwide with regard to its isochronronous and deterministic response.
With a cycle time of 1 ms, for example, axes can be controlled
in isochronous mode whereby 50% of the bandwidth is
available solely for IT communication.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/229
Siemens AG 2014
Function

The SCALANCE X-200IRT Industrial Ethernet Switches are
usually installed in the control cabinet together with the stations
to be connected (e.g. ET 200S) or, in the case of cabinet-free
designs, mounted directly onto the machine. When configuring
the network, it is necessary to observe the following boundary
conditions:
- Max. 100 m with IE FC cable and IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 or
IE FC RJ45 Plug PRO
- Max. 10 m with TP Cord
cables (62.5/125 m)
cables (50/125 m)
- Max. 100 m with Industrial Ethernet PCF fiber-optic cables.
- Max. 50 m with Industrial Ethernet POF fiber-optic cables.
IP Address:
The SCALANCE X-200IRT switches and their real-time
functions are configured with STEP 7.

PROFINET diagnostic alarms from SCALANCE X-200IRT
Switches can be displayed with the appropriate SIMATIC
Engineering Tools and processed in the control unit. The engineering outlay for the PLC and HMI have been drastically reduced due to the complete integration in the SIMATIC concept
for system error messages.
The SCALANCE X-200IRT Industrial Ethernet switches can also
be integrated into a network management system through the
standardized protocol SNMP (Simple Network Management
Protocol). In the event of a device fault, error messages (SNMP
traps) can be sent to a network system or as e-mail to a specified
network manager.
The integral Web server enables configuration and diagnosis
settings to be made using a standard browser. Statistical information can also be read out over the Web server. Warning
thresholds, and alarms generated by them, permit early recognition of critical fiber states (only with POF). Cable failures (fiber
breakage) can thus be avoided, and plant downtimes reduced,
since maintenance work can be carried out at an early point in
time and outside production periods.
Power
Port status
Data traffic
RM activated
POF cable diagnostics (for POF versions only)
The Industrial Ethernet switches of the SCALANCE X-200IRT line
PROFINET
Industrial
Ethernet
PC with CP 1616
as PN IO controller
Field PG
SCALANCE
X204IRT
IPC with CP 1616

as PN IO device
ET 200S
Configuration example for SCALANCE X204IRT
2/230
Siemens IK PI 2015
SCALANCE
X204IRT
ET 200S
G_IK10_XX_10100
4-port switch for configuring electrical and optical Industrial

Ethernet line, star and ring topologies
Integral redundancy manager for design of ring topologies
Integral standby function for redundant coupling of two rings
Extremely short cycle times with highly accurate clock-pulse
rates thanks to integrated real-time functions
Bumpless ring redundancy by sending message frames twice
in the ring, by means of PROFINET-compliant MRPD
procedure (Media Redundancy for Planned Duplication
System-wide clock accuracy (less than 1 ms)
Load disconnection through integral switch functionality
browser
Automatic e-mail function
Integration into the diagnostics of a PROFINET IO-Controllers
for a consistent diagnostics concept, including network
infrastructure
supply)
Siemens AG 2014
S7-400
PC
ET 200S
ET 200S
Switch
SCALANCE
X202-2IRT
PC
S7-400
Industrial Ethernet
S7-300
Switch
SCALANCE
X202-2IRT
IPC
ET 200S
G_IK10_XX_10102
Switch
SCALANCE
X202-2IRT
S7-300
Configuration with high-speed redundancy in the optical ring
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/231
Siemens AG 2014
Operator Station
Operator Stations
S7-300
SCALANCE
X204IRT
SCALANCE
X208
Industrial Ethernet / PROFINET (Twisted Pair)

Industrial Ethernet / PROFINET (Fiber Optic)
100 Mbit/s
SCALANCE X208
S7-1500
SCALANCE X202-2IRT
as standby master
S7-1500
SCALANCE X202-2IRT
as standby slave
100 Mbit/s
S7-400
SCALANCE
X204-2
SCALANCE
X202-2IRT
G_IK10_XX_10173
IPC
S7-1500
Redundant coupling of two subnetworks with SCALANCE X-200IRT
zpth{pjGz^TZWW
GjwGZ[ZTX
wyvmpul{
tG
zjhshujl
XWXTXwvm
oGG
plGG
l{GYWW
l{GYWWzG
ptGX\XTZGwuGmv
wvmTmvj
pGl
zjhshujl
YW[py{
zjhshujl
YWYTYwGpy{
zjhshujl
YWWT[wGpy{
Mixed network topology with plastic fiber-optic cables and twisted-pair cables
2/232
Siemens IK PI 2015
nprXWXWX^]
l{GYWWzG
ptGX\XTZGwuGmv
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5200-4AH00-2BA3
6GK5201-3BH00-2BA3
6GK5202-2BH00-2BA3
Transfer rate 1
10 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
Transfer rate 2
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SC RJ
SC RJ
RJ45 port
RJ45 port





SC-RJ/POF port
SC-RJ/POF port
SC-RJ/POF port
-8 ... -2 dB
-8 ... -2 dB
-8 ... -2 dB
-25 dB
-25 dB
-25 dB
0 dB
0 dB
Transmission rate
Interfaces
connections
for power supply
SC RJ
for power supply

to 1 mW
0 dB
0 0.05 km
0 0.05 km
0 0.05 km

C-PLUG
Yes
Yes
Yes

24 V
24 V
24 V

0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A
DC
DC
DC

minimum
maximum
24 V
18 V
32 V
24 V
18 V
32 V
24 V
18 V
32 V

Yes
Yes
Yes

for supply voltage
1.1 A / 33 V
1.1 A / 33 V
1.1 A / 33 V
0.4 A
0.35 A
0.3 A
9.6 W
8.4 W
7.2 W
Supply voltage,
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/233
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5200-4AH00-2BA3
6GK5201-3BH00-2BA3
6GK5202-2BH00-2BA3
-25 +40 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-25 +50 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-25 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C

maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP30
IP30
IP30
Design
compact
compact
compact
Width
Height
Depth
60 mm
125 mm
124 mm
60 mm
125 mm
124 mm
60 mm
125 mm
124 mm
Net weight
0.78 kg
0.78 kg
0.78 kg
Mounting type
wall mounting
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

50
of < 0.3 s
50
50
Cascading in cases
of star structuring

propagation time)

propagation time)

propagation time)
Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
SMTP server
Port mirroring
switch-managed
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
FTP
BOOTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes
I&M1 - higher level
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport

components general

configuration
2/234
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5200-4AH00-2BA3
6GK5201-3BH00-2BA3
6GK5202-2BH00-2BA3
Product function
Port diagnostics
Error statistics
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
NTP
SNTP
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes

EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
ANSI / ISA 12.12.01, CSA C22.2 No.
213-M1987, CL. 1 / Div. 2 / GP. A, B, C,
EN 61000-6-4:2001
EN 61000-6-2:2001

EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
ANSI / ISA 12.12.01, CSA C22.2 No.
213-M1987, CL. 1 / Div. 2 / GP. A, B, C,
EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2

EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
ANSI / ISA 12.12.01, CSA C22.2 No.
213-M1987, CL. 1 / Div. 2 / GP. A, B, C,
EN 61000-6-4:2001 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-4:2001
EN 61000-6-2:2001,
EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2,
EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-4:2001
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No

Product function
Ring redundancy
Redundancy manager
Standby redundancy
(HRP)
(MRP)
(PRP)
Passive listening
approvals
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone


CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
with EN 50155
with EN 50124-1
American Bureau
Bureau Veritas (BV)
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/235
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5202-2BB00-2BA3
6GK5204-0BA00-2BA3
SCALANCE X202-2IRT
SCALANCE X204IRT
Transfer rate 1
10 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
Transfer rate 2
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1
1
1
1
1
1
RJ45 port
RJ45 port




BFOC sockets (multimode up to 5 km)
-19 ... -14 dB
-34 dB
Transmission rate
Interfaces
connections
for power supply
for power supply

to 1 mW
0 dB

0 0.05 km

C-PLUG
Yes
Yes

24 V
24 V

0.1 A
0.1 A
DC
DC

minimum
maximum
24 V
18 V
32 V
24 V
18 V
32 V

Yes
Yes

for supply voltage
0.6 A / 60 V
0.6 A / 60 V
0.3 A
0.2 A
6W
4.8 W
Supply voltage,
2/236
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5202-2BB00-2BA3
6GK5204-0BA00-2BA3
SCALANCE X202-2IRT
SCALANCE X204IRT
-40 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-

maximum
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP30
IP30
Design
compact
compact
Width
Height
Depth
60 mm
125 mm
124 mm
60 mm
125 mm
124 mm
Net weight
0.78 kg
0.78 kg
Mounting type
wall mounting
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Comment

components general
50
of < 0.3 s
50
Any (depending only on signal propagation time)
Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
SMTP server
Port mirroring
switch-managed
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
FTP
BOOTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

I&M1 - higher level
Yes
Yes
Yes
Cascading in cases
of star structuring
configuration
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/237
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5202-2BB00-2BA3
6GK5204-0BA00-2BA3
SCALANCE X202-2IRT
SCALANCE X204IRT
Product function
Port diagnostics
Error statistics
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
NTP
SNTP
No
Yes
No
Yes
FM3611: Class 1, Division 2, Group A, B, C, D / T4, CL.1,

Zone 2, GP. IIC, T4
EN 60079-0: 2006, EN 60079-15: 2005,
II 3 (2) G Ex nA [op is] IIC T4, KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
ANSI / ISA 12.12.01, CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987, CL. 1 /
Div. 2 / GP. A, B, C, D T4, CL. 1 / Zone 2 / GP. IIC, T4
EN 61000-6-4:2001 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-4:2001
FM3611: Class 1, Division 2, Group A, B, C, D / T4, CL.1,

Zone 2, GP. IIC, T4
EN 60079-0 : 2006, EN 60079-15: 2005,
II 3 G Ex nA II T4 KEMA 07 ATEX 0145X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
ANSI / ISA 12.12.01, CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987, CL. 1 /
Div. 2 / GP. A, B, C, D T4, CL. 1 / Zone 2 / GP. IIC, T4
EN 61000-6-4:2001 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-4:2001
EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No

Product function
Ring redundancy
Redundancy manager
Standby redundancy
(HRP)
(MRP)
(PRP)
Passive listening
approvals
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone
CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
with EN 50155
with EN 50124-1
American Bureau
Bureau Veritas (BV)
2/238
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5204-0JA00-2BA6
6GK5202-2JR00-2BA6
6GK5201-3JR00-2BA6
SCALANCE X204IRT PRO
Transfer rate 1
10 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
Transfer rate 2
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1
1
1
1
1
1
SC RJ push-pull
SC RJ push-pull
RJ45 push-pull plug PRO
5-pin M12 socket

5-pin push-pull plug PRO socket
5-pin M12 socket

5-pin M12 socket



SC-RJ/POF push-pull plug PRO port
SC-RJ/POF push-pull plug PRO port
--
-8 -2 dB
-8 -2 dB
-25 dB
-25 dB
0 dB
0 dB
Transmission rate
Interfaces
connections
for power supply
Design of electrical/optical connections for network components or terminal equipment
for power supply

to 1 mW

--
0 0.05 km
0 0.05 km

C-PLUG
Yes
Yes
Yes

24 V
24 V
24 V

0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A
DC
DC
DC

minimum
maximum
24 V
18 V
32 V
24 V
18 V
32 V
24 V
18 V
32 V

Yes
Yes
Yes

for supply voltage
0.6 A / 60 V
1.1 A / 33 V
1.1 A / 33 V
0.2 A
0.3 A
0.33 A
4.8 W
7.2 W
7.92 W
Supply voltage,
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/239
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5204-0JA00-2BA6
6GK5202-2JR00-2BA6
6GK5201-3JR00-2BA6
-25 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-
-25 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-
-25 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-

maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP67
IP67
IP67
Design
compact
compact
compact
Width
Height
Depth
90 mm
125 mm
124 mm
90 mm
125 mm
124 mm
90 mm
125 mm
124 mm
Net weight
1 kg
1 kg
1 kg
Mounting type
wall-mounting
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

50
of < 0.3 s
50
50
Cascading in cases of star structuring Any (depending only on signal

propagation time)

propagation time)

propagation time)

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Comment

components general

configuration
Product function
CLI
web-based Management
MIB support
TRAPs via email
Port mirroring
switch-managed
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
FTP
BOOTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

I&M0 - device specific information Yes
Yes
I&M1 - higher level
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
2/240
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5204-0JA00-2BA6
6GK5202-2JR00-2BA6
6GK5201-3JR00-2BA6
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
NTP
SNTP
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes

EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
ANSI / ISA 12.12.01, CSA C22.2 No.
213-M1987, CL. 1 / Div. 2 / GP. A, B, C,
EN 61000-6-4:2001 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-4:2001

EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
ANSI / ISA 12.12.01, CSA C22.2 No.
213-M1987, CL. 1 / Div. 2 / GP. A, B, C,
EN 61000-6-4:2001 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-4:2001

EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
ANSI / ISA 12.12.01, CSA C22.2 No.
213-M1987, CL. 1 / Div. 2 / GP. A, B, C,
EN 61000-6-4:2001 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-4:2001
EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No

Product function
Port diagnostics
Error Statistics

Product function
Ring redundancy
Redundancy manager
Standby redundancy
(HRP)
(MRP)
(PRP)
Passive listening
approvals
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone


CE-mark
C-Tick
KC approval
with EN 50155
with EN 50124-1
American Bureau
Bureau Veritas (BV)
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/241
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
Industrial Ethernet Switches SCALANCE X-200IRT
Managed Industrial Ethernet

switches;
Isochronous Real-Time,
LED diagnostics,
fault signaling contact with
SET button,
redundant power supply;
on CD-ROM
SCALANCE X204IRT;
4 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
SCALANCE X204IRT PRO;
4 x 10/100 Mbit/s
RJ45 push-pull ports
SCALANCE X202-2IRT;
2 x 100 Mbit/s
Multimode BFOC ports
SCALANCE X202-2P IRT;
2 x 100 Mbit/s
POF/PCF SC RJ ports
SCALANCE X202-2P IRT PRO;
2 x 10/100 Mbit/s
RJ45 push-pull ports,
2 x 100 Mbit/s
POF/PCF SC RJ push-pull ports
1 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 port,
3 x 100 Mbit/s
POF/PCF SC RJ ports
1 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 port,
3 x 100 Mbit/s
POF/PCF SC RJ ports
4 x 100 Mbit/s POF/PCF SC RJ

sold by the meter
minimum order 20 m
6GK5204-0BA00-2BA3
6GK5204-0JA00-2BA6
6GK5202-2BB00-2BA3
6GK5202-2BH00-2BA3
6GK5202-2JR00-2BA6
6GK5201-3BH00-2BA3
6GK5201-3JR00-2BA6
IE FC RJ45 Plug PRO
6GK1901-1BB20-6AA0
FastConnect RJ45 plug-in

connector; plastic housing,
insulation displacement technology,
switches and SIMATIC ET 200pro;
1 connector (IP65/67)
suitable for on-site assembly
6GK1900-0MB00-0AC0
SC RJ PCF Plug
6GK1900-0MB00-6AA0
6GK1900-0NB00-0AC0

SC RJ PCF Plug PRO
6GK5101-1BH00-2AA3
6XV1840-2AH10
2)

6GK1900-0ML00-0AA0
Assembly case for on-site installation of SC RJ POF connectors;

consisting of stripping tool,
Kevlar cutters,
SC RJ grinding plate,
grinding paper,
grinding base and microscope
Termination Kit
SC RJ PCF Plug
6XV1873-2A
6GK1900-0NB00-6AA0
1 plug (IP65/67)
for on-site assembly
Termination Kit
SC RJ POF Plug
1)
Siemens IK PI 2015
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
1 plug (IP65/67)
FO Standard Cable GP 50/125/

1400 1) 2)
2/242

interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
SC RJ POF Plug PRO

PROFINET-compliant;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
Multimode cable,
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
SC RJ POF Plug
6GK5200-4AH00-2BA3
Industrial Ethernet media

converter SCALANCE X-100
(Type A)
6XV1861-2A

sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
Accessories
Industrial Ethernet media converters, LED diagnostics, fault signaling

contact with SET key, redundant
power supply, PROFINET-compatible securing collars
SCALANCE X101-1POF;
1 X 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 port,
1 X 100 Mbit/s POF SC RJ port
6XV1874-2A

of SC RJ PCF connectors,
fiber breaking tool and microscope
6GK1900-0NL00-0AA0
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.
Accessories (continued)
Power Plug PRO
Selection tool:
6GK1907-0AB10-6AA0

6GT2891-1HN10

Online version:
Offline version:
1 plug (IP65/67)
for on-site assembly (5-core)
SIMATIC RF600 connecting cable
Preassembled connecting cable
(10 m) with RJ45 Plug PRO and
RJ45 Plug
6EP1331-5BA00

85 264 V AC/110 300 V DC,
slim design
C-PLUG
More information
TIA Selection Tool:

6GK1900-0AB00

replacement of devices in the event
of a fault; for storing configuration or
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/243
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
Application
The SCALANCE XF204IRT Industrial Ethernet switch permits the
construction of isochronous real-time (IRT) Industrial Ethernet
line and star topologies. Thanks to innovative switching technology, the special requirements of automation with regard to line
topology, isochronous mode for motion control applications, and
unlimited IT openness are satisfied within a single technology
based on the PROFINET standard.
Features:
communication)
Remote diagnostics is possible through signaling contact
(signal mask can be set locally using buttons), PROFINET,
SNMP, and web browser
Automatic e-mail send function
with additional sleeves, for connection of the
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
The SCALANCE XF204IRT Industrial Ethernet switch is suitable
for the construction of deterministic and isochronous real-time
Industrial Ethernet networks, at data transfer rates of 10/
100 Mbit/s, in line, star, and ring topologies.
Connection of up to four terminal units possible
Enclosure in ET 200S format (slim design, 75 mm width) for
space-saving use in small control boxes
Ethernet ring topologies with fast media redundancy
Product versions
SCALANCE XF204IRT
For setting up electrical Industrial Ethernet line, star or ring
topologies with four electrical ports (ET 200S design)
Benefits
Optimized startup behavior (link setup, data forwarding) of

PROFINET network components and IO Devices through fast
start-up functionality
Simple connection and disconnection of the RJ45 plug by
means of easily accessible RJ45 sockets angled downward
on the device
High network availability in ring topologies, without reconfiguration times, when using the PROFINET-compliant MRPD
process (Media Redundancy for Planned Duplication
Protection of investment through integration into existing
network management systems, such as SINEMA Server, by
means of standardized SNMP access
2/244
Siemens IK PI 2015
Real-Time Ethernet
Interfacing of the PROFINET IO Devices to the PROFINET IO
Controller through high-performance, optimized data transmission
Coexistence of isochronous mode for motion control applications and IT openness:
Reaction-free transmission of real-time and non-real-time
communication on the same line
Additionally through isochronous real-time (IRT) Ethernet
Isochronous real-time communication based on the transmission procedure of the IEEE 802 standard by combining the
switching mechanisms "Cut Through" and "Store and Forward"
For drive controls, PROFINET with isochronous real-time is the
best performing system worldwide with regard to its isochronronous and deterministic response.
For example, with a cycle time of 1 ms, axes can be controlled
in isochronous mode while 50% of the bandwidth is available
at the same time for IT communication without restriction.
Siemens AG 2014
Design
The SCALANCE XF-204IRT managed Industrial Ethernet switch
is designed for mounting on a standard mounting rail.
With its enclosure in ET 200S format (slim design), the device
is optimally suited for integration in automation solutions in small
control boxes together with the ET200S.
The switch with degree of protection IP30 features:
2 x 2-pole terminal block for connecting the redundant supply
A 2-pole terminal block for connecting the isolated signaling
contact
Control cabinet
SCALANCE
XF204IRT
SIMATIC Microbox with

CP 1604 as PN IO-Controller
ET 200S
2
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
Control cabinet
SCALANCE
XF204IRT
ET 200S
TP 177B
G_IK10_XX_10256
The SCALANCE XF204IRT switch is available with the following

port types:
RJ45 socket, automatic detection of the data rate (10 or 100
Mbit/s), with Autosensing and Autocrossover functions for
connecting IE FC cables using the IE FC RJ45 Plug 180.
Function
Configuration of electrical Industrial Ethernet line, star and
ring topologies
Integral redundancy manager for setting up ring topologies
Integral standby function for redundant coupling of two rings
Extremely short cycle times with highly accurate clock-pulse
rates thanks to integrated real-time functions
Bumpless ring redundancy by sending message frames twice
in the ring, by means of PROFINET-compliant MRPD
procedure (Media Redundancy for Planned Duplication
System-wide clock accuracy (deviation less than 1 ms)
browser
Integration into the diagnostics of a PROFINET IO Controller
by means of real-time communication (RT) according to the
PROFINET standard
supply)
The SCALANCE XF204IRT Industrial Ethernet switch with IP30
degree of protection is installed in a control cabinet together with
the stations to be connected. It can be combined electrically in
star, line and ring topologies.
SCALANCE XF204IRT with ET 200S and SIMATIC Microbox

in compact control cabinets or boxes

PROFINET diagnostic interrupts from SCALANCE XF204IRT can
be displayed with the appropriate SIMATIC Engineering Tools
and processed in the controller with expanded diagnostics
function. The engineering outlay for the PLC and HMI have been
drastically reduced due to the complete integration in the
SIMATIC concept for system error messages.
The SCALANCE XF204IRT Industrial Ethernet switch can also be
integrated into a network management system, e.g. SINEMA
Server, through the standardized Simple Network Management
Protocol (SNMP). In the event of a fault in the device, error messages (SNMP traps) can be sent to a network system or as email to a specified network administrator.
Power
Port status
Data traffic
Signaling contact

Length of the TP cable between two SCALANCE XF switches:
IP Address:
The IP address is assigned using the DHCP (Dynamic Host
Configuration Protocol) mechanism. If there is no corresponding server in the network, the IP address can be
assigned using the supplied software tool PST (Primary Setup
Tool) or STEP 7. The device and real-time configuration of the
SCALANCE XF204IRT switch is performed via STEP 7.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/245
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5204-0BA00-2BF2
Article No.
6GK5204-0BA00-2BF2
SCALANCE XF204IRT
SCALANCE XF204IRT
Transmission rate
Transfer rate 1
10 Mbit/s
Transfer rate 2
100 Mbit/s
Interfaces
connections
terminal equipment
for power supply
for power supply
C-PLUG
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Comment
4
1
1
1
-40 +60 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +60 C
If the IE switch XF 200 is installed
horizontally a maximum ambient
temperature of +40 C is permitted

maximum
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20

Design
Flat
RJ45 port
Width
Height
Depth
75 mm
125 mm
73 mm

Net weight
0.25 kg
Mounting type
wall mounting
Yes
No
No
Yes
24 V

components general

0.1 A

50
of < 0.3 s
Supply voltage,
DC

minimum
maximum
24 V
18 V
32 V

Yes

for supply voltage
0,6 A / 60 V
0.2 A
4.8 W
2/246
Siemens IK PI 2015
Cascading in cases
of star structuring

propagation time)
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5204-0BA00-2BF2
Article No.
6GK5204-0BA00-2BF2
SCALANCE XF204IRT
SCALANCE XF204IRT

configuration

Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
Port mirroring
switch-managed
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
FTP
BOOTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

I&M1 - higher level
Yes
Product function
Port diagnostics
Error statistics
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes

Product function
Ring redundancy
Redundancy manager
Standby redundancy
(HRP)
(MRP)
(PRP)
Passive listening
Yes

Yes
NTP
SNTP
No
Yes
approvals
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone


CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
with EN 50155
with EN 50124-1
Bureau Veritas (BV)

Group A, B, C, D / T4, CL.1, Zone 2,
GP. IIC, T4
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4,
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
ANSI / ISA 12.12.01, CSA C22.2 N
o. 213-M1987, CL. 1 / Div. 2 /
GP. A, B, C, D T4, CL. 1 / Zone 2 /
GP. IIC, T4
EN 61000-6-4:2001 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-4:2001
EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/247
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.
More information
Industrial Ethernet Switches SCALANCE XF-200IRT
Selection tool:

Switches for setting up line, star
Isochronous Real Time,
LED diagnostics, fault signaling
contact with SET button,
on CD-ROM
SCALANCE XF204IRT
4 x 10/100 Mbit/s
RJ45 electrical port;

Online version:
Offline version:
6GK5204-0BA00-2BF2
Accessories
(Type A)
6XV1840-2AH10

PROFINET-compliant;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
RJ45 plug-in connector
interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
6GK1901-1GA00

Ethernet FC cables
6EP1331-5BA00

85 264 V AC/110 300 V DC,
slim design
C-PLUG
6GK1900-0AB00

2/248
Siemens IK PI 2015
TIA Selection Tool:
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
PLUG slot
X307-2EEC
X307-3
X307-3LD
X308-2
X308-2LD
X308-2LH
X308-2LH+
X308-2M
X308-2M PoE
X308-2M TS
X310
X310FE
X320-1FE
X320-3LD FE
XR324-12M
XR324-4M PoE
XR324-4M EEC
XR324-4M PoE TS
XR324-12M TS
SIMATIC environment
LED diagnosis
Gigabit Ethernet
X306-1LD FE
10 Gigabit Ethernet
Modular design
PC module
X304-2FE
Format module S7
Signal contact
X302-7EEC
Type of device
SCALANCE X-300
Hardware
applies
Function overview SCALANCE X-300 managed: Hardware
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/249
Siemens AG 2014
Standby redundancy

Passive Listening

Broadcast blocking

Link Aggregation
X306-1LD FE
X307-2EEC
X307-3
X307-3LD
X308-2
X308-2LD
X308-2LH
X308-2LH+
X308-2M
X308-2M PoE
X308-2M TS
X310
X310FE
X320-1FE
X320-3LD FE
XR324-12M
XR324-4M
PoE
XR324-4M
EEC
XR324-4M
PoE TS
XR324-12M
TS
SCALANCE X-300
applies
Function overview SCALANCE X-300 managed: Software
2/250
Siemens IK PI 2015

SNMP
Static Routing
X304-2FE
Type of
device
IRT capability
X302-7EEC
PROFINET diagnosis
Software
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
The SCALANCE X-300 product line comprises compact

Industrial Ethernet switches for constructing electrical and/or
optical line, star and ring topologies operating at data transfer
rates of 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s.
SCALANCE X-300 is available
- with integrated electrical and optical Ethernet ports
- as a partially modular version with four integrated electrical
Ethernet ports and two modular slots for 2-port media
modules
High-speed media redundancy through integral redundancy
manager both for Gigabit Ethernet (SCALANCE X-300, X-400)
and Fast Ethernet (e.g. in combination with SCALANCE X-200
switches)
Seamless integration of automation networks into existing
corporate networks thanks to support for a host of IT
standards: Establishment of virtual networks (VLANs)
Redundant integration into higher-level networks thanks to
support for standardized redundancy procedures (Rapid
Spanning Tree Protocol)
Benefits

twisted pair cables
(redundancy manager, standby function, and RSTP are
integrated)
medium
- Very fast reconfiguration of the network in the event of a fault
SNMP access
Simple adaptation to different network topologies, and
reduction in stock keeping costs through flexibility of the
partially modular versions
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/251
Siemens AG 2014
Application
The main area of application is found in high-performance plant
networks with interfaces to the corporate network.
The X308-2M TS is suitable for use in railway applications due to
its specification according to EN 50155.
Product versions
Switches with Fast Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet ports
S7-400
PC
Operator Station
zjhshujl
ZXW
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE
X310
SCALANCE
X208
S7-300
S7-400
SCALANCE
X208
S7-300
S7-400
ET 200S
S7-300
S7-400
ET 200S
SCALANCE
X208
S7-300
S7-400
ET 200S
ET 200S
Electrical star topology with SCALANCE X310
SCALANCE X310, SCALANCE X308-2, SCALANCE X308-2LD,

SCALANCE X308-2LH, SCALANCE X308-2LH+,
SCALANCE X307-3, SCALANCE X307-3LD
For configuring electrical Industrial Ethernet line, star or ring
structures
- SCALANCE X310;
- SCALANCE X308-2;
2 x 1 000 Mbit/s SC ports, optical, for glass FOC (multimode)
up to 750 m
- SCALANCE X307-3;
3 x 1 000 Mbit/s SC ports, optical, for glass FOC (multimode)
up to 750 m
2 x 1 000 Mbit/s SC ports, optical, for glass FOC
(singlemode) up to 10 km
2/252
Siemens IK PI 2015
- SCALANCE X308-2LH;
- SCALANCE X308-2LH+;
The RJ45 ports are designed to be industry-standard with
additional holding collars for connection of the
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
nprXWXWYX[
SCALANCE X-300 products enable the establishment of

switched networks both at the field level and at the control level
where high data transfer rates are required in addition to high
network availability and extensive diagnostics facilities.
The switches are designed in degree of protection IP30 for
installation in control cabinets.
Siemens AG 2014
PC
PC
SCALANCE
XM416-4C
SCALANCE
XM416-4C
Control cabinet
Control cabinet
SCALANCE
X308-2
Control cabinet
SCALANCE
X308-2
S7-400
SCALANCE
XR324-12M
S7-300
HMI
S7-400
S7-1500
ET 200SP
ET 200SP
ET 200SP
PC
G_IK10_XX_10215
S7-400

Connection of control cabinets with SCALANCE X308-2 in an optical gigabit ring
Fast Ethernet switches

SCALANCE X310FE
SCALANCE X304-2FE
SCALANCE X306-1LD FE
SCALANCE X320-1FE
SCALANCE X320-3 LD FE
For configuring electrical and/or optical Industrial Ethernet

line, star or ring structures
- SCALANCE X310FE;
- SCALANCE X304-2FE;
2 x 100 Mbit/s SC ports, optical, for glass FOC (multimode)
up to 5 km
- SCALANCE X306-1LD FE;
1 x 100 Mbit/s SC port, optical, for glass FOC (singlemode)
up to 26 km
- SCALANCE X320-1FE;
1 x 100 Mbit/s SC port, optical, for glass FOC (multimode)
up to 5 km
- SCALANCE X320-3LD FE;
1 x 100 Mbit/s SC port, optical, for glass FOC (multimode)
up to 5 km
2 x 100 Mbit/s SC ports, optical, for glass FOC (singlemode),
up to 26 km
The RJ45 ports are designed to be industry-standard with
additional holding collars for connection of the
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/253
Siemens AG 2014
S7-300 with
CP 343-1
S7-300 with
CP 343-1
HMI
HMI
S7-300 with
CP 343-1
HMI
2
SCALANCE
X320-1FE
SCALANCE
X320-1FE
100 Mbit/s
(multimode)
100 Mbit/s
(multimode)
SCALANCE
X320-1FE
100 Mbit/s
(multimode)
100 Mbit/s
SCALANCE XC100-4OBR
with X320-3LD FE
Standby master
SCALANCE
X306-1LD FE
Standby slave
SCALANCE
XR324-12M

SCALANCE XC100-4OBR
with X320-3LD FE
SCALANCE
XR324-12M
PC/IPC with CP 1623
G_IK10_XX_10281
SCALANCE XC100-4OBR
with X320-3LD FE
SCALANCE
X306-1LD FE
(singlemode)
< 26 km
Redundant ring topology with SCALANCE X for wind farms
Full Gigabit switches

SCALANCE X308-2M
SCALANCE X308-2M TS
2/254
Siemens IK PI 2015
For setting up optical line, ring or star network structures with

- Four integrated electrical Gigabit Ethernet ports and
- Four modular slots for equipping with any 2-port media
modules (see "Media modules for SCALANCE X-300")
Star hubs in the plant bus
(redundant connection possible)
SCALANCE X308-2M;
2 x free module slots for 4 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s media
modules (electrical or optical)
SCALANCE X308-2M TS (TS = Transportation Systems);
2 x free module slots for 4 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s media
modules (electrical or optical)
is suitable for use in railway applications due to its specification according to EN 50155
Siemens AG 2014
Design
The SCALANCE X-300 Industrial Ethernet switches with rugged
metal housing are optimized for mounting on a standard DIN rail
and the S7-300 rail. Direct wall mounting in various positions is
also possible. Thanks to the S7-300 housing dimensions, the
devices are suitable for integration into an automation solution
with S7-300 components.
The switches have:
a 4-pin terminal block for connecting the redundant power
supply (2 x 24 V DC)
Row of LEDs for indicating the status information
(power, link status, data traffic, fault, redundancy manager,
standby manager)
A 2-pin terminal block for connecting the isolated signaling
contact
SELECT/SET key for on-site configuration of the signaling
contact
Slot for optional C-PLUG swap medium on the rear of the
device for easy replacement in the event of a fault
The SCALANCE X-300 switches are available with the following
port types:
RJ45 socket, automatic detection of the data rate
(10 or 100 Mbit/s), with Autosensing and Autocrossover
function for the connection of IE FC cables via
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 to 100 m.
10/100/1000BaseTX, RJ45 connection;
RJ45 socket, automatic detection of the data rate
(10 or 100 or 1 000 Mbit/s), with Autosensing and
Autocrossover function for the connection of
- IE FC cables 2x2 for 100 Mbit/s via IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
up to 100 m
- IE FC cables 4x2 for 1 000 Mbit/s via TP Cord and IE FC
RJ45 Modular Outlet up to 100 m
- IE FC cables 4x2 for 1 000 Mbit/s via IE FC RJ45 Plug 4x2
up to 100 m
1000BaseSX, SC connections;
SC ports for direct connection to the Industrial Ethernet glass
fiber-optic cable up to 750 m (multimode)
1000BaseSX, SC connections;
SC ports for direct connection to the Industrial Ethernet
glass fiber-optic cable up to 10 km (singlemode)
1000BaseLX, SC connections;
1000BaseLX, SC connections;
Function
Increase of the network performance;
by filtering the data traffic on the basis of the Ethernet (MAC)
address of the data terminals, data traffic remains local;
only data intended for users of another subnetwork is
Simple network configuration and network expansion;
the switch saves the data received at the ports and forwards
it automatically to the destination address. Collision detection
(CSMA/CD method) does not restrict the expansion of the
network beyond the port.
Limitation of the error propagation to the affected subnetwork;
the SCALANCE X-300 switches only forward data with a valid
checksum (CRC).
Integration of existing subnetworks with 10 Mbit/s into
Fast Ethernet networks with 100 Mbit/s;
at the twisted-pair ports, the SCALANCE X-300 switch
automatically recognizes the conductor pairs for transmission
and reception (Autocrossover), the data transfer rate of 10 or
100 or 1 000 Mbit/s, as well as full-duplex and half-duplex
mode (Autonegotiation).
High-performance connection of SCALANCE X-300 switches
with 1 Gbit/s;
SCALANCE X-300 switches have Gigabit Ethernet ports
for connecting the switches to each other or with other
Gigabit-Ethernet-enabled components
(e.g. SCALANCE X-400, X-500)
Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet ring topologies with high-speed
media redundancy.
High-speed standby redundancy;
several network segments such as rings can be interconnected redundantly with SCALANCE X-300 by means of the
integrated standby function. Two X-300 switches are
configured in a ring as a master and slave and are connected
via two links to the other ring. The redundant connection can
be made at 1 000 Mbit/s.
Redundant interfacing to higher-level networks;
SCALANCE X-300 switches support the standardized redundancy procedures Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) and Rapid
Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP). This enables a subnetwork to
be connected redundantly to a higher-level network with
reduced requirements for the reconfiguration time (in the order
of seconds). By supporting the Multiple Spanning Tree
Protocol (MSTP), a network can also be split into multiple
sub-segments.
Support of virtual networks (VLAN);
for structuring Industrial Ethernet networks with a fast growing
number of users, a physically existing network can be divided
into several virtual networks.
Load limiting when multicast protocols (e.g. video transmission) are used;
through learning the multicast sources and targets (IGMP
Snooping, IGMP Querier), SCALANCE X-300 switches can
also filter multicast data traffic and therefore limit the load in
the network.
Configuration of the ports for terminals that support authentication in accordance with IEEE 802.1x. Authentication is by
means of a RADIUS server that must be configured appropriately and must be accessible via the network.
Support of the DHCP Option 82, 66, 67
(Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol);
this facilitates the IP address assignment of a terminal
depending on the connected switch port. The IP address is
assigned via a DHCP Server, which has to be configured
accordingly and must be able to be reached via the network.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/255
Siemens AG 2014
Support from the Access Control List (ACL);

if this function is activated for one port, the switch forwards the
message frames received to this port if its source address is
present in the address table. All connected nodes can be
automatically entered in the ACL.
Syslog;
Syslog compliant with RFC 3164 is used in the IP network for
transmitting short, unencrypted text messages via UDP. This
requires the use of a Syslog server that must be configured
appropriately and must be accessible via the network.
Time synchronization;
diagnostic messages (log table entries, e-mails) are timestamped. The local time is standardized throughout the
network by means of synchronization with a SICLOCK time
transmitter, SNTP or NTP server or via IEEE1588, thereby
simplifying the assignment of diagnostic messages of several
devices.
Fast replacement of devices in event of failure, by means of
the C-PLUG switching medium
The SCALANCE X-300 Industrial Ethernet switches with degree
of protection IP30 are typically accommodated in a control
cabinet along with the nodes to be connected. Electrical and
optical versions can be installed together in star, line and ring
topologies.
The following network structures and combinations of structures
can be implemented:
Fast Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet rings with fast media
redundancy;
to increase network availability, as many as 50 X-200, X-300,
X-400 or X-500 switches can be cascaded in line can be
connected into a ring
Several rings can be redundantly linked through the standby
function
At the same time, SCALANCE X-300 supports redundant
connection of the ring structure to the corporate network with
Rapid Spanning Tree.
Star topology with SCALANCE X-300 switches:
The SCALANCE X-300 switch represents a star point which
can interconnect several nodes or subnets electrically or
optically.
Maximum line length between two modules for multi-mode
fiber-optic conductors:
- 750 m at 1 Gbit/s
- 5 km at 100 Mbit/s
Maximum line length between two modules for single-mode
- 10 to 70 km at 1 Gbit/s
Maximum cable length of the TP cable between two
SCALANCE X switches:
- Max. 100 m with IE FC cable 2x2 and IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
- Max. 100 m at 1 Gbit/s with IE FC standard cable 4x2 (90 m),
IE FC RJ45 modular outlet and patch cable (10 m)
2/256
Siemens IK PI 2015

Setting options on the device itself:
Redundancy manager RM;
to establish a ring, a SCALANCE X-300 is switched to RM
mode. The Gigabit ports (electrical or optical) are preferably
used as ring ports.
Signal mask;
the signal mask is set to the current status of the
SCALANCE X-300 (setpoint) by pushbutton operation. The
signal mask defines which ports and which power supplies
are to be monitored. The signaling contact only reports an
error when a monitored port or a monitored feeder fails
(deviation of setpoint/actual status).
IP address;
the IP address is assigned via DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol). If there is no corresponding server in the
network, the IP address can be assigned using an enclosed
software tool.
Diagnostic options on site:
The following status information is displayed by LEDs on site:
- Port status
- Port mode (10/100/1 000 Mbit/s, full/half-duplex)
- Status of the two power supplies
- Signaling contact status
- Signal mask (setpoint status)
- RM mode
- Standby mode
The status of the signaling contact is routed externally by
means of floating relay contacts. This enables, for example,
the module to be monitored via an input module from a
controller.
Monitoring via the Industrial Ethernet network;
the following possibilities are available:
- Remote via standard browser (Web-based management):
Selection of SCALANCE X-300 switches via the network from
a PC with browser
- Remote via SNMP V1, V2c, V3:
Secure integration of SCALANCE X-300 switches via the
network into a network management system, e.g. SINEMA
Server
- Remote via PROFINET IO diagnostics:
PROFINET diagnostic alarms from SCALANCE X-300
switches can be displayed using the relevant SIMATIC
engineering tools and they can also be processed in the
controller. The engineering outlay for the PLC and HMI have
been drastically reduced due to the complete integration in
the SIMATIC concept for system error messages.
Siemens AG 2014
Network management
The network management provides the following functions:
Password-protected dial-up for "Administrator" (read and write
authorization) and "User" (read only)
Read-out of version and status information
Setting the signal and standby mask and address information
Fixed parameterization of the ports
(data rates, half/full duplex)
Setting parameters of the VLANs and multicast services
Parameterization of the standby connections for a redundant
ring link
Setting of Rapid Spanning Tree parameters
Parameterization of the web management services
Security
- Ports can be connected or disconnected
- Authentication in accordance with IEEE 802.1x
- Support from Access Control List (ACL)
Parameterization of user administration of SNMP V1, V2c, V3
Output of statistics information
Loading of new firmware versions or of the configuration data
via the network by a TFTP server or directly via HTTP/HTTPS
using a Web browser
Saving the configuration data or log table via the network on a
TFTP server
If faults occur in the network, the SCALANCE X-300 switch can

independently send error messages (traps) to a network management system or also e-mails to a predefined network administrator.
Remote monitoring (RMON) provides the following functions:
The SCALANCE X-300 switch can collect statistics information
according to the RMON groups 1 through 4. These include, for
example, fault statistics that are kept for each port. This information can be read out through web-based management in the statistics sub-area.
Article No.
6GK5304-2BD00-2AA3
6GK5306-1BF00-2AA3
6GK5307-3BL00-2AA3
6GK5307-3BM00-2AA3
SCALANCE X304-2FE
SCALANCE X307-3
SCALANCE X307-3LD
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
-
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
-
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10
10
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port




2
-
1
-
Transmission rate
Transfer rate 1
Transfer rate 2
Transfer rate 3
Interfaces
6
for operator console
for media module
for power supply
for power supply
at 100 Mbit/s
at 1 000 Mbit/s
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/257
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5304-2BD00-2AA3
6GK5306-1BF00-2AA3
6GK5307-3BL00-2AA3
6GK5307-3BM00-2AA3
SCALANCE X304-2FE
SCALANCE X307-3
SCALANCE X307-3LD
SC port
-
at 1 000 Mbit/s
SC port
-
SC port
SC port

to 1 mW
-19 -14 dB
-3 dB
-15 -8 dB
-3 dB
-9.5 -4 dB
-3 dB
-9.5 -3 dB
-3 dB
-32 dB
-34 dB
-17 dB
-21 dB
0 dB
0 dB
0 dB

at 100 Mbit/s

0 dB
0 5 km
0 26 km
0 0.75 km
0 10 km

C-PLUG
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V

0.1 A
0,1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A
Type of supply voltage redundant

power supply unit
No
No
No
No
DC
DC
DC
DC

minimum
maximum
24 V
18 V
32 V
24 V
18 V
32 V
24 V
18 V
32 V
24 V
18 V
32 V

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

for supply voltage
F 3 A / 32 V
F 3 A / 32 V
F 3 A / 32 V
F 3 A / 32 V
0.26 A
0.2 A
0.4 A
0.4 A
Active power loss

at 24 V for DC
6.2 W
4.8 W
9.6 W
9.6 W
-40 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-10 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
95 %
95 %
95 %
95 %
IP30
IP30
IP30
IP30
Design
compact
compact
compact
compact
Width
Height
Depth
60 mm
125 mm
123 mm
60 mm
125 mm
123 mm
120 mm
125 mm
123 mm
120 mm
125 mm
123 mm
Net weight
0.7 kg
0.7 kg
1.4 kg
1.4 kg
Mounting type
19-inch installation
wall mounting
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
When used in shipbuilding,

installation on a 35 mm
standard mounting rail is
not permitted.

not permitted.

not permitted.

not permitted.
Supply voltage,

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Protection class IP
Mounting type
2/258
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5304-2BD00-2AA3
6GK5306-1BF00-2AA3
6GK5307-3BL00-2AA3
6GK5307-3BM00-2AA3
SCALANCE X304-2FE
SCALANCE X307-3
SCALANCE X307-3LD
50
50
50




Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
RMON
Port mirroring
CoS
switch-managed
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
FTP
BOOTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
IGMP (snooping/querier)
GMRP
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

I&M1 - higher level
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product function
VLAN - port based
VLAN dynamic
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Number of VLANs maximum
255
255
255
255
Number of VLANs dynamic maximum
255
255
255
255
Protocol is supported GVRP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

components general
50
of < 0.3 s
Cascading in cases
of star structuring

configuration

Product function
Port diagnostics
Error statistics
SysLog
Product functions VLAN

Product function
DHCP client
DHCP Option 82
DHCP Option 66
DHCP Option 67
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/259
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5304-2BD00-2AA3
6GK5306-1BF00-2AA3
6GK5307-3BL00-2AA3
6GK5307-3BM00-2AA3
SCALANCE X304-2FE
SCALANCE X307-3
SCALANCE X307-3LD
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product function
ACL - port/MAC-based
IEEE 802.1x (radius)
Broadcast/Multicast/Unicast Limiter
broadcast blocking
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
NTP
SNTP
MSTP
IEEE 1588 profile default
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No

Group A, B, C, D / T4,
Class 1, Zone 2, Group IIC,
T4
EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex
nA II T4 KEMA 07 ATEX
0145X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
(Hazardous Location), CSA
C22.2 No. 213-M1987, Class
1 / Division 2 / Group A, B, C,
D / T4, Class 1 / Zone 2 /
Group IIC / T4
EN 61000-6-4:2007
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005

T4
EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex
0145X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
C22.2 No. 213-M1987, Class
Group IIC / T4
EN 61000-6-4:2007
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005

T4
EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex
0145X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
C22.2 No. 213-M1987, Class
Group IIC / T4
EN 61000-6-4:2007
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005

T4
EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex
0145X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
C22.2 No. 213-M1987, Class
Group IIC / T4
EN 61000-6-4:2007
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Product function
Ring redundancy
Redundancy manager
Standby redundancy
(HRP)
redundancy procedure STP
RSTP redundancy protocol
redundancy procedure MSTP
Passive listening
STP/RSTP
STP
RSTP
RSTP big network support
LACP
approvals
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone


CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
with EN 50155

American Bureau
Bureau Veritas (BV)
2/260
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5308-2FL00-2AA3
6GK5308-2FM00-2AA3
6GK5308-2FN00-2AA3
6GK5308-2FP00-2AA3
SCALANCE X308-2
SCALANCE X308-2LD
SCALANCE X308-2LH
SCALANCE X308-2LH+
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10
10
10
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
RJ45 port (1 x 1GE, 7 x FE)




SC port
SC port
SC port
SC port
-9.5 -4 dB
-3 dB
-9.5 -3 dB
-3 dB
-6 +0 dB
-3 dB
0 5 dB
-3 dB
-17 dB
-21 dB
-23 dB
-23 dB
0 dB
0 dB
3 dB
8 dB

0 0.75 km
0 10 km
8 40 km
30 70 km

C-PLUG
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V

0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A

power supply unit
No
No
No
No
DC
DC
DC
DC

minimum
maximum
24 V
18 V
32 V
24 V
18 V
32 V
24 V
18 V
32 V
24 V
18 V
32 V

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

for supply voltage
F 3 A / 32 V
F 3 A / 32 V
F 3 A / 32 V
F 3 A / 32 V
0.4 A
0.4 A
0.4 A
0.4 A
Active power loss

at 24 V for DC
9.6 W
9.6 W
9.6 W
9.6 W
Transmission rate
Transfer rate 1
Transfer rate 2
Transfer rate 3
Interfaces
10
for power supply
for power supply
at 1 000 Mbit/s
at 1 000 Mbit/s
to 1 mW
Supply voltage,
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/261
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5308-2FL00-2AA3
6GK5308-2FM00-2AA3
6GK5308-2FN00-2AA3
6GK5308-2FP00-2AA3
SCALANCE X308-2
SCALANCE X308-2LD
SCALANCE X308-2LH
SCALANCE X308-2LH+
-10 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C

maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP30
IP30
IP30
IP30
Design
compact
compact
compact
compact
Width
Height
Depth
120 mm
125 mm
123 mm
120 mm
125 mm
123 mm
120 mm
125 mm
123 mm
120 mm
125 mm
123 mm
Net weight
1.4 kg
1.4 kg
1.4 kg
1.4 kg
Mounting type
wall mounting
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes

not permitted.

not permitted.

not permitted.

not permitted.

50
of < 0.3 s
50
50
50
Cascading in cases
of star structuring
Any
(depending only on signal
propagation time)
Any
propagation time)
Any
propagation time)
Any
propagation time)
Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
RMON
SMTP server
Port mirroring
CoS
switch-managed
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
FTP
BOOTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
GMRP
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes
I&M1 - higher level
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Mounting type

components general

configuration
2/262
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5308-2FL00-2AA3
6GK5308-2FM00-2AA3
6GK5308-2FN00-2AA3
6GK5308-2FP00-2AA3
SCALANCE X308-2
SCALANCE X308-2LD
SCALANCE X308-2LH
SCALANCE X308-2LH+
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product function
VLAN - port based
VLAN dynamic
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
255
255
255
255
255
255
255
255
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
NTP
SNTP
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No

Product function
Port diagnostics
Error statistics
SysLog

Product function
DHCP client
DHCP Option 82
DHCP Option 66
DHCP Option 67
Product function
Ring redundancy
Redundancy manager
Standby redundancy
(HRP)
(MRP)
Passive listening
STP/RSTP
STP
RSTP
LACP
Product function
Broadcast/Multicast/
Unicast Limiter
broadcast blocking
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/263
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5308-2FL00-2AA3
6GK5308-2FM00-2AA3
6GK5308-2FN00-2AA3
6GK5308-2FP00-2AA3
SCALANCE X308-2
SCALANCE X308-2LD
SCALANCE X308-2LH
SCALANCE X308-2LH+

T4
EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex
0145X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987,
A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1 /
Zone 2 / Group IIC / T4
EN 61000-6-4:2007
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005

T4
EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex
0145X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987,
A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1 /
EN 61000-6-4:2007
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005

T4
EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex
0145X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987,
A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1 /
EN 61000-6-4:2007
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005

T4
EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex
0145X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987,
A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1 /
EN 61000-6-4:2007
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
approvals
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone


CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
with EN 50155

American Bureau
Bureau Veritas (BV)
2/264
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5310-0BA00-2AA3
6GK5310-0FA00-2AA3
6GK5320-1BD00-2AA3
6GK5320-3BF00-2AA3
Product type designation
SCALANCE X310FE
SCALANCE X310
SCALANCE X320-1FE
Transfer rate 1
10 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
Transfer rate 2
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
Transfer rate 3
1 000 Mbit/s
10
21
23
10
10
20
20
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port





at 100 Mbit/s

at 100 Mbit/s
SC port (multimode up to 5
km)
SC port (1 x multimode up to
5 km, 2 x singlemode up to
26 km)

to 1 mW
-19 -14 dB
-3 dB
-15 -8 dB
-3 dB
-32 dB
-34 dB

0 dB
0 dB

0 5 km
0 26 km

C-PLUG
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V

0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A

power supply unit
No
No
No
No
DC
DC
DC
DC

minimum
maximum
24 V
18 V
32 V
24 V
18 V
32 V
24 V
18 V
32 V
24 V
18 V
32 V

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

for supply voltage
F 3 A / 32 V
F 3 A / 32 V
F 3 A / 32 V
F 3 A / 32 V
0.4 A
0.4 A
0.4 A
0.5 A
Active power loss

at 24 V for DC
9.6 W
9.6 W
9.6 W
12 W
Transmission rate
Interfaces
10
for media module
for power supply
for power supply

Supply voltage,
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/265
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5310-0BA00-2AA3
6GK5310-0FA00-2AA3
6GK5320-1BD00-2AA3
6GK5320-3BF00-2AA3
SCALANCE X310FE
SCALANCE X310
SCALANCE X320-1FE
-40 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C

maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP30
IP30
IP30
IP30
Design
Compact
Compact
Compact
Compact
Width
Height
Depth
120 mm
125 mm
123 mm
120 mm
125 mm
123 mm
180 mm
125 mm
123 mm
180 mm
125 mm
123 mm
Net weight
1.4 kg
1.4 kg
1.65 kg
1.65 kg
Mounting type
wall mounting
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes

not permitted.

not permitted.

not permitted.

not permitted.

50
of < 0.3 s
50
50
50
Cascading in cases
of star structuring




Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
RMON
SMTP server
Port mirroring
CoS
switch-managed
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
FTP
BOOTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
GMRP
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

I&M1 - higher level
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Mounting type

components general

configuration
2/266
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5310-0BA00-2AA3
6GK5310-0FA00-2AA3
6GK5320-1BD00-2AA3
6GK5320-3BF00-2AA3
SCALANCE X310FE
SCALANCE X310
SCALANCE X320-1FE
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product function
VLAN - port based
VLAN dynamic
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
255
255
255
255
255
255
255
255
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product function
broadcast blocking
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
NTP
SNTP
MSTP
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No

Product function
Port diagnostics
Error statistics
SysLog

Product function
DHCP client
DHCP Option 82
DHCP Option 66
DHCP Option 67
Product function
Ring redundancy
Redundancy manager
Standby redundancy
(HRP)
(MRP)
Passive listening
STP/RSTP
STP
RSTP
LACP
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/267
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5310-0BA00-2AA3
6GK5310-0FA00-2AA3
6GK5320-1BD00-2AA3
6GK5320-3BF00-2AA3
SCALANCE X310FE
SCALANCE X310
SCALANCE X320-1FE

T4
EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex
0145X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987,
A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1 /
EN 61000-6-4:2007
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005

T4
EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex
0145X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987,
A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1 /
EN 61000-6-4:2007
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005

T4
EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex
0145X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987,
A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1 /
EN 61000-6-4:2007
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005

T4
EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex
0145X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987,
A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1 /
EN 61000-6-4:2007
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
approvals
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone


CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
with EN 50155

Europe Ltd. (ABS)
Bureau Veritas (BV)
2/268
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5308-2GG00-2AA2
6GK5308-2GG00-2CA2
SCALANCE X308-2M
SCALANCE X308-2M TS
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
Transmission rate
Transfer rate 1
Transfer rate 2
Transfer rate 3
Interfaces
8
for media module
for power supply
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
RJ45 port
RJ45 port


Dependent on selected media modules


Yes
Yes

24 V
24 V

0.1 A
0.1 A

power supply unit
No
No
DC
DC

minimum
maximum
24 V
18 V
32 V
12 V
20 V
30 V

Yes
Yes

for power supply
at 100 Mbit/s
at 1 000 Mbit/s
C-PLUG
Supply voltage,
Type of fusing at input for supply volt- F 3 A / 32 V

age
F 3 A / 32 V
0.7 A
0.7 A
Active power loss

at 24 V for DC
16.6 W
16.6 W
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
Reduced operating temperature through the use of
media modules (-40 C to +70 C) or
SFP plug-in transceivers (-40 C to +60 C).
If the device is installed in the vertical position,
the maximum operating temperature is reduced to +50 C.
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C

maximum
95 %
95 %

operation mode
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Comment
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/269
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5308-2GG00-2AA2
6GK5308-2GG00-2CA2
SCALANCE X308-2M
SCALANCE X308-2M TS
Design
compact
compact
Width
Height
Depth
120 mm
125 mm
124 mm
120 mm
125 mm
124 mm
Net weight
1.4 kg
1.4 kg
Mounting type
wall mounting
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
When used in shipbuilding, installation on a

35 mm standard mounting rail is not permitted.
When used in shipbuilding, installation on a

35 mm standard mounting rail is not permitted.
Mounting type
components general

50
of < 0.3 s
50
Cascading in cases
of star structuring
Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
RMON
SMTP server
Port mirroring
CoS
switch-managed
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
FTP
BOOTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
GMRP
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

I&M1 -higher level
Yes
Yes
Yes

configuration

Product function
Port diagnostics
Error statistics
SysLog
2/270
Siemens IK PI 2015
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5308-2GG00-2AA2
6GK5308-2GG00-2CA2
SCALANCE X308-2M
SCALANCE X308-2M TS
Product function
VLAN - port based
VLAN dynamic
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
255
255
255
255
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product function
broadcast blocking
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
NTP
SNTP
MSTP
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
FM3611: Class 1, Division 2, Group A, B, C, D / T4,

Class 1, Zone 2, Group IIC, T4
EN 60079-0 : 2006, EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987, Class 1 / Division 2 / Group A,
B, C, D / T4, Class 1 / Zone 2 / Group IIC / T4
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005

EN 60079-0 : 2006, EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987, Class 1 / Division 2 / Group A,
B, C, D / T4, Class 1 / Zone 2 / Group IIC / T4
EN 61000-6-4
EN 61000-6-2
EN 61000-6-2:2005, EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Product function
DHCP client
DHCP Option 82
DHCP Option 66
DHCP Option 67
Product function
Ring redundancy
Redundancy manager
Standby redundancy
(HRP)
Passive listening
STP/RSTP
STP
RSTP
LACP
approvals
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone

CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
with EN 50155
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/271
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.
SCALANCE X-300 Industrial Ethernet switches

for setting up electrical and/or
optical Industrial Ethernet networks;
integrated redundancy manager,
IT functions (RSTP, VLAN, etc.),
network management via SNMP
and web server;
on CD-ROM; C-PLUG included in
the scope of delivery
SCALANCE X310;
3 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s
RJ45 ports, electrical
7 x 10/100 Mbit/s
SCALANCE X308-2;
2 x 1 000 Mbit/s
SC ports, optical
(multimode, glass), up to 750 m
1 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s
RJ45 port, electrical
7 x 10/100 Mbit/s
RJ45 ports, electrical;
SCALANCE X308-2LD;
2 x 1 000 Mbit/s
SC ports, optical
(single-mode, glass), up to 10 km
1 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s
RJ45 port, electrical,
7 x 10/100 Mbit/s
SCALANCE X308-2LH;
2 x 1 000 Mbit/s
SC ports, optical
1 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s
7 x 10/100 Mbit/s
SCALANCE X308-2LH+;
2 x 1 000 Mbit/s
SC ports, optical
1 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s
7 x 10/100 Mbit/s
SCALANCE X307-3;
3 x 1 000 Mbit/s
SC ports, optical
(multi-mode, glass), up to 750 m
7 x 10/100 Mbit/s
SCALANCE X307-3LD;
3 x 1 000 Mbit/s
SC ports, optical
7 x 10/100 Mbit/s
6GK5310-0FA00-2AA3
6GK5308-2FL00-2AA3
6GK5308-2FM00-2AA3
6GK5308-2FN00-2AA3
6GK5308-2FP00-2AA3
Article No.
Fast Ethernet switches
SCALANCE X310FE;
10 x 10/100 Mbit/s
SCALANCE X304-2FE;
2 x 100 Mbit/s
SC port, optical (multimode,
glass), up to 5 km
4 x 10/100 Mbit/s
SCALANCE X306-1LD FE;
1 x 100 Mbps
SC port, optical
6 x 10/100 Mbps
SCALANCE X320-1FE;
1 x 100 Mbps
SC port, optical
(multi-mode, glass), up to 5 km
20 x 10/100 Mbps
SCALANCE X320-3LD FE;
1 x 100 Mbps
SC port, optical
(multi-mode, glass), up to 5 km
2 x 100 Mbps
SC port, optical
20 x 10/100 Mbps
Full Gigabit Ethernet switches
SCALANCE X308-2M;
4 x 10/100/1 000 Mbps RJ45
ports, electrical
2 x 10/100/1 000 Mbps slots for 2port media modules, electrical or
optical
SCALANCE X308-2M TS;
4 x 10/100/1 000 Mbps RJ45
ports, electrical
2 x 10/100/1 000 Mbps slots for 2port media modules, electrical or
optical,
with extended temperature range
and EN 50155 approval for railway
applications
Media modules
6GK5307-3BL00-2AA3
6GK5304-2BD00-2AA3
6GK5306-1BF00-2AA3
6GK5320-1BD00-2AA3
6GK5320-3BF00-2AA3
6GK5308-2GG00-2AA2
6GK5308-2GG00-2CA2
See "Media modules for modular

SCALANCE X-300 managed"
Accessories
(Type A)
6GK5307-3BM00-2AA3
6GK5310-0BA00-2AA3
6XV1840-2AH10

PROFINET-compliant;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1870-2E

for universal application;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
max quantity 1 000 m,
minimum order 20 m
TP cable 4 x 2
0.5 m
1m
2m
6m
10 m
2/272
Siemens IK PI 2015
6XV1870-3QE50
6XV1870-3QH10
6XV1870-3QH20
6XV1870-3QH60
6XV1870-3QN10
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
50/125/1400 2)
Article No.
6XV1873-2A
Multimode cable,
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
FO Robust Cable GP
4E9/125/90
6XV1843-2R
Singlemode cable,
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
Glass fiber-optic cable,
pre-assembled with 4 SC
connectors 1)
80 m
100 m
150 m
200 m
300 m
62.5/200/230
6XV1873-6AN80
6XV1873-6AT10
6XV1873-6AT15
6XV1873-6AT20
6XV1873-6AT30
6XV1847-2A
FC FO standard cable for fixed routing indoors with PVC sheath;

sold by the meter
minimum order 20 m
Ethernet (10/100/1 000 Mbps)
with a rugged metal enclosure and
180 cable outlet;
interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB11-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AE0
FC SC Plug
6GK1900-1LB00-0AC0

(1 pack = 10 Duplex Plugs +
cleaning cloths)
6GK1901-1GA00

Ethernet FC cables
6GK1900-1GL00-0AA0

and microscope

interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
Article No.
6EP1331-5BA00

85 264 V AC/110 300 V DC,
slim design
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
1)
2)


FastConnect RJ45 outlet for
Industrial Ethernet with interface
for replaceable insert;
With insert 2FE;
replaceable insert
for 2 x 100 Mbit/s interfaces
With insert 1GE;
replaceable insert
for 1 x 1 000 Mbps interfaces
6GK1901-1BE00-0AA1
6GK1901-1BE00-0AA2
More information
Selection tool:
Online version:
Offline version:
TIA Selection Tool:
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/273
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
Benefits
The SCALANCE XR-300 Industrial Ethernet switches are fully

modular, high-performance, industry-standard switches for the
construction of electrical and optical line, ring and star topologies with data transfer rates of 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s, designed
for installation in 19" control cabinets.
As many as 24 electrical and/or optical interfaces
(10/100/1 000 Mbit/s);
up to12 electrical and/or optical 2-port media modules can be
inserted at any position in the basic unit
manager both for Gigabit Ethernet (with SCALANCE X-300,
X-400) and Fast Ethernet (e.g. in combination with
SCALANCE X-200 switches)
corporate networks thanks to support for a host of IT standard
functions (VLANs, IGMP-Snooping/Querier, STP/RSTP, Link
Aggregation, Quality of Service)
support for standardized redundancy procedures (Spanning
Tree Protocol/Rapid Reconfiguration Spanning Tree Protocol/
MRP)
Remote diagnostics by means of PROFINET diagnostics,
Web browser, CLI, or SNMP
Unlimited flexibility during network expansions (e.g. more

terminals) or conversion (e.g. switching from copper to fiberoptic cable) and reduction of the storage costs due to the
modular construction using port modules
twisted pair cables (redundancy manager, standby function,
and STP/RSTP are integrated)
medium
connectors in the sleeve of the RJ45 port modules
SNMP access
Time saving during engineering, commissioning and in the
operating phase of a plant by using the integrated configuration and diagnostics in STEP 7, without additional software
Space savings in control cabinet due to flexible cable outlet
on the front or rear of the device
Application
The SCALANCE XR-300 is ideal for use in plant networks and
for integrating the industrial network into an existing corporate
network. Both at the field level and the control level, the switch
performs the network with the distributed field devices and
ensures high plant availability with extensive diagnostics options
and high transmission speeds. The modularity permits perfect
adaptation to the respective application through the use of
electrical and also optical media modules
The SCALANCE XR-300 switch is suitable for establishing electrical and optical Industrial Ethernet line, star or ring topologies
with 24 ports that can be optionally equipped with electrical
and/or optical 2-port media modules. It can also be used as a
hub in the plant bus (redundant connection is possible).
The SCALANCE XR324-12M TS (TS = Transportation Systems)
is suitable for use in railway applications due to its specification
according to EN 50155.
2/274
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Design (continued)
PC
PC
SCALANCE
XM416-4C
SCALANCE
XM416-4C
Control cabinet
Control cabinet
SCALANCE
X308-2
Control cabinet
SCALANCE
X308-2
S7-400
SCALANCE
XR324-12M
S7-300
HMI
S7-400
S7-1500
ET 200SP
ET 200SP
ET 200SP
PC
G_IK10_XX_10215
S7-400

Integration of control cabinets with SCALANCE X-300 in an optical Gigabit ring
The use of media modules in partly and fully modular versions of

the SCALANCE X-300 switches supports:
The extension of networks by subsequent insertion of
additional media modules in unused media module slots
The changing of cabling technology, e.g. conversion from
copper to fiber-optic cables, or from multimode to singlemode FOC
Design
The SCALANCE XR-300 Industrial Ethernet switches with
rugged metal enclosure with IP30 degree of protection are
optimized for installation in the 19" control cabinet. Versions are
available with 24 V DC or 230 V AC connection. The connection
of the power supply and the data cable outlet are located optionally either at the front or rear of the device.
The switches have:
4-pin terminal block for redundant voltage feed for protection
against voltage failure in 24 V DC version
3-pin terminal block for voltage feed in 230 V AC version
2-pin terminal block for connecting the isolated signaling
contact for simple display of faults
Row of LEDs for indicating status information (power, link
status, data transfer, power supply, signaling contact)
SELECT/SET pushbutton for easy setting of the fault signaling
contact on the device
Slot for optional C-PLUG swap medium on the side of the
Console port (serial interface) for on-site parameterization/
diagnostics (RJ11 cable to RS232 (9-pin) included in scope of
delivery)
The SCALANCE XR-300 switches are available with the following

port types:
12 slots for electrical or optical 2-port media modules for multimode or single-mode connections; the optical media modules
are available in various connection technologies
with additional sleeves, for connection of the Industrial
Ethernet FC RJ45 Plug 180
All electrical Ethernet interfaces support 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s,
all optical Ethernet interfaces support 100 or 1 000 Mbit/s
The SCALANCE XR-300 switches support Gigabit Ethernet (1
000 Mbit/s) at all ports. The 24 ports are divided into three
groups of eight ports each (Gigabit Ethernet Blocking).
Gigabit Ethernet is supported with full wire speed within each
group, but not between the groups.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/275
Siemens AG 2014
Design (continued)
SCALANCE XR324-12M TS (12 media module slots)
SCALANCE XR324-12M (12 media module slots)
A variant is available with

LEDs, power supply connection and data cable outlet on the
front
Versions are available with

front
LEDs on the front, power supply connection and data cable
outlet at the rear
The SCALANCE XR324-12M TS has twelve media module slots

and
1 x 24 V DC power supply unit
All versions have twelve media module slots and

1 x 230 V AC power supply
For versions containing cable outlet at the rear

only the LED field and SELECT/SET buttons as
well as the serial console port (RJ11) are at the
front
Front
Rear
Slot for
C-PLUG
Connection example:
IE FC RJ45 Plug FastConnect connector
to MM992-2CUC media module
(with retaining collar)
SCALANCE XR-300 with cable outlet at rear
2/276
Siemens IK PI 2015
Connection example:
FC BFOC Plug FastConnect connector
to MM991-2 media module
(multimode)
G_IK10_XX_10283
Product versions
Siemens AG 2014
Function
media redundancy. Reliable communication is achieved by
closing an optical or electrical line with SCALANCE X-400,
X-300 or X-200 switches to form a ring. The redundancy
manager (RM) integrated in the SCALANCE XR-300 switch
monitors the function of the network. It recognizes the failure
of a transmission link or of SCALANCE X switch in the ring
and activates the substitute path within a maximum of
0.2 seconds.
Redundant interfacing to company networks;
SCALANCE XR-300 switches support the standardized
redundancy procedures Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) and
Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP). This enables a
subnetwork to be connected redundantly to a higher level
corporate network with reduced requirements for the reconfiguration time (in the order of seconds). By supporting the
Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP), a network can also
be split into multiple sub-segments.
Snooping, IGMP Querier), SCALANCE XR-300 switches can
the network. Multicast and broadcast traffic can be limited.
devices.
Link aggregation (IEEE 802.1q) for bundling data streams
Quality of Service (IEEE 802.1p) for prioritization of network
traffic

The network topology can easily be adapted to the structure of
the plant using SCALANCE XR-300 Industrial Ethernet switches.
can be implemented:
Fast Ethernet with fast media redundancy;
X-400 or X-500 switches cascaded in line can be connected
into a ring.
function
In addition, SCALANCE XR-300 supports redundant
a rapid spanning tree.
Star topology with SCALANCE XR-300 switches:
Each SCALANCE XR-300 switch represents a neutral point
that can connect up to 24 nodes or subnets with each other
electrically.
- 750 m at 1 Gbit/s
- 26 km to 70 km at 100 Mbps
- Max. 100 m at 1 Gbit/s with IE FC Standard Cable 4x2
(90 m), IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet and patch cable (10 m)
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/277
Siemens AG 2014
Network management

to establish a ring, a SCALANCE XR-300 is switched to RM
used as ring ports. The non-ring ports of the RM can be used
freely for the connection of data terminals and networks.
If the redundancy procedure MRP standardized by PROFINET
is used, the RM is adjusted automatically.
Signal mask;
SCALANCE XR-300 (setpoint) by pushbutton operation.
The signal mask defines which ports and which power
supplies are to be monitored. The signaling contact only
reports an error when a monitored port or a monitored feeder
fails (deviation of setpoint/actual status).
IP address;
software tool.

Fixed parameterization of the ports (data rates, half/full
duplex)
Setting of Spanning/Rapid Spanning Tree parameters
Security
- Port-based network access control according to
IEEE 802.1x
(available soon)
- Support of Access Control List (ACL) (available soon)
using a Web browser
TFTP server

- Port status
- RM mode
- Standby mode
controller.
Selection of SCALANCE XR-300 switches via the network
from a PC with browser
Secure integration of SCALANCE XR-300 switches via the
Server
2/278
Siemens IK PI 2015
If faults occur in the network, the SCALANCE XR-300 switch

can independently send error messages (traps) to a network
management system or also e-mails to a predefined network
administrator.
The SCALANCE XR-300 switch can collect statistics information
according to the RMON groups 1 through 4. These include,
for example, fault statistics that are kept for each port. This information can be read out through web-based management in the
statistics sub-area.
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5324-0GG00-1AR2
6GK5324-0GG00-1HR2
6GK5324-0GG00-1CR2
SCALANCE XR324-12M
SCALANCE XR324-12M
SCALANCE XR324-12M TS
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
24
24
Transmission rate
Transfer rate 1
Transfer rate 2
Transfer rate 3
Interfaces
24
for media module
for power supply
1
1
12
1
1
1
1
12
1
1
1
1
12
1
1

for power supply
Dependent on selected media

modules
RJ11 port

modules
RJ11 port

modules
RJ11 port

modules
modules

modules
modules

modules
modules
Yes
Yes
Yes

24 V
24 V
24 V

0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A

power supply unit
No
No
No
DC
DC
DC

minimum
maximum
24 V
19.2 V
28.8 V
24 V
19.2 V
28.8 V
24 V
19.2 V
28.8 V

Yes
Yes
Yes

for supply voltage
F 5 A / 125 V
F 5 A / 125 V
F 5 A / 125 V
1.8 A
1.8 A
1.8 A
Active power loss

at 24 V for DC
44 W
44 W
44 W

at 100 Mbit/s
at 1 000 Mbit/s
design of the removable storage
C-PLUG
Supply voltage,
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/279
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5324-0GG00-1AR2
6GK5324-0GG00-1HR2
6GK5324-0GG00-1CR2
SCALANCE XR324-12M
SCALANCE XR324-12M
-40 +70 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
Reduced operating temperature
through the use of media modules
(-40 C to +70 C) or
SFP plug-in transceivers
(-40 C to +60 C).
If the device is installed in the vertical
position, the maximum operating
temperature is reduced to +50 C.
-40 +70 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
(-40 C to +70 C) or
(-40 C to +60 C).
-40 +70 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
(-40 C to +70 C) or
(-40 C to +60 C).

maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %

operation mode
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
IP20
Design
19" rack
19" rack
19" rack
Width
Height
Depth
483 mm
44 mm
305 mm
483 mm
44 mm
305 mm
483 mm
44 mm
305 mm
Net weight
5.5 kg
5.5 kg
5.5 kg
Mounting type
wall mounting
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No

the device must be secured
in the 19" rack at four points


50
50

propagation time)

propagation time)

propagation time)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Comment
Mounting type

components general
50
of < 0.3 s
Cascading in cases
of star structuring
configuration
Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
RMON
SMTP server
Port mirroring
CoS
switch-managed
2/280
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5324-0GG00-1AR2
6GK5324-0GG00-1HR2
6GK5324-0GG00-1CR2
SCALANCE XR324-12M
SCALANCE XR324-12M
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
FTP
BOOTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
GMRP
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes
I&M1 - higher level
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product function
VLAN - port based
VLAN dynamic
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
255
255
255
255
255
255
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Product function
Port diagnostics
Error statistics
SysLog

Product function
DHCP client
DHCP Option 82
DHCP Option 66
DHCP Option 67
Product function
Ring redundancy
Redundancy manager
Standby redundancy
(HRP)
(MRP)
Passive listening
STP/RSTP
STP
RSTP
LACP
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/281
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5324-0GG00-1AR2
6GK5324-0GG00-1HR2
6GK5324-0GG00-1CR2
SCALANCE XR324-12M
SCALANCE XR324-12M
Product function
Broadcast blocking
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
NTP
SNTP
MSTP
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes

Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1, Zone 2,
Group IIC, T4
EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1-03
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987, Class 1 /
Division 2 / Group A, B, C, D / T4,
Class 1 / Zone 2 / Group IIC / T4
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005

Group IIC, T4
EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1-03
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987, Class 1 /
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005

Group IIC, T4
EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1-03
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987, Class 1 /
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
approvals
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone


CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
with EN 50155
2/282
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5324-0GG00-3AR2
6GK5324-0GG00-3HR2
SCALANCE XR324-12M
SCALANCE XR324-12M
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
Transmission rate
Transfer rate 1
Transfer rate 2
Transfer rate 3
Interfaces
24
for media module
for power supply
24
1
1
12
1
0
1
1
12
1
0
RJ11 port
RJ11 port


Yes
Yes
24 V
24 V
0.1 A
0.1 A

redundant power supply unit
No
No
AC
AC

minimum
maximum
230 V
85 V
264 V
230 V
85 V
264 V

Yes
Yes

for supply voltage
3.15 A / 250 V
3.15 A / 250 V
0.8 A
0.8 A
Active power loss

at 230 V AC
50 W
50 W

for power supply
at 100 Mbit/s
at 1 000 Mbit/s
C-PLUG
Supply voltage,
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/283
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5324-0GG00-3AR2
6GK5324-0GG00-3HR2
SCALANCE XR324-12M
SCALANCE XR324-12M
-40 +70 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C

maximum
95 %
95 %

operation mode
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
Design
19" rack
19" rack
Width
Height
Depth
483 mm
44 mm
305 mm
483 mm
44 mm
305 mm
Net weight
5.9 kg
5.9 kg
Mounting type
wall mounting
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
When used in shipbuilding, the device must be secured

When used in shipbuilding, the device must be secured


Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Comment
Mounting type
components general
Cascading in the case of a redundant 50

ring at reconfiguration time
of < 0.3 s
50
Cascading in cases of star structuring Any (depending only on signal propagation time)

configuration
Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
RMON
SMTP server
Port mirroring
CoS
switch-managed
2/284
Siemens IK PI 2015
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5324-0GG00-3AR2
6GK5324-0GG00-3HR2
SCALANCE XR324-12M
SCALANCE XR324-12M
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
FTP
BOOTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
GMRP
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes
I&M1 - higher level
Yes
Yes

Product function
Port diagnostics
Error statistics
SysLog
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product function
VLAN - port based
VLAN dynamic
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
255
255
255
255
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Product function
DHCP client
DHCP Option 82
DHCP Option 66
DHCP Option 67
Product function
Ring redundancy
Redundancy manager
Standby redundancy
(HRP)
(MRP)
Passive listening
STP/RSTP
STP
RSTP
LACP
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/285
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5324-0GG00-3AR2
6GK5324-0GG00-3HR2
SCALANCE XR324-12M
SCALANCE XR324-12M
Product function
broadcast blocking
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
NTP
SNTP
MSTP
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 142-M1987
No
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
No
No
UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 142-M1987
No
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
EN 61000-6-2:2005, EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2:2005, EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
approvals
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone
CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
with EN 50155
2/286
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.
More information
SCALANCE XR324 Industrial Ethernet switches
Selection tool:
Fully modular 19" Industrial Ethernet

switches for setting up electrical
and/or optical Industrial Ethernet
networks; all ports can optionally be
equipped with optical or electrical
2-port media modules);
all ports support Gigabit Ethernet
(blocking), integrated redundancy
manager, RSTP, RMON,
IGMP-Snooping/Querier,
network management via SNMP,
PROFINET, and web server
12 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s slots
for 2-port media modules,
electrical or optical

Online version:
Offline version:
TIA Selection Tool:
SCALANCE XR324-12M
24 V DC power supply
Data cable outlet at front
Data cable outlet at rear
6GK5324-0GG00-1AR2
6GK5324-0GG00-1HR2
110 230 V AC power supply

6GK5324-0GG00-3AR2
6GK5324-0GG00-3HR2
for railway applications
(approval in accordance with
EN 50155);
6GK5324-0GG00-1CR2
Media modules

SITOP compact, 2.5 A
6EP1332-5BA00

wide-range input 85 264 V AC,
regulated output voltage 24 V,
output current rated value 2.5 A
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/287
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
Benefits
The SCALANCE X-300PoE product line comprises compact

Industrial Ethernet switches for constructing electrical and/or
optical line, star and ring topologies operating at data transfer
rates of 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s.
Partially modular version with four integrated electrical,
PoE-enabled Ethernet ports and two slots for 2-port media
modules
manager both for Gigabit Ethernet (SCALANCE X-300, X-400)
and Fast Ethernet (e.g. in combination with SCALANCE X-200
switches)
Product version
Full Gigabit switches
SCALANCE X308-2M PoE (Power over Ethernet)
For the construction of electrical and/or optical line, ring and
star topologies with
- four integrated electrical, PoE-compatible Gigabit Ethernet
Ports and two slots for any 2-port media modules (see
"Media modules for SCALANCE X-300")
Star coupler in the plant bus (redundant connection is
possible)
2/288
Siemens IK PI 2015

Saving of additional power supply units and cabling for
terminals by means of PoE voltage supply
High availability of the network due to
- redundant voltage feed
and RSTP are integrated)
- easy device replacement by means of plug-in C-PLUG swap
medium
- very fast reconfiguration of the network in event of a fault
SNMP access
operating phase of a plant due to the use of configuration and
Siemens AG 2014
Application
IP cameras and IP telephones, with energy over the data cable.
The switch is designed with IP20 degree of protection for installation in control cabinets.
SCALANCE X-300 products enable the establishment of

where high data transfer rates are required in addition to high
The SCALANCE X308-2M PoE switch supplies PoE-compatible
devices, such as IWLAN access points SCALANCE W,
The main area of application is found in high-performance plant

networks with interfaces to the corporate network.
Office
IP
Phone
HiPath
Access
Point
PoE
PoE
SCALANCE
X308-2M PoE
Factory
Factory
SIMATIC
MV420
SIMATIC
MV440
SCALANCE
XR324-4M PoE
Outdoor
SCALANCE
W788
PoE
SCALANCE
W786
PoE
SCALANCE
X108PoE
PoE
PoE
PoE
IP Fixdome
Camera
IP Camera
PoE
G_IK10_XX_10286
SIMATIC
MV440

Supply of terminal devices with PoE by means of PoE-compatible switches
Design
The SCALANCE X-300 Industrial Ethernet switches with their
robust metal enclosure are optimized for mounting on a standard
DIN rail and the S7-300 mounting rail. Direct wall mounting in
different positions is also possible. Due to the S7-300 enclosure
dimensions, the devices are ideally suited for integration in an
automation system using S7-300 components.
The switches have:

4-pin terminal block for connection of the redundant power
status, data transfer, error indication, redundancy manager,
standby manager)
contact
SELECT/SET pushbutton for on-site configuration of the
signaling contact
Slot for optional C-PLUG swap medium on the rear of the
device for the easy replacement of the device in the event of
a fault
SCALANCE X308-2M PoE has four integrated electrical,
PoE-compatible Ethernet ports and two slots for accommodating 2-port media modules
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/289
Siemens AG 2014
Function
Support of Power over Ethernet (PoE) according to

IEEE 802.3at Type 1 (corresponds to IEEE 802.3af)
Increase of the network performance;
address of the data terminals, data traffic remains local;
only data intended for users of another subnetwork is
it automatically to the destination address. The limitation of the
network expansion by collision detection (CSMA/CD
procedure) terminates at the port.
checksum (CRC).
Integration of existing subnetworks with 10 Mbit/s into Fast
Ethernet networks with 100 Mbit/s;
at the twisted-pair ports, the SCALANCE X-300 switches
automatically recognize the conductor pairs for transmission
and reception (autocrossover), the data transfer rate of 10 or
100 or 1 000 Mbit/s, as well as full-duplex and half-duplex
mode (autonegotiation).
with 1 Gbit/s;
SCALANCE X-300 PoE switches have up to eight Gigabit
Ethernet ports for connecting the switches to each other or
with other Gigabit-Ethernet-enabled components (e.g.
SCALANCE X-400, X-500)
media redundancy.
several network segments such as rings can be interconnected redundantly with SCALANCE X-300 by means of the
integrated standby function. Two X-300 switches are
configured in a ring as a master and slave and are connected
via two links to the other ring. The redundant link can be
implemented at 1 000 Mbit/s.
Redundant interfacing to higher-level networks;
SCALANCE X-300 switches support the standardized
subnetwork to be connected redundantly to a higher-level
network with reduced requirements for the reconfiguration
time (in the order of seconds). By supporting the Multiple
Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP), a network can also be split
into multiple sub-segments.
Snooping, IGMP Querier), SCALANCE X-300 switches can
the network.
Configuration of the ports for terminals that support authentication in accordance with IEEE 802.1x.
Authentication is by means of a RADIUS server that must be
configured appropriately and must be accessible via the
network.
2/290
Siemens IK PI 2015
Support of the DHCP Option 82, 66, 67 (Dynamic Host

Configuration Protocol);
this facilitates the IP address assignment of a terminal
depending on the connected switch port. The IP address is
assigned via a DHCP Server, which has to be configured
accordingly and must be able to be reached via the network.
Support of Access Control List (ACL);
if this function is activated for a port, the switch only forwards
message frames received at this port if their source address
is listed in the address table. All connected nodes can be
automatically entered in the ACL.
Syslog;
Syslog compliant with RFC 3164 is used in the IP network for
transmitting short, unencrypted text messages via UDP. This
requires the use of a Syslog server that must be configured
appropriately and must be accessible via the network.
devices.
The SCALANCE X-300 Industrial Ethernet switches are typically
accommodated together with the nodes to be connected in one
control cabinet. Electrical and optical versions can be installed
together in star, line and ring topologies.
can be implemented:
Fast Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet rings with fast media
redundancy;
X-400 or X-500 switches can be cascaded in line can be
connected into a ring.
function.
Star topology with SCALANCE X300PoE switches:
The SCALANCE X-308-2M PoE switch represents a neutral
point that can connect up to eight nodes or subnets with each
other electrically or optically.
- 750 m at 1 Gbit/s
- 26 to 70 km at 100 Mbps
- Max. 100 m at 10/100 Mbit/s with IE FC Cable 2x2 and
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
Siemens AG 2014
Network management

used as ring ports.
Signal mask;
SCALANCE X-300 (setpoint) by pushbutton operation. The
signal mask defines which ports and which power supplies
are to be monitored. The signaling contact only reports
an error when a monitored port or a monitored feeder fails
IP address;
software tool.

duplex)
ring link
Security
- Support of Access Control List (ACL)
Parameterization of user administration of SNMP V1, V2c, V3:
using a Web browser
TFTP server

- Port status
- RM mode
- Standby mode
controller.
a PC with browser
Server
If faults occur in the network, the SCALANCE X-300 switch

administrator.
The SCALANCE X-300 switches can collect statistics information according to the RMON groups 1 through 4. These include,
for example, fault statistics that are kept for each port. This information can be read out through web-based management in the
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/291
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5308-2QG00-2AA2
Article No.
6GK5308-2QG00-2AA2
SCALANCE X308-2M POE
Transmission rate
Transfer rate 1
Transfer rate 2
Transfer rate 3

10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Comment
95 %
Interfaces
Number of electrical/optical connections for network components or terminal equipment maximum
for media module
for power supply
for power supply
at 100 Mbit/s
at 1 000 Mbit/s
C-PLUG

operation mode
1
2
1
1
Protection class IP
IP20
RJ45 port
RJ45 port

modules
modules
Yes
24 V

0.1 A
Supply voltage,
No
DC

minimum
maximum
24 V
19.2 V
28.8 V

Yes

for supply voltage
F 3 A / 32 V
2A
Active power loss

at 24 V for DC
17 W
Siemens IK PI 2015

Design
compact
Width
Height
Depth
120 mm
125 mm
124 mm
Net weight
1.15 kg
Mounting type
wall mounting
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Mounting type
When using SFP plug transceivers,

only horizontal mounting is permitted;
when used in shipbuilding, installation on a 35 mm standard mounting
rail is not permitted
Product properties, functions, components general

Cascading in the case of a redundant 50
ring at reconfiguration time
of < 0.3 s
Cascading in cases of star structuring Any (depending only on signal propagation time)
configuration

power supply unit
2/292
-40 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
position, the maximum operating temperature is reduced to 60 C.
Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
RMON
SMTP server
Port mirroring
CoS
switch-managed
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5308-2QG00-2AA2
Article No.
6GK5308-2QG00-2AA2
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
FTP
BOOTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
GMRP
DCP
LLDP

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes
I&M1 - higher level
Product function
Port diagnostics
Error statistics
SysLog
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product function
broadcast blocking
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes
NTP
SNTP
Yes
Yes
Yes
approvals
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone


Product function
VLAN - port based
VLAN dynamic
Yes
Yes
255

255
Yes

Product function
DHCP client
DHCP Option 82
DHCP Option 66
DHCP Option 67
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Product function
Ring redundancy
Redundancy manager
Standby redundancy
(HRP)
Passive listening
STP/RSTP
STP
RSTP
LACP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
with EN 50155
with EN 50124-1
American Bureau
Bureau Veritas (BV)

Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1,
Zone 2, Group IIC, T4
EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
(Hazardous Location), CSA C22.2
No. 213-M1987, Class 1 / Division 2 /
Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1 /
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
No
No
-
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/293
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
SCALANCE X-300PoE Industrial Ethernet switches
Accessories
PoE-compatible Industrial Ethernet

Switches for setting up electrical
networks;
IT functions (RSTP, VLAN, ...),
and web server;
Industrial Ethernet manual and
configuration software on CD-ROM;
C-PLUG included in scope of
supply
Full Gigabit Ethernet switches

SCALANCE X308-2M PoE;
4 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s RJ45
ports with PoE, electrical;
2 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s slots for
2-port media modules,
Media modules
6GK5308-2QG00-2AA2

Accessories
(Type A)
6XV1840-2AH10
6XV1870-2E
6XV1870-3QE50
6XV1870-3QH10
6XV1870-3QH20
6XV1870-3QH60
6XV1870-3QN10
2/294
Siemens IK PI 2015
6GK1900-1LB00-0AC0

cleaning cloths)
6GK1901-1GA00

Ethernet FC cables
6GK1900-1GL00-0AA0

Industrial Ethernet with interface for
insertion of a replacement insert;
with insert 2FE ;
replacement insert for
with insert 1GE ;
replacement insert for
1 x 1 000 Mbit/s interface

interface
1 package = 1 unit
1 package = 10 units
1 package = 50 units
FC SC Plug

and microscope

modular outlet for universal use;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
TP cable 4 x 2
with two RJ45 plugs
0.5 m
1m
2m
6m
10 m
6GK1901-1BB11-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AE0

IE FC outlet RJ45/IE FC RJ45 plug;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m

(10/100/1 000 Mbit/s) with a rugged
180 cable outlet;
interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
SITOP compact PSU100C

24 V/1.3 A
85 264 VAC/110 300 V DC,
slim design
6GK1901-1BE00-0AA1
6GK1901-1BE00-0AA2
6EP1331-5BA10
Siemens AG 2014
More information
Selection tool:

Online version:
Offline version:
TIA Selection Tool:
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/295
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
Benefits
The SCALANCE XR-300PoE Industrial Ethernet switches are

partly modular, high-performance, industry-standard switches
for the construction of electrical and/or optical line, ring and
star topologies at data transfer rates of 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s,
designed for installation in 19" control cabinets
(10/100/1 000 Mbit/s), of which 16 are integrated RJ45 ports,
eight of which are PoE-compatible;
up to four electrical and/or optical 2-port media modules can
additionally be inserted in the media module slots of the basic
unit
manager both for Gigabit Ethernet (with SCALANCE X-300,
X-400) and Fast Ethernet (e.g. in combination with
SCALANCE X-200 switches)
functions (VLANs, IGMP-Snooping/Querier, STP/RSTP, Link
Aggregation, Quality of Service)
support for standardized redundancy procedures (Spanning
Tree Protocol/Rapid Reconfiguration Spanning Tree Protocol/
MRP)
Remote diagnostics by means of PROFINET diagnostics, Web
browser, CLI, or SNMP

Saving of additional power supply units and cabling for
terminals by means of PoE voltage supply
High availability of the network due to
- redundant voltage feed
- redundant network structures based on FOC or Twisted Pair
(redundancy manager, standby function and STP/RSTP
integrated)
- easy device replacement by means of plug-in C-PLUG swap
medium
lower susceptibility to faults and higher availability of the plant
networking by latching the RJ45 FastConnect plug in the
retaining collar of the RJ45 port modules
SNMP access
operating phase of a plant due to integrated configuration and
diagnostics in STEP 7, without additional software
Space savings in control cabinet due to flexible cable outlet
on the front or rear of the device
Application
The SCALANCE XR-300PoE is ideal for use in plant networks
and for integrating the industrial network into an existing corporate network. Both at the field level and the control level, the
switch performs the network with the distributed field devices
and ensures high plant availability with extensive diagnostics
options and high transmission speeds. The modularity permits
perfect adaptation to the respective application through the use
of electrical and also optical media modules.
The SCALANCE XR-300PoE supplies PoE-compatible devices,
such as IWLAN access points SCALANCE W, IP cameras and IP
telephones, with energy over the data cable and is suitable for
constructing electrical and/or optical Industrial Ethernet linear,
star or ring structures with up to 24 ports, of which 16 RJ45 ports
are pre-assigned. Eight of these support PoE. The switch can
be optionally equipped with four electrical and/or optical 2-port
media modules. It can also be used as a hub in the plant bus
(redundant connection is possible).
The SCALANCE XR324-4M PoE TS (Transportation Systems)
is suitable for use in railway applications due to its EN 50155
specification. Media modules that have been approved for train
applications must be used.
2/296
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Office
IP
Phone
HiPath
Access
Point
PoE
PoE
SCALANCE
X308-2M PoE
Factory
Factory
SIMATIC
MV420
SIMATIC
MV440
SCALANCE
XR324-4M PoE
Outdoor
SCALANCE
W788
PoE
SCALANCE
W786
PoE
SCALANCE
X108PoE
PoE
PoE
PoE
IP Fixdome
Camera
IP Camera
PoE
G_IK10_XX_10286
SIMATIC
MV440

Supply of terminal devices with PoE by means of PoE-compatible switches

The extension of networks by subsequent insertion of
additional media modules in unused media module slots
The changing of cabling technology, e.g. conversion from
Design
The SCALANCE XR-300PoE Industrial Ethernet switches with
rugged metal enclosure with IP20 degree of protection are
optimized for installation in the 19" control cabinet. Versions are
available with either 24 V DC or 100 - 240 V AC connections.
The connection of the power supply and the data cable outlet
are located optionally either at the front or rear of the device.
The switches have:
4-pin terminal block for redundant voltage feed to protected
against power failure at 24 V DC
2-pin terminal block for voltage feed at 100 - 240 V AC
status, data transfer, power supply, signal contact)
SELECT/SET pushbutton for easy setting of the fault signal
device for easy replacement of the device in the event of a
fault
delivery)
The SCALANCE XR-300PoE switches are available with the

following types of port:
16 integrated RJ45 ports, eight RJ45 ports supporting PoE;
The RJ45 sockets are designed to industry standards with
additional retaining collars for the connection of the Industrial
The SCALANCE XR-300 switches support Gigabit Ethernet
(1 000 Mbit/s) at all ports. The 24 ports are divided into three
groups of eight ports each (Gigabit Ethernet Blocking).
Gigabit Ethernet is supported with full wire speed within each
group, but not between the groups.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/297
Siemens AG 2014
Design (continued)
SCALANCE XR324-4M PoE TS(4 media module slots)
SCALANCE XR324-4M PoE (4 media module slots)
A version is available with

front;

LEDs, power supply connection and data cable outlet at the
front
LEDs at the front, power supply connection and data cable
outlet at the rear
All versions have four media module slots and

All versions have twelve media module slots and

1 x 100 - 240 V AC power supply unit
For versions containing cable outlet at the rear

only the LED field and SELECT/SET buttons as
well as the serial console port (RJ11) are at the
front
Front
Rear
Slot for
C-PLUG
Connection example:
IE FC RJ45 Plug FastConnect connector
to MM992-2CUC media module
(with retaining collar)
SCALANCE XR-300 with cable outlet at rear
2/298
Siemens IK PI 2015
Connection example:
FC BFOC Plug FastConnect connector
to MM991-2 media module
(multimode)
G_IK10_XX_10283
Product versions
Siemens AG 2014
Function
Support of Power over Ethernet (PoE) to IEEE 802.3at Type1
(corresponds to IEEE 802.3af)
of a transmission link or of SCALANCE X switch in the ring and
activates the substitute path within a maximum of
0.2 seconds.
Snooping, IGMP Querier), SCALANCE XR-300 switches can
the network. Multicast and broadcast traffic can be limited.
network by means of synchronization with a SICLOCK, or
SNTP / NTP time transmitter or via IEEE1588, thereby simplifying the assignment of diagnostic messages of multiple
devices.
traffic

the plant using SCALANCE XR-300 Industrial Ethernet switches.
can be implemented:
Fast Ethernet with fast media redundancy;
into a ring.
function
In addition, SCALANCE XR-300 supports redundant
electrically.
- 750 m at 1 Gbit/s
- 26 to 70 km at 100 Mbps
- Max. 100 m at 10/100 Mbit/s with IE FC Cable 2x2 and
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/299
Siemens AG 2014
Network management

to establish a ring, a SCALANCE XR-300 is switched to RM
used as ring ports. The non-ring ports of the RM can be used
freely for the connection of data terminals and networks. If the
redundancy procedure MRP standardized by PROFINET is
used, the RM is adjusted automatically.
Signal mask;
IP address;
software tool.

duplex)
Setting of Spanning/Rapid Spanning Tree parameters
Security
IEEE 802.1x
- Authentication in accordance with IEEE 802.1x (available
soon)
using a Web browser
TFTP server

- Port status
- RM mode
- Standby mode
controller.
Server
2/300
Siemens IK PI 2015
If faults occur in the network, the SCALANCE XR-300 switch can

independently send error messages (traps) to a network management system or also e-mails to a predefined network administrator.
example, fault statistics that are kept for each port. This information can be read out through web-based management in the
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5324-4QG00-1AR2
6GK5324-4QG00-1HR2
6GK5324-4QG00-1CR2
SCALANCE XR324-4M POE
SCALANCE XR324-4M POE TS
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
24
24
16
16
16
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
4
1
0
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ11 port
RJ11 port
RJ11 port

modules
modules

modules
modules

modules
modules
Yes
Yes
Yes

24 V
24 V
24 V

0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A

power supply unit
No
No
No
DC
DC
DC

minimum
maximum
24 V
19.2 V
28.8 V
24 V
19.2 V
28.8 V
24 V
19.2 V
28.8 V

Yes
Yes
Yes

for supply voltage
F 5 A / 250 V
F 5 A / 250 V
F 5 A / 250 V
4.2 A
4.2 A
4.2 A
Active power loss

at 24 V for DC
46 W
46 W
46 W
Transmission rate
Transfer rate 1
Transfer rate 2
Transfer rate 3
Interfaces
24
for media module
for power supply
for power supply
at 100 Mbit/s
at 1 000 Mbit/s
C-PLUG
Supply voltage,
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/301
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5324-4QG00-1AR2
6GK5324-4QG00-1HR2
6GK5324-4QG00-1CR2
-40 +60 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
temperature is reduced to 60 C.
-40 +60 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C

maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %

operation mode
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
IP20
Design
19" rack
19" rack
19" rack
Width
Height
Depth
449 mm
43.6 mm
305 mm
449 mm
43.6 mm
305 mm
449 mm
43.6 mm
305 mm
Net weight
6.8 kg
6.8 kg
6.8 kg
Mounting type
wall mounting
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No



50
50

propagation time)

propagation time)

propagation time)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Comment
Mounting type

50
of < 0.3 s
Cascading in cases
of star structuring
configuration
Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
RMON
Port mirroring
CoS
switch-managed
2/302
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5324-4QG00-1AR2
6GK5324-4QG00-1HR2
6GK5324-4QG00-1CR2
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
FTP
BOOTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
GMRP
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes
I&M1 - higher level
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product function
VLAN - port based
VLAN dynamic
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
255
255
255
Number of VLANs - dynamic maximum
255
255
255
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Product function
Port diagnostics
Error statistics
SysLog

Product function
DHCP client
DHCP Option 82
DHCP Option 66
DHCP Option 67
Product function
Ring redundancy
Redundancy manager
Standby redundancy
(HRP)
Passive listening
STP/RSTP
STP
RSTP
LACP
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/303
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5324-4QG00-1AR2
6GK5324-4QG00-1HR2
6GK5324-4QG00-1CR2
Product function
broadcast blocking
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
NTP
SNTP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

B, C, D / T4, Class 1, Zone 2,
Group IIC, T4
EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
(Hazardous Location), CSA C22.2 No.
213-M1987, Class 1 / Division 2 /
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2006

Group IIC, T4
EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2006

Group IIC, T4
EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2006
EN 61000-6-2:2006,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
EN 61000-6-2:2006,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
EN 61000-6-2:2006,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
with EN 50155
Yes
Yes
No
-
Yes
Yes
No
-
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Article No.
6GK5324-4QG00-3AR2
6GK5324-4QG00-3HR2
Transfer rate 1
10 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
Transfer rate 2
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
Transfer rate 3
1 000 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
24
24
16
16
1
1
4
1
0
1
1
4
1
0
approvals
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone


Transmission rate
Interfaces
for media module
for power supply
2/304
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5324-4QG00-3AR2
6GK5324-4QG00-3HR2
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ11 port
RJ11 port


Yes
Yes

24 V
24 V

0.1 A
0.1 A

power supply unit
No
No
AC
AC

minimum
maximum
230 V
85 V
264 V
230 V
85 V
264 V

Yes
Yes
1A
1A
Active power loss

at 230 V AC
46 W
46 W
-40 +70 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
the maximum operating temperature is reduced to 60 C.
-40 +70 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
the maximum operating temperature is reduced to 60 C.

maximum
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
Design
19" rack
19" rack
Width
Height
Depth
449 mm
43.6 mm
305 mm
449 mm
43.6 mm
305 mm
Net weight
6.8 kg
6.8 kg
Mounting type
wall mounting
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No

the device must be secured in the 19" rack at four points

the device must be secured in the 19" rack at four points

for power supply
at 100 Mbit/s
at 1 000 Mbit/s
C-PLUG
Supply voltage,

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Comment
Mounting type
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/305
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5324-4QG00-3AR2
6GK5324-4QG00-3HR2

components general
50
of < 0.3 s
50
Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
RMON
Port mirroring
CoS
switch-managed
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
FTP
BOOTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
GMRP
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

I&M1 - higher level
Yes
Yes
Yes
Cascading in cases
of star structuring
configuration

Product function
Port diagnostics
Error statistics
SysLog
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product function
VLAN - port based
VLAN dynamic
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
255
255
255
255
Yes
Yes
2/306
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5324-4QG00-3AR2
6GK5324-4QG00-3HR2
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product function
broadcast blocking
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
NTP
SNTP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone
No
No
UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 142-M1987
No
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2006
No
No
UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 142-M1987
No
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2006
CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
EN 61000-6-2:2006, EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2:2006, EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
No

Product function
DHCP client
DHCP Option 82
DHCP Option 66
DHCP Option 67

Product function
Ring redundancy
Redundancy manager
Standby redundancy
(HRP)
Passive listening
STP/RSTP
STP
RSTP
LACP
approvals
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/307
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.
More information
SCALANCE XR324-4M PoE Industrial Ethernet switches
Selection tool:
Partly modular 19" Industrial

Ethernet switches for setting up
electrical and optical Industrial
Ethernet networks;
eight PoE-compatible ports can
optionally be equipped with optical
or electrical 2-port media modules;
all ports support Gigabit Ethernet
manager, RSTP, RMON,
IGMP-Snooping/Querier,
PROFINET, and web server
16 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s RJ45 ports,
eight of which support PoE;

Online version:
Offline version:
TIA Selection Tool:
SCALANCE XR324-4M PoE

6GK5324-4QG00-1AR2
6GK5324-4QG00-1HR2
100 240 V AC power supply

6GK5324-4QG00-3AR2
6GK5324-4QG00-3HR2
SCALANCE XR324-4M PoE TS

for railway applications (approval in
accordance with EN 50155);
6GK5324-4QG00-1CR2
Media modules

SITOP modular, 5 A
6EP1333-3BA00
Single-phase and 2-phase power

supply with wide-range input
85 ... 264 V / 176 V 550 V AC,
output current rated value 5 A
2/308
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
The SCALANCE X-300EEC (Enhanced Environmental

Conditions) product line comprises compact Industrial Ethernet
switches with IT functions for constructing electrical and/or
optical line, star and ring topologies at data transfer rates of
10/100/1 000 Mbit/s.
Suitable for use in extremely harsh industrial environments
and in low-voltage and high-voltage switchgear thanks to:
- Extended temperature range (-40 to +70 C, briefly to
+85 C)
- Special coating on PCBs (conformal coating)
- Support for special protocols and standards
(IEEE 1613 and IEC 61850-3)
- Wide-range power supplies (60 to 250 V AC/DC)
As many as nine integrated electrical and/or optical Ethernet
interfaces (10/100/1 000 Mbit/s) support the interconnection
of a number of switches, the construction of optical/electrical
rings, or the connection of several Industrial Ethernet nodes
manager both for Gigabit Ethernet and Fast Ethernet
functions (VLANs, IGMP-Snooping/Querier, STP/RSTP)
and CLI for remote diagnostics and signaling via the network
Product versions
SCALANCE X307-2EEC
2 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s RJ45 port, electrical
2 x 100 Mbit/s LC Port optical (multi-mode, glass), up to 5 km
Benefits
Increased reliability of the network due to hardware and

software functions specially geared to the particular requirements of power system plants and extreme environmental
conditions
- Redundant network components (optional)
MRP and RSTP are integrated)
medium
SNMP access
Application
SCALANCE X-300EEC products enable the establishment of
where high data transfer speeds are required in addition to high
The switches are designed in degree of protection IP30 for
installation in control cabinets.
The main area of application is found in high-performance
plant networks with interfaces to the corporate network.
Thanks to the immunity to electromagnetic interference of the
SCALANCE X-300EEC switches, the devices can also be used
in medium/high voltage substations under harsh industrial
conditions.
Their compact, space-saving design (19"/2) also makes them
ideal for installation in control cabinets. In addition, specially
selected components permit the use of the devices over a wide
temperature range (-40 C to +70 C, temporarily up to +85 C).
All versions are also available with specially protected printedcircuit boards (conformal coating) for use in environments
subject to contamination.
SCALANCE X302-7EEC
7 x 100 Mbit/s LC Port optical (multi-mode, glass), up to 5 km
SCALANCE X307-2EEC and X302-7EEC are available in versions for
24 V DC (single or redundant) and
with wide-range power supplies for 60 to 250 V DC /
100-240 V AC (single or redundant) as well as
with or without PCB coating (conformal coating)
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/309
Siemens AG 2014
Operator station
Operator station
2
Engineering station
SCALANCE X307-2 EEC
SCALANCE X307-2 EEC
Master computer for power switchboards

SCALANCE
X307-2 EEC
SCALANCE
XR324-4M EEC
SCALANCE
XR324-4M EEC
SIPROTEC with IEEE 618501 protocol
SIPROTEC with IEEE 618501 protocol
Enhanced
Environmental
Conditions
G_IK10_XX_10278
Industrial
Ethernet
Electrical network structure in power switchgear with SCALANCE X-300EEC and XR324-4M EEC
Design
The SCALANCE X-300EEC Industrial Ethernet switches with
rugged metal enclosure are optimized for mounting on a standard DIN rail. Thanks to the enclosure dimension 19"/2 (internal
dimension), two devices can be mounted side by side in a
19" cabinet.
The switches have:
a 4-pin terminal block for connecting the redundant power
A 2-pin terminal block for connecting the isolated signaling
contact
SELECT/SET key for on-site configuration of the signaling
contact
Slot for optional C-PLUG swap medium on the top of the
Guide rails for strain-relief attachment of the RJ45 and LC
connection to the switch
2/310
Siemens IK PI 2015
The SCALANCE X-300EEC switches are available with the

As many as seven integrated fiber-optic ports for connecting
the SCALANCE X switches with one another (multimode).
The Fast Ethernet fiber optic ports are designed using LC
connection technology.
Up to seven integrated twisted pair ports;
the RJ45 sockets are designed to be industry-compatible
with additional retaining mechanisms, for connection of the
Industrial Ethernet FC RJ45 Plug 180.
Siemens AG 2014
Function
Integrated redundancy manager for constructing ring topologies with fast media redundancy Rings consisting of
SCALANCE X-300 and X-400 switches can be operated at 1
000 Mbit/s. In rings with SCALANCE X-200 or OSM/ESM it is
possible to integrate SCALANCE X-300EEC switches at
100 Mbit/s.
Redundant interfacing to corporate networks;
SCALANCE X-300EEC switches support the standardized
Load limiting when multicast protocols (e.g. Querier, video
transmission) are used;
Snooping, IGMP Querier), SCALANCE X-300EEC switches
can also filter multicast data traffic and therefore limit the load
in the network.
simplifying the assignment of diagnostic messages of multiple
devices.

The SCALANCE X-300EEC Industrial Ethernet switches with
degree of protection IP30 can be adapted to the structure of the
plant in star, line and ring topologies.
can be implemented:
Fast Ethernet rings with fast media redundancy;
or X-400 switches cascaded in line can be connected into a
ring with a total length of up to 150 km. On the failure of a
transmission link or of a SCALANCE X switch in the ring, the
transmission path is reconfigured within 0.3 seconds
(0.2 seconds for MRP).
function
Construction of interconnected network structures by means
of rapid spanning tree protocol (RSTP)
At the same time, SCALANCE X-300EEC supports redundant
Star topology with SCALANCE X-300EEC switches:
The SCALANCE X-300EEC switch represents a neutral point
that can connect up to nine nodes or subnets with each other.
- 5 000 m at 100 Mbit/s
- max. 100 m
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/311
Siemens AG 2014
Network management

to establish a ring, a SCALANCE X-300EEC is switched to RM
mode. The non-ring ports of the RM can be used freely for the
connection of data terminals and networks. If the redundancy
procedure MRP standardized by PROFINET is used, the RM is
adjusted automatically.
Signal mask;
SCALANCE X-300EEC (setpoint) by pushbutton operation.

duplex)
Security
- Authentication in accordance with IEEE 802.1x (available
soon)
Parameterization of user administration of SNMP V1, V2c, V3
Loading new firmware updates or configuration data via the
network from one TFTP server or directly via HTTP/HTTPs with
an Internet or Web browser.
TFTP server

- Port status
- Port mode (10/100 Mbit/s, full/half-duplex)
- RM mode
- Standby mode
controller.
a PC with browser
Secure connection of SCALANCE X-300EEC switches via
the network to a network management station
PROFINET diagnostic alarms from SCALANCE X-300EEC
2/312
Siemens IK PI 2015
If faults occur in the network, the SCALANCE X-300EEC switch

administrator.
The SCALANCE X-300EEC switch can collect statistics information according to the RMON groups 1 through 4. These include,
for example, fault statistics that are kept for each port. This
information can be read out through web-based management in
the statistics sub-area.
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5302-7GD00-1EA3
6GK5302-7GD00-1GA3
6GK5302-7GD00-2EA3
6GK5302-7GD00-2GA3
SCALANCE X302-7EEC
SCALANCE X302-7EEC
SCALANCE X302-7EEC
SCALANCE X302-7EEC
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port



2 x 4-pole terminal block

LC port
LC port
LC port
LC port
-19 -14 dB
-14 dB
-19 -14 dB
-14 dB
-19 -14 dB
-14 dB
-19 -14 dB
-14 dB
-32 dB
-32 dB
-32 dB
-32 dB
0 dB
0 dB
0 dB
Transmission rate
Transfer rate 1
Transfer rate 2
Transfer rate 3
Interfaces
9
for media module
for power supply
for power supply
at 100 Mbit/s
at 100 Mbit/s
relative to 1 mW

0 dB
0 5 km
0 5 km
0 5 km
0 5 km

C-PLUG
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V

0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A

power supply unit
No
No
Yes
Yes
DC
DC
DC
DC
Type 2 of supply voltage
DC
DC
DC
DC
Supply voltage for DC

rated value
24 V
19.2 57.6 V
24 V
19.2 57.6 V
24 V
19.2 57.6 V
24 V
19.2 57.6 V

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

for supply voltage
T 4 A / 125 V
T 4 A / 125 V
T 4 A / 125 V
T 4 A / 125 V
0.75 A
0.75 A
0.75 A
0.75 A
Active power loss

at 24 V for DC
17 W
17 W
17 W
17 W
Supply voltage,
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/313
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5302-7GD00-1EA3
6GK5302-7GD00-1GA3
6GK5302-7GD00-2EA3
6GK5302-7GD00-2GA3
SCALANCE X302-7EEC
SCALANCE X302-7EEC
SCALANCE X302-7EEC
SCALANCE X302-7EEC
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
A maximum operating
temperature of +85 C
is permissible for a duration
of 16 hours
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
A maximum operating
of 16 hours
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
A maximum operating
of 16 hours
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
A maximum operating
of 16 hours

maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %
95 %

operation mode
Protection class IP
IP30
IP30
IP30
IP30
Design
compact
compact
compact
compact
Width
Height
Depth
216 mm
143 mm
110 mm
216 mm
143 mm
110 mm
216 mm
143 mm
110 mm
216 mm
143 mm
110 mm
Net weight
1.8 kg
1.8 kg
2.03 kg
1.8 kg
Mounting type
wall mounting
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Wall mounting is possible

only with an additional wall
bracket; 19" mounting only
with installation of two
X-300EEC switches in pairs
using a mounting plate



50
50
50
Any
propagation time)
Any
propagation time)
Any
propagation time)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Comment
Mounting type

components general
50
of < 0.3 s
Cascading in cases
Any
of star structuring
propagation time)
configuration
Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
RMON
Port mirroring
CoS
switch-managed
2/314
Siemens IK PI 2015
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5302-7GD00-1EA3
6GK5302-7GD00-1GA3
6GK5302-7GD00-2EA3
6GK5302-7GD00-2GA3
SCALANCE X302-7EEC
SCALANCE X302-7EEC
SCALANCE X302-7EEC
SCALANCE X302-7EEC
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
FTP
BOOTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
GMRP
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

I&M1 - higher level designation/loca- Yes
tion designation
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product function
VLAN - port based
VLAN dynamic
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
255
255
255
255
255
255
255
255
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Product function
Port diagnostics
Error statistics
SysLog

Product function
DHCP client
DHCP Option 82
DHCP Option 66
DHCP Option 67
Product function
Ring redundancy
Redundancy manager
Standby redundancy
(HRP)
Redundancy procedure STP
Redundancy procedure MSTP
Passive listening
STP/RSTP
STP
RSTP
LACP
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/315
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5302-7GD00-1EA3
6GK5302-7GD00-1GA3
6GK5302-7GD00-2EA3
6GK5302-7GD00-2GA3
SCALANCE X302-7EEC
SCALANCE X302-7EEC
SCALANCE X302-7EEC
SCALANCE X302-7EEC
Product function
broadcast blocking
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
NTP
SNTP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
IEC 61850, IEEE 1613

T4
EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex
nA II T4
UL 508
ANSI / ISA 12.12.01,
CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987,
UL 1604 and 2279-15,
CL. 1 / Div. 2 / GP. A, B, C, D
T4, CL. 1 / Zone 2 / GP. IIC,
T4
EN 61000-6-4:2007
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
IEC 61850, IEEE 1613

T4
EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex
nA II T4
UL 508
ANSI / ISA 12.12.01,
CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987,
UL 1604 and 2279-15,
CL. 1 / Div. 2 / GP. A, B, C, D
T4
EN 61000-6-4:2007
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
IEC 61850, IEEE 1613

T4
EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex
nA II T4
UL 508
ANSI / ISA 12.12.01,
CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987,
UL 1604 and 2279-15,
CL. 1 / Div. 2 / GP. A, B, C, D
T4
EN 61000-6-4:2007
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
IEC 61850, IEEE 1613

T4
EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex
nA II T4
UL 508
ANSI / ISA 12.12.01,
CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987,
UL 1604 and 2279-15,
CL. 1 / Div. 2 / GP. A, B, C, D
T4
EN 61000-6-4:2007
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
approvals
Standard
for EMC
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone


CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
with EN 50155
with EN 50124-1
IEC 61850-3
2/316
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5302-7GD00-3EA3
6GK5302-7GD00-3GA3
6GK5302-7GD00-4EA3
6GK5302-7GD00-4GA3
SCALANCE X302-7EEC
SCALANCE X302-7EEC
SCALANCE X302-7EEC
SCALANCE X302-7EEC
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
1
1
-
1
1
-
2
1
1
2
1
1
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port




LC port
LC port
LC port
LC port
-19 -14 dB
-14 dB
-19 -14 dB
-14 dB
-19 -14 dB
-14 dB
-19 -14 dB
-14 dB
-32 dB
-32 dB
-32 dB
-32 dB
0 dB
0 dB
0 dB
0 dB

0 5 km
0 5 km
0 5 km
0 5 km

C-PLUG
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

contacts at AC rated value
276 V
276 V
276 V
276 V

5A
5A
5A
5A

230 V
230 V
230 V
230 V

0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A
Transmission rate
Transfer rate 1
Transfer rate 2
Transfer rate 3
Interfaces
9
for power supply
for power supply
at 100 Mbit/s
at 100 Mbit/s
relative to 1 mW
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/317
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5302-7GD00-3EA3
6GK5302-7GD00-3GA3
6GK5302-7GD00-4EA3
6GK5302-7GD00-4GA3
SCALANCE X302-7EEC
SCALANCE X302-7EEC
SCALANCE X302-7EEC
SCALANCE X302-7EEC

power supply unit
No
No
Yes
Yes
AC
AC
AC
AC
Supply voltage at AC
rated value
230 V
80 276 V
230 V
80 276 V
230 V
80 276 V
230 V
80 276 V
DC
DC
DC
DC

rated value
220 V
46.25 300 V
220 V
46.25 300 V
220 V
46.25 300 V
220 V
46.25 300 V

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

for supply voltage
T 2 A / 250 V
T 2 A / 250 V
T 2 A / 250 V
T 2 A / 250 V
0.08 A
0.08 A
0.08 A
0.08 A
Active power loss

at 230 V AC
at 250 V with DC
18 W
18 W
18 W
18 W
18 W
18 W
18 W
18 W
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
A maximum operating
of 16 hours
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
A maximum operating
of 16 hours
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
A maximum operating
of 16 hours
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
A maximum operating
of 16 hours

maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %
95 %

operation mode
Protection class IP
IP30
IP30
IP30
IP30
Design
compact
compact
compact
compact
Width
Height
Depth
216 mm
143 mm
110 mm
216 mm
143 mm
110 mm
216 mm
143 mm
110 mm
216 mm
143 mm
110 mm
Net weight
1.85 kg
1.85 kg
2.12 kg
2.12 kg
Mounting type
wall mounting
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes




50
50
50
Any
propagation time)
Any
propagation time)
Any
propagation time)
Supply voltage,

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Comment
Mounting type

components general
50
of < 0.3 s
Cascading in cases
of star structuring
2/318
Siemens IK PI 2015
Any
propagation time)
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5302-7GD00-3EA3
6GK5302-7GD00-3GA3
6GK5302-7GD00-4EA3
6GK5302-7GD00-4GA3
SCALANCE X302-7EEC
SCALANCE X302-7EEC
SCALANCE X302-7EEC
SCALANCE X302-7EEC
Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
RMON
SMTP server
Port mirroring
CoS
switch-managed
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
FTP
BOOTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
GMRP
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

I&M1 - higher level designation/loca- Yes
tion designation
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product function
VLAN - port based
VLAN dynamic
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
255
255
255
255
Number of VLANs - dynamic

maximum
255
255
255
255
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

configuration

Product function
Port diagnostics
Error statistics
SysLog
GVRP
Product function
DHCP client
DHCP Option 82
DHCP Option 66
DHCP Option 67
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/319
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5302-7GD00-3EA3
6GK5302-7GD00-3GA3
6GK5302-7GD00-4EA3
6GK5302-7GD00-4GA3
SCALANCE X302-7EEC
SCALANCE X302-7EEC
SCALANCE X302-7EEC
SCALANCE X302-7EEC
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product function
Broadcast blocking
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
NTP
SNTP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
IEC 61850, IEEE 1613

UL 508,
CSA C22.2 No. 142-M1987
EN 61000-6-4:2007
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
IEC 61850, IEEE 1613

UL 508,
CSA C22.2 No. 142-M1987
EN 61000-6-4:2007
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
IEC 61850, IEEE 1613

UL 508,
CSA C22.2 No. 142-M1987
EN 61000-6-4:2007
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
IEC 61850, IEEE 1613

UL 508,
CSA C22.2 No. 142-M1987
EN 61000-6-4:2007
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Product function
Ring redundancy
Redundancy manager
Standby redundancy
(HRP)
Passive listening
STP/RSTP
STP
RSTP
LACP
approvals
Standard
for EMC
CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
with EN 50155
with EN 50124-1
IEC 61850-3
certificate of suitability IEEE 1613
2/320
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5307-2FD00-1EA3
6GK5307-2FD00-1GA3
6GK5307-2FD00-2EA3
6GK5307-2FD00-2GA3
SCALANCE X307-2EEC
SCALANCE X307-2EEC
SCALANCE X307-2EEC
SCALANCE X307-2EEC
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port




LC port
LC port
LC port
LC port
-19 -14 dB
-14 dB
-19 -14 dB
-14 dB
-19 -14 dB
-14 dB
-19 -14 dB
-14 dB
-32 dB
-32 dB
-32 dB
-32 dB
0 dB
0 dB
0 dB
0 dB

0 5 km
0 5 km
0 5 km
0 5 km

C-PLUG
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V

0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A

power supply unit
No
No
Yes
Yes
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC

rated value
24 V
19.2 57.6 V
24 V
19.2 57.6 V
24 V
19.2 57.6 V
24 V
19.2 57.6 V

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

for supply voltage
T 4 A / 125 V
T 4 A / 125 V
T 4 A / 125 V
T 4 A / 125 V
0.75 A
0.75 A
0.75 A
0.75 A
Active power loss

at 24 V for DC
12 W
12 W
12 W
12 W
Transmission rate
Transfer rate 1
Transfer rate 2
Transfer rate 3
Interfaces
9
for power supply
for power supply
at 100 Mbit/s
at 100 Mbit/s
to 1 mW
Supply voltage,
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/321
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5307-2FD00-1EA3
6GK5307-2FD00-1GA3
6GK5307-2FD00-2EA3
6GK5307-2FD00-2GA3
SCALANCE X307-2EEC
SCALANCE X307-2EEC
SCALANCE X307-2EEC
SCALANCE X307-2EEC
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
A maximum operating
of 16 hours
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
A maximum operating
of 16 hours
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
A maximum operating
of 16 hours
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
A maximum operating
of 16 hours

maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %
95 %

operation mode
Protection class IP
IP30
IP30
IP30
IP30
Design
compact
compact
compact
compact
Width
Height
Depth
216 mm
143 mm
110 mm
216 mm
143 mm
110 mm
216 mm
143 mm
110 mm
216 mm
143 mm
110 mm
Net weight
1.8 kg
1.8 kg
2.03 kg
2.03 kg
Mounting type
wall mounting
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes





50
of < 0.3 s
50
50
50
Cascading in cases
of star structuring
Any
propagation time)
Any
propagation time)
Any
propagation time)
Any
propagation time)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Comment
Mounting type

components general

configuration
Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
RMON
SMTP server
Port mirroring
CoS
switch-managed
2/322
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5307-2FD00-1EA3
6GK5307-2FD00-1GA3
6GK5307-2FD00-2EA3
6GK5307-2FD00-2GA3
SCALANCE X307-2EEC
SCALANCE X307-2EEC
SCALANCE X307-2EEC
SCALANCE X307-2EEC
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
FTP
BOOTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
GMRP
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes
I&M1 - higher level
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product function
VLAN - port based
VLAN dynamic
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
255
255
255
255
255
255
255
255
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Product function
Port diagnostics
Error statistics
SysLog

Product function
DHCP client
DHCP Option 82
DHCP Option 66
DHCP Option 67
Product function
Ring redundancy
Redundancy manager
Standby redundancy
(HRP)
Passive listening
STP/RSTP
STP
RSTP
LACP
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/323
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5307-2FD00-1EA3
6GK5307-2FD00-1GA3
6GK5307-2FD00-2EA3
6GK5307-2FD00-2GA3
SCALANCE X307-2EEC
SCALANCE X307-2EEC
SCALANCE X307-2EEC
SCALANCE X307-2EEC
Product function
broadcast blocking
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
NTP
SNTP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
IEC 61850, IEEE 1613

T4
EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex
nA II T4
UL 508
ANSI / ISA 12.12.01,
CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987,
UL 1604 and 2279-15,
CL. 1 / Div. 2 / GP. A, B, C, D
T4
EN 61000-6-4:2007
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
IEC 61850, IEEE 1613

T4
EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex
nA II T4
UL 508
ANSI / ISA 12.12.01,
CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987,
UL 1604 and 2279-15,
CL. 1 / Div. 2 / GP. A, B, C, D
T4
EN 61000-6-4:2007
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
IEC 61850, IEEE 1613

T4
EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex
nA II T4
UL 508
ANSI / ISA 12.12.01,
CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987,
UL 1604 and 2279-15,
CL. 1 / Div. 2 / GP. A, B, C, D
T4
EN 61000-6-4:2007
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
IEC 61850, IEEE 1613

T4
EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex
nA II T4
UL 508
ANSI / ISA 12.12.01,
CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987,
UL 1604 and 2279-15,
CL. 1 / Div. 2 / GP. A, B, C, D
T4
EN 61000-6-4:2007
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
approvals
Standard
for EMC
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone


CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
with EN 50155
with EN 50124-1
IEC 61850-3
2/324
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5307-2FD00-3EA3
6GK5307-2FD00-3GA3
6GK5307-2FD00-4EA3
6GK5307-2FD00-4GA3
SCALANCE X307-2EEC
SCALANCE X307-2EEC
SCALANCE X307-2EEC
SCALANCE X307-2EEC
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
1
1
-
1
1
-
2
1
1
2
1
1
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port




LC port
LC port
LC port
LC port
-19 -14 dB
-14 dB
-19 -14 dB
-14 dB
-19 -14 dB
-14 dB
-19 -14 dB
-14 dB
-32 dB
-32 dB
-32 dB
-32 dB
0 dB
0 dB
0 dB
0 dB

0 5 km
0 5 km
0 5 km
0 5 km

C-PLUG
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

276 V
276 V
276 V
276 V
Operating current of signali-ng

5A
5A
5A
5A

230 V
230 V
230 V
230 V

0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A
Transmission rate
Transfer rate 1
Transfer rate 2
Transfer rate 3
Interfaces
9
for power supply
for power supply
at 100 Mbit/s
at 100 Mbit/s
relative to 1 mW
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/325
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5307-2FD00-3EA3
6GK5307-2FD00-3GA3
6GK5307-2FD00-4EA3
6GK5307-2FD00-4GA3
SCALANCE X307-2EEC
SCALANCE X307-2EEC
SCALANCE X307-2EEC
SCALANCE X307-2EEC

power supply unit
No
No
Yes
Yes
AC
AC
AC
AC
rated value
230 V
80 276 V
230 V
80 276 V
230 V
80 276 V
230 V
80 276 V
DC
DC
DC
DC

rated value
220 V
46.25 300 V
220 V
46.25 300 V
220 V
46.25 300 V
220 V
46.25 300 V

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

for supply voltage
T 2 A / 250 V
T 2 A / 250 V
T 2 A / 250 V
T 2 A / 250 V
0.08 A
0.08 A
0.08 A
0.08 A
Active power loss

at 230 V AC
at 250 V with DC
18 W
18 W
18 W
18 W
18 W
18 W
18 W
18 W
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
A maximum operating
of 16 hours
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
A maximum operating
of 16 hours
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
A maximum operating
of 16 hours
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
A maximum operating
of 16 hours

maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %
95 %

operation mode
Protection class IP
IP30
IP30
IP30
IP30
Design
compact
compact
compact
compact
Width
Height
Depth
216 mm
143 mm
110 mm
216 mm
143 mm
110 mm
216 mm
143 mm
110 mm
216 mm
143 mm
110 mm
Net weight
1.85 kg
1.85 kg
2.12 kg
2.12 kg
Mounting type
wall mounting
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes




50
50
50
Any
propagation time)
Any
propagation time)
Any
propagation time)
Supply voltage,

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Comment
Mounting type

components general
50
of < 0.3 s
Cascading in cases
of star structuring
2/326
Siemens IK PI 2015
Any
propagation time)
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5307-2FD00-3EA3
6GK5307-2FD00-3GA3
6GK5307-2FD00-4EA3
6GK5307-2FD00-4GA3
SCALANCE X307-2EEC
SCALANCE X307-2EEC
SCALANCE X307-2EEC
SCALANCE X307-2EEC
Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
RMON
Port mirroring
CoS
switch-managed
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
FTP
BOOTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
GMRP
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

I&M1 - higher level
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product function
VLAN - port based
VLAN dynamic
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
255
255
255
255
Number of VLANs - dynamic

maximum
255
255
255
255
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

configuration

Product function
Port diagnostics
Error statistics
SysLog

Product function
DHCP client
DHCP Option 82
DHCP Option 66
DHCP Option 67
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/327
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5307-2FD00-3EA3
6GK5307-2FD00-3GA3
6GK5307-2FD00-4EA3
6GK5307-2FD00-4GA3
SCALANCE X307-2EEC
SCALANCE X307-2EEC
SCALANCE X307-2EEC
SCALANCE X307-2EEC
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product function
broadcast blocking
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
NTP
SNTP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
IEC 61850, IEEE 1613

UL 508,
CSA C22.2 No. 142-M1987
EN 61000-6-4:2007
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
IEC 61850, IEEE 1613

UL 508,
CSA C22.2 No. 142-M1987
EN 61000-6-4:2007
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
IEC 61850, IEEE 1613

UL 508,
CSA C22.2 No. 142-M1987
EN 61000-6-4:2007
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
IEC 61850, IEEE 1613

UL 508,
CSA C22.2 No. 142-M1987
EN 61000-6-4:2007
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Product function
Ring redundancy
Redundancy manager
Standby redundancy
(HRP)
Passive listening
STP/RSTP
STP
RSTP
LACP
approvals
Standard
for EMC
CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
with EN 50155
with EN 50124-1
IEC 61850-3
2/328
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
SCALANCE X-300EEC Industrial Ethernet switches
Accessories
Compact Industrial Ethernet

switches for setting up electrical
networks; RSTP, RMON, IGMP
Snooping/Querier, management
functionality via SNMP,
PROFINET and web server,
24 V power supply
(Type A)
100-240 AC / 60-250 V DC
power supply
1 power supply
2 power supplies
1 power supply
with conformal coating
2 power supplies
IE FC TP standard cable GP 4 x 2
6GK5302-7GD00-1EA3
6GK5302-7GD00-2EA3
6GK5302-7GD00-1GA3
6GK5302-7GD00-2GA3
6GK5302-7GD00-3EA3
6GK5302-7GD00-4EA3
6GK5302-7GD00-3GA3
6GK5302-7GD00-4GA3
SCALANCE X307-2EEC;
5 x 10/100 Mbit/s
2 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s
2 x 100 Mbit/s
LC ports, optical (multimode, glass)
up to 5 km
1 power supply
2 power supplies
1 power supply with conformal
coating
2 power supplies with conformal
coating
100-240 AC/60-250 V DC
power supply
1 power supply
2 power supplies
1 power supply with conformal
coating
2 power supplies with conformal
coating

PROFINET compatible;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
SCALANCE X302-7EEC;
2 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s
7 x 100 Mbit/s LC ports, optical
(multimode, glass)
up to 5 km
1 power supply
2 power supplies
1 power supply
2 power supplies
6XV1840-2AH10

modular outlet for universal application; with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
max length 1 000 m,
minimum order 20 m
AWG 22,
for connection to
AWG 24,
for connection to
6XV1870-2E
6XV1878-2A
cable for occasional moving;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
AWG 24,
for connection to
6XV1878-2B
6GK5307-2FD00-1EA3
6GK5307-2FD00-2EA3
6GK5307-2FD00-1GA3
6GK5307-2FD00-2GA3
TP cable 4 x 2
with two RJ45 plugs
0.5 m
1m
2m
6m
10 m
6XV1870-3QE50
6XV1870-3QH10
6XV1870-3QH20
6XV1870-3QH60
6XV1870-3QN10
6GK5307-2FD00-3EA3
6GK5307-2FD00-4EA3
6GK5307-2FD00-3GA3
6GK5307-2FD00-4GA3
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/329
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.
More information
Selection tool:
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180


interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units

Online version:
Offline version:
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
180 cable outlet;
interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB11-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AE0
6GK1901-1GA00

Ethernet FC cables
SIPLUS PS modular 5 A
6AG1933-3BA00-2AA0
Single-phase and 2-phase power

supply with wide-range input
85 ... 264 V / 176 V 550 V AC,
output current rated value 5 A,
coating of the PCB and electronic
components (conformal coating)
FastConnect RJ45 outlet
for replaceable insert
with insert 2FE ;
with 1GE insert;
2/330
Siemens IK PI 2015
6GK1901-1BE00-0AA1
6GK1901-1BE00-0AA2
TIA Selection Tool:

Siemens AG 2014
Overview
The SCALANCE XR-300EEC (Enhanced Environmental

Conditions) industrial Ethernet switches are partly modular, highperformance, industry-standard switches for the construction of
electrical and/or optical line, ring and star topologies at data
transfer rates of 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s, designed for installation
in 19" control cabinets.
(10/100/1 000 Mbit/s), of which 16 are integral RJ45 ports;
up to four electrical and/or optical 2-port media modules can
also be inserted in the media module slots of the basic device
Suitable for use in extremely harsh industrial environments
and in low-voltage and high-voltage switchgear thanks to:
- Extended temperature range
(-40 to +70 C, briefly to +85 C)
- Support for special protocols and standards
(IEEE 1613 and IEC 61850-3)
- Wide-range power supplies (60 to 250 V AC/DC)
manager both for Gigabit Ethernet and Fast Ethernet
corporate networks thanks to support for a host of
IT standards (VLANs, IGMP-Snooping/Querier, STP/RSTP,
Link Aggregation, Quality of Service)
Remote diagnostics by means of PROFINET diagnostics,
Web browser, CLI, or SNMP
Product versions
SCALANCE XR324-4M EEC (4 media module slots)
LEDs, data cable outlet on the front and power supply
connection at the rear
LEDs, power supply connection on the front, data cable outlet
at the rear
All versions have four media module slots and
1 x 24 V DC power supply
2 x 24 V DC power supplies
1 x 230 V AC power supply
2 x 230 V AC power supplies
Benefits
Increased availability of the network due to hardware and

software functions specially geared to the particular requirements of energy technology plants and extreme environmental conditions
and STP/RSTP are integrated)
medium
connectors in the sleeve of the RJ45 port modules
SNMP access
Application
The SCALANCE XR-300EEC is ideal for use in plant networks
and for integrating the industrial network into an existing corporate network. Both at the field level and the control level, the
switch performs the network with the distributed field devices
and ensures high plant availability with extensive diagnostics
options and high transmission speeds. The modularity permits
perfect adaptation to the respective application through the use
of electrical and/or optical media modules.
The main area of application is found in high-performance
plant networks with interfaces to the corporate network.
Thanks to the immunity to electromagnetic interference of the
SCALANCE XR-300EEC switches, the devices can also be used
in medium/high voltage substations.
The SCALANCE XR-300EEC switch is suitable for establishing
optical Industrial Ethernet line, star or ring topologies with
24 ports, 16 of which are integrated RJ45 ports. Up to four
electrical and/or optical 2-port media modules can also be
inserted in the media module slots of the basic device.
The switch can also be used as a hub in the plant bus (redundant connection is possible).
Extension of networks by subsequent insertion of additional
media modules in unused media module slots
Changing of cabling technology, such as conversion from
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/331
Siemens AG 2014
S7-400
Operator station
PC
SCALANCE XR324-4MEEC
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE
X307-2EEC
SIPLUS
S7-300
SIPLUS
S7-400
SIPLUS
ET 200S
Environment with extreme
temperatures
SIPLUS
S7-300
SIPLUS
ET 200S
Location with adverse
environmental conditions
(e.g. gaseous atmosphere)
G_IK10_XX_10279
SIPLUS
S7-400
SCALANCE
X307-2EEC
Star structure in switchgear under extreme ambient conditions with SCALANCE XR324-4M EEC and X-300EEC
Design
The SCALANCE XR-300EEC Industrial Ethernet switches
with rugged metal enclosure with IP20 degree of protection are
optimized for installation in the 19" cabinet.
The switches have:
4-pin terminal block for redundant voltage feed for protection
against voltage failure in 24 V DC version
3-pin terminal block for voltage feed in 230 V AC version
SELECT/SET pushbutton for simple adjustment of the fault
signaling contact on the device
delivery)
2/332
Siemens IK PI 2015
The SCALANCE XR-300EEC switches are available with the

16 integrated RJ45 ports;
with additional sleeves, for connection of the Industrial
Four slots for electrical or optical 2-port media modules for
multimode or single-mode connections; the optical media
modules are available in various connection technologies
The SCALANCE XR-300EEC switches support Gigabit
Ethernet (1 000 Mbit/s) at all ports.
The 24 ports are divided into three groups of eight ports each
(Gigabit Ethernet Blocking). Gigabit Ethernet is supported
with full wire speed within each group, but not between the
groups.
Siemens AG 2014
Function
of a transmission link or of SCALANCE X switch in the ring and
activates the substitute path within a maximum of 0.2
seconds.
Redundant interfacing to corporate networks;
SCALANCE XR-300EEC switches support the standardized
Snooping, IGMP Querier), SCALANCE XR-300EEC switches
can also filter multicast data traffic and therefore limit the load
in the network. Multicast and broadcast traffic can be limited.
simplifying the assignment of diagnostic messages of multiple
devices.
traffic

the plant using SCALANCE XR-300 Industrial Ethernet switches .
can be implemented:
Fast Ethernet rings with fast media redundancy;
into a ring.
function
At the same time, SCALANCE XR-300EEC supports
redundant connection of the ring structure to the corporate
network with a rapid spanning tree.
Star topology with SCALANCE XR-300EEC switches:
The SCALANCE XR-300EEC switch represents a neutral point
that can interconnect up to 24 nodes or subnets electrically.
- 750 m at 1 000 Mbit/s
- 26 to 70 km at 100 Mbit/s
- 10 to 120 km at 1 000 Mbit/s
- Max. 100 m at 1 000 Mbit/s with IE FC Standard Cable 4x2
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/333
Siemens AG 2014
Network management

to establish a ring, a SCALANCE XR-300EEC is switched to
RM mode. The Gigabit ports (electrical or optical) are
preferably used as ring ports. The non-ring ports of the RM
can be used freely for the connection of data terminals and
networks. If the redundancy procedure MRP standardized by
PROFINET is used, the RM is adjusted automatically.
Signal mask;
SCALANCE XR-300EEC (setpoint) by pushbutton operation.
IP address;
software tool.

duplex)
Security
IEEE 802.1x (available soon)
using a Web browser
TFTP server

- Port status
- RM mode
- Standby mode
means of floating relay contacts. This enables the module to
be monitored via an input module from a controller.
Selection of SCALANCE XR-300EEC switches via the
network from a PC with browser
Secure integration of SCALANCE XR-300EEC switches via
the network to a network management system, e.g. SINEMA
Server
PROFINET diagnostic alarms from SCALANCE XR-300EEC
2/334
Siemens IK PI 2015
If faults occur in the network, the SCALANCE XR-300EEC switch

administrator.
The SCALANCE X-300EEC switch can collect statistics information according to the RMON groups 1 through 4. These include,
for example, fault statistics that are kept for each port. This
information can be read out through web-based management in
the statistics sub-area.
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5324-4GG00-1ER2
SCALANCE XR324-4M EEC SCALANCE XR324-4M EEC SCALANCE XR324-4M EEC SCALANCE XR324-4M EEC
6GK5324-4GG00-1JR2
6GK5324-4GG00-2ER2
6GK5324-4GG00-2JR2
Transmission rate
Transfer rate 1
Transfer rate 2
Transfer rate 3
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
24
24
24
16
16
16
16
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
4
2
1
1
1
4
2
1
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ11 port
RJ11 port
RJ11 port
RJ11 port
Dependent on selected
media modules
media modules
media modules
media modules
media modules
media modules
media modules
media modules
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V

0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A

redundant power supply unit
No
No
Yes
Yes
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC

rated value
24 V
19.2 57.6 V
24 V
19.2 57.6 V
24 V
19.2 57.6 V
24 V
19.2 57.6 V

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

for supply voltage
T2H / 250 V
T2H / 250 V
T2H / 250 V
T2H / 250 V
1.6 A
1.6 A
1.6 A
1.6 A
Active power loss

at 24 V for DC
40 W
40 W
40 W
40 W
Interfaces
24
for media module
for power supply
for power supply
at 100 Mbit/s
at 1 000 Mbit/s
C-PLUG
Supply voltage,
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/335
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5324-4GG00-1ER2
6GK5324-4GG00-1JR2
6GK5324-4GG00-2ER2
6GK5324-4GG00-2JR2

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Comment
-40 +70 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
Extended temperature upper
limit of +85 C permitted for
16 hours. Reduced operating temperature through
the use of media modules
(-40 C to +70 C) or
(-40 C to +60 C)
-40 +70 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
(-40 C to +70 C) or
(-40 C to +60 C)
-40 +70 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
(-40 C to +70 C) or
(-40 C to +60 C)
-40 +70 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
(-40 C to +70 C) or
(-40 C to +60 C)

maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Design
19" rack
19" rack
19" rack
19" rack
Width
Height
Depth
483 mm
44 mm
305 mm
483 mm
44 mm
305 mm
483 mm
44 mm
305 mm
483 mm
44 mm
305 mm
Net weight
6.5 kg
6.5 kg
6.8 kg
6.8 kg
Mounting type
wall mounting
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
When used in shipbuilding, When used in shipbuilding, When used in shipbuilding, When used in shipbuilding,
the device must be secured the device must be secured the device must be secured the device must be secured
in the 19" rack at four points in the 19" rack at four points in the 19" rack at four points in the 19" rack at four points
Mounting type

50
of < 0.3 s
Cascading in cases
of star structuring
50
50
50
Any
propagation time)
Any
propagation time)
Any
propagation time)
Any
propagation time)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

configuration
Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
RMON
Port mirroring
CoS
switch-managed
2/336
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5324-4GG00-1ER2
6GK5324-4GG00-1JR2
6GK5324-4GG00-2ER2
6GK5324-4GG00-2JR2
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
FTP
BOOTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
GMRP
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes
I&M1 - higher level
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product function
VLAN - port based
VLAN dynamic
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
255
255
255
255
255
255
255
255
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Product function
Port diagnostics
Error statistics
SysLog

Product function
DHCP client
DHCP Option 82
DHCP Option 66
DHCP Option 67
Product function
Ring redundancy
Redundancy manager
Standby redundancy
(HRP)
Passive listening
STP/RSTP
STP
RSTP
LACP
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/337
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5324-4GG00-1ER2
6GK5324-4GG00-1JR2
6GK5324-4GG00-2ER2
6GK5324-4GG00-2JR2

Product function
broadcast blocking
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
NTP
SNTP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
IEC 61850, IEEE 1613

T4
EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex
0145X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1-03
ANSI / ISA 12.12.01,
CSA C22.2 No. 142-M1987,
CL. 1 / Div. 2 / GP. A, B, C, D
T4
EN 61000-6-4:2007
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
IEC 61850, IEEE 1613

T4
EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex
0145X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1-03
ANSI / ISA 12.12.01,
CSA C22.2 No. 142-M1987,
CL. 1 / Div. 2 / GP. A, B, C, D
T4
EN 61000-6-4:2007
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
IEC 61850, IEEE 1613

T4
EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex
0145X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1-03
ANSI / ISA 12.12.01,
CSA C22.2 No. 142-M1987,
CL. 1 / Div. 2 / GP. A, B, C, D
T4
EN 61000-6-4:2007
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
IEC 61850, IEEE 1613

T4
EN 60079-0 : 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex
0145X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1-03
ANSI / ISA 12.12.01,
CSA C22.2 No. 142-M1987,
CL. 1 / Div. 2 / GP. A, B, C, D
T4
EN 61000-6-4:2007
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
approvals
Standard
for EMC
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone


CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
IEC 61850-3
2/338
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5324-4GG00-3ER2
6GK5324-4GG00-3JR2
6GK5324-4GG00-4ER2
6GK5324-4GG00-4JR2
Transmission rate
Transfer rate 1
Transfer rate 2
Transfer rate 3
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
24
24
24
16
16
16
16
1
1
4
1
0
1
1
4
1
0
1
1
4
2
0
1
1
4
2
0
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ11 port
RJ11 port
RJ11 port
RJ11 port
media modules
media modules
media modules
media modules
media modules
media modules
media modules
media modules
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

276 V
276 V
276 V
276 V

5A
5A
5A
5A

230 V
230 V
230 V
230 V

0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A

power supply unit
No
No
Yes
Yes
AC
AC
AC
AC
rated value
230 V
80 276 V
230 V
80 276 V
230 V
80 276 V
230 V
80 276 V
DC
DC
DC
DC

rated value
220 V
48 300 V
220 V
48 300 V
220 V
48 300 V
220 V
48 300 V

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
0.7 A
0.7 A
0.7 A
0.7 A
Active power loss

at 230 V AC
at 250 V with DC
42 W
42 W
42 W
42 W
42 W
42 W
42 W
42 W
Interfaces
24
for media module
for power supply
for power supply
at 100 Mbit/s
at 1 000 Mbit/s
C-PLUG
Supply voltage,

for supply voltage
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/339
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5324-4GG00-3ER2
6GK5324-4GG00-3JR2
6GK5324-4GG00-4ER2
6GK5324-4GG00-4JR2

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Comment
-40 +70 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
(-40 C to +70 C) or
(-40 C to +60 C)
-40 +70 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
(-40 C to +70 C) or
(-40 C to +60 C)
-40 +70 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
(-40 C to +70 C) or
(-40 C to +60 C)
-40 +70 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
(-40 C to +70 C) or
(-40 C to +60 C)

maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Design
19" rack
19" rack
19" rack
19" rack
Width
Height
Depth
483 mm
44 mm
305 mm
483 mm
44 mm
305 mm
483 mm
44 mm
305 mm
483 mm
44 mm
305 mm
Net weight
6.6 kg
6.6 kg
7 kg
7 kg
Mounting type
wall mounting
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
When used in shipbuilding, When used in shipbuilding, When used in shipbuilding, When used in shipbuilding,
the device must be secured the device must be secured the device must be secured the device must be secured
in the 19" rack at four points in the 19" rack at four points in the 19" rack at four points in the 19" rack at four points
Mounting type

components general
50
of < 0.3 s
50
50
50
Cascading in cases of star structuring Any

propagation time)
Any
propagation time)
Any
propagation time)
Any
propagation time)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

configuration
Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
RMON
SMTP server
Port mirroring
CoS
switch-managed
2/340
Siemens IK PI 2015
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5324-4GG00-3ER2
6GK5324-4GG00-3JR2
6GK5324-4GG00-4ER2
6GK5324-4GG00-4JR2
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
FTP
BOOTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
GMRP
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes
I&M1 - higher level
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product function
VLAN - port based
VLAN dynamic
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
255
255
255
255
255
255
255
255
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Product function
Port diagnostics
Error statistics
SysLog

Product function
DHCP client
DHCP Option 82
DHCP Option 66
DHCP Option 67
Product function
Ring redundancy
Redundancy manager
Standby redundancy
(HRP)
Passive listening
STP/RSTP
STP
RSTP
LACP
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/341
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5324-4GG00-3ER2
6GK5324-4GG00-3JR2
6GK5324-4GG00-4ER2
6GK5324-4GG00-4JR2

Product function
Broadcast blocking
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
NTP
SNTP
MSTP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
IEC 61850, IEEE 1613

No
No
UL 508, CSA C22.2
No. 142-M1987
No
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
IEC 61850, IEEE 1613

No
No
UL 508, CSA C22.2
No. 142-M1987
No
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
IEC 61850, IEEE 1613

No
No
UL 508, CSA C22.2
No. 142-M1987
No
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
IEC 61850, IEEE 1613

No
No
UL 508, CSA C22.2
No. 142-M1987
No
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
approvals
Standard
for EMC
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone
CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
IEC 61850-3
2/342
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.
More information
Industrial Ethernet Switches SCALANCE XR324-4M EEC
Selection tool:
Partially modular 19" Industrial

Ethernet switches for establishing
electrical and optical Industrial
Ethernet networks;
all ports can be optionally equipped
with optical or electrical 2-port
media modules);
All ports support Gigabit Ethernet
manager, RSTP, RMON, IGMP
snooping querier,
PROFINET and Web server
16 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s

Online version:
Offline version:
TIA Selection Tool:
SCALANCE XR324-4M EEC

Power supply 1 x 24 V DC
Front data cable outlet,
rear power supply
Rear data cable outlet,
front power supply
Power supply
1 x 100-240 AC / 60-250 V DC
rear power supply
front power supply
Power supply 2 x 24 V DC
rear power supply
front power supply
Power supply
2 x 100-240 AC / 60-250 V DC
rear power supply
front power supply
6GK5324-4GG00-1ER2
6GK5324-4GG00-1JR2
6GK5324-4GG00-3ER2
6GK5324-4GG00-3JR2
6GK5324-4GG00-2ER2
6GK5324-4GG00-2JR2
6GK5324-4GG00-4ER2
6GK5324-4GG00-4JR2
Media modules

SIPLUS PS modular 5 A
6EP1933-3BA00
1-phase and 2-phase power supply

85 ... 264 V / 176 V 550 V AC,
output current rated value 5 A,
coating of the PCB and electronic
components (conformal coating)
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/343
Siemens AG 2014
Media modules for modular SCALANCE X-300 managed
Overview
Benefits
Unlimited flexibility in the case of network expansions (e.g.

more terminals) or conversion (e.g. from copper to fiber-optic
cables) due to modular design with media modules
Reduction of storage costs and maintenance overhead by
focusing on a few basic device versions
Application
2-port media modules for flexible, 2-port-granular equipping

of partly and fully modular versions of
SCALANCE X-300 switches (e.g. SCALANCE X308-2M,
SCALANCE XR324-12M) as well as the SCALANCE S627-2M
Electrical versions with RJ45 ports are available as well as
optical versions with BFOC and SC ports for the use of
multimode and singlemode fiber-optic cables
A 2-port SFP media module permits the optional use of fiberoptic SFP plug-in transceivers (Small Form-Factor Pluggable)
with LC connection technology. Versions with coated PCBs
(conformal coating) for railway applications are also available.
2/344
Siemens IK PI 2015

the SCALANCE X-300 switches or selected SCALANCE S devices supports:
Changing of the cabling technology (e.g. conversion from
copper to fiber-optic cables, or from multi-mode to singlemode FOC)
Bridging of longer cable runs or use of existing 2-wire cables
(variable distance)
Media module
MM992-2VD
(in VD mode)
GP 4x2 (AWG24)
with IE FC RJ45 plug 4x2
0 ... 500 m at 100 Mbit/s
Standard IE FC TP cable
GP 2x2 (AWG22/1)
0 ... 300 m at 100 Mbit/s
2x2 (AWG22/1)
300 ... 500 m at 10 Mbit/s
PROFIBUS FC Standard
Cable GP
100 ... 1 000 m at 10 Mbit/s
PROFIBUS FC Standard
Cable GP
0 ... 100 m at 100 Mbit/s
Siemens AG 2014
Design
SFP media modules

(two SFP slots) are
inserted into the device
Electrical
2-port media modules are
Optical
SFP pluggable transceivers
(one port) are inserted into the
SFP media module
G_IK10_XX_10282
Optical
2-port media modules are
Insertion of 2-port media modules in media module slot
Product versions of media modules

Electrical media modules with
2 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
MM992-2CUC with retaining sleeve
MM992-2CUC with retaining sleeve and coated PCBs
(conformal coating)
MM992-2CU without retaining sleeve
2 x 1/10/100/1 000 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
MM992-2VD with retaining collar and additional two-wire
transmission function (variable distance) for establishing
Ethernet connections via non-Ethernet conformant cables as
well. Bridgeable distance, depending on the quality of the
cable
2 x 10/100/ 1 000 Mbit/s M12 ports
MM992-2 with M12 interface (x-coded) and coated PCBs
Optical media modules with
2 x 100 Mbit/s BFOC ports
MM991-2
multimode, glass, up to 5 km
MM991-2LD
singlemode, glass, up to 26 km

2 x 1 000 Mbit/s SC ports
MM992-2
multimode, glass, up to 750 m
MM992-2
multimode, glass, up to 750 m, coated PCBs
(conformal coating)
MM992-2LD
MM992-2LH
MM992-2LH+
MM992-2ELH
2 x 100/1 000 Mbit/s for SFP pluggable transceiver
MM992-2SFP
for SFP plug-in transceivers with 1 x 100 Mbit/s or
1 x 1 000 Mbit/s multi-mode or single-mode, glass

2 x 100 Mbit/s SC ports
MM991-2
MM991-2LD
MM991-2LH+
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/345
Siemens AG 2014
Design (continued)
Product versions of SFP pluggable transceivers
Optical SFP pluggable transceivers with

1 x 100 Mbit/s LC port
SFP991-1
SFP991-1LD
SFP991-1LH+
SFP991-1ELH200

1 x 1 000 Mbit/s LC port
SFP992-1
SFP992-1LD
SFP992-1LH
SFP992-1LH+
SFP992-1ELH
Port-Typ
Type
andund
quantity
Anzahl
of ports
Gigabit Ethernet
Fast Ethernet
10 / 100 / 1000 Mbit/s
1000 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
Elektrisch
Electrical
Optical
Optisch
Optical
Optisch
Twisted Pair
Multimode
Entfernung
Max.
distance
max.
Modultyp
Type
of module
Singlemode
Multimode
Singlemode
Medienmodule
Media
modules
MM992-2CUC
2x RJ45 1)
100 m
MM992-2CUC (C)
2x RJ45 1)
100 m
MM992-2CU
2x RJ45
100 m
MM992-2M12 (C)
2x M12 4)
100 m
MM992-2VD
2x RJ45
abhngig von
depending on cable *
eingesetzer Leitung *
MM991-2
2x BFOC
MM991-2LD
MM991-2
5 km
2x BFOC
26 km
2x SC
26 km
2x SC
70 km
2x SC
MM991-2LD
MM991-2LH+
MM992-2
2x SC
MM992-2 (C)
2x SC
5 km
750 m
750 m
MM992-2LD
2x SC
10 km
MM992-2LH
2x SC
40 km
MM992-2LH+
2x SC
70 km
MM992-2ELH
2x SC
2x LC2)
MM992-2SFP
2x LC 2)
120 km
2x LC 2)
2x LC 2)
SFP-Module
SFP modules3)3)
SFP991-1
1x LC
5 km
SFP991-1LD
1x LC
26 km
SFP991-1LH+
1x LC
70 km
SFP991-1ELH200
1x LC
SFP992-1
1x LC
200 km
750 m
SFP992-1LD
1x LC
10 km
SFP992-1LH
1x LC
40 km
SFP992-1LH+
1x LC
70 km
SFP992-1ELH
1x LC
1)
1) with
mit Haltekragen
retaining collars
2)
2) The
MM392-2SFP SFP slot
module cankann in
das SFP-Schachtmodul
MM392-2SFP
accommodate
up1-Port-SFP-Module
to two 1-port SFP modules
Summe
max. 2x
aufnehmen
Overview of media modules for SCALANCE X-300
2/346
Siemens IK PI 2015
Cansteckbar
only be plugged
into an mit
MM392-2SFP
3) nur
in Kombination
SFPslot module
Schachtmodul
MM392-2SFP
X-coded
4) M12 X-kodiert
120 km
(C) Conformal Coating
see media
modules
manual
* siehe
Handbuch
Medienmodule
G_IK10_XX_10277
The SFP plug-in transceivers (Small Form-factor Pluggable) can

only be used together with the SFP media module MM992-2SFP.
Siemens AG 2014
Integration
SCALANCE X308-2M
with media module
MM992-2VD
Building
Terminals
PROFINET (2x2 line, 100 Mbit/s) up to 300 m

SIMATIC S7-1500
with CM 1542-1
SCALANCE
XR324-12M
with media module
MM992-2VD
Industrial Ethernet
Integration in existing complex
Bulkhead
firewall
SCALANCE X308-2M
with media module
MM992-2VD
Terminals
ET 200M
Two-wire line (10 Mbit/s),

e.g. PROFIBUS up to 1000 m
ET 200S
Building
Terminals
SCALANCE S627-2M
with media module
MM992-2VD
Ground cable (10 Mbit/s) up to 1000 m
nprXWXWZ^[
Terminals,
e.g.
ET 200
Ethernet communication with MM992-2VD media module
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/347
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5992-2GA00-8AA0
6GK5992-2GA00-8FA0
6GK5992-2SA00-8AA0
MM992-2CUC
MM992-2CUC
MM992-2CU
2
RJ45
RJ45
RJ45
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C

maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %

operation mode
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
IP20
Design
Media module with retaining collar
Media module
Width
Height
Depth
60 mm
22 mm
100 mm
60 mm
22 mm
100 mm
60 mm
22 mm
100 mm
Net weight
0.08 kg
0.08 kg
0,08 kg
Mounting type Installation

in media module slot
Yes
Yes
Yes
Mounting type
Latched
Latched
Latched

Group IIC, T4
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4,
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005

Group IIC, T4
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4,
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005

Group IIC, T4
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4,
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
Interfaces
Number of 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s

RJ45 ports
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
approvals
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone


CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
2/348
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5992-2HA00-0AA0
6GK5992-2VA00-8AA0
MM992-2 M12 GIGA
MM992-2VD (RJ45)
Interfaces
2

M12 ports

RJ45 ports
M12
RJ45
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C

maximum
95 %
95 %

operation mode
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
Design
Media module
Width
Height
Depth
60 mm
22 mm
100 mm
60 mm
22 mm
100 mm
Net weight
0.08 kg
0.08 kg
Mounting type Installation in media

module slot
Yes
Yes
Mounting type
Latched
Latched
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone


FM3611: Class 1, Division 2, Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1,

EN 60079-0: 2006, EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4,
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987, Class 1 / Division 2 /
Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1 / Zone 2 / Group IIC / T4
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
with EN 50155
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2:2005, EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
-

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
approvals
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/349
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5991-2AB00-8AA0
6GK5991-2AC00-8AA0
MM991-2 (BFOC)
MM991-2LD (BFOC)
Interfaces
2
Number of 100 Mbit/s

ST(BFOC) ports

devices
BFOC
BFOC
-19 -14 dB
-3 dB
-15 -8 dB
-3 dB
-32 dB
-34 dB

relative to 1 mW
0 dB
0 dB
0 5 km
0 26 km
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C

maximum
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
Design
Media module
Media module
Width
Height
Depth
60 mm
22 mm
100 mm
60 mm
22 mm
100 mm
Net weight
0.08 kg
0.08 kg

Yes
Yes
Mounting type
Latched
Latched


EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3(2) G Ex nA [op is] IIC T4
DEKRA 11 ATEX 0060 X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
FM3611: Class 1, Division 2, Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1,

EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4, KEMA 07
ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
EN 61000-6-2:2005, EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2:2005, EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
approvals
Standard
for EMC
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone

2/350
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5991-2AD00-8AA0
6GK5991-2AF00-8AA0
6GK5991-2AE00-8AA0
MM991-2 (SC)
MM991-2LD (SC)
MM991-2LH+
2
Number of 100 Mbit/s SC ports

devices
SC
SC
SC
-19 -14 dB
-3 dB
-15 -8 dB
-3 dB
-5 +0 dB
-3 dB
-34 dB
-32 dB
-34 dB
0 dB
3 dB
0 5 km
0 26 km
12 70 km
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C

maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
IP20
Design
Media module
Media module
Media module
Width
Height
Depth
60 mm
22 mm
100 mm
60 mm
22 mm
100 mm
60 mm
22 mm
100 mm
Net weight
0.08 kg
0.08 kg
0.08 kg

module slot
Yes
Yes
Yes
Mounting type
Latched
Latched
Latched

Group IIC, T4
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4,
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987, Class 1 /
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005

Group IIC, T4
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4,
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987, Class 1 /
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005

Group IIC, T4
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4,
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987, Class 1 /
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
Interfaces

relative to 1 mW
0 dB

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
approvals
Standard
for EMC
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone


CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/351
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5992-2AL00-8AA0
6GK5992-2AL00-8FA0
6GK5992-2AM00-8AA0
6GK5992-2AN00-8AA0
MM992-2
MM992-2
MM992-2LD
MM992-2LH
2
Number of 1 000 Mbit/s SC ports (LX) -
Number of 1 000 Mbit/s SC ports (SX) 2
Design of optical connections for

network components or terminal
devices
SC
SC
SC
SC
-9.5 -4 dB
-3 dB
-9.5 -4 dB
-3 dB
-9.5 -3 dB
-3 dB
-6 +0 dB
-3 dB
-17 dB
-17 dB
-21 dB
-23 dB
0 dB
0 dB
3 dB
0 0.75 km
0 0.75 km
0 10 km
8 40 km
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C

maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %
95 %

operation mode
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Design
Media module
Media module
Media module
Media module
Width
Height
Depth
60 mm
22 mm
100 mm
60 mm
22 mm
100 mm
60 mm
22 mm
100 mm
60 mm
22 mm
100 mm
Net weight
0.08 kg
0.08 kg
0.08 kg
0.08 kg

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Mounting type
Latched
Latched
Latched
Latched

T4
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex
0145 X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
C22.2 No. 213-M1987, Class
Group IIC / T4
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005

T4
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex
0145 X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987,
A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1 /
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005

T4
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex
0145 X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987,
A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1 /
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005

T4
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex
0145 X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987,
A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1 /
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
Interfaces

relative to 1 mW

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
approvals
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone


CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
2/352
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5992-2AP00-8AA0
6GK5992-2AQ00-8AA0
6GK5992-2AS00-8AA0
MM992-2LH+
MM992-2ELH
MM992-2SFP

for SFP+/SFP
Number of 1 000 Mbit/s SC ports (LX)

devices
SC
SC
0 5 dB
-3 dB
0 5 dB
-3 dB

-23 dB
-30 dB

8 dB
8 dB

30 70 km
37 120 km
-40 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C

maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
IP20
Design
Media module
Media module
Media module
Width
Height
Depth
60 mm
22 mm
100 mm
60 mm
22 mm
100 mm
60 mm
22 mm
100 mm
Net weight
0.08 kg
0.08 kg
0.08 kg

Yes
Yes
Yes
Mounting type
Latched
Latched
Latched

B, C, D / T4, Class 1, Zone 2, Group
IIC, T4
EN 60079-0: 2006, EN 60079-15:
2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4, KEMA 07
ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15 (Hazardous
Location), CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987,
Class 1 / Division 2 / Group A, B, C, D /
T4, Class 1 / Zone 2 / Group IIC / T4
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005

IIC, T4
EN 60079-0: 2006, EN 60079-15:
ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005

IIC, T4
EN 60079-0: 2006, EN 60079-15:
ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
Yes
Interfaces

to 1 mW

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
approvals
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone


CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/353
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5991-1AD00-8AA0
6GK5991-1AF00-8AA0
6GK5991-1AE00-8AA0
6GK5991-1AE30-8AA0
SFP991-1
SFP991-1LD
SFP991-1LH+
SFP991-1ELH200
1
Number of 100 Mbit/s LC ports

devices
LC
LC
LC
LC
-19 -14 dB
-3 dB
-15 -8 dB
-3 dB
-5 +0 dB
-3 dB
1 5 dB
-9 dB
-32 dB
-34 dB
-34 dB
-42 dB
0 dB
3 dB
14 dB
0 5 km
0 26 km
12 70 km
61 200 km
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C

maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Design
SFP Module
SFP Module
SFP Module
SFP Module
Width
Height
Depth
13.7 mm
11.9 mm
56.5 mm
13.7 mm
11.9 mm
56.5 mm
13.7 mm
11.9 mm
56.5 mm
13.7 mm
11.9 mm
56.5 mm
Net weight
0.01 kg
0.01 kg
0.01 kg
0.01 kg
Mounting type
Latched
Latched
Latched
Latched

T4
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005,
ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1-03
EN 61000-6-4:2007
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005

T4
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005,
ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1-03
EN 61000-6-4:2007
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005

T4
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005,
ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1-03
EN 61000-6-4:2007
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005

T4
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005,
ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1-03
EN 61000-6-4:2007
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
No
Interfaces

relative to 1 mW
0 dB
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
approvals
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone

CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
2/354
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5992-1AL00-8AA0
6GK5992-1AM00-8AA0
6GK5992-1AN00-8AA0
SFP992-1
SFP992-1LD
SFP992-1LH
1
Number of 1 000 Mbit/s LC ports (LX) -
Number of 1 000 Mbit/s LC ports (SX) 1

devices
LC
LC
LC
-9.5 -4 dB
-3 dB
-9.5 -3 dB
-3 dB
-6 +0 dB
-3 dB
-17 dB
-21 dB
-23 dB
0 dB
3 dB
0 0.75 km
0 10 km
8 40 km
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C

maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
IP20
Design
SFP Module
SFP Module
SFP Module
Width
Height
Depth
13.7 mm
11.9 mm
56.5 mm
13.7 mm
11.9 mm
56.5 mm
13.7 mm
11.9 mm
56.5 mm
Net weight
0.01 kg
0.01 kg
0.01 kg
Mounting type
Latched
Latched
Latched

Group IIC, T4
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4,
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1-03
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005

Group IIC, T4
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4,
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1-03
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005

Group IIC, T4
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4,
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1-03
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
No
Interfaces

relative to 1 mW
0 dB

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
approvals
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone

CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/355
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5992-1AP00-8AA0
6GK5992-1AQ00-8AA0
SFP992-1LH+
SFP992-1ELH
Interfaces
1
Number of 1 000 Mbit/s LC ports (LX) 1

devices
relative to 1 mW
LC
LC
0 5 dB
-3 dB
0 5 dB
-8 dB
-23 dB
-32 dB
8 dB
8 dB
30 70 km
37 120 km
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C

maximum
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
Design
SFP Module
SFP Module
Width
Height
Depth
13.7 mm
11.9 mm
56.5 mm
13.7 mm
11.9 mm
56.5 mm
Net weight
0.01 kg
0.01 kg
Mounting type
Latched
Latched

EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4,
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1-03
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005

EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4,
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1-03
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
EN 61000-6-2:2005, EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
No
EN 61000-6-2:2005, EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
No

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
approvals
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone

CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
2/356
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
Electrical media modules
SFP pluggable transceiver, optical
with 2 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s

MM992-2CUC
with retaining sleeve
MM992-2CUC
with retaining sleeve and coated
PCBs (conformal coating)
MM992-2CU
without retaining sleeve
with 1 x 100 Mbit/s

LC port, optical
SFP991-1
SFP991-1LD
SFP991-1LH+
SFP991-1ELH200
with 2 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s

M12 ports, electrical
MM992-2 M12 interface (x-coded)
and coated PCBs (conformal
coating)
with 2 x 1/10/100/1 000 Mbit/s
MM992-2VD
6GK5992-2GA00-8AA0
6GK5992-2GA00-8FA0
6GK5992-2SA00-8AA0
6GK5992-2HA00-0AA0
6GK5992-2VA00-8AA0
Fiber optic modules

with 2 x 100 Mbit/s
BFOC ports, optical
MM991-2
MM991-2LD
with 2 x 100 Mbit/s
SC ports, optical
MM991-2
MM991-2LD
MM991-2LH+
with 2 x 1 000 Mbit/s
SC ports, optical
MM992-2
MM992-2
multimode, glass, up to 750 m,
coated PCBs (conformal coating)
MM992-2LD
MM992-2LH
MM992-2LH+
MM992-2ELH
with 2 x 100/1 000 Mbit/s
for SFP pluggable transceiver,
optical
MM992-2SFP
for SFP pluggable transceivers
with 1 x 100 or 1 x 1 000 Mbit/s
multimode or singlemode, glass
6GK5991-2AB00-8AA0
6GK5991-2AC00-8AA0
6GK5991-2AD00-8AA0
6GK5991-2AF00-8AA0
6GK5991-2AE00-8AA0
6GK5992-2AL00-8AA0

LC port, optical
SFP992-1
SFP992-1LD
SFP992-1LH
SFP992-1LH+
SFP992-1ELH
(Type A)
6GK5992-2AP00-8AA0
6GK5992-2AQ00-8AA0
6GK5992-2AS00-8AA0
6GK5991-1AE00-8AA0
6GK5991-1AE30-8AA0
6GK5992-1AL00-8AA0
6GK5992-1AM00-8AA0
6GK5992-1AN00-8AA0
6GK5992-1AP00-8AA0
6GK5992-1AQ00-8AA0

FastConnect RJ45 outlet
with insert 2FE;
with 1GE insert;
6GK5992-2AN00-8AA0
6GK5992-2AM00-8AA0
6GK5991-1AF00-8AA0
Accessories

with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
6GK5992-2AL00-8FA0
6GK5991-1AD00-8AA0
6GK1901-1BE00-0AA1
6GK1901-1BE00-0AA2
6XV1840-2AH10
6XV1870-2E

IE FC RJ45 modular outlet for
universal application;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
max length 1 000 m,
minimum order 20 m
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/357
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.
More information
Selection tool:

TP cable 4 x 2
with two RJ45 plugs
0.5 m
1m
2m
6m
10 m
6XV1870-3QE50
6XV1870-3QH10
6XV1870-3QH20
6XV1870-3QH60
6XV1870-3QN10
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180

interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
TIA Selection Tool:

6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
Industrial Ethernet
180 cable outlet;
interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
2/358
Siemens IK PI 2015

Online version:
Offline version:
6GK1901-1BB11-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AE0

SNMP
Standby redundancy

Passive Listening
Broadcast blocking

Link Aggregation
Static Routing
Software
X408-2
X414-3E
XM416-4C
XM408-8C
XM408-4C
SIMATIC environment
Signal contact
PLUG slot
X408-2
X414-3E
Gigabit Ethernet
10 Gigabit Ethernet
Modular design
PC module
Format module S7
LED diagnosis
Type of
device
XM408-8C
XM408-4C
PE408
PE400-8SFP
PE408 PoE
XM416-4C
IRT capability
PROFINET diagnosis
SCALANCE X-400
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Ethernet Layer 3 Switches / Routers
Overview
Hardware
applies
Functional overview of SCALANCE X-400 managed and XM-400 managed
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/359
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
SCALANCE X408-2/SCALANCE X414-3
Communication connections
Integral Gigabit Ethernet twisted pair ports
(10/100/1 000 Mbit/s, RJ45 sockets) for interconnecting
the SCALANCE X-400 switches:
- SCALANCE X408-2: 4 Gigabit Ethernet twisted pair ports
- SCALANCE X414-3E: 2 Gigabit Ethernet twisted pair ports
Integral Fast Ethernet twisted pair ports (10/100 Mbit/s, RJ45
sockets with retaining collars) for node connection
- SCALANCE X408-2: 4 Fast Ethernet twisted pair ports
- SCALANCE X414-3E: 12 Fast Ethernet twisted pair ports
The Gigabit Ethernet ports can be converted to fiber-optic
connections with optical Gigabit Ethernet media modules
Only for SCALANCE X408-2

Two universal slots either for optical Fast Ethernet or Gigabit
Ethernet media modules with two ports
The SCALANCE X-400 product range comprises modular
Industrial Ethernet switches expandable with various media
modules and, in some cases, with extenders. It supports
10/100/1 000 Mbit technology for various transmission media
(twisted pair, fiber optic) and increased port requirements. The
main applications are high-performance plant networks (control
level). Thanks to its partly modular design, the X-400 product
line is also designed for future requirements and can be adapted
to the relevant task.
Two to four integral Gigabit Ethernet twisted pair interfaces
(10/100/1 000 Mbit/s) for connecting several switches to each
other; node connection via the Fast Ethernet twisted pair ports
(10/100 Mbit/s) integrated into the basic unit
SCALANCE X414-3E;
another eight nodes can be connected to the basic unit via
extender modules;
the following extender modules are available:
- Extenders with eight Fast Ethernet twisted-pair ports
- Extenders with four media module slots for up to eight Fast
Ethernet fiber optic ports
manager even for large networks, for both Gigabit Ethernet
and Fast Ethernet
For the construction of optical Gigabit Ethernet rings, the
integrated Gigabit Ethernet ports can be converted to fiber
optic via a 2-port Gigabit Ethernet media module (MM).
By means of pluggable 2-port Fast Ethernet media modules
for multimode or alternatively single-mode fiber-optic cable,
SCALANCE X-400 switches can also be integrated into
100 Mbit/s rings, e.g. with SCALANCE X204-2. In this way,
even remote nodes can be connected optically.
Remote diagnostics by means of PROFINET diagnostics, CLI,
Web browser, or SNMP
Integration into higher-level enterprise networks thanks to
By learning the Multicast sources and targets (IGMP: Internet
Group Management Protocol snooping), SCALANCE X-400
switches can also filter Multicast data traffic and therefore limit
the load in the network.
Creation of IP subnets and IP router communication by means
of Layer 3 switching (IP routing) on SCALANCE X414-3E
- Static routing
- Dynamic routing OSPF (Open Shortest Path First) and RIPv2
(Routing Information Protocol)
- Redundant routing VRRP (Virtual Router Redundancy
Protocol)
2/360
Siemens IK PI 2015
Only for SCALANCE X414-3E

Two slots for optical Fast Ethernet media modules with two
ports
One extender interface for expansion by 8 Fast Ethernet ports
(twisted pair or fiber optic, depending on extender version).
In this way, a maximum configuration of two Gigabit Ethernet
Ports (electrical or optical) and up to 24 Fast Ethernet ports
(of which between 2 and 12 can be optical) is possible.
The maximum installation width including extender is 19".
Interfaces:
diagnostics, for firmware update
Slot for C-PLUG swap media for easy device replacement
(included in scope of supply)
Redundant 24 V DC supply; two feeds are available for
protection against voltage failure
One floating message output for simple display of faults
Only for SCALANCE X414-3E
Additional out-band Ethernet port for on-site parameterization/
diagnostics
Eight floating inputs for recording digital status information
such as signal contacts of PROFIBUS OLM or door contacts
and forwarding via SCALANCE X-400 diagnostic paths
(LED indicator, log table, trap or Email)
Extensive operating mode and status information is displayed
via LEDs and selection buttons.
Siemens AG 2014
Benefits
Flexible construction of electrical or optical Industrial

Ethernets;
the network topology, type and number of ports can be
adapted easily to the structure of the plant
RSTP and VRRP are integrated)
- Replacement and extension of media and expansion
modules during operation
medium
Reliable communication thanks to very fast reconfiguration of
the network in the event of a fault
Simple fiber optic connection technology by means of
SC sockets (Gigabit Ethernet), BFOC sockets (Fast Ethernet)
and prefabricated fiber optic cables
Twisted pair ports are readily accessible from the front,
10/100/1 000 Mbit/s;
ports with sleeve for rugged, industry-compatible station
connection for direct connections up to 100 m in conjunction
with the PROFINET-compatible IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 or
IE FC RJ45 Plug 145 connector
Easy network configuration without runtime calculation also for
extremely large networks
Simple monitoring and diagnosis by means of signaling
contact, digital inputs, SNMP, Syslog and e-mail;
PROFINET IO diagnostics
Reduced engineering expenditure for PLC/HMI due to
integration into the SIMATIC system fault message concept
SFM
Thanks to the integrated Layer 3 function (IP routing) static,
dynamic and redundant of SCALANCE X414-3E, networks
can be divided into different subnets
Investment protection for existing networks due to
- Effortless connection of existing 10 bit/s data terminals or
network segments to Fast Ethernet networks with 100 Mbit/s
- Increase in performance through load decoupling and data
transfer rates of 100 Mbit/s and 1 000 Mbit/s
- Easy integration into existing network management infrastructures by means of SNMP
Support of VLAN permits integration into Enterprise Security
Policies
Load limiting with use of Multicast protocols (e.g. video transmission) by means of IGMP (Internet Group Management
Protocol) snooping or GMRP (GARP Multicast Registration
Protocol)
Protection of network against overload by setting of port
thresholds
Operating temperature range
- SCALANCE X414-3E: -40 C to + 70 C
- SCALANCE X408-2: 0 C to + 60 C
Low-maintenance operation thanks to fanless construction
Application
SCALANCE X-400 products permit the configuration of switched
networks at the control level, which not only demands high availability of the network and extensive diagnostic options, but also
a high number of ports, high transfer rate and the support of fiber
optic and twisted-pair transmission media. SCALANCE X-400
products are designed with IP20 degree of protection for installation in control cabinets.
SCALANCE X408-2
Control stations with a low concentration of devices
Star hub in plant bus for applications with low concentration of
devices
High-speed backbone including high-speed media redundancy for process control systems
In the high-speed backbone for coupling Gigabit network
topologies
SCALANCE X414-3E
Control stations with a high concentration of devices
Star hub in plant bus for applications with high concentration
of devices
High-speed backbone including high-speed media redundancy for process control systems
SCALANCE X414-3E equipped with Layer 3 for IP routing
(static, dynamic, redundant)
Design
SCALANCE X-400 media modules (MM)
SCALANCE X-400 switches can be equipped with 2-port media
modules. Media modules are available for both multi-mode and
single-mode optical fibers. They can be added or replaced
during network operation. The operating temperature range is
-40 to +70 C. The SCALANCE X414-3E basic unit supports two
optical Gigabit Ethernet ports and up to four additional optical
Fast Ethernet ports.
On two media-module slots, SCALANCE X408-2 supports as
many as four optical ports which can optionally be equipped
with optical Gigabit Ethernet or Fast Ethernet media modules.
The following media modules are available:
MM491-2;
two fiber optic ports (BFOC sockets) 100 Mbit/s for distances
up to 5 km with multi-mode fiber-optic conductors
MM491-2LD;
two fiber optic ports (BFOC sockets) 100 Mbit/s for distances
up to 26 km with single-mode fiber-optic conductors
MM491-2LH+;
two fiber optic ports (SC sockets) 100 Mbit/s for distances
up to 70 km with single-mode fiber-optic conductors
MM492-2;
two fiber optic ports (SC sockets) 1 Gbit/s for distances up to
750 m with multi-mode fiber-optic conductors (when using
SIMATIC NET FO cable 50/125 m)
MM492-2LD;
two fiber optic ports (SC sockets) 1 Gbit/s for distances up to
10 km with single-mode fiber-optic conductors
MM492-2LH; two fiber optic ports (SC sockets) 1 Gbit/s for
distances up to 40 km with single-mode fiber-optic
conductors
MM492-2LH+; two fiber optic ports (SC sockets) 1 Gbit/s for
conductors
MM492-2ELH; two fiber-optic ports (SC sockets) 1 Gbit/s for
conductors
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/361
Siemens AG 2014
Design (continued)
TP-Ports
Fast
Ethernet
SCALANCE X414-3E
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
or
MM491-2LD
MM492-2
e.g. for use in the optical Gigabit

ring and with option for connecting up to
six electrical nodes
or
for the redundant coupling of optical
Gigabit rings via electrical Gigabit routes
and with option of connecting up to
four electrical nodes.
Possible applications of the media modules with SCALANCE X408-2
2/362
Siemens IK PI 2015
MM491-2LH
MM491-2LD
MM491-2LD
or
SCALANCE X414-3E
Extender
module
EM495-8
12 13
MM491-2
e.g. for use in the electrical

Gigabit ring and with connection
of ten remote optical nodes and
as many as 12 electrical nodes
SCALANCE X414-3E Extender

module
EM495-8
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
MM491-2
Fast Ethernet
MM491-2
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
MM491-2
12 13 14 15
MM491-2LD
SCALANCE X414-3E Extender

module
EM496-4
MM491-2
MM492-2LH/
MM492-2LH+
MM491-2
Extender
module
EM496-4
Possible applications of the media and extender modules with

SCALANCE X414-3E
G_IK10_XX_10180
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
G_IK10_XX_10201
or
MM491-2
MM492-2LH/
MM492-2LH+
or
MM492-2LD
or
Fast
Ethernet
or
MM491-2LH
Gigabit

ring and with connection of four
remote optical nodes and as
many as 12 electrical nodes

ring with single mode for links of up
to 10 km in length, with connection
of two remote optical nodes and as
many as 20 electrical nodes
MM492-2
Example 2
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
e.g. for use in the optical gigabit ring

with single mode for routes of up to
10 km in length and with option for
connecting two remote optical and as
many as four electrical nodes.
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
or
MM492-2LD
optionally
Gigabit or
Fast Ethernet
Slot
number
or
SCALANCE X414-3E
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MM491-2
MM492-2LH/
MM492-2LH+
Example 1
MM492-2LD
SCALANCE X408-2
or
MM491-2
The structure of the SCALANCE X-400 product line offers the

following advantages
Simple user connection via twisted pair
Gigabit Ethernet transfer rate between SCALANCE X-400
switches
Fiber optic connection via fiber-optic media modules
Reduced costs for spare parts inventories
Electrical and optical variants are covered by a basic unit and
fiber-optic media modules
Fast Ethernet
or
MM492-2LD
Versions
EM495-8;
with 8 twisted pair ports (RJ45 sockets with sleeves)
10/100 Mbit/s; this enables the 12 onboard Fast Ethernet
twisted pair ports of the SCALANCE X414-3E to be expanded
to a total of 20 ports.
EM496-4;
with a further four media module slots for Fast Ethernet media
modules for up to 8 optical Fast Ethernet ports
Gigabit
MM492-2
An optional extender module with up to eight further Fast

Ethernet ports can be mounted next to the expansion interface
of the SCALANCE X414-3E. The operating temperature range
is -40 to +70 C.
MM491-2
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
MM491-2
Fast
Ethernet
Gigabit
SCALANCE X414-3E
SCALANCE X-400 extender modules (EM)

(For SCALANCE X414-3E only)
MM492-2
Plug-in media modules for Gigabit Ethernet convert the Gigabit

Ethernet twisted pair-ports included in the switch to optical
mode. The Gigabit ports can then be used as either twisted-pair
or fiber-optic ports. In the case of the SCALANCE X414-3E basic
device, optical media modules for Fast Ethernet each generate
two additional ports per slot.
Siemens AG 2014
Function
Increasing the network performance;
address of the data terminals, the local data traffic remains
local; only data intended for users of another subnetwork are
it automatically to the destination address. The limitation of the
network expansion by collision detection (CSMA/CD
procedure) terminates at the port.
checksum (CRC).
Integration of existing subnetworks with 10 Mbit/s into Fast
Ethernet networks with 100 Mbit/s;
at the twisted-pair ports, the SCALANCE X-400 switch
automatically recognizes the conductor pairs for transmission
and reception (autocrossover), the data transfer rate of 10 or
100 Mbit/s, as well as full-duplex and half-duplex operation
(autonegotiation).
with 1 Gbit/s;
SCALANCE X-400 switches have two (X414-3E) or four
(X408-2) Gigabit Ethernet ports for connecting the switches to
each other.
media redundancy.
several network segments such as rings can be interconnected redundantly with SCALANCE X-400 by means of
the integrated standby function. Two X-400 switches are
configured in a ring as a master and slave and are
connected via two links to the other ring. In the case of
SCALANCE X408-2 or SCALANCE X-300, a high-performance
redundant coupling at 1 000 Mbit/s is possible.

SCALANCE X-400 switches support the standardized
corporate network with reduced requirements for the reconfiguration time (in the order of seconds).
Support of virtual networks (VLAN)
Integrated hardware Layer 3 Switching function
(IP routing, only SCALANCE X414-3E);
IP subnetworks can be created and interconnected, e.g.
automation network with office network, enabling a structuring
of the networks.
Load limiting with use of Multicast protocols
(e.g. video transmission);
through learning the Multicast sources and targets (IGMP
snooping), SCALANCE X-400 switches can also filter
Multicast data traffic and therefore limit the load in the network.
Diagnostic messages (log table entries, e-mails) are timestamped. The local time is standardized throughout the
network by means of synchronization with a SICLOCK or
SNTP time transmitter, thereby simplifying the assignment of
diagnostic messages to several devices.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/363
Siemens AG 2014
Operator Station
Operator Stations
S7-300
2
SCALANCE
X414-3E
SCALANCE
X408-2
1000 Mbit/s
S7-300
SCALANCE
X408-2
SCALANCE
X408-2
Stand-by Master
S7-300
Stand-by Slave
1000 Mbit/s
S7-400
SCALANCE
X408-2
Third-party system
1000 Mbit/s
PC
SCALANCE
X414-3E
SCALANCE
X414-3E
HMI
S7-300
S7-300
Industrial Ethernet
Optical redundant connection of two optical Gigabit subnets with SCALANCE X408-2 on Layer 2 and Layer 3
2/364
Siemens IK PI 2015
G_IK10_XX_10182
IPC
Siemens AG 2014
- 3 000 m at 100 Mbit/s
- 750 m at 1 Gbit/s
- 12 km at 1 Gbit/s
Maximum length of installation cable:
- 100 m at 100 Mbit/s with IE FC TP Cable 2 x 2 and
IE FC Plug 180
- Max. 90 m at 1 Gbit/s with IE FC TP cable 4 x 2,
- 100 m at 1 000 Mbit/s with IE FC TP Cable 4 x 2 and
IE FC Plug 4 x 2
Office network (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol RSTP)

Switch
Switch
Switch
Switch
Ethernet
SCALANCE X-400
100/1000 Mbit/s
SCALANCE X-400
Ring topology in the industrial sector
G_IK10_XX_10066
Industrial
Ethernet
Redundant coupling with an Office network and industrial network

on Layer 2 and Layer 3

the plant with SCALANCE X-400 Industrial Ethernet switches.
can be implemented:
Fast Ethernet and Gigabit rings with fast media redundancy:
To protect against failure of a transmission link or a switch,
as many as 50 X-400 switches cascaded in line can be
connected into a ring with a total length of up to 150 km using
multi-mode or 6,000 km using single mode. On the failure of
a transmission link or a SCALANCE X-400 switch in the ring,
the transmission path is quickly reconfigured due to the media
redundancy.
function.
Star topology with SCALANCE X-400 switches:
The SCALANCE X-414-3E switch represents a star point
which can interconnect as many as 26 nodes or subnetworks
electrically or optically;
SCALANCE X408-2 can connect up to 8 nodes or
subnetworks.

mode. The Gigabit ports (electrical or with media module
optical) are preferably used as ring ports. When using in
optical rings with 100 Mbit/s, the ring ports can be configured
on one media module or on two media modules.
Signal mask;
the signal mask is set to the current status of the SCALANCE
X-400 (setpoint) by pushbutton operation. It defines which
ports and which voltage feeds are to be monitored. The signal
contact only reports an error when a monitored port or a
monitored feeder fails (deviation of setpoint/actual status).
- Port status
- Status of the two voltage feeders
- Signal contact status
- RM mode
- Standby mode
The status of the signal contact is routed externally by means
of floating relay contacts. This enables, for example, the
module to be monitored via an input module from a controller.
A PC or a programming device can be directly connected via
a serial interface or, with the X414-3E, also via an Ethernet
interface (out-band port). Operation is by means of
commands (Command Line Interface (CLI)).
a PC with browser
network into a network management station
- Remote via PROFINET IO diagnostics
- Standard diagnostic alarms can be configured in an easy,
familiar manner in STEP 7 and processed in SIMATIC.
The engineering outlay is drastically reduced for the PLC
and HMI through complete integration in the SIMATIC
system error message concept SFM.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/365
Siemens AG 2014
Network management

Loading of new firmware or the configuration data via the
network by a TFTP server
TFTP server
Only for SCALANCE X414-3E:
Configuration of the IP routing function (static routing,
dynamic routing, (OSPF, RIP v1/2) and redundant routing
(VRRP))
If faults occur in the network, the SCALANCE X-400 switch
administrator.
The SCALANCE XM-400 switch can collect statistics information
for example, fault statistics that are kept for each port. This information can be read out through Web-based management in the
Integration
Operator Stations
Operator Stations
...
...
SCALANCE
X414-3E
SCALANCE
X414-3E
SCALANCE
X308-2
Gigabit
server
1000 Mbit/s
SCALANCE
X408-2
S7-200
3rd party system
10/100 Mbit/s
S7-300
S7-400
pGlGO{G
pGlGOmGvP
Fault-tolerant system with SCALANCE X-400
2/366
Siemens IK PI 2015
H-System
H-System
nprXWXWYWY

duplex)
ring link
Parameterization of user administration of SNMP V1, V2c, V3:
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5408-2FD00-2AA2
6GK5414-3FC00-2AA2
SCALANCE X408-2
SCALANCE X414-3E
Transfer rate 1
10 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
Transfer rate 2
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
Transfer rate 3
1 000 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
Transmission rate
Interfaces
12
26


RS232 port
RS232 port
14
1
2
1
1
1
3
1
1
RJ45 port via EM495-8


4
4
-
4
2
8
BFOC or SC ports via media modules MM491-2,

MM491-2LD, MM491-2LH+
SC ports via media modules MM492-2, MM492-2LD,
MM492-2LH, MM492-2LH+
-

MM491-2LD, MM491-2LH+
SC ports via media modules MM492-2, MM492-2LD,
MM492-2LH, MM492-2LH+
MM491-2LD, MM491-2LH+, MM492-2, MM492-2LD,
MM492-2LH, MM492-2LH+
Number of extender expansion

interfaces
Design of the extender extension

interface
EM495-8 or EM496-4

C-PLUG
Yes
Yes

24 V
24 V

0.1 A
0.1 A
Number of digital inputs

for digital input signals


and terminal equipment with
extender modules
for media module
for power supply
extender modules
for power supply
at 100 Mbit/s
at 1 000 Mbit/s
with extender modules
at 100 Mbit/s
at 1 000 Mbit/s
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/367
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5408-2FD00-2AA2
6GK5414-3FC00-2AA2
SCALANCE X408-2
SCALANCE X414-3E
DC
DC

minimum
maximum
24 V
20.4 V
28.8 V
24 V
20.4 V
28.8 V
Product component fusing at

power supply input
Yes
Yes

for supply voltage
F 3 A / 32 V
F 3,15 A / 250 V
0.7 A
2A
Active power loss

at 24 V for DC
maximum
8W
48 W
15 W
48 W
0 60 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C

maximum
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
Design
Modular
Modular
Width
Height
Depth
242 mm
145 mm
117 mm
344 mm
145 mm
117 mm
Net weight
1.9 kg
3.07 kg
Mounting type
wall mounting
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Mounting type
Supply voltage,

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport

components general
50
of < 0.3 s
50
Cascading in cases
of star structuring
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

configuration
Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
RMON
Port mirroring
CoS
switch-managed
2/368
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5408-2FD00-2AA2
6GK5414-3FC00-2AA2
SCALANCE X408-2
SCALANCE X414-3E
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
FTP
BOOTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
GMRP
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes
I&M1 - higher level
Yes
Yes

Product function
Port diagnostics
Error statistics
SysLog
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product function
VLAN - port based
VLAN dynamic
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
64
64
64
64
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product function
static IP routing
dynamic IP routing
No
No
Yes
Yes
RIPv2
OSPFv2
VRRP
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes

Product function
DHCP client
DHCP Option 82
DHCP Option 66
DHCP Option 67
Product functions Routing
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/369
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5408-2FD00-2AA2
6GK5414-3FC00-2AA2
SCALANCE X408-2
SCALANCE X414-3E
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product function
ACL - MAC-based
broadcast blocking
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
NTP
SNTP
No
Yes
No
Yes

FM3611: Class 1, Division 2, Group A, B, C, D / T4 A,

EN 60079-0: 2006, EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA IIT4,
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1-03
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15 (Hazardous Location), Class 1 /
Division 2 / Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1 / Zone 2 /
Group IIC / T4
EN 61000-6-4:2001 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2001
FM3611: Class 1, Division 2, Group A, B, C, D / T4 A,

EN 60079-0: 2006, EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA IIT4,
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1-03
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15 (Hazardous Location), Class 1 /
Division 2 / Group A, B, C, D / T4, Class 1 / Zone 2 /
Group IIC / T4
EN 61000-6-4:2001 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2001
CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
EN 61000-6-2:2001, EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2:2001, EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Product function
Ring redundancy
Redundancy manager
Standby redundancy
(HRP)
Passive listening
STP/RSTP
STP
RSTP
LACP
approvals
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone

Bureau Veritas (BV)
2/370
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5492-2AL008AA2
6GK5492-2AM008AA2
6GK5492-2AN008AA2
6GK5492-2AP008AA2
6GK5492-2AQ008AA2
MM492-2
MM492-2LD
MM492-2LH
MM492-2LH+
MM492-2ELH
2

devices
SC
SC
SC
SC
SC
-9.5 -4 dB
-3 dB
-9.5 -3 dB
-3 dB
-6 +0 dB
-3 dB
0 5 dB
-3 dB
0 5 dB
-3 dB
-17 dB
-21 dB
-23 dB
-23 dB
-30 dB
0 dB
3 dB
8 dB
8 dB
0 0.75 km
0 10 km
8 40 km
30 70 km
37 120 km
-40 +70 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C

maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Design
Media module
Media module
Media module
Media module
Media module
Width
Height
Depth
35 mm
145 mm
90 mm
35 mm
145 mm
90 mm
35 mm
145 mm
90 mm
35 mm
145 mm
90 mm
35 mm
145 mm
90 mm
Net weight
0.25 kg
0.25 kg
0.25 kg
0.25 kg
0.25 kg
Mounting type
Installation in media module slot
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Mounting type
Latched
Latched
Latched
Latched
Latched
FM3611: Class 1,
Division 2, Group A, B,
C, D / T4, Class 1,
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005,
II 3 G Ex nA II T4,
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2
No. 60950-1-03
UL 1604 and
UL 2279-15
Class 1 / Division 2 /
Class 1 / Zone 2 /
Group IIC / T4
EN 61000-6-4:2001
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2001
FM3611: Class 1,
C, D / T4, Class 1,
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005,
II 3 G Ex nA II T4,
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2
No. 60950-1-03
UL 1604 and
UL 2279-15
Class 1 / Zone 2 /
Group IIC / T4
EN 61000-6-4:2001
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2001
FM3611: Class 1,
C, D / T4, Class 1,
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005,
II 3 G Ex nA II T4,
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2
No. 60950-1-03
UL 1604 and
UL 2279-15
Class 1 / Zone 2 /
Group IIC / T4
EN 61000-6-4:2001
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2001
FM3611: Class 1,
C, D / T4, Class 1,
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005,
II 3 G Ex nA II T4,
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2
No. 60950-1-03
UL 1604 and
UL 2279-15
Class 1 / Zone 2 /
Group IIC / T4
EN 61000-6-4:2001
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2001
FM3611: Class 1,
C, D / T4, Class 1,
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005,
II 3 G Ex nA II T4,
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2
No. 60950-1-03
UL 1604 and
UL 2279-15
Class 1 / Zone 2 /
Group IIC / T4
EN 61000-6-4:2001
(Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2001
Interfaces

relative to 1 mW

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
approvals
Standard
for EMC
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone

Siemens IK PI 2015
2/371
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5492-2AL008AA2
6GK5492-2AM008AA2
6GK5492-2AN008AA2
6GK5492-2AP008AA2
6GK5492-2AQ008AA2
MM492-2
MM492-2LD
MM492-2LH
MM492-2LH+
MM492-2ELH
EN 61000-6-2:2001,
EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
EN 61000-6-2:2001,
EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
EN 61000-6-2:2001,
EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
EN 61000-6-2:2001,
EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
EN 61000-6-2:2001,
EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
-
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
with EN 50155
with EN 50124-1
IEC 61850-3
American Bureau
Bureau Veritas (BV)
Article No.
6GK5491-2AB00-8AA2
6GK5491-2AC00-8AA2
6GK5491-2AE00-8AA2
MM491-2
MM491-2LD
MM491-2LH+
2

ST(BFOC) ports

devices
BFOC
BFOC
2
SC
-19 -14 dB
-3 dB
-15 -8 dB
-3 dB
-5 +0 dB
-3 dB
-32 dB
-34 dB
-34 dB
0 dB
3 dB
0 5 km
0 26 km
12 70 km
-40 +70 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C

maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
IP20
Interfaces

relative to 1 mW
0 dB
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
2/372
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5491-2AB00-8AA2
6GK5491-2AC00-8AA2
6GK5491-2AE00-8AA2
MM491-2
MM491-2LD
MM491-2LH+
Design
Media module
Media module
Media module
Width
Height
Depth
35 mm
145 mm
90 mm
35 mm
145 mm
90 mm
35 mm
145 mm
90 mm
Net weight
0.26 kg
0.26 kg
0.26 kg
Mounting type
Installation in media module slot
Yes
Yes
Yes
Mounting type
Latched
Latched
Latched

Group IIC, T4
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4,
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1-03
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
EN 61000-6-4:2001 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2001

Group IIC, T4
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4,
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1-03
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
EN 61000-6-4:2001 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2001

Group IIC, T4
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4,
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1-03
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15
EN 61000-6-4:2001 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2001
EN 61000-6-2:2001,
EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2:2001,
EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2:2001,
EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
approvals
Standard
for EMC
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone


CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
American Bureau
Bureau Veritas (BV)
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/373
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5495-8BA00-8AA2
6GK5496-4MA00-8AA2
EM495-8
EM496-4
Interfaces
8
for media module
Number of 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports

equipment
RJ45
-40 +70 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C

maximum
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
Design
Extender-Module
Extender-Module
Width
Height
Depth
112.4 mm
86 mm
145 mm
112.4 mm
154 mm
145 mm
Net weight
0.56 kg
0.98 kg
Mounting type
Latched
Latched


EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4,
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1-03
Class 1 / Division 2 / Group A, B, C, D / T4,
EN 61000-6-4:2001 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2001

EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4,
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1-03
Class 1 / Division 2 / Group A, B, C, D / T4,
EN 61000-6-4:2001 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2001
CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
EN 61000-6-2:2001, EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2:2001, EN 61000-6-4:2001
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
approvals
Standard
for EMC
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone


American Bureau
Bureau Veritas (BV)
2/374
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
Industrial Ethernet Switches SCALANCE X-400
EM495/EM496 extender modules
Modular Industrial Ethernet

switches with integrated RJ45 ports
for setting up electrical and/or
optical Industrial Ethernet networks;
IT functions (RSTP, VLAN, ...),
PROFINET IO device,
and web server;
on CD-ROM;
C-PLUG included in the
scope of delivery
SCALANCE X408-2;
4 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s and
4 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports;
2 x Gigabit/Fast Ethernet media
module slots
SCALANCE X414-3E;
8 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s, of which
8 x RJ45/SFP combo ports;
8 x 1 000 Mbit/s can be maximally
used in the basic device
24 x 1 000 Mbit/s maximum overall
configuration by using port
extenders
Extender modules
for SCALANCE X414-3E
EM495-8;
with 8 x 10/100 Mbit/s
TP ports
6GK5495-8BA00-8AA2
EM496-4;
with 4 slots for 100 Mbit/s
media modules MM
6GK5496-4MA00-8AA2
Accessories
(Type A)
6GK5408-2FD00-2AA2
6GK5414-3FC00-2AA2
6XV1840-2AH10

with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
6XV1870-2E

IE FC RJ45 modular outlet
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
max length 1 000 m,
minimum order 20 m
MM491/MM492 media modules

Media modules with 2 ports;
1 Gbit/s
MM492-2;
1000BaseSX, SC connection,
multimode FOC up to 750 m
6GK5492-2AL00-8AA2
MM492-2LD;
1000BaseLX, SC connection,
single-mode FOC up to 10 km
6GK5492-2AM00-8AA2
MM492-2LH;
6GK5492-2AN00-8AA2
MM492-2LH+;
6GK5492-2AP00-8AA2
FO standard cable GP 5
0/125/1400 1) 2)
MM492-2ELH;
6GK5492-2AQ00-8AA2
Multimode cable,
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
TP cable 4 x 2
0.5 m
1m
2m
6m
10 m
FO robust cable GP
4E9/125/90
Media modules with 2 ports;

100 Mbit/s
MM491-2;
100BaseLX, BFOC interface,
multimode FOC up to 5 km
6GK5491-2AB00-8AA2
MM491-2LD;
100BaseFX, BFOC interface,
singlemode FOC up to 26 km
6GK5491-2AC00-8AA2
MM491-2LH+;
100BaseFX, SC connection,
6GK5491-2AE00-8AA2
6XV1870-3QE50
6XV1870-3QH10
6XV1870-3QH20
6XV1870-3QH60
6XV1870-3QN10
6XV1873-2A
6XV1843-2R
Single-mode cable,
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
FC FO standard cable
GP 62.5/200/230
6XV1847-2A

sold by the meter
minimum order 20 m
insulation/displacement contacts
interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
1)
2)

Siemens IK PI 2015
2/375
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.
More information
Selection tools:
IE FC RJ45 plug 4 x 2


180 cable outlet;
interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB11-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AE0
FC BFOC Plug
6GK1900-1GB00-0AC0

Online version:
Offline version:

cloths)
FC SC plug
6GK1900-1LB00-0AC0

cleaning cloths)
6GK1901-1GA00

Ethernet FC cables
6GK1900-1GL00-0AA0

and microscope
IE FC RJ45 modular outlet
With insert 2FE;
With insert 1GE;
SITOP compact, 2.5 A
6GK1901-1BE00-0AA1
6GK1901-1BE00-0AA2
6EP1332-5BA00

wide-range input 85 264 V AC,
output current rated value 2.5 A
Spare parts
CV490 cover set
6GK5490-0AA00-0AA2
consisting of covers for:

1 x Gbit submodule slot,
2 x 100 Mbit/s submodule slot,
3 x 10/100 Mbit/s TP slot, 1x cover
Labeling sheet
6GK5498-0AA00-0AA0
10 DIN A4 sheets, petrol blue,

with 10 strips each,
perforated, for printing using
a standard laser printer
4-pole and 5-pole terminal set
20-part, comprising 10x 4-pole and
10 x 5-pole terminals, straight,
with latch
2/376
Siemens IK PI 2015
6GK5498-1AA00-0AA0
TIA Selection Tool:

Siemens AG 2014
Overview
Product versions basic devices
Basic devices with eight to 16 integrated Gigabit Ethernet
twisted pair interfaces (10/100/1 000 Mbit/s)
XM416-4C
16 ports available in total, of which
- up to 16 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s are RJ45 ports with retaining
collars
- up to 4 x SFP slots (combo ports), 100 or 1 000 Mbit/s
A port extender with 8 ports can be connected to implement
a maximum of 24 ports in one switch
XM408-8C
collars
- up to 8 x SFP slots (combo ports), 100 or 1 000 Mbit/s
Two port extenders with 8 ports each can be connected to
implement a maximum of 24 ports in one switch
The new SCALANCE XM-400 product range comprises modular
Industrial Ethernet switches, expandable by various port
extenders and plug-in transceivers for a maximum configuration
with up to 24 ports. It supports 10/100/1 000 Mbit technology for
various transmission media (twisted pair, fiber optic) and
increased port requirements. The main applications are highperformance plant networks (control level). Thanks to the
flexible, modular design, the XM-400 product line is also
designed for future requirements and can be adapted to the
relevant task.
XM408-4C
collars
- up to 4 x pluggable slots (combo ports) for SC connection
method (1 000 Mbit/s) or BFOC connection method
(100 Mbit/s)
Two port extenders with 8 ports each can be connected to
implement a maximum of 24 ports in one switch
The new XM-400 range replaces the previous X-400 range

(X414-3E and X408-2).
Combo ports for the flexible use of interfaces: A combo port
consists of an electric port and an SFP slot. Only one of the
two ports can ever be active. If an SFP plug-in transceiver is
inserted, the electric port is deactivated
Fast mobile diagnosis with smartphone/tablet thanks to WLAN
and NFC: Fast access to the web-based management of the
SCALANCE XM-400 via mobile websites. The function can be
started using existing WLAN and NFC (Near Field Communication)
manager even for large networks, for both Gigabit Ethernet
and Fast Ethernet
Remote diagnostics by means of PROFINET diagnostics, CLI,
Web browser, or SNMP
Integration into the TIA Portal including up/downloading of the
configuration
Integration into higher-level enterprise networks thanks to
support for standardized redundancy procedures
(Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol, Link Aggregation)
By learning the multicast sources and destinations
(Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) Snooping),
SCALANCE XM-400 switches can also filter multicast data
traffic and thus limit the load on the network.
Optional activation of the Layer 3 functions for IPv4 (IPv6
available soon) in connection with the KEY-PLUG XM-400.
For a detailed description, see "Accessories for Layer 3
switches/routers"
Creation of IP subnets and IP router communication by means
of Layer 3 switching (IP routing)
- Static routing
- Dynamic routing OSPF (Open Shortest Path First) and RIPv2
(Routing Information Protocol)
- Redundant routing VRRP (Virtual Router Redundancy
Protocol)
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/377
Siemens AG 2014
Benefits
Product versions port extender

Port extender for flexible expansion to up to 24 ports can be
connected to the basic device.
PE408
8 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s RJ45 ports with retaining collars for
expanding an XM-400 basic device to a maximum of 24 ports
PE400-8SFP
8 x SFP slots for expanding an XM-400 basic device to a
maximum of 24 ports, 100 or 1 000 Mbit/s
PE408PoE
8 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s RJ45 ports with retaining collars
with PoE according to IEEE 802.3at Type 2 for expanding an
XM-400 basic device to a maximum of 24 ports
Separate power supply required
2/378
Siemens IK PI 2015
Modular system offers cost savings. The modular system

allows the setup of electrical and optical Industrial Ethernet
networks and the network topology and port type to easily be
adapted to the plant structure and expanded at any time
Integrated industrial network for data, speech, and video
High performance due to up to 24 Gigabit ports
Operational reliability in industrial environments, e.g. due to
robust enclosure, redundancy, temperature range from
- 40 C to +70 C
Increased plant availability thanks to:
- Redundant network structures based on fast media
redundancy
- Standby redundancy between ring topologies
- Redundant switching through standard mechanisms STP,
RSTP, MSTP
- Redundant router operation through VRRP
- Media modules can be replaced or expanded during
operation
- Easy device replacement due to plug-in KEY-PLUG/C-PLUG
swap media
Virtual LANs (VLAN) allow simple subdivision of large
networks into smaller subnets with their own address space.
Reasons for subdivision into subnets include separation of the
Ethernet networks to reduce the broadcast load, separation of
sensitive areas from the main network, and subdivision of the
network into logical working groups. Communication between
the VLANs can, however, be achieved with Layer-3-Switching
(IP routing)
Integrated and optional security functions offer protection
against unauthorized network access and configuration
Simple monitoring and diagnosis by means of signaling
contact, SNMP traps, PROFINET diagnosis, and email
function
Reduced engineering expenditure for PLC/HMI due to
integration into the SIMATIC system fault message concept
Integrated configuration and diagnostics in the TIA Portal
Fast mobile diagnostics with smartphone/tablet thanks to
WLAN and NFC (Near Field Communication): Fast access to
the web-based management of the SCALANCE XM-400 via
mobile websites. The function can be started using existing
WLAN and NFC.
Siemens AG 2014
Design
SCALANCE XM-400
SCALANCE XM-400 with up to 24 Gigabit ports is an Industrial
Ethernet switch with robust, industry-standard enclosure, for
mounting onto standard rails, and designed IP20 protection.
SCALANCE XM-400 basic devices offer the following additional
interfaces
Console port (serial interface RJ11) and management port
(100 Mbit/s, RJ45) for on-site parameterization/diagnostics
and firmware update
Slot for optional C-PLUG swap medium for simple device
replacement (included in scope of delivery) or KEY-PLUG for
optional software expansion to Layer-3 Switching
Floating signaling contact can be freely configured to indicate
fault events, for example
Extensive operating mode and status information is displayed
via LEDs and selection pushbuttons
Grounding bolts for defined ground connection
Two infeeds are available for protection against voltage failure
Connection for a port extender on the right
(tool-free installation)
The SFP (Small Formfactor Pluggable) plug-in transceivers can
be used in the SFP slots.
1 x 100 Mbit/s LC port.
SFP991-1 multimode, glass, up to 5 km
SFP991-1LD singlemode, glass, up to 26 km
SFP991-1LH+ singlemode, glass, up to 70 km
SFP991-1ELH200 singlemode, glass, up to 200 km max.
Application
SCALANCE XM-400 products permit the configuration of
switched networks at the control level, which not only demands
high availability of the network and extensive diagnostic options,
but also a high number of ports, high transfer rate, and the
support of fiber-optic and copper cables and Power over
Ethernet transmission.
Thanks to the scalability of the basic unit and the optionally
available Layer 3 switching function, the network can be established specially for the relevant application or expanded at any
time.

SFP992-1 multimode, glass, up to 750 m
SFP992-1LD singlemode, glass, up to 10 km
SFP992-1LH singlemode, glass, up to 40 km
SFP992-1LH+ singlemode, glass, up to 70 km
SFP992-1ELH singlemode, glass, up to 120 km
KEY-PLUG XM-400
For activation of the Layer 3 function

Integrated C-PLUG functionality (configuration memory)
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/379
Siemens AG 2014
Function
Fast redundancy in the ring;

A redundant network structure is created by interconnecting the ends of an optical line to form a ring.
The SCALANCE XM-400 switches have an integral redundancy manager (RM) which monitors the function of the
network continuously. It recognizes the failure of a transmission path or the failure of a SCALANCE XM-400 switch in
the ring and then activates the substitute path. In rings
with SCALANCE X-200 or OSM/ESM, it is possible to
integrate XM-400 switches at 100 Mbit/s. In rings with
SCALANCE X-300 and SCALANCE XR-500, it is possible to
integrate XM-400 switches with Gigabit.
Fast standby redundancy;
The integrated standby function permits a reliable interconnection of several rings. Two transmission links are used to
connect two XM-400 switches of a ring to the other ring
network by means of time synchronization with a time server,
thereby simplifying the assignment of diagnostic messages of
several devices.
Load limiting when using multicast protocols
(e.g. Voice over IP, Video)
By learning the multicast receivers, XM-400 switches can also
filter multicast data traffic and thus limit the load in the network.
XM-400 switches support the standardized redundancy
procedures Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) and Rapid
Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP). This enables a subnetwork to
be connected redundantly to a higher level corporate network
with reduced requirements for the reconfiguration time (in the
order of seconds).
Support for virtual networks (VLAN);
For structuring Industrial Ethernet networks with a fast growing
into several virtual subnets, e.g. to divide the network into
logical areas. In this way, very large Ethernet networks can be
subdivided into smaller subnets with their own IP address
space.
Support for Quality of Service (QoS) through IP Type of Service
(ToS) and prioritizing according to 802.1Q
Link Aggregation (IEEE 802.3ad) for parallel use of ports to
increase the transmission rate and fail-safety.
Support for port prioritization
Support for bandwidth limiting (Broadcast Limiter, Multicast
Limiter, Unicast Limiter)
Flow control
Simple device replacement;
All settings are automatically backed up on the C-PLUG
plug-in swap medium (included in scope of delivery). If a
switch of the SCALANCE XM-400 series has to be replaced,
then these settings are simply transferred to the replacement
device by plugging in the C-PLUG.
2/380
Siemens IK PI 2015
Additional function through Layer 3 KEY PLUG

Layer 3 switching support
- Static routing
- Dynamic routing
- Router redundancy
The integrated dynamic routing protocols OSPF (Open
Shortest Path First) and RIPv2 (Routing Information Protocol)
govern the communication to other IP routers in the network.
Redundant Layer-3 switching (routing) is achieved with the
integrated VRRP function (Virtual Router Redundancy
Protocol).
IPv6 support (available soon), support of dual-stack routing
(IPv4 / IPv6)
Integrated security
Port security
Access Control to Agent
Authentication 802.1X
SSH
HTTPS
SNMPv3
RADIUS
the plant with SCALANCE XM-400 Industrial Ethernet switches.
can be implemented:
Gigabit and Fast Ethernet rings with fast media redundancy:
To protect against the failure of a transmission link or a switch,
up to 50 linearly cascaded switches can be interconnected
to form a ring. On the failure of a transmission link or of a
switch in the ring, the transmission path is reconfigured within
300 milliseconds.
function.
In addition, SCALANCE XM-400 supports redundant
Star topology with SCALANCE XM-400 switches:
The switch represents a neutral star point that can interconnect up to 24 nodes or subnets electrically or optically
- 5 000 m at 100 Mbit/s
- 750 m at 1 Gbit/s
- 120 km at 1 Gbit/s
Maximum length of installation cable:
- 100 m at 100 Mbit/s with IE FC TP Cable 2 x 2 and
IE FC Plug 180
- Max. 90 m at 1 Gbit/s with IE FC TP cable 4 x 2,
- 100 m at 1 000 Mbit/s with IE FC TP Cable 4 x 2 and
IE FC Plug 4 x 2
Siemens AG 2014
Signal mask;
The signal mask is set to the current status of the
SCALANCE XM-400 (setpoint state) by pushbutton operation.
supplies are to be monitored. The signal contact only reports
an error when a monitored port or a monitored feeder fails
Using a serial interface (RJ11), a PC or a programming device
can be connected directly; operation is carried out using
commands (Command Line Interface - CLI)
IP address;
software tool or via the serial console interface (CLI).
- Port status
- Status of the two voltage feeders
- Signal contact status
- RM mode
- Standby mode
The status of the signal contact is routed externally by means
of floating relay contacts. This enables, for example, the
module to be monitored via an input module from a controller.
To establish a ring, a SCALANCE XM-400 is switched to the
RM mode. The non-ring ports of the RM can be used freely for
the connection of data terminals and networks. If the redundancy procedure MRP standardized by PROFINET is used,
the RM is adjusted automatically.
- via standard browser (Web-based management):
Selection of SCALANCE XM-400 switches via the network
- via the browser of a mobile device (Smartphone, Tablet)
- Reading out the address of the mobile website of the XM-400
by means of NFC:
- mobile terminal starts browser with this address
- powerful diagnosis by means of an existing WLAN
- via SNMP V1, V2c, V3:
Server
- via PROFINET IO diagnostics:
Standard diagnostic alarms can be configured in an easy,
familiar manner in STEP 7 and processed in SIMATIC.
The engineering outlay is drastically reduced for the PLC
and HMI through complete integration in the SIMATIC
system error message concept SFM.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/381
Siemens AG 2014
Network management
Access protection by means of access control list
Encrypted HTTPS access
duplex)
ring link
Defining a maximum load per port for load limiting
(port thresholds)
Loading of new firmware or the configuration data via the
network by a TFTP server
TFTP server
Configuration of the IP routing function after activation with
KEY-PLUG (static routing, dynamic routing (OSPF, RIP v1/2),
and redundant routing (VRRP))
If faults occur in the network, the SCALANCE XM-400 switch

management system (e.g. SINEMA Server) or also e-mails to a
predefined network administrator.
The SCALANCE XM-400 switch can collect statistics information
for example, fault statistics that are kept for each port. This information can be read out through Web-based management in the
2/382
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Integration
Backbone
Industrial Ethernet /
PROFINET (Twisted Pair)
Industrial Ethernet /
PROFINET (Fiber Optic)
SCALANCE XM416-4C with

Port Extender PE408
VRRP
VLAN 1, 2, 3
SIMATIC
S7-1500
SCALANCE XM408-8C
SIMATIC
S7-1500
SIMATIC
S7-1500
HMI
VLAN 1
SIMATIC
S7-300
HMI
HMI
VLAN 2
SCALANCE XM408-8C
VLAN 1
SIMATIC
S7-300
HMI
HMI
VLAN 3
VLAN 3
G_IK10_XX_10212
SCALANCE XM408-8C
Control /
Operations Level
(1 Gbit/s)
Network structuring through the routing of virtual LANs (a VLAN corresponds to an IP subnetwork)
Factory Backbone
(10 Gbit/s)
SCALANCE XR552-12M
SCALANCE XR552-12M
Ethernet
Subnet 1
Building Backbone
(1000 Mbit/s)
SCALANCE XM-400 with

Port Extender PE408
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE XM-400
SCALANCE XM-400
SCALANCE XM-400
SCALANCE X308-12M
SCALANCE X308-12M
SCALANCE X308-12M
Subnet 2
Subnet 3
Subnet 4
G_IK10_XX_10204
Control Level
(100 - 1000 Mbit/s)
Subnetworks with SCALANCE X308-12M and SCALANCE XM-400 for increasing network availability
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/383
Siemens AG 2014
Integration (continued)
OS
Operator Station (OS)
SIMATIC IT
SIMATIC Batch
OS
Engineering Station (ES)
2
SCALANCE
XM 408-8C
SCALANCE
XM 408-8C
Terminal bus
1000 Mbit/s
IPC
SCALANCE
X310
Industrial Ethernet
(electrical)
Industrial Ethernet
(optical)
OS Server
(redundant)
OS Server
(redundant)
1000 Mbit/s
SCALANCE
XM 408-8C
SCALANCE
XM 408-8C
Plant Bus
IPC
SCALANCE
XM 416-4C
1000 Mbit/s
SCALANCE
X308-2
SCALANCE XM 416-4C
Human machine
interface
SCALANCE
XM 416-4C
ET 200M
PROFIBUS
Use of the SCALANCE XM-400 switches in a process control system, e.g. PCS 7
2/384
Siemens IK PI 2015
ET 200M
PROFIBUS
Production cell
G_IK10_XX_10183
S7-300
Redundant control S7-400H
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5416-4GS00-2AM2
6GK5408-8GS00-2AM2
6GK5408-4GP00-2AM2
SCALANCE XM416-4C
SCALANCE XM408-8C
SCALANCE XM408-4C
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
24
24
Transmission rate
Transfer rate 1
Transfer rate 2
Transfer rate 3
Interfaces
24

RJ11 port
RJ11 port
RJ11 port
16
16
16
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port




at 100 Mbit/s
at 1 000 Mbit/s
4
4
8
8
8
16
4
4
16

at 100 Mbit/s
at 1 000 Mbit/s
SFP slot
SFP slot
SFP slot
SFP slot
SFP slot
SFP slot
SFP slot
SFP slot
SFP slot

24 V
24 V
24 V

0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A
DC
DC
DC

minimum
maximum
24 V
19.2 V
28.8 V
24 V
19.2 V
28.8 V
24 V
19.2 V
28.8 V

Yes
Yes
Yes

for supply voltage
F 15 A / 125 V
F 15 A / 125 V
F 15 A / 125 V
2A
2A
2A
Active power loss

at 24 V for DC
48 W
48 W
48 W

extender modules
for media module
for power supply
for power supply

interfaces
Supply voltage,
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/385
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5416-4GS00-2AM2
6GK5408-8GS00-2AM2
6GK5408-4GP00-2AM2
SCALANCE XM416-4C
SCALANCE XM408-8C
SCALANCE XM408-4C
-40 +70 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C

maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
IP20
Design
Width
Height
Depth
140 mm
147 mm
125 mm
140 mm
147 mm
125 mm
140 mm
147 mm
125 mm
Net weight
1.25 kg
1.15 kg
1.15 kg
Mounting type
wall mounting
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Any
propagation time)
Any
propagation time)
Any
propagation time)
Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
RMON
Port mirroring
CoS
switch-managed
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
FTP
BOOTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
GMRP
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

I&M1 - higher level designation/
Yes
location designation
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport

components general
of < 0.3 s
Cascading in cases
of star structuring
configuration
2/386
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5416-4GS00-2AM2
6GK5408-8GS00-2AM2
6GK5408-4GP00-2AM2
SCALANCE XM416-4C
SCALANCE XM408-8C
SCALANCE XM408-4C
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product function
VLAN - port based
VLAN dynamic
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
255
255
255
255
255
255
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
IP-Routing connection with

KEY-PLUG XM-400

KEY-PLUG XM-400

KEY-PLUG XM-400
Product function
static IP routing
dynamic IP routing
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
RIPv2
OSPFv2
VRRP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product function
ACL - MAC-based
broadcast blocking
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Product function
Port diagnostics
Error statistics
SysLog

Product function
DHCP client
DHCP Option 82
DHCP Option 66
DHCP Option 67
Service Routing Note

Product function
Ring redundancy
Redundancy manager
Standby redundancy
(HRP)
Passive listening
STP
RSTP
LACP
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/387
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5416-4GS00-2AM2
6GK5408-8GS00-2AM2
6GK5408-4GP00-2AM2
SCALANCE XM416-4C
SCALANCE XM408-8C
SCALANCE XM408-4C
Yes
Yes
Yes
NTP
SNTP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Standard
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1

EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1

EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1

EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
Yes
Article No.
6GK5416-4GR00-2AM2
6GK5408-8GR00-2AM2
6GK5408-4GQ00-2AM2
SCALANCE XM416-4C
IP Routing integrated
SCALANCE XM408-8C
SCALANCE XM408-4C
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
24
24
24

operator console

operator console
RJ11 port
RJ11 port
RJ11 port
16
16
16
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port



4
4
8
8
8
16
4
4
16
SFP slot
SFP slot
SFP slot
SFP slot
SFP slot
SFP slot
approvals
Transmission rate
Transfer rate 1
Transfer rate 2
Transfer rate 3
Interfaces

for network components and terminal equipment with extender modules
for media module
for power supply
for network components and terminal equipment with extender modules
for power supply
Number of optical interfaces for optical waveguide
at 100 Mbit/s
at 1 000 Mbit/s
Design of optical interface for optical

waveguide
at 100 Mbit/s
SFP slot
SFP slot
at 1 000 Mbit/s
SFP slot
Number of extender expansion interfaces
2/388
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5416-4GR00-2AM2
6GK5408-8GR00-2AM2
6GK5408-4GQ00-2AM2
SCALANCE XM416-4C
SCALANCE XM408-8C
SCALANCE XM408-4C

24 V
24 V
24 V

0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A
DC
DC
DC

minimum
maximum
24 V
19.2 V
28.8 V
24 V
19.2 V
28.8 V
24 V
19.2 V
28.8 V

Yes
Yes
Yes

for supply voltage
F 15 A / 125 V
F 15 A / 125 V
F 15 A / 125 V
2A
2A
2A
Active power loss

at 24 V for DC
48 W
48 W
48 W
-40 +70 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C

maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
IP20
Design
Width
Height
Depth
140 mm
147 mm
125 mm
140 mm
147 mm
125 mm
140 mm
147 mm
125 mm
Net weight
1.25 kg
1.15 kg
1.15 kg
Mounting type
wall mounting
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Any
propagation time)
Any
propagation time)
Any
propagation time)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Supply voltage,

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport

components general
of < 0.3 s
Cascading in cases
of star structuring
configuration
Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
RMON
Port mirroring
CoS
switch-managed
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/389
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5416-4GR00-2AM2
6GK5408-8GR00-2AM2
6GK5408-4GQ00-2AM2
SCALANCE XM416-4C
SCALANCE XM408-8C
SCALANCE XM408-4C
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes
I&M1 - higher level
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product function
VLAN - port based
VLAN dynamic
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
255
255
255
255
255
255
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
IP-Routing integrated
Product function
static IP routing
dynamic IP routing
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
RIPv2
OSPFv2
VRRP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
FTP
BOOTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
GMRP
DCP
LLDP

Product function
Port diagnostics
Error statistics
SysLog

Product function
DHCP client
DHCP Option 82
DHCP Option 66
DHCP Option 67
2/390
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5416-4GR00-2AM2
6GK5408-8GR00-2AM2
6GK5408-4GQ00-2AM2
SCALANCE XM416-4C
SCALANCE XM408-8C
SCALANCE XM408-4C
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product function
ACL - MAC-based
Broadcast blocking
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
NTP
SNTP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Standard
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1

EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1

EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1

EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
Yes

Product function
Ring redundancy
Redundancy manager
Standby redundancy
(HRP)
Passive listening
STP
RSTP
LACP
approvals
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/391
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5408-0GA00-8AP2
6GK5408-0PA00-8AP2
6GK5400-8AS00-8AP2
SCALANCE PE408
SCALANCE PE408PoE
SCALANCE PE400-8SFP
Transfer rate 1
10 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
Transfer rate 2
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
Transfer rate 3
1 000 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
SFP
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
Transmission rate
Interfaces
8
8
for Power-over-Ethernet for network components or terminal equipment
for SFP+/SFP
RJ45 port
for power supply
Number of optical connections
- at 100 Mbit/s
- at 1 000 Mbit/s
8
8

at 100 Mbit/s
at 1 000 Mbit/s
SFP slot
SFP slot
DC

minimum
maximum
54 V
51.3 V
56.7 V

Yes

for supply voltage
0.2 A
0.2 A
0.07 A
4.8 W
4.8 W
1.7 W
-40 +70 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
95 %
95 %
95 %
IP20
IP20
IP20

interfaces
Supply voltage,

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Protection class IP
2/392
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5408-0GA00-8AP2
6GK5408-0PA00-8AP2
6GK5400-8AS00-8AP2
SCALANCE PE408
SCALANCE PE408PoE
SCALANCE PE400-8SFP
Design
Width
Height
Depth
70 mm
147 mm
125 mm
70 mm
147 mm
125 mm
70 mm
147 mm
125 mm
Net weight
0.6 kg
0.7 kg
0.6 kg
Mounting type
wall mounting
fixed-mounted
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
-
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
-
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
-
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone
available soon
available soon
available soon
available soon
EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
available soon
available soon
available soon
available soon
EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
available soon
available soon
available soon
available soon
EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
E1 approval
e1 approval
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
approvals
Ordering data
Article No.
SCALANCE XM-400 Industrial Ethernet switches

With eight to 16 integrated Gigabit
Ethernet twisted-pair interfaces
(10/100/1 000 Mbit/s);
24 x 1 000 Mbit/s maximum overall
configuration by means of port
extenders;
IT functions (RSTP, VLAN, etc.),
PROFINET IO Device,
and web server;
on DVD-ROM;
C-PLUG included in the scope of
delivery
SCALANCE XM416-4C;
16 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s, of which
16 x 1 000 Mbit/s maximum basic
device configuration
IP routing in combination
with KEY PLUG XM-400
IP routing integrated
Article No.
SCALANCE XM408-8C;
8 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s, of which
SCALANCE XM408-4C;
8 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s, of which
4 x RJ45/ST pluggable/SC pluggable combo ports;
6GK5408-8GS00-2AM2
6GK5408-8GR00-2AM2
6GK5408-4GP00-2AM2
6GK5408-4GQ00-2AM2
6GK5416-4GS00-2AM2
6GK5416-4GR00-2AM2
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/393
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
Port extender
Accessories
Port extender for

SCALANCE XM-400 basic devices
PE408;
with 8 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s
TP ports
PE400-8SFP;
with 8 slots for 100/1 000 Mbit/s
PE408PoE;
with 8 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s
TP ports
Power over Ethernet according
to 802.3at Type 1 and 2
KEY-PLUG XM-400
6GK5408-0GA00-8AP2
6GK5400-8AS00-8AP2
6GK5408-0PA00-8AP2
Plug-in transceiver
ST and SC plug-in transceivers for
XM-400 basic device XM408-4C
6GK5991-1AB00-8AA0
STP991-1LD
100 Mbit/s, ST/BFOC connection,
6GK5991-1AC00-8AA0
SCP992-1
1 000 Mbit/s, SC connection,
multi-mode FOC up to 750 m
6GK5992-1AJ00-8AA0
SCP992-1LD
1 000 Mbit/s, SC connection,
6GK5992-1AK00-8AA0

for XM-400
see "Plug-in transceivers for

SCALANCE XR-500"/
"Media modules for modular
More information
Selection tools:
Online version:
Offline version:
TIA Selection Tool:
Siemens IK PI 2015
C-PLUG
event of a fault;
application data;
6GK1900-0AB00
Power supplies
STP991-1
100 Mbit/s, ST/BFOC connection,
multi-mode FOC up to 5 km
2/394
6GK5904-0PA00
Swap medium for expansion of

the device functions with IP routing
(Layer 3), for integration of
configuration data and for easy
replacement of SCALANCE XM-400
in the event of a fault
SIMATIC PM 1507 24 V
stabilized power supply for
SIMATIC S7-1500
Power supply S7-1500 PM1507
SIMATIC PM 1507 24 V/3 A
SIMATIC S7-1500
Input: 120/230 V AC
Output: 24 V DC/3 A
Power supply S7-1500 PM1507
SIMATIC PM 1507 24 V/8 A
SIMATIC S7-1500
Input: 120/230 V AC
Output: 24 V DC/8 A
6EP1332-4BA00
6EP1333-4BA00
Miscellaneous accessories
4-pole spring-loaded
terminal block
Spring-type 4-pole terminal
for power supply (24 V DC) for
SCALANCE X/W/S/M;
1 pack = 5 items
6GK5980-1DB10-0AA5
2-pole spring-loaded
terminal block
Spring-type 2-pole terminal
for signaling contact (24 V DC) for
SCALANCE X/W/S/M;
1 pack = 5 items
6GK5980-0BB10-0AA5
Screw for fixing to S7-1500 and

S7-300 rails
Mounting screw
for SCALANCE X/W/S/M;
1 pack = 5 items
6GK5980-4AA00-0AA5
Connection cable (RJ11/RS232)

pre-assembled serial cable
with RJ11 and RS323 connector,
length: 5 m; 1 item per pack
6GK5980-3BB00-0AA5
Standby redundancy

Passive Listening
Broadcast blocking

Link Aggregation
Static Routing
Software
XR552-12M/
XR528-6M
XR524-8C
Modular design
PC module
Format module S7
PLUG slot
Signal contact
External supply
SIMATIC environment
SNMP
LED diagnosis
XR524-8C
Gigabit Ethernet
XR552-12M/
XR528-6M
IRT capability
Type of
device
10 Gigabit Ethernet
PROFINET diagnosis
SCALANCE X-500
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
Hardware
applies
Function overview SCALANCE X-500 managed
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/395
Siemens AG 2014
Product versions
Overview
SCALANCE XR552-12M
LEDs and ports on the front
Alternatively: LEDs on the front and ports at the rear
Connection of power supply unit at rear or above/below the
switch
Four SFP+ slots for equipping with 10 Gigabit Ethernet SFP+
plug-in transceivers or Gigabit SFP plug-in transceivers
12x 4-port media module slots
Available with integrated IP routing functions or for the
optional extension of the IP routing functions by means of
KEY-PLUG
The Layer 3-enabled SCALANCE XR-500 Industrial Ethernet

switches are fully modular, high-performance, industry-standard
switches for the construction of electrical and optical line, ring
and star topologies with data transfer rates of up to 10 Gbit/s,
designed for installation in 19" control cabinets.
Four optical interfaces (10 Gbit/s) and up to 48 electrical
and/or optical interfaces (10/100/1 000 Mbit/s), of which up to
12 electrical PoE interfaces;
up to twelve electrical and/or optical 4-port media modules
can be plugged into the basic unit at any point.
Fast media redundancy due to the integrated redundancy
manager:
Redundant connection of rings by means of high-speed
media redundancy is also possible with SCALANCE XR-500.
functions (VLANs, IGMP-Snooping/Querier, STP/RSTP/MSTP,
Link Aggregation, Quality of Service, 802.1X and optional
static routing, RIP, OSPF, VRRP for IPv4 and IPv6)
PROFINET diagnostics, Web browser, CLI and SNMP
Redundant integration into higher-level networks through
support for standardized redundancy procedures (Multiple
Spanning Tree Protocol, Spanning Tree Protocol, Rapid
Reconfiguration Spanning Tree Protocol, Media Redundancy
Protocol) and standardized IP routing protocols or procedures
(Routing Information Protocol, Open Shortest Path First, Virtual
Router Redundancy Protocol)
KEY-PLUG as the swap medium with which Layer 3 routing
functions can be enabled.
- For the automatic backup of configuration data. If a fault
occurs, it allows fast and simple device replacement of
SCALANCE X-500 components without a Field PG (contains
the function of the C-PLUG)
- Can be used in all Layer 2 variants of the SCALANCE XR552
and XR528
- For a detailed description, see "SCALANCE Accessories for
Layer 3 Switches / Routers"
2/396
Siemens IK PI 2015
SCALANCE XR528-6M
LEDs and ports on the front
Alternatively: LEDs on the front and ports at the rear
Connection of power supply unit at rear or above/below the
switch
Four SFP+ slots for equipping with 10 Gigabit Ethernet SFP+
plug-in transceivers or Gigabit SFP plug-in transceivers
6x 4-port media module slots
KEY-PLUG
SCALANCE XR524-8C
Eight combo-ports for optional use of optical or electrical interfaces with 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s optically or electrically via SFP
plug-in transceiver
16 electrical ports operating at 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s
In total, 24 ports can be used
Power supply versions 24 V and 230 V (integrated)
KEY-PLUG
Benefits

terminals, higher data transfer rates, PoE ports) or conversion
(e.g. switching from copper to fiber-optic cable) and reduction
of the storage costs due to the fully modular construction
using SFPplus/SFP and media modules
Retrofitting the Layer 3 switching functions (IP routing) by
means of a license on KEY-PLUG without replacing the
existing hardware
Changing the media modules during operation
High availability of the network thanks to
- redundant power supply
- redundant network structures based on FOC or Twisted Pair
(redundancy manager, standby function and STP/RSTP/
MSTP integrated)
- easy device replacement by means of plug-in C-PLUG/
KEY-PLUG swap medium
Thanks to the support of the Dual Stack Routing function, IPv4
networks and IPv6 networks can overlap and be operated in
parallel
High flexibility thanks to variable mounting options of the
power supply unit and device variants with ports on either the
front or rear of the device.
Siemens AG 2014
Application
The SCALANCE XR-500 switches are ideal for use in industrial
networks and for integrating the industrial network into an existing corporate network. From the control level to the management
level, the switch handles the networking of plant sections as well
as distributed field devices and ensures high plant availability
with extensive diagnostics options and high transmission
speeds. Thanks to the scalability of the basic unit and the optionally available Layer 3 switching function, the network can be
established specially for the relevant application, or adapted
and expanded at any time.
The SCALANCE XR-500 switches are suitable for establishing
electrical and optical Industrial Ethernet line, star or ring
topologies with four integral SFP+ slots that can be optionally
equipped with SFP+ plug-in transceivers (10 Gbit/s) or SFP
plug-in transceivers (1 000 Mbit/s), and up to 12 media module
slots that can be optionally equipped with electrical and/or optical 4-port media modules. Thanks to data transfer rates of up to
10 Gbit/s, the switches can be used as an Industrial Ethernet
backbone switch and as a hub in the plant bus (redundant
connection possible).
The use of media modules or SFP+/SFP enables the following:
Changing of cabling technology, e.g. conversion from copper
to fiber-optic cables, or from multimode to singlemode FOC
Changing of the data transfer rate, e.g. from 1 000 Mbit/s to
10 Gbit/s
The SCALANCE XR-500 switches are available with the following

port types:
Four SFP+ slots for optical SFP+ or SFP plug-in transceivers
(multimode and singlemode connections)
- The SFP+ plug-in transceivers support 10 Gbps
- The SFP plug-in transceivers support 1 000 Mbps
Up to 12 slots for electrical 4-port media modules and
electrical PoE 4-port media modules or optical 4-port media
modules for multimode or singlemode connections; the
optical media modules are available in various connection
technologies
- The RJ45 sockets are also available in industry-standard
design with additional retaining collars for connection of the
Industrial Ethernet FC RJ45 Plug 180
- All electrical Ethernet interfaces support
10/100/1 000 Mbps,
all optical Ethernet interfaces support 100 or 1 000 Mbps
XR552-12M
with basic power supply,
bottom mounting
XR552-12M
with redundant power supply,
bottom mounting
The SCALANCE XR-500 Industrial Ethernet switches with robust

metal enclosure with IP20 degree of protection are optimized for
installation in the 19" control cabinet. The power supply unit
(85 to 264 V AC) for power supply to the SCALANCE XR-500,
which is also optimized for the 19" cabinet , can either be
installed directly at the rear of the SCALANCE XR-500 or connected using connecting cables (installation of the power supply
unit in a 19" rack). The data ports of the SCALANCE XR-500 are
located optionally either at the front or rear of the device
(depending on the device variant).
The switches have:
4-pole terminal block on the front for connecting the optionally
available power supply unit (85 V to 264 V AC)
6-pole connector for assembly of the optionally available
power supply unit (85 V to 264 V AC) on the rear
2-pole terminal block for connecting the isolated signaling
status, data transfer, power supply, signaling contact)
SELECT/SET pushbutton for easy setting of the fault signaling
Slot on the side of the device for the C-PLUG swap medium for
simple device replacement in the event of a fault, or for the
KEY-PLUG for adding IP routing to the device functionality
Console port (RS 232 serial interface, RJ11 cable to Sub-D (9pole) included in scope of delivery) and management port
(Ethernet interface) for on-site parameter assignment/
diagnostics
XR552-12M
rear mounting
XR552-12M
rear mounting
G_IK10_XX_10324
Design
Options for mounting a single/redundant power supply unit to

SCALANCE XR552-12M
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/397
Siemens AG 2014
Function
Operations /
Control Level
Server
Thanks to support for the Dual Stack Routing function, both

IPv4 addressing and IPv6 addressing can be operated in one
network.
into several virtual networks. Port-based, protocol-based and
IP-based VLANs are available for selection.
through learning the multicast receivers (IGMP Snooping,
IGMP Querier), SCALANCE XR-500 switches can also filter
multicast data traffic and therefore limit the load in the network.
Multicast and broadcast traffic can be limited.
transmitter or SNTP/NTP server, thereby simplifying the
assignment of diagnostic messages of several devices.
Link Aggregation (IEEE 802.3ad) for bundling data streams
Quality of Service (IEEE 802.1Q) for prioritization of network
traffic
Server
Server
Server
Engineering Station
Operator Station
1000 Mbit/s
SCALANCE 1000 Mbit/s

XR-500
10 Gbit/s
SCALANCE 10 Gbit/s
XR-500
1000 Mbit/s
Link Aggregation
10 Gbit/s
PC
1000 Mbit/s
PC
Operator Station
Industrial Ethernet
Field Level
PoE
Code
reading
systems
PoE
100
Mbit/s
100
Mbit/s
S7-300
100 Mbit/s
S7-400 with
CP 443-1
Advanced
1000 Mbit/s
1000 Mbit/s
1000 Mbit/s
S7-300 with
CP 343-1
Advanced
1000 Mbit/s
S7-400 with
CP 443-1
Advanced
S7-400
PROFINET
SCALANCE
W-700
ET
200S
ET 200S
Increasing the transmission bandwidth by means of link aggregation
2/398
Siemens IK PI 2015
ET 200S
ET 200pro
ET 200S
S7-300 with
CP 343-1
Lean
G_IK10_XX_10299
Integrated redundancy manager for constructing ring topologies with up to 10 Gbps and high-speed media redundancy.
By interconnecting the ends of an optical or electrical line
to form a ring, reliable communication can be achieved.
The redundancy manager (RM) integrated in the
SCALANCE XR-500 switch monitors the function of the
network. It recognizes the failure of a transmission link or of a
SCALANCE X switch in the ring and activates the substitute
path within a maximum of 200 milliseconds.
Redundant Layer 2 interfacing to company networks;
redundancy procedures Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol
(MSTP), Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP), and Spanning
Tree Protocol (STP). This enables a subnet to be connected
redundantly to a higher-level corporate network with reduced
requirements for the reconfiguration time (in the order of
seconds).
The Layer 3 switching functions (optional) enable simple
subdivision of large networks into smaller subnets with their
own address space. Reasons for subdivision into subnets
include separation of the Ethernet network to reduce the
broadcast load, separation of sensitive areas from the main
network, and subdivision of the network into logical working
groups.
Redundant Layer 3 connection to corporate networks;
routing protocols Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) and
Routing Information Protocol (RIP), and the standardized
routing procedure Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol
(VRRP). This means industrial, routed subnets can also be
connected redundantly to a higher-level corporate network.
Siemens AG 2014
the plant using SCALANCE XR-500 Industrial Ethernet switches .
can be implemented:
Management Level
Server
Ethernet with fast media redundancy;

into a ring.
function
electrically.
Server
Server
Server
Server
1000 Mbit/s
10 Gbit/s
SCALANCE
XR-500
Operations Level
1000 Mbit/s
10 Gbit/s
SCALANCE
XR-500
OSPF
Operator Station
SCALANCE
1000 Mbit/s XR-500
PC
SCALANCE
XR-500
PC
Ring redundancy
Operator Station
PC
10 Gbit/s
Industrial Ethernet
Control Level
SCALANCE XR-500
SCALANCE XR-500
1000 Mbit/s
Engineering Station
SCALANCE
XM-400
ET 200SP
SCALANCE XR-300
SCALANCE
SCALANCE
1000 Mbit/s
X-300
X-300
1000 Mbit/s
SCALANCE
X-300
SCALANCE XR-300
SIMATIC S7-1500
G_IK10_XX_10298
SCALANCE
XM-400
SCALANCE
XR-300
Use of SCALANCE XR-500 in redundant network topologies, e.g. with Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) and ring redundancy

- 750 m at 1 000 Mbit/s
- 300 m at 10 Gbit/s
- 26 to 200 km at 100 Mbit/s
- 10 to 120 km at 1 000 Mbit/s
- Max. 100 m with IE FC Cable 2 x 2 and IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
- Max. 100 m at 1 Gbps with IE FC Standard Cable 4 x 2
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/399
Siemens AG 2014

to establish a ring, a SCALANCE XR-500 is switched to
RM mode. The non-ring ports of the RM can be used freely for
the connection of data terminals and networks. If the redundancy procedure MRP standardized by PROFINET is used,
the RM is adjusted automatically.
Signal mask;
IP address;
the IP address is assigned by means of dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP). If there is no corresponding server in
the network, the IP address can be assigned using an
enclosed software tool.
- Port status
- Port mode (Mbps, full/half-duplex)
- RM mode
- Standby mode
- Via the browser of a mobile device (smartphone, tablet)

controller.
- Via standard browser (Web-based management):
- Via SNMP V1, V2c, V3:
Server
- Via PROFINET IO diagnostics:
PROFINET diagnostic alarms from SCALANCE XR-500
Via the browser of a mobile device (smartphone, tablet)
Network management
duplex)
Setting of Spanning/Rapid/Multiple Spanning Tree parameters
Security
IEEE 802.1x
- Support of Access Control List (ACL)
using a Web browser
TFTP server
If faults occur in the network, the SCALANCE XR-500 switch
management system, such as SINEMA Server, or also e-mails to
a predefined network administrator.
example, fault statistics that are kept for each port. This information can be read out through web-based management in the
2/400
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5552-0AA00-2AR2
6GK5552-0AA00-2HR2
6GK5552-0AR00-2AR2
6GK5552-0AR00-2HR2
6GK5528-0AA00-2AR2
6GK5528-0AA00-2HR2
6GK5528-0AR00-2AR2
6GK5528-0AR00-2HR2
SCALANCE XR552-12M
SCALANCE XR552-12M
SCALANCE XR528-6M
SCALANCE XR528-6M
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Gbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Gbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Gbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Gbit/s
52
28
28
4
1
1
1
12
1
1
4
1
1
1
12
1
1
4
1
1
1
6
1
1
4
1
1
1
6
1
1
media modules
RJ45 port
media modules
RJ45 port
media modules
RJ45 port
media modules
RJ45 port
RJ11 port
RJ45 port
RJ11 port
RJ45 port
RJ11 port
RJ45 port
RJ11 port
RJ45 port
media modules
media modules
media modules
media modules
media modules
media modules
media modules
media modules
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V

0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A
DC
DC
DC
DC

minimum
maximum
24 V
19.2 V
28.8 V
24 V
19.2 V
28.8 V
24 V
19.2 V
28.8 V
24 V
19.2 V
28.8 V

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

for supply voltage
F 15 A / 125 V
F 15 A / 125 V
F 15 A / 125 V
F 15 A / 125 V
Transmission rate
Transfer rate 1
Transfer rate 2
Transfer rate 3
Transfer rate 4
Interfaces
52
for SFP+/SFP
for management purposes
for media module
for power supply
for power supply
at 100 Mbit/s
at 1 000 Mbit/s
C-PLUG/KEY-PLUG
Supply voltage,
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/401
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5552-0AA00-2AR2
6GK5552-0AA00-2HR2
6GK5552-0AR00-2AR2
6GK5552-0AR00-2HR2
6GK5528-0AA00-2AR2
6GK5528-0AA00-2HR2
6GK5528-0AR00-2AR2
6GK5528-0AR00-2HR2
SCALANCE XR552-12M
SCALANCE XR552-12M
SCALANCE XR528-6M
SCALANCE XR528-6M
0 60 C
-40 ... +70 C
-40 ... +70 C
0 60 C
-40 ... +70 C
-40 ... +70 C
0 60 C
-40 ... +70 C
-40 ... +70 C
0 60 C
-40 ... +70 C
-40 ... +70 C

maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Design
19" rack
19" rack
19" rack
19" rack
Width
Height
Depth
449 mm
130.8 mm
305 mm
449 mm
130.8 mm
305 mm
449 mm
87.2 mm
305 mm
449 mm
87.2 mm
305 mm
Net weight
10 kg
10 kg
10 kg
10 kg
Mounting type 19-inch installation
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Cable outlet at front
Any
propagation time)
Any
propagation time)
Any
propagation time)
Any
propagation time)
Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
RMON
Port mirroring
CoS
switch-managed
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
FTP
BOOTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
GMRP
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

I&M1 - higher level
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport

components general
of < 0.3 s
Cascading in cases
of star structuring
configuration
2/402
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5552-0AA00-2AR2
6GK5552-0AA00-2HR2
6GK5552-0AR00-2AR2
6GK5552-0AR00-2HR2
6GK5528-0AA00-2AR2
6GK5528-0AA00-2HR2
6GK5528-0AR00-2AR2
6GK5528-0AR00-2HR2
SCALANCE XR552-12M
SCALANCE XR552-12M
SCALANCE XR528-6M
SCALANCE XR528-6M
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product function
VLAN - port based
VLAN - protocol-based
VLAN - IP-based
VLAN dynamic
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
255
255
255
255
255
255
255
255
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
IP routing in connection
with KEY-PLUG,
IPv6 available soon
IP routing integrated,
IPv6 available soon
with KEY-PLUG,
IPv6 available soon
IP routing integrated,
IPv6 available soon
Product function
static IP routing
static IP routing IPv6
dynamic IP routing
dynamic IP routing IPv6
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
RIPv2
RIPnG for IPv6
OSPFv2
OSPFv3 for IPv6
VRRP
VRRP for IPv6
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Product function
Port diagnostics
Error statistics
SysLog

Product function
DHCP client
DHCP Option 82
DHCP Option 66
DHCP Option 67

Product function
Ring redundancy
Redundancy manager
Standby redundancy
(HRP)
Passive listening
STP
RSTP
MSTP
LACP
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/403
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5552-0AA00-2AR2
6GK5552-0AA00-2HR2
6GK5552-0AR00-2AR2
6GK5552-0AR00-2HR2
6GK5528-0AA00-2AR2
6GK5528-0AA00-2HR2
6GK5528-0AR00-2AR2
6GK5528-0AR00-2HR2
SCALANCE XR552-12M
SCALANCE XR552-12M
SCALANCE XR528-6M
SCALANCE XR528-6M
Product function
ACL - MAC-based
broadcast blocking
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
NTP
SNTP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Type of time synchronization
IEEE 1588 available soon

UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
CE mark
C-Tick
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Article No.
6GK5524-8GS00-2AR2
approvals
Standard
6GK5524-8GS00-4AR2
6GK5524-8GR00-2AR2
6GK5524-8GS00-3AR2
6GK5524-8GR00-4AR2
6GK5524-8GR00-3AR2
SCALANCE XR524-8C
SCALANCE XR524-8C
SCALANCE XR524-8C
SCALANCE XR524-8C
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
-
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
-
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
-
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
-
24
24
24
8
1
1
1
1
1
8
1
1
1
1
1
8
1
1
1
1
1
8
1
1
1
1
1
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ11 port
RJ45 port
RJ11 port
RJ45 port
RJ11 port
RJ45 port
RJ11 port
RJ45 port
SFP slot
SFP slot
SFP slot
SFP slot
SFP slot
SFP slot
SFP slot
SFP slot
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Transmission rate
Transfer rate 1
Transfer rate 2
Transfer rate 3
Transfer rate 4
Interfaces
24
for SFP+/SFP
for power supply
for power supply
for fibre optic cable
at 100 Mbit/s
at 1 000 Mbit/s
C-PLUG/KEY-PLUG
2/404
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5524-8GS00-2AR2
6GK5524-8GS00-4AR2
6GK5524-8GR00-2AR2
6GK5524-8GS00-3AR2
6GK5524-8GR00-4AR2
6GK5524-8GR00-3AR2
SCALANCE XR524-8C
SCALANCE XR524-8C
SCALANCE XR524-8C
SCALANCE XR524-8C

24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V

0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A
DC
AC
DC
AC

minimum
maximum
24 V
19.2 V
28.8 V
24 V
19.2 V
28.8 V

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

for supply voltage
3.15 A / 125 V
3.15 A / 250 V
3.15 A / 125 V
3.15 A / 250 V
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C

maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Design
19" rack
19" rack
19" rack
19" rack
Width
Height
Depth
449 mm
44 mm
305 mm
449 mm
44 mm
305 mm
449 mm
44 mm
305 mm
449 mm
44 mm
305 mm
Net weight
5 kg
5.5 kg
5 kg
5.5 kg
Mounting type 19-inch installation
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Any
propagation time)
Any
propagation time)
Any
propagation time)
Any
propagation time)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Supply voltage,

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport

components general
Cascading in cases
of star structuring
configuration
Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
RMON
Port mirroring
CoS
switch-managed
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/405
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5524-8GS00-2AR2
6GK5524-8GS00-4AR2
6GK5524-8GR00-2AR2
6GK5524-8GS00-3AR2
6GK5524-8GR00-4AR2
6GK5524-8GR00-3AR2
SCALANCE XR524-8C
SCALANCE XR524-8C
SCALANCE XR524-8C
SCALANCE XR524-8C
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
FTP
BOOTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
GMRP
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes
I&M1 - higher level
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product function
VLAN - port based
VLAN - protocol-based
VLAN - IP-based
VLAN dynamic
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
255
255
255
255
255
255
255
255
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
with KEY-PLUG
with KEY-PLUG
with KEY-PLUG
with KEY-PLUG
Product function
static IP routing
static IP routing IPv6
dynamic IP routing
dynamic IP routing IPv6
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
RIPv2
RIPnG for IPv6
OSPFv2
OSPFv3 for IPv6
VRRP
VRRP for IPv6
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Product function
Port diagnostics
Error statistics
SysLog

Product function
DHCP client
DHCP Option 82
DHCP Option 66
DHCP Option 67
2/406
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5524-8GS00-2AR2
6GK5524-8GS00-4AR2
6GK5524-8GR00-2AR2
6GK5524-8GS00-3AR2
6GK5524-8GR00-4AR2
6GK5524-8GR00-3AR2
SCALANCE XR524-8C
SCALANCE XR524-8C
SCALANCE XR524-8C
SCALANCE XR524-8C
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product function
ACL - MAC-based
broadcast blocking
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
NTP
SNTP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Type of time synchronization
available soon
EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
available soon
EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
available soon
EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
available soon
EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
EN 61000-6-2,
EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2,
EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2,
EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2,
EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes

Product function
Ring redundancy
Redundancy manager
Standby redundancy
(HRP)
Passive listening
LACP
approvals
Standard
CE mark
C-Tick
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/407
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
SCALANCE XR-500 Industrial Ethernet switches
Accessories
Layer 3-enabled Industrial Ethernet

switches for establishing electrical
networks;
with data transfer rates up to
10 Gbit/s, designed for installation
in 19" control cabinets
FAN597-1
FAN597-2
KEY-PLUG X-500
4 x integral 1/10 Gbps SFP+ slots

for SFP or SFP+ plug-in
transceivers
12 x 10/100/1 000 Mbps slots
6GK5552-0AA00-2AR2
6GK5552-0AA00-2HR2
Layer 3
Ports at front
Ports at rear
6GK5552-0AR00-2AR2
6GK5552-0AR00-2HR2
SCALANCE XR528-6M
4 x integral 1/10 Gbps SFP+
slots for SFP or SFP+ plug-in
transceivers
6 x 10/100/1 000 Mbps slots
Layer 2,
upgrade to Layer 3 possible
Ports at front
Ports at rear
6GK5528-0AA00-2AR2
6GK5528-0AA00-2HR2
Layer 3
Ports at front
Ports at rear
6GK5528-0AR00-2AR2
6GK5528-0AR00-2HR2
SCALANCE XR524-8C
24 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s, of which
24 x 1 000 Mbit/s maximum usable
6GK5524-8GA00-2AR2
6GK5524-8GA00-4AR2
6GK5524-8GR00-2AR2
6GK5524-8GR00-4AR2
More information
Selection tool:
Online version:
Offline version:
TIA Selection Tool:
2/408
Siemens IK PI 2015
6GK5905-0PA00
Swap medium for expansion of

the device functions with IP routing
(Layer 3), for integration of
configuration data and for easy
replacement of SCALANCE X-500
in the event of a fault
Layer 2,
Ports at front
Ports at rear
Layer 3
Redundant 24 V DC
voltage supply
Redundant 230 V AC
voltage supply
6GK5597-2AA00-8AA0
Replacement fan slide-in unit

for SCALANCE XR528-6M
SCALANCE XR552-12M
Layer 2,
Redundant 24 V DC
voltage supply
Redundant 230 V AC
voltage supply
6GK5597-1AA00-8AA0
Replacement fan slide-in unit

for SCALANCE XR552-12M
Media modules

Power supply
See "Power supply for modular

Siemens AG 2014
Media modules for modular SCALANCE XR-500 managed
Overview
Benefits

terminal devices), conversion (e.g. switching from copper to
fiber-optic cables), or performance enhancement (e.g. from
Gigabit to 10 Gigabit) through modular construction using
media modules and SFP+ or SFP plug-in transceivers
Reduction of storage costs and maintenance overhead by
focusing on a few basic device versions
Application
4-port media modules for flexible, 4-port-granular equipping

of SCALANCE X-500 Industrial Ethernet switches
Electrical versions with RJ45 ports are available as well as
optical versions with BFOC and SC ports for the use of multimode and single-mode fiber-optic cables
Using a 4-port SFP media module, the optional use of fiberoptic SFP plug-in transceivers (small form-factor pluggable)
with LC connection technology is possible
SFP+ and SFP plug-in transceivers for flexible equipping of
the four integral SFP+ slots in SCALANCE X-500
Use of media modules in the SCALANCE X-500 switches

enables:
media modules in unused media module slots (possible
during operation)
SFP+ or SFP plug-in transceivers in unused SFP+ slots
(possible during operation)
Changing of cabling technology (e.g. conversion from copper
to fiber-optic cables, or from multimode to singlemode FOC)
Change of the data transfer rate (e.g. conversion from
SFP plug-in transceivers (1 000 Mbit/s) to SFP+ plug-in transceivers (10 Gbit/s)
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/409
Siemens AG 2014
Design
2
Optical SFP+
pluggable transceivers (one port) are
inserted into
the device
SFP media modules

(four SFP slots) are
Electrical 4-port
media modules are
G_IK10_XX_10325
Optical SFP
pluggable transceivers
(one port) are inserted
into the SFP media module
Optical
4-port media modules
are inserted into the
device
4-port media modules plugged into media module slot and SFP/SFP+ plug-in transceivers in SFP+ slots
Product versions of media modules

4 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
MM992-4CUC with retaining collar
MM992-4CU without retaining collar
The SFP plug-in transceivers (small form-factor pluggable)

can be used together with the SFP media module MM992-4SFP,
and in the integral SFP+ slots of the SCALANCE X-500.

4 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s RJ45 ports and PoE
MM992-4PoEC with retaining collar
MM992-4PoE without retaining collar
Optical media modules with 4 x 100 Mbit/s BFOC ports
MM991-4
MM991-4LD
singlemode, glass, up to max. 26 km
Optical media modules with 4 x 1 000 Mbit/s SC ports
MM992-4
MM992-4LD
single-mode, glass, up to 10 km
4 x 100/1 000 Mbit/s for SFP pluggable transceiver
MM992-4SFP
for SFP plug-in transceivers with 1 x 100 Mbit/s or
1 x 1 000 Mbit/s multimode or singlemode, glass
2/410
Siemens IK PI 2015

1x 100 Mbit/s LC port
SFP991-1
SFP991-1LD
SFP991-1LH+
SFP991-1ELH200
SFP992-1
SFP992-1LD
SFP992-1LH
SFP992-1LH+
SFP992-1ELH
Siemens AG 2014
Design (continued)
Product versions of SFP+ pluggable transceivers
Electrically preassembled SFP+/SFP+
The SFP+ pluggable transceivers (small form-factor pluggable)

can only be used in the integral SFP+ slots of the
SCALANCE X-500.
Connecting cable with 10 Gbit/s
Optical SFP+ pluggable transceivers with

1 x 10 Gbit/s LC ports
SFP993-1
multimode, glass, up to max 300 m
SFP993-1LD
single-mode, glass, up to 10 km
SFP993-1LH
singlemode, glass, up to max 40 km
The IE connecting cable SFP+/SFP+ is preassembled at both

ends and suitable for the transmission of 10 Gbit/s Ethernet.
The cables have SFP+ connectors for use in the SFP+ slots of
the SCALANCE X-500 series and therefore offer the possibility of
connecting SCALANCE X-500 switches cost-effectively over
short distances with a bandwidth of 10 Gbit/s. The SFP+/SFP+
connecting cables can only be used in the integrated SFP+ slots
of the SCALANCE X-500.
IE connecting cable SFP+/SFP+ 1 m;
Twinax copper cable with a length of 1 m
Type and quantity of ports
Type of module
10 Gigabit Ethernet
Gigabit Ethernet
10000 Mbit/s
10 / 100 /
1000 Mbit/s
1000 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
Optical
Electrical
Optical
Optical
Twisted Pair
Multimode
Multimode
Singlemode
Fast Ethernet
Max.
distance
Singlemode
Multimode
Singlemode
Media modules
MM992-4CUC
4x RJ451)
100 m
MM992-4CU
4x RJ45
100 m
MM992-4PoEC
4x RJ451)
100 km
MM992-4PoE
4x RJ45
100 km
MM991-4
4x BFOC
MM991-4LD
5 km
4x BFOC
MM992-4
4x SC
MM992-4LD
4x SC
4x LC2)
MM992-4SFP
26 km
5 km
4x LC2)
10 km
4x LC2)
4x LC2)
SFP-Module
SFP991-13)
1x LC
5 km
SFP991-1LD3)
1x LC
26 km
SFP991-1LH+3)
1x LC
70 km
SFP991-1ELH2003)
1x LC
1x LC
200 km
750 m
SFP992-1LD3) 4)
1x LC
10 km
SFP992-1LH3) 4)
1x LC
40 km
SFP992-1LH+3) 4)
1x LC
70 km
SFP992-1ELH3) 4)
1x LC
120 km
SFPplus-Module4)
SFP993-1
1x LC
300 m
SFP993-1LD
1x LC
10 km
SFP993-1LH
1x LC
40 km
G_IK10_XX_10293
SFP992-13) 4)
1) With retaining collars

2) The MM992-4SFP SFP slot module can accommodate up to four 1-port SFP modules
3) Can only be plugged into an MM992-4SFP slot module
4) Puggable in XR-500 SFPplus slots only
Overview of media modules for SCALANCE X-500
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/411
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5992-4GA00-8AA0
6GK5992-4SA00-8AA0
6GK5992-4RA00-8AA0
6GK5992-4QA00-8AA0
MM992-4CUC
MM992-4CU
MM992-4POEC
MM992-4POE
4

M12 ports

RJ45 ports
RJ45
RJ45
RJ45
Interfaces

for SFP+/SFP
RJ45
terminal equipment
ST(BFOC) ports
Number of 1 000 Mbit/s LC ports (SX) -
Number of 1 000 Mbit/s SC ports (SX) -
Number of 10 Gbit/s LC ports (LX)
Number of 10 Gbit/s LC ports (SX)

devices


0 60 C
-40 ... +70 C
-40 ... +70 C
0 60 C
-40 ... +70 C
-40 ... +70 C
0 60 C
-40 ... +70 C
-40 ... +70 C
0 60 C
-40 ... +70 C
-40 ... +70 C

maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %
95 %

operation mode
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20

to 1 mW

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
2/412
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5992-4GA00-8AA0
6GK5992-4SA00-8AA0
6GK5992-4RA00-8AA0
6GK5992-4QA00-8AA0
MM992-4CUC
MM992-4CU
MM992-4POEC
MM992-4POE
Design
Media module
Media module
Media module
Media module
Width
Height
Depth
120.3 mm
22.3 mm
275.5 mm
120.3 mm
22.3 mm
275.5 mm
120.3 mm
22.3 mm
275.5 mm
120.3 mm
22.3 mm
275.5 mm
Net weight
0.3 kg
0.3 kg
0.3 kg
0.3 kg

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Mounting type
Latched
Latched
Latched
Latched
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-4
EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-7
EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-6
EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-5
EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
EN 61000-6-2,
EN 61000-6-7
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
EN 61000-6-2,
EN 61000-6-10
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
EN 61000-6-2,
EN 61000-6-9
Yes
Yes
No
-
EN 61000-6-2,
EN 61000-6-8
Yes
Yes
No
-
approvals
Standard
for EMC
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone
CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
with EN 50155
with EN 50124-1
IEC 61850-3
American Bureau
Bureau Veritas (BV)
Article No.
6GK5991-4AB00-8AA0
6GK5991-4AC00-8AA0
MM991-4
MM991-4LD
Interfaces
M12 ports
RJ45 ports

for SFP+/SFP
for network components and terminal equipment
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/413
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5991-4AB00-8AA0
6GK5991-4AC00-8AA0
MM991-4
MM991-4LD

ST(BFOC) ports

devices
BFOC
BFOC
-19 -14 dB
-3 dB
-15 -8 dB
-3 dB
-32 dB
-34 dB

to 1 mW
of the receiver input
0 dB
0 dB
0 ... 5 km
0 ... 26 km
0 60 C
-40 ... +70 C
-40 ... +70 C
0 60 C
-40 ... +70 C
-40 ... +70 C

maximum
95 %
95 %

operation mode
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
Design
Media module
Media module
Width
Height
Depth
120.3 mm
22.3 mm
275.5 mm
120.3 mm
22.3 mm
275.5 mm
Net weight
0.3 kg
0.3 kg

module slot
Yes
Yes
Mounting type
Latched
Latched
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1

EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1

EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
approvals
Standard
for EMC
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone
2/414
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5991-4AB00-8AA0
6GK5991-4AC00-8AA0
MM991-4
MM991-4LD
CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
with EN 50155
with EN 50124-1
IEC 61850-3
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
Yes
-

American Bureau
Bureau Veritas (BV)
Article No.
6GK5992-4AL00-8AA0
6GK5992-4AM00-8AA0
6GK5992-4AS00-8AA0
MM992-4
MM992-4LD
MM992-4SFP
4

M12 ports

RJ45 ports
Interfaces

for SFP+/SFP
ST(BFOC) ports

devices
SC
SC
-9.5 ... -4 dB
-3 dB
-9.5 ... -3 dB
-3 dB
--
-17 dB
-21 dB
0 dB
0 ... 10 km
--

to 1 mW
0 dB
0 ... 0.75 km
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/415
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5992-4AL00-8AA0
6GK5992-4AM00-8AA0
6GK5992-4AS00-8AA0
MM992-4
MM992-4LD
MM992-4SFP
0 60 C
-40 ... 70 C
-40 ... 70 C
0 60 C
-40 ... 70 C
-40 ... 70 C
0 60 C
-40 ... 70 C
-40 ... 70 C

maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %

operation mode
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
IP20
Design
Media module
Media module
Media module
Width
Height
Depth
120.3 mm
22.3 mm
275.5 mm
120.3 mm
22.3 mm
275.5 mm
120.3 mm
22.3 mm
275.5 mm
Net weight
0.3 kg
0.3 kg
0.3 kg

Yes
Yes
Yes
Mounting type
Latched
Latched
Latched
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1

EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-2

EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-3

EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-5
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-6
Yes
Yes
Yes
-

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
approvals
Standard
for EMC
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone
CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
with EN 50155
with EN 50124-1
IEC 61850-3
Bureau Veritas (BV)
2/416
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5991-1AD00-8AA0
6GK5991-1AF00-8AA0
6GK5991-1AE00-8AA0
6GK5991-1AE30-8AA0
SFP991-1
SFP991-1LD
SFP991-1LH+
SFP991-1ELH200
1

M12 ports

RJ45 ports
Interfaces

for SFP+/SFP
ST(BFOC) ports

devices
LC
LC
LC
LC
-19 -14 dB
-3 dB
-15 -8 dB
-3 dB
-5 +0 dB
-3 dB
1 5 dB
-9 dB
-32 dB
-34 dB
-34 dB
-42 dB
0 dB
3 dB
14 dB
0 5 km
0 26 km
12 70 km
61 200 km
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C

maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %
95 %

operation mode
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20

to 1 mW

0 dB

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/417
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5991-1AD00-8AA0
6GK5991-1AF00-8AA0
6GK5991-1AE00-8AA0
6GK5991-1AE30-8AA0
SFP991-1
SFP991-1LD
SFP991-1LH+
SFP991-1ELH200
Design
SFP Module
SFP Module
SFP Module
SFP Module
Width
Height
Depth
13.7 mm
11.9 mm
56.5 mm
13.7 mm
11.9 mm
56.5 mm
13.7 mm
11.9 mm
56.5 mm
13.7 mm
11.9 mm
56.5 mm
Net weight
0.01 kg
0.01 kg
0.01 kg
0.01 kg

Mounting type
Latched
Latched
Latched
Latched

T4
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex
0145 X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1-03
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005

T4
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex
0145 X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1-03
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005

T4
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex
0145 X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1-03
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005

T4
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex
0145 X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1-03
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
No
-
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
No
-
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
No
-
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
No
-
approvals
Standard
for EMC
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone

CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
with EN 50155
with EN 50124-1
IEC 61850-3
American Bureau
Bureau Veritas (BV)
Article No.
6GK5992-1AL00-8AA0
6GK5992-1AM00-8AA0
6GK5992-1AN00-8AA0
SFP992-1
SFP992-1LD
SFP992-1LH
1

M12 ports

RJ45 ports
Interfaces

for SFP+/SFP
-
2/418
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5992-1AL00-8AA0
6GK5992-1AM00-8AA0
6GK5992-1AN00-8AA0
SFP992-1
SFP992-1LD
SFP992-1LH

ST(BFOC) ports
Number of 1 000 Mbit/s LC ports (SX) 1

devices
LC
LC
LC
-9.5 -4 dB
-3 dB
-9.5 -3 dB
-3 dB
-6 +0 dB
-3 dB
-17 dB
-21 dB
-23 dB
0 dB
3 dB
0 0.75 km
0 10 km
8 40 km
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C

maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %

operation mode
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
IP20
Design
SFP Module
SFP Module
SFP Module
Width
Height
Depth
13.7 mm
11.9 mm
56.5 mm
13.7 mm
11.9 mm
56.5 mm
13.7 mm
11.9 mm
56.5 mm
Net weight
0.01 kg
0.01 kg
0.01 kg

Mounting type
Latched
Latched
Latched

to 1 mW
0 dB
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/419
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5992-1AL00-8AA0
6GK5992-1AM00-8AA0
6GK5992-1AN00-8AA0
SFP992-1
SFP992-1LD
SFP992-1LH

Group IIC, T4
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4,
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1-03
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005

Group IIC, T4
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4,
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1-03
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005

Group IIC, T4
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4,
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1-03
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
No
-
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
No
-
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
No
-
approvals
Standard
for EMC
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone

CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
with EN 50155
with EN 50124-1
IEC 61850-3
American Bureau
Bureau Veritas (BV)
Article No.
6GK5992-1AP00-8AA0
6GK5992-1AQ00-8AA0
SFP992-1LH+
SFP992-1ELH
Interfaces
1

M12 ports

RJ45 ports

for SFP+/SFP
2/420
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5992-1AP00-8AA0
6GK5992-1AQ00-8AA0
SFP992-1LH+
SFP992-1ELH

ST(BFOC) ports
Number of 1 000 Mbit/s LC ports (LX) 1

devices
LC
LC
0 5 dB
-3 dB
0 5 dB
-8 dB
-23 dB
-32 dB

to 1 mW
8 dB
8 dB
30 70 km
37 120 km
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C

maximum
95 %
95 %

operation mode
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
Design
SFP Module
SFP Module
Width
Height
Depth
13.7 mm
11.9 mm
56.5 mm
13.7 mm
11.9 mm
56.5 mm
Net weight
0.01 kg
0.01 kg

Mounting type
Latched
Latched


Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/421
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5992-1AP00-8AA0
6GK5992-1AQ00-8AA0
SFP992-1LH+
SFP992-1ELH

EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4,
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1-03
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005

EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN 60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II T4,
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1-03
EN 61000-6-4:2007 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2:2005
EN 61000-6-2:2005, EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
No
-
EN 61000-6-2:2005, EN 61000-6-4:2007
Yes
Yes
No
-
approvals
Standard
for EMC
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone

CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
with EN 50155
with EN 50124-1
IEC 61850-3
American Bureau
Bureau Veritas (BV)
Article No.
6GK5993-1AV00-8AA0
6GK5993-1AU00-8AA0
6GK5993-1AT00-8AA0
SFP993-1LH
SFP993-1LD
SFP993-1
1

M12 ports

RJ45 ports
Interfaces

for SFP+/SFP
ST(BFOC) ports
2/422
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5993-1AV00-8AA0
6GK5993-1AU00-8AA0
6GK5993-1AT00-8AA0
SFP993-1LH
SFP993-1LD
SFP993-1

devices
LC
LC
LC
0 ... 5 dB
0.5 dB
-8.2 ... +0.5 dB

0.5 dB
-5 ... -1 dB
-1 dB
-15 dB
-12.6 dB
-11.1 dB
0 dB
0 dB
0 ... 40 km
0 ... 10 km
0 ... 0.3 km
0 60 C
-40 ... +70 C
-40 ... +70 C
0 60 C
-40 ... +70 C
-40 ... +70 C
0 60 C
-40 ... +70 C
-40 ... +70 C

maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %

operation mode
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
IP20
Design
SFP Module
SFP Module
SFP Module
Width
Height
Depth
13.7 mm
11.9 mm
56.5 mm
13.7 mm
11.9 mm
56.5 mm
13.7 mm
11.9 mm
56.5 mm
Net weight
0.01 kg
0.01 kg
0.01 kg

Mounting type
Latched
Latched
Latched
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-10

EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-9

EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-8

EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-13
Yes
Yes
No
-
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-12
Yes
Yes
No
-
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-11
Yes
Yes
No
-

to 1 mW
4.5 dB

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
approvals
Standard
for EMC
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone
CE mark
C-Tick
KC approval
with EN 50155
with EN 50124-1
IEC 61850-3
American Bureau
Bureau Veritas (BV)
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/423
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
Electrical media modules
Accessories
with 4 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s

MM992-4CuC
MM992-4CU
with power over Ethernet
MM992-4PoEC
MM992-4PoE

6GK5992-4GA00-8AA0
6GK5992-4SA00-8AA0
6GK5992-4RA00-8AA0
6GK5992-4QA00-8AA0
Optical media modules

with 4 x 100 Mbit/s
BFOC ports, optical
MM991-4
multi-mode, glass, up to 5 km
MM991-4LD
single-mode, glass,
up to max. 26 km
SC ports, optical
MM992-4
multi-mode, glass, up to max. 750 m
MM992-4LD
single-mode, glass,
up to max. 10 km
with 4 x 100/1 000 Mbit/s
for SFP pluggable transceiver,
optical
MM992-4SFP
for SFP plug-in transceivers with
1 x 100 or 1 x 1 000 Mbit/s
multi-mode or single-mode, glass
6GK5991-4AB00-8AA0
6GK5991-4AC00-8AA0
6GK5992-4AL00-8AA0
6GK5992-4AM00-8AA0
6GK5992-4AS00-8AA0

LC port, optical
SFP992-1
SFP992-1LD
single-mode, glass,
up to max. 10 km
SFP992-1LH
single-mode, glass,
up to max. 40 km
SFP992-1LH+
single-mode, glass,
up to max. 70 km
SFP992-1ELH
single-mode, glass,
up to max. 120 km
with 1 x 10 Gbit/s LC port, optical
SFP993-1
SFP993-1LD
single-mode, glass,
up to max. 10 km
SFP993-1LH
single-mode, glass,
up to max. 40 km
6GK5991-1AD00-8AA0
6GK5991-1AF00-8AA0
6GK5991-1AE00-8AA0
6GK5991-1AE30-8AA0
6GK5992-1AL00-8AA0
6GK5992-1AM00-8AA0
6GK5992-1AN00-8AA0
2/424
Siemens IK PI 2015
6GK1901-1BE00-0AA2
6XV1840-2AH10

PROFINET-compliant;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1870-2E

with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
max quantity 1 000 m,
minimum order 20 m
TP cable 4 x 2
0.5 m
1m
2m
6m
10 m
6XV1870-3QE50
6XV1870-3QH10
6XV1870-3QH20
6XV1870-3QH60
6XV1870-3QN10
IE FC RJ45 plug 180

insulation/displacement contacts
interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
6GK5992-1AP00-8AA0
6GK5992-1AQ00-8AA0
6GK5993-1AT00-8AA0
6GK5993-1AU00-8AA0
6GK5993-1AV00-8AA0
IE connecting cable SFP+/SFP+,

electrical, 10 Gbit/s
Twinax copper cables, length
1m
2m
7m
(Type A)
6GK1901-1BE00-0AA1
SFP pluggable transceiver, optical

with 1 x 100 Mbit/s
LC port, optical
SFP991-1
multi-mode, glass, up to max. 5 km
SFP991-1LD
single-mode, glass,
up to max. 26 km
SFP991-1LH+
single-mode, glass,
up to max. 70 km
SFP991-1ELH200
single-mode, glass,
up to max. 200 km
FastConnect RJ45 Outlet for

with 2FE insert;
with 1GE insert;
6GK5980-3CB00-0AA1
6GK5980-3CB00-0AA2
6GK5980-3CB00-0AA7

180 cable outlet;
interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB11-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AE0
Siemens AG 2014
More information
Selection tool:

Online version:
Offline version:
TIA Selection Tool:
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/425
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
Design
The 24 V PS598 power supply is designed for installation

in 19" control cabinets or for direct mounting on
SCALANCE XR-500 Industrial Ethernet switches;
it has degree of protection IP20.
300 W output power at an input voltage range of 85 V to
264 V AC and an operating temperature of 0 C to +60 C
Product versions
Non-heating apparatus socket for connecting to the AC

network of 85 to 264 V AC (non-heating apparatus cable not
included in the scope of delivery; can be ordered optionally on
country-specific basis)
Terminal block for universal supply of products with 24 V DC
input
Plug-in contact for direct connection on the rear of the
SCALANCE XR-500 Industrial Ethernet switches (mounting kit
included in scope of delivery of SCALANCE XR-500)
Operating temperatures from 0C to +60C
IP20 degree of protection
Optimized for installation in 19" control cabinet or for direct
mounting on SCALANCE XR-500 (SCALANCE XR-500 and
power supply unit are mounted in the 19" control cabinet as a
single unit)
LEDs for indicating the status information
(power, operating state)
Integration
PS598-1 24 V power supply

300 W output power
Input voltage range from 85 V to 264 V AC
Output voltage 24 V DC
Operating temperature from 0 C to +60 C
Degree of protection IP20
XR552-12M
bottom mounting
XR552-12M
bottom mounting
Global use thanks to wide-range input (85 to 264 V AC)

High reliability reliability since it is short-circuit proof, secure
against no-load operation, and able to bridge short breaks in
the mains power
XR552-12M
rear mounting
XR552-12M
rear mounting
Options for mounting a single/redundant power supply unit to

SCALANCE XR552-12M
2/426
Siemens IK PI 2015
G_IK10_XX_10324
Benefits
Siemens AG 2014
Article No.
6GK5598-1AA00-3AA0
Article No.
6GK5598-1AA00-3AA0
POWER SUPPLY PS598-1
Type of current supply
300 W,
input: 85 - 264 V, output: DC 24 V
Electrical data
Closed-loop control
Electrical data
Electrical data
Input
Form of voltage at the input
1-phase AC
Supply voltage
for AC
1 at AC nominal value
85 264 V
230 V
Type of input wide range input
Yes
Setting time
load step 50 to 100% typical
load step 100 to 50% typical
Overvoltage class
Category II
(20 A rated branch circuit)
Electrical data
Protection and monitoring
Stored energy time on

nominal level of the output current:
at mains power cut minimum
16 ms
Design of overvoltage protection

at output
Line frequency
1 nominal value
2 nominal value
initial value
ultimate value
Input current at nominal level of the
input voltage 230 V nominal value
Current limiting of input current
at 25 C maximum
Type of protection at input
2 ms
2 ms
< 37 V
Pick-up level current limitation typical 1.15 A

Characteristic feature of the output
short-circuit protected
Yes
Design of the short-circuit protection
Electronic shutdown, automatic

restart
Enduring short circuit current

Effective level maximum
1.8 A
40 A
Electrical data
Safety
replaceable
Galvanic isolation between entrance

and outlet
Yes
Potential separation
Safety extra-low output voltage Uout

acc. to EN 60950-1 and EN 50178
Operating resource protection class
Class I
stray current
maximum
typical
3 mA
0.858 mA
50 Hz
60 Hz
47 Hz
63 Hz
Electrical data
Output
Form of voltage secondary side
Controlled, isolated DC voltage
Output voltage for DC nominal value
24 V
Relative overall tolerance

of the voltage
2%
Relative regulation accuracy

of the output voltage
On slow fluctuation
of the input voltage
on slow fluctuation
of the ohm loading
Relative regulation accuracy

of the output voltage
with rapid fluctuation of the input
0.8 %
voltage by +/- 15% typical
load step of ohmic load 50/100/50 % 3.25 %
typical
Mechanical data
0.2 %
0.4 %
Residual ripple maximum
0.36 V
Voltage peak maximum
240 V
Type of display for normal operation

Behaviour of the output voltage
on switching on

at the input
secondary side
IEC plug
for plugging into basic device or
screw terminal in accordance with
specification
Green LED for 24 V OK and fault LED
Width
Height
Depth
446 mm
44 mm
140 mm
Overshoot of Ua < 5 %
Net weight
1.7 kg
Startup delay time maximum
1.5 s
Product feature of the housing

housing for side-by-side mounting
No
Voltage increase time of the output

voltage maximum
15 ms
Output current
nominal value
nominal range
12.5 A
0 12.5 A
Type of mounting
wall mounting
standard rail mounting
delivered active power typ.
300 W
Mounting type
Product feature Bridging of channels
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Plugged into the basic unit or rack
mounted
Number of parallel-switched pieces of 2

equipment for increasing the power
Efficiency in percentage
87 %
Resistive loss
39 W
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/427
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.
6GK5598-1AA00-3AA0
24 V power supplies are designed

for installation in 19" control
cabinets or for direct mounting on
SCALANCE X-500 Industrial
Ethernet switches;
degree of protection IP20

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Comment
0 60 C
-25 +70 C
-25 +70 C
Operation with integral fan,
non-replaceable
Climatic class
according to EN 60721
Climate class 3K3,

without condensation
Protection class IP
IP20
approvals
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 Nr. 60950-1
EN 55022 (Class B)
EN 61000-6-2
CE mark
C-Tick
EN 55022, EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015
6GK5598-1AA00-3AA0
300 W output power,

input voltage range of
85 V to 264 V AC,
operating temperature
of 0 C to +60 C
Accessories
Appliance cable
Standard
for EMC
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone
2/428
PS598-1
Article No.
Grounded Continental European

plug,
region: D/F/NL/ESP/B/A/S/FIN
6ES7900-0AA00-0XA0
Grounded British plug;

region: UK
6ES7900-0BA00-0XA0
Grounded Swiss plug;

region: CH
6ES7900-0CA00-0XA0
Grounded North American and

Japanese plug;
region: USA
6ES7900-0DA00-0XA0
Grounded Italian plug;

region: Italy
6ES7900-0EA00-0XA0
Grounded Chinese plug;

region: China
6ES7900-0FA00-0XA0
Siemens AG 2014
Accessories for Layer 3 switches / routers
Overview
Mode of operation
The device automatically backs up the configuration data on a
KEY-PLUG (as delivered) upon start-up. Changes to the configuration during operation are also saved on the KEY-PLUG
without any additional operator intervention being necessary.
During start-up, an unconfigured device automatically loads the
configuration data from an inserted KEY-PLUG that has been
written to provided the data was written by a compatible device
type.
Diagnostics
Incorrect use of the KEY-PLUG such as inserting a KEY-PLUG
containing the configuration of a non-compatible device or general malfunctions of the KEY-PLUG are indicated by diagnostics
mechanisms of the terminal device (LEDs, SNMP, Web based
Management, etc.).
Integration
Supported products
Swap medium with which Layer 3 Routing functions can be
enabled
For the automatic backup of configuration data. If a fault
occurs, it allows fast and simple device replacement without a
Field PG (contains the function of the C-PLUG)
Can be used in all Layer 2 variants of the SCALANCE XR500
and in all variants of the SCALANCE XM-400 basic devices
Benefits
Fast and simple replacement of SCALANCE X-500 or
SCALANCE XM-400 components without reconfiguration of
the spare part
The device can be replaced without the need for specially
trained personnel or a programming device or PC
The downtimes of network segments and connected Industrial
Ethernet nodes can therefore be minimized if a fault occurs
Application
The KEY-PLUG stores the configuration data of a
SCALANCE X-500 or SCALANCE XM-400 component.
Additional Layer 3 Routing functions can be enabled by inserting a KEY-PLUG.
In addition to this, if there is a fault on a module, the module can
be replaced simply and quickly without needing to reconfigure
the replacement device and without specially trained personnel.
If a device needs to be replaced, the KEY-PLUG is simply
removed from the failed component and plugged into the replacement device. The replacement device now starts up automatically with the device configuration of the failed device.
Design
The KEY-PLUG has degree of protection IP20. Power is supplied
by the terminal device.
The KEY-PLUG is plugged into the slot of the SCALANCE X-500
or SCALANCE XM-400 basic device provided for this purpose.
SCALANCE X-500
SCALANCE XM-400
KEY-PLUG
Supply voltage
via terminal device
Power loss
0.015 mW
Installation
Can be plugged
into C-PLUG compartment
Construction
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm
Approx. weight
24.3 x 17 x 8.1
5g
Memory capacity
256 MB
Degree of protection
IP20
Ordering data
Article No.
KEY-PLUG X-500
Layer 3 Routing
KEY-PLUG XR-500, swap medium
for enabling Layer 3 Routing
Features for SCALANCE XR-500
and for easily replacing a device in
the event of a failure as well as for
recording configuration data.
For SCALANCE XR552,
SCALANCE XR528 and XR524
KEY-PLUG XM-400
Layer 3 Routing
6GK5905-0PA00
6GK5904-0PA00
KEY-PLUG XM-400, swap medium

for enabling Layer 3 Routing
Features for SCALANCE XM-400
and for easily replacing a device in
the event of a failure as well as for
recording configuration data.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/429
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
Overview
The SINAMICS range
Totally integrated range of drives for any application and every
industry
Wide range of power ratings from 0.12 kW to 120 MW
Broad functional scope from simple U/f control through to
highly dynamic servo control
Designed for problem-free interaction with other Siemens
automation components
Shared platform concept with uniform functionality,
engineering, commissioning, operation as well as a uniform
diagnostics concept and communication mechanisms
SINAMICS G
SINAMICS S
G120C
G120P/
G120
G120
G110M
G120D
S110
S120
Compact
inverters
CU230P-2 CU240E-2 CU250S-2 CU240M

Control
Control
Control
Control
Unit
Unit
Unit
Unit
CU240D-2 CU250D-2 CU305

Control
Control
Control
Unit
Unit
Unit
CU310-2
Control
Unit
CU320-2
Control
Unit
Protocol
PROFINET
- PROFINET RT
- PROFINET IRT (not isochronous)
- PROFINET IRT isochronous
- PROFINET Shared Device
- PROFINET media redundancy
MRP (surge prone)
- PROFINET media redundancy
MRPD (surge free)
Profile
- PROFIsafe
- PROFIenergy
- PROFIdrive
SINAMICS G120P the specialist for pumps, fans, and compressors

Automatic switchover to mains-fed operation at rated speed
Numerous functions for pumps, fans and compressors, e. g.
energy-saving mode, auto ramping, Pt1000/LG-Ni1000
temperature sensor interface, cascade connection, real time
clock, bypass, multi-zone control
Communication: RS485, USS, Modbus RTU, BACnet MS/TP,
PROFINET, EtherNet/IP, PROFIBUS DP, CANopen
Integrated in the TIA Portal with SINAMICS Startdrive
Energy efficient through minimal apparent power losses,
automatic adaptation of the motor current to the actual load
conditions with ECO mode
More information
Catalog D 35
Interactive Catalog CA 01
Internet:
www.siemens.com/sinamics-g120p
2/430
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
SINAMICS G120D the distributed single-motor drive for high-performance solutions
Positioning capability
Power range from 0.75 kW to 7.5 kW
Energy efficient thanks to regenerative feedback and low line
harmonic distortion
Safety Integrated: STO, SS1, SDI, SSM and SLS encoderless
Thanks to the modular design, electronics stocks are minimal
Interchangeable memory card
Communication via PROFIBUS DP, PROFINET, EtherNet/IP
More information
Catalog D 31
Internet:
www.siemens.com/sinamics-g120d
SINAMICS G120C the compact and versatile inverter with optimum functionality
Compact unit
Highest power density in its class
Power range from 0.55 kW to 18.5 kW
Easy commissioning and maintenance
With BOP-2 or IOP operator panel
Safety Integrated: STO
Available communication: PROFIBUS DP, CANopen, USS,
Modbus RTU, PROFINET, EtherNet/IP
More information
Catalog D 31
Internet:
www.siemens.com/sinamics-g120c
SINAMICS G120 the modular single-motor drive for low to medium power ratings
Power range from 0.37 kW to 250 kW
Safety Integrated: STO, SS1, SBC, SLS, SDI and SSM
encoderless
Communication via PROFIBUS, PROFINET, EtherNet/IP,
RS485, USS, Modbus RTU, CANopen, BACnet MS/TP
Energy efficient thanks to regenerative feedback and low line
harmonic distortion
Parameter copy function for standard commissioning
More information
Catalog D 31
Internet:
www.siemens.com/sinamics-g120
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/431
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
SINAMICS G110M the distributed inverter integrated in the motor
Integrated safety functions (STO locally via F-DI or via
PROFIsafe)
Integrated communication: USS, Modbus RTU, PROFIBUS,
PROFINET, EtherNet/IP
Basic PLC functions and additional conveyor technology
functions
Local commissioning via DIP switch and potentiometer,
memory card, USB interface or Intelligent Operator Panel
(IOP)
More information
Catalog D 31
Internet:
www.siemens.com/sinamics-g110m
SINAMICS S110 the specialist for simple positioning tasks
Servo control
Safety Integrated
Integrated positioning functions
Straightforward system interface with higher-level controllers
(e.g. PLC) with PROFIBUS DP, PROFINET, CANopen
More information
Catalog D 31
Internet:
www.siemens.com/sinamics-s110
SINAMICS S120 the flexible, modular drive system

for demanding single-axis and multi-axis applications from the low-end to the high-end performance range
Specially for motion control and vector control in single-axis
and multi-axis applications in all areas of machine and plant
manufacturing
Servo/vector control, U/f control
Power range from 0.12 kW to 1 200 kW, as Cabinet Modules
up to 4 500 kW
Various types of construction for different application areas
Highly flexible due to, for example, modular system architecture, different cooling methods, support for a wide range of
motors/encoders, easy expansion
High degree of scalability with regard to performance, number
of axes, functionality
Integrated safety functions
Comprehensive motion control functionality
High availability and efficiency, even in unstable networks
Automatic parameterization and easy drive commissioning/
optimization.
More information
Catalog PM 21, NC 61, NC 62, D 21.3
Internet:
www.siemens.com/sinamics-s120
2/432
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Measuring systems
Overview
Overview
More information
Catalogs NC 62, NC 82, PM 21, D 31
Internet:
www.siemens.com/sensor-systems
Measuring systems are encoders for recording distances,

angles of rotation, and velocities.
Can be used on machines in various sectors, e.g. production
machines, manipulators, machine tools, and special
machines.
Can be connected to SIMATIC, SINAMICS, SINUMERIK and
SIMOTION.
Accessories available for measuring systems: couplings,
mounting material, connectors, and completely preassembled signal cables.
External encoders are available as incremental or absolutevalue encoders.
Incremental encoders:
- Interfaces RS422 (TTL), 1 Vpp and HTL.
- Operating voltage 5 V DC or 10 V to 30 V DC.
Absolute-value encoders:
- All absolute-value encoders are available in singleturn and
multiturn versions.
- Interface SSI (synchronous serial interface) or connection for
EnDat, PROFIBUS DP, PROFINET IO with RT/IRT and
DRIVE-CLiQ.
- Encoders with PROFIBUS DP support Class 1 ... 3 profiles
as well as isochronous mode, internode communication, and
application-specific supplementary functions. They are
parameterizable.
- Encoders with PROFINET IO support Class 1 ... 4 profiles.
All measuring systems are available in synchro flange and
supported flange joint versions. The absolute encoders are
available in a hollow shaft version.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/433
Siemens AG 2014
Controllers / Modular controllers / SIMATIC S7-1200
CPU 1211C
Overview
The clever compact solution
With 10 integral input/outputs
Expandable by:
- 1 signal board (SB) or communication board (CB)
- Max. 3 communication modules (CM)
6ES7211-1BE40-0XB0
CPU 1211C AC/DC/Relay
6ES7211-1AE40-0XB0
CPU 1211C DC/DC/DC
6ES7211-1HE40-0XB0
CPU 1211C DC/DC/Relay
STEP 7 V13 or higher
Yes
Yes
General information
Engineering with
Programming package
Supply voltage
24 V DC
120 V AC
Yes
230 V AC
Yes
Power losses
Power loss, typ.
10 W
8W
8W
Memory
Work memory
integrated
30 kbyte
30 kbyte
30 kbyte
Load memory
integrated
plug-in (SIMATIC Memory Card),
max.
1 Mbyte
2 Gbyte;
with SIMATIC Memory Card
1 Mbyte
2 Gbyte;
1 Mbyte
2 Gbyte;
Backup
without battery
Yes
Yes
Yes
CPU processing times

for bit operations, typ.
0.085 s; / Operation
for word operations, typ.
1.7 s; / Operation
1.7 s; / Operation
1.7 s; / Operation
for floating point arithmetic, typ.
2.3 s; / Operation
2.3 s; / Operation
2.3 s; / Operation
4 kbyte;
Size of bit memory address area
4 kbyte;
4 kbyte;
Address area
Process image
Inputs, adjustable
Outputs, adjustable
1 kbyte
1 kbyte
1 kbyte
1 kbyte
1 kbyte
1 kbyte
Time of day
Clock
Hardware clock (real-time clock)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Data areas and their retentivity

Flag
Number, max.
2/434
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
CPU 1211C

6ES7211-1BE40-0XB0
6ES7211-1AE40-0XB0
CPU 1211C DC/DC/DC
6ES7211-1HE40-0XB0
Digital inputs
of which, inputs usable
for technological functions
6; integrated
6; HSC (High Speed Counting)
6; integrated
6; integrated
Digital outputs
Number of digital outputs
of which high-speed outputs
4; Relays
4
4; 100 kHz Pulse Train Output
4; Relays
Analog inputs
Integrated channels (AI)
2; 0 to 10 V
2; 0 to 10 V
2; 0 to 10 V
Input ranges
Voltage
Yes
Yes
Yes
1st interface
Interface type
PROFINET
PROFINET
PROFINET
Physics
Ethernet
Ethernet
Ethernet
Functionality
PROFINET IO Device
PROFINET IO Controller
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Communication functions
S7 communication
supported
Yes
Yes
Yes
Open IE communication
TCP/IP
ISO-on-TCP (RFC1006)
UDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Web server
supported
Yes
Yes
Yes
Integrated Functions
Number of counters
Counter frequency (counter) max.
100 kHz
100 kHz
100 kHz
Frequency meter
Yes
Yes
Yes
Controlled positioning
Yes
Yes
Yes
PID controller
Yes
Yes
Yes
Number of alarm inputs
Number of pulse outputs
Limit frequency (pulse)
100 kHz
Ambient conditions
Operating temperature
min.
max.
-20 C
60 C
-20 C
60 C
-20 C
60 C
Configuration
programming
Programming language
- LAD
- FBD
- SCL
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Dimensions
Width
90 mm
90 mm
90 mm
Height
100 mm
100 mm
100 mm
Depth
75 mm
75 mm
75 mm
Weights
Weight, approx.
420 g
370 g
380 g
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/435
Siemens AG 2014
CPU 1211C
Ordering data
Article No.
CPU 1211C
Article No.
SB 1223 signal board
Compact CPU, AC/DC/relay;

Integrated program/data memory
25 KB, load memory 1 MB;
Wide-range AC power supply
85 ... 264 V AC;
Boolean execution times 0.1 s
per operation;
6 digital inputs,
4 digital outputs (relays),
2 analog inputs;
Expandable with up to
3 communication modules and
1 signal board/communication
board;
Digital inputs can be used
as HSC at 100 kHz
6ES7211-1BE40-0XB0
Compact CPU, DC/DC/DC;

Supply voltage 24 V DC;
per operation;
6 digital inputs,
4 digital outputs,
2 analog inputs;
board;
as HSC at 100 kHz,
24 V DC digital outputs can be
used as pulse outputs (PTO) or as
outputs with pulse width modulation
(PWM) at 100 kHz
6ES7211-1AE40-0XB0
Compact CPU, DC/DC/relay;

per operation;
6 digital inputs,
2 analog inputs;
board;
as HSC at 100 kHz
6ES7211-1HE40-0XB0
2 inputs, 24 V DC,
IEC Type 1 sink input;
2 transistor outputs 24 V DC,
0.5 A, 5 W;
Can be used as HSC
at up to 30 kHz
6ES7223-0BD30-0XB0
2 inputs, 5 V DC, 200 kHz

2 outputs, 5 V DC, 0.1 A, 200 kHz
6ES7223-3AD30-0XB0

6ES7223-3BD30-0XB0
6ES7231-4HA30-0XB0
1 analog input, 10 V with 12 bits

or 0 ... 20 mA with 11 bits
Thermocouple signal board
SB 1231
6ES7231-5QA30-0XB0
1 input +/- 80 mV,

resolution 15 bits + sign,
thermocouples type J, K
RTD signal board SB 1231
6ES7231-5PA30-0XB0
1 input for resistance temperature

sensors Pt 100, Pt 200, Pt 500,
Pt 1000, resolution 15 bits + sign
6ES7232-4HA30-0XB0
1 analog output, 10 V with 12 bits

or 0 to 20 mA with 11 bits
Communication board CB 1241
RS485
6ES7241-1CH30-1XB0
for point-to-point connection,

with 1 RS485 interface
Simulator (optional)
6ES7274-1XF30-0XA0
8 input switches,
for CPU 1211C / CPU 1212C
SIMATIC Memory Card (optional)
4 MB
6ES7954-8LC02-0AA0
12 MB
6ES7954-8LE02-0AA0
24 MB
6ES7954-8LF02-0AA0
256 MB
6ES7954-8LL02-0AA0
2 GB
6ES7954-8LP01-0AA0
Terminal block (spare part)
for CPU 1211C/1212C
6ES7221-3AD30-0XB0
6ES7221-3BD30-0XB0
For DI, with 14 screws, tin-plated;

4 units
6ES7292-1AH30-0XA0
6ES7222-1AD30-0XB0
For DO, with 8 screws, tin-plated;

4 units
6ES7292-1AP30-0XA0

6ES7222-1BD30-0XB0
For AI, with 3 screws, tin-plated;

4 units
6ES7292-1BC30-0XA0
RJ45 cable grip
6ES7290-3AA30-0XA0
4 units per pack

Single port
Front flap set (spare part)
for CPU 1211C/1212C
2/436
Siemens IK PI 2015
6ES7291-1AA30-0XA0
Siemens AG 2014
CPU 1211C
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
Accessories
S7-1200 automation system,

System Manual
CSM 1277
compact switch module
For SIMATIC S7-1200 and

STEP 7 Basic
German
6ES7298-8FA30-8AH0
English
6ES7298-8FA30-8BH0
French
6ES7298-8FA30-8CH0
Spanish
6ES7298-8FA30-8DH0
Italian
6ES7298-8FA30-8EH0
Chinese
6ES7298-8FA30-8KH0

Easy Book
6GK7277-1AA10-0AA0

a SIMATIC S7-1200 and up to
three further nodes to Industrial
Ethernet with 10/100 Mbit/s;
4 x RJ45 ports;
1)
For up-to-date information and download availability, see:

http://www.siemens.com/tia-online-software-delivery
Brief instructions
German
6ES7298-8FA30-8AQ0
English
6ES7298-8FA30-8BQ0
French
6ES7298-8FA30-8CQ0
Spanish
6ES7298-8FA30-8DQ0
Italian
6ES7298-8FA30-8EQ0
Chinese
6ES7298-8FA30-8KQ0
STEP 7 Professional / Basic V13

Target system:
SIMATIC S7-1200, S7-1500,
S7-300, S7-400, WinAC
Requirement:
Windows 7 Professional SP1
(64-bit),
Windows 7 Enterprise SP1 (64-bit),
Windows 7 Ultimate SP1 (64 bit),
Windows 8.1 (64-bit),
Windows 8.1 Professional (64-bit),
Windows 8.1 Enterprise (64-bit),
Windows Server 2008 R2 StdE
(full installation),
Windows Server 2012 StdE
(full installation)
Type of delivery:
German, English, Chinese, Italian,
French, Spanish
STEP 7 Professional V13,
Floating License
6ES7822-1AA03-0YA5

Floating License,
Software download
incl. License Key1)
6ES7822-1AE03-0YA5
E-mail address required for delivery

STEP 7 Basic V13,
Floating License
6ES7822-0AA03-0YA5
STEP 7 Basic V13,

Floating License
Software download incl. License
Key1)
6ES7822-0AE03-0YA5
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/437
Siemens AG 2014
CPU 1212C
Overview
The superior compact solution
Expandable by:
- 2 signal modules (SM)
6ES7212-1BE40-0XB0
6ES7212-1AE40-0XB0
CPU 1212C DC/DC/DC
6ES7212-1HE40-0XB0
Yes
Yes
General information
Engineering with
Programming package
Supply voltage
24 V DC
120 V AC
Yes
230 V AC
Yes
Power losses
Power loss, typ.
11 W
9W
9W
Memory
Work memory
integrated
50 kbyte
50 kbyte
50 kbyte
Load memory
integrated
max.
1 Mbyte
2 Gbyte;
with SIMATIC memory card
1 Mbyte
2 Gbyte;
1 Mbyte
2 Gbyte;
Backup
without battery
Yes
Yes
Yes

1.7 s; / Operation
1.7 s; / Operation
1.7 s; / Operation
2.3 s; / Operation
2.3 s; / Operation
2.3 s; / Operation
4 kbyte;
4 kbyte;
4 kbyte;
Address area
Process image
Inputs, adjustable
Outputs, adjustable
1 kbyte
1 kbyte
1 kbyte
1 kbyte
1 kbyte
1 kbyte
Time of day
Clock
Yes
Yes
Yes

Flag
Number, max.
2/438
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
CPU 1212C

6ES7212-1BE40-0XB0
6ES7212-1AE40-0XB0
CPU 1212C DC/DC/DC
6ES7212-1HE40-0XB0
Digital inputs
8; integrated
8; integrated
8; integrated
Digital outputs
6; Relays
6
6; Relays
Analog inputs
2; 0 to 10 V
2; 0 to 10 V
2; 0 to 10 V
Input ranges
Voltage
Yes
Yes
Yes
1st interface
Interface type
PROFINET
PROFINET
PROFINET
Physics
Ethernet
Ethernet
Ethernet
Functionality
PROFINET IO Device
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
S7 communication
supported
Yes
Yes
Yes
TCP/IP
UDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Web server
supported
Yes
Yes
Yes
Number of counters
100 kHz
100 kHz
100 kHz
Frequency meter
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
PID controller
Yes
Yes
Yes
100 kHz
Ambient conditions
min.
max.
-20 C
60 C
-20 C
60 C
-20 C
60 C
Configuration
programming
- LAD
- FBD
- SCL
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Dimensions
Width
90 mm
90 mm
90 mm
Height
100 mm
100 mm
100 mm
Depth
75 mm
75 mm
75 mm
Weights
Weight, approx.
425 g
370 g
385 g
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/439
Siemens AG 2014
CPU 1212C
Ordering data
Article No.
CPU 1212C
Article No.

85 ... 264 V AC;
per operation;
8 digital inputs,
2 analog inputs;
3 communication modules,
2 signal modules and 1 signal
board/communication board;
Digital inputs can be used as HSC
at 100 kHz
6ES7212-1BE40-0XB0

per operation;
8 digital inputs, 6 digital outputs,
2 analog inputs;
as HSC at 100 kHz,
used as pulse outputs (PTO)
or as outputs with pulse width
modulation (PWM)
at 100 kHz
6ES7212-1AE40-0XB0

per operation;
8 digital inputs,
2 analog inputs;
at 100 kHz
6ES7212-1HE40-0XB0
2 inputs, 24 V DC,
0.5 A, 5 W;
Can be used as HSC at
up to 30 kHz
6ES7223-0BD30-0XB0

6ES7223-3AD30-0XB0

6ES7223-3BD30-0XB0
6ES7231-4HA30-0XB0

SB 1231
6ES7231-5QA30-0XB0
1 input +/- 80 mV,

6ES7231-5PA30-0XB0

6ES7232-4HA30-0XB0

Communication board
CB 1241 RS485
6ES7241-1CH30-1XB0

6ES7274-1XF30-0XA0
8 input switches,
for CPU 1211C / CPU 1212C

6ES7221-3AD30-0XB0
6ES7221-3BD30-0XB0

6ES7222-1AD30-0XB0
6ES7222-1BD30-0XB0
4 MB
6ES7954-8LC02-0AA0
12 MB
6ES7954-8LE02-0AA0
24 MB
6ES7954-8LF02-0AA0
256 MB
6ES7954-8LL02-0AA0
2 GB
6ES7954-8LP01-0AA0
Extension cable
for two-tier configuration
6ES7290-6AA30-0XA0
For connecting digital/analog

signal modules;
2 m long
Starter box CPU 1212C
AC/DC/relay
6ES7212-1BD33-4YB0
Complete offer SIMATIC S7-1200,

starter box, comprising:
CPU 1212C AC/DC/relay, simulator,
STEP 7 BASIC CD, manual CD,
info material, in Systainer
for CPU 1211C/1212C
2/440
Siemens IK PI 2015

4 units
6ES7292-1AH30-0XA0

4 units
6ES7292-1AP30-0XA0

4 units
6ES7292-1BC30-0XA0
Siemens AG 2014
CPU 1212C
Ordering data
RJ45 cable grip
Article No.
6ES7290-3AA30-0XA0
4 units per pack
Accessories
CSM 1277
Single port
Article No.
6ES7291-1AA30-0XA0
for CPU 1211C/1212C

System Manual
For SIMATIC S7-1200
and STEP 7 Basic
German
6ES7298-8FA30-8AH0
English
6ES7298-8FA30-8BH0
French
6ES7298-8FA30-8CH0
Spanish
6ES7298-8FA30-8DH0
Italian
6ES7298-8FA30-8EH0
Chinese
6ES7298-8FA30-8KH0
6GK7277-1AA10-0AA0

4 x RJ45 ports;
1)


Easy Book
Brief instructions
German
6ES7298-8FA30-8AQ0
English
6ES7298-8FA30-8BQ0
French
6ES7298-8FA30-8CQ0
Spanish
6ES7298-8FA30-8DQ0
Italian
6ES7298-8FA30-8EQ0
Chinese
6ES7298-8FA30-8KQ0

Target system:
SIMATIC S7-1200, S7-1500,
S7-300, S7-400, WinAC
Requirements:
(64-bit),
(full installation)
Type of delivery:
French, Spanish
Floating License
6ES7822-1AA03-0YA5

Floating License,
Software download
incl. License Key1)
6ES7822-1AE03-0YA5

STEP 7 Basic V13,
Floating License
6ES7822-0AA03-0YA5
STEP 7 Basic V13,

Floating License
Software download
incl. License Key1)
6ES7822-0AE03-0YA5
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/441
Siemens AG 2014
CPU 1214C
Overview
The compact high-performance CPU
Expandable by:
6ES7214-1BG40-0XB0
6ES7214-1AG40-0XB0
CPU 1214C DC/DC/DC
6ES7214-1HG40-0XB0
Yes
Yes
General information
Engineering with
Programming package
Supply voltage
24 V DC
120 V AC
Yes
230 V AC
Yes
Power losses
Power loss, typ.
14 W
12 W
12 W
Memory
Work memory
integrated
75 kbyte
75 kbyte
75 kbyte
Load memory
integrated
max.
4 Mbyte
2 Gbyte;
4 Mbyte
2 Gbyte;
4 Mbyte
2 Gbyte;
Backup
without battery
Yes
Yes
Yes

1.7 s; / Operation
1.7 s; / Operation
1.7 s; / Operation
2.3 s; / Operation
2.3 s; / Operation
2.3 s; / Operation
8 kbyte;
8 kbyte;
8 kbyte;
Address area
Process image
Inputs, adjustable
Outputs, adjustable
1 kbyte
1 kbyte
1 kbyte
1 kbyte
1 kbyte
1 kbyte
Time of day
Clock
Yes
Yes
Yes

Flag
Number, max.
2/442
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
CPU 1214C

6ES7214-1BG40-0XB0
6ES7214-1AG40-0XB0
CPU 1214C DC/DC/DC
6ES7214-1HG40-0XB0
Digital inputs
14; integrated
14; integrated
14; integrated
Digital outputs
10; Relays
10
10; Relays
Analog inputs
2; 0 to 10 V
2; 0 to 10 V
2; 0 to 10 V
Input ranges
Voltage
Yes
Yes
Yes
1st interface
Interface type
PROFINET
PROFINET
PROFINET
Physics
Ethernet
Ethernet
Ethernet
Functionality
PROFINET IO Device
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
S7 communication
supported
Yes
Yes
Yes
TCP/IP
UDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Web server
supported
Yes
Yes
Yes
Number of counters
100 kHz
100 kHz
100 kHz
Frequency meter
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
PID controller
Yes
Yes
Yes
100 kHz

Ambient conditions
min.
max.
-20 C
60 C
-20 C
60 C
-20 C
60 C
Configuration
programming
- LAD
- FBD
- SCL
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Dimensions
Width
110 mm
110 mm
110 mm
Height
100 mm
100 mm
100 mm
Depth
75 mm
75 mm
75 mm
Weights
Weight, approx.
475 g
415 g
435 g
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/443
Siemens AG 2014
CPU 1214C
Ordering data
Article No.
CPU 1214C
Article No.

85 ... 264 V AC;
per operation;
14 digital inputs,
2 analog inputs;
at 100 kHz
6ES7214-1BG40-0XB0

per operation;
14 digital inputs,
10 digital outputs,
2 analog inputs;
at 100 kHz,
or as outputs with pulse-width
modulation (PWM)
at 100 kHz
6ES7214-1AG40-0XB0

per operation;
14 digital inputs,
2 analog inputs;
at 100 kHz
6ES7214-1HG40-0XB0
2 inputs, 24 V DC,
0.5 A, 5 W;
up to 30 kHz
6ES7223-0BD30-0XB0

6ES7223-3AD30-0XB0

6ES7223-3BD30-0XB0
6ES7231-4HA30-0XB0

SB 1231
6ES7231-5QA30-0XB0
1 input +/- 80 mV,

6ES7231-5PA30-0XB0

6ES7232-4HA30-0XB0

RS485
6ES7241-1CH30-1XB0

6ES7274-1XH30-0XA0
14 input switches, for CPU 1214C

4 MB
6ES7954-8LC02-0AA0
12 MB
6ES7954-8LE02-0AA0
24 MB
6ES7954-8LF02-0AA0
256 MB
6ES7954-8LL02-0AA0
2 GB
6ES7954-8LP01-0AA0
Extension cable
6ES7290-6AA30-0XA0
6ES7221-3AD30-0XB0

signal modules;
2 m long
6ES7221-3BD30-0XB0
for CPU 1214C
6ES7222-1AD30-0XB0
6ES7222-1BD30-0XB0

4 units
6ES7292-1AV30-0XA0

4 units
6ES7292-1AM30-0XA0

4 units
6ES7292-1BC30-0XA0
RJ45 cable grip
6ES7290-3AA30-0XA0
4 items per pack

Single port
for CPU 1214C
2/444
Siemens IK PI 2015
6ES7291-1AB30-0XA0
Siemens AG 2014
CPU 1214C
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
Accessories

System Manual
CSM 1277
For SIMATIC S7-1200

and STEP 7 Basic
German
6ES7298-8FA30-8AH0
English
6ES7298-8FA30-8BH0
French
6ES7298-8FA30-8CH0
Spanish
6ES7298-8FA30-8DH0
Italian
6ES7298-8FA30-8EH0
Chinese
6ES7298-8FA30-8KH0

Easy Book
6GK7277-1AA10-0AA0

4 x RJ45 ports;
1)

Brief instructions
German
6ES7298-8FA30-8AQ0
English
6ES7298-8FA30-8BQ0
French
6ES7298-8FA30-8CQ0
Spanish
6ES7298-8FA30-8DQ0
Italian
6ES7298-8FA30-8EQ0
Chinese
6ES7298-8FA30-8KQ0

Target system:
SIMATIC S7-1200, S7-1500,
S7-300, S7-400, WinAC
Requirement:
(64-bit),
(full installation)
Type of delivery:
French, Spanish
Floating License
6ES7822-1AA03-0YA5

Floating License,
Software download
incl. License Key1)
6ES7822-1AE03-0YA5

STEP 7 Basic V13,
Floating License
6ES7822-0AA03-0YA5
STEP 7 Basic V13,

Floating License
Software download
incl. License Key1)
6ES7822-0AE03-0YA5
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/445
Siemens AG 2014
CPU 1215C
Overview
Expandable by:
6ES7215-1BG40-0XB0
6ES7215-1AG40-0XB0
CPU 1215C DC/DC/DC
6ES7215-1HG40-0XB0
Yes
Yes
General information
Engineering with
Programming package
Supply voltage
24 V DC
120 V AC
Yes
230 V AC
Yes
Power losses
Power loss, typ.
14 W
12 W
12 W
Memory
Work memory
integrated
100 kbyte
100 kbyte
100 kbyte
4 Mbyte
2 Gbyte; with SIMATIC memory card
4 Mbyte
4 Mbyte
Backup
without battery
Yes
Yes
Yes

1.7 s; / Operation
1.7 s; / Operation
1.7 s; / Operation
2.3 s; / Operation
2.3 s; / Operation
2.3 s; / Operation
8 kbyte;
8 kbyte;
8 kbyte;
Address area
Process image
Inputs, adjustable
Outputs, adjustable
1 kbyte
1 kbyte
1 kbyte
1 kbyte
1 kbyte
1 kbyte
Time of day
Clock
Yes
Yes
Yes
14; integrated
14; integrated
14; integrated
Load memory
integrated
max.

Flag
Number, max.
Digital inputs
2/446
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
CPU 1215C

6ES7215-1BG40-0XB0
6ES7215-1AG40-0XB0
CPU 1215C DC/DC/DC
6ES7215-1HG40-0XB0
10; Relays
10
10; Relays
Analog inputs
2; 0 to 10 V
2; 0 to 10 V
2; 0 to 10 V
Input ranges
Voltage
Yes
Yes
Yes
Analog outputs
Integrated channels (AO)
2; 0 to 20 mA
2; 0 to 20 mA
2; 0 to 20 mA
1st interface
Interface type
PROFINET
PROFINET
PROFINET
Functionality
PROFINET IO Device
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
S7 communication
supported
Yes
Yes
Yes
TCP/IP
UDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Web server
supported
Yes
Yes
Yes
Number of counters
100 kHz
100 kHz
100 kHz
Frequency meter
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
PID controller
Yes
Yes
Yes
Digital outputs
100 kHz

Ambient conditions
min.
max.
-20 C
60 C
-20 C
60 C
-20 C
60 C
Configuration
programming
- LAD
- FBD
- SCL
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Dimensions
Width
130 mm
130 mm
130 mm
Height
100 mm
100 mm
100 mm
Depth
75 mm
75 mm
75 mm
Weights
Weight, approx.
585 g
520 g
550 g
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/447
Siemens AG 2014
CPU 1215C
Ordering data
Article No.
CPU 1215C
Article No.

85 ... 264 V AC;
per operation;
14 digital inputs,
2 analog inputs,
2 analog outputs;
at 100 kHz
6ES7215-1BG40-0XB0

per operation;
14 digital inputs, 10 digital outputs,
2 analog inputs, 2 analog outputs;
at 100 kHz,
or as outputs with pulse width
modulation (PWM)
at 100 kHz
6ES7215-1AG40-0XB0

per operation;
14 digital inputs,
2 analog inputs,
2 analog outputs;
at 100 kHz
6ES7215-1HG40-0XB0
2 inputs, 24 V DC,
0.5 A, 5 W;
up to 30 kHz
6ES7223-0BD30-0XB0

6ES7223-3AD30-0XB0

6ES7223-3BD30-0XB0
6ES7231-4HA30-0XB0
1 analog input, 10 V with 12 bits or

0 ... 20 mA with 11 bits
SB 1231
6ES7231-5QA30-0XB0
1 input +/- 80 mV,

6ES7231-5PA30-0XB0

6ES7232-4HA30-0XB0

RS485
6ES7241-1CH30-1XB0

BB 1297 battery board
6ES7297-0AX30-0XA0
for long-term backup

of real time clock;
can be plugged into the signal
board slot of an S7-1200 CPU
in FW version 3.0 or higher;
Battery (CR 1025) not included
6ES7274-1XH30-0XA0
14 input switches, for CPU 1214C

4 MB
6ES7954-8LC02-0AA0
12 MB
6ES7954-8LE02-0AA0
24 MB
6ES7954-8LF02-0AA0
256 MB
6ES7954-8LL02-0AA0
2 GB
6ES7954-8LP01-0AA0
Extension cable
6ES7290-6AA30-0XA0
6ES7221-3AD30-0XB0
6ES7221-3BD30-0XB0

6ES7222-1AD30-0XB0
6ES7222-1BD30-0XB0

signal modules;
2 m long
for CPU 1215C
2/448
Siemens IK PI 2015

4 units
6ES7292-1AV30-0XA0

4 units
6ES7292-1AM30-0XA0
For analog units, with 6 screws,

gold-plated; 4 units
6ES7292-1BF30-0XB0
Siemens AG 2014
CPU 1215C
Ordering data
Article No.
6ES7291-1AC30-0XA0
for CPU 1215C
Article No.
Accessories
CSM 1277
RJ45 cable grip

4 items per pack
Single port
6ES7290-3AA30-0XA0
Dual port
6ES7290-3AB30-0XA0

System Manual
For SIMATIC S7-1200
and STEP 7 Basic
6ES7298-8FA30-8AH0
English
6ES7298-8FA30-8BH0
French
6ES7298-8FA30-8CH0
Spanish
6ES7298-8FA30-8DH0
Italian
6ES7298-8FA30-8EH0
Chinese
6ES7298-8FA30-8KH0

4 x RJ45 ports;
1)
German
6GK7277-1AA10-0AA0


Easy Book
Brief instructions
German
6ES7298-8FA30-8AQ0
English
6ES7298-8FA30-8BQ0
French
6ES7298-8FA30-8CQ0
Spanish
6ES7298-8FA30-8DQ0
Italian
6ES7298-8FA30-8EQ0
Chinese
6ES7298-8FA30-8KQ0

Target system:
SIMATIC S7-1200, S7-1500,
S7-300, S7-400, WinAC
Requirement:
(64-bit),
(full installation)
Type of delivery:
French, Spanish
Floating License
6ES7822-1AA03-0YA5

Floating License,
Software download
incl. License Key1)
6ES7822-1AE03-0YA5

STEP 7 Basic V13,
Floating License
6ES7822-0AA03-0YA5
STEP 7 Basic V13,

Floating License
Software download
incl. License Key1)
6ES7822-0AE03-0YA5
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/449
Siemens AG 2014
CPU 1217C
Overview

With 24 integrated I/Os
Expandable by:
- 1 Signal Board (SB) or Communication Board (CB)
6ES7217-1AG40-0XB0
CPU 1217C DC/DC/DC
General information
Engineering with
Programming package
Supply voltage
24 V DC
Yes
Power losses
Power loss, typ.
12 W
Memory
Work memory
integrated
125 kbyte
Load memory
integrated
max.
4 Mbyte
2 Gbyte;
Backup
without battery
Flag
Number, max.
Yes
1.7 s; / Operation
2.3 s; / Operation
8 kbyte;
6ES7217-1AG40-0XB0
CPU 1217C DC/DC/DC
Analog inputs
2; 0 to 10 V
Input ranges
Voltage
Yes
Analog outputs
2; 0 to 20 mA
1st interface
Interface type
PROFINET
Functionality
PROFINET IO Device
Yes
Yes
S7 communication
supported
Yes
TCP/IP
UDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Web server
supported
Yes
Number of counters
1 MHz
Frequency meter
Yes
Yes
PID controller
Yes
1 MHz
Ambient conditions
min.
max.
-20 C
60 C
Yes
Yes
Yes
Address area
Process image
Inputs, adjustable
Outputs, adjustable
1 kbyte
1 kbyte
Time of day
Clock
Configuration
programming
- LAD
- FBD
- SCL
Yes
Dimensions
Width
150 mm
14; integrated
Height
100 mm
Depth
75 mm
Weights
Weight, approx.
530 g
Digital inputs
Digital outputs
2/450
Siemens IK PI 2015
10
4; 1 MHz Pulse Train Output
Siemens AG 2014
CPU 1217C
Ordering data
Article No.
CPU 1217C
Integrated program and
data memory of 125 KB,
load memory of 4 MB;
per operation;
14 digital inputs
(10 digital 24 V DC inputs,
4 digital 1.5 V DC differential inputs),
10 digital outputs
(6 digital 24 V DC outputs, 4 digital
1.5 V DC differential outputs),
2 analog inputs, 2 analog outputs;
as HSC at 1 MHz,
24 V DC digital outputs can
be used as pulse outputs (PTO)
or outputs with pulse width
modulation (PWM)
at 100 kHz
Article No.
6ES7217-1AG40-0XB0
6ES7232-4HA30-0XB0

RS485
BB 1297 battery board
6ES7297-0AX30-0XA0
for long-term backup

of real time clock;
can be plugged into the signal
board slot of an S7-1200 CPU
in FW version 3.0 or higher;
Battery (CR 1025) not included
digital, 14 input switches,
for CPU 1217C
6ES7274-1XK30-0XA0
analog, 2 potentiometer inputs
6ES7274-1XA30-0XA0

4 MB
6ES7954-8LC02-0AA0
12 MB
6ES7954-8LE02-0AA0
6ES7221-3AD30-0XB0
24 MB
6ES7954-8LF02-0AA0
6ES7221-3BD30-0XB0
256 MB
6ES7954-8LL02-0AA0
2 GB
6ES7954-8LP01-0AA0
6ES7222-1AD30-0XB0
Extension cable
6ES7290-6AA30-0XA0
6ES7222-1BD30-0XB0

2 inputs, 24 V DC,
0.5 A, 5 W;
up to 30 kHz
6ES7223-0BD30-0XB0

For connecting
digital/analog signal modules;
2 m long
for CPU 1217C
for DI, with 10 screws, tin-plated;
4 units
6ES7292-1AK30-0XA0
6ES7223-3AD30-0XB0
for DI, with 10 screws, tin-plated;

4 units
6ES7292-1AR30-0XA0

6ES7223-3BD30-0XB0
for DO, with 18 screws, tin-plated;

4 units
6ES7292-1AT30-0XA0
6ES7231-4HA30-0XB0
For analog units, with 6 screws,

gold-plated; 4 units
6ES7292-1BF30-0XB0
RJ45 cable grip
6ES7290-3AB30-0XA0

SB 1231
6ES7231-5QA30-0XB0
4 items per pack

Dual port
1 input +/- 80 mV,

6ES7241-1CH30-1XB0
6ES7231-5PA30-0XB0

Siemens IK PI 2015
2/451
Siemens AG 2014
CPU 1217C
Ordering data
Article No.
Accessories

System Manual
CSM 1277
For SIMATIC S7-1200

and STEP 7 Basic
German
6ES7298-8FA30-8AH0
English
6ES7298-8FA30-8BH0
French
6ES7298-8FA30-8CH0
Spanish
6ES7298-8FA30-8DH0
Italian
6ES7298-8FA30-8EH0
Chinese
6ES7298-8FA30-8KH0

Easy Book
Brief instructions
German
6ES7298-8FA30-8AQ0
English
6ES7298-8FA30-8BQ0
French
6ES7298-8FA30-8CQ0
Spanish
6ES7298-8FA30-8DQ0
Italian
6ES7298-8FA30-8EQ0
Chinese
6ES7298-8FA30-8KQ0

Target system:
SIMATIC S7-1200, S7-1500,
S7-300, S7-400, WinAC
Requirement:
(64-bit),
(full installation)
Type of delivery:
French, Spanish
Floating License
6ES7822-1AA03-0YA5

Floating License,
Software download
incl. License Key1)
6ES7822-1AE03-0YA5

STEP 7 Basic V13,
Floating License
6ES7822-0AA03-0YA5
STEP 7 Basic V13,

Floating License
Software download
incl. License Key1)
6ES7822-0AE03-0YA5
2/452
Siemens IK PI 2015
Article No.
6GK7277-1AA10-0AA0

4 x RJ45 ports;
1)

Siemens AG 2014
Standard CPUs
Overview CPU 1511-1 PN
Entry-level CPU in the S7-1500 controller product range

Suitable for applications with medium requirements for
program scope and processing speed
Used as central controller in production lines with central and
distributed I/O
PROFINET IO IRT interface with 2-port switch
PROFINET IO Controller for operating distributed I/O on
PROFINET
PROFINET I-Device for connecting the CPU as an intelligent
PROFINET device under a SIMATIC or non-Siemens
PROFINET I/O controller
Isochronous mode
Integrated Motion Control functionalities for controlling speedcontrolled and positioning axes, support for external encoders
Integrated web server with the option of creating user-defined
web pages
SIMATIC memory card required for operation of the CPU
The CPU for applications with medium requirements for

program/data storage in the S7-1500 controller product range
Medium to high processing speed for binary and floatingpoint arithmetic
distributed I/O
PROFINET
Isochronous mode
web pages

The CPU for applications with medium to high requirements
for program/data storage in the S7-1500 controller product
range
Medium to high processing speed for binary and floatingpoint arithmetic
distributed I/O
Additional PROFINET interface with separate IP address
PROFINET
Isochronous mode
web pages
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/453
Siemens AG 2014
Standard CPUs
Overview CPU 1516-3 PN/DP
The CPU with a large program and data memory in the

S7-1500 controller product range for applications with high
requirements regarding program scope and networking.
High processing speed for binary and floating-point arithmetic
distributed I/O
Additional PROFINET interface with separate IP address
PROFINET IO controller for operating distributed I/O on
PROFINET.
PROFINET IO controller.
PROFIBUS DP master interface
Isochronous mode on PROFIBUS and PROFINET
web pages
2/454
Siemens IK PI 2015

The CPU with a very large program and data memory in the
S7-1500 controller product range for demanding applications
with extremely high requirements regarding program scope,
performance and networking
Extremely high processing speed for binary and floating-point
arithmetic
For cross-industry automation tasks in series machine, special
machine and plant construction
distributed I/O
Two additional PROFINET interfaces with separate IP address
PROFINET.
PROFIBUS DP master interface
web pages
Siemens AG 2014
Standard CPUs
6ES7511-1AK00-0AB0
CPU 1511-1 PN
6ES7513-1AL00-0AB0
CPU 1513-1 PN
6ES7515-2AM00-0AB0
CPU 1515-2 PN
V13
V13
V13
Display
Screen diagonal (cm)
3.45 cm
3.45 cm
6.1 cm
Supply voltage
24 V DC
24 V DC
24 V DC
Power losses
Power loss, typ.
5.7 W
5.7 W
6.3 W
Memory
Work memory
integrated (for program)
integrated (for data)
150 kbyte
1 Mbyte
300 kbyte
1.5 Mbyte
500 kbyte
3 Mbyte
32 Gbyte
32 Gbyte
32 Gbyte

60 ns
40 ns
30 ns
72 ns
48 ns
36 ns
for fixed point arithmetic, typ.
96 ns
64 ns
48 ns
384 ns
256 ns
192 ns
Counters, timers
and their retentivity
S7 counter
Number
2 048
2 048
2 048
Any
(only limited by the main memory)
Any
Any
2 048
2 048
2 048
Any
Any
Any
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
32 kbyte;
All inputs are in the process image
32 kbyte;
All outputs are in the process image
32 kbyte;
32 kbyte;
32 kbyte;
32 kbyte;
Hardware clock
Hardware clock
Hardware clock
General information
Engineering with
STEP 7 TIA Portal can be
configured/integrated as of version
Load memory
Plug-in (SIMATIC Memory Card),
max.
IEC counter
Number
S7 times
Number
IEC timer
Number
Flag
Number, max.
Address area
I/O address area
Inputs
Outputs
Time of day
Clock
Type
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/455
Siemens AG 2014
Standard CPUs
Interfaces
1st interface
Interface types
- Number of ports
- Integrated switch
- RJ 45 (Ethernet)
Protocols
- PROFINET IO Controller
- PROFINET IO Device
- SIMATIC communication
- Open IE communication
- Web server
- Media redundancy
6ES7511-1AK00-0AB0
CPU 1511-1 PN
6ES7513-1AL00-0AB0
CPU 1513-1 PN
6ES7515-2AM00-0AB0
CPU 1515-2 PN
2
Yes
Yes
2
Yes
Yes
2
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
2nd interface
Interface types
- Number of ports
- Integrated switch
- RJ 45 (Ethernet)
Protocols
- Web server
Protocols
Number of connections
Number of connections, max.
1
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
96
128
192;
via integrated interfaces of the CPU
and connected CPs / CMs
128
256
64
64
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
6; Up to 6 axes in total
(speed-controlled, positioning axis,
external encoders) are supported



Yes; Universal PID controller

with integrated optimization
Yes; PID controller
with integrated optimization for valves

Yes; PID controller

Yes; PID controller
Yes
Yes
Yes
Services
- Max. number of connectable IO
128
devices for RT
64
- Number of IO Devices with IRT
and the option "high performance",
max.
Isochronous mode
Isochronous operation (application
synchronized up to terminal)
Yes
Supported technology objects

Motion
Yes
Speed-controlled axis
- Number of speed-controlled axes, 6; Up to 6 axes in total
max.
Positioning axis
- Number of positioning axes,
max.
External encoders
- Number of external encoders,
max.
Controller
PID_Compact
PID_3Step
Counting and measuring
High-speed counter
2/456
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Standard CPUs

6ES7511-1AK00-0AB0
CPU 1511-1 PN
6ES7513-1AL00-0AB0
CPU 1513-1 PN
6ES7515-2AM00-0AB0
CPU 1515-2 PN
0 C
60 C;
Display: 50 C, at an operating
temperature of typically 50 C,
the display is switched off
0 C
40 C;
0 C
60 C;
0 C
40 C;
0 C
60 C;
0 C
40 C;
Configuration
programming
- LAD
- FBD
- STL
- SCL
- GRAPH
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes; from STEP 7 V12 SP1
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes; from STEP 7 V12 SP1
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Know-how protection
User program protection
Copy protection
Block protection
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Dimensions
Width
35 mm
35 mm
70 mm
Height
147 mm
147 mm
147 mm
Depth
129 mm
129 mm
129 mm
Weights
Weight, approx.
430 g
430 g
830 g
Ambient conditions
horizontal installation, min.
horizontal installation, max.
vertical installation, min.

vertical installation, max.
Access protection
Password for display
Protection level: Write protection
Protection level:
Read/write protection
Protection level:
Complete protection
6ES7516-3AN00-0AB0
CPU 1516-3 PN/DP
6ES7518-4AP00-0AB0
CPU 1518-4 PN/DP
V13
V13
Display
6.1 cm
6.1 cm
Supply voltage
24 V DC
24 V DC
Power losses
Power loss, typ.
7W
24 W
Memory
Work memory
1 Mbyte
5 Mbyte
3 Mbyte
10 Mbyte
32 Gbyte
32 Gbyte

10 ns
1 ns
12 ns
2 ns
16 ns
2 ns
64 ns
6 ns
General information
Engineering with
Load memory
max.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/457
Siemens AG 2014
Standard CPUs
6ES7516-3AN00-0AB0
CPU 1516-3 PN/DP
6ES7518-4AP00-0AB0
CPU 1518-4 PN/DP
Counters, timers
S7 counter
Number
2 048
2 048
IEC counter
Number
Any (only limited by the main memory)
S7 times
Number
2 048
2 048
IEC timer
Number

Flag
Number, max.
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
Address area
I/O address area
Inputs
Outputs
32 kbyte; All inputs are in the process image

32 kbyte; All outputs are in the process image

Time of day
Clock
Type
Hardware clock
Hardware clock
2
Yes
Yes
2
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
1
No
Yes
1
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
1
No
Yes
Interfaces
1st interface
Interface types
- Number of ports
- Integrated switch
- RJ 45 (Ethernet)
Protocols
- Web server
- Media redundancy
2nd interface
Interface types
- Number of ports
- Integrated switch
- RJ 45 (Ethernet)
Protocols
- Web server
3rd interface
Interface types
- Number of ports
- Integrated switch
- RJ 45 (Ethernet)
- RS 485
Protocols
- Web server
- PROFIBUS DP master
- PROFIBUS DP slave
4th interface
Interface types
- Number of ports
- RS 485
Protocols
- PROFIBUS DP slave
2/458
Siemens IK PI 2015
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
1
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Siemens AG 2014
Standard CPUs

Protocols
6ES7516-3AN00-0AB0
CPU 1516-3 PN/DP
6ES7518-4AP00-0AB0
CPU 1518-4 PN/DP
256
384; via integrated interfaces of the CPU

and connected CPs / CMs
Services
- Max. number of connectable
256
IO devices for RT
64
max.
PROFIBUS
Services
- Number of DP slaves
Isochronous mode
512
64
125;
125;
In total, up to 768 distributed I/O devices can be connected In total, up to 768 distributed I/O devices can be connected
via PROFIBUS or PROFINET
via PROFIBUS or PROFINET
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
20; Up to 20 axes in total (speed-controlled, positioning

axis, external encoders) are supported





Controller
PID_Compact
PID_3Step
Yes; Universal PID controller with integrated optimization

Yes; PID controller with integrated optimization for valves


High-speed counter
Yes
Yes
0 C
60 C; Display: 50 C, at an operating temperature
of typically 50 C, the display is switched off
0 C
0 C
0 C
Configuration
programming
- LAD
- FBD
- STL
- SCL
- GRAPH
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes; STEP 7 V12 SP1 or higher
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Know-how protection
Copy protection
Block protection
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Dimensions
Width
70 mm
175 mm
Height
147 mm
147 mm
Depth
129 mm
129 mm
Weights
Weight, approx.
845 g
1 988 g
Supported technology objects

Motion
- Number of speed-controlled axes,
max.
Positioning axis
- Number of positioning axes,
max.
External encoders
max.
Ambient conditions
Access protection
Protection level:
Protection level:
Complete protection
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/459
Siemens AG 2014
Standard CPUs
Ordering data
CPU 1511-1 PN
Article No.
6ES7511-1AK00-0AB0
Work memory 150 KB for program,

1 MB for data,
PROFINET IO IRT interface,
SIMATIC memory card required
CPU 1513-1 PN
6ES7513-1AL00-0AB0
6ES7515-2AM00-0AB0
6ES7518-4AP00-0AB0
6EP1333-4BA00
Spare part; for connecting

the 24 V DC supply voltage
with push-in terminals
Accessories
SIMATIC memory card
4 MB
6ES7954-8LC02-0AA0
12 MB
6ES7954-8LE02-0AA0
24 MB
6ES7954-8LF02-0AA0
256 MB
6ES7954-8LL02-0AA0
2 GB
6ES7954-8LP01-0AA0
SIMATIC S7-1500 mounting rail

Fixed lengths,
with grounding elements
160 mm
482 mm
530 mm
830 mm
6ES7590-1AB60-0AA0
6ES7590-1AE80-0AA0
6ES7590-1AF30-0AA0
6ES7590-1AJ30-0AA0
For cutting to length by customer,

without drill holes;
grounding elements must be
ordered separately
2 000 mm
6ES7590-1BC00-0AA0
6ES7590-5AA00-0AA0
20 units

FC installation cables
180 cable outlet

1 unit
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
10 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
50 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
6XV1840-2AH10
(Type C)
(Type B)
Displays
6ES7505-0KA00-0AB0
6ES7505-0RA00-0AB0
120/230 V AC input voltage,

power 60 W
6ES7507-0RA00-0AB0
Power connector
6ES7590-8AA00-0AA0
2/460
Siemens IK PI 2015
6GK1901-1GA00

Ethernet FC cables
for CPU 1511-1 PN and

CPU 1513-1 PN;
spare part
24/48/60 V DC input voltage,

power 60 W
6XV1840-4AH10

180/90 marine certified,
Sold by the meter,
For supplying the backplane bus

of the S7-1500
24 V DC input voltage, power 25 W
6XV1840-3AH10

180/90 for cable carrier use;
with UL approval;
Sold by the meter,
Power supply
With coding element for power

supply module; spare part,
10 units
6ES7193-4JB00-0AA0

with UL approval;
Sold by the meter,
Work memory 3 MB for program,

10 MB for data,
2 PROFINET/PROFIBUS interfaces;
PE connection element
for mounting rail 2 000 mm
6EP1332-4BA00
24 V DC/8A
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180

6ES7516-3AN00-0AB0
1 MB RAM for program,

5 MB for data,
PROFINET/PROFIBUS interface;
CPU 1518-4 PN/DP
24 V DC/3A
IE FC RJ45 plugs

3 MB for data,
PROFINET interface;
CPU 1516-3 PN/DP
Load power supply
Power supply connector

1.5 MB for data,
CPU 1515-2 PN
Article No.
for CPU 1515-2 PN,

CPU 1516-3 PN/DP and
CPU 1518-4 PN/DP;
spare part
6ES7591-1AA00-0AA0
6ES7591-1BA00-0AA0
Siemens AG 2014
Standard CPUs
Ordering data
SIMATIC S7-1500 Starter Kit
Article No.
6ES7511-1AK01-4YB5
More information
Further information and downloads
Consisting of:
CPU 1511-1 PN,
SIMATIC memory card 4 MB,
digital input DI 16 x 24 V DC HF,
digital output DO 16 x 24 V DC/
0.5 A ST, 160 mm mounting rail,
front connector,
365-day license,
power supply 60 W AC 120/230 V,
Standard Ethernet CAT 5 cable
(2 m), screwdriver,
documentation
Manuals
STEP 7 Professional V13
http://www.automation.siemens.com/salesmaterial-as/interactive-manuals/getting-started_simatic-s7-1500/disp_tool/
start_en.html
The SIMATIC S7-1500 manuals can be downloaded free of

charge from the Internet (SIMATIC Customer Support).
SIMATIC S7-1500 Display Simulator
Using the Display Simulator of the S7-1500, you can become
familiar in advance with the different setting options and
functions on the display.
Target system:
SIMATIC S7-1200, S7-1500,
S7-300, S7-400, WinAC
Requirement:
(64-bit),
(full installation)
Type of delivery:
French, Spanish
General information
http://www.siemens.com/S7-1500
SIMATIC Selection Tool
Brochures
Information material for downloading can be found
on the Internet:
http://www.siemens.com/simatic/printmaterial

Floating License
6ES7822-1AA03-0YA5

Floating License,
Software download
incl. License Key 1)
6ES7822-1AE03-0YA5

1)

Siemens IK PI 2015
2/461
Siemens AG 2014
Fail-safe CPUs
Overview CPU 1516F-3 PN/DP
The CPU with a large program and data memory in the

S7-1500 controller product range for fail-safe applications with
high requirements regarding program scope and networking.
High processing speed for binary and floating-point arithmetic
distributed I/O.
Supports PROFIsafe in centralized and distributed configuration.
PROFINET IO IRT interface with 2-port switch.
Additional PROFINET interface with separate IP address.
PROFINET.
PROFIBUS DP master interface.
Isochronous mode on PROFIBUS and PROFINET.
Integrated Motion Control functionalities for controlling speedcontrolled and positioning axes, support for external
encoders.
Integrated Web server with the option of creating user-defined
Web pages.
Note:
SIMATIC Memory Card required for operation of the CPU.
The CPU with a very large program and data memory in the
S7-1500 controller product range for fail-safe applications with
highest requirements regarding program scope and
networking.
Extremely high processing speed for binary and floating-point
arithmetic.
distributed I/O.
Supports PROFIsafe in centralized and distributed configuration.
PROFINET IO IRT interface with 2-port switch.
Two additional PROFINET interfaces with separate IP
addresses.
PROFINET.
PROFIBUS DP master interface.
Isochronous mode on PROFIBUS and PROFINET.
Web pages.
Note:
SIMATIC Memory Card required for operation of the CPU.
6ES7516-3FN00-0AB0
CPU 1516F-3 PN/DP
6ES7518-4FP00-0AB0
CPU 1518F-4PN/DP
V13
V13
Display
6.1 cm
6.1 cm
Supply voltage
24 V DC
24 V DC
Power losses
Power loss, typ.
7W
24 W
Memory
Work memory
1.5 Mbyte
5 Mbyte
4.5 Mbyte
10 Mbyte
32 Gbyte
32 Gbyte

10 ns
1 ns
12 ns
2 ns
16 ns
2 ns
64 ns
6 ns
General information
Engineering with
Load memory
max.
2/462
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Fail-safe CPUs

6ES7516-3FN00-0AB0
CPU 1516F-3 PN/DP
6ES7518-4FP00-0AB0
CPU 1518F-4PN/DP
Counters, timers
S7 counter
Number
2 048
2 048
IEC counter
Number
S7 times
Number
2 048
2 048
IEC timer
Number

Flag
Number, max.
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
Address area
I/O address area
Inputs
Outputs


Time of day
Clock
Type
Hardware clock
Hardware clock
2
Yes
Yes
2
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
1
No
Yes
1
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
1
No
Yes
Interfaces
1st interface
Interface types
- Number of ports
- Integrated switch
- RJ 45 (Ethernet)
Protocols
- Web server
- Media redundancy
2nd interface
Interface types
- Number of ports
- Integrated switch
- RJ 45 (Ethernet)
Protocols
- Web server
3rd interface
Interface types
- Number of ports
- Integrated switch
- RJ 45 (Ethernet)
- RS 485
Protocols
- Web server
- PROFIBUS DP slave
4th interface
Interface types
- Number of ports
- RS 485
Protocols
- PROFIBUS DP slave
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
1
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/463
Siemens AG 2014
Fail-safe CPUs
Protocols
6ES7516-3FN00-0AB0
CPU 1516F-3 PN/DP
6ES7518-4FP00-0AB0
CPU 1518F-4PN/DP
256; via integrated interfaces of the CPU and

connected CPs / CMs
384; via integrated interfaces of the CPU and

connected CPs / CMs
Services
- Max. number of connectable
256
IO devices for RT
64
max.
PROFIBUS
Services
- Number of DP slaves
512
64
125; In total, up to 768 distributed I/O devices can be

connected via CPs/CMs via PROFIBUS or PROFINET
125; In total, up to 768 distributed I/O devices can be

connected via CPs/CMs via PROFIBUS or PROFINET
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes




External encoders
max.


Controller
PID_Compact
PID_3Step



High-speed counter
Yes
Yes
0 C
0 C
0 C
0 C
Configuration
programming
- LAD
- FBD
- STL
- SCL
- GRAPH
Yes; incl. Failsafe

Yes; incl. Failsafe
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes; incl. Failsafe

Yes; incl. Failsafe
Yes
Yes
Yes
Know-how protection
Copy protection
Block protection
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Dimensions
Width
70 mm
175 mm
Height
147 mm
147 mm
Depth
129 mm
129 mm
Weights
Weight, approx.
845 g
1 988 g
Isochronous mode
supported technology objects
Motion
- Number of speed-controlled axes,
max.
Positioning axis
- Number of positioning axes, max.
Ambient conditions
Access protection
Protection level:
Protection level:
Complete protection
2/464
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Fail-safe CPUs
Ordering data
CPU 1516F-3 PN/DP
Article No.
6ES7516-3FN00-0AB0
Fail-safe CPU, 1.5 MB RAM for

program, 5 MB for data,
PROFINET/PROFIBUS interface;
CPU 1518F-4 PN/DP
Article No.
PROFIBUS FC Standard Cable GP
6ES7518-4FP00-0AB0
PROFIBUS FC Robust Cable
Fail-safe CPU, 4.5 MB RAM for

program, 10 MB for data,
2 PROFINET interfaces,
PROFIBUS interface;
SIMATIC Memory Card required
2-wire, shielded;
Sold by the meter,
Accessories
2-wire, shielded;
Sold by the meter,
PROFIBUS FC Flexible Cable
SIMATIC memory card

4 MB
6ES7954-8LC02-0AA0
12 MB
6ES7954-8LE02-0AA0
24 MB
6ES7954-8LF02-0AA0
256 MB
6ES7954-8LL02-0AA0
2 GB
6ES7954-8LP01-0AA0

Fixed lengths,
160 mm
482 mm
530 mm
830 mm
ordered separately
2 000 mm
for mounting rail 2 000 mm
6XV1830-0EH10
Standard type with special design

for fast mounting, 2-wire, shielded;
Sold by the meter,
6ES7590-1AB60-0AA0
6ES7590-1AE80-0AA0
6ES7590-1AF30-0AA0
6ES7590-1AJ30-0AA0
2
6XV1830-0JH10
6XV1831-2K
PROFIBUS FC Trailing Cable

2-wire, shielded;
Sold by the meter,
Sheath color: Petrol
6XV1830-3EH10
Sheath color: Violet
6XV1831-2L
PROFIBUS FC Food Cable
6XV1830-0GH10
2-wire, shielded;
Sold by the meter,
PROFIBUS FC Ground Cable
6ES7590-1BC00-0AA0
2-wire, shielded;
Sold by the meter,
6ES7590-5AA00-0AA0
PROFIBUS FC FRNC Cable GP
6XV1830-3FH10
6XV1830-0LH10
2-wire, shielded, flame-retardant,

with copolymer outer sheath FRNC;
Sold by the meter,
20 units
Power supply
For supplying the backplane bus of
the S7-1500
PROFIBUS FastConnect
Stripping Tool
24 V DC input voltage,
power 25 W
6ES7505-0KA00-0AB0

power 60 W
6ES7505-0RA00-0AB0

for fast stripping of
PROFIBUS FastConnect bus cables

power 60 W
6ES7507-0RA00-0AB0
IE FC RJ45 plugs
Power connector
6ES7590-8AA00-0AA0
With coding element for

power supply module; spare part,
10 units
Load current supply
6GK1905-6AA00

IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
24 V DC/3 A
6EP1332-4BA00
180 cable outlet
24 V DC/8 A
6EP1333-4BA00
1 unit
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
10 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
Spare part; for connecting the

24 V DC supply voltage
50 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
6XV1840-2AH10
6ES7193-4JB00-0AA0
bus connector RS485
with 90 cable outlet
with insulation displacement,
max. transmission rate 12 Mbps
without programming device
interface, grounding via control
cabinet contact surface; 1 unit
6ES7972-0BA70-0XA0
with programming device interface,

grounding via control cabinet
contact surface; 1 unit
6ES7972-0BB70-0XA0

with UL approval;
Sold by the meter,
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/465
Siemens AG 2014
Fail-safe CPUs
Ordering data
(Type C)
Article No.
6XV1840-3AH10

Plug 180/90 for cable carrier use;
with UL approval;
Sold by the meter,
(Type B)
6XV1840-4AH10

marine certified,
Sold by the meter,
6GK1901-1GA00

Ethernet FC cables
Display
6ES7591-1BA00-0AA0
for CPU 1516-3 PN/DP;

spare part
Article No.
Target system:
SIMATIC S7-1200, S7-1500,
S7-300, S7-400, WinAC
Requirement:
(64-bit),
(full installation)
Type of delivery:
French, Spanish
Floating License
6ES7822-1AA03-0YA5

Floating License,
Software download
incl. License Key 1)
6ES7822-1AE03-0YA5

STEP 7 Safety Advanced V13
Task:
Engineering tool for configuring
fail-safe user programs for
SIMATIC S7-1500F, S7-300F,
S7-400F, WinAC RTX F, ET200SP,
ET 200S, ET 200M, ET 200iSP,
ET 200pro, ET 200eco
Requirement:
Floating License for 1 user
6ES7833-1FA13-0YA5
Floating License for 1 user,

License Key download without
software and documentation1);
6ES7833-1FA13-0YH5
1)
2/466
Siemens IK PI 2015

Siemens AG 2014
Standard CPUs
The CPU with mid-range program memory and quantity

frameworks
High processing power in binary and floating-point arithmetic
distributed I/O
PROFINET interface with 2-port switch
PROFINET
PROFINET I-Device for connecting the CPU as intelligent
PROFINET device under a SIMATIC or third-party
PROFINET I/O Controller
Component Based Automation (CBA) on PROFINET
PROFINET proxy for intelligent devices on PROFIBUS DP in
Component Based Automation (CBA)
web pages
Combined MPI/PROFIBUS DP master/slave interface
SIMATIC Micro Memory Card required for operation of CPU.
The CPU with a large program memory and quantity

framework for demanding applications
distributed I/O
High processing power in binary and floating-point arithmetic
PROFINET I/O Controller for operating distributed I/O on
PROFINET
PROFINET device under a SIMATIC or third-party
PROFINET I/O Controller
Distributed intelligence in Component Based Automation
(CBA) on PROFINET
web pages
Optionally supports the use of SIMATIC engineering tools
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/467
Siemens AG 2014
Standard CPUs

The CPU with high command processing performance, large
program memory and quantity framework for demanding
applications
distributed I/O on PROFIBUS and PROFINET
PROFINET I/O controller for operating distributed I/O on
PROFINET
Isochronous mode on PROFIBUS or PROFINET
web pages
(CBA) on PROFINET
Optionally supports the use of SIMATIC engineering tools
SIMATIC Micro Memory Card required for operation of the CPU.
6ES7315-2EH14-0AB0
CPU 315-2 PN/DP
6ES7317-2EK14-0AB0
CPU 317-2 PN/DP
6ES7318-3EL01-0AB0
CPU 319-3 PN/DP
General information
Engineering with
Programming package
STEP7 V 5.5 or higher
Supply voltage
24 V DC
Yes
Yes
Yes
Power losses
Power loss, typ.
4.65 W
4.65 W
14 W
1 024 kbyte
256 kbyte
2 048 kbyte
700 kbyte
Memory
Work memory
integrated
384 kbyte
Size of retentive memory for retentive 128 kbyte
data blocks
Load memory
pluggable (MMC), max.
8 Mbyte
8 Mbyte
8 Mbyte

0.05 s
0.025 s
0.004 s
0.09 s
0.03 s
0.01 s
0.12 s
0.04 s
0.01 s
0.45 s
0.16 s
0.04 s
Counters, timers and their retentivity

S7 counter
Number
256
512
2 048
IEC counter
present
Yes
Yes
Yes
S7 times
Number
256
512
2 048
IEC timer
present
Yes
Yes
Yes

Flag
Number, max.
2 048 byte
4 096 byte
8 192 byte
2/468
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Standard CPUs

6ES7315-2EH14-0AB0
CPU 315-2 PN/DP
6ES7317-2EK14-0AB0
CPU 317-2 PN/DP
6ES7318-3EL01-0AB0
CPU 319-3 PN/DP
Address area
I/O address area
Inputs
Outputs
2 048 byte
2 048 byte
8 192 byte
8 192 byte
8 192 byte
8 192 byte
Process image
Inputs, adjustable
Outputs, adjustable
2 048 byte
2 048 byte
8 192 byte
8 192 byte
8 192 byte
8 192 byte
Time of day
Clock
Yes
Yes
Yes
Operating hours counter

Number
1st interface
Interface type
Integrated RS 485 interface
Physics
RS 485
RS 485
RS 485
Functionality
MPI
DP master
DP slave
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Point-to-point connection
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes; A DP slave at both interfaces
simultaneously is not possible
No
DP master
Number of DP slaves, max.
124
124
124
2nd interface
Interface type
PROFINET
PROFINET
Physics
Ethernet RJ45
Ethernet RJ45
RS 485
Number of ports
Functionality
MPI
DP master
DP slave
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes; Also simultaneously

with IO-Device functionality
with IO Controller functionality
Yes

Yes
PROFINET IO Device
PROFINET CBA
DP master
Max. number of connectable
IO devices for RT
Number of IO devices with
IRT and the option "high flexibility"
Number of IO Devices with
IRT and the option
"high performance", max.
No
Yes
No
No
No
124
128
128
128
128
64
64
3rd interface
Interface type
PROFINET
Physics
Ethernet RJ45
Number of ports
Functionality
MPI
DP master
DP slave
PROFINET IO Device
PROFINET CBA
No
No
No
with I-Device functionality
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/469
Siemens AG 2014
Standard CPUs

6ES7315-2EH14-0AB0
CPU 315-2 PN/DP
6ES7317-2EK14-0AB0
CPU 317-2 PN/DP
IO devices for RT
Number of IO devices with
IRT and the option "high flexibility"
Number of IO Devices with
IRT and the option
"high performance", max.
6ES7318-3EL01-0AB0
CPU 319-3 PN/DP
256
256
64
Isochronous mode
Yes; Via PROFIBUS DP or PROFINET

interface

interface
Yes; Via 2nd PROFIBUS DP or

PROFINET interface
PG/OP communication
Yes
Yes
Yes
Data record routing
Yes
Yes
Yes
Global data communication

supported
Yes
Yes
Yes
S7 basic communication
supported
Yes
Yes
Yes
S7 communication
supported
Yes
Yes
Yes
S5-compatible communication
supported
Yes; Via CP and loadable FC
Yes; Via integrated PROFINET interface

and loadable FBs
8
and loadable FBs
8
and loadable FBs
8

and loadable FBs
16
and loadable FBs
16
and loadable FBs
16

and loadable FBs
32
and loadable FBs
32
and loadable FBs
32
Web server
supported
Yes
Yes
Yes
overall
16
32
32
Ambient conditions
min.
max.
0 C
60 C
0 C
60 C
0 C
60 C
Configuration
Programming
- LAD
- FBD
- STL
- SCL
- CFC
- GRAPH
- HiGraph
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
TCP/IP
- Number of connections, max.
UDP
Know-how protection
User program protection/password
protection
Block encryption
Yes; With S7 block Privacy
Dimensions
Width
40 mm
40 mm
120 mm
Height
125 mm
125 mm
125 mm
Depth
130 mm
130 mm
130 mm
Weights
Weight, approx.
340 g
340 g
1 250 g
2/470
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Standard CPUs
Ordering data
CPU 315-2 PN/DP
Article No.
6ES7315-2EH14-0AB0
384 KB main memory,

24 V DC power supply,
combined MPI/PROFIBUS DP
master/slave interface,
Ethernet/PROFINET interface with
2-port switch;
MMC required
CPU 317-2 PN/DP
6ES7998-8XC01-8YE2
6ES7391-1AA00-0AA0
10 units, spare part

6ES7317-2EK14-0AB0
SIMATIC S7 training case
6ES7910-3AA00-0XA0
With mounting components

for mounting S7-200 and S7-300
USB A2 PC adapter
6GK1571-0BA00-0AA0
for connecting a PG/PC or

Notebook to PROFIBUS or MPI;
USB cable included in scope of
delivery
6ES7318-3EL01-0AB0
Main memory 2 MB,

power supply 24 V DC,
PROFIBUS DP master/slave
interface,
2-port switch;
MMC required
SIMATIC Micro Memory Card
64 KB
6ES7953-8LF30-0AA0
128 KB
6ES7953-8LG30-0AA0
512 KB
6ES7953-8LJ30-0AA0
2 MB
6ES7953-8LL31-0AA0
4 MB
6ES7953-8LM31-0AA0
8 MB
6ES7953-8LP31-0AA0
MPI cable
6ES7901-0BF00-0AA0
for connection of SIMATIC S7 and

PG via MPI; 5 m in length
Slot number plates
SIMATIC Manual Collection

update service for 1 year
Current "Manual Collection" DVD
and the three subsequent updates
1 MB main memory,
2-port switch;
MMC required
CPU 319-3 PN/DP
Article No.
6ES7912-0AA00-0AA0
S7-300 manual
PROFIBUS bus components

PROFIBUS DP bus connector
RS 485
with 90 cable outlet, max. transfer
rate 12 Mbit/s
- without PG interface
- with PG interface
with 90 cable outlet for
FastConnect connection system,
max. transfer rate 12 Mbit/s
- without PG interface, 1 unit
- without PG interface, 100 units
- with PG interface, 1 unit
- with PG interface, 100 units
with axial cable outlet for
SIMATIC OP, for connecting to
PPI, MPI, PROFIBUS
bus cable
German
6ES7398-8FA10-8AA0
English
6ES7398-8FA10-8BA0
6ES7998-8XC01-8YE0
6ES7972-0BA52-0XA0
6ES7972-0BA52-0XB0
6ES7972-0BB52-0XA0
6ES7972-0BB52-0XB0
6GK1500-0EA02
6XV1830-0EH10

for quick mounting, 2-core,
shielded,
sold by the meter,
minimum ordering quantity 20 m
RS 485 repeater for PROFIBUS
Design, CPU data, module data,

instruction list
6ES7972-0BA12-0XA0
6ES7972-0BB12-0XA0
6ES7972-0AA02-0XA0
Transmission rate up to 12 Mbit/s;

24 V DC;
IP20 enclosure
Electronic manuals on DVD,

multilingual: LOGO!, SIMADYN,
SIMATIC bus components,
SIMATIC C7,
SIMATIC distributed I/O,
SIMATIC HMI, SIMATIC Sensors,
SIMATIC NET, SIMATIC PC Based
Automation,
SIMATIC PCS 7, SIMATIC PG/PC,
SIMATIC S7, SIMATIC Software,
SIMATIC TDC
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/471
Siemens AG 2014
Standard CPUs
Ordering data
Article No.
PROFINET bus components

IE FC TP standard cable GP 2x2
IE FC RJ45 plugs
6XV1840-2AH10

with UL approval;
Sold by the meter
6GK5204-2BB10-2AA3

a SIMATIC S7-300, ET 200M and
up to three other stations to
Industrial Ethernet
with 10/100 Mbit/s;
4 x RJ45 ports;
LED diagnostics, S7-300 module
incl. electronic manual on CD-ROM
2/472
Siemens IK PI 2015
145 cable outlet

1 unit
6GK1901-1BB30-0AA0
10 units
6GK1901-1BB30-0AB0
50 units
6GK1901-1BB30-0AE0
IE FC RJ45 plug 180

Web diagnostics,
copper cable diagnostics and
PROFINET diagnostics for
configuring line, star and ring
topologies;
four 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports and
two FO ports

IE FC RJ45 plug 145
6XV1873-2A
Standard cable, splittable,

UL approval,
sold by the meter
SCALANCE X204-2
Article No.
180 cable outlet
6GK7377-1AA00-0AA0
1 unit
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
10 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
50 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
Siemens AG 2014
Compact CPUs
Overview CPU 314C-2 PN/DP

The compact CPU with integral digital and analog inputs/
outputs and technological functions
High processing performance in binary and floating-point
arithmetic
For connecting distributed I/O via PROFIBUS and PROFINET
PROFINET
PROFINET device under a SIMATIC or third-party PROFINET
I/O controller
Component based Automation (CBA) on PROFINET
Component based Automation (CBA)
web pages
Isochronous mode on PROFINET
CPU 314C-2 PN/DP
General information
Hardware product version
Firmware version
Supply voltage
24 V DC
Power losses
Power loss, typ.
6ES7314-6EH04-0AB0
CPU 314C-2 PN/DP
6ES7314-6EH04-0AB0
01
V3.3
Time of day
Clock
Yes
Yes

Number
14 W
Digital inputs
integrated channels (DI)
24
Digital outputs
integrated channels (DO)
16
Analog inputs
5; 4 x current/voltage, 1 x resistance
Memory
Work memory
integrated
192 kbyte
expandable
No
Size of retentive memory for retentive 64 kbyte
data blocks
Load memory
8 Mbyte

0.06 s
0.12 s
0.16 s
0.59 s

S7 counter
Number
256
IEC counter
present
Yes
S7 times
Number
256
IEC timer
present
Yes

Flag
Number, max.
256 byte
Address area
I/O address area
Inputs
Outputs
2 048 byte
2 048 byte
Process image
Inputs, adjustable
Outputs, adjustable
2 048 byte
2 048 byte
Input ranges
Voltage
Current
Resistance thermometer
Resistance
Yes;
10 V / 100 k; 0 V to 10 V / 100 k
Yes;
20 mA / 100 ; 0 mA to 20 mA /
100 ; 4 mA to 20 mA / 100
Yes;
Pt 100 / 10 M
Yes;
0 to 600 / 10 M
Analog outputs
Output ranges, voltage

0 to 10 V
-10 to +10 V
Yes
Yes
Output ranges, current

0 to 20 mA
-20 to +20 mA
4 to 20 mA
Yes
Yes
Yes
1st interface
Interface type
Physics
RS 485
Functionality
MPI
DP master
DP slave
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
DP master
124
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/473
Siemens AG 2014
Compact CPUs

CPU 314C-2 PN/DP
6ES7314-6EH04-0AB0
CPU 314C-2 PN/DP
2nd interface
Interface type
PROFINET
Number of counters
Physics
Ethernet RJ45
Number of ports
Functionality
MPI
DP master
DP slave
PROFINET IO Device
PROFINET CBA
Number of connectable IO devices,
max.
IO devices for RT
Number of IO devices with IRT and
the option "high flexibility"
Number of IO Devices with IRT and
the option "high performance", max.
Isochronous mode
No
No
No
Yes
PID controller
Yes
4; Pulse width modulation up to

2.5 kHz (see "Technological Functions" Manual)
Yes; For PROFINET only
Yes; V5.5 or higher
programming
- LAD
- FBD
- STL
- SCL
- CFC
- GRAPH
- HiGraph
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
S7 communication
supported
Yes
Know-how protection
protection
Block encryption
120 mm
Yes; Via integrated PROFINET interface and loadable FBs

8
8
8
Height
125 mm
Depth
130 mm
Weights
Weight, approx.
730 g
Yes
12
Article No.
6ES7314-6EH04-0AB0
Article No.
64 KB
6ES7953-8LF30-0AA0
128 KB
6ES7953-8LG30-0AA0
512 KB
6ES7953-8LJ30-0AA0
2 MB
6ES7953-8LL31-0AA0
4 MB
6ES7953-8LM31-0AA0
8 MB
6ES7953-8LP31-0AA0
MPI cable
6ES7901-0BF00-0AA0

Siemens IK PI 2015
overall
2/474
Yes
Dimensions
Width
Web server
supported
Compact CPU,
192 KB main memory,
24 DI/16 DO/4 AI/2 AO integrated,
integrated functions, MPI;
interface;
PROFINET IO Controller/I-Device
interface, MMC is required
Yes; PID controller (see "Technological Functions" manual)
Configuration
Configuration software
STEP 7
Yes
CPU 314C-2 PN/DP
Yes
Integrated function blocks

(closed-loop control)
0 C
60 C
supported
Ordering data
64
128
Yes
4; up to 60 kHz (see "Technological

Functions" manual)
2.5 kHz

supported

UDP
Yes
Number of frequency meters
Data record routing

60 kHz
Frequency measurement
Ambient conditions
Min.
max.
128
Yes
TCP/IP
4; See "Technological Functions"

manual
128
PG/OP communication
supported
6ES7314-6EH04-0AB0
Siemens AG 2014
Compact CPUs
Ordering data
Article No.
Front connector (1 unit)

For compact CPUs
40-pin, with screw contacts
1 unit
6ES7392-1AM00-0AA0
100 units
6ES7392-1AM00-1AB0
40-pin, with spring-loaded contacts

1 unit
6ES7392-1BM01-0AA0
100 units
6ES7392-1BM01-1AB0
SIMATIC TOP connect
see page ;
for information about which components can be used for the respective module, see A&D Mall or
Catalog KT 10.2
Front door, elevated design
6ES7328-7AA20-0AA0
For compact CPUs;

for connecting
1.3 mm2/16 AWG wires;
wiring diagram and labels in petrol
Slot number plates
6ES7912-0AA00-0AA0
S7-300 manual
instruction list
6ES7398-8FA10-8AA0
English
6ES7398-8FA10-8BA0
6ES7998-8XC01-8YE0

SIMATIC C7,
SIMATIC NET,
SIMATIC PC Based Automation,
SIMATIC S7, SIMATIC software,
SIMATIC TDC
6ES7972-0BA52-0XA0
6ES7972-0BA52-0XB0
6ES7972-0BB52-0XA0
6ES7972-0BB52-0XB0
with axial cable outlet for

PPI, MPI, PROFIBUS
6GK1500-0EA02
PROFIBUS Fast Connect

bus cable
6XV1830-0EH10

shielded,
sold by the meter,

6XV1840-2AH10
6ES7998-8XC01-8YE2
SCALANCE X204-2 Industrial

Ethernet switch
6ES7391-1AA00-0AA0
6ES7392-2XX00-0AA0
6ES7392-2XY00-0AA0
6GK5204-2BB10-2AA3

Web diagnostics, copper cable
diagnostics and PROFINET diagnostics for configuring line, star and
ring topologies;
two FO ports
Labeling sheets
for machine inscription
Petrol
6ES7392-2AX10-0AA0

a SIMATIC S7-300, ET 200M and up
to three other stations to Industrial
4 x RJ45 ports;
Light-beige
6ES7392-2BX10-0AA0
IE FC RJ45 Plugs
Yellow
6ES7392-2CX10-0AA0
Red
6ES7392-2DX10-0AA0
USB A2 PC adapter
6GK1571-0BA00-0AA0

for modules with

40-pin front connector, DIN A4,
for printing with laser printer;
10 units
6XV1873-2A

UL approval,
sold by the meter

delivery
6ES7972-0AA02-0XA0

24 V DC;
IP20 enclosure
FO standard cable GP (50/125)

Label cover

- without PG interface, 1 unit
- without PG interface, 100 units
- with PG interface, 1 unit
- with PG interface, 100 units

with UL approval;
Sold by the meter

Labeling strips
6ES7972-0BA12-0XA0
6ES7972-0BB12-0XA0


RS 485
with 90 cable outlet,
- without PG interface
- with PG interface
German

Article No.
6GK7377-1AA00-0AA0
IE FC RJ45 plug 180

180 cable outlet
1 unit
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
10 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
50 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/475
Siemens AG 2014
Fail-safe CPUs
Complies with safety requirements to SIL 3 acc. to IEC 61508

and PL e acc. to ISO 13849.1
Fail-safe I/O modules in distributed stations can be connected
through the integrated PROFINET interface (PROFIsafe) and/
or through the integrated PROFIBUS DP interface (PROFIsafe)
Fail-safe I/O modules of the ET 200M range can also be
centrally connected
Central and distributed use of standard modules for non
safety-relevant applications
PROFINET

Based on CPU 315-2 PN/DP
The CPU with medium-sized program memory and quantity
structures for setting up a fail-safe automation system in plants
with increased safety requirements
Fail-safe I/O modules in distributed stations can be connected
through the integrated PROFINET interface (PROFIsafe)
and/or through the integrated PROFIBUS DP interface
(PROFIsafe);
Fail-safe I/O modules of the ET 200M range can also be
centrally connected
Central and distributed use of standard modules for non
safety-relevant applications
PROFINET
The fail-safe CPU with high-performance command

processing, large program memory and large quantity
structure for demanding applications
For constructing a fail-safe automation system for plants with
increased safety requirements
and PL e acc. to 13849.1
Fail-safe I/O modules can be connected decentralized over
the integrated PROFINET interface (PROFIsafe) and/or over
the integrated PROFIBUS DP interface (PROFIsafe);
Fail-safe I/O modules of ET 200M can also be connected
centrally
Standard modules for non-safety-related applications can be
operated centrally and decentralized
(CBA) on PROFINET
Isochronous mode on PROFIBUS
Component based Automation (CBA)
Based on CPU 317-2 PN/DP

The fail-safe CPU with a large program memory and quantity
framework for demanding applications; for setting up a failsafe automation system in plants with increased safety
requirements.
2/476
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Fail-safe CPUs
6ES7315-2FJ14-0AB0
CPU 315F-2 PN/DP
6ES7317-2FK14-0AB0
CPU 317F-2 PN/DP
6ES7318-3FL01-0AB0
CPU 319F-3 PN/DP
STEP 7 V 5.5 or higher,

Distributed Safety V 5.4 SP4


Supply voltage
24 V DC
Yes
Yes
Yes
Power losses
Power loss, typ.
4.65 W
4.65 W
14 W
512 kbyte
128 kbyte
1 536 kbyte
256 kbyte
2 560 kbyte
700 kbyte
Load memory
8 Mbyte
8 Mbyte
8 Mbyte

0.05 s
0.025 s
0.004 s
0.09 s
0.03 s
0.01 s
0.12 s
0.04 s
0.01 s
0.45 s
0.16 s
0.04 s
Counters, timers
S7 counter
Number
256
512
2 048
IEC counter
present
Yes
Yes
Yes
S7 times
Number
256
512
2 048
IEC timer
present
Yes
Yes
Yes

Flag
Number, max.
2 048 byte
4 096 byte
8 192 byte
Address area
I/O address area
Inputs
Outputs
2 048 byte
2 048 byte
8 192 byte
8 192 byte
8 192 byte
8 192 byte
Process image
Inputs, adjustable
Outputs, adjustable
2 048 byte
2 048 byte
8 192 byte
8 192 byte
8 192 byte
8 192 byte
Time of day
Clock
Yes
Yes
Yes

Number
1st interface
Interface type
Physics
RS 485
RS 485
RS 485
Functionality
MPI
DP master
DP slave
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
DP master
124
124
124
General information
Engineering with
Programming package
Memory
Work memory
integrated
Size of retentive memory
for retentive data blocks
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/477
Siemens AG 2014
Fail-safe CPUs
6ES7315-2FJ14-0AB0
CPU 315F-2 PN/DP
6ES7317-2FK14-0AB0
CPU 317F-2 PN/DP
6ES7318-3FL01-0AB0
CPU 319F-3 PN/DP
2nd interface
Interface type
PROFINET
PROFINET
Physics
Ethernet RJ45
Ethernet RJ45
RS 485
Number of ports
Functionality
MPI
DP master
DP slave
No
No
No
No
No
No

Yes

Yes
PROFINET IO Device
PROFINET CBA
DP master
No
Yes
No
No
No
124
128
IO devices for RT
Number of IO devices with IRT and 128
Number of IO Devices with IRT and 64
128
128
64
3rd interface
Interface type
PROFINET
Physics
Ethernet RJ45
Number of ports
Functionality
MPI
DP master
DP slave
No
No
No
with I-Device functionality
Yes
PROFINET IO Device
PROFINET CBA
IO devices for RT
Isochronous mode
2/478
Siemens IK PI 2015
256
256
64
Yes; Via PROFIBUS DP or

PROFINET interface
Yes; Via PROFIBUS DP or

PROFINET interface
Yes; Via 2nd PROFIBUS DP or

PROFINET interface
Siemens AG 2014
Fail-safe CPUs

6ES7315-2FJ14-0AB0
CPU 315F-2 PN/DP
6ES7317-2FK14-0AB0
CPU 317F-2 PN/DP
6ES7318-3FL01-0AB0
CPU 319F-3 PN/DP
PG/OP communication
Yes
Yes
Yes
Data record routing
Yes
Yes
Yes

supported
Yes
Yes
Yes
supported
Yes
Yes
Yes
S7 communication
supported
Yes
Yes
Yes
supported

and loadable FBs
8
and loadable FBs
8
and loadable FBs
8

and loadable FBs
16
and loadable FBs
16
and loadable FBs
16

and loadable FBs
32
and loadable FBs
32
and loadable FBs
32
Web server
supported
Yes; only read function
Yes
Yes
overall
16
32
32
Ambient conditions
min.
max.
0 C
60 C
0 C
60 C
0 C
60 C
Configuration
programming
- LAD
- FBD
- STL
- SCL
- CFC
- GRAPH
- HiGraph
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
TCP/IP
UDP
Know-how protection
protection
Block encryption
Dimensions
Width
40 mm
40 mm
120 mm
Height
125 mm
125 mm
125 mm
Depth
130 mm
130 mm
130 mm
Weights
Weight, approx.
340 g
340 g
1 250 g
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/479
Siemens AG 2014
Fail-safe CPUs
Ordering data
CPU 315F-2 PN/DP
Article No.
6ES7315-2FJ14-0AB0
CPU for SIMATIC S7-300F;

512 KB main memory,
MPI/PROFIBUS DP master/slave
interface, Industrial Ethernet/
PROFINET interface;
incl. slot number labels;
MMC required
CPU 317F-2 PN/DP
6ES7317-2FK14-0AB0
Main memory 1.5 MB,

MPI/PROFIBUS DP master/slave
interface, Industrial Ethernet/
PROFINET interface;
MMC required
CPU 319F-3 PN/DP
6ES7953-8LF30-0AA0
128 KB
6ES7953-8LG30-0AA0
512 KB
6ES7953-8LJ30-0AA0
2 MB
6ES7953-8LL31-0AA0
4 MB
6ES7953-8LM31-0AA0
8 MB
6ES7953-8LP31-0AA0
MPI cable
6ES7901-0BF00-0AA0
6ES7912-0AA00-0AA0
S7-300 manual
6ES7318-3FL01-0AB0

instruction list
German
6ES7398-8FA10-8AA0
English
6ES7398-8FA10-8BA0
6ES7998-8XC01-8YE0

SIMATIC C7,
SIMATIC NET,
SIMATIC TDC
Task:
Configuration software for
configuring fail-safe user programs
for SIMATIC S7-300F, S7-400F,
WinAC RTX F, ET 200S, ET 200M,
ET 200iSP, ET 200pro, ET 200eco
Requirement:
STEP 7 V5.3 SP3 and higher

Floating license
6ES7833-1FC02-0YA5
Floating license for 1 user,

license key download without
software or documentation1);
email address required for delivery
6ES7833-1FC02-0YH5
S7 Distributed Safety upgrade

6ES7833-1FC02-0YE5

Task:
S7-400F, WinAC RTX F, ET 200SP,
ET 200S, ET 200M, ET 200iSP,
Requirement:
Floating license for 1 user
6ES7833-1FA13-0YA5

6ES7833-1FA13-0YH5
Siemens IK PI 2015
64 KB
Slot number plates
S7 Distributed Safety V5.4

programming tool
2/480

Main memory 2.5 MB,

interface,
Ethernet/PROFINET interface
MMC required
From V5.x to V5.4;

Article No.

6ES7998-8XC01-8YE2
Siemens AG 2014
Fail-safe CPUs
Ordering data
Article No.
6ES7391-1AA00-0AA0

USB A2 PC adapter
bus cable
6ES7972-0BA12-0XA0
6ES7972-0BB12-0XA0
6ES7972-0BA52-0XA0
6ES7972-0BA52-0XB0
6ES7972-0BB52-0XA0
6ES7972-0BB52-0XB0
6GK1500-0EA02

24 V DC;
IP20 enclosure
6ES7972-0AA02-0XA0
2
6XV1873-2A

UL approval,
sold by the meter
SCALANCE X204-2
6GK5204-2BB10-2AA3
Industrial Ethernet Switches with

integral SNMP access,
ring topologies;
two FO ports
6XV1830-0EH10
6XV1840-2AH10

with UL approval;
sold by the meter
FO standard cable GP (50/125)

shielded,
sold by the meter,

6GK1571-0BA00-0AA0

delivery
RS 485
With 90 cable outlet,
- Without PG interface
- With PG interface
With 90 cable outlet for
- Without PG interface, 1 unit
- Without PG interface, 100 units
- With PG interface, 1 unit
- With PG interface, 100 units
With axial cable outlet for
PPI, MPI, PROFIBUS
Article No.
6GK7377-1AA00-0AA0

a SIMATIC S7-300, ET 200M and up
to three other stations to Industrial
4 x RJ45 ports;
IE FC RJ45 Plugs
IE FC RJ45 plug 145
145 cable outlet
1 unit
6GK1901-1BB30-0AA0
10 units
6GK1901-1BB30-0AB0
50 units
6GK1901-1BB30-0AE0
IE FC RJ45 plug 180

180 cable outlet
1 unit
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
10 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
50 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
1)

Siemens IK PI 2015
2/481
Siemens AG 2014
Standard CPUs
Overview CPU 412-2PN
The low-cost starter solution for the medium performance

range
Can be used in small and medium-sized systems with requirements of the medium performance range
CPUs for high demands in the mid-level performance range

Applicable for plants with additional demands on
programming scope and processing speed
Integrated PROFINET functions in CPU 414-3 PN/DP
2/482
Siemens IK PI 2015
High-performance CPUs in the high-end performance range

Applicable for plants with high requirements in the high-end
performance range
Integrated PROFINET functions in CPU 416-3 PN/DP
Siemens AG 2014
Standard CPUs
6ES7412-2EK06-0AB0
CPU 412-2 PN
6ES7414-3EM06-0AB0
CPU 414-3 PN/DP
6ES7416-3ES06-0AB0
CPU 416-3 PN/DP
STEP 7 V 5.5 or higher /

IMap V3.0 or higher
+ iMap-STEP 7 Addon V3.0 SP5

IMap V3.0 or higher

IMap V3.0 or higher
No; Power supply via system power

supply

supply

supply
Power losses
Power loss, typ.
5.5 W
6.5 W
6.5 W
Memory
Work memory
integrated
1 Mbyte
0.5 Mbyte
0.5 Mbyte
4 Mbyte
2 Mbyte
2 Mbyte
16 Mbyte
8 Mbyte
8 Mbyte
Load memory
expandable FEPROM, max.
integrated RAM, max.
expandable RAM, max.
64 Mbyte
512 kbyte
64 Mbyte
64 Mbyte
512 kbyte
64 Mbyte
64 Mbyte
1 Mbyte
64 Mbyte

75 ns
45 ns
30 ns
75 ns
45 ns
30 ns
75 ns
45 ns
30 ns
225 ns
135 ns
90 ns

S7 counter
Number
2 048
2 048
2 048
IEC counter
present
Yes
Yes
Yes
S7 times
Number
2 048
2 048
2 048
IEC timer
present
Yes
Yes
Yes
4 kbyte; Size of bit memory address

area

area

area
Address area
I/O address area
Inputs
Outputs
4 kbyte
4 kbyte
8 kbyte
8 kbyte
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
Process image
Inputs, adjustable
Outputs, adjustable
4 kbyte
4 kbyte
8 kbyte
8 kbyte
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
Hardware configuration
Slots
Required slots
Time of day
Clock
Yes
Yes
Yes

Number
16
16
16
1st interface
Interface type
integrated
integrated
integrated
Physics
RS 485 / PROFIBUS + MPI
Functionality
MPI
DP master
DP slave
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
DP master
32
32
32
General information
Engineering with
Programming package
Supply voltage
24 V DC

Flag
Number, max.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/483
Siemens AG 2014
Standard CPUs
6ES7412-2EK06-0AB0
CPU 412-2 PN
6ES7414-3EM06-0AB0
CPU 414-3 PN/DP
6ES7416-3ES06-0AB0
CPU 416-3 PN/DP
2nd interface
Interface type
PROFINET
PROFINET
PROFINET
Physics
Ethernet RJ45
Ethernet RJ45
Ethernet RJ45
Number of ports
Functionality
DP master
DP slave
PROFINET IO Device
PROFINET CBA
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
256
256
256
256
256
256
64
64
64
Pluggable interface module (IF)
Plug-in interface modules
IF 964-DP
(MLFB: 6ES7964-2AA04-0AB0)
IF 964-DP
(MLFB: 6ES7964-2AA04-0AB0)
Physics
RS 485 / PROFIBUS
RS 485 / PROFIBUS
Functionality
MPI
No
No
DP master
Yes
Yes
DP slave
Yes
Yes
DP master
96
125
DP master
IO devices for RT
3rd interface
Interface type
Isochronous mode

interface

interface

interface
PG/OP communication
Yes
Yes
Yes
Data record routing
Yes
Yes
Yes

supported
Yes
Yes
Yes
supported
Yes
Yes
Yes
S7 communication
supported
Yes
Yes
Yes
supported
Standard communication (FMS)
supported
Yes; Via FC AG_SEND and AG_RECV, Yes; Via FC AG_SEND and AG_RECV, Yes; Via FC AG_SEND and AG_RECV,
max. via 10 CP 443-1 or 443-5
max. via 10 CP 443-1 or 443-5
max. via 10 CP 443-1 or 443-5
Yes; Via CP and loadable FB

46
Yes; Via integrated PROFINET interface or CP 443-1 Adv. and loadable
FBs
46
46

62
Yes; Via integrated PROFINET interface or CP 443-1 Adv. and loadable
FBs
62
62

94
Yes; Via integrated PROFINET interface or CP 443-1 and loadable FBs
Web server
supported
Yes
Yes
Yes
overall
48
64
96
TCP/IP

UDP
2/484
Siemens IK PI 2015
94
94
Siemens AG 2014
Standard CPUs

Configuration
programming
- LAD
- FBD
- STL
- SCL
- CFC
- GRAPH
- HiGraph
Know-how protection
protection
Block encryption
6ES7412-2EK06-0AB0
CPU 412-2 PN
6ES7414-3EM06-0AB0
CPU 414-3 PN/DP
6ES7416-3ES06-0AB0
CPU 416-3 PN/DP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Dimensions
Width
25 mm
50 mm
50 mm
Height
290 mm
290 mm
290 mm
Depth
219 mm
219 mm
219 mm
Weights
Weight, approx.
750 g
900 g
900 g
Ordering data
CPU 412-2 PN
Article No.
6ES7412-2EK06-0AB0
Main memory 1 MB,

MPI/PROFIBUS DP master interface, PROFINET interface,
slot for memory card,
incl. slot number labels
CPU 414-3 PN/DP
6ES7414-3EM06-0AB0
Main memory 4 MB,

module slot for 1 IF module,
CPU 416-3 PN/DP
6ES7416-3ES06-0AB0
Main memory 16 MB,

module slot for 1 IF submodule,
Article No.
FEPROM memory card
64 KB
6ES7952-0KF00-0AA0
256 KB
6ES7952-0KH00-0AA0
1 MB
6ES7952-1KK00-0AA0
2 MB
6ES7952-1KL00-0AA0
4 MB
6ES7952-1KM00-0AA0
8 MB
6ES7952-1KP00-0AA0
16 MB
6ES7952-1KS00-0AA0
32 MB
6ES7952-1KT00-0AA0
64 MB
6ES7952-1KY00-0AA0
MPI cable
6ES7901-0BF00-0AA0
for connection of SIMATIC S7

and PG via MPI;
5 m in length
IF 964-DP interface module
6ES7964-2AA04-0AB0
To connect an additional DP line;

for CPU 414-3, CPU 414-3 PN/DP,
CPU 416-3, CPU 416-3 PN/DP,
CPU 417-4

Memory card RAM
Slot number plates
64 KB
6ES7952-0AF00-0AA0
256 KB
6ES7952-1AH00-0AA0
1 MB
6ES7952-1AK00-0AA0
2 MB
6ES7952-1AL00-0AA0
4 MB
6ES7952-1AM00-0AA0
8 MB
6ES7952-1AP00-0AA0
16 MB
6ES7952-1AS00-0AA0
64 MB
6ES7952-1AY00-0AA0
6ES7912-0AA00-0AA0
1 set (spare part)

6ES7998-8XC01-8YE0

SIMATIC C7,
SIMATIC NET,
SIMATIC TDC
6ES7998-8XC01-8YE2

Siemens IK PI 2015
2/485
Siemens AG 2014
Standard CPUs
Ordering data
Article No.
RS 485 bus connector


Max. transfer rate 12 Mbit/s
Without PG interface
6ES7972-0BA12-0XA0
With PG interface
6ES7972-0BB12-0XA0

with angled cable outlet
6ES7972-0BA42-0XA0
With PG interface
6ES7972-0BB42-0XA0

FastConnect connection system
1 unit
100 units
6ES7972-0BA52-0XA0
6ES7972-0BA52-0XB0
With PG interface
1 unit
100 units
6ES7972-0BB52-0XA0
6ES7972-0BB52-0XB0
6GK1500-0EA02
For SIMATIC OP, for connection to

PPI, MPI, PROFIBUS
bus cable
6XV1830-0EH10
6ES7972-0AA02-0XA0
More information
Brochures
in the Internet:
http://www.automation.siemens.com/infocenter
Siemens IK PI 2015

web diagnostics, copper cable
ring topologies;
two FO ports
IE FC RJ45 plugs
180 cable outlet

24 V DC;
IP20 enclosure
2/486
6GK5204-2BB10-2AA3
IE FC RJ45 plug 180

shielded,
sold by the meter,
6XV1873-2A

UL approval,
sold by the meter
Ethernet switch
6XV1840-2AH10

with UL approval;
Sold by the meter

with axial cable outlet
Article No.
1 unit
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
10 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
50 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
Siemens AG 2014
Fail-safe CPUs

CPUs for high demands in the mid-level performance range
Applicable for plants with additional demands on
programming scope and processing speed
Standard and safety-related tasks can be performed with a
single CPU
Integrated PROFINET functions in CPU 414F-3 PN/DP
Multi-processor mode is possible
Safety-related communication with distributed I/O devices
over PROFIBUS DP or PROFINET IO with PROFIsafe profile
Fail-safe I/O modules can be connected in a distributed
manner via the integrated interfaces (DP and PN with
CPU 416F-3 PN/DP) and/or through communication modules
(CP 443-5 Extended and CP 443-1 Adv.)
Central and distributed use of standard modules for nonsafety-oriented applications

High-performance CPU in the top-end performance range
Standard and safety-related tasks can be performed with a
single CPU
Multi-processor mode is possible
Safety-related communication with distributed I/O devices
over PROFIBUS DP with the PROFIsafe profile
Fail-safe I/O modules can be connected decentralized over
the integrated interfaces (DP and PN with CPU416F-3 PN/DP)
and/or through communication modules (CP443-5 Ext. and
CP443-1 Adv.)
Standard modules for non-safety-related applications can be
operated centrally and decentralized
6ES7414-3FM06-0AB0
CPU 414F-3 PN/DP
6ES7416-3FS06-0AB0
CPU 416F-3 PN/DP
STEP 7 V 5.5 or higher / IMap V3.0 or higher

+ iMap- STEP 7 Addon V3.0 SP5
STEP 7 V 5.5 or higher / IMap V3.0 or higher

+ iMap- STEP 7 Addon V3.0 SP5
Supply voltage
24 V DC
No; Power supply via system power supply
No; Power supply via system power supply
Power losses
Power loss, typ.
6.5 W
6.5 W
Memory
Work memory
integrated
4 Mbyte
2 Mbyte
2 Mbyte
16 Mbyte
8 Mbyte
8 Mbyte
Load memory
64 Mbyte
512 kbyte
64 Mbyte
64 Mbyte
1 Mbyte
64 Mbyte
General information
Engineering with
Programming package
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/487
Siemens AG 2014
Fail-safe CPUs
6ES7414-3FM06-0AB0
CPU 414F-3 PN/DP
6ES7416-3FS06-0AB0
CPU 416F-3 PN/DP

45 ns
30 ns
45 ns
30 ns
45 ns
30 ns
135 ns
90 ns
Counters, timers
S7 counter
Number
2 048
2 048
IEC counter
present
Yes
Yes
S7 times
Number
2 048
2 048
IEC timer
present
Yes
Yes

Flag
Number, max.
8 kbyte; Size of bit memory address area
16 kbyte; Size of bit memory address area
Address area
I/O address area
Inputs
Outputs
8 kbyte
8 kbyte
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
Process image
Inputs, adjustable
Outputs, adjustable
8 kbyte
8 kbyte
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
Slots
Required slots
Time of day
Clock
Yes
Yes

Number
16
16
1st interface
Interface type
integrated
integrated
Physics
Functionality
MPI
DP master
DP slave
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
DP master
32
32
2nd interface
Interface type
PROFINET
PROFINET
Physics
Ethernet RJ45
Ethernet RJ45
Number of ports
Functionality
DP master
DP slave
PROFINET IO Device
PROFINET CBA
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
DP master
256
IO devices for RT
Number of IO devices with IRT and 256
Number of IO Devices with IRT and 64
2/488
Siemens IK PI 2015
256
256
64
Siemens AG 2014
Fail-safe CPUs

6ES7414-3FM06-0AB0
CPU 414F-3 PN/DP
6ES7416-3FS06-0AB0
CPU 416F-3 PN/DP
3rd interface
Interface type
IF 964-DP (MLFB: 6ES7964-2AA04-0AB0)
IF 964-DP (MLFB: 6ES7964-2AA04-0AB0)
Physics
RS 485 / PROFIBUS
RS 485 / PROFIBUS
Functionality
MPI
DP master
DP slave
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
DP master
96
125
Yes; Via PROFIBUS DP or PROFINET interface
Yes; Via PROFIBUS DP or PROFINET interface
PG/OP communication
Yes
Yes
Data record routing
Yes
Yes

supported
Yes
Yes
supported
Yes
Yes
S7 communication
supported
Yes
Yes
Yes; Via FC AG_SEND and AG_RECV,

max. via 10 CP 443-1 or 443-5
Yes; Via FC AG_SEND and AG_RECV,

max. via 10 CP 443-1 or 443-5
Yes;
via integrated PROFINET interface and loadable FBs
62
Yes; Via integrated PROFINET interface or CP 443-1 Adv.
and loadable FBs
62
Yes;
62
Yes;
94
Yes; Via integrated PROFINET interface or CP 443-1 and
loadable FBs
94
Yes;
94
Web server
supported
Yes
Yes
overall
64
96
Configuration
programming
- LAD
- FBD
- STL
- SCL
- CFC
- GRAPH
- HiGraph
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Isochronous mode
supported
supported
TCP/IP
UDP
Know-how protection
protection
Block encryption
Dimensions
Width
50 mm
50 mm
Height
290 mm
290 mm
Depth
219 mm
219 mm
Weights
Weight, approx.
900 g
900 g
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/489
Siemens AG 2014
Fail-safe CPUs
Ordering data
CPU 414F-3 PN/DP
Article No.
6ES7414-3FM06-0AB0
for setting up safety-related

automation system
Main memory 4 MB,
module slot for 1 IF module,
CPU 416F-3 PN/DP
6ES7416-3FS06-0AB0
for configuring safety-related

automation systems
Main memory 16 MB,
PROFIBUS DP master interface,
receptacle for 1 IF submodule,
Article No.
Memory Card RAM
64 KB
6ES7952-0AF00-0AA0
256 KB
6ES7952-1AH00-0AA0
1 MB
6ES7952-1AK00-0AA0
2 MB
6ES7952-1AL00-0AA0
4 MB
6ES7952-1AM00-0AA0
8 MB
6ES7952-1AP00-0AA0
16 MB
6ES7952-1AS00-0AA0
64 MB
6ES7952-1AY00-0AA0
FEPROM memory card
Distributed Safety V5.4

programming tool
Task:
Configuration software for
Requirement:
64 KB
6ES7952-0KF00-0AA0
256 KB
6ES7952-0KH00-0AA0
1 MB
6ES7952-1KK00-0AA0
2 MB
6ES7952-1KL00-0AA0
4 MB
6ES7952-1KM00-0AA0
8 MB
6ES7952-1KP00-0AA0
16 MB
6ES7952-1KS00-0AA0
32 MB
6ES7952-1KT00-0AA0
64 MB
6ES7952-1KY00-0AA0
MPI cable
6ES7901-0BF00-0AA0
Floating license
6ES7833-1FC02-0YA5

and PG via MPI;
5 m in length

6ES7833-1FC02-0YH5
IF 964-DP interface module
Slot number plates
6ES7833-1FC02-0YE5
Task:
ET 200S, ET 200M, ET 200iSP,
Requirement:
6ES7833-1FA13-0YA5

6ES7833-1FA13-0YH5
Siemens IK PI 2015
6ES7998-8XC01-8YE0

SIMATIC C7,
SIMATIC NET,
SIMATIC TDC
2/490
6ES7912-0AA00-0AA0
1 set (spare part)
Distributed Safety Upgrade

from V5.x to V5.4;
6ES7964-2AA04-0AB0
for connecting an additional DP line

6ES7998-8XC01-8YE2
Siemens AG 2014
Fail-safe CPUs
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.


6ES7972-0BA12-0XA0
With PG interface
6ES7972-0BB12-0XA0


6ES7972-0BA42-0XA0
With PG interface
6ES7972-0BB42-0XA0

FastConnect system
1 unit
100 units
6ES7972-0BA52-0XA0
6ES7972-0BA52-0XB0
With PG interface
1 unit
100 units
6ES7972-0BB52-0XA0
6ES7972-0BB52-0XB0
2
6XV1873-2A

UL approval,
sold by the meter
Ethernet Switch
6GK5204-2BB10-2AA3

ring topologies; four 10/100 Mbit/s
RJ45 ports and two FO ports
IE FC RJ45 plugs

PPI, MPI, PROFIBUS
6XV1840-2AH10

with UL approval;
Sold by the meter
6GK1500-0EA02

IE FC RJ45 plug 180
bus cable
180 cable outlet

shielded,
sold by the meter,
6XV1830-0EH10
6ES7972-0AA02-0XA0
1 unit
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
10 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
50 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0

24 V DC; IP20 enclosure
1)

Siemens IK PI 2015
2/491
Siemens AG 2014
Overview CPU 412-5H
Overview CPU 416-5H
CPU for SIMATIC S7-400H and S7-400F/FH

Can be used in S7-400H high-availability systems
Can be used with F runtime license as F-capable CPU
in S7-400F/FH safety-related systems
With integrated PROFIBUS DP master and combined
MPI/PROFIBUS DP master interface
With integrated PROFINET interface (2-port switch)
Features 2 slots for sync modules
Overview CPU 414-5H

2/492
Siemens IK PI 2015

Overview CPU 417-5H

With integrated PROFIBUS DP master interface and
combined MPI/PROFIBUS DP master interface
Siemens AG 2014
6ES7412-5HK06-0AB0
CPU 412-5H PN/DP
6ES7414-5HM06-0AB0
CPU 414-5H PN/DP
6ES7416-5HS06-0AB0
CPU 416-5H PN/DP
6ES7417-5HT06-0AB0
CPU 417-5H PN/DP
STEP 7 V 5.5 SP2 or higher

with HF1

with HF1

with HF1

with HF1
No; Power supply

Via system power supply
No; Power supply

No; Power supply

No; Power supply

Power losses
Power loss, typ.
7.5 W
7.5 W
7.5 W
7.5 W
Memory
Work memory
integrated
1 Mbyte
512 kbyte
512 kbyte
4 Mbyte
2 Mbyte
2 Mbyte
16 Mbyte
6 Mbyte
10 Mbyte
32 Mbyte
16 Mbyte
16 Mbyte
Load memory
64 Mbyte
512 kbyte
64 Mbyte
64 Mbyte
512 kbyte
64 Mbyte
64 Mbyte
1 Mbyte
64 Mbyte
64 Mbyte
1 Mbyte
64 Mbyte

31.25 ns
18.75 ns
12.5 ns
7.5 ns
31.25 ns
18.75 ns
12.5 ns
7.5 ns
31.25 ns
18.75 ns
12.5 ns
7.5 ns
General information
Engineering with
Programming package
Supply voltage
24 V DC
62.5 ns
37.5 ns
25 ns
15 ns
Counters, timers
S7 counter
Number
2 048
2 048
2 048
2 048
IEC counter
present
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
S7 times
Number
2 048
2 048
2 048
2 048
IEC timer
present
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Flag
Number, max.
8 192 byte
8 192 byte
16 384 byte
16 384 byte
Address area
I/O address area
Inputs
Outputs
8 kbyte
8 kbyte
8 kbyte
8 kbyte
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
Process image
Inputs, adjustable
Outputs, adjustable
8 kbyte
8 kbyte
8 kbyte
8 kbyte
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
Slots
Required slots
Time of day
Clock
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Number
16
16
16
16
1st interface
Interface type
integrated
integrated
integrated
integrated
Physics
Functionality
MPI
DP master
DP slave
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
DP master
32
32
32
32
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/493
Siemens AG 2014
6ES7412-5HK06-0AB0
CPU 412-5H PN/DP
6ES7414-5HM06-0AB0
CPU 414-5H PN/DP
6ES7416-5HS06-0AB0
CPU 416-5H PN/DP
6ES7417-5HT06-0AB0
CPU 417-5H PN/DP
2nd interface
Interface type
PROFINET
PROFINET
PROFINET
PROFINET
Physics
Ethernet RJ45
Ethernet RJ45
Ethernet RJ45
Ethernet RJ45
Number of ports
Functionality
DP master
DP slave
PROFINET IO Device
PROFINET CBA
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
256
256
256
256
3rd interface
Interface type
integrated
integrated
integrated
integrated
Physics
RS 485 / PROFIBUS
RS 485 / PROFIBUS
RS 485 / PROFIBUS
RS 485 / PROFIBUS
Functionality
DP master
DP slave
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
DP master
64
96
125
125
Pluggable synchronization
submodule (FO)
submodule (FO)
submodule (FO)
submodule (FO)
Synchronization modules
6ES7960-1AA06-0XA0 or
6ES7960-1AB06-0XA0
6ES7960-1AA06-0XA0 or
6ES7960-1AB06-0XA0
6ES7960-1AA06-0XA0 or
6ES7960-1AB06-0XA0
6ES7960-1AA06-0XA0 or
6ES7960-1AB06-0XA0
submodule (FO)
submodule (FO)
submodule (FO)
submodule (FO)
6ES7960-1AA06-0XA0 or
6ES7960-1AB06-0XA0
6ES7960-1AA06-0XA0 or
6ES7960-1AB06-0XA0
6ES7960-1AA06-0XA0 or
6ES7960-1AB06-0XA0
6ES7960-1AA06-0XA0 or
6ES7960-1AB06-0XA0
No
No
No
No
PG/OP communication
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Data record routing
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
S7 routing
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

supported
No
No
No
No
supported
No
No
No
No
S7 communication
supported
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes; (via CP max. 10 and

FC AG_SEND and
FC AG_RECV)

FC AG_SEND and
FC AG_RECV)

FC AG_SEND and
FC AG_RECV)

FC AG_SEND and
FC AG_RECV)
Yes;
Via CP and loadable FB
Yes;
Yes;
Yes;
IO devices for RT
4th interface
Interface type
5. Interface
Interface type
Isochronous mode
supported

supported
2/494
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

6ES7412-5HK06-0AB0
CPU 412-5H PN/DP
6ES7414-5HM06-0AB0
CPU 414-5H PN/DP
6ES7416-5HS06-0AB0
CPU 416-5H PN/DP
6ES7417-5HT06-0AB0
CPU 417-5H PN/DP
Yes;
Via integrated PROFINET
interface and loadable FBs
46
Yes;
interface or CP 443-1 and
loadable FBs
46
Yes;
46
Yes;
62
Yes;
loadable FBs
62
Yes;
62
Yes;
94
Yes;
loadable FBs
94
Yes;
94
Yes;
118
Yes;
loadable FBs
118
Yes;
118
Web server
supported
No
No
No
No
overall
48
64
96
120
Configuration
programming
- LAD
- FBD
- STL
- SCL
- CFC
- GRAPH
- HiGraph
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
TCP/IP


UDP
Know-how protection
protection
Block encryption
Dimensions
Width
50 mm
50 mm
50 mm
50 mm
Height
290 mm
290 mm
290 mm
290 mm
Depth
219 mm
219 mm
219 mm
219 mm
Weights
Weight, approx.
995 g
995 g
995 g
995 g
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/495
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
CPU 412-5H
Article No.
6ES7412-5HK06-0AB0
Article No.
CPU 417-5H
For S7-400H and S7-400F/FH;

1 MB RAM,
1 combined MPI/PROFIBUS DP
master interface,
1 PROFIBUS DP interface,
2 PROFINET interfaces (switches),
2 slots for sync modules,

32 MB RAM,
master interface,
CPU 412-5H system bundle
Not assembled, consisting of:

UR2-H rack,
2 x PS 405/407 power supply units,
2 x CPU 412-5H,
4 x Sync modules (for max. 10 m),
2 x fiber optic cables for
sync modules (1 m),
4 x backup batteries;
additional two memory cards
required (to be ordered separately)

UR2-H rack,
2 x CPU 417-5H,
2 x fiber optic cables
for sync modules (1 m),
6ES7417-5HT06-0AB0
CPU 412-5H system bundle,

120/230 V AC, 10 A
6ES7400-0HR01-4AB0

120/230 V AC, 10 A
6ES7400-0HR04-4AB0

24/48/60 V DC, 10 A
6ES7400-0HR51-4AB0

24/48/60 V DC, 10 A
6ES7400-0HR54-4AB0
CPU 414-5H
6ES7414-5HM06-0AB0
Memory card RAM

4 MB RAM,
master interface,
1 MB
6ES7952-1AK00-0AA0
2 MB
6ES7952-1AL00-0AA0
4 MB
6ES7952-1AM00-0AA0
8 MB
6ES7952-1AP00-0AA0
16 MB
6ES7952-1AS00-0AA0
64 MB
6ES7952-1AY00-0AA0
FEPROM memory card

UR2-H rack,
2 x CPU 414-5H,
1 MB
6ES7952-1KK00-0AA0
2 MB
6ES7952-1KL00-0AA0
4 MB
6ES7952-1KM00-0AA0
8 MB
6ES7952-1KP00-0AA0
16 MB
6ES7952-1KS00-0AA0
32 MB
6ES7952-1KT00-0AA0
64 MB
6ES7952-1KY00-0AA0
MPI cable
6ES7901-0BF00-0AA0

120/230 V AC, 10 A
6ES7400-0HR02-4AB0

24/48/60 V DC, 10 A
6ES7400-0HR52-4AB0
CPU 416-5H
6ES7416-5HS06-0AB0

16 MB RAM,
master interface,

and PG via MPI;
5 m in length
Slot number plates
S7 F Systems RT License
S7 F Systems V6.1

UR2-H rack,
2 x CPU 416-5H,
Programming and configuring

environment for creating and
operating safety-related STEP 7
programs for an S7-400H-based
target system,
floating license for 1 user,
runs under Windows XP Prof SP2,
Windows XP Prof SP2/SP3,
Windows Server 2003 SP2
2 languages (English, German)
Type of delivery:
Certificate of License
as well as software and electronic
documentation on CD

120/230 V AC, 10 A
6ES7400-0HR03-4AB0

24/48/60 V DC, 10 A
6ES7400-0HR53-4AB0
Siemens IK PI 2015
6ES7833-1CC00-6YX0
For processing safety-related user

programs, for one S7-400H-based
system each with CPU 412-5H,
CPU 414-5H, CPU 416-5H or
CPU 417-5H
2/496
6ES7912-0AA00-0AA0
1 set (spare part)
6ES7833-1CC02-0YA5
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
S7 F systems upgrade
from V5.x/V6.0 to V6.1
Article No.
6ES7833-1CC02-0YE5
2 languages (English, German),

floating license for 1 user
Type of delivery:
as well as software and electronic
documentation on CD

6ES7972-0BA42-0XA0
With PG interface
6ES7972-0BB42-0XA0
Max. transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s

6ES7998-8XC01-8YE0
6ES7972-0BA30-0XA0
Bus connector RS 485

for FastConnect connection
technology

SIMATIC C7,
SIMATIC NET,
SIMATIC TDC
Article No.
6ES7998-8XC01-8YE2
1 unit
100 units
6ES7972-0BA52-0XA0
6ES7972-0BA52-0XB0
With PG interface
1 unit
100 units
6ES7972-0BB52-0XA0
6ES7972-0BB52-0XB0




PPI, MPI, PROFIBUS

6ES7972-0BA12-0XA0
With PG interface
6ES7972-0BB12-0XA0
bus cable
6GK1500-0EA02
6XV1830-0EH10

shielded,
sold by the meter,
max. delivery unit 1000 m,
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/497
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC WinAC RTX
New with WinAC RTX 2010 SP1:
SIMATIC IPC427D and IPC477D are fully supported
- Communication via onboard CP 5622
- Retentive memory
- LED display of the operating status
Support for the new PROFIBUS CP 5612 (PCI) and CP 5622
(PCIe)
Overview
Benefits
Hard real time and maximum performance
Implementation of fast, S7-compatible control solutions with
low processor loading.
Alongside the control task, sufficient processor capability is
available for processing complex, demanding PC applications in parallel.
SIMATIC WinAC RTX:
Optimized for applications that require a high degree of
flexibility and integration capability.
The software solution for tasks that require hard deterministic
behavior and high performance.
With real-time expansion for assuring deterministic behavior
for the control section.
6ES7671-0RC08-0YA0
SIMATIC WinAC RTX 2010
General information
Firmware version
V4.6
Memory
Type of memory
RAM
Work memory
Load memory
4 Mbyte; Adjustable; depends on

Non Paged Memory Pool

0.004 s
0.003 s
0.004 s
Reference platform
Pentium IV, 2.4 GHz
CPU-blocks
DB
Number, max.
Size, max.
65 535
64 kbyte
FB
Number, max.
Size, max.
65 536
64 kbyte
FC
Number, max.
OB
Size, max.
Number of free cycle OBs
Number of time alarm OBs
Number of delay alarm OBs
Number of time interrupt OBs
Number of process alarm OBs
Number of ODK OBs
Number of DPV1 alarm OBs
Number isochronous mode OBs
Number of startup OBs
Number of asynchronous error OBs
Number of synchronous error OBs
2/498
Siemens IK PI 2015
65 536;
Limited only by RAM set for code
64 kbyte
1
1
1
9
1
3; OB 52-54
3; OB 55-57
2; OB 61-62
2
7
2
6ES7671-0RC08-0YA0
Nesting depth
per priority class
additional within an error OB
Counters, timers
S7 counter
Number
Retentivity
- adjustable
- lower limit
- upper limit
- preset
Counting range
- adjustable
- lower limit
- upper limit
IEC counter
present
Type
Number
S7 times
Number
Retentivity
- adjustable
- lower limit
- upper limit
Time range
- lower limit
- upper limit
IEC timer
present
Type
Number
24
24
2 048
Yes
0
2 047
8
Yes
0
999
Yes
SFB
Unlimited
(limited only by RAM capacity)
2 048
Yes
0
2 047
10 ms
9 990 s
Yes
SFB
Unlimited
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC WinAC RTX

6ES7671-0RC08-0YA0
Retentivity without UPS
and PS Extension Board
Retentivity with UPS

Flag
Number, max.
of which retentive
Retentivity preset
Number of clock memories
Data blocks
Number, max.
128 KB with SIMATIC IPC227D,

IPC427C, IPC427D, HMI IPC277D,
IPC477C, IPC477D;
further SIMATIC IPCs on request
all data
16 kbyte
MB 0 to MB 16383
MB 0 to MB 15
8
Size, max.
Retentivity adjustable
Retentivity preset
Local data
adjustable, max.
preset
per priority class, max.
64 kbyte
32 kbyte
61 440 byte
Process image
Inputs, adjustable
Outputs, adjustable
Inputs, default
Outputs, default
Subprocess images
Number of subprocess images,
max.
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
8 kbyte;
16 KB with STEP 7 V5.5 SP3 or higher
8 kbyte;
16 KB with STEP 7 V5.5 SP3 or higher
512 byte
512 byte
15
Digital channels
Inputs
Outputs
128 000
128 000
Analog channels
Inputs
Outputs
8 000
8 000
Submodules
Number of submodules, max
of which PROFIBUS, max.
of which Industrial Ethernet, max.
Number of operable FMs and CPs

(recommended)
FM
CP, point-to-point
CP, LAN
Time of day
Clock
Yes
battery-backed and synchronizable Yes
Number
Clock synchronization
supported
to PC-CP, slave
on Ethernet via NTP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Interfaces
Limited only by available retentive
memory (NVRAM, or file storage)
64 kbyte
Yes; via non-retain property on DB
Yes
Address area
I/O address area
Inputs
Outputs
of which, distributed
- DP interface, inputs
- DP interface, outputs
- PN interface, inputs
- PN interface, outputs
6ES7671-0RC08-0YA0
4
4;
Supported interfaces: see 1st and
2nd interface
1;
Supported interfaces: see 3rd and
4th interface
Number of USB interfaces

1st interface
Interface type
Max. no. of simultaneously

operable CPs
0
CP 5611, CP 5611-A2, CP 5612,
CP 5621, CP 5622,
integrated PROFIBUS interface
of the SIMATIC PC
1
Physics
RS 485 / PROFIBUS
Isolated
Yes
Power supply to interface

(15 to 30 V DC), max.
does not exist
Number of connection resources
Functionality
MPI
DP master
DP slave
No
Yes
No
DP master
Transmission rate, max.
Services
- PG/OP communication
- Routing
- Global data communication
- S7 basic communication
- S7 communication
- S7 communication, as client
- S7 communication, as server
- Equidistance mode support
- Isochronous mode
- SYNC/FREEZE
- Activation/deactivation of DP
slaves
- Direct data exchange
(slave-to-slave communication)
- DPV0
- DPV1
Address area
- Inputs, max.
- Outputs, max.
User data per DP slave
- Inputs, max.
- Outputs, max.
8
12 Mbit/s
64
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes; Only in conjunction
with isochronous mode
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
244 byte
244 byte
FM distributed: FM 350-1 / 350-2,

FM 351, FM 352, FM 353,
FM 355 / 355-2
CP 340, CP 341 distributed
Over PC CP
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/499
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC WinAC RTX

6ES7671-0RC08-0YA0
2nd interface
Interface type
CP 5613, CP 5613-A2, CP 5603,

CP 5623

operable CPs
Physics
RS 485 / PROFIBUS
Isolated
Yes
Functionality
MPI
DP master
DP slave
No
Yes
No
DP master
Services
- Routing
- S7 communication
- Isochronous mode
- SYNC/FREEZE
slaves
- Direct data exchange (slave-toslave communication)
- DPV0
- DPV1
Address area
- Inputs, max.
- Outputs, max.
- Inputs, max.
- Outputs, max.
3rd interface
Interface type
50
12 Mbit/s
125
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes; Only in conjunction with
isochronous mode
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
244 byte
244 byte
PROFINET
6ES7671-0RC08-0YA0
Transmission rate, min.
IO devices for RT
- of which in line, max.
IRT, supported
Prioritized startup supported
- Number of IO Devices, max.
Activation/deactivation
of IO Devices
- Maximum number of IO devices
that can be activated/deactivated
at the same time.
IO Devices changing during operation (partner ports), supported
Device replacement without swap
medium
Send cycles
Updating time
Services
- Routing
- S7 communication
- Isochronous mode
Address area
- Inputs, max.
- Outputs, max.
- User data per address area, max.
- User data consistency, max.
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
128
128
No
Yes
32
Yes
8
Yes
Yes
1 ms
1 - 512 ms (minimum value depends
on communication share set for
PROFINET I/O, on the number of
I/O devices, and on the volume of
configured user data)
Yes
Yes; S7 routing
Yes
No
Yes
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
2 kbyte
254 byte
PROFINET CBA
acyclic transmission
Cyclic transmission
Yes
Yes
SIMATIC communication
PG/OP communication
S7 routing
S7 communication
Yes
Yes
Yes
16
Open IE communication, supported
Local port numbers used
at the system end

operable CPs
1; Intel Pro/1000 (82573L, 82574L,

82541PI; non-shared IRQ required);
integrated IE interface SIMATIC PC
4x7B, 6x7B, 8x7B, IPC4x7C,
IPC6x7C, IPC8x7C, IPC2x7D,
IPC4x7D
Physics
Ethernet
Keep-alive function, supported
Yes
32
0, 20, 21, 23, 25, 80, 102, 135, 161,
443, 8080, 34962, 34963, 34964,
65532, 65533, 65534, 65535
Yes
Isolated
Yes
Integrated switch
No
4th interface
Interface type
PROFINET
Number of ports
Automatic detection
of transmission speed
Yes; 10/100 Mbit/s
Autonegotiation
Autocrossing

operable CPs
Physics
Ethernet
Yes
Isolated
Yes
Yes
Integrated switch
Yes
Number of ports
Media redundancy
supported
No
Yes; 10/100 Mbit/s
Functionality
PROFINET IO Device
PROFINET CBA
Automatic detection of transmission

speed
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Autonegotiation
Yes
Autocrossing
Yes
Change of IP address at runtime, sup- Yes

ported
2/500
Siemens IK PI 2015
32
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC WinAC RTX

6ES7671-0RC08-0YA0
6ES7671-0RC08-0YA0
Media redundancy
supported
Yes
Switchover time on line break,
200 ms
typically
Number of stations in the ring, max. 50
PG/OP communication
Functionality
PROFINET IO Device
PROFINET CBA
Web server

supported
No
supported
No
IO devices for RT
IRT, supported
Activation/deactivation of
IO Devices
at the same time.
Device replacement
without swap medium
Send cycles
Updating time
Services
- Routing
- S7 communication
- Isochronous mode
Address area
- Inputs, max.
- Outputs, max.
PG/OP communication
S7 routing
S7 communication
at the system end
Isochronous mode
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
100 Mbit/s
256
256
64
32
64
32
Yes
Yes
32
Yes
8
Yes
Yes
250 s, 500 s, 1 ms
0.25...512 depending on the send
cycle
Yes
Yes; S7 routing
Yes
Yes
Yes
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
2 kbyte
254 byte
Yes
Yes
Yes
32
Yes
32
0, 20, 21, 25, 80, 102, 135, 161,
34962, 34963, 34964, 65532, 65533,
65534, 65535
Yes
Number of DP masters with

isochronous mode
User data per isochronous slave,

max.
128 byte
equidistance
Yes
shortest clock pulse
2.2 ms;
2.2 ms without partial process image;
2.2 ms with partial process image
Data record routing
S7 communication
supported
as server
As client
User data per job, max.
TCP/IP
- Data length for connection type
01H, max.
11H, max.
- Data length, max.
- Data length, max.
UDP
- Data length, max.
Web server
supported
Number of HTTP clients
User-defined websites
PROFINET CBA
(at set setpoint communication load)
Setpoint for the CPU
communication load
Number of remote
interconnection partners
Number of functions, master/slave
Total of all Master/Slave
connections
Data length of all incoming
connections master/slave, max.
Data length of all outgoing
Number of device-internal and
PROFIBUS interconnections
Data length of device-internal and
PROFIBUS interconnections, max.
Data length per connection, max.
Remote interconnections
with acyclic transmission
- Sampling frequency:
Sampling time, min.
- Number of incoming
interconnections
- Number of outgoing
interconnections
- Data length of all incoming
interconnections, max.
- Data length of all outgoing
- Data length per connection, max.
Yes
Yes; Only with CP 5611 or integrated
PROFIBUS interface of the
SIMATIC PC
Yes
Yes
Yes
64 kbyte;
When using BSEND/USEND
Yes
32
Not supported
65 534 byte
65 534 byte
Yes
32
65 534 byte
Yes
32
1 472 byte
Yes
2
No
20 %
64
30
1 000
6 800 byte
6 800 byte
500
4 000 byte
1 400 byte
500 ms
100
100
2 000 byte
2 000 byte
1 400 byte
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/501
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC WinAC RTX

6ES7671-0RC08-0YA0
with cyclic transmission
- Transmission frequency:
Transmission interval, min.
interconnections
interconnections
HMI variables via PROFINET
(acyclic)
- Number of stations that can log on
for HMI variables (PN OPC/iMap)
- HMI variable updating
- Number of HMI variables
- Data length of all HMI variables,
max.
PROFIBUS proxy functionality
- supported
- Number of linked PROFIBUS
devices
overall
usable for PG communication
- reserved for PG communication
usable for OP communication
- reserved for OP communication
10 ms
200
200
No
Yes; Professional, Enterprise,
Ultimate (only 32 bits)
Windows embedded Standard 7
Yes; With the delivery image of the

SIMATIC PC
3
500 ms
200
2 000 byte
Yes
16
240 byte; Slave-dependent
96
1
1
simultaneously active
Alarm-S blocks, max.
20; of a total of 20 for all SFCs
Yes
Alarm 8-blocks
Number of instances for alarm 8
4 000
and S7 communication blocks, max.
Process control messages
No
Number of archives that can log on

simultaneously (SFB 37 AR_SEND)
32
Test commissioning functions

Status block
Yes
Single step
Yes
Number of breakpoints
20
Status/control
Status/control variable
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
120
PC with color monitor, keyboard,
mouse or pointing device for Windows
Main memory, min.
1 Gbyte; WES7: 2 GB
Required memory on hard disk, min.
100 Mbyte
Processor
Intel Celeron M,
900 MHz or compatible
Yes; Dual Pentium, CoreDuo,
Core2Duo or compatible
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015

SIMATIC PC
ACPI uniprocessor PC,
ACPI multiprocessor PC,
MPS multiprocessor PC
Windows 7
Yes; ALARM_S, ALARM_SQ,

ALARM_D, ALARM_DQ
2/502
Yes; Professional, SP2 and SP3
Windows XP embedded
Windows Vista
No
Hyper-threading
No
Windows XP
250 byte
Process diagnostic messages
Multi-processor system
No
Windows 2000
Supported HAL types under

Windows XP
SCAN procedure
Hardware requirements
Hardware required
No
Windows NT 4.0
4 800 byte
62
Diagnostic buffer
present
Number of entries, max.
- adjustable
- preset
Operating systems
Windows CE
4 800 byte
S7 message functions
Number of login stations for
message functions, max.
Forcing
Forcing
6ES7671-0RC08-0YA0
Configuration
STEP 7
programming
Nesting levels
- LAD
- FBD
- STL
- SCL
- CFC
- GRAPH
- HiGraph
Software libraries
- Easy Motion Control
- Software redundancy
Number of simultaneously active
SFCs
- DPSYC_FR
- D_ACT_DP
- RD_REC
- WR_REC
- WR_PARM
- PARM_MOD
- WR_DPARM
- DPNRM_DG
- RDSYSST
SFBs
- RD_REC
- WR_REC
Know-how protection
protection
Block encryption
Open Development interfaces
CCX (Custom Code Extension)
CMI (Controller Management Interface)
SMX (Shared Memory Extension)
- Inputs
- Outputs
Yes; V5.5 and higher, Engineering

Tools (optional)
8
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes; As of V1.2, only operation of
WinAC RTX with WinAC RTX

20; of a total of 20 for all SFBs

Yes
No
Yes; WinAC ODK V4.2 or higher
4 kbyte
4 kbyte
I/O/Options
I/O devices
Printer
none
No
Weights
Weight, approx.
100 g; Weight incl. packaging
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC WinAC RTX
Ordering data
Article No.
6ES7671-0RC08-0YA0
Our add-ons supplement the WinAC RTX soft PLC by useful

functions which have arisen in the context of projects. You can
thus fully utilize the advantages of PC-based automation.
The applications are available in the form of function blocks and
are easy to use without special programming knowledge.
6ES7671-0RC08-0YE0
Siemens AG
Competence Center Cologne
E-mail: CCCologne@siemens.com
6GK1561-2AA00
PCI card (32 bit) for connection

of a programming device or PC
to PROFIBUS
CP 5622
communications processor
6GK1562-2AA00
PCI Express x1 card (32 bit)

for connection of a programming
device or PC to PROFIBUS
CP 5603 Microbox Package
6GK1560-3AU00
Comprising CP 5603 module and

Microbox expansion rack
CP 5613 A2
6GK1561-3AA01
PCI card (32 bit; 3.3 V/5 V) for

connection to PROFIBUS incl. DPBase software with NCM PC;
DP-RAM interface for DP master,
incl. PG and FDL protocol;
single license for 1 installation,
runtime software, software and
electronic manual on CD-ROM,
Class A, for 32 bit Windows 2000
Professional/Server,
Windows XP Professional,
German/English
CP 5623
Application
Function
WinAC serial driver
Communication over serial interfaces
WinAC PC IO driver
Access to central I/O expansion PC

IO including interrupt handling
WinAC SQL
Access to SQL databases
WinAC TCP/IP driver
Data exchange between WinAC and

other communication partners over
Windows interface using TCP/IP,
UDP, or ISO-on-TCP
WinAC OPC Client
Access to various OPC servers
WinAC Shutdown
Controlled shutdown of WinAC and

PC system
WinAC File-I/O
Reading and writing of DBs as file

on the PC system
WinAC Command
Calling of batch commands from

WinAC
WinAC Access-DB
High-performance access to DBs,

bit memories or I/O image
WinAC SMX Cover
Provision of SMX functions, e.g. for

Delphi or VB
WinAC CMI Wrapper
Simple program-based operation

of WinAC
Brochures
6GK1562-3AA00
PCI Express x1 card (32 bit) for

DP-RAM interface for DP master or
DP slave, incl. PG and FDL protocols; single license for 1 installation,
Class A, for operating system
support see SIMATIC NET software;
German/English
CP 1616
Detailed information and prices can be obtained from your

Siemens contact or from:
Contact:
For upgrading from basic/RTX V3.x,

V4.0, V4.1 2005, 2008 and 2009;
single license, executable under
Windows XP SP2 and SP3 and
Windows 7 (32 bit)
CP 5612
Add-ons for SIMATIC WinAC

PC-based Competence Center Cologne
Software PLC for PC-based

automation tasks with stringent
deterministic requirements;
PROFIBUS and PROFINET;
CD-ROM with electronic documentation d, e, f;
single license, executable under
Windows XP SP2 and SP3 as well
as Windows 7 (32 bit)
Upgrade
More information

in the Internet:
6GK1161-6AA02
PCI Card (32 bit; 3.3/5 V universal

key) with ASIC ERTEC 400 for
connecting PCs to PROFINET IO
with 4-port real-time switch (RJ45);
incl. IO-Base software for
PROFINET IO controller (RT operation) and NCM PC;
single license for one installation,
Class A, for 32 bit Windows XP
Professional;
German/English
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/503
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC WinAC RTX F
New:
SIMATIC IPC427D and IPC477D are fully supported
- Communication via onboard CP 5622
- Retentive memory
- LED display of the operating status
Support for the new PROFIBUS CP 5612 (PCI) and
CP 5622 (PCIe)
Overview
Benefits
Hard real-time and maximum performance up to SIL 3
according to IEC 61508/62061 or according to
EN ISO 13849-1 up to PL e
Implementation of fast, S7-compatible control solutions with
low processor loading.
Alongside the control task, sufficient processor capability is
available for processing complex, demanding PC applications in parallel.
SIMATIC WinAC RTX F:

Optimized for applications that demand a high degree of
flexibility and integration capability and that must also satisfy
safety requirements up to SIL 3 (IEC 61508).
The software solution for tasks that require hard deterministic
behavior and high performance.
With real-time expansion for assuring deterministic behavior
for the control section.
Distributed I/O can be connected over PROFIBUS and/or
PROFINET, also safety-related over PROFIsafe.
6ES7671-1RC08-0YA0
SIMATIC WinAC RTX F 2010
General information
Firmware version
V4.6
Engineering with
Programming package
Memory
Type of memory
Work memory
Load memory
STEP 7 V5.5 or higher + hardware

update / iMap V3.0 SP1 /
option package S7 Distributed Safety
V5.4 + SP5 / S7 F Configuration Pack
V5.5 + SP6 + HF1
RAM
Adjustable; depends on

0.004 s
0.003 s
0.004 s
Reference platform
Pentium IV, 2.4 GHz
CPU-blocks
DB
Number, max.
Size, max.
2/504
Siemens IK PI 2015
65 535;
64 kbyte
6ES7671-1RC08-0YA0
FB
Number, max.
Size, max.
FC
Number, max.
65 536;
64 kbyte
Size, max.
65 536;
64 kbyte
OB
Size, max.
Number of ODK OBs
Number of DPV1 alarm OBs
Number isochronous mode OBs
64 kbyte
1
1
1
9
1
3; OB 52-54
3; OB 55-57
2; OB 61-62
2
7
2
Nesting depth
per priority class
24
24
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC WinAC RTX F

6ES7671-1RC08-0YA0
Counters, timers
S7 counter
Number
Retentivity
- adjustable
- lower limit
- upper limit
- preset
Counting range
- adjustable
- lower limit
- upper limit
IEC counter
present
Type
Number
S7 times
Number
Retentivity
- adjustable
- lower limit
- upper limit
- preset
Time range
- lower limit
- upper limit
IEC timer
present
Type
Number
Retentivity without UPS
and PS Extension Board
2 048
Yes
0
2 047
8
Yes
0
999
Yes
SFB
Unlimited
2 048
Yes
0
2 047
0
10 ms
9 990 s
Yes
SFB
Unlimited
128 kbyte with SIMATIC IPC427C
and HMI IPC477C;
further SIMATIC PCs on request
Retentivity with UPS
all data
Flag
Number, max.
of which retentive
Retentivity preset
16 kbyte
MB 0 to MB 16383
MB 0 to MB 15
8
Data blocks
Number, max.
Size, max.
Retentivity adjustable
Retentivity preset
Limited only by available retentive

memory (NVRAM, or file storage)
64 kbyte
Yes; via non-retain property on DB
Yes
Local data
adjustable, max.
preset
per priority class, max.
64 kbyte
32 kbyte
61 440 byte
6ES7671-1RC08-0YA0
Address area
I/O address area
Inputs
Outputs
- DP interface, inputs
- DP interface, outputs
- PN interface, inputs
- PN interface, outputs
Process image
Inputs, adjustable
Outputs, adjustable
Inputs, default
Outputs, default
Subprocess images
Number of subprocess images,
max.
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
8 kbyte
8 kbyte
512 byte
512 byte
15
Digital channels
Inputs
Outputs
128 000
128 000
Analog channels
Inputs
Outputs
8 000
8 000
Submodules
Number of submodules, max
of which PROFIBUS, max.
of which Industrial Ethernet, max.
Number of operable FMs and CPs
(recommended)
FM
CP, point-to-point
CP, LAN
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
4
4; Supported interfaces:
see 1st and 2nd interface
1; Supported interfaces:
see 3rd and 4th interface
4; FM distributed:
FM 350-1, FM 350-2, FM 351,
FM 352 / FM 352-5, FM 353, FM 354,
FM 355, FM 355-2
2; CP 340, CP 341 distributed
Over PC CP
Time of day
Clock
Yes
battery-backed and synchronizable Yes
Number
supported
to PC-CP, slave
on Ethernet via NTP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/505
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC WinAC RTX F

6ES7671-1RC08-0YA0
Interfaces
With optical interface
6ES7671-1RC08-0YA0
No
2nd interface
Interface type
CP 5611-A2, CP 5621, integrated PB

interface of the SIMATIC PC

operable CPs

operable CPs
Physics
RS 485 / PROFIBUS
Isolated
Yes
Physics
RS 485 / PROFIBUS
Isolated
Yes
Power supply to interface

(15 to 30 V DC), max.
does not exist
Functionality
MPI
DP master
DP slave
No
Yes
No
Functionality
MPI
DP master
DP slave
No
Yes
No
1st interface
Interface type
DP master
Services
- Routing
- S7 communication
- Isochronous mode
- SYNC/FREEZE
slaves
- Direct data exchange
(slave-to-slave communication)
- DPV0
- DPV1
Address area
- Inputs, max.
- Outputs, max.
- Inputs, max.
- Outputs, max.
2/506
Siemens IK PI 2015
8
12 Mbit/s
64
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes; Only in conjunction
with isochronous mode
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
244 byte
244 byte
DP master
Services
- Routing
- S7 communication
- Isochronous mode
- SYNC/FREEZE
slaves
- Direct data exchange (slave-toslave communication)
- DPV0
- DPV1
Address area
- Inputs, max.
- Outputs, max.
- Inputs, max.
- Outputs, max.
3rd interface
Interface type
CP 5613, CP 5613-A2, CP 5603,

CP 5623
50
12 Mbit/s
125
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes; Only in conjunction with
isochronous mode
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
244 byte
244 byte
PROFINET

operable CPs
1; Intel Pro/1000 (Intel 82571EB,

82573L, 82574L, 82541PI;
non-shared IRQ required); integrated
IE interface SIMATIC PC 4x7B, 6x7B,
8x7B, IPC4x7C, IPC6x7C, IPC8x7C
Physics
Ethernet
Isolated
Yes
Integrated switch
No
Number of ports

speed
Yes; 10/100 Mbit/s
Autonegotiation
Yes
Autocrossing
Yes
Media redundancy
supported
No
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC WinAC RTX F

6ES7671-1RC08-0YA0
Functionality
PROFINET IO Device
PROFINET CBA
Transmission rate, min.
max.
IO devices for RT
IRT, supported
IO Devices
at the same time.
medium
Send cycles
Updating time
Services
- Routing
- S7 communication
- Isochronous mode
Address area
- Inputs, max.
- Outputs, max.
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Physics
Ethernet
Isolated
Yes
Integrated switch
Yes
Number of ports
128

speed
Yes; 10/100 Mbit/s
128
No
Yes
32
Yes
Autonegotiation
Yes
Autocrossing
Yes
Change of IP address at runtime,

supported
Yes
32
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
128
Yes
Media redundancy
supported
Yes
200 ms
Switchover time on line break,
typically
Number of stations in the ring, max. 50
1 ms
1 - 512 ms (minimum value depends
on communication share set for
PROFINET I/O, on the number
of I/O devices, and on the volume of
configured user data)
Functionality
PROFINET IO Device
PROFINET CBA
Web server
Yes
Yes
Yes; S7 routing
Yes
No
Yes
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
2 kbyte
254 byte
PG/OP communication
S7 routing
S7 communication
Yes
Yes
Yes
16
Yes
32
0, 20, 21, 23, 25, 80, 102, 135, 161,
8080, 34962, 34963, 34964, 65532,
65533, 65534, 65535
Yes
IO devices for RT
IRT, supported
IO Devices
at the same time.
medium
Send cycles
Updating time
Services
- Routing
- S7 communication
- Isochronous mode
PROFINET
1
Yes
Yes
Keep-alive function, supported
4th interface
Interface type
Max. no. of simultaneously operable
CPs
PROFINET CBA
Cyclic transmission
Local port numbers used at the
system end
6ES7671-1RC08-0YA0
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
100 Mbit/s
256
256
64
32
64
64
Yes
Yes
32
Yes
8
Yes
Yes
250 s, 500 s, 1 ms
0.25...512
depending on the send cycle
Yes
Yes; S7 routing
Yes
Yes
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/507
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC WinAC RTX F

6ES7671-1RC08-0YA0
Address area
- Inputs, max.
- Outputs, max.
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
2 kbyte
254 byte
PG/OP communication
S7 routing
S7 communication
Yes
Yes
Yes
32
Local port numbers used at the
system end
Isochronous mode
Yes
32
0, 20, 21, 25, 80, 102, 135, 161,
34962, 34963, 34964, 65532, 65533,
65534, 65535
Yes
Number of DP masters with

isochronous mode
User data per isochronous slave,

max.
128 byte
Equidistance
Yes
Shortest clock pulse
2.2 ms;
2.2 ms without partial process image;
2.2 ms with partial process image
PG/OP communication
Data record routing
Yes
Yes; Only with CP 5611 or integrated
PROFIBUS interface of the
SIMATIC PC

supported
No
supported
No
S7 communication
supported
as server
As client
User data per job, max.
TCP/IP
01H, max.
11H, max.
- Data length, max.
- Data length, max.
UDP
- Data length, max.
Web server
Supported
Number of HTTP clients
User-defined websites
2/508
Siemens IK PI 2015
Yes
Yes
Yes
64 kbyte;
Depends on which block is used:
BSEND/USEND or PUT/GET
Yes
32
Not supported
65 534 byte
65 534 byte
Yes
32
65 534 byte
Yes
32
1 472 byte
Yes
2
No
6ES7671-1RC08-0YA0
PROFINET CBA
(at set setpoint communication load)
Setpoint for the CPU
communication load
Number of remote interconnection
partners
Number of functions, master/slave
Total of all Master/Slave
connections
Data length of all incoming
Data length of all outgoing
Number of device-internal and
PROFIBUS interconnections
Data length of device-internal and
PROFIBUS interconnections, max.
Data length per connection, max.
- Sampling frequency:
Sampling time, min.
interconnections
interconnections
- interconnections, max.
- interconnections, max.
Remote interconnections with cyclic
transmission
- Transmission frequency:
Transmission interval, min.
interconnections
interconnections
(acyclic)
- Number of stations that can log on
for HMI variables (PN OPC/iMap)
- HMI variable updating
- Number of HMI variables
- Data length of all HMI variables,
max.
- supported
- Number of linked PROFIBUS
devices
overall
20 %
64
30
1 000
6 800 byte
6 800 byte
500
4 000 byte
1 400 byte
500 ms
100
100
2 000 byte
2 000 byte
1 400 byte
10 ms
200
200
4 800 byte
4 800 byte
250 byte
3
500 ms
200
2 000 byte
Yes
16
240 byte; Slave-dependent
96
1
1
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC WinAC RTX F

6ES7671-1RC08-0YA0
Number of login stations for message 62
functions, max.
SCAN procedure
No
Yes; ALARM_S, ALARM_SQ,

ALARM_D, ALARM_DQ
simultaneously active
Alarm-S blocks, max.
20;
of a total of 20 for all SFCs
Alarm 8-blocks
Yes
Number of instances for alarm 8
4 000
and S7 communication blocks, max.
Process control messages
No

Status block
Yes
Single step
Yes
Number of breakpoints
20
Status/control
Yes
Forcing
Forcing
No
Diagnostic buffer
present
Number of entries, max.
- adjustable
- preset
Hardware required
Yes
Yes
120
mouse or pointing device
for Windows
Main memory, min.
1 Gbyte
100 Mbyte
Processor
Multi-processor system
Hyper-threading
Intel Celeron M 900 MHz or compatible (older PC systems with Programmable Interrupt Controllers (PIC) are
not suitable for WinAC RTX F 2010.)
No
Yes
Operating systems
Windows NT 4.0
No
Windows 2000
No
Windows XP
Windows XP embedded

SIMATIC PC
ACPI uniprocessor PC,
ACPI multiprocessor PC,
MPS multiprocessor PC
Supported HAL types under Windows XP

Windows Vista
No
Windows 7

Windows embedded Standard 7
No
6ES7671-1RC08-0YA0
Configuration
STEP 7
programming
Nesting levels
- LAD
- FBD
- STL
- SCL
- CFC
- GRAPH
- HiGraph
Software libraries
- Easy Motion Control
- Software redundancy
SFCs
- DPSYC_FR
- D_ACT_DP
- RD_REC
- WR_REC
- WR_PARM
- PARM_MOD
- WR_DPARM
- DPNRM_DG
- RDSYSST
SFBs
- RD_REC
- WR_REC
Know-how protection
protection
Block encryption
CCX (Custom Code Extension)
CMI (Controller Management Interface)
SMX (Shared Memory Extension)
- Inputs
- Outputs
I/O/Options
I/O devices
Printer
Weights
Weight, approx.
Yes; As of V5.5 + HW update/S7 F

Configuration Pack V5.5 + SP6 +
HF1/option package S7 Distributed
Safety V5.4 + SP5 or later
8
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes; As of V1.2, only for operation of
WinAC RTX (F) with WinAC RTX (F)


Yes
No
4 kbyte
4 kbyte
none
No
100 g;
Weight incl. packaging
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/509
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC WinAC RTX F
Ordering data
Article No.
More information
6ES7671-1RC08-0YA0
Add-ons for SIMATIC WinAC

upgrade
6ES7671-1RC08-0YE0
PC-based Competence Center Cologne
CP 5612
6GK1561-2AA00
PCI card (32 bit) for connection

of a programming device or PC
to PROFIBUS
CP 5621
6GK1562-2AA00
Contact:
6GK1560-3AU00
Comprising CP 5603 module and

Microbox expansion rack
CP 5613 A2
6GK1561-3AA01
PCI card (32 bit; 3.3 V/5 V) for connection to PROFIBUS incl. DP-Base
software with NCM PC;
DP-RAM interface for DP master,
incl. PG and FDL protocol;
Class A, for 32 bit Windows 2000
Professional/Server,
Windows XP Professional,
German/English
CP 5623

key) with ASIC ERTEC 400 for
connecting PCs to PROFINET IO
incl. IO-Base software for
PROFINET IO controller (RT operation) and NCM PC;
Class A, for 32 bit Windows XP
Professional;
German/English
2/510
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG
Competence Center Cologne
E-mail: CCCologne@siemens.com
Application
Function
WinAC serial driver
Communication over serial interfaces
WinAC PC IO driver
Access to central I/O expansion PC

IO including interrupt handling
WinAC SQL
Access to SQL databases
WinAC TCP/IP driver
Data exchange between WinAC and

other communication partners over
Windows interface using TCP/IP,
UDP, or ISO-on-TCP
WinAC OPC Client
Access to various OPC servers
WinAC Shutdown
Controlled shutdown of WinAC and

the PC system
WinAC File I/O
Reading and writing of DBs as a file

on the PC system
WinAC Command
Calling batch commands from WinAC
WinAC Access DB
High-performance accesses to DBs,

bit memories or I/O image
WinAC SMX Cover
Provides SMX functions, e.g. for

Delphi or VB
WinAC CMI Wrapper
Easy program-controlled operation

of WinAC
6GK1562-3AA00

DP-RAM interface for DP master or
DP slave, incl. PG and FDL protocols; single license for 1 installation,
Class A, for operating system support see SIMATIC NET software;
German/English
CP 1616
The applications are available in the form of function blocks and

are easy to use without special programming knowledge.
Detailed information and prices can be obtained from your
Siemens contact or from:
PCI Express x1 card (32 bit)

Our add-ons supplement the WinAC RTX soft PLC by useful

functions which have arisen in the context of projects. In this
way, you can fully utilize the advantages of PC based Automation.
6GK1161-6AA02
Brochures
Information material is available for downloading
in the Internet at:
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC WinAC ODK
Overview
6ES7806-1CC03-0BA0
SIMATIC WinAC ODK V4.2 SP1
Hardware required
Main memory, min.
1 Gbyte
30 Mbyte
Processor
Intel Pentium 800 MHz
Software requirement
Software required
Operating systems
Windows XP
SIMATIC WinAC software PLCs support powerful interfaces

which permit close meshing of the control task with PC-based
applications.
WinAC ODK allows the user to develop applications or to
integrate already existing applications into the control task.
New with WinAC ODK V4.2:
CCX interface:
- New SFB 65003 for asynchronous execution of ODK
applications
- Expansion of data access functions
- Creation of Windows DLL with C# and VB
SMX interface:
- Access to the Shared Memory interface under IntervalZero
RTX
- Expansion of data access functions
- Creation of Windows applications with C# and VB
Supports MS Visual Studio 2005 and 2008 (under Windows)

mouse or pointing device for
Windows
Windows 7
Configuration
CCX
(Custom Code Extension)
CMI
(Controller Management Interface)
SMX
(Shared Memory Extension)
Weights
Weight, approx.
Ordering data
Microsoft Visual Developer Studio,

for details see interfaces;
CCX and SMX real-time applications
in addition: IntervalZero SDK
(SDK Version must match the
WinAC RTX version used;
see Technical Data for WinAC RTX)
Yes; See product information:

200 g
Article No.
SIMATIC WinAC ODK V4.2

for integration of C/C++ code
in WinAC PLCs, executable under
Windows XP SP2 or SP3;
CD-ROM with electronic documentation
Single license
6ES7806-1CC03-0BA0
More information
Brochures
in the Internet:
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/511
Siemens AG 2014
Controllers / SIMATIC S7-modular Embedded controllers
EC31
Overview
Function
Get off to a fast start in automation solutions with embedded

PC platforms.
- Ready-to-use SIMATIC WinAC RTX or WinAC RTX F
preinstalled on EC31
- Prepared for use in a SIMATIC environment with PROFINET
and Industrial Ethernet
- Commissioning by specialist automation personnel as with
the S7-300
- Configuring and programming with SIMATIC STEP 7 over
Industrial Ethernet
- Optional visualization
Modular expansion capability:
Central expansion with
- S7-300 I/O (SM modules of S7-300)
- Expansion modules for additional PC interfaces, e.g. DVI-I,
USB, Gigabit Ethernet networks and memory card slots,
as well as PCI-104
Rugged operation
- Hard-disk-free operation based on flash disk and Windows
Embedded Standard
- Fan-free operation
Flexibility of a PC-based automation environment
- Free memory space on flash disk can be used for other PC
applications
- Use of WinAC ODK with SIMATIC WinAC RTX and WinAC
RTX F (read-only in safety-related program part)
- Connection option for USB devices
- Memory capacity expandable using multimedia card
Data retentivity for WinAC RTX and RTX F without uninterruptible power supply (UPS)
2/512
Siemens IK PI 2015
Control:
For the optimum control of processes with WinAC RTX, several
processing levels are available:
- Cyclic program processing
- Interrupt processing
- Time and date-controlled processing
Functional safety with WinAC RTX F for EC31-RTX F:
The functional safety is implemented by means of targeted
safety functions in the software. Safety functions are implemented with S7 Distributed Safety, to place the plant in a safe
state or to hold it in a safe state. The safety functions are
mainly included in the following components:
- In the safety-related user program (safety program)
in WinLC RTX F
- In the fail-safe inputs and outputs (F I/O).
The F I/O ensures reliable processing of the field information
(emergency stop pushbutton, light barriers, motor control). It
features all the hardware and software components required
for reliable processing, according to the required safety
class. The user only programs the user safety functions. The
safety functions for the process can be implemented with a
user safety function or a system-internal fault reaction
function. If the F system is unable to execute the actual user
safety function, it will execute the fault response function:
e.g. deactivation of the associated outputs and, if appropriate, F-CPU in STOP.
Retentivity:
The controller can back up 512 KB of retentive data on an
integrated, non-volatile memory, without the need for a UPS.
Total retentivity of all process values of SIMATIC WinAC RTX
can be achieved with a generally available UPS.
Access to process values:
The SIMATIC NET OPC server supplied with EC31-RTX
permits open access to all process values. Visualization
systems or data processing systems can be linked to
SIMATIC WinAC RTX via this interface.
Communication:
The Windows Automation Center (WinAC) is programmed with
SIMATIC STEP 7 via the integral Industrial Ethernet interface.
The SIMATIC NET SOFTNET Lean communication package is
pre-installed for this purpose.
Use of other software:
The customer can install supporting software products.
Windows Embedded Standard is designed so that typical
add-on packages can be installed.
Siemens AG 2014
EC31
6ES7677-1DD100BA0
SIMATIC S7-mEC,
EC31
6ES7677-1DD100BB0
S7-mEC,
EC31-RTX
6ES7677-1FD100FB0
S7-mEC,
EC31-RTX F
6ES7677-1DD100BF0
S7-mEC,
EC31-HMI/RTX
128PT
6ES7677-1DD100BG0
S7-mEC,
EC31-HMI/RTX
512PT
6ES7677-1DD100BH0
S7-mEC,
EC31-HMI/RTX
2048PT
General information
01
01
01
01
01
01
Firmware version
V2.0
V2.0
V2.0
V2.0
V2.0
V2.0
SIMATIC S7
modular embedded controller
SIMATIC S7
SIMATIC S7
SIMATIC S7
SIMATIC S7
SIMATIC S7
Processor selection
Intel Core Duo

1.2 GHz
Intel Core Duo 1.2 Intel Core Duo 1.2 Intel Core Duo 1.2 Intel Core Duo 1.2 Intel Core Duo 1.2
GHz
GHz
GHz
GHz
GHz
Main memory
1 GB RAM
1 GB RAM
1 GB RAM
1 GB RAM
1 GB RAM
1 GB RAM
Flash Disk
4 Gbyte
4 Gbyte
4 Gbyte
4 Gbyte
4 Gbyte
4 Gbyte
Operating systems
Windows Embed- Windows Embed- Windows Embed- Windows Embed- Windows Embed- Windows Embedded Standard 2009 ded Standard 2009 ded Standard 2009 ded Standard 2009 ded Standard 2009 ded Standard 2009
PC configuration
Computer platform
Installed software
Visualization
Control
Communication
SIMATIC WinAC
RTX 2010
Yes
SIMATIC WinAC
RTX F 2010
Yes
WinCC flexible RT
2008 SP2, incl.
Sm@rtAccess,
recipes, archives
options
SIMATIC WinAC
RTX 2010
Yes
WinCC flexible RT
2008 SP2, incl.
Sm@rtAccess,
recipes, archives
options
SIMATIC WinAC
RTX 2010
Yes
WinCC flexible RT
2008 SP2, incl.
Sm@rtAccess,
recipes, archives
options
SIMATIC WinAC
RTX 2010
Yes
Supply voltage
Rated value, 24 V DC
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Permissible range, lower limit (DC)
20.4 V
20.4 V
20.4 V
20.4 V
20.4 V
20.4 V
Permissible range, upper limit (DC)
28.8 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
Mains buffering
Mains/voltage failure stored
energy time
5 ms
5 ms
5 ms
5 ms
5 ms
5 ms
Input current
Rated value at 24 V DC
Power losses
Power loss, typ.
Memory
Type of memory
Work memory
integrated
800 mA; without

800 mA; without
800 mA; without
800 mA; without
800 mA; without
800 mA; without
backplane bus and backplane bus and backplane bus and backplane bus and backplane bus and backplane bus and
USB power supply USB power supply USB power supply USB power supply USB power supply USB power supply
34 W
34 W
34 W
34 W
34 W
34 W
256 KB non-volatile 512 KB non-volatile 512 KB non-volatile 512 KB non-volatile 512 KB non-volatile 512 KB non-volatile
memory for reten- memory for reten- memory for reten- memory for reten- memory for reten- memory for retentive data
tive data
tive data
tive data
tive data
tive data
1 Gbyte
1 Gbyte
1 Gbyte
1 Gbyte
1 Gbyte

0.004 s
0.004 s
0.004 s
0.004 s
0.004 s
0.003 s
0.003 s
0.003 s
0.003 s
0.003 s
0.004 s
0.004 s
0.004 s
0.004 s
0.004 s
CPU-blocks
DB
Size, max.
64 kbyte
64 kbyte
64 kbyte
64 kbyte
64 kbyte
FB
Size, max.
64 kbyte
64 kbyte
64 kbyte
64 kbyte
64 kbyte
Size, max.
Max. code size

and max. data
size: 4 MB each
64 kbyte
Max. code size

and max. data
size: 4 MB each
64 kbyte
Max. code size

and max. data
size: 4 MB each
64 kbyte
Max. code size

and max. data
size: 4 MB each
64 kbyte
Max. code size

and max. data
size: 4 MB each
64 kbyte
OB
Size, max.
64 kbyte
1
1
1
9
1
2
7
2
64 kbyte
1
1
1
9
1
2
7
2
64 kbyte
1
1
1
9
1
2
7
2
64 kbyte
1
1
1
9
1
2
7
2
64 kbyte
1
1
1
9
1
2
7
2
Nesting depth
per priority class
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
FC
Number, max.
1 Gbyte
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/513
Siemens AG 2014
EC31
6ES7677-1DD100BA0
SIMATIC S7-mEC,
EC31
6ES7677-1DD100BB0
S7-mEC,
EC31-RTX
6ES7677-1FD100FB0
S7-mEC,
EC31-RTX F
6ES7677-1DD100BF0
S7-mEC,
EC31-HMI/RTX
128PT
6ES7677-1DD100BG0
S7-mEC,
EC31-HMI/RTX
512PT
6ES7677-1DD100BH0
S7-mEC,
EC31-HMI/RTX
2048PT
2 048
2 048
2 048
2 048
2 048
Yes
0
2 047
8
Yes
0
2 047
8
Yes
0
2 047
8
Yes
0
2 047
8
Yes
0
2 047
8
Yes
0
999
Yes
0
999
Yes
0
999
Yes
0
999
Yes
0
999
Yes
SFB
Yes
SFB
Yes
SFB
Yes
SFB
Yes
SFB
2 048
2 048
2 048
2 048
2 048
Yes
0
2 047
Yes
0
2 047
Yes
0
2 047
Yes
0
2 047
Yes
0
2 047
10 ms
9 990 s
10 ms
9 990 s
10 ms
9 990 s
10 ms
9 990 s
10 ms
9 990 s
IEC timer
present
Type
Yes
SFB
Yes
SFB
Yes
SFB
Yes
SFB
Yes
SFB

retentive data area, total
512 KB
512 KB
512 KB
512 KB
512 KB
Flag
Number, max.
of which retentive without battery
Retentivity preset
16 kbyte
MB 0 to MB 16383
MB 0 to MB 15
8
16 kbyte
MB 0 to MB 16383
MB 0 to MB 15
8
16 kbyte
MB 0 to MB 16383
MB 0 to MB 15
8
16 kbyte
MB 0 to MB 16383
MB 0 to MB 15
8
16 kbyte
MB 0 to MB 16383
MB 0 to MB 15
8
Max. code size

and max. data
size: 4 MB each
64 kbyte
Max. code size

and max. data
size: 4 MB each
64 kbyte
Max. code size

and max. data
size: 4 MB each
64 kbyte
Max. code size

and max. data
size: 4 MB each
64 kbyte
Max. code size

and max. data
size: 4 MB each
64 kbyte
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
8 kbyte
8 kbyte
8 kbyte
8 kbyte
8 kbyte
8 kbyte
8 kbyte
8 kbyte
8 kbyte
8 kbyte
Process image
Inputs, adjustable
Outputs, adjustable
Inputs, default
Outputs, default
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
512 byte
512 byte
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
512 byte
512 byte
8 kbyte
8 kbyte
512 byte
512 byte
8 kbyte
8 kbyte
512 byte
512 byte
8 kbyte
8 kbyte
512 byte
512 byte
Subprocess images
Number of subprocess images, max.
15
15
15
15
15
Digital channels
Inputs
Outputs
128 000
128 000
128 000
128 000
128 000
128 000
128 000
128 000
128 000
128 000
Analog channels
Inputs
Outputs
8 000
8 000
8 000
8 000
8 000
8 000
8 000
8 000
8 000
8 000
Counters, timers
S7 counter
Number
Retentivity
- adjustable
- lower limit
- upper limit
- preset
Counting range
- adjustable
- lower limit
- upper limit
IEC counter
present
Type
S7 times
Number
Retentivity
- adjustable
- lower limit
- upper limit
Time range
- lower limit
- upper limit
Data blocks
Number, max.
Size, max.
Address area
I/O address area
Inputs
Outputs
- Inputs
- Outputs
Integrated power supply
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Time of day
Clock
Yes
Yes; Resolution: 1 s Yes
Yes
Yes
supported
to PC-CP, slave
on Ethernet via NTP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
2/514
Siemens IK PI 2015
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Siemens AG 2014
EC31

6ES7677-1DD100BA0
SIMATIC S7-mEC,
EC31
6ES7677-1DD100BB0
S7-mEC,
EC31-RTX
Interfaces
Serial interface
6ES7677-1DD100BF0
S7-mEC,
EC31-HMI/RTX
128PT
6ES7677-1DD100BG0
S7-mEC,
EC31-HMI/RTX
512PT
6ES7677-1DD100BH0
S7-mEC,
EC31-HMI/RTX
2048PT
X1: 2 ports 10/100

Mbit/s (ERTECbased) X2: 1 port
10/100 Mbit/s
X1: 2 ports 10/100

10/100 Mbit/s
X1: 2 ports 10/100

10/100 Mbit/s
X1: 2 ports 10/100

10/100 Mbit/s
X1: 2 ports 10/100

10/100 Mbit/s
X1: 2 ports 10/100

10/100 Mbit/s
1st interface
Interface type
PROFINET
PROFINET
PROFINET
PROFINET
PROFINET
Physics
2x RJ45
2x RJ45
2x RJ45
2x RJ45
2x RJ45

speed
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Autonegotiation
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Autocrossing
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
32
32
32
32
32
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet interface
Functionality
MPI
DP master
DP slave
PROFINET IO Device
PROFINET CBA
max.
Max. number of connectable IO devices for RT
IRT, supported
Activation/deactivation of IO Devices
at the same time.
- Max. number of IO devices per tool
medium
Send cycles
Updating times
Services
- S7 routing
- S7 communication
- Isochronous mode
Address area
- Inputs, max.
- Outputs, max.
PROFINET CBA
Cyclic transmission
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
6ES7677-1FD100FB0
S7-mEC,
EC31-RTX F
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
256
256
256
256
256
256
256
256
256
256
256
256
256
256
256
256
256
256
256
256
61
256
61
256
61
256
61
256
61
256
64
Yes
Yes
32
Yes
8
64
Yes
Yes
32
Yes
8
64
Yes
Yes
32
Yes
8
64
Yes
Yes
32
Yes
8
64
Yes
Yes
32
Yes
8
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
8
Yes
8
Yes
8
Yes
8
Yes
8
Yes
Adjustable: 250 s,
500 s and 1 ms
250 s - 128 ms
(with signal cycle
250 s); 500 s 256 ms (with signal
cycle 500 s);
1 ms - 512 ms (with
signal cycle 1 ms)
Adjustable: 250 s,
500 s and 1 ms
250 s - 128 ms
(with signal cycle
cycle 500 s);
1 ms - 512 ms (with
signal cycle 1 ms)
Adjustable: 250 s,
500 s and 1 ms
250 s - 128 ms
(with signal cycle
cycle 500 s);
1 ms - 512 ms (with
signal cycle 1 ms)
Adjustable: 250 s,
500 s and 1 ms
250 s - 128 ms
(with signal cycle
cycle 500 s);
1 ms - 512 ms (with
signal cycle 1 ms)
Adjustable: 250 s,
500 s and 1 ms
250 s - 128 ms
(with signal cycle
cycle 500 s);
1 ms - 512 ms (with
signal cycle 1 ms)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
2 kbyte
256 byte
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
2 kbyte
256 byte
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
2 kbyte
256 byte
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
2 kbyte
256 byte
16 kbyte
16 kbyte
2 kbyte
256 byte
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/515
Siemens AG 2014
EC31
6ES7677-1DD100BA0
SIMATIC S7-mEC,
EC31
at the system end
PROFINET functions
Detection of accessible nodes,
supported
Assignment of the IP address,
supported
Assignment of the device name,
supported
Topology recognition, supported
Extended network diagnostics with
Standard MIB II, supported
2nd interface
Interface type
6ES7677-1DD100BB0
S7-mEC,
EC31-RTX
6ES7677-1FD100FB0
S7-mEC,
EC31-RTX F
6ES7677-1DD100BF0
S7-mEC,
EC31-HMI/RTX
128PT
6ES7677-1DD100BG0
S7-mEC,
EC31-HMI/RTX
512PT
6ES7677-1DD100BH0
S7-mEC,
EC31-HMI/RTX
2048PT
Yes
32
0, 20, 21, 23, 25,
80, 102, 135, 161,
8 080, 34 962,
34 963, 34 964,
65 532, 65 533,
65 534, 65 535
Yes
32
0, 20, 21, 23, 25,
80, 102, 135, 161,
8 080, 34 962,
34 963, 34 964,
65 532, 65 533,
65 534, 65 535
Yes
32
0, 20, 21, 23, 25,
80, 102, 135, 161,
8 080, 34 962,
34 963, 34 964,
65 532, 65 533,
65 534, 65 535
Yes
32
0, 20, 21, 23, 25,
80, 102, 135, 161,
8 080, 34 962,
34 963, 34 964,
65 532, 65 533,
65 534, 65 535
Yes
32
0, 20, 21, 23, 25,
80, 102, 135, 161,
8 080, 34 962,
34 963, 34 964,
65 532, 65 533,
65 534, 65 535
Yes; DCP
Yes; DCP
Yes; DCP
Yes; DCP
Yes; DCP
Yes; DCP
Yes; DCP
Yes; DCP
Yes; DCP
Yes; DCP
Yes; DCP
Yes; DCP
Yes; DCP
Yes; DCP
Yes; DCP
Yes; LLDP, LLDP

MIB, SNMP
Yes; Standard
MIB II, SNMP
Yes; LLDP, LLDP

MIB, SNMP
Yes; Standard
MIB II, SNMP
Yes; LLDP, LLDP

MIB, SNMP
Yes; Standard
MIB II, SNMP
Yes; LLDP, LLDP

MIB, SNMP
Yes; Standard
MIB II, SNMP
Yes; LLDP, LLDP

MIB, SNMP
Yes; Standard
MIB II, SNMP
Integrated Ethernet Integrated Ethernet Integrated Ethernet Integrated Ethernet Integrated Ethernet
interface
interface
interface
interface
interface
Physics
Ethernet RJ45
Ethernet RJ45
Ethernet RJ45
Ethernet RJ45
Ethernet RJ45

speed
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Autonegotiation
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Autocrossing
No
No
No
No
No
32
32
32
32
32
Functionality
PROFINET IO Device
PROFINET CBA
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes; DCP
Yes; DCP
Yes; DCP
Yes; DCP
Yes; DCP
Yes; DCP
Yes; DCP
Yes; DCP
Yes; DCP
Yes; DCP
Yes; DCP
Yes; DCP
Yes; DCP
Yes; DCP
Yes; DCP
Extended network diagnostics with

Standard MIB II, supported
Yes; LLDP, LLDP

MIB, SNMP
Yes; Standard
MIB II, SNMP
Yes; LLDP, LLDP

MIB, SNMP
Yes; Standard
MIB II, SNMP
Yes; LLDP, LLDP

MIB, SNMP
Yes; Standard
MIB II, SNMP
Yes; LLDP, LLDP

MIB, SNMP
Yes; Standard
MIB II, SNMP
Yes; LLDP, LLDP

MIB, SNMP
Yes; Standard
MIB II, SNMP
PG/OP communication
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

supported
No
No
No
No
No
supported
No
No
No
No
No
S7 communication
supported
as server
As client
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes; Via integrated

PROFINET interface (X1) and loadable FBs
32
32 kbyte
Yes; Via integrated
32
32 kbyte
Yes; Via integrated
32
1 472 byte
Yes; Via integrated

32
32 kbyte
Yes; via integrated
PROFINET interface and loadable
FBs
32
32 kbyte
Yes; Via integrated
32
1 472 byte
Yes; Via integrated

32
32 kbyte
Yes; Via integrated
32
32 kbyte
Yes; Via integrated
32
1 472 byte
Yes; Via integrated

32
32 kbyte
Yes; Via integrated
32
32 kbyte
Yes; Via integrated
32
1 472 byte
Yes; Via integrated

32
32 kbyte
Yes; Via integrated
32
32 kbyte
Yes; Via integrated
32
1 472 byte
PROFINET functions
Detection of accessible nodes,
supported
Assignment of the IP address,
supported
Assignment of the device name,
supported
Topology recognition, supported
TCP/IP

- Data length, max.

- Data length, max.
UDP

- Data length, max.
2/516
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
EC31

6ES7677-1DD100BA0
SIMATIC S7-mEC,
EC31
6ES7677-1DD100BB0
S7-mEC,
EC31-RTX
6ES7677-1FD100FB0
S7-mEC,
EC31-RTX F
6ES7677-1DD100BF0
S7-mEC,
EC31-HMI/RTX
128PT
6ES7677-1DD100BG0
S7-mEC,
EC31-HMI/RTX
512PT
6ES7677-1DD100BH0
S7-mEC,
EC31-HMI/RTX
2048PT
64
64
64
64
64
62; The alarm functions cannot currently be used for

central bus modules

central bus modules

central bus modules

central bus modules

central bus modules
Yes; Alarm_S
Yes; Alarm_S
Yes; Alarm_S
Yes; Alarm_S
Yes; Alarm_S

Status/control
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Forcing
Forcing
No
No
No
No
No
Diagnostic buffer
present
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Degree and class of protection

IP20
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Standards, approvals, certificates

CE mark
overall
Number of login stations for
message functions, max.
EMC
Emission of radio interference
acc. to EN 55 011
Limit class A,
for use in industrial areas
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
CSA approval
Yes; Included in
cULus
Yes; Included in
cULus
Yes; Included in
cULus
Yes; Included in
cULus
Yes; Included in
cULus
Yes; Included in
cULus
cULus
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
RCM (former C-TICK)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
FM approval
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Ambient conditions
Min.
Max.
0 C
50 C
0 C
50 C
0 C
50 C
0 C
50 C
0 C
50 C
0 C
50 C
Storage/transport temperature
Min.
Max.
-40 C
70 C
-40 C
70 C
-40 C
70 C
-40 C
70 C
-40 C
70 C
-40 C
70 C
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Operation, tested
according to
IEC 60068-2-27
Yes
Operation, tested
according to
IEC 60068-2-27
Yes
Operation, tested
according to
IEC 60068-2-27
Yes
Operation, tested
according to
IEC 60068-2-27
Yes
Operation, tested
according to
IEC 60068-2-27
Yes
Operation, tested
according to
IEC 60068-2-27
Yes
Vibrations
Operation, checked according to
IEC 60068-2-6
Transport tested checked to
IEC 60068-2-6
Shock test
checked according to
IEC 60068-2-27
IEC 60068-2-29
Shock testing
IEC 60068-2-29
Operation, checked according to
IEC 60068-2-29
Storage/transport, checked to
IEC 60068-2-29
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/517
Siemens AG 2014
EC31
6ES7677-1DD100BA0
SIMATIC S7-mEC,
EC31
6ES7677-1DD100BB0
S7-mEC,
EC31-RTX
6ES7677-1FD100FB0
S7-mEC,
EC31-RTX F
6ES7677-1DD100BF0
S7-mEC,
EC31-HMI/RTX
128PT
6ES7677-1DD100BG0
S7-mEC,
EC31-HMI/RTX
512PT
6ES7677-1DD100BH0
S7-mEC,
EC31-HMI/RTX
2048PT
Configuration
STEP 7
Yes
Yes; STEP7 V5.5

and higher / S7
Distributed Safety
option package
V5.4 + SP5 and
higher
Yes
Yes
Yes
programming
- LAD
- FBD
- STL
- SCL
- CFC
- GRAPH
- HiGraph
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Dimensions
Width
160 mm
160 mm
160 mm
160 mm
160 mm
160 mm
Height
125 mm
125 mm
125 mm
125 mm
125 mm
125 mm
Depth
115 mm
115 mm
115 mm
115 mm
115 mm
115 mm
Weights
Weight, approx.
1.5 kg
1.5 kg
1.5 kg
1.5 kg
1.5 kg
1.5 kg
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
SIMATIC S7-modular Embedded Controller
EC31-HMI/RTX
EC31
Intel CoreDuo 1.2 GHz processor

Memory configuration:
1 GB RAM, 4 GB Flash Disk;
interfaces:
1 Industrial Ethernet port,
2 PROFINET ports, 2 USB ports,
1 slot for multimedia card;
Software:
Windows Embedded Standard,
WinAC RTX 2010,
SIMATIC SOFTNET-S7/V7.0 Lean
preinstalled
With WinCC flexible 2008 RT
128 PT
512 PT
2048 PT
6ES7677-1DD10-0BA0

interfaces:
Software:
Windows Embedded Standard
preinstalled, Software Development Kit (SDK) for creating C/C++
applications with accesses
to central I/O modules
EC31-RTX
6ES7677-1DD10-0BB0

interfaces:
Software:
Windows Embedded Standard and
WinAC RTX 2010 preinstalled
EC31-RTX F
2/518
Siemens IK PI 2015
6ES7677-1DD10-0BG0
6ES7677-1DD10-0BH0
Accessories
EM PCI-104 expansion module
6ES7677-1DD60-1AA0
For fitting up to 3 additional

PCI-104 cards
EM PC expansion module
6ES7677-1FD10-0FB0

interfaces:
Software:
Windows Embedded Standard and
WinAC RTX F 2010 preinstalled
6ES7677-1DD10-0BF0
Additional connection options:

2 USB interfaces,
1 Gigabit Ethernet interface,
1 serial interface,
1 slot for CF card,
1 slot for SD card/Micro Memory
Card
6ES7677-1DD50-2AA0
Siemens AG 2014
Expansion modules
Overview
Expansion modules for SIMATIC S7-modular Embedded
Controller EC31
- EM PCI-104 for additionally accommodating up to 3
PCI-104 cards
- EM PC with additional PC interfaces and slots for memory
media
6ES7677-1DD60-1AA0
EM PCI-104
6ES7677-1DD50-2AA0
EM PC
General information
01
01
Input current
from expansion bus
100 mA
580 mA
Power losses
Power loss, typ.
2.4 W; Without inserted PCI-104 cards
9W
14 W
Power loss, max.

Yes
No
Interfaces
serial interface
1x V.24 (RS232)
Industrial Ethernet
Onboard, 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s, RJ45
Ambient conditions
Min.
max.
0 C
50 C
0 C
50 C
Dimensions
Width
120 mm; Without bus connector extension bus
80 mm; Without bus connector extension bus
Height
125 mm; Without external voltage connecting terminal
125 mm
Depth
115 mm
115 mm
Weights
Weight, approx.
0.5 kg
0.4 kg
Ordering data
EM PCI-104 expansion module
Article No.
6ES7677-1DD60-1AA0
For fitting up to 3 additional

PCI-104 cards
EM PC expansion module
6ES7677-1DD50-2AA0
Additional connection options:

1 DVI-I interface,
2 USB interfaces,
1 Gigabit Ethernet interface,
1 serial interface,
1 slot for CF card,
1 slot for SD card/Micro Memory
Card
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/519
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC IPC227D Bundles
Overview
Ordering data
SIMATIC IPC227D
Article No.
6ES7647- 8 A 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Atom E620 (600 MHz),

512 MB RAM,
without drive, with CF slot,
COM1: RS232,
without operating system,
device version:
Base, DIN rail,
1 x DVI-D graphics interface
2 x 10/100/1 000 Mbps
Ethernet RJ45
4 x USB V2.0 (high current)
CompactFlash slot
24 V DC industrial power supply
A quick start in automation solutions with embedded PC

platforms
- SIMATIC WinAC RTX or SIMATIC WinAC RTX F preinstalled
on SIMATIC IPC227D and ready for use
- PROFINET RT and Industrial Ethernet pre-configured for use
in a SIMATIC environment
- Optional WinCC RT Advanced for visualization tasks in
parallel with SIMATIC WinAC RTX
- Configuration and programming with SIMATIC STEP 7 via
Industrial Ethernet or PROFINET
Safety requirements up to SIL 3 in accordance with
IEC 61508/62061 or EN ISO 13849-1 up to PL e can be
implemented with WinAC RTX F.
Rugged operation
- Hard-disk-free operation with CompactFlash card (CF card)
or solid-state drive and Windows Embedded Standard 2009
or Windows Embedded Standard 7, 32-bit
- Fan-free operation
- 128 KB of retentive data for WinAC RTX, also without
uninterruptible power supply (UPS)
Flexibility of a PC-based automation environment
- Use of WinAC ODK with SIMATIC WinAC RTX or
SIMATIC WinAC RTX F (read-only for fail-safe program
section)
- Connection option for USB devices, flat panel monitor or
screen
- PCIe cards can be plugged in
See "PC-based Automation -> Industry PC -> Box PC ->
SIMATIC IPC227D"
Processors / memory configuration /

NVRAM
512 MB RAM
512 MB RAM, NVRAM
Atom E640 (1.0 GHz), 1 GB RAM
Atom E640 (1.0 GHz), 1 GB RAM,
NVRAM
NVRAM
A
B
E
F
G
H
Drives
Without drive, with CF slot
320 GB HDD SATA
160 GB Solid-State Drive SATA
2 GB SIMATIC IPC CompactFlash
COM interface
COM1: RS232
COM1: RS485
COM1: CAN
Operating system
Without operating system
2009 preinstalled
(CF from 2 GB/SSD/HD)
XP Prof.
MUI preinstalled on SSD/HD
Windows Embedded Standard 7
(32-bit) preinstalled
Windows 7 (32-bit)
0
1
2
3
More information
Delivery
Production and delivery of the devices will typically be
completed within 15 business days after receipt of order. The
hardware and mass memory with the complete, pre-installed,
ready-to-use software are supplied fully assembled.
2/520
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
High system availability in order to reduce the risk of potential

failures and maintenance costs
Maintenance-free since no rotating parts (fans, hard disks)
and operation without battery possible
512 KB NVRAM can be written by WinAC RTX
Front LED for efficient self-diagnostics; optimized for headless
operation through special BIOS properties
SIMATIC software system-tested
High investment security in order to reduce engineering costs
Long-term availability: Service and support period of
8 to 10 years after market launch
Installation and interface compatibility with predecessor
versions as of 2004
See "PC-based Automation -> Industry PC -> Box PC ->
SIMATIC IPC427D"
SIMATIC IPC427D (Microbox PC): The powerful embedded
IPC maintenance-free with versatile configuration
Ready-to-run, complete solutions (software is already installed
and preconfigured) for visualization and automation in connection with WinCC RT Advanced and/or WinAC RTX.
Ultra-compact
Maintenance-free
Third generation Intel Core i technology
Current product versions of the pre-installed software:
- SIMATIC WinCC RT Advanced V13
- SIMATIC WinAC RTX 2010
- SIMATIC Net V12.1
Benefits
High data processing speed for high productivity
Up to Core i 7, fan-free
DDR3 memory technology up to 8 GB
Maximum compactness and ruggedness
for use directly on the machine
Low mounting depth, ambient temperature up to 55 C
Upright mounting as second standard mounting position
(ambient temperature 50 C)
Solid State Drive (SSD) (50 GB high endurance or 80 GB
standard, optional), SATA hard disk, or up to two CFast cards
with 16 GB
High degree of industrial functionality and flexibility
for implementing embedded solutions
Flexible memory concepts
(e.g. second mass storage unit possible)
2 x LAN 10/100/1000 Mbit/s connections; teaming capability
Onboard PROFIBUS or PROFINET interface (optional)
4 x high-speed USB 3.0 ports; 2 serial interfaces
(2nd interface is optional)
Flexible installation with mounting options
(rail, wall, front upright mounting)
Simple expansion capability (up to 2 x PCIe slots)
On-off switch
Ordering data
SIMATIC IPC427D (Box PC)
Article No.
6AG4140- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Processor and field bus

Mounting accessories
Main memory/NVRAM/ECC
Expansions/interfaces
Operating system
Mass storage, externally accessible
Internal mass storage
SIMATIC Software preinstalled
(bundles, only with Windows
Embedded Standard 7)
Power supply
For detailed ordering data see ST 80 / ST PC "Industrie PC ->

Box PC -> SIMATIC IPC427D" or on the internet under:
http://www.automation.siemens.com/mcms/pc-based-automation/en/embedded-bundles
More information
Delivery
Production and delivery of the devices will typically be completed within 15 business days after receipt of order. The hardware and mass memory with the complete, pre-installed, readyto-use software are supplied fully assembled.
Commissioning
Before the control or visualization application is complete,
simply perform the following steps:
Optional: Installation and setup of additional software on the
device
Optional: Installation and setup of other software on the device
Transfer of the engineering projects from STEP 7 or
WinCC Advanced
Transfer of the supplied license keys for SIMATIC software
Backup of the installed software and protection of the flashbased mass memory by switching on the Enhance Write filter
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/521
Siemens AG 2014
for implementing the embedded solution
Flexible memory concepts: CompactFlash or Solid-State Drive
2 Gbit Ethernet (teaming-capable); PROFINET with RT
functionality (via Standard Ethernet)
3 high-speed USB 2.0 ports
1 RS232
Ready-to-run embedded bundles with WinAC RTX2010
and/or WinCC RT Advanced (optional)
512 KB retentive memory (MRAM), of which 128 KB can be
written to within the buffer time (optional)
Retentive message buffer for alarms (WinCC RT Advanced)
Overview
SIMATIC IPC277D for implementing simple visualization and

control tasks
High degree of flexibility when selecting rugged widescreen
fronts from 7" to 19" for more freely configurable display area
High resolution, large viewing angle and up to 100%
dimmable backlighting for brilliant display with optimized
power consumption
Absolutely maintenance-free due to the use of CompactFlash
and SSD as mass storage and fanless operation up to 50 C
ambient temperature
Maximum industrial functionality due to non-volatile retentive
memory for battery-free operation
Ready-to-run embedded bundles with visualization or/and
control software
The following front installation versions are available:
7" Touch
9" Touch
12" Touch
15" Touch with front USB interface
19" Touch with front USB interface
All fronts in widescreen design
Benefits
SIMATIC IPC277D
Rugged, industry-standard widescreen displays (Touch)
with 7" / 9" / 12" / 15" / 19"
- High resolution, 16 million colors, large viewing angle,
dimmable from 0 to 100% (this also optimizes the power
consumption)
- Integrated front concept (Panel PC, Comfort Panels)
- Fanless up to 50C ambient temperature
High-performance data processing at low power consumption
Intel Atom technology of the Power-Optimized family E6xx
Wake-on-LAN for remote-controlled switching between standby and active state
Support of Sleep States/SpeedStep -> dynamic power
adaptation depending on the required computing performance
Intel VT-x technology for virtualization
2/522
Siemens IK PI 2015
High system availability in order to reduce the risk

of potential failures and maintenance costs
Maintenance-free since there are no rotating parts (fans, HDD)
Battery-free operation even if retentive memory option is
selected (over the network with time-of-day synchronization)
Comprehensive self-diagnostics by means of pre-installed
local diagnostics software SIMATIC IPC DiagBase
Long-term availability: Service and support period of
8 10 years after market launch
See "PC-based Automation -> Industry PC -> Panel PC ->
SIMATIC IPC277D"
Ordering data
SIMATIC IPC277D Nanopanel PC
Article No.
6AV7881- 7 A 7 0 0 - 7 7 7 0
Operating unit
NVRAMC
Drives
Operating System
Software bundles

More information
Delivery
Production and delivery of the devices will typically be
completed within 15 working days after receipt of order. The
hardware and mass memory with the complete, pre-installed,
ready-to-use software are supplied fully assembled.
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
SIMATIC IPC477D: The powerful embedded Panel PC

maintenance-free with versatile configuration
and preconfigured) for visualization and automation in connection with WinCC RT Advanced and/or WinAC RTX.
Embedded PC platform with extremely high industrial
compatibility for demanding tasks in the field of PC-based
automation
Maintenance-free (no rotating components such as fan and
hard disk)
Rugged construction: the PC is resistant to even the harshest
mechanical stress and is extremely reliable in operation
Compact design
Battery-independent retentive memory onboard
High investment protection
Fast integration capability
Safety requirements up to SIL 3 in accordance with
IEC 61508/62061 or EN ISO 13849-1 up to PL e can be
implemented with WinAC RTX F
The following front versions are available:
Built-in versions
- 12" TFT Touch
- 15" TFT Touch
- 19" TFT Touch
- 22" TFT Touch
- 15" TFT Touch/Key
Current product versions of the pre-installed SIMATIC
software:
- SIMATIC WinCC RT Advanced V13
- SIMATIC WinAC RTX 2010 or SIMATIC WinAC RTX F 2010
- SIMATIC NET V12.1 (including SIMATIC SOFTNET S7 Basis
license)
- and the combinations of the software packages listed above
Benefits
Excellent industrial compatibility due to rugged construction,
even when subjected to extreme vibration and shock
High degree of investment protection thanks to assured
availability of spare parts for a period of 5 years following the
end of active marketing
Excellent continuity of components for machine concepts with
a long service life without any new engineering costs
Cost and time savings due to service-friendly device design:
- USB interfaces on the front and rear for quick and easy
connection of additional hardware components
High degree of industrial functionality thanks to integral
PROFIBUS DP/MPI and PROFINET interfaces
Maintenance-free due to lack of rotating components
(fan and hard disk)
High flexibility thanks to expansions (optional) such as PCIe,
second RS232, DVD
Minimization of downtimes thanks to high system availability
- Efficient self-diagnostics (DiagBase and SIMATIC IPC
DiagMonitor)
- High reliability and security of an embedded platform
An integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA):
- Enhanced productivity, minimization of engineering costs,
reduction of lifecycle costs
See "PC-based Automation -> Industry PC -> Panel PC ->
SIMATIC IPC477D"
Ordering data
SIMATIC IPC477D
Article No.
6AV7240- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Processor and fieldbus

Operator control unit
Main memory/NVRAM
Expansions/interface
Operating system
Mass storage, externally accessible
(without operating system)
Internal mass storage
SIMATIC Software preinstalled
(bundles)
Power supply

Siemens IK PI 2015
2/523
Siemens AG 2014
Introduction
Overview
S7-400
S7 modular
Embedded
Controller
S7-300
S7-200
Software STEP 7
Professional V11.0
(TIA Portal)
Software
STEP 7 V5.5
CP 243-1
CP 343-1 Lean
CP 343-1
CP 343-1
Advanced
CP 343-1 ERPC
Software
STEP 7 V5.5
CP 443-1
CP 443-1
Advanced
CP 1604
Appropriate OPC servers and
configuring tools are included in
the scope of supply of the
communication software
G_IK10_XX_10320v
Software
STEP 7-Micro/Win
Industrial Ethernet
System connections for SIMATIC
Communication modules for SIMATIC allow further uses through

additional functions using CPs such as security, integration in
the customer's IT infrastructure, and network separation.
In addition, they allow flexible expansion with additional communication interfaces for PROFIBUS or PROFINET depending on
needs.
CPs with standard functions
CP 243-1 for SIMATIC S7-200, CP 343-1 Lean and CP 343-1
for SIMATIC S7-300, CP 443-1 for SIMATIC S7-400,
CM 1542-1 for SIMATIC S7-1500.
Designed for use in harsh industrial environments
Shipbuilding certification for use on ships and offshore units
Additional integrated 2-port switch for CP 343-1 Lean,
CP 343-1, CP 443-1 and CM 1542-1, e.g. for setting up
Industrial Ethernet segments in linear and ring structures
Increased availability through support for Media Redundancy
Protocol (MRP)
Can be used via RJ45 interface for the industrial-standard
SIMATIC NET FastConnect cabling system
High-speed data transfer even with large volumes of data
(10/100 Mbit/s)
CPs with function expansions
CP 343-1 Advanced for SIMATIC S7-300
- With security functionality (firewall and VPN)
- With IT functionality
- Can be used as a PROFINET IO Controller and IO Device
with real-time characteristics
- PROFINET CBA
- With Gigabit connection, incl. routing functionality
(10/100/1 000 Mbit/s)
- Network separation with IP-routing functionality
- Additional integrated 2-port switch for setting up small local
networks
- Access protection via IP access list
2/524
Siemens IK PI 2015
CP 343-1 ERPC optimized for linking to MES or ERP systems

by means of additional partner software
CP 443-1 Advanced for SIMATIC S7-400
- Can be used as a PROFINET IO Controller with real-time
characteristics
- With Gigabit connection, incl. routing functionality
(10/100/1000 Mbit/s)
- Network separation with IP-routing functionality
- Additional integrated 4-port switch for setting up small local
networks
- Access protection via IP access list
- Operation in SIMATIC H system for redundant S7 communication
- Operation in fail-safe applications (PROFIsafe) together with
SIMATIC S7-400 CPU 416F
The CP 443-1 RNA (Redundant Network Access 1))
for interfacing to an S7-400 or S7-400H via the PRP
redundancy protocol (Parallel Redundancy Protocol to
IEC 62439-3) on parallel, separate networks, in which high
reliability is required.
The CP supports:
- S7 communication
- Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE)
CP 1243-1 for SIMATIC S7-1200
- For remote diagnostics and remote maintenance
- With TeleControl Basic functionality - rapid and flexible data
communication via remote networks with caching of data
values including automatic time stamping
1)
At Siemens Industry, RNA stands for hardware and software for

implementing redundancy solutions. RNA contains the PRP V1 protocol in
accordance with the IEC 62439-3 standard (Parallel Redundancy Protocol)
as well as the HSR protocol in accordance with IEC 62439-3
(High-availability Seamless Redundancy Protocol).
Siemens AG 2014
Introduction
CP 1543-1 for SIMATIC S7-1500
- For integrating the S7-1500 into IPv6 based networks.
For the following communications services, an IP address
according to IPv6 can be used:
- FETCH/WRITE access (CP is server)
- FTP server mode and FTP client mode with addressing
via program block
- E-mail transfer with addressing via program block
Setup of Industrial Ethernet segments

with SIMATIC modules with integrated switch
To set up Industrial Ethernet segments in a line or ring topology,
all PROFINET communication modules offer integrated
100 Mbit/s switches with at least 2 RJ45 ports. The integration
of the switch in the terminal devices allows the setup of very
flexible networks and saves cabling costs.
Control Level
SCALANCE
X408-2
SCALANCE
X308-2
WinCC
Server
with
CP 1623
1000 Mbit/s
IP
camera
1000 Mbit/s
1000 Mbit/s
PC/IPC with
CP 1616/CP 1604
SIMATIC S7-400
with
CP 443-1 Advanced
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE
X204IRT
SCALANCE
X208
100 Mbit/s
SIMATIC S7-300
with CP 343-1 Advanced
ET 200S
ET 200S
ET 200pro
ET 200pro
ET 200M
G_IK10_XX_10253
Field Level
pGlGO{G
pGlGOmGvP
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/525
Siemens AG 2014
Introduction
SIMATIC S7-300
NTP
SNMP
ERP Connect
PRP
Other
Transfer
Receiver
Sender
Time
IP routing
IPv6
IPv4
UDP
TCP
ISO
VPN (IP-Sec)
SPI rewall
2)
Filetransfer server
Filetransfer client
receive e-mail
send e-mail
own web pages
Web diagnosis
PG/OP communication
S7 routing
S7 communication
TSend/TReceive
Fetch/Write
Send/Receice
MRPD
MRP
CBA
IRT real-time
IO Device
Transport protocol
CP 243-1
S7-1200 CPUs
CP 1243-1
CPU 1511-1 PN
CPU 1513-1 PN
CPU 1516-3
PN/DP
2)
CP 1543-1
CM 1542-1
3)
CP 343-1 Lean
CP 343-1 Adv
S7-400 PN CPUs
CP 443-1
CP 443-1 Adv
CP 443-1 RNA
4)
4)
1) SMTP pass-through only

2) via S7-1200/1500 CPU
3) Server (S) only
4) pass-through only
2/526
Siemens IK PI 2015
1)
S7-300 PN CPUs
CP 343-1
2)
CP 343-1 ERPC
SIMATIC S7-400
Security
applies
with reservations
G_IK10_XX_10369
SIMATIC S7-1500
SIMATIC SIMATIC
S7-1200 S7-200
Hardware
IO Controller
IT communication
Access List ACL
Ethernet
communication
PROFINET
Siemens AG 2014
CP 1243-1
Overview
The CP 1243-1 communications processor is used for

connecting a SIMATIC S7-1200 to the TeleControl Server Basic
control center software via Ethernet, and for safe communication
via IP-based networks.
The CP has the following features:
Ethernet-based connection to TeleControl Server basic, e.g.
via Internet
Data transfer of measured values, control variables, or alarms
optimized for telecontrol systems
Automatic sending of alert emails
Data buffering of up to 64.000 values ensures a secure
database even with temporary connection failures
Secure communication via VPN connections based on IPSec
Access protection by means of Stateful Inspection Firewall
Clearly laid out LED signaling for fast and easy diagnostics
Compact industrial enclosure in S7-1200 design for mounting
on a standard mounting rail
Fast commissioning thanks to easy configuration using
STEP 7
Benefits
Data security
The CP 1243-1 has a large buffer for several thousand data
values. Downtimes in the transmission link can then be
bridged.
Fully automatic time stamp
To enable subsequent and correct archiving of process data
in the control system, all data frames are assigned with a time
stamp at their place of origin.
Fast and flexible data communication
Operators are therefore quickly provided with alarms, statuses
and values from the process, and they can influence process
control by entering commands or setpoints at any time.
Simple and low-cost engineering
The cyclic or event-controller transfer of measurements,
setpoints or alarms can be implemented in only a few operations and without programming effort.
Remote diagnostics
Saving of traveling and maintenance costs due to costeffective remote programming, diagnostics, control and
monitoring via the Internet
Industrial Security
Securing the system against unauthorized access by means
of
- Central access protection for any devices within an
automation cell, e.g. by means of authentication of the
network stations
- Secure remote access via the Internet by means of data
encryption (VPN) and data integrity checking
Application
By using the CP 1243-1, the S7-1200 can be used as a remote
terminal unit (substation) in telecontrol applications. Typical uses
include the collection of measured values in geographically
widely distributed outdoor areas (level measurement for water
tanks) or centralized opening and closing of valves (oil/gas
transport in pipelines).
Plants in water, wastewater or environmental sectors:
- Irrigation systems
- Drinking water supply
Monitoring of power networks for consumption metering and
cost control
- District heating networks
- Wind farms
Plants in the oil and gas sector
- Oilfield water injection
- Pipelines
Regardless of the telecontrol features of the CP, it can also be
used for purely security applications if the automation system is
to be connected securely to a higher-level IT network. This protects the SIMATIC S7-1200 against unauthorized access from an
Ethernet network. The CP 1243-1 allows safe access via a LAN
and allows data transfer between devices or network segments
to be protected from data manipulation/espionage.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/527
Siemens AG 2014
CP 1243-1
The CP 1243-1 is a communication module for the S7-1200.
The module allows the S7-1200 to be connected as a remote
station to TeleControl Server basic in just a few steps.
Design (continued)
Engineering control center
Mobile Teleservice
Engineering
TIA Portal
Field PG
The introduction of the "data point configuration" in STEP 7

dispenses with all programming effort for transfer of data to the
control center.
SIMATIC S7-1200
with CP 1243-1
The data of the CPU relevant to the control center is selected via
user-friendly "item browsing" in STEP 7. In a clearly-arranged
menu, the data transfer parameters are then assigned to the
data points selected in this way. The cyclic or event-controller
transfer of measurements, setpoints or alarms can thus be
implemented in only a few operations and without programming
effort.
LAN
Industrial Ethernet
Production
Completely configurable application through

"data point configuration"
PROFINET
Data backup
Industrial
Ethernet
ET 200
SIMATIC
TP700
SIMATIC
S7-1200
G_IK10_XX_10371
Data losses are prevented by the data buffering mechanisms

integrated in the product.
Cell protection for SIMATIC S7-1200 with CP 1243-1 (Security Integrated)
Design
The CP 1243-1 offers all the advantages of the S7-1200 design:
Rugged, compact plastic enclosure
Easily accessible connection and diagnostics elements,
protected by front flaps
The CP 1243-1 DNP3 is plugged into the left-hand system
bus interface of the S7-1200. Power is supplied directly via the
S7-1200. No additional wiring is necessary. Any required
modems or routers are connected via the Ethernet interface
on the underside of the module.
In the event of a connection failure, up to 64,000 time-stamped

values are buffered. When the connection returns, the buffered
values are automatically transferred to the control center in the
right order.
E-mail alerting
Alert e-mails can be configured for timely provision of stations'
states to service or maintenance personnel. If previously defined
events (such as threshold violation) should occur, applicationspecific information is sent automatically by e-mail.
Diagnostics
The CP 1243-1 offers comprehensive diagnostic options for a
quick and informative analysis of the station status. Elementary
diagnostic information about the connection to the control center
is signaled directly via LEDs at the CP.
Using STEP 7, comprehensive information can be retrieved,
such as connection history, buffer status, and the transferred
measured values.
Remote maintenance
For remote access from the control center to the substation, the
CP provides a remote maintenance port in parallel with process
operation. This ensures access for monitoring and program
changes.
Function
Telecontrol center with
"TeleControl Server Basic"
Interfaces
The CP 1243-1 has an Ethernet interface to connection to the
control center. The S7-1200 can be connected via an existing
network or via other media by using additional routers (e.g.
SCALANCE M for Internet connection via DSL).
SCALANCE
M812-1
Power supply
Industrial Ethernet
Tunnel
Extra wiring for the CP power supply is not required. Power is

supplied directly via the backplane bus of the S7-1200.
S7-1200 with
CP 1243-1
S7-1200 with
CP 1242-7
SCALANCE
M812-1
Station
Station
G_IK10_XX_30326
GPRS
Connection of the S7-1200 to TeleControl Servers via mobile wireless

and DSL Internet access
2/528
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
CP 1243-1
Article No.
6GK7243-1BX30-0XE0
Article No.
6GK7243-1BX30-0XE0
CP 1243-1
CP 1243-1
Transmission rate
Transfer rate
at the interface 1
Performance data
10 100 Mbit/s
Interfaces
at interface 1 in accordance
with Industrial Ethernet

RJ45 port
Supply voltage,
DC
Supply voltage 1
from backplane bus
5V
Resistive loss
1.25 W
-20 +60 C
-20 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C

maximum
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20

Module format
Compact module S7-1200 single

width
Width
Height
Depth
30 mm
110 mm
75 mm
Net weight
0.122 kg

components general
Number of modules
per CPU maximum
2
like CPU
Performance data
S7 communication
Number of possible connections for
S7 communication
note
like CPU
Performance
data telecontrol
Suitability for use
node station
substation
control center
Connection to the control center
note

Ambient temperature
for vertical installation
during operating phase
for horizontal installation
during storage
during transport
Performance data
open communication
note
by means of a permanent
connection
DNP3
IEC 60870-5
No
Yes
No
STEP 7 Basic/Professional V13
(TIA Portal) or higher + HSP
Connection to SCADA Systems via
TeleControl Server Basic
supported
No
No
Product function data buffering

if connection is aborted
note
Yes
Number of data points per station

maximum
200
64.000 values
Performance data
Teleservice
Diagnostic function online diagnostics Yes
with SIMATIC STEP 7
Product function
program download with
SIMATIC STEP 7
remote firmware update
Yes
Yes

configuration
Configuration software required
3

(TIA Portal) or higher + HSP

Design of the firewall
stateful inspection
Product function with VPN connection IPSec

Type of authentication procedure
with VPN connection
Preshared key (PSK),

X.509v3 certificates
Type of hashing algorithms

with VPN connection
MD5, SHA-1
Number of possible connections

for VPN connection
Product function
password protection
for Web applications
ACL - IP-based
ACL - IP-based for PLC/routing
switchoff of non-required services
blocking of communication via physical ports
log file for unauthorized access
No
No
No
Yes
No
No

Protocol is supported NTP
No
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/529
Siemens AG 2014
CP 1243-1
Ordering data
Communications processor
CP 1243-1
Communications processor for
connection of SIMATIC S7-1200 to
TeleControl Server Basic or for
secure connection via IP-based
networks
Article No.
6GK7243-1BX30-0XE0
Accessories
TeleControl Server Basic V3.0
Software for 8 to 5 000 stations;
Single License for one installation;
OPC (UA) server for GPRS and
Ethernet/Internet communication
with SIMATIC S7-1200 and
SIMATIC S7-200 (GPRS only);
connection management to remote
stations; routing for connections
between S7 stations;
German and English operator
interface;
for Windows 7 Professional
32/64-bit + Service Pack 1
Windows 7 Enterprise
Windows 7 Ultimate
Windows Server 2008
32-bit + Service Pack 2
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard
64-bit Service Pack 1
TeleControl Server Basic 8 V3
Connection management
for 8 SIMATIC S7-1200 or
S7-200 stations
S7-200 stations
S7-200 stations
S7-200 stations
for 1 000 SIMATIC S7-1200 or
S7-200 stations
S7-200 stations
UPGR V3
Upgrade package from Version
V2.x to V3 for all license sizes
CSM 1277
Compact Switch Module
with 10/100 Mbit/s;
4 x RJ45 ports;
Article No.
6NH9910-0AA21-0AA0
IE FC RJ45 Plugs
180 cable outlet;
interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
(Type A)
with UL approval;
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1840-2AH10
Ethernet FC cables
6GK1901-1GA00
STEP 7 Basic Engineering

Software V13 (TIA Portal)
6NH9910-0AA21-0AF0
6NH9910-0AA21-0AB0
6NH9910-0AA21-0AC0
6NH9910-0AA21-0AD0
6NH9910-0AA21-0AE0
6NH9910-0AA21-0GA0
Target system:
SIMATIC S7-1200, S7-1500,
S7-300, S7-400, WinAC
Requirement:
Windows 7 Professional (64 bit),
Windows 7 Enterprise (64 bit),
Windows 8.1 (64 bit),
Windows 8.1 Professional (64 bit),
Windows 8.1 Enterprise (64 bit),
(full installation)
Form of delivery:
French, Spanish
STEP 7 Basic V13, Floating
License
STEP 7 Basic V13, Trial License
Upgrade STEP 7 Basic V12 to
STEP 7 Professional Basic V13,
Floating License
6ES7822-0AA03-0YA5
6ES7822-0AA03-0YA7
6ES7822-0AA03-0YE5

6GK7277-1AA10-0AA0
For a period of 12 months and

for a fixed price, the customer is
automatically provided with all
upgrades and service packs for
each installed software package.
The contract is automatically
extended by a further year unless
canceled at least 12 weeks prior to
expiration. Requires the current
software version.
STEP 7 Basic V1x, Software
Update Service Standard, 1 year
Update Service Compact, 1 year;
6ES7822-0AA00-0YL0
6ES7822-0AA00-0YM0
More information
Technical requirements/compatibility
A S7-1200 CPU with firmware version 3 is required to operate the
CP 1243-1.
2/530
Siemens IK PI 2015
The CP 1243-1 can be configured with STEP 7 Basic/Professional V13 (TIA Portal) or higher.
The TeleControl Server Basic V3 software package is required to
connect to the PCS 7/WinCC control center systems.
Siemens AG 2014
CM 1542-1
Overview
Benefits
High level of plant availability due to support of media

redundancy (MRP)
Optimum support of maintenance due to
- Web-based diagnostics
- Monitoring with IT network management tools (SNMP)
- Module replacement without a PG
Application
The CM 1542-1 is used to connect the SIMATIC S7-1500 to
PROFINET networks. With its own processor, it relieves the CPU
of communications tasks and facilitates additional connections.
TCP/
UDP
PN
MRP
IT
IP-R
PG/OP
S7/S5
G_IK10_XX_10363
ISO
Communication module for connecting a SIMATIC S7-1500 to

PROFINET networks as PROFINET IO controller.
The CM 1542-1 supports the following communication services:
PG/OP communication
S7 communication
Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE)
IT communication;
web diagnose by means of access to the Web server of the
S7-1500 system
The CM 1542-1 provides communication options with:

PGs/PCs,
master computers
operator control and monitoring systems,
SIMATIC S5/S7 systems
PROFINET IO devices
Remote programming via LAN
Design
The CM 1542-1 features all the advantages of the
SIMATIC S7-1500 design:
Compact design:
- Two RJ45 ports (integrated 2-port switch) for connecting to
PROFINET with 10/100 Mbit/s full/half-duplex;
automatic data rate detection through autonegotiation and
autocrossing;
connection via an IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 with180 cable outlet
or via standard patch cable
- The module is supplied with power via the integrated
backplane bus
- Three LEDs for displaying the operational and communications status of the module and two status LEDs (LINK/
ACTIVITY) under the front cover for the PROFINET interface
Simple installation:
The CM 1542-1 is mounted on the mounting rail of the S7-1500
and connected to the adjacent modules by means of the bus
connectors.
The CM 1542-1 can be operated without a fan; no backup
battery is required.
The module can be replaced without the need for a
programming device.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/531
Siemens AG 2014
CM 1542-1
Function
SIMATIC S7-1500
with CM 1542-1
PROFINET
SIMATIC S7-300
with CP 343-1 Lean
ET 200SP
Control Level
Use as PROFINET IO controller for operating distributed I/O

on PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
SIMATIC S7-1500
with CM 1542-1
Network seperation
PROFINET
ET 200S
Connection to a higher-level network with CM 1542-1 for network

separation of the field level and control level
Siemens IK PI 2015
nprXWXWZ]\
Industrial Ethernet
ET 200SP
2/532
nprXWXWZ][
Industrial Ethernet
Field Level
PROFINET IO controller for the connection of up to 128 PN IO

devices
Communications services of the interface:
- Open communication (TCP/IP, UDP):
Multicast with UDP
- PG/OP communication: inter-network with S7 routing
- S7 communication (client, server)
- IT communication (HTTP(S), e-mail)
- Certified PROFINET IO controller with real-time properties
(RT and IRT)
- IP addressing via DCP
Media redundancy (MRP);
- Within an Ethernet network with a ring topology, the
CM supports the MRP media redundancy protocol as an
MRP manager and/or as an MRP client
Diagnostics and network management:
- Extensive diagnostics functions for all modules in the
S7-1500 system
- Integration in network management systems through the
support of SNMP V1
Time synchronization via NTP
Security mechanisms:
- Access to the Web server via HTTPS
- Secure firmware update
Configuration of all functions with STEP 7 Professional V13
(TIA Portal) or higher
Module replacement without programming device:
All information can be stored on the memory card of the CPU.
Siemens AG 2014
CM 1542-1
Article No.
6GK7542-1AX00-0XE0
Article No.
6GK7542-1AX00-0XE0
CM 1542-1
CM 1542-1
Transmission rate
Transfer rate
at the interface 1
Performance data
Performance data
open communication

open communication via T-modules
maximum
comment
RJ45 port
Data volume as user data per ISO on 65 536 byte

TCP connection for open communication by means of T blocks maximum
Interfaces
Number of Multicast stations
Supply voltage,
DC
Supply voltage 1
from backplane bus
15 V

at 15 V with DC
3%
Current consumption from backplane 0.22 A

bus at 15 V with DC typical
Resistive loss
3.3 W

Ambient temperature
for vertical installation during operating phase
for horizontal installation during operating phase
during storage
during transport
Comment
0 40 C
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-

95 %
Protection class IP
IP20

Module format

width
Width
Height
Depth
35 mm
142 mm
129 mm
Net weight
0.4 kg
Mounting type S7-1500 rail mounting
Yes

components general
Number of modules
per CPU maximum
note
10 100 Mbit/s
8
depending on CPU type
64
depending on the system upper limit
16
Performance data
S7 communication
S7 communication
maximum
note
64
Performance data
multi-protocol mode
Number of active connections with
multiprotocol mode
64
Performance data
as PN IO-Controller
Product function PROFINET IO
controller
Yes
Number of PN IO-Devices on
PROFINET IO-Controller usable total
128
Number of PN IO IRT-Devices on
PROFINET IO-Controller usable
64
Number of external PN IO lines

with PROFINET per rack
10
Data volume
as useful data for input variables as
PROFINET IO controller maximum
as useful data for output variables
with PROFINET IO controller maximum
as useful data for input variables per
PN IO device with PROFINET IO
controller maximum
per PN IO device with PROFINET IO
controller maximum
as user data for input variable per
PN IO device per submodule as
as user data for output variables per
8 Kibyte
8 Kibyte
1 433 byte
1 433 byte
256 byte
256 byte

configuration
Product function MIB support
Yes
SNMP v1
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
STEP 7 Professional V13 (TIA Portal)

or higher

Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/533
Siemens AG 2014
CM 1542-1
Article No.
6GK7542-1AX00-0XE0
Article No.
6GK7542-1AX00-0XE0
CM 1542-1
CM 1542-1

Product function Web-based
diagnostics

Yes
Product functions switch

Product feature switch
Yes
Product function
switch-managed
No
Yes
Yes

Product function
Ring redundancy
Yes
Redundancy manager
Yes
Media Redundancy Protocol (MRP) Yes
Ordering data
Communication module
CM 1542-1

Product function
SICLOCK support
pass on time synchronization
Yes
Yes
Yes
Article No.
6GK7542-1AX00-0XE0
Article No.
SCALANCE X204-2
for connection of SIMATIC S7-1500

to PROFINET IO via TCP/IP,
ISO-on-TCP,
UDP S7 communication,
IP broadcast/multicast, SNMPV1,
time synchronization via NTP;
1 x RJ45 interface
with 10/100 Mbit/s;
6GK5204-2BB10-2AA3

diagnostics and PROFINET diagnostics for configuring line, star
two FO ports
Accessories
Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s)
with a sturdy metal enclosure and
180 cable outlet;
interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
Product function
Yes
blocking of communication via phys- No
ical ports
No

SCALANCE X308-2
6GK5308-2FL00-2AA3
2 x 1000 Mbit/s multimode fiberoptic cable ports (SC sockets), ,

1 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s RJ45 port,
for glass fiber-optic cable (multimode) up to max. 750 m
6GK1901-1BB11-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AE0
for universal applications;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
AWG22, for connection to
6XV1870-2E
6XV1878-2A
More information
You will find more information on SIMATIC S7-1500 at
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-s7-1500
Offline version:
The SIMATIC NET Selection Tool is available to assist in selecting

the right Industrial Ethernet switches as well as the configuration
of modular variants:
You will find more information on the topic of Industrial Security

on the Internet at:
http://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity
Online version:
2/534
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
CP 1543-1
Overview
TCP/
UDP
PN
MRP
IT
IP-R
PG/OP
S7/S5
G_IK10_XX_10353
ISO
Benefits
The SIMATIC CP 1543-1 communications processor securely

connects the new SIMATIC S7-1500 controller to Industrial
Ethernet networks. By combining a variety of security features
such as an SPI (Stateful Packet Inspection) firewall, VPN and
data encryption protocols such as FTPS and SNMPv3, the
communications processor protects individual S7-1500 stations
or even entire automation cells against unauthorized access.
The CP can also be used for linking the S7-1500 station into an
IPv6-based network. All functions are configured by means of
STEP 7 Professional V12 (TIA Portal) or higher.
The CP 1543-1 supports the following communications services:
PG/OP communication
S7 communication
Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE, FETCH/WRITE)
IT communication
- FTP functions (File Transfer Protocol FTP/FTPS) for file
management and access to data blocks in the CPU
(client and server function)
- Sending e-mails via SMTP or ESMTP with "SMTP-Auth" for
authentication on an e-mail server (also with IPv6)
Security functions
- Stateful Packet Inspection (layers 3 and 4) firewall
- Secure communication via VPN (IPsec)
- Secure access to the Web server of the CPU via the HTTPS
protocol
- Secure file transfer using FTPS
- Secure transfer of the time of day (NTP)
- SNMPv3 for tap-proof transfer of network analysis information
Integration of the S7-1500 into IPv6-based networks;
An IPv6-compliant IP address can be used for the following
communication services:
- FETCH/WRITE access (CP as server)
- FTP server mode
- FTP client mode with addressing by program block
- E-mail transfer with addressing by program block
Reachability of the SIMATIC S7-1500 station from an

IPv6-based infrastructure
- Simple diagnostics via the central Web server
- Remote programming via LAN
- Module replacement without a PG
Securing the system against unauthorized access with
- Central access protection for any S7 station
- Secure access to the central Web server
Network separation for setting up identical machines with the
same IP address
Simple alerting by e-mail and transfer of production data to
master computer using FTP
Protection of investment thanks to simple integration of the
SIMATIC S7-1500 system in existing networks with
SIMATIC S7-300 / S7-400 / S5 via Industrial Ethernet using
the CP 1543-1
Application
The CP 1543-1 is used to connect the SIMATIC S7-1500 to
Industrial Ethernet networks. With its own processor, it relieves
the CPU of communications tasks and facilitates additional
connections.
The CP 1543-1 provides communication options with:
PGs/PCs,
master computers
operator control and monitoring systems,
other SIMATIC S5/S7 systems.
This can be used to protect the SIMATIC S7-1500 from unauthorized access from an Ethernet network. The CP 1543-1 allows
safe remote access via a LAN and allows data transfer between
devices or network segments to be protected from data
manipulation/espionage.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/535
Siemens AG 2014
CP 1543-1
Physical protection
Security management
DMZ
Office Network
Network Security
Domain
Controller
PC with
CP 1628
Server
Server
SCALANCE
M874-3
GPRS/
UMTS
SIMATIC
S7-1200 with
CP 1243-1
Internet
Router
SCALANCE
S623
WEB
Server
Central
Archiving
Server
Internet
SSC
SIMATIC Field PG
with SOFTNET
Security Client
SCALANCE
M812-1
pGl
SCALANCE S623
SCALANCE S612
Factory Automation
Production 1
Production 2
S7-1200 with
CSM 1277
SIMATIC
S7-1500 with
CP 1543-1
System Integrity
Production 3
SIMATIC
S7-400 with
CP 443-1
Advanced
Production 4
SINUMERIK
840D sl
SIMATIC
S7-300 with
CP 343-1
Advanced
SIMATIC
S7-1200
PROFINET
ET 200
SIMATIC
S7-1200
SIMATIC
TP700
PROFINET
SIMATIC
ET
200SP
SINAMICS SIMATIC
G120 TP700
PROFINET
PROFINET
SIMATIC
ET
200SP
SINAMICS SIMATIC
G120 TP700
Siemens IK PI 2015
PROFINET
SIMATIC
TP1200
Comfort
SIMOTION D4x5 with
SINAMIC S120 (Booksize)
Protection of the SIMATIC S7-1500 system from unauthorized access from the Industrial Ethernet network
2/536
Production 5
SIMATIC
ET 200S
SIMATIC
KTP600
SINAMICS
S110
G_IK10_XX_10348
Plant Security
Siemens AG 2014
CP 1543-1
Design
The CP 1543-1 features all the advantages of the
Compact design:
- One RJ45 jack for connecting to Industrial Ethernet;
automatic data rate detection using autosensing,
autocrossing and autonegotiation;
the connection is made via the IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 with
180 cable outlet or via a standard patch cable
backplane bus
- Three LEDs for displaying the operational and communications status of the module and one LED under the front cover
for the Ethernet interface to display ACTIVITY and LINK.
The CP 1543-1 is mounted on the rail of the S7-1500 and
connected to the adjacent modules by means of the bus
connectors.
The CP 1543-1 can be operated without a fan; no backup
battery is required.
programming device.
Function
Gigabit interface with an RJ45 connector with
10/100/1 000 Mbps full/half duplex with autosensing
functionality
Communication services:
- Open communication (TCP/IP, UDP, ISO):
Multicast with UDP
- IT communication:
HTTP communication allows access to the Web server of the
S7-1500 system. With the CP 1543-1, HTTPS communication
is also possible.
The e-mail client function allows the sending of e-mails
directly from the user program.
FTP communication allows program-controlled FTP client
communication.
Access to data blocks in the CPU via FTP server.
- IP address assignment using DHCP with IPv4 or by entering
the address directly in the engineering software
STEP 7 Professional V12 or higher (TIA Portal)
- Extensive diagnostics functions for all modules in the
S7-1500 system
- Integration in network management systems due to support
of SNMP V1/V3
- Access protection with firewall for filtering connections on
the basis of their IP and MAC addresses
- Secure communication via VPN (IPsec)
- Encrypted HTML pages using SSL (HTTPS)
- Secure file transfer (FTPS)
- Tap-proof transfer of network analysis information to the
network management system (SNMPv3)
- Secure transfer of the time of day (NTP)
Configuration of all functions with STEP 7 Professional V13
All information can be stored on the memory card of the CPU.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/537
Siemens AG 2014
CP 1543-1
Integration
Engineering
Control Center
Mobile Teleservice
LAN
Engineering
TIA Portal
TIA Portal
Field PG
Field PG
Industrial Ethernet
SIMATIC S7-1500
with CP 1543-1
PROFINET
PROFIBUS DP
Industrial Ethernet
S7-1200 with
CM 1242-5
SINAMICS
ET 200S
ET 200SP
G_IK10_XX_10355
SINAMICS
S7-300 with
CP 343-1 Lean
Connection to a higher-level network with network separation and access protection (firewall function)
Control center
TIA Portal
Industrial Ethernet
Automation Cell
Automation Cell
SIMATIC
S7-1500 with
CP 1543-1
SIMATIC
S7-1500 with
CP 1543-1
PROFINET
PROFIBUS DP
PROFINET
PROFIBUS DP
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet
SINAMICS
ET 200SP
S7-300 with
CP 343-1 Lean
Products with firewall or VPN functions
Connection to higher-level network and network separation of automation cells
2/538
Siemens IK PI 2015
S7-1200 with
CM 1242-5
ET 200SP
S7-300 with
CP 343-1 Lean
G_IK10_XX_10356
S7-1200 with
CM 1242-5
SINAMICS
Siemens AG 2014
CP 1543-1
Article No.
6GK7543-1AX00-0XE0
Article No.
6GK7543-1AX00-0XE0
CP 1543-1
CP 1543-1
Performance data
S7 communication
Transmission rate
Transfer rate
at the interface 1
10 1 000 Mbit/s
Interfaces

RJ45 port
DC
Supply voltage 1
from backplane bus
15 V

at 15 V with DC
3%

5.3 W
118
Performance data
multi-protocol mode
multiprotocol mode
118

as client by means of FTP
maximum
as server
- by means of FTP maximum
- by means of HTTP maximum
as e-mail client maximum
Amount of data as useful data
for e-mail maximum
32
16
4
1
64 Kibyte

configuration

Ambient temperature
during storage
during transport
Performance data
IT functions
Supply voltage,
Resistive loss

S7 communication
maximum
note
0 40 C
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C

maximum
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20
Yes
SNMP v1
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
No

or higher

Yes
Module format
Compact module S7-1500

single width
Width
Height
Depth
35 mm
142 mm
129 mm
Net weight
0.35 kg
Yes
Type of encryption algorithms

with VPN connection
AES-256, AES-192, AES-128,

3DES-168, DES-56

with VPN connection


with VPN connection
MD5, SHA-1

for VPN connection
16

components general
Number of modules
per CPU maximum
note
8
Performance data
Performance data
open communication
open communication via T-modules
maximum
comment
118
65 536 byte
Data volume as user data
per ISO on TCP connection for open
communication by means of T blocks
maximum
118

diagnostics
Yes

Product function
password protection
ACL - IP-based
blocking of communication
via physical ports
stateful inspection
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes

Product function
SICLOCK support
Yes
Yes
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/539
Siemens AG 2014
CP 1543-1
Ordering data
CP 1543-1
Article No.
6GK7543-1AX00-0XE0
(Type A)

to Industrial Ethernet via TCP/IP,
ISO and UDP and Security
functions;
1 x RJ45 interface with
10/100/1 000 Mbit/s;
electronic manual on DVD
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0

IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet for
universal applications; with UL
approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m

Ethernet (10/100/1 000 Mbit/s) with
a sturdy metal enclosure and
180 cable outlet;
interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
Preadjusted stripping tool for fast

stripping of the Industrial Ethernet
FC cables
SCALANCE X204-2
6GK1901-1BB11-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AE0
2 x 1000 Mbit/s multimode fiberoptic cable ports (SC sockets), ,

1 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s RJ45 port,
More information
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-s7-1500
The SIMATIC NET Selection Tool is available to assist in selecting
the right Industrial Ethernet switches as well as the configuration
of modular variants:
Online version:
Offline version:
on the Internet at:
Note:
For software ordering data, see page 2/584
Siemens IK PI 2015
6XV1870-2E
6XV1878-2A
6GK1901-1GA00
6GK5204-2BB10-2AA3

two FO ports
SCALANCE X308-2
2/540
6XV1840-2AH10

with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
Accessories

interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
Article No.
6GK5308-2FL00-2AA3
Siemens AG 2014
CP 243-1
Overview
TCP
PN
MRP
IT
IP-R
PG/OP
Process information can be accessed simultaneously

(password protected) with standard Web browsers; software
costs are reduced on the client side
Low-cost bulk storage for data, statistics and HTML-based
machine or plant documentation
Simple universal linking of PLCs to different computers by
means of FTP
Local and worldwide transmission of event-driven messages
by e-mail
Time and cost savings due to fast and easy configuration,
programming and monitoring from a central location via LAN
Reduction of complexity and savings for networking all
automation levels and devices since only Ethernet is required
Simple startup and easy diagnostics options due to
configuration support by STEP 7 Micro/WIN
S7
G_IK10_XX_10141
ISO
Benefits
Communications processor for connecting a SIMATIC S7-200

to Industrial Ethernet networks
The CP supports:
PG/OP communication
S7 communication
IT communication
In addition, the CP 243-1 offers e-mail functions and usercreated web pages and thus optimally supports maintenance
and quality assurance. The Internet functions such as FTP allow
connection to the most diverse PC-based systems.
Application
The CP 243-1 communications processor is used to connect
S7-200 to Industrial Ethernet.
Distributed plants can be reached over telephone lines or
the Internet by using a router and simple diagnostics, signal or
user functions can be performed with the help of a web
browser. The CP 243-1 is especially suited for plant sections
where using PCs for permanent monitoring functions would
not be cost-effective.
PC applications can access the data of an S7-200 via an
S7 OPC server. In this way, process data can be easily
archived or further processed.
SIMATIC S7-300 and S7-400 programmable controllers can
communicate with a SIMATIC S7-200 with CP 243-1 over
Industrial Ethernet which means that the S7-200 can also be
used for more complex applications.
Design
Compact design in a rugged plastic enclosure
Terminal strip for connecting the 24 V DC external supply
voltage
LED status display
Optional DIN rail mounting or direct wall mounting
RJ45 socket for connection to Industrial Ethernet with
automatic data rate detection
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/541
Siemens AG 2014
CP 243-1
Function
Web server;
HTML pages can be downloaded and viewed with standard
browsers
The CP 243-1 enables communication between an

S7-200 module and another S7-200 or S7-300/S7-400 controller
via Industrial Ethernet, and access of the S7-200 programming
software STEP 7-Micro/WIN to the S7-200 via Industrial Ethernet.
Web pages
For observation of the S7-200 controller:
standard pages for system diagnostics and a simple variable
editor are supplied.
Other customer-specific pages can be generated with any
HTML tools
Integration into PC applications is possible by means of the

S7-OPC server of the PC software.
IT functions
Simple visualization using Web technology, sending e-mails,
and file processing (FTP).
The file system of the CP 243-1 can also be managed through
the CPU. It is used as a bulk storage device, a cross-system
computer link and a storage location for HTML pages and Java
applets. The CP 243-1 has a large file system in which, apart
from HTML pages, machine documentation or user guides can
also be stored.
E-mails;
sending of pre-defined e-mails directly from the user program
Variables can be integrated into the text
FTP communication
The CPU can send data blocks as files to other computers or can
read or delete the files of other computers (client function). Communication through FTP is possible with most operating systems
Configuration
STEP 7 Micro/WIN V4.0 SP8 or higher is required for configuring the full functional scope of the CP 243-1.
The CP 243-1 is supplied with a globally unique MAC address
that cannot be changed.
Integration
PC with application
(e.g. WinCC, WinAC)
via OPC or
Internet browser
S7-400
with CP 443-1
Linux, DOS,
UNIX, Mainframe
via FTP
S7-300
with CP 343-1
Advanced
Notebook
Field PG
SCALANCE
S613
Alarm via
email/sms
Internet
Router
Industrial Ethernet
Alarm via
email/sms
PROFIBUS
CP 243-2
S7-200
S7-200
EM 277
CP 243-1
AS-Interface
S7-200 communication options with CP 243-1
2/542
IO
IO
Siemens IK PI 2015
CP 243-1
Embedded System
(e.g. nutrunner,
welding control )
via FTP
Cell phone/PDA
G_IK10_XX_10287
The CP 243-1 is connected to Industrial Ethernet via an

RJ45 interface for 10/100 Mbit/s full/half duplex with
autosensing/autonegotiation and autocrossover function.
Siemens AG 2014
CP 243-1
Article No.
6GK7243-1EX01-0XE0
Article No.
6GK7243-1EX01-0XE0
CP 243-1
CP 243-1
Transmission rate
Transfer rate at the interface 1
10 100 Mbit/s
Number of modules
per CPU maximum
Interfaces
for power supply
for power supply

components general
1
1
RJ45 port
3-pin termnal strip
Supply voltage,
2
1
Performance data
Performance data
S7 communication
S7 communication
maximum
with PG connections maximum
with PG/OP connections maximum
8
1
8
Performance data
IT functions
DC
Supply voltage
1 from backplane bus
external
5V
24 V
Consumed current from external

supply voltage at 24 V with DC
typical
maximum

maximum
as server by means of HTTP
maximum
0.053 A
0.06 A
Number of e-mails with 1 024 charac- 32

ters of e-mail client maximum
Resistive loss
1.5 W
Number of access rights access

protections
Storage capacity of user memory

as flash memory file system
8 Mibyte
Number of possible write cycles

flash memory cells
100 000

Ambient temperature
during storage
during transport
0 45 C
0 55 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C

maximum
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20
1
4
1

configuration
No
Protocol is supported SNMP v1
No
STEP 7-Micro/WIN V4.0 SP8

or higher

Module format

double width
Width
Height
Depth
71.2 mm
80 mm
62 mm
Net weight
0.15 kg

diagnostics
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/543
Siemens AG 2014
CP 243-1
Ordering data
CP 243-1
Article No.
6GK7243-1EX01-0XE0

Online version:
Offline version:
Accessories

on the Internet at:
TP cable 4 x 2
0.5 m
1m
2m
6m
6XV1870-3QE50
6XV1870-3QH10
6XV1870-3QH20
6XV1870-3QH60
SCALANCE X005
6GK5005-0BA00-1AA3
2/544
Siemens IK PI 2015
Selection tools:

to Industrial Ethernet;
for S7 communication,
PG communication,
e-mail and WWW server;
with electronic manual on CD-ROM
German, English, French, Italian,
Spanish

for 10/100 Mbit/s;
for configuring small star and line
structures
More information
Note:
Siemens AG 2014
CP 343-1 Lean
Overview
Application
The CP 343-1 Lean is used to connect the SIMATIC S7-300 to
connections.
The CP 343-1 Lean offers the communication options of the
S7-300 with
PGs/PCs
Master computers
HMI devices
Other SIMATIC S5/S7 systems
PROFINET I/O Controllers
Design
TCP/
UDP
PN
MRP
IT
IP-R
PG/OP S7/S5
G_IK10_XX_10171
ISO

to Industrial Ethernet networks, also as PROFINET IO Device.
The CP supports:
PG/OP communication
S7 communication
Benefits
The CP 343-1 Lean offers all the advantages of SIMATIC S7-300

system design:
Compact design;
the rugged plastic casing features on the front:
- Two RJ45 sockets for connecting to Industrial Ethernet with
automatic detection of transmission rate by means of
autosensing;
RJ45 sockets have an industry-compatible design
with additional retaining collars for connection of
- Diagnostic LEDs for each switch port
- 2-pin plug-in terminal strip for connection of the 24 V DC
external supply voltage
Easy installation;
The CP 343-1 Lean is snap-mounted on the S7-300 DIN rail
and connected to adjacent modules through the bus
connectors. There are no slot rules.
The CP 343-1 Lean can be operated without a fan. A standby
battery is not required.
In combination with IM 360/361, CP 343-1 Lean can also be
used in an expansion rack (ER).
Function
redundancy (MRP)
Optimum support of maintenance through
- Remote programming via WAN or a telephone network
(ISDN)
- Monitoring by means of IT network management tools
(SNMP)
- Module replacement without programming device thanks to
saving of the configuration data on the CPU
The capability of later connecting existing SIMATIC S7
systems to Industrial Ethernet using the CP 343-1 Lean
ensures investment protection
PROFINET interface with two RJ45 ports, 10/100 Mbit/s

full/half duplex with autosensing and autocrossover functionality via 2-port switch
Communication services via interface:
- Open communication (TCP/IP, UDP): Multicast for UDP
- S7 communication (server only)
- PROFINET IO device
Media redundancy (MRP):
- Within an Ethernet network with ring topology, the
CP supports the media redundancy procedure MRP
- Extensive diagnostic functions for all modules in the rack
- Integration into network management systems through the
support of SNMP V1
Configuring of all functions with STEP 7, V5.4 or higher, or
STEP 7 Professional V11 (TIA Portal) or higher
Module replacement without programming device thanks to
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/545
Siemens AG 2014
CP 343-1 Lean
Integration
z^T[WWG
jwG[[ZTXGh
GpvGj
wnVwjG
jwGX]XZGhYV
jwGX]YZ
Article No.
6GK7343-1CX10-0XE0
CP 343-1 Lean
Transmission rate
twGY^^
10 100 Mbit/s
Interfaces
at interface 1 in accordance with In- 2
dustrial Ethernet
1
for power supply
wyvmpul{

at interface 1 in accordance with
Industrial Ethernet
for power supply
pGl
zjhshujl
YW_
z^TZWWG
jwGZ[ZTXGs
nprXWZWX\\
l{GYWW
l{GYWWz
Line structure with CP 343-1 Lean with integrated real-time switch

as a PROFINET IO device
DC
Supply voltage
external
5V
24 V
Relative positive tolerance

at 24 V with DC
20 %
Relative negative tolerance

at 24 V with DC
15 %
Consumed current
from backplane bus
at 5 V for DC, typical
from external supply voltage
at 24 V with DC
- typical
- maximum
wjTGGG
jwGX]X]GGjwGX]W[
GpvGj
Resistive loss
wyvmpul{
l{GYWW
z^TZWWG
jwGZ[ZTXG
sS
jwGZ[ZTXS
jwGZ[ZTX
plVwi
s
wuGpv
wyvmpi|z
hzTp
Connection to higher-level network and PC-based system
Siemens IK PI 2015
plVhzT
s
wuGpv
G
nprXWXWY[^
l{
YWWz
2/546
0.2 A
0.16 A
0.2 A
5.8 W
p
l
IO Devices
2-pin plug-in terminal strip
Supply voltage,
l{GYWWz
Code reading
systems
RJ45 port
Ambient temperature
during storage
during transport
Comment
0 40 C
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-

maximum
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20

Module format

single width
Width
Height
Depth
40 mm
125 mm
120 mm
Net weight
0,22 kg
Siemens AG 2014
CP 343-1 Lean

Article No.
6GK7343-1CX10-0XE0
Article No.
6GK7343-1CX10-0XE0
CP 343-1 Lean
CP 343-1 Lean
Performance data

configuration
Performance data
open communication
for open communication by means
of SEND/RECEIVE blocks maximum
Data volume
as user data per ISO on TCP con8 Kibyte
nection for open communication by
means of SEND/RECEIVE blocks
maximum
as user data per TCP connection
8 Kibyte
for open communication by
maximum
as user data per UDP connection
2 Kibyte
for open IE communication by
maximum
Performance data
S7 communication
S7 communication
maximum
Service of SIMATIC communication as Yes

server
Performance data
multi-protocol mode
multiprotocol mode
12
Amount of data
as useful data for input variables
as PROFINET IO device maximum
for each sub-module under
PROFINET IO device
PROFINET IO device
as useful data for the consistency
area for each sub-module
Number of submodules
per PROFINET IO-Device
Yes
SNMP v1
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
STEP 7 V5.4 or higher /

or higher

I&M1 - higher level
Yes
diagnostics
Yes

Yes
Product function
switch-managed
No
Yes

Product function
Ring redundancy
(MRP)
Yes
Yes
Performance data
as PN IO-Device
device
Yes
Product function
via physical ports
Yes
Yes

512 byte
512 byte
Product function
SICLOCK support
Yes
Yes
Yes
240 byte
240 byte
240 byte
32
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/547
Siemens AG 2014
CP 343-1 Lean
Ordering data
CP 343-1 Lean
Article No.
6GK7343-1CX10-0XE0
For connecting SIMATIC S7-300

to Industrial Ethernet through
TCP/IP and UDP, Multicast,
S7 communication, open communication (SEND/RECEIVE),
FETCH/WRITE, PROFINET IO
Device, MRP, integrated 2-port
switch ERTEC, comprehensive
diagnostics facilities,
module replacement without PG,
SNMP, initial commissioning
over LAN;
Accessories
IE FC RJ45 Plug 145
RJ45 plug connector 2 x 2 for
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
(Type A)
6GK1901-1BB30-0AA0
6GK1901-1BB30-0AB0
6GK1901-1BB30-0AE0
6XV1840-2AH10

with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
6GK1901-1GA00

Ethernet FC cables
CSM 377 Compact Switch Module
Unmanaged switch for connection
of a SIMATIC S7-300 CPU,
ET 200M, and up to three further
nodes to Industrial Ethernet
operating at 10/100 Mbit/s;
4 x RJ45 ports;
including electronic manual
on CD-ROM
2/548
Siemens IK PI 2015
Note:
6GK7377-1AA00-0AA0
Siemens AG 2014
CP 343-1
Overview
Application
The CP 343-1 is used for connecting the SIMATIC S7-300/
SINUMERIK 840D powerline to Industrial Ethernet networks.
With its own processor, it relieves the CPU of communications
tasks and facilitates additional connections.
The CP 343-1 permits communication of the S7-300 with:
PGs/PCs
Master computers
HMI devices
SIMATIC S7/C7 systems
PROFINET IO devices
Design
TCP/
UDP
PN
MRP
IT
IP-R
PG/OP S7/S5
G_IK10_XX_10147
ISO
Communications processor for connecting a SIMATIC S7-300/

SINUMERIK 840D powerline to Industrial Ethernet networks,
also as PROFINET IO Controller or IO Device.
The CP supports:
PG/OP communication
S7 communication
Benefits

redundancy (MRP)
(ISDN)
(SNMP)
- Module replacement without programming device thanks to
Securing the system against unauthorized access by means
of device-related IP address lists
systems to Industrial Ethernet using the CP 343-1 ensures
investment protection
The CP 343-1 has all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-300

design:
Compact design;
on the front, the rugged plastic housing features:
- Two RJ45 sockets for connection to Industrial Ethernet with
automatic sensing of the data transmission rate by means of
Autosensing/Autonegotiation;
the RJ45 sockets are industrially compatible and designed
with additional holding collars for connecting to the
- 2-pole plug-in terminal strip for connection of the 24 V DC
- 8 LEDs for indication of the operating and communication
status (diagnostics for each switch port)
Easy installation;
the CP 343-1 is mounted on the S7-300 rail and connected
through the bus connector with the neighboring modules.
No slot rules apply.
Fan-free operation;
A back-up battery is not required.
Using the IM 360/361, the CP 343-1 can also be operated in
the expansion rack (ER)
Modules can be replaced without the need for a programming
device
Function
PROFINET interface with two RJ45 connectors with
10/100 Mbit/s full/half duplex with autosensing and
autocrossover functionality via integrated 2-port switch
Communication services via interface:
- Open communication (TCP/IP, UDP, ISO): Multicast for UDP
- S7 communication (client, server, multiplexing)
- PROFINET IO Controller or IO Device
- Within an Ethernet network with ring topology, the
CP supports the media redundancy procedure MRP
- Integration into network management systems through the
support of SNMP V1
- Access protection by means of configurable IP access list
Configuring of all functions with STEP 7, V5.4 or higher, or
STEP 7 Professional V11 (TIA Portal) or higher
Module replacement without programming device thanks to
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/549
Siemens AG 2014
CP 343-1
Integration
wjTGGG
jwGX]X]GGjwGX]W[
GpvGj
2
SIMATIC S7-300
with CP 343-1 as
IO-Controller
SIMATIC S7-300
with CP 343-1 or
CP 343-1 Lean
as IO-Device
wyvmpul{
p
l
l{GYWW
Code reading
systems
wyvmpul{
G IK10 XX 10221
pGl
ET 200pro
IO-Devices
ET 200S
IO-Devices
Line structure with CP 343-1 with integrated real-time switch

as a PROFINET IO controller or IO device
wyvmpul{
p
l
l{GYWW
Code reading
systems
IO Devices
z^TZWWG
jwGZ[ZTXG
sS
jwGZ[ZTXS
jwGZ[ZTX
PC/IPC with CP 1616
as IO-Device
Interfacing to higher-level network with CP 343-1

as PROFINET IO controller
2/550
Siemens IK PI 2015
plVwi
s
wuGpv
plVhzT
s
wuGpv
G
wyvmpi|z
hzTp
nprXWXWYYY
l{
YWWz
plVhzT
s
wuGpv
G
wyvmpi|z
hzTp
wnVwj
G
z^TZWWG
jwGZ[ZTXG
pvTj
IO Devices
z^TZWWG
jwGZ[ZTXG
sS
jwGZ[ZTXS
jwGZ[ZTX
plVwi
s
wuGpv
nprXWXWY[^
l{
YWWz
Siemens AG 2014
CP 343-1
Article No.
6GK7343-1EX30-0XE0
Article No.
6GK7343-1EX30-0XE0
CP 343-1
CP 343-1
Transmission rate
Performance data
10 100 Mbit/s
Interfaces
for power supply

open communication by means of
SEND/RECEIVE blocks maximum
DC
Supply voltage
external
5V
24 V
Data volume
as user data per ISO connection for
as user data per ISO on TCP connection for open communication by
maximum
as user data per TCP connection for
as user data per UDP connection for
open IE communication by means of

at 24 V with DC
20 %

at 24 V with DC
15 %
Performance data
S7 communication
0,2 A

S7 communication
maximum

for power supply
1
RJ45 port
Supply voltage,
Consumed current
from backplane bus
at 5 V for DC, typical
at 24 V with DC
- typical
- maximum
Resistive loss
16
8 Kibyte
8 Kibyte
8 Kibyte
2 Kibyte
16
16
Performance data
multi-protocol mode
0.16 A
0.2 A

multiprotocol mode
5.8 W
Performance data
as PN IO-Controller

Ambient temperature
for vertical installation during
operating phase
for horizontal installation during
operating phase
during storage
during transport
Comment
Performance data
open communication
32
32
0 40 C
0 60 C
Number of external PN IO lines with

PROFINET per rack
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-

maximum
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20

Module format

single width
Width
Height
Depth
40 mm
125 mm
120 mm
Net weight
0.22 kg
Data volume
with PROFINET IO controller maximum
controller maximum
controller maximum
1 Kibyte
1 Kibyte
1 433 byte
1 433 byte
240 byte
240 byte
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/551
Siemens AG 2014
CP 343-1
Article No.
6GK7343-1EX30-0XE0
Article No.
6GK7343-1EX30-0XE0
CP 343-1
CP 343-1
Performance data
as PN IO-Device
device
Amount of data
PROFINET IO device
PROFINET IO device

diagnostics
Yes
SNMP v1
DCP
LLDP
Yes
512 byte
Product function
switch-managed
No
Yes
240 byte
240 byte
Product function
Ring redundancy
Yes
No
Redundancy manager
240 byte
32
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015
Product function
ACL - IP-based
via physical ports
Yes
Yes
Yes
No

Yes
Yes
Yes
Product function
SICLOCK support
Yes
Yes
STEP 7 V5.4 SP2 or higher /

or higher
Yes

Yes
I&M1 - higher level
2/552

512 byte

configuration
Yes
Siemens AG 2014
CP 343-1
Ordering data
CP 343-1
Article No.
6GK7343-1EX30-0XE0
Article No.
(Type A)
For connection of SIMATIC S7-300

to Industrial Ethernet over ISO and
TCP/IP; PROFINET IO Controller or
PROFINET IO Device, MRP,
integrated 2-port switch ERTEC;
S7 communication, open communication (SEND/RECEIVE), FETCH/
WRITE, with and without RFC 1006,
multicast, DHCP, CPU clock synchronization via SIMATIC procedure
and NTP, diagnostics, SNMP,
access protection through IP
access list, initialization over LAN
10/100 Mbit/s;
with electronic manual on DVD
6GK1901-1GA00

Ethernet FC cables

4 x RJ45 ports;
LED diagnostics,
manual on CD-ROM
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
IE FC RJ45 Plug 145

1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units

with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
Accessories

180 cable outlet;
interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6XV1840-2AH10
SCALANCE X204-2
6GK7377-1AA00-0AA0
6GK5204-2BB10-2AA3

two FO ports
6GK1901-1BB30-0AA0
6GK1901-1BB30-0AB0
6GK1901-1BB30-0AE0
Note:
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/553
Siemens AG 2014
CP 343-1 Advanced
Overview
Benefits
TCP/
UDP
PN
MRP
IT
IP-R
PG/OP S7/S5
G_IK10_XX_10145
ISO
Communications processor for connecting the SIMATIC S7-300/

also as PROFINET IO controller and IO device.
The CP supports:
PG/OP communication
S7 communication
IT communication
Security functionality, firewall and VPN
In addition, the CP 343-1 Advanced provides e-mail functions
and allows users to create their own Web pages - ideal support
for maintenance and quality assurance. The Internet functions
such as FTP even allow connection to the most diverse
PC-based systems. This CP is therefore the bridge between
the field level and the management level for the S7-300.
The CP 343-1 Advanced connects seamlessly to the security
structures of the office and IT world.
Cost advantage resulting from connection to two separate

Ethernet segments with network separation
High level of plant availability due to support of media redundancy (MRP)
- Remote programming via WAN or telephone network
- Module replacement without programming device using the
C-PLUG swap medium
Securing the system1) against unauthorized access
by means of
automation cell, e.g. by reliable authentication of the network
nodes
- Traceability by means of data logging on the basis of
standard IT mechanisms (Syslog)
The ability to connect existing SIMATIC S7 systems to
Industrial Ethernet at a later point in time using the CP 343-1
Advanced ensures investment protection
1)
Security functions, firewall and VPN only with -1GX31 variant
Application
The CP 343-1 Advanced is used to connect the SIMATIC S7-300
to Industrial Ethernet networks. With its own processor, it relieves
the CPU of communications tasks and allows additional
connections.
The CP 343-1 Advanced provides the following communications
options:
PGs/PCs
Master computers
Operator control and monitoring systems
SIMATIC S5/S7/C7 systems
PROFINET IO devices/IO controllers
PROFINET CBA components
With this, all the devices of an Ethernet network can be protected
from unauthorized access. The CP 343-1 Advanced allows
secure remote access over the Internet and allows data transfer
between devices or network segments to be protected from data
PROFINET CBA components and security functionalities can
only be used alternatively.
2/554
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
CP 343-1 Advanced
Operations level
Operator Station
UMTS
SCALANCE
S623
Internet
DSL Modem
SCALANCE XR324-12M
Control level
Field PG
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE
S612
SCALANCE
M875
SCALANCE X308-2M
SIMATIC S7-300
with CP 343-1
Advanced
SIMATIC S7-400
with CP 443-1
Advanced
Engineering
Station
PROFINET/
Industrial Ethernet
Operator
Station with
CP 1628
SIMATIC
S7-1200
SIMATIC
S7-300 with
CP 343-1
Lean
SINAMICS
S120
SIMATIC
ET 200S
nprXWXWY`^
Field level
Secure VPN communication between SCALANCE S, SOFTNET Security Client and components with Security Integrated
Design
The CP 343-1 Advanced offers all the advantages of
SIMATIC S7-300 system design:
Compact design:
- Three RJ45 jacks for connecting to Industrial Ethernet via
two independent interfaces;
one of which is a security jack for externally safeguarding the
network cell;
automatic data rate detection by means of the autosensing,
autonegotiation and autocross functions;
180 cable outlet or via a standard patch cable
- Diagnostics LEDs for indicating the operational and
communication status
Simple installation;
the CP 343-1 Advanced is mounted on the S7-300 mounting
rail and connected to adjacent modules by means of the bus
connector. There are no slot rules.
The CP 343-1 Advanced can be operated without a fan;
no backup battery is required.
In combination with IM 360/361, the CP 343-1 Advanced can
also be used in an expansion rack (ER).
programming device
C-PLUG (configuration plug) is included in the scope of
delivery as a removable storage medium (cannot be operated
without C-PLUG)
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/555
Siemens AG 2014
CP 343-1 Advanced
Two separate interfaces (integrated network separation):

- Gigabit interface with an RJ45 connector with
10/100/1 000 Mbps full/half duplex with autosensing
functionality
- PROFINET interface with two RJ45 connectors with
10/100 Mbps full/half duplex with autosensing and
autocrossover functionality via integrated 2-port switch
Communications services via both interfaces:
- Open communication (TCP/IP, UDP, ISO):
Multicast with UDP, including routing between both interfaces
- S7 communication (client, server, multiplexing) including
routing between both interfaces
- IT communication:
HTTP communication permits access to process data via
user's own Web pages. HTTPS communication is also
possible with the CP 343-1 Advanced1).
The e-mail client function allows e-mails to be sent directly
from the user program.
communication.
Access to data blocks via FTP server.
Communication services via PROFINET interfaces:
- PROFINET IO controller and IO device with real-time
properties (RT and IRT)
- PROFINET CBA
- IP address assignment via DHCP, simple PC tool or via user
program
CP supports the MRP media redundancy protocol as an
MRP manager and as an MRP client
- Extensive diagnostics functions for all modules in the rack
of SNMP V1/V3
- Firewall for filtering connections on the basis of their IP/port
addresses
- Bandwidth limitation to avoid communication overload
- VPN server and VPN client for tap-proof access to controllers
- Encrypted HTML pages using SSL (HTTPs)
- Secure file transfer (FTPs)
network management system (SNMP)
- Translation of private and public IP addresses (NAT/NAPT)
- Secure transfer of the time of day (NTP V3)
Configuration of all functions using STEP 7;
the security functions are configured using the Security
Configuration Tool (SCT) which is included in the scope of
supply of STEP 7 V5.5 SP3.
Configuration with STEP 7 Professional V11;
only possible with a limited range of functions of the predecessor CP 343-1 (6GK7 343-1GX30-0XE0), without security
functions and CBA.
Version with security functions1) for TIA Portal in planning.
all information is stored on the C-PLUG (also file system for
IT functions)
2/556
Siemens IK PI 2015
Industrial Ethernet
SIMATIC
S7-300
with CP 343-1
Advanced
Network separation
SCALANCE
X208
PC/IPC
with
CP 1616
as IO
Device
SCALANCE
XF208
ET 200S
ET 200S
if IRT is required, switches with IRT functionalities
(e.g. SCALANCE X204IRT) must be used
G_IK10_XX_10249
Integration
Connection to a higher-level network with network separation

and access protection (security functions)
wjTGGG
jwGX]X]GGjwGX]W[
GpvGj
wyvmpul{
p
l
l{GYWW
l{
YWWz
Code reading
systems
IO Devices
z^TZWWG
jwGZ[ZTXG
sS
jwGZ[ZTXS
jwGZ[ZTX
plVwi
s
wuGpv
plVhzT
s
wuGpv
G
wyvmpi|z
hzTp
nprXWXWY[^
Function
Siemens AG 2014
CP 343-1 Advanced
Management
Level
Database
server
Ethernet
Operations Level
SCALANCE
X414-3E
SCALANCE
X414-3E
Industrial Ethernet
Control Level
SCALANCE
X308-2
IP camera
SCALANCE
XR324-12M
1000 Mbit/s
1000 Mbit/s
SCALANCE
X308-2M
1000 Mbit/s
1000 Mbit/s
SIMATIC S7-400
with
CP 443-1 Advanced
1000 Mbit/s
SIMATIC S7-300
with
CP 343-1 Advanced
Field Level
WinCC
Server
with
CP 1623
PROFINET
IPC with
Gigabit interface
and CP 1616
100 Mbit/s
ET 200S
S7-300 with
CP 343-1 Lean
ET 200S
ET 200pro
Drives
G_IK10_XX_10270
Industrial Ethernet

Gigabit communication at the control level
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/557
Siemens AG 2014
CP 343-1 Advanced
Article No.
6GK7343-1GX31-0XE0
Article No.
6GK7343-1GX31-0XE0
CP 343-1 Advanced
CP 343-1 Advanced
Transmission rate
Transfer rate
at the interface 1
at the interface 2
Performance data
10 1 000 Mbit/s
10 100 Mbit/s
Interfaces
for power supply
for power supply
C-PLUG
1
2
1
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
Yes
Supply voltage,
Supply voltage
external
DC
Performance data
open communication
Data volume
as user data per ISO connection
for open communication
by means of SEND/RECEIVE blocks
maximum
as user data per ISO on TCP
connection for open communication
maximum
maximum
maximum
5V
24 V

at 24 V with DC
20 %

at 24 V with DC
15 %
Performance data
multi-protocol mode
Number of active connections
with multiprotocol mode
0.14 A
0.48 A
0.62 A
14.7 W
Resistive loss
Ambient temperature
during storage
during transport
8 Kibyte
8 Kibyte
8 Kibyte
2 Kibyte
16
Performance data
S7 communication
S7 communication
maximum
Consumed current
from backplane bus
at 5 V for DC Typical
at 24 V with DC
- typical
- maximum
16
48
Performance data
IT functions
maximum
as server
0 40 C
Amount of data as useful data for email maximum
0 60 C
Storage capacity of user memory

as RAM
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
16
10
2
4
1
8 Kibyte
28 Mibyte
30 Mibyte

maximum
95 %
Number of possible write cycles flash 100 000

memory cells
Protection class IP
IP20
Performance data
as PN IO-Controller
Compact module
128
Module format
Width
Height
Depth
80 mm
125 mm
120 mm
128
1
Net weight
0.8 kg

2/558
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
CP 343-1 Advanced

Article No.
6GK7343-1GX31-0XE0
Article No.
6GK7343-1GX31-0XE0
CP 343-1 Advanced
CP 343-1 Advanced
Data volume
with PROFINET IO controller
maximum
controller maximum
controller maximum
4 Kibyte
4 Kibyte
1 433 byte
1 433 byte
240 byte
240 byte
Product function PROFINET IO device Yes
Number of submodules per

PROFINET IO-Device
1 024 byte
1 024 byte
240 byte
240 byte
240 byte
32
Performance data
PROFINET CBA
8 Kibyte
Update time of the remote inter8 ms

connections with PROFINET CBA with
cyclic transmission
200
200
Number of remote connections to
output variables with PROFINET CBA
with cyclic transmission maximum
Amount of data
as useful data for remote interconnections with input variables
with PROFINET CBA with cyclic
transmission maximum
as useful data for remote interconnections with output variables
2 000 byte
2 000 byte
Performance data
PROFINET CBA
acyclic
Number of connectable HMI stations
for HMI variables with acyclic
transmission with PROFINET CBA
Updating time of the HMI variables

in the case of acyclic transmission
with PROFINET CBA
500 ms
Number of remote connection

partners with PROFINET CBA
64
Number of connections with

PROFINET CBA total
1 000
Number of HMI variables with acyclic 200

maximum
8 192 byte
Amount of data as useful data for

HMI variables in the case of acyclic
maximum
Amount of data
as useful data for digital inputs with
PROFINET CBA maximum
as useful data for digital outputs in
the case of PROFINET CBA max.
as useful data for arrays and
data types
- in the case of acyclic transmission
with PROFINET CBA maximum
- with PROFINET CBA with cyclic
- with PROFINET CBA in the case of
local interconnection maximum
8 192 byte
8 Kibyte
Performance data
PROFINET CBA remote connection

input variables with PROFINET CBA
with cyclic transmission maximum
Performance data
as PN IO-Device
Amount of data
PROFINET IO device
PROFINET IO device
Amount of data
as useful data for remote interconnections with input variables in the
case of acyclic transmission with
PROFINET CBA
with PROFINET CBA
8 Kibyte
Performance data
PROFINET CBA
device-internal connections
8 192 byte
Number of internal connections with

256
250 byte
Data volume of internal connections

2 400 byte
2 400 byte
Performance data PROFINET CBA

connections to constants
Performance data
PROFINET CBA remote connection
Number of connections to constants

200
Updating time of the remote interconnections in the case of acyclic

0.1 s

4 096 byte
interconnections with constants in the
case of PROFINET CBA maximum

input variables with acyclic transmission with PROFINET CBA maximum
128
Performance data
PROFINET CBA

output variables with acyclic
maximum
128
Product function with PROFINET CBA No

Siemens IK PI 2015
2/559
Siemens AG 2014
CP 343-1 Advanced
Article No.
6GK7343-1GX31-0XE0
CP 343-1 Advanced

configuration
Yes
SNMP v1
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
required
for PROFINET CBA required
STEP 7 V5.5 SP2 HF1 or higher /

or higher
SIMATIC iMap V3.0 SP4 and higher

I&M1 - higher level
Yes
diagnostics
Yes
Product function
switch-managed
No
Yes
Yes

Product function
Ring redundancy
Yes
Redundancy manager
Yes
stateful inspection

with VPN connection
AES-256, AES-192, AES-128,

3DES-168, DES-56

with VPN connection


with VPN connection
MD5, SHA-1

for VPN connection
32
Product function
password protection
ACL - IP-based
via physical ports
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No

Product function
SICLOCK support
Yes
Yes
Yes
2/560
Siemens IK PI 2015
Article No.
CP 343-1 Advanced
For connecting the SIMATIC S7-300
CPU to Industrial Ethernet;
1 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s;
2 x 10/100 Mbit/s (IE switch);
RJ 45 ports; TCP; UDP; ISO;
PROFINET IO-Controller and
Device, S7 communication
(client + server);
open communication (SEND/
RECEIVE); S7 routing;
IP configuration via DHCP/block;
extended web diagnostics;
time synchronization;
IP Access Control List; IP routing;
FTP; email; PROFINET CBA;
C-Plug
With Security (Firewall + VPN)
and PROFIenergy (Controller +
Device)
6GK7343-1GX31-0XE0
Accessories
Yes
Ordering data

with 180 cable outlet; for network
components and CPs/CPUs with
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
IE FC RJ45 Plug 145

1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB30-0AA0
6GK1901-1BB30-0AB0
6GK1901-1BB30-0AE0
180 cable outlet;
interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
(Type A)
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
6GK1901-1BB11-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AE0
6XV1840-2AH10
Siemens AG 2014
CP 343-1 Advanced
Ordering data
Article No.

on the Internet at:
Accessories
for universal applications;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
More information
2
6XV1870-2E
6XV1878-2A
6GK1901-1GA00

Ethernet FC cables
6GK7377-1AA00-0AA0

4 x RJ45 ports;
LED diagnostics,
manual on CD-ROM
SCALANCE X204-2
6GK5204-2BB10-2AA3

ring topologies;
two FO ports
SCALANCE X308-2
6GK5308-2FL00-2AA3
2 x 1000 Mbit/s multimode fiberoptic cable ports (SC sockets),

1 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s RJ45 port,
Note:
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/561
Siemens AG 2014
CP 343-1 ERPC
Overview
Application
The CP 343-1 ERPC (Enterprise Connect) is used for connecting
the SIMATIC S7-300 to Industrial Ethernet networks and to different ERP or MES systems for vertical integration by means of a
firmware extension from the company ILS-Technology, to be
ordered separately. With its own processor, the module relieves
connections.
The CP 343-1 ERPC permits communication of the S7-300 with:

PGs/PCs
Master computers
HMI devices
ERP or MES systems by means of database interface, e.g.
ORACLE, MySQL, MS-SQL, DB2, SAP by means of a firmware
extension from the company ILS-Technology, to be ordered
separately
TCP/
UDP
PN
MRP
IT
IP-R
PG/OP
Design
S7/S5
G_IK10_XX_10280
ERPC
The CP 343-1 ERPC (Enterprise Connect) communications

processor for connecting a SIMATIC S7-300 to Industrial
Ethernet networks.
The CP supports:
PG/OP communication
S7 communication
ERPC communication
Connection of the SIMATIC S7-300 to various database systems
for vertical integration is supported by means of a firmware
expansion from ILS-Technology to be ordered separately.
Benefits
Cost reductions through simply configured database

connection by means of a firmware extension from the
company ILS-Technology, to be ordered separately; no costly
programming and no additional gateway PCs
- Remote programming via LAN/WAN (e.g. Internet)
- Monitoring by network management tools (SNMP)
- Module exchange without programming device using the
C-PLUG swap medium
Safeguarding of the system (security) against unauthorized
access by means of device-related IP access list (IP-ACL);
the capability of later connecting existing SIMATIC S7
systems to Industrial Ethernet using the CP 343-1 Advanced
systems to Industrial Ethernet using the CP 343-1 ERPC
2/562
Siemens IK PI 2015
The CP 343-1 ERPC offers all the advantages of the

Compact design;
the rugged plastic enclosure features the following on the front
panel:
- RJ45 socket for connection to Industrial Ethernet;
autosensing function;
The RJ45 socket is designed to be industry-compatible with
an additional sleeve for connection of the
IE FC RJ45 Plug 145/180;
Integral autocrossover function permits use of uncrossed
connecting cables
- Diagnostics LEDs for indicating the operational and communication status
Easy installation;
the CP 343-1 ERPC is mounted on the rail of the S7-300 and
connectors. No slot rules apply.
Fanless operation;
no backup battery required.
The CP 343-1 ERPC can also be used in the expansion rack
(ER) in conjunction with the IM 360/361
The C-PLUG (configuration plug) is included in the scope of
delivery as replacement medium (operation without C-PLUG
is not possible)
Siemens AG 2014
CP 343-1 ERPC
Function
Gigabit interface with an RJ45 port with 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s
full/half duplex with autosensing and autocrossover
functionality
- Communication services: Open communication
(TCP/IP, UDP)
- PG/OP communication: across networks by means of
S7 routing
- ERPC communication by means of a firmware expansion
from the company ILS-Technology, to be ordered separately.
Connection to databases such as ORACLE, MySQL,
MS-SQL, DB2, SAP, and Message Queue systems.
For further information on firmware expansion, refer to
"deviceWISE Embedded Edition for SIMATIC S7".

- Integration in network management systems through the
support of SNMP V1
Configuration
- For the configuration of the database connection, see
"deviceWISE Embedded Edition for SIMATIC S7".
- Configuration of the automation functionality with STEP 7
V5.5 or STEP 7 Professional V11
All information is stored on the C-PLUG
Integration
Database e.g.
SQL for optimizing
production processes
SCALANCE S613
Internet
Data access using database functions
DSL router
SCALANCE S612
DSL router
DSL router
SCALANCE S612
SCALANCE S612
Industrial Ethernet
Machine
S7-300 with
CP 343-1 ERPC
Machine
S7-300 with
CP 343-1 ERPC
G_IK10_XX_10284
S7-300 with
CP 343-1 ERPC
Machine
Example configuration of optimization of production process with CP 343-1 ERPC
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/563
Siemens AG 2014
CP 343-1 ERPC
Database e.g. SQL
for safeguarding
quality data
Production PC for
manufacturing control
PC with
CP 1623
Industrial Ethernet
S7-300 with
CP 343-1 ERPC
Machine
S7-300 with
CP 343-1 ERPC
G_IK10_XX_10285
Data access using S7 communication
Data access using database functions
SCALANCE
X308-2M
Machine
Example configuration of archiving of quality data with CP 343-1 ERPC
Article No.
6GK7343-1FX00-0XE0
Article No.
6GK7343-1FX00-0XE0
CP 343-1 ERPC
CP 343-1 ERPC
Transmission rate
10 1 000 Mbit/s
Interfaces
for power supply
for power supply
C-PLUG
1
1
RJ45 port
Yes
DC
Supply voltage
external
5V
24 V

at 24 V with DC
20 %

at 24 V with DC
15 %
Siemens IK PI 2015
Resistive loss
0.3 A
0.16 A
0.6 A
14.7 W
Supply voltage,
2/564
Consumed current
from backplane bus
at 5 V for DC Typical
at 24 V with DC
- typical
- maximum
Ambient temperature
operating phase
operating phase
during storage
during transport
0 40 C
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C

maximum
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20
Siemens AG 2014
CP 343-1 ERPC

Article No.
6GK7343-1FX00-0XE0
Article No.
6GK7343-1FX00-0XE0
CP 343-1 ERPC
CP 343-1 ERPC

Module format

double width
Width
Height
Depth
80 mm
125 mm
120 mm
Net weight
0.8 kg
Performance data
open communication
8
Data volume
as user data per ISO on TCP con8 Kibyte
nection for open communication
maximum
8 Kibyte
maximum
2 Kibyte
for open IE communication
maximum
Performance data
S7 communication
S7 communication
maximum
note
Yes
SNMP v1
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
STEP 7 V5.4 SP5 + HSP /

or higher

I&M1 - higher level
Yes
diagnostics
Yes

Product function
Ring redundancy
No

Product function
ACL - IP-based
via physical ports
Yes
Yes
Yes
No

8
also 2 PG/OP connections
and 1 diagnostics connection
Performance data
multi-protocol mode
Performance data


configuration
Product function
SICLOCK support
Yes
Yes
Yes
32
Performance data
ERPC functions
for communication with ERP or MES
stations maximum
Number of possible logical triggers

per CP maximum
Number of configurable ERPC

symbols for database access
per CPU maximum
per logical trigger maximum
2 000
255
Data volume as user data and

8 Kibyte
header information per logical trigger
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/565
Siemens AG 2014
CP 343-1 ERPC
Ordering data
CP 343-1 ERPC
(Enterprise Connect)
Article No.
6GK7343-1FX00-0XE0
Phone: +1-561-982-9898 x124

Fax: +1-561-982-8638
E-mail: devicewise@ilstechnology.com
Internet: http://www.ilstechnology.com/erpc
See Partner solutions/deviceWISE

Embedded Edition for SIMATIC S7
Firmware expansion for database

connection of the SIMATIC S7-300
complete with CP 343-1 ERPC to
various ERP or MES systems
Accessories
180 cable outlet;
interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB11-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AE0
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet for
universal applications;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1870-2E
6XV1878-2A
6GK1901-1GA00

Ethernet FC cables
SCALANCE X308-2
6GK5308-2FL00-2AA3
2 x 1000 Mbit/s multimode fiberoptic cable ports (SC sockets),

1 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s RJ45 port,
Note:
2/566
Siemens IK PI 2015
You can obtain further information on the software "deviceWISE

embedded Edition for SIMATIC S7" from
ILS Technology LLC;
5300 Broken Sound Blvd.
Suite 150
Boca Raton, FL, USA, 33487
For the connection of

SIMATIC S7-300 to Industrial
Ethernet and for the support of the
database connection of the
SIMATIC S7-300 to various databases; TCP/UDP, S7 communication, open communication (SEND/
RECEIVE), with and without
RFC 1006, multicast, web server,
setting of CPU's clock using
SIMATIC procedures and NTP,
access protection via IP access list,
SNMP, DHCP, initialization over LAN
10/100/1 000 Mbit/s;
with electronic manual on DVD,
C-PLUG included in scope of
delivery
deviceWISE Embedded Edition
for SIMATIC S7
More information
Siemens AG 2014
CP 443-1
Overview
Application
The CP 443-1 is used to connect the SIMATIC S7-400 to
connections.
The CP 443-1 offers communication options with
PGs/PCs
Host computers
HMI systems
PROFINET IO devices
Design
TCP/
UDP
PN
MRP
IT
IP-R
PG/OP
S7/S5
G_IK10_XX_10152
ISO

to Industrial Ethernet networks, also as PROFINET IO controller
or in SIMATIC H systems.
The CP supports:
PG/OP communication
S7 communication
IT communication
The communications processor can also be used for redundant
S7 communication in SIMATIC H systems and for fail-safe
applications (PROFIsafe) in connection with an S7-400 F-CPU.
Benefits
High plant availability through the support of media

redundancy (MRP) and use in the SIMATIC S7-400 H system
(ISDN)
(SNMP)
- Module exchange without programming device using the
C-PLUG swap medium
Securing the system against unauthorized access
by means of
network stations
systems to Industrial Ethernet using the CP 443-1 ensures
investment protection
The CP 443-1 features all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-400

design:
Compact design:
- Two RJ45 sockets for connecting to Industrial Ethernet;
automatic data rate detection by means of the autosensing/
autocrossover function; the connection is made via the
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 with 180 cable outlet or via a standard
patch cable
- Diagnostics LEDs for indicating the operational and
communication status
Easy installation:
The CP 443-1 is mounted on the S7-400 rack and connected
to the other modules via the backplane bus. No slot rules
apply.
The CP 443-1 can be operated without a fan
The CP 443-1 can also be operated in the expansion rack (ER)
in conjunction with the IM 460/461
programming device
Function
Two RJ45 ports with 10/100 Mbit/s full/half duplex with
autosensing and autocrossover functionality via integral
2-port switch
Communications services of the interface:
- Open communication (TCP/IP and UDP): Multicast with UDP,
including routing between both interfaces
- S7-H-communication for S7-400-H-systems, now also
across network boundaries (ISO-on-TCP)
(RT and IRT)
- IP address assignment via DHCP, simple PC tool or via
program block (e.g. for HMI)
- Within an Ethernet network with ring topology, the CP
supports the media redundancy procedure MRPMRP as an
MRP Manager and as an MRP Client
- Comprehensive diagnostics functions for all modules in the
rack (including graphical diagnostics, e.g. topology)
of SNMP V1/V3
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/567
Siemens AG 2014
CP 443-1
When using the blocks AG_SSEND (FC53), AG_SRECV
(FC63), TSEND (FB63), TRCV (FB64), TCON (FB65) and
TDISCON (FB66), please note the following information:
All information can be stored on the CPU
Integration
z^T[WW
GjwG[[ZTX
G
pvTj
PG/PC
Supervisor
wnVwj
G
wyvmpul{
PROFINET
p
l
Industrial
Ethernet
l{GYWW
z^TZWW
GjwGZ[ZTX
plVhzT
s
wuGpv
G
wyvmpi|z
IO Devices
PC/IPC with CP 1616

as IO-Device
hzTp
Interfacing to higher-level network with CP 443-1

S7-400
with CP 443-1
as IO-Controller
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
ET 200pro
IO Devices
Line structure as PROFINET IO controller with integrated real-time switch
2/568
Siemens IK PI 2015
S7-400
ET 200M
PROFIBUS
Line structure at the superordinated control level through

integrated 2-port switch
SIMATIC S7-300
with CP 343-1
as IO Device
ET 200S
IO Devices
S7-400
G_IK10_XX_10220
Code reading
systems
plVwi
s
wuGpv
nprXWXWYX`
l{
YWWz
SCALANCE S
G_IK10_XX_10218
- Plagiarism detection
- Certification as per the Achilles Level II Standard
http://wurldtech.com/product_services/certify_educate/
certified_products/
Configuration of all functions with STEP 7 V5.5 SP2;
configuration with STEP 7 Professional V11 only with a
limited range of functions of the predecessor CP 443-1
(6GK7 443-1EX20-0XE0) possible
Siemens AG 2014
CP 443-1
Article No.
6GK7443-1EX30-0XE0
Article No.
6GK7443-1EX30-0XE0
CP 443-1
CP 443-1
Transmission rate
Performance data
10 100 Mbit/s
Interfaces
Industrial Ethernet

Industrial Ethernet
RJ45 port
Supply voltage,
DC
Supply voltage 1
from backplane bus
5V

at 5 V with DC
5%
Consumed current from backplane

bus at 5 V for DC Typical
1.4 A
Resistive loss
8.6 W

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Comment
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-

maximum
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20

Module format

single width
Width
Height
Depth
25 mm
290 mm
210 mm
Net weight
0.7 kg

maximum
Data volume
maximum
as user data per ISO on TCP connection for open communication
maximum
maximum
maximum
open communication by means of T
blocks maximum
64
8 Kibyte
8 Kibyte
8 Kibyte
2 Kibyte
64

Performance data
S7 communication
S7 communication
maximum
note
128
2
when using several CPUs
Performance data
multi-protocol mode
multiprotocol mode
128
Performance data
as PN IO-Controller

components general
Number of modules
per CPU maximum
note
Performance data
open communication
14
max. 4 as PN IO ctrl.

controller
Yes
128
64
Number of external PN IO lines with

PROFINET per rack
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/569
Siemens AG 2014
CP 443-1
Article No.
6GK7443-1EX30-0XE0
Article No.
6GK7443-1EX30-0XE0
CP 443-1
CP 443-1
Data volume
maximum
maximum
per PN IO device
maximum
per PN IO device
maximum
as user data for input variable
per PN IO device per submodule
maximum
as user data for output variables
maximum

4 Kibyte
Product function Web-based diagnos- Yes

tics
4 Kibyte
1 433 byte
1 433 byte
SNMP v1
DCP
LLDP
2/570
Siemens IK PI 2015
Yes
Product function
switch-managed
No
Yes
Yes
240 byte
240 byte

configuration
Yes
Product function
Ring redundancy
Yes
Redundancy manager
Yes
Product function
ACL - IP-based
blocking of communication via physical ports
Yes
Yes
Yes
No

Yes
Yes
Yes
Product function
SICLOCK support
Yes
Yes

or higher
Yes
Siemens AG 2014
CP 443-1
Ordering data
CP 443-1
Article No.
6GK7443-1EX30-0XE0
6XV1840-2AH10

with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
Accessories
6XV1870-2E
6XV1878-2A
6GK1901-1GA00

Ethernet FC cables
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
with a rugged metal housing and
180 cable outlet;
interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
(Type A)
For connecting SIMATIC S7-400

to Industrial Ethernet through
TCP/IP, ISO and UDP;
PROFINET IO Controller,
MRP; integrated real-time switch
ERTEC with two ports;
2 x RJ-45 interface;
S7 communication, open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) with
FETCH/WRITE, with and without
RFC 1006, DHCP, SNMP V2,
diagnostics, multicast, access
protection over IP access list,
initialization over LAN 10/100 Mbit/s

interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
Article No.
SCALANCE X204-2
two FO ports
SCALANCE X308-2
6GK1901-1BB11-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AE0
6GK5204-2BB10-2AA3
6GK5308-2FL00-2AA3
2 x 1 000 Mbit/s multimode fiberoptic cable ports (SC sockets),

1 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s RJ45 port,
Note:
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/571
Siemens AG 2014
CP 443-1 Advanced
Overview
Benefits
7&3
8'3
31
053
,7
,35
3*23 66
*B,.B;;B
,62

to Industrial Ethernet networks, also as PROFINET IO controller
or in SIMATIC H systems.
The CP supports:
PG/OP communication
S7 communication
IT communication
The communications processor can also be used for redundant
S7 communication in SIMATIC H systems and for fail-safe
applications (PROFIsafe) in connection with an S7-400 F-CPU.
In addition, the CP 443-1 Advanced provides e-mail functions
and user-created Web pages, offering ideal support for maintenance and quality assurance. The Internet functions such as
FTP even allow connection to the most diverse PC-based systems. This CP is therefore the bridge between the field level and
the management level for the S7-400. The CP 443-1 Advanced
connects seamlessly to the security structures of the office and
IT worlds.
2/572
Siemens IK PI 2015
Cost advantage due to connection to two separate Ethernet

segments with integrated network separation
High plant availability through the support of media
redundancy (MRP) and use in the SIMATIC S7-400 H system
- Remote programming via WAN or telephone network (ISDN)
C-PLUG swap medium
Securing the system against unauthorized access
by means of
network stations
- Traceability by means of data logging on the basis of
standard IT mechanisms (Syslog)
Later connection of existing SIMATIC S7 systems to Industrial
Ethernet using the CP 443-1 Advanced ensures investment
protection
Siemens AG 2014
CP 443-1 Advanced
Application
The CP 443-1 Advanced is used to connect the SIMATIC S7-400
to Industrial Ethernet networks. With its own processor, it relieves
the CPU of communication tasks and facilitates additional
connections.
The CP 443-1 Advanced provides the following communication
options:
PGs/PCs
Master computers
HMI systems
PROFINET I/O devices
PROFINET CBA components
Operations level
All the devices of an Ethernet network can be protected from

unauthorized access. The CP 443-1 Advanced allows safe
remote access over the Internet and allows data transfer between devices or network segments to be protected from data
PROFINET CBA components and security functionalities can be
used as an alternative.
Operator Station
UMTS
SCALANCE
S623
Internet
DSL Modem
SCALANCE XR324-12M
Control level
Field PG
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE
S612
SCALANCE
M875
SCALANCE X308-2M
SIMATIC S7-300
with CP 343-1
Advanced
SIMATIC S7-400
with CP 443-1
Advanced
Engineering
Station
PROFINET/
Industrial Ethernet
Operator
Station with
CP 1628
SIMATIC
S7-1200
SIMATIC
S7-300 with
CP 343-1
Lean
SINAMICS
S120
SIMATIC
ET 200S
nprXWXWY`^
Field level
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/573
Siemens AG 2014
CP 443-1 Advanced
Design
The CP 443-1 Advanced offers all the advantages of

Compact design:
- Five RJ45 jacks for connecting to Industrial Ethernet via two
independent interfaces; one of which is a security socket for
externally safeguarding the network cell; automatic data rate
detection by means of the autosensing and autocross
function; the connection is made via the IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
with 180 cable outlet or via a standard patch cable
the CP 443-1 Advanced is mounted on the S7-400 rack and
connected to other modules by means of the backplane bus.
There are no slot rules.
The CP 443-1 Advanced can be operated without a fan.
In combination with IM 460/461, the CP 443-1 Advanced can
also be used in an expansion rack (ER).
programming device
C-PLUG (configuration plug) is included in scope of delivery
as a swap medium (cannot be operated without C-PLUG).
Function
Two separate interfaces (integrated network separation):
- Gigabit interface with one RJ45 port with
10/100/1 000 Mbit/s, full/half-duplex with auto-sensing
capability
- PROFINET interface with four RJ45 ports with 10/100 Mbit/s
full/half duplex with autosensing and autocrossover functionality via integrated 4-port switch
Communications services via both interfaces:
- Open communication (TCP/IP and UDP):
Multicast with UDP, including routing between both interfaces
- S7-H-communication for S7-400-H-systems, now also
across network boundaries (ISO-on-TCP)
- IT communication:
HTTP communication permits access to process data via
user's own Web pages. HTTPS communication is also
possible with the CP 443-1 Advanced1).
The e-mail client function allows e-mails to be sent directly
from the user program.
communication.
Access to data blocks via FTP server.
Communication services via PROFINET interfaces:
(RT and IRT)
- PROFINET CBA
- IP address assignment via DHCP, simple PC tool or via user
program (e.g. for HMI)
CP supports the MRP media redundancy protocol as an
MRP manager and as an MRP client
- Comprehensive diagnostics functions for all modules in the
rack (including graphical diagnostics, e.g. topology)
of SNMP V1/V3
2/574
Siemens IK PI 2015

- Firewall for filtering connections on the basis of their IP/port
addresses
- Bandwidth limitation to avoid communication overload
- VPN server and VPN client for tap-proof access to controllers
- Encrypted HTML pages using SSL (HTTPs)
- Secure file transfer (FTPs)
network management system (SNMP)
- Translation of private and public IP addresses (NAT/NAPT)
- Secure transfer of the time of day (NTP V3)
- Plagiarism detection
- Certification as per the Achilles Level II Standard
http://wurldtech.com/product_services/certify_educate/
certified_products/
Configuration of all functions with STEP 7;
The security functions are configured using the Security
Configuration Tool (SCT), which is included in the scope of
delivery for STEP 7 V5.5 SP2 HF1.
Configuration with STEP 7 Professional V11;
only possible with a limited range of functions of the predecessor CP 443-1 (6GK7 443-1GX20-0XE0), without security
functions and CBA.
Version with security functions1) for TIA Portal in planning.
When using the blocks AG_SSEND (FC53), AG_SRECV
(FC63), TSEND (FB63), TRCV (FB64), TCON (FB65) and
TDISCON (FB66), please note the following information:
all information is stored on the C-PLUG (also file system for
IT functions)
Siemens AG 2014
CP 443-1 Advanced
Integration
zpth{pjGz^T[WW
GjwG[[ZTXG
h
pGl
wGwj
uG
SCALANCE
X208
zpth{pjGz^T[WW
GjwG[[ZTXG
h
mGwn
SCALANCE
X208
l{GYWWz
PC/IPC with
CP 1616 as
IO Device
mGwn
wyvmpul{VpGl
Gpy{GGSGGG
py{G
OUUGzjhshujlGYW[py{PG
GG
l{GYWWz
l{GYWWz
Connection to higher-level network
nprXWXWW]`
wyvmpul{
pGl
nprXWXWW^W
zpth{pjGz^TZWW
GjwGZ[ZTX
Small independent local networks (e.g. within a machine or cell)
Article No.
6GK7443-1GX30-0XE0
Article No.
6GK7443-1GX30-0XE0
CP 443-1 Advanced
CP 443-1 Advanced
Transmission rate
Transfer rate
at the interface 1
at the interface 2

10 1 000 Mbit/s
10 100 Mbit/s
Interfaces
C-PLUG
1
4
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20

RJ45 port
RJ45 port
Yes
Supply voltage,
Module format

single width
Width
Height
Depth
25 mm
290 mm
210 mm
Net weight
0.7 kg

components general
DC
Supply voltage 1
from backplane bus
5V

at 5 V with DC
5%

1.8 A
Resistive loss
7.25 W
Number of modules
per CPU maximum
note
14
max. 4 as PN IO ctrl.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/575
Siemens AG 2014
CP 443-1 Advanced
Article No.
6GK7443-1GX30-0XE0
Article No.
6GK7443-1GX30-0XE0
CP 443-1 Advanced
CP 443-1 Advanced
Performance data
as PN IO-Controller
Performance data
Performance data
open communication
Data volume
as user data per ISO connection for
as user data per ISO on TCP connection for open communication by
maximum
as user data per TCP connection for
as user data per UDP connection for
open IE communication by means of
open communication by means of T
blocks maximum

controller
Yes
128
8 Kibyte
64
8 Kibyte

64
8 Kibyte
2 Kibyte
64

Performance data
S7 communication
S7 communication
maximum
note
128
2
128
Performance data
IT functions
as client by means of FTP maximum
as server
Amount of data as useful data for email maximum
Memory capacity of user memory
as RAM
additionally buffered as RAM via
central backup battery
20
10
4
1
8 Kibyte
30 Mibyte
16 Mibyte
512 Kibyte
Number of possible write cycles flash 100 000

memory cells
2/576
Siemens IK PI 2015
8 Kibyte
8 Kibyte
1 433 byte
1 433 byte
240 byte
240 byte
Performance data
PROFINET CBA
Performance data
multi-protocol mode
multiprotocol mode
Data volume
maximum
maximum
per PN IO device
maximum
per PN IO device
maximum
as user data for input variable
maximum
as user data for output variables
maximum

64
Number of connections with

PROFINET CBA total
600
Amount of data
as useful data for digital inputs
as useful data for digital outputs
in the case of PROFINET CBA max.
as useful data for arrays
and data types
- in the case of acyclic transmission
- with PROFINET CBA with cyclic
- with PROFINET CBA in the case of
local interconnection maximum
8 Kibyte
8 Kibyte
8 Kibyte
250 byte
2 400 byte
Performance data
PROFINET CBA
remote connection
Updating time of the remote interconnections in the case of acyclic
0.1 s

input variables with acyclic
maximum
150

output variables with acyclic
maximum
150
Siemens AG 2014
CP 443-1 Advanced

Article No.
6GK7443-1GX30-0XE0
Article No.
6GK7443-1GX30-0XE0
CP 443-1 Advanced
CP 443-1 Advanced
8 Kibyte

configuration
Amount of data
with PROFINET CBA
with PROFINET CBA
8 Kibyte
Update time of the remote interconnections with PROFINET CBA

10 ms

input variables with PROFINET CBA
maximum
250
2 000 byte
2 000 byte
Yes
Yes
Yes

or higher
SIMATIC iMap V3.0 SP1 and higher

I&M0 - device-specific information I&M1 - higher level

diagnostics
Yes

Yes
Product function
switch-managed
No
Yes
Yes

Product function
Ring redundancy
Yes
Redundancy manager
Yes
Performance data
PROFINET CBA
acyclic
Number of connectable HMI stations

for HMI variables with acyclic
Updating time of the HMI variables

with PROFINET CBA
500 ms
stateful inspection
Number of HMI variables with acyclic 200

maximum
8 Kibyte
Performance data
PROFINET CBA
device-internal connections
Number of internal connections with
300
Data volume of internal connections

2 400 byte
Performance data
PROFINET CBA
connections to constants
Number of connections to constants
SNMP v1
DCP
LLDP
250
output variables with PROFINET CBA
maximum

HMI variables in the case of acyclic
maximum
Yes
required
Performance data
PROFINET CBA
remote connection
Amount of data

with VPN connection
AES-256, AES-192, AES-128,

3DES-168, DES-56

with VPN connection


with VPN connection
MD5, SHA-1

for VPN connection
32
Product function
password protection
ACL - IP-based
via physical ports
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
500
4 000 byte
interconnections with constants in the
case of PROFINET CBA maximum
Product function
SICLOCK support
Yes
Yes
Yes
Performance data
PROFINET CBA
Product function with PROFINET CBA No
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/577
Siemens AG 2014
CP 443-1 Advanced
Ordering data
Article No.
CP 443-1 Advanced
for connecting the

SIMATIC S7-400 CPU to
1 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s;
4 x 10/100 Mbit/s (IE SWITCH);
RJ45 ports; ISO; TCP; UDP;
PROFINET IO controller,
S7 communication;
open communication (SEND/
RECEIVE); S7 routing;
IP configuration via DHCP/block;
IP Access Control List;
time synchronization;
expanded web diagnostics;
Fast Startup; PROFIenergy support;
IP routing; FTP; web server; e-mail;
PROFINET CBA
With security functionality
(firewall and VPN)
(Type A)
6GK7443-1GX30-0XE0
SCALANCE X204-2
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
6XV1878-2A
6GK1901-1GA00
6GK5204-2BB10-2AA3

ring topologies;
four 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
and two FO ports
SCALANCE X308-2
6GK5308-2FL00-2AA3
2 x 1 000 Mbit/s multimode fiberoptic cable ports (SC sockets),

1 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45 port,
for glass fiber-optic cable
(multimode) up to max. 750 m
6GK1901-1BB11-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AE0

on the Internet at:
Siemens IK PI 2015
6XV1870-2E

Ethernet FC cables
More information
2/578

with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
Industrial Ethernet
180 cable outlet;
interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6XV1840-2AH10

with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
Accessories

interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
Article No.
Note:
Siemens AG 2014
CP 443-1 RNA
Overview
TCP/
UDP
PN
PRP
IT
IP-R
PG/OP S7/S5
G_IK10_XX_10151
ISO
Benefits
Communication processor for connecting a

SIMATIC S7-400/S7-400H to Industrial Ethernet networks.
The CP supports:
PG/OP communication
S7 communication
Cost advantage due to connection to two separate Ethernet

segments with integrated network separation
High plant availability through the support of media redundancy (MRP) and use in the SIMATIC S7-400 H system
Use in plants with high availability requirements
Use in time-critical applications, since there is bumpless
switchover in the event of a fault on the network
Simple integration, since no additional programming
overhead required for communication via PRP (transparent at
application level)
- Remote programming via WAN or telephone network (ISDN)
C-PLUG swap medium
Investment protection thanks to later connection of existing
SIMATIC S7 systems to redundant, parallel networks using the
CP 443-1 RNA
The simple, single interfaces of the SEND/RECEIVE blocks
enable straightforward parameterization and programming for
customized communication requirements
The communications processor can be used in SIMATIC H

systems and for fail-safe applications (PROFIsafe) in connection
with an S7-400 F-CPU. The CP 443-1 RNA (Redundant Network
Access) 1) offers the option of using the PRP procedure (Parallel
Redundancy Protocol in accordance with IEC 62439-3) to
connect an S7-400 or S7-400H to parallel, separate networks
where high availability is required.
The PRP functionality can be deactivated so that standard
Industrial Ethernet communication is also possible with the CP.
The PRP redundancy procedure is based on double transmission of message frames over two separate networks (LAN A,
LAN B). In the event of a fault in one of the two networks, transmission of the message frame from the second network is
ensured without delay. A reconfiguration time (switchover of the
communication paths) for the network, such as is required with
other redundancy procedures, is thus not necessary.
1)
At Siemens Industry, RNA stands for hardware and software to implement

redundancy solutions. RNA contains the PRP V1 protocol in accordance
with the IEC 62439-3 standard (Parallel Redundancy Protocol) as well as
the HSR protocol in accordance with IEC 62439-3 (High-availability
Seamless Redundancy Protocol).
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/579
Siemens AG 2014
CP 443-1 RNA
Application
Function
The CP 443-1 RNA enables communication in networks where

extremely high plant availability is important.
With the CP 443-1 RNA, an S7-400 station can be connected to

a high-availability PRP network.
Server with
SOFTNET-IE
RNA
PG/PC/IPC with
SOFTNET-IE RNA
Industrial
Ethernet
(LAN A)
Industrial
Ethernet
(LAN B)
SIPROTEC
SIMATIC
S7-400 with
CP 443-1RNA
Two separate interfaces:

RNA interface with two RJ45 ports with 100 Mbit/s full duplex
with autonegotiation and autocrossover functionality
(no switching functionality) for connection to a PRP network
Ethernet interface with an RJ45 port with 10/100 Mbit/s full/half
duplex with autonegotiation and autocrossover functionality
There is only ever one interface active, no IP routing between
the interfaces;
communication per interface only possible to the CPU
in each case.
SCALANCE
X204RNA
PC
G_IK10_XX_10333
It offers communication options with

PGs/PCs
Master computers
Third-party systems
A SIMATIC S7-400/S7-400H is connected to two parallel

Industrial Ethernet networks via the two RJ45 connections of the
CP 443-1 RNA. The CP uses the parallel redundancy protocol in
accordance with the IEC 62439-3 standard. It doubles the
message frame and feeds it into the two connected networks.
The access point on the receiver side forwards the first arriving
message frame to the addressee. The frame arriving later is
discarded.
Connection of an S7-400 to a PRP network
Design
The CP 443-1 RNA offers all the advantages of the
Compact design:
- Three RJ45 jacks for connecting to Industrial Ethernet via
two independent interfaces, of which only one can ever be
active;
automatic data rate detection by means of the
autonegotiation and autocross function;
180 cable outlet or via a standard patch cable.
the CP 443-1 RNA is mounted on the S7-400 rack and
connected to other modules by means of the backplane bus.
The CP 443-1 RNA can be operated without a fan
In combination with the IM 460/461, the CP 443-1 RNA can
also be used in an expansion rack (ER)
programming device
The PRP functionality can be deactivated, and the independent

Ethernet interface can be activated as an alternative to the
RNA interface. Standard Industrial Ethernet communication is
thus also possible with the CP. Only the communication service
is supported via the ISO transport protocol on the Ethernet
interface, and all other services are deactivated. The CP is thus
also suitable for applications that require qualification and can
manage with the restricted functionality. The qualification costs
can be reduced in this way.
Communication services
on the RNA interface (interface X2):
Open communication (ISO, ISO on TCP, TCP/IP and UDP):
Multicast with UDP
PG/OP communication: across networks by means of S7
routing
S7 communication (ISO, ISO on TCP, client, server)
S7 H communication for S7-400 H systems beyond network
boundaries (ISO-on-TCP, ISO)
Time synchronization by means of the SIMATIC procedure
and NTP
IP address assignment via a simple PC tool
Security mechanisms: Access protection by means of configurable IP access list
Communication services
on the Ethernet interface (interface X1):
Open communication (ISO only)
PG/OP communication: across networks by means of S7
routing (ISO)
S7 communication (ISO client only, server)
Extensive diagnostics functions of all modules in the rack via
Web diagnostics, integrated into STEP 7
Integration into network management systems through the
support of SNMP V1;
the following MIBs are supported: MIBII, Automation MIB and
PRP-MIB (IEC-62439-3)
Configuring
of all functions with STEP 7 from V5.5 SP2 plus HSP
Module replacement possible without PG.
2/580
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
CP 443-1 RNA
Integration
PG/PC/IPC with
SOFTNET-IE
S7-REDCONNECT
SCALANCE
X204RNA
Server with
SOFTNET-IE RNA
SCALANCE
X204RNA
Industrial Ethernet (LAN A)
SIMATIC S7-400H with

CP 443-1RNA
SIMATIC S7-400 with

CP 443-1RNA
G_IK10_XX_10357
Industrial Ethernet (LAN B)
PRP communication with connected H systems to HMI station
Note:
With the SIMATIC NET DVD V12 it is possible to link SOFTNET
REDCONNECT and SOFTNET RNA; in this case, the
SCALANCE X switch can be omitted.
PRP communication
SIMATIC S7-400 with
CP 443-1RNA
Server with
SOFTNET-IE RNA
SCALANCE
XR-300
SCALANCE
XR-300 EEC
HSR communication
SCALANCE
X204RNA
SCALANCE
X204RNA EEC
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE
X204RNA
EEC
Protection device
with HSR 1)
Protection device
without HSR 1)
IP camera
PC
1)
High-Availability Seamless Redundancy Protocol
For extended ambient

conditions, e.g. EMC load
G_IK10_XX_10344
SCALANCE
X204RNA
Example configuration: redundant network topology

with PRP and HSR communication
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/581
Siemens AG 2014
CP 443-1 RNA
Article No.
6GK7443-1RX00-0XE0
Article No.
6GK7443-1RX00-0XE0
CP 443-1 RNA
CP 443-1 RNA
Transmission rate
Transfer rate
at the interface 1
at the interface 2
Performance data
10 100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
Interfaces
1
2
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
Supply voltage,
DC
Supply voltage 1
from backplane bus
5V

at 5 V with DC
5%

bus at 5 V for DC typical
1.8 A
Resistive loss
7.25 W

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C

maximum
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20

Module format

single width
Width
Height
Depth
0.025 m
0.29 m
0.21 m
Net weight
0.7 kg

components general
Number of modules
per CPU maximum
note
2/582
Siemens IK PI 2015
14
-
Performance data
open communication
Data volume
maximum
as user data per ISO on TCP
maximum
maximum
for open IE communication
maximum
64
8 192 byte
8 192 byte
8 192 byte
2 048 byte

by means of T blocks maximum
64
Data volume as user data per ISO

on TCP connection for open communication by means of T blocks
maximum
1 452 byte
Performance data
S7 communication
for S7 communication
maximum
note
128
2
Performance data
multi-protocol mode
128
Siemens AG 2014
CP 443-1 RNA

Article No.
6GK7443-1RX00-0XE0
CP 443-1 RNA
Yes
Protocol is supported SNMP v1
Yes
STEP 7 V5.5 SP2 + HSP or higher

Yes

Product function Parallel
Redundancy Protocol (PRP)
Yes

Product function
ACL - IP-based
via physical ports
CP 443-1 RNA
6GK7443-1RX00-0XE0
for connecting the

SIMATIC S7-400/S7-400H CPU
to Industrial Ethernet

configuration

diagnostics
Ordering data
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Product function
SICLOCK support
Yes
Yes
Yes
Accessories
Industrial Ethernet network access
points with integrated SNMP
access, web diagnostics and
PROFINET diagnostics, for connecting non-PRP-enabled terminal
equipment to PRP networks;
on CD-ROM;
cables up to 5 km
SCALANCE X204RNA
6GK5204-0BA00-2KB2
6GK5204-0BS00-3LA3
6GK5204-0BS00-3PA3
SOFTNET-IE RNA
PRP-enabled networks with
integrated SNMP, runtime software,
on CD-ROM, license key on USB
flash drive, Class A
SOFTNET-IE RNA V12
for 32/64-bit
for Windows 2008 Server R2;
for 32/64-bit
Windows 8 Professional/Enterprise;
German/English
Single license for one installation
6GK1711-1EW12-0AA0
SOFTNET-IE RNA V8.1

for 32-bit Windows XP;
German/English
Single license for one installation
6GK1711-1EW08-1AA0
6GK1711-1EW00-3AL0
for 1 year with automatic extension;

requirement:
Note:
More information
You will find more information on the topic of Redundant Network
Access on the Internet at:
http://www.siemens.com/rna
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/583
Siemens AG 2014
Software
Ordering data
Article No.
Software
STEP 7 Professional / Basic engineering software V13 (TIA Portal)
SOFTNET S7 for Industrial Ethernet
Target system:
SIMATIC S7-1200, S7-1500,
S7-300, S7-400, WinAC
Requirement:
(full installation)
Form of delivery:
French, Spanish
Software for S7 and open communication, including OPC server, PG/

OP communication and NCM PC,
license key on a USB stick, Class A
For CP 243-1, CP 1243-1,
CP 1543-1, CM 1542-1,
CP 343-1 Lean, CP 343-1,
CP 343-1 Advanced,
CP 343-1 ERPC, CP 443-1,
CP 443-1 Advanced, CP 443-1 RNA
SOFTNET-IE S7 V12
For 32/64-bit Windows 7
Professional/Ultimate;
for 64-bit: Windows 2008 Server R2
for 32/64-bit: Windows8 Pro
German/English
up to 64 connections
6GK1704-1CW12-0AA0
SOFTNET-IE S7 Lean Edition V12

Up to eight connections
6GK1704-1LW12-0AA0
STEP 7 Version 5.5

Target system:
SIMATIC S7-300/-400, SIMATIC C7,
SIMATIC WinAC
Requirements:
Windows XP Prof.,
Windows 7 Professional/Ultimate
Type of delivery:
German, English, French, Spanish,
Italian;
including license key on USB stick,
with electronic documentation
For CP 343-1 Lean, CP 343-1,
CP 343-1 Advanced,
CP 343-1 ERPC, CP 443-1,
CP 443-1 Advanced,
CP 443-1 RNA
Floating License on DVD
Rental License for 50 hours
Software Update Service on DVD
(requires current software version)
Upgrade Floating License 3.x/4.x/
5.x to V5.5; on DVD
Trial License STEP 7 V5.5; on
DVD, 14 day trial
2/584
Siemens IK PI 2015
Article No.
6ES7810-4CC10-0YA5
6ES7810-4CC10-0YA6
6ES7810-4BC01-0YX2
6ES7810-4CC10-0YE5
6ES7810-4CC10-0YA7
For CP 1243-1, CP 1543-1,

CM 1542-1, CP 343-1 Lean,
CP 343-1, CP 343-1 Advanced,
CP 343-1 ERPC, CP 443-1,
CP 443-1 Advanced
Floating License
Trial License
Upgrade
STEP 7 Professional V12 to
STEP 7 Professional V13, Floating
License
Upgrade STEP 7
Professional 2006/2010 to
STEP 7 Professional 2010/V13,
Floating License
PowerPack & Upgrade
from STEP 7 V5.4/V5.5 to
Floating License
PowerPack STEP 7 Basic V13 to
Floating License
6ES7822-1AA03-0YA5
6ES7822-1AA03-0YA7
6ES7822-1AA03-0YE5
6ES7822-1AA03-0XE5
6ES7822-1AA03-0XC5
6ES7822-1AA03-0YC5
Siemens AG 2014
Software
Ordering data
Article No.
STEP 7 Professional
engineering software V13;
software download
incl. license key 1)
E-mail address required
for the delivery
Floating License
Upgrade STEP 7 Professional V12
to STEP 7 Professional V13,
Floating License
Upgrade STEP 7
Professional 2006/2010 to
Floating License
PowerPack & upgrade
Floating License
Floating License
Article No.
SIMATIC iMap V3.0
For CP 343-1 Advanced,
CP 443-1 Advanced
for configuration of PROFINET CBA
6ES7822-1AE03-0YA5
6ES7822-1AE03-0YE5
6ES7822-1AE03-0XE5
6ES7822-1AE03-0XC5
6ES7822-1AA03-0YC5
Requirement:
Windows 2000 Prof.
with Service Pack 4 or later
or Windows XP Prof.
with Service Pack 1 or later
or Windows 2003 Server
with Service Pack 1;
on PG or PC with Pentium processor, min. 1 GHz;
STEP 7 V5.3 Service Pack 3 or later,
PN OPCServer V6.3 or later
Form of delivery:
German, English,
Single License
Upgrade to V3.0, Single license
6ES7820-0CC04-0YA5
6ES7820-0CC01-0YX2
6ES7820-0CC04-0YE5
STEP 7-Micro/WIN V4
programming software
For CP 243-1
Target system:
All CPUs of the SIMATIC S7-200
Requirement:
Windows 2000/XP on PG or PC,
available in:
Italian, Chinese;
with online documentation
Single License
Single license upgrade
1)
6ES7810-2CC03-0YX0
6ES7810-2CC03-0YX3

Siemens IK PI 2015
2/585
Siemens AG 2014
Introduction
Overview
CPs with an internal microprocessor
Protocol software executes on the CP
Free PC resources for applications
Suitable for comprehensive applications
Recommended for applications with HMI systems which have
high performance requirements, e.g. WinCC
Recommended for large systems
(eight stations or more, e.g. SIMATIC)
Constant communication throughput
Can be used for redundant communication
Use for PROFINET IO real-time applications
(RT, IRT with CP 1616/CP 1604)
Software
Hardware
CPs without internal microprocessor

Protocol software executes on the PG/PC
PC resources are divided between communications and
applications
Suitable for less comprehensive applications
Recommended for smaller applications (up to eight stations,
e.g. SIMATIC)
Communications performance depends on PC resources and
PC loading
CPs with an internal

microprocessor
You will find software products on
the SIMATIC NET/Windows CD.
CP 1613 A2 (PCI)
Development Kits are available for

use in various operating system
environments
(e.g. for CP 1616 or CP 1604).
As a rule, the necessary
configuration tools are included in
the software packages.
Manuals in PDF format and
extensive supplementary
information on SIMATIC NET
products and communication can be
found in the SIMATIC NET Manual
Collection which is enclosed with
the software products.
CP 1623/
CP 1628 (PCIe)
CPs with integral switch

Connection of additional field devices to the Industrial
Ethernet by means of additional switch ports
Switch operation possible via external power supply even with
PC turned off
CP 1616 (PCI)
Configuration for SIMATIC NET version V12 or higher

STEP 7 V12 or higher is used for PC configuration. The STEP 7
software is included in the scope of delivery of the SIMATIC NET
products. A STEP 7 license is not required for PC configuration.
CP 1604
(PC/104-Plus)
Configuration for SIMATIC NET versions up to V8.2:
CP 1612 A2
(PCI 32 Bit)
SIMATIC NET
Manual Collection
G_IK10_XX_50183
CP without an internal
microprocessor
The PC can be configured either in STEP 7 or in NCM PC Version

V5.1+SP2 and higher. Both tools offer the same 'look & feel' and
create the same database. This enables integrated configuration of the open communication and S7 communication functions. Data only has to be entered once and data consistency is
assured.
A configuration wizard integrated into NCM PC also supports
user-driven configuration of the PC station.
With NCM PC and STEP 7 from Version V5.1+SP2 upwards, a
PC similar to a SIMATIC S7 station can be configured and
loaded over a network. This applies both to the local station on
which NCM PC or STEP 7 is installed and to the remote station
that is addressed over the network.
Note:
NCM PC does not contain a conversion function for LDBs that
were created using COML S7. Reconfiguration is necessary.
2/586
Siemens IK PI 2015
CP 1604
1)
CP 1616
1)
CP 1623
CP 1628
applies
1) Port diagnosis possible by means of integrated web server
G_IK10_XX_10319
CP 1628
C-PLUG slot
Broadcast blocking
Siemens IK PI 2015

Static Routing
Link Aggregation
IP Access List

Signal contact
SIMATIC environment
LED diagnosis
Gigabit Ethernet
10 Gigabit Ethernet
Modular design
PC module
Format module S7

Passive Listening
IRT capability
Standby redundancy
Type of
device
PROFINET diagnosis

Software
CP 1604
CP 1616
SNMP
CP 1623
CPs for PG/PC/IPC
Siemens AG 2014
Introduction
Hardware
Function overview of the communication modules with integral switch for SIMATIC PG/PC/IPC
2/587
Siemens AG 2014
Performance data
Overview
Data throughput of Industrial Ethernet
Comparisons between Layer-2 Ethernet cards and
CP 1613 A2/CP 1623/CP 1628 show the respective communications throughput.
This throughput varies between 0 and the maximum
throughput for Layer-2 Ethernet cards with the corresponding
software packages.
When the CP 1613 A2/CP 1623/CP 1628 is used with software
packages, the communications performance remains constantly
at a high level and ensures fast response times without any
variations.
Time
CP 1623/CP 1628
constant communication
performance
Communication performance comparisons
More information
You can find more information on the Internet at:
2/588
Siemens IK PI 2015
CP 1613 A2
constant communication
performance
Layer 2 Ethernet cards
fluctuating communication
performance
G_IK10_XX_10037
Message/seconds
The following communications processors are available for

connecting to the programming device or PC:
CPs with an internal microprocessor:
- CP 1616 (PCI)
- CP 1604 (PCI-104)
- CP 1613 A2 (PCI)
- CP 1623 (PCIe)
- CP 1628 (PCIe)
Siemens AG 2014
Connection options to SIMATIC IPCs
Overview
The operating systems listed in the table refer exclusively to the
communication products specified! Please refer to the descrip-
tion of the relevant IPC for the operating system that is available
and has been released for that IPC.
Embedded Systems
SIMATIC S7 modular
Embedded Controller
SIMATIC IPC427D + 477D +

IPC 227D/277D
Windows Embedded
Standard 2009
Windows Embedded
Standard 7 + SP1
SIMATIC IPC847D
SIMATIC IPC827D
SIMATIC HMI IPC677D
SIMATIC IPC647D
Operation SIMATIC
system
Industrial-PC
SIMATIC IPC627D
Windows Server 2003 R2 /

SP2
SIMATIC IPC547E
SIMATIC IPC427D +
IPC 477D
Windows Server 2008 +

SP1/2
SIMATIC IPC227D +
IPC 277D
Field PG M4
Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1
SIMATIC Industrial PC/

Field PG
other operating systems
Windows 8.1 Pro / Enterprise
Operating system environment of the

Windows 7 Professional /
Ultimate SP1
Communication Communication
hardware
software
CPs and software for Industrial Ethernet

CP 1613 A2
(PCI 32 Bit)
CP 1623
(PCIe x1)
CP 1628
(PCIe x1)
CP 1612 A2
(PCI 32 Bit)
HARDNET-IE S7
HARDNET-IE S7
REDCONNECT 1)
S7 OPC Redundancy
HARDNET-IE S7
HARDNET-IE S7
REDCONNECT 1)
S7 OPC Redundancy
HARDNET-IE S7
5)
4)5)
4)5)
4)5)
4)5)
4)5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
4)5)
4)5)
4)5)
5)
SOFTNET-IE S7
SOFTNET-IE S7 Lean
SOFTNET-IE PG
4)5)
HARDNET-IE S7
REDCONNECT 1)
S7 OPC Redundancy
5)
4)5)
SOFTNET-IE S7
SOFTNET-IE S7 Lean
SOFTNET-IE PG
S7 OPC Redundancy
CPs and software for PROFINET

CP 1616 1)
DK-16xx PNIO
(PCI 32 Bit)
CP 1604 1)
(PCI-104)
DK-16xx PNIO
SOFTNET PN IO
SIMATIC
PG/PC
with integral
Ethernet
interface
S7 OPC Redundancy
SIMATIC
PG/PC
with integral
Ethernet
interface
Support package
SIMATIC IPC for VxWorks
1) and integrated CP1616-compatible onboard 3-port PROFINET interface

2) possible with restrictions, if necessary, depending on memory expansion and processor
capacity
3) requires at least 2 PCI or 2 PCIe slots for redundant connection (4-way redundancy requires
4 free PCI or 4 PCIe slots!); hybrid configurations with CP 1613 A2 (PCI) and CP 1623 (PCIe)
are possible, depending on PC expansion
4) without 4-way redundancy as there are only 2 slots
5) Observe restrictions for some PC versions: Number of slots and tolerable maximum heat loss/
power consumption per slot and in total
6) integrated CP1616-compatible onboard 3-port PROFINET interface is optional
7) only with integrated interface
8) Portioning DL-16xx PNIO
6)7)
8)
6) 6)
6) 6)
8)
Notes
- Please always note the supplementary conditions for the specified SIMATIC
NET products that you can view on the Internet pages shown below.
- for further details on XP embedded, see
- further details on system requirements and operating environments can be
found in the Readme file of the communication products on the SIMATIC
NET PC Software DVD
- Updates and supplements to the catalog entries, as well as the above tables
can be viewed at
suitable
not suitable
suitable under
certain conditions
Connection options of Industrial Ethernet CPs to PG/PC/IPC
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/589
Siemens AG 2014
CP 1604
Overview
Benefits
TCP/
UDP
PN
MRP
OPC
PG/OP S7/S5
IT
G_IK10_XX_10159
ISO
PCI-104 module for connecting PCI-104 systems to

PROFINET IO
Full/half duplex with autonegotiation
With Ethernet real-time ASIC ERTEC 400
Integral 4-port real-time switch
- PROFINET IO controller and/or PROFINET IO device
- Support of IRT in motion control applications
- Support of PROFIenergy functionality
High performance through direct memory access
Integration in network management systems through the
support of SNMP
Comprehensive diagnostics possibilities for installation,
start-up and operation of the module
Powerful configuration tools are included in delivery of module
Connection of field devices to Industrial Ethernet with

PROFINET
Ideally suited for design of small local networks through
integral 4-port real-time switch
Direct memory access to process data by linking as
PROFINET IO-Controller via IO-Base interface
High computing power is available in the PC by taking the
load off the host CPU by means of a real-time ASIC
ERTEC 400 with support of the PROFINET real-time features
RT and IRT
Implementation in Motion Control applications thanks to
support of IRT
Energy savings thanks to support of PROFIenergy
Simple transfer to various operating system environments
using HARDNET-PN IO Development Kit
Switch mode also with the PC switched off, via optional
external power supply (in RT mode only)
integrated Autocrossover function
Application
The CP 1604 is used to connect PCI-104 systems to
PROFINET IO.
The CP 1604 provides high-performance support for control
tasks on the PC (PC based Control, Numeric Control,
Robot Control).
With IRT (Isochronous Real-Time), the CP is ideally suited to
time-critical applications that are in the range of strictly isochronous closed-loop control in the motion control sector.
The integrated 4-port switch supports low-cost system solutions
and the configuration of different topologies.
The CP 1604 offers PCI-104 systems communications facilities
with:
PROFINET IO controller and/or PROFINET IO device
The DK-16xx PN IO development kit enables integration of the
module into any operating systems.
2/590
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
CP 1604
Design
Industrial Ethernet (via "Connection Board for CP 1604")
- Ethernet real-time ASIC ERTEC 400
- 4 x RJ45 connection
- Integral 4-port real-time switch for 10/100 Mbit/s Ethernet
- Half/full duplex
- Autosensing/Autocrossover/Autonegotiation
PCI-104-Plus interface:
- PCI 2.2
- 32 bits
- 33 MHz or 66 MHz
- Installation through PCI standard mechanisms (Plug & Play)
Host interface/processor:
- Dual-port RAM onboard
- Flash for program memory onboard
- ARM 946 RISK processor (32-bit) onboard for preprocessing
Interface for PROFIenergy:
- Connection option for user-specific interface for switching
back on PC
Power supply:
- Operating voltage: 5 V through PCI-104
- Optional external 24 V DC supply for switch operation when
PC is switched off (through "Power Supply for CP 1604")
Size:
- PCI-104 format
Function
The CP 1604 can be operated as a PROFINET IO controller
and/or PROFINET IO device that stores the process image (input
and output data) in the memory area on the CP. With simultaneous controller and device mode, only the controller or the device
can be operated in IRT mode. High-performance data transfer
to and from the IO devices is performed autonomously by the
CP 1604.
Real-time
Support of real-time properties of PROFINET for RT and IRT.
The real-time properties of the CP 1604 ensure extremely short
cycle times with highly accurate clock-pulse rates.
Switching
According to the industry requirements, the 4-port real-time
switch additionally permits the configuration of line topologies
with spur lines and makes external switch components unnecessary.
The switch function in RT mode is also available when the PC is
turned off thanks to the possibility of independently supplying an
external voltage (via "Power Supply for CP 1604").
Energy savings
Thanks to its support of PROFIenergy, CP 1604 allows for the
implementation of various energy-saving states during idle
times. By connecting an external power supply, the CP 1604 can
continue to communicate with the controller as a PROFIenergy
device, even while the PC is switched off. By connecting an
external hardware circuit, it is then possible to use this to reactivate the PC via PROFIenergy mechanisms.
Software packages
DK-16xx PN IO development kit;
driver and IO-Base software for CP 1604 as PROFINET IOController and IO-Device under Linux in source code for transfer
to any PC-based operating systems with IO-Base interface for:
PROFINET communication:
- PROFINET IO controller:
PROFINET
- PROFINET IO device:
Link-up with a PROFINET IO controller through real-time
communication according to the PROFINET standard
Access in isochronous mode to real-time data for
PROFINET over IRT;
extremely short cycle times with highly accurate clock-pulse
rates;
jitter accuracy, isochronous mode, and cycle time enable
high-performance motion control applications.
Direct memory access to the process data;
the process data of the IO-Devices are always consistent.
The IO programming interface provides the PC programmer
with function calls for data transfer.
The design of the interface not only permits fast access as a
PROFINET IO controller, but also easy transfer to other
operating system environments (e.g. VXWorks, QNX, RMOS,
RTX).
The IO-Base interface for the PROFINET IO controller of the
CP 1604 is compatible with the interface for SOFTNET PN IO
The CP 1604 is functionally compatible to the CP 1616
Using the Development Kit DK-16xx PN IO, the CP 1604 communications processor can be integrated into any PC-based
operating system environment. The Development Kit contains
the driver and IO-Base source code required for this including
the transfer instructions and also the example code which
executes with SUSE Linux.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/591
Siemens AG 2014
CP 1604
User interfaces
Integration
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
Diagnostics data
Extensive diagnostic options are available via STEP 7 or SNMP,
including:
General diagnostics functions
Connection diagnostics
Diagnostics of the assigned PROFINET field devices
support of SNMP
Field PG
Switch
SCALANCE
X208
Switch
SCALANCE
X208
Switch
SCALANCE
X208
Configuration
Configuration of the CP 1604 is performed with STEP 7/NCM PC,
V5.3 SP2 and higher. NCM PC is included with the module.
ET 200S
ET 200S
CP 1604 as PROFINET IO-Controller and PROFINET IO-Device
CP 1604 with accessories
2/592
Siemens IK PI 2015
G_IK10_XX_30136
Programming interface through C library

For applications that want to use the PROFINET IO-Controller
or IO-Device functionality directly over C/C++, the IO-Base
interface can be used. This interface is of a similar design to
the DP Base interface of PROFIBUS modules CP 5613 and
CP 5614. It is therefore possible to port existing PROFIBUS DP
master applications to PROFINET IO-Controller applications.
Siemens AG 2014
CP 1604
Article No.
6GK1160-4AA01
Article No.
6GK1160-4AA01
CP 1604
CP 1604
Transmission rate
Performance data
10 100 Mbit/s
Interfaces
for power supply
of the backplane bus
for power supply
Software for PROFINET IO

communication required
No
128
RJ45 port via connection board
64
PCI-104 (32Bit)
4-pin terminal block
via power supply board
Supply voltage,
DC
Type of power supply optional

external supply
Yes
Supply voltage
external
note

at 5 V with DC
at 24 V with DC
Consumed current
with DC maximum
at 24 V with DC maximum
Resistive loss
in switch mode maximum
5V
24 V
optional external power supply and
external supply voltage alternatively
via power supply board (optional
accessory)
5%
20 %
0.8 A
0.3 A
4W
4.1 W
Data volume
maximum
controller maximum
controller maximum
5 60 C
-20 +60 C
-20 +60 C
8 192 byte
8 192 byte
1 433 byte
1 433 byte
Performance data
as PN IO-Device
Amount of data
PROFINET IO device
PROFINET IO device
Number of submodules per
PROFINET IO-Device

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Performance data
as PN IO-Controller
1 433 byte
1 433 byte
254 byte
254 byte
254 byte
64

configuration
Yes
SNMP v1
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
included in scope of delivery
Module format
Width
Height
Depth
PC/104-Plus
90 mm
24 mm
95 mm
Net weight
110 g

I&M0 - device-specific information
I&M1 - higher level designation/location designation
I&M2 - installation date
I&M3 - comment
I&M4 - signature

maximum
95 %
Protection class IP
IP00

components general
Number of plug-in cards
in the same design can be plugged
in per PC station
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/593
Siemens AG 2014
CP 1604
Article No.
6GK1160-4AA01
Article No.
6GK1160-4AA01
CP 1604
CP 1604

Product function
Web-based diagnostics
Port diagnostics
approvals
Yes
Standard
for EMC
Product function
switch-managed
No
Yes
CE mark
C-Tick
Yes
Yes
Accessories
Product function
Ring redundancy
Yes
Yes
Redundancy manager
Accessories
Ordering data
CP 1604
Article No.
6GK1160-4AA01
optional: Connection board for

CP 1604, power supply board for
CP 1604, HARDNET-IE DK
(development kit)
Software Development Kit
for CP 1616/CP 1604;
driver and IO-Base software
for CP 1616/CP 1604 as PN IO controller and PN IO device in source
code for transfer to other PC-based
operating systems;
incl. executable sample code for
SUSE Linux 10, Windows XP Professional and Windows 7
see
http://www.siemens.com/simaticnet/dk16xx
6GK1160-4AU01
Package for implementing

the CP 1604 in the
SIMATIC Microbox PC;
comprising the CP 1604,
connection board, power supply
and expansion racks for
Microbox PC;
for use with Development Kit
DK-16xx PN IO; NCM PC
Accessories
Connection board for CP 1604
Yes
Yes
Article No.
Development Kit DK-16xx PN IO
PCI-104 card (32-bit) with

ASIC ERTEC 400 for connecting
PCI-104 systems to PROFINET IO
incl. IO-Base software for PROFINET
IO-Controller and NCM PC;
runtime software, software and electronic manual on CD-ROM, Class A,
for 32-bit Windows XP Professional
and Windows 7;
other operating systems using
DK-16xx PN IO Development Kit
German/English
2004/108/EC
CAN/CSA C22.2 & UL 60950-1
EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-4
EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2
6GK1160-4AC00
TP cable 4 x 2
0.5 m
1m
2m
6m
10 m
6XV1870-3QE50
6XV1870-3QH10
6XV1870-3QH20
6XV1870-3QH60
6XV1870-3QN10
SCALANCE X204IRT
6GK5204-0BA00-2BA3

switches; isochronous real time,
LED diagnostics, error signaling
Connection board for CP 1604

with four RJ45 sockets
incl. connecting cable
Power supply for CP 1604
6GK1160-4AP00

for CP 1604 for operating the integral 4-port switch of the CP 1604
with the PC-104 system switched off;
includes connecting cable
Note:
More information
The DK-16xx PN IO development kit can be found
on the Internet at:
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-net/dk16xx
2/594
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
CP 1616
Overview
Application
The CP 1616 enables SIMATIC PGs/PCs and PCs equipped with
a PCI slot to be connected to PROFINET IO.
The CP 1616 provides high-performance support for control
tasks on the PC (PC-based control, numeric control,
robot control).
With IRT (isochronous real-time), the CP is ideally suited to
time-critical applications that are in the range of isochronous
closed-loop control in the motion control sector.
The integrated 4-port switch supports low-cost system solutions
and the configuration of different topologies.
The CP 1616 provides SIMATIC programming devices/PCs and
industrial PCs with communication functions as:
PROFINET IO controller and/or PROFINET IO device
The HARDNET-PN IO Development Kit enables integration of the
module into any operating systems.
TCP/
UDP
PN
MRP
OPC
PG/OP S7/S5
Design
IT
G_IK10_XX_10159
ISO
PCI module for connecting PCs and SIMATIC PGs/PCs to

PROFINET IO (Universal Keyed 3.3 V and 5 V;
33 MHz/66 MHz; 32-bit, runs in 64-bit PCI-X systems)
Full/half duplex with autonegotiation
With Ethernet real-time ASIC ERTEC 400
Integral 4-port real-time switch
- PROFINET IO controller and/or PROFINET IO device
- Support of IRT in motion control applications
High performance through direct memory access
support of SNMP
start-up and operation of the module
Powerful configuration tools are part of the scope of delivery
of the module
Benefits
Industrial Ethernet
- Ethernet real-time ASIC ERTEC 400
- 4 x RJ45 connection
- Integral 4-port real-time switch for 10/100 Mbit/s Ethernet
- Half/full duplex
- Autosensing/Autonegotiation/Autonegotiation
PCI interface:
- PCI 2.2
- 32-bit, for execution in 64-bit PCI X systems
- 33 MHz or 66 MHz
- Universal Keyed 3.3 V and 5 V
- Installation through PCI standard mechanisms (Plug & Play)
Host interface/processor:
- Dual-port RAM on board
- Flash for program memory onboard
- ARM 946 RISK processor (32-bit) onboard for
preprocessing
Power supply:
- Operating voltage: 5 V through PCI
- Optional external 6 to 9 V DC supply for switch operation
with PC switched off
Size:
- Short PCI format

PROFINET
Ideally suited for design of small local networks through
integral 4-port real-time switch
Direct memory access to process data by linking as
PROFINET IO-Controller via IO-Base interface
High computing power is available in the PC by taking the
load off the host CPU by means of a real-time ASIC
ERTEC 400 with support of the PROFINET real-time features
RT and IRT
Implementation in Motion Control applications thanks to
support of IRT
Energy savings thanks to support of PROFIenergy
Simple transfer to various operating system environments
using Development Kit DK-16xx PN IO
Switch mode also with the PC switched off, via optional
external power supply (in RT mode only)
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/595
Siemens AG 2014
CP 1616
User interfaces
The CP 1616 can be operated as a PROFINET IO controller and/

or PROFINET IO device that stores the process image (input and
output data) in the memory area on the CP. With simultaneous
controller and device mode, only the controller or the device can
be operated in IRT mode. High-performance data transfer to and
from the IO devices is performed autonomously by the CP 1616.
Real-time
Support of real-time properties of PROFINET for RT and IRT.
The real-time properties of the CP 1616 ensure extremely short
cycle times with highly accurate clock-pulse rates.
Switching
According to the industry requirements, the 4-port real-time
switch additionally permits the configuration of line topologies
with spur lines and makes external switch components unnecessary.
The switch function is also available in RT mode when the PC
is turned off thanks to the possibility of independently supplying
an external voltage.
Energy savings
Thanks to support from PROFIenergy, it is possible to implement
various energy-saving states during idle times on the CP 1616.

For applications that want to use the PROFINET IO-Controller or
IO-Device functionality directly over C/C++, the IO-Base interface can be used. This interface is of a similar design to the
DP Base interface of PROFIBUS modules CP 5613 and CP 5614.
It is therefore possible to port existing PROFIBUS DP master
applications to PROFINET IO-Controller applications.
Diagnostics
including:
Diagnostics of the assigned PROFINET field devices
support of SNMP
Configuration
Configuration of the CP 1616 is performed with STEP 7/NCM PC,
V5.3 SP2 and higher. NCM PC is included with the module.
Integration
Software packages
wyvmpul{
DK-16xx PN IO development kit;
pGl
driver and IO-Base software for CP 1616 as PROFINET IOController and IO-Device under Linux in source code for transfer
to any PC-based operating systems with IO-Base interface for:
PROFINET communication:
- PROFINET IO controller:
PROFINET
- PROFINET IO device:
Link-up with a PROFINET IO controller through real-time
communication according to the PROFINET standard
Access in isochronous mode to real-time data for
PROFINET over IRT;
extremely short cycle times with highly accurate clock-pulse
rates;
jitter accuracy, isochronous mode, and cycle time enable
high-performance motion control applications.
Direct memory access to the process data;
the process data of the IO-Devices are always consistent.
The IO programming interface provides the PC programmer
with function calls for data transfer.
The design of the interface not only permits fast access as a
PROFINET IO controller, but also easy transfer to other
operating system environments (e.g. VXWorks, QNX, RMOS,
RTX).
The IO-Base interface for the PROFINET IO controller of the
CP 1616 is compatible with the interface for SOFTNET PN IO
The CP 1616 is functionally compatible with the CP 1604
Using the Development Kit DK-16xx PN IO, the CP 1616 communications processor can be integrated into any PC-based
operating system environment. The Development Kit contains
the driver and IO-Base source code required for this including
the transfer instructions and also the example code which
executes with SUSE Linux.
2/596
Siemens IK PI 2015
PC
with CP 1616
as PN IO controller
Field PG
SCALANCE
X208
SCALANCE
X208
SCALANCE
X208
IPC
with CP 1616
as PN IO Device
ET 200S
ET 200S
In the case of IRT operation, switches with IRT functionalities

(e.g. SCALANCE X204IRT) must be used
CP 1616 as PROFINET IO-Controller and PROFINET IO-Device
G_IK10_XX_10097
Function
Siemens AG 2014
CP 1616
Article No.
6GK1161-6AA02
Article No.
6GK1161-6AA02
CP 1616
CP 1616
Transmission rate
Performance data
10 100 Mbit/s
Interfaces
for power supply
for power supply

No
128
RJ45 port
64
PCI (32 Bit 3,3 V/5 V UniversalKey

33/66 MHz)
Low-voltage socket for hollow plug
3.5 mm (-) / 1.3 mm (+)
Supply voltage,
DC

external supply
Yes
Supply voltage
external
at 5 V with DC
Consumed current
with DC maximum
- at 9 V with DC max.
Resistive loss
5V
69V
5%
0.8 A
0.65 A
0.45 A
4W
4.1 W

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
5 70 C
-40 +70 C
-20 +60 C

maximum
95 %
Protection class IP
IP00

Module format
PCI
Width
Height
Depth
18 mm
107 mm
167 mm
Net weight
110 g

components general
in per PC station
Performance data
as PN IO-Controller
Data volume
maximum
maximum
per PN IO device with
per PN IO device with
8 192 byte
8 192 byte
1 433 byte
1 433 byte
Performance data
as PN IO-Device
Amount of data
PROFINET IO device
PROFINET IO device
1 433 byte
1 433 byte
254 byte
254 byte
254 byte
64

configuration
Yes
SNMP v1
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes

I&M0 - device-specific information
I&M1 - higher level designation/location designation
I&M2 - installation date
I&M3 - comment
I&M4 - signature
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/597
Siemens AG 2014
CP 1616
Article No.
6GK1161-6AA02
Article No.
6GK1161-6AA02
CP 1616
CP 1616

Product function
Port diagnostics
approvals
Yes
Yes

Yes
No
Product function
Yes
Standard
for EMC
89/336/EEC
CAN/CSA C22.2 & UL 60950-1
EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-4
EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2
CE mark
C-Tick
Yes
Yes

Product function
Ring redundancy
Yes
Redundancy manager
Yes
Ordering data
CP 1616
Article No.
6GK1161-6AA02

keyed) with ASIC ERTEC 400
for connecting PCs to PROFINET IO
incl. IO Base software for PROFINET
IO Controller and NCM PC;
Class A, for 32-bit Windows XP
Professional and Windows 7;
other operating systems via
Development Kit DK-16xx PN IO;
German/English
Article No.
Accessories
Development Kit DK-16xx PN IO
Software development kit for
CP 1616/CP 1604;
driver and IO-Base software for
CP 1616/CP 1604 as PN IO
controller and IO device in source
code for transfer to other PC-based
operating systems;
including executable example code
for SUSE Linux 10, Windows XP
Professional and Windows 7
see
http://www.siemens.com/simaticnet/dk16xx
TP cable 4 x 2
0.5 m
1m
2m
6m
10 m
6XV1870-3QE50
6XV1870-3QH10
6XV1870-3QH20
6XV1870-3QH60
6XV1870-3QN10
SCALANCE X204IRT
6GK5204-0BA00-2BA3

switches; isochronous real time,
LED diagnostics, error signaling
Note:
More information
The DK-16xx PN IO development kit can be found
on the Internet at:
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-net/dk16xx
2/598
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
CP 1612 A2
Overview
Application
The CP 1612 A2 supports the connection to Industrial Ethernet
(10/100/1 000 Mbit/s) for SIMATIC PG/PC and PCs with a PCI
slot. It is designed for use in an industrial environment and can
be operated with all SOFTNET for Industrial Ethernet and
SOFTNET PN IO packages.
Design
The CP 1612 A2 module (PCI card 32-bit; 33 MHz/66 MHz;
3.3 V/5 V Universal Key) is inserted directly into a
SIMATIC PG/PC or in a PC and requires a PCI slot.
1 x RJ45 connection with 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s (half/full duplex)
Installation through PCI standard mechanisms (Plug & Play)
Function
7&3
8'3
31
053
23&
3*23 66
,7
*B,.B;;B
,62
PCI card (32 bit; 33 MHz/66 MHz; 3.3 V/5 V Universal Key)
for the connection of PG/PC to Industrial Ethernet
Automatic data transmission rate detection
(10/100/1 000 Mbit/s), with autosensing and autocrossover
function
Communication services via
- PROFINET
- ISO or TCP/IP transport protocol
- S7 communication
Designed for use in industrial environments
The appropriate OPC servers and configuration tools are
included in the scope of supply of the respective communication software.
Benefits
The CP 1612 A2 offers the following accesses:

Level 2:
interface for PC networks in the industrial environment
Level 4 and Level 7:
economical access to Industrial Ethernet, e.g. to
SIMATIC S5/S7 in connection with SOFTNET packages for
In addition, the protocols for Industrial Ethernet provided by the
operating system are supported.
The IT functionality is provided in combination with the Windows
software of the PC.
User interfaces
OPC interface
The OPC server included in the respective software package
can be used as the standard programming interface for the protocols S7 communication and open communication, in order to
connect automation technology applications to OPC-compatible
Windows applications (Office, HMI systems, etc.)
Diagnostics
support of SNMP
Configuration
The S7 communication and open communication protocols
are configured in STEP 7 V5.1 SP3 or higher or NCM PC V5.1
SP2 or higher.
A configuration tool is included in the scope of delivery of the
CP 1612 A2 software packages.
Low commissioning overhead due to plug & play and

autosensing/autocrossover/autonegotiation (10/100/
1 000 Mbit/s)
Particularly suitable for industrial use in PCs that require a
smaller quantity structure and no integrated switching
functionality
Ideally suited to SOFTNET for Industrial Ethernet and
SOFTNET PN IO
Simple access to automation data via OPC as standard
interface
Uniform procedure and configuration functionality with NCM
PC and STEP 7
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/599
Siemens AG 2014
CP 1612 A2
Article No.
6GK1161-2AA01
Article No.
6GK1161-2AA01
CP 1612 A2
CP 1612 A2
Transmission rate
Performance data
10 1 000 Mbit/s
Interfaces
Software for open communication

by means of SEND/RECEIVE
required
Yes, SOFTNET-IE S7 (64 conn.) /

SOFTNET-IE S7 Lean (8 conn.)

by means of SEND/RECEIVE
maximum
64
RJ45 port
PCI (32 Bit 3.3 V/5 V UniversalKey
33/66 MHz)
Supply voltage,
DC
Supply voltage
2 from the backplane bus
5V
12 V

at 5 V with DC
at 12 V with DC
5%
5%
Consumed current
with DC maximum
with DC maximum
Resistive loss
0.45 A

S7/PG communication maximum
64
Performance data
multi-protocol mode
64
Number of configurable connections

per PC station
207

Yes, SOFTNET-IE PN IO
64
0 55 C
-10 +70 C
-10 +70 C
Protection class IP
IP00

Module format
PCI
Width
Height
Depth
18 mm
59 mm
140 mm
Net weight
60 g

components general
Siemens IK PI 2015
Yes, SOFTNET-IE S7 (64 conn.) /

SOFTNET-IE S7 Lean (8 conn.)
3.65 W
95 %
2/600
Software for S7 communication

required
0.5 A

maximum

in per PC station
Performance data
S7 communication
Performance data
as PN IO-Controller

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Performance data
open communication
Data volume
maximum
maximum
controller maximum
controller maximum
4 096 byte
4 096 byte
1 472 byte
1 472 byte
Performance data
PROFINET CBA
Software for PROFINET CBA
with PROFINET CBA total
Yes, PN CBA OPC server

228
10 000
Siemens AG 2014
CP 1612 A2

Article No.
6GK1161-2AA01
CP 1612 A2

configuration
No
SNMP v1
SNMP v3
DCP
Yes
No
Yes
required
Yes, SIMATIC iMAP
approvals
Standard
for EMC
Ordering data
CP 1612 A2
Article No.
6GK1161-2AA01
PCI card (32 bit, 33 MHz/66 MHz;

3.3 V/5 V universal keyed)
for connection to Industrial Ethernet
(10/100/1 000 Mbit/s)
with RJ45 interface,
incl. driver for 32-bit Windows XP
Professional SP2/3,
32/64-bit Windows 7,
2003 R2 Server SP2,
Vista Business/Ultimate SP1,
Windows 2008 Server;
German/English
Accessories

2004/108/EC
CAN/CSA C22.2 & UL 60950-1,
UL 1950
EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-4
EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2
CE mark
C-Tick
Yes
Yes
TP cable 4 x 2
0.5 m
1m
2m
6m
10 m
6XV1870-3QE50
6XV1870-3QH10
6XV1870-3QH20
6XV1870-3QH60
6XV1870-3QN10
Note:
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/601
Siemens AG 2014
CP 1613 A2
Overview
Benefits
Constant data throughput through protocol processing

on the CP
Can be connected to many devices through ITP or RJ45
connections on the module
Free computing capacity for other applications on the PC
e.g. HMI (ISO and TCP/IP transport onboard)
Simple handling through Plug&Play and Autosensing
(10/100 Mbit/s)
Operation of large network configurations with a single card
through high number of connections
Can be used for redundant communication
OPC as standard interface
TCP/
UDP
PN
MRP
OPC
PG/OP S7/S5
Application
IT
G_IK10_XX_10158
ISO
PCI card (32 bit; 33 MHz/66 MHz; 3.3 V/5 V universal key) with
microprocessor for connection of PG/PC to Industrial Ethernet
with 10/100 Mbit/s Autosensing/Autonegotiation
Communication services using
- Open IE communication via TCP/IP and UDP)
- ISO transport protocol
- S7 communication
15-pole ITP connection
RJ45 connection
ISO and TCP/IP transport protocol onboard
SNMP-supported diagnostics
The appropriate OPC server and configuration tools are
included in the respective scope of supply of the communication software
2/602
Siemens IK PI 2015
The CP 1613 A2 is used to connect SIMATIC PGs/PCs and PCs

with a PCI slot to Industrial Ethernet (10/100 Mbit/s).
Design
The module CP 1613 A2 (PCI card with 32-bit microprocessor;
33 MHz/66 MHz; 3.3 V/5 V Universal Key) is inserted directly
into a SIMATIC PG/PC or into a PC and requires a short PCI slot.
It is capable of running in 64-bit PCI-X slots (PCI 2.2 and
PCI-X-compatible).
Ports:
15-pin Sub-D socket for ITP
RJ45 jack for twisted pair
Automatic recognition and selection of the interface during
booting (ITP or RJ45)
The module is connected, for example,
in the case of ITP via the ITP standard cable 9/15 to OSM/ESM
in the case of TP via TP cord up to 10 m or via FastConnect
system up to 100 m (IE FC RJ45 Plug and FC cables) to
SCALANCE X or SCALANCE S
Siemens AG 2014
CP 1613 A2
Function
User interfaces
Software for open communication (SEND/RECEIVE)
OPC interface
This interface is used for communication between

PG/PC and SIMATIC S5
PG/PC and PG/PC

can be used as the standard programming interface for the
protocols S7 communication and open communication, in order
to connect automation technology applications to OPC-compatible Windows applications (Office, HMI systems, etc.)
The programming interfaces for the S7 communication, PG/OP
communication, and open communication protocols for existing
applications are implemented as Dynamic Link Library (DLL)
interfaces.
You can find the released compilers in the Readme file
of the SIMATIC NET CD products at
http://www.siemens.com/automation/csi/net.
Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) offers the following

services:
Management services
Connection establishment services
Data transfer services
These functionalities are a component part of the
HARDNET-IE S7 software product.
Mode of operation
Software for PG/OP communication
Protocols up to Level 4 (Transport) are processed autonomously

on the module.
This software makes it possible to program the S7 controllers via

Industrial Ethernet in conjunction with the STEP 7 engineering
software.
16 MB of memory is available for this to support a large quantitative framework and reliable communication.
It is included in all CP 1613 A2 software packages.
Data is exchanged between the module and the host in master

mode. This means that the CP 1613 A2 accesses the physical
RAM of the host.

(HARDNET-IE S7 or S7-REDCONNECT)
The S7 interface allows PG/PC applications (e.g. WinCC) and
user programs to access the SIMATIC S7 system components.
This provides easy, flexible access to the data of the SIMATIC S7
controller.
S7 communication offers:
Administrative services
Mini database
Trace
Read/write variables
BSEND/BRECEIVE
A Windows driver is responsible for transferring data between

the host system and the CP 1613 A2. The transmission rate to
Industrial Ethernet is detected and automatically switched over
(autosensing).
software of the PC.
Diagnostics
Via SNMP all MIB-2 objects can be read out. This enables the
current status of the Ethernet interfaces to be retrieved.
Configuration
are configured in STEP 7 or NCM PC.
CP 1613 A2 software packages.
H-communication
For redundant S7 communication with a high availability
S7-400H system, the CP 1613/CP 1623/CP 1628 can be used in
connection with the S7-REDCONNECT software.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/603
Siemens AG 2014
CP 1613 A2
Integration
PC/IPC with CP 1613 A2/
CP 1623/CP 1628 and
HARDNET-IE S7
Article No.
6GK1161-3AA01
CP 1613 A2
Transmission rate
10 100 Mbit/s
Interfaces
Industrial
Ethernet
S7-400 with
CP 443-1,
CP 443-1
Advanced
G_IK10_XX_10250
S7-300 with
CP 343-1 Lean,
CP 343-1,
CP 343-1
Advanced
PCI (32 Bit 3.3 V/5 V UniversalKey

33/66 MHz)
DC
Supply voltage
5V
12 V

at 5 V with DC
at 12 V with DC
5%
5%
Consumed current
with DC maximum
with DC maximum
System configuration with CP 1613 A2/CP 1623/CP 1628

and HARDNET-IE S7
PC with
2 x CP 1613 A2/CP 1623/CP 1628
and HARDNET-IE
S7-REDCONNECT
Industrial Ethernet
Resistive loss
0.45 A
0.5 A
4W

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
H CPU
in single mode
ET 200M
Example of redundant network structure with

CP 1613 A2/CP 1623/CP 1628 and HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT
G_IK10_XX_10048
S7-400H
PROFIBUS
RJ45 port / 15-pin ITP connection
Supply voltage,
S7-1500 with
CP 1543-1
CM 1542-1
S7-1200 with
CP 1243-1
5 55 C
-20 +60 C
-20 +60 C

maximum
95 %
Protection class IP
IP00

Module format
PCI
Width
21.6 mm
Height
107 mm
Depth
167 mm
Net weight
140 g

components general
in per PC station
2/604
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
CP 1613 A2

Article No.
6GK1161-3AA01
CP 1613 A2
Performance data
Performance data
open communication
Software for open communication by
means of SEND/RECEIVE required
Yes, HARDNET-IE S7 (S7-1613)

SEND/RECEIVE maximum
120

for S7/PG communication
maximum
for optimized S7 communication
maximum
CP 1613 A2
Article No.
6GK1161-3AA01
PCI card (32-bit, 33 MHz/66 MHz;

3.3 V/5 V universal keyed) for
connection to Industrial Ethernet
(10/100 Mbit/s) with ITP and RJ45
connection over HARDNET-IE S7/
S7-1613 and S7-REDCONNECT,
for operating system support
see SIMATIC NET Software
Accessories
Performance data
S7 communication
required
Ordering data
120
40
TP cable 4 x 2
0.5 m
1m
2m
6m
10 m
1)
Performance data
multi-protocol mode
6XV1870-3QE50
6XV1870-3QH10
6XV1870-3QH20
6XV1870-3QH60
6XV1870-3QN10
also S5-compatible communication
Note:

120

per PC station
207
Performance data
PROFINET CBA
Number of remote connection partners with PROFINET CBA
228
10 000

configuration
Yes
SNMP v1
SNMP v3
DCP
Yes
No
Yes
required
included in scope of delivery of the

required software
Yes, SIMATIC iMAP

I&M1 - higher level
Yes
Software for redundancy function
required
Yes, HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT

for communication with SIMATIC S7 H
systems

Yes
No
approvals
Standard
for EMC
2004/108/EC
CAN/CSA C22.2 & UL 60950-1,
UL 1950
EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-4
EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2
CE mark
C-Tick
Yes
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/605
Siemens AG 2014
CP 1623
Overview
Benefits
TCP/
UDP
PN
MRP
OPC
PG/OP S7/S5
IT
G_IK10_XX_10158
ISO
PCI Express Card (PCIe x1) with an internal microprocessor

for connection of PG/PC to Industrial Ethernet
10/100/1 000 Mbit/s
(Autosensing/Autocrossover/Autonegotiation)
Integrated 2-port switch (2 x RJ45 connection)
Communications services via
- Open IE communication (TCP/IP and UDP)
- S7 communication
ISO and TCP/IP transport protocol on board
support of SNMP (V1)
included in the scope of supply of the respective communication software.
2/606
Siemens IK PI 2015
High plant availability thanks to

- stable and constant data communication by means of
protocol processing on the CP
- Optional: redundant communication via intelligent CPs
combined with high-availability software package
(S7-REDCONNECT)
IT cost savings (e.g. no additional computer) and use of free
computer capacity for further applications since the intelligent
CPs facilitate large quantity structures and enable the
workload of the host CPU to be reduced
Simple access to automation/diagnostic data via SNMP and
Easy and cost-efficient commissioning due to plug & play
technology
Connection of additional field devices to the Industrial
Ethernet by means of an additional switch port
Switch operation possible via external power supply even with
PC turned off
Siemens AG 2014
CP 1623
Application
Design
The CP 1623 makes it possible to connect to the Industrial

Ethernet (10/100/1 000 Mbit/s) for SIMATIC PG/PC and PCs with
PCI Express slot. Additional field devices can be flexibly
connected to the Industrial Ethernet via the integrated switch.
CP 1623/CP 1628 and
HARDNET-IE S7
2 x RJ45 connection
Integrated 2-port switch for 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s
(half/full/duplex)
Autosensing/Autocrossover/Autonegotiation
PG/PC slot:
PCI Express x1 card
Can also be operated in PCIe x4-, x8- or x16 slots
Installation via PCIe standard mechanisms (Plug & Play)
Power supply:
Operating voltage 3.3 V/12 V via PCIe interface
Optional external 12 - 24 V DC power supply for switch
operation with PG/PC turned off
Industrial
Ethernet
Size:
Short PCIe format
S7-300 with
CP 343-1 Lean,
CP 343-1,
CP 343-1
Advanced
S7-400 with
CP 443-1,
CP 443-1
Advanced
G_IK10_XX_10250
S7-1500 with
CP 1543-1
CM 1542-1
S7-1200 with
CP 1243-1

and HARDNET-IE S7
PC with
2 x CP 1613 A2/CP 1623/CP 1628
and HARDNET-IE
S7-REDCONNECT
Industrial Ethernet
H CPU
in single mode
PROFIBUS
ET 200M
G_IK10_XX_10048
S7-400H
Example of redundant network structure with

CP 1613 A2/CP 1623/CP 1628 and HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/607
Siemens AG 2014
CP 1623
Function
User interfaces
OPC interface

PG/PC and PG/PC

The programming interfaces for the S7 communication,
PG/OP communication, and open communication protocols for
existing applications are implemented as Dynamic Link Library
(DLL) interfaces.
The released compilers can be found in the readme file
http://www.siemens.com/automation/csi/net

services:
Management services
Mode of operation

on the module.

software.
The internal memory is available for this purpose and it also

provides for a large quantity structure and high communication
reliability.
It is contained in all CP 1623 software packages.

mode. This means that the CP 1623 accesses the physical RAM
of the host.

(HARDNET-IE S7 or S7-REDCONNECT)
controller.
A Windows driver transfers the data between the host system

and the CP 1623. The transmission rate to Industrial Ethernet is
detected and automatically switched over (autosensing).
software of the PC.
Mini database
Trace
Diagnostics

BSEND/BRECEIVE
Configuration
CP 1623 software packages.
H-communication
For redundant S7 communication with a high availability
S7-400H system, the CP 1613/CP 1623/CP 1628 can be used
in connection with the S7-REDCONNECT software.
2/608
Siemens IK PI 2015
All MIB-2 objects, for example, can be read out via SNMP.
This enables the current status of the Ethernet interfaces to be
retrieved.
Siemens AG 2014
CP 1623
Article No.
6GK1162-3AA00
Article No.
6GK1162-3AA00
CP 1623
CP 1623
Transmission rate
10 1 000 Mbit/s

in per PC station
Number of modules note
Performance data
Interfaces
for power supply
for power supply
RJ45 port
PCI Express x1
Supply voltage,
DC

external supply
Yes
Supply voltage
external
- minimum
- maximum
note
3.3 V
12 V
24 V
10.5 V
32 V
-

at 3.3 V with DC
at 12 V with DC
at 24 V with DC
9%
8%
33 %
Consumed current
with DC maximum
with DC maximum
- at 24 V with DC maximum
Resistive loss


120
Performance data
S7 communication
required
maximum
maximum
120
40
Performance data
multi-protocol mode
120

per PC station
207
Performance data
PROFINET CBA
0.4 A


228
10 000
0.55 A
0.3 A
7.6 W
7.2 W
5 55 C
-20 +60 C
-20 +60 C

maximum
95 %
Protection class IP
IP00

Module format
PCI Express x1 (half length)
Width
Height
Depth
18 mm
111 mm
167 mm
Net weight
124 g
Performance data
open communication
0.85 A

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport

components general

configuration
Yes
SNMP v1
SNMP v3
DCP
Yes
No
Yes
required
included in scope of delivery of the

required software
Yes, SIMATIC iMAP

I&M1 - higher level
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/609
Siemens AG 2014
CP 1623
Article No.
6GK1162-3AA00
CP 1623

Yes
No
Product function for

IRT PROFINET IO switch
No
Yes,
HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT for
communication with SIMATIC S7 H
systems

Yes
No
approvals
Standard
for EMC
CP 1623
Article No.
6GK1162-3AA00
PCI Express x1 card for connection

to Industrial Ethernet (10/100/
1 000 Mbit/s), with 2-port switch
(RJ45) via HARDNET-IE S7/S7-1613
and S7-REDCONNECT. For operating system support, see SIMATIC
NET Software
Accessories

required
Ordering data

2004/108/EC
CAN/CSA C22.2 & UL 60950-1,
UL 1950
EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-4
EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2
CE mark
C-Tick
Yes
Yes
TP cable 4 x 2
0.5 m
1m
2m
6m
10 m
6XV1870-3QE50
6XV1870-3QH10
6XV1870-3QH20
6XV1870-3QH60
6XV1870-3QN10
Note:
For software ordering dara, see page 2/636
2/610
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
CP 1628
Overview
Benefits
High plant availability thanks to

- stable and constant data communication by means of
protocol processing on the CP
- Optional: redundant communication via intelligent CPs
combined with high-availability software package
(HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT)
Safeguarding of important computer systems and their
associated data communication by means of integrated
security mechanisms on the CP, such as firewall and VPN
IT cost savings (e.g. no additional computer) and use of free
computer capacity for further applications since intelligent
CPs facilitate large quantity structures and enable the
workload of the host CPU to be reduced
Simple access to automation/diagnostic data via SNMP and
OPC as standard interface e
TCP/
UDP
PN
MRP
OPC
PG/OP S7/S5
IT
G_IK10_XX_10158
ISO
PCI Express card (PCIe x1) with its own microprocessor

and integrated 2-port switch (2 x RJ45 connection,
10/100/1000 Mbit/s) for the connection of a PG/PC to
Industrial Ethernet
Integrated security mechanisms (e.g. Firewall, VPN)
- S7 communication
support of SNMP (V1/V3)
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/611
Siemens AG 2014
CP 1628
Application

CP 1623/CP 1628 and
HARDNET-IE S7
PC with 2 x CP 1628
and HARDNET-IE
S7-REDCONNECT
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial
Ethernet
S7-1500 with
CP 1543-1
CM 1542-1
S7-1200 with
CP 1243-1
S7-300 with
CP 343-1 Lean,
CP 343-1,
CP 343-1
Advanced
H CPU
in single mode
S7-400 with
CP 443-1,
CP 443-1
Advanced

and HARDNET-IE S7
Operations level
PROFIBUS
ET 200M
G_IK10_XX_10307
S7-400H with
CP 443-1 Advanced
G_IK10_XX_10250
Example of redundant and secure network structure with CP 1628

and HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT
Operator Station
UMTS
SCALANCE
S623
Internet
DSL Modem
SCALANCE XR324-12M
Control level
Field PG
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE
S612
SCALANCE
M875
SCALANCE X308-2M
SIMATIC S7-300
with CP 343-1
Advanced
SIMATIC S7-400
with CP 443-1
Advanced
Engineering
Station
PROFINET/
Industrial Ethernet
Operator
Station with
CP 1628
Field level
SIMATIC
S7-1200
SIMATIC
S7-300 with
CP 343-1
Lean
SINAMICS
S120
SIMATIC
ET 200S
2/612
Siemens IK PI 2015
nprXWXWY`^
The CP 1628 makes it possible to connect SIMATIC PG/PC and

PCs with PCI Express slot to the Industrial Ethernet (10/100/
1000 Mbps). Additional field devices can be flexibly connected
to the Industrial Ethernet via the integrated switch.
Siemens AG 2014
CP 1628
Design
2 x RJ45 connection
Integrated 2-port switch for 10/100/1 000 Mbps (half/full
duplex)
Autosensing/Autocrossover/Autonegotiation
PG/PC slot:
PCI Express x1 card
Can also be operated in PCIe x4, x8 or x16 slots
Installation via PCIe standard mechanisms (Plug & Play)
Power supply:
Operating voltage 3.3 V/12 V via PCIe interface
Optional external 12 - 24 V DC power supply for switch
operation with PG/PC turned off
Size:
Short PCIe format
Function
User interfaces
OPC interface
The programming interfaces for the S7 communication, PG/OP
communication, and open communication protocols for existing
applications are implemented as Dynamic Link Library (DLL)
interfaces.
software.
It is contained in all CP 1628 software packages.
(HARDNET-IE S7 or HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT)
controller.
Mini database
Trace

PG/PC and PG/PC
services:
Management services
Integrated security mechanisms enable safeguarding of
important computer systems, including their associated data
communication systems:
Stateful Inspection Firewall for filtering connections on the
basis of their IP/port addresses
Bandwidth limitation to avoid communication overload
Secure and encrypted access to controllers or remote access
over the Internet by means of VPN Server and VPN Client and
checking of data integrity
Tap-proof transmission of network analysis information to the
network management system (SNMP V3)
Secure transfer of the time of day (NTP V3)
Traceability by means of data logging on the basis of standard
IT mechanisms (Syslog)
Mode of operation
on the module.
The internal memory is available for this purpose and it also
provides for a large quantity structure and high communication
reliability.
mode. This means that the CP 1628 accesses the physical RAM
of the host.
A Windows driver transfers the data between the host system
and the CP 1628. The transmission rate to Industrial Ethernet is
detected and automatically switched over (autosensing).
software of the PC.
Diagnostics
All MIB-2 objects, for example, can be read out via SNMP.
This enables the current status of the Ethernet interfaces to be
retrieved.
Configuration
CP 1628 software packages.

BSEND/BRECEIVE
H-communication
For redundant S7 communication with a fault-tolerant S7-400H
system, the CP 1613/CP1623/CP 1628 can be used in connection with the HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT software.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/613
Siemens AG 2014
CP 1628
Article No.
6GK1162-8AA00
Article No.
6GK1162-8AA00
CP 1628
CP 1628
Transmission rate

10 1 000 Mbit/s
Module format
Width
Height
Depth
18 mm
111 mm
167 mm
Net weight
0.124 kg
Interfaces
for power supply
for power supply
1
RJ45 port
PCI Express x1
Supply voltage,

in per PC station
Performance data
Performance data
open communication
DC

external supply
Yes
Supply voltage
external
- minimum
- maximum
3.3 V
12 V
24 V
10.5 V
32 V
Supply voltage note

at 3.3 V with DC
at 12 V with DC
at 24 V with DC
9%
8%
33 %
Consumed current
with DC maximum
with DC maximum
- at 24 V with DC maximum

components general


120
Performance data
S7 communication
required
maximum
maximum
120
64
Performance data
multi-protocol mode
0.85 A
0.4 A

120

per PC station
207
0.55 A
0.3 A
Performance data
PROFINET CBA
Resistive loss
7.6 W
7.2 W

Resistive loss in switch mode

maximum

228
10 000

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
5 55 C
-20 +60 C
-20 +60 C

maximum
95 %
Protection class IP
IP00

configuration
Yes
SNMP v1
SNMP v3
DCP
Yes
Yes
Yes
required
included in scope of delivery of

required software
Yes, SIMATIC iMAP

Yes
I&M1 - higher level
2/614
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
CP 1628

Article No.
6GK1162-8AA00
CP 1628

Yes
Product function
switch-managed
No
No

required
Yes, HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT

for communication with SIMATIC S7 H
systems

stateful inspection
Product function
with VPN connection
IPSec

with VPN connection
AES-256, AES-192, AES-128,

3DES-168, DES-56

with VPN connection


with VPN connection
MD5, SHA-1
Number of possible VPN tunnels
64

via ISO and VPN
with S7-REDCONNECT maximum
via TCP and VPN
with S7-REDCONNECT maximum
Number of available IP addresses
with VPN connection maximum
64
Ordering data
CP 1628
Article No.
6GK1162-8AA00

to Industrial Ethernet (10/100/
1 000 Mbit/s), with 2-port switch
(RJ45) and integrated security (firewall, VPN) via HARDNET-IE S7 and
S7-REDCONNECT. For operating
system support, see SIMATIC NET
Software
Accessories
TP cable 4 x 2
0.5 m
1m
2m
6m
10 m
6XV1870-3QE50
6XV1870-3QH10
6XV1870-3QH20
6XV1870-3QH60
6XV1870-3QN10
Note:
More information
on the Internet at:
120
16

Yes
Yes
approvals
Standard
for EMC
2004/108/EC
CAN/CSA C22.2 & UL 60950-1,
UL 1950
EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-4
EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2
CE mark
C-Tick
Yes
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/615
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
Benefits
PC with
2 x CP 1613 A2/CP 1623/CP 1628
and HARDNET-IE
S7-REDCONNECT
Industrial Ethernet
Protects against communication failures arising from a fault in

the double bus or in redundant rings
Simplifies communication between a PC application and the
SIMATIC S7-400H system
Secures the investment thanks to the use of existing applications and flexible application options
No additional programming overhead for the PC and in
H systems
Increases the availability of the PC application (e.g. PCS 7)
thanks to redundant Layer 2 or Layer 3 communication
H CPU
in single mode
ET 200M
PROFIBUS
G_IK10_XX_10048
S7-400H
Application
The HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT software package connects the SIMATIC S7-400H with applications on the PC such as
WinCC.
System configuration for S7-REDCONNECT
TCP/
UDP
PN
MRP
OPC
PG/OP S7/S5
IT
G_IK10_XX_10184
ISO
For connecting PCs over redundant Industrial Ethernet to the

SIMATIC S7-400H
Protected from communication failures arising from a fault in
the double bus or in redundant rings
For redundant Layer 2 or Layer 3 Industrial Ethernet
Can also be implemented in non-redundant networks
No additional programming overhead for the PC and in
H systems
included in the scope of supply of the respective communication software
Enhanced redundancy over 4-way communication
(STEP 7 V5.1 + SP4 and higher)
2/616
Siemens IK PI 2015
A redundant Industrial Ethernet is typically used. The software

package can also be used if SIMATIC H systems are operated
on non-redundant networks.
Combined operation of redundant and single systems is also
possible.
Design
The following components are required to design a
SIMATIC H system with PC connection
PC with:
up to four CP 1613 A2/CP 1623/CP 1628 and
HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT to connect the PC to
Industrial Ethernet with ISO or ISO-on-TCP protocol
S7-400H with:
CP 443-1 to connect the S7-400H to Industrial Ethernet with
ISO or ISO-on-TCP protocol
STEP 7 V5.0 to V5.5 for configuring
Siemens AG 2014
Function
HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT contains the functional
scope of the HARDNET-IE S7 software package (S7-communication, open communication and PG/OP communication) as
well as additional redundant communication over S7 connections. No additional license is required for HARDNET-IE S7.
Open communication
Existing Windows applications can be used
Services for monitoring the redundant communication
Diagnostic tool for visualizing the communication status
Simple redundancy over 2-way communication (STEP 7 V5.0
SP2 and higher)
Enhanced redundancy over 4-way communication (STEP 7
V5.1 + SP4 and higher)
User interfaces
OPC interface
can be used as the standard programming interface for the S7
communication and open communication protocols in order to
Windows applications such as Office, HMI systems, etc.
Configuration
H-connections are configured and engineered using STEP 7
(V5.0 to V5.5)
Fault-tolerant S7 communication is carried out via a standard

connection and a standby connection. These are monitored during operation and switched in the event of a fault. With HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT, these remain hidden from the PC application.
Fault detection, changeover (if required), communication monitoring, and synchronization are all invisible to the application.
The application, e.g. WinCC, communicates with both subunits
of the S7-400H as with an S7-CPU.
Integration
PC
with HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT
and 2 x CP 1613 A2 / CP 1623 / CP 1628
SCALANCE
XM416-4C
SCALANCE
XM416-4C
S7-300
S7-1500
SCALANCE
X204-2
SCALANCE
X204-2
100 Mbit/s
Industrial Ethernet
10/100 Mbit/s
S7-400
H system
G_IK10_XX_10053
S7-400
Note:
The optical ring can also be
implemented optionally as an
electrical ring
S7-400
SCALANCE
X204-2
SCALANCE
X204-2
H system
Redundant optical ring for connection of high-availability systems
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/617
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT PowerPack
Software for fail-safe S7 communication via redundant networks,

incl. S7 OPC server,
HARDNET-IE S7, runtime software,
software and electronic manual on
CD-ROM, license key on USB stick,
Class A;
For expansion from HARDNET-IE S7

to HARDNET-IE S7-REDCONNECT /
from S7-1613 to S7 REDCONNECT,
Single License for one installation,
runtime software, software
and electronic manual on CD-ROM,
license key on USB stick, Class A;
For CP 1613 A2,

CP 1623, CP 1628
PowerPack V12
V12
for 32/64-bit:
for 64-bit:
Windows 2008 Server R2;
for 32/64-bit Windows 8 Pro;
German/English;
for 32/64-bit:
for 64-bit:
Windows 2008 Server R2
for 32/64 Bit Windows 8 Pro;
German/English
6GK1716-0HB12-0AA0
6GK1716-0HB00-3AL0
CP 1613 A2
For one year

with automatic extension;
requirement:
current software version
Upgrade
As of Edition 2006 to
S7-REDCONNECT Edition 2008 or
V12
From V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to
S7-REDCONNECT Edition 2008 or
V12
6GK1716-0HB00-3AE0
6GK1716-0HB00-3AE1
CP 1623
6GK1162-3AA00
PCI Express x1 card

(10/100/1 000 Mbit/s),
with 2-port switch (RJ45)
via HARDNET-IE S7 and
S7-REDCONNECT.
For operating system support,
PCI Express x1 card

(10/100/1 000 Mbit/s),
with 2-port switch (RJ45) and
integrated security (firewall, VPN)
S7-REDCONNECT.
Siemens IK PI 2015
6GK1161-3AA01
PCI card (32-bit, 33 MHz/66 MHz;

3.3 V/5 V universal keyed)
(10/100 Mbit/s) with ITP and RJ45
connection over HARDNET-IE S7
and S7-REDCONNECT,
for operating system support
CP 1628
2/618
6GK1716-0HB12-0AC0
6GK1162-8AA00
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
Application
SOFTNET/
HARDNET-IE S7 and
IE S7 OPC Redundancy
SOFTNET/
HARDNET-IE S7 and
With SOFTNET for Industrial Ethernet, PC/PG and workstations

can be connected to programmable controllers, such as
SIMATIC S7, over Industrial Ethernet.
The following user interfaces are available:
PG/OP communication for SIMATIC S7
Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) for communication
with SIMATIC S5 and S7
S7 communication
HMI
SOFTNET is available for the following interfaces:

Layer 2 Ethernet card (PCI/PCIe), e.g. CP 1612 A2
integrated Industrial Ethernet interface
Modem/ISDN (Remote Access Service RAS)
Industrial
Ethernet
Function
S7-300 with
CP 343-1
With SOFTNET, the complete protocol stack is processed

in the PC.
G_IK10_XX_10045
S7-1200 with
CP 1243-1
S7-400 with
CP 443-1
This architecture means that in contrast to the CP 1613 A2/

CP 1623/CP 1628 communications processors, the performance of the SOFTNET packages is dependent on the configuration or capacity utilization of the PC used.
The IT functionality is established in connection with the interfaces and the PC's Windows software.
System configuration SOFTNET for Industrial Ethernet
TCP/
UDP
PN
MRP
OPC
PG/OP S7/S5
IT
User interfaces
G_IK10_XX_10185
ISO
Software for coupling programming devices/workstations

to automation systems
- S7 communication
Can be used with
- Layer 2 Ethernet card (PCI/PCIe), e.g. CP 1612 A2
- Integrated Industrial Ethernet interface
- Modem/ISDN (Remote Access Service RAS)
Complete protocol stack as a software package
Increased availability thanks to additional option packages
such as OPC Server Redundancy
Benefits
Maximum transparency due to integrated communication with

SIMATIC via Industrial Ethernet and OPC as the standard
interface
Low-cost solution for industrial use in PCs that require smaller
quantity structures
Simple and low-cost commissioning thanks to uniform
procedure and configuration functionality with NCM PC and
STEP 7
Increased availability of the plant information by means of
redundant SIMATIC NET OPC server
OPC interface
S7 communication and open communication protocols in
order to connect automation technology applications to OPCcompatible Windows applications such as Office, HMI systems,
etc.
software.
SIMATIC S7 system components communicate with each other
using S7 communication functions.
The S7 communication can be based optionally on the
ISO protocol or the TCP/IP protocol.
S7 communication offers the following services:
S7 connection management services
Variable services
VFD (Virtual Field Device) services
Trace and mini database
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/619
Siemens AG 2014

services:
Management services
Dial-up services
Configuration
The complete configuration of the S7 communication and
open communication protocols takes place in STEP 7 or
NCM PC V5.1 SP2 or higher
corresponding packages
H-connections are configured using STEP 7 (V5.0 to V5.5)
PC/IPC with Layer 2 Ethernet cards
and SOFTNET-IE S7 Lean
Industrial
Ethernet
S7-1200 with
CP 1243-1
S7-1200 with
CSM 1277
System configuration with SOFTNET-S7 Lean for Industrial Ethernet

and SIMATIC S7-1200
2/620
Siemens IK PI 2015
G_IK10_XX_50194
This interface based on Layer 4 (ISO Transport or TCP/IP with

RFC 1006) is used for communication between
PG/PC and PG/PC
SOFTNET fr Industrial Ethernet
Performance data
S7 and PG/OP communication
(number of operable connections)
SOFTNET-IE S7
SOFTNET-IE S7 Lean
max. 64
max. 8
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
SOFTNET-PG for Industrial Ethernet
Software for S7 and open

communication, incl. OPC server,
PG/OP communication, and
NCM PC / STEP 7 Professional V12,
license key on a USB stick,
Class A
Software for PG/OP communication,

license key on USB flash drive,
Class A
SOFTNET-IE PG V12
SOFTNET-IE S7 V12
For 32/64-bit
for 64-bit:
German/English
Up to 64 connections
6GK1704-1CW12-0AA0
6GK1704-1CW00-3AL0
For 1 year with automatic extension;

requirement:
Upgrade
From Edition 2006 to
Edition 2008 or V12
From V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to
Edition 2008 or V12
For 32/64-bit:
for 64-bit:
for Windows Server 2012:
German/English
6GK1704-1PW12-0AA0
Software update
6GK1704-1PW00-3AL0

requirement:
Upgrade
Edition 2008 or V12
From V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to
Edition 2008 or V12
6GK1704-1CW00-3AE0
6GK1704-1CW00-3AE1
Software for redundant

OPC servers in the environment of
Industrial Ethernet software,
S7 products, runtime software,
CD-ROM, license key on USB flash
drive, Class A
SOFTNET-IE S7 REDCONNECT
VM V12
Software for fail-safe S7 communication via redundant networks,
incl. S7 OPC server,
license key on USB stick, Class A
for 32/64-bit:
for 64-bit:
German/English;
6GK1704-1PW00-3AE0
6GK1704-1PW00-3AE1
IE S7 OPC Redundancy V12

For 64-bit: Windows 2008 Server
R2; German/English
6GK1706-1CW12-0AA0
6GK1704-0HB12-0AA0

For 32/64-bit
for 64-bit:
German/English
6GK1704-1LW12-0AA0
6GK1704-1LW00-3AL0

requirement:
Upgrade
Edition 2008 or V12
From V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to
Edition 2008 or V12
6GK1704-1LW00-3AE0
6GK1704-1LW00-3AE1
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/621
Siemens AG 2014
SOFTNET-IE RNA
Overview
Benefits
Increases the availability of the PC application by establishing

Industrial Ethernet networks with high network availability
(bumpless media redundancy through parallel data transfer in
parallel networks)
High availability of the overall plant
No additional programming overhead required in the PC
Secures the investment thanks to the use of existing applications and flexible application options
Simple integration into existing network management systems
thanks to access to diagnostic data via SNMP as the standard
interface
Application
SOFTNET-IE RNA (Redundant Network Access is the software
for connecting a PC to networks with PRP (Parallel Redundancy Protocol in accordance with IEC62439-3) capability
High level of plant availability thanks to duplicate transmission
of frames in two parallel, separate networks
Reconfiguration times in a subnetwork do not affect the
propogation time because the frames are transmitted via two
separate networks (bumpless redundancy)
Integration in network management systems through support
for SNMP
Configuring tools are included in the scope of delivery of the
communication software in each case
Server with
SOFTNET-IE
RNA
PG/PC/IPC with
SOFTNET-IE RNA
Industrial
Ethernet
(LAN A)
Industrial
Ethernet
(LAN B)
SIMATIC
S7-400 with
CP 443-1RNA
2/622
Siemens IK PI 2015
SCALANCE
X204RNA
PC
G_IK10_XX_10333
SIPROTEC
The SOFTNET-IE RNA software package enables low-cost

connection of non-PRP-enabled terminal equipment to parallel,
separate networks in which high availability is demanded.
Function
Connection of PCs to parallel, separate networks (PRP)
Parallel data transfer over two parallel, separate networks
Simple diagnostics via SNMP
Configuration
software package.
Siemens AG 2014
SOFTNET-IE RNA
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
SOFTNET-IE RNA

PRP-enabled networks with
integrated SNMP, runtime software,
on CD-ROM,
Class A

access points with integrated
SNMP access, web diagnostics
and PROFINET diagnostics,
for connecting non-PRP-enabled
terminal equipment
to PRP networks;
on CD-ROM;
with electrical and optical ports for
glass multimode fiber-optic cable
up to 5 km
SCALANCE X204RNA
For CP1612 A2
SOFTNET-IE RNA V12
For 32/64-bit
for 64-bit
German/English
6GK1711-1EW12-0AA0
6GK1711-1EW00-3AL0

requirement:
Upgrade
From V8.1 to V12
CP 443-1 RNA
6GK5204-0BA00-2KB2
6GK5204-0BS00-3LA3
67443-1RX00-0XE0
for connecting the

SIMATIC S7-400/S7-400H CPU
6GK1711-1EW00-3AE0
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/623
Siemens AG 2014
SOFTNET PN IO
Overview
SIMATIC NET
OPC-Scout
PC/IPC with
SOFTNET PN IO
WinCC
OPC-Client
OPC UA
Microsoft Office
OPC-Client
OPC XML
Webclient
COM/DCOM
Internet
Intranet
OPC XML DA
as Webservice
PN IO OPC-Server
PROFINET
Communication
SOFTNET PN IO
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
IE/PB Link
PN IO
ET 200pro
ET 200S with
IM 151-3 PN
G_IK10_XX_10073
PROFIBUS
e.g. S7-300 with

CPU 31x and
CP 343-1 Advanced
e. g. S7-300 with
CP 342-5 as Slave
ET 200S
PC with SOFTNET PN IO as PROFINET IO Controller
TCP/
UDP
PN
MRP
OPC
PG/OP S7/S5
Benefits
IT
G_IK10_XX_10170
ISO
Software with PROFINET IO Controller function for coupling

PG/PC and IPC with PROFINET IO Devices
Possible applications:
- PC-based control systems
- HMI systems
- Test applications
- PROFINET IO controller
Can be used with
- Layer 2 Ethernet card (PCI/PCIe), e.g. CP 1612 A2
- Integral Industrial Ethernet interfaces of SIMATIC
programming devices/PCs
Cost-effective solution for the low-end performance range
OPC server for I/O connection over PROFINET included in
scope of delivery
2/624
Siemens IK PI 2015
Cost-effective interfacing of field devices to Industrial Ethernet

with PROFINET
Simple porting of the application with OPC as a standard
interface
High-performance IO data access through RT Base interface
for linking into C/C++ applications
Simple changeover from PROFIBUS modules
CP 5613 A2/CP 5614 A2 with DP-Base interface to
PROFINET through IO-Base interface
Uniform procedure and configuration functions for NCM PC
and STEP 7
Siemens AG 2014
SOFTNET PN IO
Application
Using SOFTNET PN IO, PCs can be linked with PROFINET field

devices including PC-based PN IO devices (e.g. with CP 1616
or CP 1604) via Industrial Ethernet.
SOFTNET PN IO is available for the following interfaces:
CP 1612 A2
Integral Industrial Ethernet interfaces of SIMATIC
programming devices/PCs
Function
PROFINET IO controller
Connection of field devices to Industrial Ethernet with PROFINET
User interfaces
OPC interface
The supplied OPC server can be used as a standard programming interface for PROFINET IO controller to link automation applications to OPC-capable Windows applications (Office, HMI
systems, etc.).
Programming interface via C Library;
For applications that want to use the PROFINET IO controller
functionality directly over C/C++, the IO-Base interface can be
used. This interface is of a similar design to the DP Base interface of PROFIBUS modules CP 5613 A2 and CP 5614 A2.
It is therefore possible to port existing PROFIBUS DP master
applications to PN IO-Controller applications.
http://www.siemens.com/automation/csi/net.
Performance data
Number of operable IO devices
Number of external IO-lines in one
central rack
Size of IO data areas overall
- I/O input area
- I/O output area
Size of I/O data area per
connected I/O device
- I/O input range
- I/O output range
Ordering data
SOFTNET PN IO
Max. 64
Max. 1
Max. 2 KB
Max. 2 KB
Max. 1 433 byte

Max. 1 433 byte
Article No.
SOFTNET PN IO
Controller with OPC server and
NCM PC / STEP7 Professional V12,
Class A
SOFTNET-IE PN IO V12
for 32/64-bit
for Windows 2008 Server R2
for 32/64 Bit Windows 8 Pro
German/English
6GK1704-1HW12-0AA0
6GK1704-1HW00-3AL0
for 1 year with automatic extension

Requirement:
Upgrade
from Edition 2006 to
SOFTNET PN IO Edition 2008 or
V12
from V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to
V12
6GK1704-1HW00-3AE0
6GK1704-1HW00-3AE1
SOFTNET PN IO and CP 1616 use compatible functions of the

IO-Base interface.
Mode of operation
With SOFTNET, the complete protocol stack is processed in the
PC. This architecture means that the performance depends on
the configuration of the PC used or the loading on the PC.
Configuration
Configuration is performed with STEP 7/NCM PC
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/625
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
PC/Windows PC
SIMATIC NET
OPC-Scout
WinCC
OPC-Client
Microsoft Office
OPC-Client
OPC XML
Webclient
OPC UA
COM/DCOM
DP OPC server
FMS OPC server
S7 OPC server
Internet
Intranet
S/R OPC server
PN IO OPC server
SNMP
OPC server
OPC XML DA
as Web service
DP protocol
FMS protocol
S7 communication
Open
communication
(SEND/RECEIVE)
PROFINET
SNMP
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
S7-1500
S7-1500
S7-1200
PC
S7-400
S7-1200
S7-300
ET 200pro
SIMATIC S5
SIMATIC S5
(SEND/RECEIVE only)
PROFIBUS
System integration with OPC server
OPC (Openness, Productivity & Collaboration) is a standardized, open, and vendor-independent interface that is widely
used in automation.
A fundamental distinction is made between the classic OPC and
its consistent further development OPC UA (Unified Architecture). Smooth migration to the new OPC UA standard is easily
possible; this offers further value added, such as security.
The SIMATIC NET OPC servers offer the two interfaces OPC UA
and classic OPC for SIMATIC S7 and PROFINET.
The corresponding OPC servers are included in the scope of
supply of the respective communication software
Standardized, open, multi-vendor interface
It permits interfacing of OPC-capable Windows applications
to S7 communication, open communication (SEND/RECEIVE),
PROFINET, and SNMP
Increased availability thanks to additional option packages
such as OPC server redundancy
OPC Scout with browser functionality as an OPC client and
OCX Data Control/.NET Data Control for simple OPC client
creation
2/626
Siemens IK PI 2015
Benefits
Simple use of different networks and protocols through

uniform interface
Reduced training and familiarization overhead
Increased availability of the plant information by means of
redundant SIMATIC NET OPC server
Simple integration into the system environment and office
applications via C++, Visual Basic- and .NET interfaces
Short setup times for applications
Simple handling and cost effective since the appropriate
OPC servers are included in the scope of supply of the
respective communication software
G_IK10_XX 10103
PC
Siemens AG 2014
Application
The basic principle of OPC is that OPC client applications
communicate with the OPC server over a standardized, open
and manufacturer-independent interface.
It is also possible to connect to OPC-capable Windows
applications (Microsoft Office or HMI systems) that are already
available on the market.
The following communication possibilities are available for
Industrial Ethernet with OPC server:
S7 communication
PROFINET
SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol)
The OPC server offers, for example:

Data Access interfaces 2.0, 2.05a and 3.0
Alarm and event interface 1.1
OPC XML DA interface 1.0
Integration of automation products of different manufacturers
Uniform, easy user interface for different components
Can be accessed from every computer in the LAN
High-performance data access over the Custom Interface
(C++, NET)
Easy to use with the Automation Interface (VB, NET) or the
supplied OCX Data Control or .NET Data Control
Grouping of variables (Items); which allows a large quantity of
data to be pre-processed in a short time.
Optional redundancy expansion for S7 communication
Function
Application X
Server A
UGGUGGU
Server B
Interfaces
- "Custom Interface for high-performance C++/NET
applications
- "Automation Interface" for easily created Visual Basic
applications (or similar)
- XML DA interface;
Data access to S7 CPUs is therefore possible over the
Internet.
- OCX Data Control or .NET Data Control for direct integration
in Windows applications that support COM/DCOM
Application Y
Server C
WinCC
OPC Client
PN
OPC server
S7
OPC server
UGGUGGU
FMS
OPC server
Application X
OPC Client
DP
OPC server
XY
OPC server
G_IK10_XX_10106
Optimized data block access to S7-1500

Open standardization of the addressing using logical names
for objects from an automation component or an automation
system
Supports STEP 7 symbols
Efficient data transfer from a process component to an
application for further processing
One client application can use several servers simultaneously
Simultaneous execution of more than one client is possible on
one OPC server
Communication protocols can be used in parallel by means of
the multiplexer function
Comparison of conventional client/server architecture with an OPC architecture
Configuration
The communication parameters are configured entirely using
the tools of the installed SIMATIC NET software
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/627
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
OPC-Server fr Industrial Ethernet
SNMP OPC server
Programming
Synchronous and asynchronous

reading and writing of variables
Monitoring of variables using the
OPC server with a signal to the client
when a change occurs
Use of quantity operations; so a
large amount of data can be processed in a short time.
Status monitoring of SNMP-capable

devices in any OPC client systems;
e.g. SIMATIC WinCC/PCS 7
Custom Interface (C++, NET) for

high OPC performance
Automation Interface (VB, Excel,
Access, Delphi, ...) for ease-of-use
Graphics with OCX or .NET Data
Control; for configuring instead of
programming
OPC XML-Interface for Data Access
Interfaces
include OPC servers for:
Products
Industrial Ethernet
HARDNET-IE S7, SOFTNET-IE S7,
SOFTNET-IE S7 Lean
SNMP OPC server
S7 OPC Redundancy
PROFINET
SOFTNET-IE PN IO
S7 OPC server
for S7 communication, XML-DA
S5 OPC server
for open communication 1)
communication, XML-DA
SNMP OPC server for SNMP
protocol access;
XML-DA
Redundant S7-OPC server
PN IO OPC server
for PROFINET IO communication;
XML-DA
PROFIBUS
HARDNET-PB DP, SOFTNET-PB DP, DP-OPC server
SOFTNET-PB DP slave
for PROFIBUS DP communication;
XML-DA
FMS-OPC server
FMS-5613
for PROFIBUS FMS communication;
XML-DA
HARDNET-PB S7, SOFTNET-PB S7 S7-OPC server
for S7 communication,
XML-DA
Redundant S7-OPC server
S7 OPC Redundancy
1)
also S5-compatible communication
2/628
Siemens IK PI 2015
Article No.
See SNMP OPC server
S7 OPC Redundancy
Software for redundant OPC
servers in the environment of
Industrial Ethernet software,
on CD-ROM, license key on
USB flash drive, Class A
S7 OPC Redundancy V12
for 64-bit: Windows 2008 Server R2;
German/English
6GK1706-1CW12-0AA0
6GK1706-1CW00-3AL0

requirement:
Siemens AG 2014
S7 OPC Redundancy for Industrial Ethernet
Overview
Design
used in automation. OPC UA (Unified Architecture) is the result
of consistent further development of this standard, offering
additional functions such as security or redundancy.
S7 OPC Redundancy is a software product compliant with the
OPC UA standard that enables the redundant configuration of
OPC UA servers to SIMATIC S7. The availability of automation
data to operator control and monitoring systems is guaranteed
thanks to the redundant use of OPC UA servers. This requires
neither additional cabling for synchronizing the redundant
OPC UA servers, nor additional programming overhead in
the PC. The OPC UA servers are synchronized via high-performance Industrial Ethernet network access points at 10/100
and 1 000 Mpbs. S7 OPC Redundancy represents an integrated
customer solution for all SIMATIC NET S7 SOFTNET and
HARDNET software products in the automation world.
Benefits
Enhanced plant availability thanks to redundant OPC UA
servers that ensure plant access for operator control and
monitoring systems
Secures investments thanks to the use of existing applications
(OPC clients) and flexible application options, regardless of
the SIMATIC S7 controller used
Improved utilization of IT resources thanks to even distribution
of the OPC clients among the redundant OPC servers
HMI
2
Industrial Ethernet
S7 OPC redundancy
S7 OPC redundancy
OPC UA
synchronization
Station A
Station B
Industrial Ethernet
PROFIBUS
The redundant OPC UA server software enables redundant

configuration of SIMATIC NET OPC UA servers. Failure of one
OPC UA server, as a result of power outage or system failure, for
example, results in immediate use of the other OPC UA server,
and continuation of the existing OPC UA client connection.
This ensures increased availability of automation data to operator control and monitoring systems.
G_IK10_XX_10295
Application
Redundant use of OPC servers
A redundant OPC UA server system comprises the following:

Server PC with
Operating system for Windows server
SOFTNET-IE S7 or HARDNET-IE S7 software based on
OPC UA server
S7 OPC Redundancy software
The redundant operation of up to two OPC UA servers is
possible.
Client PC (HMI)
Software for OPC clients that supports OPC UA
(incl. reconnect functionalities in accordance with OPC UA
specification)
The communication parameters are configured using STEP 7 or
SIMATIC NET NCM PC. A configuration tool is included in the
scope of delivery of the corresponding packages.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/629
Siemens AG 2014
S7 OPC Redundancy for Industrial Ethernet
Function
Ordering data
S7 OPC Redundancy enables the setup of redundant OPC UA

servers, thus ensuring plant access for the operator control and
monitoring systems.
This means, for example, that the information synchronization

between two SIMATIC NET S7 OPC servers via the S7 OPC
Redundancy software package is guaranteed. This is handled
transparently for the OPC Client application so that in the event
of a fault, the redundant OPC server takes over the tasks from
the failed OPC server system.
Data exchange between the OPC clients and the OPC servers
takes place via the standardized OPC UA communication.
Communication with the SIMATIC S7 controller takes place using
the S7 protocol. This is ensured by the software products
SIMATIC NET SOFTNET or HARDNET-S7 for Industrial Ethernet
that are necessary as the basis for SIMATIC NET IE S7 OPC
Redundancy.
The S7 OPC Redundancy software package supports:
High availability;
Failure of one OPC UA server results in immediate use of the
other OPC UA server, and continuation of the existing OPC UA
client connection. The basis for this is the OPC UA synchronization that ensures synchronization of the necessary client
information.
Load compensation;
Even distribution of OPC clients among the available OPC
servers
Configuration
software package.
2/630
Siemens IK PI 2015
Article No.
S7 OPC Redundancy
Software for redundant
OPC servers in the environment
of Industrial Ethernet software,
on CD-ROM, license key on
S7 OPC Redundancy V12 for
Industrial Ethernet
German/English
6GK1706-1CW12-0AA0
Siemens AG 2014
SNMP OPC server
Overview
Application
The SNMP OPC server makes data available for the administration of TCP/IP networks for any OPC client systems.
SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) is a protocol that
has been specifically designed for administration of TCP/IP
networks. The individual nodes in the network (network components or data terminals) are equipped with a so-called SNMP
agent that provides information in structured form.
Pumpstation Network
OPC (Openness, Productivity & Collaboration) provides a

standardized, open, multi-vendor interface for automation
engineering.
1GBit
Pump Substation 1
Pump Old
S_IK10_XX_00004
Pump Main
Status monitoring of SNMP-capable devices in any OPC client

systems; e.g. SIMATIC WinCC/PCS 7
Easy access to SNMP-capable devices over the OPC
interface
Devices without SNMP agents can be monitored using the
ping mechanism
Configuration with STEP 7 (up to STEP 7 V5.5) or NCM PC
Ready-to-use SNMP diagnostics profiles for Siemens devices,
e.g. SCALANCE X/W
Generation of any SNMP diagnostics profiles by means of the
integral MIB compiler
Easy setup of the monitored devices with the help of an
Autodiscovery function
Benefits
The SNMP OPC server supports access to device information

over the OPC interface. This means that network visualization,
system diagnostics and plant status monitoring can be implemented in any OPC client systems (with OPC clients such as
WinCC, WinCC flexible, PCS 7). In addition to simple device
diagnostics, detailed information such as redundant network
structures or network load distribution can be displayed. This
increases the operational safety and improves the availability of
the plant.
The device information can be visualized according to individual
requirements and can be adapted to the special requirements of
the respective customer installation. The information that is
made available can also be integrated into the signaling system
and alarm log of an HMI/SCADA system for example.
Using the SNMP information, it is possible to expand an existing
HMI/SCADA system as far as a customer-specific network
management station.
The SNMP OPC server can be operated over the following
interfaces:
CP 1613 A2 (PCI)
CP 1623 (PCIe)
CP 1628 (PCIe)
Integrated Industrial Ethernet interface or CP 1612 A2
Network view and process view in a single system

Easy network diagnostics in SIMATIC HMI/SCADA systems
and office applications
Easy configuration and engineering without the need for
detailed knowledge of SNMP:
embedded in the SIMATIC tool landscape
It can operate in parallel with other communication protocols
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/631
Siemens AG 2014
SNMP OPC server
Function
Ordering data
The SNMP OPC server supports access to SNMP-capable

devices in the OPC client systems. For all configured TCP/IP
devices that are not SNMP-capable, one OPC variable for
sign-of-life monitoring (ICMP-PING) is offered.
Read access and in part write access to the respective device
information is possible. Thus the diagnosis of individual
devices is possible as well as diagnosis of the complete plant
and device characteristics can be actively controlled.
STEP 7/NCM PC contains an MIB compiler (Management
Information Base) for integrating SNMP-enabled devices. This
allows device profiles to be created on the basis of an MIB file
Devices with SNMP agents:
SIMATIC NET devices that feature special SNMP agents such as
switches, WLAN Access Points and Industrial Ethernet PC and
S7 communication processors are already included complete
with their device profiles.
Thanks to MIB compilers (Management Information Base), other
SNMP-enabled devices can be integrated into the OPC configuration through loading of MIBs in accordance with the SMI V1
and SMI V2 standard from STEP 7 V5.4.
Devices with IP addresses without SNMP agents:
Devices without SNMP agents can be monitored using the ping
mechanism. The user can edit and save device-specific information such as the contact person, site and device description
for this purpose.
Any SNMP-capable devices such as printers or PCs can be
depicted using a predefined library.
The devices are integrated into the desktop of a client
application using preconfigured ActiveX Controls.
The predefined device profiles and the associated ActiveX
controls allow easy administration of the devices in OPC client
applications. Individual expansions can also be implemented.
The SNMP OPC server is integrated in the SIMATIC NET OPC
server. The OPC Scout is also included in the functional scope
for browsing the displayed SNMP information. The SNMP OPC
server can use, for example, PROFINET or S7 communication at
the same time as PROFIBUS and Industrial Ethernet communication. This means that existing installations can also be
expanded with SNMP functionality. The SNMP OPC server also
enables several clients to execute simultaneously on one server.
User interfaces
"Custom Interface for high-performance C++ applications
"Automation Interface" for easily created Visual Basic applications (or similar).
OPC Data Control for easy creation of client applications by
configuring ActiveX controls
OPC Alarms & Events (Subset)
Preconfigured ActiveX controls for the device profile used
Configuration
Configuration and engineering with STEP 7 (up to STEP 7 V5.5)
or NCM PC (e.g. component SIMATIC NET DVD V8.2;
Order No.: 6GK1700-0AA12-3AA0)
2/632
Siemens IK PI 2015
Article No.
SNMP OPC server

Including MIB compiler;
single license for one installation
of runtime software;
on CD-ROM;
SNMP OPC Server Basic
Administration of up to
20 IP addresses
Basic V12
for 32/64-bit:
for 64-bit:
for 32/64-bit: Windows 8 Pro
SNMP OPC Server Basic
6GK1706-1NW12-0AA0
6GK1706-1NW00-3AL0

Requirement:
Upgrade SNMP OPC Server Basic
Edition 2008 or V12
from V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to
Edition 2008 or V12
6GK1706-1NW00-3AE0
6GK1706-1NW00-3AE1
SNMP OPC Server Extended

Administration of up to
200 IP addresses
Extended V12
for 32/64-bit:
for 64-bit:
for 32/64-bit Windows Pro
SNMP OPC Server Extended
6GK1706-1NX12-0AA0
6GK1706-1NX00-3AL0

Requirement:
Upgrade SNMP OPC Server
Extended
Edition 2008 or V12
from V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to
Edition 2008 or V12
6GK1706-1NX00-3AE0
6GK1706-1NX00-3AE1
SNMP OPC Server Power Pack

for upgrade from SNM OPC
Server Basic to SNM OPC Server
Extended
PowerPack V12
6GK1706-1NW12-0AC0
Siemens AG 2014
SOFTNET-S7/Linux
SOFTNET-S7/Linux functions
Overview
SIMATIC S7 system components communicate with each

other using S7 communication functions. The programming
interface SAPI-S7 (Simple Application Programmer Interface) is
available for Linux operating systems as well as for the Windows
operating systems.
Software for connecting SIMATIC S7

Provision of S7 communication via SAPI-S7 interface
Support of ISO and TCP/IP (RFC 1006) protocol
Available on Linux operating systems
Simultaneous operation of several cards
S7 communication offers the following services:

Variable services
BSEND/BRECV
sGSGotp
{jwVpw
pzv
zpth{pjGz^
nprXWXWW[X
sTiz
PC/PG
with SOFTNET for Linux
pzvVvzp
sG
zvm{ul{G
z^Vs
Industrial Ethernet
S7-400 with
CP 443-1
S7-200
with CP 243-1
SOFTNET-S7/Linux system configuration
Benefits
S5-115U to S5-155U
with CP 1430 TF
S7-300
with CP 343-1
G_IK10_XX_10127
G_IK10_XX_10127
SOFTNET-S7/Linux system configuration
High-speed communication with the S7 based on the

S7 protocol
Cost-saving programming thanks to user-friendly and simple
interface
Flexible in use thanks to hardware-independent software
Application
For Linux systems, Siemens offers high-speed communication
with the SIMATIC S7 for Industrial Ethernet based on the
S7 protocol.
SAPI-S7 (Simple Application Programmer Interface) provides
you with a user-friendly call interface for communication
between HMI systems or other Linux applications and the
SIMATIC S7.
Function
SOFTNET uses internal standard interfaces of the operating
system for accessing the Ethernet connections. This supports
the interface cards enabled by the operating system.
Simultaneous operation of several cards is possible.
During communication, you can choose between the protocols
ISO and TCP/IP with RFC1006 for each connection.
The SOFTNET products offer the user diagnostics and trace
functions.
Ordering data
SOFTNET-S7/Linux
Article No.
2XV9450-1CG00

for SIMATIC S7 including Level 4
interface over ISO or TCP/IP,
license key by fax, Class A,
German/English
Version 4.x
SOFTNET-S7/Linux Lean
max. 8 connections
2XV9450-2CG00
The original distributions of SUSE

and RedHat Linux are supported.
Please contact your Siemens
contacts for information about the
latest versions and their variants
(32-bit and 64-bit).
More information
Support for Linux distributors:
Contact for sales, service and training can be found at:
www.siemens.com/simatic-net/ik-info
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/633
Siemens AG 2014
SOFTBUS for Linux
Overview
jG
jRR
qh}h
m
jG
lywG
xGtUUU
zvm{i|z
hkhw{ly
zvm{i|z
hkhw{ly
zvm{i|z
zvm{i|z
zvm{ul{Gz^
zlukGVGyljlp}l
pzv
ymjXWW]
zvm{i|z
hwylk
zvm{i|z
l
{jwVpw
zpth{pjGz^
ZGG
zpth{pjGz\
nprXWXWW[`
Integrated communication
Cross-computer communication
Uniform interface
- Link to ERP and DB systems
- To SIMATIC S7
System configuration for SOFTBUS-SOFTNET
Benefits
Application
Communication across the system with standardized

interface.
Incorporation of ERP and DB systems.
Interfacing of SIMATIC control systems
Fast and automatic data flow
2/634
Siemens IK PI 2015
The process landscape in industrial companies is frequently a

product of historical developments. Thus there are many isolated solutions that function optimally within their own terms of
reference but operate in a vacuum.
Integrating these requires a smooth, loss-free and integrated
communication system. Only this guarantees that the right information arrives at the right place and at the right time.
SOFTBUS together with SOFTNET-S7 consists of matched modules that are available on the commonly used system platforms
and thus ensure smooth communication between the system
platforms.
Siemens AG 2014
SOFTBUS for Linux
Function
Ordering data
SOFTBUS functions
SOFTBUS
SOFTBUS comprises software modules that can be used on all

commonly available computer systems (Windows, Linux).
Version 2.3
The modules are compatible and have been adapted to

standards such as SIMATIC NET and thus secure vertical
integration with short start-up times.
Interfaces
Thanks to the combination of different modules, all commonly
used platforms can be supported and linked together heterogeneously or homogeneously.
The programming interface of SOFTBUS is identical to the
WVS-KOM interface of the SIPAX package.
This means that SIPAX applications can migrate to SOFTBUS
without any problems.
SOFTBUS Linux
SOFTBUS/Linux redundant (TCP)
(32 bit)
SOFTBUS/Linux redundant (ISO)
(32 bit)
SOFTBUS/Linux (TCP) (32 bit)
SOFTBUS/Linux (ISO) (32 bit)
Article No.
2XV9450-1CG02
2XV9450-1CG04
2XV9450-1CG08
2XV9450-1CG10
Please contact your Siemens

contacts for information about the
latest versions and their variants
(32-bit and 64-bit).
More information
Support for Linux distributors can be found at:
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/635
Siemens AG 2014
Software
Ordering data
Article No.
Software
SOFTNET Security Client V4
Article No.
6GK1704-1VW04-0AA0
Software for designing secure

IP-based VPN connections from a
programming device/PC to network
segments which are secured by
SCALANCE S in bridge mode;
Single license for 1 installation,
runtime software (German/English),
configuring tool (German/English)
and electronic manual on CD-ROM
(German/English/French/Italian/
Spanish) for 32-bit Windows,
XP Professional + SP1, SP2, SP3;
for 32/64-bit Windows 7
Ultimate/Business
For CP 1612 A2
SOFTNET-IE S7 V12
for 32/64-bit:
Windows Server 2012,
Windows 8 Pro,
for 64-bit:
German/English
For CP 1612 A2
Upgrade
From V3.0 to SOFTNET
Security Client V4
From Edition 2008+HF1 to
Software for S7 and open

communication, including OPC
server, PG/OP communication and
NCM PC, runtime software,
CD-ROM, license key
on a USB stick, Class A
6GK1704-1VW00-0AE0
up to 64 connections
6GK1704-1CW12-0AA0
6GK1704-1VW00-0AE1
6GK1704-1CW00-3AL0

requirement:
SOFTNET PN IO
Controller with OPC server and
NCM PC, runtime software,
on CD-ROM, license key
on USB stick, Class A,
Upgrade
Edition 2008 or V12
From V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to
Edition 2008 or V12
6GK1704-1CW00-3AE0
6GK1704-1CW00-3AE1
For CP 1612 A2
SOFTNET-IE PN IO V12
6GK1704-1LW12-0AA0
6GK1704-1LW00-3AL0
for 32/64-bit: Windows Server 2012,

Windows 8 Pro, Windows 7 Professional/Ultimate;
German/English
6GK1704-1HW12-0AA0
6GK1704-1HW00-3AL0

requirement:
Upgrade
V12
From V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to
V12
6GK1704-1HW00-3AE0
6GK1704-1HW00-3AE1
Note:
The Windows XP software version is still available for older CPs;
see the Industry Mall: www.siemens.com/industrymall
2/636
Siemens IK PI 2015

requirement:
Upgrade
Edition 2008 or V12
From V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to
Edition 2008 or V12
6GK1704-1LW00-3AE0
6GK1704-1LW00-3AE1
Siemens AG 2014
Software
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
SOFTNET-IE PG for Industrial Ethernet
HARDNET-IE S7 for Industrial Ethernet
Software for PG/OP communication,

Software for S7 and open communication, incl. PG/OP communication,

OPC server and NCM PC;
up to 120 connections,
for CP 1613/CP 1613 A2/
CP 1623/CP 1628
For CP 1612 A2
SOFTNET-IE PG V12
for 32/64-bit:
Windows 8 Pro,
for 64-bit:
German/English
6GK1704-1PW12-0AA0
6GK1704-1PW71-3AA0
Software update
6GK1704-1PW00-3AL0
For CP 1613 A2, CP 1623, CP 1628

HARDNET-IE S7 V8.2

requirement:
Upgrade
Edition 2008 or V12
From V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to
Edition 2008 or V12
6GK1704-1PW00-3AE0
6GK1704-1PW00-3AE1
for 32/64-bit:
Windows 8 Pro,
for 64-bit:
German/English
6GK1716-1CB12-0AA0
6GK1716-1CB00-3AL0

requirement:
Upgrade
S7-1613, Edition 2006 or higher, to
S7-1613 Edition 2008 or
HARDNET-IE S7 V12
from S7-1613 V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or
V6.3 to S7-1613 Edition 2008 or
HARDNET-IE S7 V12
6GK1716-1CB00-3AE0
6GK1716-1CB00-3AE1
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/637
Siemens AG 2014
System interfaces with WinCC (TIA Portal)
Overview
The SIMATIC Basic Panel, Comfort Panel and Mobile Panel offer
HMI functionality for the control systems:
SIMATIC S7
Non-Siemens controllers:
- Allen Bradley
- Mitsubishi
- Modicon
- Omron
OPC communication
For more detailed information, refer to the WinCC (TIA Portal)

user manual, the "Windows-based systems communication"
manual, or the WinCC (TIA Portal) online help.
Communication based on HTTP message frames enables

variables to be exchanged between SIMATIC HMI systems.
OPC Data Access is an open standard for exchanging both local

and remote variables between various applications via Industrial
Ethernet.
HTTP communication for variable exchange between
SIMATIC HMI systems
OPC communication and HTTP communication are offered for all

Panels with an integrated Ethernet interface. Both OPC and
HTTP communication can be used in parallel with the process
links to SIMATIC S7 or non-Siemens PLCs.
1) For the sake of simplicity, SIMATIC Panel is always used in the text
below. This is not restrictive, as the information is valid for all systems
referred to above. If there are constraints, direct reference is made to
them in the text.
Note:
Interface options for HMI devices: See the individual device
descriptions.
Communication standard
Version
SIMATIC HMI
Comfort Panel
Mobile Panel 177 PN
Mobile Panel 277
WinCC Runtime
Advanced
OPC Data Access V2.05a + OPC UA Data Access V1.01 + OPC Data Access XML V1.00
OPC DA client
(COM/DCOM)
OPC DA server
(COM/DCOM)
OPC UA DA client
OPC UA DA server
(SOAP/XML)
HTTP communication for variable exchange between SIMATIC HMI systems
HTTP client
HTTP server
System interface possible

System interface not possible
2/638
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC S7
Overview
The following types of interface are differentiated in respect
of the link between the SIMATIC Panels and SIMATIC S7
controllers:
PROFINET interface:
Coupling of SIMATIC Panel to SIMATIC S7 controllers via
Industrial Ethernet TCP/IP using the integrated PROFINET
interface of the CPU or, alternatively, a PROFINET interface
module.
MPI/PROFIBUS interface:
MPI/PROFIBUS using the integrated MPI/PROFIBUS interface
of the CPU or the integrated PPI interface of the CPU in the
case of S7-200 or, alternatively, a PROFIBUS interface module
in the case of S7-1200, S7-1500, S7-300 and S7-400.
PPI interface:
Coupling of SIMATIC Panel to SIMATIC S7-200 via PPI network
using the integrated PPI interface of the CPU
The maximum possible number of S7 connections of one CPU is
determined by its performance capacity (see Catalog ST 70);
from the point of view of SIMATIC Panel, the following restrictions
apply:
Basic Panel, Comfort Panel 4",
Mobile Panel 177: max. 4 connections
Comfort Panel 7" - 22": max. 8 connections
PC with WinCC Runtime Advanced: max. 8 connections
PPI interface
The PPI interface is a point-to-point connection between a
SIMATIC Panel (PPI master) or alternatively a PG (PPI master)
and an S7-200 (PPI slave).
MPI/PROFIBUS interface or PROFINET interface
The corresponding multipoint-enabled communication interfaces of SIMATIC Panels and SIMATIC S7 are used.
The following are possible:
Interface between one or more SIMATIC Panels (MPI master)
and one or more S7-1200/S7-1500/S7-300/S7-400s or WinAC
(MPI master) (possible network topology: MPI/PROFIBUS or
Industrial Ethernet, TCP/IP)
Interface between one or a number of SIMATIC Panels (MPI
master) and one or a number of S7-200s (MPI slave)1)
(possible network topology: PPI, MPI/PROFIBUS)
Unlike PPI connections, MPI connections are static connections
that are set up during booting and then monitored.
The original format of a master/master link has been joined by a
master/slave link, which has enabled integration of the S7-200
(except CPU 212).1)
In principle this type of information exchange between SIMATIC
Panels and SIMATIC S7 is independent of the network used, PPI,
MPI/PROFIBUS or Industrial Ethernet: SIMATIC Panels are S7
clients and SIMATIC S7 CPUs are S7 servers.
1)
With regard to restricted baud transmission rates for S7-200,

see Catalog ST 70.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/639
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC S7
Controller
SIMATIC HMI
Target hardware (PROTOCOL)

(physics)
Basic Panel
Comfort Panel
Mobile Panel 177 DP 1) Mobile Panel 277 1)

Mobile Panel 177 PN 1) MP 177
MP 277
MP 377
WinCC Runtime
Advanced
over Ethernet (TCP/IP)

to max. 4 x S7-1200
3)
3)
over MPI or PROFIBUS network

to max. 4 x S7-1200 with PROFIBUS
modul (DP-Master) CM 1243-5
4)
3)
5)

to max. 4 x S7-300, -400, WinAC
3)
3)

to max. 4 x S7-300, -400, WinAC
4)
4)
5)
SIMATIC S7-1200 2)
SIMATIC S7-300, -400, Win AC 2)

1)
Mobile Panel connection via special connecting cable and junction box (see Mobile Panel), see Manual for cable layout
2)
Controllers can be combined as desired
3)
Basic Panel PN and Mobile Panel 177 PN only
4)
Basic Panel PN DP only or Mobile Panel 177 PN DP only
5)
Connection via integrated MPI/PROFIBUS interface; in the case of a standard PC, a communications processor (CP) is to be used (e.g. CP 5611 A2)
Note:
Detailed information regarding cable layout can be found in the
online help for WinCC.
2/640
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
SIMATIC WinCC Runtime Advanced
visualization software
PC-based HMI solution for single-user systems directly at the
machine
Basic package for visualization, reporting and logging, user
administration, can be expanded flexibly with VB scripts
Basic package expandable by means of option packages
Can be integrated into automation solutions based on TCP/IP
networks
Expanded service concepts with remote operation,
diagnostics and administration over the intranet and Internet
in combination with email communication
SIMATIC WinCC Runtime Professional
PC-based operator control and monitoring system for visualization and operator control of processes, production flows,
machines and plants in all sectors from the simple singleuser station through to distributed multi-user systems and
cross-location solutions with web clients. WinCC Runtime
Professional is the information hub for corporation-wide
vertical integration.
Industry-standard functions for signaling and acknowledging
events, archiving of messages and measured values, logging
of all process and configuration data, user administration, can
be expanded flexibly with VB and C scripts
Also included are APIs for the Runtime to utilize the open
programming interfaces
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/641
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
Communication SIMATIC WinCC Runtime Advanced
WinCC Advanced is an open visualization system and offers the

option of connecting the most diverse control systems.
Number of connectable controllers
WinCC Advanced permits the parallel coupling of up to
8 controllers.
Connection to third-party controllers
The following "Coupling overview" table lists third-party protocols
and controllers which are directly supported by WinCC Advanced. Generally it is also possible to connect third-party controllers via OPC (OLE for Process Control).
Current notes and information about OPC servers from many
different suppliers can be found at:
http://www.opcfoundation.org/
WinCC Advanced supports the standards:
OPC Data Access 2.05a
OPC UA Data Access 1.01
OPC XML Data Access 1.00 (client via DCOM/XML gateway)
2/642
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Coupling overview for WinCC Runtime Advanced
Protocol
Description
PC interface
HTTP communication for data exchange between SIMATIC HMI (client + server) 1)
CP 1612 A2
Channel for communication via Ethernet TCP/IP with max. 8 x SIMATIC S7 controllers
S7-1200, S7-1500
S7-300, S7-400,
S7-200 with CP 243-1
CP 1612 A2
CP 1613 A2
CP 1623
Channel for communication via Ethernet TCP/IP

with SINUMERIK 840D sl
CP 1612 A2
CP 1613 A2
CP 1623
SIMATIC HMI
Ethernet TCP/IP
(HTTP communication)
SIMATIC S7
Ethernet TCP/IP
(S7 communication)
SINUMERIK 2)
Ethernet TCP/IP
(S7 communication)
Third-party controllers (from WinCC V11.0) 3)

Allen Bradley Ethernet IP
Channel for communication with max. 4 x Allen Bradley controllers

via Ethernet TCP/IP with Allen Bradley Ethernet IP protocol
The controllers ControlLogix / CompactLogix, SLC500 / MicroLogix and PLC5
are supported
CP 1612 A2
Allen Bradley DF1
Channel for communication with Allen Bradley controllers via DF1 protocol
The controllers SLC500 / MicroLogix and PLC5 are supported 3)
COM1/COM2
Mitsubishi MC TCP/IP
Channel for communication with max. 4 x Mitsubishi controllers via Ethernet TCP/IP
with Mitsubishi MC TCP/IP protocol
The FX3, Q, and iQ/QnUD controller series are supported
CP 1612 A2
Mitsubishi FX
Channel for communication with Mitsubishi controllers via FX protocol

The FX1N, FX2N controllers are supported
COM1/COM2
Modbus TCP/IP
Channel for communication with max. 4 x Modicon controllers

via Ethernet TCP/IP using the Modbus TCP/IP protocol
The Quantum, Momentum, Premium, TSX Micro, Compact and M340 controllers
are supported
CP 1612 A2
Modbus RTU
Channel for communication with Modicon controllers via the Modbus RTU protocol
The Quantum, Momentum, and Compact controllers are supported
COM1/COM2
Omron Link / Multi Link
Channel for communication with Omron controllers via the Link/Multi protocol
The CP1x, CJ1x, CJ2H, CS1x, and CP2MC controllers are supported
COM1/COM2
OPC client 1) 4) for

OPC DA, OPC UA DA, XML DA
Channel for OPC communication,

WinCC can acquire data from OPC server applications
CP 1612 A2
OPC server for OPC DA
Server applications for OPC communication;

WinCC provides process data to PC clients
CP 1612 A2
Cross-manufacturer
1)
HTTP and OPC communication can be used in combination with the other couplings; regarding SIMATIC Panels
that support HTTP or OPC communication, see the overview under "System interfaces (WinCC V11)".
2)
"SINUMERIK Operate WinCC RT Advanced" license required; for further information, see NC 60 Catalog.
3)
For detailed information regarding supported controllers, see "System interfaces (WinCC V11)"
4)
Application note:
Parallel use of the OPC client channel allows, for example, connection to an SNMP OPC Server for visualization of the data present there.
The SNMP OPC Server enables monitoring of any network components (e.g. switches) that support the SNMP protocol.
Further information can be foundunder SIMATIC NET communications systems/SNMP OPC Server.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/643
Siemens AG 2014
Communication SIMATIC WinCC Runtime Professional
WinCC Professional is an open process visualization system and

offers the option of connecting the most diverse control systems.
Released communication software

and controllers which are directly supported by WinCC Professional. Generally it is also possible to connect third-party controllers via OPC (OLE for Process Control).
Only communication software with the listed (or higher) product

versions should be used. Corresponding SIMATIC NET upgrades are available for the upgrading of older versions.
Current notes and information about OPC servers from many

different suppliers can be found at:
http://www.opcfoundation.org/
WinCC Professional supports the standards:

OPC Data Access 3.00
OPC XML Data Access 1.00
OPC HDA 1.20
OPC A&E 1.10
With CP 1613/CP 1623, a maximum of 64 S7 controllers can

be connected via Industrial Ethernet; with CP 5612/CP 5622 a
maximum of 8, and with CP 5613 A3 a maximum of 44 S7
controllers can be connected via PROFIBUS. With approx. 10 or
more controllers, the use of Industrial Ethernet is recommended.
Client-server communication
Communication between the clients and the server is
implemented using the TCP/IP protocol. The construction of a
separate PC-LAN is recommended. For small projects with
correspondingly small message frame advent, a SIMATIC NET
Industrial Ethernet can be used for both process communication
(WinCC/server PLC) and for PC-PC communication
(WinCC/client WinCC/server)
Coupling overview for WinCC Runtime Professional
Protocol
Description
PC interface
Protocol Suite with channel units for communication with SIMATIC S7 via
Ethernet TCP/IP (S7 communication) to
S7-1200, S7-1500, S7-300, S7-400
CP 1612 A2
CP 1613 A2
CP 5611 A2
CP 5621
CP 5512
CP 5711
CP 5613 A2
CP 5623
SIMATIC S7
SIMATIC S7
Third-party controllers (from WinCC V11.0)

Allen Bradley Ethernet IP
Channel for communication with Allen Bradley controllers via Ethernet TCP/IP
with Ethernet IP protocol
The controllers ControlLogix / CompactLogix,
SLC500 / MicroLogix, and PLC5 are supported
CP 1612 A2
Channel for communication with Mitsubishi controllers via Ethernet TCP/IP

with Mitsubishi MC TCP/IP protocol
The FX3, Q, and iQ/QnUD controller series are supported
CP 1612 A2
Modbus TCP/IP
Channel for communication with Modicon controllers via Ethernet TCP/IP

using the Modbus TCP/IP protocol
The Quantum, Momentum, Premium, TSX Micro, Compact and M340 controllers
are supported
CP 1612 A2
Channel for OPC communication,

WinCC can acquire data from OPC server applications
CP 1612 A2
Cross-manufacturer
OPC client 1) for
OPC DA, OPC XML DA
OPC server for

Server applications for OPC communication;
OPC DA, OPC UA DA,
WinCC provides process data to OPC Clients
OPC XML DA, OPC A&E, OPC HDA
1)
CP 1612 A2
Application note:
Parallel use of the OPC client channel allows, for example, connection to an SNMP OPC Server for visualization of the data present there.
The SNMP OPC Server enables monitoring of any network components (e.g. switches) that support the SNMP protocol.
Further information can be found under SIMATIC NET communications systems/SNMP OPC Server.
2/644
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Communications examples
Industrial Ethernet
SIMATIC S7-400
WinCC
Runtime
Advanced
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC S7-1200
nz{_WWW[]`
SIMATIC S7-300
WinCC Runtime Advanced single-user system
WinCC RT
Professional
Client
WinCC RT
Professional
Client
WinCC RT
Professional
Client
WinCC RT
Professional
Client
Industrial Ethernet
WinCC RT
Professional
Server
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC S7-400
nz{_WWW[^X
SIMATIC S7-400
WinCC Runtime Professional multi-user system with operable server
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/645
Siemens AG 2014
OPC Client
WinCC RT
Professional
Industrial Ethernet
OPC Server
WinCC RT
Advanced
SIMATIC S7-300
OPC coupling
2/646
Siemens IK PI 2015
SIMATIC S7-1200
nz{_WWW[^W
PROFIBUS
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
Application
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime is the high-performance
visualization software for simple visualization tasks at machine
level. It can be used as a single-user solution for all automation
applications in factory automation, process automation and
building services automation.
PC-based visualization software for single-user systems directly

at the machine.
Runs under Windows XP Professional and Windows 7
Professional, Ultimate, Enterprise
Current version: SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2008 SP3 Runtime
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime is configured with the
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Advanced configuration software.
Benefits
Optimum price/performance ratio thanks to individually
scalable system functionality
Functions for all visualization tasks:
Operator functions, graphical and trend displays, signaling
system, log system, archiving (option), recipe management
(option), Audit Trail (option), process fault diagnostics (option)
Flexible runtime functionality thanks to Visual Basic scripts
Innovative service concepts with remote operation,
diagnostics and administration via intranet and Internet as
well as e-mail communication to increase availability (option)
Support for simple distributed automation solutions based on
TCP/IP networks at the machine level (option)
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime can be used in combination

with the following operator panels:
SIMATIC Panel PCs
- PC IL 70/77
- Microbox 420
- Panel PC 477
- Panel PC 577
- Panel PC 670/677
- Panel PC 870/877
SIMOTION Panel PCs
- P012, P015
- PCR, PCR-Touch
SINUMERIK Panel PCs
- HT8; OP08T
- OP010, OP012, OP015
- TP012, TP015, OP015A
Standard PCs with resolutions (W x H in pixels) of:
- 4:3 format: 640 x 480, 800 x 600, 1024 x 768, 1280 x 1024,
1600 x 1200
- Widescreen format: 800 x 480, 1280 x 800, 1366 x 768,
1440 x 900, 1680 x 1050, 1920 x 1080, 1920 x 1200,
1980 x 1080
Design
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime is available as a software
package with 128, 512, 2048 or 4096 PowerTags. The term
PowerTags is used exclusively to identify process variables and
range pointers that have a process link to the controller.
Variables without process link, constant limit values of variables,
and messages (up to 4000 bit-triggered messages) are also
available for additional system performance.
The range of functions of WinCC flexible Runtime includes the
centralized HMI components for visualizing and reporting, and it
can be expanded to suit requirements and costs by using
optional packages.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/647
Siemens AG 2014
Function
Visualization via Windows-compliant operator interface
made up of parameterizable screen objects and image blocks

created on a project-specific basis:
Numeric and alphanumeric input/output fields
Static text and graphic display plus vector graphics
Dynamizable graphics from HMI symbol library
Bar graph, trend curve graph with scroll and zoom function as
well as read line
Signal-specific text and graphic lists
Buttons and switches for operator-process communication
Editing fields for process values (signals)
Analog display, slider as example for further screen objects
Project-specific image blocks created from system basic
objects
Graphic displays for various standard graphic formats, e.g.,
bitmaps, .jpg, .wmf
Alarms and messages
Discrete alarms and analog alarms as well as event-driven
Alarm-S/Alarm-D message procedure with SIMATIC S7 and
SIMOTION
Freely-definable message classes for definition of acknowledgment response and display of message events
Logging of alarms and process values 1)
Archiving in files (e.g. CSV or TXT file) and Microsoft SQL
databases
Online evaluation of process value archives and alarm logs
Evaluation of process value archives and alarm logs using
standard Microsoft tools such as Excel
Recipes 1)
Generation of data records for machine or production data
Display or entry of data records via a configurable screen
object or via process images when distributed within the
project
Transmission of data records from or to the PLC
Import/export for data records from/to CSV files
Documentation of process data, alarm events and recipes
Time- or event-driven report output
User-definable layout
Flexible expansion of system function
thanks to Visual Basic Script
Language support for multilingual projects
Up to 16 online languages (incl. Asian and Cyrillic)
Language-dependent texts and graphics
Language selection during runtime
User-oriented access protection according to requirements of
regulated sectors
Authentication with user ID and password
User-group-specific rights
Central system-wide user administration based on SIMATIC
Logon 1)
Monitoring of changes by operators in runtime operation 1)
Recording of operator actions in an Audit Trail 1)
PLC link for a wide variety of PLCs on-board
Simultaneous connection using several protocols: OPC Client
or SIMATIC HMI HTTP protocol are additive, i.e. can be used
in conjunction with other PLC links
Communication via native drivers and standard OPC channel
2/648
Siemens IK PI 2015
Open communication between

HMI systems and with higher-level systems 1)
OPC server
Sm@rtAccess for communication between HMI systems
based on Ethernet networks, or via the intranet/Internet:
Read and write access to variables;
WinCC flexible Runtime or SIMATIC Panels make data
(variables) available to other SIMATIC HMI systems or Office
applications.
A SIMATIC HMI system can be used to control or monitor
another system remotely;
entry level for client/server configurations for distributed
operator stations or for solutions with headend or control
room.
Sm@rtService for remote control,
diagnostics and administration via intranet and Internet 1)
Display and control of process images on remote PC or Panel
Sending of e-mails on demand or event-driven
System diagnostics visualized via device-specific HTML
pages
1)
Option for SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime; runtime licenses

must be purchased separately. For further information, refer to
"WinCC flexible options".
System requirements
WinCC flexible Runtime
Operating system
Windows XP Professional SP3 (32 bit)

Windows XP Embedded 1)
Windows 7 Professional / Ultimate /
Enterprise (32 bit and 64 bit)
Processor4)
Minimum
Recommended
Graphics
Minimum
Resolution
RAM 2)
Minimum
Recommended
Hard disk
(free memory space) 3)
Windows XP: 300 MHz

Windows 7: 1 GHz
Windows XP: Pentium III, 500 MHz
Windows 7: 1 GHz
SVGA
640 x 480 to 1600 x 1200 or
800 x 480 to 1980 x 1080
Windows XP: 128 MB
Windows 7: 1 GB
Windows XP: 512 MB
Windows 7: 1 GB
250 MB
1)
Only for enabled platforms (e.g. Panel PC 477).

You can get information from your Siemens contact.
2)
RAM requirements are determined primarily by the size of the graphics

used.
3)
Without taking archives into account.

In addition to the space needed by WinCC flexible, Windows also requires
space on the hard disk; e.g., for the swap file. The following formula has
proven itself in the past: The size of the swap file = 3 x the size of the RAM.
For further information, refer to your Windows documentation
4)
More powerful systems (Pentium 4 and higher) may be required in order

to use options
Siemens AG 2014
Integration
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime supports linking to:
Protocol
PC interfaces
SIMATIC S7 via Ethernet (TCP/IP)

S7-200 with CP 243-1
S7-300 CPUs with integral Ethernet
interface
CP 1612 1)
CP 1613 A2
S7-300 with CP 343-1
Application note
In parallel with each and every PLC link, WinCC flexible Runtime
supports the use of the OPC Client channel; this enables,
for example, connection to an SNMP OPC Server for the purpose of visualizing the data stored there. The SNMP OPC Server
provides a means of monitoring network components of any type
(e.g. switches) which support the SNMP protocol. For further
information, see Catalog IK PI.
Note:
S7-400 CPUs with integral Ethernet

interface
For further information, see "HMI devices/System interfaces"
S7-400 with CP 443-1

WinAC Basis (V3.0 and higher)
WinAC RTX
SIMATIC S7 via integrated interface
Internal system interface
WinAC RTX
SIMOTION 2)
SINUMERIK 3)
Third-party controllers
Allen Bradley (DF1/DH485)
COM1/COM2
Allen Bradley (Ethernet)
CP 1612 1)
GE Fanuc (SNP/SNPX)
COM1/COM2
LG GLOFA GM
COM1/COM2
Mitsubishi (FX/MP4)
COM1/COM2
Modicon (Modbus)
COM1/COM2
Modicon (Modbus TCP/IP)
CP 1612 1)
OMRON (Link/Multilink)
COM1/COM2
OPC 4) 6)
Data Access V2.05a (client + server)
CP 1612 1)
Data Access XML V1.00 (client)

HTTP communication for data
exchange between SIMATIC HMI
(client + server) 5) 6)
CP 1612 1)
1)
For Microbox 427 and Panel PC 477/577/677/877 via internal Ethernet

interface
2)
For further information, see Catalog PM 10
3)
"SINUMERIK HMI copy license OA" option required;

for further information, see Catalog NC 60
4)
OPC Client is included in scope of delivery,

the "WinCC flexible/OPC Server for WinCC flexible Runtime" license
is required for the OPC Server option
5)
"WinCC flexible/Sm@rtAccess for WinCC flexible Runtime" license required
6)
OPC and HTTP communication are additive, i.e. can be used in

conjunction with the PLC links listed above
7)
Via PC cable with integrated level converter RS 232/TTY;

Article number: 6ES5734-1BD20
8)
For information about SIMATIC Panels that support OPC/http communication, see the overview under "System interfaces".
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/649
Siemens AG 2014
Higher level visualization system
2
OPC Client
Industrial Ethernet
On-site visualization
OPC Server
OPC Server
OPC Client
SIMATIC S7-300
SIMATIC S7-400
3rd party
OPC Server
Non-Siemens
PLCs
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime application example
2/650
Siemens IK PI 2015
G_ST80_XX_00077
PROFIBUS
Siemens AG 2014
Type
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime
Type
The specifications
are maximum values
Displays
Fields per screen
Variables per screen
Static text
Graphics objects
Complex objects per display
(e.g. bars)
Trends
Graphics lists 1)
Text lists 1)
Number of entries in symbol tables
500
400
400
30 000
2 000
40
800
500
500
3 500
32
50
Visual Basic scripts
200
Online languages, max.
16
3)
4 096
4 000 / 500
80
Archives 4)
Archivable data
100
Process data,
messages
500,000
Recipes4)
Elements per recipe
Data records per recipe
Password protection
User rights
Number of user groups
SIMATIC S7 MPI interface/

PROFIBUS DP interface
Number of connectable stations,
max.
Messages bit-triggered / analog

Message text
(number of characters)
Number of process values
per message
Size of message buffer
Pending message events
Data storage format
The specifications
are maximum values
Communication
Variables
Max. number of entries per archive

(incl. all archive segments)
Archive types
8
1 024
500
Short-term archive, sequence archive

(max. 400 per archive)
CSV (Comma Separated Variable),
RDB (Runtime Data Base),
interface to MS SQL database
1 000
2 000 3)
5 000 2)
Depending on the scope of the

configuration (communication)
from the point of view of
WinCC flexible Runtime, as many as
8 connections are possible
SIMATIC S7 PPI interface

max.
1 from viewpoint
of WinCC flexible Runtime
SIMATIC S5
max.
1 from viewpoint
of WinCC flexible Runtime
Multi-protocol operation
Yes, OPC Client or SIMATIC HMI

HTTP protocol are additive,
i.e. can be used in conjunction with
other PLC links
1)
Together only 500 text and graphics lists
2)
Dependent on memory medium used
3)
Dependent on number of licensed PowerTags
4)
Option for SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime. For further information,

refer to "WinCC flexible options".
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/651
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2008

Runtime
for PC systems;
incl. SW for PC systems options 1)
Single license,
on CD-ROM incl. licensing, for:
128 PowerTags (RT 128)
2 048 PowerTags (RT 2048)
Article No.
Documentation (must be ordered separately)
6AV6613-1BA51-3CA0
6AV6613-1DA51-3CA0
6AV6613-1FA51-3CA0
6AV6613-1GA51-3CA0
Power Packs
Runtime
Single license,
only license key for PowerTags,
from
128 to 512 PowerTags
128 to 2 048 PowerTags
2 048 to 4 096 PowerTags
6AV6613-4BD01-3AD0
6AV6613-4BF01-3AD0
6AV6613-4DF01-3AD0
6AV6613-4BG01-3AD0
6AV6613-4DG01-3AD0
6AV6613-4FG01-3AD0
Updates
Runtime
Update 2008, 2008 SP1,
2008 SP2 -> 2008 SP3
Article No.
6AV6613-1XA51-3CU8
User Manual
German
English
French
Italian
Spanish
6AV6691-1BA01-3AA0
6AV6691-1BA01-3AB0
6AV6691-1BA01-3AC0
6AV6691-1BA01-3AD0
6AV6691-1BA01-3AE0
User Manual
WinCC flexible Communication
German
English
French
Italian
Spanish
6AV6691-1CA01-3AA0
6AV6691-1CA01-3AB0
6AV6691-1CA01-3AC0
6AV6691-1CA01-3AD0
6AV6691-1CA01-3AE0
SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection

Electronic documentation,
on DVD
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish);
contains: all currently available user
manuals, device manuals and
communication manuals for
SIMATIC HMI
6AV6691-1SA01-0AX0
Upgrades
SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2004/
2005/2007 Runtime
to SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2008
Runtime
Upgrade to SIMATIC WinCC flexible
Runtime 2008 PowerTags
incl. Runtime Options for:
WinCC flexible /Archives
WinCC flexible /Recipes
WinCC flexible /Audit
WinCC flexible /Sm@rtAccess
WinCC flexible /Sm@rtService
WinCC flexible /OPC server
WinCC flexible /ProAgent
6AV6613-1XA51-3CE0
Upgrade of the SIMATIC WinCC

flexible Panel options:
for SIMATIC Panel
for SIMATIC Panel
for SIMATIC Panel
for SIMATIC Multi Panel
6AV6618-7XX01-3AF0
More information
Additional information is available in the Internet under:
http://www.siemens.com/wincc-flexible
Note:
Do you need a specific modification or option for the products
described here? You will find information about the Open
Platform Program for the creation of user-specific functions and
controls for WinCC flexible under "Customized Products".
2/652
Siemens IK PI 2015
1)
Runtime licenses for WinCC flexible Runtime options must be purchased

separately for each target system.
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC WinCC
Overview
Current versions:
SIMATIC WinCC V7.3
Executable with
Windows 7 SP1 (32 / 64 bit) Professional, Enterprise, Ultimate
Windows 8.1 (32 / 64 bit) Professional, Enterprise
Windows 2008 Server SP2 (32 bit) Standard
Windows 2008 Server R2 SP1(64 bit) Standard
Windows Server 2012 R2 (64 bit) Standard
includes the Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2 SP2 (32 bit)
SIMATIC WinCC V7.2
PC-based operator control and monitoring system for visualizing and operating processes, production flows, machines
and plants in all sectors from the simple single-user station
through to distributed multi-user systems with redundant
servers and cross-location solutions with Web clients.
WinCC is the information hub for corporation-wide vertical
integration.
The basic system configuration (WinCC basic software)
includes industry-standard functions for signaling and
acknowledging events, archiving of messages and measured
values, logging of all process and configuration data, user
administration and visualization.
The WinCC basic software forms the core of a wide range
of different applications. Based on the open programming
interfaces, a wide range of WinCC options (from Siemens
Industry Automation) and WinCC add-ons have been
developed (by Siemens-internal and external partners).
WinCC can be operated with every PC that meets the given
HW requirements. The SIMATIC IPC product range is
available in particular for the industrial use of WinCC systems.
SIMATIC IPCs impress with their powerful PC technology, are
designed for round-the-clock operation, and can be operated
in both office areas and harsh industrial environments.
Executable with:
Windows XP Professional SP3
Windows Server 2003 SP2, Standard
Windows Server 2008 SP2 (32 bit) Standard
Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1 (64 bit) Standard
contains the Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2 SP1 (32 bit)
SIMATIC WinCC V7.0 SP3
Executable with:
Windows Server 2003 SP2 and Windows Server 2003 R2 SP2
Standard
includes the Microsoft SQL Server 2005 SP4
Use in virtual environments for additional information, see
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/653
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC WinCC
Benefits
All-purpose
- Solutions for all sectors
- Multilingual for worldwide usage
- Can be integrated into all automation solutions
All HMI functions on board
- User administration
- Operator control and monitoring
- Reporting, acknowledging, and archiving of events
- Acquisition, compression and archiving of measured values
(incl. long-term backup)
- Logging and documenting of process and configuration
data
Can be configured simply and efficiently
- Configuration wizards let the user focus on the essentials
- In the picture by means of cross-reference lists and screen
property displays
- Configuration of multilingual applications
- Configuring tool for configuring bulk data
Universally scalable
- Expandable from single station to client-server configurations
- Increased availability by means of redundant servers
- Process visualization via the web with the
WinCC WebNavigator
Open standards for simple integration
- Powerful real-time database Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2
SP1 (32 bit)
- Open for application modules with ActiveX controls
- Visual Basic for Applications for individual expansions
- OPC for cross-vendor communication
Process visualization with Plant Intelligence
- Integrated high-performance Historian on the basis of the
Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2 SP1 (32 bit)
- Integrated evaluation functions for the online analysis
(statistical process control)
- Production optimization with the help of diverse options
Expandable using options and add-ons
- Options for scalable configurations
- Options for increasing the availability
- Options for IT & business integration
- Options for SCADA expansions
- Options for validation in accordance with FDA 21 CFR
Part 11
- Options for the use of telecontrol protocols
Part of Totally Integrated Automation
- Direct access to the tag and message configuration of the
SIMATIC control system
- Integrated diagnostic functions for increasing productivity
New in V7.2
Expansion into Graphic Designer
- Know-how protection by means of password protection for
PDL images and image blocks
Unicode support
- WinCC SETUP in 5 languages / up to 9 installed languages
- Individual language selection for engineering and runtime,
regardless of the language settings in the operating system
Simplified configuration of the Tag Management by means of
the innovative WinCC Configuration Studio
- Configuration options similar to those in Excel
- Simplified tags / structure tag management
New communication channels
- Communication channel to new CPU (S7-1200 / S7-1500)
(absolute address only, no CPU alarming support)
- Introduction of the OPC UA server (DA, HDA)
Expansion into archive system
- New archive recording (day, weak, year)
- New archiving methods (difference)
and more ...
Application
SIMATIC WinCC is designed for visualization and operation of
processes, manufacturing cycles, machines and plants. With its
powerful process interface, especially to the SIMATIC family,
and the secure data archiving, WinCC enables highly available
solutions for the process control.
The sector-neutral basic system enables universal usage in all
automation applications. Sector-specific solutions can, for example, be implemented using WinCC options (e.g. FDA options
for the pharmaceutical industry) and sector-specific add-ons
(e.g. for the water industry).
Design
SIMATIC WinCC is available as a complete package and as a
runtime package with 128, 512, 2048, 8192, 65536, 102400,
153600, 262144 PowerTags 1). PowerTags are data points that
are connected to controllers or other data sources over a
WinCC channel. Up to 32 alarms can be obtained from one data
point. Moreover, internal tags without coupling are available
for additional system performance. In addition WinCC also
contains 512 archive tags. Individual archive licenses can be
obtained for greater quantity structures.
Licenses for a multi-user configuration
The system software with the required number of PowerTags and
additionally the option WinCC/Server must be installed on the
WinCC server. In the basic configuration, an RT128 or RT client
license is sufficient for the WinCC clients. In order to perform
configuration on clients, an RC128 license is required.
Remote configuration is possible if WinCC clients without their
own project (UniClient) on the server project are configured.
1)
2/654
Siemens IK PI 2015
V6: 128, 256, 1024, 8192, 65536 PowerTags
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC WinCC
Function
Integration
The powerful configuration functions of SIMATIC WinCC contribute to a reduced engineering and training overhead and lead to
a more flexible use of personnel and greater operational reliability. Whoever is familiar with Microsoft Windows can also operate
the WinCC Explorer, the central switching point of WinCC.
In combination with other SIMATIC components, the system is
also equipped with auxiliary functions such as process diagnostics and maintenance. All SIMATIC engineering tools work together in the configuration of the functions.
SIMATIC WinCC offers a complete basic functionality for process visualization and operation. To this end WinCC has a number of editors and interfaces that can be used to individually
configure this functionality according to the respective application. Expansions of a WinCC station for control tasks are also
possible with minimal engineering effort.
WinCC editors
Task or configurable runtime

functionality
WinCC Explorer
Central project management for the

quick access to all project data and
central settings
WinCC Graphics Designer
Graphics system for user-defined

visualization and operation via pixelgraphic objects
WinCC Alarm Logging
Signaling system for detecting and

archiving events with display and
control options according to DIN
19235; freely selectable message
classes, message display and
logging
WinCC Tag Logging
Process archiving for the acquisition,

compression and storage of measured values, e.g., presentation in
trend and table format as well as
further processing
WinCC Report Designer
Reporting and logging system for

time and event-controlled documentation of messages, operator inputs
and current process data in the
form of user reports or project documentation in an arbitrary layout
WinCC User Administrator
Tool for user-friendly administration of

users and authorizations
WinCC Global Script
Processing functions with limitless

functionality by means of the use of
VBScript and ANSI-C
Interfaces
Task or configurable runtime
functionality
Communication channels
For communication with subordinate

controls (SIMATIC protocols,
PROFIBUS DP, PROFIBUS FMS, DDE
and OPC server included in the
scope of delivery)
Standard interfaces
For the open integration of other

Windows applications via WinCC,
WinCC-OLE-DB, ActiveX, OLE, DDE,
OPC, etc.)
Programming ports
For the individual access to data and

functions of WinCC and for the
integration in user programs with
VBA, VB Script, C-API (ODK),
C-Script (ANSI-C)
Integration in company-wide solutions

(IT and business integration)
WinCC is strictly based on Microsoft technology, which provides
the greatest possible compatibility and integration ability.
ActiveX and .net 1) controls support technology-specific and
industry-specific expansions. Cross-manufacturer communication is also a simple exercise. The reason: WinCC can be used
as an OPC client and server, and in addition to access to current
process values, it also supports standards such as OPC HDA
(Historical Data Access), OPC Alarm & Events, and OPC XML
Data Access.
Just as important: Visual Basic for Applications (VBA) for userspecific expansions of the WinCC Graphics Designer and Visual
Basic Scripting (VBS) as an easy-to-learn, open runtime language. If desired, professional application developers can also
use ANSI-C. And access to the API programming interfaces is
really simple with the Open Development Kit ODK.
WinCC integrates a powerful and scalable historian function
based on Microsoft SQL Server 2005 into the basic system.
As a result, users have every possibility: from high-performance
archiving of current process data, to long-term archiving with
high data compression, through to a central information hub in
the form of a company-wide process historian. With the help
of the Central Archive Server option, this can be set up within
the framework of a WinCC solution. Versatile clients and tools
for evaluation, the open interfaces, and special options
(Connectivity Pack, Connectivity Station, IndustrialDataBridge)
provide the basis for effective IT and business integration.
If external networks are accessed, suitable protective measures
(incl. IT security measures, such as network segmentation)
should be taken in order to ensure safe operation of the system.
You can find more information on the topic of Industrial Security
on the Internet at:
1)
Only supported in WinCC V7.0 or higher
Integration in automation solutions

WinCC is an open process visualization system and provides
the option to connect the most diverse control systems.
Approved communication software
Only communication software with the listed product versions
(or higher) should be used. Corresponding SIMATIC NET upgrades are available for upgrading older versions.
Number of connectable controls
For the number of controls connectable via Industrial Ethernet
CP 1613, the following applies to a message frame length of
512 bytes:
Type of connection
Number of nodes
SIMATIC S5 Ethernet Layer 4

+ TCP/IP
Up to 60
SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite
Up to 64
SIMATIC 505 Ethernet Layer 4

+ TCP/IP
up to 60
Via PROFIBUS, a maximum of 8 controls can be connected with

CP 5611, and a maximum of 44 controls with CP 5613. With
approx. 10 or more controls, the usage of Industrial Ethernet is
recommended.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/655
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC WinCC
Mixed operation with different controls
With their multi-protocol stack, the CP 1613 and CP 5613 communication processors allow parallel operation of two protocols,
such as for the mixed operation of different controls, via a bus
cable. WinCC supports the operation of two similar interface
boards only in connection with the channels SIMATIC S5 Ethernet Layer 4 (2 x CP 1613), SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite (2 x
CP 1613, 2 x CP 5613) as well as PROFIBUS DP (4 x CP 5613;
each CP 5613 max. 122 slaves). In addition to communication
over industrial Ethernet CP 1613 or PROFIBUS CP 5613, one CP
5611 can be used in each case for communication with SIMATIC
S7 via MPI.
Connection overview
Protocol
Channel DLL for S5 Layer 4

communication + TCP/IP
SIMATIC S5 Programmer Port AS511
Channel DLL and driver for serial

communication with S5 using AS511
protocol to programmers port
SIMATIC S5 Serial 3964R

communication with S5 using RK512
protocol
SIMATIC S5 PROFIBUS-FDL
Channel DLL for S5-FDL
SIMATIC 505
SIMATIC 505 Serial

communication with 505 using NITP/
TBP protocol to SIMATIC 535/545/
555/565/575
Channel DLL for 505 Layer 4

communication
SIMATIC 505 TCP/IP
Channel DLL for 505 TCP/IP

communication
Channel DLL PROFIBUS DP

In accordance with the PROFIBUS standard, DP/slaves are always permanently assigned to a DP master; i.e. a second
WinCC station (DP/master) cannot access the same controls
(DP/slave). This means that redundant operation of two WinCC
stations is not possible using the PROFIBUS DP connection.
Connection to controls from other manufacturers:
OPC (OLE for Process Control) is recommended for the connection of controls from other manufacturers.
Current notes and information about OPC servers from various
suppliers can be found at:
http://www.opcfoundation.org
WinCC supports the standards:
(Connectivity Pack/Connectivity Station)
OPC HDA 1.20 (Connectivity Pack/Connectivity Station)
OPC A&E 1.10 (Connectivity Pack/Connectivity Station)
OPC UA Client Data Access
OPC UA Server Data Access, HDA
(Connectivity Pack / Connectivity Station)
2/656
Siemens IK PI 2015
Channel DLL for S7 functions via MPI,

PROFIBUS or Ethernet Layer 4 +
TCP/IP
SIMATIC S5
Communication between the clients and the server is via TCP/IP
protocol. Setting up a separate PC LAN is recommended. For
small projects with a correspondingly low incidence of message
frames, SIMATIC NET Industrial Ethernet communication can be
used for both process communication (WinCC/Server PLC)
and PC-PC communication (WinCC/client WinCC/server).
Description
SIMATIC S7
SIMATIC S7-1200, S7-1500 (WinCC 7.2 or higher)

SIMATIC S7-1200, S7-1500
Channel 1)
Channel DLL for S7-1200 and

S7-1500 communication
Controllers from other manufacturers (from WinCC V7.0 SP3)

Allen Bradley
Ethernet IP
Channel DLL and drivers for communication with Allen Bradley controllers
via Ethernet TCP/IP using Ethernet IP
protocol
Modbus TCP/IP
Channel DLL and drivers for communication with Modicon controllers via
Ethernet TCP/IP using Modbus TCP/
IP protocol
Channel DLL and drivers for communication with Mitsubishi controllers via
Ethernet TCP/IP using Mitsubishi MC
TCP/IP protocol
Cross-manufacturer
OPC Client 2) 3) for DA, XML DA
Channel DLL for OPC communication, WinCC can acquire data from
OPC server applications.
OPC Server for DA, XML DA, A&E,

HDA
Server applications for OPC communication; WinCC provides process

data to OPC clients
OPC UA server for DA, HDA
Server applications for OPC UA

communication
PROFIBUS FMS
Channel DLL for PROFIBUS FMS
PROFIBUS DP
Channel DLL for PROFIBUS DP
SIMOTION
Channel DLL for SIMOTION
1)
WinCC version V7.2 or higher supports communication

with S7-1200 / S7-1500 CPU.
Restrictions:
No symbolic address, type safe structure support (absolute address only)
No CPU alarming support
2)
Application note:
Parallel usage of the OPC client channel allows, for example, connection
to an SNMP-OPC server for visualization of the data contained there.
The SNMP OPC server enables monitoring of any network components
(such as switches) that support the SNMP protocol. You can find more
information under SIMATIC NET Communications Systems/SNMP OPC
Server.
3)
WinCC V7.0 SP3 and later supports OPC UA (United Architecture)

Client for DA.
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC WinCC
Communications components for PG/PC for SIMATIC (for WinCC V7.2)
Industrial Ethernet
SIMATIC S5
SIMATIC S5
Ethernet Layer 4 TCP/IP
SIMATIC S7
Protocol Suite
SIMATIC 505
SIMATIC 505
Ethernet Layer 4 TCP/IP 1)
Article No.
WinCC channel DLL

Channel DLL for S5 Layer 4
communication + TCP/IP
Included in the basic

package

Channel DLL for S7 functions

package

Channel DLL for 505 Layer 4
communication

package
SIMATIC 505 TCP/IP 1)

Channel DLL for 505 TCP/IP
communication

package
6GK1161-2AA01
Communication components for extension of the OS/OP

CP 1612 A2
PCI card for connecting a PG/PC to
Industrial Ethernet (SOFTNET-S7 or
SOFTNET-S7 Lean communication
software must be ordered separately)
SOFTNET-IE S7
communication software for
S7 functions (max. 64 connections)
Version 12 2)
German/English
Edition 2008 SP2 (V7.1) 2)
for Windows XP/2003 Server/(32-bit)
2008 Server
SOFTNET-IE S7 Lean
S7 functions (max. 8 connections)
Version 12 2)
German/English
Edition 2008 SP2 (V7.1) 2) 3)
for Windows XP/2003 Server /
(32-bit) 2008 Server
6GK1704-1CW12-0AA0
6GK1704-1CW71-3AA0
6GK1704-1LW12-0AA0
6GK1704-1LW71-3AA0
CP 1613 A2
PCI card (32-bit) for connecting a
PG/PC to Industrial Ethernet
(S7-1613 communication software
required)
6GK1161-3AA01
CP 1623
PCI Express X1 card (32-bit)
for connecting a PG/PC to Industrial
Ethernet (S7-1613 communication
software required)
6GK1162-3AA00
HARDNET-IE S7

S7 functions and S5/505 Layer 4
communication with TCP/IP
Version 12 2)
for 32/64-bit Windows Server 2012,
Windows 8 Pro, Windows 7
Professional / Ultimate;
German/English
Edition 2008 SP2 (V7.1) 2)
6GK1716-1CB08-2AA0
6GK1716-1CB71-3AA0

1)
Via any interface board with NDIS 3.0 interface; no separate communication software required
2)
See ordering data for SIMATIC NET upgrade packages
3)
SOFTNET-S7 Lean included in scope of supply of WinCC V7.2
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/657
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC WinCC
Communication examples
SIMATIC NET Industrial Ethernet (S7 functions)

- CP 1613 A2
6GK1161-3AA01
- CP 1623
6GK1162-3AA00
- S7-1613
(communication software)
6GK1716-1CB80-3AA0
Standard PC with WinCC

e.g. RC 64 k or RT 64 k
Industrial Ethernet
SIMATIC S7-300
- CP 443-1 (S7, S/R) ISO + TCP

6GK7443-1EX30-0XE0
- CP 443-1 Advanced
(S7, S/R, HTTP)
6GK7443-1GX30-0XE0
- CP 343-1 (S7, S/R) ISO + TCP

6GK7343-1EX30-0XE0
- CP 343-1 Advanced
(S7, S/R, HTTP)
6GK7343-1GX31-0XE0
- NCM S7 manual Industrial Ethernet

(SIMATIC NET CD or
Internet download)
- NCM S7 manual Industrial Ethernet

(SIMATIC NET CD or
Internet download)
G_ST80_XX_00011
SIMATIC S7-400
WinCC single-user system: Industrial Ethernet with S7 communication
without operator controls:

32 clients + 3 web clients
or
50 web clients + 1 client
Standard PC
with WinCC
+ TCP/IP
interface
module
Client
4 clients max.
with operator
controls
Client
TERMINAL BUS TCP/IP
Server
PROCESS BUS (Industrial Ethernet/PROFIBUS)
SIMATIC S7-300
This allows you to set up the following application examples

- WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS with S7 functions
- WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET Industrial Ethernet with S7 functions
- WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS-FMS
WinCC multi-user system with operable server
2/658
Siemens IK PI 2015
G_ST80_XX_00013
SIMATIC S7-400
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC WinCC
Higher-level visualisation system
- OPC server functionality

(included in WinCC basic package)
- TCP-IP interface board required
OPC Client
Industrial Ethernet
- OPC Server
functionality
(OPC Server
option for
WinCC flexible
required)
OPC Server
OPC Server
- OPC Server functionality

(included in WinCC
basic package)
- TCP-IP Interface board
required
OPC Server
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC
S7-300
SIMATIC
S7-400
third-party
PLCs
- OPC Client
functionality (included
in WinCC basic
package)
- OPC Server required
for interfacing with
third-party PLCs
G_ST80_XX_00015
OPC Client
- integrated
PROFIBUS
interface
OPC link
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/659
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC WinCC
Type
SIMATIC WinCC V7.2 and V7.0 SP3
Operating system
Windows 7 (32 bit / 64 bit) Ultimate, Professional and

Enterprise
Windows XP Professional SP3,
Windows Server 2003 SP2,
Windows 2003 Server SP2 and

Windows 2003 Server R2 SP2
Windows 2000 Professional SP4,

PC hardware requirements
Processor type 1)
Minimum
Recommended
RAM
Minimum
Recommended
Graphics card
Minimum
Recommended
Hard disk
Minimum
Recommended
Hard disk (available memory

for installation)
- Minimum
- Recommended
CD-ROM/DVD-ROM/
disk drive/
USB port
Single-user station/server:
Pentium 4, 2.5 GHz 2)
Central Archive Server (V7.0 SP3):
Pentium 4, 2.5 GHz
Client:
Pentium 3, 1 GHz 2)
WebClient/DataMonitor Client: Pentium III, 600 MHz 2)
Pentium III, 1 GHz
Central Archive Server:
Pentium 4, 2 GHz
Client:
Pentium III, 600 MHz
Pentium 4 or Dual Core, 3 GHz 2)
Pentium 4 or Dual Core, 3 GHz
Client: Pentium 4, 2 GHz 2)
WebClient/DataMonitor Client: Pentium III, 1 GHz
Single-user station/server: Pentium 4, 2 GHz
Single-user station/server: 4 GB 2)
Central Archive Server: 4 GB
Client: 1 GB 2)
WebClient/DataMonitor Client: 512 MB 2)
Single-user station: 512 MB, server: 1 GB

Client: 512 MB
WebClient/DataMonitor Client: 256 MB
Client: 2 GB 2)
WebClient/DataMonitor Client: 1 GB 2)
Single-user station: >= 1 GB,

server: >1 GB
Client: 512 MB
16 MB, 800 x 600 2)

32 MB, 1 280 x 1 024 2)
16 MB, 800 x 600

32 MB, 1 280 x 1 024
Single-user station/server: 80 GB
Client: 20 GB
WebClient/DataMonitor Client: 5 GB
Client: 5 GB

Client: 40 GB
Central Archive Server: 2 x 80 GB
Client: 20 GB
Server: >1.5 GB
Client: 1.5 GB
Server: >10 GB
Client: >1.5 GB
Server: 1.5 GB
Client: 1 GB
Server: >10 GB
Client: >1.5 GB
for software installation
1)
An AMD system with comparable performance can also be used
2)
Hardware requirements when using Microsoft XP Professional
2/660
Siemens IK PI 2015

Pentium 4, 2.5 GHz
Client: Pentium III, 1 GHz
WebClient/DataMonitor Client: Pentium III, 1 GHz
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC WinCC

Type
SIMATIC WinCC
Functionality/quantity structure
Number of messages
Message text
Message archive
Process values per message
Constant load of messages, max.
Message burst, max.
150 000
10 x 256
> 500 000 messages 1)
10
Central Archive Server: 100/sec
Server/single-user station: 10/s
Server/single-user station:
2 000/10 s every 5 min
Archives
Archive data points
Archive types
Max. 120 000 per server 2)

Short-term archive with and without
long-term archiving
Data storage format
Microsoft SQL Server 2005
Measured values per second, max. Server/single-user station: 5 000/s
User archive
Archives and views
Product consisting of data record
and column per user archive
Fields per user archive
500 each
320 000
500
Graphics system
Number of screens
Number of objects per screen
Number of controllable fields
per screen
System-limited 1)
System-limited 1)
System-limited 1)
PowerTags
256 K 3)
Trends
Trend views per image
Trends per trend view
25
80
User administration
User groups
Number of users
Authorization groups
128
128
999
Configuration languages
Protocols
Message sequence reports
(simultaneously)
Message archive reports
(simultaneously)
User reports
Report lines per group
Variables per report
Multi-user system
Server
Clients for server with operator station
Clients for server without operator
station
Ordering data
Article No.
SIMATIC WinCC system software V7.2

Runtime packages on DVD
Language/script versions:
DE/EN/FR/IT/ES;
with license for
WinCC RT Client
102 400 PowerTags (RT 102400)
153 600 PowerTags (RT 153600)
262 144 PowerTags (RT 262144)
Including 512 archive tags each
Complete packages on DVD
Language versions:
DE/EN/FR/IT/ES;
with license for
WinCC RC Client
128 PowerTags (RC 128)
2 048 PowerTags (RC 2048)
102 400 PowerTags (RC 102400)
153 600 PowerTags (RC 153600)
262 144 PowerTags (RC 262144)
6AV6381-2CA07-2AX0
6AV6381-2BC07-2AX0
6AV6381-2BD07-2AX0
6AV6381-2BE07-2AX0
6AV6381-2BH07-2AX0
6AV6381-2BF07-2AX0
6AV6381-2BJ07-2AX0
6AV6381-2BK07-2AX0
6AV6381-2BL07-2AX0
6AV6381-2CB07-2AX0
6AV6381-2BM07-2AX0
6AV6381-2BN07-2AX0
6AV6381-2BP07-2AX0
6AV6381-2BS07-2AX0
6AV6381-2BQ07-2AX0
6AV6381-2BT07-2AX0
6AV6381-2BU07-2AX0
6AV6381-2BV07-2AX0
SIMATIC WinCC system software V7.2 ASIA
5 European (Eng., Fr., Ger., It., Sp.),

4 Asian (simpl.+trad. Chi/Kor/Jpn) 4)
1 per server/single-user station
3
System-limited 1)
66
300 5)
18
4
32 clients + 3 WebClients or
50 WebClients + 1 client
1)
Dependent on the available storage space
2)
Dependent on the number of licensed archive variables
3)
4)
Asian versions for Version 7 SP1 or higher
5)
The number of variables per report is dependent on process

communication performance

EN, CHS, CHT, KOR, JPN;
with license for
WinCC RT Client
102 400 PowerTags (RT 102400)
153 600 PowerTags (RT 153600)
262 144 PowerTags (RT 262144)
6AV6381-2CA07-2AV0
6AV6381-2BC07-2AV0
6AV6381-2BD07-2AV0
6AV6381-2BE07-2AV0
6AV6381-2BH07-2AV0
6AV6381-2BF07-2AV0
6AV6381-2BJ07-2AV0
6AV6381-2BK07-2AV0
6AV6381-2BL07-2AV0

Language versions:
with license for
WinCC RC Client
102 400 PowerTags (RC 102400)
153 600 PowerTags (RC 153600)
262 144 PowerTags (RC 262144)
6AV6381-2CB07-2AV0
6AV6381-2BM07-2AV0
6AV6381-2BN07-2AV0
6AV6381-2BP07-2AV0
6AV6381-2BS07-2AV0
6AV6381-2BQ07-2AV0
6AV6381-2BT07-2AV0
6AV6381-2BU07-2AV0
6AV6381-2BV07-2AV0
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/661
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC WinCC
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
SIMATIC WinCC V7.2 Powerpacks
SIMATIC WinCC system software V6.2 SP3
For upgrading from:
Runtime packages on CD-ROM
Runtime packages
102 400 to 153 600 PowerTags
153 600 to 262 144 PowerTags
6AV6371-2BD07-2AX0
6AV6371-2BG07-2AX0
6AV6371-2BM07-2AX0
6AV6371-2BN07-2AX0
6AV6371-2BP07-2AX0
6AV6371-2BQ07-2AX0
6AV6371-2BR07-2AX0
Complete packages
102 400 to 153 600 PowerTags
153 600 to 262 144 PowerTags
6AV6371-2BD17-2AX0
6AV6371-2BG17-2AX0
6AV6371-2BM17-2AX0
6AV6371-2BN17-2AX0
6AV6371-2BP17-2AX0
6AV6371-2BQ17-2AX0
6AV6371-2BR17-2AX0
SIMATIC WinCC V7.2 archives

1 500 archives
5 000 archives
10 000 archives
archives
80 000 archives
6AV6371-1DQ17-2AX0
6AV6371-1DQ17-2BX0
6AV6371-1DQ17-2CX0
6AV6371-1DQ17-2EX0
6AV6371-1DQ17-2GX0
SIMATIC WinCC V7.2 Archive Powerpacks

For upgrading archiving from
1 500 to 5 000 archive tags
6AV6371-1DQ17-2AB0
6AV6371-1DQ17-2BC0
6AV6371-1DQ17-2CE0
6AV6371-1DQ17-2EG0
SIMATIC WinCC Upgrade/Software Update Service

SIMATIC WinCC V7.2 upgrade 1)
For upgrading the RT version
from V6.2 to V7.2
from V7.0 to V7.2
from V6.2 ASIA to V7.2 ASIA
6AV6381-2AA07-2AX4
6AV6381-2AA07-2AX3
6AV6381-2AA07-2AV4
6AV6381-2AA07-2AV3
For upgrading the Client RT version

from V6.2 to V7.2
from V7.0 to V7.2
6AV6381-2BC07-2AX4
6AV6381-2BC07-2AX3
6AV6381-2BC07-2AV4
6AV6381-2BC07-2AV3
For upgrading the RC version

from V6.2 to V7.2
from V7.0 to V7.2
6AV6381-2AB07-2AX4
6AV6381-2AB07-2AX3
6AV6381-2AB07-2AV4
6AV6381-2AB07-2AV3
SIMATIC WinCC Software Update Service (SUS) 2) 3)

SIMATIC WinCC V7 Update
Software Update Service for
WinCC basic software and options:
1 license
3 licenses
10 licenses
6AV6381-1AA00-0AX5
6AV6381-1AA00-0BX5
6AV6381-1AA00-0CX5
According to licensing provisions, 1 upgrade package must be ordered

for each WinCC station
2)
The Software Update Service is valid for 1 year.

The contract is automatically extended by 1 more year unless canceled
3 months prior to expiration. According to licensing provisions,
1 Software Update Service must be ordered for each WinCC station.
3)
Requires the current software version
Siemens IK PI 2015
6AV6381-1BC06-2AX0
6AV6381-1BD06-2AX0
6AV6381-1BE06-2AX0
6AV6381-1BH06-2AX0
6AV6381-1BF06-2AX0
6AV6381-1BJ06-2AX0
6AV6381-1BK06-2AX0
6AV6381-1BL06-2AX0

Complete packages on CD-ROM
Language versions:
DE/EN/FR/IT/ES;
with license for
102 400 PowerTags (RC 102400)
153 600 PowerTags (RC 153600)
262 144 PowerTags (RC 262144)
6AV6381-1BM06-2AX0
6AV6381-1BN06-2AX0
6AV6381-1BP06-2AX0
6AV6381-1BS06-2AX0
6AV6381-1BQ06-2AX0
6AV6381-1BT06-2AX0
6AV6381-1BU06-2AX0
6AV6381-1BV06-2AX0
SIMATIC WinCC system software V6.2 SP3 ASIA

Language versions:
English/simplified and traditional
Chinese/Korean/Taiwanese/
Japanese;
with license for
6AV6381-1BC06-2AV0
6AV6381-1BD06-2AV0
6AV6381-1BE06-2AV0
6AV6381-1BH06-2AV0
6AV6381-1BF06-2AV0

Language versions:
Chinese/Korean/Taiwanese,
Japanese;
with license for
1)
2/662
DE/EN/FR/IT/ES;
with license for
102 400 PowerTags (RT 102400)
153 600 PowerTags (RT 153600)
262 144 PowerTags (RT 262144)
6AV6381-1BM06-2AV0
6AV6381-1BN06-2AV0
6AV6381-1BP06-2AV0
6AV6381-1BS06-2AV0
6AV6381-1BQ06-2AV0
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC WinCC
Ordering data
Article No.
SIMATIC WinCC V6.2 PowerPacks

For upgrading from:
Runtime packages
6AV6371-1BD06-2AX0
6AV6371-1BE06-2AX0
6AV6371-1BK06-2AX0
6AV6371-1BF06-2AX0
6AV6371-1BG06-2AX0
6AV6371-1BL06-2AX0
6AV6371-1BH06-2AX0
6AV6371-1BM06-2AX0
6AV6371-1BJ06-2AX0
6AV6371-1BN06-2AX0
Complete packages
6AV6371-1BD16-2AX0
6AV6371-1BE16-2AX0
6AV6371-1BK16-2AX0
6AV6371-1BF16-2AX0
6AV6371-1BG16-2AX0
6AV6371-1BL16-2AX0
6AV6371-1BH16-2AX0
6AV6371-1BM16-2AX0
6AV6371-1BJ16-2AX0
6AV6371-1BN16-2AX0
Article No.
SIMATIC WinCC V6.2 Archive
1 500 archives
5 000 archives
10 000 archives
30 000 archives
80 000 archives
120 000 archives
6AV6371-1DQ16-2AX0
6AV6371-1DQ16-2BX0
6AV6371-1DQ16-2CX0
6AV6371-1DQ16-2EX0
6AV6371-1DQ16-2GX0
6AV6371-1DQ16-2JX0

6AV6371-1DQ16-2AB0
6AV6371-1DQ16-2BC0
6AV6371-1DQ16-2CE0
6AV6371-1DQ16-2EG0
6AV6371-1DQ16-2GJ0

from V5.x to V6.2 SP3
from V5.x ASIA to V6.2 SP3 ASIA
6AV6381-1AA06-2AX4
6AV6381-1AA06-2AX3
6AV6381-1AA06-2AV4
6AV6381-1AA06-2AV3

6AV6381-1AB06-2AX4
6AV6381-1AB06-2AX3
6AV6381-1AB06-2AV4
6AV6381-1AB06-2AV3
1)
According to licensing provisions,

1 upgrade package must be ordered for each WinCC station.
More information
WinCC language versions
SIMATIC WinCC is also offered in simplified Chinese, traditional
Chinese, Korean and Japanese especially for Asian markets.
These WinCC versions are intended for machine manufacturers,
plant constructors and exporters who supply the regions of
China, Taiwan, Korea and Japan.
WinCC ASIA includes all familiar WinCC functions and offers
in addition the configuration user interface in the respective
national language and English. The online help is available in
simplified Chinese, traditional Chinese, Korean, Japanese and
English. A Chinese, Korean, Japanese or multilingual Windows
operating system is required for operation.
Separate configurators are available for PC hardware:

SIMATIC IPC547C
SIMATIC IPC647C
SIMATIC IPC847C
SIMATIC IPC427C, SIMATIC IPC427D
SIMATIC IPC627C
SIMATIC Box PC 827C
SIMATIC HMI IPC577C
SIMATIC HMI IPC677C
WinCC ASIA is delivered on a separate DVD which contains all

of the above mentioned language versions. The corresponding
documentation can be obtained from the national subsidiaries in
China, Korea, Taiwan and Japan.
The runtime licenses are language-neutral. The English handling
program (Automation License Manager ALM) is executable
under the Chinese, Korean and Japanese Windows versions.
In order to use the Asian languages in WinCC, an Asia hardware
dongle is required.
Additional information is available on the Internet at:
http://www.siemens.com/wincc
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/663
Siemens AG 2014
Accessories
C-PLUG
Overview
Design
The C-PLUG has degree of protection IP20. The degree of
protection of IP65 components is ensured by the design of the
target device. The power supply is also provided by the end
device.
The C-PLUG is inserted in the associated slot of the SIMATIC

NET component. The configuration data are automatically saved
to the C-PLUG during device start-up and reconfiguring.
If a device needs to be replaced, the C-PLUG is simply removed
from the failed component and plugged into the replacement
device. The replacement device installed in the network or automation system now starts up automatically with the same device
configuration as the failed device.
To prevent unintentional removal or falling out, the C-PLUG slot
is usually located on the rear of the terminal devices.
Swap media that supports the fast and easy replacement of

SIMATIC NET components without a programming device in
the event of a fault
For implementation in all SIMATIC NET products with C-PLUG
slot
For automatic backing up of configuration or engineering data
from the SIMATIC NET components
The C-PLUG can also be used to store application data such
as documents or Web pages
In some SIMATIC S7 CP modules, such as the CP 443-1
Advanced, the C-PLUG is a standard component of the scope
of supply and is required to guarantee the complete functional
scope of the respective component.
Plugging the C-PLUG into the rear of the CP 443-1 Advanced
Benefits
Quick and easy replacement of SIMATIC NET components

without the need to reconfigure the replacement part
trained personnel or a programming device or PC
The downtime of network segments and connected Industrial
Ethernet stations in the event of a fault is minimized.
Application
The C-PLUG is used when it is necessary for network components or communication modules to be replaced quickly and
easily in the event of a fault without the need for reconfiguring the
replacement part and without the need for special training.
2/664
Siemens IK PI 2015
Plugging the C-PLUG into the SCALANCE XM408-8C switch
Siemens AG 2014
Accessories
C-PLUG
Function
During start-up, the device automatically backs up the configuration data on an unwritten C-PLUG (delivery condition) that has
been plugged into a SIMATIC NET component. Changes to the
configuration during normal operation are also backed up on the
C-PLUG without any additional operator intervention.
C-PLUG
Supply voltage
Via terminal device
Power loss
0.015 mW
Installation
Can be plugged into C-PLUG slot
During start-up an unconfigured device automatically loads the

configuration data from an inserted, written C-PLUG provided
the data were written by a compatible device type.
Constructional design
Weight
24.3 x 17 x 8.1
Approx. 5 g
Diagnostics
Memory capacity
32 MB
Incorrect C-PLUG handling, such as inserting a C-PLUG that

contains the configuration of another device group or general
malfunctions of the C-PLUG are signaled over the diagnostic
mechanisms for the respective data terminal (LEDs, PROFINET,
SNMP, Web-based Management, etc.).
IP20
Integration
Supported products
SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switches
SCALANCE X-200
SCALANCE X-300 (included in scope of supply)
Ordering data
C-PLUG
Article No.
6GK1900-0AB00

event of a fault;
products with PLUG slot
SCALANCE S security modules

SCALANCE S -600
Industrial Wireless LAN SCALANCE W
W78x, W77x IWLAN Access Points
W74x, W76x IWLAN Client Modules
SCALANCE M industrial modems and routers
SCALANCE M81x
SCALANCE M826
SCALANCE M874
System connections for SIMATIC S7
CP 443-1 Advanced (included in delivery)
CP 343-1 Advanced (included in delivery)
CP 343-1 ERPC (included in delivery)
Network transitions
IE/PB Link PN IO
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/665
Siemens AG 2014
Accessories
Overview
For this purpose, the SICLOCK product family offers a comprehensive range of optimally matched components for setting up
highly reliable time synchronization systems.
Introduction
Typical industries and fields of application for time synchronization systems are:
Factory/process automation
Power supply
Building automation
Transportation systems
Safety engineering
IT systems
The SICLOCK product range comprises the following product
groups:
Wireless receivers
Central plant clocks
Pulse converters
Accessories
System description
In many applications it is becoming increasingly important to

synchronize the time in plants and systems. Only if all network
stations are supplied cyclically with a reliable time frame from a
central location can optimum process operation be ensured.
This results in benefits for the plant operator such as increased
operational reliability, the possibility of tracing system faults in a
targeted manner, increased economic efficiency due to fewer
production outages, and increased productivity in manufacture.
Satellites or long-wave transmitters are used as primary

time sources. The SICLOCK wireless receivers (e.g.
SICLOCK GPS1000) receive these high-frequency signals
and transmit the demodulated time signal to the central plant
clock via a robust and interference-proof 2-wire connection.
The central plant clock converts the time signal into an Ethernetbased network frame (e.g. NTP, SIMATIC procedure) and thus
provides all connected network stations with precise and uniform time information.
Furthermore, in the event of failure or loss of reception from
the primary time source, the central plant clock ensures stable
continuation of the clock time and tracking of the system time
without time jumps as soon as reception is restored.
GPS satellite
SICLOCK
GPS1000
SIMATIC HMI
Twin wire
max. 1 000 m
SICLOCK
TC400
ETH1
Outdoor installation
Industrial Ethernet
ETH4
up to 4 independent Ethernet networks
SICLOCK TC400 central plant clock with SICLOCK GPS1000 wireless receiver
2/666
Siemens IK PI 2015
Ethernet Switch
SCALANCE X
SP01_00017
Siemens AG 2014
Accessories
Application
System with GPS reception
GPS satellite
SICLOCK
GPS1000
SIMATIC HMI
Twin wire
max. 1 000 m
SICLOCK
TC400
ETH1
Industrial Ethernet
ETH4
Ethernet Switch
SCALANCE X
SP01_00017
SICLOCK TC400 central plant clock with SICLOCK GPS1000 wireless receiver
The SICLOCK GPS1000 wireless receiver (Article No.

2XV9450-1AR84) is used in this example. The wireless receiver
is mounted outdoors with "visual contact" to the navigation satellites for optimum reception quality.
The SICLOCK TC400 central plant clock shown in the example

features four 10/100 Mbit Ethernet interfaces for supplying up to
four independent IP networks. The SICLOCK TC100 central
plant clock with one Ethernet interface has been designed for
smaller, cost-sensitive plants.
The line current method (TTY - 20 mA) used in the SICLOCK system permits distances of up to one kilometer between the wireless receiver and the central plant clock and also supplies the
receiver with power, which eliminates the need for any additional
power supply components. This makes it possible to install the
central plant clock at a central location, even in plants spread
over a very large area.
The central plant clocks do not have Ethernet switching

functionality for safety reasons. SIMATIC NET SCALANCE X
switches are recommended for this purpose, see
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/18689247/
133200.
System with DCF77 reception
up to 1500 km
SICLOCK
DCFRS
DCF77 longwave time signal

Mainflingen near Frankfurt/Main
Twin wire
max. 1000 m
SICLOCK
TC400
SIMATIC S7 Controller
ETH1
Outdoor installation/
Indoor installation
Industrial Ethernet
SP01_00018
ETH4
SICLOCK TC400 central plant clock with SICLOCK DCFRS wireless receiver
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/667
Siemens AG 2014
Accessories
As an alternative to receiving satellite signals, the DCF77 time

signal transmitter can be used as primary time source. The
transmitter is located near Frankfurt am Main and transmits longwave signals at a frequency of 77.5 kHz. Under normal conditions, reception is possible up to a distance of about 1 500 km
from the transmitter.
The advantages over satellite reception are lower costs and the
option of mounting the receiver inside a building. The last advantage is especially useful if outdoor installation is not advisable,
e.g. due to vandalism.
The SICLOCK DCFRS wireless receiver with TTY output

(Article No. 2XV9450-1AR16) is used in this application.
Here too, a separate power supply is not required if a
SICLOCK TC100 or SICLOCK TC400 central plant clock is
used.
Due to the importance of having a reliable time supply in many

demanding applications, the SICLOCK system offers optional
redundant modes to further increase plant reliability. The redundancy can be on the reception side, the network side, or even
be combined with a redundant central plant clock for highly sensitive applications.
Redundant modes
Reception-side redundancy
GPS satellite
SICLOCK
GPS1000
SICLOCK
TC400
Twin wire
max. 1000 m
ETH1
Industrial Ethernet
ETH4
SICLOCK
DCFRS
DCF77
longwave time signal
Mainflingen near
Frankfurt/Main
Twin wire
max. 1000 m
SP01_00021
Outdoor installation/
Indoor installation
SICLOCK TC400 central plant clock with SICLOCK GPS1000 and SICLOCK DCFRS wireless receivers
In this application, SICLOCK GPS1000 and SICLOCK DCFRS

wireless receivers are used in parallel. External time information
can continue to be received even if one of the two primary time
sources fails. The SICLOCK TC100 and SICLOCK TC400 central plant clocks each have two inputs for the wireless receivers.
2/668
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Accessories
Highly redundant system
2
GPS satellite
GPS satellite
SICLOCK
GPS1000
Twin wire
max. 1 000 m
SICLOCK
GPS1000
SICLOCK
TC400
SICLOCK
TC400
NTP server
Master
NTP server
Slave
ETH1
Industrial Ethernet
ETH2
SP01_00023
SIMATIC S7 Controller
SICLOCK TC400 central plant clocks with SICLOCK GPS1000 wireless receiver
This application can satisfy the highest redundancy requirements. The system uses two SICLOCK TC400 central plant
clocks, each with separate SICLOCK GPS1000 wireless
receivers
One central plant clock is parameterized as the NTP server
master, the other as the NTP server slave. The NTP server slave
takes over if the NTP master or the connected wireless receiver
fails.
If SICLOCK GPS1000 wireless receivers are used, they should

be mounted as far away from each other as possible so that the
receiver with the better reception conditions can be used and,
for example, to avoid damage to both receivers in the event of a
lightning strike. Instead of using two GPS wireless receivers, one
SICLOCK DCFRS wireless receiver can of course be used.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/669
Siemens AG 2014
Accessories
Synchronization of IT networks
IT network with a central plant clock
2
GPS satellite
SICLOCK
GPS1000
SICLOCK
TC100
e. g. SCALANCE XR-500
Industrial Ethernet
SP01_00025
Twin wire
max. 1 000 m
Windows PCs
+ SICLOCK reception
service
SICLOCK TC100 central plant clock with SICLOCK GPS1000 wireless receiver: Synchronization of IT systems (with failure protection)
This application can be used for the synchronization of a large

number of IT devices. The cost-optimized SICLOCK TC100
central plant clock can be used if all the stations that have to be
synchronized belong to the same IP subnet. A wide range of
SCALANCE X Ethernet switches is available for selection
according to the number of terminal devices to be synchronized;
see http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/
18689247/133200.
2/670
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Accessories
Simple solution without failure protection for the direct supply of clock time to IT systems
2
GPS satellite
SP01_00024
SICLOCK
GPS1000
SICLOCK
GPS1000 PS
Twin wire
max. 1 000 m
RS 232
Windows PCs
+ SICLOCK reception service
SICLOCK GPS1000 PS pulse converter with SICLOCK GPS1000 wireless receiver, synchronization of IT systems (without failure protection)
Direct connection to an IT system can be considered in applications with low failure protection requirements.
All of the required components are included in the
SICLOCK GPS1000 package (Article No. 2XV9450-1AR82).
The scope of delivery includes the SICLOCK GPS1000 wireless
receiver with antenna base, the SICLOCK GPS1000 PS pulse
converter, and a receiving software that runs on Windows
systems.
More information
For more information, go to
www.siemens.com/siclock
E-mail: siclock@siemens.com
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/671
Siemens AG 2014
Accessories
SICLOCK Time synchronization > Central plant clocks
Overview
Ordering data
Article No.
Central plant clock

A wireless receiver supplies the
central plant clocks with time data;
these then generate signals which
are used to synchronize the connected I/O devices.
SICLOCK TC400 central plant
clock, single device
clock, single device
SICLOCK TC100 and SICLOCK TC400 central plant clocks
The central plant clocks evaluate the clock time data that was
transmitted from the wireless receiver and generate diverse
output signals in order to synchronize the connected I/O
devices.
If the wireless receiver fails or signal transmission is interrupted,
the central plant clocks switch over to their internal high-precision quartz system and thus ensure reliable tracking of the clock
time. When the input signal is available again, the central plant
clock adjusts any time differences that may have occurred
without time jumps by means of "microsteps".
Inputs and outputs
The high-precision SICLOCK TC100 and SICLOCK TC400
central plant clocks have one (SICLOCK TC100) or two
(SICLOCK TC400) inputs for connection to wireless receivers.
The central plant clocks have one (SICLOCK TC100) or four
(SICLOCK TC400) independent 10/100 Mbit Ethernet interfaces.
The network stations are synchronized using the proven SNTP
standard and by means of the SIMATIC procedure.
The SICLOCK central plant clocks have two relay outputs for
signaling alarms or warnings.
Alternatively and/or in addition, two point-to-point connections
TTY (20 mA current interface) or one RS 422 (5 V level) connection can be set up for the SICLOCK TC400 central plant clock.
Operation
Parameterization of the interfaces, setting of the signal types,
redundancy modes, and read-out of the status messages stored
in the device are conveniently implemented via the integrated
web interface.
LEDs and a display indicate operating states and show any error
messages, which can also be read out via the web interface.
2/672
Siemens IK PI 2015
2XV9450-2AR01
2XV9450-2AR22
Siemens AG 2014
Accessories
SICLOCK Time synchronization > GPS receivers
Overview
Ordering data
Article No.
Wireless receivers
SICLOCK GPS1000 package
2XV9450-1AR82
GPS radio clock for the time

synchronization of PCs as well as
programmable controllers via
RS 232 interface;
in industrial environments with
high levels of interference;
with distances up to 1000 m
between the antenna and the
device,
package comprises
GPS1000 antenna head
with antenna frame
GPS1000 power supply
Distribution socket
5 m RS232 connecting cable
DCF77 receiving service
for Windows
SICLOCK GPS1000 wireless receiver
SICLOCK GPS1000
The SICLOCK GPS1000 wireless receiver is designed to receive

signals on the 1.575 GHz frequency from the GPS satellite
system. The wireless receiver generates the time information
(UTC coordinated universal time) from this high frequency
signal and converts it on the output side into the DCF77 time
signal. The wireless receiver can be used all over the world.
GPS radio clock for the

time synchronization of PCs,
programmable controllers,
as well as the SICLOCK TC100
and SICLOCK TC400 central
plant clocks;
Single device incl. installation
material
2XV9450-1AR84
The SICLOCK GPS1000 wireless receiver is designed for direct

connection to SICLOCK TC100 and SICLOCK TC400 central
plant clocks. The line current method used permits a distance of
up to one kilometer between the wireless receiver and the central plant clock.
The antenna has to be installed outdoors for optimum reception
of the satellite signals. The wireless receiver needs no parameter
assignment or maintenance and, when used with
SICLOCK TC100 or SICLOCK TC400 central plant clocks,
is supplied by them with its operational energy.
The 2XV9450-1AR82 package is available for the direct
synchronization of PCs. This package also includes the
SICLOCK GPS1000 PS pulse converter for level conversion and
the receiving software, which runs on PCs.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/673
Siemens AG 2014
Accessories
SICLOCK Time synchronization > DCF77 receivers
Overview
Ordering data
Article No.
Wireless receivers
SICLOCK DCFRS
2XV9450-1AR16
DCF radio clock for the time

synchronization of PCs and programmable controllers
Active DCF77 antenna
with TTY output
(20 mA line current)
spare part
SICLOCK DCFRS
2XV9450-1AR06

synchronization of individual PCs
over short distances,
package comprises
Active DCF77 antenna with
RS 232 interface and mounting
bracket
20 m connecting cable, mounted
SICLOCK DCFRS wireless receiver (without antenna base)
SICLOCK DCFRS wireless receivers receive signals from the

DCF77 time signal transmitter. The DCF77 transmitter is located
in Mainflingen near Frankfurt am Main and transmits long-wave
signals at a frequency of 77.5 kHz. Under good reception
conditions, signals can be received within a radius of up to
1 500 km of the transmitter location.
Unlike devices that receive signals from satellites, the
SICLOCK DCFRS can also be used inside buildings.
SICLOCK DCF77 wireless receivers output the demodulated
DCF77 time signal.
SICLOCK DCF77 wireless receivers are available in two
versions:
SICLOCK DCFRS with TTY interface (20 mA current interface)
for direct connection to central plant clocks
SICLOCK DCFRS with RS 232 signal level for connection
to PCs
Note:
We recommend the software DCF77 receiving service
(Article No. 2XV9450-1AR28) if the RS 232 version is used, see
"Accessories". Parameter assignment is not necessary for both
receiver versions.
2/674
Siemens IK PI 2015
SICLOCK DCFRS
2XV9450-1AR14

synchronization of individual PCs
over short distances,
package comprises
RS 232 interface and mounting
bracket
20 m connecting cable, mounted
DCF77 receiving service for
Windows
SICLOCK DCFRS
synchronization of PCs and programmable controllers
package comprises
TTY output (20 mA line current)
and antenna frame
TTY/RS 232 converter
Plug-in power supply
Two distribution sockets
1 m connecting cable mounted,
extendable to 1000 m
DCF77 receiving service
for Windows
2XV9450-1AR21
Siemens AG 2014
Accessories
SICLOCK Time synchronization > Pulse converters
Overview
The pulse converter is available in three versions:
SICLOCK PCON
SICLOCK EOPC
SICLOCK GPS1000 PS
Inputs
Outputs
LWL
LWL
TTY
RS 485
RS 232
RS 485
1
Digital logic
RS 232
5 ... 35 V
245 V
35 ... 70 V
220 V
SICLOCK PCON
pulse converter
Alarm
DIP switch
SP01_00042
SICLOCK PCON pulse converter (functional diagram)
SICLOCK EOPC pulse converter

SICLOCK GPS1000 PS, SICLOCK PCON and
SICLOCK EOPC pulse converters
SICLOCK PCON pulse converter

The SICLOCK PCON is a single-channel, electrical-optical pulse
converter. It enables electrical and optical time frames and
pulses to be distributed.
The SICLOCK EOPC is an electrical-optical converter and hub.

It features two electrical inputs, which can be alternatively used,
and transfers these signals at its 32 fiber-optic outputs. This
pulse converter is therefore the ideal choice for applications with
numerous nodes with optical pulse interface which have to be
synchronized.
Inputs X1
Outputs
TTY 20 mA current interface
32 x BFOC 62.5/125 m
The device has three inputs for electrical signals (RS 422,
RS 232, etc.), one optical input, as well as five electrical outputs
and one optical output. By using fiber-optic cables, longer
distances can be bridged with very high interference immunity.
SICLOCK GPS1000 PS pulse converter
The SICLOCK PCON pulse converter can be operated in two

modes:
In transparent mode, the input signal is output at all outputs
without any change.
In pulse mode, an edge change at the input triggers a pulse
with parameterizable length at all outputs.
The SICLOCK GPS1000 PS pulse converter is always used

when a SICLOCK wireless receiver is used as stand-alone unit,
i.e. without a central plant clock. It fulfills two main functions:
On the one hand, the pulse converter is used as an energy
source for SICLOCK wireless receivers.
On the other hand, the device is used as a level converter.
The device is easily parameterized by means of DIP switches

located directly on the device.
The time signal received at input 11/12 is output as RS 232 level

at the Sub-D interface X3.
Pulse input 10 ... 65 V
Inputs X1
Outputs X2
Inputs
Outputs
RS 422 (non-isolated)
9-pole Sub-D RS 232 level
TTY 20 mA current interface to the

wireless receiver
Pulse input 5 ... 35 V or 5 ... 70 V
Pulse output 24 V (non-isolated)

TTY-inverted 20 mA current interface
Pulse output 24 ... 220 V (isolated)

FOC
FOC
BFOC connection system
BFOC connection system

Siemens IK PI 2015
2/675
Siemens AG 2014
Accessories
SICLOCK Time synchronization > Pulse converters
Ordering data
Article No.
Pulse converters
SICLOCK PCON
2XV9450-1AR63-1SA3
Single-channel,
electrical-optical pulse converter
for industrial applications,
820 nm, 24 ... 230 V AC/DC,
with multimode fiber optic
connection
SICLOCK EOPC
2XV9450-1AR72
Electrical-optical pulse converter

for industrial applications
with 32 fiber-optic cable outlets
for transparent operation and
pulse mode, 24 ... 110 V DC
SICLOCK GPS1000
power supply 230 V
2/676
Siemens IK PI 2015
2XV9450-1AR85-0AA2
Siemens AG 2014
Accessories
SICLOCK Time synchronization > Accessories
Overview
Ordering data
Software
Accessories
For less complex applications, the wireless receivers can even

be operated without central plant clocks.
Software
Receiving service software
for Windows
Receiving service software
for SIMATIC
Two software packages are available for such applications to

process the time information on Windows computers or in a
SIMATIC PLC.
2XV9450-1AR28: SICLOCK DCF77 receiving service software
for Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows 7, Windows
Server 2003/2008/2008 R2
2XV9450-1AR32: SICLOCK DCF77 receiving service software
for SIMATIC S7-300 and S7-400
Lightning protection
The 2XV9450-1AR83 lightning protection element is integrated
by default into the connecting cable downstream of the wireless
receiver and protects the components connected to it against
overvoltage caused by lightning strikes.
Lightning protection
for antenna cable
Article No.
2XV9450-1AR28
2XV9450-1AR32
2XV9450-1AR83
Lightning protection for TTY

connection cable for
SICLOCK GPS1000 or SICLOCK
DCFRS wireless receivers
Mounting frame for
SICLOCK TC100 and
clocks
2XV9450-2AR81
Mounting hardware
For easy installation in 19" rack units, a 2XV9450-2AR81
mounting frame for two SICLOCK TC100 and/or
SICLOCK TC400 central plant clocks each is available.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/677
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC PCS 7 process control systems
Automation systems
Overview
SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems in various designs:

Modular S7-400 systems as well as embedded systems (mEC and Microbox system)
Automation systems are available in three different designs for

the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system. The automation
performance can therefore be finely scaled within wide limits.
The automation systems offered can be classified as follows:
Modular systems of the S7-400 series with hardware controller

in the versions "Standard", "High availability" and "Safetyrelated"
- AS 410 automation systems
- Complementary S7-400 systems
Embedded systems with software controller
- mEC automation system
- Microbox automation system
Application
Automation system
with APL
AS
412H
AS
414-3
AS
414-3IE
AS
414H
AS
416-2
AS
416-3
AS
416-3IE
AS
416H
AS
417-4
AS
417H
AS
RTX
AS
mEC
AS 410
Analog value measurements 10
50
100
100
200
400
400
400
500
600
300
300
Digital value measurements
20
160
250
250
450
800
800
800
1 000
1 000
600
600
PID controls
35
50
50
75
150
150
150
180
200
200
200
Motors
40
75
75
100
200
200
200
350
400
150
150
Valves
40
75
75
100
200
200
200
350
400
250
250
SFC
15
15
15
40
100
100
100
200
200
100
100
Steps
150
150
150
400
1 000
1 000
1 000
2 000
2 000
800
800
Dosing
15
25
25
25
50
50
50
50
Digital inputs DI
30
200
350
300
600
1 200
1 200
1 200
1 700
1 800
1 200
1 200
Digital outputs DO
10
60
100
110
200
400
400
400
550
650
400
400
Analog inputs AI
15
100
175
150
300
600
600
600
800
900
600
600
Analog outputs AO
30
75
50
100
200
200
200
250
350
200
200
Process objects (PO)
30
200
350
350
600
1 200
1 200
1 200
1 800
2 000
1 200
1 200
Typical mixed configuration limits for SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems, based on the SIMATIC PCS 7 Advanced Process Library (APL)
Note:
The values quoted here are not AS-specific maximum values for
the particular item. Instead, they represent a typical distribution
of the available total capacity of the AS during mixed operation
of all the items of a contiguous block.
The number of process objects is not an absolute value, but
depends on the library used as well as on the number and type
of blocks used in the application.
2/678
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Automation systems
Modular automation systems of the S7-400 range
The rugged automation systems of the S7-400 series are suitable for universal use. They are characterized by high processing and communication performance. The product range offered
differs with regard to the area of application as follows:
AS 410 automation systems
- Preferred systems for new plants with SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0
- Suitable for SIMATIC PCS 7 as of V8.0+SP1, including
hardware upgrade package (HUP CPU 410-5H)
- Performance of the general purpose CPU scalable based on
the number of process objects
AS type
Features
Standard systems, high availability and safety-related systems

AS 410S/H/F/FH
CPU 410-5H Process Automation (1 x or 2 x)

Interfaces: 1 x PN/IE (2 ports), 1 x DP

- Can be used in plants with SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0, V7.1,
or V7.0
- As an alternative to AS 410, primarily in systems with
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0/V7.1
- Scalable based on types of CPU differing in performance
AS type
Features
Standard systems
AS 414-3
Standard CPU, interfaces: 1 x MPI/DP, 1 x DP,

1 x DP module can be optionally inserted
AS 414-3IE
Standard CPU, interfaces: 1 x PN/IE (2 ports), 1 x MPI/DP,

AS 416-2
Standard CPU, interfaces: 1 x MPI/DP, 1 x DP
AS 416-3
Standard CPU, interfaces: 1 x MPI/DP, 1 x DP, 1 x DP

module can be optionally inserted
AS 416-3IE
Standard CPU, interfaces: 1 x PN/IE (2 ports), 1 x MPI/DP,

AS 417-4
Standard CPU, interfaces: 1 x MPI/DP, 1 x DP, 2 x DP

module can be optionally inserted
More information
Catalog information
For detailed information and ordering data for AS 410
automation systems, refer to the following catalog section
"Modular AS 410 systems".
For information and ordering data for AS 412 to AS 417
automation systems (standard systems, high availability and
safety-related systems), see "Complementary S7-400
systems" in the following.
For detailed information and ordering data for the SIMATIC
PCS 7 AS mEC RTX automation system, see the section
"Embedded systems", "mEC automation system" below.
For detailed information and ordering data for the SIMATIC
PCS 7 AS RTX automation system, see the section
"Embedded systems", "Microbox automation system" below.
Online configurators
Selected SIMATIC S7-400 components are combined as
"AS bundles" according to the task involved for the modular
SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems. Configurators in the
Industry Mall (www.siemens.com/industrymall) help you to
assemble the AS bundles:
Online configurators for AS 410 automation systems
- SIMATIC PCS 7 AS 410 Single Station configurator
- SIMATIC PCS 7 AS 410 Redundancy Station configurator
Online configurators for complementary S7-400 systems
- SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Single Station configurator
- SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Redundancy Station configurator
High availability and safety-related systems

AS 412H/F/FH
H-CPU (1 x or 2 x),
interfaces: 1 x PN/IE (2 ports), 1 x MPI/DP, 1 x DP
AS 414H/F/FH
H-CPU (1 x or 2 x),
AS 416H/F/FH
H-CPU (1 x or 2 x),
AS 417H/F/FH
H-CPU (1 x or 2 x),
Embedded automation systems

The SIMATIC PCS 7 AS mEC RTX and SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX
embedded automation systems are low-price, compact systems
for the lower and medium performance ranges. They are particularly suitable for small applications, especially at plant level and
as OEM products, e.g. in package units.
Both systems have exceptional physical properties, but differ
with regard to design and expandability.
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS mEC RTX
- S7-300 design
- Centrally expandable with up to 8 S7-300 I/O modules
- PROFINET IO interface for connection to ET 200M
distributed remote I/O stations
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX
- Microbox design
- Routing-capable PROFIBUS DP interface for connecting
ET 200M, ET 200iSP, ET 200S and ET 200pro distributed
remote I/O stations and intelligent field and process devices
to PROFIBUS DP/PA
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/679
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
With its high-performance hardware and optimized V8.0 firmware, the innovative CPU 410-5H Process Automation of the
AS 410 covers the entire spectrum of conventional AS 412 to
AS 417 automation systems. Its automation performance can be
flexibly scaled based on the number of SIMATIC PCS 7 process
objects (PO).
System expansion cards are available for

100 PO
500 PO
1 000 PO
1 600 PO
2 000 PO (PO 2k+)
The type reduction to a single CPU offers numerous advantages.
It significantly simplifies selection and configuration of the
automation system as well as spare part inventory and plant
expansion.
Note:
The configuration of the CPU 410-5H Process Automation of the
AS 410 and the loading of the user blocks is only possible with
SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering software as of V8.0+SP1 (including
hardware upgrade package HUP CPU 410-5H) .
Design
Similar to all SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems of the S7-400
series, AS 410 automation systems are available as "AS bundles" as follows:
Individual components bundled per system in one delivery
Pre-assembled and tested complete systems (no extra
charge compared to delivery of individual components)
The configuration of the AS bundles and their article numbers

can be defined by selecting pre-configured ordering units.
System-specific ordering configurations are available in tabular
form for this purpose in the sections "Standard automation
systems", "Fault-tolerant automation systems" and "Safetyrelated automation systems".
With a SIMATIC PCS 7 Industry Library Runtime license and a

SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license, the AS bundles are
equipped for 100 process objects (PO). Building on this, the
number of process objects can be increased with cumulative
AS Runtime licenses for 100, 1 000 or 10 000 POs.
For interactive configuration of AS bundles, two online

configurators are also available in the Industry Mall
(www.siemens.com/industrymall):
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS 410 Single Station configurator
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS 410 Redundancy Station configurator
2/680
Single power supply

Single plant bus communication
Double power supply

Single plant bus communication
Single power supply

Double plant bus
communication
Double power supply

Double plant bus
communication
Double power supply

Double plant bus communication
Quadruple power supply

Double plant bus communication
Double power supply

Quadruple plant bus
communication
Quadruple power supply

Quadruple plant bus
communication
G_PCS7_XX_00185
Single Station
(Single Controller)
Flexible and scalable availability
Redundancy Station
(Dual Controller)
With the rugged all-round system AS 410, the SIMATIC PCS 7

process control system for the first time offers an exclusive
automation system from the SIMATIC S7-400 series, which can
be used in all domains due to its versatility. For specific requirements, you can configure it as a:
Standard AS 410S automation system
Fault-tolerant AS 410H automation system
Safety-related AS 410F/FH automation system
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Design (continued)
A particular characteristic of the modular S7-400 systems is the
flexible and scalable availability of various components.
CPU 410-5H Process Automation supports NTP as well as S7

time synchronization.
For a SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Single Station of the AS 410 type, you

have the option of specifically increasing the availability by
implementing a redundant configuration of the power supply or
the Industrial Ethernet communications module, and combining
these measures.
Other features include:

Integrated 48 MB load memory and 16 MB RAM each for
program and data
Cycle time up to 10 ms/9 process tasks
Total number of I/Os (on PROFIBUS DP and PROFINET IO)
approx. 7 500 (16 KB each for inputs and outputs)
Additional protection of the circuit board with coating
(conformal coating)
High-precision time stamping
Recessed RESET button
Preset hardware parameters (PCS 7 skinning)
Even the AS Redundancy Station of the AS 410 type with its

redundant CPUs offers significantly higher availability. It operates according to the 1oo2 principle, in which a switch is made
from the active subsystem to the standby system in the event of
a fault. Starting from here, you can double the power supply or
the Industrial Ethernet communications module for each subsystem, and combine these measures.
CPU 410-5H Process Automation
For detailed information about CPU 410-5H Process Automation, see "Technical specifications".
I/O connection via PROFIBUS DP
The distributed process I/O can be integrated into a
PROFIBUS DP segment either directly or via a lower-level fieldbus (PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1). For details
on this, see sections "PROFIBUS DP", "PROFIBUS PA" and
"FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1" in the "Communication" chapter.
2 slots for the

sync module
PROFINET IO
(2-port switch)
Service
(2 x RJ45)
G_PCS7_XX_00350
PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS DP segments with distributed process I/O can be

operated on a PROFIBUS DP interface in the CPU and on
additive CP 443-5 Extended (conformal coating) PROFIBUS DP
interfaces. You can configure up to 4 individual or redundant
CP 443-5 Extended PROFIBUS DP interfaces (conformal
coating) for an automation system using the configurators for
SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems in the Industry Mall as
well as in the catalog sections "Standard automation systems",
"Fault-tolerant automation systems" and "Safety-related automation systems".
The CPU 410-5H Process Automation is the heart of standard

automation systems, as well as the fault-tolerant and safetyrelated AS 410 automation systems. Expansion cards for
100 PO, 500 PO, 1 000 PO, 1 600 PO and 2 000 PO (PO 2k+)
can be used to increase their performance in a user-defined
manner to up to approximately 2 600 PO.
You can additionally implement further PROFIBUS interfaces

using separately ordered CP 443-5 Extended PROFIBUS DP
interfaces (conformal coating). According to the manual, up to
10 CP 443-5 Extended interfaces (conformal coating) can be
operated in one automation system.
I/O connection via PROFINET IO
You can easily and efficiently connect AS 410 automation
systems to remote I/O stations via the PROFINET IO interface
integrated in the CPU 410-5H Process Automation, for example,
to remote ET 200M I/O stations (see also the "PROFINET" section
in the "Communication" chapter). PROFINET IO interfaces made
available by additive communication modules of the CP 443-1
type (conformal coating) cannot be used.
As shown in the figure, CPU 410-5H Process Automation is

equipped with a PROFINET IO interface (2-port switch) for up to
250 I/O devices and a PROFIBUS DP interface for up to
96 PROFIBUS DP slaves. Two integrated slots allow the synchronization of two redundant subsystems via sync modules
and sync cables (FOC).
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/681
Siemens AG 2014
General information
Communication
Firmware version
V8.0
Number of S7 connections
120
Engineering with
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0+SP1 +

HUP CPU 410-5H
Alarm_8P
10 000 (max. 80 000 messages)
IP20
Version
Conformal coating
Power supply
Supply voltage
5 V DC from SV system
Input current
From backplane bus, 5 V DC max.
From interface 5 V DC, max.
1.7 A
90 mA
Power loss, typical
7.5 W
Memory
Interfaces
X1: PROFIBUS DP
X5: PROFINET IO with 2 ports
X8: Service
IF1: Sync module slot
(redundant systems)
IF2: Sync module slot
(redundant systems)
16 MB
16 MB
Load memory, integrated
48 MB
Buffering with battery
Sync module 2
Electromagnetic compatibility
(EMC)
acc. to EN 55011
RAM
For program
For data
1 x up to 12 Mbps, 9-pin Sub-D

socket
2 x 10/100 Mbps, RJ45
2 x RJ45
Sync module 1
Limit class A, for use in industrial

areas
Climatic conditions
Temperature
Operation
0 ... 60 C
Yes, all data
Relative humidity
Operation
0 to 95%, without condensation
Clock
450 MHz (multiprocessor system)
approvals
Average processing time

of APL typicals
Approx. 110 s
CPU performance
PCS 7 process objects, can be set

with system expansion card
Up to approx. 2 600
Process tasks
Cyclic interrupts
(can be set from 10 ms to 5 s)
CE mark
Yes
cULus
Yes
CSA approval
Yes
FM approval
Yes
ATEX approval
Yes
Dimensions and weights
I/O
Total number of I/Os
Approx. 7 500 (16 KB inputs/outputs)
Number of I/Os per DP interface
Number of I/Os per PN interface
Dimensions (W x H x D in mm)
50 x 290 x 219
Weight
approx. 1.1 kg
Accessories
Backup batteries
Lithium backup batteries of type AA with 2.3 Ah are used in the
power supply modules of all SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems
of the S7-400 range (AS bundles). Since lithium batteries are
easily inflammable, more rigorous transport and storage regulations apply to them.
To avoid subjecting the AS bundles to these more rigorous transport and storage regulations, the backup batteries must be
ordered and delivered separately (order no. 6ES7971-0BA00).
2/682
Siemens IK PI 2015
The following backup batteries are required depending on the

configuration of the AS bundles:
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Single Station with
- 1 power supply module: 2 units
- 2 redundant power supply modules: 4 units
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Redundancy Station with
- 2 power supply modules: 4 units
- 2 x 2 redundant power supply modules: 8 units
Siemens AG 2014
Standard automation systems
Overview
The AS 410S modular standard automation systems are suitable
for general use. These are always your first choice if high availability through redundancy and safety-related functions are not
relevant for the application.
In the range from 100 to approx. 2 600 PO, their performance
can be customized to meet the task at hand using expansion
cards (for more information, see the previous section of the
catalog "Modular S7-400 systems").
An AS 410S is also the base system for a fault-tolerant
(AS 410H) or a safety-related automation system (AS 410F,
AS 410FH). Your decision for the AS 410S is therefore not final,
you can remain flexible. If the task changes, the automation
system can be used differently at any time and the target system
can be expanded accordingly.
Standard AS 410S automation system
Design
Individual configuration of AS bundles
The equipment of the standard automation systems as well as
their article numbers can be individually compiled by selecting
pre-configured ordering units.
Several PROFIBUS DP segments with distributed process I/Os

can be operated on one standard automation system.
A PROFIBUS DP interface is already integrated in the
CPU 410-5H Process Automation. Using the configurator in
the Industry Mall or in the selection and ordering data, up to
four more PROFIBUS DP interfaces can be configured via
additional CP 443-5 PROFIBUS DP interfaces (conformal
coating).
Standard automation systems AS 410S can only be connected
to remote I/O stations, for example, ET 200M remote I/O stations
via the PROFINET interface (2-port switch) integrated in
CPU 410-5H Process Automation (see also chapter "Communications", section "PROFINET").
The availability of the I/O devices can be increased by a ring
topology with media redundancy (MRP). If the transmission link
in the ring is interrupted at a given location, for example, due to
a break in the ring cable or the failure of a station, the redundancy manager, e.g. the CPU, immediately activates the alternative communication path.
ET 200M
ET 200M
SCALANCE X
ET 200M
G_PCS7_XX_00323
Typical combinations can be selected from tables in the section

"Ordering data". The complete range is available to you via the
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS 410 Single Station online configurator in the
Industry Mall (www.siemens.com/industrymall).
AS Single Station
with PROFINET CPU
ET 200M
Example for PROFINET IO communication with media redundancy
Industrial Ethernet (IE) plant bus communication

If the PROFINET interface integrated in the CPU is not used for
PROFINET IO, it can also be used for the connection to the
Industrial Ethernet plant bus. Otherwise, the AS 410S standard
automation system can be connected to the Industrial Ethernet
plant bus via a CP 443-1 (conformal coating) communication
module. The availability of the plant bus communication can be
increased with a second communication module.
If you have two separate power supply networks for your plant,
you can increase the availability of the AS 410S standard automation systems by using two redundant power supplies.
Runtime licenses
With a SIMATIC PCS 7 Industry Library Runtime license and a
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license, the AS bundle is equipped
for 100 process objects (PO). The number of process objects
can be extended by additional Runtime licenses for 100, 1 000
or 10 000 POs. The process objects of additional Runtime
licenses can be added to process objects which already exist.
The number and type (e.g. 100 or 1 000) of additional Runtime
licenses are irrelevant with regard to the implementable quantity
framework.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/683
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
AS 410S
CPU 410-5H with PROFIBUS DP
and PROFINET IO interface
32 MB RAM (16 MB each for program and data) with SIMATIC PCS 7
AS Runtime license for 100 PO and
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industry Library
Runtime license
Type of delivery
Individual components,
not pre-assembled
Pre-assembled and tested
System expansion card
System expansion card 100 PO
System expansion card 1 000 PO
System expansion card PO 2k+
( 2 000)
Additive Industrial Ethernet
interfaces1)
Without CP 443-1
1 x CP 443-1 (conformal coating)
Racks
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum1)
UR2 (9 slots), steel1)
UR1 (18 slots), aluminum
UR1 (18 slots), steel
Power supply
(without backup batteries)
1 x PS 407, 10 A
for 120/230 V AC/DC
1 x PS 407, 10 A
for 120/230 V AC/DC,
optional redundancy
1 x PS 407, 20 A
for 120/230 V AC/DC
2 x PS 407, 10 A
for 120/230 V AC/DC, redundant
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC,
optional redundancy
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC,
redundant
Additive PROFIBUS DP
interfaces1)
Without CP 443-5 Extended
1 x CP 443-5 Extended
(conformal coating)
(conformal coating)
(conformal coating)
(conformal coating)
1)
Article No.
Article No.
6ES7654- 7 C 7 0 7 - 7 7 F 7
Individual components for AS 410S standard automation systems
5
6
J
L
N
P
Q
0
3
4
3
4
5
6
B
C
D
E
G
H
J
K
0
1
2
3
4
Up to 5 CPs (Industrial Ethernet/PROFIBUS) can be plugged

into the UR2 rack with a single power supply, or up to 3 with a redundant
power supply.
2/684
Siemens IK PI 2015
Individual components

(conformal coating)
32 MB RAM integrated
(16 MB each for program and data);
module occupies 2 slots
6ES7410-5HX08-0AB0

100 PO Bundle
CPU bundle, consisting of
and system expansion card
for 100 PO
6ES7654-5CJ00-0XF0

500 PO Bundle
for 500 PO
6ES7654-5CL00-0XF0

1 000 PO Bundle
for 1 000 PO
6ES7654-5CN00-0XF0

1 600 PO Bundle
for 1 600 PO
6ES7654-5CP00-0XF0

PO 2k+ Bundle
for PO 2k+ ( 2 000)
6ES7654-5CQ00-0XF0
SIMATIC NET CP 443-1

(conformal coating)
Communication module for
connecting SIMATIC S7-400 to
Industrial Ethernet through TCP/IP,
ISO, and UDP;
PROFINET IO controller, MRP;
integrated real-time switch ERTEC
with two ports;
2 x RJ45 interface;
FETCH/WRITE, with or without
initialization over LAN
10/100 Mbit/s;
6GK7443-1EX30-0XE1
SIMATIC NET CP 443-5 Extended

(conformal coating)
PROFIBUS as DP master or for S7
communication, for increasing the
number of DP lines, for data set
routing with SIMATIC PDM and for
10-ms time stamping, electronic
manual on CD;
module occupies 1 slot
6GK7443-5DX05-0XE1
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.
Individual components for AS 410S standard automation systems

PS 407 power supply module
with battery compartment for
2 backup batteries,
10 A
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A
10 A, redundant
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A
20 A
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/20 A,
24 V DC/1 A
2 backup batteries,
10 A
24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A
10 A, redundant
24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A
20 A
24 V DC; 5 V DC/20 A,
24 V DC/1 A;
2 backup batteries,
Backup battery
Type AA, 2.3 Ah
6ES7407-0KA02-0AA0
6ES7407-0KR02-0AA0
6ES7407-0RA02-0AA0
6ES7405-0KA02-0AA0
6ES7405-0KR02-0AA0
Article No.
Runtime licenses for SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems
(can be added to existing licenses)
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime
license
Independent of language,
Delivery form package
(without SIMATIC PCS 7 Software
Media Package)
License key USB stick,
certificate of license
- 100 PO
- 1 000 PO
- 10 000 PO
Delivery form online
Media Package)
License key download,
online certificate of license
Note:
E-mail address required!
- 100 PO
- 1 000 PO
- 10 000 PO
2
6ES7653-2BA00-0XB5
6ES7653-2BB00-0XB5
6ES7653-2BC00-0XB5
6ES7653-2BA00-0XH5
6ES7653-2BB00-0XH5
6ES7653-2BC00-0XH5
6ES7405-0RA02-0AA0
6ES7971-0BA00
Aluminum rack
UR1, 18 slots
UR2, 9 slots
6ES7400-1TA11-0AA0
6ES7400-1JA11-0AA0
Steel rack
UR1, 18 slots
UR2, 9 slots
6ES7400-1TA01-0AA0
6ES7400-1JA01-0AA0
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/685
Siemens AG 2014
Fault-tolerant automation systems
Overview

PROFIBUS DP segment either directly or via a lower-level fieldbus (PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1).
can be operated on an AS 410H high availability automation
system. A PROFIBUS DP interface is integrated in each of the
two CPUs 410-5H Process Automation. Using the online configurator in the Industry Mall or in the selection and ordering data,
up to four more PROFIBUS DP interfaces can be configured for
each redundant subsystem with add-on CP 443-5
PROFIBUS DP interfaces (conformal coating).
Redundancy Station AS 410H
Fault-tolerant automation systems are used to reduce the risk of

production failures. The higher investment costs for fault-tolerant
automation systems are frequently negligible compared to the
costs resulting from production failures. The higher the costs of
a production failure, the more worthwhile it is to use a faulttolerant system.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 fault-tolerant automation systems can be
used on their own in a plant configuration, or together with
standard and safety-related automation systems.
Design
The AS 410H, which consists of two redundant, galvanically
isolated subsystems, can be mounted on a UR2-H compact rack
with a split backplane bus or on two separate racks (UR1 or
UR2). The configuration in two racks has the advantage that the
redundant subsystems are spatially separated (for example, by
a fire-proof wall) and can be located far apart from each other.
Depending on the sync modules used, distances from 10 m to
10 km are possible between the two subsystems. As a result of
the electrical isolation, the system is also resistant to EMC
interference.
With redundant PROFIBUS DP lines, the process I/Os can be

connected to an AS 410H as follows:
ET 200M remote I/Os stations with two IM 153-2 High Feature
interface modules on a special bus module
ET 200iSP remote I/Os stations with two IM 152-1 on a special
terminal module
Field devices on the PROFIBUS PA over a PA link to two
redundant IM 153-2 High Feature interface modules
Field devices on the FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 via an FF link
with two redundant IM 153-2 FF interface modules
Non-redundant PROFIBUS DP devices, e.g. ET 200S or
ET 200pro remote I/O stations per Y-Link
High availability AS 410H automation systems can be connected via PROFINET IO with remote I/O stations, for example,
ET 200M remote I/O stations. Only the PROFINET interfaces
integrated in the CPUs can be used for this on the automation
system.
The maximum availability with minimum error reaction times is
achieved by the AS 410H when used in conjunction with system
redundancy of the I/O devices. System redundancy refers to a
type of PROFINET IO communication in which each I/O device
establishes a communication link to each of the two CPUs of an
AS 410H over the topological network. Then, the failure of a CPU
does not automatically lead to failure of the connected I/O
devices.
AS redundancy
station with
PROFINET CPU

The equipment of the high availability automation systems as
well as their article numbers can be individually defined by selecting pre-configured ordering units.
Ordering information:
For an AS 410H redundant configuration based on two
AS Single Stations (AS 410S), you additionally require 4 sync
modules (up to 10 m or up to 10 km) and 2 fiber-optic sync
cables. The selection depends on the distance between the
two AS Single Stations.
FO sync cables longer than 1 m must always be ordered
separately (2 cables required in each case).
2/686
Siemens IK PI 2015
ET 200M
ET 200M
SCALANCE X
ET 200M
ET 200M
PROFINET IO communication with system redundancy
G_PCS7_XX_00322

"Ordering data". The complete range for selection is available via
the SIMATIC PCS 7 AS 410 Redundancy Station online configurator in the Industry Mall (www.siemens.com/industrymall).
Siemens AG 2014
Design (continued)
Communication via the Industrial Ethernet (IE) plant bus
If the PROFINET interface integrated in the CPUs of the AS 410H
is not used for PROFINET IO, it can also be used for the connection to the Industrial Ethernet plant bus. Otherwise, the two subsystems of the AS 410H can be connected to the plant bus using
one CP 443-1 communication module (conformal coating) each.
The plant bus can be implemented in the form of a ring structure,
which can also be configured with redundant architecture if the
availability requirements are high. When there are two redundant
rings it makes sense to use two communications processors in
each case and to distribute their connections between the two
rings (4-way connection). Double faults such as failure of the
switch on ring 1 with simultaneous interruption of the bus cable
on ring 2 can thus be tolerated.
Runtime licenses
With SIMATIC PCS 7 Industry Library Runtime and the
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license, the automation systems are
equipped with 100 process objects (PO) on delivery. The number of process objects can be extended by additional Runtime
licenses for 100, 1 000 or 10 000 POs. The process objects of
additional Runtime licenses can be added to process objects
which already exist. The number and type (e.g. 100 or 1 000) of
additional Runtime licenses are irrelevant.
Ordering data
AS 410H (Redundancy Station)
2 x CPU 410-5H with PROFIBUS DP
Runtime license
Type of delivery
not pre-assembled
2 x System expansion card
100 POs
500 POs
1 000 POs
1 600 POs
2 x System expansion card PO 2k+
( 2 000)
Sync modules and cables
2 x 2 sync modules for distances
up to 10 m and 2 x FO sync cable,
1m
2 x 2 sync modules for up to 10 km
and 2 x FO sync cable, 1 m, for
testing
interfaces1)
Without CP 443-1
2 x 1 CP 443-1 (conformal coating)
Article No.
6ES7656- 7 C 7 7 7 - 7 7 F 7
2
5
6
J
L
N
P
Q
0
3
4
Racks
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum1)
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel1)
2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum1)
2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel1)
1
2
3
4
Power supply
2 x PS 407, 10 A
for 120/230 V AC/DC
2 x PS 407, 10 A
optional redundancy
2 x PS 407, 20 A
for 120/230 V AC/DC
2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC,
optional redundancy
2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC,
redundant
B
C
D
E
G
H
J
K
interfaces1)
2 x 1 CP 443-5 Extended
(conformal coating)
(conformal coating)
(conformal coating)
(conformal coating)
1)
0
1
2
3
4
In configurations with UR2/UR2-H racks, up to 5 CPs (Industrial Ethernet/

PROFIBUS) can be configured with a single power supply, or up to 3 CPs
for each subsystem with a redundant power supply.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/687
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
Individual components of the fault-tolerant

SIMATIC PCS 7 AS 410H automation systems
(conformal coating)
32 MB RAM integrated (16 MB
each for program and data);
6ES7410-5HX08-0AB0

100 PO Bundle
and system expansion card for
100 PO
6ES7654-5CJ00-0XF0

500 PO Bundle
500 PO
6ES7654-5CL00-0XF0

1 000 PO Bundle
1 000 PO
6ES7654-5CN00-0XF0

1 600 PO Bundle
1 600 PO
6ES7654-5CP00-0XF0

PO 2k+ Bundle
PO 2k+ ( 2 000)
6ES7654-5CQ00-0XF0
Sync set
For coupling two redundant CPUs;
for distances up to
10 m, consisting of 4 sync
modules for up to 10 m and
2 fiber-optic sync cables,
1 m each
10 km, consisting of 4 sync
modules for up to 10 km
Note:
please order fiber-optic sync
cables (2 units) in the required
length separately.
Sync module
2 modules required for each CPU;
for distances up to
10 m
10 km
6ES7656-7XX30-0XE0
6ES7656-7XX40-0XE0
6ES7960-1AA06-0XA0
6ES7960-1AB06-0XA0
Sync cable (fiber-optic cable)

For connecting two redundant
CPUs, 2 cables required for each
redundant automation system
1m
2m
10 m
6ES7960-1AA04-5AA0
6ES7960-1AA04-5BA0
6ES7960-1AA04-5KA0
Other lengths
On request
2/688
Siemens IK PI 2015

(conformal coating)
ISO and UDP;
with 2 ports;
2 x RJ45 interface;
diagnostics, multicast,
access protection over IP access
list, initialization over LAN
10/100 Mbit/s;
6GK7443-1EX30-0XE1

(conformal coating)
PROFIBUS as DP master or for
S7 communication, for increasing
the number of DP lines, for data set
10-ms time stamp,
electronic manual on CD;
6GK7443-5DX05-0XE1

2 backup batteries,
10 A
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A
10 A, redundant
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A
20 A
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/20 A,
24 V DC/1 A
2 backup batteries,
10 A
24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A
10 A, redundant
24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A
20 A
24 V DC; 5 V DC/20 A,
24 V DC/1 A;
2 backup batteries,
Backup battery
Type AA, 2.3 Ah
6ES7407-0KA02-0AA0
6ES7407-0KR02-0AA0
6ES7407-0RA02-0AA0
6ES7405-0KA02-0AA0
6ES7405-0KR02-0AA0
6ES7405-0RA02-0AA0
6ES7971-0BA00
Aluminum rack
UR1, 18 slots
UR2, 9 slots
UR2-H,
for divided central controllers;
2 x 9 slots
6ES7400-1TA11-0AA0
6ES7400-1JA11-0AA0
6ES7400-2JA10-0AA0
Steel rack
UR1, 18 slots
UR2, 9 slots
UR2-H,
2 x 9 slots
6ES7400-1TA01-0AA0
6ES7400-1JA01-0AA0
6ES7400-2JA00-0AA0
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.

license
Media Package)
- 100 PO
- 1 000 PO
- 10 000 PO
Media Package)
Note:
- 100 PO
- 1 000 PO
- 10 000 PO
6ES7653-2BA00-0XB5
6ES7653-2BB00-0XB5
6ES7653-2BC00-0XB5
Options
Y-Link
Bus coupler for transition from a redundant PROFIBUS DP
master system to a single-channel PROFIBUS DP master
system
For connection of devices with only one PROFIBUS DP
interface to the redundant PROFIBUS DP master system
The Y-link comprises:
Two IM 153-2 High Feature interface modules for extended
temperature range
One Y coupler including RS 485 repeater
One BM IM157 (IM/IM) bus module for two IM 153-2 High
Feature modules, for extended temperature range
One BM Y coupler bus module
Evaluation of the Y-Link diagnostics (and hence indirectly of the
connected DP standard slaves) is supported by driver blocks.
6ES7653-2BA00-0XH5
6ES7653-2BB00-0XH5
6ES7653-2BC00-0XH5
Y-Link
Y-Link
For connection of devices with only
1 PROFIBUS DP interface to a
6ES7197-1LA11-0XA0
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/689
Siemens AG 2014
Safety-related automation systems
Overview
Design
The PROFIsafe profile allows safety-related communication
between the automation system (controller) and the process I/O
via both PROFIBUS and PROFINET. The decision for choosing
either PROFINET IO or the PROFIBUS DP/PA fieldbuses has a
significant influence on the architecture of the safety-related
system.
For information on the safety-related design versions with

PROFIBUS DP/PA and PROFINET IO, refer to the section
"Introduction" in the "Safety Integrated for Process Automation"
chapter.
The safety-related SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems are
based either on the hardware of the AS 410S standard automation system (F systems) or the hardware of the AS 410H high
availability automation system (FH systems), which have been
supplemented with safety functions using S7 F systems.
AS Single Station AS 410F
Safety-related automation systems are used for critical applications where a fault could endanger life or result in damage to the
plant or the environment. These F/FH systems also referred to as
"fail-safe automation systems" detect both faults in the process
and their own internal faults in association with the safety-related
F modules of the ET 200 distributed I/O systems or fail-safe
transmitters connected directly via the fieldbus. They automatically transfer the plant to a safe state in the event of a fault.
In accordance with the design variant, they are categorized as:

AS Single Station AS 410F
with only one CPU (safety-related)
AS Redundancy Station AS 410FH
with two redundant CPUs (safety-related and high availability)
The availability can be flexibly increased with a redundant
design for the power supply or the Industrial Ethernet communications module (for details, see the section "Modular S7-400
systems" under "Flexible and scalable availability").
All AS 410F/FH systems are TV-certified and comply with the
safety requirements up to SIL 3 according to IEC 61508.
In these systems with multitasking capability, several programs
can be executed simultaneously in one CPU basic process
control (BPCS) applications or also safety-related applications.
The programs are reaction-free, i.e. faults in BPCS applications
have no effect on safety-related applications, and vice versa.
Special tasks with very short response times can also be implemented.
The redundant FH systems operating according to the 1-out-of2 principle consist of two subsystems of identical design. These
are electrically isolated from each other to achieve optimum
EMC, and are synchronized with each other via fiber-optic cables. A bumpless switchover is made from the active subsystem
to the standby subsystem in the event of a fault. The two subsystems can be present in the same rack or separated by up to
10 km. The spatial separation provides additional security in the
case of extreme influences in the environment of the active
subsystem, e.g. resulting from a fire.
The redundancy of the FH systems is only used to increase the
availability. It is not relevant to processing of the safety functions
and the associated fault detection.
2/690
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Design (continued)
The configuration of the safety-related automation systems and

their article numbers can be defined by selecting pre-configured
ordering units.
Safety-related AS 410F/FH automation systems can be connected via PROFINET IO with remote I/O stations, for example,
ET 200M remote I/O stations. Only the PROFINET interface
(2-port switch) integrated in the CPU can be used for this on the
automation system. For additional information, refer to section
"Introduction" in the "Safety Integrated for Process Automation"
chapter.
Typical combinations for the respective system can be selected

using tables in the section "Ordering data". These are divided
into:
AS Single Station AS 410F with one CPU
AS Redundancy Station AS 410FH with two redundant CPUs,
mounted on one common rack (UR2-H) or two separate racks
(UR2)
The complete range for selection is available using two correspondingly structured online configurators in the Industry Mall
(www.siemens.com/industrymall):
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS 410 Single Station configurator
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS 410 Redundancy Station configurator
System expansion cards including an S7 F systems Runtime
license should be selected here for safety-related AS 410 F/FH
automation systems.
The components suitable for engineering the safety-related
applications can be ordered in the section "Safety Integrated for
Process Automation":
S7 F Systems
F programming tool with F block library for programming
safety-related user programs on the engineering system
SIMATIC Safety Matrix
Convenient safety lifecycle tool for configuration, operation
and servicing
Communication over the plant bus

If the PROFINET interface integrated in the CPU of the safetyrelated automation systems is not used for PROFINET IO, it is
available for connection to the Industrial Ethernet plant bus.
Otherwise, the AS 410F and the two subsystems of the
AS 410FH can be connected to the plant bus via one CP 443-1
(conformal coating) communication module each.
The plant bus can be implemented in the form of a ring structure,
which can also be configured with redundant architecture if the
availability requirements are high. When there are two redundant
rings, it makes sense to use two communication modules per AS
(AS 410F) or AS subsystem (AS 410FH) and to distribute their
connections over the two rings (4-way connection).
Double faults such as failure of the switch on ring 1 with
simultaneous interruption of the bus cable on ring 2 can thus
be tolerated.
Runtime licenses
In the factory state, safety-related automation systems come
with a SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 process
objects (PO), SIMATIC PCS 7 Industry Library Runtime and the
S7 F systems RT license. The 100 POs of the SIMATIC PCS 7
AS Runtime license can be expanded by additional Runtime

PROFIBUS DP segment either directly or via a lower-level
PROFIBUS PA fieldbus. Several PROFIBUS DP segments with
distributed process I/Os can be operated on an AS 410F/FH
automation system.
A PROFIBUS DP interface is already integrated in each
CPU 410-5H Process Automation. Using the online configurator
in the Industry Mall or in the selection and ordering data, up to
four additional PROFIBUS DP interfaces can be configured with
additive CP 443-5 PROFIBUS DP interfaces (conformal coating)
for each AS 410F as well as for each subsystem of the
AS 410FH.
Connection of the process I/Os to two redundant PROFIBUS DP
lines of an FH system (AS Redundancy Station) is carried out as
described in the section "High availability automation systems".
The FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) H1 and the FF devices are not
supported by Safety Integrated for Process Automation.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/691
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
AS 410F (Single Station)

CPU 410-5H with PROFIBUS DP
Runtime license
Type of delivery
not pre-assembled
including S7 F systems
Runtime license
Runtime license
Runtime license
Runtime license
System expansion card PO 2k+
( 2 000) including S7 F systems
Runtime license
interfaces1)
Without CP 443-1
Racks
UR2 (9 slots), aluminum1)
UR2 (9 slots), steel1)
Power supply
1 x PS 407, 10 A
for 120/230 V AC/DC
1 x PS 407, 10 A
optional redundancy
1 x PS 407, 20 A
for 120/230 V AC/DC
2 x PS 407, 10 A
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC,
optional redundancy
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC,
redundant
interfaces1)
(conformal coating)
(conformal coating)
(conformal coating)
(conformal coating)
1)
Article No.
Article No.
6ES7654- 7 C 7 0 7 - 7 7 F 7
Type of delivery
not pre-assembled
5
6

2 x system expansion card 100 PO
Runtime license
2 x system expansion card 500 PO
Runtime license
2 x system expansion card
1 000 PO including S7 F systems
Runtime license
2 x system expansion card
1 600 PO including S7 F systems
Runtime license
2 x system expansion card PO 2k+
( 2 000) including S7 F systems
Runtime license

2 x 2 sync modules for distances up
to 10 m and 2 x FO sync cable, 1 m
and 2 x FO sync cable, 1 m,
for testing
0
3
4

interfaces1)
Without CP 443-1
3
4
5
6
Racks
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum1)
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel1)
2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum1)
2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel1)
B
C
D
E
G
H
J
K
0
1
2
3
4
Up to 5 CPs (Industrial Ethernet/PROFIBUS) can be pluggedinto the UR2

rack with a single power supply, or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
2/692
Siemens IK PI 2015
AS 410FH (Redundancy Station)

2 x CPU 410-5H with PROFIBUS DP
32 MB RAM (16 MB each for program
and data) with SIMATIC PCS 7
Runtime license
Power supply
2 x PS 407, 10 A
for 120/230 V AC/DC
2 x PS 407, 10 A
optional redundancy
2 x PS 407, 20 A
for 120/230 V AC/DC
2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/
230 V AC/DC, redundant
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC,
optional redundancy
2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC,
redundant
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
(conformal coating)
(conformal coating)
(conformal coating)
(conformal coating)
1)
6ES7656- 7 C 7 7 7 - 7 7 F 7
5
6
A
3
4
0
3
4
1
2
3
4
B
C
D
E
G
H
J
K
0
1
2
3
4
In configurations with UR2/UR2-H racks, up to 5 CPs (Industrial Ethernet/

PROFIBUS) can be configured with a single power supply, or up to 3 CPs
for each subsystem with a redundant power supply.
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
Individual components of the safety-related
SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems AS 410F and AS 410FH
S7 F Systems RT License
For processing safety-related
application programs, for one
AS 410F/FH system each
6ES7833-1CC00-6YX0

(conformal coating)
32 MB RAM integrated
(16 MB each for program and data);
6ES7410-5HX08-0AB0

100 PO Bundle
100 PO
6ES7654-5CJ00-0XF0

500 PO Bundle
500 PO
6ES7654-5CL00-0XF0

1 000 PO Bundle
1 000 PO
6ES7654-5CN00-0XF0

1 600 PO Bundle
1 600 PO
6ES7654-5CP00-0XF0

PO 2k+ Bundle
PO 2k+ ( 2 000)
6ES7654-5CQ00-0XF0
Sync set
for distances up to
10 m, consisting of 4 sync
modules for up to 10 m and
2 fiber-optic sync cables, 1 m
each
10 km, consisting of 4 sync
modules for up to 10 km
Note:
please order fiber-optic sync
cables (2 units) in the required
length separately.
Sync module
For coupling two redundant CPU;
2 modules required for each CPU,
for distances up to
10 m
10 km
6ES7656-7XX30-0XE0
6ES7656-7XX40-0XE0
6ES7960-1AA06-0XA0
6ES7960-1AB06-0XA0
Sync cable (fiber-optic cable)

For connecting two redundant
CPUs, 2 cables required for each
1m
2m
10 m
6ES7960-1AA04-5AA0
6ES7960-1AA04-5BA0
6ES7960-1AA04-5KA0
Other lengths
On request

(conformal coating)
ISO and UDP;
with 2 ports;
2 x RJ45 interface;
10/100 Mbit/s;
6GK7443-1EX30-0XE1

(conformal coating)
PROFIBUS as DP master or for S7
communication, for increasing the
number of DP lines, for data set
10-ms time stamp,
electronic manual on CD;
6GK7443-5DX05-0XE1

2 backup batteries,
10 A
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A
10 A, redundant
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A
20 A
120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/20 A,
24 V DC/1 A
2 backup batteries,
10 A
24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A
10 A, redundant
24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A,
24 V DC/1 A
20 A
24 V DC; 5 V DC/20 A,
24 V DC/1 A;
2 backup batteries,
Backup battery
Type AA, 2.3 Ah
6ES7407-0KA02-0AA0
6ES7407-0KR02-0AA0
6ES7407-0RA02-0AA0
6ES7405-0KA02-0AA0
6ES7405-0KR02-0AA0
6ES7405-0RA02-0AA0
6ES7971-0BA00
Aluminum rack
UR1, 18 slots
UR2, 9 slots
UR2-H,
2 x 9 slots
6ES7400-1TA11-0AA0
6ES7400-1JA11-0AA0
6ES7400-2JA10-0AA0
Steel rack
UR1, 18 slots
UR2, 9 slots
UR2-H,
2 x 9 slots
6ES7400-1TA01-0AA0
6ES7400-1JA01-0AA0
6ES7400-2JA00-0AA0
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/693
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.

AS 410F/FH Engineering
See section "Safety Integrated for Process Automation", S7 F Systems

license
Media Package)
- 100 PO
- 1 000 PO
- 10 000 PO
Media Package)
Note:
- 100 PO
- 1 000 PO
- 10 000 PO
Y-Link
2/694
Siemens IK PI 2015
Y-Link
For connection of devices with only
one PROFIBUS DP interface to a
6ES7653-2BA00-0XB5
6ES7653-2BB00-0XB5
6ES7653-2BC00-0XB5
6ES7653-2BA00-0XH5
6ES7653-2BB00-0XH5
6ES7653-2BC00-0XH5
6ES7197-1LA11-0XA0
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
With the S7-400 automation systems, which are scalable via
different types of CPU, you have an alternative to AS 410 automation systems. The systems that can be used in plants with
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0, V7.1 or V7.0 can be classified as follows:
High availability automation systems
The AS 414-3, AS 414-3IE, AS 416-2, AS 416-3, AS 416-3IE and
AS 417-4 standard automation systems are extremely robust
and feature high processing and communication performance.
Design
Racks
Automation systems based on only one CPU (AS Single Station)
can be mounted on a UR1 rack (18 slots) or UR2 rack (9 slots).
The automation systems (AS Redundancy Station) consisting of
two electrically isolated redundant subsystems can be mounted
on a UR2-H compact rack with divided backplane bus or on two
separate racks (UR1 or UR2). The design with two racks allows
physical separation of the redundant subsystems, e.g. by a
fireproof partition and over a distance of up to 10 km. As a result
of the galvanic isolation, the system is insensitive to electromagnetic interferences.
The AS 414-3 and AS 414-3IE are tailored for smaller-scale

applications with smaller quantity structures, which allows for a
low-cost starter solution with a modular and scalable system
based on the S7-400 controller range. Larger quantity structures
can be implemented using the AS 416-2, AS 416-3/416-3IE and
AS 417-4 automation systems. These systems are preferred for
medium and large-sized plants.
If you have two separate power supplies for supplying your

system, you can increase the availability of the automation
systems with redundant power supplies (2 power supplies for
one AS Single Station or 1 or 2 power supplies for each subsystem of an AS Redundancy Station).
High availability automation systems
Each standard automation system is connected to the Industrial

Ethernet plant bus by means of a CP 443-1 communication
module.
If the PN/IE interface integrated in the CPUs of the high availability and safety-related automation systems is not used for
PROFINET IO, it is available for the connection to the Industrial
Ethernet plant bus. Otherwise, the 1H/F systems (AS Single
Station) and the two subsystems of the 2H/FH systems
(AS Redundancy Station) can be connected to the plant bus via
one CP 443-1 communication module each.
The aim in using high availability automation systems is to

minimize the risk of a production outage. In accordance with
their basic design, these systems are categorized as:
AS Single Stations: AS 412-5-1H, AS 414-5-1H, AS 416-5-1H,
and AS 417-5-1H with only one CPU, e.g. for the following
applications:
- Subsequent expansion to a redundant system
- Redundant configuration on UR1 racks, comprising 2 Single
Stations, 4 sync modules, and 2 sync fiber-optic cables
AS Redundancy Stations: AS 412-5-2H, AS 414-5-2H,
AS 416-5-2H and AS 417-5-2H with two redundant CPUs,
mounted on one common rack (UR2-H) or two separate racks
(UR2)
Safety-related automation systems (F/FH systems) are available
for safety-relevant applications in which an incident can result in
danger to persons, plant damage or environmental pollution.
These are based on the hardware of the high availability automation systems, which is expanded by safety functions with
S7 F systems.
In accordance with the design variant, they are categorized as:
AS Single Stations
AS 412F, AS 414F, AS 416F, and AS 417F with only one CPU
(safety-related)
AS Redundancy Stations
AS 412FH, AS 414FH, AS 416FH, and AS 417FH with two
redundant CPUs (safety-related and high availability)
The safety-related F/FH systems collaborate with safety-related
F modules of the ET 200 distributed I/O systems or fail-safe
transmitters connected directly via the fieldbus to detect not only
faults in the process, but also their own, internal faults. They
automatically transfer the plant to a safe state in the event of a
fault. The redundancy of the FH systems is only used to increase
the availability. It is not relevant to processing of the safety functions and the associated fault detection.
Communication via the Industrial Ethernet (IE) plant bus

PROFIBUS DP segment either directly or via a lower-level fieldbus (PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1).
can be operated on a standard automation system, an 1H/F
system (AS Single Station), or a 2H/FH system (AS Redundancy
Station). The following table provides an overview of the number
and type of configurable PROFIBUS DP interfaces.
I/O connection via PROFINET (PN)
Standard automation systems, high availability and safetyoriented automation systems (AS Single Stations and
AS Redundancy Stations) can be networked simply and effectively with ET 200M remote I/O stations over PROFINET IO.
If a PN/IE interface is integrated in the CPU of the automation
system (AS 414-3IE, AS 416-3IE, and all H/F/FH systems), then
it is to be used for connecting ET 200M remote I/O stations via
PROFINET IO. In standard automation systems, the PN/IE
interfaces of type CP 443-1 communication modules can also
be used for PROFINET IO.
The maximum availability with minimum error handling times is
achieved by the AS Redundancy Station (2 H/FH systems) in
conjunction with the system redundancy of the I/O devices.
System redundancy refers to a type of PROFINET IO communication where each I/O device establishes a communication
connection to each of the two CPUs of an AS Redundancy
Station over the topological network.
All F/FH systems are TV-certified and comply with the safety
requirements up to SIL 3 according to IEC 61508.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/695
Siemens AG 2014
Design (continued)
Runtime licenses
Each automation system is already provided as standard

with the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industry Library Runtime and the
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 process objects (PO);
safety-oriented automation systems additionally with the S7
F Systems RT license. The 100 POs of the SIMATIC PCS 7
AS Runtime license can be expanded by additional Runtime
The various versions of the SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems
AS 412 to AS 417 are available as AS bundles as follows:
Individual components, combined per station in one
consignment
Preassembled and tested complete systems (no extra charge
compared to delivery of individual components)
"Ordering data".
The complete range is available to you via two configurators in
the Industry Mall (www.siemens.com/industrymall):
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Single Station configurator
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Redundancy Station configurator
Ordering notes
For a redundant configuration based on 2 AS Single Stations,
you additionally require 4 sync modules (up to 10 m or 10 km)
and 2 fiber-optic sync cables. The selection depends on the
distance between the two AS Single Stations.
Ordering data
Article No.
Configuration tables
for standard automation systems
AS 414-3IE
6ES7654- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 F 7
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime

license for 100 POs
CPU with 2 DP interfaces
(MPI/DP and slot for IF module)
4 MByte main memory
(2 MByte each for program and data)
Type of delivery
not pre-assembled
Memory card
Memory card 2 MB RAM
(up to approx. 100 POs)
CPU type
CPU 414-3 PN/DP
Additive IF 964-DP interface module
Without additive IF 964-DP
1 x IF 964-DP
Interface to Industrial Ethernet/
PROFINET plant bus
integrated, without CP 443-1
1 CP 443-1EX30
2 CP 443-1EX30
Racks
7
8
B
C
D
0
1
0
3
4
3
4
5
6
Power supply
1 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
1 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC,
optional redundancy
1 x PS 407,
20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
2 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC,
optional redundancy
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC,
optional redundancy
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC,
optional redundancy
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces
4 x CP 443-5 Extended1)
1)
2/696
Siemens IK PI 2015
With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply,

the number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 3.
B
C
D
E
G
H
J
K
0
1
2
3
4
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
for standard automation systems
AS 416-3IE
with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS
Runtime license for 100 POs
for high availability automation systems
6ES7654- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 F 7
CPU with 2 DP interfaces

(MPI/DP and slot for IF module)
16 MByte main memory
(8 MByte each for program and data)
Type of delivery
not pre-assembled
Memory card
(up to approx. 2 100 POs)
CPU type
CPU 416-3 PN/DP
1 IF 964-DP
Interface to Industrial Ethernet/
PROFINET plant bus
integrated, without CP 443-1
1 CP 443-1EX30
2 CP 443-1EX30
Racks
6ES7654- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 F 7
CPU with 2 PROFIBUS interfaces

(MPI/DP master and DP master) and
1 PN/IE interface (2 port switch)
1 MB RAM
(512 KB each for program and data)
Type of delivery
not pre-assembled
7
8
Memory card
C
D
E
CPU type
CPU 412-5H (up to approx. 30 POs)
J

7
8
A
B
A
0
Interface to Industrial Ethernet

plant bus
Without interface module
1 x CP 443-1EX301)
2 x CP 443-1EX30 for redundant
connection1)
0
1
0
3
4

With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply,
the number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 3.
0
3
4
Racks
3
4
5
6
Power supply
1 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
1 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC,
optional redundancy
1 x PS 407,
20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
2 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC,
optional redundancy
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC,
optional redundancy
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC,
optional redundancy
1)
AS 412-5-1H (Single Station)

3
4
5
6
Power supply
1 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
1 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC,
optional redundancy
1 x PS 407,
20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
2 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
(redundant)
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC,
optional redundancy
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
(redundant)
B
C
D
E
G
H
J
K
0
1
2
3
4
B
C
D
E
G
H
J
K

1)
0
1
2
3
4
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power supply
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/697
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.

6ES7654- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 F 7

4 MB RAM
(2 MB each for program and data)
Type of delivery
not pre-assembled
Memory card
CPU type
CPU 414-5H
plant bus
1 x CP 443-1EX301)
2 x CP 443-1EX30
for redundant connection1)
Racks
Power supply
1 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
1 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC,
optional redundancy
1 x PS 407,
20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
2 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
(redundant)
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC,
optional redundancy
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
(redundant)
1)
Siemens IK PI 2015
6ES7654- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 F 7

16 MB RAM
(6 MB for program and 10 MB for data)
Type of delivery
not pre-assembled
7
8
Memory card
B
C
CPU type
CPU 416-5H

0
3
4

plant bus
1 x CP 443-1EX301)
2 x CP 443-1EX30
3
4
5
6
Racks
B
C
D
E
G
H
J
K
0
1
2
3
4
2/698

Power supply
1 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
1 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC,
optional redundancy
1 x PS 407,
20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
2 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
(redundant)
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC,
optional redundancy
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
(redundant)
1)
7
8
C
D
E
0
3
4
3
4
5
6
B
C
D
E
G
H
J
K
0
1
2
3
4
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
6ES7654- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 F 7

32 MB RAM
Type of delivery
not pre-assembled
Memory card
CPU type
CPU 417-5H
plant bus
1 x CP 443-1EX301)
2 x CP 443-1EX30
Racks
Power supply
1 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
1 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC,
optional redundancy
1 x PS 407,
20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
2 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
(redundant)
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC,
optional redundancy
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
(redundant)
1)
AS 412-5-2H (Redundancy Station)

6ES7656- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 F 7
2 x CPU with 2 PROFIBUS interfaces

each (MPI/DP master and DP master)
and 1 PN/IE interface each
(2 port switch)
2 x 1 MB RAM
Type of delivery
not pre-assembled
7
8
Memory card
2 x memory card 1 MB RAM
C
D
E
CPU type
2 x CPU 412-5H
M

1m
7
8
A
B

plant bus
2 x CP 443-1EX30
2 x 2 CP 443-1EX30
for 4-way connection1)
0
3
4
0
3
4
Racks
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum
1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel
2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum
2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
Power supply
2 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
2 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC,
optional redundancy
2 x PS 407,
20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
2 x 2 PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
(redundant)
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC,
optional redundancy
2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
(redundant)
B
C
D
E
G
H
J
K
0
1
2
3
4
B
C
D
E
G
H
J
K

2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended1)
1)
0
1
2
3
4
Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power supply

Siemens IK PI 2015
2/699
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.

6ES7656- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 F 7

(2 port switch)
2 x 4 MB RAM
Type of delivery
not pre-assembled
Memory card
CPU type
2 x CPU 414-5H
1m
2 x 2 sync modules for
up to 10 km and 2 x FO sync cable,
1 m, for testing
plant bus
2 x CP 443-1EX30
2 x 2 CP 443-1EX30
Racks
Power supply
2 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
2 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC,
optional redundancy
2 x PS 407,
20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
2 x 2 PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
(redundant)
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC,
optional redundancy
2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
(redundant)
1)
Siemens IK PI 2015
6ES7656- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 F 7

(2 port switch)
2 x 16 MB RAM
(6 MB each for program and
10 MB each for data)
Type of delivery
not pre-assembled
7
8
Memory card
B
C
CPU type
2 x CPU 416-5H

1 m, for testing

plant bus
2 x CP 443-1EX30
2 x 2 CP 443-1EX30
0
3
4
1
2
3
4
Racks
Power supply
2 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
2 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC,
optional redundancy
2 x PS 407,
20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
2 x 2 PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
(redundant)
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC,
optional redundancy
2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
(redundant)
B
C
D
E
G
H
J
K
0
1
2
3
4

2/700


1)
7
8
C
D
E
3
4
0
3
4
1
2
3
4
B
C
D
E
G
H
J
K
0
1
2
3
4

Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
license for 100 POs
for safety-related automation systems
6ES7656- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 F 7

(2 port switch)
2 x 32 MB RAM
Type of delivery
not pre-assembled
Memory card
CPU type
2 x CPU 417-5H
1m
1 m, for testing
plant bus
2 x CP 443-1EX30
2 x 2 CP 443-1EX30
Racks
Power supply
2 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
2 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC,
optional redundancy
2 x PS 407,
20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
2 x 2 PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
(redundant)
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC,
optional redundancy
2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
(redundant)
1)

license for 100 POs
6ES7654- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 F 7

1 MB RAM
Type of delivery
not pre-assembled
7
8
Memory card
C
D
E
CPU type
CPU 412-5H with S7 F Systems
RT license (up to approx. 30 POs)
M
Additive interface modules

Without additive interface module
plant bus
1 x CP 443-1EX301)
2 x CP 443-1EX30
7
8
A
B
0
3
4
Racks
0
3
4
3
4
5
6
Power supply
1 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
1 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC,
optional redundancy
1 x PS 407,
20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
2 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
(redundant)
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC,
optional redundancy
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
(redundant)
1
2
3
4
B
C
D
E
B
C
D
E
G
H
J
K

G
H
J
K
0
1
2
3
4
0
1
2
3
4

1)
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/701
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.

6ES7654- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 F 7

4 MB RAM
Type of delivery
not pre-assembled
Memory card
CPU type
plant bus
1 x CP 443-1EX301)
2 x CP 443-1EX30
Racks
Power supply
1 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
1 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC,
optional redundancy
1 x PS 407,
20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
2 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC (redundant)
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC,
optional redundancy
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
(redundant)
1)
Siemens IK PI 2015
6ES7654- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 F 7

16 MB RAM
(6 MB for program and 10 MB for data)
Type of delivery
not pre-assembled
7
8
Memory card
B
C
CPU type
RT license (up to approx. 1 200 POs)

0
3
4

plant bus
1 x CP 443-1EX301)
2 x CP 443-1EX30
3
4
5
6
Racks
B
C
D
E
G
H
J
K
0
1
2
3
4
2/702

Power supply
1 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
1 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC,
optional redundancy
1 x PS 407,
20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
2 x PS 407,
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC,
optional redundancy
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
(redundant)
1)
7
8
C
D
E
0
3
4
3
4
5
6
B
C
D
E
G
H
J
K
0
1
2
3
4
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
mit SIMATIC PCS 7 AS
Runtime License fr 100 PO
6ES7654- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 F 7

32 MB RAM
Type of delivery
not pre-assembled
Memory card
CPU type
plant bus
1 x CP 443-1EX301)
2 x CP 443-1EX30
Racks
Power supply
1 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
1 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC,
optional redundancy
1 x PS 407,
20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
2 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
(redundant)
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC,
optional redundancy
1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
(redundant)
1)

6ES7656- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 F 7

(2 port switch)
2 x 1 MB RAM
Type of delivery
not pre-assembled
7
8
Memory card
C
D
E
CPU type
2 x CPU 412-5H with S7 F Systems
N

1m
7
8
A
B

plant bus
2 x CP 443-1EX30
2 x 2 CP 443-1EX30
0
3
4
0
3
4
Racks
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
Power supply
2 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
2 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC,
optional redundancy
2 x PS 407,
20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
2 x 2 PS 407,
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC,
optional redundancy
2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
(redundant)
B
C
D
E
G
H
J
K
0
1
2
3
4
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply 3.
B
C
D
E
G
H
J
K

1)
0
1
2
3
4

Siemens IK PI 2015
2/703
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.

6ES7656- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 F 7

(2 port switch)
2 x 4 MB RAM
Type of delivery
not pre-assembled
Memory card
CPU type
1m
and 2 x FO sync cable,
1 m, for testing
plant bus
2 x CP 443-1EX30
2 x 2 CP 443-1EX30
Racks
Power supply
2 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
2 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC,
optional redundancy
2 x PS 407,
20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
2 x 2 PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
(redundant)
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC,
optional redundancy
2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
(redundant)
1)
Siemens IK PI 2015
6ES7656- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 F 7

(2 port switch)
2 x 16 MB RAM
(6 MB each for program and
10 MB each for data)
Type of delivery
not pre-assembled
7
8
Memory card
B
C
CPU type

1 m, for testing

plant bus
2 x CP 443-1EX30
2 x 2 CP 443-1EX30
0
3
4
1
2
3
4
Racks
Power supply
2 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
2 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC,
optional redundancy
2 x PS 407,
20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
2 x 2 PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
(redundant)
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC,
optional redundancy
2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
(redundant)
B
C
D
E
G
H
J
K
0
1
2
3
4

2/704


1)
7
8
C
D
E
3
4
0
3
4
1
2
3
4
B
C
D
E
G
H
J
K
0
1
2
3
4

Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Accessories
Article No.
license for 100 POs
Backup batteries
6ES7656- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 F 7

(2 port switch)
2 x 32 MB RAM
Type of delivery
not pre-assembled
Memory card
CPU type
1m
1 m, for testing
plant bus
2 x CP 443-1EX30
2 x 2 CP 443-1EX30
Racks
Power supply
2 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
2 x PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC,
optional redundancy
2 x PS 407,
20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
2 x 2 PS 407,
10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC
(redundant)
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC,
optional redundancy
2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC
2 x 2 PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC
(redundant)
Additive PROFIBUS DP interfaces1)
1)
Lithium backup batteries of type AA with 2.3 Ah are used in the

power supply modules of all SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems AS 412 to AS 417. Since lithium batteries are easily inflammable, more rigorous transport and storage regulations apply to
them.
To avoid subjecting the AS bundles to these more rigorous transport and storage regulations, the backup batteries must be ordered and delivered separately (order no. 6ES7971-0BA00).
The following backup batteries are required depending on the
configuration of the AS bundles:
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Single Station:
- With 1 power supply module: 2 units
- With 2 redundant power supply modules: 4 units
SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Redundancy Station:
- With 2 power supply modules: 4 units
- With 2 x 2 redundant power supply modules: 8 units
7
8
C
D
E
0
3
4
1
2
3
4
B
C
D
E
G
H
J
K
0
1
2
3
4
or up to 3 with a redundant power supply..
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/705
Siemens AG 2014
Process I/O
SIMATIC ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
In addition to the standard SIMATIC S7 I/O modules, special I/O
modules with diagnostics capability offer the following functions,
among others:
Channel-based diagnostics, e.g. open-circuit, short-circuit,
limit violations
Internal module monitoring, e.g. configuration error,
RAM error, tripped fuse
Flatter monitoring for sensors
Pulse stretching
Output of a selectable substitute value on failure of the central
processing unit
Overview
In the event of a fault, the modules with diagnostics capability

automatically pass on the corresponding message to the operator station, permitting fast and simple troubleshooting.
The ET 200M stations can be used in standard environments
and also in Ex zone 2/22. The actuators/sensors can be positioned in Ex zone 1/21 when suitable Ex input/output modules
are used. Hot swapping of I/O modules within Ex zone 2 is
allowed with the right permit (e.g. fire certificate).
Within the SIMATIC ET 200 range, ET 200M represents the main
series of distributed I/O systems for process control applications
with SIMATIC PCS 7.
The ET 200M I/O system offers a comprehensive range of I/O
modules of S7-300 design, including ones with special I&C functions:
Standard analog and digital modules
Redundant I/O modules
I/O modules with enhanced diagnostics capability
Ex I/O modules
Controller and counter modules
HART modules
F-modules for safety-related applications
When using active bus modules, faulty I/O modules can be replaced while the plant is in operation (RUN) without influencing
adjacent modules (hot swapping function).
The following actions are possible with the automation system
in RUN:
Adding new modules to the station
Re-configuration of modules
Addition of ET 200M stations
Configuration of connected HART field devices with
SIMATIC PDM
Note:
Apart from these selected modules, it is also possible to use
with limitations in functions - all other I/O modules from the
current range of S7-300 signal modules.
Design
An ET 200M remote I/O station comprises:
1 or 2 (redundant) power supply modules (can be omitted in
the case of a central 24 V DC supply for the plant)
Up to 2 interface modules:
- 1 or 2 (redundant) IM 153-2 High Feature for PROFIBUS DP
connection or
- 1 IM 153-4 PN High Feature for PROFINET connection
Up to 12 I/O modules for connection of sensors/actuators
All I/O modules have optical electrical isolation from the
backplane bus. Up to 12 I/O modules can connected to an
IM 153-2 High Feature or IM 153-4 PN High Feature interface
module. The IM 153-2 High Feature interface modules can also
be configured redundantly.
2/706
Siemens IK PI 2015
You can find detailed technical data on the ET 200M and
S7-300 I/O modules in the following places:
Catalog ST 70 or
Industry Mall/CA 01 under "Automation engineering
Automation systems SIMATIC industrial automation systems
SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/O"
Options
SIPLUS extreme range for extended temperature ranges
and corrosive environments
The "standard" properties of an individual device or system are
often insufficient for harsh environmental conditions, applications in corrosive environments or extreme temperature ranges.
Depending on the location of use, the result could be limitations
in functionality or operational safety or even total failure of the
plant.
The SIPLUS extreme range offers individually adapted standard
products which permit retention of the functionality of your plant
or process even under extreme conditions of use. These include:
Ambient temperature range from -25 to +60/+70 C
Condensation, high humidity
Increased mechanical stress
Extreme loading by media, e.g. toxic atmospheres
Voltage ranges deviating from the standard
Increased degree of protection (dust, water)
You can find a summary of the available range of products
classified according to their special properties on the Internet.
The corresponding SIPLUS product is assigned there to the
standard product:
http://www.siemens.com/siplus
Note:
SIPLUS products are also included in the ST 70 Catalog.
Siemens AG 2014
ET 200M for SIMATIC PCS 7
Interface Modules
Overview
Function
IM 153-2 High Feature
The IM 153-2 High Feature supports the following functions:
HART configuring of intelligent field devices
Configuration of ET 200M I/Os in RUN mode of the automation
system
Connection to redundant automation systems
Use of ET 200M function modules (controller and counter
modules)
Operation of up to 12 I/O modules per remote I/O station
Time stamping (SOE) with the safety-related SM 326F digital
input module (F-DI24)
Transmission of additional values with HART secondary
variables of the HART SM 331 and SM 332 analog modules
(up to 4 per channel or up to 8 per module)
IM 153-2 High Feature interface module for PROFIBUS connection
Interface module for the PROFIBUS connection

The IM 153-2 High Feature interface module (electrical
PROFIBUS DP transmission mode) is available for connecting
the ET 200M remote I/O station to the PROFIBUS DP fieldbus.
Depending on the fieldbus configuration (single/redundant),
the ET 200M remote I/O station can be connected via one single
or two redundant interface modules.
IM 153-4 PN High Feature

Integrated 2-port switch
Baud rate 10 Mbps / 100 Mbps (Autonegotiation/Full Duplex)
Operation of up to 12 I/O modules per remote I/O station
I&M functions in accordance with PROFIBUS International
Guidelines, order no. 3.502, version V1.1
Note:
In order to be able to use the hot swapping function, use of
the active bus module and the mounting rail for hot swapping is
necessary (see under the following section "Accessories").
Ordering data
Article No.
Interface module for the PROFIBUS connection

Slave interface module for connection of an ET 200M station to
PROFIBUS DP, with time stamp
(accuracy 1 ms), support of HART
functionality, F modules, FM modules, "Configuration in RUN" function; also for use in redundant
systems
6ES7153-2BA02-0XB0
Interface module for PROFINET connection

6ES7153-4BA00-0XB0
Interface for connecting an ET

200M station to PROFINET
IM 153-4 High Feature interface module for PROFINET connection
Interface module for PROFINET connection

The IM 153-4 PN High Feature interface module is used to
connect the ET 200M remote I/O station to PROFINET via copper
cables (RJ45). It autonomously handles communication
between the I/O modules and the higher-level PROFINET I/O
controller.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/707
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200SP
IM 155-6
Overview
Interface module for linking the ET 200SP to PROFINET or
PROFIBUS
Handles all data exchange with the controller
BusAdapter (BA) for individual PROFINET connection
Integrated 2-port switch for line configuration
Depending on the selected interface module
- up to max. 64 I/O modules per station; all I/O modules,
including fail-safe modules, can be used.
- Replacement of I/O modules during operation
Operation with gaps (non-equipped BaseUnits) possible
Replacement of an I/O module possible during operation
(hot swapping)
Load group formation without power module
6ES7155-6AA00-0BN0
6ES7155-6AU00-0BN0
IM 155-6 PN ST with BA 2xRJ45 and IM 155-6 PN ST with server module
server module
General information
Firmware version
V2.2.0
Vendor identification (VendorID)
002AH
Device identifier (DeviceID)

Product function
I&M data
0313H
Engineering with
STEP 7 can be configured/
integrated as of version
PROFIBUS as of GSD version/
GSD revision
PROFINET as of GSD version/
GSD revision
6ES7155-6AU00-0CN0
IM 155-6 PN HF with server module
Yes
Yes
Yes; I&M0 to I&M4
V11 SP2 with HSP0024 / -
V12 / V12
V12 SP1 / V13
V5.5 SP3 / -
V5.5 SP3 / -
V5.5 SP3 / -
V2.3 / -
V1.0 / V2.23
V2.3 / -
Supply voltage
24 V DC
DC
Rated value (DC)
24 V
24 V
24 V
permissible range, lower limit (DC)
19.2 V
19.2 V
19.2 V
permissible range, upper limit (DC)
28.8 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
Reverse polarity protection
Yes
Yes
Yes
Mains buffering
Mains/voltage failure stored
energy time
5 ms
5 ms
5 ms
450 mA
450 mA
Input current
Current consumption, max.
Inrush current, max.
4.5 A
It
0.09 As
Power losses
Power loss, typ.
1.9 W
1.9 W
Address area
Address space per module
Address space per module, max.
2.4 W
32 byte
Address space per station

Address space per station, max.
256 byte
256 byte
1 440 byte
Rack
Modules per rack, max.
32
32
64
2/708
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200SP
IM 155-6

6ES7155-6AA00-0BN0
6ES7155-6AU00-0BN0
server module
6ES7155-6AU00-0CN0
2
Yes
Yes; Pre-assembled bus adapter BA
2x RJ45
2
Yes
2
Yes
Yes; Applicable bus adapters:

BA 2x RJ45, BA 2x FC
Yes; pplicable bus adapters:

BA 2x RJ45, BA 2x FC
Yes; Applicable bus adapters:

BA 2xRJ45, BA 2xFC, BA 2xSCRJ
(as from FS03)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes; As MRP or MRPD client; max. 50
or 30 devices in the ring
Yes; for Ethernet services

Yes; PROFINET with 100 Mbit/s full
duplex (100BASE-TX)
PROFINET with 100 Mbit/s full duplex
(100BASE-TX)
Yes
Yes

duplex (100BASE-TX)
(100BASE-TX)
Yes
Yes

duplex (100BASE-TX)
(100BASE-TX)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Interfaces
Number of PROFINET interfaces
Number of PROFIBUS interfaces
1st interface
Interface types
- Number of ports
- Integrated switch
- RJ 45 (Ethernet)
- RS 485
- Bus adapter (PROFINET)
Protocols
- Media redundancy
Interface types
RJ 45 (Ethernet)
10 Mbps
100 Mbps
Transmission procedure
Autonegotiation
Autocrossing
Protocols
PROFINET IO
Supports protocol for PROFINET IO Yes
PROFINET IO Device
Services
- Isochronous mode
- IRT, supported
MRP, supported
MRPD, supported
PROFIenergy
Prioritized startup
Shared device
Number of IO controllers with
shared device, max.
TCP/IP
SNMP
LLDP
Yes
Yes; with send cycles of between
250 s and 4 ms in increments
of 125 s
Yes
Yes; with send cycles of between
250 s and 4 ms in increments
of 125 s
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
2
Yes; Bus cycle time: min. 250 s

Yes
Yes; 250 s, 500 s, 1 ms, 2 ms, 4 ms
additionally with IRT with high performance: 250 s to 4 ms in 125 s frame
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
4
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Isochronous mode
Yes
equidistance
Yes
250 s
max. cycle
4 ms
Jitter, max.
1 s
Interrupts/diagnostics/
status information
Status indicator
Yes
Yes
Yes
Alarms
Alarms
Yes
Yes
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/709
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200SP
IM 155-6
Diagnostic messages
Diagnostic functions
Diagnostics indication LED
RUN LED
ERROR LED
MAINT LED
Monitoring the supply voltage
(PWR-LED)
Connection display LINK TX/RX
Connection display DP
Galvanic isolation
between backplane bus
and electronics
6ES7155-6AA00-0BN0
6ES7155-6AU00-0BN0
server module
6ES7155-6AU00-0CN0
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes; Green LED

Yes; Red LED
Yes; yellow LED
Yes; Green LED
Yes; Green LED

Yes; Red LED
Yes; yellow LED
Yes; Green LED
Yes; Green LED

Yes; Red LED
Yes; yellow LED
Yes; Green LED
Yes
Yes; 2x green LED
Yes; 2x green LED
No
between PROFINET
and all other circuits
Yes
Yes
Yes
between supply and all other circuits
Yes
Yes
Yes
Permissible potential difference

between different circuits
75 V DC / 60 V AC
75 V DC/60 V AC (base isolation)
75 V DC/60 V AC (base isolation)
707 V DC between supply voltage and

electronics;
1 500 V AC between Ethernet and
electronics

electronics (type test);
electronics (type test)

electronics (type test);
electronics (type test)
According to Security Level 1 Test

Cases V1.1.1

Cases V1.1.1

Cases V1.1.1
Dimensions
Width
50 mm
50 mm
50 mm
Height
117 mm
117 mm
117 mm
Depth
74 mm
74 mm
74 mm
191 g; IM155PN ST with BA 2x RJ45

(mounted)
147 g; without bus adapter
147 g; without bus adapter
Isolation
Isolation checked with

Network loading class
Security level
Weights
Weight, approx.
Ordering data
Interface module Standard
IM 155-6PN ST, with server module
and installed BusAdapter BA
2xRJ45
IM 155-6PN ST, with server
module, without BusAdapter
Interface module High Feature
IM 155-6PN HF, incl. server
module, without BusAdapter
2/710
Siemens IK PI 2015
Article No.
Article No.
Accessories
6ES7155-6AA00-0BN0
Digital input modules

Digital input module DI 8x24 V DC
Standard, BU type A0, color code
CC01
6ES7131-6BF00-0BA0
6ES7155-6AU00-0BN0

Standard, BU type A0, color code
CC00
6ES7131-6BH00-0BA0
6ES7155-6AU00-0CN0

High Feature, BU type A0,
color code CC01, channel-specific
diagnostics, isochronous mode,
shared input (MSI)
6ES7131-6BF00-0CA0

Source Input, Basic, BU type A0,
color code CC02
6ES7131-6BF60-0AA0
Digital input module DI 8xNAMUR

High Feature, BU type A0,
color code CC01
6ES7131-6TF00-0CA0
Digital input module DI 4x120 V AC230 V AC Standard, BU type B1,

color code CC41
6ES7131-6FD00-0BB1
Fail-safe digital input module F-DI

8x24 V DC High Feature,
BU type A0, color code CC01,
SIL3/Cat.4/PLe
6ES7136-6BA00-0CA0
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200SP
IM 155-6
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
Digital output modules
Analog output modules
Digital output module DQ 4x24 V DC/

2 A Standard, BU type A0,
color code CC02
6ES7132-6BD20-0BA0
Analog output module AQ 4xU/I

Standard, BU type A0 or A1,
color code CC00, 16 bit, 0.3%
6ES7135-6HD00-0BA1

2 A High Feature, BU type A0, color
code CC02, channel-precise diagnostics, isochronous mode, shared
output (MSO)
6ES7132-6BD20-0CA0

High Speed, BU type A0 or A1, color
code CC00, 16 bit, 0.3%
6ES7135-6HB00-0DA1
6ES7135-6HB00-0CA1
Digital output module DQ 4x24 V AC230 V AC/2 A Standard for BU type

B1, color code CC41
6ES7132-6FD00-0BB1

High Feature, BU type A0 or A1,

0.5 A Standard, BU type A0, color
code CC02
6ES7132-6BF00-0BA0

0.5 A High Feature, BU type A0, color
code CC02
6ES7132-6BF00-0CA0

0.5 A Sink output, Basic, BU type A0,
color code CC01
6ES7132-6BF60-0AA0

0.5 A Standard, BU type A0, color
code CC00
Communication modules
Communication module CM 1xPtP
Standard, for serial communication
connections with RS232 and RS422
interfaces. RS485, BU type A0, color
code CC00
6ES7137-6AA00-0BA0
CM 4xIO-Link Master V1.1 Standard

communication module, for connecting up to 4 IO-Link devices, timebased IO, BU type A0, color code
CC04
6ES7137-6BD00-0BA0
6ES7132-6BH00-0BA0
CM AS-i Master ST communication

module, BU type C0 or C1,
color code CC00
3RK7137-6SA00-0BC1
Relay module RQ NO 4x120 V DC 230 V AC/5 A Standard, normallyopen, BU type B0, color code CC00
6ES7132-6HD00-0BB0
Special modules
Signal relay module RQ CO

4x24 V UC/2 A Standard,
changeover contact, BU type A0,
color code CC00
6ES7132-6GD50-0BA0
Fail-safe digital output module

F-DQ 4x24 V DC High Feature,
BU type A0, color code CC01,
SIL3/Cat.4/PLe
6ES7136-6DB00-0CA0
Fail-safe digital F output module

relay 1 F-RQ, BU type F0, relay output (2 NO contacts), total output current 5 A, load voltages 24 V DC and
24...230 V AC;
can be used up to SIL3 /
Category 4/PLe if controlled
via F-DQ
6ES7136-6RA00-0BF0
Fail-safe power module F-PM-E 24 V

DC/8 A PPM Standard, BU type C0,
color code CC52. 2 inputs, 1 output,
SIL3/Cat.4/PLe
6ES7136-6PA00-0BC0
BusAdapter BA 2xRJ45
6ES7193-6AR00-0AA0
BusAdapter BA 2xFC
for increased vibration and
EMC loads
6ES7193-6AF00-0AA0
BusAdapter BA 2xSCRJ,
fiber-optic connection for POF or
PCF cables up to 250 m,
with monitoring of damping
6ES7193-6AP00-0AA0
Can only be used with High Feature

interface modules
Reference identification label
6ES7193-6LF30-0AW0
10 sheets of 16 labels
Analog input modules
Shield connection
Analog input module AI 4xU/I 2-wire

Standard, BU type A0 or A1,
6ES7134-6HD00-0BA1
Analog input module AI 4xI 2-/4-wire

Standard, BU type A0 or A1, color
code CC03, 16 bit, 0.3%
6ES7134-6GD00-0BA1
Analog input module AI 4xRTD/TC 2, 3-, 4-wire High Feature, BU type A0

or A1, color code CC00, 16 bit,
0.1%, scalable measuring range
6ES7134-6JD00-0CA1
Analog input module AI 2xU/I 2-/4wire High Speed, BU type A0 or A1,

color code CC00, 16 bit, 0.3%,
isochronous mode above 250 s,
oversampling above 50 s
6ES7134-6HB00-0DA1
Analog input module AI 8xRTD/TC 2wire High Feature, BU type A0 or A1,

scalable measuring range
6ES7134-6JF00-0CA1
Analog input module AI 2xU/I 2-/4wire High Feature, BU type A0 or A1,

independent channel isolation, isochronous mode above 1 ms
6ES7134-6HB00-0CA1
Analog input module AI Energy

Meter Standard, BU type D0,
color code CC00
6ES7134-6PA00-0BD0
6ES7193-6SC00-1AM0
5 shield connections and

5 shield terminals each for plugging
onto BaseUnits with automatic
low-impedance connection
to functional ground
Labeling strips
500 labeling strips on roll,
light gray, for inscription with thermal
transfer roll printer
6ES7193-6LR10-0AA0
500 labeling strips on roll,

yellow, for inscription with
thermal transfer roll printer
6ES7193-6LR10-0AG0
1000 labeling strips DIN A4,

light gray, card, for inscription with
laser printer
6ES7193-6LA10-0AA0
1000 labeling strips DIN A4,

yellow, card, for inscription with laser
printer
6ES7193-6LA10-0AG0
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/711
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200SP
IM 155-6
Ordering data
Article No.
More information
Brochures
IE FC RJ45 plugs

on the Internet:

metal enclosure and integrated insulation displacement contacts for
installation cables
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180

180 cable outlet
1 unit
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
10 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
50 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
DIN rail 35 mm
Length: 483 mm
for 19" cabinets
6ES5710-8MA11
Length: 530 mm
for 600 mm cabinets
6ES5710-8MA21
Length: 830 mm
for 900 mm cabinets
6ES5710-8MA31
Length: 2 m
6ES5710-8MA41
Manuals for ET 200SP

distributed I/O system
ET 200SP library:
ET 200SP Manual Collection,
comprising system manual, product
information, and device manuals
Manuals can be downloaded from
the Internet as PDF files:
http://www.siemens.com/simaticdoku
6ES7998-8XC01-8YE0

multi-language: LOGO!, SIMADYN,
SIMATIC C7,
SIMATIC NET, SIMATIC PC Based
Automation, SIMATIC PCS 7,
SIMATIC PG/PC, SIMATIC S7,
SIMATIC Software, SIMATIC TDC
SIMATIC Manual Collection update
service for 1 year
6ES7998-8XC01-8YE2
Current "Manual Collection" DVD and

the three subsequent updates
Spare parts
Server module
6ES7193-6PA00-0AA0

for interface module
for connecting the 24 V DC supply
voltage
with push-in terminals (10 units)
6ES7193-4JB00-0AA0
with screw-type terminals (10 units)
6ES7193-4JB50-0AA0
2/712
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200S
IM 151-8 PN/DP CPU
Overview
Interface module for SIMATIC ET 200S with integrated
CPU S7-314
For high-performance control solutions in ET 200S
Increase of the availability of systems and machines
PROFINET IO Controller for up to 128 IO Devices
PROFINET IO controller
PROFINET interface with integrated 3-port switch
Isochronous mode on PROFINET
With many communication options: PG/OP communication,
PROFINET IO, PROFINET CBA, open IE communication (TCP,
ISO-on-TCP and UDP), web server and S7-communication
(with loadable FBs)
Fast, simple and end-to-end programming of a system with
modular programs via STEP 7
Compact SIMATIC Micro Memory Card (MMC)
Optional PROFIBUS master for 32 PROFIBUS DP slaves
(with master interface 6ES7138-4HA00-0AB0)
Fail-safe IM 151-8F PN/DP CPU PROFIsafe available
Note:
6ES7151-8AB01-0AB0
IM 151-8 PN/DP CPU
General information
Engineering with
Programming package
Supply voltage
24 V DC
Yes
Power losses
Power loss, typ.
5.5 W
Memory
Work memory
integrated
Load memory
192 kbyte
64 kbyte
8 Mbyte

0.06 s
0.12 s
0.16 s
0.59 s
Counters, timers
S7 counter
Number
256
IEC counter
present
Yes
S7 times
Number
256
IEC timer
present
Yes

Flag
Number, max.
256 byte
6ES7151-8AB01-0AB0
IM 151-8 PN/DP CPU
Address area
I/O address area
Inputs
Outputs
2 048 byte
2 048 byte
Process image
Inputs, adjustable
Outputs, adjustable
2 048 byte
2 048 byte
Time of day
Clock
Yes

Number
1st interface
Interface type
PROFINET
Physics
Ethernet
Number of ports
3; RJ45
Functionality
MPI
DP master
DP slave
PROFINET IO Device
PROFINET CBA
IO devices for RT
Number of IO devices with IRT
and the option "high flexibility"
Number of IO Devices with IRT
max.
No
No
No
Yes
No
128
128
64
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/713
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200S
IM 151-8 PN/DP CPU
Ordering data
6ES7151-8AB01-0AB0
IM 151-8 PN/DP CPU
IM 151-8 PN/DP CPU interface

module (192 K)
Including termination module
External interface via master module

6ES7138-4HA00-0AB0
Accessories
Physics
RS 485
for program backup
Functionality
MPI
DP master
DP slave
PROFINET IO Device
PROFINET CBA
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
DP master
2nd interface
Interface type
Isochronous mode
MMC 64 kByte 1)
MMC 512 kByte 1)

for program backup
6ES7953-8LJ30-0AA0
MMC 2 MByte 1)
for program backup and/or
firmware update
6ES7953-8LL31-0AA0
32; Per station
MMC 4 MByte 1)
for program backup
6ES7953-8LM31-0AA0
No
MMC 8 MByte 1)
for program backup
6ES7953-8LP31-0AA0
6ES7792-0AA00-0XA0
On request
Data record routing
Yes; With DP master module
External prommer
for MMC, among others, with USB
interface

supported
No
PG
with integrated MMC interface
supported
Yes; I blocks
S7 communication
supported
Yes

UDP
Yes; via integrated PROFINET

8
8
8
Web server
supported
Yes
overall
12
Configuration
programming
- LAD
- FBD
- STL
- SCL
- CFC
- GRAPH
- HiGraph
Know-how protection
User program protection/
password protection
Block encryption
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes
Dimensions
Width
120 mm; DP master module: 35 mm
Height
119.5 mm
Depth
75 mm
Weights
Weight, approx.
320 g; DP master module:

Approx. 100 g
Label sheets DIN A4 (10 units)

Each sheet contains 60 label strips
for peripheral modules and 20 label
strips for interface modules
petrol
red
yellow
light beige
ET 200S distributed I/O
system manuals
are available on the Internet
as PDF files:
Terminating module
as spare part for ET 200S
Spare part for connecting
the 24 V DC supply voltage
with screw terminals, 2-pin
SIMATIC S5, 35 mm DIN rail
Length: 483 mm for 19" cabinets
Length:
530 mm for 600 mm cabinets
Length:
830 mm for 900 mm cabinets
2 m long
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-docu
6ES7193-4JA00-0AA0
6ES7193-4JB00-0AA0
6ES7193-4JB50-0AA0
6ES5710-8MA11
6ES5710-8MA21
6ES5710-8MA31
6ES5710-8MA41
6GK1901-1BB20-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB20-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB20-2AE0

installation cables
FastConnect Standard Cable
FastConnect Trailing Cable
FastConnect Marine Cable
6XV1840-2AH10
6XV1840-3AH10
6XV1840-4AH10
1)
Siemens IK PI 2015
6ES7193-4BH00-0AA0
6ES7193-4BD00-0AA0
6ES7193-4BB00-0AA0
6ES7193-4BA00-0AA0
Industrial Ethernet FC RJ45

Plug 90
1 unit
10 units
50 units

stripping tool
2/714
6ES7953-8LF30-0AA0
6ES7953-8LG30-0AA0
Yes

6ES7151-8AB01-0AB0
MMC 128 kByte 1)

for program backup
PG/OP communication
TCP/IP
Article No.
6GK1901-1GA00
An MMC is essential to operate the CPU
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200S
Master interface module for IM 151 CPU interface modules
Overview
6ES7138-4HA00-0AB0
Number of modules per CPU
Dimensions
Width
35 mm
Height
119.5 mm
Depth
75 mm
Weights
Weight, approx.
100 g
Ordering data
PROFIBUS DP master interface module for IM 151-7(F) CPU /

IM 151-8(F) PN/DP CPU interface modules
Integrated 12 Mbit/s PROFIBUS DP master interface in copper
design
Facilitates parallel operation of two PROFIBUS DP interfaces
on one IM 151-7 (F-)CPU
Enables operation of a PROFIBUS DP interface on an
IM 151-8(F) PN/DP CPU
Increases the availability of plants and machinery
Functionality corresponds to the interface of an
S7-300 CPU 314-2 DP configured as DP master
Programming is with STEP 7 from Version V5.2 with
Service Pack 1.
Master interface module for

IM 151-7 CPU / IM 151-7 F-CPU /
IM 151-8 PN/DP CPU /
IM 151-8F PN/DP CPU
interface modules
Article No.
6ES7138-4HA00-0AB0
Accessories
RS 485
with PG interface
6ES7972-0BA12-0XA0
6ES7972-0BB12-0XA0

for FastConnect connection system,
without PG interface, 1 unit
without PG interface, 100 units
with PG interface, 1 unit
with PG interface, 100 units
6ES7972-0BA52-0XA0
6ES7972-0BA52-0XB0
6ES7972-0BB52-0XA0
6ES7972-0BB52-0XB0
PROFIBUS
Fast Connect bus cable
6XV1830-0EH10

shielded,
sold by the meter,
See CA 01 catalog
For establishing MPI/PROFIBUS

communication
Label sheets DIN A4 (10 pieces)
Each sheet contains
60 labeling strips
for peripheral modules and
20 labeling strips
for interface modules
petrol
red
yellow
light beige
6ES7193-4BH00-0AA0
6ES7193-4BD00-0AA0
6ES7193-4BB00-0AA0
6ES7193-4BA00-0AA0

system manuals
as PDF files:
More information
Brochures
in the Internet:
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/715
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200S
Overview
6ES7151-8FB01-0AB0
General information
01
Firmware version
V3.2
Engineering with
Programming package
Supply voltage
24 V DC
Yes
Power losses
Power loss, typ.
5.5 W
Memory
Work memory
integrated
Interface module with integrated fail-safe CPU for

SIMATIC ET 200S
Complies with safety requirements up to SIL 3
according to IEC 61508, IEC 62061, up to PLe according to
ISO 13849-1:2006 and PL e according to ISO 13849.1
For high-performance control solutions in ET 200S
With many communication options:
PG/OP communication, PROFINET IO, PROFINET CBA, open
IE communication (TCP, ISO-on-TCP and UDP), web server
and S7-communication (with loadable FBs)
Optional PROFIBUS master for 32 PROFIBUS DP slaves
(with master interface 6ES7138-4HA00-0AB0)
Note:
2/716
Siemens IK PI 2015


256 kbyte; F
or program and data
64 kbyte
Load memory
8 Mbyte

0.06 s
0.12 s
0.16 s
0.59 s
Counters, timers
S7 counter
Number
256
IEC counter
present
Yes
S7 times
Number
256
IEC timer
present
Yes

Flag
Number, max.
256 byte
Address area
I/O address area
Inputs
Outputs
2 048 byte
2 048 byte
Process image
Inputs, adjustable
Outputs, adjustable
2 048 byte
2 048 byte
Time of day
Clock
Yes

Number
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200S

6ES7151-8FB01-0AB0
6ES7151-8FB01-0AB0

1st interface
Interface type
PROFINET
PG/OP communication
Yes
Physics
Ethernet
Data record routing
Yes; With DP master module
Number of ports
3; RJ45

supported
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
5
No
supported
Yes; I blocks
S7 communication
supported
Yes
Yes;
via integrated PROFINET interface
and loadable FBs
128
UDP
Yes;
and loadable FBs
8
Functionality
MPI
DP master
DP slave
PROFINET IO Device
PROFINET CBA
Web server
- Number of HTTP clients
Number of connectable
IO devices, max.
max.
2nd interface
Interface type
Physics
128
64
External interface via master module

6ES7138-4HA00-0AB0
RS 485
Functionality
MPI
DP master
DP slave
PROFINET IO Device
PROFINET CBA
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
DP master
32; Per station
Isochronous mode
No
TCP/IP
Yes;
and loadable FBs
8
Web server
supported
Yes
overall
12
Configuration
STEP 7
Yes; V5.5 or higher
programming
- LAD
- FBD
- STL
- SCL
- CFC
- GRAPH
- HiGraph
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Know-how protection
protection
Block encryption
Dimensions
Width
Yes
120 mm;
DP master module: 35 mm
Height
119.5 mm
Depth
75 mm
Weights
Weight, approx.
320 g;
DP master module: Approx. 100 g
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/717
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200S
Ordering data
IM 151-8F PN/DP CPU
interface module (256 K)
Article No.
6ES7151-8FB01-0AB0
Each sheet contains

60 labeling strips
for peripheral modules and
20 labeling strips
for interface modules
Petrol
Red
Yellow
Light beige

programming tool
Task:
Engineering tool
for configuring fail-safe user
programs for SIMATIC S7-300F,
S7-400F, WinAC RTX F, ET 200S,
ET 200M, ET 200iSP, ET 200pro,
ET 200eco
Requirement:
6ES7833-1FC02-0YA5

email address required for delivery.
6ES7833-1FC02-0YH5
6ES7833-1FC02-0YE5
Task:
Engineering too
l for configuring fail-safe user
programs for SIMATIC S7-1500F,
S7-300F, S7-400F, WinAC RTX F,
ET200SP, ET 200S, ET 200M,
Requirement:
6ES7833-1FA13-0YA5

6ES7833-1FA13-0YH5
Accessories
SIMATIC Micro Memory Cards
6ES7953-8LF30-0AA0
for program backup

6ES7953-8LG30-0AA0
for program backup

6ES7953-8LJ30-0AA0
for program backup

MMC 2 MB 2)
6ES7953-8LL31-0AA0
for program backup and/or firmware update

MMC 4 MB 2)
6ES7953-8LM31-0AA0
6ES7953-8LP31-0AA0
for program backup

External prommer
6ES7792-0AA00-0XA0
for MMC with USB interface

On request
PG
with integrated MMC interface
1)

2)
An MMC is essential for operating the CPU
2/718
Siemens IK PI 2015
Termination module
6ES7193-4JA00-0AA0
Spare part
for connecting the 24 V DC
supply voltage
with screw terminals, 2-pin
SIMATIC S5, 35 mm DIN rail
Length: 483 mm
for 19" cabinets
Length: 530 mm
for 600 mm cabinets
Length: 830 mm
for 900 mm cabinets
Length: 2 m
6ES7193-4JB00-0AA0
6ES7193-4JB50-0AA0
6ES5710-8MA11
6ES5710-8MA21
6ES5710-8MA31
6ES5710-8MA41

Plug 90
RJ45 plug connector
1 unit
10 units
50 units
6GK1901-1BB20-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB20-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB20-2AE0

installation cables
6XV1840-2AH10
6XV1840-3AH10
6XV1840-4AH10

stripping tool
for program backup

MMC 8 MB 2)
http://www.siemens.com/simaticdocu
MMC 512 KB 2)

as PDF files:
MMC 128 KB 2)
6ES7193-4BH00-0AA0
6ES7193-4BD00-0AA0
6ES7193-4BB00-0AA0
6ES7193-4BA00-0AA0

system manuals
Floating license
MMC 64 KB 2)
Including termination module
from V5.x to V5.4;

Article No.
6GK1901-1GA00
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200S
IM 151-3 PN
Overview
Interface module for linking the ET 200S to PROFINET

Handles all data exchange with the PROFINET I/O Controller
3 versions:
- IM151-3 PN STANDARD
- IM151-3 PN HIGH FEATURE and IM 151-3 PN FO:
supports, in contrast to the STANDARD version,
the operation of PROFIsafe F modules
with integrated 2-port switch for line topology
Delivery including connecting module
Note:
Micro Memory Card required for operation depending on the
configuration.
6ES71513AA23-0AB0
6ES71513BA23-0AB0
IM 151-3 PN
IM 151-3 PN
PROFINET
High Feature
General information
002AH
002AH
0301H
0301H
Supply voltage
Mains buffering
Mains buffering, min.
20 ms
20 ms
Address area
Addressing volume
Inputs
Outputs
256 byte
256 byte
256 byte
256 byte
Interfaces
Supports protocol for PROFINET IO
RJ45
Yes
Yes
Protocols
Yes
Yes
No
No
status information
Alarms
Alarms
Yes
Yes
Diagnostic messages
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
between supply voltage

and electronics
No
No
Isochronous mode

Bus fault BF (red)
Group error SF (red)
Monitoring 24 V voltage supply ON
(green)
Connection to network LINK (green)
Transmit/receive RX/TX (yellow)
Galvanic isolation
and electronics
between Ethernet and electronics
Yes
Yes
Dimensions
Width
60 mm
60 mm
Height
119.5 mm
119.5 mm
Depth
75 mm
75 mm
Weights
Weight, approx.
120 g
135 g
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/719
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200S
IM 151-3 PN
Ordering data
Article No.
IM 151-3 PN interface module

For ET 200S;
transfer rates up to 100 Mbit/s;
data volume depends on the
number of modules inserted,
up to 63 modules can be connected,
bus connection through RJ45
6ES7151-3AA23-0AB0
IM 151-3 PN PROFINET
High Feature interface module
for ET 200S;
transfer rate up to 100 Mbit/s;
max. 63 modules up to 2 m wide
can be connected; bus connection
via RJ45, incl. termination module
6ES7151-3BA23-0AB0
IM 151-3 FO interface module

for ET 200S;
with 2 PROFINET FO-interfaces and
integrated 2-port switch,
max. 63 modules up to 2 m wide
can be connected,
incl. termination module
6ES7151-3BB23-0AB0
Article No.
MMCs for storing the device name
MMC 64 kByte 1)
6ES7953-8LF30-0AA0
MMC 128 kByte 1)
6ES7953-8LG30-0AA0
MMC 512 kByte 1)
6ES7953-8LJ30-0AA0
MMCs for storing the device name and/or firmware update
Accessories
Plug 90
RJ45 plug connector
1 unit
6GK1901-1BB20-2AA0
10 units
6GK1901-1BB20-2AB0
50 units
6GK1901-1BB20-2AE0

installation cables
Fast Connect standard cable
6XV1840-2AH10
Fast Connect trailing cable
6XV1840-3AH10
Fast Connect marine cable
6XV1840-4AH10
Termination Kits
SC RJ POF Plug
of SC RJ plugs consisting of stripping tool, kevlar cutter, microscope,
abrasive paper, grinding support
6GK1900-0ML00-0AA0
IE SC RJ POF Plug
Screw-in plug for on-site assembly
to POF fiber optic cable
(1 pack = 20 units)
6GK1900-0MB00-0AC0
IE SC RJ Refill Set POF

POF Plug, consisting of abrasive
paper and grinding plate (set of 5)
6GK1900-0MN00-0AA0
SC RJ POF Plug
of SC RJ plugs consisting of stripping tool, buffer stripping tool, kevlar cutter, fiber breaking tool,
microscope
6GK1900-0NL00-0AA0
Industrial Ethernet SC RJ PCF Plug

Screw-in plug for on-site assembly
to PCF fiber optic cable
(1 pack = 10 units)
6GK1900-0NB00-0AC0
Industrial Ethernet Fast Connect

stripping tool
6GK1901-1GA00
MMC 2 MByte 1)
6ES7953-8LL31-0AA0
MMC 4 MByte 1)
6ES7953-8LM31-0AA0
MMC 8 MByte 1)
6ES7953-8LP31-0AA0

system manuals
as PDF files:

multi-language:
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300,
C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7, Engineering Tools, Runtime Software,
SIMATIC DP (Distributed I/O),
SIMATIC HMI (Human Machine
Interface), SIMATIC NET (Industrial
Communication)
6ES7998-8XC01-8YE0

Update service for 1 year
Scope of delivery: Current DVD
"S7 Manual Collection" and the
three subsequent updates
6ES7998-8XC01-8YE2

Each sheet contains 60 labeling strips
for peripheral modules and 20 labeling strips for interface modules
petrol
red
yellow
light beige
Termination module
with screw-type terminals
DIN rail 35 mm
Length: 483 mm for 19" cabinets
Length: 530 mm
for 600 mm cabinets
Length: 830 mm
for 900 mm cabinets
Length: 2 m
Switches; Isochronous real time,
redundant power supply
1)
More information
Brochures
in the Internet:
http://www.siemens.com/simatic/printmateria
2/720
Siemens IK PI 2015
6ES7193-4BH00-0AA0
6ES7193-4BD00-0AA0
6ES7193-4BB00-0AA0
6ES7193-4BA00-0AA0
6ES7193-4JA00-0AA0
6ES7193-4JB00-0AA0
6ES7193-4JB50-0AA0
6ES5710-8MA11
6ES5710-8MA21
6ES5710-8MA31
6ES5710-8MA41
6GK5202-2BH00-2BA3
6GK5201-3BH00-2BA3
6GK5200-4AH00-2BA3
For operating the IM 151-3, an MMC is essential
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200MP
Interface modules
IM 155-5 PN
Overview
Prioritized fast startup (FSU) with 500 ms
(max. 12 I/O modules)
Shared device on up to two I/O controllers (when configuring
using GSD file; depends on the respective configuration tool)
Omission of SIMATIC memory card (SMC); IM replacement
without PG using LLDP
Starting from FW version V2.0.0, the IM155-5 PN ST interface
module supports the following new functions:
Submodule-granular shared device with up to two I/O
controllers
Configuration control (option handling)
Module-internal shared input and output (MSI/MSO), i.e. the
inputs or outputs of a module can be made available simultaneously to up to two I/O controllers
Interface modules for linking the ET 200MP to PROFINET

These handle data exchange with the PROFINET I/O controller
in the PLC
Integrated 2-port switch for line topology
Max. 30 I/O modules
Shortest bus cycle 250 s
Linking to the isochronous task of the CPU
The IM155-5 PN HF interface module has the following

additional functions:
Shared device on up to 4 IO controllers
Module-internal shared input and output (MSI/MSO) on up to
four IO controllers
Operation on a highly available SIMATIC S7-400H
Support for the MRPD function (media redundancy with
planned duplication)
6ES7155-5AA00-0AB0
6ES7155-5AA00-0AC0
IM 155-5 PN ST
IM 155-5 PN HF
Yes; I&M0 to I&M3
Yes; I&M0 to I&M3
V13 / V13
V13 / V13
V5.5 SP3 / -
V5.5 SP3 / -
V2.3 / -
V2.3 / -
Supply voltage
DC
DC
Rated value (DC)
24 V
24 V
Yes
Yes
Short-circuit protection
Yes
Yes
General information
Product function
I&M data
Engineering with
STEP 7 can be
PROFINET
as of GSD version/GSD revision
Mains buffering
Mains/voltage failure stored energy 5 ms
time
5 ms
Yes
Rack
Modules per rack, max.
30; I/O modules
30; I/O modules
Interfaces
2
Yes
Yes
2
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
1st interface
Interface types
- Number of ports
- Integrated switch
- RJ 45 (Ethernet)
Protocols
- Media redundancy
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/721
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200MP
Interface modules
IM 155-5 PN
6ES7155-5AA00-0AB0
6ES7155-5AA00-0AC0
IM 155-5 PN ST
IM 155-5 PN HF
Interface types
RJ 45 (Ethernet)
10 Mbps
100 Mbps
Autonegotiation
Autocrossing
Yes
PROFINET with 100 Mbit/s full duplex (100BASE-TX)
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
PROFINET with 100 Mbit/s full duplex (100BASE-TX)
Yes
Yes
Protocols
PROFINET IO
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
2
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
4
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Isochronous mode
Yes
Yes
equidistance
Yes
Yes
250 s
250 s
max. cycle
4 ms
4 ms
status information
Status indicator
Yes
Yes
Alarms
Alarms
Yes
Yes
Diagnostic messages
Yes
Yes

RUN LED
ERROR LED
MAINT LED
Connection display LINK TX/RX
Yes; Green LED

Yes; Red LED
Yes; yellow LED
Yes; yellow LED
Yes; Green LED

Yes; Red LED
Yes; yellow LED
Yes; yellow LED
Isolation
707 V DC (type test)
Dimensions
Width
35 mm
35 mm
Height
147 mm
155 mm
Depth
129 mm
120 mm
Weights
Weight, approx.
310 g
350 g
PROFINET IO Device
Services
- Isochronous mode
- IRT, supported
- MRP, supported
- MRPD, supported
- PROFINET system redundancy
- Prioritized startup
- Shared device
- Number of IO controllers with
shared device, max.
TCP/IP
SNMP
LLDP
2/722
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200MP
Interface modules
IM 155-5 PN
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
IP 20 degree of protection,
module width 35 mm,
installation on S7-1500 mounting rail

with UL approval;
IM 155-5 PN ST, standard version
6ES7155-5AA00-0AB0
IM 155-5 PN HF, High Feature

version with additional functions
6ES7155-5AA00-0AC0
Sold by the meter,

max. length 1000 m;
minimum order 20 m
6ES7528-0AA70-7AA0
(Type C)
Accessories
Front flap for IM 155-5 PN
(spare part), 5 units
Fixed lengths,
160 mm
482 mm
530 mm
830 mm
ordered separately
2000 mm
for mounting rail 2000 mm
6ES7590-1AB60-0AA0
6ES7590-1AE80-0AA0
6ES7590-1AF30-0AA0
6ES7590-1AJ30-0AA0
6ES7590-5AA00-0AA0
6XV1840-3AH10
Sold by the meter,

max. length 1000 m;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1840-4AH10

marine certified,
Sold by the meter,
max. length 1000 m;
minimum order 20 m
20 units
Power supply
For supplying the backplane bus

of the S7-1500
24 V DC input voltage,
power 25 W
6ES7505-0KA00-0AB0

power 60 W
6ES7505-0RA00-0AB0

power 60 W
6ES7507-0RA00-0AB0
Power connector
6ES7590-8AA00-0AA0
With coding element for

power supply module; spare part,
10 units
Load power supply
24 V DC/3 A
6EP1332-4BA00
24 V DC/8 A
6EP1333-4BA00


180/90 for trailing cable use;
with UL approval;
(Type B)
6ES7590-1BC00-0AA0
6XV1840-2AH10
6GK1901-1GA00

for fast stripping of
Industrial Ethernet FC cables
Client Modules SCALANCE W734
IWLAN Ethernet client modules
with built-in wireless interface;
wireless networks
IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h/n at 2.4/5 GHz
up to 300 Mbit/s; WPA2/AES;
integrated 2-port switch;
Power over Ethernet (PoE),
(-20 C to +60 C);
scope of delivery:
Mounting hardware,
4-pin screw terminal for 24V DC;
manual on CD-ROM;
German/English
SCALANCE W734-1 RJ45
6ES7193-4JB00-0AA0
IE FC RJ45 Plugs
IE FC RJ45 plug 180
180 cable outlet
1 unit
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
10 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
50 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
for managing the wireless connection of up to eight linked devices

with Industrial Ethernet connection
National approvals for operation
outside the USA
within the USA1)
6GK5734-1FX00-0AA0
KEY-PLUG W740 iFeatures
6GK5907-4PA00
6GK5734-1FX00-0AB0
Swap medium for enabling

additional iFeatures, for simple
device replacement if a fault occurs
and for storage of configuration
data; can be used in SCALANCE W
client modules with PLUG
compartment
1)
Please note national approvals under

http://www.siemens.com/wireless approvals
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/723
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200M
Interface modules
IM 153-4 PN
Overview
To connect ET 200M to PROFINET IO (via copper line, RJ45)
as an IO device
2 versions:
- IM 153-4 PN STANDARD
- IM 153-4 PN HIGH FEATURE:
supports, in contrast to the STANDARD version, the
operation of PROFIsafe F and HART modules. The operation
of an S7-400H (system redundancy) is likewise possible.
Integrated 2-port switch
12 modules per station
Usable I/O capacity: 192 bytes each
Active bus backplane to hot-swap modules available as an
option
Baud rate 10 Mbit/s / 100 Mbit/s (autonegotiation / full duplex)
I&M functions according to PNO-Guideline Order-No. 3.502,
Version V1.1
Note:
Micro Memory Card with at least 64 KB required if not all the
stations in the network support LLDP (Link Layer Discovery
Protocol; proximity detection).
6ES7153-4AA01-0XB0
IM 153-4 PN STANDARD
6ES7153-4BA00-0XB0
IM 153-4 PN HIGH FEATURE
General information
002AH
002AH
0302H
0302H
Supply voltage
24 V DC
Yes
Yes
20.4 V
20.4 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
permissible range (ripple included),

lower limit (DC)
20.4 V
18.5 V
permissible range (ripple included),

upper limit (DC)
28.8 V
30.2 V
External protection for supply cables

(recommendation)
In a construction with grounded reference potential,

a fuse is necessary for redundant interface modules
(Recommendation: 2.5 A)
In a construction with grounded reference potential,

a fuse is necessary for redundant interface modules
(Recommendation: 2.5 A)
Mains buffering
Mains/voltage failure stored energy 5 ms
time
5 ms
Input current
600 mA
600 mA
Inrush current, typ.
4A
4A
It
0.09 As
0.09 As
2/724
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200M
Interface modules
IM 153-4 PN

6ES7153-4AA01-0XB0
IM 153-4 PN STANDARD
6ES7153-4BA00-0XB0
IM 153-4 PN HIGH FEATURE
Output voltage
Rated value (DC)
5V
5V
Rated value, 5 V DC
Yes
Yes
Output current
for backplane bus (5 V DC), max.
1.5 A
1.5 A
Power losses
Power loss, typ.
6W
6W
Address area
Addressing volume
Inputs
Outputs
192 byte
192 byte
672 byte; Extended HART user data

192 byte
12
12
Number of modules per DP slave
interface, max.
1st interface
Services
- PROFINET system redundancy
Bus protocol/transmission protocol
Yes
PN IO
Interrupts/diagnostics/status information
Connection to network LINK (green) Yes
Yes
Transmit/receive RX/TX (yellow)
PN IO
Yes
Yes
Isolation
500 V DC
Between PROFINET and 24 V supply: 1 500 V AC,

between functional grounding and 24 V supply: 500 V DC

IP20
Yes
Yes
Ambient conditions
Min.
max.
0 C
60 C
0 C
60 C
2 000 m
2 000 m
Dimensions
Width
40 mm
40 mm
Height
125 mm
125 mm
Depth
118 mm
118 mm
Weights
Weight, approx.
215 g
215 g
Air pressure
Operating altitude above sea level,
max.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/725
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200M
Interface modules
IM 153-4 PN
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
S7 Manual Collection
I/O device to connect an ET 200M

to PROFINET

multi-language:
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300,
C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
Engineering Tools, Runtime Software, SIMATIC DP (Distributed I/O),
Communication)
Standard
6ES7153-4AA01-0XB0
High Feature
6ES7153-4BA00-0XB0
Accessories
Bus modules for ET 200M
To accommodate a power supply
and an IM 153 module for the
hot-swapping function during
RUN, incl. bus module cover
To accommodate two 40-mm wide
I/O modules for the hot-swapping
function
To accommodate one 80-mm wide
I/O module for the hot-swapping
function
6ES7195-7HA00-0XA0
6ES7195-7HB00-0XA0
Scope of delivery:
Current DVD "S7 Manual Collection"
6ES7195-7HC00-0XA0

Plug 180
6ES7953-8LF30-0AA0


64 KB1)
SIMATIC DP DIN rail for ET 200M
Accommodates
up to 5 bus modules;
for hot-swapping function
Length: 483 mm (19)
Length: 530 mm
Length: 620 mm
Length: 2 000 mm
6ES7195-1GA00-0XA0
6ES7195-1GF30-0XA0
6ES7195-1GG30-0XA0
6ES7195-1GC00-0XA0

Length: 160 mm
6ES7390-1AB60-0AA0
Length: 480 mm (19)
6ES7390-1AE80-0AA0
Length: 530 mm
6ES7390-1AF30-0AA0
Length: 830 mm
6ES7390-1AJ30-0AA0
Length: 2000 mm
6ES7390-1BC00-0AA0
6ES7998-8XC01-8YE0
6ES7998-8XC01-8YE2
1 unit
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
10 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
50 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0

installation cables
Fast Connect standard cable
Fast Connect trailing cable
Fast Connect marine cable
6XV1840-2AH10
6XV1840-3AH10
6XV1840-4AH10

Stripping Tool
6GK1901-1GA00

For connection of the 24 V DC
power supply;
spare part,
1 pack containing 10 units
Spring-loaded connection
6ES7193-4JB00-0AA0
Screw terminal connections
6ES7193-4JB50-0AA0
1)
2/726
Siemens IK PI 2015
To operate the IM153-4, an MMC is required with at least 64 KB memory.

Cards with higher memory capacity may also be used.
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200pro
Interface modules
IM 154-4 PN
Overview
Interface module for processing the communication between
ET 200pro and a higher-level controller over PROFINET IO.
6ES7154-4AB10-0AB0
General information
0x002A
0x0305
Supply voltage
24 V DC
Yes
20.4 V
28.8 V
Load voltage 1L+

Rated value (DC)

Input current
from supply voltage 1L+, max.
Power losses
Power loss, typ.
Memory
Micro Memory Card
Address area
Addressing volume
Inputs
Outputs
Interfaces
Automatic detection
Services
Protocols
24 V
Yes;
Fuse in lower part is exchangeable,
the fuse on the IM-LP is not
Yes;
against destruction
400 mA;
Dependent on terminal module, typ.
maximum value for FO connection
method, full load on RWB and
20.4 V input voltage
6ES7154-4AB10-0AB0
status information
Bus fault BF (red)
Group error SF (red)
Monitoring 24 V voltage supply ON
(green)
Load voltage monitoring DC 24 V
(green)
Yes; Additional LEDs (MAINT, P1/2

LINK, P1/2 RX/TX) available
Yes
Yes
Yes
Parameter
Diagnostic alarm
Hardware interrupt
Swapping interrupt
identifier-related diagnostic data
Module status
Channel-related diagnostics
Startup if setpoint not equal to actual

configuration
Hot swapping of modules
6 W;
Dependent on terminal module, typ.
maximum value for CU connection
method, full load on RWB, for FO the
value is approx. 0.7 W higher
Galvanic isolation
and electronics
No
Isolation
500 V DC
No; Internal memory medium

IP65
Yes
IP66
Yes
IP67
Yes
Ambient conditions
Min.
max.
-25 C
55 C
100 Mbit/s
ARP, PING, SNMP
Min.
max.
-40 C
70 C
Yes
Dimensions
Width
135 mm
Height
130 mm
Depth
59.3 mm
Weights
Weight, approx.
490 g
256 byte
256 byte
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/727
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200pro
Interface modules
IM 154-4 PN
Ordering data
IM 154-4 PN High Feature interface module
Article No.
6ES7154-4AB10-0AB0
Article No.
Power cable
For communication between

ET 200pro and higher-level
controllers over PROFINET IO;
support of PROFIsafe.
6XV1830-8AH10
5-core, 5 x 1.5 mm2, trailing type,

sold by the meter,
minimum order quantity 20 m,
maximum order quantity 1 000 m.
Accessories
7/8" cable connector
CM IM PN connection module
M12, 7/8"
6ES7194-4AJ00-0AA0
For connecting PROFINET PN

and 24 V power supply to
PROFINET interface modules,
2 x M12 and 2 x 7/8".
CM IM PN connection module
2xRJ45
6ES7194-4AF00-0AA0

2 x RJ45 and 2 x push-pull power
connector.
CM IM PN 2xSCRJ FO connection
module
6ES7194-4AG00-0AA0

2 x SCRJ FO and 2 x push-pull
power connector.
M12 sealing cap
3RX9802-0AA00
For protection of unused

M12 connections with ET 200pro.
IE M12 connecting cables
For ET 200eco,
with axial cable outlet.
With male insert, 5-pack
With female insert, 5-pack
Industrial Ethernet
FastConnect installation cables
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 2 x 2;
Sold by the meter,
Minimum order quantity 20 m.
IE FC TP Trailing Cable 2 x 2;
Sold by the meter,
max. order quantity 1000 m;
IE FC TP Trailing Cable GP 2 x 2;
sold by the meter,
max. delivery unit 1000 m;
minimum order quantity 20 m.
IE TP Torsion Cable GP 2 x 2;
sold by the meter,
max. delivery unit 1000 m;
IE FC TP Marine Cable 2 x 2;
Sold by the meter,
max. order quantity 1000 m;
IE RJ45 Plug PRO
Preassembled with two

M12 connectors, up to 85 m,
in various lengths:
0.3 m
6XV1870-8AE30
0.5 m
6XV1870-8AE50
1.0 m
6XV1870-8AH10
1.5 m
6XV1870-8AH15
2.0 m
6XV1870-8AH20
3.0 m
6XV1870-8AH30
5.0 m
6XV1870-8AH50
10 m
6XV1870-8AN10
15 m
6XV1870-8AN15
Other special lengths

with 90 or 180 cable outlet.
See
7/8" sealing caps
6ES7194-3JA00-0AA0
1 pack = 10 units
7/8" connecting cable to
power supply
6GK1905-0FA00
6GK1905-0FB00
6XV1840-2AH10
6XV1840-3AH10
6XV1870-2D
6XV1870-2F
6XV1840-4AH10
6GK1901-1BB10-6AA0
RJ45 plug in IP65/67-rated design

for on-site assembly,
plastic housing, insulation/displacement connection system,
ET200pro:
1 pack = 1 unit.
6GK1900-0MB00-6AA0
SC RJ plug for POF fibers in

IP65/67-rated design for on-site
assembly, plastic housing,
ET 200pro
1 pack = 1 unit
6GK1900-0NB00-6AA0
SC RJ plug connector for

PCF fibers in IP65/67-rated design
for on-site assembly,
plastic housing,
1 pack = 1 unit.
Power Plug PRO
6GK1907-0AB10-6AA0
1.5 m
6XV1822-5BH15
5-pole power plug for 2 x 24 V

power supply in IP65/67-rated
design, for on-site assembly, plastic
housing, for SCALANCE X-200IRT
and ET200 pro
1 pack = 1 unit.
2.0 m
6XV1822-5BH20
3.0 m
6XV1822-5BH30
5.0 m
6XV1822-5BH50
10 m
6XV1822-5BN10
15 m
6XV1822-5BN15
Control cabinet feedthrough

for converting M12 D-coded
connection system (IP65) to
RJ45 connection system (IP20).
1 pack = 5 units
6GK1901-0DM20-2AA5

See
Push-Pull cable connector
6GK1907-0AB10-6AA0
mm2,
5-core, 5 x 1.5
trailing type,
preassembled with two
7/8" connectors, 5-pin, up to 50 m,
in various lengths:
For 1L+/ 2L+, unassembled

Cover caps for Push-Pull RJ45
female connectors
5 items per pack
2/728
Siemens IK PI 2015
6ES7194-4JD50-0AA0
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200pro
Interface modules
IM 154-4 PN
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
General accessories
General accessories (continued)
ET 200pro rack
Spare fuse
Narrow, for interface,

electronics and power modules
- 500 mm
- 1000 mm
- 2000 mm, can be cut to length
6ES7194-4GA00-0AA0
6ES7194-4GA60-0AA0
6ES7194-4GA20-0AA0
12.5 A fast-blow, for interface

and power modules,
10 units per pack.
Compact, for interface,

electronics and power modules
- 500 mm
- 1000 mm
6ES7194-4GC70-0AA0
6ES7194-4GC60-0AA0
6ES7194-4GC20-0AA0
Wide, for interface, electronics,

power modules and motor starters
- 500 mm
- 1000 mm
6ES7194-4GB00-0AA0
6ES7194-4GB60-0AA0
6ES7194-4GB20-0AA0
Wide, for I/O modules and

motor starters
- 500 mm
- 1000 mm
- 2000 mm
6ES7194-4GD00-0AA0
6ES7194-4GD10-0AA0
6ES7194-4GD20-0AA0
6ES7194-4HB00-0AA0
2
6ES7998-8XC01-8YE0

multi-language:
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300,
C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
Engineering Tools, Runtime Software, SIMATIC DP (Distributed I/O),
Communication).
Update service for 1 year
6ES7998-8XC01-8YE2
Scope of delivery:
Current DVD "S7 Manual Collection"
and the three subsequent updates.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/729
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200pro
Interface modules
IM 154-8 PN/DP CPU
Overview
6ES7154-8AB01-0AB0
IM 154-8 PN/DP CPU
CPU with PLC functionality equivalent to S7-315-2 PN/DP

provides distributed intelligence for preprocessing
Interface module for exchanging pre-processed I/O data
between the ET 200pro and a higher-level master/IO
Controller via PROFIBUS DP/PROFINET IO
PROFINET IO Controller to operate distributed I/Os on
PROFINET
web pages
CPU with PLC functionality equivalent to S7-315-2 PN/DP
provides distributed intelligence for preprocessing
Interface module to exchange preprocessed I/O data from
ET 200pro with a higher-level master through PROFIBUS DP
Fail-safe IM 154-8F PN/DP CPU PROFIsafe available
Note:
Micro Memory Card required for operation of CPU.
2/730
Siemens IK PI 2015
General information
Engineering with
Programming package
Supply voltage
24 V DC
Yes
Power losses
Power loss, typ.
8.5 W
Memory
Work memory
integrated
384 kbyte
Load memory
8 Mbyte

0.05 s
0.09 s
0.12 s
0.45 s

S7 counter
Number
256
IEC counter
present
Yes
S7 times
Number
256
IEC timer
present
Yes

Flag
Number, max.
2 048 byte
Address area
I/O address area
Inputs
Outputs
2 048 byte
2 048 byte
Process image
Inputs, adjustable
Outputs, adjustable
2 048 byte
2 048 byte
Time of day
Clock
Yes

Number
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200pro
Interface modules
IM 154-8 PN/DP CPU

6ES7154-8AB01-0AB0
IM 154-8 PN/DP CPU
1st interface
Interface type
Physics
Functionality
MPI
DP master
DP slave
6ES7154-8AB01-0AB0
IM 154-8 PN/DP CPU
PG/OP communication
Yes
RS 485/connection:
2 x M12 b-coded

supported
Yes
supported
Yes
S7 communication
supported
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
DP master
124
2nd interface
Interface type
PROFINET
TCP/IP
Yes;
and loadable FBs
8
Yes
8
Physics
Ethernet
(2 x M12 d-coded; 1 x RJ45)
Number of ports
UDP
Yes
8
No
No
No
Yes
Web server
supported
Yes
Configuration
programming
- LAD
- FBD
- STL
- SCL
- CFC
- GRAPH
- HiGraph
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Functionality
MPI
DP master
DP slave
PROFINET IO Device
PROFINET CBA
Max. number of connectable IO
devices for RT
max.
Isochronous mode
Isochronous operation
(application synchronized
up to terminal)
128
128
64
Yes;
Via PROFIBUS DP or
PROFINET interface
Know-how protection
protection
Block encryption
Yes
Dimensions
Width
135 mm
Height
130 mm
Depth
65 mm;
60 mm without cover for RJ45 socket;
65 mm with cover for RJ45 socket
Weights
Weight, approx.
720 g
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/731
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200pro
Interface modules
IM 154-8 PN/DP CPU
Ordering data
IM 154-8 PN/DP CPU
interface module, V3.2
Article No.
6ES7154-8AB01-0AB0
for operating distributed I/Os on
PROFINET, with integrated PLC
functionality.
Accessories
MMC for program backup
MMC 64 Kbyte 1)
6ES7953-8LF30-0AA0
MMC 128 Kbyte 1)
6ES7953-8LG30-0AA0
MMC 512 Kbyte 1)
6ES7953-8LJ30-0AA0
MMC 4 Mbyte 1)
6ES7953-8LM31-0AA0
MMC 8 Mbyte 1)
6ES7953-8LP31-0AA0
MMC for program backup and/or firmware updates

MMC 2 Mbyte 1)
6ES7953-8LL31-0AA0
Connection module
6ES7194-4AN00-0AA0
For CPU IM154-8 PN/DP,

with 4 x M12 and 2 x 7/8",
for connecting PROFINET and
PROFIBUS DP.
SCALANCE X-200
With integral SNMP access,
diagnostics, for setting up linear,
star and ring structures
SCALANCE X208PRO,
in degree of protection IP65,
with eight 10/100 Mbit/s M12 ports,
incl. eleven M12 dust caps.
6GK5208-0HA00-2AA6
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0

installation cables
6XV1840-2AH10
6XV1840-3AH10
6XV1840-4AH10
6XV1870-2D
6XV1870-2F
1)
6GK1901-1GA00
2/732
Siemens IK PI 2015
IE Connecting Cable
M12-180/M12-180
Preassembled IE FC TP
Trailing Cable GP 2 x 2
(PROFINET Type C) with two
4-pin M12 plugs (4-pin, D-coded),
degree of protection IP65/IP67,
in various lengths:
- 0.3 m
- 0.5 m
- 1.0 m
- 1.5 m
- 2.0 m
- 3.0 m
- 5.0 m
- 10 m
- 15 m
PROFINET M12 connecting cable,
trailing cable preassembled at
both ends with angled
M12 connectors (male insert),
in various lengths:
- 3.0 m
- 5.0 m
- 10 m
trailing cable preassembled
at one end with angled
M12 connector (male insert at one
end, other end open),
in various lengths:
- 3.0 m
- 5.0 m
- 10 m
PROFINET M12 plug connector,

D-coded with fast connection
system, axial cable outlet.
1 unit
8 units
D-coded, angled.

enclosure and integrated insulation
1 unit
10 units
50 units
Stripping Tool
6XV1870-8AE30
6XV1870-8AE50
6XV1870-8AH10
6XV1870-8AH15
6XV1870-8AH20
6XV1870-8AH30
6XV1870-8AH50
6XV1870-8AN10
6XV1870-8AN15
3RK1902-2NB30
3RK1902-2NB50
3RK1902-2NC10
3RK1902-2HB30
3RK1902-2HB50
3RK1902-2HC10
IE FC M12 Plug PRO

Plug 180
Industrial Ethernet
IE FC TP Trailing Cable GP 2 x 2;
sold by the meter,
IE TP Torsion Cable GP 2 x 2;
sold by the meter,
Article No.
6GK1901-0DB20-6AA0
6GK1901-0DB20-6AA8
3RK1902-2DA00
Cabinet feedthrough for converting
from the M12 connection system
(D-coded, IP65/IP67) to the RJ45
connection system (IP20),
1 pack = 5 units.
6GK1901-0DM20-2AA5
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200pro
Interface modules
IM 154-8 PN/DP CPU
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
7/8" connecting cable

to power supply
M12 sealing cap

preassembled with two
7/8" connectors (axial cable outlet),
5-pin, up to 50 m,
in various lengths:
- 1.5 m
- 2.0 m
- 3.0 m
- 5.0 m
- 10 m
- 15 m
- Other special lengths
Power cable, can be trailed,
5 x 1.5 mm2, preassembled at
both ends with 7/8" angled connectors (female insert at one end,
male insert at the other end),
in various lengths:
- 3.0 m
- 5.0 m
- 10 m
5 x 1.5 mm2, preassembled at one
end with 7/8" angled connector
with female insert (female insert at
one end, other end open),
in various lengths:
- 3.0 m
- 5.0 m
- 10 m
Power line
3RX9802-0AA00
For protection of unused

M12 connections with ET 200pro
M12 sealing caps
with female thread
6ES7194-4JD60-0AA0
5 units
6XV1822-5BH15
6XV1822-5BH20
6XV1822-5BH30
6XV1822-5BH50
6XV1822-5BN10
6XV1822-5BN15
See
3RK1902-3NB30
3RK1902-3NB50
3RK1902-3NC10
3RK1902-3GB30
3RK1902-3GB50
3RK1902-3GC10
6XV1830-8AH10

sold by the meter,
maximum order quantity 1 000 m.
PROFIBUS M12 connecting cable

Preassembled, with two 5-pole
M12 connectors/sockets,
up to 100 m,
in various lengths:
1.5 m
6XV1830-3DH15
2.0 m
6XV1830-3DH20
3.0 m
6XV1830-3DH30
5.0 m
6XV1830-3DH50
10 m
6XV1830-3DN10
15 m
6XV1830-3DN15

See
M12 bus termination connector

for PROFIBUS, female insert
6GK1905-0ED00

for PROFIBUS, male insert
6GK1905-0EC00
M12 plug connector, axial outlet,

with male insert
6GK1905-0EA00
6XV1830-0EH10

for fast mounting, 2-core, shielded.
Sold by the meter;
6XV1830-3EH10
2-wire, shielded.
For ET 200eco,
with axial cable outlet.
with male insert, 5-pack
with female insert, 5-pack
angled, with female insert, 1 unit
angled, with male insert, 1 unit
6GK1905-0FA00
6GK1905-0FB00
3RK1902-3DA00
3RK1902-3BA00
7/8" cover cap, 10 per pack
6ES7194-3JA00-0AA0
0.5 m
6XV1870-3QE50
2-core, shielded
Sold by the meter;
1m
6XV1870-3QH10
PROFIBUS M12 cable connector
2m
6XV1870-3QH20
6m
6XV1870-3QH60
10 m
6XV1870-3QN10
5-pole, B-coded, metal casing,

1 pack = 5 units.
Female insert
Twisted Pair cables 4x2

with RJ45 connectors
6XV1830-0GH10
2-wire, shielded.
Sold by the meter;
6XV1830-0JH10
6GK1905-0EB00
Crossed Twisted Pair cables 4x2

0.5 m
6XV1870-3RE50
1m
6XV1870-3RH10
2m
6XV1870-3RH20
6m
6XV1870-3RH60
10 m
6XV1870-3RN10
1)
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/733
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200pro
Interface modules
Overview
Interface module for SIMATIC ET 200pro with integrated
fail-safe CPU
CPU with PLC functionality equivalent to CPU S7-315F PN/DP;
with distributed intelligence for preprocessing
Complies with safety requirements up to SIL 3 according to
IEC 61508, IEC 62061 and PLe according to
ISO 13849.1:2006
For high-performance control solutions in ET 200pro
Integral Web server with the option of creating user-defined
Web sites
With many communication options:
PG/OP communication, PROFINET IO, PROFINET CBA,
open IE communication (TCP, ISO-on-TCP and UDP),
web server and S7-communication (with loadable FBs)
Note:
6ES7154-8FB01-0AB0
Work memory 512 Kbyte
6ES7154-8FX00-0AB0
Work memory 1.5 MByte

As of STEP7 V5.5 with HSP 222 +

Distributed Safety V5.4 SP4
Supply voltage
24 V DC
Yes
Yes
Power losses
Power loss, typ.
8.5 W
8.5 W
Memory
Work memory
integrated
512 kbyte
1 536 kbyte
Load memory
8 Mbyte
8 Mbyte

0.05 s
0.025 s
0.09 s
0.03 s
0.12 s
0.04 s
0.45 s
0.16 s
Counters, timers
S7 counter
Number
256
256
IEC counter
present
Yes
Yes
S7 times
Number
256
256
IEC timer
present
Yes
Yes

Flag
Number, max.
2 048 byte
2 048 byte
General information
Engineering with
Programming package
2/734
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200pro
Interface modules

6ES7154-8FB01-0AB0
6ES7154-8FX00-0AB0
Address area
I/O address area
Inputs
Outputs
2 048 byte
2 048 byte
2 048 byte
2 048 byte
Process image
Inputs, adjustable
Outputs, adjustable
2 048 byte
2 048 byte
2 048 byte
2 048 byte
Time of day
Clock
Yes
Yes

Number
1st interface
Interface type
Physics
RS 485/connection: 2 x M12 b-coded
RS 485/connection: 2 x M12 b-coded
Functionality
MPI
DP master
DP slave
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
DP master
124
124
2nd interface
Interface type
PROFINET
PROFINET
Physics
Ethernet (2 x M12 d-coded; 1 x RJ45)
Ethernet (2 x M12 d-coded; 1 x RJ45)
Number of ports
Functionality
MPI
DP master
DP slave
PROFINET IO Device
PROFINET CBA
No
No
No
Yes; Also simultaneously with IO-Device functionality
Yes; Also simultaneously with IO Controller functionality
Yes
No
No
No
Yes; Also simultaneously with IO-Device functionality
Yes; Also simultaneously with IO Controller functionality
Yes
128
128
128
128
64
64
Isochronous mode
Yes;
Via PROFIBUS DP or PROFINET interface
Yes;
Via PROFIBUS DP or PROFINET interface
PG/OP communication
Yes
Yes

supported
Yes
Yes
supported
Yes
Yes
S7 communication
supported
Yes
Yes

UDP
Yes;
8
Yes
8
Yes
8
Yes;
8
Yes
8
Yes
8
Web server
supported
Yes
Yes
Max. number
of connectable IO devices for RT
max.
TCP/IP
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/735
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200pro
Interface modules
Configuration
programming
- LAD
- FBD
- STL
- SCL
- CFC
- GRAPH
- HiGraph
Know-how protection
protection
Block encryption
6ES7154-8FB01-0AB0
6ES7154-8FX00-0AB0
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Dimensions
Width
135 mm
135 mm
Height
130 mm
130 mm
Depth
65 mm;
65 mm;
720 g
720 g
Weights
Weight, approx.
Ordering data
Article No.

interface module, V3.2
Fail-safe PROFINET IO Controller
for operating distributed I/Os
on PROFINET,
with integrated PLC functionality.
512 KB RAM
1.5 MB RAM
6ES7154-8FB01-0AB0
6ES7154-8FX00-0AB0

programming tool
Task:
Engineering tool for
Requirement:
Floating license
6ES7833-1FC02-0YA5

software and documentation 2);
email address required for delivery.
6ES7833-1FC02-0YH5

from V5.x to V5.4;
2/736
Siemens IK PI 2015
Article No.
6ES7833-1FC02-0YE5
Task:
Engineering tool for
ET 200S, ET 200M, ET 200iSP,
Requirement:
6ES7833-1FA13-0YA5

software or documentation 1);
6ES7833-1FA13-0YH5
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200pro
Interface modules
Ordering data
Article No.
Accessories
MMC for program backup
MMC 64 Kbyte 1)
6ES7953-8LF30-0AA0
MMC 128 Kbyte 1)
6ES7953-8LG30-0AA0
MMC 512 Kbyte 1)
6ES7953-8LJ30-0AA0
MMC 4 Mbyte 1)
6ES7953-8LM31-0AA0
MMC 8 Mbyte 1)
6ES7953-8LP31-0AA0
MMC for program backup and/or firmware updates

MMC 2 Mbyte 1)
6ES7953-8LL31-0AA0
Connection module
6ES7194-4AN00-0AA0
for CPU IM154-8 PN/DP,

with 4 x M12 and 2 x 7/8",
for connecting PROFINET and
PROFIBUS DP.
SCALANCE X-200
diagnostics, for setting up linear,
star and ring structures
SCALANCE X208PRO,
in degree of protection IP65,
with eight 10/100 Mbit/s M12 ports,
incl. eleven M12 dust caps.
6GK5208-0HA00-2AA6

Plug 90
with 90 cable outlet.
1 unit
10 units
IE Connecting Cable M12-180/

M12-180
Preassembled IE FC TP
(PROFINET Type C) with two
4-pin M12 plugs (4-pin, D-coded),
degree of protection IP65/IP67,
in various lengths:
0.3 m
0.5 m
1.0 m
1.5 m
2.0 m
3.0 m
5.0 m
10 m
15 m
both ends with angled M12 connectors (male contact insert),
in various lengths:
3.0 m
5.0 m
10 m
one end with angled M12 connector (male contact insert at one
end, other end open),
in various lengths:
3.0 m
5.0 m
10 m
2
6XV1870-8AE30
6XV1870-8AE50
6XV1870-8AH10
6XV1870-8AH15
6XV1870-8AH20
6XV1870-8AH30
6XV1870-8AH50
6XV1870-8AN10
6XV1870-8AN15
3RK1902-2NB30
3RK1902-2NB50
3RK1902-2NC10
3RK1902-2HB30
3RK1902-2HB50
3RK1902-2HC10
IE FC M12 Plug PRO

6GK1901-1BB20-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB20-2AB0

Plug 180
1 unit
10 units
50 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0

installation cables
6XV1840-2AH10
6XV1840-3AH10
6XV1840-4AH10
Industrial Ethernet
Sold by the meter,
Sold by the meter,
Article No.

D-coded with fast connection
system, axial cable outlet
1 unit
8 units
D-coded, angled
6GK1901-0DB20-6AA0
6GK1901-0DB20-6AA8
3RK1902-2DA00
Cabinet feedthrough for converting
from the M12 connection system
(D-coded, IP65/IP67) to the RJ45
connection system (IP20),
1 pack = 5 units
6GK1901-0DM20-2AA5
6XV1870-2D
6XV1870-2F

Stripping Tool
6GK1901-1GA00
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/737
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200pro
Interface modules
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.

to power supply
5-core, 5 x 1.5 mm2,
trailing type, preassembled with
two 7/8" connectors (axial cable
outlet), 5-pin, up to 50 m,
in various lengths:
1.5 m
2.0 m
3.0 m
5.0 m
10 m
15 m
M12 sealing cap

5 x 1.5 mm2, preassembled at
both ends with 7/8" angled connectors (female contact insert at
one end, male contact insert at the
other end),
in various lengths:
3.0 m
5.0 m
10 m
5 x 1.5 mm2, preassembled at one
end with 7/8" angled connector
with female contact insert
(female contact insert at one end,
other end open),
in various lengths:
3.0 m
5.0 m
10 m
Power line
3RX9802-0AA00
for protection of unused

M12 connections with ET 200pro
M12 sealing caps with female
thread
6XV1822-5BH15
6XV1822-5BH20
6XV1822-5BH30
6XV1822-5BH50
6XV1822-5BN10
6XV1822-5BN15
See
3RK1902-3NB30
3RK1902-3NB50
3RK1902-3NC10
3RK1902-3GB30
3RK1902-3GB50
3RK1902-3GC10
6XV1830-8AH10
6ES7194-4JD60-0AA0
5 units
Preassembled, with two 5-pole
M12 connectors/sockets,
up to 100 m,
in various lengths:
1.5 m
6XV1830-3DH15
2.0 m
6XV1830-3DH20
3.0 m
6XV1830-3DH30
5.0 m
6XV1830-3DH50
10 m
6XV1830-3DN10
15 m
6XV1830-3DN15
Additional special lengths

See

for PROFIBUS,
female contact insert
6GK1905-0ED00

for PROFIBUS,
male contact insert
6GK1905-0EC00
M12 plug connector, axial outlet,

with male contact insert
6GK1905-0EA00
6XV1830-0EH10

for fast mounting, 2-core, shielded

sold by the meter,
maximum order quantity 1 000 m
Sold by the meter

Max. delivery unit 1 000 m
Minimum order quantity 20 m

2-wire, shielded
6XV1830-3EH10

2-wire, shielded
Sold by the meter
6XV1830-0GH10
6XV1830-0JH10
6ES7194-3JA00-0AA0

2-wire, shielded
Sold by the meter
0.5 m
6XV1870-3QE50
1m
6XV1870-3QH10
2m
6XV1870-3QH20
5-pole, B-coded, metal casing

1 pack = 5 units
Female contact insert
6m
6XV1870-3QH60
10 m
6XV1870-3QN10
For ET 200eco,
with male contact insert, 5-pack
with female contact insert, 5-pack
Angled, with female contact insert,
1 unit
Angled, with male contact insert,
1 unit
7/8" cover cap, 10 per pack
6GK1905-0FA00
6GK1905-0FB00
3RK1902-3DA00
3RK1902-3BA00
Twisted Pair cables 4x2

6GK1905-0EB00
Crossed Twisted Pair cables 4x2

0.5 m
6XV1870-3RE50
1m
6XV1870-3RH10
2m
6XV1870-3RH20
6m
6XV1870-3RH60
10 m
6XV1870-3RN10
2/738
Siemens IK PI 2015
1)
2)

Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200eco
ET 200eco PN
Overview
Compact block I/O for processing digital, analog and IO-Link
signals for connecting to the PROFINET bus system
Cabinet-free design with degree of protection IP65/66/67 with
M12 connections
Very rugged and resistant metal enclosure and encapsulated
Compact module in two types of enclosures:
- 30 mm x 200 mm x 37 mm (W x H x D, long and narrow
enclosure), with 4 x M12 for digital signals
- 60 mm x 175 mm x 37 mm (W x H x D, short and wide
enclosure), with 8 x M12 for digital signals and IO-Link
- 60 mm x 175 mm x 37 mm (W x H x D, short and wide
enclosure) with 4 x M12 or 8 x M12 for analog signals
PROFINET connection: 2 x M12 and automatic PROFINET
address assignment
Data transmission rate 100 Mbit/s
LLDP proximity detection without PG and Fast Startup
(boot up within approx 0.5 seconds)
Supply and load voltage connection: 2 x M12
Module variance:
- 8 DI
- 16 DI
- 8 DO (2 A)
- 8 DO (1.3 A)
- 8 DO (0.5 A)
- 16 DO (1.3 A)
- 8 DI/DO (1.3 A),
- 8 AI (U, I, TC, RTD)
- 8 AI (TC, RTD)
- 4 AO (U, I)
- 4 IO-Link + 8 DI + 4 DO (1.3 A)
Channel-specific diagnostics
Ambient temperature range -40 C to 60 C
6ES7141-6BF00-0AB0
8 DE 24 V DC; 4 x M12
6ES7141-6BG00-0AB0
8 DE 24 V DC; 8 x M12
6ES7141-6BH00-0AB0
8 DE DC 24 V DC; 8 x M12
General information
002AH
002AH
002AH
0306H
0306H
0306H
Supply voltage
24 V DC
Yes
Yes
Yes
20.4 V
20.4 V
20.4 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
Yes
Yes
Yes
Input current
Current consumption, typ.
100 mA
100 mA
100 mA
Encoder supply
Number of outputs
Output current
Output current, rated value
100 mA; per output
100 mA; per output
100 mA; per output
24 V encoder supply
short-circuit protection
Yes
Yes
Yes
Power losses
Power loss, typ.
5.5 W
4.5 W
6.5 W
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/739
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200eco
ET 200eco PN
6ES7141-6BF00-0AB0
8 DE 24 V DC; 4 x M12
6ES7141-6BG00-0AB0
8 DE 24 V DC; 8 x M12
6ES7141-6BH00-0AB0
8 DE DC 24 V DC; 8 x M12
Digital inputs
In groups of
8
2
8
1
16
2
Yes
Yes
Yes
Input characteristic curve
in accordance with IEC 61131, type 3
Number of simultaneously
controllable inputs
all mounting positions
- up to 60 C, max.
16
Input voltage
Type of input voltage
Rated value, DC
for signal "0"
for signal "1"
DC
24 V
-3 to +5 V
11 to 30 V
DC
24 V
-3 to +5 V
11 to 30 V
DC
24 V
-3 to +5 V
11 to 30 V
1.5 mA
1.5 mA
1.5 mA
Input current
for signal "0", max.
(permissible quiescent current)
for signal "1", typ.
7 mA
7 mA
7 mA
Input delay
(for rated value of input voltage)
for standard inputs
- at "0" to "1", max.
- at "1" to "0", max.
typically 3 ms
typically 3 ms
typically 3 ms
typically 3 ms
typically 3 ms
typically 3 ms
Cable length
Cable length unshielded, max.
30 m
30 m
30 m
Interfaces
100BASE-TX
100BASE-TX
100BASE-TX
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1
Yes
Yes
1
Yes
Yes
1
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Autocrossing
Automatic detection
Integrated switch
PROFINET IO Device
- IRT with the option "high flexibility"
supported
Yes
Yes
Yes
Protocols
Yes
Yes
Yes
PROFINET CBA
No
No
No
Supports protocol for PROFIsafe
No
No
No
Protocols (Ethernet)
SNMP
DCP
LLDP
ping
ARP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
status information
Status indicator
Yes; Green LED
Yes; Green LED
Yes; Green LED
Alarms
Diagnostic alarm
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes; Green "ON" LED
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes; Green "ON" LED
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes; Green "ON" LED
Yes
Yes; Per channel group

Yes; Red/yellow "SF/MT" LED


Diagnostic messages
Diagnostic information readable
Wire break in signal transmitter
cable
Short circuit encoder supply
Group error
2/740
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200eco
ET 200eco PN

6ES7141-6BF00-0AB0
8 DE 24 V DC; 4 x M12
6ES7141-6BG00-0AB0
8 DE 24 V DC; 8 x M12
6ES7141-6BH00-0AB0
8 DE DC 24 V DC; 8 x M12
Galvanic isolation
between the load voltages
Yes
Yes
Yes
between load voltage and all other

switching components
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Galvanic isolation digital inputs

between the channels
No
No
No

75 V DC / 60 VAC
75 V DC / 60 VAC
75 V DC / 60 VAC
500 V
1 500 V;
According to IEEE 802.3
500 V
1 500 V;
500 V
1 500 V;

IP65
Yes
Yes
Yes
IP66
Yes
Yes
Yes
Isolation
tested with
24 V DC circuits
Interface
IP67
Yes
Yes
Yes
Connection method
M12
Yes
Yes
Yes
Dimensions
Width
30 mm
60 mm
60 mm
Height
200 mm
175 mm
175 mm
Depth
49 mm
49 mm
49 mm
Weights
Weight (without packaging)
550 g
910 g
910 g
6ES7142-6BF50-0AB0 6ES7142-6BF00-0AB0 6ES7142-6BG00-0AB0 6ES7142-6BR00-0AB0 6ES7142-6BH00-0AB0

8 DA 24 V DC/0.5 A,
8 DA 24 V DC/1.3 A,
8 DA 24 V DC/1.3 A,
8 DA 24 V DC/2 A,
16 DA 24 V DC/1.3 A,
4 x M12
4 x M12
8 x M12
8 x M12
8 x M12
General information
002AH
002AH
002AH
002AH
002AH
0306H
0306H
0306H
0306H
0306H
24 V
20.4 V
24 V
20.4 V
24 V
20.4 V
24 V
20.4 V
24 V
20.4 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
24 V
20.4 V
24 V
20.4 V
24 V
20.4 V
24 V
20.4 V
24 V
20.4 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
Supply voltage
Load voltage 1L+
Rated value (DC)
permissible range, lower limit
(DC)
permissible range, upper limit
(DC)
Load voltage 2L+
Rated value (DC)
(DC)
(DC)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Input current
from load voltage 1L+
(unswitched voltage)
100 mA
4A
4A
4A
4A
from load voltage 2L+, max.
4A
4A
4A
4A
4A
Power losses
Power loss, typ.
3W
5.5 W
5.5 W
5W
5.5 W
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/741
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200eco
ET 200eco PN


8 DA 24 V DC/0.5 A,
8 DA 24 V DC/1.3 A,
8 DA 24 V DC/1.3 A,
8 DA 24 V DC/2 A,
16 DA 24 V DC/1.3 A,
4 x M12
4 x M12
8 x M12
8 x M12
8 x M12
Digital outputs
In groups of
8
8
8
4
8
4
8
4
16
8
Response threshold, typ.
Yes
0,7 A
Yes
1,8 A
Yes
1,8 A
Yes
2,8 A
Yes
1,8 A
Limitation of inductive shutdown

voltage to
Typ. (L1+, L2+) -47 V
Typ. (L1+, L2+) -47 V
Typ. (L1+, L2+) -47 V
Typ. (L1+, L2+) -47 V
Typ. (L1+, L2+) -47 V
Controlling a digital input
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Switching capacity of the outputs

on lamp load, max.
5W
5W
5W
10 W
5W
Output current
for signal "1" rated value
for signal "0" residual current, max.
0.5 A
1.5 mA
1.3 A; Maximum
1.5 mA
1.3 A; Maximum
1.5 mA
2A
1.5 mA
1.3 A; Maximum
1.5 mA
Parallel switching of 2 outputs

for increased power
for redundant control of a load
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Switching frequency
with resistive load, max.
with inductive load, max.
on lamp load, max.
100 Hz
0.5 Hz
1 Hz
100 Hz
0.5 Hz
1 Hz
100 Hz
0.5 Hz
1 Hz
100 Hz
0.5 Hz
1 Hz
100 Hz
0.5 Hz
1 Hz
Aggregate current of outputs (per

group)
- up to 55 C, max.
- up to 60 C, max.
4A
3.9 A
2.6 A
3.9 A
3.9 A
3.9 A
Cable length
30 m
30 m
30 m
30 m
30 m
Interfaces
100BASE-TX
100BASE-TX
100BASE-TX
100BASE-TX
100BASE-TX
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1
Yes
Yes
1
Yes
Yes
1
Yes
Yes
1
Yes
Yes
1
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Autocrossing
Automatic detection
Integrated switch
PROFINET IO Device
supported
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Protocols
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
PROFINET CBA
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
SNMP
DCP
LLDP
ping
ARP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
status information
Status indicator
Yes; Green LED
Yes; Green LED
Yes; Green LED
Yes; Green LED
Yes; Green LED
Alarms
Diagnostic alarm
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes; Green "ON" LED
Yes
Yes
Yes; Red/yellow "SF/
MT" LED
Yes
Yes
Yes; Green "ON" LED
Yes
Yes
MT" LED
Yes
Yes
Yes; Green "ON" LED
Yes
Yes
MT" LED
Yes
Yes
Yes; Green "ON" LED
Yes
Yes
MT" LED
Yes
Yes
Yes; Green "ON" LED
Yes
Yes
MT" LED
Diagnostic messages
Wire break in actuator cable
Short circuit
Group error
2/742
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200eco
ET 200eco PN

Galvanic isolation

8 DA 24 V DC/0.5 A,
8 DA 24 V DC/1.3 A,
8 DA 24 V DC/1.3 A,
8 DA 24 V DC/2 A,
16 DA 24 V DC/1.3 A,
4 x M12
4 x M12
8 x M12
8 x M12
8 x M12
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Galvanic isolation digital outputs

No
No
No
No
No

75 V DC / 60 V AC
75 V DC / 60 V AC
75 V DC / 60 V AC
75 V DC / 60 V AC
75 V DC / 60 V AC
500 V
1 500 V;
According to
IEEE 802.3
500 V
1 500 V;
According to
IEEE 802.3
500 V
1 500 V;
According to
IEEE 802.3
500 V
1 500 V;
According to
IEEE 802.3
500 V
1 500 V;
According to
IEEE 802.3

IP65
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
IP66
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
IP67
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Connection method
M12
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Dimensions
Width
30 mm
30 mm
60 mm
60 mm
60 mm
Height
200 mm
200 mm
175 mm
175 mm
175 mm
Depth
49 mm
49 mm
49 mm
49 mm
49 mm
Weights
550 g
550 g
910 g
910 g
910 g
Isolation
tested with
24 V DC circuits
Interface
6ES7147-6BG00-0AB0
8 DE/DA 24 V DC/1.3 A;
8 x M12
Digital input/output modules
General information
002AH
0306H
Digital inputs
In groups of
Supply voltage
24 V DC
Yes
Input characteristic curve

in accordance with IEC 61131,
type 3
20.4 V
28.8 V
Yes
Load voltage 2L+

Rated value (DC)
(DC)
(DC)
24 V
20.4 V
28.8 V
Yes
Input current
4A
4A
Encoder supply
Number of outputs
Output current
100 mA; per output
24 V encoder supply
Yes
Power losses
Power loss, typ.
6.5 W
6ES7147-6BG00-0AB0
8 DE/DA 24 V DC/1.3 A;
8 x M12
8
4
Yes
controllable inputs
- up to 60 C, max.
Input voltage
Type of input voltage
Rated value, DC
for signal "0"
for signal "1"
DC
24 V
-3 to +5 V
11 to 30 V
Input current
1.5 mA
7 mA
Input delay
for standard inputs
- at "0" to "1", max.
- at "1" to "0", max.
typically 3 ms
typically 3 ms
Cable length
30 m
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/743
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200eco
ET 200eco PN

Digital outputs
In groups of
6ES7147-6BG00-0AB0
8 DE/DA 24 V DC/1.3 A;
8 x M12
6ES7147-6BG00-0AB0
8 DE/DA 24 V DC/1.3 A;
8 x M12
8
4
status information
Status indicator
Yes; Green LED
Yes; Electronic
1.8 A
Alarms
Diagnostic alarm
Yes
Limitation of inductive shutdown

voltage to
Typ. (L1+, L2+) -47 V
Yes

on lamp load, max.
5W
Output current
1.3 A; Maximum
1.5 mA

for increased power
Diagnostic messages
Wire break in signal transmitter
cable
Short circuit
Group error
No
Yes
Switching frequency
on lamp load, max.
Aggregate current of outputs
(per group)
- up to 60 C, max.
Cable length
Yes

No
3.9 A

No
30 m

75 V DC / 60 V AC
100BASE-TX
100 Mbit/s
1
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Protocols
Yes
PROFINET CBA
No
No
PROFIBUS
No
TCP/IP
SNMP
DCP
LLDP
ping
ARP
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015
Yes
No
100 Hz
0.5 Hz
1 Hz
2/744
Yes
Yes
Yes;
Red/yellow "SF/MT" LED

Interfaces

Autocrossing
Automatic detection
Integrated switch
PROFINET IO Device
supported
Galvanic isolation
Yes
Yes
Yes; Green "ON" LED
Yes
Yes
Isolation
tested with
24 V DC circuits
Interface
500 V
1 500 V;

IP65
Yes
IP66
Yes
IP67
Yes
Connection method
M12
Yes
Dimensions
Width
60 mm
Height
175 mm
Depth
49 mm
Weights
910 g
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200eco
ET 200eco PN

6ES7144-6KD00-0AB0
8 AE 4 U/I + 4 RTD/TC; 8 x M12
6ES7144-6KD50-0AB0
8 AE RTD/TC; 8 x M12
General information
002AH
002AH
0306H
0306H
Supply voltage
24 V DC
Yes
Yes
20.4 V
20.4 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
Yes
Yes; against destruction
Input current
110 mA
110 mA
Encoder supply
Number of outputs
24 V encoder supply
Output current, max.
Yes; Electronic at 1.4 A

1A
Power losses
Power loss, typ.
2.8 W
2.8 W
Analog inputs
Number of analog inputs
Number of analog inputs for

voltage/current measurement
Number of analog inputs for

resistance/resistance thermometer
measurement
permissible input voltage for

28.8 V permanent,
voltage input (destruction limit), max. 35 V for max. 500 ms
Input ranges (rated values),
voltages
0 to +10 V
1 to 5 V
-10 V to +10 V
-80 mV to +80 mV
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

currents
0 to 20 mA
-20 to +20 mA
4 to 20 mA
Yes
Yes
Yes

thermoelements
Type E
Type J
Type K
Type N
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

resistance thermometers
Ni 100
Ni 1000
Ni 120
Ni 200
Ni 500
Pt 100
Pt 1000
Pt 200
Pt 500
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

resistors
0 to 150 ohms
0 to 300 ohms
0 to 600 ohms
0 to 3000 ohms
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/745
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200eco
ET 200eco PN

Thermocouple (TC)
Temperature compensation
- Parameterizable
- internal temperature
compensation
- external temperature
compensation with
compensations socket
- external temperature
compensation with Pt100
- dynamic reference
temperature value
- for definable comparison point
temperature
6ES7144-6KD00-0AB0
8 AE 4 U/I + 4 RTD/TC; 8 x M12
6ES7144-6KD50-0AB0
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Cable length
Cable length, shielded, max.
30 m
30 m
Analog value creation

Analog value display
SIMATIC S7 format
SIMATIC S7 format
Measurement principle
integrating
integrating
Integrations and conversion

time/resolution per channel
Resolution (incl. overrange)
Integration time, parameterizable
Integration time, ms
Interference voltage suppression
for interference frequency f1 in Hz
Conversion time (per channel)
15 bits + sign
Yes
2/16.67/20/100 ms
500 / 60 / 50 / 10 Hz
15 bits + sign
Yes
2/16.67/20/100 ms
500 / 60 / 50 / 10 Hz
4 / 19 / 22 / 102 ms
4 / 19 / 22 / 102 ms
Yes
Yes; 1 x cycle time
Yes; 4 x cycle time
Yes; 16 x cycle time
Yes
Yes; 1 x cycle time
Yes; 4 x cycle time
Smoothing of measured values

Parameterizable
Step: None
Step: low
Step: Medium
Step: High
Encoder
Number of connectable encoders,
max.
Connection of signal encoders
for voltage measurement
for current measurement
as 2-wire transducer
for current measurement
as 4-wire transducer
for resistance measurement
with two-wire connection
with three-wire connection
with four-wire connection
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Errors/accuracies
Linearity error
(relative to input range), (+/-)
0.01 %
0.01 %
Temperature error
(relative to input range), (+/-)
U: 0.0035%/C; I: 0.006%/C; RTD: 0.0005%/C;

TC: 0.0035%/C
RTD: 0.0005%/C; TC: 0.0035%/C
Crosstalk between the inputs, min.
85 dB
-85 dB
Repeat accuracy in steady state at

25 C (relative to input area), (+/-)
0.008 %
0.008 %
46 dB
46 dB
70 dB
70 dB
Interference voltage suppression

for f = n x (f1 +/- 1 %),
f1 = interference frequency
Series mode interference
(peak value of interference < rated
value of input range), min.
Common mode interference, min.
2/746
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200eco
ET 200eco PN

6ES7144-6KD00-0AB0
8 AE 4 U/I + 4 RTD/TC; 8 x M12
6ES7144-6KD50-0AB0
Interfaces
100BASE-TX
100BASE-TX
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1
Yes
Yes
1
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Autocrossing
Automatic detection
Integrated switch
PROFINET IO Device
supported
Yes
Yes
Yes
Protocols
Yes
Yes
PROFINET CBA
No
No
No
No
SNMP
DCP
LLDP
ping
ARP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
status information
Status indicator
Yes
Alarms
Diagnostic alarm
Yes
Yes
Diagnostic messages
Group error
Overflow/underflow
Yes
Yes
Yes; Green "ON" LED
Yes; per module
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes; Green "ON" LED
Galvanic isolation

Yes
Yes
Yes

No
No
Yes
Yes
Galvanic isolation analog inputs

No
No

between inputs and MANA (UCM)
10 Vpp AC
10 Vpp AC
Isolation
tested with
24 V DC circuits
Interface
500 V
1 500 V; According to IEEE 802.3
500 V

IP65
Yes
Yes
IP66
Yes
Yes
IP67
Yes
Yes
Connection method
M12
Yes
Yes
Dimensions
Width
60 mm
60 mm
Height
175 mm
175 mm
Depth
49 mm
49 mm
Weights
930 g
930 g
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/747
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200eco
ET 200eco PN

6ES7145-6HD00-0AB0
4 AA U/I;
4 x M12
6ES7145-6HD00-0AB0
4 AA U/I;
4 x M12
General information
002AH
Analog value creation

Analog value display
SIMATIC S7 format
0306H
Measurement principle
Resistor network
Integrations and conversion time/resolution per channel

Resolution (incl. overrange)
15 bits + sign
1 ms
Conversion time (per channel)
Supply voltage
24 V DC
Yes
20.4 V
28.8 V
Yes
Input current
280 mA
Encoder supply
Number of outputs
24 V encoder supply
Output current, max.
Yes; Electronic at 1.4 A

1A
Linearity error
(relative to output range), (+/-)
0.02 %
Power losses
Power loss, typ.
5.5 W
Temperature error
(relative to output range), (+/-)
U: 0.001%/C;
I: 0.0025%/C
Analog outputs
Number of analog outputs
Crosstalk between the outputs, min.
70 dB
0.008 %
Settling time
for resistive load
for capacitive load
for inductive load
Errors/accuracies
Output ripple
(based on output area,
bandwidth 0 to 50 kHz), (+/-)
2 ms
1.8 ms
2 ms
U: 0.6 mVrms;
I: 0.4 nArms
Voltage output,
Yes
Repeat accuracy in steady state at

25 C (relative to output area), (+/-)
Voltage output, short-circuit current,

max.
30 mA
Interfaces
100BASE-TX
100 Mbit/s
Current output, no-load voltage,

max.
20 V
Output ranges, voltage

0 to 10 V
1 to 5 V
-10 to +10 V
Yes
Yes
Yes
Output ranges, current

0 to 20 mA
-20 to +20 mA
4 to 20 mA
Yes
Yes
Yes

Autocrossing
Automatic detection
Integrated switch
PROFINET IO Device
supported
Yes
Protocols
Yes
PROFINET CBA
No
No
SNMP
DCP
LLDP
ping
ARP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Connection of actuators
for voltage output two-wire
connection
for current output two-wire
connection
Load impedance
(in rated range of output)
with voltage outputs, min.
with voltage outputs,
capacitive load, max.
with current outputs, max.
with current outputs,
inductive load, max.
Yes
1 k
1 F
600
1 mH
Destruction limits against externally

applied voltages and currents
Voltages at the outputs towards
MANA
28.8 V permanent,
35 V for max. 500 ms
Cable length
Cable length, shielded, max.
30 m
2/748
Siemens IK PI 2015
1
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200eco
ET 200eco PN

6ES7145-6HD00-0AB0
4 AA U/I;
4 x M12
IO-Link master module
6ES7148-6JA00-0AB0
4 IO-L + 8 DE + 4 DA 24 V DC/1.3 A;
8 X M12
Input current
4A
status information
Status indicator
Yes
Substitute values connectable
Yes
4A
Yes
Encoder supply
Number of outputs
Alarms
Diagnostic alarm
Diagnostic messages
Wire break
Group error
Yes
Yes
Yes; Green "ON" LED
Yes; Channel-by-channel
with current output
Yes; Channel-by-channel
with voltage output
Galvanic isolation
Yes
Short circuit

No
Yes
Galvanic isolation analog outputs

No

between M internally and the outputs 10 Vpp AC
IP65
Yes
IP66
Yes
IP67
Yes
Connection method
M12
Yes
Dimensions
Width
60 mm
Height
175 mm
Depth
Weights

General information
Output current
200 mA;
100 mA per output to X5-X6
24 V encoder supply
Yes
Power losses
Power loss, typ.
8W
Digital inputs
Input characteristic curve in

accordance with IEC 61131, type 3
Yes
controllable inputs
- up to 60 C, max.
Input voltage
Rated value, DC
for signal "0"
for signal "1"
24 V
-3 to +5 V
11 to 30 V
Input current
1.5 mA
7 mA
Input delay
for standard inputs
- at "0" to "1", max.
- at "1" to "0", max.
typically 3 ms
typically 3 ms
49 mm
Cable length
30 m
930 g
Digital outputs
Yes; Electronic
1,8 A
Limitation of inductive
shutdown voltage to
Typ. (L1+, L2+) -47 V
002AH
Yes
5W
6ES7148-6JA00-0AB0
4 IO-L + 8 DE + 4 DA 24 V DC/1.3 A;
8 X M12
0306H
Supply voltage
24 V DC

on lamp load, max.
Yes
20.4 V
Output current
1.3 A; Maximum
1.5 mA
28.8 V
Yes
Load voltage 2L+

Rated value (DC)

for increased power
No
Yes
24 V
20.4 V
28.8 V
Yes
Switching frequency
on lamp load, max.
100 Hz
0.5 Hz
1 Hz
Aggregate current of outputs

(per group)
- up to 60 C, max.
3.9 A
Cable length
30 m
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/749
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200eco
ET 200eco PN

6ES7148-6JA00-0AB0
4 IO-L + 8 DE + 4 DA 24 V DC/1.3 A;
8 X M12
Interfaces
100BASE-TX
100 Mbit/s

No
1
Yes
Yes
Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes

75 V DC / 60 V AC
Isolation
tested with
24 V DC circuits
Interface
500 V

Autocrossing
Automatic detection
Integrated switch
PROFINET IO Device
supported
Yes
Galvanic isolation
6ES7148-6JA00-0AB0
4 IO-L + 8 DE + 4 DA 24 V DC/1.3 A;
8 X M12
Yes
Protocols
Yes
PROFINET CBA
No
No
SNMP
DCP
LLDP
ping
ARP

IP65
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
IP66
Yes
IP67
Yes
Connection method
M12
Yes
Dimensions
Width
60 mm
Height
175 mm
Depth
49 mm
Weights
910 g
IO-Link
Number of ports
of which simultaneously
controllable
4
4
Transmission rate
4.8 kBd (COM1);

38.4 kBd (COM2)
20 m
Operating modes
IO-Link
DI
DQ
Yes
Yes
Yes
Connection of IO-Link devices

via three-wire connection
Yes
status information
Status indicator
Yes; Green LED
Alarms
Diagnostic alarm
Yes
Diagnostic messages
Wire break in signal transmitter cable
Short circuit
Group error
2/750
Siemens IK PI 2015
Yes
Yes
Yes; Green "ON" LED
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC ET 200eco
ET 200eco PN
Ordering data
ET 200eco PN
digital input module
8 DI 24 V DC;
4 x M12, dual assignment,
8 DI 24 V DC;
8 x M12,
16 DI 24 V DC;
ET 200eco PN
digital output module
8 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A;
1 load voltage supply DO;
8 DO 24 V DC/1.3 A;
8 DO 24 V DC/1.3 A;
8 x M12,
8 DO 24 V DC/2 A;
8 x M12,
16 DO 24 V DC/1.3 A;
ET 200eco PN
digital input/output modules
8 DI/DO 24 V DC/1.3 A;
8 x M12,
ET 200eco PN
analog input modules
8 AI 4 U/I + 4 RTD/TC;
8 x M12,
8 AI RTD/TC; 8 x M12,
Article No.
Article No.
Accessories
6ES7141-6BF00-0AB0
6ES7141-6BG00-0AB0
6ES7141-6BH00-0AB0
6ES7142-6BF50-0AB0
6ES7142-6BF00-0AB0
6ES7142-6BG00-0AB0
6ES7142-6BR00-0AB0
6ES7142-6BH00-0AB0
6ES7147-6BG00-0AB0
6ES7144-6KD00-0AB0
6ES7144-6KD50-0AB0
ET 200eco PN
analog output modules
4 AO U/I;
4 x M12,
6ES7145-6HD00-0AB0
ET 200eco PN IO-Link
master module
4 IO-L + 8 DI +
4 DO 24 V DC/1.3 A;
8 x M12,
6ES7148-6JA00-0AB0
PD voltage distributor, 24 V DC;

1 X 7/8, 4 X M12
Terminal block for ET 200eco PN,
10 A insulation-piercing terminals
Spare fuses for terminal block,
10 units
Mounting rail 0.5 m
Profile screw for mounting rail,
50 units
Sealing cap M12 for IP67 modules,
10 units
Labels 10 7 mm,
pastel turquoise,
816 units
6ES7148-6CB00-0AA0
6ES7194-6CA00-0AA0
6ES7194-6HB00-0AA0
6ES7194-6GA00-0AA0
6ES7194-6MA00-0AA0
3RX9802-0AA00
3RT1900-1SB10
PROFINET M12 connector,

for user assembly
IE FC M12 connector PRO,
for user assembly
1 unit
8 units
6GK1901-0DB20-6AA0
6GK1901-0DB20-6AA8
PROFINET M12
connecting cables
Preassembled connecting cables
with 2 M12 connectors (D-coded)
in various lengths:
0.3 m
0.5 m
1.0 m
1.5 m
2.0 m
3.0 m
5.0 m
10.0 m
15.0 m
6XV1870-8AE30
6XV1870-8AE50
6XV1870-8AH10
6XV1870-8AH15
6XV1870-8AH20
6XV1870-8AH30
6XV1870-8AH50
6XV1870-8AN10
6XV1870-8AN15
M12 connector for 24 V DC

load power supply
Connection socket for 24 V DC
incoming supply;
4-pin, A-coded, 3 units
6GK1907-0DC10-6AA3
Connector for loop-through

of 24 V DC;
4-pin, A-coded, 3 units
6GK1907-0DB10-6AA3
M12 plug-in power cables

Preassembled plug-in power
cables, fitted at each end with
M12 socket and plug 4 x 0.75 mm2,
in various lengths:
0.3 m
0.5 m
1.0 m
1.5 m
2.0 m
3.0 m
5.0 m
10.0 m
15.0 m
6XV1801-5DE30
6XV1801-5DE50
6XV1801-5DH10
6XV1801-5DH15
6XV1801-5DH20
6XV1801-5DH30
6XV1801-5DH50
6XV1801-5DN10
6XV1801-5DN15
M12 coupler plug

Can be assembled, for connecting
actuators or sensors,
5-pin
3RK1902-4BA00-5AA0
Y cable M12
For double connection of I/O
by means of single cable to ET 200,
5-pin
6ES7194-6KA00-0XA0
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/751
Siemens AG 2014
The SIMOTION system
Overview
The SIMOTION system is made up of three components:
Engineering system
SCOUT enables Motion Control, PLC and technology functions

to be incorporated in one comprehensive, integrated system
and provides all the necessary tools: From programming and
parameterization through testing and commissioning, to diagnostics.
Runtime software
The runtime software offers a high-performance execution
system for cyclic and sequential tasks. The runtime software
modules make the different PLC, Motion Control and technology
functions available. By selecting the appropriate modules, the
overall functionality of the system can be flexibly adapted to the
machine.
Hardware platforms
The hardware platforms are the basis of the SIMOTION Motion
Control System. The application created with the engineering
system and the associated runtime software modules can be
implemented on different hardware platforms.
PLC functionality
(IEC 61131-3)
Engineering system
Motion Control
(e. g. positioning, synchronous operation, etc.)
Runtime software
For programming,
parameterization, ...
PLC
SIMOTION
Graphical or text-based
programming
Gear
Fusion of Motion Control,

PLC, and technology
functions
Test and
diagnostics
Positioning
Cam
Interpolation
Technology
functions
(e. g. hydraulic control,
temperature control, etc.)
G_PM10_EN_00125a
SIMOTION is recommended for all machines with Motion Control

tasks from simple to high-performance. The focus is on a
simple and flexible solution for the greatest possible range of
Motion Control tasks.
SIMOTION is based on the fusion of Motion Control with two
other control functions which are found in most machines: PLC
and technology functions.
Hardware platforms
Controller-based
PC-based
Drive-based
This approach means that Motion Control of axes and control of

the complete machine can be implemented within the same system. The same applies to technology functions, such as pressure control of a hydraulic axis. A seamless switch can be made
from position-controlled positioning mode to pressure control.
Combining the three open-loop control functions of
Motion Control, PLC and technology functions has the
following benefits:
Reduced engineering overhead and increased machine
performance
Fast system response Time-critical interfaces between the
individual components are no longer required
Simple, uniform and transparent programming as well as
diagnostics of the entire machine
2/752
Siemens IK PI 2015
G_PM10_EN_00126b
The fast path to the automation solution

Thanks to our wide range of sector-specific solutions it is possible to reduce engineering costs, speed up project completion
times and implement successful automation systems more
quickly.
The SIMOTION easyProject project generator enables you to
significantly accelerate the creation of a standardized project
framework for machine applications.
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
One concept 3 platforms
SIMOTION C Modularity and flexibility
Automation systems are primarily identified by the following

characteristics:
System-specific characteristics, e.g. functionality and
engineering
Hardware-dependent characteristics, e.g. performance,
design and expandability
However, mechanical engineering demands vary greatly, depending on the version of the machine in question.
Every hardware platform has its benefits when used in certain
applications.
The various platforms can also be combined very easily, which
is a particular advantage in modular machines and plants. This
is because the individual hardware platforms always have the
same system characteristics, i.e. functionality and engineering
are always identical, irrespective of the platform used.
PROFIBUS or PROFINET can be used to create the link to the
drives and the I/Os remotely.
PROFINET/PROFIBUS can also be used for communication with
HMI devices such as SIMATIC HMI or higher-level controllers
such as SIMATIC S7. This means that SIMATIC HMI panels
as well as PCs with WinCC flexible can be used as operator
systems. Even 3rd party applications communicate with
SIMOTION by means of the OPC interface.
SIMOTION D Compact and integrated in the drive
SIMOTION C is a Motion Controller based on the

SIMATIC S7-300 design.
It is available in two variants which differ in terms of their
interfaces, but not with respect to Motion Control functionality or
performance. In addition to the already integrated interfaces,
both controllers can be expanded using I/O modules from the
SIMATIC S7-300 range.
Variant C240 with its four drive and encoder interfaces is ideal
for machine automation applications and the operation of drives
with analog setpoint interface or stepper drives. As a result, this
variant is particularly suitable for machine retrofits.
Variant C240 PN with its three PROFINET ports, which support
PROFINET with IRT as well as TCP/IP and RT communication,
is used to automate machines on the basis of PROFINET. It is
capable of operating PROFINET drives with PROFIdrive, as well
as PROFINET I/Os, such as SIMATIC ET 200S High Speed.
Both variants are equipped additionally with two PROFIBUS
interfaces via which drives with PROFIdrive profile as well as
standard I/Os can be connected. In addition, both controllers
feature an Industrial Ethernet interface, thus offering further
communication options.
In SIMOTION D, the SIMOTION functionality is integrated

directly in the closed-loop control module of the SINAMICS S120
drive system. Therefore, the complete system (consisting of the
open-loop control and the drive) is extremely compact and
powerful.
Two SIMOTION D versions are available:
As a SIMOTION D410-2 single-axis system with multi-axis
option (blocksize format)
As a SIMOTION D4x5-2 multi-axis system in four performance
variants for up to 128 axes (booksize format)
This finely graded performance ensures the highest degree of
scalability and flexibility. The field of application ranges from
single axes to high-performance multi-axis machines.
For visualization and operation SIMATIC HMI devices can be
connected via PROFINET, Ethernet or PROFIBUS depending on
the SIMOTION D variant. Distributed I/O is connected via
PROFINET or PROFIBUS.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/753
Siemens AG 2014
SIMOTION P Open for multiple tasks
SIMOTION P320-3 has been created for Embedded PC Motion
Control applications. Thanks to the Embedded Windows
operating system and elimination of rotating parts in the PC, the
SIMOTION P320-3 is particularly compact and ideal for applications in harsh environments. Both PCs are equipped with the
usual real-time expansion for SIMOTION. This means that in
addition to SIMOTION machine applications, it is possible to run
other PC applications at any time including, for example, the
SIMOTION engineering system, an operator application, a
process data evaluation routine or standard PC applications.
With its excellent processor performance, SIMOTION P350-3

is predestined for applications with exacting performance requirements (such as hydraulic applications with highly dynamic
position and pressure control loops). SIMOTION P320-3 is
particularly suitable for harsh operating environments. Its small
footprint makes it the preferred choice for many applications in
which available space and rugged design play a key role.
SIMOTION P is a PC-based Motion Control System.

The capabilities of the portfolio of PC-based controllers with
SIMOTION P320-3, the embedded PC for Motion Control, and
SIMOTION P350-3 with the operating system Windows XP
Professional are well-demonstrated in practice and not just for
high-end tasks.
The SIMOTION P350-3 can be operated by a variety of different

SIMOTION panel fronts. These are available in various screen
sizes and can either be operated using a keyboard and mouse,
or a touch screen. The SIMOTION P320-3 can be linked to the
SIMOTION fronts by means of the Remote Panel PC Kit. For both
PC variants, the SIMATIC flat panel series offers further scope for
solutions in which the PC is not directly connected to the front
panel.
SIMOTION P350-3 is available in either a PROFINET or
PROFIBUS variant for the connection of I/Os, while
SIMOTION P320-3 is available only as a PROFINET variant.
2/754
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Motion Control architectures with SIMOTION
Overview
Motion Control architectures with SIMOTION and SINAMICS
Switch/Firewall
With SIMOTION and SINAMICS, a range of different automation

structures can be implemented over PROFINET. In this case,
central architectures comprising a controller (e.g. SIMOTION P)
are supported as well as decentralized, distributed architectures
with several distributed controllers (e.g. SIMOTION D with
SINAMICS S120).
PROFINET
SINAMICS S120 SINAMICS S120
SINAMICS
CU310-2 PN
with Power Module
When SIMOTION is integrated in a complete automation system,

hierarchic automation structures often result.
Via controller-to-controller and controller-to-device relationships

based on PROFINET IO with IRT, it is also possible to synchronize large axis quantity structures via several SIMOTION IO
Controllers. This functionality is known as distributed synchronous operation.
G_PM10_EN_00136c
SIMOTION P
Central Motion Control architecture
Switch/Firewall
PROFINET
SIMOTION SIMOTION
D410 PN
D4x5-2
with Power Module
SIMOTION
D4x5-2
SIMATIC S7
HMI
G_PM10_EN_00137b
Thanks to the ability to configure SIMOTION as controller and

device concurrently on the same PROFINET interface (I-Device),
both hierarchic automation structures and modular machine
concepts can be implemented easily and without additional
components:
On the one hand, SIMOTION as a device can communicate
with a higher-level controller, e.g. a SIMATIC S7 PLC or a
non-Siemens PLC.
On the other hand, SIMOTION can also communicate with
local IO devices, such as drives and I/O modules, in the role
of IO Controller.
Distributed Motion Control architecture
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/755
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
PROFINET Functions of SIMOTION motion controllers
SIMOTION device
C240 PN
D410-2
DP/PN
D425-2
DP/PN
D435-2
DP/PN
D445-2
DP/PN
D455-2
DP/PN
P350-3
P320-3
1 ... 2
(second
interface is
an option)
1 ... 2
(second
interface is
an option)
1 ... 2
(second
interface is
an option)
1 ... 2
(second
interface is
an option)
PROFINET with IRT (isochronous mode)
Number of ports
Max. number of devices
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
Min. send clock in ms
0.5
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
I-Device
Bumpless media redundancy (MRPD) 1)
Step-change media redundancy (MRP)
PROFIsafe routing
PROFIenergy (as controller)
Number of ports (CBE30-2 option

board)
Max. number of devices
64
64
64
64
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
I-Device
Bumpless media redundancy (MRPD)
PROFIsafe routing
PROFIenergy (as controller)
Interface 1
Interface 2 (option) 2)
1)
To establish bumpless media redundancy (MRPD), a separate switch from the SCALANCE X200IRT series is required.
2)
Optional second PROFINET interface over CBE30-2 (4 ports).
PROFINET Functions of the SINAMICS S120 Control Units

CU320-2 DP (CBE20)
CU310-2 PN
SINAMICS S120
CU320-2 PN
Number of ports
0.25
0.5
0.25
Shared device
Bumpless media redundancy (MRPD)
PROFIsafe
PROFIenergy
PROFIdrive

SIMOTION is fully integrated into the PROFINET communication.
Interaction with the following PROFINET components is possible:
Distributed I/O with SIMOTION
Drives via PROFIdrive on SIMOTION
SIMOTION as an IO-Device with a SIMATIC S7 CPU
Active network components (e.g. SCALANCE) with
SIMOTION
PROFIsafe to a SIMATIC F-CPU. The PROFIsafe message
frames are routed from SIMOTION to the lower-level drives.
2/756
Siemens IK PI 2015
When an automation topology is configured, the real-time

classes RT and IRT can be used alongside each other on the
same network or cable. It must be noted that not all devices
support both real-time classes RT and IRT. For devices that
should be synchronized with IRT, it is important that all the
PROFINET components that lie in between support the IRT realtime class.
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
PROFIdrive The standardized drive interface
for PROFINET and PROFIBUS
PROFIdrive defines the device behavior and the access procedure to internal drive data for electrical drives on PROFINET and
PROFIBUS, from simple frequency converters up to highperformance servo controllers.
It contains a detailed description of how the communication
functions "slave-to-slave communication", "constant bus cycle
time" and "isochronous operation" are used for drive applications. In addition, it clearly specifies all device characteristics
which influence interfaces connected to a controller over
PROFINET or PROFIBUS. This includes the sequence control,
encoder interface, standardization of values, definition of
standard messages, and access to drive parameters, etc.
The PROFIdrive profile supports both central as well as
distributed motion control concepts.
What are profiles?
Profiles specify specific properties and responses for devices
and systems in automation. In this manner, manufacturers and
users pursue the goal of defining common standards. Devices
and systems that comply with a multi-vendor profile can interoperate on a fieldbus and can be operated interchangeably to a
certain extent.
Do different profile types exist?
A distinction is made between application profiles (general or
specific) and system profiles:
Application profiles (also known as device profiles) mainly
refer to devices (e.g. drives) and contain an agreed selection
of bus communication modes, as well as specific device
applications.
System profiles describe system classes and include the
master functionality, program interfaces and integration
methods.
Is PROFIdrive future-proof?
PROFIdrive has been specified by PROFIBUS and PROFINET
International (PI) and has been laid down in IEC 61800-7 as a
future-proof standard.
The basic philosophy: Keep it simple
The PROFIdrive profile tries to keep the drive interface as simple
as possible and free from technology functions. This philosophy
ensures that reference models as well as the functionality and
performance of the PROFINET/PROFIBUS master have no or
very little influence on the drive interface.
One drive profile Different application categories
The integration of drives into automation solutions depends
strongly upon the drive task. To cover the extensive range of
drive applications from the simple frequency converter up to
highly dynamic, synchronized multi-axis systems with a single
profile, PROFIdrive defines six application categories which
define most drive applications:
Category 1 Standard drives (such as pumps, fans, stirring
units, etc.)
Category 2 Standard drives with technology functions
Category 3 Positioning drives
Category 4 Motion control drives with central, higher-level
motion control intelligence and the patented "Dynamic Servo
Control" position control concept
Category 5 Motion control drives with central, higher-level
motion control intelligence and position setpoint interface
Category 6 Motion control drives with distributed motion
control intelligence integrated in the drives
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/757
Siemens AG 2014
Design
More information
The device model of PROFIdrive
PROFIdrive defines a device model based on function modules

which cooperate in the device and generate the intelligence of
the drive system. These modules have objects assigned to them
which are described in the profile and are defined with respect
to their functions. The overall functionality of a drive is therefore
described through the sum of its parameters.
In contrast to other drive profiles, PROFIdrive defines only the
access mechanisms to the parameters as well as a subset
of approx. 30 profile parameters such as the fault buffer, drive
control and device identification.
All other parameters are vendor-specific which gives drive
manufacturers great flexibility with respect to implementing
function modules. The elements of a parameter are accessed
acyclically via data records.
As a communication protocol, PROFIdrive uses DP-V0, DP-V1,
and the DP-V2 expansions for PROFIBUS including the functions
"Slave-to-slave communication" and "Isochronous operation",
or PROFINET IO with real-time classes RT and IRT.
Application Class 4
Automation
Technology
Interpolation
Pos. Control
Clock
G_PM10_EN_00133
Control Word + Speed Setpoint + ...
Status Word + Actual Position ...
Clock synchronism
Drive
Drive
Drive
Closed Loop Speed Ctrl.
Encoder
Encoder
Encoder
PROFIdrive for Motion Control

Utilization category 4 is the most important for highly dynamic
and highly complex Motion Control tasks. This application category describes in detail the master/slave relationship between
the Controller and the drives which are connected to each other
over PROFINET and PROFIBUS.
The DSC (Dynamic Servo Control) function significantly
improves the dynamic response and stiffness of the position
control loop by minimizing the dead times which usually occur
for speed setpoint interfaces with an additional, relatively simple
feedback network in the drive. The position control loop is
closed in the drive which permits very fast position control
cycles (e.g. 125 s for SINAMICS S120) and thus limits dead
times exclusively to the control behavior.
In SIMOTION, the drive interface has been implemented
according to the PROFIdrive profile V4 and application
categories 1 to 4 (category 4 with and without DSC).
When SINAMICS S120 operates with SIMOTION, utilization
category 4 with DSC is used as standard.
2/758
Siemens IK PI 2015
Further information about PROFINET and PROFIBUS

can be found at
www.profibus.com
See Downloads / Technical descriptions & books / PROFIdrive
Technology and Application System Description
Further information about SIMOTION can be found in catalog
PM 21 and on the internet at:
www.siemens.com/simotion
Siemens AG 2014
SINUMERIK CNC automation systems
SINUMERIK 828D BASIC T/BASIC M with SINAMICS S120 Combi
Overview
More information
Catalog NC 82
Internet:
www.siemens.com/sinumerik
Compact, strong, straightforward simply ingenious

The compact, operator-panel based SINUMERIK 828D
BASIC T/BASIC M CNC controls offer maximum ruggedness
and easy maintainability.
Powerful CNC functions coupled with a unique 80 bit NANOFP
accuracy result in maximum workpiece precision and minimum
machining time. Thanks to a flexible CNC programming language and the exceptional ShopTurn/ShopMill machining step
programming, both mass produced components and individual
workpieces can be programmed and machined with the maximum possible efficiency. Pre-configured technology-specific
system software and unique servicing functions reduce the
costs for commissioning and servicing to an absolute minimum.
Tailored for standard turning machines ...
The SINUMERIK 828D BASIC T CNC control is perfectly tailored
to the requirements of modern standard turning machines. With
powerful kinematic transformers and a comprehensive selection
of technology cycles, the SINUMERIK 828D BASIC T is also
well-equipped for sophisticated machining with rotating tools.
Perfectly tailored and pre-configured for:
Up to 5 axes/spindles in one machining channel
Front side machining with rotating tools
Lateral surface machining with rotating tools
... Standard milling machines
The SINUMERIK 828D BASIC M CNC control is perfectly tailored to the requirements of modern standard milling machines.
With the integrated SINUMERIK MDynamics technology package including the new intelligent motion and velocity control
Advanced Surface, the SINUMERIK 828D BASIC M is also wellequipped for the machining of mold making workpieces.
Perfectly tailored and pre-configured for:
Up to 5 axes/spindles in one machining channel
Lateral surface machining with A axis
Machining and use in mold making
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/759
Siemens AG 2014
SINUMERIK CNC automation systems
SINUMERIK 840D sl
Overview
Benefits
Maximum performance and flexibility for medium to complex
multi-axis systems, thanks to scalable hardware and software
Consistent openness in the area of the user interface, the PLC,
and the NC core for the integration of your specific know-how
Integrated safety functions for man and machine:
SINUMERIK Safety Integrated
Comprehensive range of functions for the integration of
machine tools into communication, engineering and
production processes:
SINUMERIK Integrate
Application
SINUMERIK 840D sl offers modularity, openness, flexibility and

uniform structures for operation, programming, and visualization. It provides a system platform with trend-setting functions
for almost all technologies.
Integrated into the SINAMICS S120 drive system and complemented by the SIMATIC S7-300 automation system, the
SINUMERIK 840D sl forms a complete digital system that is
optimally suited to the mid and upper performance range.
SINUMERIK 840D sl is characterized by:
A high level of flexibility
Maximum dynamics and precision
Optimum integration into networks
The SINUMERIK 840D sl can be used globally in the following

technologies:
Turning
Drilling
Milling
Grinding
Laser cutting
Nibbling
Punching
Toolmaking and moldmaking
High-speed cutting applications
Woodworking and glass processing
Handling
Transfer lines
Rotary indexing machines
Mass series production
JobShop production
For use in countries requiring approval, there is the export
version SINUMERIK 840DE sl.
More information
Catalog NC 62
Internet:
www.siemens.com/sinumerik
2/760
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Key Panels
SIMATIC HMI KP8/KP8F/KP32F
Overview
Ordering data
SIMATIC HMI Key Panel
KP8 PN
Article No.
6AV3688-3AY36-0AX0
Key Panel, 8 short-stroke keys

with multicolored LEDs,
PROFINET interfaces,
2 x parameterizable with STEP 7
V5.5 or higher
SIMATIC HMI Key Panel
KP8F PN
2
6AV3688-3AF37-0AX0

with multicolored LEDs, PROFINET
interfaces with PROFIsafe,
parameterizable with STEP 7 V5.5
or higher;
4 additional fail-safe inputs.
Can be used as 2 x SIL 2 or
1 x SIL 3
SIMATIC HMI KP32F PN
SIMATIC HMI Key Panels

Optimum operability thanks to large mechanical keys and
multi-colored LED backlighting (daylight readable)
Over 60% time savings for wiring and installation (Plug&Play)
More than 30% savings in material costs compared to conventional keypad operator panels
2 PROFINET ports (incl. switch) already integrated for setting
up line and ring topologies
Freely configurable digital I/Os on the rear for connecting
key-operated switches, indicator lamps, etc.
Connection of fail-safe emergency stop buttons or other
fail-safe signals with KP8F and KP32F (in SIL2 or SIL3)
Functionally compatible with all standard PROFINET master
CPUs, also non-Siemens
KP8 and empty front design, also optimized for installation in
IPC Extension Units in IP65
Maximum flexibility due to parameterization
Empty front design for standardized assembly of flexible
operator panels
SIMATIC HMI Key Panel Blank front design
Simple seamless installation with mounting clips
Rugged design, suitable for harsh industrial environments
Prepared for installation of 22.5 mm standard components
Easy installation, or retrofitting during operation, of standard
22.5 mm operator controls
6AV3688-3EH47-0AX0

with multicolored LEDs, PROFINET
interfaces with PROFIsafe,
parameterizable with STEP 7 V5.5
or higher;
including 8 fail-safe inputs.
Can be used as 4 x SIL 2 or
2 x SIL 3
Empty front design
6AV3688-3XY38-3AX0
for standard 22.5 mm

operator controls, same mounting
dimensions as KP8
Demo case
(Only by fax to
+49 911 750 2411)
includes:
1 x case
1 x KP8 PN1 x CPU 1211C
1 x stand, permanently wired,
including program;
Power supply possible with a
standard laptop mains adapter
(not included in scope of supply)
A5E314777880
12-pole connector set for

KP8 PN
6AV6671-3XY38-4AX0
10 items per packaging unit

KP8F PN
6AV6671-3XY48-4AX0

KP8F PN
6AV6671-3XY58-4AX0

Documentation
You can find the manual for the
Key Panels on the Internet at:
Note:
For further information see Catalog ST 80 / ST PC and
Industry Mall at www.siemens.com/industrymall
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/761
Siemens AG 2014
Basic Panels
Standard
Overview
With their fully developed HMI basic functions, 2nd generation
SIMATIC HMI Basic Panels are the ideal entry level series for
simple HMI applications.
The device family offers panels with 4", 7", and 9" displays, as
well as combined key and touch operation.
The innovative high-resolution widescreen displays with
64 000 colors are also suitable for upright installation, and they
can be dimmed down to 100 %.
The innovative operator interface with improved usability
opens up a diverse range of options thanks to new controls and
graphics.
The new USB interface enables the connection of keyboard,
mouse or barcode scanner, and supports the simple archiving of
data on a USB stick.
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
SIMATIC HMI Basic Panels 2nd Generation
SIMATIC HMI Basic Panels 1st Generation (continued)
SIMATIC HMI Basic

Panels, Key and Touch
Starter kit LOGO!

+ HMI Basic Panel
consisting of:
SIMATIC HMI Basic Panel LOGO!
12/24 RCE
LOGO! Power 24 V / 1,3 A
LOGO! Soft Comfort V7
WinCC Basic (TIA Portal)
HMI manual CD
Ethernet cable, 2 m
SIMATIC HMI KTP400 Basic
6AV2123-2DB03-0AX0
6AV2123-2GB03-0AX0
SIMATIC HMI KTP900
6AV2123-2JB03-0AX0
SIMATIC HMI Basic Panels 1st Generation

SIMATIC HMI KP300 Basic
mono PN
mono PN
mono PN
color DP
color PN
color DP
color PN
SIMATIC HMI TP1500 Basic
color PN
6AV6647-0AH11-3AX0
Starter kit SIMATIC S7-1200 +

KP300 Basic mono PN
6AV6651-7HA01-3AA4

KTP400 Basic
6AV6651-7AA01-3AA4

KTP700 Basic
6AV6651-7DA01-3AA4
Starter kits consisting of:

the respective SIMATIC HMI
Basic Panel
- SIMATIC HMI KP300 Basic
mono PN
- SIMATIC HMI KTP400 Basic
mono PN
- SIMATIC HMI KTP600 Basic
color PN
SIMATIC S7-1200 CPU 1212C
AC/DC/Rly
SIMATIC S7-1200
Simulator Module SIM 1274
SIMATIC STEP 7 BASIC CD
SIMATIC S7-1200
HMI Manual Collection CD
Ethernet CAT5 cable, 2 m
2/762
Siemens IK PI 2015
6AV6647-0AA11-3AX0
LOGO! 0BA7 +
KP300 Basic starter kit
6AV2132-0HA00-0AA1
6AV6647-0AB11-3AX0
LOGO! 0BA7 +
KTP400 Basic starter kit
6AV2132-0KA00-0AA1
6AV6647-0AC11-3AX0
Configuration
6AV6647-0AD11-3AX0
6AV6647-0AE11-3AX0
All device variants:

SIMATIC WinCC Basic/Comfort/
Professional or
SIMATIC STEP 7 Basic/Professional
(with integrated WinCC Basic)
6AV6647-0AF11-3AX0
Documentation
6AV6647-0AG11-3AX0
You can find the manual for the

Basic Panels on the Internet at:
see catalog ST 80 / ST PC
http://support.automation.siemens.com
Note:
Siemens AG 2014
Comfort Panels
Standard
Overview
Ordering data
Article No.
SIMATIC HMI Comfort Panels, Touch

SIMATIC HMI KTP400 Comfort,
Key and Touch
6AV2124-2DC01-0AX0
SIMATIC HMI TP700 Comfort
6AV2124-0GC01-0AX0
6AV2124-0JC01-0AX0
6AV2124-0MC01-0AX0
6AV2124-0QC02-0AX0
6AV2124-0UC02-0AX0
6AV2124-0XC02-0AX0
SIMATIC HMI Comfort Panels, Key
Excellent HMI functionality for demanding applications

Widescreen TFT displays with 4", 7", 9", 12", 15", 19" and 22"
diagonals (all 16 million colors) with up to 40% more visualization area as compared to the predecessor devices
Integrated high-end functionality with archives, scripts,
PDF/Word/Excel viewer, Internet Explorer, Media Player and
Web Server
Dimmable displays from 0 to 100% via PROFIenergy, via the
HMI project or via a controller
Modern industrial design, cast aluminum fronts for 7" upwards
Upright installation for all touch devices
Optimal selection option: seven touch and five key versions
are available
Data security in the event of a power failure for the device and
for the SIMATIC HMI Memory Card
Innovative service and commissioning concept through
second SD card (automatic backup)
Easy project transfer via standard cable (standard Ethernet
cable, standard USB cable)
Maximum performance with short screen refresh times
Suitable for extremely harsh industrial environments thanks to
extended approvals such as ATEX 2/22 and marine approvals
Wide range of communication options: PROFIBUS and
PROFINET onboard; 2 x PROFINET with integrated switch for
7" models or larger; plus 1 x PROFINET with Gigabit support
for 15" models or larger
All variants can be used as an OPC UA client or as an OPC DA
server
Key-operated devices with LED in every function key and new
text input mechanism, similar to the keypads of mobile phones
All keys have a service life of 2 million operations
Configuring with the WinCC engineering software of the TIA
Portal
SIMATIC HMI KP400 Comfort
6AV2124-1DC01-0AX0
6AV2124-1GC01-0AX0
6AV2124-1JC01-0AX0
6AV2124-1MC01-0AX0
6AV2124-1QC02-0AX0
Starter kits for HMI Comfort Panels

consisting of:
the respective SIMATIC HMI
Comfort Panel,
SIMATIC WinCC Comfort,
Ethernet cable, 2 m
SIMATIC HMI memory card 2 GB
10 protective films
for touch screen devices
Starter kit for HMI KTP400
Comfort, Key and Touch
6AV2181-4DB20-0AX0
Starter kit for HMI TP700 Comfort
6AV2181-4GB00-0AX0
6AV2181-4JB00-0AX0
6AV2181-4MB00-0AX0
6AV2181-4QB00-0AX0
6AV2181-4UB00-0AX0
6AV2181-4XB00-0AX0
Starter kit for HMI KP400 Comfort,

key
6AV2181-4DB10-0AX0

key
6AV2181-4GB10-0AX0

key
6AV2181-4JB10-0AX0
Starter kit for HMI KP1200

Comfort, key
6AV2181-4MB10-0AX0
Starter kit for HMI KP1500

Comfort, key
6AV2181-4QB10-0AX0
Note:
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/763
Siemens AG 2014
Mobile Panels
Overview
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 177 and SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277
Two three-stage acknowledgement buttons;
Optional versions include:
- STOP button
- STOP button, handwheel, key-operated switch and
illuminated pushbutton (not for Mobile Panel 277 10")
Communication is supported via a serial link, MPI/PROFIBUS
or PROFINET
Connection point recognition for local identification of the
device based on the connection point ID
Fast system availability after plugging into the connection
boxes
Connection to the controller and power supply is made via the
connection box and the connecting cable
SIMATIC Mobile Panel

Mobile operator panel for direct operator control of the plant
and machine from any point
Supports an optimum view of the workpiece or process and,
at the same time, direct access and visual contact with the
operator panel
Versatile use thanks to easy unplugging and replugging
during normal operation (Mobile Panel 177 and
Mobile Panel 277) or
Wireless freedom (Mobile Panel 277(F) IWLAN)
Pixel-graphics, high-luminance color display with touch
screen (analog/resistive)
PROFIBUS or PROFINET communication, PROFINET over
WLAN for Mobile Panel 277(F) IWLAN
Freely-configurable function keys with customized labels
(with LED) (not for Mobile Panel 277 10")
2/764
Siemens IK PI 2015
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277(F) IWLAN

Wireless, mobile operator panel for flexible and locationindependent system and machine operation
WLAN communication in accordance with IEEE 802.11
(a/b/g/h) and PROFINET support
Powerful batteries and flexible concept for changing permit
battery replacement "on the fly" without interrupting operation
Effective range limitation and the local identification of the
device by using transponder technology
Low-cost, safety-related mobile operator control and
monitoring via RFID technology (MOBY D) for plants with
pre-installed safety resources (e.g. robot cells)
Optional variants with: Handwheel, key switch and illuminated
pushbutton
Fail-safe operator controls of the SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277F
IWLAN using PROFIsafe:
- Two three-stage acknowledgment buttons
- Emergency stop button
Siemens AG 2014
Mobile Panels
Ordering data
Article No.
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 177 PN

(PROFINET) 1)
With integrated acknowledgement
button
button and STOP button
button, STOP button, handwheel,
key-operated switch and
illuminated pushbutton
6AV6645-0BA01-0AX0
6AV6645-0BB01-0AX0
6AV6645-0BC01-0AX0
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277 10"

SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277 IWLAN
V2 (RoW version)
Communication via WLAN
(PROFINET)
(PROFINET)
with integrated handwheel,
two illuminated pushbuttons
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277F
IWLAN V2 PROFIsafe
(RoW version)
(PROFINET)
with acknowledgement button and
emergency stop button
(PROFINET)
with acknowledgement button
and emergency stop button with
integrated handwheel,
key-operated switch, and
RFID tag version: Communication
via WLAN (PROFINET)
with acknowledgement button
and emergency stop button with
key-operated switch, and
V2 (USA version)
(PROFINET)
(PROFINET)
IWLAN V2 PROFIsafe
(USA version)
emergency stop button with
key-operated switch,
and two illuminated pushbuttons
key-operated switch,
and two illuminated pushbuttons
(tag version)
1)
Starter kit
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277(F)
IWLAN (RoW VERSION)
for
Mobile Panel 277 IWLAN V2
Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2
6AV6651-5GA01-0AA1
6AV6651-5HA01-0AA1
Accessories for Mobile Panel 277 IWLAN/277(F) IWLAN
1)
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277 8"

button
button, STOP button, handwheel,
Article No.
6AV6645-0CA01-0AX0
6AV6645-0CB01-0AX0
6AV6645-0CC01-0AX0
6AV6645-0BE02-0AX0
6AV6645-0DD01-0AX1
6AV6645-0DE01-0AX1
6AV6645-0EB01-0AX1
6AV6645-0EC01-0AX1
6AV6645-0EF01-0AX1
Note: Please order the table-top

power supply or charging station as
well. Required for charging the
battery.
Power supply unit, external,
Mobile Panel IWLAN;
Only suitable for operation under
laboratory/office conditions
Charging station
for SIMATIC Mobile Panels
Main rechargeable battery
for Mobile Panel IWLAN;
For contents and matching
devices, see Technical Data
Transponder V2 incl. batteries
(3x AA)
Transponder V1 incl. batteries
(3x AA)
required for the operation of plants
with Mobile Panels 277(F)
IWLAN V1
Service set V2 for
Mobile Panel 277(F) IWLAN V2
consists of
2x covers for charging station l/r,
1x connector for charging station,
2x corner seals l/r,
2x gasket corner seals,
4x decorative film corner seals l/r,
1x spare key for charging cradle
Service set V1 for
Mobile Panel 277(F) IWLAN V1
consists of
2x covers for charging station l/r,
1x connector for charging station,
2x corner seals l/r,
2x gasket corner seals,
4x decorative film corner seals l/r,
1x backup battery 3.6 V / 1.5 Ah
including cover,
1x spare key for charging cradle
6AV6671-5CN00-0AX2
6AV6671-5CE00-0AX1
6AV6671-5CL00-0AX0
6AV6671-5CM00-0AX1
6AV6671-5CM00-0AX0
6AV6671-5CA00-0AX2
6AV6671-5CA00-0AX1
6AV6645-0FD01-0AX1
6AV6645-0FE01-0AX1
6AV6645-0GB01-0AX1
6AV6645-0GC01-0AX1
6AV6645-0GF01-0AX1
The system components (connection cable and connection boxes)

must be ordered separately
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/765
Siemens AG 2014
Mobile Panels
Ordering data
Access Points SCALANCE W and
Power Supplies PS791
Article No.
see chapter 6
with SIMATIC WinCC flexible
System components for Mobile Panels

PN connection box
for Mobile Panel (PROFINET)
Configuration
Article No.
Basic
6AV6671-5AE01-0AX0
Documentation (to be ordered separately)
Plus
6AV6671-5AE11-0AX0
User Manual
WinCC flexible Compact/
Standard/Advanced
PN (PROFINET) connecting cable

Standard cable
German
6AV6691-1AB01-3AA0
2m
6XV1440-4BH20
English
6AV6691-1AB01-3AB0
5m
6XV1440-4BH50
French
6AV6691-1AB01-3AC0
8m
6XV1440-4BH80
Italian
6AV6691-1AB01-3AD0
10 m
6XV1440-4BN10
Spanish
6AV6691-1AB01-3AE0
15 m
6XV1440-4BN15
20 m
6XV1440-4BN20
25 m
6XV1440-4BN25
Accessories
User Manual
German
6AV6691-1CA01-3AA0
English
6AV6691-1CA01-3AB0
French
6AV6691-1CA01-3AC0
Italian
6AV6691-1CA01-3AD0
Spanish
6AV6691-1CA01-3AE0
Note:
2/766
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
Rack PC
General data
Overview
SIMATIC IPC547E
maximum performance at an attractive price
Intel Core i processors 4th generation
Maximum processor performance in maximum configuration
without loss of power (throttling) at ambient temperatures of up
to 40 C
Optional RAID5 configuration (striping with parity) in hot swap
drive bays
RAID1 and RAID5 configurations with additional hot spare
hard disk, optional
Low noise output thanks to controlled fans
Status and alarm LEDs at the front for signaling critical system
states
Availability for at least 1.5 years
Guaranteed spare parts availability for at least 3 years
IPC rack family
Rack PCs are flexible, high-availability industrial PC systems for

powerful yet compact applications using 19" technology.
Three device classes are available for various requirements:
SIMATIC IPC547
maximum performance at an attractive price
SIMATIC IPC647
maximum compactness combined with maximum industrial
functionality
SIMATIC IPC847
maximum expandability and industrial functionality
Shared industrial functionality of the IPC series 547, 647 and 847
Maximum system performance for complex automation tasks
and computationally intensive PC tasks in the industrial
environment through use of Intel Core processors
Designed for 24-hour continuous operation
Monitoring and diagnostics functions (e.g. temperature, fan,
watchdog)
RAID1 configuration (mirrored drives), optionally in hot swap
drive bays
Hard disks with capacities up to 1 TB for large volumes of data
Solid-state drive (SSD) with MLC technology, optional
Redundant AC power supply, optional
Compact dimensions for installation in control cabinets only
500 mm deep
Dust protection thanks to overpressure ventilation concept
with fan on the front and dust filter
Lockable front panel or front door
Service-friendly equipment design due to prepared telescopic
rail mounting
Universal implementation as an industrial workstation or
server
Operating system preinstalled and activated for fast startup
Fast restoration of the delivery status of the HDD thanks to
restore DVD
High flexibility and expandability of components
PCI and PCI Express expansion slots
Independent industrial product design
SIMATIC IPC647D maximum compactness combined with

maximum industrial functionality
Maximum compactness due to 4 free PCI/PCI Express slots
for installing long expansion cards and integrated interfaces
for communication, e.g. integrated PROFIBUS/MPI or
PROFINET interface
High thermal stability up to 50 C ambient temperature, even
at maximum processor performance
High vibration/shock resistance thanks to special hard disk
holders
ECC memory, optional
Service-friendly device design due, for example, to the
replacement of filters/fans from the front without the need for
tools, or opening of the enclosure with just one screw.
Front LED concept for efficient self-diagnostics, e.g.
monitoring of hard disks in RAID1 configurations, fans or the
status display for Ethernet, PROFINET and PROFIBUS.
Integrated PROFIBUS DP/MPI or PROFINET interface
(optional)
High component/design continuity
Motherboard developed and manufactured by Siemens
Availability for up to 6 years
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/767
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
Rack PC
General data
SIMATIC IPC847D
maximum expandability and industrial functionality
Maximum expandability due to 11 free PCI/PCI Express slots
for installing long expansion cards and integrated interfaces
for communication, e.g. integrated PROFIBUS/MPI or
PROFINET interface
High thermal stability up to 50 C ambient temperature, even
at maximum processor performance
High vibration/shock resistance thanks to special hard disk
holders
Optional RAID5 configuration (striping with parity) in hot swap
drive bays
RAID1 and RAID5 configurations with additional hot spare
hard disk, optional
ECC memory, optional
Service-friendly device design due, for example, to the
replacement of filters/fans from the front without the need for
tools, or opening of the enclosure with just one screw.
Front LED concept for efficient self-diagnostics, e.g.
monitoring of hard disks in RAID1 configurations, fans or
status displays for Ethernet, PROFINET and PROFIBUS
Integrated PROFIBUS DP/MPI or PROFINET interface
(optional)
Availability for up to 6 years
Benefits
Rugged design
The overall design aims to achieve maximum safety for electromagnetic, vibration and shock loads. A well-designed pressurized ventilation concept ensures that even the maximum configuration can support high operating temperatures and dust
protection is included.
Service-friendly device design
Particular attention was paid to making servicing extremely
simple. PC components (e.g. slots, memory modules) are
readily accessible. Fan filters and fans can be replaced without
tools even when unit is built-in.
Performance
Thanks to the use of the latest generation of Intel Pentium
Dual Core to Core i processors (2nd generation technology),
SIMATIC Rack PCs are flexibly scalable for your application.
System availability
SIMATIC racks can be ordered in custom configurations and
are supplied ready for use. The design's high system availability
can be further extended by means of additional data backup
options (e.g. RAID1 or RAID5 system, redundant power supply,
SIMATIC IPC Image & Partition Creator) and efficient self-diagnostics software (SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor).
Integrated interfaces
Two onboard Gbit Ethernet interfaces are available for communication in the office world or at the control level. Integrated
USB interfaces on the rear and front panels make connecting
I/O devices from the PC world (e.g. external hard disks for
mobile data backup, keyboard and/or mouse for operation)
child's play. For advanced graphics applications, a spare PCI
Express slot and a high-performance graphics card for the
connection of two monitors are available.
Expandability
With up to 11 free PC slots, the SIMATIC Rack PC offers maximum leeway for expansions for installation in space-saving
cabinets with a depth of just 500 mm.
The continuity with IPC547, IPC647, IPC847
The SIMATIC Rack PC models can be ordered for a period of at
least 1.5 years; spare parts remain obtainable for at least 3 years
after active marketing is concluded. Long-term functionality of
the hardware and software is also ensured. Long-term availability of PC components from the Intel embedded line ensures high
investment protection.
2/768
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
Rack PC
General data
Rack PC
SIMATIC IPC347D
SIMATIC IPC547E
SIMATIC IPC547E
Enclosure depth
356 mm
Enclosure depth
446 mm
SIMATIC IPC647D
SIMATIC IPC847D
Design
19" rack
4 HU
4U
4U
2 HU
4 HU
Prepared for telescopic rails
Horizontal/vertical installation
/-
/-
19" mounting bracket can be

removed from outside
Tower Kit (optional)
General features
Processor
Intel Core i5-3340S

Intel Pentium Dual
Intel Core i7-4770S
Intel Xeon E3-1268L
Intel Xeon E3-1268L
(4C/4T, 2.8 (3.3) GHz)
Core G3420 (2C/2T,
(4C/8T, 3.1 (3.9) GHz)
v3
v3
Intel Pentium G2010
3.2 GHz, 3 MB cache) Intel Core i5-4570S
(4C/8T, 2.3 (3.3) GHz)
(4C/8T, 2.3 (3.3) GHz)
(2C/2T, 2.8 GHz)
Intel Celeron G1820
(4C/4T, 2.9 (3.6) GHz Intel Core i5-4570TE Intel Core i5-4570TE
(2C/2T, 2.7 GHz, 2 MB Intel Pentium G3420
(2C/4T, 2.7 (3.3) GHz)
(2C/4T, 2.7 (3.3) GHz)
cache)
(2C/2T, 3.2 GHz)
Intel Core i3-4330TE Intel Core i3-4330TE
(2C/4T, 2.4 GHz)
(2C/4T, 2.4 GHz)
Main memory
2 GB or 4 GB,
expandable up to
16 GB
2 GB,
expandable up to
16 GB
2 GB,
expandable up to
32 GB
2 GB, expandable
up to 32 GB
ECC optional
2 GB, expandable
up to 32 GB
ECC optional
Slots for expansions

(all long, up to 312 mm)
4 x PCI
1 x PCI Express x16
1 x PCI-Express x8
(1 lane)
1 x PCI-Express x1
4 x PCI
1 x PCI-Express x16
1 x PCI-Express x16
(2 lanes)
1 x PCI-Express x8
(1 lane)
4 x PCI
1 x PCI-Express x16
Gen 3
1 x PCI Express x16
(4 lanes)
1 x PCI-Express x8
(1 lane)
2 x PCI
2 x PCI-Express x16
(8 lanes)
7 x PCI
1 x PCI-Express x16
3 x PCI-Express x4
(1 lane)
2 x DisplayPort V1.2
1 x DVI-I
1 x VGA (via adapter
cable, optional)
or
3 x PCI-Express x16
(4 lanes)
1 x PCI-Express x16
(8 lanes)
or
2 x PCI-Express x16
(4 lanes)
or
3 x PCI
1 x PCI-Express x16
(8 lanes)
4 x PCI-Express x16
(4 lanes)
3 x PCI Express x4
2 x DisplayPort
1 x DVI-I
cable, optional)
2 x DisplayPort
1 x DVI-I
cable, optional)
Onboard graphics
1 x DVI-D
1 x VGA
1 x DisplayPort V1.2
1 x DVI-I
cable, optional)
Graphics card (optional)
PCI-Express x16
PCI Express x16
PCI Express x16
PCI Express x 16
(2 x VGA or 2 x DVI-D) (2 x VGA or 2 x DVI-D) (2 x VGA or 2 x DVI-D) (2 x VGA or 2 x DVI-D)
without
Preinstalled and activated,

supplied on restore DVD
Windows 7 Ultimate
Multi-Language
(64-bit)
Windows 7 Ultimate
Multi-Language
(32/64-bit)
Windows 7 Ultimate
Windows 7 Ultimate
Windows 7 Ultimate
Multi-Language
Multi-Language
Multi-Language
(32/64-bit)
(32/64-bit)
(32/64-bit)
Windows Server 2008 Windows Server 2008 Windows Server 2008
R2 incl. 5 Clients Multi- R2 incl. 5 Clients Multi- R2 incl. 5 Clients MultiLanguage (64-bit)
Language (64-bit)
Language (64-bit)
Project-specific on request
Linux 1)
Other
Linux 1)
Other
Linux 1)
Other
Linux 1)
Other
PROFIBUS/MPI
12 Mbit/s (compatible
with CP 5622), optional
12 Mbit/s (compatible
PROFINET
3 x RJ45 (compatible
3 x RJ45 (compatible
Ethernet
2 x Realtek 10/100/
1000 Mbps
1 x Intel Gigabit Ethernet (RJ45)
2 x Intel Gigabit Ethernet (RJ45, teamingcapable)
2 x Intel 10/100/
1000 Mbps
2 x Intel 10/100/
1000 Mbps
USB 3.0 (high current)
2x
4 x, 2 of which at front
4 x, 1 of which at front,
1 x internal
4 x, 1 of which at front,
1 x internal
USB 2.0 (high current)
6 x at the rear
7 x:
6 x rear,
1 x internal, e.g. for USB
dongle with optional
interlocking
VGA
optional
optionally
via adapter cable
optional
optional
DVI
1x
1x
DisplayPort
1x
2x
Operating system
Interfaces
Available
- Not available
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/769
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
Rack PC
General data

Rack PC
SIMATIC IPC347D
SIMATIC IPC547E
SIMATIC IPC547E
Enclosure depth
356 mm
Enclosure depth
446 mm
SIMATIC IPC647D
SIMATIC IPC847D
RAID1/5 configuration with

onboard RAID
/-
RAID configuration with

additional hot spare hard disk
Solid-state drive (SSD), MLC
DVD-ROM
DVDR/RW
(Slim)
(Slim)
(Slim)
(Slim)
AC power supply
Redundant (optional)
Vibration/shock load
during operation
0.2 g / 1 g
0.2 g / 1 g
0.5 g / 5 g
0.5 g / 5 g
Ambient temperature during

operation
5 ... 40 C
With maximum
configuration:
5 ... 40 C
With maximum
configuration:
5 ... 40 C
With maximum
configuration:
5 ... 50 C
With maximum
configuration:
5 ... 50 C
Drives
SATA hard disks
Internal installation
Installation at the front
in the removable drive bay
in drive holder (shock and
vibration-damped)
Optical drives
Ambient conditions 2)
Note: Limitations for

operation of DVDR/RW
Available
- Not available
1)
Suitable for specific LINUX versions in accordance with the specifications

of the Siemens manufacturer's declaration "Suitable for LINUX", see
www.siemens.com/simatic-pc/suited-for-linux
(LINUX is a trademark of Linus Torvalds)
2)
Restrictions when using DVDR/RW and hard disks in removable

drive bay.
More information
Further information can be found in the Internet under:
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-pc
Information material can be ordered or downloaded
from the Internet:
2/770
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
Rack PC
SIMATIC IPC547E
Overview
IPC547E long and short enclosure design
The SIMATIC IPC547E is a rugged industrial PC in 19" rack

design (4 U).
It offers:
Maximum performance
Attractive price
Intel Core i technology
Benefits
Maximum system performance for complex automation
and visualization tasks
State-of-the-art PC technology (e.g. Intel Core i processors
4th generation with Turbo Boost 2.0, hyper-threading and
virtualization technology)
Memory and graphics controller integrated into processor for
extraordinary memory and graphics performance
Maximum performance (e.g. Intel Q87 chipset, DDR3 1600
memory with support of dual channel technology)
High data transfer rates (e.g. with serial ATA solid-state drives
up to 240 GB, serial ATA hard disks up to 1 TB, dual Gigabit
Ethernet, PCI Express 3.0 technology)
High flexibility and user friendliness during commissioning,

operation and service
Preinstalled and activated operating system
IAMT (Intel Active Management Technology) functionality for
remote access to the IPC (remote maintenance)
Fast restoration of the delivery status of the hard disk(s) thanks
to restore DVD
server
RAID1/RAID5 onboard (a PCI slot is not occupied by the RAID
Controller)
Flexible applications in many different positions with
telescopic rails or as tower industrial PC
High degree of flexibility and expandability thanks to
integrated interfaces and 7 slots (PCI and PCI-Express)
High industrial compatibility and compactness for 24-hour
use in an industrial environment
Maximum processor performance (in maximum configuration)
without loss of power (throttling) at ambient temperatures of
up to 40 C
Distinct product design with dirt-resistant surfaces
Metal enclosure with a high degree of electromagnetic
compatibility for use in industrial areas and in domestic,
business and commercial environments
Suitable for installing in space-saving control cabinets only
400 mm deep
Special hard disk holders and card retainers for protection
against vibration and shock
Cost reductions through high investment security
Availability of at least 1.5 years, guaranteed availability of
spare parts for 3 years
System-tested with SIMATIC components
Certification for worldwide marketing (cULus)
Support for legacy interfaces (PS/2, COM, LPT)
Installation compatible for many device generations
Worldwide service and support
Reduction in downtimes through high system availability

Secure 24-hour operation (high MTBF, variable-speed fan)
Efficient self-diagnostics (front status LEDs for fan and
temperature, SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor)
High degree of data security due to RAID1 (mirror disk
system) or RAID5 (striping with parity), also with additional hot
spare hard disk
"Hot swap" removable drive bay in RAID configuration
(replacement of hard disk during operation)
Fast identification and replacement of the hard disk in the
event of a fault by means of HDD alarm LEDs for RAID configurations
Solid-state drive option in conjunction with RAID1 (data in the
RAID1 network on hard disks, preinstalled and activated
operating system on solid-state drive)
Redundant power supply with "hot swap" functionality
(replacement of power supply module during operation)
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/771
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
Rack PC
SIMATIC IPC547E
IPC547E
(enclosure depth 356 mm)
IPC547E
General features
Design
19" rack PC, 4 U
Processors
Intel Pentium Dual Core G3420

(2C/2T, 3.2 GHz, 3 MB cache)
Intel Celeron G1820
Intel Core i7-4770S

(4C/8T, 3.1 (3.9) GHz, 8 MB cache, iAMT)
Intel Core i5-4570S
(4C/4T, 2.9 (3.6) GHz, 6 MB cache, iAMT)
Chipset
Intel H81
Intel Q87
Main memory
From 2 GB DDR3-1600 SDRAM

Dual channel support
2 DIMM base
Expandable up to 16 GB 1)
From 2 GB DDR3-1600 SDRAM

4 DIMM base
Spare slots for expansions (all long)
1 x PCI-Express x16
1 x PCI-Express x16 (2 lanes)
1 x PCI-Express x8 (1 lane)
4 x PCI
1 x PCI-Express x16
4 x PCI
Graphics
Onboard Intel HD / Intel HD graphics 4600 graphics controller integrated into the processor
Dynamic video memory up to 1.7 GB; up to 3840 x 2160 pixels at 60 Hz image refresh rate and 32-bit colors
PCI Express graphics card (Dual Head: 2 x VGA or 2 x DVI-D) in the PCIe x16 slot (optional), 512 MB;
up to 2048 x 1536 pixels at 60 Hz image refresh rate and 32-bit colors
Operating Systems
Without
Without
Preinstalled and activated (supplied on restore DVD):

Windows 7 Ultimate MUI (32/64-bit)
Preinstalled and activated (supplied on restore DVD):

Windows Server 2008 R2 incl. 5 Client MUI (64 bit)
MUI (Multilanguage User Interface, 5 languages):

English, German, French, Italian, Spanish
Project-specific on request:
Linux 2)
Other
Power supplies
MUI (Multilanguage User Interface, 5 languages):

English, German, French, Italian, Spanish
Linux 2)
Other
100 ... 240 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz,

with bridging of short-term power failures:
max. 20 ms at 0.85 % rated voltage
100 ... 240 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz,

with bridging of short-term power failures:
Redundant 2 x 100 ... 240 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
1 x 500 GB HDD
1 x 1 TB HDD
2 x 1 TB HDD
1 x 500 GB HDD
1 x 1 TB HDD
2 x 1 TB HDD
1 x 240 GB SSD
RAID1, 1 TB (2 x 1 TB HDD, mirror disks) 3)
Drives
Hard disks, SATA 3.5"
with NCQ technology
Solid-state drives, SATA 2.5"
with MLC technology
Installation at the front in swap frame (low-profile)

1 x 500 GB HDD
1 x 1 TB HDD
2 x 1 TB HDD
1 x 240 GB SSD
RAID1, 1 TB (2 x 1 TB HDD, mirror disks), "hot swap" 3)
+ 1 x 1 TB HDD as hot spare
+ 1 x 240 GB SSD (operating system installed on SSD if
configured)
RAID5, 2 TB (3 x 1 TB HDD, striping with parity),
"hot swap" 3)
RAID5, 2 TB (3 x 1 TB HDD, striping with parity),
"hot swap" 3)
+ 1 x 1 TB HDD as hot spare
DVDR/RW, 5.25" (slim), SATA
8 x 8 x 6 x (DVD media)
24 x 10 x 16 x (CD media)
Slots for drives
Internal:
2 x 3.5"
Front:
3 x 5.25" / 4 x low-profile swap frame
1 x 5.25" (slimline)
Internal:
2 x 3.5"
2/772
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
Rack PC
SIMATIC IPC547E

IPC547E
IPC547E
Ethernet
1 x Intel Gigabit Ethernet (RJ45)
2 x Intel Gigabit Ethernet (RJ45, teaming-capable)
USB 3.0
2 x front (high current)

2 x rear (high current)
USB 2.0

1 x internal (high current), e.g. for USB dongle with
optional interlocking
Serial
9-pin COM2 (V.24) (optional)
9-pole COM1 (V.24); COM2 (V.24) (optional)
Parallel
LPT (optional)
VGA
Optionally via adapter cable
DVI-I
1x
DisplayPort V1.2
1x
PS/2
2 x (keyboard, mouse)
Audio
1 x Line In; 1 x Line Out; 1 x Mic.
Interfaces
2x
Monitoring functions
Basic functionality
Message locally via DiagBase software
Temperature
When permitted operating temperature range is exceeded
Fan
Speed monitoring
1 x front fan
1 x CPU fan
1 x power supply fan
Watchdog
Monitoring of program execution

Monitoring time can be parameterized in software
Monitoring functions via the network
SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor Version V4.4.x.x or higher (optional)

Remote monitoring capability for:
Watchdog
Temperature
Fan speed
Battery
Hard disks (SMART)
System/Ethernet
Communication:
Ethernet interface (SNMP protocol)
OPC for integration in SIMATIC software
Client server architecture
Structure of log files
Front LEDs
POWER (PC switched on)

HDD (access to hard disk)
TEMP (temperature monitoring)
FAN (fan monitoring)
Ambient conditions
IP30 front, IP20 rear according to EN 60529
Dust protection
With the front door closed according to IEC 60529 filter class G2 EN 779, 99% of particles > 0.5 mm are filtered
Protection class
Protection class I according to IEC 61140
Vibration load during operation 4)
IEC 60068-2-6, 10 cycles

20 ... 58 Hz: 0.015 mm
58 ... 200 Hz: 2 m/s2 (approx. 0.2 g)
Shock load in operation 4)
IEC 60068-2-27
Half-sine: 9.8 m/s2, 20 ms (approx. 1 g), 100 shocks per axis
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/773
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
Rack PC
SIMATIC IPC547E

IPC547E
IPC547E
(EMC)
Emitted interference
EN 61000-6-3;
EN 61000-6-4; CISPR 22 / EN 55022 Class B; FCC Class A; EN 61000-3-2 Class D; EN 61000-3-3
Immunity to conducted interference

on the supply lines
2 kV (IEC 61000-4-4, burst)

1 kV (IEC 61000-4-5, symm. surge)
2 kV (IEC 61000-4-5, asymm. surge)
Noise immunity on signal lines
2 kV (IEC 61000-4-4, burst, length > 30 m)

1 kV (IEC 61000-4-4, burst, length < 30 m)
2 kV (IEC 61000-4-5, Surge, Length > 30 m)
Immunity to static discharge
4 kV, contact discharge (IEC 61000-4-2)

8 kV, air discharge (IEC 61000-4-2)
Immunity to high radio frequency

interference
Immunity to magnetic fields
30 A/m, 50/60 Hz (IEC 61000-4-8)

operation
5 ... 40 C
Humidity during operation
5 ... 80 % at 25 C (no condensation)
10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz, 80 % AM (IEC 61000-4-3)

3 V/m; 1.4 to 2 GHz, 80 % AM (IEC 61000-4-3)
1 V/m, 2 to 2.7 GHz, 80 % AM (IEC 61000-4-3)
10 V, 150 kHz to 80 MHz, 80 % AM (IEC 61000-4-6)
5 ... 40 C
Note:
Limitations for operation of DVDR/RW
Approvals and safety regulations

Safety regulations
IEC 60950-1; UL60950; CSA
Approvals
cULus 60950
CE mark
For use in industrial areas as well as domestic, business and commercial environments:
Emitted interference: EN 61000-6-3:2007
Noise immunity: EN 61000-6-2:2005

Installation dimensions
(W x H x D) in mm
434 x 177 x 356
434 x 177 x 446
Weight, approx.
15 kg
19 kg
1)
Memory information: In order to use a memory expansion

with more than 4 GB, a 64-bit operating system is required.
2)

of the Siemens manufacturer's declaration "Suitable for LINUX",
see http://www.siemens.com/simatic-pc/suited-for-linux
(LINUX is a trademark of Linus Torvald)
3)
SATA RAID controller onboard in Intel Q87 chipset
4)
Restrictions with operation of optical drives and hard disks in swap frames
Note regarding SIMATIC PC operating system licenses

The accompanying operating system license is only valid for installation on the respective supplied SIMATIC IPC. Installation
can only be performed on these SIMATIC systems in accordance with Microsoft OEM licensing regulations.
2/774
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
Rack PC
SIMATIC IPC547E
Ordering data
SIMATIC IPC547E 1)
Article No.
Article No.
6AG4104 - 3 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Interfaces:
2 x USB 3.0 at the front,
1 x DVI-I, 6 x USB 2.0 at the rear,
2 x PS/2, audio;
7 slots: 2 x PCIe x16,
1 x PCIe x8, 4 x PCI;
temperature and fan monitoring;
watchdog; card retainers;
Processors and mainboards
Celeron G1820
(2C/2T, 2.7 GHz, 2 MB cache);
1 x Gigabit Ethernet (IE/PN),
1 x DisplayPort V1.2 (only in
combination with short enclosure)
Pentium Dual Core G3420
1 x DisplayPort V1.2 (only in
combination with short enclosure)
2 x DisplayPort V1.2, 2 x USB 3.0
at rear,
1 x USB 2.0 internal, 1 x COM1;
Core i5-4570S
(4C/4T, 2.9 (3.6) GHz, 6 MB
cache, iAMT);
2 x DisplayPort V1.2, 2 x USB 3.0
at rear,
Core i7-4770S
(4C/8T, 3.1 (3.9) GHz, 8 MB
cache, iAMT);
2 x DisplayPort V1.2. 2 x USB 3.0
at rear,
Drives (SATA)
1 x 500 GB HDD, internal;
1 x 1 TB HDD, internal;
2 x 1 TB HDD, internal;
1 x 240 GB SSD, internal;
RAID1, 1 TB (2 x 1 TB HDD, mirror
disks), internal;
1 x 500 GB HDD in removable
drive bay, at the front;
1 x 1 TB HDD in removable drive
bay, at the front;
2 x 1 TB HDD in removable drive
bay, at the front;
1 x 240 GB SSD in removable
disks) in removable drive bay,
hot swap, at the front;
disks) in removable drive bay;
hot swap + 1 x 1 TB HDD as hot
spare in removable drive bay,
at the front;
disks) in removable drive bay, hot
swap + 240 GB SSD in removable
drive bay, at the front (operating
system installed on SSD if configured);
RAID5, 2 TB (3 x 1 TB HDD,
striping with parity) in removable
drive bay, hot swap, at the front;
RAID5, 2 TB (3 x 1 TB HDD,
drive bay, hot swap + 1 x 1 TB
HDD as hot spare in removable
SIMATIC IPC547E 1)
6AG4104 - 3 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Memory configuration
2 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2 GB),
single channel;
dual channel;
8 GB DDR3 SDRAM 2) (2 x 4 GB),
dual channel;
16 GB DDR3 SDRAM 2)
(2 x 8 GB), dual channel;
32 GB DDR3 SDRAM 2)
(4 x 8 GB), dual channel;
3
4
5
Type of enclosure and swap media

Enclosure (short), painted on the
front, no removable media;
Enclosure, painted on the front, no
removable media;
Enclosure, painted on the front,
+ DVDRW (slimline);
Unpainted enclosure, no removable media;
Painted enclosure, + DVDRW
(slimline);
A
B
D
E
G
H
K
M
N
P
0
1
2
3
4
Expansions (hardware)
Without expansions (hardware),
onboard graphics;
onboard graphics; DVI-I adapter
cable, VGA-compliant for onboard
graphics;
Serial (COM2) & parallel (LPT),
onboard graphics;
Serial (COM2) and parallel (LPT),
graphics;
Serial (COM2) & parallel (LPT) +
PCIe x16 graphics card
(Dual Head: 2 x VGA or 2 x DVI-D),
512 MB;
0
1
2
3
Operating systems
(preinstalled and activated)
Windows 7 Ultimate, MUI
(Eng, Ger, Fr, It, Sp), 32-bit, SP1;
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard Edition incl. 5 clients, MUI
Without operating system;
A
B
F
Expansions (software)
SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor V4.4
software included;
SIMATIC IPC Image & Partition
Creator V3.3 software included;
SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor V4.4 +
Image & Partition Creator V3.3
software included;
Without expansions (software);
A
B
C
Without expansions (software) /

TPM (not for China and Russia);
Country-specific versions/
power supplies:
100/240 V AC industrial power
supply, Europe power cable;
supply, USA power cable;
supply, China power cable;
2 x 100/240 V AC redundant
industrial power supply, without
power cable;
0
4
5
6
1)
For an up-to-date overview, see the SIMATIC PC Online Configurator at:

https://www.siemens.com/ipc-configurator
2)
Can only be used with 64-bit operating systems
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/775
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
Rack PC
SIMATIC IPC547E
Ordering data
Article No.
Preferred variants (ex-stock)
SIMATIC IPC547E
2x USB 3.0 on front, 6x USB 2.0 at
the rear, 1x Gbit Ethernet,
1x DisplayPort V1.2, 1x DVI-I,
2x PS/2, audio; painted enclosure
(short) no removable media;
1x 1 TB HDD, internal (0.2 g vibration, 1 g shock);
2 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1x 2 GB),
single-channel; serial (COM2) +
parallel (LPT), onboard graphics,
DVI-I adapter cable VGA-compliant for onboard graphics;
without operating system;
without expansions (software);
2x USB 3.0 on front, 2x USB 3.0
and 6x USB 2.0 at the rear,
1 x USB 2.0 internal,
2x Gbit Ethernet,
2x DisplayPort V1.2,
1x DVI-I, 1x COM1, 2x PS/2,
Audio; painted enclosure +
DVDRW (slimline);
1x 1 TB HDD, internal;
dual channel; serial (COM2) +
without operating system;
Core i5-4570S (4C/4T, 2.9 (3.6)
GHz, 6 MB cache, iAMT);
and 6x USB 2.0 at the rear, 1x USB
2.0 internal, 2x Gbit Ethernet,
2x DisplayPort V1.2, 1x DVI-I,
1x COM1, 2x PS/2, Audio; painted
enclosure + DVDRW (slimline);
RAID1, 1 TB (2x 1 TB HDD, mirror
disks) in the removable drive bay,
hot-swap, on front;
Windows 7 Ultimate,
Multi Language (Eng, Ger, Fr, It,
Sp), 32-bit, SP1;
Core i7-4770S (4C/8T, 3.1 (3.9)
GHz, 8 MB cache, iAMT);
and 6x USB 2.0 on rear, 1x USB
2.0 internal, 2x Gbit Ethernet, 2x
DisplayPort V1.2, 1x DVI-I, 1x
COM1, 2x PS/2, audio; painted
enclosure + DVDRW (slimline);
RAID1, 1 TB (2x 1 TB HDD, mirror
disks) in removable drive bay,
hot-swap, on front;
parallel (LPT) + PCIe x16 graphics
card (dual-head:
2x VGA or 2x DVI-D), 512 MB;
Windows 7 Ultimate, multilanguage (En, Ger, Fr, It, Sp),
64-bit, SP1;
2x 100/240 V AC redundant
industrial power supply, without
power cable;
2/776
Siemens IK PI 2015
Article No.
Accessories
6AG4104-3CB10-3XX0
Memory expansion
2 GB DDR3 SDRAM (1 x 2 GB)
Tower Kit
For converting the computer into an
industrial tower PC
6ES7648-1AA00-0XC0
Retainer
for interlocking the internal
USB port
6ES7648-1AA00-0XK0
Adapter cable
DisplayPort to DVI-D for onboard
graphics
DisplayPort to VGA for onboard
graphics
6AG4104-3DB24-3XX0
6ES7648-2AJ50-0MA0
6ES7648-2AJ60-0MA0
6ES7648-2AJ70-0MA0
Power cable, straight, 3 m long

Austria, Belgium, Finland, France,
Germany, Netherlands, Spain,
Sweden
United Kingdom
Switzerland
USA
Italy
China
6ES7648-3AF00-0XA0
6ES7648-3AG00-0XA0
6ES7900-0AA00-0XA0
6ES7900-0BA00-0XA0
6ES7900-0CA00-0XA0
6ES7900-0DA00-0XA0
6ES7900-0EA00-0XA0
6ES7900-0FA00-0XA0
Rack unit for low-profile

removable drive bay
6ES7648-0EG01-1BA0
for 3.5" hard drive (SATA/SAS) and

2.5" SSD (SATA), without drive
See catalog ST 80/ST PC
Expansion components
See Expansion components
Note:
6AG4104-3HP24-3AX0
Software Packages with SIMATIC WinCC flexible,

SIMATIC WinCC RT Advanced, SIMATIC WinCC,
and SIMATIC WinAC RTX (F) can be ordered together with the
SIMATIC IPC at favorable prices.
More information under "Embedded Bundles / Packages
for industrial PCs".
More information
Further information can be found in the Internet at:
6AG4104-3KP34-4BX6
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
Rack PC
SIMATIC IPC547D
Overview
The SIMATIC IPC547D is a rugged industrial PC in 19" rack

design (4 U).
It offers:
Maximum performance
Attractive price
Intel Core i technology
Benefits
Maximum system performance for complex automation
and visualization tasks
State-of-the-art PC technology (e.g. Intel Core i processors
2nd generation with Turbo Boost 2.0, hyper-threading and
virtualization technology)
Memory and graphics controller integrated into processor for
extraordinary memory and graphics performance
Maximum performance (e.g. Intel Q67 chipset, DDR3 1333
memory with support of dual channel technology)
High data transfer rates (e.g. with serial ATA Solid-State Drive
(SLC) with 50 GB, serial ATA hard disks up to 1 TB,
Dual Gigabit Ethernet, PCI-Express 2.0 technology)
Efficient self-diagnostics (front status LEDs for fan and
temperature, SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor)
High degree of data security due to RAID1 (mirror disks
system) or RAID5 (striping with parity)
"Hot swap" removable drive bay in RAID configuration
(replacement of hard disk during operation)
event of a fault by means of HDD alarm LEDs for RAID
configurations
Solid-State Drive (SSD) in single level cell (SLC) architecture
High flexibility and user friendliness during commissioning,

operation and service
IAMT (Intel Active Management Technology) functionality for
remote access to the IPC (remote maintenance)
Fast restoration of the delivery status of the hard disk(s) thanks
to restore DVD
server
RAID1/RAID5 onboard (a PCI slot is not occupied by the RAID
Controller)
telescopic rails or as tower industrial PC.
integrated interfaces and 7 slots (PCI and PCI-Express)
High industrial compatibility and compactness for 24-hour
use in an industrial environment
up to 40 C
Distinct product design with fully-coated, dirt-resistant
surfaces
Metal enclosure with a high degree of electromagnetic
compatibility for use in industrial areas and in domestic,
business and commercial environments
500 mm deep
Availability of at least 1.5 years, guaranteed availability of
spare parts for 3 years
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/777
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
Rack PC
SIMATIC IPC547D
SIMATIC IPC547D
Design
19" rack, 4 U, externally painted
Processor
Intel Core i7-2600

(4C/8T, 3.40 GHz, 8 MB Last Level
Cache, Turbo Boost 2.0, EM64T,
VT-x/-d, iAMT)
Intel Core i5-2400
Cache, Turbo Boost 2.0, EM64T,
VT-x/-d, iAMT)
Cache, EM64T, VT)
Chipset
Intel Q67
Main memory
From 1 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM

4 DIMM base
4 x PCI
1 x PCI Express x16
Onboard Intel HD 2000 graphics

controller integrated into the
processor; Shared Video Memory
up to 1.7 GB;
up to 2560 x 1600 pixels at 60 Hz
image refresh rate and 32-bit colors
PCI Express graphics card
(Dual Head: 2 x VGA or 2 x DVI-D)
in the PCIe x16 slot; 512 MB;
up to 2048 x 1536 pixels at 85 Hz
image refresh rate and 32 bit colors
(optional)
Graphic
Operating system
Without
Preinstalled and activated (supplied
on restore DVD):
Windows XP Professional MUI
(32-bit)
Windows Server 2008
incl. 5 Client MUI (32 bit)
incl. 5 Client MUI (64 bit)
2/778
Siemens IK PI 2015
Hard disk, SATA 3.5"

with NCQ technology
Solid State Drive, SATA 2.5"
with SLC technology
Installation in internal drive support

500 GB
1 TB
RAID1 2)
1 TB (2 x 1 TB, mirror disks)
50 GB solid-state drive
Installation at the front in removable
drive bay (low profile)
500 GB
2 x 500 GB
RAID1 2) 1 TB
(2 x 1 TB, mirror disks), "hot swap"
RAID5 2) 2 TB
(3 x 1 TB, striping with parity),
"hot swap"
50 GB solid-state drive
RAID1 2)
1 TB (2 x 1 TB, mirror disks),
"hot swap" + 50 GB solid-state drive
(operating system installed on SSD
if configured)
DVD-ROM, 5.25", SATA
16 x (DVD media)
32 x (CD media)
DVDR/RW, 5.25", SATA
Slots for drives
Front:
3 x 5.25"
1 x 3.5"
Internal:
2 x 3.5"
Ports
Ethernet
2 x Intel Gbit Ethernet

(RJ45, teaming-capable)
USB 2.0

1 x internal (high current), e.g.
for USB dongle with optional
interlocking
Serial
9-pole COM1 (V.24); COM2 (V.24)

(optional)
Parallel
LPT (optional)
MUI (Multilanguage User Interface,

5 languages): English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish
VGA
DVI-I
1x
Linux 3)
Other
DisplayPort
1x
Keyboard
PS/2
Mouse
PS/2
Audio
1 x Line In;
1 x Line Out;
1 x Mic.
100 ... 240 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz,

with bridging of short-term power
failures: max. 20 ms at 0.85% rated
voltage
Redundant 100 ... 240 V AC,
50 ... 60 Hz
Power supply
SIMATIC IPC547D
Drives
General features
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
Rack PC
SIMATIC IPC547D

SIMATIC IPC547D
Basic functionality
Message locally via DiagBase

software
Temperature
When permitted operating temperature range is exceeded
Fan
Speed monitoring
1 x front fan
1 x CPU fan
1 x power supply fan
Watchdog

EN 61000-6-3; EN 61000-6-4;
CISPR 22 / EN 55022 Class B;
FCC Class A; EN 61000-3-2 Class D;
EN 61000-3-3

on the supply lines
2 kV (IEC 61000-4-4, burst)

1 kV
(IEC 61000-4-5, symm. surge)
2 kV
(IEC 61000-4-5, asymm. surge)
2 kV (IEC 61000-4-4, burst,

length > 30 m)
1 kV (IEC 61000-4-4, Burst,
Length < 30 m),
2 kV (IEC 61000-4-5, Surge,
Length > 30 m)
4 kV, contact discharge

(IEC 61000-4-2)
8 kV, air discharge
(IEC 61000-4-2)

interference
1 V/m 80% AM; 2 ... 2.7 GHz

(IEC 61000-4-3)
10 V/m 80% AM;
80 MHz ... 1 GHz and
1.4 GHz 2 GHz (IEC 61000-4-3);
10 V, 10 kHz ... 80 MHz
(IEC 61000-4-6)
100 A/m, 50/60 Hz (IEC 61000-4-8)

operation
5 ... 40 C
SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor Version

V4.3.x.x or higher (optional)
Watchdog
Temperature
Fan speed
Battery
Hard disks (SMART)
System/Ethernet
Communication:
OPC for integration in SIMATIC
software
Client server architecture
Front LEDs
SIMATIC IPC547D
(EMC)
POWER (PC switched on)

TEMP (temperature monitoring)
FAN (fan monitoring)
Additional HDD alarm LEDs for RAID

configurations behind the front flap
Environmental conditions
Note:
Limitations for operation of
DVDR/RW
IP30 front, IP20 rear

according to EN 60529

Safety regulations
IEC 60950-1; UL60950; CSA
Dust protection
With the front door closed

according to IEC 60529 filter class
G2 EN 779, 99% of particles >
0.5 mm are filtered
Approvals
cULus 60950
CE mark
For use in industrial areas

as well as domestic, business and
commercial environments:
Emitted interference:
EN 61000-6-3:2007
Noise immunity:
EN 61000-6-2:2005
Protection class
Protection class I
according to IEC 61140
IEC 60068-2-6, 10 cycles

20 ... 58 Hz: 0.015 mm
58 ... 200 Hz: 2 m/s2 (approx. 0.2 g)
Shock load in operation 4)
IEC 60068-2-27
Half-sine: 9.8 m/s2, 20 ms
(approx. 1 g), 100 shocks per axis

(W x H x D) in mm
434 x 177 x 446
Weight, approx.
19 kg
1)
Memory information:
In order to use a memory with more than 4 GB, a 64-bit operating system
is required. In the case of configurations with 4 GB, the visible memory can
be reduced to about 3.5 GB or less (with 32-bit operating systems).
In configurations with 8 GB, the visible memory can be reduced to about
7.5 GB or less.
2)
SATA RAID controller onboard in Intel Q67 chipset
3)

http://www.siemens.com/simatic-pc/suited-for-linux
(LINUX is a trademark of Linus Torvalds).
4)
Restrictions in use of optical drives and HDD in removable drive bays.

The accompanying operating system license is only valid
for installation on the respective supplied SIMATIC IPC.
Installation can only be performed on these SIMATIC systems
in accordance with Microsoft OEM licensing regulations.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/779
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
Rack PC
SIMATIC IPC547D
Ordering data
SIMATIC IPC547D 3)
Article No.
Article No.
6AG4104 - 2 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Interfaces:
2 x Gbit Ethernet (RJ45),
1 x DisplayPort,
1 x DVI-I, 8 x USB on the rear,
2 x USB on the front,
1 x USB internal, 1 x serial (COM1),
2 x PS/2, audio;
7 slots (all long):
4 x PCI, 1 x PCIe x16,
1 x PCIe x16 (4 lanes),
1 x PCIe x8 (1 lane);
mounting locations: 6 (3 x 5.25",
1 x 3.5" externally accessible;
2 x 3.5" internal);
temperature and fan monitoring;
watchdog; card retainer
Processors
Cache, EM64T, VT)
Core i5-2400 (4C/4T, 3.10 GHz,
6 MB Last Level Cache, Turbo
Boost 2.0, EM64T, VT-x/-d, iAMT)
Core i7-2600 (4C/8T, 3.40 GHz,
Boost 2.0, EM64T, VT-x/-d, iAMT)
Drives
500 GB HDD SATA; internal
1 TB HDD SATA; internal
RAID1, 1 TB (2 x 1 TB HDD SATA,
mirror disks); internal 1)
50 GB solid-state drive (SLC)
SATA; internal
500 GB HDD SATA
in removable drive bay; front
2 x 500 GB HDD SATA
mirror disks) in removable drive
bay; for hot swapping;
at the front
drive bay; for hot swapping;
at the front
SATA in removable drive bay;
at the front
bay; hot swapping; at the front +
SATA in removable drive bay;
at the front (operating system
installed on SSD, if configured)
1 GB DDR3 SDRAM
(1 x 1 GB), single channel
2 GB DDR3 SDRAM
(2 x 1 GB), dual channel
4 GB DDR3 SDRAM
8 GB DDR3 SDRAM 2)
16 GB DDR3 SDRAM 2)
32 GB DDR3 SDRAM 2)
2/780
Siemens IK PI 2015
SIMATIC IPC547D 3)
6AG4104 - 2 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Removable media
DVD-ROM
DVDRW
Expansions (hardware)
Without expansions (HW);
onboard graphics
No expansions (HW);
onboard graphics;
DVI-I VGA-compliant adapter
cable for onboard graphics
Serial (COM2) & parallel (LPT);
onboard graphics
Serial (COM2) and parallel (LPT);
onboard graphics;
DVI-I VGA-compliant adapter
cable for onboard graphics
Serial (COM2) & parallel (LPT) +
PCIe x16 graphics card (Dual
Head: 2 x VGA or 2 x DVI-D),
512 MB
Operating systems
Windows XP Professional, MUI
(Eng, Ger, Fr, It, Sp), 32-bit, SP3
Windows 7 Ultimate, MUI (Eng,
Ger, Fr, It, Sp), 32-bit, SP1
(Eng, Ger, Fr, It, Sp), 64-bit, SP1
Windows Server 2008 Standard
Edition incl. 5 Client, MUI
(Eng, Ger, Fr, It, Sp), 32 bit, SP2
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard Edition including 5 clients,
MUI (Eng, Ger, Fr, It, Sp), 64-bit,
SP1
A
B
D
E
G
H
1
2
0
1
2
3
B
E
F
P
P
Expansions (software)
SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor V4.3
software included
Creator V3.2 software included
SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor V4.3 +
Image & Partition Creator V3.2
software included
Without expansions (software)
0
1
2
3
4
5
A
B
C
Power supply,
with country-specific cable:
100/240 V AC
industrial power supply;
power cable for Europe
100/240 V AC
USA power cable
100/240 V AC
power cable for China
2 x 100/240 V AC
redundant industrial power
supply;
without power cable
1)
Not in combination with redundant power supply
2)
Can only be used on 64-bit operating systems
3)
For an up-to-date overview, see the SIMATIC PC online configurator at:

www.siemens.com/ipc-configurator
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
Rack PC
SIMATIC IPC547D
Ordering data
Article No.
Preferred variants (ex-stock)
Article No.
Accessories
SIMATIC IPC547D
Cache, EM64T, VT);
500 GB HDD SATA internal;
single channel;
DVD-ROM; interfaces:
1 x serial, 8 x USB rear,
2 x USB front, 1 x USB internal,
2 x PS/2, audio;
100/240 V industrial power supply,
power cable for Europe;
without operating system
6AG4104-2AA01-0XX0
Core i5-2400 (4C/4T, 3.10 GHz,

Boost 2.0, EM64T, VT-x/-d, iAMT);
bay, for hot swapping, at the front;
dual channel; DVDRW;
interfaces:
2 x serial, 1 x parallel,
8 x USB rear, 2 x USB front,
1 x USB internal, 2 x PS/2, Audio;
power cable for Europe;
6AG4104-2CP22-2XX0
Core i7-2600 (4C/8T, 3.40 GHz,

Boost 2.0, EM64T, VT-x/-d, iAMT);
bay, for hot swapping, at the front;
dual channel; DVDRW;
interfaces:
2 x serial, 1 x parallel,
8 x USB rear, 2 x USB front,
1 x USB internal, 2 x PS/2, audio;
power cable for Europe,
Windows 7 Ultimate MUI
(Eng, Ger, Fr, It, Sp),
64-bit, SP1 supplied
6AG4104-2DP32-2FX0
Memory expansion
1 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM, DIMM
(1 x 1 GB)
2 GB DDR3 1333 SDRAM, DIMM,
kit for dual-channel technology
(2 x 1 GB)
(2 x 2 GB)
(2 x 4 GB)
6ES7648-2AJ40-0LA0
6ES7648-2AJ60-0LB0
6ES7648-2AJ70-0LB0
Tower Kit
For converting the computer
into an industrial tower PC
6ES7648-1AA00-0XC0
Retainer
for pin assignment of the internal
USB port
6ES7648-1AA00-0XK0

Sweden
United Kingdom
Switzerland
USA
Italy
China
6ES7648-2AJ50-0LB0
6ES7900-0AA00-0XA0
6ES7900-0BA00-0XA0
6ES7900-0CA00-0XA0
6ES7900-0DA00-0XA0
6ES7900-0EA00-0XA0
6ES7900-0FA00-0XA0
Rack unit for low-profile HDD

removable drive bay
for 3.5" hard disk, SATA
(without hard disk)
6ES7648-0EG00-1BA0
See catalog ST 80 / ST PC
Note:
SIMATIC WinCC RT Advanced, SIMATIC WinCC,
and SIMATIC WinAC RTX (F) can be ordered together with the
SIMATIC IPC at favorable prices.
More information
Further information can be found on the Internet at:
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/781
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
Rack PC
SIMATIC IPC647D
Overview
IPC 647D front view
The SIMATIC IPC647D is a very rugged, high-performance

industrial PC in 19" rack design (2 U) with excellent industrial
functionality.
It offers:
Extreme compactness
Extreme ruggedness
4th generation Intel Core i technology
Benefits
Extremely compact and industry-compatible for 24-hour
continuous use in an industrial environment
Compact enclosure design (2 HMs)
500 mm deep
up to 50 C
Distinct product design with new front design and fullycoated, dirt-resistant surfaces
All-metal housing with high EMC for use in industrial
environment
High productivity thanks to faster data processing
4th generation Intel processors: Xeon, Core i5 or Core i3 with
turbo-boost, hyper-threading and virtualization technology
Graphics controller (HD 4600 graphics) integrated in the
processor for exceptionally high graphics performance
Maximum performance (e.g. Intel C226 Express chipset,
DDR3 memory with the support of dual-channel technology)
High data transfer rates (e.g. PCI-Express technology:
Gen 2 and Gen 3, USB 3.0 SuperSpeed (500 Mbit/s),
SATA III / 6 Gbit/s)
2/782
Siemens IK PI 2015

Secure 24-hour operation (high MTBF, variable-speed fan) at
ambient temperature up to 50 C
High degree of data security thanks to RAID configurations
(RAID controllers onboard)
RAID1 configuration: data mirroring on two SATA hard disks,
also in hot-removable drive bay
"Hot swap" HDD in removable drive bay in RAID configurations (replacement of hard disk during operation)
event of a fault by means of HDD alarm LEDs for RAID configurations and unambiguous numbering
Status display (front LEDs) for Ethernet and PROFIBUS or
PROFINET; alarm indication for fan, temperature, watchdog
and hard disks in RAID1/5 configurations
Efficient self-diagnostics per SIMATIC PC DiagBased or
DiagMonitor software (optional)
Remote control and maintenance with iAMT 9.0 (Intel Active
Management Technology)
Solid-state drive (SSD) in multi-level cell (MLC) architecture
and ECC memory (optional)
Redundant gigabit LAN connections (teaming capability)
Securing of the replaceable components at the front (e.g. USB
software dongle) against unauthorized access by means of a
lockable door
Locked fan cover: Filter mat and front fan can only be
replaced when front door is open
The enclosure cover can only be opened if the front door is
open
Secure internal USB slot in device for software dongle, for
example
Service-friendly device design (modifications, service) e.g.
filter replacement or front fan replacement without tools
Availability of 3 to 6 years, guaranteed availability of spare
parts for 5 years
Reduced costs due to time savings for commissioning,
operation and servicing
integrated interfaces and up to 4 slots (PCI and PCI-Express)
restore DVD
Low noise output thanks to controlled fan
server
PROFIBUS or PROFINET interface and RAID1 controller
onboard (optional)
2 x LAN 10/100/1000 Mbit/s connections (Gbit LAN with
teaming capability)
Flexible application options in locations with telescopic rails or
as desktop industrial PC
Remote maintenance with iAMT technology and SIMATIC IPC
Remote Manager software
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
Rack PC
SIMATIC IPC647D
SIMATIC IPC647D
Design
19" rack, 2 U, external coating
Processor
Intel Xeon E3-1268L v3

4C/8T, 2.3 (3.3) GHz, 8 MB cache,
turbo-boost 2.0, Extended Memory
64 (EM64) and virtualization
technology (VT-x/-d), iAMT 9.0
Intel Core i5-4570TE
2C/4T, 2.7 (3.3) GHz, 4 MB cache,
2C/4T, 2.4 GHz, 4 MB cache,
Extended Memory 64 (EM64) and
virtualization technology (VT-x)
Chipset
Intel C226
Main memory

4 DIMM bases expandable
up to 32 GB 1)
ECC memory (optional)
SIMATIC IPC647D
Drives
General features
PCI slots (2 PCI, 2 PCI-Express):

2 x PCI
2 x PCI-Express x16 (8 lanes) Gen 3
Serial ATA 3.5" hard disks (HDD)

with NCQ technology and
Mounted internally on the permanent

hard disk support:
serial ATA 2.5" solid-state drive (SSD) 1x 240 GB SSD
with MLC technology
Mounted internally in vibration/shockabsorbing hard disk support
1 x 500 GB HDD
1 x 1 TB HDD
2 x 1 TB HDD
RAID13), 1 TB
(2 x 1 TB HDD, mirror disks)
Installed on the front in the low-profile
removable drive bay (hot swapping
in RAID configurations):
1 x 500 GB HDD
1 x 1 TB HDD
2 x 1 TB HDD
1 x 240 GB SSD
RAID13), 1 TB
DVDR/RW, 5.25", SATA
Slots for drives
Front:
2 x low profile removable drive bays
(for 3.5" HDD)
1 x 12.7 mm slimline
(for ODD or SSD)
or PCI-Express slots
(4 PCI-Express):
Graphics
Operating system
Power supply
Onboard Intel HD 4600 graphics

controller integrated into the
processor
Dynamic video memory up to
1.7 GB, up to 3840 x 2160 pixels
at 60 Hz image refresh rate and
32-bit colors
PCI Express graphics card
(Dual Head: 2 x VGA or 2 x DVI-D)
in the PCIe x16 slot (optional)
512 MB, up to 2048 x 1536 pixels at
60 Hz image refresh rate and
32-bit colors
without
Preinstalled, activated, and
supplied on restore DVD
Windows 7 Ultimate MUI, 32/64-bit
incl. 5 Client MUI, 64-bit
(MUI: Multi-Language User
Interface;
German, Italian, Spanish)
Project-specific on request Linux 2)
Other
100 ... 240 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz;
with bridging of temporary power
failures in accordance with NAMUR:
50 ... 60 Hz
Internal:
2 x 3.5" as an alternative to removable drive bays
(in the optional, shock and
vibration-damped drive cage)
Interfaces
PROFINET
3 x RJ45 (CP 1616-compatible),

optional
PROFIBUS/MPI
12 Mbit/s
(isolated, compatible with CP 5622),
optional
Ethernet
2 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s
USB 3.0

1 x internal (high current), e.g. for
USB dongle
USB 2.0
1 x front (high current),

can be used with door closed
Serial
9-pin COM1 (V.24)

9-pin COM2 (V.24) optional
Parallel
LPT1 (optional)
VGA
DVI-I
1x
DisplayPort V1.2
2x
Keyboard
PS/2
Mouse
PS/2
Audio
1 x Line Out;
1 x Micro
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/783
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
Rack PC
SIMATIC IPC647D

SIMATIC IPC647D
Basic functionality

software
Temperature
Overshoot/undershoot of permissible operating temperature range

Messages can be evaluated by the
application program
Fan
Speed monitoring
2 x enclosure fans
1 x fan power supply
Watchdog

Restart can be parameterized in the
event of a fault
application program
SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor (optional)

Watchdog
Temperature
Fan speed
Hard disk monitoring (SMART)
System/Ethernet monitoring
(heartbeat)
Communication:
software
Configuration of client/server
architectures, configuration of log
files
POWER (internal power supply unit,
PC switched on)
ETHERNET1
(Ethernet status, "heartbeat")
ETHERNET2
(Ethernet status, "heartbeat")
PROFIBUS/MPI (PROFIBUS status)
SF PROFINET (PROFINET status)
WATCHDOG (ready/fault indication)
TEMP (temperature status)
FAN (fan speed monitoring)
HDD0 ALARM 4)
HDD1 ALARM 4)
Front LEDs
SIMATIC IPC647D
(EMC)
Emitted interference (AC)
EN 61000-6-3, FCC Class A

EN 61000-6-4; CISPR 22, EN 55022
Class B
EN 61000-3-2 Class D,
EN 61000-3-3

on the supply lines
2 kV (IEC 61000-4-4, burst)

1 kV
2 kV
1 kV (IEC 61000-4-4, burst,

length < 30 m)
2 kV (IEC 61000-4-4, symm.
surge, length > 30 m)
2 kV (IEC 61000-4-5, asymm.

(IEC 61000-4-2)
8 kV, air discharge
(IEC 61000-4-2)

interference
10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz and

1.4 to 2 GHz, 80% AM
(according to IEC 61000-4-3)
3 V/m, 2 to 2.7 GHz, 80% AM
10 V, 10 kHz to 80 MHz, 80% AM
100 A/m, 50/60 Hz (IEC 61000-4-8)

operation
5 50 C

Safety regulations
Approvals
cULus 60950, KCC
CE mark
For use in industrial areas as well as

domestic, business and commercial
environments:
Emitted interference:
EN 61000-6-3: 2007 +A1:2011
Noise immunity:
EN 61000-6-2:2005
Ambient conditions
IP41 at the front,

IP20 at the rear acc. to EN 60529
Dust protection
with front door closed: G2 EN 779,

99 % of particles > 0.5 mm are held
back
Protection class
Protection class I
Vibration load during operation
DIN EN 60068-2-6, 10 cycles

Internal mounting of the hard disk
drives in optional, internal drive cage:
10 ... 58 Hz: 0.0375 mm;
58 ... 500 Hz: 5 m/s2 (approx. 0.5 g)
Note:
There are limitations when DVD+/-RW
and HDD are operated in a removable drive bay
Shock loading during operation
DIN EN 60068-2-27, IEC 60068-2-29

Half-sine: 50 m/s2, 30 ms
(approx. 5 g), 100 shocks per axis
Note:
2/784
Siemens IK PI 2015
Note:
Limitations for operation of
DVD+/-RW
IEC 60950-1
EN 60950-1
UL 60950-1
CSA C22.2 No 60950-1-07

(W x H x D) in mm
430 x 88 x 445
1)
Memory information: In order to use a memory with more than 4 GB,

a 64-bit operating system is required. In the case of configurations with at
least 4 GB, the visible memory can be reduced to about 3.5 GB or less
(with 32-bit operating systems)
2)

of the Siemens manufacturer's declaration "Suitable for LINUX"
3)
SATA RAID controller on board in Intel chipset
4)
Hard disk alarm in conjunction with RAID and monitoring software

The accompanying operating system license is only valid for
installation on the respective supplied SIMATIC IPC.
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
Rack PC
SIMATIC IPC647D
Ordering data
SIMATIC IPC647D 1)
Article No.
Article No.
6AG4112 - 2 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Interfaces:
RACK PC, 19", 2 HU;
Interfaces: 2 x GBIT LAN (RJ45);
1 x DVI-I; 2 x DisplayPort;
1 x COM; 2 x PS/2; Audio;
2 x USB 3.0, 2 x USB 2.0 at rear;
1 x USB 3.0, 1 x USB 2.0 at front,
1 x USB 3.0 internal;
Temperature and fan monitoring,
watchdog, card retainer;
Processor/motherboard
Core i3-4330TE
mainboard without fieldbus
Core i3-4330TE
(2C/4T, 2.4 GHz, 4 MB, VT-x);
mainboard with PROFIBUS/MPI
(CP 5622-compatible)
Core i3-4330TE
mainboard with PROFINET
(3 x RJ45, CP 1616-compatible)
Core i5-4570TE
(2C/4T, 2.7 (3.3) GHz,
4 MB Cache, TB, VT-d, AMT);
Core i5-4570TE
(2C/4T, 2.7 (3.3) GHz,
4 MB cache, TB, VT-x, VT-d, AMT);
Core i5-4570TE
(2C/4T, 2.7 (3.3) GHz,
4 MB cache, TB, VT-d, AMT);
Xeon E3-1268L v3
(4C/8T, 2.3 (3.3) GHz,
Xeon E3-1268L v3
(4C/8T, 2.3 (3.3) GHz,
Xeon E3-1268L v3
(4C/8T, 2.3 (3.3) GHz,
Hard drives / SSD
500 GB HDD SATA, internal
(0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock)
1 TB HDD SATA, internal
2 x 1 TB HDD SATA, internal
RAID1, 1 TB
(2 x 1 TB HDD SATA, mirror disks),
internal (0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock)
500 GB HDD SATA
1 TB HDD SATA
2 x 1 TB HDD SAT
RAID1, 1 TB
(2 x 1 TB HDD SATA, mirror disks)
in removable drive bay,
hot-swappable, front
240 GB SSD SATA, internal
240 GB SSD SATA in removable
drive bay; front
1)
SIMATIC IPC647D 1)
single channel
dual channel
dual channel
dual channel
dual channel
8 GB DDR3 SDRAM, (2 x 4 GB),
ECC, dual channel
ECC, dual channel
ECC, dual channel
6AG4112 - 2 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
Bus module / swap media / SSD:

Bus module 2-slot:
2 x PCIe x16; without drives
Bus module 4-slot: 2 x PCI,
Bus module 4-slot:
Bus module 2-slot:
2 x PCIe x16; DVDRW (slim)
2x PCIe x16; DVDRW (slim)
Bus module 4-slot: 4 x PCIe x16;
DVDRW (slim)
A
B
C
D
0
1
2
3
4
5
Bus module 2-slot:

2 x PCIe x16 / 1 x 240 GB SSD
(for operating system), internal

Bus module 4-slot:

Expansion hardware
onboard graphics;
onboard graphics, DVI-I adapter
graphics;
Serial (COM2) + parallel
(LPT, 1 slot reserved),
onboard graphics;
(LPT, 1 slot reserved),
graphics;
Serial (COM2) + Parallel
(LPT, 1 slot reserved) + PCIe x16
Graphics Card (Dual-Head:
2 x VGA or 2 x DVI-D), 512 MB,
(1 slot reserved);
0
1
H
K
M
P
S
T
For an up-to-date overview, see the SIMATIC IPC online configurator at:
http://www.siemens.com/ipc-configurator
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/785
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
Rack PC
SIMATIC IPC647D
Ordering data
SIMATIC IPC647D
Article No.
1)
Article No.
6AG4112 - 2 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Operating system
Windows 7 Ultimate, 32-bit MUI
(Eng, Ger, Fr, It, Sp), SP1
Standard Edition incl. 5 Clients,
64-bit, MUI (Eng, Ger, Fr, It, Sp),
SP1
Expansions (software) / Security
SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor
software V4.4 included
SIMATIC IPC Image Creator
SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor 4.4 and
Image Creator Software 3.3
included
Without software
TPM (not for China and Russia)
Memory expansions
2 GB DDR3 1600 DIMM
4 GB DDR3 1600 DIMM
8 GB DDR3 1600 DIMM
8 GB DDR3 1600 DIMM, ECC
Hardware accessories
6ES7648-0EG01-1BA0
Rack unit for low-profile

removable drive bay
For 3.5" hard drive (SATA/SAS) and
Filter mats
for SIMATIC IPC647D (packing unit:
10 units)
A5E02396171
A
B
X
Y
More information
2/786
Siemens IK PI 2015
Adapter cable
Adapter cable DisplayPort to
DVI-D for onboard graphics
Adapter cable DisplayPort to
VGA for onboard graphics
Power supply,
country-specific cable
110 / 240 V industrial
power supply unit with NAMUR;
power cable for United Kingdom
power cable for Switzerland
power cable for USA
power cable for Italy
2 x 110 / 240 V redundant
power supply;
without power cable
1)
Accessories
0
1

Sweden
United Kingdom
Switzerland
USA
Italy
China
6ES7648-2AJ50-0MA0
6ES7648-2AJ60-0MA0
6ES7648-2AJ70-0MA0
6ES7648-2AJ70-1MA0
6ES7648-3AF00-0XA0
6ES7648-3AG00-0XA0
6ES7900-0AA00-0XA0
6ES7900-0BA00-0XA0
6ES7900-0CA00-0XA0
6ES7900-0DA00-0XA0
6ES7900-0EA00-0XA0
6ES7900-0FA00-0XA0
USB retainer
for interlocking the internal USB
port
6ES7648-1AA00-0XK0
Note:
WinCC RT Advanced, SIMATIC WinCC,
and SIMATIC WinAC RTX (F) can be ordered together
with the SIMATIC IPC at a price advantage. More information
under "Embedded Bundles / Packages for industrial PCs".
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
Rack PC
SIMATIC IPC847D
Overview
IPC 847D front view
The SIMATIC IPC847D is an extremely robust, high-performance

industrial PC in 19" rack design (4 U) with excellent industrial
functionality.
It offers:
Maximum expandability
Extreme ruggedness
4th generation Intel Core i technology
Benefits
Maximum industrial compatibility and compactness
for 24-hour use in an industrial environment
up to 50 C
Distinct product design with new front design and fullycoated, dirt-resistant surfaces
All-metal housing with high EMC for use in industrial
environment
500 mm deep
High productivity thanks to faster data processing
4th generation Intel processors: Xeon, Core i5 or Core i3 with
turbo-boost, hyper-threading and virtualization technology
Graphics controller (HD graphics 4600) integrated in the
processor for exceptionally high graphics performance
Maximum performance (e.g. Intel C226 Express chipset,
DDR3 memory with the support of dual-channel technology)
High data transfer rates (e.g. PCI-Express technology:
Gen 2 and Gen 3, USB 3.0 SuperSpeed (500 Mbit/s),
SATA III/6 Gbit/s)
at ambient temperature up to 50 C
High data security thanks to RAID configurations
(RAID controller onboard)
RAID1 configuration: Redundant data storage on two SATA
hard disks, also in hot-removable drive bays and with
additional SSD (for operating system) or hot spare hard disk
option
RAID5 configuration: Striping with parity on three SATA hard

disks for increased memory capacity in hot-removable drive
bays, with additional hot spare hard disk option
"Hot swap" HDD in removable drive bay in RAID configurations (replacement of hard disk during operation)
"Hot spare" HDD in removable drive bay in RAID configurations (the rebuild process on the "hot spare" hard disk starts up
automatically)
event of a fault by means of HDD alarm LEDs for RAID configurations and unambiguous numbering
Status display (front LEDs) for Ethernet and PROFIBUS or
PROFINET; alarm indication for fan, temperature, watchdog
and hard disks in RAID1/5 configurations
Efficient self-diagnostics per SIMATIC PC DiagBased or
DiagMonitor software (optional)
Remote control and maintenance with iAMT 9.0 (Intel Active
Management Technology)
Solid-state drive (SSD) in multi-level cell (MLC) architecture
and ECC memory (optional)
Redundant Gbit LAN connections (teaming capability)
Securing of the replaceable components at the front
(e.g. USB software dongle) against unauthorized access by
means of a lockable door
Locked fan cover: Filter mat and front fan can only be
replaced when front door is open
The enclosure cover can only be opened if the front door
is open
Secure internal USB slot in device for software dongle,
for example
Service-friendly device design (modifications, service)
e.g. filter replacement or front fan replacement without tools
Platform with long-term stability and embedded Intel components
Availability of 3 to 6 years, guaranteed availability of spare
parts for 5 years
Reduced costs due to time savings for commissioning,
operation and servicing
integrated interfaces and up to 11 slots (PCI and PCI-Express)
restore DVD
Low noise output thanks to controlled fan
server
PROFIBUS or PROFINET interface and RAID1/5 controller
onboard (optional)
2 x LAN 10/100/1000 Mbit/s connections (Gbit LAN with
teaming capability)
telescopic rails or as tower industrial PC
Remote maintenance with iAMT technology and SIMATIC IPC
Remote Manager software
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/787
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
Rack PC
SIMATIC IPC847D
SIMATIC IPC847D
SIMATIC IPC847D
Drives
General features
Design
19" rack, 4 U, externally painted
Processor
Intel Xeon E3-1268L v3

4C/8T, 2.3 (3.3) GHz, 8 MB cache,
2C/4T, 2.7 (3.3) GHz, 4 MB cache,
2C/4T, 2.4 GHz, 4 MB cache,
Extended Memory 64 (EM64) and
virtualization technology (VT-x)
Chipset
Intel C226
Main memory
Spare slots for expansions

(all 312 mm long)
More PCI slots

(7 PCI, 4 PCI-Express):
7 x PCI
Gen 3
Gen 2
Serial ATA 3.5" hard disks (HDD)

with NCQ technology and
Mounted internally on the permanent

hard disk support:
serial ATA 2.5" solid-state drive (SSD) 1 x 500 GB HDD
1 x 240 GB SSD
with MLC technology
Can be installed in internal shock and
vibration-damped drive cage
(optional)
1 x 500 GB HDD
1 x 1 TB HDD
2 x 1 TB HDD
RAID13), 1 TB
RAID13), 1 TB
(2 x 1 TB HDD, mirror disks) +
1 x 240 GB SSD (for operating
system) in removable drive bay
Installed on the front in the low-profile
removable drive bay
(hot swapping in RAID configurations):
1 x 500 GB HDD
1 x 1 TB HDD
2 x 1 TB HDD
1 x 240 GB SSD
RAID13), 1 TB
RAID13), 1 TB
1 x 1 TB HDD as hot spare
RAID13), 1 TB
1 x 240 GB SSD
(for operating system)
RAID53), 2 TB
(3 x 1 TB HDD, striping with parity)
RAID53), 2 TB
(3 x 1 TB HDD, striping with parity) +
1 x 1 TB HDD as hot spare

4 DIMM base
ECC memory (optional)
or
More PCI-Express slots
(8 PCI-Express, 3 PCI):
3 x PCI
3 x PCI-Express x4 (4 lane) Gen 2
Onboard Intel HD 4600 graphics controller integrated into the processor
Dynamic Video Memory up to 1.7 GB
Up to 3840 x 2160 pixels at 60 Hz
image refresh rate and 32-bit colors
Graphics
DVD+/-R/RW, slim, SATA
Slots for drives
Front:
3 x 5.25" / 4 x low-profile removable
drive bay
1 x slim (ODD)
Internal:
2 x 3.5"
or
2 x 3.5" (in the optional, vibrationdamping drive cage)
PCI Express graphics card (Dual

Head: 2 x VGA or 2 x DVI-D) in the
PCIe x16 slot (optional)
512 MB, up to 2048 x 1536 pixels at
60 Hz image refresh rate and 32bit colors
Operating system
without
Preinstalled and activated / supplied on restore DVD
Windows 7 Ultimate MUI, 32/64-bit
Windows Server 2008 R2 incl.
5 client MUI, 64-bit
MUI: Multi-language User Interface;
German, Italian, Spanish)
Linux 2)
Other
Power supply
2/788
100 ... 240 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz

with bridging of temporary power
failures in accordance with NAMUR:
50 ... 60 Hz
Siemens IK PI 2015
Interfaces
PROFINET
3x RJ45 (CP 1616-compatible),

optional
PROFIBUS/MPI
12 Mbit/s (isolated, compatible

Ethernet
2 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s
USB 3.0

1 x internal (high current), e.g. for
USB dongle
USB 2.0
1 x front (high current),

can be used with door closed
2 x rear; (high current)
Serial
9-pin COM1 (V.24)

9-pin COM2 (V.24) (optional)
Parallel
LPT1 (optional)
VGA
DVI-I
1x
DisplayPort V1.2
2x
Keyboard
PS/2
Mouse
PS/2
Audio
1 x Line Out; 1 x Micro
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
Rack PC
SIMATIC IPC847D

SIMATIC IPC847D
SIMATIC IPC847D
DIN EN 60068-2-27, IEC 60068-2-29
Basic functionality

software
Temperature
Overshoot/undershoot of permissible operating temperature range

application program

Half-sine: 50 m/s2, 30 ms (approx.
5 g), 100 shocks per axis
Permanently installed internal hard
disk drives: 30 m/s2, 30 ms
(approx. 3 g)
Fan
Speed monitoring
2 x enclosure fans
1 x fan power supply
Note: There are limitations when

DVD+/-RW and HDD are operated in
a removable drive bay
Watchdog

Restart can be parameterized in the
event of a fault
application program
SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor (optional)

Watchdog
Temperature
Fan speed
Hard disk monitoring (SMART)
(Heartbeat)
Communication:
software
architectures
Front LEDs
POWER (internal power supply unit,

PC switched on)
ETHERNET1 (Ethernet status,
"Heartbeat")
ETHERNET2 (Ethernet status,
"Heartbeat")
PN / MPI/DP (PROFINET/PROFIBUS
status)
WATCHDOG (ready/fault indication)
TEMP (temperature status)
FAN (fan speed monitoring)
HDD0 ALARM 4)
HDD1 ALARM 4)
HDD2 ALARM 4)
HDD (access to hard disk) / HDD3
ALARM 4)
(EMC)
Emitted interference (AC)
EN 61000-6-3, FCC Class A

EN 61000-6-4;
CISPR 22, EN 55022 Class B
EN 61000-3-2 Class D,
EN 61000-3-3

on the supply lines
2 kV (IEC 61000-4-4, burst)

1 kV
2 kV
1 kV (IEC 61000-4-4, burst,

length < 30 m)
2 kV (IEC 61000-4-4, symm.
2 kV (IEC 61000-4-5, asymm.

(IEC 61000-4-2)
8 kV, air discharge
(IEC 61000-4-2)

interference
10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz and

1.4 to 2 GHz, 80% AM
3 V/m, 2 to 2.7 GHz, 80% AM
(to IEC 61000-4-3)
10 V, 10 kHz to 80 MHz, 80% AM
100 A/m, 50/60 Hz (IEC 61000-4-8)

operation
5 ... 50 C
Relative humidity during operation
Note: Limitations for operation of

DVD+/-RW
Ambient conditions
IP41 at the front, IP20 at the rear

acc. to EN 60529
Dust protection
With front door closed: G2 EN 779,

99 % of particles > 0.5 mm are held
back
Protection class
Protection class I
DIN EN 60068-2-6, 10 cycles
Safety regulations
Approvals
cULus 60950-1 Second Edition, KCC
CE mark
Emitted interference: EN 61000-6-3:

2007 +A1:2011
Noise immunity: EN 61000-6-2:2005
IEC 60950-1
EN 60950-1
UL 60950-1
CSA C22.2 No 60950-1-07

10 ... 58 Hz: 0.0375 mm;
58 ... 500 Hz: 5 m/s2 (approx. 0.5 g)
1)
Permanently installed internal hard

disk drives:
10 ... 58 Hz: 0.019 mm;
58 ... 500 Hz: 3 m/s2 (approx. 0.3 g)
Memory information: in order to use a memory with more than 4 GB,

a 64-bit operating system is required. In the case of configurations with at
least 4 GB, the visible memory can be reduced to about 3.5 GB or less
(with 32-bit operating systems).
2)

of the Siemens manufacturer's declaration "Suitable for LINUX"
3)
SATA RAID controller on board in Intel chipset
4)
Hard disk alarm in conjunction with RAID and monitoring software
Note:
(W x H x D) in mm
430 x 177 x 448

The accompanying operating system license is only valid for
installation on the respective supplied SIMATIC IPC.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/789
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
Rack PC
SIMATIC IPC847D
Ordering data
SIMATIC IPC847D 1)
Article No.
Article No.
6AG4114 - 2 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Interfaces:
RACK PC, 19", 4 U;
Interfaces: 2 x GBIT LAN (RJ45);
1 x DVI-I; 2 x DisplayPort;
1 x COM; 2 x PS/2; Audio;
2 x USB 3.0, 2 x USB 2.0 at rear;
1 x USB 3.0, 1 x USB 2.0 at front,
1 x USB 3.0 internal;
Temperature and fan monitoring,
watchdog, card retainer;
Processor/motherboard
Core i3-4330TE
Drives (continued)
RAID5, 2 TB (3 x 1 TB HDD, SATA,
drive bay, hot swap + 1 TB SATA
HDD as hot spare in removable
drive bay, front;
240 GB SSD SATA, internal
Core i5-4570TE
(2C/4T, 2.7 (3.3) GHz, 4 MB
cache, TB, VT-x, VT-d, AMT);
Core i5-4570TE
(2C/4T, 2.7 (3.3) GHz,
Xeon E3-1268L v3
(4C/8T, 2.3 (3.3) GHz,
Xeon E3-1268L v3
(4C/8T, 2.3 (3.3) GHz,
Xeon E3-1268L v3
(4C/8T, 2.3 (3.3) GHz, 8 MB
cache, TB, VT-d, AMT);
1)
240 GB SSD SATA in removable

drive bay; front
mirror disks), internal
(0.5 g vibration, 5 g shock) +
240 GByte SSD SATA
(for operating system)
in removable drive bay
bay, hot swap + 1 TB HDD SATA
as hot spare in removable drive
bay, front;
mirror disks) i+ 240 GByte SSD
SATA (for operating system)
in removable drive bay, hot-swap;
front
Core i3-4330TE (2C/4T, 2.4 GHz,

4 MB cache, VT-x);
Core i3-4330TE
Core i5-4570TE
(2C/4T, 2.7 (3.3) GHz,
4 MB Cache, TB, VT-d, AMT);
Drives
1 TB HDD SATA, internal
2 x 1 TB HDD SATA, internal
mirror disks), internal
500 GB HDD SATA in removable
drive bay; front
1 TB HDD SATA in removable
drive bay; front
2 x 1 TB HDD SAT in removable
drive bay; front
bay, hot-swappable, front;
drive bay, hot-swappable, front
single channel
dual channel
dual channel
dual channel
dual channel
ECC, dual channel
ECC, dual channel
ECC, dual channel
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
2/790
Siemens IK PI 2015
SIMATIC IPC847D 1)
Bus module / swap media

Bus module 11-slot:
7 x PCI, 3 x PCIe x4, 1 x PCIe x16;
without swap media
Bus module 11-slot:
without swap media
Bus module 11-slot:
DVDRW (slim)
Bus module 11-slot:
DVDRW (slim)
Expansion hardware
onboard graphics;
onboard graphics, DVI-I adapter
graphics;
(LPT, 1 slot reserved), onboard
graphics;
(LPT, 1 slot reserved), onboard
graphics; DVI-I adapter cable,
VGA-compliant for onboard
graphics;
Serial (COM2) + Parallel
(LPT, 1 slot reserved) +
PCIe x16 Graphics Card (DualHead: 2 x VGA or 2 x DVI-D),
512 MB, (1 slot reserved);
6AG4114 - 2 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
L
M
N
P
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0
1
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
Rack PC
SIMATIC IPC847D
Ordering data
SIMATIC IPC847D
Article No.
1)
Article No.
6AG4114 - 2 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Operating system
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard Edition incl. 5 Clients, 64-bit,
MUI (Eng, Ger, Fr, It, Sp), SP1
Expansions (software) / Security
SIMATIC IPC Image Creator
SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor 4.4 and
Image Creator Software 3.3
included
Without software (software)
TPM (not for China and Russia)
Memory expansions
2 GB DDR3 1600 DIMM
4 GB DDR3 1600 DIMM
8 GB DDR3 1600 DIMM
8 GB DDR3 1600 DIMM, ECC
A
B
6ES7648-2AJ50-0MA0
6ES7648-2AJ60-0MA0
6ES7648-2AJ70-0MA0
6ES7648-2AJ70-1MA0
Hardware accessories
X
A
B
X
Y
Rack unit for low-profile removable drive bay

For 3.5" hard drive (SATA/SAS) and
6ES7648-0EG01-1BA0
Filter mats
for SIMATIC IPC847D
(packing unit: 10 units)
A5E01064980
Adapter cable
DisplayPort to DVI-D
for onboard graphics
DisplayPort to VGA
for onboard graphics
Power supply,
country-specific cable
power cable for United Kingdom
power cable for Switzerland
power cable for USA
power cable for Italy
2 x 110 / 240 V redundant
power supply;
without power cable
1)
Accessories

Sweden
United Kingdom
Switzerland
USA
Italy
China
6ES7648-3AF00-0XA0
6ES7648-3AG00-0XA0
6ES7900-0AA00-0XA0
6ES7900-0BA00-0XA0
6ES7900-0CA00-0XA0
6ES7900-0DA00-0XA0
6ES7900-0EA00-0XA0
6ES7900-0FA00-0XA0
Tower Kit
for converting the computer
into an industrial tower PC
6ES7648-1AA00-0XD0
USB retainer
for interlocking the internal USB
port
6ES7648-1AA00-0XK0
Note:
WinCC RT Advanced, SIMATIC WinCC,
and SIMATIC WinAC RTX (F) can be ordered together
with the SIMATIC IPC at a price advantage. More information
under "Embedded Bundles / Packages for industrial PCs".
More information
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/791
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
Box PC
General data
Overview
SIMATIC IPC227 (Nanobox PC):
The compact embedded IPC maintenance-free and
dust-proof with versatile mounting
Maximum compactness with approx. 1 liter enclosure volume
with integrated industrial power supply for minimum space
requirements in the control cabinet
Maximum flexibility thanks four mounting options and interfaces on one side suitable for every installation situation
Optimum variety of interfaces due to a large number of
integrated interfaces such as selectable serial ports (RS 232/
RS 485/CAN) and 2 x teaming-capable Gigabit Ethernet
Maximum industrial functionality due to closed enclosure for
optimum dust protection and non-volatile retentive memory
Further device options for optimum adaptation to the
application with additional PCIe slot or RS 232 interfaces
or digital I/O
SIMATIC Box PC family
SIMATIC Box PCs provide mechanical engineers, plant

engineers and control cabinet makers with particularly rugged
industrial PC systems for use in powerful yet compact applications.
The following device classes are available for various
requirements:
SIMATIC IPC227 (Nanobox PC):
The compact embedded IPC maintenance-free and dustproof with versatile mounting
SIMATIC IPC427 (Microbox PC):
The powerful embedded IPC maintenance-free with
versatile configuration
SIMATIC IPC627/IPC827 (Box PC):
The high-end IPC with maximum performance, functional
scope, and expansion capability
Shared industrial functionality:
Extreme compactness
Certification for global marketing
High vibration/shock load during operation
Wide operational temperature range
Robust data storage with CompactFlash/CFast or Solid-State
Drive (SSD)
Integrated PROFIBUS or PROFIBUS/MPI interface (optional)
Varied mounting possibilities for flexibility with installation
Designed for 24-hour continuous operation
Integrated parameterizable monitoring functions
(temperature, fan, watchdog)
High service friendliness
Operating system preinstalled and activated for fast startup
Availability for 3 to 6 years
Repairs and spare parts service for 5 years
Installation and software compatible with predecessor model
Long-term availability of PC components from the Intel
embedded line
2/792
Siemens IK PI 2015
SIMATIC IPC427 (Microbox PC):

The powerful embedded IPC maintenance-free with
versatile configuration
Fan-free operation
High performance with maximum compactness and
ruggedness for direct installation in the machine
Optimized for embedded applications
Flexibility expandable using one or two PCIe I/O cards
(optional)
Flexible installation options due to DIN rail/wall/front upright
mounting, even outside a control cabinet
NVRAM for retentive data storage (optional)
SIMATIC IPC627/IPC827 (Box PC):
The high-end IPC with maximum performance, functional
scope, and expansion capability
Maximum system performance for complex measuring,
control and visualization tasks
High flexibility with expansion slots and integral interfaces
Flexible, space-saving installation with mounting brackets or
portrait assembly kits
Rugged design for direct installation in the machine
RAID1 controller onboard
Maximum processor performance up to ambient temperature
of 55 C
High system availability
Battery-backed SRAM as memory for WinAC data
4 signaling LEDs
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
Box PC
General data
Benefits
Compact dimensions
The SIMATIC IPC227D is a particularly compact and energyefficient PC in the Nano format. The heart of the Nanobox PC
with particularly many mounting options are high-performance
Intel Atom processors of the latest generation.
On Box PCs, all interfaces are located on one side. Box PCs
can be interfaced with the control/cell level via onboard Ethernet
interfaces and communicate in the field via an integrated
PROFIBUS interface, which is available as an option. External
monitors or displays can be connected via a VGA or DVI-I
interface.
The SIMATIC IPC427 (Microbox PC) is an ultra-compact and

rugged device for DIN rail mounting, portrait or wall mounting,
and for use in the machine: mounting depth from 47 mm.
With a maximum mounting depth of 100 mm (80 mm without
DVD drive), the SIMATIC IPC627 (Box PC) can be used even in
the smallest of spaces. In addition, space-saving portrait mounting is possible with the SIMATIC Box IPC627/IPC827.
Rugged design
All designs aim to achieve maximum safety in the case of vibration and shock loads. For example, a special vibration-absorbing suspension of the hard disk ensures operational reliability,
even at very high mechanical loads. A flash drive slot, which is
easily accessible from outside, or the solid-state drive (SSD) in
the single level cell (SLC) architecture, which is particularly
suitable for industrial applications, is available for setting up lowmaintenance, fault-tolerant, diskless systems. Thanks to its fanfree design and use of CompactFlash cards, the Microbox PC
and the new Nanobox PC are especially suitable for maintenance-free 24-hour continuous operation.
The Box PC can simply be folded out for speedy component
replacement. The inside of the device is easily accessible for
future expansions.
Flexibility
Especially the SIMATIC IPC827 with its 5 free PC slots offers
many expansion options. All Box PCs have CE certification for
use in industrial applications and domestic/commercial applications and can therefore be used in building automation or public
installations in addition to industrial applications.
Continuity
Thanks to motherboards developed and manufactured inhouse, the SIMATIC Box PCs offer very high continuity and
security of investment. The SIMATIC Box PC models can
normally be ordered for a period of three years and spare parts
are obtainable for at least 5 years after active marketing is
concluded.
System availability
SIMATIC Box PCs can be ordered in custom configurations and
are supplied ready for use. The high system availability by
design can be further extended by means of additional data
backup options (e.g. RAID system, SIMATIC IPC Image &
Partition Creator) and efficient software for self-diagnostics
(SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor).
SIMATIC IPC227D
(Nanobox PC)
SIMATIC IPC427D
(Microbox PC)
SIMATIC IPC627D
(Box PC)
SIMATIC IPC827D
(Box PC)
Rail or wall mounting
Wall or portrait mounting
Also: Side mounting
Processor
Intel Atom E620 600 MHz

Intel Atom E640 1.0 GHz
Intel Atom E660 1.3 GHz
Intel Core i7-3517UE,

1.7 GHz, 4 MB SLC
Intel Core i3-3217UE,
1.6 GHz, 3 MB SLC
Intel Celeron 827E
1.4 GHz, 1.5 MB SLC
Intel Xeon processor

Intel Xeon processor
E3-1268L v3 (4 cores,
E3-1268L v3 (4 cores,
8 threads, 2.3 (3.3) GHz,
8 threads, 2.3 (3.3) GHz,
8 MB cache, VT-d, AMT)
8 MB cache, VT-d, AMT)
Intel Core i3-4330TE pro- Intel Core i3-4330TE
cessor (2 cores, 4 threads,
(2 cores, 4 threads,
2.4 GHz, 4 MB cache, VT-x) 2.4 GHz, 4 MB cache, VT-x)
Intel Celeron G1820TE
(2C/2T, 2.2 GHz,
(2C/2T, 2.2 GHz,
2 MB cache)
2 MB cache)
Main memory
512 MB, 1 GB, 2 GB
1 GB, 2 GB, 4 GB, 8 GB
2 GB, expandable
up to 16 GB, optional ECC
2 GB, expandable
up to 16 GB, optional ECC
Static RAM
512 KB
512 KB
2 MB
2 MB
Free slots for expansions
1 x PCIe
with PCIe enclosure option
Up to 2 x PCIe
(enclosure option)
2 x PCI or
1 x PCIe x16 / 1 x PCI
2 x PCIe (x16/x4)
2 x PCI (240 mm)

1 x PCI (185 mm)
2 x PCI-Express x16 / x4
(185 mm)
Graphics
Onboard
Onboard
Onboard
Onboard
Design
General features
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/793
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
Box PC
General data

SIMATIC IPC227D
(Nanobox PC)
SIMATIC IPC427D
(Microbox PC)
SIMATIC IPC627D
(Box PC)
SIMATIC IPC827D
(Box PC)
without
Preinstalled and activated / supplied

on restore CD
Windows Embedded
Standard 2009
(CF card 2 GB, SSD,
hard disk)
Windows XP Professional
MUI (SSD, hard disk)
Windows Embedded
Standard 7, 32-bit
(CF card 4 GB, SSD,
hard disk)
Windows 7 Ultimate MUI,
32-bit (SSD, hard disk)
Windows 7 Ultimate 32-bit Windows 7 Ultimate 32-bit Windows 7 Ultimate 32-bit

MUI
MUI
MUI
Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit
MUI
MUI
MUI
Windows Embedded
Standard 7, 32-bit
(CFast >= 4 GB, SSD,
hard disk)
Windows Embedded
Standard 7 Professional,
32-bit, MUI (CFast >=
8 GB, SSD, hard disk)
Order separately
RMOS3 V3.50
RMOS3 V3.50
Linux 1)
Other
Linux 1)
Other
Linux 1)
Other
Linux 1)
Other
PROFINET onboard
3 x RJ45
(CP 1616 compatible)
onboard, optional
3 x RJ45
onboard, optional
3 x RJ45
onboard, optional
PROFIBUS/MPI
12 Mbps
(CP 5622-compatible),
optional
12 Mbps
onboard, optional
12 Mbps
onboard, optional
Ethernet
2 x 10/100/1000 Mbps
2 x 10/100/1000 Mbps
2 x 10/100/1000 Mbps
2 x 10/100/1000 Mbps
USB
4 x USB 2.0
4 x USB 3.0
4 x USB 3.0
Graphics
1 x DVI-D
1 x DVI-I (DVI and VGA)

1 x DisplayPort
1 x DVI-I (DVI or VGA)

1 x DisplayPort
1 x DVI-I (DVI and VGA)

1 x DisplayPort
Hard disks
1 x 2.5" (optional)
1 x 2.5" (optional)
1 x 3.5"
2 x 2.5"
RAID1/2 x 2.5"
1 x 3.5"
2 x 2.5"
RAID1/2 x 2.5"
Solid-state drive
1 x 2.5" SATA (optional)
FlashDrive
1 x CF externally accessible 1 x CFast externally

accessible
1 x CFast internal,
in place of HDD, SSD
(optional)
Optical drives
DVD R/W
DVD R/W
Vibration/shock load
during operation
1 g / 15 g (with FlashDrive)
1 g / 15 g (with FlashDrive)
1g/5g
1g/5g
Ambient temperature
during operation
0 C 50 C
(with FlashDrive)
0 C 40 C
(with hard disk)
With maximum configuration: With maximum configuration:

0 ... 50/55 C
5 ... 45 C
(with FlashDrive)
5 ... 50/55 C (with 20/10 W
5 ... 40 C (with hard disk)
load on USB, PCI(e) bus)
Operating system
Interfaces
Drives
Ambient conditions
Available
- Not available
1)
Suitable for specific Linux versions in accordance with the specifications of

the Siemens manufacturer's declaration "Suitable for Linux", see
www.siemens.com/simatic-pc/suited-for-linux
(Linux is a trademark of Linus Torvalds).
More information
Information material can be ordered or downloaded
from the Internet:
2/794
Siemens IK PI 2015
With maximum configuration:

5 ... 45 C
5 ... 50/55 C (with 20/10 W
load on USB, PCI(e) bus)
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
Box PC
SIMATIC IPC227D
Overview
Benefits
Flexible installation (rail, wall, portrait, side mounting);
all mounting positions are allowed
Minimum space requirements (installation space of approx.
1 liter or more; all interfaces on one side, integrated industrial
power supply)
Up to 50 C ambient temperature; dust protection due to
closed enclosure
LED for efficient self-diagnostics (e.g. using WinAC:
Run/Stop, Error, Maintenance); optimized for headless
operation
Device options for optimum adaptation to the application
(optional)
- Simple expansion by means of a PCIe slot or
- three additional RS232 interfaces or
- four additional digital inputs and outputs each, 24 V DC
SIMATIC IPC227D (Nanobox PC):

The compact embedded IPC maintenance-free and
dust-proof with versatile mounting
Maximum compactness with approx. 1 liter enclosure volume
or more with integrated industrial power supply for minimum
space requirements in the control cabinet
Maximum flexibility thanks four mounting options and interfaces on one side suitable for every installation situation
Optimum variety of interfaces due to a large number of
integrated interfaces such as a selectable serial port
(RS 232/RS 485/CAN) and 2 x teaming-capable Gigabit LAN
Maximum industrial functionality due to closed enclosure for
optimum dust protection and non-volatile retentive memory
Further device options for optimum adaptation to the
application with additional PCIe slot or RS 232 interfaces or
digital I/O
High-performance data processing at low power consumption

Power consumption from 8 W (low waste heat in protective
enclosure/control cabinet)
Wake-on-LAN for remote-controlled switching between
standby and active state
Support of Sleep States/SpeedStep (dynamic power
adaptation depending on the required computing performance)
Flexible memory concepts: CompactFlash or more,
Solid-State Drive, or hard drive
2 Gbit Ethernet (teaming-capable); PROFINET with
RT functionality (via Standard Ethernet)
1 RS232; alternatively as: RS485 or CAN (optional)
Ready-to-run embedded bundles with WinAC RTX2010 (F)
Embedded and standard operating systems for selection:
Windows Embedded Standard 2009 and Windows XP Prof.
MUI; Windows Embedded Standard 7 32 bit and Windows 7
MUI 32 bit
Suited for Linux certificate for simple, secure implementation
of proprietary Linux-based solutions
High system availability in order to reduce the risk
of potential failures and maintenance costs
selected (with time-of-day synchronization over network)
Comprehensive self-diagnostics thanks to pre-installed local
diagnostics software SIMATIC IPC DiagBase
Long-term availability: Service & Support period of 8 10
years after market launch
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/795
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
Box PC
SIMATIC IPC227D
6ES7647-8A...-....
Processor
Processor
Drives
Hard disk
Memory
Main memory
Intel Atom E6x0
20
CF or SSD or HD

Approval
CE (industry), UL, cULus
CE mark
Yes
KC approval
Yes
512 MB to 2 GB

retentive data area in total
(incl. times, counters, flags), max.
512 kbyte
Interfaces
USB port
4x USB 2.0 high speed/high current
free slots
1x PCIe x1 (optional)
Connection for keyboard/mouse
USB / USB
serial interface
COM1: 1 x RS232 or RS485 or CAN
Video interfaces
Graphics interface
DVI-D
Industrial Ethernet
- 100 Mbps
- 1000 Mbps
2 x Fast Ethernet
Yes
Yes
Temperature
Yes
Watchdog
Yes
Status LEDs
Yes
2/796
Siemens IK PI 2015
6ES7647-8A...-....
IP (at the front)
Marine approval
Germanischer Lloyd (GL)
(ABS)
Bureau Veritas (BV)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature during operation
- during operating phase, min.
0 C
50 C
- during operating phase, max.
Operating systems
Pre-installed operating system
Yes
Windows XP Prof.
Yes
Yes
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
Box PC
SIMATIC IPC227D
Ordering data
SIMATIC IPC227D
Article No.
Article No.
6ES7647 - 8 A 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7

512 MB RAM,
without drive, with CF slot,
COM1: RS232,
without operating system,
device version:
Base, DIN rail,
1 x DVI-D graphics interface
2 x 10/100/1000 Mbps
Ethernet RJ45
4 x USB V2.0 (high current)
CompactFlash slot
SIMATIC IPC227D
6ES7647 - 8 A 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Software bundles

NVRAM
512 MB RAM

512 MB RAM, NVRAM
Without RTX/HMI software
RTX: WinAC RTX 2010
RTX-F: WinAC RTX F 2010
HMI: WinCC RT Advanced 128 PT
HMI/RTX: RT 128 PT
HMI/RTX: RT 512 PT
HMI/RTX: RT 2048 PT
HMI/RTX-F: RT 128 PT
Device versions

NVRAM
Device version: Base line
Device version: PCIe (1 slot)

NVRAM
Device version: COM

(COM2-4: RS232)
Device version: IO
(4x dig. in/out each)
Drives
320 GB HDD SATA
Standard mounting rail
Wall mounting
Portrait mounting
Side mounting

COM interface
COM1: RS232
COM1: RS485
COM1: CAN
Operating system
2009 preinstalled
XP Prof.
(32-bit) preinstalled
Windows 7 (32-bit)
0
1
2
3
Release for individual order variants:

See releases in the ordering procedure.
Accessories
Cable strain relief set for IPC227D
Packing unit: 5 units
6ES7648-1AA50-0XL0
Dust protection set for IPC227D
6ES7648-1AA50-0XG0
More information
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/797
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
Box PC
SIMATIC IPC427D
Overview
Benefits
High data processing speed for high productivity
Up to Core I 7, fan-free
DDR3 memory technology up to 8 GB
Maximum compactness and ruggedness

for use directly on the machine
Low mounting depth, ambient temperature up to 55 C
Upright mounting as second standard mounting position
(ambient temperature 50 C)
Solid State Drive (SSD) (50 GB high endurance or 80 GB
standard, optional), SATA hard disk, or up to 2 CFast cards
with 16 GB
SIMATIC IPC427D (Microbox PC):

The powerful embedded IPC maintenance-free
with versatile configuration
and preconfigured) for visualization and automation in
connection with WinCC RT Advanced and/or WinAC RTX:
Ultra-compact
Maintenance-free
Third generation Intel Core i technology

for implementing embedded solutions
Flexible memory concepts (e.g. 2 mass storage units
possible)
2 x LAN 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s connections; teaming-capable
Onboard PROFIBUS or PROFINET interface (optional)
4 x high-speed USB 3.0 ports; 2 serial interfaces
(2nd interface is optional)
Flexible installation with mounting options
(rail, wall, front upright mounting)
Simple expansion capability (up to 2 PCIe slots)
On/off switch
High system availability in order to reduce the risk of
potential failures and maintenance costs
Maintenance-free since no rotating parts (fans, hard disks)
and operation without battery possible
512 KB NVRAM can be written by WinAC RTX
Front LED for efficient self-diagnostics; optimized for headless
operation through special BIOS properties
SIMATIC software system-tested
High investment security
in order to reduce engineering costs
Long-term availability: Service and support period of 8 to 10
years after market launch
Installation and interface compatibility with predecessor
versions as of 2004
2/798
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
Box PC
SIMATIC IPC427D
6AG4 140-.....-...0
Supply voltage
Supply voltage
Processor
Processor
24 V DC
CE, cULus (508), C-Tick
24 V
CE mark
Yes
KC approval
Yes
cULus
Yes
EMC
CE, EN 55022A,
EN 61000-6-4, EN 61000-6-2
EN 61000-6-2
Yes
Marine approval
American Bureau of Shipping (ABS)
Bureau Veritas (BV)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Intel Celeron Processor 827E

(1.5MB Cache, 1.40 GHz);
Intel Core i3-3217UE Processor
(3MB Cache, 1.60 GHz);
Intel Core i7-3517UE Processor
(4MB Cache, up to 2.80 GHz)
Drives
Hard disk
2.5" SATA hard disk, at least 250 GB
Memory
Main memory
1 GB to 8 GB, ECC optional
Interfaces
PROFIBUS/MPI
Onboard, isolated, max. 12 Mbit/s,

CP5611-compatible
USB port
4x USB 3.0 high speed/high current
free slots
1xPCIe (x4),
1xPCIe (x1)
USB / USB
serial interface
1 x RS232;
2 x RS232 (optional);
CAN (optional)
Video interfaces
Graphics interface
6AG4 140-.....-...0
Approval
1x DisplayPort and 1x DVI-I;

1x VGA via adapter cable (optional)
Ambient conditions
operation
- during operating phase, min.
- during operating phase, max.
Relative humidity
Relative humidity
Vibrations
Vibration load in operation
PROFINET IO
1; 3 ports (incl. switch)
Industrial Ethernet
- 100 Mbps
- 1000 Mbps
2 x Fast Ethernet
Yes
Yes
Temperature
Yes
Watchdog
Yes
Pre-installed operating system
Status LEDs
Yes

IP (at the front)
Software
SIMATIC Software
20
Shock testing
Shock load during operation
Operating systems
Operating system
0 C to +55 C
0 C
55 C
Tested to DIN IEC 60068-2-3,
DIN IEC 60068-2-30,
DIN IEC 60068-2-56: 5% to 80%
at 25 C (no condensation)
Tested to DIN IEC 60068-2-6:
10 Hz to 58 Hz: 0.075 mm,
58 Hz to 200 Hz: 9.8 m/s (1 g)
Tested to DIN IEC 60068-2-29:
50 m/s (5g), 30 ms, 100 shocks
Windows 7 Ultimate (Multi Language)
32-bit/64-bit, Windows Embedded
Standard 7 32-bit/64-bit
Yes
Optionally with pre-installed software
bundle SIMATIC WinCC RT
Advanced / WinAC RTX
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/799
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
Box PC
SIMATIC IPC427D
Ordering data
Article No.
1) 2)
Processor and fieldbus:

Celeron U827E
(1C/1T, 1.4 GHz, 1.5 MB cache);
2 x Gigabit Ethernet (IE/PN)
Celeron U827E (1C/1T, 1.4 GHz,
1.5 MB cache); 2 x Gigabit Ethernet (IE/PN); PROFIBUS DP12
1.5 MB cache); 2 x Gigabit Ethernet (IE/PN); CAN interface
Core i3-3217UE (2C/4T, 1.6 GHz,
3 MB cache); 2 x Gigabit Ethernet
(IE/PN)
Core i3-3217UE (2C/4T, 1.6 GHz,
(IE/PN); PROFIBUS DP12
Core i3-3217UE
1 x Gigabit Ethernet (IE/PN);
1 x PROFINET (IRT, 3 ports)
Core i7-3517UE
(2C/4T, 1.7 (2.8) GHz, 3 MB
cache); 2 x Gigabit Ethernet
(IE/PN) (optional ECC only here)
Core i7-3517UE (2C/4T, 1.7 (2.8)
GHz, 3 MB cache); 2 x Gigabit
Ethernet (IE/PN); PROFIBUS DP12
Core i7-3517UE (2C/4T,
1.7 (2.8) GHz, 3 MB cache);
1 x Gigabit Ethernet (IE/PN);
1 x PROFINET (IRT, 3 ports)
Mounting accessories:
without mounting accessories
DIN rail mounting
Wall mounting
Portrait mounting
Work memory/NVRAM/ECC:
1 GB
2 GB
4 GB
8 GB
4 GB with ECC (only with Core i7,
2 x Gigabit Ethernet (IE/PN))
8 GB with ECC (only with Core i7,
2 x Gigabit Ethernet (IE/PN))
1 GB and NVRAM
2 GB and NVRAM
4 GB and NVRAM
8 GB and NVRAM
4 GB with ECC and NVRAM (only
with Core i7, 2 x Gigabit Ethernet
(IE/PN))
8 GB with ECC and NVRAM (only
with Core i7, 2 x Gigabit Ethernet
(IE/PN))
Expansions/interface:
One RS 232, without PCIe
One RS 232 and one PCIe
One RS 232 and two PCIe
Second RS 232, without PCIe
Second RS 232 and one PCIe
Second RS 232 and second PCIe
Operating system:
Professional, 32-bit, MUI
SP1, English, 32-bit
Windows 7 Ultimate SP1, 32-bit,
MUI (Eng, Ger, Fr, It, Sp)
2/800
Siemens IK PI 2015
Article No.
6AG4140 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
1) 2)
6AG4140 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Mass storage, externally accessible:

0
Without external mass storage

CFast 2 GB
CFast 4 GB
(only optionally with operating
system if no internal mass storage)
CFast 8 GB
CFast 16 GB
0
1
2
Internal mass storage:
Without internal mass storage
CFast 2 GB, without software
SSD 50 GB High Endurance (SLC)
SSD 80 GB Standard
HDD 250 GB
SSD 160 GB Standard
SIMATIC software preinstalled

(bundles, only with Windows
Embedded Standard 7):
A
B
D
E
A
B
C
D
G
J
K
L
M
N
Without SIMATIC software

WinAC RTX 2010 3)
WinCC RT Advanced, 128 PT
WinCC RT Advanced, 512 PT
WinCC RT Advanced, 2 048 PT
WinCC RT Advanced, 4 096 PT
WinCC RT Advanced 128 PT,
WinAC RTX 2010 3)
WinAC RTX 2010 3)
WinCC RT Advanced 2 048 PT,
WinAC RTX 2010 3)
WinAC RTX 2010 3)
WinAC RTX F 2010 3)
WinAC RTX F 2010 3)
WinAC RTX F 2010 3)
WinAC RTX F 2010 3)
WinAC RTX F 2010 3)
WinCC RT Professional Client/
single-user station 128 PT
A
B
C
D
E
F
J
K
L
M
N
P
Q
R
S
Y
Power supply:
0
1
2
3
4
5
0
3
4
5
6
7
24 V DC
industrial power supply
24 V DC and TPM
(not for China and Russia)
1)
"Built to order" versions with a delivery time of max. 15 working days and
with identified repair, if not preferred type.
2)

3)
Only with "main memory and NVRAM".
Note:
Bundles with SIMATIC software only with Windows Embedded
Standard 7, main memory and NVRAM (with RTX and RTX F),
and CFast mass storage of 4 GB or more / SSD.
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
Box PC
SIMATIC IPC627D
Overview
IPC627D with DVD drive
SIMATIC IPC627D (Box PC):

The high-end IPC with maximum performance,
functional scope and expansion capability
It offers:
Maximum performance in the smallest space
Intel Xeon technology
Benefits
Intel processors: Xeon, Core i3 or Celeron;
in each case with 4 or 2 cores, with turbo-boost technology
and AMT (Xeon) and hyper-threading (Xeon, i3)
Intel DH82C226 PCH Platform Controller Hub (PCH)
DDR3 1600 memory technology up to 16 GB RAM
Intel HD 4600 (Xeon, i3) graphics for high graphics
performance
PCI Express x16 slot for x16 graphics card support
SATA hard disks with up to 500 GB capacity and NCQ
technology (Native Command Queuing) for larger data
volumes

Maximum processor performance up to ambient temperature
of 55 C
High shock/vibration resistance in all possible mounting
positions
High EMC for safe operation
SATA Solid-State Drive (SSD) with 240 GB for high reliability
and speed
Strain relief for all cables/connectors
High system availability, fast startup,
maintenance and servicing
High degree of data security thanks to mirror disk system
(RAID1, optional) or Solid State Drive (SSD, optional)
ECC memory (optional, for 1-bit error correction)
2 MB battery-buffered SRAM, 128 KB of which can be used as
memory for retentive WinAC RTX data
Active Management Technology (Intel AMT) for Xeon versions
(remote access to the device, also in shut-down state)
CMOS buffer battery accessible from outside, replaceable
during operation. Status can be scanned by software.
4 LEDs 1 x power and 3 x applications (WinAC)
Operating system preinstalled, ready to run, and already
activated (eliminates need for usual product activation via the
Internet or by telephone)
Following system failure, fast restoration of hard disk contents
to as-delivered status using supplied recovery and restore CD
Platform with long-term stability and embedded Intel
components
Availability of 3 to 6 years, then guaranteed availability of
spare parts for further 5 years
Part of the scalable Box PC range with identical performance
features and footprint
Certification for worldwide marketing (e.g.: cULus)
Installation compatible for all device generations, software
compatible with predecessor model
Highly compact design for space-saving and

flexible installation
Compact housing design (volume 6 liters)
Flexible installation in many different positions with mounting
brackets or portrait installation kits
Free expansion slots: 2 x PCI or 2 x PCIe or
1 x PCIe and 1 x PCI
3 X PROFINET interfaces onboard (optional, IRT-capable,
3-port, switching-enabled, CP 1616-compatible)
1 x PROFIBUS interface onboard (optional,
CP 5622-compatible)
2 x LAN 10/100/1000 Mbit/s connections (Gigabit Ethernet
with teaming capability), PROFINET RT-compatible
4 x USB 3.0 (SuperSpeed)
DisplayPort and DVI-I interface (for VGA or DVI-D monitors)
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/801
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
Box PC
SIMATIC IPC627D
SIMATIC IPC627D
Processor
SIMATIC IPC627D
General features
Intel Xeon Processor E3-1268L v3
(4C, 2.3 (3.3) GHz, HT, 8 MB cache,
HT, VT-d, AMT)
(2C, 2.4 GHz, 4 MB cache, HT, VT-x)
(2C, 2.2 GHz, 2 MB cache)
Temperature and Watchdog
Onboard
Status LEDs
4 LEDs
IP20 according to EN 60529

(front/rear)
Main memory
2 GB; DDR3 1600, DIMM;

expandable up to 16 GB
(2 memory receptacles);
ECC memory 8/16 GB optional
1 x PCI (185 mm) and

1 x PCI (185 mm) or
1 x PCI (185 mm) and
1 x PCIe x16 (185 mm)
2 x PCI-Express
(x16/x4, 185/185 mm)
10 ... 58 Hz: 0.75 mm,

58 ... 500 Hz: 9.8 m/s2 (approx. 1 g)
with DVD operation:
10 ... 58 Hz: 0.018 mm,
58 ... 500 Hz: 2.5 m/s2
(approx. 0.25 g)
Shock load during operation 3)
Tested according to
DIN IEC 68-2-29: 50 m/s2 (5 g),
with DVD operation:
50 ms2, 11 ms (5 g)

Without
Windows 7 Ultimate Multi-Language
32-bit or 64-bit variant, SP1
5 % to 80 % at 25C
(no condensation);
Relative humidity during transport /

storage
5% to 95% at 25 C
(no condensation)
100 V /230 V / 240 V AC (widerange)

50/60 Hz; optional 24 V DC
(EMC)
Operating system
Operating system
Supply voltage
Ambient conditions
Drives
Optical drives
SATA DVDRW/DL Drive, optional

(Depth increases from 80 mm
to 100 mm)
SATA hard disks
None;
250 GB, 500 GB, RAID1 (2 x 250 GB)
Solid state drive
240 GB SATA 2.5"
Approvals
cULus508, cULus1950,
FCC Class A
Immunity to interference
to conducted interference
on the supply cables
1 x DisplayPort
DVI-I
1 x (analog OR digital)
VGA
Via adapter cable, DVI-I to VGA

adapter (available as accessory)
Dual Monitor
Via DisplayPort and DVI-I
Parallel interface
PC slot cover
(available as accessory)
Serial interface
1 x COM1
PROFIBUS/MPI
12 Mbit/s
(isolated, CP 5622-compatible,
optional)
PROFINET
3 x RJ45
(CP 1616-compatible, optional) 1)
USB
4 x USB 3.0, SuperSpeed;

2 x USB 2.0 (optional)
Ethernet
2 x Gigabit Ethernet
(IE, PN, RJ45, teaming-capable)
2 kV (IEC 61000-4-4, burst),

1 kV (IEC 61000-4-5, surge symm.),
2 kV (IEC 61000-4-5, surge asymm.)
on signal cables
1 kV
(IEC 61000-4-4, burst, length < 3 m),
2 kV
(IEC 61000-4-4, burst, length > 3 m),
2 kV
(IEC 61000-4-5, surge,
length > 30 m)
to discharge of static electricity
6 kV contact discharge
(IEC 61000-4-2),
8 kV air discharge
(IEC 61000-4-2)
to high-frequency radiation
10 V/m 80% AM, 80-1000 MHz and

1.4 - 2 GHz (IEC 61000-4-3);
1 V/m 80% AM, 2.0-2.7 GHz
(IEC 61000-4-3),
10 V, 10 kHz to 80 MHz
(IEC 61000-4-6)
to magnetic fields
100 A/m, 50/60 Hz (IEC 61000-4-8)

operation
5 to 45 C
(maximum configuration);
5 to 50 C
(up to 20 W load on PCI bus),
5 to 55 C
(up to 10 W load on PCI bus)
Ports
DisplayPort
EN 61000-6-3,
EN 61000-3-2 Class D,
EN 61000-3-3; FCC Class A
Dimensions
1)
Note:
The PROFINET and PROFIBUS options are supplied with 2 MB batterybacked SRAM
2/802
Siemens IK PI 2015
Device dimensions
(W x H x D) in mm
312 x 301 (incl. mounting rail) x 105

without DVD drive:
312 x 301 (incl. mounting rail) x 80
Weight
approx. 7 kg
2)
No vibration permitted when burning DVDs;
3)
No shock permitted when burning DVDs
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
Box PC
SIMATIC IPC627D
Ordering data
SIMATIC IPC627D 1)
Article No.
Article No.
6AG4131 - 2 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
HD graphics onboard
(Xeon, i3: HD4600);
2 x Gigabit Ethernet (IE/PN) RJ45;
4 x USB V3.0; 1x serial (COM1);
RAID controller onboard;
watchdog, temp./fan monitoring;
Processor:
Core i3-4330TE (2C/4T, 2.4 GHz,
4 MB cache, VT-x);
Core i3-4330TE (2C/4T, 2.4 GHz,
4 MB cache, VT-x);
PROFIBUS/MPI
(CP 5622-compatible);
2 MB battery-backed SRAM;
Core i3-4330TE (2C/4T, 2.4 GHz,
4 MB cache, VT-x);
PROFINET (IRT, 3 ports,
CP 1616-compatible);
Xeon E3-1268Lv3 (4C/8T, 2.3 (3.3)
GHz, 8 MB cache, VT-d, AMT);
Xeon E3-1268Lv3 (4C/8T, 2.3 (3.3)
PROFIBUS/MPI
Xeon E3-1268Lv3 (4C/8T, 2.3 (3.3)
SIMATIC IPC627D 1)
6AG4131 - 2 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Operating system
Windows 7 Ultimate, 32-bit SP1,
MUI (Eng, Ger, Fr, It, Sp);
Without
expansions (SW)
SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor V4.x
enclosed;
Creator V3.x enclosed;
SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor V4.x,
Image & Partition Creator V3.x
enclosed;
Without
TPM module
(not for China and Russia);
D
E
Drives
A
250 GB HDD SATA; DVD+/-RW;
500 GB HDD SATA;
RAID1 2 x 250 GB SATA (2.5");
RAID1 2 x 250 GB SATA (2.5");

DVD+/-RW;
Solid-state drive 240 GB;
Solid-state drive 240 GB; 250 GB

HDD SATA (2.5");

HDD SATA (2.5"); DVD+/-RW;
A
B
C
X
Y
Country-specific version/
power supply
110/230 V AC industrial
power supply with NAMUR;
European power cable;
supply with NAMUR;
UK power cable;
supply with NAMUR;
power cable for Switzerland;
supply NAMUR; US power cable;
supply NAMUR;
power cable for Italy;
supply with NAMUR;
24 V DC industrial power supply;
250 GB HDD SATA;
1)
3
4

Accessories
Memory expansion
ECC
2 GB DDR3 1600 DIMM;
8 GB DDR3 1600 DIMM; ECC;
Assembly kit for portrait mounting

Upward or downward interface
outlet
Interface outlet to the front
SIMATIC PC graphics
adapter cable
DVI-I acc. to VGA, 250 mm long
Expansion 1 (HW)
2 x PCI;
1 x PCIe (x16); 1 x PCI;
1 x PCIe (x16); 1 x PCIe (x4);
Expansion 2 (HW)
2 x USB in addition
(1 slot occupied);
COM2; LPT (1 slot occupied);
2 x USB in addition; COM2; LPT

(2 slots occupied);
SIMATIC PC power cable

for Box PC and Panel PC,
230 V AC, angled, 3 m
for Germany, France, Spain,
the Netherlands, Belgium,
Sweden, Austria, Finland
for United Kingdom
For Switzerland
For the USA
For Italy
For China
6ES7648-2AJ50-0MA0
6ES7648-2AJ60-0MA0
6ES7648-2AJ70-0MA0
6ES7648-2AJ70-1MA0
6ES7648-1AA10-1YA0
6ES7648-1AA10-1YB0
6ES7648-3AB00-0XA0
6ES7900-1AA00-0XA0
6ES7900-1BA00-0XA0
6ES7900-1CA00-0XA0
6ES7900-1DA00-0XA0
6ES7900-1EA00-0XA0
6ES7900-1FA00-0XA0
More information
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/803
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
Box PC
SIMATIC IPC827D
Maximum processor performance up to an ambient temperature of 55 C
High shock/vibration resistance in all possible mounting
positions
High EMC for safe operation
SATA Solid-State Drive (SSD) with 240 GB for high reliability
and speed
Strain relief for all cables/connectors
Overview
SIMATIC IPC827D (Box PC):

The high-end IPC with maximum performance,
functional scope and expansion capability
It offers:
Maximum performance and high expandability
with Intel Xeon technology
Benefits
Intel processors: Xeon, Core i3 or Celeron; in each case with
2 cores, with turbo-boost technology and AMT (Xeon) and
hyper-threading (Xeon, i3)
Intel DH82C226 PCH Platform Controller Hub (PCH)
DDR3 1600 memory technology up to 16 GB RAM
Intel HD 4600 (Xeon, i3) graphics for high graphics performance
PCI Express x16 slot for x16 graphics card support
SATA hard disks with up to 500 GB capacity and NCQ
technology (Native Command Queuing) for a larger data
volume
High flexibility and expandability
Flexible installation in many different positions with mounting
brackets or portrait assembly kit
Vacant expansion slots: 3 x PCI, 1 x PCIe Express (x16)
and 1 x PCIe (x4)
3 x PROFINET interfaces onboard (optional, IRT-capable,
3-port, switching-enabled, CP1616-compatible)
1 x PROFIBUS interface onboard
(optional, CP5622-compatible)
RAID1 controller onboard (no occupation of a PC slot)
2 x LAN 10/100/1000 Mbit/s connections (Gigabit Ethernet
with teaming capability), PROFINET RT-compatible
4 x USB-3.0 ports (SuperSpeed)
DisplayPort and DVI-I interface
(for VGA and/or DVI-D monitors)
2/804
Siemens IK PI 2015
High system availability, fast startup, maintenance

and servicing
High degree of data security thanks to mirror disk system
(RAID1, optional) or Solid State Drive (SSD, optional)
ECC memory (optional, for 1-bit error correction)
2 MB battery-backed SRAM, of which 128 KB can be used as
memory for retentive WinAC RTX data
Active Management Technology (Intel AMT) for Xeon versions
(remote access to the device, also in shut-down state)
Externally accessible CMOS backup battery, replaceable
during operation, status can be scanned by software
4 LEDs 1 x power and 3 x applications (WinAC)
Operating system preinstalled, ready to run, and already
activated (eliminates need for usual product activation via the
Internet or by telephone)
Following system failure, fast restoration of hard disk contents
to factory status using supplied recovery and restore DVD
Long-term platform with Intel embedded components
Availability of 3 to 6 years, then guaranteed availability of
spare parts for further 5 years
Part of the scalable Box PC range with identical performance
features and footprint
System-tested with SIMATIC hardware and software
Certification for worldwide marketing (e.g.: cULus)
Installation compatible for all device generations, software
compatible with predecessor model
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
Box PC
SIMATIC IPC827D
SIMATIC IPC827D
Processor
Main memory
SIMATIC IPC827D
Ambient conditions
General features
Intel Xeon Processor E3-1268L v3
(4C, 2.3 (3.3) GHz, HT, 8 MB cache,
HT, VT-d, AMT)
Intel Core i3-4330TE (2C, 2.4 GHz,
4 MB cache, HT, VT-x)
(2C, 2.2 GHz, 2 MB cache)
2 GB; DDR3 1600, DIMM;
expandable up to 16 GB
(2 memory receptacles);
ECC memory 8/16 GB optional
IP20 according to EN 60529

(front/rear)
Vibration load in operation 2)
10 ... 58 Hz: 0.75 mm,

58 ... 500 Hz: 9.8 m/s2 (approx. 1 g)
with DVD operation:
10 ... 58 Hz: 0.018 mm,
58 ... 500 Hz: 2.5 m/s2
(approx. 0.25 g)
Shock load during operation 3)
Tested according to
DIN IEC 68-2-29: 50 m/s2 (5 g),
with DVD operation: 50 ms2,
11 ms (5 g)
5 % to 80 % at 25C
(no condensation);
Relative humidity during

transport / storage
5% to 95% at 25C
(no condensation)
2 x PCI (240 mm)

1 x PCI (185 mm)
2 x PCI-Express
(x16/x4, 185/185 mm)
Operating system
Operating system
Without
Windows 7 Ultimate Multi-Language
32-bit or 64-bit variant, SP1
Supply voltage
100 V /230 V / 240 V AC (widerange)

50/60 Hz;
optional 24 V DC
Drives
Optical drives
DVDRW/DL SATA, optional (depth

increases from 155 mm to 179 mm)
SATA hard disks
None; 250 GB, 500 GB, RAID1

(2 x 250 GB)
Solid state drive
240 GB SATA 2.5"
Approvals
cULus508, cULus1950,
FCC Class A
(EMC)
Immunity to interference
to conducted interference on the
supply cables
Ports
DisplayPort
1 x DisplayPort
DVI-I
1 x (analog OR digital)
VGA
Via adapter cable, DVI-I to VGA

adapter (available as accessory)
Dual Monitor
Via DisplayPort and DVI-I
Parallel interface
PC slot cover
(available as accessory)
Serial interface
1 x COM1
PROFIBUS/MPI
12 Mbit/s
(isolated, CP 5622-compatible,
optional)
PROFINET
3 x RJ45
(CP 1616-compatible, optional) 1)
USB
4 x USB 3.0, SuperSpeed;

2 x USB 2.0 (optional)
Ethernet
2 x Gigabit Ethernet
(IE, PN, RJ45, teaming-capable)
EN 61000-6-3,
EN 61000-3-2 Class D,
EN 61000-3-3;
FCC Class A
2 kV
(IEC 61000-4-4, burst),
1 kV
(IEC 61000-4-5, surge symm.),
2 kV
(IEC 61000-4-5, surge asymm.)
1 kV
on signal cables
(IEC 61000-4-4, burst, length < 3 m),
2 kV
(IEC 61000-4-4, burst, length > 3 m),
2 kV
(IEC 61000-4-5, surge, length > 30 m)
to discharge of static electricity
(IEC 61000-4-2),
8 kV air discharge
(IEC 61000-4-2)
to high-frequency radiation
10 V/m 80% AM, 80-1000 MHz and
1.4 - 2 GHz (IEC 61000-4-3);
1 V/m 80% AM, 2.0-2.7 GHz
(IEC 61000-4-3),
(IEC 61000-4-6)
100 A/m,
to magnetic fields
50/60 Hz (IEC 61000-4-8)
Ambient temperature during opera- 5 to 45 C
tion
maximum configuration);
5 to 50 C
(up to 20 W load on PCI bus),
5 to 55 C
(up to 10 W load on PCI bus)
Dimensions
Temperature and Watchdog
Onboard
Device dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 312 x 301 (incl. mounting rail) x 179

without DVD drive: 312 x 301
(incl. mounting rail) x 155
Status LEDs
4 LEDs
Weight
approx. 8 kg
1)
Note: The PROFINET and PROFIBUS options are supplied with 2 MB

battery-backed SRAM
2)
No vibration permitted when burning DVDs;
3)
No shock permitted when burning DVDs
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/805
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
Box PC
SIMATIC IPC827D
Ordering data
SIMATIC IPC827D 1)
Article No.
Article No.
6AG4132 - 2 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
SIMATIC IPC827D 1)
HD graphics onboard
(Xeon, i3: HD4600);
4 x USB V3.0;
1x serial (COM1);
watchdog, temp./fan monitoring;
Operating system
Windows 7 Ultimate 64-bit SP1,
Without
Processor:
Celeron G1820TE
Celeron G1820TE
PROFIBUS/MPI
2 MB battery-backed SRAM 2)
Celeron G1820TE
2 MB battery-backed SRAM
Core i3-4330TE (2C/4T, 2.4 GHz,
4 MB cache, VT-x)
Core i3-4330TE (2C/4T, 2.4 GHz,
4 MB cache, VT-x);
PROFIBUS/MPI
Core i3-4330TE (2C/4T, 2.4 GHz,
4 MB cache, VT-x);
Xeon E3-1268Lv3 (4C/8T, 2.3 (3.3)
GHz, 8 MB cache, VT-d, AMT)
Xeon E3-1268Lv3 (4C/8T, 2.3 (3.3)
PROFIBUS/MPI
Xeon E3-1268Lv3 (4C/8T, 2.3 (3.3)
expansions (SW)
enclosed;
enclosed;
Without
TPM module
(not for China and Russia);
Drives
250 GB HDD SATA;
500 GB HDD SATA;
RAID1 2 x 250 GB SATA (2.5");
RAID1 2 x 250 GB SATA (2.5");
DVD+/-RW
HDD SATA (2.5");
HDD SATA (2.5"); DVD+/-RW;
Expansions (HW)
1 x PCIe (x16); 1 x PCIe (x4);
3 x PCI
Expansion 2 (HW)
2 x USB in addition
(1 slot occupied);
COM2; LPT (1 slot occupied);
2 x USB in addition; COM2; LPT
(2 slots occupied);
2/806
Siemens IK PI 2015
A
B
6AG4132 - 2 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
A
B
X
A
B
C
X
Y
power supply
supply with NAMUR; European
power cable;
supply with NAMUR; UK power
cable;
supply with NAMUR; power cable
for Switzerland;
supply NAMUR; power cable for
Italy;
for China
24 V DC industrial power supply;
D
E
G
H
3
4
1)

2)
Expected start of delivery: 2nd quarter 2014
Accessories
A
B
D
E
G
H
Memory expansion
ECC
M
N
Assembly kit for portrait mounting

Upward or downward interface
outlet
Interface outlet to the front
SIMATIC PC graphics adapter cable

DVI-I acc. to VGA, 250 mm long
1
2
3
4
5
6
0
0
1
2
3
SIMATIC PC power cable

for Box PC and Panel PC, 230 V AC,
angled, 3 m
for Germany, France, Spain, the
Netherlands, Belgium, Sweden,
Austria, Finland
for the United Kingdom
For Switzerland
For the USA
For Italy
For China
6ES7648-2AJ50-0MA0
6ES7648-2AJ60-0MA0
6ES7648-2AJ70-0MA0
6ES7648-2AJ70-1MA0
6ES7648-1AA30-1YA0
6ES7648-1AA30-1YB0
6ES7648-3AB00-0XA0
6ES7900-1AA00-0XA0
6ES7900-1BA00-0XA0
6ES7900-1CA00-0XA0
6ES7900-1DA00-0XA0
6ES7900-1EA00-0XA0
6ES7900-1FA00-0XA0
More information
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
SIMATIC Panel PC
General data
Overview
SIMATIC IPC477D:
The powerful embedded Panel PC maintenance-free
Compact design
High performance with highly compact design and
ruggedness
Flexible expansion using a PCIe I/O card (optional)
No rotating parts (without fan and hard disk)
High security due to use of the operating system
Ready-to-use devices with optionally preinstalled software
HMI: Innovative HMI software WinCC RT Advanced
(including logging and recipes)
RTX: with real-time capable software PLC WinAC RTX
Retentive memory on-board
(NV-RAM, usable with WinAC RTX)
SIMATIC Panel PCs are suitable thanks to their high industrial
compatibility for use in control cabinets, consoles and control
panels, as well as directly on the machine. Typical areas of application can be found in both factory and process automation.
There is a broad range of robust, high-performance
SIMATIC Panel PCs available for different requirements.
Shared industrial functionality
High-quality components and modules with a high MTBF
(mean time between failure), which also ensure 24-hour
operation in the extended temperature range.
High swing/shock capacity of the devices through special
hard-disk suspensions, locked connectors and card retainers
Rugged housing model with high electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) and integrated industrial power supplies
(also as per NAMUR)
Bright, brilliant displays in different sizes up to 19"
Same front panel mounting dimensions and uniform front
design across all device families
Rugged fronts protected from dust, humidity and chemical
substances (front-side IP65 / NEMA 4 degrees of protection)
SIMATIC IPC277:
The embedded Nanopanel PC maintenance-free and
compact with displays starting from 7"
High degree of flexibility for selecting rugged widescreen
fronts from 7" to 19" for a more freely configurable display area
High resolution, large viewing angle, and up to 100%
dimmable backlighting for a brilliant display with optimized
power consumption
or SSD as mass storage and fanless operation up to 50 C
ambient temperature
memory (option)
Ready-to-use embedded bundles with visualization and/or
control software
SIMATIC HMI IPC477C: The powerful embedded Panel PC

maintenance-free with versatile configuration
Compact design
High performance with highly compact design and
ruggedness
(optional)
Also available as PRO version (all-round IP65 degree of
protection) with 15" and 19" Touch displays
No rotating parts (without fan and hard disk)
High security due to Microsoft Windows Embedded Standard
2009 or Windows Embedded Standard 7 operating systems
Ready-to-use devices with optionally preinstalled software
- HMI: Innovative HMI software WinCC flexible
(incl. archives and recipes)
- RTX: with real-time capable software PLC WinAC RTX
Retentive memory on board
(NV-RAM, usable with WinAC RTX)
SIMATIC HMI IPC577:
Industrial functionality and openness at an attractive price
Full PC openness and performance boost with Intel Core2 Duo
processors
Rugged design for industrial use
Can be expanded using a PCI slot and additional interfaces
More rugged due to SSD (solid-state drive) or CompactFlash
The configurator (best-fit for the customer) makes ordering
more flexible
Compact design
SIMATIC HMI IPC677: The high-end Panel PC
with maximum performance, functional scope and
expansion capability
Rugged, expandable industrial PC with different front panels
Rugged design for industrial use
Complete PC openness
Optional PROFIBUS or PROFINET onboard
All processors with dual core
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/807
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
SIMATIC Panel PC
General data
Benefits
High degree of industrial capability
Expandability
The entire construction is designed for purely industrial use.

Thus, for example, a special vibration-absorbing suspension
of the hard disk ensures operational reliability, even at high
mechanical loads. This makes that the SIMATIC Panel PCs are
designed for a vibration load of 1 g and a shock load of 5 g.
Depending on the model, ISA, PCI, PCI Express, PC/104 Plus

and PC/104 slots are available for individual expandability.
This enables the further use of existing and new expansion
cards.
Performance
Thanks to the use of the latest Intel processors from ULV
(Ultra Low Voltage) to Intel Core technology, SIMATIC Panel PCs
are flexibly scalable for your application.
Scalable computing power
Highest computing power
Latest Intel processor technology
Core i, Dual Core, ULV, Atom
Investment security
High component continuity and guaranteed availability of spare
parts for up to 5 years after product phase-out are ensured
e.g. through the development and production of our own
motherboards. This enables long-lasting machine concepts
without renewed engineering effort.
Upgrades and exchange of components are easy thanks to the
device design.
Compact dimensions
Considering the desired expandability, SIMATIC Panel PCs have
an extremely low mounting depth and can thus be used in very
narrow installation locations.
Options
Various options enable an individual solution for your industrial
application. Thus, the operator control unit can be operated
separately from the computer unit by up to 30 m. The direct control key module increases the operating safety in that it can be
used to run the process independently of the operating system
and without delay directly on PROFIBUS DP/MPI.
Individually expandable system availability
RAID1 configuration - high system stability through redundant
data management
SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor Monitoring of the operating states
and early detection of problems locally and in the network
SIMATIC IPC Image & Partition Creator downtime minimization through preventive data backup
SITOP and Masterguard power supply (UPS) Bridging of
voltage dips
The different already-integrated interfaces allow for various

communication and expansion options. Many models are
already equipped with Gigabit Ethernet and PROFIBUS DP/MPI
interface.
SIMATIC IPC277D
SIMATIC IPC477D
SIMATIC HMI
IPC477C
SIMATIC HMI
IPC577C
SIMATIC HMI
IPC677D 7)
Size
7"/9"/12"/15"/19
Widescreen TFT
12"/15"/19"/22"
Widescreen TFT
12"/15"/19" TFT
12"/15"/19" TFT
22" Widescreen TFT
Resolution
800 x 480 /
800 x 480 /
1280 x 800 /
1280 x 800 /
1366 x 768
1280 x 800 /
1280 x 800 /
1366 x 768/
800 x 600 /
1024 x 768 /
1280 x 1024
800 x 600 /
1 024 x 768 /
1 280 x 1 024
1 920 x 1 080
Membrane keyboard
8)
1)
1)
Touch screen
Power supply
24 V DC / 110/240 V AC
/-
/-
/-
Processor
Intel Atom E640,

1.0 GHz;
Intel Atom E660,
1.3 GHz
Intel Core i7-3517UE, Intel Celeron M

1.7 GHz,
1.2 GHz
4 MB SLC
Intel Core2 Solo
Intel Core i3-3217UE, 1.2 GHz
1.6 GHz,
Intel Core2 Duo
3 MB SLC
1.2 GHz
Intel Celeron 827E
1.4 GHz,
1.5 MB SLC
Intel Celeron M
1.2 GHz
Intel Core2 Solo
1.2 GHz
Intel Core2 Duo
1.86 GHz
Intel Xeon E3-1268L

v3 (4C, 2.3 (3.3) GHz,
HT, 8 MB cache,
VT-d, AMT)
Intel Core i3-4330TE,
(2C, 2.4 GHz,
4 MB cache,
HT, VT-x)
Intel Celeron
G1820TE
(2C, 2.2 GHz,
2 MB cache)
Design
Centralized configuration
Display
1920 x 1080
Operator controls
General features
2/808
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
SIMATIC Panel PC
General data
Techncal specifications (continued)

SIMATIC IPC277D
SIMATIC IPC477D
SIMATIC HMI
IPC477C
SIMATIC HMI
IPC577C
SIMATIC HMI
IPC677D 7)
Main memory
1 GB, 2 GB
1 GB, 2 GB,
4 GB, 8 GB
1 GB, 2 GB, 4 GB
1 GB, 2 GB, 4 GB
2 GB,
expandable up to
16 GB, optional ECC
Expansion slots
1 x CF slot for
2 x CFast slot
CompactFlash card
(externally
(externally accessible) accessible)
2 x CF slot for
CompactFlash Card
(internally and
externally accessible)
1 x PCI 2)
1 x CF slot for
CompactFlash card
(externally accessible)
2 x PCI or 1 x PCIe
1 x PCI or
2 x PCIe x16/x4
Operating system
Windows Embedded Without

Windows Embedded Without
Without
Standard 2009 or
Windows 7 Ultimate
2009 or
Windows Embedded Windows 7 Ultimate
XP Professional MUI
MUI (32-bit or 64-bit) XP Professional MUI
2009 or
32-bit MUI
Windows Embedded Windows Embedded Windows 7 Ultimate
XP Professional MUI Windows 7 Ultimate
Standard 7 (32-bit)
Standard 7 (32-bit)
MUI (32-bit) or Win64-bit MUI
or Windows 7
dows Embedded
Ultimate MUI (32-bit)
Standard 7 (32-bit)
Interfaces
PROFIBUS/MPI
PROFINET (RT/IRT)
/-
Ethernet
2 x 10/100/1 000 Mbps 2 x 10/100/1 000 Mbps 2 x 10/100/1 000 Mbps 2 x 10/100/1 000 Mbps 2 x 10/100/1 000 Mbps
USB
Serial interface
Graphics interface
1g
1g
1g
1 g 3)
3)
Ambient conditions
1 g 3)
5g
5g
5g
5g
Permissible temperature
during operation
with maximum configuration
+0 C +50 C 7)
+0 C +50 C 7)
+0 C +50 C 7)
+0 C +45 C 7)
55 W
40 W 4)
55 W 5)
56 W
45 W
4)
57 W 5)
60 W
4)
84 W 5)
5g
+5 C +45 C 6) 8)
Power loss
in maximum configuration
7" display
27 W
9" display
29 W
12" display
34 W
15" display
19" display
42 W
45 W
22" display
65 W
170 W 5)
74 W
Available
- Not available
1)
12"/15" displays
2)
All slots with card retainer
3)
Valid with CF or SSD; with HDD: 5 g / 0.5 g;
4)
3 W taken into account for each PCI/PCIe slot
5)
15 W taken into account for each PCI/PCIe slot
6)
+0 C to +50 C; max. +50 C in installation space;

max. 40 C if at the front
7)
+0 C to +45 C for 19"
8)
15" display optionally as Touch/Key version
9)
With 12" and 15", vertical installation and use of CFast or SSD
More information
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-panel-pc
Note:
Examples are:
Specific front panels for SIMATIC Panel PC, e.g. honing oilresistant or with lateral function/movement keys
SIMATIC HMI Net Panel with 46" large-scale display
Do you need a specific modification or extension to the products

described here? Then refer to "Customized Automation".
There you will find information about additional and generally
available sector-specific products as well as options for
customer-specific modification and adaptation.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/809
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC IPC277D
Overview
Benefits
Rugged, industry-standard widescreen displays (Touch)
with 7" / 9" / 12" / 15"/ 19"
High resolution, 16 million colors, large viewing angle, can be
dimmed from 0 to 100% (this also optimizes the power
consumption)
Integrated front concept (Panel PC, Comfort Panels)
Fanless up to 50 C ambient temperature
15" / 19" with front USB interface available soon
SIMATIC IPC277D:
The embedded Nanopanel PC maintenance-free and
compact with displays starting from 7"
Offers great flexibility in the selection of rugged widescreen
fronts
From 7" to 19" for more freely configurable display area
High resolution, large viewing angle, and up to 100%
dimmable backlighting for a brilliant display with optimized
power consumption
and SSD as mass storage and fanless operation up to 50 C
ambient temperature
memory
Ready-to-use embedded bundles with visualization or/and
control software
The following front installation versions are available:
7" Touch
9" Touch
12" Touch
15" Touch with USB interface on the front
19" Touch with USB interface on the front
All fronts as widescreen version
2/810
Siemens IK PI 2015
High-performance data processing

at low power consumption
Wake-on-LAN for remote-controlled switching between
standby and active state
Support of Sleep States/SpeedStep -> (dynamic power
adaptation depending on the required computing
performance)
Flexible memory concepts: CompactFlash or Solid-State Drive
2 Gbit Ethernet (teaming-capable); PROFINET with RT
functionality (via Standard Ethernet)
1 RS232
Ready-to-run embedded bundles with WinAC RTX2010 (F)
High system availability in order to reduce the risk of
potential failures and maintenance costs
selected (with time-of-day synchronization over network)
Comprehensive self-diagnostics thanks to pre-installed local
diagnostics software SIMATIC IPC DiagBase
High investment security in order to reduce
engineering costs
Long-term availability: Service & Support period of
8 10 years after market launch
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC IPC277D
SIMATIC IPC277D
SIMATIC IPC277D
General features
Processors
Intel Atom E660 1.3 GHz, 2 GB RAM

Intel Atom E640 1.0 GHz, 1 GB RAM
Chipset
Intel Controller Hub EG20T
NVRAM optional
512 KB, of which 128 KB

can be written within the buffer time
Operating system

2009 preinstalled,
in combination with CF card of 2 GB
or more,
or solid-state drive, or hard drive
(optional)
Windows XP Professional MUI
(in connection with solid-state drive
or hard drive;
MUI: Multi Language User Interface
(optional)
32-bit, preinstalled,
in combination with CF card or
solid-state drive (optional)
Windows 7 Ultimate MUI 32-bit
(in combination with
solid-state drive;
MUI: Multi Language User Interface
(optional)
Linux 1)
(project-specific, on request)
Temperature

application program
Watchdog
24 V DC (20.4 V ... 28.8 V)

Isolated
With buffering of temporary power
failures: max. 10 ms
Line side switch
With power failure indication by
means of Power Fail signal
Drives
FlashDrive
Optional; replaceable, accessible,

diagnosable
2 GB
4 GB
8 GB
16 GB

Monitoring time can be
parameterized in software
Can be parameterized for a fault
or restart
Messages can be evaluated
by the application program
DiagBase
Watchdog
Temperature
Mass memory monitoring (SMART)
(Heart Beat)
Runtime meter
Communication:
software
architectures
Others on request project-specifically

Power supply
Processor temperature
Motherboard
Supply voltage
Supply voltage
24 V DC
Temperature
Yes
Watchdog
Yes
Mass storage
Yes
Ambient conditions
Requirements according to:

IEC 61131-2,
tested according to:
IEC 60068-2-6, Test Fc
10-58: 0.0375 mm,
58-200: 9.8 m/s2, 10x /axis
Requirements according to:

IEC 61131-2,
tested according to:
IEC 60068-2-27, Test Ea, 50 m/s2
Relative humidity
Tested in accordance with

DIN IEC 68-78,
DIN IEC 60068-2-30: 5% to 80%
Maximum permissible installation

angle +/-
45 over vertical
With teaming function
Ambient temperature
during operation
0 C +50 C in maximum configuration; no fan (19": 0 C +45 C)
USB
V2.0, 3 x
Certifications & standards
Serial
COM1 (V.24)
Approvals
Keyboard
Via USB
(not included in scope of delivery)
CE, cULus (508),

marine approval available
for 7"/9"/12"
(GL, LRS, BV, DNV, ABS, ClassNK)
Mouse
Via USB
EMC
CE, FFC A, 55022A,

EN 61000-6-4, EN 61000-6-2
Solid-state drive (SSD)
Optional
80 GB SATA, 2.5"
160 GB SATA, 2.5"
CD/DVD/Floppy
Via USB
Ports
PROFINET
PROFINET RT
via Standard Ethernet controller
Ethernet
2 x 10/100/1000 Mbps (RJ 45)

Two independent Intel Controllers:
Intel 82574L / Intel Controller Hub
EG20T
1)
for specific LINUX versions in accordance with the specifications

http://www.siemens.com/simatic-pc/suited-for-linux
(LINUX is a trademark of Linus Torvald)
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/811
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC IPC277D

SIMATIC IPC277D
7" TFT Touch,
widescreen
9" TFT Touch,

widescreen
12" TFT Touch,

widescreen
15" TFT Touch,

widescreen
19" TFT Touch,

widescreen
800 x 480
800 x 480
1 280 x 800
1 280 x 800
1 366 x 768
Touch pen,
touch protective films
Touch pen,
Touch pen,
Touch pen,
Touch pen,
Function keys
No
No
No
No
No
Alphanumeric keyboard
No
No
No
No
No
Touch screen (analog/resistive)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
USB port on the front
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Centralized configuration
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Distributed configuration
No
No
No
No
No
Mounting dimensions
in centralized configuration
(W x H x D) in mm
197 x 141 x 71
251 x 166 x 71
310 x 221 x 66
396 x 291 x 73
465 x 319 x 73
Front panel
Display
Resolution (W x H in pixels)
General features
Accessories
Type of operation
Design
Dimensions
Operator control unit (W x H) in mm
214 x 158
274 x 190
330 x 241
415 x 310
483 x 337
Weight
1500 g
1950 g
2750 g
4000 g
5700 g
Max. power loss

27 W
29 W
37 W
42 W
45 W
2/812
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC IPC277D
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
6AV7881- - 7 A 7 0 0 - 7 7 7 0
Accessories
Interfaces:
2 x Gbit LAN (RJ45),
1 x serial (COM1), 3 x USB
Touch protective films 7" 1)
6AV2124-6GJ00-0AX0
6AV2124-6JJ00-0AX0
Operating unit
6AV2124-6MJ00-0AX0
Touch 7" TFT
6AV2124-6QJ00-0AX1
Touch 9" TFT
6AV2124-6UJ00-0AX1
Bracket clamp, long

for 15", 19" and 22" widescreen,
Comfort Panels, IPC,
Flat Panel monitors and Thin Client
(except SCD1900 19" widescreen)
6AV6671-8XK00-0AX4
6AV7672-1JB00-0AA0
Touch 12" TFT
Touch 15" TFT,

front USB interface
Touch 19" TFT,

front USB interface
Touch pen
Captive pen for operation of the
touch devices, mounting of
the support on the control cabinet or
directly on the PRO unit

NVRAM
1)

NVRAM

NVRAM
10 units per packing unit
Please be sure to note:

The IPC277D with bundled software is always supplied
with inserted CF card.
The licenses are on the supplied USB flash drive.
Drives
2 GB SIMATIC PC CompactFlash
Operating system
WES 2009 preinstalled

(CF from 2 GB/SSD)
XP-Prof. MUI preinstalled on SSD
WES 7 32 bit preinstalled

(CF from 4 GB/SSD)
Windows 7 MUI 32 bit preinstalled

on SSD
Software bundles
Without RTX/HMI software
RTX: WinAC RTX 2010
RTX-F: WinAC RTX F 2010
HMI/RTX: RT 128 PT
HMI/RTX: RT 512 PT
HMI/RTX: RT 2048 PT
More information
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/813
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC IPC477D
Overview
Benefits
SIMATIC IPC477D:
The powerful embedded Panel PC maintenance-free
Embedded PC platform with extremely high industrial compatibility for demanding tasks in the field of PC-based automation
Maintenance-free (no rotating components such as fan and
hard disk)
Rugged construction: The PC is resistant to even the harshest
mechanical stress and is extremely reliable in operation
Compact design
Battery-independent retentive memory onboard
High degree of investment security

High degree of investment protection thanks to assured
availability of spare parts for a period of 5 years following the
end of active marketing
Cost and time savings due to service-friendly device design:
- Front and rear USB 2.0 ports for quick and easy connection
of additional hardware components
High degree of industrial functionality thanks to integral
PROFIBUS DP/MPI and PROFINET interfaces
Maintenance-free due to lack of rotating components
(fan and hard disk)
High flexibility thanks to expansions (optional) such as PCIe,
second RS 232, DVD (not with 12" TFT Touch)
Minimization of downtimes thanks to high system availability
- Efficient self-diagnostics (DiagBase and SIMATIC IPC
DiagMonitor)
- High reliability and security of an embedded platform
An integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA):
- Enhanced productivity, minimization of engineering costs,
reduction of lifecycle costs
Supply of ready-to-run complete solutions (the software is
preinstalled and preconfigured) for visualization and
automation in combination with WinCC flexible,
WinCC RT Advanced and/or WinAC RTX and WinCC.
The following front versions are available:

Built-in versions
- 12" TFT Touch
- 15" TFT Touch
- 15" TFT Touch/Key
- 19" TFT Touch
- 22" TFT Touch
- 19" TFT Multi-Touch
- 22" TFT Multi-Touch
SIMATIC IPC477D
General features
Supply voltage1)
24 V DC (-20 % / +20 %) 1)
100 - 240 V AC (-15 % / +20 %);
50 - 60 Hz
Brief voltage interruption

in accordance with NAMUR
Min. 20 ms (DC)
Min. 20 ms (AC);
max. 10 events per hour;
min. 1 s recovery time
Power consumption (DC)

of devices (without expansions):
12" display
15" display
19" display
22" display
55 W
56 W
65 W
74 W
Additional power consumption

of devices with expansions:
DVD drive
PCIe card
1W
5W
2/814
Siemens IK PI 2015
SIMATIC IPC477D
Processor
Intel Celeron 827E 1.4 GHz;

1.5 MB SLC or
Intel Core i3-3217UE 1.6 GHz;
3 MB SLC or
Intel Core i7-3517UE 1.7 GHz;
4 MB SLC
Main memory
SO-DIMM module;
1024 MB DDR3-SDRAM or
SO-DIMM module;
SO-DIMM module;
SO-DIMM module;
8192 MB DDR3-SDRAM
Buffer memory 2)
512 KB MRAM
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC IPC477D

SIMATIC IPC477D
SATA drive
1 slot
Solid-state drive
1 x 80 GB; 2.5" SATA-SSD,

standard or
1 x 160 GB; 2.5" SATA-SSD,
standard
Hard disk drive (HDD)
1 x 250 GB, 2.5"-SATA-HD
CFast card
DVD drive, RW
1 slot for devices with expansion
2 GB or
4 GB or
8 GB or
16 GB
Graphics
Display, resolution
SIMATIC IPC477D
Ethernet 3)
Drive and storage media
12" screen diagonal

with LED backlighting, resolution 1
280 x 800 pixels, WXGA
(Wide XGA)
15" screen diagonal
with LED backlighting, resolution 1
280 x 800 pixels, WXGA
(Wide XGA)
19" screen diagonal with
LED backlighting, resolution 1
366 x 768 pixels
22" screen diagonal with
LED backlighting, resolution 1
920 x 1 080 pixels
Touch controller
Analog-resistive or capacitive touch
Backlighting (MTBF)
LED
Half brightness life time, typical
Min. 50 000 h at 50 C,
50 % brightness
Graphics controller
Intel HD 2000 or
Intel HD 4000
Graphics memory
32 512 MB shared memory
Resolutions, frequency, colors
DVI-I:
640 x 480 1 920 x 1 200, 60 Hz
DP display port:
1 920 x 1 200, 60 Hz
Slot for PCIe expansion cards
IP 20 to IEC 60529 (enclosure)

IP 65 (front)
Quality assurance
In accordance with ISO 9001
Emitted interference S
EN 61000-6-4;
CISPR 22 Class A;
FCC Class A
Immunity with regard to conducted

interference on the supply lines
2 kV to IEC 61000-4-4; burst

1 kV to IEC 61000-4-5;
surge symmetrical
2 kV to IEC 61000-4-5;
surge asymmetrical
2 kV to IEC 61000-4-4;
burst, length > 3 m
1 kV to IEC 61000-4-4;
burst, length < 3 m
2 kV to IEC 61000-4-5;
symmetrical surge, length > 30 m

at the front to IEC 61000-4-2
at the rear to IEC 61000-4-2
8 kV air discharge
to IEC 61000-4-2

interference
10 V/m, 80 1000 MHz

80 % AM to IEC 61000-4-3
1 V/m, 2 2.7 GHz
3 V/m, 2 2.7 GHz
10 V, 10 kHz 80 MHz
to IEC 61000-4-6
100 A/m,
50/60 Hz to IEC 61000-4-8
COM 1 and COM 2
RS 232, max. 115 kbps, 9-pin,

sub-D connector
DVI
Connection of VDUs
with DVI connection
Display port (DPP)
Connection of VDUs
with DPP connection
Keyboard
Connection via USB port
Mouse
Connection via USB port
USB
Rear of device:
4 x USB 3.0, max. 2 high-current
at the same time
Front of device (only with IPC477D
with 15", 19" or 22" display):
1 x USB 2.0, high-current
Weight
IPC477D, touch device, 12" display
IPC477D, touch/key device
(without expansions), 15" display
PROFIBUS/MPI
9-pole, 2 rows, electrically isolated,

Sub-D socket, compatible with
CP 5622
9.6 Kbps 12 Mbps
DP master: DP-V0, DP-V1
with SOFTNET-DP
DP slave: DP-V0, DP-V1
with SOFTNET-DP slave
PROFINET
3 x RJ45 interface,
CP 1616 compatible onboard
interface based on ERTEC 400
10/100 Mbps, electrically isolated
Only for device with expansions:

1 x PCIe-x4 expansion card can be
used, max. permissible power loss: 5
W
Interfaces
Transmission rate
Operating modes
2 x RJ45 connection,
Intel 82579LM and Intel 82574L
10/100/1000 Mbps,
electrically isolated,
teaming-capable 4)
or
For PROFINET versions:
1 x Ethernet
approx. 3 200 g
approx. 4 920 g
approx. 5 750 g
approx. 6 400 g
approx. 7 000 g
1)
The generation of the supply voltage by the line-side power supply

must be realized as safety extra-low voltage with safe electrical isolation,
isolated according to IEC 60364 4 41,
or as SELV according to IEC/UL/EN/DIN-EN 60950-1.
2)
For devices with retentivity
3)
For unambiguous labeling, the Ethernet ports are numbered on the

enclosure. The numbering by the operating system can differ.
4)
Teaming can be set and initiated in the configuration interface. In teaming

operation, jumbo frames, e.g. for the camera application, are not
supported
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/815
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC IPC477D
Ordering data
SIMATIC IPC477D 1)
Processor and fieldbus:

1.5 MB cache); 2 x Gigabit Ethernet (IE/PN)
1.5 MB cache); 2 x Gigabit Ethernet (IE/PN); PROFIBUS DP12
Core i3-3217UE (2C/4T, 1.6 GHz,
(IE/PN)
Core i3-3217UE (2C/4T, 1.6 GHz,
(IE/PN); PROFIBUS DP12
Core i3-3217UE (2C/4T, 1.6 GHz,
(IE/PN); 1 x PROFINET (IRT, 3
ports)
Core i7-3517UE (2C/4T, 1.7 (2.8)
Ethernet (IE/PN)
Core i7-3517UE (2C/4T, 1.7 (2.8)
Ethernet (IE/PN); PROFIBUS DP12
Core i7-3517UE (2C/4T, 1.7 (2.8)
Ethernet (IE/PN); 1 x PROFINET
(IRT, 3 ports)
Operator control unit:
12" Touch (1 280 x 800)
(caution, restrictions regarding
options: HDD, PCI, AC, DVD)
15" Touch (1 280 x 800) with front
USB
15" Touch/Key (1 280 x 800) with
front USB
19" Touch (1 366 x 768) with front
USB
22" Touch (1 920 x 1 080) with front
USB
19" Multi-Touch (1 366 x 768) without front USB
22" Multi-Touch (1 920 x 1 080)
without front USB
Main memory/NVRAM
1 GB
2 GB
4 GB
8 GB
1 GB and NVRAM
2 GB and NVRAM
4 GB and NVRAM
8 GB and NVRAM
Expansions/interface:
1 x RS 232, without PCIe
1 x RS 232 and 1 x PCIe
Second RS 232, without PCIe
Second RS 232 and 1 x PCIe
Operating system:
Professional, 32-bit, MUI
2/816
Siemens IK PI 2015
Article No.
Article No.
6AV7240 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
SIMATIC IPC477D 1)
Externally accessible mass storage
(without operating system):
Without external mass storage
CFAST 2 GB, without software
CFAST 4 GB
CFAST 8 GB
CFAST 16 GB
DVD
Internal mass storage:

Without internal mass storage
CFAST 2 GB
CFAST 4 GB
CFAST 8 GB
CFAST 16 GB
SSD 80 GB Standard
HDD 250 GB
DVD
SSD 80 GB standard with DVD
SSD 160 GB standard without DVD
HDD min. 250 GB with DVD
SIMATIC software preinstalled

(bundles):
Without SIMATIC software
WinAC RTX 2010 2)
WinCC RT Advanced 128 PT
WinCC RT Advanced 512 PT
WinCC RT Advanced 2 048 PT
WinCC RT Advanced 4 096 PT
WinAC RTX 2)
WinAC RTX 2)
WinAC RTX 2)
WinAC RTX 2)
WinAC RTX 2010 F 2)
WinAC RTX F 2)
WinAC RTX F 2)
WinAC RTX F 2)
WinAC RTX F 2)
WinCC RT Professional
Client/single-user station 128 PT
B
C
D
E
K
L
A
B
C
D
J
K
L
M
0
1
3
4
0
3
4
5
6
7
6AV7240 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
0
1
2
3
4
6
A
B
C
D
E
H
K
L
N
P
Q
A
B
C
D
E
F
J
K
L
M
N
P
Q
R
S
Y
Power supply:
supply with Namur; no power cable
supply with Namur;
European power cable
supply with Namur;
US power cable
supply with Namur;
Chinese power cable
supply with Namur;
Italian power cable
supply with Namur;
Swiss power cable
supply with Namur;
UK power cable
and TPM (not for China and Russia)
1)
Built to order versions with a delivery time of max. 15 working days and
with identified repair.
2)
Only with main memory and NVRAM.
0
1
2
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC HMI IPC577C
Overview
Rugged, expandable industry PC for demanding tasks in the

area of PC-based automation with various control units (front
panels):
Rugged and compact design for industrial use
Full PC openness
- Windows Embedded Standard or Windows XP Professional,
or without operating system
- CF card, HDD, SSD
- DVD drive
Expandable using a PCI slot
Optionally with PROFIBUS or PROFINET (RT/IRT) onboard
Installation-compatible with Panel PC 577B
- Touch screen control units with 12", 15" and 19" TFT display
- 12" and 15" TFT Key
High degree of investment protection
Benefits
High performance due to powerful processor
Low-cost entry-level industry PC with full PC openness.
Ideal for applications in industrial environments due to
- Excellent operational reliability even when subjected to
extreme vibration and shock
- High degree of chemical resistance to oils and grease
- Smooth front, therefore no dirt can accumulate
- Brilliant displays for good clearness of display, even when
lighting conditions and viewing angles change.
High degree of investment protection due to
- A long marketing period (4-6 years) and high continuity of
components for long-term machine concepts
- Assured availability of spare parts (for a period of 5 years
following the end of active marketing)
- Simple migration from the predecessor product with
minimum engineering overhead
- Same installation dimensions as predecessor
- Early detection of faults and minimized downtimes due to
self-diagnostics (DiagBase)
High level of flexibility due to
- Expandable by the customer thanks to diverse interfaces
(PCI, CompactFlash, Gbit Ethernet, and others)
- USB interfaces on the front and rear for quick and easy
- User-friendly and easy integration in the fieldbus level,
thanks to integrated PROFIBUS DP/MPI and 2 Gigabit
Ethernet interfaces (onboard)
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/817
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC HMI IPC577C
6AV7885-0....-....
SIMATIC HMI
IPC577C
6AV7885-1....-....
SIMATIC HMI
IPC577C
6AV7885-2....-....
SIMATIC HMI
IPC577C
6AV7885-3....-....
SIMATIC HMI
IPC577C
6AV7885-5....-....
SIMATIC HMI
IPC577C
Operator control and monitoring

Accessory components
Touch protective foil
Slide-in keyboard
labels
Slide-in keyboard
labels
Display
Screen diagonal
12 in
12 in
15 in
15 in
19 in
Resolution (pixels)
Resolution (WxH in pixel)
800 x 600
800 x 600
1024 x 768
1024 x 768
1280 x 1024
General features
Front panel
12" TFT touch display
12" TFT Key
15" TFT touch display
15" TFT Key
19" TFT Touch
Backlighting
MTBF backlighting (at 25 C)
about 50,000 hours
about 50,000 hours
about 50,000 hours
about 50,000 hours
about 50,000 hours
Control elements
Function keys
No
36
No
36
No
Mouse, at front
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Keyboard fonts
alphanumeric keyboard
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Touch operation
Design as touch screen
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Installation type/mounting
central design
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
distributed design
No
No
No
No
No
24V DC:
Max. 80 W
(incl. USB interfaces)
24V DC:
Max. 80 W
24V DC:
Max. 80 W
24V DC:
Max. 80 W
24V DC:
Max. 80 W
368 mm x 290 mm x
115 mm
450 mm x 290 mm x
115 mm
450 mm x 290 mm x
120 mm
450 mm x 321 mm x
115 mm
450 mm x 380 mm x
125 mm
23 mm
23 mm
23 mm
23 mm
23 mm
8.1 kg
8.6 kg
9 kg
9.3 kg
11.6 kg
Power loss
Power loss in full configuration
Dimensions
Mounting cutout/device depth
(W x H x D)
additional mounting depth (optical
drive)
Weights
Panel PC in central design, approx.
2/818
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC HMI IPC577C
Ordering data
SIMATIC HMI IPC577C
Article No.
6AV7885
Article No.
-77777 -7777
Front Panels
12" TFT Touch

12" TFT Key
15" TFT Touch
15" TFT Key
19" TFT Touch
Core2 Solo 1.2 GHz, 3 MB cache,

800 MHz FSB
- with PROFINET
(Industrial Ethernet),
2x LAN 1 Gbps
- with PROFIBUS DP12/MPI
(CP5611-compatible),
2x LAN 1 Gbps
- with PROFINET (RT/IRT) 3 ports,
1x LAN 1 Gbps
Core2 Duo 1.86 GHz, 6 MB cache,
1 066 MHz FSB
- with PROFINET
(Industrial Ethernet),
2x LAN 1 Gbps
- with PROFIBUS DP12/MPI
(CP5611-compatible),
2x LAN 1 Gbps
- with PROFINET (RT/IRT) 3 ports,
1x LAN 1 Gbps
No second mass storage/drive

DVD-RW drive
HDD + DVD-RW drive
SSD 50 GB High Endurance+
DVD-RW drive
SSD 80 GB Standard+ DVD-RW
drive
SSD 50 GB High Endurance
SSD 80 GB Standard
HDD min. 250 GB
A
B
D
E
G
Expansion (software)
AA
AD
Without expansion
IPC DiagMonitor V4.3 enclosed
IPC Image & Partition Creator
IPC DiagMonitor V4.3 and Image
& Partition Creator V3.2 enclosed
A
B
C
D
Power supply
supply with Namur
supply with Namur;
supply with Namur;
power cable for the USA
supply with Namur;
CN power cable
supply with Namur;
IT power cable
supply with Namur; CH cable
supply with Namur; UK cable
AE
AF
AK
AL
AM
1
2
3
1)
Second mass storage and/or drive

(formatted without operating system)
-77777 -7777

Windows XP
Professional Multi-Language 1)
Windows 7
Ultimate Multi-Language 1)
RAM
1 GB RAM, DDR3
2 GB RAM, DDR3
4 GB RAM, DDR3
6AV7885
Operating system
(pre-installed on first mass storage)
0
1
2
3
5
Mainboards (processor
with fieldbus interfaces)
Celeron M 1.2 GHz, 1 MB cache,
800 MHz FSB
- with PROFINET
(Industrial Ethernet);
2x LAN 1 Gbps
SIMATIC HMI IPC577C
6
7
8
Multi-Language means: D/E/F/I/SP/CHIN traditional/CHIN simplified/

Korean/Japanese
Note:
SIMATIC WinCC and SIMATIC WinAC RTX (F) can be ordered
together with the SIMATIC IPC with a price advantage.
0
1
2
3
4
Accessories
6
7
8
First mass storage (formatted,

optionally with operating system)
without
HDD min. 250 GB (not if 2nd mass
storage HDD or SSD)
2 GB CompactFlash
4 GB CompactFlash
8 GB CompactFlash
16 GB CompactFlash
SSD 50 GB High Endurance (not
if 2nd mass storage HDD or SSD)
SSD 80 GB Standard (not if 2nd
mass storage HDD or SSD)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Protective film for SIMATIC HMI

IPC577C
For protecting the touch screen
against dirt/scratches,
set of 10
for 12" Touch
for 15" Touch
for 19" Touch
6AV7671-2BA00-0AA0
6AV7671-4BA00-0AA0
6AV7672-1CE00-0AA0
Labeling strips for Key devices

For labeling soft keys and function
keys, blank, supplied in sets of 10
6AV7672-0DA00-0AA0
Touch pen
Captive pen for operation
of the touch devices, mounting of
the support on the control cabinet
6AV7672-1JB00-0AA0
More information
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/819
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC IPC677D
Overview
Benefits
IPC 677D front view
SIMATIC IPC677D: The high-end Panel PC with maximum

performance, functional scope and expansion capability
Rugged construction: The PC is resistant to even the
harshest mechanical stress and is reliable in operation.
Compact design
High degree of investment protection
Widescreen front panel versions:
- 22" Touch (other front panels available soon:
15", 19" Touch and 15", 19" and 22" Multi-Touch)
2/820
Siemens IK PI 2015

High degree of investment protection thanks to assured availability of spare parts (for a period of 5 years following the end
of active marketing)
Savings in time and costs due to service-friendly equipment
construction:
- Operator control unit and computer unit are easy to separate
for speedy component replacement
- Front and rear USB 3.0 interfaces for quick and easy
High degree of industrial functionality thanks to integrated
PROFIBUS DP/MPI or PROFINET (CP 1616-compatible) and
2 Gigabit Ethernet interfaces
2 x 250 GB SATA hard disk system (configured as singledisk system or RAID1)
240 GB SSD as rugged and high-speed hard disk substitute
Minimized energy consumption thanks to support for
Wake-On-LAN, shutdown or dimming of the display during
operation, and use of Notebook components
Efficient self-diagnostics (SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor or
DiagBase):
Solutions for preventive data backup
Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA):
increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay,
reduces the lifecycle costs
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC IPC677D
6AV7260-
Processor
6AV7260-
General features
Xeon E3-1268Lv3
(4C/8T, 2.3 (3.3) GHz, 8 MB cache,
VT-d, AMT)
Core i3-4330TE
(2C/4T, 2.4 GHz, 4 MB cache, VT-x)
Celeron G1820TE
Main memory
2 GB, optionally 4, 8 or 16 GB, or

8 or 16 GB with ECC
2 x PCI (slot with card retainer) or

1 x PCI and 1 x PCIe x16 or
1 x PCIe x16 and 1 x PCIe x4
Operating system
Windows 7 Ultimate 32-bit or 64-bit
Power supply
24 V DC or 110/240 V AC
(autorange), 50/60 Hz
MTBF backlighting
Typ. 80 000 h (at 24 h continuous

operation, temperature-dependent)
Drives
Optical drives
Optional DVDRWR combo drive,

at the rear, operable from the side
Hard disk/mass storage
3.5" SATA hard disk 250 GB;

optional 3.5" SATA hard disk
500 GB,
Dual hard disk module 2 x 250 GB
SATA as single disk configuration or
RAID1 preconfigured,
240 GB SSD (solid-state drive)
Temperature
Yes
Watchdog
Yes
Front: IP65, Rear: IP20
Tested according
to DIN IEC 60068-2-6: 10 - 58 Hz:
0.075 mm,
58 to 500 Hz: 10 m/s (1 g) 1)
Tested to DIN IEC 60068-2-27,

IEC 60068-2-29: 50 m/s (5 g),
30 ms, 100 shocks
EMC
CE, FCC A, EN 61000-6-4,

EN 61000-6-3, CISPR22
Ambient temperature
during operation
5 C +45 C
Relative humidity
Tested according to
DIN IEC 60068-78,
DIN IEC 60068-2-30: 5% to 80%
Maximum permissible installation

angle +/-
20 over vertical
Certifications & standards

Approvals
CE, cULus(508), FCC, KC, C-Tick
Uninterruptible power supply (UPS),

SIMATIC NET
communication modules,
SIMATIC IPC DiagMonitor,
Creator,
SIMATIC IPC USB FlashDrive
Interfaces
Graphics interface
DVI-I and DisplayPort
USB / USB
Serial interface
COM1: 1 x V.24 (RS232)
PROFIBUS DP/MPI
Onboard (optional), isolated,

max. 12 Mbit/s, compatible with
CPC5622, not upgradeable
PROFINET (IRT)
Onboard (optional), 3 x RJ 45,

CPC1616-compatible,
not upgradeable
PROFINET (IE), Ethernet
Onboard, 2 x 10/100/1000 Mbit
USB
1 x on front, 4 x on rear, USB 3.0

(500 mA)
Audio
Possible via USB (external)
Multimedia
No
Ambient conditions
1)
Valid with SSD; with HDD: 5 g/0.5 g
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/821
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC IPC677D
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
SIMATIC IPC677D
(Production and delivery as per order)
SIMATIC IPC677D
6AV7260 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 0 7 7 7
HD graphics onboard;
4 x USB V3.0; 1x serial (COM1);
watchdog, temp./fan monitoring
Operating unit
22" Touch (1 920 x 1 080)
A
B
16 GB DDR3 1600 DIMM; ECC.
2 x PCI;
1 x PCIe (x16); 1 x PCI;
1 x PCIe (x16); 1 x PCIe (x4).
2. Expansions (HW)
Without expansion (HW)
2 x USB in addition
(1 slot occupied)
COM2; LPT (1 slot occupied)
2 x USB in addition
(1 slot occupied);
COM2; LPT (2 slots occupied).
Operating system
without.
A
B
X
expansions (SW)
enclosed;
enclosed;
without;
TPM module;
(not for China and Russia).
250 GB HDD SATA;
500 GB HDD SATA;
RAID1 2 x 250 GB SATA (2.5");
RAID1 2 x 250 GB SATA (2.5");

DVD+/-RW;

250 GB HDD SATA (2.5")

250 GB HDD SATA (2.5");
DVD+/-RW;
Solid-state drive 160 GB.
Siemens IK PI 2015
Expansions (HW)
Drives
2/822
6AV7260 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 0 7 7 7
Processor
Celeron G1820TE
Celeron G1820TE
PROFIBUS/MPI
Celeron G1820TE
Core i3-4330TE(2C/4T, 2.4 GHz,
4 MB cache, VT-x);
Core i3-4330TE (2C/4T, 2.4 GHz,
4 MB cache, VT-x);
PROFIBUS/MPI
Core i3-4330TE (2C/4T, 2.4 GHz,
4 MB cache, VT-x);
Xeon E3-1268Lv3 (4C/8T, 2.3 (3.3)
Xeon E3-1268Lv3 (4C/8T, 2.3 (3.3)
PROFIBUS/MPI
Xeon E3-1268Lv3 (4C/8T, 2.3 (3.3)
2 MB battery-backed SRAM.
SIMATIC IPC677D
A
B
C
X
Y
power supply
supply with NAMUR; European
power cable;
supply with NAMUR; UK power
cable;
for Switzerland;
supply NAMUR; power cable for
Italy;
for China;
24 V DC industrial power supply.
3
4
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial PC
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC IPC677D
Ordering data
Article No.
Accessories
Memory expansion
ECC
Non-heating apparatus cable
for SIMATIC Box and Panel PC
SIMATIC PC power cable,
230 V AC, angled, 3 m,
for:
Germany
United Kingdom
Switzerland
USA
Italy
China
More information
6ES7648-2AJ50-0MA0
6ES7648-2AJ60-0MA0
6ES7648-2AJ70-0MA0
6ES7648-2AJ70-1MA0
Note
described here? Under "Customized products", you will find
information about additional sector-specific products that can
be ordered as well as about options for customer-specific
modification and adaptation.
6ES7900-1AA00-0XA0
6ES7900-1BA00-0XA0
6ES7900-1CA00-0XA0
6ES7900-1DA00-0XA0
6ES7900-1EA00-0XA0
6ES7900-1FA00-0XA0
Touch pen
Captive pen for operation of
the touch devices, mounting of the
support on the control cabinet
6AV7672-1JB00-0AA0
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/823
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
6AV7 466-7TB01-0AA0
IFP1900 MT
SIMATIC IFP1900 MT Flat Panel Monitor industrial monitors

with innovative multi-touch operation and brilliant display for the
next generation of operating concepts.
Installation:
- Equally suited to installation in machines, control cabinets,
consoles, and gantries or in 19" racks
Operator input options:
- Innovative projected capacitive touch technology (PCT)
- Optimized touch technology for industrial requirements with
multi-touch operation
- High protection against incorrect operation thanks to
detection and filtering out of ball of hand, drops of water, and
cleaning operations
Benefits
Detection of 5 fingers simultaneously with high touch
resolution for exact operation
Can also be used as a single touch device
Intelligent detection of operator errors (e.g. detection of ball of
hand, detection of drops, contamination, etc.)
Touch operation without pressure
Pleasing tactile feedback during operation
Anti-glare surface for good readability from large viewing
angle
Operation possible with appropriate work gloves
High-quality and modern front design
Widescreen display for clear GUI design
Sharp and high-contrast displays, LED backlighting for
uniform brightness improves readability
High shock and vibration resistance as well as high electromagnetic compatibility ensure failure safety and a long
service life
All-round metal frame protects glass edge from mechanical
damage
Software support
- Individual programming using the tablet functions of
Windows 7/8
- SIMATIC WinCC V7.2 with Windows 7
- SIMATIC WinCC Version 12.5 or higher
Long service life
2/824
Siemens IK PI 2015
General information
Short designation
Flat Panel 19" Multitouch ext.
Display
Screen diagonal
18.5 in
47 cm
Display width
409.8 mm
Display height
230.4 mm
visible area (HxV) in mm
230 x 410
Viewing angle
170 x 170
Type
TFT widescreen display,

LED backlighting
On Screen Display (OSD)

configuration
No, can be set with the software
Number of colors (bit levels)
24 bit
Number of colors
16 777 200
Resolution (pixels)
Horizontal image resolution
Vertical image resolution
1 366
768
1366 x 768
General features
Detachable from computer unit
Brightness/contrast
Brightness, max.
30 m
300cd/m / 1000:1
300 cd/m
Backlighting
Backlighting (type)
MTBF backlighting
(up to 50%, at 25 C)
Dimmable backlight
LED
50 000 h; At 25C
Yes; 0-100 %
Control elements
Function keys
No
Mouse/cursor control
external mouse
USB
Touch operation
Touch keyboard
Yes
Built-in unit
Permissible angle to the
vertical backward (console)
vertical forward (ceiling mounting)
Yes
35
35
Supply voltage
AC, DC
Rated value (DC)
24 V
19.2 V
28.8 V
Rated value (AC)
0 V; 100 - 240V, 50/60Hz
permissible range, lower limit (AC)
85 V
permissible range, upper limit (AC)
265 V
Power losses
Power loss AC
Typical
Maximum
40 W
60 W
Power loss DC
Typical
Maximum
40 W
65 W
Siemens AG 2014

6AV7 466-7TB01-0AA0
IFP1900 MT
Interfaces
USB on the rear
Video interfaces
DVI-D
Display port
Yes
Yes; Display port V1.1
Touch interfaces
USB
Yes

IP65 at front
Yes
Enclosure Type 4 at the front
Yes
NEMA4 at the front
No
NEMA4X at the front
No
IP20 rear
Yes

UL approval
UL 508
Yes
EN 50081-1
Yes
EN 50081-2
Yes
EN 50082-1
Yes
EN 50082-2
Yes
Ambient conditions
Min. ambient temperature
0 C
Max. ambient temperature
45 C
Relative humidity
95 %
Vibrations
Vibration load during
transport/storage
g (m/s)
g (m/s)
Shock testing
Shock loading in operation
Shock load during
transport/storage
g (m/s)
g (m/s)
Connection method
Connector for cooling devices
Yes
Mechanics/material
Type of housing (front)
Aluminum
aluminum
Yes
Dimensions
Width of the housing front
483 mm
Height of housing front
337 mm

(W x H x D)
Mounting cutout, width
Mounting cutout, height
465 mm
319 mm
Device depth
62.5 mm
Weights
Weight without packaging
6.34 kg
9.52 kg
Ordering data
SIMATIC IFP1900 MT
Flat Panel, 19" display (16:9),
operation using multitouch gestures,
extended version up to 30 m,
1366 x 768 pixels,
for 24 V DC and 100-240 V AC,
display port/DVI interface,
incl. 1.8 m DVI/USB cable
Article No.
6AV7466-7TB01-0AA0
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/825
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
Benefits
The Industrial Flat Panels are rugged industry-standard LCD

monitors in a wide screen design.
Installation:
- Equally suited for installation in the machine, in control
cabinets, in consoles, to gantries, or in 19" racks.
Type of operator control:
- Simple display devices without operator functionality
- Optional devices with touch control
- Optional devices with multi-touch control
- Rear-mounted connection of I/O devices (optional).
Rugged industrial design:

- High shock and vibration resistance as well as extremely
high electromagnetic compatibility ensure failure safety and
a long service life
- Enclosure front in IP65/NEMA4 degree of protection,
resistant to dust and humidity
- Scratch-resistant, anti-glare mineral glass screen, providing
high mechanical protection against pressure and scratching
- Meets CE standard "Industry"
Variety of versions
Lower energy requirement
Fatigue-proof operation:
- Wide reading angle of up to 170 horizontal and vertical
- Sharp and high-contrast graphic display
- No flickering, uniform brightness
- Automatic display adjustment (Auto Adjust)
Configuration using On-Screen Display (OSD)
Minimal space requirement and low weight
Long service life
6AV7863-2AA000AA0
IFP1500
6AV7863-2AB100AA0
IFP1500
6AV7863-2BB100AA0
IFP1500
6AV7863-2TA00-0AA0 6AV7863-2TB100AA0
IFP1500
IFP1500
General information
Short designation
Flat Panel 15" display

ext.
Flat Panel 15"

Touch/keys
Flat Panel 15" Touch

ext.
Display
Screen diagonal
15.4 in
15.4 in
15.4 in
15.4 in
15.4 in
40 cm
40 cm
40 cm
40 cm
40 cm
Display width
331.2 mm
331.2 mm
331.2 mm
331.2 mm
331.2 mm
Display height
207 mm
207 mm
207 mm
207 mm
207 mm
Viewing angle
170 x 170
170 x 170
170 x 170
170 x 170
170 x 170
Type
TFT widescreen disTFT widescreen disTFT widescreen disTFT widescreen disTFT widescreen display, LED backlighting play, LED backlighting play, LED backlighting play, LED backlighting play, LED backlighting

configuration
No, can be set

with the software
No, can be set

with the software
No, can be set

with the software
No, can be set

with the software
No, can be set

with the software
24 bit
24 bit
24 bit
24 bit
24 bit
Number of colors
16 777 200
16 777 200
16 777 200
16 777 200
16 777 200
Resolution (pixels)
Pixel size, horizontal
Pixel size, vertical
1 280
800
1280 x 800
0.259 mm
0.259 mm
1 280
800
1280 x 800
0.259 mm
0.259 mm
1 280
800
1280 x 800
0.259 mm
0.259 mm
1 280
800
1280 x 800
0.259 mm
0.259 mm
1 280
800
1280 x 800
0.259 mm
0.259 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
5m
400 cd/m / 1000:1
400 cd/m
30 m
400 cd/m / 1000:1
400 cd/m
5m
400 cd/m / 1000:1
400 cd/m
5m
400 cd/m / 1000:1
400 cd/m
5m
400 cd/m / 1000:1
400 cd/m
LED
50 000 h; At 25C
LED
50 000 h; At 25C
LED
50 000 h; At 25C
LED
50 000 h; At 25C
LED
50 000 h; At 25C
Yes; 0-100 %
Yes; 0-100 %
Yes; 0-100 %
Yes; 0-100 %
Yes; 0-100 %
General features
Non-reflective and tempered
mineral glass screen
Brightness/contrast
Brightness, max.
Backlighting
Backlighting (type)
MTBF backlighting
(up to 50%, at 25 C)
Dimmable backlight
2/826
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Control elements
Function keys
6AV7863-2AA000AA0
IFP1500
6AV7863-2AB100AA0
IFP1500
6AV7863-2BB100AA0
IFP1500
6AV7863-2TA00-0AA0 6AV7863-2TB100AA0
IFP1500
IFP1500
No
No
No
36
external mouse
USB
USB
Keyboard fonts
Alphanumeric and numeric block
Yes
Touch operation
Touch keyboard
Built-in unit
Yes
No
USB
Yes
Yes
Yes;
Yes;
Yes
Portrait mode possible Portrait mode possible
35
35
35
Yes;
Yes;
Portrait mode possible Portrait mode possible
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
Supply voltage
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
Rated value (DC)
24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V
19.2 V
19.2 V
19.2 V
19.2 V
19.2 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
Rated value (AC)
100 V;
Up to 240V 50/60Hz
100 V;
Up to 240V 50/60Hz
90 V
90 V
90 V
264 V
264 V
264 V
Power losses
Power loss AC
Typical
Maximum
40 W
60 W
40 W
60 W
40 W
60 W
40 W
65 W
40 W
65 W
Permissible angle to the vertical

backward (console)
forward (ceiling mounting)
Power loss DC
Typical
Maximum
40 W
65 W
Interfaces
USB on the rear
40 W
65 W
2
USB at the front

Video interfaces
DVI-D
Display port
40 W
65 W
Yes
Yes;
Display port V1.1
Yes
Yes;
Display port V1.1
Yes
Yes;
Display port V1.1
Yes
Yes;
Display port V1.1
Yes
Yes;
Display port V1.1
Touch interfaces
USB
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes

IP65 at front
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
NEMA4 at the front
No
No
No
No
No
NEMA4X at the front
No
No
No
No
No
IP20 rear
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

CE mark
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
KC approval
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
cULus
Yes; Corresponds to
UL 508
Yes; Corresponds to
UL 508
Yes; Corresponds to
UL 508
Yes; Corresponds to
UL 508
Yes; Corresponds to
UL 508
RCM (former C-TICK)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Use in hazardous areas

FM Class I Division 2
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/827
Siemens AG 2014
6AV7863-2AA000AA0
IFP1500
6AV7863-2AB100AA0
IFP1500
6AV7863-2BB100AA0
IFP1500
6AV7863-2TA00-0AA0 6AV7863-2TB100AA0
IFP1500
IFP1500
0 C
0 C
0 C
0 C
0 C
50 C;
Vertical installation
(horizontal)
50 C;
(horizontal)
50 C;
(horizontal)
50 C;
(horizontal)
50 C;
(horizontal)
-20 C
60 C
-20 C
60 C
-20 C
60 C
-20 C
60 C
-20 C
60 C
95 %;
Non-condensing
95 %;
Non-condensing
95 %;
Non-condensing
95 %;
Non-condensing
95 %;
Non-condensing
Vibrations
transport/storage
1g
1g
1g
1g
1g
1g
1g
1g
1g
1g
Shock testing
Shock load during
transport/storage
15 g
15 g
15 g
15 g
15 g
15 g
15 g
15 g
15 g
15 g
Yes
Yes
Ambient conditions
Min.
max.
Relative humidity
Connection method
Mechanics/material
Aluminum
aluminum
Yes
aluminum
Yes
aluminum
Yes
aluminum
Yes
aluminum
Yes
Dimensions
415 mm
415 mm
483 mm
415 mm
415 mm
310 mm
310 mm
310 mm
310 mm
310 mm
396 mm;
Tolerance: +1 mm
291 mm;
Tolerance: +1 mm
396 mm;
Tolerance: +1 mm
291 mm;
Tolerance: +1 mm
450 mm;
Tolerance: +1 mm
291 mm;
Tolerance: +1 mm
396 mm;
Tolerance: +1 mm
291 mm;
Tolerance: +1 mm
396 mm;
Tolerance: +1 mm
291 mm;
Tolerance: +1 mm

(W x H x D)
Device depth
62.5 mm
62.5 mm
62.5 mm
62.5 mm
62.5 mm
Weights
3.9 kg
3.9 kg
4.3 kg
3.9 kg
3.9 kg
5 kg
5 kg
5.4 kg
5 kg
5 kg
2/828
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

6AV7 863-3AA00-0AA0
IFP1900
6AV7 863-3AB10-0AA0
IFP1900
6AV7 863-3TA00-0AA0
IFP1900
6AV7 863-3TB10-0AA0
IFP1900
General information
Short designation
Flat Panel 19" display ext.
Flat Panel 19" Touch ext.
Display
Screen diagonal
18.5 in
18.5 in
18.5 in
18.5 in
47 cm
47 cm
47 cm
47 cm
Display width
409.8 mm
409.8 mm
409.8 mm
409.8 mm
Display height
230.4 mm
230.4 mm
230.4 mm
230.4 mm
Viewing angle
170 x 160
170 x 160
170 x 160
170 x 160
Type
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT

configuration
No,
No,
No,
No,
can be set with the software can be set with the software can be set with the software can be set with the software
24 bit
24 bit
24 bit
24 bit
Number of colors
16 777 200
16 777 200
16 777 200
16 777 200
Resolution (pixels)
1 366
768
1366 x 768
0.3 mm
0.3 mm
1 366
768
1366 x 768
0.3 mm
0.3 mm
1 366
768
1366 x 768
0.3 mm
0.3 mm
1 366
768
1366 x 768
0.3 mm
0.3 mm
Yes
Yes
5m
300cd/m / 1000:1
300 cd/m
30 m
300cd/m / 1000:1
300 cd/m
5m
300cd/m / 1000:1
300 cd/m
30 m
300cd/m / 1000:1
300 cd/m
LED
50 000 h; At 25C
LED
50 000 h; At 25C
LED
50 000 h; At 25C
LED
50 000 h; At 25C
Yes; 0-100 %
Yes; 0-100 %
Yes; 0-100 %
Yes; 0-100 %
No
No
No
No
General features
Brightness/contrast
Brightness, max.
Backlighting
Backlighting (type)
MTBF backlighting
(up to 50%, at 25 C)
Dimmable backlight
Control elements
Function keys
external mouse
USB
Touch operation
Touch keyboard
Built-in unit
USB
Yes
Yes
Yes;
Portrait mode possible
35
Yes;
35
Yes;
35
Yes;
35
35
35
35
35
Supply voltage
DC
DC
DC
DC
Rated value (DC)
24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V
19.2 V
19.2 V
19.2 V
19.2 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
28.8 V

backward (console)
forward (ceiling mounting)
Rated value (AC)
100 V;
Up to 240V 50/60Hz
100 V;
Up to 240V 50/60Hz
90 V
90 V
264 V
264 V
Power losses
Power loss AC
Typical
Maximum
40 W
60 W
40 W
60 W
Power loss DC
Typical
Maximum
40 W
65 W
40 W
65 W
40 W
65 W
40 W
65 W
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/829
Siemens AG 2014

6AV7 863-3AA00-0AA0
IFP1900
Interfaces
USB on the rear
6AV7 863-3AB10-0AA0
IFP1900
6AV7 863-3TA00-0AA0
IFP1900
6AV7 863-3TB10-0AA0
IFP1900
2
Video interfaces
DVI-D
Display port
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Touch interfaces
USB
No
No
Yes
Yes

IP65 at front
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
NEMA4 at the front
No
No
No
No
NEMA4X at the front
No
No
No
No
IP20 rear
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

CE mark
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
KC approval
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
cULus
Yes; Corresponds to UL 508 Yes; Corresponds to UL 508 Yes; Corresponds to UL 508 Yes; Corresponds to UL 508
RCM (former C-TICK)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Ambient conditions
0 C
0 C
0 C
0 C
45 C; Vertical installation
(horizontal)
(horizontal)
(horizontal)
(horizontal)
Min.
max.
-20 C
60 C
-20 C
60 C
-20 C
60 C
-20 C
60 C
Relative humidity
95 %; Non-condensing
Vibrations
transport/storage
1g
1g
1g
1g
1g
1g
1g
1g
Shock testing
Shock load during
transport/storage
15 g
15 g
15 g
15 g
15 g
15 g
15 g
15 g
Connection method
Yes
Yes
Mechanics/material
Aluminum
aluminum
Yes
aluminum
Yes
aluminum
Yes
aluminum
Yes
Dimensions
483 mm
483 mm
483 mm
483 mm
337 mm
337 mm
337 mm
337 mm

(W x H x D)
465 mm; Tolerance: +1 mm




Device depth
62.5 mm
62.5 mm
62.5 mm
62.5 mm
Weights
5.5 kg
5.5 kg
5.5 kg
5.5 kg
6.5 kg
6.5 kg
6.5 kg
6.5 kg
2/830
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

6AV7 863-4AA00-0AA0
IFP2200
6AV7 863-4AB10-0AA0
IFP2200
6AV7 863-4TA00-0AA0
IFP2200
6AV7 863-4TB10-0AA0
IFP2200
General information
Short designation
Flat Panel 22" display ext.
Flat Panel 22" Touch ext.
Display
Screen diagonal
21.5 in
21.5 in
21.5 in
21.5 in
56 cm
56 cm
56 cm
56 cm
Display width
476 mm
476 mm
476 mm
476 mm
Display height
268 mm
268 mm
268 mm
268 mm
Viewing angle
170 x 170
170 x 170
170 x 170
170 x 170
Type
TFT
TFT
TFT
TFT

configuration
No,
No,
No,
No,
can be set with the software can be set with the software can be set with the software can be set with the software
24 bit
24 bit
24 bit
24 bit
Number of colors
16 777 200
16 777 200
16 777 200
16 777 200
Resolution (pixels)
1 920
1 080
1920 x 1080
0.2475 mm
0.2475 mm
1 920
1 080
1920 x 1080
0.2475 mm
0.2475 mm
1 920
1 080
1920 x 1080
0.2475 mm
0.2475 mm
1 920
1 080
1920 x 1080
0.2475 mm
0.2475 mm
Yes
Yes
5m
250 cd/m / 1000:1
250 cd/m
30 m
250 cd/m / 1000:1
250 cd/m
5m
250 cd/m / 1000:1
250 cd/m
30 m
250 cd/m / 1000:1
250 cd/m
LED
50 000 h; At 25C
LED
50 000 h; At 25C
LED
50 000 h; At 25C
Yes; 0-100 %
Yes; 0-100 %
Yes; 0-100 %
No
No
No
General features
Brightness/contrast
Brightness, max.
Backlighting
Backlighting (type)
LED
MTBF backlighting (up to 50%, at 25 50 000 h; At 25C
C)
Yes; 0-100 %
Dimmable backlight
Control elements
Function keys
No
external mouse
USB
Touch operation
Touch keyboard
Built-in unit
vertical backward (console)
vertical forward (ceiling mounting)
USB
Yes
Yes
Yes; Portrait mode possible

35

35

35

35
35
35
35
35
Supply voltage
DC
DC
DC
DC
Rated value (DC)
24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V
19.2 V
19.2 V
19.2 V
19.2 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
Rated value (AC)
100 V; Up to 240V 50/60Hz
100 V; Up to 240V 50/60Hz
90 V
90 V
264 V
264 V
Power losses
Power loss AC
Typical
Maximum
40 W
60 W
40 W
60 W
Power loss DC
Typical
Maximum
40 W
65 W
40 W
65 W
40 W
65 W
40 W
65 W
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/831
Siemens AG 2014

6AV7 863-4AA00-0AA0
IFP2200
Interfaces
USB on the rear
6AV7 863-4AB10-0AA0
IFP2200
6AV7 863-4TA00-0AA0
IFP2200
6AV7 863-4TB10-0AA0
IFP2200
2
Video interfaces
DVI-D
Display port
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Touch interfaces
USB
No
No
Yes
Yes

IP65 at front
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
NEMA4 at the front
No
No
No
No
NEMA4X at the front
No
No
No
No
IP20 rear
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

CE mark
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
KC approval
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
cULus
Yes; Corresponds to UL 508 Yes; Corresponds to UL 508 Yes; Corresponds to UL 508 Yes; Corresponds to UL 508
RCM (former C-TICK)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes
No
Yes
No
Ambient conditions
0 C
0 C
0 C
0 C
(horizontal)
(horizontal)
(horizontal)
(horizontal)
Min.
max.
-20 C
60 C
-20 C
60 C
-20 C
60 C
-20 C
60 C
Relative humidity
Vibrations
transport/storage
1g
1g
1g
1g
1g
1g
1g
1g
Shock testing
Shock load during
transport/storage
15 g
15 g
15 g
15 g
15 g
15 g
15 g
15 g
Connection method
Yes
Yes
Mechanics/material
Aluminum
aluminum
Yes
aluminum
Yes
aluminum
Yes
aluminum
Yes
Dimensions
560 mm
560 mm
560 mm
560 mm
380 mm
380 mm
380 mm
380 mm

(W x H x D)




Device depth
62.5 mm
62.5 mm
62.5 mm
62.5 mm
Weights
6.5 kg
6.5 kg
6.5 kg
6.5 kg
7.6 kg
7.6 kg
7.6 kg
7.6 kg
2/832
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Industrial Flat Panel Monitor
Display size
15 (multi-touch available soon)
19
22
Operator functionality
Display devices without
operator functionality
Touch screen (capacitive)
multi-touch
Touch screen + function keys, 15"
only and extended special
functions
Special functions
Standard, can be located
up to 5 m away
Extended, for positioning
at a distance of up to 30 m,
100 ... 230 V AC
(without supply cable)
+ special functions
Article No.
Article No.
6AV7863 - 7 7 7 7 0 - 0 A A 0
2
3
4
A
M
T
B B 1
Accessories
Set of protective films
for ITC/IFP/TP1500
6AV2124-6QJ00-0AX1

for ITC/IFP/TP1900
6AV2124-6UJ00-0AX1

for ITC/IFP/TP2200
6AV2124-6XJ00-0AX1
Touch pen
Undetachable pen for operation
of the touch devices,
mounting of the support on the
control cabinet or
6AV7672-1JB00-0AA0
Accessories for standard variants up to 5 m (6AV7863-..A0.-0AA0)
A 0
B 1
DisplayPort cable
(industrial quality)
3m
5m
6AV7860-0DH30-0AA0
6AV7860-0DH50-0AA0
DVI-D cable
3m
5m
6AV7860-0BH30-0AA0
6AV7860-0BH50-0AA0
USB cable
3m
5m
6AV7860-0CH30-0AA0
6AV7860-0CH50-0AA0
Accessories for extended variants up to 30 m (6AV7863-..B1.-0AA0)

Cable set (USB/Cat5;
sender module, DVI)
10 m
15 m
20 m
30 m
6AV7860-1EX21-0AA1
6AV7860-1EX21-5AA1
6AV7860-1EX22-0AA1
6AV7860-1EX23-0AA1
Cable set 90
USB/Cat5; sender module,
DVI 90 angle, 20 m
6AV7860-1EX22-0BA1
USB host extender

incl. 20 cm USB cable (USB to Cat5)
6AV7671-1EX02-0AA0
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/833
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC Flat Panels
Overview
Benefits
The Flat Panels are rugged industry-standard LCD monitors.

Installation:
- They are equally suited to installation in the machine, in
control cabinets, consoles and gantries or in 19" racks.
- As a device with all-round IP65 protection for mounting on a
supporting arm/stand
- Simple display devices without operator functionality
- Optional devices with touch control
- Rear connection of I/O devices (optional)
2/834
Siemens IK PI 2015
Rugged industrial design:

high electromagnetic compatibility make for a fail-safe and
long-lasting design
- Enclosure front in degree or protection IP65/NEMA4,
resistant against dust and humidity
- Enclosure version complete in degree of protection IP65 for
mounting on supporting arm
- Scratch-resistant, anti-glare mineral glass screen, providing
high mechanical protection against pressure and scratching
Variety of versions
No X-rays
- Wide reading angle of up to 170 horizontal and vertical
Configuration using on-screen display (OSD)
Small space requirement and low weight
Long service life
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC Flat Panels
6AV78611AA00-1AA0
6AV78611AB00-1AA0
6AV78611AB10-1AA0
6AV78611KB10-1AA0
6AV78611TA00-1AA0
6AV78611TB00-1AA0
6AV78611TB10-1AA0
Display
Screen diagonal
12 in
12 in
12 in
12 in
12 in
12 in
12 in
246 x 184,5
246 x 184,5
246 x 184,5
246 x 184,5
246 x 184,5
246 x 184,5
246 x 184,5
Viewing angle
140 x 120
140 x 120
140 x 120
140 x 120
140 x 120
140 x 120
140 x 120

configuration
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
262k
262k
262k
262k
262k
262k
262k
Number of colors
262 000; 262k
262 000; 262k
262 000; 262k
262 000; 262k
262 000; 262k
262 000; 262k
262 000; 262k
Resolution (pixels)
800
600
800 x 600
800
600
800 x 600
800
600
800 x 600
800
600
800 x 600
800
600
800 x 600
800
600
800 x 600
800
600
800 x 600
> 350 cd/m /

450:1
> 350 cd/m /

450:1
> 350 cd/m /

450:1
> 350 cd/m /

450:1
> 350 cd/m /

450:1
> 350 cd/m /

450:1
> 350 cd/m /

450:1
Control elements
Function keys
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Operating mode
integrated mouse cursor control
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Rack mounting possible
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Desktop device
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
VESA mounting
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Supply voltage
AC, DC
AC, DC
AC, DC
AC, DC
AC, DC
AC, DC
AC, DC
19.2 V
19.2 V
19.2 V
19.2 V
19.2 V
19.2 V
19.2 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
90 V
90 V
90 V
90 V
90 V
90 V
90 V
264 V
264 V
264 V
264 V
264 V
264 V
264 V
Interfaces
Video interfaces
analog video signal (VGA)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes;
For screw
mounting
in 19" rack
Yes;
For screw
mounting
in 19" rack
Yes;
For screw
mounting
in 19" rack
Yes;
For screw
mounting
in 19" rack
Yes;
For screw
mounting
in 19" rack
Yes;
For screw
mounting
in 19" rack
Yes;
For screw
mounting
in 19" rack
IP65 at front
Yes;
if mounted with
the supplied
latch fasteners
Yes;
if mounted with
the supplied
latch fasteners
Yes;
if mounted with
the supplied
latch fasteners
Yes;
if mounted with
the supplied
latch fasteners
Yes;
if mounted with
the supplied
latch fasteners
Yes;
if mounted with
the supplied
latch fasteners
Yes;
if mounted with
the supplied
latch fasteners
General features
Brightness/contrast

IP54 at front
IP20 rear
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

UL
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
EAC (former Gost-R)
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Marine approval
Bureau Veritas (BV)
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Ambient conditions
50 C
50 C
50 C
50 C
50 C
50 C
50 C
Dimensions
400 mm
400 mm
400 mm
483 mm
400 mm
400 mm
400 mm
310 mm
310 mm
310 mm
310 mm
310 mm
310 mm
310 mm

(W x H x D)
368 x 290 x 51
368 x 290 x 51
368 x 290 x 51
368 x 290 x 51
368 x 290 x 51
368 x 290 x 51
368 x 290 x 51
Device depth
51 mm
51 mm
51 mm
49 mm
50 mm
51 mm
51 mm
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/835
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC Flat Panels
6AV78612AA00-1AA0
6AV78612AB00-1AA0
6AV78612AB10-1AA0
6AV78612KB10-1AA0
6AV78612TA00-1AA0
6AV78612TB00-1AA0
6AV78612TB10-1AA0
Display
Screen diagonal
15 in
15 in
15 in
15 in
15 in
15 in
15 in
304 x 228
304 x 228
304 x 228
304 x 228
304 x 228
304 x 228
304 x 228
Viewing angle
100 x 90 (min) 100 x 90 (min) 100 x 90 (min) 100 x 90 (min) 100 x 90 (min) 100 x 90 (min) 100 x 90 (min)

configuration
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
16.2 million
16.2 million
16.2 million
16.2 million
16.2 million
16.2 million
16.2 million
Number of colors
16 000 000;
16.2 million
16 000 000;
16.2 million
16 000 000;
16.2 million
16 000 000;
16.2 million
16 000 000;
16.2 million
16 000 000;
16.2 million
16 000 000;
16.2 million
1 024
768
1024 x 768
1 024
768
1024 x 768
1 024
768
1024 x 768
1 024
768
1024 x 768
1 024
768
1024 x 768
1 024
768
1024 x 768
1 024
768
1024 x 768
> 260 cd/m /

350:1
> 260 cd/m /

350:1
> 260 cd/m /

350:1
> 260 cd/m /

350:1
> 260 cd/m /

350:1
> 260 cd/m /

350:1
> 260 cd/m /

350:1
Control elements
Function keys
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Operating mode
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Desktop device
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
VESA mounting
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Supply voltage
AC, DC
AC, DC
AC, DC
AC, DC
AC, DC
AC, DC
AC, DC
19.2 V
19.2 V
19.2 V
19.2 V
19.2 V
19.2 V
19.2 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
90 V
90 V
90 V
90 V
90 V
90 V
90 V
264 V
264 V
264 V
264 V
264 V
264 V
264 V
Interfaces
Video interfaces
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes;
For screw
mounting in 19"
rack
Yes;
For screw
mounting in 19"
rack
Yes;
For screw
mounting in 19"
rack
Yes;
For screw
mounting in 19"
rack
Yes;
For screw
mounting in 19"
rack
Yes;
For screw
mounting in 19"
rack
Yes;
For screw
mounting in 19"
rack
Yes;
if mounted with
the supplied
latch fasteners
Yes;
if mounted with
the supplied
latch fasteners
Yes;
if mounted with
the supplied
latch fasteners
Yes;
if mounted with
the supplied
latch fasteners
Yes;
if mounted with
the supplied
latch fasteners
Yes;
if mounted with
the supplied
latch fasteners
Yes;
if mounted with
the supplied
latch fasteners

UL
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
EAC (former Gost-R)
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Marine approval
Bureau Veritas (BV)
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Ambient conditions
50 C
50 C
50 C
50 C
50 C
50 C
50 C
Dimensions
483 mm
483 mm
483 mm
483 mm
483 mm
483 mm
483 mm
310 mm
310 mm
310 mm
355 mm
310 mm
310 mm
310 mm

(W x H x D)
450x290x54
450x290x54
450x290x54
450x290x54
450x290x54
450x290x54
450x290x54
Device depth
55 mm
55 mm
55 mm
49 mm
55 mm
55 mm
55 mm
Resolution (pixels)
General features
Brightness/contrast

IP54 at front
IP65 at front
2/836
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC Flat Panels

6AV78613AA00-1AA0
6AV78613AB00-1AA0
6AV78613AB10-1AA0
6AV78613TA00-1AA0
6AV78613TB00-1AA0
6AV78613TB10-1AA0
Display
Screen diagonal
19 in
19 in
19 in
19 in
19 in
19 in
376 x 301
376 x 301
376 x 301
376 x 301
376 x 301
376 x 301
Viewing angle
170 x 170
170 x 170
170 x 170
170 x 170
170 x 170
170 x 170

configuration
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
16.7 million
16.7 million
16.7 million
16.7 million
16.7 million
16.7 million
Number of colors
16 000 000;
16.7 million
16 000 000;
16.7 million
16 000 000;
16.7 million
16 000 000;
16.7 million
16 000 000;
16.7 million
16 000 000;
16.7 million
1 280
1 024
1280 x 1024
1 280
1 024
1280 x 1024
1 280
1 024
1280 x 1024
1 280
1 024
1280 x 1024
1 280
1 024
1280 x 1024
1 280
1 024
1280 x 1024
> 300 cd/m /

300:1
> 300 cd/m /

300:1
> 300 cd/m /

300:1
> 300 cd/m /

300:1
> 300 cd/m /

300:1
> 300 cd/m /

300:1
Control elements
Function keys
No
No
No
No
No
No
Operating mode
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Desktop device
No
No
No
No
No
No
VESA mounting
No
No
No
No
No
No
Supply voltage
AC, DC
AC, DC
AC, DC
AC, DC
AC, DC
AC, DC
19.2 V
19.2 V
19.2 V
19.2 V
19.2 V
19.2 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
90 V
90 V
90 V
90 V
90 V
90 V
264 V
264 V
264 V
264 V
264 V
264 V
Interfaces
Video interfaces
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes;
For screw
mounting in 19"
rack
Yes;
For screw
mounting in 19"
rack
Yes;
For screw
mounting in 19"
rack
Yes;
For screw
mounting in 19"
rack
Yes;
For screw
mounting in 19"
rack
Yes;
For screw
mounting in 19"
rack
IP65 at front
Yes;
if mounted with
the supplied latch
fasteners
Yes;
if mounted with
the supplied latch
fasteners
Yes;
if mounted with
the supplied latch
fasteners
Yes;
if mounted with
the supplied latch
fasteners
Yes;
if mounted with
the supplied latch
fasteners
Yes;
if mounted with
the supplied latch
fasteners
Resolution (pixels)
General features
Brightness/contrast

IP54 at front
IP20 rear
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

UL
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
EAC (former Gost-R)
No
No
No
No
No
No
Marine approval
Bureau Veritas (BV)
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Yes; Optional
Ambient conditions
45 C
45 C
45 C
45 C
45 C
45 C
Dimensions
483 mm
483 mm
483 mm
483 mm
483 mm
483 mm
400 mm
400 mm
400 mm
400 mm
400 mm
400 mm

(W x H x D)
449 x 380 x 56
449 x 380 x 56
449 x 380 x 56
449 x 380 x 56
449 x 380 x 56
449 x 380 x 56
Device depth
57 mm
57 mm
57 mm
57 mm
57 mm
57 mm
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/837
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC Flat Panels
Ordering data
Flat Panel Monitor
More information
Article No.
6AV7861
- 7 7 7 7 0 - 1 AA0
http://www.siemens.com/industrial-lcd
Display size
12
15
19
1
2
3
Operator functionality:
Display devices
without operator functionality
Power supply
24 VDC
(not for Extended versions since
these always have AC and DC)
100 to 230 V AC
(incl. Euro power supply cable)
and 24 V DC
Version
Standard, can be located
up to 5 m away
Extended, can be located
up to 30 m away,
marine approvals
Dimmable background
illumination
Ex22
Note:
Do you need a specific modification or extension to the products
described here? Then refer to "Customized Automation". There
you will find information about additional and generally available
sector-specific products as well as options for customer-specific
modification and adaptation.
A
T
Examples are:
SIMATIC SCD monitor 1900 for portrait operation
SIMATIC Flat Panels with 6" and 10" Touch
0
1
Special versions
Flat Panel Monitor
12" Key
15" Key
PRO 15" Touch
PRO 19" Touch
6AV7861-1KB10-1AA0
6AV7861-2KB10-1AA0
6AV7861-5TB10-1BA0
6AV7861-6TB10-1BA0
Accessories
Protective films
For protecting the touch screen
against dirt and scratches
Pack with 10 units
for 12" Touch
for 15" Touch
for 19" Touch
Touch pen
Undetachable pen for operation of
the touch devices, mounting of the
support on the control cabinet or
6AV7671-2BA00-0AA0
6AV7671-4BA00-0AA0
6AV7672-1CE00-0AA0
6AV7672-1JB00-0AA0
Connection cables for Standard,

Extended and PRO versions
Video (VGA)
3.0 m
5.0 m
6AV7860-0AH30-0AA0
6AV7860-0AH50-0AA0
Video (DVI-D)
3.0 m
5.0 m
6AV7860-0BH30-0AA0
6AV7860-0BH50-0AA0
USB for optional touch screen

3.0 m
5.0 m
6AV7860-0CH30-0AA0
6AV7860-0CH50-0AA0
Connection cables for Extended

and PRO versions
Cable set 10 m
(DVI-D, CAT5 cable (USB),
USB transmitter module)
Cable set 15 m
Cable set 20 m
Cable set 30 m
2/838
Siemens IK PI 2015
6AV7860-1EX21-0AA1
6AV7860-1EX21-5AA1
6AV7860-1EX22-0AA1
6AV7860-1EX23-0AA1
Siemens AG 2014
SCD monitors 1900
Overview
6AV7862-2TA00-1AA0
SCD 1900
The SIMATIC HMI SCD 1900 is a rugged, industry-standard

PC monitor.
It is used as an operator control unit in all types of industrial and
standard PC, including for portrait mounting. Standard interfaces permit a wide range of possible applications.
Built-in versions:
Built-in unit (for control cabinets, control desks, and gantries)
Built-in portrait for portrait mounting (for control cabinets,
control desks and gantries)
19" built-in units (for 19" racks)
Panels with touch control
Benefits
Rugged industrial design, also designed for portrait
operation:
high electromagnetic compatibility ensure failure safety and
a long service life
- Enclosure with IP65 degree of protection at the front,
resistant against dust and humidity
No X-rays
- Large reading angle
Configuration using on-screen display (OSD)
Minimal space requirement and low weight
Long service life
General information
Short designation
Display
Screen diagonal
19 in
255 x 408
Viewing angle
160 x 170
Type

LED backlighting

configuration
Yes
24 bit
Number of colors
16 777 200; 16.7 million
Resolution (pixels)
1 440
900
1440 x 900
General features
Brightness/contrast
Brightness, max.
300cd/m / 1000:1
300 cd/m
Backlighting
MTBF backlighting
(up to 50%, at 25 C)
50 000 h
Yes
Built-in unit
Yes
VESA mounting
No
Supply voltage
DC
21.6 V
26.4 V
Interfaces
Video interfaces
DVI-D
Yes
Yes
Touch interfaces
USB
Yes

IP65 at front
Yes
IP20 rear
Yes

CE mark
Yes; Industry
CSA approval
No
UL
Yes
cULus
Yes
Ambient conditions
Min.
max.
-20 C
60 C
Shock testing
Shock load during
transport/storage
10 g
10 g
Mechanics/material
Aluminum
Yes
Weights
6 kg
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/839
Siemens AG 2014
SCD monitors 1900
Ordering data
Article No.
More information
SCD monitor 1900
6AV7862-2TA00-1AA0
Portrait SCD monitor 1900
6AV7466-2TA17-1AA0
http://www.siemens.com/industrial-lcd
Accessories
Cable for connecting to
the graphics interface of the PC
VGA cable, 3.0 m
VGA cable, 5.0 m
DVI-D cable, 3.0 m
DVI-D cable, 5.0 m
6AV7860-0AH30-0AA0
6AV7860-0AH50-0AA0
6AV7860-0BH30-0AA0
6AV7860-0BH50-0AA0
USB cable for connecting

the touch screen
3.0 m
5.0 m
6AV7860-0CH30-0AA0
6AV7860-0CH50-0AA0
External power supply

for SCD 1900
100-230 V AC, 50-60 Hz; incl.
mounting accessories for optional
installation at the device.
2/840
Siemens IK PI 2015
6AV7860-2AD06-0AA0
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
Benefits
SIMATIC Industrial Thin Clients offer a wide range of possible
applications, whether as additional operator stations for plant
visualization on a Multi Panel or Comfort Panel, or as classical
"client" which communicates with a server (e.g. SIMATIC IPC)
using standard protocols such as RDP or VNC. The web browser
functionality permits simple and fast access to any available
web server in the network (e.g. S7 controller, intranet).
Very cost-effective client-server architectures can be implemented with SIMATIC ITCs. A further advantage of SIMATIC ITCs:
They communicate exclusively via Ethernet, thus permitting
extremely simple and cost-effective coverage of even large
distances to the server.
The possibility of using SCADA and Office functionalities (e.g.
WinCC, SAP, MS Excel) directly on-site on the machine supports
the vertical integration of the data flow from higher-level systems
all the way down to the machine level (e.g. warehouse utilization).
SIMATIC ITC Industrial Thin Clients are powerful operating units

for flexible use in distributed visualization applications. All
devices are equipped with high-resolution, brilliant widescreen
displays, and due to the diverse communication protocols they
can be used both for challenging machine-level operator control
& monitoring and for the connection to control systems, e.g. in
the SCADA environment. They can be used as (additional)
operator stations on a SIMATIC Industrial PC, Panel PC, or
server, and on a SIMATIC Panel.
The following installation versions are available:
SIMATIC ITC1200 12" Touch
With Multisession is it possible to switch between several servers

connected to a SIMATIC ITC any time. On the other hand, of
course, it is possible to connect several thin clients to a server to
implement multi-user solutions. The SIMATIC ITC itself requires
no installations, licenses, and additional software.
The following communication options are supported
Sm@rtServer for plant visualization
with SIMATIC WinCC / SIMATIC WinCC flexible
RDP (Remote Desktop Protocol) for SCADA and Office
functionalities
VNC (Virtual Network Computing) for remote operation of a PC
Web browser functionality for operator control and monitoring
of web-based applications
As a Thin Client Unit on a SINUMERIK PCU/NCU
The SIMATIC HMI Thin Client Ex is available for hazardous areas. This device differs technically from the devices mentioned
above. For more details, refer to catalog ST 80/ST PC, chapter 3.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/841
Siemens AG 2014
6AV6646-1AA22-0AX0
6AV6646-1AB22-0AX0
6AV6646-1AC22-0AX0
6AV6646-1AD22-0AX0
Display
Screen diagonal
12.1 in
15.4 in
18.5 in
21.5 in
Display width
261.1 mm
331.2 mm
409.8 mm
495.6 mm
Display height
163.2 mm
207 mm
230.4 mm
292.2 mm
Type

LED backlighting

LED backlighting

LED backlighting

LED backlighting
Number of colors
16 777 200
16 777 200
16 777 200
16 777 200
Resolution (pixels)
1 280
800
1 280
800
1 366
768
1 920
1 080
General features
PDF reader
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Backlighting
Backlighting (type)
Dimmable backlight
LED, dimmable
Yes; 5-100 %
LED, dimmable
Yes; 5-100 %
LED, dimmable
Yes; 5-100 %
LED, dimmable
Yes; 5-100 %
Control elements
external mouse
- USB
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Keyboard fonts
external keyboard
- USB
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Touch operation
Design as touch screen
- Touch screen (analog/resistive)
Touch keyboard
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Built-in unit
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Supply voltage
24 V DC
24 V DC
24 V DC
24 V DC
19.2 V
19.2 V
19.2 V
19.2 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
Input current
1.2 A
1.5 A
1.3 A
2.2 A
Inrush current As
0.5 As
0.5 As
0.5 As
0.5 As
Interfaces
USB on the rear
USB at the front
Industrial Ethernet
Number of industrial Ethernet
interfaces
1 000 Mbit/s
1
1 000 Mbit/s
1
1 000 Mbit/s
1
1 000 Mbit/s
1
Protocols
TCP/IP
DHCP
SNMP
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
WEB characteristics
HTTP
HTML
XML
CSS
JavaScript
Yes
Yes; HTML5
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes; HTML5
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes; HTML5
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes; HTML5
Yes
Yes
Yes
Protocols (terminal link)

Sm@rtService
RDP
VNC viewer
Citrix
SINUMERIK
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
2/842
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

6AV6646-1AA22-0AX0
6AV6646-1AB22-0AX0
6AV6646-1AC22-0AX0
6AV6646-1AD22-0AX0
Protocols
PROFINET IO Device
Services
- PROFIenergy
No
No
No
No

IP65 at front
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
IP20 rear
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

CE mark
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
KC approval
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
cULus
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
RCM (former C-TICK)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

cULus Class I Zone 1
cULus Class I Zone 2, Division 2
No
Yes; Available soon
Yes; Available soon
No
Yes; Available soon
Yes; Available soon
No
Yes; Available soon
Yes; Available soon
No
Yes; Available soon
Yes; Available soon
Ambient conditions
0 C
0 C
0 C
0 C
50 C
50 C
45 C
45 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
-20 C
60 C
60 C
60 C
60 C
Relative humidity
90 %
90 %
90 %
90 %
Software
Web browser
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes;
With Remote Configuration
Center (RCC) as of V2.0
Yes
Yes;
Yes
Yes;
Yes
Yes;
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
[Fehlender Merkmalstext
PMD_ACE481_001_000]
[Fehlender Merkmalstext
PMD_ACE483_001_000]
Configuration
Configuration
On-board
Remote administration
Languages
Online languages
German
English
I/O/Options
I/O devices
USB memory
Yes;
Yes;
Yes;
Yes;
USB storage medium can be USB storage medium can be USB storage medium can be USB storage medium can be
connected
connected
connected
connected
Mechanics/material
Aluminum
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Dimensions
Housing diameter/depth (mm)
Width
Height
330 mm
241 mm
415 mm
310 mm
483 mm
337 mm
560 mm
380 mm
Mounting cutout (W x H x D)
Mounting cutout, depth
310 mm
221 mm
82 mm
396 mm
291 mm
75 mm
465 mm
319 mm
75 mm
542 mm
362 mm
75 mm
Weights
3.4 kg
5.2 kg
6.5 kg
7.1 kg
4.1 kg
5.7 kg
7.1 kg
7.8 kg
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/843
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Industrial Thin Client

device
device
device
device
Siemens IK PI 2015
More information
6AV6646-1AA22-0AX0
6AV6646-1AB22-0AX0
6AV6646-1AC22-0AX0
6AV6646-1AD22-0AX0
See HMI accessories
Accessories
2/844
Article No.
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-itc
Siemens AG 2014
RFID systems
SIMATIC RF640R
The integrated processing logic of the reader enables numerous
functions to be executed in the device itself. For example, the
reader offers extensive, intelligent filter functions, a parameterizable state machine for forwarding the data, the automatic control
of the digital outputs for signaling functions, and the extensive
configuration of response message frames. The advantage:
Thanks to its intelligence, this considerably reduces the cost for
additional software modules (RFID middleware). The reader is
configured by means of the easy-to-use SIMATIC RF-MANAGER
Basic software, which is provided on a free CD supplied with
each reader.
Overview
Data communication takes place via an XML protocol with

TCP/IP; the reader provides an Ethernet interface for this purpose. The protocol is compatible with the SIMATIC RF670R.
Application
The stationary SIMATIC RF640R UHF reader with its integral
antenna is suitable for applications in production (with PC/IT
interface), production-level logistics, distribution, supply chain
management, asset management, service processes or material
flow control.
SIMATIC RF640R is a powerful UHF reader with integral antenna

that is suitable for applications at single recording stations, in
conveyor systems or production plants. Due to its high maximum
transmission power of up to 2 W ERP (ETSI) / 4 W EIRP (FCC),
longer ranges can also be achieved. The high degree of
protection of the overall system is a guarantee for problem-free
use, even under the most difficult environmental conditions.
Instead of the integral antenna, an external antenna of the
RF600 series (SIMATIC RF620A, RF640A, RF642A, RF660A) can
be used. The reader offers 2 digital inputs (24 V) and 2 digital
outputs (typ. 24 V/0.5 A) that have protection circuits for
industrial use.
The digital inputs and outputs (DI/DO) are used for simple
process interfacing (sensors, actuators).
The SIMATIC RF640R supports the established EPCglobal
Class 1, Gen 2 standard and is offered in three versions:
compliant with ETSI for Europe, compliant with FCC for USA/
Canada, and compliant with CMIIT for China.
Article No.
6GT2811-3BA00-0AA0
6GT2811-3BA00-1AA0
6GT2 811-3BA00-2AA0
RF640R ETSI reader
RF640R FCC reader
RF640R reader CMIIT
Suitability for installation
RF600 transponder, for connecting to

Ethernet networks

Ethernet networks

Ethernet networks
Operating frequency
865 868 MHz
902 928 MHz
920 925 MHz
Transmit power
50 1 000 mW
50 1 250 mW
50 1 000 mW
Effective radiant power for each exter- 2 000 mW

nal antenna maximum
2 000 mW
Equivalent isotropic radiant power for each external antenna maximum
4 000 mW
Wireless frequencies
Electrical data
Range maximum
8m
8m
8m
Range note
Refer to RF600 system manual, overrange is possible
Protocol for radio transmission
EPCglobal Class 1 Gen 2 /

ISO 18000-6C

ISO 18000-6C

ISO 18000-6C
Transfer rate with radio transmission

maximum
320 kbit/s
320 kbit/s
320 kbit/s
Product property multitag-capable
Yes
Yes
Yes
Polarization
Internal: circular, external:

according to antenna


6.3 ms
1 ms
6.3 ms
1 ms
6.3 ms
1 ms
Transmission time for user data

for write access per byte typical
for read access per byte typical
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/845
Siemens AG 2014
RFID systems
SIMATIC RF640R
Article No.
6GT2811-3BA00-0AA0
6GT2811-3BA00-1AA0
6GT2 811-3BA00-2AA0
RF640R ETSI reader
RF640R FCC reader
RF640R reader CMIIT
Number of external antennas

for external antenna(s)
for supply voltage
M12, 4-pin, female connector
Standard for interfaces

for communication
Ethernet
Ethernet
Ethernet

for communications interface
at the digital inputs/outputs
Push-pull RJ45
Push-pull RJ45
Push-pull RJ45
Material
Aluminum, ABS (GF20)
Color
Silver/anthracite
Silver/anthracite
Silver/anthracite
0 mm
0 mm
Interfaces
Mechanical data
Mounting distance for metal surfaces 0 mm

recommended minimum
Supply voltage,
rated value
minimum
maximum
24 V
20 V
30 V
24 V
20 V
30 V
24 V
20 V
30 V
Consumed current at 24 V DC
typical
maximum
0.45 A
1.5 A
0.45 A
1.5 A
0.45 A
1.5 A
-25 +55 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-25 +55 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-25 +55 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C

operation mode
With operating temperature

below -20 C:
Warming-up time at least 10 minutes

below -20 C:

below -20 C:
Protection class IP
IP65
IP65
IP65
Resistance against shock
EN 60068-2-27, EN 60068-2-6
EN 60068-2-27, EN 60068-2-6
EN 60068-2-27, EN 60068-2-6
500 m/s
500 m/s
500 m/s
Resistance against vibration
200 m/s
200 m/s
200 m/s
Width
193 mm
193 mm
193 mm
Height
252 mm
252 mm
252 mm
Depth
52 mm
52 mm
52 mm
Net weight
2.02 kg
2.01 kg
1.99 kg
Mounting type
4 x M6 screws,
Vesa 100 with 4 x M4 screws
4 x M6 screws,
4 x M6 screws,
3m
20 m
3m
20 m
3m
20 m
Type of display
3-color LED
3-color LED
3-color LED
Yes
Yes
Yes

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Cable length of antenna cable

minimum
maximum
components general
approvals
Wireless acc. to R&TTE guideline, CE, Wireless according to FCC, IC (CanIEC 60950
ada), cULus
Wireless according to CMIIT
Accessories
optional: External antenna
2/846
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
RFID systems
SIMATIC RF640R
Ordering data
SIMATIC RF640R reader (ETSI)
Article No.
6GT2811-3BA00-0AA0
All current approvals can be found on the Internet at:

http://www.siemens.com/rfid-approvals
UHF RFID reader for frequencies

from 865 to 868 MHz with
integrated antenna, suitable for
inclusion in PC systems via Ethernet
with TCP/IP and XML protocol.
SIMATIC RF640R reader (FCC)
More information
2
6GT2811-3BA00-1AA0

SIMATIC RF640R reader (CMIIT)
6GT2811-3BA00-2AA0

Accessories
DI/DO cable
6GT2891-0DH50
For the connection of digital

sensors and actuators to
SIMATIC RF640R. M12 connector
on reader side, open stranded
wires on the sensor side.
DI/DO cable, PUR material, black,
shielded, M12, 8 x 0.14 mm,
length 5 m.
Set of protective caps
6GT2898-4AA00
For achieving IP65 degree of

protection if not all connections on
the reader are assigned.
Content: 3x protective caps for
antenna connection,
1x protective cap for DI/DO connection;
design: Metal.
Wide-range power supply
Primary side: 100 240 V AC,
120 353 V DC,
secondary side: 24 V DC, 3 A,
with no-load protection and
continuous short-circuit protection.
EU connector version
UK connector version
US connector version
Cable for wide-range
power supply
6GT2898-0AA00
6GT2898-0AA10
6GT2898-0AA20
6GT2891-0NH50
24 V DC, material: PUR,

length 5 m
NOTICE:
This cable is not suitable for
SIMATIC RF660R.
Ethernet connection
Twisted connecting cable,
IP65 on reader side, length 10 m.
Push-pull cable connector
for RJ45, not pre-assembled.
Covers for push-pull sockets,
RJ45,
5 units per pack.
Price per pack.
6GT2891-1HN10
6GK1901-1BB10-6AA0
6ES7194-4JD50-0AA0
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/847
Siemens AG 2014
RFID systems
SIMATIC RF670R
The integrated processing logic of the reader enables numerous
functions of the higher-level software layers to be executed in the
device itself. For example, the reader offers extensive, intelligent
filter functions, a parameterizable state machine for forwarding
the data, the automatic control of the digital outputs for signaling
functions, and the extensive configuration of response message
frames. The advantage: Thanks to its intelligence, this considerably reduces the cost for additional software modules (RFID
middleware). The reader is configured by means of the easy-touse SIMATIC RF-MANAGER Basic software, which is provided
on a free CD supplied with each reader.
Overview
Data communication for the RF670R is performed by means of

an XML protocol with TCP/IP; the reader provides an Ethernet
interface for this purpose.
Application
With up to four antennas, the stationary SIMATIC RF670R UHF
portal reader is suitable for applications in production (with
PC/IT interface), production-level logistics, distribution, supply
chain management, asset management, service processes, or
material flow control.
SIMATIC RF670R is a high-performance RFID reader with four

antenna connections which can be configured as required for
individual read stations, detecting at conveyor systems, or as
gates. The high transmit power of up to 2 W ERP / 4 W EIRP
(dependent on antenna and cable) permits large ranges of up to
10 m in gate applications. The high degree of protection of the
overall system is a guarantee for problem-free use, even under
the most difficult environmental conditions.
The digital inputs and outputs (DI/DO) are used for simple
process interfacing (sensors, actuators).
The SIMATIC RF670R supports the established EPCglobal
Class 1, Gen 2 standard and is offered in three versions:
compliant with ETSI for Europe, compliant with FCC for USA/
Canada, and compliant with CMIIT for China.
Due to the monostatic antenna principle, as many as four independent read stations can be implemented. All antennas of the
RF600 series are supported (SIMATIC RF620A, RF640A,
RF642A, RF660A). The reader offers 4 digital inputs (24 V) and
4 digital outputs (typ. 24 V/0.5 A) that have protection circuits for
industrial use.
Article No.
6GT2811-0AB00-0AA0
6GT2811-0AB00-1AA0
6GT2811-0AB00-2AA0
RF670R ETSI reader
RF670R FCC reader
RF670R CMIIT reader
RF600 transponder,
for connecting to Ethernet networks
RF600 transponder,
RF600 transponder,
Operating frequency
865 868 MHz
902 928 MHz
920 925 MHz
Transmit power
50 1000 mW
50 1250 mW
50 1000 mW
Effective radiant power

for each external antenna maximum
2000 mW
2000 mW
Equivalent isotropic radiant power

for each external antenna maximum
4000 mW
Range maximum
8m
8m
8m
Range note
Refer to RF600 system manual,

overrange is possible



ISO 18000-6C

ISO 18000-6C

ISO 18000-6C

maximum
320 kbit/s
320 kbit/s
320 kbit/s
Yes
Yes
Yes

6.3 ms
1 ms
6.3 ms
1 ms
6.3 ms
1 ms
Electrical data
2/848
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
RFID systems
SIMATIC RF670R

Article No.
6GT2811-0AB00-0AA0
6GT2811-0AB00-1AA0
6GT2811-0AB00-2AA0
RF670R ETSI reader
RF670R FCC reader
RF670R CMIIT reader

RP-TNC
RP-TNC
RP-TNC
Number of external antennas

for supply voltage

for communication
for communications interface
Ethernet
Ethernet
Ethernet
Push-pull RJ45
Push-pull RJ45
Push-pull RJ45
Material
Color
Silver/anthracite
Silver/anthracite
Silver/anthracite

rated value
minimum
maximum
24 V
20 V
30 V
24 V
20 V
30 V
24 V
20 V
30 V
Consumed current at 24 V with DC

typical
maximum
0.45 A
2A
0.45 A
2A
0.45 A
2A
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
-25 +55 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-25 +55 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-25 +55 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
Protection class IP
IP65
IP65
IP65
EN 60068-2-27, EN 60068-2-6
EN 60068-2-27, EN 60068-2-6
EN 60068-2-27, EN 60068-2-6
500 m/s
500 m/s
500 m/s
200 m/s
200 m/s
200 m/s
Width
193 mm
193 mm
193 mm
Height
252 mm
252 mm
252 mm
Depth
52 mm
52 mm
52 mm
Net weight
1.8 kg
1.8 kg
1.8 kg
Mounting type
4 x M6 screws,
4 x M6 screws,
4 x M6 screws,
3m
20 m
3m
20 m
3m
20 m
Type of display
3-color LED
3-color LED
3-color LED
Yes
Yes
Yes
Wireless acc. to R&TTE guideline,

CE, IEC 60950
Wireless according to FCC,

IC (Canada), cULus
Wireless according to CMIIT
One or 4 external antennas
Interfaces
Mechanical data
Supply voltage,

minimum
maximum
components general
approvals
Accessories
Accessories
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/849
Siemens AG 2014
RFID systems
SIMATIC RF670R
Ordering data
SIMATIC RF670R reader (ETSI)
Article No.
6GT2811-0AB00-0AA0
6GT2811-0AB00-1AA0

from 902 to 928 MHz for connecting
up to four external antennas,
suitable for inclusion in PC systems
via Ethernet with TCP/IP and XML
protocol.
SIMATIC RF670R reader (CMIIT)
6GT2811-0AB00-2AA0

protocol.
Accessories
Note:
For proper functioning of the
SIMATIC RF670R reader,
we recommend using the
SIMATIC RF620A / 640A / 642A /
660A antennas.
DI/DO cable
6GT2891-0CH50
For the connection of digital

sensors and actuators to
SIMATIC RF670R.
M12 connector on reader side,
open stranded wires on the sensor
side.
DI/DO cable, PUR material, black,
shielded, M12, 12 x 0.14 mm,
length 5 m.
Wide-range power supply
Primary side: 100 240 V AC,
120 353 V DC,
secondary side: 24 V DC, 3 A,
with no-load protection,
with continuous short-circuit
protection
EU connector version
UK connector version
US connector version
Cable for wide-range
power supply
6GT2898-0AA00
6GT2898-0AA10
6GT2898-0AA20
6GT2891-0NH50
24 V DC, PUR material,

length 5 m.
NOTICE:
This cable is not suitable for
SIMATIC RF660R.
Ethernet connection
Twisted connecting cable,
IP65 on reader side, length 10 m.
Push-pull cable connector for
RJ45, not pre-assembled.
Covers for push-pull sockets,
RJ45, 5 units per pack.
Price per pack.
Set of protective caps
For achieving IP65 degree of
protection if not all connections on
the reader are assigned.
Content: 3x protective caps for
antenna connection,
1x protective cap for DI/DO
connection; design: Metal.
2/850
Siemens IK PI 2015


protocol.
SIMATIC RF670R reader (FCC)
More information
6GT2891-1HN10
6GK1901-1BB10-6AA0
6ES7194-4JD50-0AA0
6GT2898-4AA00
Siemens AG 2014
RFID systems
Overview
Application
The Ethernet-based communication modules have been
specially designed for a wide range of applications in industrial
automation and logistics. Due to their high IP67 degree of protection, the SIMATIC RF180C/RF182C and RFID 181EIP can be
installed in the process outside the control cabinet.
Main applications for SIMATIC RF180C/RF182C and
RFID 181EIP:
Mechanical engineering, automation systems, conveyor
systems
Ancillary assembly lines in the automotive industry / suppliers
Small assembly lines
Design
Due to their high degree of protection and ruggedness, the

SIMATIC RF180C / RF182C and RFID 181EIP are ideally suitable
for use at the machine level. The uniform plug-in connection
system ensures rapid commissioning.
Benefits
PC
SIMATIC
RF180C/RF182C
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
24 V for
RF180C and SLG
to other PROFINET/Ethernet
bus nodes
Two parallel reader channels ensure real-time mode at

dynamic read points.
Reader connection using an 8-pin M12 connector for fast
installation of all components.
Different connection systems to suit any application:
- M12, 7/8", the well-proven round connectors.
- Push-pull connectors for quick assembly with RJ45 data
connectors and 24 V connectors.
Easy changeover from PROFIBUS applications to PROFINET
with SIMATIC RF180C thanks to software compatibility.
The integrated switch allows several PROFINET/Ethernet
modules to be installed in a star or bus topology. Each application can then be set up quickly and inexpensively.
Powerful hardware ensures rapid data communication with
the reader (SLG). Consequently, data is available for the application even faster.
Simple firmware downloading in the case of function expansions and error rectification ensures high availability of the
identification system.
Adjustable and parameterizable identification-systemspecific diagnostics facilitate easy commissioning and
troubleshooting.
A broad selection of pre-assembled connecting cables can
be ordered for connecting PROFINET/Ethernet and readers to
SIMATIC RF180C/RF182C. This saves time and money during
installation and assures better quality.
2. Reader /
SLG
1. Reader /
SLG
Transponder
G_FS10_XX_00228
SIMATIC RF180C / RF182C and RFID 181EIP are communication modules for direct connection of SIMATIC identification
systems to PROFINET IO/Ethernet and Ethernet/IP. The readers
(SLGs) of the RFID systems MOBY D/U, SIMATIC RF200 /
RF300 / RF600 as well as the MV400 code reading systems
(RF180C and RFID 181EIP only) can be operated on the
communication modules.
PROFINET IO
Master module
e.g. S7-400 with
CP 443-1
RFID integration into PROFINET/Ethernet network
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/851
Siemens AG 2014
RFID systems
Function
The SIMATIC RF180C / RF182C and RFID 181EIP communication modules consist of a basic module and a connection block
that must be ordered separately.
The connection block is available in three versions:

M12, 7/8" (5-pole):
PROFINET/Ethernet is connected by means of an M12
connector, the power supply is connected by means of a
5-pole 7/8" connector. There are 2 connections each for
PROFINET/Ethernet as well as for the power supply. This
ensures that the SIMATIC RF180C/RF182C can be connected
to additional bus nodes without the need for external distributors. The removable connection block allows a base module
to be replaced without interrupting the supply voltage to other
bus stations.
Push-pull connector (according to IEC 61918):
PROFINET/Ethernet and the power supply are connected by
means of a push-pull connector. There are 2 connections each
for PROFINET/Ethernet as well as for the power supply. This
ensures that the SIMATIC RF180C/RF182C can be connected
to additional bus nodes without the need for external distributors. The supply voltage connectors can conduct currents of
up to 12 A (1L+ and 2L+). The removable connection block
allows a base module to be replaced without interrupting the
supply voltage to other bus stations.
M12, 7/8" (4-pole; not recommended for RF180C):
Ethernet is connected by means of an M12 connector, the
power supply is connected by means of a 4-pole 7/8"
connector. There are 2 connections for Ethernet and one
connection is available for the power supply. This connection
block can be used in applications where the 5-pole 7/8"
connector is already being used for other functions and
therefore cannot be used for the power supply.
A pre-assembled reader cable is used to connect one or two
readers to the communication module. The standard cable
length is 2 m. If other reader cable lengths are required, an
extension cable from 2 to 50 m in length can be used. The cable
can also be assembled by the customer as required.
The data in the transponder can be accessed as follows:
Direct addressing via absolute addresses.
Error messages and operating states (transponder in the field,
transmission, etc.) are indicated additionally by means of LEDs
and simplify commissioning and service.
SIMATIC RF180C/RF182C and RFID 181EIP have two reader
interfaces from which the readers are also supplied with voltage.
In the communication module , the power supply of the readers
has an electronic fuse. The maximum permissible current per
communication module for the readers is 1 A. It is of no importance here whether the current is drawn by 1 or 2 readers.
2/852
Siemens IK PI 2015
SIMATIC RF180C
The SIMATIC RF180C is designed for use in PROFINET networks. SIMATIC RF180C is integrated in SIMATIC STEP 7 via the
GSDML file. SIMATIC RF180C can then be configured via the
SW tool HW Config of SIMATIC Manager or another PROFINET
tool.
The application accesses the tag via FB45. FB45 accesses the
tag/Data Matrix Code via absolute addresses. For large volumes
of data and complex tag operations, the FB45 can process
chained commands.
Data is exchanged between SIMATIC RF180C and the application by means of acyclic data records. This ensures that a large
quantity of data can be transferred from/to SIMATIC RF180C
without loading the bus cycle. This is advantageous when large
volumes of data are being transferred. SIMATIC RF180C can
also process chained tag commands in this mode extremely
quickly.
SIMATIC RF182C
The SIMATIC RF182C is designed for use in Ethernet networks
based on TCP/IP. The IP address of the SIMATIC RF182C is set
using the "Primary Setup Tool". The RF182C is then ready for
operation. This tool can be downloaded from
Communication with the SIMATIC RF182C is implemented using
XML commands. XML commands have a very simple structure.
This makes programming of the RF182C under any operating
system very easy. The simple command command set of the
RF182C can also be programmed easily in any Ethernet-capable controller.
RFID 181EIP
The communication module RFID 181EIP is for use in Ethernet/
IP networks. A DHCP server automatically assigns an IP address
to the RDID 181EIP. Alternatively, the user can assign issue static
IP addresses on the DHCP server. The standard tool for assigning IP addresses is called the BOOTP/DHCP server and is
included in the RSLinx software package.
The RFID 181EIP communicates with the reader by means of
implicit and explicit messages. Commands and results are
transferred with explicit messages. The user sets up the commands directly in the application program.
Siemens AG 2014
RFID systems
Article No.
6GT2002-0JD00
6GT2002-0JD10
6GT2002-0JD20
RF180C communication module
RFID 181EIP communication module
PROFINET in conjunction with

RF200/300/600, MOBY D/E/I/U, MV
Industrial Ethernet in conjunction with

RF200/300/600, MOBY D/U
Ethernet/IP in conjunction with

RF200/300/600, MOBY D/E/I/U, MV
10 100 Mbit/s
115.2 kbit/s
10 100 Mbit/s
115.2 kbit/s
10 100 Mbit/s
115.2 kbit/s
Design of interface for point-to-point

connection
RS422
RS422
RS422
Number of readers connectable

the Industrial Ethernet Interface
(according to the connection block)

for supply voltage
Version of the interface to the reader

for communication
M12, 8-pin
M12, 8-pin
M12, 8-pin
Material
Thermoplastic
(Valox 467, fiberglass reinforced)
Thermoplastic
Thermoplastic
Color
IP Basic 714
IP Basic 714
IP Basic 714
Tightening torque of screw for

mounting the equipment maximum
3 Nm
3 Nm
3 Nm
24 V
20 V
30 V
24 V
20 V
30 V
24 V
20 V
30 V
0.1 A
1.1 A
0.1 A
1.1 A
0.1 A
1.1 A
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
Protection class IP
IP 67
IP 67
IP 67
According to IEC 61131-2
300 m/s
300 m/s
300 m/s
100 m/s
100 m/s
100 m/s
Transmission rate
at point-to-point connection serial
maximum
Interfaces
Mechanical data
Supply voltage,
rated value
minimum
maximum
Current consumed at 24 V DC
without connected devices typical
including connected devices
maximum
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/853
Siemens AG 2014
RFID systems
Article No.
6GT2002-0JD00
6GT2002-0JD10
6GT2002-0JD20
RFID 181EIP communication module
Width
60 mm
60 mm
60 mm
Height
30 mm
30 mm
30 mm
Depth
210 mm
210 mm
210 mm
Net weight
0.21 kg
0.21 kg
0.21 kg
Mounting type
2 x M5 screws
2 x M5 screws
2 x M5 screws
Cable length for RS 422 interface

maximum
1000 m
1000 m
1000 m
4 LEDs per reader connection,

4 LEDs for device status


No
No
No
Yes

components general
Type of display
Product function
Media Redundancy Protocol (MRP) No
transponder file handler
Yes
can be addressed
Protocol
is supported
- LLDP
- PROFINET IO protocol
- TCP/IP
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
EtherNet/IP protocol
No
No
Yes
Type of parameterization
GSDML
XML
EDS file
Type of programming
FB 45, FB 55, Ident profile (PIB)
XML commands
Data records via implicit/explicit

messages
XML
Implicit/explicit messaging
CE, FCC, cULus, PNO: Conformance

Class B
CE, FCC, cULus
CE, FCC, cULus
Connection block M12 d-coded,

7/8'' 5-pin or push-pull

7/8'' 5-pin or push-pull or
M12 d-coded, 7/8'' 4-pin

7/8'' 5-pin or push-pull or
M12 d-coded, 7/8'' 4-pin

configuration
Type of computer-mediated communi- acyclic communication

cation
approvals
Accessories
Accessories
2/854
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
RFID systems

Article No.
6GT2002-1JD00
6GT2002-2JD00
6GT2002-4JD00
Connection block for RF18xC,

M12, 7/8'' 5-pin

push-pull

M12, 7/8'' 4-pin
Connection block for RF180C,

RF182C, RFID 181EIP

RF182C, RFID 181EIP

RF182C, RFID 181EIP
Transmission rate
10 100 Mbit/s
10 100 Mbit/s
10 100 Mbit/s

M12, d-coded
push-pull, RJ 45
M12, d-coded

for supply voltage
7/8'' 5-pin
push-pull, 5-pin
7/8'' 4-pin
Material
Die-cast zinc
Thermoplastic
Die-cast zinc
Color
Silver
IP Basic 714
Silver

1.3 Nm
1 Nm
1.3 Nm
24 V
20 V
30 V
24 V
20 V
30 V
24 V
20 V
30 V
12 A
8A
Interfaces
Mechanical data
Supply voltage,
rated value
minimum
maximum
Continuous current for loop-through to 8 A

further bus nodes with DC, maximum
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
Protection class IP
IP 67
IP 67
IP 67
300 m/s
300 m/s
300 m/s
100 m/s
100 m/s
100 m/s
Width
60 mm
60 mm
60 mm
Height
24 mm
70 mm
24 mm
Depth
79 mm
85 mm
79 mm
Net weight
0.23 kg
0.12 kg
0.23 kg
Mounting type
4 screws included
4 screws included
4 screws included
4 LEDs for Ethernet status

components general
Type of display
Accessories
Accessories
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/855
Siemens AG 2014
RFID systems
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
SIMATIC RF180C
communication module
For PROFINET,
for connecting 2 readers,
without a connection block.
6GT2002-0JD00
IE M12 control cabinet bushing

For conversion from M12 (D-coded)
to RJ45,
pack with 5 units,
minimum ordering quantity 1 pack.
6GK1901-0DM20-2AA5
SIMATIC RF182C
For Ethernet,
6GT2002-0JD10
6XV1871-5TH20
Communication module SIMATIC

RFID 181EIP
For Ethernet/IP,
6GT2002-0JD20
IE Connecting Cable M12-180/IE

FC RJ45 Plug 145
with M12 plug (D-coded)
IP65/IP67 degree of protection,
length 2 m.
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
PROFINET connection block

For SIMATIC RF180C/RF182C,
M12 d-coded, 7/8" (5-pole).
6GT2002-1JD00
IE FC RJ45 PLUG 180 RJ45 plug

With rugged metal housing
and FC connection system,
straight cable outlet.
6GT2002-2JD00
Sealing caps 7/8"

Pack with 10 units,
6ES7194-3JA00-0AA0

For SIMATIC RF180C/RF182C,
push-pull RJ45.
For SIMATIC RF182C, RFID 181EIP,
M12 d-coded, 7/8" (4-pole).
6GT2002-4JD00
Accessories for push pull RJ45 network connection
Accessories for network connection M12, 7/8" (5-pole)

IE M12-180/M12-180
connecting cable
cable GP 2x2 (PROFINET Type C),
with two 4-pin M12 plugs
(D-coded), maximum length 85 m,
IP65/IP67 degree of protection.
Lengths:
0.3 m
6XV1870-8AE30
0.5 m
6XV1870-8AE50
1m
6XV1870-8AH10
1.5 m
6XV1870-8AH15
2m
6XV1870-8AH20
3m
6XV1870-8AH30
5m
6XV1870-8AH50
10 m
6XV1870-8AN10
15 m
6XV1870-8AN15
7/8" connecting cable to

power supply
Pre-assembled with two 5-pin
7/8" male and female connectors.
Lengths:
0.3 m
6XV1822-5BE30
0.5 m
6XV1822-5BE50
1m
6XV1822-5BH10
1.5 m
6XV1822-5BH15
2m
6XV1822-5BH20
3m
6XV1822-5BH30
5m
6XV1822-5BH50
10 m
6XV1822-5BN10
15 m
6XV1822-5BN15
PROFINET M12
plug-in connectors
6GK1901-0DB20-6AA0
Rugged metal housing;

axial cable outlet; D-coded.
7/8" cable connector,
for voltage
Pack with 5 units,
With male insert
With female insert
2/856
Siemens IK PI 2015

for 1L+/2L+
Unassembled.
6GK1907-0AB10-6AA0

for RJ45
Unassembled.
6GK1901-1BB10-6AA0
Cover caps for push-pull

female connectors
(1L+/ 2L+), pack of 5.
6ES7194-4JA50-0AA0
Cover caps for push-pull

female connectors
RJ45, pack of 5.
6ES7194-4JD50-0AA0
Accessories for network connection M12, 7/8" (4-pole)

Network wiring with M12
Accessories as for M12,

7/8" (5-pole)
Power supply with 7/8" (4-pole)
No cables and connectors

from Siemens
Accessories for PROFINET bus components

SCALANCE X204-2
diagnostics, and PROFINET diagnostics for configuring line, star and
ring topologies, with integrated
redundancy manager
(exception: SCALANCE X208PRO),
including operating instructions,
on CD-ROM.
for glass multi-mode fiber-optic
cable up to 5 km:
two fiber-optic ports.
Industrial Ethernet switch
Managed Industrial Ethernet switch,
isochronous real-time,
redundant power supply,
on CD-ROM.
Four 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45
push-pull ports
6GK1905-0FA00
6GK1905-0FB00
6GK5204-2BB10-2AA3
6GK5204-0JA00-2BA6
Siemens AG 2014
RFID systems
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
Accessories for PROFINET bus components
Accessories for RFID
MOBY U reader cable
6XV1840-2AH10

cable for connection to IE,
FC outlet RJ45/IE FC RJ45 plug,
PROFINET-compatible,
with UL approval,
sold by the meter,
minimum ordering quantity 20 m.
Power line
PUR material, CMG approval,

suitable for cable carriers.
6XV1830-8AH10

sold by the meter,
minimum ordering quantity 20 m,
maximum ordering quantity 1000 m.
General accessories
Stainless steel screws
for connection blocks
Optional screws made of V4A steel
for securing the connection blocks
on the basic module.
For use in wet areas.
Pack with 40 units is sufficient
for 10 connection blocks.
Lengths:
6GT2090-0VB00
2m
6GT2091-4FH20
5m
6GT2091-4FH50
MOBY D reader cable
6GT2691-4FH20

suitable for cable carriers, 2 m.
Reader cable for SIMATIC RF200 /
RF300 / RF600 / MV420 / MV440
Or extension cable MOBY U/D and
SIMATIC RF200 / RF300 / RF600 /
MV400, PUR material, CMG
approval, suitable for cable
carriers, straight connector.
Lengths:
2m
6GT2891-4FH20
5m
6GT2891-4FH50
10 m
6GT2891-4FN10
20 m
6GT2891-4FN20
50 m
6GT2891-4FN50
2 m, plug angled at reader
6GT2891-4JH20
6GT2891-4JH50
Sealing caps M12 for

unused reader connections
3RX9802-0AA00
Minimum ordering quantity

10 units.
DVD "RFID Systems Software &
Documentation"
6GT2080-2AA20
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/857
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC MV420
Overview
The SIMATIC MV420 is a particularly compact code reading

system suitable for close-up to mid-range reading distances
(approx. 10 mm to 400 mm).
SIMATIC MV420 has been specifically designed for detecting
and evaluating a variety of machine readable codes in the packaging industry (e.g. F&B, pharmaceuticals, and tobacco) and
industrial production (e.g. automotive, electronics, and solar).
The list of readable codes includes all standard matrix codes
and bar codes which can be reliably detected - mostly independent of the printing technology applied and carrier medium
used. One key feature of the unit is its ability to read data matrix
codes (DMC). The SIMATIC MV420 device family is flexible,
reliable and easy to use.
Highlights at a glance:
Compact design with IP67 degree of protection.
Variety of lenses with variable reading distances.
Integrated high-performance lighting.
Web server technology: Parameterizable with regular Web
browser.
Interfaces: Ethernet, PROFINET, RS232, DI/DO, and direct
connection to RFID communication modules (ASM).
Exceptionally high reading speeds, depending on the model.
Further important product characteristics are:

Excellent read algorithms based on the SIMATIC MV440 and
VS130-2 code reading systems and many years of experience
in industrial applications.
No special knowledge required for reliable parameterization
of reading features. Parameterization usually unnecessary,
and is only required for difficult to read codes. "Setup" is
performed automatically by presenting a readable code
pattern.
Code quality evaluation: displays the key quality parameters
of the code to be read.
Customized user interface can be easily generated with
SIMATIC WinCC flexible/WinCC.
Web-based user interface; can run on a variety of platforms
meeting the following requirements: Internet browser (IE 6.0 or
higher), JAVA-VM (MS, SUN).
Password protected user interface with integrated access
rights administration.
Web-based user interface available for easy integration with
an HMI device. The browser and JAVA VM requirements
previously mentioned also apply in this case.
6 language versions (operator interface, manual and online
help are each available in German, English, French, Spanish,
Italian, and Chinese).
In addition, SIMATIC MV420 SR-P offers the following highlights:
Autotrigger mode: Automatic detection of a code without an
external trigger signal
- Saving of sensor technology and cabling
- Reduced potential for error as there are fewer components
- Solution for applications where proximity switches and light
barriers cannot be used
Open web API interface for comfortable creation of
customized applications and PC based camera remote
control
Multicode: reads multiple codes in one step within the same
field of view.
- ID-Genius: a high-performance code reading algorithm for
poorly legible directly marked data matrix codes (DPM:
Direct Part Marking)
Application
Key features of the SIMATIC MV420:
Code reading
Comparing the read result with a preset value
Formatting of read results for further use
The range of application for the SIMATIC MV420 product family
extends to practically all areas of industrial production. The possibilities for use range from identification of stationary parts to
fast moving parts on conveyor systems. The high-performance
integrated lighting allows for an extremely compact design. The
unit is protected from environmental influences with a degree of
protection IP67. The SIMATIC MV420 code readers are therefore
suitable for all industrial applications, also for direct marking (Direct Part Marking - DPM). In addition to industrial production,
thanks to its small size and flexibility, the SIMATIC MV420 code
reader is also ideally suited to the packaging industry (e.g. F&B,
pharmaceuticals and tobacco).
2/858
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC MV420
Design
The MV420 code readers include all common communication

interfaces, such as Ethernet or PROFINET, and can therefore be
connected to a wide variety of systems. An integrated RS422
interface makes it possible to use all of the RFID communication
modules, such those required for the PROFIBUS connection.
In this case, the combination of code reader and RFID reader is
also possible on one communication module.
SIMATIC MV420 is a particularly compact code reading system.

The device can be assembled from individual components or ordered as a ready-assembled unit. The MV420 is available in two
versions:
Basic model: SIMATIC MV420 SR-B
Performance model: SIMATIC MV420 SR-P
The reading devices are particularly easy to use and commission despite the wide variety of options for use. Parameters are
automatically configured for most applications. If reconfiguration
is required, however, parameterization can be carried out without the need for pre-installed software via the integrated Web
server using an Internet browser.
For the individually configurable models the following individual

components are available in addition to the basic units (body):
Lenses
Ring lights
Due to the properties and functions described, the emphasis for

MV420 is on the following sectors and applications:
Automobile industry:
- Needle markings on various drive components (DPM), e.g.
cylinder heads, cylinder blocks, manifolds.
- Laser markings on various power train components (DPM),
e.g. camshafts, crankshafts, cylinder piston, connecting
rods, gearbox components.
- Laser markings on electronic components, printed circuit
boards, or enclosures.
Pharmaceutical industry, food industry (F&B), tobacco
industry:
- Print or laser markings on medicines (DPM, OCR).
- Recording the contents of cartons (up to 150 codes).
- Read portal by linking several cameras.
Aerospace industry:
- Needle or laser markings on gas turbine blades (DPM).
- Needle or laser markings on jet engine components (DPM).
Medical equipment:
- Laser markings on heart pacemakers and other implants
(DPM).
- Laser markings on medical devices (DPM).
Electronics:
- Needle or laser markings on hard disk components.
- Lasered or etched markings on hard disk components
(DPM).
Semiconductors:
- Laser markings on rigid and flexible circuit boards (DPM).
- Laser markings on enclosed semiconductor components,
heat sinks or heat exchangers (DPM).
The preconfigured models include an integrated lens (6 mm, aperture 5.6) and a red ring light including protective barrel.
More information is available in the accompanying manual.
The basic units include the protective barrel for the lens.
The following accessories are available for the connection and

installation:
Flexible mounting angle
Power DIO RS232 cable (M16 connector on open end)
M12 Ethernet cable (varying lengths)
Ethernet cable (M12 to RJ45) for commissioning/lab
operation; 2 m in length
Special communication module cable for M16 connector
(M16 to M12) for connecting to RFID communication modules
(ASM). Can be expanded using standard communication
module cables, if required.
Plug-in power supply for demonstration and lab operation (for
office environment only)
CD with installation/operating instructions (supplied with unit)
Further information can be found in the supplied manual.
Function
Key features of the SIMATIC MV420:
Code reading (refer to "Overview" and "Range of application")
Formatting of read results for further use and/or comparison
Comparing the read result with a preset value
- Specification of a comparison string via one of the serial
ports (PROFINET (ASM and onboard), PROFIBUS (ASM),
RS232)
- Comparison of the formatted read results with the
comparison string
The functions can be used individually or they can be combined.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/859
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC MV420
The SIMATIC MV420 reads codes of a wide variety of marking

types, such as:
Printed
Dot peened
Laser
Stamped
Bored
225
109
106
102
96.8
92
87.2
82.4
220
210
200
190
180
170
160
77.6
73
68
63
58
54
49
44
39
34
29.6
25
20
15
10
5.6
Distance
cameraobject
(mm)
150
140
VGA
mode
130
120
110
100
Format
4:3
90
80
70
60
50
40
Field of
vision
width
(mm)
30
20
10
6,5
13
20
26
33
39
46
52
59
65
72
78
91
85
98
104
111
117
124
130
137
143
146
Field of vision height (mm)

225
109
106
102
96.8
92
87.2
82.4
220
210
200
190
180
170
160
77.6
73
68
63
58
54
49
44
39
34
29.6
25
20
15
10
5.6
Distance
cameraobject
(mm)
150
140
WVGA
mode
130
120
110
100
Format
16:10
90
80
70
60
50
40
Field of
vision
width
(mm)
30
20
10
18
33
48
10,5
26
41
56
63
71
78
86
93
101
108
116
123
131
138
146
153
161
168
172
G_FS10_XX_00393
SIMATIC MV420 field of view dimensions for the 6 mm lens

Distance
cameraobject
(mm)
300
50.5
300
50.5
250
250
41.5
41.5
VGA
mode
200
33
150
Format
4:3
24
100
15.5
WVGA
mode
200
33
150
Format
16:10
24
100
15.5
65
65
8.5
8.5
11.5
20.5
31.5
44
55.5
67
Field of
vision width
(mm)
SIMATIC MV420 field of view dimensions for the 16 mm lens
2/860
Distance
cameraobject
(mm)
Siemens IK PI 2015
13.5
24.5
37
51.5
65
78.5
Field of
vision width
(mm)
G_FS10_XX_00432
The SIMATIC MV420 reads the codes found on a wide variety of

components and surfaces, including:
Paper or plastic labels
Plastic parts
Circuit boards
Metallic objects
The SIMATIC MV420 reads the following codes:

1D codes (barcodes):
- Int. 2/5 (no checksum)
- Int. 2/5+CS (checksum included)
- Code 128
- Code 39 (no checksum)
- Code 39+CS (checksum included)
- EAN 13
- EAN 8
- UPC-A
- UPC-E
- GS1 Databar 14
- GS1 Databar Stacked
- GS1 Databar Limited
- GS1 Databar Expanded
2D codes:
- DMC
- PDF417
- QR
- DotCode
- Vericode
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC MV420
Integration
Various onboard connection options and convenient function
blocks are available for the integration into the automation level.
In the case of SIMATIC MV420, direct connection via PROFINET,
Ethernet or RS232 is possible.
In addition, communication modules are available for connection to other bus systems or the shared interface with RFID readers.
For further details on the communication modules, see the section "Communication modules".
Management level
Ethernet
Enterprise Resource
Planning (ERP)
Manufacturing Execution
Systems (MES)
Industrial Ethernet
Connection to PC
SIMATIC connection
Control level
S7-300
HMI
S7-1500
S7-1200/
RF120C
RFID Middleware
PROFINET/
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet
RS232/
RS422
PROFIBUS
ASM 456
SCALANCE
X108PoE
MV420
MV440
MV440
MV420
RF340R RF180C/
RF182C
(TCP/IP)
MV420
MV440
MV440
RF620R
RF640R
G_FS10_XX_00356
Field level
Integration of the SIMATIC MV420 in the automation environment
Article No.
6GF3420-0AA20
6GF3420-0AA40
MV420 SR-B code reader
MV420 SR-P code reader
1D codes: Int. 2/5, Code 128, Code 39, EAN 13, EAN 8,
UPC-A, UPC-E, GS1, 2D codes: DMC, PDF417
(without: Truncated, Micro and Macro),
QR (without: Micro and Macro), Vericode
1D codes: Int. 2/5, Code 128, Code 39, EAN 13, EAN 8,
UPC-A, UPC-E, GS1, 2D codes: DMC, PDF417
QR (without: Micro and Macro), Vericode

M12, d-coded
M12, d-coded

of the PROFIBUS interface

of RS 422 interface
M16, 12-pin
M16, 12-pin

of RS 232 interface
M16, 12-pin
M16, 12-pin

for supply voltage
M16, 12-pin
M16, 12-pin

M16, 12-pin
M16, 12-pin
Design of digital inputs
One high-speed trigger input
One high-speed trigger input
Design of digital outputs
2 isolated outputs 50 mA,

1 high-speed trigger input for external lighting
2 isolated outputs 50 mA,

1 high-speed trigger input for external lighting
Interfaces
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/861
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC MV420
Article No.
6GF3420-0AA20
6GF3420-0AA40
MV420 SR-B code reader
MV420 SR-P code reader
Design of image sensor of camera
CMOS chip, VGA (640 x 480), WVGA (752 x 480)
CMOS chip, VGA (640 x 480), WVGA (752 x 480)
Type of image capture
Global shutter
Global shutter
Range
note
10 400 mm
Adjustable within the range
10 400 mm
Adjustable within the range
Mounting type of lens
Fixed (M12)
Fixed (M12)
Nature of fluorescent material
Integrated lighting or external lighting according

to accessories list
Integrated lighting or external lighting according

to accessories list
Image acquisition frequency

maximum
50 Hz
80 Hz
Code reading rate maximum
29 1/s
50 1/s
Type of focusing
Manual adjustment on the lens cover
Manual adjustment on the lens cover
Supply voltage for DC rated value
24 V
24 V
Supply voltage
for DC
19.2 28.8 V
19.2 28.8 V
Consumed current At 24 V with DC

typical
maximum
0.17 A
2A
0.17 A
2A
0.01 s
0.01 s
Material
Die-cast aluminum
Die-cast aluminum
Color
petrol blue
petrol blue
0 50 C
-30 +70 C
-30 +70 C
0 50 C
-30 +70 C
-30 +70 C

maximum
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP67
IP67
150 m/s
150 m/s
10 m/s
10 m/s
Width
52.5 mm
52.5 mm
Height
70.7 mm
70.7 mm
Depth
39.5 mm
39.5 mm
Net weight
0.25 kg
0.25 kg
Mounting type
2 x M4 screws
2 x M4 screws
Yes
Yes
Type of display
4 LEDs
4 LEDs
CE, KCC, F&B suitable, UL
Mounting brackets, built-in ring lamps, M12 lenses
Mounting brackets, built-in ring lamps, M12 lenses
Optical data
Supply voltage,
Stored energy time supply voltage

failure minimum
Mechanical data

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport

components general
approvals
Accessories
Accessories
2/862
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC MV420
Ordering data
SIMATIC MV420 SR-B
Article No.
6GF3420-0AA20
Pre-configured basic model:

Including lens (6 mm, aperture 5.6)
and a red ring light,
without multicode and ID-Genius
algorithm
SIMATIC MV420 SR-P
6GF3420-0AA40
Preconfigured performance model

Including lens (6 mm, aperture 5.6)
and a red ring light,
for very fast read rates,
with multicode and ID-Genius
algorithm
SIMATIC MV420 SR-B
6GF3420-0AX20
Basic model body:

Does not include multicode or the
ID-Genius algorithm
SIMATIC MV420 SR-P
6GF3420-0AX40
Performance model body:

For very high read rates;
includes multicode reading and
the ID-Genius algorithm
Lens accessories
Lens kit 6 mm
6GF3420-0AC00-0LK0
Lens 6 mm, aperture 5.6,

including protective barrel
Lens kit 16 mm
6GF3420-0AC00-1LK0
Lens 16 mm, aperture 4,

including protective barrel
Protective barrels for lenses
Protective barrel replacement set
6GF3420-0AC00-2AA0
Contains:
2x protective barrel,
3x O-rings,
8x mounting screws,
offset screwdriver
Built-in ring lights
Built-in ring lamp, red
6GF3420-0AC00-1LT0
Built-in ring lamp, white
6GF3420-0AC00-2LT0
Built-in ring lamp, infrared
6GF3420-0AC00-3LT0
Article No.
Cables
IE connecting cable
M12-180/IE FC RJ45 plug-145
for commissioning, service
and installation
Pre-assembled IE FC TP
trailing cable GP 2 x 2 (PROFINET
type C) with M12 plug (D-coded)
length: 2 m
6XV1871-5TH20
IE Connecting Cable
M12-180/M12-180
Pre-assembled IE FC TP
(PROFINET Type C)
with two 4-pin M12 plugs
(D-coded) up to 85 m,
Lengths:
0.3 m
6XV1870-8AE30
0.5 m
6XV1870-8AE50
1m
6XV1870-8AH10
1.5 m
6XV1870-8AH15
2m
6XV1870-8AH20
3m
6XV1870-8AH30
5m
6XV1870-8AH50
10 m
6XV1870-8AN10
15 m
6XV1870-8AN15
Industrial Ethernet
FastConnect plug connector, 2x2,
180 cable outlet
RJ45 plug connector
(10/100 Mbit/s) with rugged metal
enclosure and FastConnect
technology, for Industrial Ethernet
FastConnect cable 2x2.
For further cables, see under
"Passive network components".
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
Cable 24 V power supply

Power cable, M16 pre-assembled,
push-pull.
Various lengths:
1.5 m
6GF3400-0BH15
2m
6GF3400-1BH20
Power supply cable DIO-RS232

Power IO RS232 cable, M16
assembled on one end, open on
other end Various lengths:
10 m
6GF3440-8BA2
30 m
6GF3440-8BA4
Adapter cable for RFID

communication modules (ASM):
M16 connector (MV420) to M12
connector (communication
module); length: 2 m; expandable
to any length with standard
communication module cables.
6GF3420-0AC00-2CB0
Cable for communication module

interface
Standard communication module
cable for installation,
pre-assembled connecting cable
for ASM 456, RF160C, RF170C,
RF180C, and RF182C.
Various lengths:
2m
6GT2891-4FH20
5m
6GT2891-4FH50
10 m
6GT2891-4FN10
20 m
6GT2891-4FN20
50 m
6GT2891-4FN50
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/863
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC MV420
Ordering data
Article No.
Supports
Article No.
Additional accessories
Mounting bracket for SIMATIC

MV420
6GF3420-0AC00-1AA0

Ethernet Switch
6GK5204-2BB10-2AA3

diagnostics, and PROFINET
with integrated redundancy
manager (Exception: SCALANCE
X208PRO);
on CD-ROM.
for glass multimode FOC
up to max. 5 km:
Four 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports and
two fiber-optic cable ports
Plug-in power supply (EU, US)
For demo and lab operation
(for office environment only)
2/864
Siemens IK PI 2015
6GF3420-0AC00-1PS0
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC MV440
Overview
Benefits
Highlights at a glance:
Compact design with IP67 degree of protection.
Very high reading reliability and read rates thanks to Siemens
decoding algorithms.
Different screen resolutions can be selected specific to the
application.
Flexible adaptation to the application by means of freely
selectable lenses and lighting.
Option of integrated or external high-performance lighting
Variety of interfaces: Ethernet (PoE), PROFINET (PoE), RS232,
DI/DO, communication module interface.
Wide range of connector technology can be used by means
of communication modules.
Function block for PROFINET/PROFIBUS can be used with
SIMATIC and SIMOTION.
Web-based user interface can be used for parameter
assignment and monitoring, without the need for installation.
SIMATIC MV440 with built-in ring light and D65 protective barrel and
with external ring light and D65 protective barrel
The SIMATIC MV440 readers have been specially developed

for use in industrial production. The devices offer professional
decoding algorithms for machine-readable codes and text
recognition in one device for production and logistics. The
SIMATIC MV440 device family is characterized by flexibility,
reliability and ease of use.
The list of readable codes includes all common matrix and
barcodes which, regardless of the printing technology and the
carrier medium used, are recognized reliably. A special feature
of this device is its ability to read data matrix code (DMC) which
is frequently used, especially in production, for direct part marking (DPM) and places the highest demands on the readers.
The operating range of the devices extends from close range
70 mm to distant range 3000 mm. Due to the freely selectable
lenses and lighting, the working range as well as implementation
in applications with special requirements is almost unrestricted.
Integration in industrial automation environments is via standardized fieldbus technology, but open interfaces are also supported.
Further important product characteristics are:

No special knowledge required for reliable parameterization
of reading features. Automatic "setup" by presenting a
readable code pattern.
Autotrigger mode: automatic detection of a code without an
external trigger signal
- Savings in sensor technology and cabling.
- Reduced potential for error as there are fewer components.
- Solution for applications in which proximity switches and
light barriers cannot be used.
Multicode: Reads multiple codes in one step within the same
field of view.
ID-Genius: a high-performance code reading algorithm for
poorly legible directly marked data matrix codes (DPM: Direct
Part Marking).
Code quality evaluation: Displays the key quality parameters
of the code to be read.
Customized user interface can be generated with
SIMATIC WinCC flexible/WinCC.
Open web API interface for comfortable creation of
customized applications and PC based camera remote
control
Web-based user interface; can run on a variety of platforms
meeting the following requirements: Internet browser (IE 6.0 or
higher), JAVA-VM (MS, SUN).
Extensive diagnostics functions ensure operation at the
maximum read rate.
User/password-protected operator interface with integrated
management of access rights.
6 language versions (operator interface, manual and online
help are each available in English, German, French, Spanish,
Italian and Chinese).
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/865
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC MV440
Application
The main functions of SIMATIC MV440 are:

Reading 1D and 2D codes.
Optical character recognition (OCR).
Object detection.
Verification (measuring the code quality).
Comparing the read result with a preset value.
Formatting of read results for further use.
The application range of the SIMATIC MV440 product family
covers all sectors and areas of industrial production and
logistics. The possible applications include the identification of
stationary parts through to extremely fast moving parts on a
conveyor belt. The powerful integrated lighting allows a very
compact design. The device has IP67 degree of protection and
is therefore equipped for harsh industrial environments.
Due to its particularly powerful lighting, lenses and sensor technology, MV440 specializes in direct part marking (DPM) applications. Due to the high picture quality, MV440 recommends itself
for measuring the marking quality (verification) in the area of
DPM.
Due to the properties and functions described, the emphasis for
MV440 is on the following sectors and applications:
Automobile industry:
- Needle markings on various drive components (DPM), e.g.
cylinder heads, cylinder blocks, manifolds.
- Laser markings on various power train components (DPM),
e.g. camshafts, crankshafts, cylinder piston, connecting
rods, gearbox components.
- Laser markings on electronic components, printed circuit
boards, or enclosures.
Pharmaceutical industry, food industry (F&B), tobacco
industry:
- Print or laser markings on medicines (DPM, OCR).
- Recording the contents of cartons (up to 150 codes).
- Read portal by linking several cameras.
Aerospace industry:
- Needle or laser markings on gas turbine blades (DPM).
- Needle or laser markings on jet engine components (DPM).
Medical equipment:
- Laser markings on heart pacemakers and other implants
(DPM).
- Laser markings on medical devices (DPM).
Electronics:
- Needle or laser markings on hard disk components.
- Lasered or etched markings on hard disk components
(DPM).
Semiconductors:
- Laser markings on rigid and flexible circuit boards (DPM).
- Laser markings on enclosed semiconductor components,
heat sinks or heat exchangers (DPM).
2/866
Siemens IK PI 2015
Design
SIMATIC MV440 is a compact, stationary code reading system.
It consists of one basic unit, which can be configured with other
individual components (lens, ring light and protective barrel).
This allows the MV440 to be optimally adapted to the application
conditions.
The SIMATIC MV440 basic unit is available in three versions that
differ only with regard to the resolution of the CCD sensor and
the associated recording speed mode and read rate. All three
versions of the basic unit have identical functionality:
SIMATIC MV440 SR
640 pixels x 480 pixels, 50 full screens/s
SIMATIC MV440 HR
SIMATIC MV440 UR
Using the following accessories, the SIMATIC MV440 basic units
can be tailored to the requirements of the application. For a
detailed listing of the individual accessories, please refer to the
section entitled "Accessories":
Lenses
Protective barrel for lens
Ring lights
The following accessories are available for the connection and
installation:
Flexible mounting plate
Power DIO RS232 cable (M16 connector on open end)
M12 Ethernet cable (varying lengths)
Ethernet cable (M12 to RJ45) for commissioning/lab
operation; 2 m in length
Special communication module cable for M16 connector
(M16 to M12) for connecting to RFID communication modules
(ASM). Can be expanded using standard communication
module cables if required.
Plug-in power supply for demonstration and lab operation
(for office environment only)
CD with installation/operating instructions (supplied with unit)
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC MV440
Design (continued)
The following configurations are recommended for the close or distant ranges:
Configuration for close range
Lenses
Ring lights
Mini lens 8.5 mm
The built-in ring light cannot be used

(alternative: external mounting of a
ring light).
D65 protective barrels for lenses

can be used.
Mini lens 6 mm
Built-in ring lights can be used.
Mini lens 12 mm
Mini lens 16 mm
Mini lens 25 mm
Mini lens 35 mm
Mini lens 50 mm
Mini lens 75 mm
Configuration for distant range
Use of the protective barrel extender

required (on request).
Lenses
Ring lights
Mini lens 6 mm
External ring lights can be used.
D65 protective barrels for lenses

can be used.
Mini lens 8.5 mm

Mini lens 12 mm
Mini lens 16 mm
Mini lens 25 mm
Mini lens 35 mm
Mini lens 50 mm
Mini lens 75 mm
Function
The main functions of SIMATIC MV440 are:
Reading 1D and 2D codes
Verification (required license "Veri-Genius")
Text recognition (required license "Text-Genius")
Comparison of the read result with a default value
Object recognition (required license "Pat-Genius")
Formatting the read result for forwarding
The functions can be used individually or they can be combined.
Read
The SIMATIC MV440 reads the following 1D and 2D codes (detailed information can be found in the manual):
1D codes (barcodes):
- Int. 2/5 (with/without checksum)
- Code 128
- Code 93
- Code 39 (with/without checksum)
- Code 32
- EAN 13
- EAN 8
- UPC-A
- UPC-E
- CodaBar
- GS1 DataBar (Omnidirectional, Stacked, Limited,
Expanded)
- Pharmacode (0 and 180)
- Postnet
2D codes:
- Data Matrix Code (ECC 0 - 200)
- PDF417 (without: Truncated, Micro and Macro)
- QR (without: Micro and Macro)
- DotCode
- Vericode (demo mode/VeriCode license)
Verification
Code verification is the term used for measuring the marking
quality of 1D and 2D codes. This additional functionality is
subject to license and is available for every SIMATIC MV440 by
installing the "Veri-Genius license". The following verification
methods are supported:
ISO/IEC TR29158 (previously AIM DPM-1-2006)
Siemens DPM
ISO/IEC 15415
AS9132 Rev. A (previously IAQG)
ISO/IEC 15416 (previously ANSI X3.182-1990)
For more detailed information, refer to the chapter "Verification
systems".
Optical character recognition
Text recognition is used to detect plain text (Optical Character
Recognition: OCR). This additional functionality is subject to
license and is available for every SIMATIC MV440 by installing
the "Text-Genius license" or the "Text-Genius-Plus License". Text
recognition with the "Text-Genius-Plus license" is able to recognize many fonts without training immediately after installation.
Particularly suitable fonts are:
OCR-A
Semifont M13
and similar fonts
With training ("Text-Genius-Plus license"), text recognition is able
to recognize just about all fonts even with distortion and other
influences resulting in varied representation. By contrast, this
version requires training overhead but offers almost unlimited
potential in expanding the characters to be recognized. For
more detailed information, refer to the chapter "Text recognition".
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/867
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC MV440
Object detection
For more detailed information, refer to the chapter

"Shape recognition".
Note:
In demo mode, the full functionality of the devices is available.
Testing of a licensed function is therefore possible at any time.
However, the output result is unusable, because one or more
characters of the result will be randomly replaced by the character '?'. Binary results are completely suppressed.
Integration
Various onboard connection options and convenient function
blocks are available for the integration into the automation level.
In the case of SIMATIC MV440, for example, direct connection
via PROFINET, Ethernet or RS232 is possible.
In addition, communication modules are available for

connection to other bus systems or the shared interface with
RFID readers.
Further information can be found in the section "Communication
modules".
Management level
Ethernet
Enterprise Resource
Planning (ERP)
Manufacturing Execution
Systems (MES)
Industrial Ethernet
SIMATIC connection
Control level
S7-300
HMI
S7-1500
Connection to PC
S7-1200/
RF120C
RFID Middleware
PROFINET/
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet
RS232/
RS422
PROFIBUS
Field level
ASM 456
SCALANCE
X108PoE
MV420
MV440
MV440
RF620R
RFID integration into PROFINET/Ethernet network
Configuration tool for SIMATIC MV440

You will find a compact configuration tool here for assembling
the SIMATIC MV440.
2/868
Siemens IK PI 2015
MV420
RF340R RF180C/
RF182C
(TCP/IP)
MV420
MV440
MV440
RF640R
G_FS10_XX_00356
Object recognitiong is used for finding and recognizing trained

patterns in the picture. This functionality can be used in standalong mode or in combination with all the other named functions,
and therefore has different application areas. Shape recognition
offers the following functionality:
Object recognition (classification)
Position detection (position, orientation, scaling)
Presence check (object recognition and position check with
setpoint specification)
Completeness check (multiple presence check with setpoint
specification)
Text recognition (based on the contour of any character or
symbol. However, shape recognition can also be used in
combination with text recognition, for example. In this case,
the text recognition read area can track the current position of
an object or label.
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC MV440
Article No.
6GF3440-1CD10
6GF3440-1GE10
6GF3440-1LE10
Code reader MV440 SR
MV440 HR code reader
Code reader MV440 UR
1D codes: Int. 2/5, Code 128, Code 93,

Code 39, Code 32, EAN 13, EAN 8,
UPC-A, UPC-E, GS1, Pharmacode,
Postnet, 2D codes: DMC, PDF417
QR (without: Micro and Macro),
Vericode, text recognition: OCR-A,
Semifont M13, similar fonts,
code verification: AIM DPM-1-2006,
Siemens DPM, ISO/IEC 15415,
AS9132 Rev. A, ISO/IEC 16416



M12, d-coded, PoE
M12, d-coded, PoE
M12, d-coded, PoE


of RS 422 interface
M12, 8-pin
M12, 8-pin
M12, 8-pin

of RS 232 interface
M16, 12-pin
M16, 12-pin
M16, 12-pin

for supply voltage
M16, 12-pin
M16, 12-pin
M16, 12-pin

M16, 12-pin
M16, 12-pin
M16, 12-pin
Design of digital inputs
4 opto isolated inputs

(NPN, PNP capability)
optionally as output,
one high-speed trigger input


Design of digital outputs
4 isolated outputs optionally as input,

short-circuit-proof, max. 50 mA,
1 high-speed trigger input for external
lighting

lighting

lighting
Design of image sensor of camera
CCD chip 1/3", 640 x 480
CCD chip 1/3", 1024 x 769
CCD chip 1/1.8", 1600 x 1200
Type of image capture
Global shutter with manual or

automatic exposure time


Range
0.07 3 m
0.07 3 m
0.07 3 m
Range note
Using C-mount lenses and lens

accessories, the range can be exactly accessories, the range can be exactly accessories, the range can be exactly
matched to the application
Mounting type of lens
C mount lens connection

with Plexiglas lens protection,
65 mm diameter

65 mm diameter

65 mm diameter
Nature of fluorescent material
Integrated lighting or external lighting

according to accessories list


Image acquisition frequency maximum
80 Hz
30 Hz
25 Hz
Code reading rate maximum
80 1/s
30 1/s
25 1/s
Type of focusing
Manual adjustment on the lens
Interfaces
Optical data
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/869
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC MV440
Article No.
6GF3440-1CD10
6GF3440-1GE10
6GF3440-1LE10
Code reader MV440 SR
MV440 HR code reader
Code reader MV440 UR
Supply voltage for DC rated value
24 V
24 V
24 V
Supply voltage
for DC
19.2 28.8 V
19.2 28.8 V
19.2 28.8 V

typical
maximum
0.27 A
2A
0.27 A
2A
0.27 A
2A
0.01 s
0.01 s
0.01 s
Material
Die-cast aluminum
Die-cast aluminum
Die-cast aluminum
Color
petrol blue
petrol blue
petrol blue
0 50 C
-30 +70 C
-30 +70 C
0 50 C
-30 +70 C
-30 +70 C
0 50 C
-30 +70 C
-30 +70 C

maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP67
IP67
IP67
100 m/s
100 m/s
100 m/s
10 m/s
10 m/s
10 m/s
Width
68 mm
68 mm
68 mm
Height
122 mm
122 mm
122 mm
Depth
45 mm
45 mm
45 mm
Net weight
0.55 kg
0.55 kg
0.55 kg
Mounting type
4 x M4 screws
4 x M4 screws
4 x M4 screws
Yes
Yes
Yes
Type of display
5 LEDs
5 LEDs
5 LEDs
Licenses (verification and text

recognition), mounting brackets,
built-in ring lights, external ring lights,
C-mount lenses, protective barrels
for lenses

for lenses

for lenses
Supply voltage,
Stored energy time supply voltage

failure minimum
Mechanical data

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport

components general
approvals
Accessories
Accessories
2/870
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC MV440
Ordering data
SIMATIC MV440 SR
Article No.
6GF3440-1CD10
For one- and two-dimensional

codes. Optional: Text recognition
(OCR), object detection and
verification of barcodes and data
matrix codes. Variable image field
and distance.
Text recognition module

"Text-Genius Plus"
6GF3440-1GE10

and distance.
Resolution: 1024 x 768 pixels.
Resolution: 1600 x 1200 pixels

PoE; IP67 using protective barrel
for lens and sealing caps, otherwise
IP40; package comprises reader,
CD and plastic protective barrel
for lens.
6GF3440-1LE10
6GF3400-1SL01
License for the module

"Text-Genius Plus", supplied on
USB flash drive;
executable on SIMATIC MV440
firmware V5.0 and higher
(MV440 not included in the scope
of supply).
Description see Catalog ID 10.
Verification module "Veri-Genius"

for lens.

and distance.
6GF3400-0SL01

"Text-Genius",
supplied on USB flash drive;
of supply).

for lens.
SIMATIC MV440 UR
Optional software modules

Text recognition module
"Text-Genius"
Resolution: 640 x 480 pixels.
SIMATIC MV440 HR
Article No.
6GF3400-0SL02

"Veri-Genius", supplied on
USB flash drive;
of supply).
Shape recognition module
"Pat-Genius"
6GF3400-0SL03

"Pat-Genius", supplied on
USB flash drive;
of supply).
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/871
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC MV440
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
Accessories
Protective barrels for lenses
Lens accessories
Protective barrel for lens D65

made of metal,
for built-in ring lights,
internal diameter 57 mm,
max. lens length 57 mm,
IP67 degree of protection.
Glass front pane
Plastic front pane
Mini lenses with fixed focal length,

adjustable aperture and focus
(see also "Lenses" section in
Catalog ID 10).
Mini lens 6 mm, 1: 1,4

D = 32 mm, L = 37.5 mm
Mini lens 8.5 mm, 1:1.5
D = 42 mm, L = 47 mm,
not suitable in combination with
built-in ring lights
Mini lens 12 mm, 1:1.4
D = 29.5 mm, L = 35.7 mm
D = 29.5 mm, L = 37.2 mm
D = 29.5 mm, L = 38.9 mm
D = 29.5 mm, L = 41.4 mm
D = 29.5 mm, L = 38 mm
D = 34 mm, L = 63.6 mm,
an extension piece is required
when using the D65 lens
protective barrel (on request)
6GF3440-8AC11
6GF3440-8AC21
6GF9001-1BB01
6GF9001-1BE01
6GF9001-1BL01
Protective barrel for lens D65

made of plastic; to achieve IP67
degree of protection;
suitable for all variants of MV440
and for use with built-in ring lights;
max. internal diameter 55 mm,
max. lens length 48 mm.
6GF3440-8AC12
6GF9001-1BF01
6GF9001-1BG01
6GF9001-1BH01
6GF9001-1BJ01
6GF9001-1BK01
Built-in ring lights

Built-in ring light, red
6GF3440-8DA11
Light source: LED red (630 nm)
Accessories for utilizing mini lenses at close range

Set of intermediate rings
with 0.5 mm, 1.0 mm, 5.0 mm,
10.0 mm, 20.0 mm and 40 mm rings
with 31 mm diameter C thread,
to be screwed in between the lens
and the camera body for image
capture in the macro range.
6GF9001-1BU
Set of intermediate rings

with 0.5 mm and 2 x 1.0 mm rings
with 31 mm diameter C thread,
to be screwed in between the lens
and the camera body for image
capture in the close range.
6GF9001-1BU01
Flash duration 20 s to 10 ms,

range of illumination 800 mm,
mounting materials included,
IP67 degree of protection when
using protective barrel for lens.
Built-in white ring light
6GF3440-8DA21
Light source: White LED

(440 nm to 650 nm)
Built-in ring light, green
6GF3440-8DA31
Light source: Green LED

(500 nm to 570 nm)
Built-in ring lamp, infrared
Light source: Infrared LED
(850 nm to 880 nm)
2/872
Siemens IK PI 2015
6GF3440-8DA41
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC MV440
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
Cables (continued)
External ring lights
Industrial Ethernet
FastConnect plug connector, 2x2,
180 cable outlet
RJ45 plug connector
(10/100 Mbit/s)
with rugged metal enclosure and
FastConnect connection method.
For Industrial Ethernet
FastConnect cable 2x2.
Ring light, metal, red, clear

light source LED infrared,
light source 500 mm to 3 000 mm,
suitable for D65 lens protective
barrel,
supply voltage: 24 V (18 V ... 30 V)
dimensions W x H x D (mm)
142 x 142 x 42.4,
degree of protection IP67.
6GF3400-0LT01-7BA1
6GF3400-0LT01-8DA1
Cable for communication module

interface
Communication module cable
for connection to communication
modules, e.g. ASM 456, RF160C,
RF170C, RF180C, and RF182C.
Plug-in cable pre-assembled
for SIMATIC MV440.
Available in the following lengths:
2m
6GT2891-4FH20
5m
6GT2891-4FH50
10 m
6GT2891-4FN10
20 m
6GT2891-4FN20
50 m
6GT2891-4FN50
Cable 24 V power supply

Power cable, M16 pre-assembled,
push-pull.
Various lengths:
Cables
IE connecting cable
M12-180/IE FC RJ45 plug-145
for commissioning, service and
installation
For further cables, see under

"Passive network components".
SIMATIC MV400 ring light

Ring light, metal, infrared, clear
light source LED infrared,
light source 850 nm,
light source 500 mm
to 23 000 mm,
suitable for D65 lens protective
barrel,
supply voltage: 24 V (18 V ... 30 V),
dimensions B x H x T (mm):
142 x 142 x 42.4,
degree of protection IP67.
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6XV1871-5TH20
1.5 m
6GF3400-0BH15
2m
6GF3400-1BH20
Cable power supply DIO RS232

Power IO RS232 cable, M16 preassembled at one end, other end
unconnected.
Various lengths:
with M12 plug (D-coded) and
IE FC RJ45 plug,
Length: 2 m
IE M12-180/M12-180
connecting cable
with two 4-pin M12 connectors
(D-coded) up to max. 85 m,
RJ45 assembly possible
with plug-in connector
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
(see below).
length:
0.3 m
6XV1870-8AE30
0.5 m
6XV1870-8AE50
1m
6XV1870-8AH10
1.5 m
6XV1870-8AH15
2m
6XV1870-8AH20
3m
6XV1870-8AH30
5m
6XV1870-8AH50
10 m
6XV1870-8AN10
15 m
6XV1870-8AN15
Length 10 m
6GF3440-8BA2
Length 30 m
6GF3440-8BA4
Cable for external ring lights

suitable for 6GF3400-0LT0-7DA1,
6GF3400-0LT0-8DA1,
M12, open end, 4-pole,
not suitable for drag cables,
cable connects external ring lights
with the control cabinet
(24 V, Gnd, strobe),
length 10 m.
6GF3440-8BC4
Adapter cable
for external ring lights
6GF3440-8BD1
Suitable for 6GF3400-0LT0-7DA1,

6GF3400-0LT0-8DA1
enables direct connection of
external ring lights to MV420 and
MV440 when using the power supply cable DIO-RS232 (see above)
M16, 12-pole socket;
M16, 12-pole connector;
M12, 4-pole socket,
length 25 cm.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/873
Siemens AG 2014
SIMATIC MV440
Ordering data
Article No.
Reader mounting plate
Further accessories
6GF3440-8CA
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
80 x 80 x 60, plate thickness: 4 mm
6GF3440-8CD01
Support system, tri-plate
6GF9002-7AD
2/874
Siemens IK PI 2015
SCALANCE X108PoE
for 10/100 Mbit/s,
on CD-ROM;
electrical 2 x 10/100 Mbit/s
RJ45 PoE ports, electrical.
Mounting plate
for external ring lights
96 x 76 x 46, plate thickness: 4 mm.
80 x 80 x 60, plate thickness: 4 mm
Article No.
6GK5108-0PA00-2AA3
Siemens AG 2014
Soft Starters
3RW44 soft starters for High-Feature applications
Overview
Applicable standards
IEC 60947-4-2
UL/CSA
Functionality
3RW44 soft starter with PROFINET communication module
The solid-state SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters are suitable for the
torque-controlled soft starting and ramp-down as well as braking
of three-phase asynchronous motors.
Optionally, SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters can be upgraded with
a PROFIBUS DP or PROFINET module. Thanks to their communication capability and their programmable control inputs and
relay outputs the SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters can be very easily
and quickly integrated in higher-level controllers.
In addition to soft starting and soft ramp-down, the 3RW44 soft
starters provide numerous functions for higher-level requirements. They cover a performance range up to 710 kW (at 400 V)
in the inline circuit and up to 1 200 kW (at 400 V) in the insidedelta circuit.
The 3RW44 soft starters are characterized by a compact design
for space-saving and clearly arranged control cabinet layouts.
For optimized motor starting and stopping the innovative
SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters are an attractive alternative with
considerable savings potential compared to applications with
a frequency converter. The new torque control and adjustable
current limiting enable the High-Feature soft starters to be used
in nearly every conceivable task. They guarantee the reliable
avoidance of sudden torque applications and current peaks during motor starting and stopping. This creates savings potential
when calculating the size of the switchgear and when servicing
the machinery installed. Be it for inline circuits or inside-delta
circuits the SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starter offers savings especially
in terms of size and equipment costs.
Equipped with modern, ergonomic user prompting the 3RW44

soft starters can be commissioned quickly and easily using a
keypad and a menu-prompted, multi-line graphic display with
background lighting. The optimized motor ramp-up and rampdown can be effected quickly, easily and reliably by means of
just a few settings with a selectable language. Four-key operation and plain-text displays for each menu option guarantee full
clarity at every moment of the parameterization and operation.
During operation and when control voltage is applied, the display field continuously presents measured values and operating
values as well as warnings and fault messages. An external
display and operator module can be connected by means of a
connection cable to the soft starter, thus enabling active indications and the like to be read directly from the control cabinet
door.
The SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters are equipped with optimum
functionality. An integral bypass contact system reduces the
power loss of the soft starter during operation. This reliably
prevents heating of the switchgear environment.
The SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters have internal device overload
protection. This prevents thermal overloading of the power
section's thyristors, e.g. due to unacceptably high closing
operations.
Wiring outlay for installing an additional motor overload relay is
no longer needed as the SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters perform
this function too. In addition they offer adjustable trip classes
and a thermistor motor protection function. As an option the
thyristors can also be protected by SITOR semiconductor fuses
from short-circuiting so that the soft starter is still functional after
a short circuit (type of coordination "2"). And even inrush current
peaks are reliably avoided thanks to adjustable current limiting.
In addition a creep speed function is available for positioning
and setting jobs. With this function the motor can be controlled
in both directions of rotation with reduced torque and an adjustable low speed.
On the other hand the SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters offer a new,
combined DC braking function for the fast stopping of driving
loads.
The bypass contacts already integrated in the soft starter

bypass the thyristors after a motor ramp-up is detected.
This results in a further great reduction in the heat loss occurring
during operation of the soft starter at rated value.
Combinations of various starting, operating and ramp-down
possibilities ensure an optimum adaptation to the applicationspecific requirements. Operation and commissioning can be
performed with the user-friendly keypad and a menu-prompted,
multi-line graphic display with background lighting. The optimized motor ramp-up and ramp-down can be effected quickly,
easily and reliably by means of just a few settings with a previously selected language. Four-key operation and plain-text
displays for each menu option guarantee full clarity at every
moment of the parameterization and operation.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/875
Siemens AG 2014
Soft Starters
Highlights
Soft starting with breakaway pulse, torque control or voltage
ramp, adjustable torque or current limiting as well as any
combination of these, depending on load type
Integrated bypass contact system to minimize power loss
Various setting options for the starting parameters such as
starting torque, starting voltage, ramp-up and ramp-down
time, and much more in three separate parameter sets
Start-up detection
Inside-delta circuit for savings in terms of size and equipment
costs
Various ramp-down modes selectable: free ramp-down,
torque-controlled pump stop, combined DC braking
Solid-state motor overload and intrinsic device protection
Thermistor motor protection

Keypad with a menu-prompted, multi-line graphic display with
background lighting
Interface for communication with the PC for more accurate
setting of the parameters as well as for control and monitoring
Simple integration into the motor feeder
Simple mounting and commissioning
Display of operating states and fault messages
Connection to PROFIBUS and PROFINET with optional
PROFIBUS DP or PROFINET module
External display and operator module
Mains voltages from 200 to 690 V, 50 to 60 Hz
Can be used up to 60 C (derating from 40 C)
Ordering data
Version
Article No.
PROFINET communication module
3RW4900-0NC00
For 3RW44 soft starter integration in the PROFINET network,

suitable for devices with firmware version E12 or higher
3RW4900-0NC00
More information
For more information, refer to Catalog IC 10, Chapter 6
"Switching Devices Soft Starters and Solid-State Switching
Devices", Industry Mall or Interactive Catalog CA 01.
Soft starters Soft Starter ES software
Overview
The Soft Starter ES software permits the quick and easy
parameterization, monitoring and diagnostics of
SIRIUS 3RW44 High-Feature soft starters for service purposes.
The device parameters can be configured directly on the PC
and transferred to the soft starter through a serial cable or an
optional PROFIBUS/PROFINET interface.
Easy and clearly arranged parameter setting of the 3RW44 soft starter
with Soft Starter ES 2007
More information
For more information, refer to Chapter 3 "PROFIBUS",
Catalog IC 10, Chapter 14 "Parameterization, Configuration
and Visualization with SIRIUS", Industry Mall or Interactive
Catalog CA 01.
2/876
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Motor starters for use in the field, high degree of protection
Overview
The intelligent, highly flexible M200D PROFIBUS/PROFINET
motor starters are the most functional motor starters of the
SIRIUS motor starter family in the high degree of protection IP65
for PROFIBUS/PROFINET communication.
They start and protect motors and loads up to 5.5 kW. Direct-online and reversing starter variants are available in a mechanical
version and also an electronic version (the latter with soft start
function).
The particularly robust M200D PROFIBUS/PROFINET
motor starters are characterized by numerous functions which
can be flexibly parameterized. Their modular design comprises
a motor starter module and a communication module.
The M200D PROFINET motor starters enable TIA-integrated
parameterization through PROFINET from STEP 7 in familiar,
user-friendly manner with the same look-and-feel as PROFIBUS.
Functionality
Basic functionality see Chapter 4 "AS-Interface"
"M200D Motor Starters" "General Data"
"Overview"
Electronic version also with soft start function
Robust and widely used M12 connection method for the
digital inputs and outputs and the PROFIBUS/PROFINET bus
connection
All four digital inputs and two digital outputs also exist in the
cyclic process image. This provides complete transparency of
the process on the control level
Full TIA integration: All digital inputs and outputs exist in the
cyclic process image and are visible through the bus,
providing maximum flexibility and excellent adaptability to the
application
Flexible assignment of the digital inputs and outputs with all
available assignable input actions
Extensive diagnostics concept using LEDs and through the
bus with the TIA-compatible mechanisms
Expanded diagnostics using data records
Complete plant monitoring using statistics data record and
current value monitoring by means of data records
Parameterization through PROFIBUS/PROFINET bus with the
help of data records from the user program
Control of the motor starter using a command data record from
the user program
Removable modular control unit quicker device replacement
and therefore lower costs when device outages occur since
existing wiring is on the control unit and only one device needs
to be replaced
Parameterization in STEP 7 HW Config using Motor Starter ES
(ordering option for start-up software)
Start-up and diagnostics with the help of Motor Starter ES
Trace function through Motor Starter ES for optimized start-up
and tracking of process and device values
M200D motor starter modules for PROFIBUS/PROFINET

(without communication module)
M200D communication module for PROFINET
Mounting and installation

The M200D PROFINET/PROFINET motor starter is comprised of
a communication module and a motor starter module. Only the
motor starter module has to be replaced therefore when replacing devices. This saves time and money. The communication
module remains as an active station on the bus and all other
system components continue running. This prevents downtimes.
The integrated plug-in technology enables far lower wiring
outlay: Connecting cables can be plugged directly onto the
motor starter module. The PROFINET bus is connected costeffectively using an M12 connection on the device.
All versions have identical enclosure dimensions for easier
system design and conversion.
Only with PROFINET:

Just one bus system from the MES level to the devices no
routers
More stations on the bus and possible configuration of flexible
bus structures
Automatic re-parameterization in case of device replacement
thanks to proximity detection
Wireless integration of plant segments in difficult environments using WLAN
Easier expansion of the system thanks to a higher number of
stations on the bus and elimination of terminating resistors
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/877
Siemens AG 2014
Parameterization and configuration
Diagnostics and maintenance
All motor protection functions, limit values and reactions can be

defined by parameterization.
Diagnostics is provided through numerous mechanisms and

can be used as the customer prefers.
The user has several user-friendly options for the parameterization. In addition to parameterization directly from STEP 7, which
also permits automatic re-parameterization in case of device replacement, it is possible to use the user-friendly Motor Starter ES
start-up software. By connecting a programming device directly
to PROFIBUS/PROFINET and the Motor Starter ES start-up software, the devices can also be conveniently programmed from a
central point through the bus. Also, parameters can be changed
during operation from the user program using the data record
mechanism so that the function of the motor starter is adapted
to the process when required. With the help of a PC and the
Motor Starter ES software it is also possible to perform the parameterization through the local point-to-point interface on-site.
The motor starter is TIA-diagnostics compatible, which means

that when a fault is identified, a diagnostics alarm is distributed,
which invokes the diagnostics-OB with a SIMATIC control. The
fault can be evaluated as usual in the user program.
Functions can be flexibly assigned to the digital inputs and

outputs, adapting them to all possible conveyor applications.
All digital inputs and outputs exist in the cyclic process image.
All limit values for monitoring functions and their reactions are
parameterizable and therefore adaptable to the application.
Consistency with other products of the SIRIUS M200D motor
starter range and with the frequency converter and ET 200pro
I/O system is assured.
Only with the M200D PROFINET motor starter
Thanks to the integrated proximity detection, the device name
does not need to be issued manually when a device is replaced.
The name is issued automatically by the neighboring devices
which note the "names" of the devices in their proximity.
No additional start-up measures are required therefore when
replacing a device.
The new motor starter generation is characterized by high functionality, maximum flexibility and the highest level of automation.
The PROFINET is recommended in particular for expansive and
highly automated system components because the possibility of
monitoring devices and systems with data records (statistical
data, measured values and device diagnostics) guarantees an
in-depth view of the plant from the control room and therefore
increases plant availability.
Operation
The motor starters record the actual current flow. Evaluating the
current of the parameterizable solid-state overload protection
increases the availability of the drives, as do reliable signals concerning the overshooting or undershooting of setpoint values.
The M200D motor starter offers a large variety of diagnostics

data through data records. Its functionality is without equal on
the market. There are extensive options for reading out data from
the motor starter for monitoring devices, systems or processes.
The motor starter is equipped internally with 3 logbooks for
device faults, motor starter trips and events, which are issued
with a time stamp. These logbooks can be read out of the motor
starter at any time in the form of data records and provide the
plant operator with plenty of information about the state of his
plant and process which he can use to carry out improvements.
With the slave pointer and statistical data functions it is possible
to read out, for example, the maximum internal current values or
the number of motor starter connection operations for plant
monitoring purposes. This allows deviations in the process to be
monitored, but also optimum initial commissioning to take place.
The user can draw conclusions about the actual load conditions
of the devices in his process and on this basis can optimize his
plant maintenance intervals.
The device diagnostics data record contains details of all the
states of the motor starter, the device configuration and the
communication status as a basis for central device and plant
monitoring.
With installation and maintenance functions (I&M), information
(I&M) on modules employed is stored in the motor starter on the
one hand, and on the other, data (I&M), which can be specified
by the user during configuration, such as location designations.
I&M functions serve for troubleshooting faults and localizing
changes in hardware at a plant or checking the system configuration. Reordering a device is particularly easy as the result.
The integrated maintenance timer can be used to implement
preventative maintenance and avoid plant downtimes through
look-ahead servicing.
Another new feature is the integrated TRACE function with the
Motor Starter ES software. It can be used to record measured
values as a function of time following a trigger event. This enables process flows to be recorded and their timing optimized.
Local control of a drive is possible using the ordering option with
integrated manual operation. This is yet another new development which distinguishes the M200D PROFIBUS/PROFINET
motor starter from the rest of the market and adds innovative
technology, maximum availability and transparency to the
system.
2/878
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
M200D PROFINET motor starters with PROFIenergy
Increasing energy prices, far-reaching ecological problems
worldwide and the threat of climate change make it necessary
for you to be more conscious about your use of energy.
Active and effective energy management is possible with
PROFIenergy.
PROFIenergy is a manufacturer-independent profile on
PROFINET, which can be used by all manufacturers, has been
standardized by PNO1) and supports the switching off of electrical devices during dead time and the measurement of energy
flow.
Switching off during dead times
PROFIenergy supports the targeted switching-off of loads
during dead time.
These can be planned short breaks of a few minutes (such as
lunch breaks), longer periods of dead time (such as nights) or
unplanned dead time. Energy is always saved when no power is
required.
1)
In the PNO (PROFIBUS Nutzerorganisation e. V. - PROFIBUS User Organization), manufacturers and users have come together to agree on the
standardized communication technologies PROFIBUS and PROFINET.
Measuring and visualizing the energy flow as a

basis of energy management
The objective of energy management is to optimize the use of
energy in a company from the purchasing of energy through to
the consumption of energy economically and ecologically.
Analyses of energy consumption over time can be used to
control energy flows, avoid energy peaks, improve ratings and
thus save costs.
PROFIenergy enables consumption data to be read off from the
devices in a unified form. This is recorded during operation and
can be displayed on a control panel, for example, or on higherlevel energy management software packages. This ensures that
these measured variables are in a uniform manufacturer-independent form and structure that is available to the user for further
processing. These PROFIenergy functions thus provide the
basis for active load and energy management during operation.
PROFIenergy in the M200D PROFINET motor starter
The M200D PROFINET motor starter supports "switching during
dead time" and "current measurement values" of the motor current using PROFIenergy. These are called commands, because
they trigger a reaction in the M200D motor starter.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/879
Siemens AG 2014
2
SIRIUS M200D
PROFIBUS
SIRIUS M200D
PROFINET
PROFIBUS to M12
1 ... 125
PROFINET to M12
1 ... 128 with CPU 315, CPU 317
1 ... 1256 with CPU 319
For address setting and terminating resistor

Through bus, optical interface
--
Device functions (firmware features)

Slave on the bus
Fieldbus
Adjustable number of stations
Parameterization
DIP switches
Motor Starter ES
PROFIBUS/PROFINET data records
From STEP 7 / HW Config
Diagnostics
Acyclic through data records

Diagnostic interrupt support
Process image
Process image
2Byte PII/ 2Byte PIQ
Data channels
Local optical interface (manual local)

Through Motor Starter ES local interface
Using Motor Starter ES through bus
Data records (acyclic)
Parameterization
Diagnostics
Measured values
Statistics
Commands
Slave pointer
Logbook
Device identification
I&M data
Using DS 131 (DS = data record)

Device-specific DS 92
Measured values DS 94
Statistical data DS 95
Using DS 93
Slave pointer DS 96
Using Motor Starter ES and data records:
Device faults DS 72, tripping operations DS 73, events DS 75
Using DS 100
Using DS 231 ... 234
Using data records 0xAFF0 ... 0xAFF3
Inputs
Number
Of which in the process image
Input action
Quick stop
Function available
-- Function not available
2/880
Siemens IK PI 2015
4
4
Parameterizable: flexibly assignable action, see manual
Parameterizable: latching, non-latching
Siemens AG 2014
2
SIRIUS M200D
PROFIBUS
SIRIUS M200D
PROFINET

Outputs
Number
Output action
2
2
Brake output
180 V DC / 230/400 V AC / none
Motor protection
Overload protection
Full motor protection
Temperature sensor
Electronic, wide range 1:10
Parameterizable using Motor Starter ES, data record: PTC or Thermoclick or deactivated
Device function
Repair switch
Lower current limit monitoring
Upper current limit monitoring
Zero current detection
Blocking current
Unbalance
Load type
Tripping class
Protection against voltage failure
Parameterizable
Parameterizable
Parameterizable: tripping, warning
Parameterizable
Parameterizable
Parameterizable: 1 and 3-phase
Parameterizable using Motor Starter ES, data record: CLASS 5, 10, 15, 20
Parameterizable: activated/deactivated
Support for PROFIenergy profile
Switching during dead times

Measured motor current values
Soft starter control function
Soft start function
Bypass function
---
Only solid-state version
Function available
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/881
Siemens AG 2014
Communication module, motor starter modules
Benefits
Ordering data
M200D PROFINET motor starters with PROFIenergy
Both standards and laws are making environmental protection

and energy management increasingly important, as is the desire
to cut energy costs in production facilities and thus ensure a
sustainable competitive advantage.
It is thus an objective within the industry to save energy and
actively reduce CO2 emissions. By the careful use of valuable
resources, the manufacturer-independent PROFIenergy profile
on PROFINET can make an active contribution to environmental
protection.
Application
M200D PROFIBUS/PROFINET
motor starter module
M200D PROFINET
motor starter
Version
Article No.
The M200D PROFIBUS/PROFINET motor starters are particularly suitable for fully TIA-integrated, highly automated conveyor
applications which meet all needs with regard to the monitoring
of devices and systems and preventative maintenance.
M200D communication module for PROFINET
Adaptability of the motor starter functions and maximum

flexibility of the device enable a broad range of applications
without any limits. The PROFINET-specific expansions are the
best assurance of a future-proof investment.
M200D PROFIBUS/PROFINET motor starter modules
for PROFINET
M12 termination 7/8"
Electromechanical starters
(with integrated contactor)
3RK1335-0AS01-0AA0
3RK1395-6
7 S41- 7 AD 7
Setting range for rated operational

current / A
0.15 ... 2
1.5 ... 12
Direct-on-line starters/reversing
starters
Direct-on-line starters
Reversing starters
Direct-on-line starters with manual local operation
Reversing starters with manual local

operation
Brake actuation
Without brake actuation
Brake actuation (230/400 V AC)
Brake actuation (180 V DC)
Electronic starters (with thyristors)
3RK1395-6
7 S71- 7 AD 7
0.15 ... 2
1.5 ... 12
Direct-on-line starters/reversing
starters
Reversing starters
Direct-on-line starters with manual local operation
Reversing starters with manual local

operation
Brake actuation
2/882
Siemens IK PI 2015
Brake actuation (230/400 V AC)
Brake actuation (180 V DC)
Siemens AG 2014
Accessories
Overview
Note:
For accessories for all SIRIUS M200D motor starters
(irrespective of the communication connection) see Chapter 4
"AS-Interface" "SIRIUS M200D Motor Starters"
"Accessories"
13
14
15
NSA0_00487a
15
10
Connection for digital input

(IO communication, 5-pole)
10 Connection for digital output

(IO communication, 4- or 5-pole)
13 Connection for 24 V supply (infeed)
14 Connection for 24 V supply (loop)
15 Connection with PROFINET
(input on the left, loop on the right)
Communication connection using PROFINET and

digital inputs and outputs
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/883
Siemens AG 2014
Accessories
Version
Article No.
Motor control with PROFINET

3 M12 plugs, angular
Screw fixing, 4-pole screw terminals, max. 0.75 mm2,
angular, D-coded,
4 male contacts
3RK1902-2DA00
3 Control cables, assembled at one end

M12, screw fixing, angular, 4-pole, D coded,
4 male contacts, 3 m
3RK1902-2H.
3RK1902-2HB30
3RK1902-2HB50
3RK1902-2HC10
3 Control cables, assembled at both ends

M12, screw fixing, angular at both ends,
4-pole, D coded, male contacts at both ends
3RK1902-2N.
3m
5m
10 m
3RK1902-2NB30
3RK1902-2NB50
3RK1902-2NC10
PROFINET IE FC TP standard cable GP 2 x 2

sold by the meter
6XV1840-2AH10
PROFINET IE FC TP trailing cable 2 x 2

sold by the meter
6XV1840-3AH10
PROFINET IE FC TP trailing cable GP 2 x 2

sold by the meter
6XV1870-2D
PROFINET IE FC TP torsion cable 2 x 2

sold by the meter
6XV1870-2F
PROFINET IE FC TP marine cable, 4-core

sold by the meter
6XV1840-4AH10
Power cables
5-core, 5 x 1.5 mm2, trailing, sold by the meter,
minimum order quantity 20 m, maximum order quantity 1 000 m
6XV1830-8AH10
Version
Article No.
Further accessories
Connection for 24 V power supply of the M200D PROFIBUS/PROFINET

Plugs
On M200D, 7/8" for screw fixing, angular, screw terminal, 1.5 mm2
1 5 female contacts
3RK1902-3DA00
2 5 male contacts
3RK1902-3BA00
3RK1902-3DA00
3RK1902-3BA00
1 Supply lines, assembled at one end
7/8" for screw fixing, angular, 1.5 mm2

5 female contacts, 3 m
3RK1902-3G.
3RK1902-3GB30
3RK1902-3GB50
3RK1902-3GC10
1 2 Supply lines, assembled at both ends
7/8" for screw fixing, angular at both ends, 5-pole pin/socket, 1.5 mm2
3RK1902-3N.
3m
5m
10 m
3RK1902-3NB30
3RK1902-3NB50
3RK1902-3NC10
7/8" sealing caps

1 pack = 10 units
6ES7194-3JA00-0AA0
6ES7194-3JA00-0AA0
2/884
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Software
Motor Starter ES
Overview
Motor Starter ES is used for start-up, parameterization,
diagnostics, documentation and the preventative maintenance
of the motor starters in the SIMATIC ET 200S, ET 200pro,
ECOFAST and M200D product families.
Interfacing is performed
Through the local interface on the device
With PROFIBUS DP V1 capable motor starters from any point
in PROFIBUS or in PROFINET
(applies to ET 200S DP V1/ET 200pro/ECOFAST/M200D)
With PROFINET-capable motor starters from any point in
PROFINET or in PROFIBUS
(applies to ET 200S DP V1, ET 200pro/M200D)
Motor Starter ES for parameterization, monitoring, diagnostics and

testing of motor starters
Using Motor Starter ES, the communication-capable motor starters are easily parameterized during start-up, monitored during
normal operation and successfully diagnosed for service purposes. Preventative maintenance is supported by a function for
reading out diverse statistical data (e. g. operating hours, operating cycles, cut-off currents, etc.). The user is supported during
these procedures with comprehensive Help functions and plain
text displays.
Motor Starter ES can either be used as a stand-alone program
or it can be integrated into STEP 7 via an Object Manager.
More information
Catalog IC 10, Chapter 14 "Parameterization, Configuration and
Visualization with SIRIUS", Industry Mall or Interactive
Catalog CA 01.
SIRIUS motor starter block library for SIMATIC PCS 7
Overview
With the SIRIUS motor starter PCS 7 block library,
SIRIUS ET 200S and ET 200pro motor starters can be easily
and simply integrated into the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
system. The SIRIUS motor starter PCS 7 block library contains
the diagnostics and driver blocks corresponding to the
SIMATIC PCS 7 diagnostics and driver concept as well as the
elements (symbols and faceplates) required for operator control
and process monitoring.
Faceplate of the motor block
More information
Catalog IC 10, Chapter 14 "Parameterization, Configuration and
Visualization with SIRIUS", Industry Mall or Interactive
Catalog CA 01.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/885
Siemens AG 2014
SITOP DC UPS 24 V DC uninterruptible power supplies
SITOP UPS1600
Overview
Benefits
By combining one DC UPS module SITOP UPS1600 with at least

one UPS1100 battery module and a SITOP power supply unit,
longer power failures can be bridged without any interruption.
The intelligent battery management automatically detects the
UPS1100 energy storage unit, ensures optimized temperaturespecific charging and continuous monitoring. The compact DC
UPS modules have overload capability, for example, to supply
the inrush current of industrial PCs. In stand-alone mode, they
support starting from the battery.
The DC UPS communicates openly over a USB or Ethernet/
PROFINET port. It is easily integrated into the PC or PLC environment over the two Ethernet/PROFINET ports. Total integration in
TIA provides user-friendly engineering in the TIA Portal and is
supported with ready-to-use function blocks for S7 user programs and WinCC faceplates for fast visualization.
SITOP UPS Manager supports easy monitoring and configuration in PC systems, e.g. shutdown of several PCs in accordance
with the master-slave principle. The integrated web server supports remote monitoring of the DC UPS.
24 V buffering for a few hours for the purpose of continuing

processes
Open communication over USB or two Ethernet/PROFINET
ports
High-performance DC UPS modules in space-saving, slim
design
High overload capability for mains and buffering operation
Starting from the battery module supports stand-alone mode,
e.g. for starting generators
Easy configuration thanks to automatic detection of battery
modules
High reliability and availability due to monitoring of the operational readiness, battery feeder, aging and charging status
Battery protecting charging due to temperature-specific
charging characteristic
Defined shutdown of several PCs or controllers on one UPS
(versions with Ethernet/PROFINET)
Remote monitoring via integrated web server
(versions with Ethernet/PROFINET)
Time-saving engineering in PC-based systems via SITOP UPS
Manager (versions with USB or Ethernet/PROFINET)
Full integration in TIA saves time and costs during the
planning stage and in operation (versions with Ethernet/
PROFINET)
User-friendly engineering in the TIA Portal
SIMATIC S7 function blocks for easy integration in STEP 7
user programs
Fast integration in operator control and monitoring with
WinCC faceplates
Application
The battery modules that can be connected in parallel bridge
power failures for a few hours. This supports the continued
operation of processes or parts of them. The function "Starting
from the battery" means that the UPS1600 can also be used in
stand-alone mode without connection to the supply.
Depending on the communication requirements between the
DC UPS and the automation components to be protected
against power failure, the version of UPS1600 can be selected
accordingly.
2/886
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SITOP UPS1600
Buffering
of simple automation applications
Buffering of applications with networked

(Industrial Ethernet) automation computers
In simple applications with mini PLCs (e.g. obstruction lights,

stand-alone hydro-electric plants), 24 V buffering is performed
by the UPS1600 without a communications interface. The status
messages are transferred to the PLC via the digital outputs
(isolated).
The UPS1600 with Industrial Ethernet interface protects complex

PC-based applications from power failure. Configuration and
monitoring is performed using the PC software SITOP UPS Manager. It also supports defined shutdown of several PCs in accordance with the master-slave principle.
Controlling
Control
LOGO!
SIMATIC S7-1200
Industrial PC
Industrial PC
PC
Industrial Ethernet
24 V DC
24 V DC
Power
supply
SITOP
PM1207
SITOP
UPS1600
SITOP
UPS1100
Uninterruptible 24 V power supply
G_KT01_XX_00802
Energy Storage Link

Energy Storage Link
Power
supply
SITOP
SITOP
UPS1600
SITOP
UPS1100
G_KT01_XX_00796
Controlling, configurating, monitoring
Buffering of applications with automation computer

The UPS1600 with a USB interface is used to buffer automation
solutions that are controlled by an industrial PC. All operating
and configuring data is communicated over the PC interface.
For buffering sensitive plant components (e.g. a pumping station

with telecontrol) or complete controller solutions (e.g. machine
tools) that are integrated into a networked automation solution,
the UPS1600 with PROFINET is the perfect choice. Total integration in TIA offers unique advantages for engineering and operation (e.g. diagnostics or visualization). For example, in buffer
mode, several controllers can be brought to a defined independently of each other.
Controlling, configurating, monitoring

Industrial PC
24 V DC
USB
SITOP
UPS1600
SITOP
UPS1100
G_KT01_XX_00803
Energy Storage Link

Power
supply
SITOP
Buffering of applications with networked (PROFINET)

automation components
Control
Human Machine Interface
Engineering
SIMATIC S7300/400/
1200/1500,
STEP 7
Panel PC/ PC PC WinCC,

SIMATIC HMI, SCADA
WinCC
system
PG/ PC, TIA Portal,

Step 7
PROFINET
24 V DC
Energy Storage Link
Power
supply
SITOP
SITOP
UPS1600
SITOP
UPS1100
Siemens IK PI 2015
G_KT01_XX_00797
Communication over Ethernet/PROFINET offers the most

comprehensive possibilities for diagnostics and system
integration. The UPS1600 can be directly integrated into the
LAN infrastructure over its two ports.
2/887
Siemens AG 2014
SITOP UPS1600
SITOP UPS1600 software
Design
Software tools support convenient integration of the SITOP

UPS1600 in both PC-based and PLC-based systems. They
make configuring and visualizing the DC UPS easier and the
user benefits from the high performance of the SITOP UPS1600.
Software for open, PC-based automation systems

SITOP UPS Manager
Compact DC UPS modules UPS1600 24 V/10 A, 20 A with

digital inputs and outputs, optionally with USB interface or two
Ethernet/PROFINET ports
UPS1100 battery modules 1.2 Ah, 3.2 Ah, 7 Ah with lead
rechargeable batteries of corrosion-resistant lead-calcium
high-performance grid plates and glass fiber
Function
SITOP UPS1600 web server
The SITOP UPS1600 with Ethernet/PROFINET has an integrated
web server that supports remote monitoring of the uninterruptible power supply.
Configuration and monitoring is performed easily using the free

PC software SITOP UPS Manager. It enables the reactions of the
PC to the operating states of the DC UPS to be freely selected
and offers comprehensive diagnostic options:
Configuration
- Connection via USB or Ethernet
- All the relevant parameters can be configured in
UPS Manager and transferred to the UPS1600
- Configuration of "non-coded" rechargeable batteries is
possible
- The reactions of the PC to the operating states of the UPS
can be freely selected, e.g. termination of software applications
- Support for reliable downloading of several PCs according
to the master-slave principle
- The configurations can be saved locally
- Integrated OPC server (available soon)
- Updating of the UPS1600 firmware is possible
- Executable on Windows XP, Windows 7 and Windows 8
operating systems
Monitoring
- Readout and display of alarms, statuses and operating
variables of the UPS1600 and the connected energy
storage unit
- Tracing of history in trend diagrams
Remote monitoring of
Hardware configuration data
Operating data of the UPS1600 basic unit and the connected
UPS1100 battery module
Alarm messages
Remote access via
Firefox or Internet Explorer 9 (IE 8 with charging of SVG player)
IP address
Password
Monitor window for battery status in SITOP UPS Manager
The password-protected web server supports viewing of the configuring

and operating data.
Trend diagram for load current in SITOP UPS Manager
2/888
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
SITOP UPS1600
Software for TIA-based automation systems
STEP 7 function blocks
For convenient integration of the DC UPS in the TIA environment,

different software modules are available.
Function blocks are available for STEP 7 user programs on

SIMATIC S7-300/400/1200/1500. They allow further processing
of the DC UPS operating data. Free download at:
Engineering is simple via the TIA Portal. The data for UPS1600
is stored in the hardware catalog version V14 and higher.
Special function blocks for SIMATIC S7-300, S7-400, S7-1200
and S7-1500 also support integration in the STEP 7 user
program.
The comprehensive diagnostics data of the UPS1600 power
supply can be visualized using prepared UPS faceplates for
WinCC.
TIA Portal
Convenient and fail-safe integration of SITOP UPS1600 in the
PROFINET network by means of drag-and-drop
Convenient configuration of SITOP UPS1600 basic units with
Ethernet/PROFINET and the UPS1100 battery module simply
by selecting from the TIA Portal hardware catalog
Free download of HSP (Hardware Support Package) for
TIA Portal version V12 SP1 available at
Free download of GSD file (generic station description) for
STEP 7 V 5.5 available from
Faceplates for WinCC

Ready-to-use faceplates save programming time for visualization of the uninterruptible power supply. The faceplates show all
relevant statuses and values of the DC UPS. They are available
for the following systems:
WinCC V7.2 + STEP 7 Professional 2010
WinCC flexible 2008 SP3 + STEP 7 Professional 2010
WinCC Comfort/Advanced/ Professional V11 SP2
+ STEP 7 Professional V11 SP2
WinCC V12 + STEP 7 V12
Free download at:
The pre-compiled WinCC faceplates show all the relevant UPS data in a
clearly comprehensible display. An icon with color coding for the
operating status is also available
Establishing the PROFINET connection between the SITOP UPS1600

and the controller is easy and fail-safe in the TIA Portal
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/889
Siemens AG 2014
SITOP UPS1600
The table shows the maximum buffering times for the

SITOP UPS1100 battery modules for different load currents:
The SITOP Selection Tool offers detailed selection guidance
according to criteria such as the required backup time, nominal
current, peak current and battery connection threshold:
http://www.siemens.com/sitop-selection-tool
SITOP
UPS1100 24 V, 1.2 Ah
(6EP4131-0GB00-0AY0)
UPS1100 24 V, 3.2 Ah
(6EP4133-0GB00-0AY0)
UPS1100 24 V, 7 Ah
(6EP4134-0GB00-0AY0)
Load current
Buffer times
1A
2A
34.5 min
2.6 h
5.4 h
15.5 min
1h
2.6 h
3A
9 min
39.3 min
1.6 h
4A
6.5 min
27.1 min
1.2 h
6A
3.5 min
17.5 min
41 min
8A
2 min
12.1 min
28.6 min
10 A
1 min
9 min
21.8 min
12 A
7 min
17.3 min
14 A
5 min
15.1 min
16 A
4 min
12.5 min
20 A
1 min
9.1 min
Important information for selecting the battery capacity:
Recommendation:
Determination of the mains buffering times is based on the

discharge period of new or non-aged, completely charged
battery modules at a battery temperature not below +25 C to
the shutdown of the DC UPS.
Instead of installing double the battery capacity, regular battery

replacement halfway through the expected service life (reduction of capacity to approx. 50%) can be more advisable for the
following reasons: Capacity does not drop below 100% until the
halfway point of the expected battery life (or slightly beyond).
With regular replacement after this point, only the single battery
capacity (instead of double capacity) must be installed due to
aging (-> neutral in price with regard to battery module costs,
but only requires half the space).
Battery aging reduces the still available battery capacity up until

the end of the service life to typically around 50% of the original
capacity value when new (1.2 Ah/3.2 Ah/7 Ah, etc.) and the internal resistance increases. When the message "Battery charge
> 85%" appears, only around 50% x 85% = approx. 43% of the
originally available capacity can be assumed at the end of the
battery service life.
At battery temperatures below +25 C, the available capacity
drops approximately by another 30% at +5 C battery temperature, to approximately 70% of the approximately remaining 43%.
There is then only around 30% of the original capacity available.
A significantly larger battery capacity must therefore be selected
when configuring the plant: A drop to approx. 50% is compensated for by selecting 1 / approx. 0.5 = approx. double the
battery capacity (required as per the table for the relevant load
current and the relevant buffering time). Available capacity of
approx. 43% is compensated for by selecting 1 /
approx. 0.43 = approx. 2.33 times the battery capacity.
Available capacity of approx. 30% is compensated for by
selecting 1 / approx. 0.3 = approx. 3.33 times the battery
capacity.
Replacing the battery after half its service life dispenses above
all with the large scatter range of the residual capacity at the end
of the service life, which is not accurately defined by battery
manufacturers (after the full time, many batteries are above, but
many are also below the average 50% residual capacity, that is
to say, even if double the capacity is installed, the influence of
aging at the end of service life is not reliably compensated for,
rather only typically) -> When replacing after half the expected
service life, the configured buffering time is maintained with considerably greater reliability.
In the case of batteries stored in cool conditions (not above
+25 C) and for not longer than approximately 4 months, the
following service life can be assumed, strongly dependent on
battery temperature:
Battery temperature
Drop to approx. 50%

of residual capacity
Recommendation: Replace
(at 100% of residual capacity)
all
+20 C
4 years
2 years
+30 C
2 years
1 year
+40 C
1 year
0.5 years
In normal cases (installation in the coolest location in the control

cabinet at approx. +30 C), the battery should be replaced with
single installed battery capacity in accordance with the selection
table after 1 year of operation!
After a power failure, the battery module is disconnected from
the loads at the end of the selected buffering time either automatically or electronically by opening the On/Off control circuit,
and as soon as the 24 V input voltage is available again, it is
2/890
Siemens IK PI 2015
Alternative recommendation
Install double capacity and replace

(1 x per year)
quickly re-charged with the charge current of the relevant

DC UPS module (with I-U charge characteristic: First constant
current I for fast charging, and changeover to constant voltage
U to maintain the charge when the battery is almost full).
Siemens AG 2014
SITOP UPS1600

DC UPS modules
SITOP UPS1600 24 V/ 10 A
Article No.
6EP4134-3AB00-0AY0
6EP4134-3AB00-1AY0 (with USB interface)
6EP4134-3AB00-2AY0 (with 2 Ethernet/
PROFINET interfaces)
6EP4136-3AB00-0AY0
6EP4136-3AB00-1AY0 (with USB interface)
6EP4136-3AB00-2AY0 (with 2 Ethernet/
PROFINET interfaces)
Input voltage Vin rated/ range 1)
24 V DC/ 21 ... 29 V
24 V DC/ 21 ... 29 V
Connection threshold for buffering
22.5 V DC 3% (factory setting), adjustable: 21 V, 21.5 V,

22 V, 22.5 V, 23 V, 24 V, 25 V DC or via software.
22.5 V DC 3% (factory setting), adjustable: 21 V, 21.5 V,

22 V, 22.5 V, 23 V, 24 V, 25 V DC or via software.
Input current Iout rated
Approx. 14 A for max. charging current (3 A)
Approx. 25 A for max. charging current (4 A)
Adjustable range using

rotary coding switch
0.5 min, 1 min, 2 min, 5 min, 10 min, 20 min,

max. buffering time or via software
0.5 min, 1 min, 2 min, 5 min, 10 min, 20 min,

max. buffering time or via software
Behavior on restoration of
input voltage after buffering time
Interruption of Uout for 5 s for the automatic restart of PCs or Interruption of Uout for 5 s for the automatic restart of PCs or
optionally no interruption
optionally no interruption
On/off control circuit

(via external isolated NO contact)
by opening the circuit the buffer mode is terminated
by opening the circuit the buffer mode is terminated
Starting from battery with input

voltage missing (over external
isolated NO contact)
by closing the circuit the buffer mode is started
by closing the circuit the buffer mode is started
coded Siemens types SITOP UPS1100

(max. 6 via Energy Storage Link)
non-coded Siemens types 6EP1935-6M...
other manufacturers
coded Siemens types SITOP UPS1100

(max. 6 via Energy Storage Link)
non-coded Siemens types 6EP1935-6M...
other manufacturers
Output voltage in normal operation
Input voltage Vin minus approx. 0.2 V
Input voltage Vin minus approx. 0.2 V
Output voltage in buffering mode
27 V DC (no load);
24 V (50% battery rated current);
18.5 V (exhaustive discharge protection)
27 V DC (no load);
18.5 V (exhaustive discharge protection)
Input data
Mains buffering
Energy storage units

Connectable batteries
Output data
Output +Bat/-Bat in normal operation I-U charging characteristic

(first rapid charging current, then charge retention)
I-U charging characteristic

(first rapid charging current, then charge retention)
End-of-charge voltage
Automatic temperature-specific setting

with SITOP UPS1100 battery modules
Automatic temperature-specific setting

with SITOP UPS1100 battery modules
Rated output current

Power boost for 30 ms
Extra power for 5 s/min
0 ... 10 A
0 ... 20 A
30 A
60 A
15 A
30 A
Charging current
Max. 3 A automatic adjustment with UPS1100;

otherwise selectable 0.3 A, 0.8 A, 3 A
Max. 4 A automatic adjustment with UPS1100;

otherwise selectable 0.8 A, 1.75 A, 4 A
Efficiency for normal operation and

charged battery
>97%
>98%
against input voltage Uin and against batteries
against input voltage Uin and against batteries
Overload / short-circuit protection
Yes, restart in normal operation
Yes, restart in normal operation
Normal operation/buffer mode
LED 1 (OK/BAT) green/yellow

and isolated changeover switch 1
LED 1 (OK/BAT) green/yellow

and isolated changeover switch 1
Charging status (over 85% charged)
LED 2 (BAT>85%) green and isolated changeover switch 3 LED 2 (BAT>85%) green and isolated changeover switch 3
Alarm (not ready for buffering)
LED 3 (Alarm) red and isolated changeover switch 2
LED 3 (Alarm) red and isolated changeover switch 2
Battery status
LED 4 (BAT.FAULT) red

and isolated changeover switch 2: Battery defective,
yellow: selected buffering time not assured,
yellow flashing: Overtemperature
LED 4 (BAT.FAULT) red

and isolated changeover switch 2: Battery defective,
yellow: selected buffering time not assured,
yellow flashing: Overtemperature
PROFINET interface
LED 5 (SF) green and LED 6 (RUN)
LED 5 (SF) green and LED 6 (RUN)
Ethernet
LED 7 (P1) green/yellow and LED 8 (P2) green/yellow,

link and activity
LED 7 (P1) green/yellow and LED 8 (P2) green/yellow,

link and activity
Signaling
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/891
Siemens AG 2014
SITOP UPS1600
Ordering data Article No. Article No. (continued)

DC UPS modules
Radio interference level (EN 55022) /

noise immunity
Class B / Noise immunity to EN 61000-6-2
Class B / Noise immunity to EN 61000-6-2
Safety class
Class III (ext. circuit and power supply unit:

SELV in accordance with EN 60950 required)
Class III (ext. circuit and power supply unit:

SELV in accordance with EN 60950 required)
Degree of protection (EN 60529)
IP20
IP20
General data
Ambient temperature during operation -25 ... +70 C (derating from 60 C)

with natural convection
-25 ... +70 C (derating from 60 C)
Transport/storage temperature
-40 ... +85 C
-40 ... +85 C
50 x 125 x 125
50 x 125 x 125
Weight, approx.
0.4 kg without interface, 0.42 kg with USB,

0.45 kg with Ethernet/PROFINET interfaces
0.4 kg without interface, 0.42 kg with USB,

0.45 kg with Ethernet/PROFINET interfaces
Installation
Snaps onto DIN rail EN 50022-35x15/7.5
Snaps onto DIN rail EN 50022-35x15/7.5
Approvals
CE, cULus, C-Tick; KCC; GL, ABS, ATEX
CE, cULus, C-Tick; KCC; GL, ABS, ATEX
1)
All SITOP 24 V DC power supplies are permissible without restriction
Product
SITOP UPS1100 battery module 24 V, SITOP UPS1100 battery module 24 V, SITOP UPS1100 battery module 24 V,
1.2 Ah
3.2 Ah
7 Ah
For SITOP UPS1600
10 A
10 A
10 A and 20 A
Article No.
6EP4131-0GB00-0AY0
6EP4133-0GB00-0AY0
6EP4134-0GB00-0AY0
26.4 27.3 V DC (> +20 C),

27.3 29.0 V DC (< +20 C)
26.4 27.3 V DC (> +20 C),

27.3 29.0 V DC (< +20 C)
Recommended end of charge voltage 26.4 27.3 V DC (> +20 C),

(set automatically by
27.3 29.0 V DC (< +20 C)
SITOP UPS1600):
Charging current
max. 0.3 A
max. 0.8 A
max. 1.75 A
Rated output voltage
24 V DC, 22 ... 27.0 V DC (no load)
24 V DC, 22 ... 27.0 V DC (no load)
24 V DC, 22 ... 27.0 V DC (no load)
Rated output current
10 A
15 A
30 A
Integral battery fuse
15 A/32 V
15 A/32 V
30 A/32 V
Signaling
LED green: Battery OK,

flashing green: Error or warning,
OFF: No communication


Degree of protection (EN 60529)
IP00
IP00
IP00
Ambient temperature
0 +40 C
0 +40 C
0 +40 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
+20 C: 4 years,
+30 C: 2 years,
+40 C: 1 year,
+50 C: 0.5 years
+20 C: 4 years,
+30 C: 2 years,
+40 C: 1 year,
+50 C: 0.5 years
Service life (when capacity falls to

+20 C: 4 years,
50% of original capacity), depending +30 C: 2 years, +40 C: 1 year,
on battery temperature, approx.
+50 C: 0.5 years
Installation
DIN rail or wall mounting
DIN rail or wall mounting
Wall mounting
89 x 130 x 107
190 x 169 x 79
186 x 186 x 110
Weight, approx.
1.9 kg
3.8 kg
6.1 kg
Certification
CE, cURus-recognized, C-Tick; KCC;

GL, ABS, ATEX

GL, ABS, ATEX

GL, ABS, ATEX
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
With USB interface
With 2 Ethernet/ Profinet interfaces
6EP4134-3AB00-0AY0
6EP4134-3AB00-1AY0
6EP4134-3AB00-2AY0
SITOP UPS1100
battery module 24 V, 7 Ah
With USB interface
With 2 Ethernet/ Profinet interfaces
6EP4136-3AB00-0AY0
6EP4136-3AB00-1AY0
6EP4136-3AB00-2AY0
SITOP UPS1600 starter kit
SITOP UPS1100
battery module 24 V, 1.2 Ah
6EP4131-0GB00-0AY0
For SITOP UPS1600 10 A

SITOP UPS1100
battery module 24 V, 3.2 Ah
For SITOP UPS1600 10 A
2/892
Siemens IK PI 2015
6EP4133-0GB00-0AY0
6EP4134-0GB00-0AY0
For SITOP UPS1600 10 A and 20 A
Consisting of:
SITOP UPS1600 DC UPS,
24 V DC/10 A with
Ethernet/PROFINET interface;
SITOP UPS1100
battery module 3.2 Ah;
Industrial Ethernet cable;
software tools and
documentation on CD
6EP4134-3AB00-2AP0
Siemens AG 2014
Software and tools
SIMATIC iMap
Overview
Engineering tool
SIMATIC iMap
Current version
V3.0
Software class
Application areas
Keyword
SIMATIC iMap is an engineering tool

for configuring communication
between automation and field
devices in distributed automation
solutions.
Marketing message
"Time and cost savings in modular

machine and plant construction with
Component based Automation."
"Modularization and machine-tomachine communication along the
production line."
Advantages
Open component-based engineering tool to the PROFINET standard.

Simple communication between
intelligent automation and field
devices on PROFIBUS DP and on
Ethernet.
Graphical configuration of
communication on PROFIBUS DP
and on Ethernet
Extremely high reusability of
software components (technology
modules)
Graphical structuring of the plant
using "chart-in-chart" function
Convenient navigation through the
project tree
Easy creation and structuring of
technology libraries
PROFIBUS and Ethernet in the
overview of the network view
Fast start-up thanks to downloading
and testing directly on Ethernet
(also of PROFIBUS slaves)
Online display of values of the
technology modules on the
interfaces and in the variable table
Diagnosis of communication in the
diagnostics window
Sectors
Automotive industry (especially in

assembly, conveyor systems and in
the paint shop)
Complex food and packaging
machines
Conveyor systems based on
PROFIBUS DP
Production lines with several
interlinked machines
Component-based software tool for configuring the communication in distributed automation solutions
For easy graphical configuration of the communication
between subsystems and machine-to-machine communication in the production line
Based on the PROFINET standard
Open for PROFINET devices from various manufacturers on
Industrial Ethernet
Runs under Windows XP Professional and
Windows 7 Ultimate/Professional
Benefits
The clear advantage of SIMATIC iMap over programmed communication lies in the simple programming of the communication
(graphically using lines interconnecting the technology interfaces of the devices).
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/893
Siemens AG 2014
Software and tools
SIMATIC iMap
Ordering data
Engineering tool
SIMATIC iMap
SIMATIC iMap V3.0
Target systems
SIMATIC S7 CPU 31x-2 PN/DP and

SIMATIC S7 CPU 319-3 PN/DP
(with integrated PROFINET
interface. This can be used as a
proxy function for the devices of a
complete PROFIBUS segment,
one line only)
SIMATIC WinAC PN
(can be used as a proxy function
for the devices of a complete
PROFIBUS segment, one line only)
SIMATIC NET IE/PB Link
(can be used as a proxy function
for the devices of a complete
PROFIBUS segment)
SIMATIC NET
CP 343-1 and CP 343-1 Advanced
(for connecting SIMATIC S7-300 to
Ethernet),
CP443-1 Advanced (for connecting
SIMATIC S7-400 to Ethernet)
Distributed I/O stations with
separate CPU
(all intelligent field devices on
PROFIBUS such as
SIMATIC CPU 313C-2DP,
CPU 314C-2DP,
CPU 315-2DP, CPU 316-2DP,
ET 200 IM 151 CPU,
ET 200S BM 147 CPU),
PROFINET CBA OPC Server
(for access from PC applications to
data in PROFINET devices)
Devices on Industrial Ethernet
based on the PROFINET CBA
standard
SIMATIC OPs
(within the components)
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro, WinCC or
any other visualization system
with OPC client function
Target system:
CPU 31x-2 PN/DP,
CPU 319-3 PN/DP,
SIMATIC WinAC PN,
SIMATIC NET IE/PB Link,
SIMATIC NET CP 343-1,
SIMATIC NET CP 343-1 Advanced,
SIMATIC NET CP 443-1 Advanced,
distributed I/O devices
with own CPU,
PROFINET CBA OPC server,
devices on the
Industrial Ethernet based on the
PROFINET CBA standard,
SIMATIC OPs,
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
Requirements:
Windows XP Prof.
with Service Pack 2 or
Windows 7 Ultimate/Professional;
on PG or PC with
Pentium processor, min. 1 GHz;
STEP 7 V5.3 or higher with
Service Pack 3,
PN OPC Server V6.3 or higher
Type of delivery:
German, English,
System prerequisites
Operating system
Windows XP Prof. with Service Pack 2

or
Windows 7 Ultimate/Professional;
PC administration rights are required
for installation
PG/PC hardware
Pentium processor, 1 GHz or higher
Recommended expansion of main

memory in PG/PC
RAM: 512 MB or more
Hard disk space required in PG/PC
Approx. 200 MB
Software required
STEP 7 V5.3 Service Pack 3

or higher
PN OPC-Server V6.3 or higher
The following software must be
installed before iMap (included in the
iMap package):
MS Internet Explorer V6.0 Service
Pack 1 and higher
Adobe Acrobat Reader V5.0
Delivery format
Languages
English, German, French, Italian and

Spanish
Single License (SL)
Yes
Upgrade License (UL)
Yes, from V2.0 to V3.0
Paper manuals
Electronically on CD
Authorization/licenses
Authorization
Yes
Single License (SL)
Yes
Upgrade License (UL)
Yes
Yes
Unlock Copy License
No
2/894
Siemens IK PI 2015
Article No.
Floating License
6ES7820-0CC04-0YA5
Software Update Service (requires

current software version)1)
6ES7820-0CC01-0YX2
Upgrade to V3.0, floating license
6ES7820-0CC04-0YE5
1)
For more information on the software update service, see Catalog ST 70.
Siemens AG 2014
Software and tools
SINEMA server
Overview
SINEMA Server is a web-based network monitoring software that

significantly reduces the response time to communications
problems in industrial networks, and thus avoids downtimes and
saves costs.
Simple operator input even for plant operators or service
personnel, to enable autonomous detection and correction of
communications problems
Graphical representation of industrial networks (automatic
topology detection and layout)
Standardized network documentation (reports for inventory,
availability and utilization)
Simple operation via web browser or via an HMI/SCADA
application, without special IT knowledge
Network data such as network topology and device
information automatically saved to a database
Low installation and maintenance costs, especially thanks to
the use of pre-installed industrial PCs (Microbox PC)
High degree of flexibility for graphical representation thanks to
automatic and customizable topology views
Monitoring can be adapted to devices and users
Benefits
Reporting and analysis of changes and faults in the network

- Alarm messages
- Clear visualization
- Prevention of downtimes
- Error localization
Cost savings
- Reduced standstill costs
- Low procurement costs
- Low installation costs
- No consequential costs
- Scalable licenses
Monitoring functionality can be adapted to the application,
devices and users
- Application-specific structuring and visualization
- Intuitive operation via Web browser
- Can be integrated into HMI
- No specialist IT know-how/IT personnel required
Automatic documentation of networks
- Increased understanding
- Continuous logging/documentation
- Any time period selectable
- Verification of availability
Design
Product versions
The number of Ethernet devices (IP nodes) to be monitored must
be taken into account when selecting the software license. The
licenses can be combined in any way to increase the number of
monitored devices up to a maximum of 500 IP nodes per installation.
SINEMA SERVER 50
Supports the diagnosis of up to 50 IP devices
SINEMA SERVER 100
SINEMA SERVER 250
SINEMA SERVER 500
SINEMA Server Upgrade (V12)
Upgrade SINEMA Server V11 to V12
Note:
Each SINEMA Server can display the status of up to 100 other
SINEMA Servers. Up to 50,000 devices can thus be monitored.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/895
Siemens AG 2014
Software and tools
SINEMA server
Function
Intuitive operation
User-defined display
SINEMA Server is network management for industry. Attention

was paid here to the most important functions for the industrial
environment, and implementation is with a clear interface for intuitive operation. Users can monitor their networks in the shortest
time possible. Costly and time-intensive IT training is not necessary.
Different personnel with different roles (e.g. administrators,

maintenance personnel, etc.) can use SINEMA Server in their
daily work.
The administrator defines different groups to whom the appropriate rights and views are assigned. Up to 10 people with different
tasks can work simultaneously with SINEMA Server.
Automatic device detection and generation

of network topologies
Comprehensible network reports
With the help of DCP and SNMP, SINEMA Server automatically

detects PROFINET and Ethernet devices on the network and
represents them graphically in a Web browser. This means the
maintenance personnel in process and production plants can
monitor the current status of the devices and their connections
(topology) at all times without time-consuming configuring.
User-specific topology display
Network diagnostics encompasses not only the current status of

the network, but also the analysis of historical values. SINEMA
Server saves to a database all values read out from the network
components. Time-based filtering and evaluation with comprehensible reports can then take place. In this way, all past events
can also be analyzed and used to prevent future failures.
Diagnostics via Web browser
As well as automatic display of the topology, SINEMA Server

also gives users the option of representing the network nodes in
any arrangement. These user-specific topologies can also be
supplemented with background images (e.g. building or plant
diagrams). In the case of faults, this means the relevant network
components can be found and, if required, replaced or repaired
more quickly.
Access to network diagnostics should not be locally restricted,

particularly in the case of large networks. That's why SINEMA
Server has been developed on the basis of a server architecture.
This enables access to the network management software via
commonly used Web browsers. In this way, the network to be
checked can also be diagnosed from any location. This enables
the network diagnostics tasks of several plant sections to be
bundled in one control room.
Event-triggered alarms
Integration into HMI/SCADA systems
For gap-free and instantaneous monitoring of the network, network messages must be detected immediately and the user
must be informed. For this purpose, SINEMA Server offers event
handling with which all network event messages are acquired
and processed. Users of SINEMA Server are thus supplied with
all the important event information concerning the network.
To have everything in view, network diagnostics should be integrated in the HMI/SCADA plant solution. SINEMA Server offers
full integration of the topology via the Web browser. In addition,
all parameters such as warnings and faults can be transferred
via the integrated OPC interface. This enables users to integrate
network diagnostics into HMI/SCADA systems without a high
engineering outlay.
2/896
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Software and tools
SINEMA server
SCALANCE
W788-1 M12
SINEMA Server
HMI/SCADA
Internet
Webbrowser access
via Intenet
G_IK10_XX_10346
Webbrowser access
via LAN
Diagnostics via Web browser

Integration in HMI/SCADA systems
The network information prepared by SINEMA Server can be called up by any clients via a Web browser or OPC interface.
Adaptable device profiles

Users have the option of optimizing the device display by means
of the profile concept, particularly for non-Siemens network
components represented by SINEMA Server via standard SNMP
information. Scanning of device-specific data via SNMP can
also be set via the profile. This means that an industrial network
comprising devices from different manufacturers can be
optimally monitored with SINEMA Server.
Ordering data
Different SINEMA Server licenses can be selected depending

on the size of the network. SINEMA Server thus monitors large
networks with up to 500 stations with one installation. With
extremely large production networks, SINEMA Server is able to
display up to 100 further SINEMA Servers. In this way, individual
production cells can be monitored centrally from a single
SINEMA Server station.
Article No.
SINEMA Server V12

Network monitoring software for
industrial Ethernet and PROFINET
networks, runtime software,
DVD (not with download), license
key on USB flash memory (not with
download); software for installation
on PC hardware with
Win7 Professional and
Windows Server 2008 R2+SP1,
Windows XP/SP3 (32-bit),
Windows 7 Professional/Ultimate/
Enterprise SP1 (32/64-bit), and
Windows Server 2008 R2 + SP1
(64-bit)
English/German/French/Chinese.
Other languages possible on
request.
For 50 devices that can be
identified via IP address
On DVD
Download 1)
Adaptable quantity structure with

up to 50,000 network nodes
Article No.
On DVD
Download 1)
6GK1781-1DA12-0AA0
6GK1781-1DA12-0AK0

On DVD
Download 1)
6GK1781-1JA12-0AA0
6GK1781-1JA12-0AK0

On DVD
Download 1)
6GK1781-1TA12-0AA0
6GK1781-1TA12-0AK0
Upgrade
SINEMA Server V11 to V12
On DVD
Download 1)
6GK1781-2AA12-0AA0
6GK1781-2AA12-0AK0
1)
6GK1781-1BA12-0AA0
6GK1781-1BA12-0AK0
For more details of online software delivery, visit:

www.siemens.com/tia-online-software-delivery
under Ordering Data
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/897
Siemens AG 2014
Software and tools
PN IO Bus Analyzer
Overview
Application
Bus Analyzer is the analysis tool for Ethernet / PROFINET. It is
made up of a hardware component and a Windows application
that communicate with each other over Ethernet. The hardware
is controlled and has parameters assigned by the application
(triggers, filters, start. stop etc.), the application also downloads
the recorded data and statistics to the analysis computer where
they are interpreted, displayed and saved.
Network analysis with the bus analyzer

Comprising hardware and software components
USB memory expansion possible
Frame recording with 10 ns resolution
Automatic PROFINET analysis
Online value tracking
Packet generator with feedback analysis
Control interface using script or TCP commands
Benefits
Direct and immediate online analysis in real time and precise
statement of the quality of the network.
Recording at all speeds without losses and exact time
stamping by hardware-based processing.
When analyzing and monitoring PROFINET components, it is
possible to match and verify the frame structure, the frame
times and the frame synchronization.
Fast error analyses and improved performance in plant
operation, in particular in networks in which products of
different vendors are being used.
Active measurements on the network with a packet generator:
Feed in of frame sequences, delay time measurements,
network reactions.
Simple reproduction or automation of test scenarios /
measurements controlled by scripts.
The many functions of the bus analyzer are implemented in

individual modules. The modular structure allows target-oriented
localization of error sources and the detection of weak points
long before problems occur. The following modules are
available:
Frame recording allows the precise recording of frames on
Ethernet / PROFINET.
PROFINET analysis automatically detects all relevant bus
parameters (number of frames, bus cycles, etc.) online in real
time and displays them in tables and graphically.
Online value tracking allows the user to extract and record
any sizes and values of the communication partners from the
frame traffic.
With the packet generator, recorded or self-generated frame
sequences can be fed into the Ethernet network and the
reaction of the network measured automatically.
Control of all functions by script or a remote interface
(Ethernet, TCP) is possible.
Design
Module in housing without fan (with bracket for mounting on a
DIN rail)
Power supply 24 V (does not ship with product)
Four independent RJ45 analysis interfaces for connection to
Ethernet
One RJ45 interface for Ethernet connection of the module to
the host PC
Internal memory with 2 GB (can be set as a ring buffer)
Binary hardware inputs and outputs (can be used as trigger
inputs and outputs)
USB Interface for connection of external storage media
Product versions
Standard version:
Includes the frame recording and PROFINET analysis modules.
Premium version:
Includes the frame recording, PROFINET analysis, online value
tracking and packet generator modules.
The option of controlling with a script or by applications is
available with both variants.
2/898
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Software and tools
PN IO Bus Analyzer
Function
All bus analyzer functions are controlled by the Bus Analyzer
Scope program that ships with the product. This Windows
application is connected to the bus analyzer sys module via an
Ethernet connection. This is possible via a direct connection, via
a network or via a VPN tunnel.
The four analysis ports can be used by all function modules but
not at the same time. They need to be enabled and assigned to
the module being used.
On completion of the parameter assignment and after starting
the relevant analysis function, the connection between
Bus Analyzer and Bus Analyzer Scope can be terminated, in
other words, the module then works alone.
The frame recording provides a comfortable option of recording
communication on Ethernet connections at speeds from
Fast Ethernet to gigabit Ethernet.
The FPGA technology design of the Bus Analyzer throughout
allows error-free, gapless recording of all data with 10 ns time
stamping. Even bad frames are not automatically discarded but
can be saved and evaluated.
The four recording ports can be used independently for recording. If a Test Access Point (TAP) is used to decouple the frames
instead of a hub or a switch mirror port, it is possible to interconnect ports; in other words, to bundle their data streams and to
save and evaluate them together.
To allow the recording to be controlled effectively, freely programmable filters and triggers are available. Apart from standards such as addresses, protocols and patterns, there are also
special functions that can trigger on frame timeouts and bad
frames (CRC error, undersize error etc.). The integrated hardware inputs can also be used to fire triggers using external
binary signals.
The data is saved in the internal RAM (2 GB capacity) that can
also be set as a ring buffer. At the end of the recording, the data
is loaded and saved either on the PC via the Ethernet host connection or on an external storage medium connected via USB.
If it is necessary to record larger volumes of data, the data can
also be streamed to the PC during the recording and saved
there.
All frames are saved in a file in "pcap" format that can, for
example, be read by Wireshark.
PROFINET analysis automatically detects all important
parameters of a PROFINET system. The Bus Analyzer analyzes
the frame traffic in real time in terms of frame type, cycle times
and many other important characteristics of the network.
During the analysis, all PROFINET nodes are listed in table.
The following information is displayed and updated cyclically for
each node:
PROFINET class, number of sent/received packets, desired
cycle time, min/max cycle time, min/max cycle time deviation.
The number of frames sent by each node per time unit can be
visualized in a cycle time diagram. These are displayed graphically in a distribution curve. At a glance, it is possible to see how
well the PROFINET component keeps to the cycle.
During the analysis of PROFINET IRT, not only the degree to

which individual components adhere to the cycle is important,
but also the offset of the time of sending within the cycle; in other
words, its behavior in conjunction with the other communications
partners in the network. The offset diagram can display the
distribution curves of all nodes in the cycle to allow a statement
to be made regarding the quality within the entire network and
the time slice distribution of its nodes.
Based on intuitively structured filter menus, the online value

tracking provides a simple and uncomplicated means of
extracting data from the frame traffic. In contrast to the frame
recording, complete frames are not saved here but rather
individual values of the relevant communications partners transferred via PROFINET.
This means, for example, that the setpoint of a controller, the
speed of a motor etc. can be read directly from PROFINET and
saved with a time stamp (resolution 10 ns). This is displayed in
a table or graphically in the form of a curve that represents the
values over time online and in real time.
To be able to select the values, the address of the node, the byte
position of the value within the frame and the number of bytes to
be read must be specified in the filter. The size of the values is
limited to 8 bytes. All available formats can be interpreted (binary, integer, analog, ...).
Up to four values can be recorded simultaneously. There is no
limit to the recording time.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/899
Siemens AG 2014
Software and tools
PN IO Bus Analyzer
The packet generator allows any Ethernet frames to be injected

into the network. To allow this, all four analysis ports are available
and are independent of each other. As an alternative, the ports
can also be coupled together in pairs as sender/receiver to be
able to read in sent frames and to verify the read frames with the
sent frames.
The frames to be sent are transferred to the module as input in
the form of "pcap" files. These inputs can either be generated by
recording or can be created as new frames using the integrated
pcap editor.
Each port has its own menu for setting the relevant send options.
Among other things, the packets can be sent as follows:
Cyclically (with breaks)
As a fixed percentage of bus load
With a specified number of repetitions
For a specified time etc.
At the end of the action, all important parameters (bus load,
duration etc.) are output as statistics.
The packet generator only executes with the Bus Analyzer
without TAP.
All the modules listed above can also be remotely controlled by
a script. To allow this, each action taken by the user is logged in
the integrated script window. The log can be saved, edited and
transferred later to Bus Analyzer Scope when this is called. All
the instructions in the script are then executed. This allows automated test sequences, for example for setting up test automats.
The manual contains an overview of all the script commands that
can be used.
As an alternative, the script commands can also be transferred
using a remote interface (via TCP/IP) from another application to
Bus Analyzer Scope. When TCP is used as the transfer interface,
the application does not need to be located on the same
computer as Bus Analyzer Scope, only in the same network.
A sample program in C# ships with the product.
2/900
Siemens IK PI 2015
Ordering data
Bus analyzer hardware agent
for 2 channels without TAP
Article No.
9AE4140-1BA00
For PROFINET diagnosis (100 Mbit)

of 2 fieldbuses or Ethernet
diagnosis (up to 1 Gbit)
of 2 network segments
with 2-channel TAP
For reaction-free PROFINET
diagnosis of 2 fieldbuses
9AE4140-1BA01
Siemens AG 2014
Engineering / Network management / Diagnostics
STEP 7 (TIA Portal)
Overview
Benefits
Powerful programming editors for efficient engineering
Scalability across all series of controllers
Optimum interaction between the controller, HMI and drive in
a working environment
Shared data management and uniform symbols
System diagnostics as an integral component
Variables trace for effective commissioning
Scalable and flexible motion control functionality
Comprehensive library concept
Security Integrated
Migration support for existing hardware and software
products
Application
STEP 7 V13 (TIA Portal), portal view
SIMATIC STEP 7 Professional V13 is the easy-to-use, integrated

engineering system for the current SIMATIC controllers S7-1200,
S7-1500, S7-300, S7-400, WinAC, and ET 200 CPU. PLCSIM
for simulating the S7-1500 CPU and WinCC Basic for the configuration of Basic Panels are included in the scope of delivery.
SIMATIC STEP 7 Basic V13, the easy-to-use engineering system
for the modular SIMATIC S7-1200 micro PLC, as well as the
associated I/O. It contains SIMATIC WinCC Basic for the configuration of the SIMATIC Basic Panels.
STEP 7 V13 thus provides support in all phases of the automation project:
Configuring and parameterizing the hardware
Specifying the communication
Programming in IEC programming editors
Configuration of the visualization
Test, commissioning and service
STEP 7 V13 (TIA Portal), device view: configuring and parameterizing in

photographically realistic representation
Intuitive, efficient and future-oriented the engineering

software for programming the SIMATIC controllers
SIMATIC STEP 7 Professional V13 is the engineering system for
the SIMATIC controllers S7-1200, S7-300, S7-400, WinAC, and
also optimally supports the new SIMATIC S7-1500 controllers.
SIMATIC STEP 7 Basic V13 is the engineering system for the
S7-1200.
STEP 7 V13 is based on the central engineering framework
Totally Integrated Automation Portal (TIA Portal), which offers the
user a uniform, efficient and intuitive solution to all automation
tasks.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/901
Siemens AG 2014
STEP 7 (TIA Portal)
Function
Excellent integration of the new SIMATIC S7-1500 controller
Comprehensive library concept
With its many innovations, the new SIMATIC S7-1500 controller

from the SIMATIC S7 controller family sets new standards for
maximum productivity. The SIMATIC S7-1500 is perfectly integrated into SIMATIC STEP 7 V13 Professional for maximum
engineering efficiency. With its unique system performance and
PROFINET as standard interface, the SIMATIC S7-1500 is the
new benchmark for performance.
For the reuse and simple standardization of frequently used program sections, the system has a comprehensive library concept.
Powerful programming editors for efficient engineering
Security Integrated
STEP 7 V13 provides powerful programming editors with

optimized compilers for the programming of the S7 controllers.
STEP 7 V13 has password-based know-how protection against

unauthorized reading and changing the contents of program
blocks.
For all controllers:

Ladder diagram (LAD)
Function block diagram (FBD)
Structured text (SCL)
Copy protection offers greater protection against unauthorized

copying of program blocks. These can be tied to the serial
number of a memory card so that the block can only run if the
configured memory card is inserted into the CPU.
Additionally for SIMATIC S7-1500, S7-300, S7-400, and WinAC:

Statement list (STL)
In addition, multiple user groups with different access rights can

be assigned to the controller by means of four different authorization levels.
New functions such as

Instructions for the Variant Pointer, for the programming of
flexible library functions
Reflexion instructions for reading out program information
during runtime (e.g. instance names),
local constants
etc.
Improved manipulation protection offers a greater degree of

security against unauthorized changes to the data transferred
between STEP 7 and the controller.
enable users to create their applications efficiently. Even complex technological functions, such as controllers or positioning
controllers can easily be implemented in the engineering
software.
Variables trace for effective commissioning
The Trace Editor provides the ability to record signals in chronological order from the user program of an S7-1500 CPU.
The graphical evaluation of the signals simplifies, for example,
the commissioning of drives and helps search for sporadic
errors in the application or user program.
Scalable and flexible motion functionality
Motion Control applications with SIMATIC STEP 7 V13 and
S7-1500 become child's play, even for beginners. The intuitive
graphical user interfaces of the technology objects in STEP 7
V13 offer the best support in the configuration and commissioning of analog and PROFIdrive-capable drives as well as in
troubleshooting. The instructions for controlling the motion sequence are standardized according to PLCopen Motion Control.
The following functions are supported in STEP 7 V13:
Positioning (absolute and relative)
Speed specification (e.g. jogging)
Homing (active, on-the-fly, etc.)
Support of incremental and absolute encoders
2/902
Siemens IK PI 2015
Elements such as blocks, tags, alarms, HMI graphics, graphic

objects, individual modules or entire stations can be stored
along with their parameter assignment in local or global libraries.
This means they are available for further programming tasks.
Migration support for existing hardware and

software products
A migration tool integrated in SIMATIC STEP 7 Professional V13
provides support in switching from the S7-300/S7-400 to the
S7-1500 controller and converts the program code automatically. Program code that cannot be converted automatically is
logged and can be adapted manually. STEP 7 V12 SP1 projects
can continue to be used with STEP 7 V13 in compatibility mode.
Siemens AG 2014
STEP 7 (TIA Portal)
(TIA Portal)
Type of license
Floating license
Software class
Current version
V13
Target system
SIMATIC S7-1200, S7-1500, S7-300,

S7-400, WinAC
Operating system
Windows 7 (64-bit)
Windows 7 Enterprise SP1
Windows 7 Ultimate SP1
Compatibility with other SIMATIC products

STEP 7 Professional / Basic V13 (incl. WinCC Basic V13) can be
installed on a PC in parallel with other versions of STEP 7 V12,
V5.4 or V5.5, STEP 7 Micro/WIN, WinCC flexible (from 2008) and
WinCC (V7.0 SP2 or higher).
Windows 8.1 (64-bit)

Windows 8.1
Windows 8.1 Professional
Windows 8.1 Enterprise
Windows Server (64-bit)
Windows Server 2008 R2 StdE SP1
(full installation)
Windows Server 2012 R2 StdE (full
installation)
Computer
SIMATIC Field PG M4 PREMIUM or

higher (or comparable PC)
Processor
Intel Core i5-3320M 3.3GHz or higher
RAM
min. 8 GB
Hard disk
300 GB SSD
Screen
15.6" widescreen display

(1920 x 1080)
Note
Includes the IEC programming

languages SCL, LAD, FBD, STL
and GRAPH
Ordering data
Article No.

promotional package
Target system:
SIMATIC S7-1200, S7-1500,
S7-300, S7-400, WinAC
Requirement:
(64 bit),
Windows 7 Enterprise SP1 (64 bit),
(full installation)
Form of delivery:
French, Spanish
Floating License
6ES7822-1AA03-0YA5

Floating License,
software download
6ES7822-1AE03-0YA5

Trial License
1)
Article No.
6ES7822-1AA03-0YA7
Only valid if ordered together

with a Software Update Service
6ES7810-5CC04-0YE2
(STEP 7 Professional and
STEP 7 Professional in TIA Portal).
PowerPack & upgrade from
STEP 7 V5.5 to
Floating License.
Prerequisite is an existing STEP 7
Software Update Service.
STEP 7 V5.5 to
Floating License.
Software Update Service.
Software download
for delivery
STEP 7 V5.4/V5.5, ... to
Floating License.
Standard/Professional installation.
STEP 7 V5.4/V5.5, ... to
Floating License.
Prerequisite is an existing
STEP 7 Standard/Professional.
Software download
for delivery
6ES7822-1AA03-0XC2
6ES7822-1AE03-0XC2
6ES7822-1AA03-0XC3
6ES7822-1AE03-0XC3

Siemens IK PI 2015
2/903
Siemens AG 2014
STEP 7 (TIA Portal)
Ordering data
Article No.
Upgrade
STEP 7 Professional V12 to
Floating License
6ES7822-1AA03-0YE5
Upgrade from
STEP 7 Prof. V12 to
Floating License,
software download
incl. license key1)
6ES7822-1AE03-0YE5

Upgrade from
STEP 7 Prof. 2006/2010 to
Floating License
6ES7822-1AA03-0XE5
Upgrade from
STEP 7 Prof. 2006/2010 to
Floating License,
software download
incl. license key1)
6ES7822-1AE03-0XE5

STEP 7 V5.4/V5.5 to
Floating License
6ES7822-1AA03-0XC5

STEP 7 V5.4/V5.5 to
Floating License,
software download
6ES7822-1AE03-0XC5

PowerPack
STEP 7 Basic V13 to
Floating License
6ES7822-1AA03-0YC5
PowerPack
STEP 7 Basic V13 to
Floating License,
software download
6ES7822-1AE03-0YC5
Article No.
expiration.
Requires the current software
version
(Standard Edition)2)
The delivery is implemented
according to the number of ordered
SUS products (e.g. 10 upgrade
packages with 10 DVDs,
10 USB flash drives, etc.)
STEP 7 Professional V1x
STEP 7 Professional and STEP 7
Professional in the TIA Portal
STEP 7 Basic
6ES7822-1AA00-0YL5
6ES7810-5CC04-0YE2
6ES7822-0AA00-0YL0
Software Update
Service (Compact Edition)2)
The delivery items are combined.
For several contracts,
only 1 package with
1 data medium set,
1 USB flash drive with the
corresponding number of
licenses and the corresponding
number of COLs will be supplied.
Delivery items to be combined must
be ordered as one item.
STEP 7 Professional and
STEP 7 Professional in the
TIA Portal
STEP 7 Basic
6ES7822-1AA00-0YM5
6ES7810-5CC00-0YM2
6ES7822-0AA00-0YM0
Software Update
Service (download)2)
The upgrades and service packs
are available for downloading.

STEP 7 Basic V13,
Floating License
6ES7822-0AA03-0YA5
STEP 7 Basic V13,

Floating License,
software download
6ES7822-0AE03-0YA5

STEP 7 Professional and
TIA Portal
STEP 7 Basic
6ES7822-1AE00-0YY0
6ES7810-5CC04-0YY2
6ES7822-0AE00-0YY0

STEP 7 Basic V13,
Trial License
6ES7822-0AA03-0YA7
Upgrade
STEP 7 Basic V12 to
STEP 7 Basic V13,
Floating License
6ES7822-0AA03-0YE5
Upgrade
STEP 7 Basic V12 to
STEP 7 Basic V13,
Floating License,
software download
6ES7822-0AE03-0YE5
1)

2)
For more information on the Software Update Service,

see Catalog ST 70.
More information
Brochures
Software download
Informative material for downloading can be found on the

Internet:
2/904
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
STEP 7
Overview
STEP 7 trial license

If the customer wishes to test that STEP 7 can run on the
intended system before it is implemented, the STEP 7 trial
license is available for a token fee.
STEP 7 Professional
STEP 7 Professional provides a software package that, in addition to STEP 7, includes the options of S7-SCL, S7-GRAPH and
S7-PLCSIM. STEP 7 Professional is available as an upgrade
package for STEP 7. If a common software update package is
used, all the languages in the current version can be maintained.
Note:
Screenshots for the individual tools can be found in the form of
a PDF in the detailed information.
Design
STEP 7 basic software:

The standard tool for the SIMATIC S7, SIMATIC C7 and
SIMATIC WinAC automation systems.
Makes use of the full performance capabilities of the systems
User-friendly functions for all phases of an automation project:
- Configuring and parameterizing the hardware
- Definition of communication
- Programming
- Testing, commissioning and service
- Documentation, archiving
- Operating, diagnostics functions
Application
STEP 7 basic software is the standard tool for the SIMATIC S7,
SIMATIC C7 and SIMATIC WinAC automation systems. It
enables the user to use the performance capability of these
systems easily and conveniently.
STEP 7 contains convenient functions for all phases of an
automation project:
Configuring and parameterizing the hardware.
Specifying the communication.
Programming.
Test, start-up and service.
Documentation, archiving.
Operating/diagnostics functions.
STEP 7 basic software provides users with different tools for

carrying out their automation projects:
SIMATIC Manager:
For the common and orderly management of all tools and data
for the SIMATIC S7, SIMATIC C7 and SIMATIC WinAC
Symbol editor:
For defining symbolic designations, data types and
comments of global tags
Hardware configuration:
For configuration of the automation system and for
parameterization of all settable modules
Communication:
For configuring connections. Cyclic data transmission
between automation components via MPI or for event-driven
data transmission by means of either MPI, via PROFIBUS or
Industrial Ethernet
Information functions:
For a fast overview of CPU data and the causes of trouble
during execution of a user program
For the creation of a user-written program, STEP 7 offers the
following field-proven, standardized PLC programming
languages:
Statement list (STL)
Ladder diagram (LAD)
Function Block Diagram (FBD)
Furthermore, for special tasks, additional programming
languages or technology-oriented configurations can be
employed.
All functions are supported by the extensive online help.

STEP 7 is installed as standard on the Field PG M programming
device. It is also available as a software package for a PC installation. For use with a PC, a PC module or PC adapter is required.
STEP 7 allows several users to work on a project simultaneously.
Write access from more than one user is prevented.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/905
Siemens AG 2014
STEP 7
Function
STEP 7 blocks
STEP 7 files all user-written programs and all the data required
by those programs in blocks. The possibility of calling other
blocks within one block, as though they were subroutines,
enables the structuring of the user program. This increases
considerably the organizational clarity, the comprehensibility
and the ease of maintenance of PLC programs. The following
types of blocks are available:
Organization blocks (OBs) control program execution.
- OBs are divided into classes (e.g., time-driven, alarmdriven), independently of the triggering event. These classes
have levels of priority. Depending on their respective priority
levels, one can interrupt another.
- When an OB is started, detailed information about the event
initiating the start is provided. This information can be
evaluated in the user-written program.
Function blocks (FBs) contain the actual user program.
- Function blocks can be supplied with different data each
time they are called (he so-called instance). These data, as
well as internal variables (e.g., for intermediate values) and
results are stored in the assigned instance-data block and
are automatically managed by the system.
When an FB/SFB is called, instance data blocks (instance
DBs) are assigned to the block. They are automatically
generated when these blocks are compiled.
- The user can access these instance data (symbolically as
well, of course) from any point in his user program or from an
HMI system.
Functions (FCs) contain program routines for frequently used
functions.
- Every function has a fixed function value (a number of initial
parameters are possible, in addition to the IEC standard).
The output parameters must be processed immediately after
the call. Thus functions do not require any instance-data
blocks.
Data blocks (DBs) are data areas for storing user data.
- In addition to the data that is assigned in each case to a
function block (instance data), global data can be defined
and can be used by any of the software modules (e.g., for
recipes).
- An elementary or structured data type can be assigned to
the components of a data block. Elementary data types are,
for example, BOOL, REAL or INTEGER. Structured data
types (fields and structures) comprise elementary data
types (e.g. a recipe). The data in a data block can be
addressed symbolically. This facilitates the programming
and the readability of the program.
System function blocks (SFBs); function blocks (see above)
that are integrated in the CPU's operating system, e.g. SEND,
RECEIVE, controller. The variables of the SFBs are also filed in
IDBs.
System functions (SFCs); functions (see above) that are
integrated in the CPU's operating system, e.g., time functions,
block transfer.
System data blocks (SDBs) are data for the CPU's operating
system containing the system settings, e.g., module parameters.
2/906
Siemens IK PI 2015
Tools
SIMATIC Manager
The SIMATIC Manager manages all data belonging to an automation project, regardless of the target system (SIMATIC S7,
SIMATIC C7 or SIMATIC WinAC) on which they are implemented.
It provides a common entry point for all SIMATIC S7, C7 or
WinAC tools. The SIMATIC software tools that are necessary
for processing the selected data are automatically started by
SIMATIC Manager.
Symbol Editor
With the tool Symbol Editor all global variables (in contrast to the
local formal parameters that are declared when the blocks are
programmed) are managed. The following functions are available:
Definition of symbolic designations and comments for the
process signals (inputs/outputs), flags and blocks
Sorting functions
Data exchange with other Windows programs.
The symbol charts that are generated when this tool is used are
available to all applications. Changes to a symbol parameter are
therefore automatically recognized by all tools.
The tool Hardware Configuration is used for configuring and
parameterizing the hardware used for an automation project.
The following functions are available:
Configuration of the automation system
Racks are selected from an electronic catalog and the
selected modules are assigned to the required slots in the
racks.
The configuration of the distributed I/Os is done in the same
way as the configuration of the non-distributed I/Os;
channel-granular I/O modules are also supported.
CPU parameter assignment:
Properties such as restart characteristics and cycle-time
monitoring can be set menu-driven. multicomputing is
supported. The entered data are filed in system data blocks in
the CPU.
Module parameter assignment:
The user can specify all the adjustable parameters of the
modules in input screen forms. Adjustments via DIP switches
become unnecessary. Parameterization of hardware modules
occurs automatically during the CPU's acceleration. Thus, a
change of a module can be made without another
parameterization.
Function module (FM) and communications processor (CP)
parameter assignment:
This parameterization also occurs within the hardware
configuration in the same way as the parameterization of the
other modules. For this parameterization hardware-modulespecific screen forms and rules are provided for each FM and
CP (is included in the FM/CP functions package). The system
prevents faulty inputs by offering only allowed entry options on
the parameter assignment screen forms.
Siemens AG 2014
STEP 7
System diagnostics
Operation set
System diagnostics offer the user an overview of the status of the

automation system. The display can be in two different forms:
Display of text messages, which can be output directly and
quickly
Pixel-graphics display within the Hardware Config display,
offering the following options:
- Display of general module information (e.g., order number,
version, designation) and module status (e.g., faulty)
- Display of module faults (e.g., channel faults) of the central
I/O and DP slaves
- Display of alarms from the diagnostics buffer
The STEP 7 programming languages have a comprehensive

set of instructions, similar to STEP 5. This allows even complex
functions to be programmed easily (i.e., without having great
programming knowledge) and quickly
For CPUs, additional information is displayed:

Causes of malfunction during user program execution
Display of cycle duration (longest, shortest and last cycle)
Display of the reserved and free memory
Capabilities and usage of MPI communication
Display of the performance data (number of possible inputs/
outputs, flags, counters, timers and blocks)
Communication configuration
Configuring and display of communication links
Time-driven cyclic data transmission via MPI
- Selection of communication partners
- Entering of data source and data destination in a table.
Generation of all system data blocks (SDBs) to be loaded
and their complete transmission to all CPUs take place
automatically.
Event-driven data transmission:
- Definition of the communication links
- Selection of the communication function blocks (CFBs) from
the integrated block library
- Parameterization of the selected communication blocks in
the customary programming language (e.g., LAD).
The following functions are provided:

Binary logic (incl. edge evaluation)
Word operation
Timers/counters
Comparison functions
Conversion functions
Shift/rotate
Mathematical functions (incl. trigonometry, exponents,
logarithms)
Program control (branches, branch distribution, calls,
Master Control Relays).
In addition, improved testing and service functions make
programming easier:
Setting breakpoints (only S7-400)
Forcing of inputs/outputs (only S7-400)
Rewiring
Display of cross-references
STEP 7 supports multicomputing with the S7-400
Status functions:
Download and testing of blocks directly from the editor
Status of several blocks at the same time
Search functions:
Specific locations within the program can be found quickly
using search criteria (such as symbolic name, operand)
(XRef).
Programming languages
Online Help (F1) is available for all functions and blocks.
The well-proven programming languages Ladder (LAD),

Function Block Diagram (FBD) and Instruction List (IL) are
available for programming. Programs that comply with DIN
EN 6.1131-3 can be created in the classical PLC programming
languages Ladder Diagram (LAD) and Function Block Diagram
(FBD) .
Note:
Screenshot views are available for the individual tools.
The user-friendly, pixel-graphics LAD and FBD editors support

the programmer with:
Uncomplicated and intuitive operation:
The creation of ladder diagrams/function block diagrams is
characterized by the user-friendliness familiar from PCs, such
as drag and drop, cut and paste.
Library of predefined complex functions (such as PID
controllers) or user-specific standard solutions
The Statement List (STL) textual programming language makes
it possible for the user to create programs in which operating
time and memory location are optimized and which are close to
the hardware. When creating these programs, the programmer
is supported by the following user-friendly editing functions:
Entry option in incremental mode and free text mode:
the user can either have each input immediately checked
incrementally for correctness, or create the complete
program using only symbols in a text editor and subsequently
have it translated by means of the appropriate symbol chart.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/907
Siemens AG 2014
STEP 7
Integration
Components for connecting a PC to MPI and PROFIBUS
Components for connecting the PC to Industrial Ethernet
The components described below are used to connect programming devices and PCs (incl. notebooks) to PROFIBUS and
to the multipoint SIMATIC S7 MPI interface in conjunction with
STEP 7.
The PC modules described below are used to connect programming devices and AT-compatible PCs/notebooks to
Industrial Ethernet in conjunction with STEP 7 and SOFTNET-PG
(as of V6.0).
PC adapter USB
To connect a PC to the SIMATIC S7 programmable controller
via the USB port.
For connection to USB 1.1 and 2.0 interfaces.
Can be used for SIMATIC S7-200, S7-300, S7-400 and C7.
Supports routing.
Automatic transmission rate and profile search.
Noticeably improved performance (up to three times faster
than the PC adapter via RS 232).
Including subsequently updatable firmware (e.g. for function
expansions or troubleshooting).
Can be used under Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows 7
(32/64-bit).
Scope of delivery:
- PC adapter USB.
- CD "SIMATIC Software PC Adapter USB" including software
and documentation.
- USB cable, 5 m.
- MPI cable, 0.3 m.
CP 1512
For programming devices/ PCs/notebooks with PCMCIA slot.
PCMCIA slot Type II (32 bit cardbus); 10/100 Mbit/s.
Incl. adapter with RJ45 socket for connection to Industrial
Ethernet.
CP 5512
For programming devices/ PCs/notebooks with PCMCIA slot.
PCMCIA slot Type II (32 bit cardbus).
Incl. adapter with 9-pin sub-D socket for connection to
PROFIBUS.
CP 5611/CP 5611-MPI
For programming devices/PCs with PCI slot
Short PCI card (32 bit).
CP 5611-MPI including MPI cable.
2/908
Siemens IK PI 2015
CP 1612
For programming devices/PCs with PCI slot
Short PCI card (32 bit); 10/100 Mbit/s
Incl. RJ45 socket for connection to Industrial Ethernet.
Please refer to the respective product catalog for technical information regarding product versions and supported operating
systems.
You will find additional information about the online connection
of PCs and SIMATIC S7/C7 controllers under
"SIMATIC NET Communication Systems".
Siemens AG 2014
STEP 7
6ES7972-0CB20-0XA0
Supply voltage
24 V DC
Yes
Input current
100 mA
Power
Power consumption, typ.
max. 2.5 W
EMC
Interference immunity against
discharge of static electricity
discharge of static electricity
acc. to IEC 61000-4-2
Min.
max.
Yes
Interference immunity to cable-borne

interference
on the supply lines
Yes
acc. to IEC 61000-4-4
Interference immunity on signal lines Yes
acc. to IEC 61000-4-4
Surge immunity
on the supply lines
acc. to IEC 61000-4-5
Immunity against high-frequency

electromagnetic fields
high-frequency radiation
acc. to IEC 61000-4-3
Yes;
1 kV (to IEC 61000-4-5;
surge symm.);
2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-5;
surge asymm.)
Relative humidity
Operation, min.
max. relative humidity
Storage/transport, min.
Storage/transport, max.
Vibrations
Operation, checked
according to IEC 60068-2-6
Transport tested checked
to IEC 60068-2-6
Shock test
Shock test
Yes;
10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz
(to IEC 61000-4-3);
10 V/m, 900 MHz, 1.89 GHz, 50% ED
(to IEC 61000-4-3)
Immunity against conducted

interference induced by
high-frequency fields
high frequency current feed
acc. to IEC 61000-4-6
Yes;
(to IEC 61000-4-6)
Immunity to magnetic field

interference
Interference immunity to
magnetic fields at 50 Hz
30 A/m;
to IEC 61000-4-8

acc. to EN 55 022
Interference emission
acc. to EN 55022, class B
6ES7972-0CB20-0XA0
Ambient conditions
Min.
max.
Permissible temperature change
5 C
40 C
10 C/h;
Operation: 10 K/h;
storage/transport: 20 K/h
-20 C
60 C
5%
80 %
5%
95 %;
At 25 C (no condensation)
Yes;
10 to 58 Hz: Amplitude 0.075 mm;
58 to 500 Hz: Acceleration 9.8 m/s2
Yes;
(packed) 5 to 9 Hz,
amplitude 3.5 mm;
9 to 500 Hz, acceleration 9.8 m/s2
Tested to DIN IEC 60068-2-2;
Operation:
950 m/s2 (10 g), 30 ms, 100 Shocks;
Transport (packaged):
250 m/s2 (25 g), 6 ms, 1000 shocks
Dimensions
Width
105 mm
Height
58 mm
Depth
26 mm
Weights
Weight, approx.
100 g
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/909
Siemens AG 2014
STEP 7
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
STEP 7 Version 5.5
STEP 7 reference manuals
Target system:
SIMATIC S7-300/400, SIMATIC C7,
SIMATIC WinAC
Requirements:
Windows XP Prof.,
Windows 7 Professional / Ultimate
Delivery package:
Italian;
incl. license key on USB stick,
Consisting of STL, LAD and FBD

manuals as well as a reference
manual for standard and system
functions for SIMATIC S7-300/400
Floating license on DVD
6ES7810-4CC10-0YA5
Floating License, license key

download without software and
documentation1); email address
required for delivery
6ES7810-4CE10-0YB5
Rental license for 50 hours
6ES7810-4CC10-0YA6
Rental License for 50 hours,

6ES7810-4CE10-0YB6
Upgrade Floating License

3.x/4.x/5.x to V5.5; on DVD
6ES7810-4CC10-0YE5
Trial License STEP 7 V5.5;

on DVD, 14 day trial
6ES7810-4CC10-0YA7
German
6ES7810-4CA10-8AW1
English
6ES7810-4CA10-8BW1
French
6ES7810-4CA10-8CW1
Spanish
6ES7810-4CA10-8DW1
Italian
6ES7810-4CA10-8EW1
6ES7998-8XC01-8YE0

multilingual: LOGO!,
SIMADYN,
SIMATIC C7,
SIMATIC HMI,
SIMATIC Sensors,
SIMATIC NET,
SIMATIC PCS 7,
SIMATIC PG/PC,
SIMATIC S7,
SIMATIC Software, SIMATIC TDC
STEP 7 Version 5.5 Japanese

Target system:
SIMATIC WinAC
Requirements:
Windows XP Professional Japanese
Delivery package:
English, Japanese;

EPROM programming device,
USB prommer
MPI cable
6ES7810-4CC10-0JA5

Japanese 3.x/4.x/5.x to V5.5;
on DVD
6ES7810-4CC10-0JE5
6ES7901-0BF00-0AA0
For linking SIMATIC S7 and PG

through MPI (5 m)
Components for connecting a PC to MPI and PROFIBUS
For PCs with a free PCI slot:
STEP 7 Version 5.5, Chinese

Target system:
SIMATIC WinAC
Requirements:
Windows XP Professional Chinese
Delivery package:
English, Chinese;
CP 5612
6GK1561-2AA00
CP 5612 MPI
6GK1561-2AM00
incl. MPI cable (5 m)

For PCs with a free PCMCIA slot:
CP 5512
6GK1551-2AA00
For Windows XP Professional
Floating License Chinese on DVD
6ES7810-4CC10-0KA5
For PCs without a free PCI slot:
Upgrade Floating License Chinese

6ES7810-4CC10-0KE5
USB A2 PC adapter
6GK1571-0BA00-0AA0

delivery
Documentation package
STEP 7 basic information
Comprising Getting Started,
hardware configuration manual,
programming manual, migration
manual
Components for connecting the PC to Industrial Ethernet

For PCs with a free PCI slot:
German
6ES7810-4CA10-8AW0
English
6ES7810-4CA10-8BW0
French
6ES7810-4CA10-8CW0
Spanish
6ES7810-4CA10-8DW0
Italian
6ES7810-4CA10-8EW0
Layer 2 Ethernet cards

For PCs with a free PCMCIA slot:
SOFTNET-IE RNA V7.1
(Win XP/Vista/Server2003)
6GK1704-1PW71-3AA0
SOFTNET-IE RNA V8.1

(Win 7/server2008)
6GK1704-1PW08-1AA0
1)
Siemens IK PI 2015
6ES7792-0AA00-0XA0
For programming SIMATIC memory

cards and EPROM modules
Floating License Japanese on DVD
2/910
6ES7998-8XC01-8YE2

Siemens AG 2014
STEP 7
More information
Brochures
Informative material for downloading can be found on the
Internet:
Software download
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/911
Siemens AG 2014
Enhanced Real-Time Ethernet Controller ERTEC
Overview
Benefits
With the Industrial Ethernet ASICs of the ERTEC family

(Enhanced Real-Time Ethernet Controller), devices and systems
can be connected to PROFINET without great effort. The highperformance Ethernet controllers with 32-bit microprocessor as
well as integral real-time switch for Real Time Ethernet have
been specially developed for industrial use.
These Ethernet controllers handle all the data transmission for
PROFINET with Real-Time (RT) and Isochronous Real-Time (IRT)
and thus offload the application processor. Thanks to the integral
2-port switch (ERTEC 200 and ERTEC 200P) or 4-port switch
(ERTEC 400), there are no costs for external switches. Flexible
topologies such as star, tree and linear topologies can be implemented without any other external network components.
ERTEC 200P
with integral 2-port switch and maximum performance for
compact and modular PROFINET field devices. The ERTEC
200P is designed for cycle times up to 31.25 s. In
conjunction with a high-speed ARM 926 CPU, it meets all the
requirements for powerful PROFINET implementation.
ERTEC 200
with an integral 2-port switch for developing compact or
modular PROFINET field devices.
ERTEC 400
with 4 integral ports and one integral PCI interface for
developing network components and field devices with
specific requirements regarding communication capabilities.
The EK-ERTEC 200P PN IO, DK-ERTEC 200 PN IO and DKERTEC 400 PN IO development kits enable the uncomplicated
development of PROFINET field devices thanks to fast and
simple integration of the PROFINET IO functionalities based
on the ERTEC.
2/912
Siemens IK PI 2015
Full support for the PROFINET functionalities Real-Time (RT)

and Isochronous Real-Time (IRT)
Space-saving implementation thanks to the high degree of
integration
Complete communication processing for cyclic data transmission
Wide application range thanks to extensive interfaces
Openness due to compatibility with IEEE 802
Industry-compatible environmental characteristics (RoHS
compatibility)
Unlimited support for IT communication and real-time data
communication on the same medium.
Powerful, integral ARM microprocessor
No external network components necessary due to integration
of switch in the device
Integrated PHYs (for ERTEC200P and ERTEC 200)
Technology benefits over standard Ethernet controllers due to
the support for time-critical applications such as IRT
Development support from the Siemens Competence Centers
in Europe and the USA.
Siemens AG 2014
ERTEC 400
ERTEC 200
ERTEC 200P
Transmission rate
10/100 Mbit/s
10/100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
Interfaces
Ethernet / PHY interface
4 x PHY interface
2 x Ethernet interface (PHY integrated)

or alternatively
2 x PHY interface
(for connection of optical PHYs)
Half/full duplex
Half/full duplex
Support for copper and fiber-optic
cables;
cables (PHY for copper integrated);
autosensing;
autosensing;
autocrossover
autocrossover
Local bus master interface for
Local bus master interface for
connecting an external host with
connecting an external host with
access to internal areas of the ERTEC; access to internal areas of the ERTEC;
16 bit data bit width
16 bit data bit width
2 x Ethernet interface (PHY integrated)

or alternatively 2 x PHY interface
(for connection of optical PHYs)
128 MB/16 bit or 256 MB/32 bit

4 x 16 MB for asynchronous blocks
(SRAM, flash, I/O 8/16/32 bit)
yes
32 parameterizable I/O (GPIO);
multifunctional outputs
yes

yes
45 parameterizable I/O (GPIO);
yes

yes
up to 96 parameterizable I/O (GPIO);
yes
ARM processor
Integral ARM946 processor
- Adjustable operating frequency
32-bit ARM system

50/100/150 MHz
32-bit ARM system

50/100/150 MHz
32-bit ARM system

125/250 MHz
Supply voltage
Core (VDD Core)
I/Os (VDD IO)
External host interface (XHIF)
PHY
External host interface (XHIF)
1.5 V +/- 10 %
3.3 V +/- 10 %
-
1.5 V +/- 10 %
3.3 V +/- 10 %
-
1.2 V +5 %/-0.1 V
3.3 V +5 %/-10 %
1.8 V +5 %/-10 %
1.5 V +5 %/-10 %
1.8 V/3.3 V +5 %/-10 %
Perm. ambient conditions

Relative humidity
-40 C to +85 C
-40 C to +85 C
Max. 95 % at +25 C
-40 C to +85 C
-40 C to +85 C
Max. 95 % at +25 C
-40 C to +85 C
-40 C to +85 C
Max. 95 % at +25 C
Housing
Pinning Ball Pitch
Plastic FBGA 304 Pin

0.8 mm

0.8 mm

0.8 mm
19 x 1 x 19
19 x 1 x 19
17 x 1 x 17
In accordance with the respective

software implementation that uses the
ERTEC as Ethernet controller
Real-Time communication (RT);
Isochronous Real-Time communication
(IRT)

(IRT)
- In connection with the

corresponding PHY types:
Local Bus Unit (LBU)
External memory interface (EMIF)

- SDRAM controller
- SRAM controller
- Chip-select support
IO interfaces
Intelligent switching and
PROFINET IRT prioritization/timing
- ERTEC
Supported communications protocols

General Ethernet protocols
PROFINET in combination
with a PROFINET Software Stack
(IRT)
Half/full duplex
cables (PHY for copper integrated);
autosensing;
autocrossover
XHIG (external host interface);
16/32 bit data bit width
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/913
Siemens AG 2014
Ordering data
Article No.
You can find further information, technical data and manuals

on the Enhanced Real-Time Ethernet Controller ERTEC on the
Internet:
ERTEC 200P
ASIC for connection to Switched

Ethernet 100 Mbit/s, Ethernet
controller with integral 2-port
switch, ARM 926 processor and
integral PHYs
10 units (Evaluation Pack)
90 units (individual tray)
450 units (drypack, 5 trays)
Evaluation Kit
EK-ERTEC 200P PN IO
http://www.siemens.com/ertec
6ES7195-0BH00-0XA0
6ES7195-0BH10-0XA0
6ES7195-0BH20-0XA0
133300
6ES7195-3BE00-0YA0
Support
The competent and experienced staff at the PROFINET
Competence Centers in Europe and the U.S. offer free telephone
advice as well as individual and agreed development and
support on-site from the initial information all the way to conclusion of the development with certification.
ERTEC 200
ASIC ERTEC 200 for connection to
Switched Ethernet 10/100 Mbit/s,
Ethernet controller with integral
2-port switch, ARM 946 processor
and integral PHYs
70 units (individual tray),
350 units (drypack, 5 trays),
3500 units (package,
10 drypacks)
6GK1182-0BB01-0AA1
6GK1182-0BB01-0AA2
6GK1182-0BB01-0AA3
Development Kit
DK-ERTEC 200 PN IO
6GK1953-0BA00
ERTEC 200 PN IO Starter Kit
6ES7195-3BD00-0YA0
ERTEC 400
switched Ethernet 10/100 Mbit/s,
Ethernet controller with integrated
4-port switch, ARM 946 RISC and
PCI interface (V2.2), data preparation for real-time and isochrone
real-time for PROFINET IO
70 units (individual tray),
Development kit
DK-ERTEC 400 PN IO
2/914
Siemens IK PI 2015
More information
If you have any questions, your contact partner will be pleased

to help:
Germany and Europe
Siemens AG
Communication, Development & Certification (ComDeC)
P.O. Box 2355
90713 Frth
Tel.: +49 (911) 750-2080
Fax: +49 (911) 750-2100
E-mail: comdec@siemens.com
USA and International
6GK1184-0BB01-0AA1
6GK1184-0BB01-0AA2
6GK1953-0CA00
PROFI Interface Center (PIC)

One Internet Plaza
PO Box 4991
Johnson City, TN 37604
Tel.: +1 (423) - 262 2687
Fax: +1 (423) - 262 2103
E-mail: pic.industry@siemens.com
Siemens AG 2014
Development kits
Overview
Benefits
Easy development of PROFINET field devices with Real-Time
(RT) and Isochronous Real-Time (IRT).
Perfectly matched hardware and software components.
A quick start of the development thanks to the supplied
software examples, documentation, and circuit diagrams.
Easy creation of a specific GSD file thanks to the supplied
example GSD file.
Development boards as PN IO device test environment
(only with ERTEC).
Complete development environment contained in the scope of
delivery, including a run-capable example application.
Easy portability to any Ethernet controllers and real-time
operating systems.
With the development packages for PROFINET, compact or

modular PROFINET field devices can be developed quickly and
with little effort. Depending on the application, different development packages are available.
The development packages for the ASICs of the ERTEC family
(Enhanced Real-Time Ethernet Controller) are suitable for the
development of field devices with an integrated IRT switch
(Isochronous Real-Time). The demand for real-time capability,
linear topology capability, and for IT integration is therefore met
perfectly.
With the help of the development package for standard Ethernet
controllers, PROFINET devices can be developed on the basis
of a standard Ethernet controller. Devices with RT (Real-Time)
can be implemented in the field device without special hardware.
The PROFIsafe StarterKit permits the implementation of fail-safe
devices. In so doing, the PROFIsafe Stack applicatively builds
on the PROFINET stack.
.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/915
Siemens AG 2014
Development kits
Ordering data
Article No.
ERTEC development kits
More information
You can find more detailed information, technical data, and manuals for ERTEC 200P, ERTEC 200, ERTEC 400, EK-ERTEC 200P,
DK/SK-ERTEC 200 PN IO, DK-ERTEC 400 PN IO and
DK Standard Ethernet Controller on the Internet:
Evaluation Kit
EK-ERTEC 200P PN IO
6ES7195-3BE00-0YA0
Development kit
DK-ERTEC 200 PN IO
6GK1953-0BA00
Development kit
DK-ERTEC 400 PN IO
6GK1953-0CA00
ERTEC 200 PN IO Starter Kit
6ES7195-3BD00-0YA0
133300
Development kit
for standard Ethernet controller
6ES7195-3BC00-0YA0
PROFIsafe starter kit V3.4
6ES7195-3BF02-0YA0
ERTEC 200 PN IO starter kit expansion option
ERTEC ASICs
ERTEC 200P
ASIC for connection to
Switched Ethernet 100 Mbit/s,
Ethernet controller with integral
2-port switch, ARM 926 processor
and integral PHYs
10 units (Evaluation Pack)
90 units (individual tray)
450 units (drypack, 5 trays)
6ES7195-0BH00-0XA0
6ES7195-0BH10-0XA0
6ES7195-0BH20-0XA0
6GK1182-0BB01-0AA1
6GK1182-0BB01-0AA2
6GK1182-0BB01-0AA3
The necessary and released test software of the CP1616 must

be received for successful evaluation with the CP1616. The necessary software components and documentation expansions
are available free when you return the completed registration
form of the ERTEC 200 PN IO starter kit as well as the delivery
notes of the ERTEC 200 PN IO starter kit and CP1616.
Licensing
All of the development packages contain a development license
which authorizes the user to develop and test PROFINET devices on the basis of the stack provided.
For the production of series devices, one product line license
must also be obtained for each product line under the Article No.
6ES7195-3BC10-0YA0.
6GK1184-0BB01-0AA1
6GK1184-0BB01-0AA2
Accessories
PROFINET IO product
line license for one product line
When using the CP1616, the same evaluation options are

available as on the DK-ERTEC 200 PN IO.
The software is supplied by the Support Center ComDeC via via

a secure download connection following successful registration.
ERTEC 400
Ethernet controller with
integral 4-port switch,
ARM 946 processor and
PCI interface (V2.2)
70 units (individual trays),
The supplied controller test partner SOFTNET PN IO is suitable

for developing PROFINET IO Devices with RT thanks to its communication connection via a standard Ethernet interface on the
developer PC.
For testing the IRT functionality, the controller test partner
CP1616 is needed, article number: 6GK1161-6AA01.
ERTEC 200
Ethernet controller with
integral 2-port switch,
ARM 946 processor and
integral PHYs
70 units (individual trays),
3500 units (package,
10 drypacks)
http://www.siemens.com/ertec
6ES7195-3BC10-0YA0
For detailed information on the currently applicable licensing

rules, contact our Competence Centers ComDeC and PIC.
Support
advice as well as individual and agreed development and support on-site from the initial information all the way to conclusion
of the development with certification.
to help:
Germany and Europe
Siemens AG
P.O. Box 2355
90713 Frth
Tel.: +49 (911) 750-2080
Fax: +49 (911) 750-2100
One Internet Plaza
PO Box 4991
Tel.: +1 (423) - 262 2687
Fax: +1 (423) - 262 2103
2/916
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFINET Driver
Overview
zGwj
p
wyvmpul{G
wyvmpul{G
wyvmpul{
For connecting distributed I/O and drives to user-specific

control applications via PROFINET
Operation of the control software on a standard PC using the
standard Ethernet interface of the PC;
Supplied as portable source code and can therefore be used
with any operating system
Sample application for Windows included in the scope of
delivery; uses SIMATIC IPCs as example hardware
Benefits
Configuration via open XML interface, no engineering tool
required (TIA Portal, STEP 7, etc.).
Simplified handling when using the TIA Portal
Operation on a standard PC using the standard Ethernet
interface reduces costs and offers flexibility and performance
benefits
Delivery as portable source code enables use with different
operating systems. This enables connection to a host of userspecific control programs.
Supports PROFINET with Real-Time (RT)
Cycle times up to 1 ms when using a real-time operating
system
G_ST70_XX_00809
wyvmpul{Gk
wyvmpul{
Ordering data
Article No.
PROFINET Driver
For connecting distributed I/O
and drives to user-specific control
applications via PROFINET
Development license
6ES7195-3AA00-0YA0
Runtime licenses
10 units
50 units
200 units
500 units
6ES7195-3AA10-0XA0
6ES7195-3AA20-0XA0
6ES7195-3AA30-0XA0
6ES7195-3AA40-0XA0
More information
Support
advice as well as individual and agreed development and support on-site from the initial information all the way to conclusion
of the development with certification.
to help:
Germany and Europe
Siemens AG
P.O. Box 2355
90713 Frth
Tel.: +49 (911) 750-2080
Fax: +49 (911) 750-2100
One Internet Plaza
PO Box 4991
Tel.: +1 (423) - 262 2687
Fax: +1 (423) - 262 2103
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/917
Siemens AG 2014
Network transitions
IE/PB Link PN IO
Overview
DP-M
DP-S
ASi-M
G_IK10_XX_10191
PN
2/918
Siemens IK PI 2015
Compact network transition between Industrial Ethernet and

PROFIBUS
Connection to Industrial Ethernet
with 10/100 Mbit/s full/half duplex connection with
autosensing for automatic switchover
Connection to PROFIBUS
with 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s incl. 45.45 kbit/s for PROFIBUS PA
PROFINET IO proxy;
connection of PROFIBUS DP slaves to PROFINET IO controller
according to PROFINET standard:
- From the viewpoint of the IO controller, all DP slaves are
handled like I/O devices with Ethernet interface, i.e. the IE/
PB Link PN IO is their proxy.
Cross-network programming device/operator panel communication by S7 routing,
i.e. all S7 stations can be remotely programmed by the
programming device on the Industrial Ethernet or PROFIBUS.
Cross-network access to data of S7 stations for visualization
by means of S7 OPC server and S7 routing;
- Via the IE/PB Link PN IO access can be made from the PC
on the Industrial Ethernet (e.g. for HMI applications with OPC
Client interface) by means of S7 OPC server, to all data of the
S7 stations on the PROFIBUS.
configuration data
Siemens AG 2014
Network transitions
IE/PB Link PN IO
Benefits
PROFINET applications
Protection of investment due to simple connection of
PROFIBUS DP slaves to PROFINET IO controller
Enables the use also in plants with PROFIsafe applications
Independence from individual vendors through support of the
PROFINET standard for distributed field devices
SIMATIC S7-400
SIMATIC HMI
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
IE/PB
Link
PN IO
ET 200S
ET 200S
ET 200S
PROFIBUS
SINAMICS
ET 200M
G_IK10_XX_30036
ET 200S
MICROMASTER
Migration for PROFIBUS devices
Configuration example of PROFIBUS and PROFINET:

PROFIBUS devices can be seamlessly integrated into PROFINET over the IE/PB Link PN IO as proxy.
Applications in the case of vertical integration

Worldwide access to data of the PROFIBUS stations via
Industrial Ethernet and Internet for vertical integration
Optimization of a plant from a central location
Access to process data from all enterprise levels
Loading of STEP 7 programs from a central location
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/919
Siemens AG 2014
Network transitions
IE/PB Link PN IO
Application
As an autonomous component, the IE/PB Link PN IO provides a
seamless transition between Industrial Ethernet and PROFIBUS.
Using the IE/PB Link PN IO as a proxy, you can continue to use

existing PROFIBUS devices (also with PROFIsafe functionality,
V2.0 or higher) and integrate them into a PROFINET application.
The IE/PB Link PN IO also offers the following functions:
S7 routing
- permits cross-network PG/OP communication, in other
words, all S7 stations on Industrial Ethernet or PROFIBUS
can be programmed remotely using the programming
device
- Access can be made to visualization data of the S7 stations
on the PROFIBUS from HMI stations on the Industrial
Ethernet.
Data record routing (PROFIBUS DP)
- It is possible, for example, to use SIMATIC PDM (on the PC)
on Industrial Ethernet to parameterize and diagnose a
PROFIBUS field device via the IE/PB Link PN IO.
Design
The IE/PB Link PN IO exhibits all the advantages of the SIMATIC
design:
Compact design;
the rugged plastic casing features on the front:
- one RJ45 port for connection to Industrial Ethernet.
- one 9-pin Sub-D socket for connection to PROFIBUS
- one 2-pin terminal strip for connecting the external supply
voltage of 24 V DC.
- Diagnostic LEDs
Connection is by means of the IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 with
180 cable exit or by means of a standard patch cable
Simple mounting;
the IE/PB Link PN IO is mounted on an S7-300 DIN rail.
Can be operated without a fan
supply)
Function
PROFINET
PROFINET IO proxy;
connection of PROFIBUS DP slaves to PROFINET IO controller
with real-time property, according to PROFINET standard
Additional functionality for vertical integration
S7 routing
- permits cross-network PG communication, in other words, all
S7 stations on Industrial Ethernet or PROFIBUS can be
programmed remotely using the programming device.
- Access can be made to visualization data of S7 stations on
the PROFIBUS from HMI stations on the Industrial Ethernet.
- Using this option, the IE/PB Link PN IO can be used as a
router for data records that are forwarded to field devices
(DP slaves). SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager) is a
tool that creates data sets of this type for parameterizing and
diagnosing field devices.
Application:
It is possible, for example, to use SIMATIC PDM (on the PC)
on Industrial Ethernet to set parameters and run diagnostics
for PROFIBUS PA field device over the IE/PB Link PN IO and
DP/PA coupler.
The additional functions for vertical integration can also be used
in an existing PROFIBUS application without PROFINET for
connection to a higher-level Industrial Ethernet.
In this case, the IE/PB Link PN IO is used as an additional
DP-Master Class 2 on a PROFIBUS segment for linking to the
Industrial Ethernet and offers the above functions.
Diagnosis
including:
Diagnosis of the assigned PROFIBUS field devices;
using the IE/PB Link PN IO as a proxy, the connected
DP slaves can be diagnosed in the same manner as
PROFINET IO devices (even in the user program of the
PROFINET IO controller)
General diagnostics and statistics functions
Diagnostic buffer
support of SNMP V1 MIB-II
Configuration
STEP 7 V5.4 or higher or the TIA Portal V11.0 is required for
configuring the full functional scope of the IE/PB Link PN IO.
For the IE/PB Link PN IO, STEP 7 automatically generates the
necessary parameters, e.g. the ones that assign addresses, and
all necessary routing information.
The configuration data for PROFINET IO created with STEP 7 is
saved on the IO controller. Attention must however be paid to the
memory capacity. The initialization data for the Ethernet interface is backed up on the C-PLUG (Configuration Plug) swap
media. The IE/PB Link PN IO can be swapped in the event of
failure without a programming device, because the relevant user
and configuration data is saved on the IO controller or on the
C-PLUG.
2/920
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Network transitions
IE/PB Link PN IO
Ordering data
Article No.
6GK1411-5AB00
IE/PB Link PN IO
IE/PB Link PN IO
Network transition between

Industrial Ethernet and PROFIBUS
with PROFINET IO functionality,
TCP/IP, S7 routing and
data record routing,
10/100 Mbit/s Fast Ethernet,
9.6 to 12 Mbit/s PROFIBUS;
on CD-ROM
Italian
Data transmission rates

Industrial Ethernet
PROFIBUS
10/100 Mbit/s autosensing

9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s
incl. 45.45 kbit/s (PROFIBUS PA)
Interfaces
Connection to Industrial Ethernet
- 10BaseT/100BaseT
Connection to PROFIBUS
Connection for power supply
RJ45
9-pin Sub-D socket
Voltage supply
24 V DC (+/-5 %)
Current consumption
(at rated voltage)
external from 24 V DC, max.
600 mA
Power loss
approx. 10 W

Relative humidity, max.
0 C + 60 C
- 40 C + 70 C
95 % at +25 C
Design
Module format
Weight
S7-300 construction
80 x 125 x 120
approx. 600 g
IP20
(Type A)
Article No.
6GK1411-5AB00
6XV1840-2AH10

PROFINET-compliant;
with UL approval
Sold by the meter
max. length 1 000 m
minimum order 20 m
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
Performance data

interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
6GK1901-1GA00
PROFINET IO performance data

Number of DP slaves on the
IE/PB Link PN IO (PROFINET IODevices for PROFINET IO)
Number of DP inputs, max.
Number of DP outputs, max.

for fast stripping of the
Industrial Ethernet FC cables
Configuration
Configuration software for PROFINET STEP 7/NCM S7, V5.3 SP1 or higher
and additional functions
Additional functionality
Number of S7 connections
Number of DSGW connections
64
2048 byte
2048 byte
max. 32
max. 32
6GK7377-1AA00-0AA0

of a SIMATIC S7-300-CPU, ET 200M
and up to three further nodes to
Industrial Ethernet operating at
10/100 Mbit/s; 4 x RJ45 ports;
on CD-ROM
C-PLUG
6GK1900-0AB00

Siemens IK PI 2015
2/921
Siemens AG 2014
Network transitions
IE/PB Link PN IO
Ordering data
Article No.
6XV1830-0EH10

bus connector RS 485 Plug 180
6GK1500-0FC10
With insulation displacement

terminals, with 180 cable outlet,
for industrial PC,
SIMATIC HMI OP, OLM;
max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s
Stripping Tool
6GK1905-6AA00

fast stripping of PROFIBUS
FastConnect bus cables
S7-300 mounting rail
6ES7390-1AB60-0AA0
S7-300 PS 307 load

power supply
6ES7307-1BA01-0AA0
24 V DC
STEP 7 Version 5.5
Target system:
SIMATIC WinAC
Requirements:
Windows XP Prof.,
Type of delivery:
Italian
Including license key on USB stick,
for CP 343-1 Lean, CP 343-1,
CP 343-1 Advanced,
CP 343-1 ERPC, CP 443-1,
CP 443-1 Advanced,
CP 443-1 RNA
Trial License STEP 7 V5.5;
on DVD, 14 day trial
2/922
Siemens IK PI 2015
6ES7810-4CC10-0YA5
6ES7810-4CC10-0YA6
6ES7810-4BC01-0YX2
6ES7810-4CC10-0YE5
6ES7810-4CC10-0YA7
Article No.
STEP 7 Professional
V12 Engineering Software
Target system:
SIMATIC S7-1200, S7-1500,
S7-300, S7-400, WinAC
Requirement:
Windows XP Home SP3
(STEP 7 Basic only), Windows XP
Professional SP3 (32 bit),
Windows 7 Home Premium SP1
(STEP 7 Basic only), Windows 7
Professional SP1 (32/64 bit),
Windows 7 Enterprise SP1
(32/64 bit), Windows 7 Ultimate SP1
(32/64 bit), Microsoft Server 2003
R2 Std. SP2 (32 bit),
Microsoft Server 2008 Std. SP2
(32/64 bit)
Form of delivery:
French, Spanish
for CP 1543-1, CP 343-1 Lean,
CP 343-1 ERPC, CP 443-1,
CP 443-1 Advanced
Floating License
Trial License
Floating License
Upgrade STEP 7
Professional 2006/2010
Floating License
PowerPack & upgrade
from STEP 7 V5.4/V5.5
Floating License
PowerPack STEP 7 Basic V12
Floating License
6ES7822-1AA02-0YA5
6ES7822-1AA02-0YA7
6ES7822-1AA02-0YE5
6ES7822-1AA02-0XE5
6ES7822-1AA02-0XC5
6ES7822-1AA02-0YC5
Siemens AG 2014
Network transitions
IE/PB Link PN IO
Ordering data
Article No.
STEP 7 Professional
Engineering Software V12;
software download
incl. license key 2
for the delivery
Floating License
Trial License;
Floating License
Upgrade STEP 7
Floating License
PowerPack & upgrade
from STEP 7 V5.4/V5.5
Floating License
Floating License
Article No.
STEP 7 Professional
Engineering Software V13
6ES7822-1AE02-0YA5
6ES7822-1AE02-0YA7
6ES7822-1AE02-0YE5
6ES7822-1AE02-0XE5
6ES7822-1AE02-0XC5
6ES7822-1AE02-0YC
Target system:
SIMATIC S7-300/-400,
SIMATIC S7-1200/1500,
SIMATIC C7, SIMATIC WinAC
Requirement:
Windows 7 Professional (32 bit)
Windows 7 Enterprise (32 bit)
Windows 7 Ultimate (32 bit)
Microsoft Server 2003 R2 Std. SP2
(32 bit)
Microsoft Server 2008 Std. SP2
(32 bit)
Form of delivery:
French, Spanish
for CP 1243-1, CP 1543-1,
CM 1542-1, CP 343-1 Lean,
CP 343-1 ERPC, CP 443-1,
CP 443-1 Advanced
Floating License
Trial License
Upgrade STEP 7
Floating License
PowerPack &
upgrade STEP 7 V5.4/V5.5
Floating License
Floating License
Software Update Service, 1 year;
current software version required
Compact, 1 year;
current software version required
STEP 7 Professional
Software Update Service; 1 year;
for STEP 7 Professional and
TIA Portal, requires current
software version
STEP 7 Professional
Compact; 1 year;
for STEP 7 Professional and
TIA Portal, requires current
software version
6ES7822-
6ES7822-
6ES7822-
6ES7822-
6ES7822-
6ES7822-
6ES7822-
6ES7810-
6ES7810-
More information
http://www.siemens.com/profinet
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/923
Siemens AG 2014
Overview
Network validation
Validation ensures the operational reliability of the fieldbus
systems by checking all of the relevant parameters in great
detail. Siemens Industry Services offers a service for testing
plant networks for compliance with network standards and for
increasing the availability and reliability of the plant through
regular validation. This is done on site, after setting up the plant
on the end customer's premises. On request, also in close
collaboration with the OEM.
Network monitoring
Network
Service
Station
Industrial Ethernet
TAP
Microbox with
Sinema Server
Bus
Analyser
Agent
Bus
Analyser
Agent
Bus
Analyser
Agent
Bus
Analyser
Agent
G_IK10_XX_10003
Siemens Industry Services offers network validation and network

monitoring services based on reaction-free hardware and the
corresponding software for validation, continuous monitoring
and diagnosis of the network status.
Scope of services:
Creation of an overview of networks and components
Checking the components used and the engineering against
the specifications of the PI, requirement specification and
customer references
Visual and mechanical checks on the hardware
Checking the physical network structure
PROFINET compatibility of the network structure (offline and
online)
Checking the data communication (failures, cycle times,
CRC errors, etc.)
PROFIsafe compatibility (optional)
Measurements of the PROFINET copper / FOC (optional)
cabling
Checking the MRP functionality (Media Redundancy Protocol)
Report complete with the optimization potential discovered for
the network under investigation
Network monitoring with bus analyzer
2/924
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Siemens Industry Services offers you the bus analyzer agent
analysis hardware for your existing network. Using the associated software, you can monitor your system at the message
frame level, scan data in real time and integrate it into preexisting software. In order to allow the administration and data
analysis of several agents distributed throughout the network,
the "Network Service Station" platform solution is additionally
available. This allows you to clearly process your data, output
alarms in the event of errors, and integrate them into your process visualization system (e.g. WinCC, PCS 7). The integrated,
fully programmable Reporting function guarantees that a summary of the key parameters is presented to you in a clear form.
An open and scalable module system allows individual adaptation of the service station to all network sizes and topological
forms. If necessary, Siemens Industry Service experts will support you in assembling the right combination for you, and in
designing your own reports and the analysis of error messages.
Scope of services:
Monitoring of PROFINET
(status, events, cycle time, jitter, sporadic errors, etc.)
Monitoring of Industrial Ethernet (port status, load, etc.)
Data acquisition in real time with the bus analyzer agent
(hardware)
Network diagnostics in real time
Network monitoring
Backup and restoring of switch configurations
Firmware update for selected network components
WinCC / PCS 7 integration
Reporting
Remote access and support (optional extra, on request)
Implementation and installation support
(optional extra, on request)
Ordering data
PROFINET validation package,
basic
Article No.
9AE4100-4BD30
For a maximum of 2 networks

standard
9AE4100-4BD40

extended
9AE4100-4BD50

maximum
9AE4100-4BD60

for 2 channels without TAP
9AE4140-1BA00
For PROFINET diagnosis (100 Mbit)

of 2 fieldbuses or
Ethernet diagnosis (up to 1 Gbit)
of 2 network segments
for 2 channels with TAP
9AE4140-1BA01
For reaction-free PROFINET

diagnosis of 2 fieldbuses
Network Service Station
STANDARD
9AE4110-1SA00
NSS standard software for continuous monitoring and reporting of

PROFINET fieldbuses (BANY Agent
required). Includes license for
50 devices and connection of an
operating client.
ADVANCED
9AE4110-1SB00
Standard functional scope plus the

monitoring of Ethernet networks,
switch management, port monitoring and long-term archive. Includes
license for 50 nodes and connection of an operating client.
ADVANCED + Bus Analyzer
9AE4140-1BA10
Hardware agent with 2-channel TAP

incl. NSS, for reaction-free
PROFINET diagnosis of 2 fieldbuses, only available within the
framework of service contracts
OPERATING CLIENT
9AE4110-1SY00
Expansion license for connecting

an additional operating client to the
POWERPACK
9AE4110-1SX00
Expansion license for connecting

an additional 50 devices to the
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/925
Siemens AG 2014
Partner solutions
deviceWISE Embedded Edition for SIMATIC S7
Overview
Application
deviceWISE Embedded for S7 offers the database interface of
the SIMATIC S7 with CP 343-1 ERPC to various ERP or MES systems for vertical integration.
Database communication
deviceWISE Embedded for S7 establishes direct connections
from the PLC to the leading database systems. The user can
perform a host of operations on the linked databases, such as:
Documentation of production data in the database
Updating of existing entries, e.g. recording and saving new
data as the production of a component progresses
Retrieval of data from the database, e.g. recipes or configuration data for the current production
Message-queue communication
The software enables the user to communicate directly with the
Enterprise Service Bus (ESB) and transfer data from the controller to applications in the enterprise IT system. Messages can be
sent and received in ASCII or XML. User-specific data formats
can also be defined.
deviceWISE Embedded for S7 is a software package that can
be loaded into the CP 343-1 ERPC communications
processor as a firmware extension
It facilitates intelligent and direct communication from the
S7-300 to IT applications at the management level
(e.g. databases)
No programming is required in SIMATIC
Benefits
High-speed integration of machine controllers into IT applications, e.g. reading or writing to databases by means of parameterization without any programming effort in the S7-300
Reliable delivery of critical process data by means of store &
forward functionality as well as in-built local database.
Complex preprocessing of data in the PLC with numerous
trigger options
Supports standard protocols such as OPC UA or XML-DA
directly from the PLC
2/926
Siemens IK PI 2015
Device communication
deviceWISE Embedded for S7 is used predominantly for communication with enterprise applications. In addition, the software
can establish connections to other automation devices and
transfer data from other PLC systems, RFID readers, or cameras
into the data area of the S7-CPU. This is done via the backplane
bus and enables flexible mapping of data from the widest variety
of devices into the data blocks of the PLC.
Siemens AG 2014
Partner solutions
deviceWISE Embedded Edition for SIMATIC S7
Function
The deviceWISE Embedded for S7 software includes a userfriendly tool the workbench for the configuration and management of data.
This enables one or more deviceWISE modules to be addressed
without any programming overhead.
The workbench offers a wide range of drag & drop mechanisms
and enables trigger conditions to be defined. This significantly
reduces the possibilities of errors when entering addresses or
field names. In addition, it is possible in the workbench to process raw data into useful information and transport it from programmable controllers to databases or message queues in the
IT environment of an enterprise.
More information
The software is available at:
ILS Technology LLC;
5300 Broken Sound Blvd.
Suite 150
Boca Raton, FL, U.S.A., 33487
Phone: +1-561-982-9898 x124

Fax.: +1-561-982-8638
E-mail: devicewise@ilstechnology.com
You can find further information in the Internet at:
http://www.ilstechnology.com/erpc
deviceWISE Embedded for S7 offers the following functions:

Direct connection to the following SQL databases:
IBM DB2
IBM DB2/400 (for OS/400 systems)
PostgreSQL Database
Bea Weblogic
Oracle
Oracle Manufacturing Operations Center
Microsoft SQL Server
MySQL
Direct connection to the following messaging systems:
IBM Websphere MQ
IBM MQTT
IBM SIB/JMS
TCP
Extensive preprocessing of the data
Using deviceWISE Embedded for S7, extensive preprocessing
of data (e.g. mathematical operations, flow diagram processing), the use of a local SQL database, and an in-built FTP server/
client functionality are possible.
Error handling and correction by means of:
Store and forward for all enterprise transactions
E-mail notification in the event of faults
Fault signaling to the PLC
Direct connection to other terminals
deviceWISE Embedded for S7 allows the direct connection of
the CP 343-1 ERPC communications processor to the following
terminals:
PLC systems (Siemens, Rockwell, Mitsubishi, Omron)
Camera systems
RFID readers
In addition, open-standard protocols such as Modbus TCP, OPC
UA or XML-DA are supported.
Siemens IK PI 2015
2/927
Siemens AG 2014
Notes
2/928
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
3/4
3/5
3/9
3/11
3/13
Introduction
Process or field communication
Data communication
Topologies
3/15
3/15
3/17
3/20
Network components
Overview of network components
Connection examples
3/22
3/22
3/24
3/35
3/40
3/42
3/47
3/52
3/53
3/54
3/61
3/64
3/65
3/67
Electrical networks (RS 485)

PROFIBUS bus cables
ECOFAST bus cables
Hybrid fieldbus connections
Energy cables
RS485 bus connector
830-1T connecting cable
830-2 connecting cable
PROFIBUS M12 and
7/8" connecting cable/connector
Bus terminals
Active RS 485 terminating element
Repeater RS 485 for PROFIBUS
Diagnostics repeater for PROFIBUS DP
3/70
3/70
3/73
3/77
3/80
Electrical networks (PROFIBUS PA)

Introduction
SpliTConnect
Bus cables
Active field distributors
3/85
Electrical networks
(FOUNDATION Fieldbus)
Bus cables
3/85
3/88
3/88
3/90
3/95
3/96
3/111
3/118
3/121
Optical networks with OLM

Overview of FC-FOCs
Glass fiber-optic cable
Plastic and PCF fiber-optic cable
PCF-FOC termination kit
OLM Optical Link Module
3/134
Optical networks with OBT

and integrated interface
Optical bus terminal OBT
3/134
3/140
3/143
3/146
3/146
3/148
3/148
3/152
3/156
3/156
3/161
3/165
3/165
3/169
3/173
3/173
3/178

Introduction
CM 1242-5
CM 1243-5
CM 1542-5
CP 1542-5
CP 342-5
CP 342-5 FO
CP 443-5 Extended
software
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
3/179
3/179
3/180
3/180
3/181
3/182
3/187
3/191
3/196
3/201
3/206
3/210
3/214
3/219
3/222
3/225
3/227
3/229

Overview
Performance data
Connection options to SIMATIC PCs
CP 5603
CP 5613 A3
CP 5614 A3
CP 5623
CP 5624
CP 5612
CP 5622
CP 5711
SOFTNET for PROFIBUS
OPC server for PROFIBUS
S7 OPC Redundancy for PROFIBUS
Software
PC adapter USB A2
3/231
3/231
3/232
3/234
3/235
3/238
3/238
3/243
3/243

SIMATIC S7
SIMATIC WinCC
3/255
Ch. 2
3/255
3/256
Ch. 4
Ch. 4
Ch. 4
Network transistions
IE/PB Link PN IO
DP/DP coupler
PA routers
DP/AS-Interface Link 20E
DP/AS-i F-Link
3/261
3/261
3/261
Industrial Controls
Soft Starters
3RW44 soft starters for
High-Feature applications
Software
Soft Starter ES
SIRIUS 3RW44 Soft Starter
block library for SIMATIC PCS 7
M200D motor starters for PROFIBUS
Communication module,
Accessories
Software
Motor Starter ES
SIRIUS motor starter block library
for SIMATIC PCS 7
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management
and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro 3UF
General data
Basic units
Expansion modules
Fail-safe expansion modules
Accessories
3UF18 current transformers
for overload protection
SIRIUS 3RK3 Modular Safety System
General data
3RK31 central units
3RK32/33 expansion modules,
3RK35 interface modules, 3RK36
operating and monitoring modules
Accessories
3/263
3/263
3/267
3/270
3/270
3/273
3/274
3/276
3/276
3/280
3/282
3/282
3/282
3/288
3/290
3/292
3/293
3/300
3/301
3/301
3/306
3/307
3/308
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
3/310
3/310
3/311
3/311
3/314
3/316
3/316
3/318
3/320
3/321
3/322
3/323
3/324
3/324
3/325
3/326
3/327
3/327
3/331
Switching and Protection Devices

for Power Distribution
SENTRON CommunicationCapable Circuit Breakers
Power Monitoring
PC-based
Power Monitoring System
SIMATIC-based
Power Data Management System
7KM PAC3200 Measuring Devices
7KM PAC Switched Ethernet
PROFINET Expansion Module
7KM PAC PROFIBUS DP
Expansion Module
7KM PAC RS485 Expansion Module
7KM PAC 4DI/2DO
Expansion Module for PAC4200
with SIMATIC
Library 7KM PAC3200
for SIMATIC PCS
Library 3WL/3VL
for SIMATIC PCS 7
Library 7KM PAC3200
for SIMATIC WinCC
with SENTRON
powermanager
powerconfig
3/333
3/333

ASM 456, SIMATIC RF160C
3/338
Ch. 2
3/338
Engineering/Network Management/
Diagnostics
STEP 7 Professional/Basic V13
(TIA Portal)
STEP 7
SIMATIC PDM
3/351
3/351
3/354
3/355
PROFIBUS Components
PROFIBUS DP ASICs
Connections/interfaces
Development kits
Ch. 2
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Introduction
Introduction
Overview
Offers openness for interfacing to standardized non-Siemens
components
- PROFIBUS DP for fast, cyclic data exchange with field
devices
- PROFIBUS PA for applications in process automation and in
the intrinsically safe area
Data communication
- PROFIBUS FMS for data communication between programmable controllers of different manufacturers
Bus system
- for process and field communication with field devices from
different manufacturers
- and for data communication acc. to IEC 61158/61784
PROFIBUS the fieldbus standard in production and process
engineering comprises:
- Specification of the standards for the physical characteristics of the bus and the access procedure
- Specification of the user protocol and the user interface
3
Laptop
Telecontrol and
substation
control
PC
Remote access,
e.g. via
teleservice
S7-1200 with
CP1242-7
Numeric Control
Controller
Controller
Control and
monitoring system
Motion Control
Systems
PC/PG/IPC
Database
Server
Telecontrol and
substation control
IWLAN
Controller
Security
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
Access
Point
Controller
Controller
Notebook
PC/PG
Access
Point
Industrial Ethernet
Switches
IWLAN
RCoax Cable
Controller
Field device for
PC/PG/IPC
Control and
monitoring system
Numeric
Control
Wireless
Devices
Coupler
Link
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS PA
RF180C
ASM456
Field devices
Mobile
Panel
Field devices
SIMOCODE
pro
RFID
system
Code
reading
systems
Mobile
Panel
DP-Slave
Drives
RFID
system
IO-Link
master
Motion Control
Systems
Code
reading
systems
Access
Point
Link
IO-Link
module
Power
supply
LOGO!
Compact
starter
Protection and
monitoring
devices
RFID system
SINAMICS
Drives
Link
Power
supply
Protection and
monitoring
devices
Controller
RFID system
Client
Module
Compact
starter
AS-Interface
Compact Compact
starter
feeder
Slaves
Field device
Slaves
Signalling column
G_IK10_XX_50018
IO-Link
module
PROFIBUS in the communication landscape
Benefits
More information
Please always note the supplementary conditions for the specified SIMATIC NET products (order numbers 6GK..., 6XV1...),
which you can view on the Internet pages below:
PROFIBUS is a powerful, open, and rugged bus system that

ensures trouble-free communication.
The system is fully standardized, which enables trouble-free
connection of standardized components from a variety of
manufacturers.
Configuration, commissioning, and troubleshooting can be
carried out from any location. This results in user-defined
communication relationships that are very versatile, simple to
implement, and easy to change.
Fast assembly and commissioning on site with the help of the
FastConnect wiring system.
Continuous monitoring of network components through a
simple and effective signaling concept.
High security of investment since existing networks can be
extended without any adverse effects.
High availability through ring redundancy with OLM.
3/4
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Introduction
Overview
PROFIBUS DP
Process or field communication (PROFIBUS DP, PROFIBUS PA)

is used to link field devices to a programmable controller, HMI
system or control system.
(Distributed I/O) is used to connect distributed I/O stations, such

as SIMATIC ET 200 with extremely fast response times in accordance with the IEC 61158/EN 50170 standard.
Interfacing is performed over integrated interfaces on the CPU

or through interface modules (IMs) and communications modules (CPs, CMs).
PROFIBUS PA
PROFIBUS standardized to IEC 61158/61784 is a high-performance, open, rugged fieldbus system with short response times
and the following protocols:
3
'3
3$
*B,.B;;B
With modern high-performance automation systems, it is often

more effective to link more than one PROFIBUS DP line to one
system, not just to increase the number of I/O devices that can
be connected, but also to enable individual production areas to
be handled independently of one another (segmentation).
(Process Automation) extends PROFIBUS DP with failsafe

transmission technology in accordance with the international
standard IEC 61158-2.
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/5
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Introduction
PROFIBUS is used to connect field devices, e.g. distributed I/O
devices or drives, to automation systems such as SIMATIC S7,
or PCs.
PROFIBUS is used when I/O devices are widely distributed on
the machine or in the plant (e.g. at the field level) and can be
combined into one station (e.g. ET 200), typically more than
16 inputs/outputs.
The actuators and sensors are connected to field devices.

The field devices are supplied with output data in accordance
with the master/slave technique and transfer input data to the
programmable controller or PC.
High-performance tools such as STEP 7 are available for configuring and parameterizing the I/O devices. Testing and start-up is
possible over PROFIBUS DP from any connection point using
these tools.
DP master e.g.
PLC or PC
PROFIBUS
S7-300 (Slave) with CPU 31x-2 DP or

CP 342-5, CP 342-5 FO
PC with
ET 200SP
S7-1200 with
CM 1242-5
ET 200M
jwG\]XZGhZV
jwG\]X[GhZV
jwG\]YZV
jwG\]Y[
Customer-specific
solution with
Siemens ASICs
ET 200iSP
RS 485iS
coupler
S7-1500 mit
CM 1542-5
PROFIBUS
DP/PA
coupler/link
ET 200eco
ET 200pro with motor starter
Field device for

hazardous areas
PROFIBUS PA
DP/AS-i F
Link
DP/AS-Interface
Link 20E
Drive (e.g. SIMODRIVE)
DP/AS-i
LINK
Advanced
SITRANS F US
Mobile Panel
Customer-specific
solution with
Siemens ASICs
Master Drive
PROFIBUS DP slaves
3/6
Siemens IK PI 2015
G_IK10_XX_50108
SITRANS P
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Introduction
DP device types
DP-V0
PROFIBUS DP distinguishes between two different master

classes and different DP functions:
The DP master functions (DP-V0) comprise configuration, parameterization, read input data and write outputs in cycles, read
diagnostics data.
DP Master Class 1
DP-V1
The DP master Class 1 is the central component on

PROFIBUS DP. The central controller or PC exchanges
information with distributed stations (DP slaves) in a fixed,
repeated message cycle.
DP Master Class 2
Devices of this type are used (programming, configuration or
control devices) during start-up, for configuring the DP system
or for controlling the plant during normal operation (diagnostics).
A DP master Class 2 can be used, for example, to read the input,
output, diagnostics and configuration data of the slaves.
DP slave
A DP slave is an I/O device that reads in input data and forwards
output data to the I/O. The volume of input and output data
depends on the device and can be up to 244 bytes.
The functional scope can differ between DP masters of Class 1
and 2 or DP slaves. This determines the performance and
availability of a communications processor.
The additional DP function expansions (DP-V 1) make it possible

to perform non-isochronous read and write functions as well as
acknowledgement of alarms at the same time as processing
cyclic data communication. These extended DP functions comprise acyclic access to the parameters and measured values of
a slave (e.g. field devices of process automation and intelligent
HMI devices). This type of slave must be supplied with extensive
parameter data during start-up and during normal operation.
Data transferred in acyclic mode (e.g. parameterization data)
are only rarely changed, in comparison to the cyclic measured
values, and are transferred at lower priority in parallel with the
cyclic high-speed useful data transfer. Alarm acknowledgement
by the master ensures reliable transfer of the alarms from DP
slaves.
DP-V2
The DP master functions (DP-V2) comprise functions for isochronous mode and direct data communication between DP slaves.
Isochronous mode
'36
*B,.B;;B
'30
Isochronous mode is implemented by means of a signal with a

constant bus cycle for the bus system. This isochronous, constant cycle is sent by the master to all bus stations in the form of
a global control message. The master and slave can then synchronize their applications with this signal. The jitter of this signal
from cycle to cycle must be less than 1 s for typical drive applications.
Direct data communication between DP slaves
The publisher/subscriber model is used to implement the direct
data communication between slaves. Slaves declared as publishers make their input data (corresponds to response message
to their own master) available to other slaves, the subscribers,
for reading. Direct slave-to-slave communication is performed
cyclically.
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/7
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Introduction
Integration
kwGtGjGX
kwGtGjGY
jGGG
lGG
tG
yGG
UUG
UUG
jGGG
zTTG
DP Master Classes
3/8
Siemens IK PI 2015
yGG
yGG
kG
yG
hG
yVG
OP
kwT}XGGGGGGGGGGGGGkwT}W
hG
yVG
OP
UUGl{GYWW
nprXW\WWW[
kwT}YGGGGGGkwT}XGGGGGGGGGGGGGGkwT}W
z
j
w
yGG
~GG
yGG
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Introduction
Data communication
Overview
OPC-Server
Data communication (e.g. PROFIBUS FMS) serves to exchange

data between programmable controllers or between a programmable controller and intelligent partners (PC, computers, etc.).
The basic principle of OPC (Openness, Productivity & Collaboration) is that OPC client applications communicate with the
OPC server over a standardized, open and manufacturer-independent interface.
The following communication functions are available for this

purpose:
FMS communication
This is a standardized protocol for data communication via
PROFIBUS.
PROFIBUS FMS (Fieldbus Message Specification)
This is ideally suited to communication from different automation
systems (e.g. PLCs, PCs) from different manufacturers at the cell
level with only a few stations (max. 16). Communication with field
devices using the FMS interface is also possible.
With the FMS services READ, WRITE and INFORMATION
REPORT, read or write access to variables of the communication
partner is possible from the user program by means of a variable
index or variable name, or the user program can transfer its own
variable values to a communications partner. Partial access
to variables is supported. The communication is processed
over acyclic connections (master-to-master, master-to-slave),
over acyclic connections with a slave initiative or with cyclic
connections (master-to-slave). The INFORMATION REPORT
is can also be used to send a message to all stations on the
network using a broadcast service. The FMS service IDENTIFY
(request for identification characteristics of the partner) and
STATUS (request partner status) can also be activated.
The appropriate OPC servers are included in the scope of supply of the respective communication software.
PG/OP communication
Comprises integral communication functions that are used by
the SIMATIC programmable controllers to perform data communication with HMI devices (e.g. TD/OP) and SIMATIC PG (STEP
7). PG/OP communication is supported by MPI, PROFIBUS and
Industrial Ethernet networks.
S7 routing
With the aid of S7 routing it is possible to use the programming
device communication across networks.
S7 communication
S7 communication is the integral communications function,
which has been optimized within the SIMATIC. It enables PCs
and workstations to be connected. The maximum volume of
useful data per task is 64 KB. S7 communication offers simple,
powerful communication services and provides a network-independent software interface for MPI, PROFIBUS and Industrial
Ethernet networks.
Open communication
The open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) allows the
SIMATIC S7 controllers to communicate with other SIMATIC S7
and SIMATIC S5 controllers, PCs, and third-party systems.
OPC
PG/OP
S7/S5
*B,.B;;B
FMS
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/9
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Introduction
Data communication
System connections
For many data terminals, communications processors (CPs) are
available that already have the communications functions implemented in the firmware and that therefore relieve the data terminal of communications tasks (e.g. flow control, blocking, etc.).
Programmable controller
3
S7-1200
CM 1242-5
CM 1243-5
S7-300
CP 342-5
CP 342-5 FO
CP 343-5
S7-400
CP 443-5 Basic
CP 443-5 Extended
S7-1500
PG/PC
CP 5711
CP 5612
CP 5622
CP 5603
CP 5613 A3
CP 5614 A3
CP 5623
CP 5624
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS system connections for SIMATIC and PC
3/10
Siemens IK PI 2015
G_IK10_XX_50005
CM 1542-5
CP 1542-5
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Introduction
Function
Open
communication
PROFIBUS DP
S7-1200 CPUs
CM 1243-5
DP
master
cl.2
F system
H system Sender
Receiver
Transfer
No PB SS integrated !
CPU 1513-1 PN
CM 1542-5
2)
SIMATIC
S7-300
S7-300 CPUs
CP 343-5
CP 343-5 FO
SIMATIC
S7-400
CP 1542-5
S7-400 CPUs
CP 443-5
Extended
CP 5603
SIMATIC
S7mEC
S7
routing
Time
CPU 1511-1 PN
CPU 1516-3
PN/DP
Send/
Receive
Usage
1)
CM 1242-5
SIMATIC
S7-1500
DP slave
PG/OP
communication
1) 16 DP slaves maximum
3) special F- or H-CPUs
3)
3)
3)
3)
G_IK10_XX_50199
SIMATIC
S7-1200
Hardware
DP
master
cl.1
S7
communication
applies
with restrictions
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/11
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Introduction
CP 5603
(PCI-104)
DK-5613
CP 5613 A3
CP 5614 A3
(PCI 32 Bit)
HARDNET-PB DP
(DP-5613) 4)
9)
9)
9)
9)
HARDNET-PB S7
(S7-5613)
9)
9)
9)
9)
SOFTNET-PB DP 2)
SOFTNET-PB DP 2)
Slave
CP 5622
(PCIe x1)
SOFTNET-PB S7
CP 5711
(USB V2.0)
S7 OPC Redundancy
for PROFIBUS
STEP 7
You can find more information on the Internet

http://www.siemens.com.simatic-net/ik-info
If you have questions on LINUX projects
please contact via e-mail
it4industry@siemens.com
3/12
Siemens IK PI 2015
3)
3)
1) Included in scope of supply of the hardware

2) DP master and DP slaves cannot be operated simul-taneously
3) Master Class 1 and Master Class 2 cannot be operated simultaneously on one CP
(Exceptions: CP 5614 A3/CP 5624)
4) DP-Base and DP-5613 cannot be operated simultaneously
Communications overview for PG/PC
Open
communication 7)
S7 OPC Redundancy
for PROFIBUS
CP 5612
(PCI 32 Bit)
S7
communication
PG/OP
PROFIBUS DP 5)
OPC
5)
5) With porting via DK-5613

6) SEND/RECEIVE based on the FDL
interface
7) on SIMATIC NET-DVD V12
8) on SIMATIC NET CD Edition 2008 SP6
9) not with CP 5613 A3/ CP 5614 A3
suitable
suitable under
certain conditions
not applicable
G_IK10_XX_50058
CP 5623
CP 5624
(PCIe x1)
DP slave
DP MasterClass 2
DP MasterClass 1
Windows Server 2003

SP2 8)

SP2 8)
Other operation
systems
Operation system
(32 Bit)
Vista Business / Ultimate +
SP1/2 8)
8)
Ultimate
Windows 8 Pro 7)
Windows Server 2008

R2 7)
Operation system
(64 Bit)
1) 4)
Windows Server 2012
CP with DP-Base
7)
Ultimate 7)
7)
Windows 8 Pro
Software
Hardware
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Introduction
Topologies
Overview
Siemens offers a comprehensive range of PROFIBUS network
components for electrical and optical transmission technology.
PROFIBUS is standardized in accordance with IEC 61158/EN
50170 for universal automation (PROFIBUS FMS and PROFIBUS
DP), and in accordance with IEC 61158-2 for process automation (PROFIBUS PA).
Electrical network
The electrical network uses a shielded twisted pair cable. The
RS 485 interface works with voltage differences. It is therefore
less sensitive to interference than a voltage or current
interface. With PROFIBUS, the stations are connected to the
bus via a bus terminal or a bus connector (max. 32 stations
per segment).
The individual segments are connected via repeaters.
The transmission rate can be set in steps from 9.6 Kbit/s to
12 Mbit/s.
The maximum segment length depends on the transmission
rate.
The electrical network can be configured as a bus or tree
structure
For applications in the intrinsically-safe area, the transmission
technology compliant with IEC 61158-2 is used with
PROFIBUS PA. The transmission rate in this case is
31.25 Kbit/s.
S7-400 with
CP 443-5 Extended
PC with
CP 5613 A3/
CP 5621
S7-1500 with
CM 1542-5
Characteristics
High-grade bus cable
Transmission method: RS 485 (acc. to EIA)
Bus topology with bus terminals and bus connectors for
connecting PROFIBUS stations
Transmission method in accordance with IEC 61158/EN
50170 for universal automation (PROFIBUS FMS/DP), and in
accordance with IEC61158-2 for the intrinsically-safe area
(PROFIBUS PA)
The DP transmission system of RS 485 (bit coding by means
of differential voltage signals) is converted to IEC 61158-2 (bit
coding by means of current signals) using the network
components (DP/PA coupler or DP/PA link)
Simple, universal installation and grounding concept
Easy installation
PC/IPC with
CP 5614 A3
PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS DP
ET 200S
ET 200M
Repeater
DP/PA
coupler/link
Intrinsically safe area
PROFIBUS PA
Repeater
ET 200iSP
S7-1200 with
CM 1242-5
Drive
RS 485iS
coupler
ET 200pro with motor starter
G_IK10_XX_50012
ET 200pro
Electrical PROFIBUS network configuration
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/13
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Introduction
Topologies
Hybrid network
The fiber-optic cable variant of PROFIBUS has the following

characteristics:
Transmission link is insensitive to electromagnetic influences
Suitable for long ranges
Galvanic isolation
Uses either plastic, PCF or glass fiber-optic cables
Avoidance of overvoltage and equipotential bonding
problems
Hybrid electrical and optical networks are possible. The transition between both media is implemented by the OLM.
Optical PROFIBUS with OLMs

Using optical link modules (OLMs) it is possible to construct an
optical network in a linear, ring, or star topology. The maximum
distance between two OLMs is 15 km. The transmission rate can
be set in steps from 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s.
Optical PROFIBUS with integral interface and OBT
The optical PROFIBUS with integral interface and OBT is constructed in a linear topology. A cost-optimized solution is available for this in the form of devices with integral optical interface.
Terminal equipment with an RS 485 interface can be connected
via an Optical Bus Terminal (OBT). The maximum distance between two nodes is 50 m in the case of plastic fiber-optic cables.
Special fiber-optic cables are available to cover distances of up
to 400 m.
In station-to-station communication on the bus, there is no difference between two-wire technology and fiber-optic technology. A
maximum of 127 stations can be connected to one PROFIBUS
network.
The optical transmission technology offers the following advantages:
Fiber-optic cables made of plastic or glass are not susceptible
to electromagnetic interference and therefore render the EMC
measures required for electrical networks unnecessary
No additional lightning protection concept is required in the
outdoor area
The potentials on the modules are automatically separated
thanks to the characteristics of the conductor
With fiber-optic cables, long distances to field devices can be
bridged.
Cabinet
OLM/G12
OLM/G12
PROFIBUS optical
S7-400 with
CP 443-5 Extended
OLM/G22
OLM/G12
OLM/G12
PROFIBUS electrical
S7-300
with CP 342-5
ET 200M
Drive
ET 200S
S7-1200 with CM 1242-5
PC/IPC with
CP 5613 A3/
CP 5614 A3/
CP 5623/ CP 5624
ET 200pro
OP 170B
ET 200pro
with motor starter
Network configuration combining electrical and optical PROFIBUS
More information
Please always note the supplementary conditions for the specified SIMATIC NET products (order number 6GK..., 6XV1...) that
you can view on the Internet pages shown below:
3/14
Siemens IK PI 2015
G_IK10_XX_50135
Optical network
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Network components
Overview
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/15
Optical
3/16
Hybrid cable
PROFIBUS Hybrid Standard Cable GP

PROFIBUS Hybrid Robust Cable
PB bus
connector
ECOFAST
connector
PB M12 plug/
socket
(B-coded)
SpliTConnect
system
Simplex
connector
PB devices
with simplex
connection
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/8 Power
con
PB devices
with Sub-D /
M12
connector
PB devices
with BFOC
connection
Fiber-optic cable
with
Simplex connector

simplex connector
Fiber-optic cable
with
BFOC connector
BFOC connector
POF-FOC
980/1000 m
Plastic ber optic standard cable
PCF ber optic

cable
200/230 m
Bus terminal
12M
PCF Trailing Cable
Fiber-optic cable
62.5/125 m
FIBER OPTIC standard cable

INDOOR Fiber Optic indoor cable
Flexible Fiber Optic trailing cable
SIENOPYR marine duplex ber-optic
cable
ET 200pro
Fiber-optic cable
50/125 m
FO Trailing Cable
FO Ground Cable
Bus terminal
12M bus terminal
BFOC
connector
PROFIBUS FC
Bus cable
(PROFIBUS PA)
ECOFAST
cable
ECOFAST Hybrid Cable

ECOFAST Hybrid Cable GP
PB FC Process Cable
Connecting cables
Connecting cable 830-2

Connecting cable 830-1T
PROFIBUS M12 plug-in cable
Power cable
PROFIBUS
bus cables
PROFIBUS Festoon Cable

PROFIBUS Flexible Cable
PB
FastConnect
connector
Power Cable 5 x 1.5
PROFIBUS FC
bus cables
3
PROFIBUS FC Standard Cable
PROFIBUS FC Standard Cable IS GP
PROFIBUS FC FRNC Cable
Electrical
G_IK10_XX_50013
Electrical
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Network components
Options for connecting PROFIBUS cables with plugs, terminals or devices
Optical
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Network components
Overview
Criteria
EMC
Inter-building networking
Operating distance
Suitability for high transmission rate
Simple plug fitting
Simple cable laying
Electrical network
Optical network
RS 485 conforming to IEC

61158/ 61784
IEC 61158-2
(PA)
Plastic
PCF
1)
2)
4)
Glass
5)
3)
5)
3)
Equipotential bonding measures required
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Performance spectrum for special applications
Use in intrinsically safe area
6)
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
Lightning protection measures required

Depending on transmission rate
Trained personnel and special tools necessary
Careful cable laying necessary
Outdoor cable required
Trailing cable required
6)
6)
6)
suitable
partly suitable
not applicable
G_IK10_XX_50010
Used for moving nodes
Summary of network selection criteria for transmission media
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/17
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Network components
Criteria
Electrical network
Transition media
Optical network
Electrical PROFIBUS
with OLM
with integr. interface/

OBT
9,6 km 5)
90 km
9,6 km
up to 1 km 3)
up to 15 km 2)
up to 300 m 2)
all
all
DP
Plastic 1)
PCF
Glass
Shielded two-core cable
Distances
max. network size

between two nodes
Bus
Topology
Line
Tree
Ring
Transmission protocols
Connection of
nodes via
OLM
4)
Bus terminal
Bus connector
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
Plastic optical fiber is also referred to as polymer optical

fiber (POF)
Depending on type of cable used
Depending on data rate used and performance
Integrated interfaces (ET 200M, ET 200X)
for PROFIBUS PA 1.9 km
Selection criteria for electrical and optical networks
3/18
Siemens IK PI 2015
suitable
Irrelevant to this application
G_IK10_XX_50133
Electr. network segments

connectable
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Network components
Electrical network
RS 485in accordance with
IEC 61158/EN 50170
Optical network
IEC 61158-2
(PA)
withOLM
with integral interface/

OBT
Network
topology
Bus,tree
Bus,tree
Linear bus, star, ring
Linear bus
Transmission
media
Shielded
twisted-pair cable
Plastic fiber optic cable

PCF optic cable
Glass fiber optic cable
Plastic fiber optic cable

PCF optic cable
Tools
and accessories
FastConnect
stripping tool
Shielded twisted-pair
cable for intrinsically-safe
and non-intrinsically-safe
areas
FastConnect
stripping tool
Tools for
preparing BFOC
connectors for
plastic fiber optic cables
Tools for
preparing Simplex
connectors for
Connectors
Bus connector
SpliTConnect system
BFOC connector
Simplex connector
Connection
components
Bus terminal
SpliTConnect system
Prepared
cables

Lightning
protection
Priomary protection
Secondary protection
OLM
OBT
Standard PCF cable

with Simplex connectors
and pull cord feature
INDOOR cable with BFOC

Standard glass cable with BFOC
Trailing cable with BFOC
Standard PCF cable with BFOC
Standard plastic cable with BFOC
Electrical network repeater

segment can be
connected via
Diagnostics tool
BT 200 hardware
test device
Not available
Documentation
Manual for
PROFIBUS networks
Manual for
PROFIBUS networks
Not required
Not required
Optical Link Module

(OLM)
Optical Bus Terminal

(OBT)
Signal contact and

integral measuring
sockets; level measuring
device on request
Level measuring device

on request
Manual for
PROFIBUS networks
Manual for
PROFIBUS networks
G_IK10_XX_50016
to be implemented
through
design measures
Electrical PROFIBUS
Optical PROFIBUS/OLM
Optical PROFIBUS/int./OLM
Electrical
PROFIBUS
Repeater
OLM
OBT
Optical
PROFIBUS/OLM
OLM
OLM
OBT + OLM
Optical
PROFIBUS/int./OBT
OBT
OBT + OLM
OBT, integr. optics
G_IK10_XX_50017
PROFIBUS network components and accessories
Transitions between the transmission media
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/19
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Network components
Connection examples
Integration
SIMATIC S7-300
PROFIBUS FC
Bus connector
RS 485
CP 342-5
PROFIBUS FO
Standard Cable
G_IK10_XX 50170
Typical connection for electrical networking with

PROFIBUS FastConnect RS485 bus connector
PROFIBUS FC
Bus connector
RS 485 plug 180
PROFIBUS module
e.g. CP 5613 A3
PROFIBUS FC
Bus cable
PROFIBUS FC
Bus cable
G_IK10_XX_50055
12M bus terminal

For loop through
of bus nodes
to PROFIBUS
Typical connection for electrical networking with PROFIBUS FastConnect RS485 bus connector or bus terminal
PROFIBUS module
e.g. CP 5613 A3
PROFIBUS OLM
PROFIBUS FC
PROFIBUS FC
Standard Cable
Preassembled
glass FOC
Connection example of optical networking
3/20
Siemens IK PI 2015
G_IK10_XX_50056
PROFIBUS FC
Bus connector
RS 485 plug 180
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Network components
Connection examples
CP 342-5 FO
IM151-1 FO
PROFIBUS PCF
or plastic fiber-optic cable
OLM
Connection example of optical networking with fiber-optic cables and

Simplex connectors
kwVwhG
Fiber-optic cable with BFOC connector OLM
G_IK10_XX_50014
FOC with Simplex connector
G_IK10_XX_50061
OBT
{hw
Connection example of optical networking with fiber-optic cables and

BFOC connectors
{hw
{hw
mjGw
j
zp{yhuzGw
zp{yhuzGm
zp{yhuzGw
nprXWG\WW\^
wyvmpi|zGwh
Connection example of an intrinsically-safe network with PROFIBUS PA
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/21
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Electrical networks (RS485)
Overview
Benefits
Shorter connection times for terminals by stripping of the outer

cladding and woven shield in one step
Installation faults, such as short-circuits between the shield
and cores, are excluded
Easy assembly due to preset insulation stripping tool
(FC stripping tool)
Termination can be checked in the assembled state through
the transparent cover for the insulation piercing terminals
thanks to color coding.
Design
Quick and easy assembly of PROFIBUS copper cables
Assembly mistakes such as short-circuits between the shield
and core are excluded
The system comprises 3 compatible components:

FastConnect bus cables for rapid installation
FastConnect stripping tool
FastConnect bus connector for PROFIBUS
The PROFIBUS FastConnect bus cables can also be connected
to conventional bus connectors.
Function
The FastConnect stripping method enables fast and easy
connection of PROFIBUS connectors to the PROFIBUS cables.
The special structure of the FastConnect bus cables enables the
use of the FastConnect stripping tool with which the outer casing
and the woven shield can be stripped in one operation with
perfect precision. The cable prepared in this way is connected
in the FastConnect bus connector using the insulation displacement method.
3/22
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Application
PROFIBUS FastConnect is a system for fast and easy assembly
of PROFIBUS copper cables.
3
6
10
11
G_IK10_XX_50001
Steps in assembling PROFIBUS copper cables with PROFIBUS FastConnect
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/23
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS bus cables
Overview
Design
Shielded, twisted-pair cable with circular cross-section
The following applies for all PROFIBUS bus cables:
The double shield makes it especially suitable for routing
through industrial areas with strong electro-magnetic fields
System-wide grounding concept can be implemented using
the external shield of the bus cable and the grounding
terminals on the bus terminal
Printed meter marks
Cable types
Different variants for different application areas (e.g. underground cables, trailing cables, hazardous area Zone 1 and
Zone 2)
Flame-retardant bus cable (halogen-free)
UL approvals
Benefits
Flexible application possibilities thanks to special bus cables

Network is immune to interference thanks to double shielded
cables and a uniform grounding concept
Time saving due to simple and fast connector assembly with
FastConnect cables
Application
For the construction of PROFIBUS DP networks, different cable
types are offered to suit the different types of applications. The
listed bus cables should always be used. For further information
on network configuration, see the PROFIBUS network manual.
UL approvals
Cables with UL approval have "GP" (General Purpose) added to
their name.
Ex approval
Cables for intrinsically safe PROFIBUS DP applications have "IS"
(intrinsically safe) added to their names
3/24
Siemens IK PI 2015
The shape of the FastConnect (FC) bus cables is radially

symmetric and allows an insulation stripping tool to be used.
This means that bus connectors can be assembled quickly and
easily.
PROFIBUS FC Standard Cable GP:
Standard bus cable specially designed for fast installation
PROFIBUS FC Standard Cable IS GP:
Standard bus cable with special design for quick installation
for intrinsically safe distributed I/O systems
PROFIBUS FC Robust Cable:
Special cable for use in corrosive atmospheres and under
severe mechanical loading
PROFIBUS FC Food Cable:
The PE casing of the cable makes this cable suitable for use
in the food and tobacco industry
PROFIBUS FC Ground Cable:
Special cable for laying underground. It differs from the
PROFIBUS bus cable in that it has an additional sheath
Flexible (stranded conductors), halogen-free bus cable with
PUR sheath for occasional moving
PROFIBUS FC Trailing Cable:
Bus cable specially designed for forced motion control in a
trailing cable, e.g. with continuously moving machine parts
(stranded core)
PROFIBUS FC FRNC Cable GP:
Two-core, shielded, flame-retardant, halogen-free bus cable
with Copolymer outer sheath FRNC (Flame Retardant Non
Corrosive)
Bus cables without FastConnect technology (due to type of
construction)
PROFIBUS Festoon Cable GP:
Flexible bus cable (stranded cores) specially designed for
festoon suspension.
For round cables, cable-carrying trolleys are recommended
PROFIBUS Torsion Cable
Bus cable for highly flexible applications:
Special cable (stranded cores) for use on moving parts of
machines
(5 million torsion movements on 1 m length of cable, 180)
PROFIBUS Hybrid Cable GP:
Rugged hybrid cable suitable for trailing with two copper
conductors for data transmission and two copper conductors
for the power supply of ET 200pro
SIENOPYR FR marine cable
cable for permanent installation on ships and offshore
platforms indoors and on open deck. Sold by the meter.
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS bus cables
Article No.
6XV1830-0EH10
6XV1831-2A
6XV1830-0JH10
6XV1830-0GH10
PROFIBUS FC
Standard Cable GP
PROFIBUS FC
Standard Cable IS GP
PROFIBUS FC
Robust Cable
PROFIBUS FC
Food Cable
Product description
Standard bus cable (2-core), Standard bus cable (2-core), Standard bus cable (2-core), Standard bus cable (2-core),
sold by the meter, in bulk
Standard cable specially

Used for intrinsically safe
designed for fast, permanent distributed I/O systems for
installation
For use in chemically and

mechanically demanding
environments
Cable designation
02YSY (ST) CY
02YSY (ST) CY
1x2x0.64/2.55-150 VI KF 40 FR 1x2x0.64/2.55 BL KF40 FR
02YSY (ST) C11Y

02YSY (ST) C2Y
1x2x0.64/2.55-150 VI KF 40 FR 1x2x0.64/2.55-150 KF 40
2.5 dB/km
4 dB/km
22 dB/km
42 dB/km
2.5 dB/km
4 dB/km
22 dB/km
42 dB/km
2.5 dB/km
4 dB/km
22 dB/km
42 dB/km
2.5 dB/km
4 dB/km
22 dB/km
42 dB/km
150
270
185
150
150
270
185
150
150
270
185
150
150
270
185
150
10 %
10 %
10 %
10 %
10 %
10 %
10 %
10 %
10 %
For use in the food, beverages and tobacco industries
Electrical data
at 9.6 kHz maximum
at 38.4 kHz maximum
at 4 MHz maximum
at 16 MHz maximum
Impedance
Nominal value
at 9.6 kHz
at 38.4 kHz
for frequency range
3 MHz 20 MHz

of the surge impedance at 9.6 kHz 10 %
10 %
3 MHz 20 MHz
maximum
110 /km
110 /km
110 /km
110 /km
Shield resistance per length

maximum
9.5 /km
9.5 /km
9.5 /km
9.5 /km
Capacity per length at 1 kHz
28.5 pF/m
28.5 pF/m
28.5 pF/m
28.5 pF/m
100 V
100 V
100 V
100 V
Design of shield
wires
wires
wires
wires

FastConnect
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
0.65 mm
2.55 mm
5.4 mm
8 mm
0.64 mm
2.55 mm
5.4 mm
8 mm
0.65 mm
2.55 mm
5.4 mm
8 mm
0.65 mm
2.55 mm
5.4 mm
8 mm
0.4 mm
0.4 mm
0.4 mm
0.4 mm
PE
PVC
PVC
-
PE
PVC
PVC
-
PE
PVC
PE
PVC
PE
Outer PE sheath particularly
suitable for the food sector
Mechanical data
Outer diameter
of the cable sheath
Symmetrical tolerance of outer
diameter of cable sheath
Material
of the cable sheath
- Note
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/25
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS bus cables
Article No.
6XV1830-0EH10
6XV1831-2A
6XV1830-0JH10
6XV1830-0GH10
PROFIBUS FC
Standard Cable GP
PROFIBUS FC
PROFIBUS FC
Robust Cable
PROFIBUS FC
Food Cable
Color
of the cable sheath
red / green
Violet
red / green
Blue
red / green
Violet
red / green
Black
Bending radius
with single bend
with multiple bends
37.5 mm
75 mm
37.5 mm
75 mm
37.5 mm
75 mm
30 mm
60 mm
100 N
100 N
100 N
100 N
Weight per length
80 kg/km
80 kg/km
71 kg/km
67 kg/km
-40 +75 C
-40 +75 C
-40 +75 C
-40 +75 C
-40 +75 C
-40 +75 C
-40 +75 C
-40 +75 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +60 C
flame resistant according

to IEC 60332-3-24
(Category C)
and UL 1685 (CSA FT 4)
flame resistant according

to IEC 60332-3-24
(Category C)

IEC 60332-1
inflammable

IEC 60811-2-1
(4 hours / 70C)

IEC 60811-2-1
(4 hours / 70C)

IEC 60811-2-1
(7x24 hours / 90C)
Resistant

IEC 60811-2-1
(4 hours / 70C)
Resistant
Resistant
Resistant
Resistant
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes: c(UL)us,
CMG / CL3 / Sun Res
Yes: CMG / CL3 / Sun Res
Yes: c(UL)us, CMX
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
CE mark
UL-registration
RoHS conformity
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
Burning behaviour
Chemical resistance
to mineral oil
to grease
to water
UV radiation
components general
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free
Cable length
approvals
3/26
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS bus cables

Article No.
6XV1830-3FH10
6XV1831-2K
6XV1830-3EH10
6XV1831-2L
PROFIBUS FC
Ground Cable
PROFIBUS FC
Flexible Cable
PROFIBUS FC
Trailing Cable
PROFIBUS FC
Trailing Cable
Product description
Special bus cable (2-core)

with additional outer shield,


in bulk

in bulk
Used for buried cables

machine parts
Continuous motion control in Continuous motion control in

a cable carrier
a cable carrier
Cable designation
02YSY (ST) CY2Y

02YH (ST) C11Y
1x2x0.64/2.55-150 SW KF 40 1x2x0.65/2.56-150 LI
KF40 FRNC FC VI
02YY (ST) C11Y

1x2x0.65/2.56-150 LI
KF 40 FR petrol
02YY (ST) C11Y

1x2x0.65/2.56-150 LI
KF 40 FR VT FC
2.5 dB/km
4 dB/km
22 dB/km
42 dB/km
3 dB/km
4 dB/km
25 dB/km
49 dB/km
3 dB/km
4 dB/km
25 dB/km
49 dB/km
3 dB/km
4 dB/km
25 dB/km
49 dB/km
150
270
185
150
150
270
185
150
150
270
185
150
150
270
185
150
10 %
10 %
10 %
10 %
10 %
10 %
10 %
10 %
10 %
Electrical data
at 9.6 kHz maximum
at 38.4 kHz maximum
at 4 MHz maximum
at 16 MHz maximum
Impedance
Nominal value
at 9.6 kHz
at 38.4 kHz
for frequency range
3 MHz 20 MHz

10 %
3 MHz 20 MHz
maximum
110 /km
133 /km
133 /km
133 /km

maximum
9.5 /km
15 /km
14 /km
14 /km
28.5 pF/m
28 pF/m
28 pF/m
28 pF/m
100 V
100 V
100 V
100 V
Design of shield
wires
wires
wires
wires

FastConnect
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
0.65 mm
2.55 mm
5.4 mm
10.8 mm
0.67 mm
2.56 mm
5.4 mm
8 mm
0.67 mm
2.56 mm
5.4 mm
8 mm
0.67 mm
2.56 mm
5.4 mm
8 mm

0.5 mm
0.4 mm
0.4 mm
0.4 mm

Note
The cable (diameter

8.0 mm +-0.4 mm)
has an additional, black,
outer sheath (diameter
10.8 mm +-0.5 mm) as
protection against damage
caused by routing underground. Due to outer
diameter > 8 mm:
Bus connectors can only be
connected after the outer
sheath has been stripped
Mechanical data
Outer diameter
of the cable sheath
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/27
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS bus cables

Article No.
6XV1830-3FH10
6XV1831-2K
6XV1830-3EH10
6XV1831-2L
PROFIBUS FC
Ground Cable
PROFIBUS FC
Flexible Cable
PROFIBUS FC
Trailing Cable
PROFIBUS FC
Trailing Cable
PE
PVC
PE/PVC
PVC (cable casing), PE
(additional outer sheath)
PE
FRNC
PUR
-
PE
PVC
PUR
-
PE
PVC
PUR
-
Color
of the cable sheath
red / green
Black
red / green
Violet
red / green
Petrol
red / green
Violet
Bending radius
with single bend
with multiple bends
41 mm
81 mm
-
40 mm
120 mm
-
40 mm
120 mm
40 mm
120 mm

Note
3 000 000
3 000 000
For use in cable carriers, for
3 million bending cycles with
a bending radius of 120 mm
(15x D) and an acceleration
of 4 m/s
100 N
100 N
100 N
100 N
Weight per length
117 kg/km
70 kg/km
77 kg/km
77 kg/km
-40 +60 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +60 C
-20 +60 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +60 C

operation mode
Limited segment length

(see manual for PROFIBUS
networks)

networks)

networks)
Burning behaviour
inflammable

IEC 60332-1-2

IEC 60332-1-2

IEC 60332-1-2

IEC 60811-2-1
(4 hours / 70C)

IEC 60811-2-1
(7x24h/90C)
Resistant

IEC 60811-2-1
(7x24h/90C)
Resistant

IEC 60811-2-1
(7x24h/90C)
Resistant
Resistant
Resistant
Resistant
Resistant
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes: c(UL)us, CMX
Yes: c(UL)us, CMX
Yes: CMX
No
No
No
No
CE mark
RoHS conformity
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Material
of the cable sheath
- Note

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
Chemical resistance
to mineral oil
to grease
to water
UV radiation
components general
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free
approvals
3/28
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS bus cables

Article No.
6XV1830-0LH10
6XV1830-3GH10
6XV1830-0PH10
6XV1830-0MH10
PROFIBUS FC
FRNC Cable GP
PROFIBUS
Festoon Cable GP
PROFIBUS
Torsion Cable
SIENOPYR
FR Marine Cable
Product description
Highly flamed retardant,

halogen-free bus cable
(2-core),
Flexible bus cable

(2-core),

(2-core),
Bus cable (2-core),

Halogen-free cable,
suitable for use in buildings
Specially for festoon

attachment
For use in moving machine

components
Cable designation
02YSH (ST) CH
1x2x0.64/2.55-150 VI KF
25 FRNC FC
02YS (ST) CY
1x2x0.65/2.56 LI petrol FR
02Y (ST) C 11Y

1x2x0.8/2.56-150 LI FR VI
M-02Y (ST) CH X
1 x 2 x 0.35 100 V
2.5 dB/km
4 dB/km
22 dB/km
42 dB/km
3 dB/km
4 dB/km
25 dB/km
49 dB/km
2,5 dB/km
3 dB/km
25 dB/km
49 dB/km
3 dB/km
5 dB/km
22 dB/km
45 dB/km
150
270
185
150
150
270
185
150
150
270
185
150
150
250
185
150

10 %
3 MHz 20 MHz
10 %
10 %
10 %
10 %
10 %
10 %
10 %
10 %
10 %
Loop resistance per length maximum 110 /km
133 /km
98 /km
110 /km
Shield resistance per length maximum 9.5 /km
19 /km
14 /km
28.5 pF/m
28 pF/m
29 pF/m
100 V
100 V
100 V
100 V
Design of shield
wires
wires
wires
wires

FastConnect
Yes
No
No
No
0.65 mm
2.55 mm
5.4 mm
8 mm
0.67 mm
2.56 mm
5.8 mm
8 mm
0.8 mm
2.56 mm
6 mm
8 mm
0.67 mm
8 mm
9.8 mm

0.4 mm
0.3 mm
0.4 mm
0.5 mm

Note
Outer diameter > 8 mm:

Bus connectors can only be
connected after the outer
sheath has been stripped
Material
of the cable sheath
PE
FRNC
FRNC
PE
PVC
PE
-
PE
Halogen-free polymer (HM4)
Halogen-free,
cross-linked polymer
Color
of the cable sheath
red / green
Violet
red / green
Petrol
red / green
Violet
red / green
Black
60 mm
30 mm
30 mm
98 mm
80 mm
70 mm
60 mm
196 mm
70 mm
-
60 mm
Not suitable for
installation in festoons
Electrical data
at 9.6 kHz maximum
at 38.4 kHz maximum
at 4 MHz maximum
at 16 MHz maximum
Impedance
Nominal value
at 9.6 kHz
at 38.4 kHz
for frequency range
3 MHz 20 MHz
Mechanical data
Outer diameter
of the cable sheath
Bending radius
permissible
permissible
Note
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/29
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS bus cables

Article No.
6XV1830-0LH10
6XV1830-3GH10
6XV1830-0PH10
6XV1830-0MH10
PROFIBUS FC
FRNC Cable GP
PROFIBUS
Festoon Cable GP
PROFIBUS
Torsion Cable
SIENOPYR
FR Marine Cable
5 000 000

100 N
80 N
100 N
100 N
Weight per length
72 kg/km
64 kg/km
65 kg/km
110 kg/km
-25 +80 C
-25 +80 C
-25 +80 C
-25 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-25 +75 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-25 +75 C
-35 +80 C
-35 +80 C
-35 +80 C
-15 +80 C

operation mode
At ambient temperatures
below -15 degrees Celsius,
the cable must not be subjected to any movements
other than the normal vibration levels encountered on
board ship
Burning behaviour

IEC 60332-3-24
(Category C),
IEC 60332-3-22
(Category A),
EN 50267-2-1/2, IEC 61034
flame resistant according to flame resistant according to

IEC 60332-3-24 (Category C) IEC 60332-1-2

IEC 60811-2-1 (4 h / 70C)
to grease
to water

Resistant to diesel fuel
IEC 60811-2-1 (7x24h/90C) according to DIN
VDE 51601, ASTM oil No. 2
according to DIN 53521,
oil, NATOCode 0178,
BWTL 91500031/2 according to VG 95214 Part 4,
hydraulic fluid,
NATOCode H515,
BWTL 91500020 according
to VG 95214 Part 4,
cold cleaning solvent,
BW-TL 68500017 according
to VG 95214 Part 4, deionized water according to
VG 95214 Part 4, deionized
water with 3.5% NaCl
Resistant
Resistant
Radiological resistance to UV
radiation
Resistant
Resistant
Resistant
Resistant
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes: c(UL)us,
CM / CL3 / Sun Res
Yes: CMG / PLCT /

Sun Res / Oil Res
Yes: CMX
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
CE mark
RoHS conformity
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
Yes
Yes

No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
Chemical resistance
to mineral oil

IEC 60332-3-24,
IEC 607542, IEC 61031

components general
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free
approvals
3/30
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS bus cables

Article No.
6XV1860-2R
6XV1860-2S
Product description
Hybrid cable (data and power cores),

Hybrid cable (data and power cores),

Trailing-type, hybrid cable used for supplying data and

power to ET 200pro
Rugged cable for supplying data and power to ET 200pro

under conditions of high mechanical loading. Cable resistance to weld spatter according to HD22.2 S3 / 5
Cable designation
02Y(ST)C 1x2x0.65/2.56-150LI LIY-Z Y 2x1x1.5 VI
02Y(ST)C 1x2x0.65/2.56-150LI LIH-Z 11Y 2x1x1.5 VI FRNC
4 dB/km
4 dB/km
25 dB/km
49 dB/km
4 dB/km
4 dB/km
25 dB/km
49 dB/km
150
270
185
150
150
270
185
150
Electrical data
at 9.6 kHz maximum
at 38.4 kHz maximum
at 4 MHz maximum
at 16 MHz maximum
Impedance
Nominal value
at 9.6 kHz
at 38.4 kHz
for frequency range
3 MHz 20 MHz

10 %
3 MHz 20 MHz
10 %
10 %
10 %

maximum
138 /km
138 /km

maximum
10 /km
10 /km
30 pF/m
30 pF/m
300 V
300 V
Conductor cross section of the

power wires
1.5 mm
1.5 mm
Continuous current of the power wires 7.5 A
7.5 A
Mechanical data
Design of shield
Overlapped aluminum-clad foil, sheathed in a

braided screen of tin-plated copper wires


FastConnect
No
No
2.56 mm
11 mm
2.56 mm
11 mm
0.5 mm
0.5 mm
Material
PE
PE
Material
PVC
PUR
Color
of the cable sheath
red / green
Black
Violet
red / green
Black
Violet
44 mm
44 mm
125 mm
125 mm
Outer diameter
of the cable sheath
Bending radius Bending radius

permissible
permissible
Note
1 000 000
3 000 000
For use in cable carriers, for 1 million bending cycles with a For use in cable carriers, for 3 million bending cycles with a
bending radius of 125 mm and an acceleration of 2.5 m/s bending radius of 125 mm and an acceleration of 2.5 m/s
450 N
450 N
Weight per length
140 kg/km
135 kg/km
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/31
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS bus cables

Article No.
6XV1860-2R
6XV1860-2S
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
-40 +75 C
-40 +75 C
-40 +75 C
-40 +75 C
-40 +75 C
-40 +75 C
-40 +75 C
-40 +75 C
Burning behaviour
flame resistant according to IEC 60332-1-2
Chemical resistance
to mineral oil
to grease
Resistant
Resistant
not resistant
resistant
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes: CMG
Yes: CMX
No
No
RoHS conformity
Yes
Yes
UV radiation
components general
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free
approvals
3/32
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS bus cables
Ordering data
Article No.

for fast mounting, 2-core, shielded,
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
Not pre-assembled
20 m
50 m
100 m
200 m
500 m
1 000 m
In spool box
50 m
100 m
6XV1830-0EH10
PROFIBUS FC
for quick assembly, 2-core,
shielded, for intrinsically safe
distributed I/O systems
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1831-2A

2-core, shielded
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1830-0JH10

2-core, shielded
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1830-0GH10

2-core, shielded
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1830-3FH10

2-core, shielded
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1831-2K

2-core, shielded
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
Sheath color: Petrol
Sheath color: Violet
6XV1830-0EN20
6XV1830-0EN50
6XV1830-0ET10
6XV1830-0ET20
6XV1830-0ET50
6XV1830-0EU10
6XV1830-1EN50
6XV1830-1ET10
Article No.
PROFIBUS Torsion Cable
2-core, shielded
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1830-0PH10
PROFIBUS Hybrid Standard

Cable GP
PROFIBUS hybrid cable suitable as
trailing cable and resistant to
welding spatter, with 2 power
conductors (1.5 mm2) for supply of
data and power to ET 200pro
6XV1860-2R

Rugged PROFIBUS hybrid cable
suitable as trailing cable and
resistant to welding spatter, with
2 power conductors (1.5 mm2) for
supply of data and power to
ET 200pro
6XV1860-2S
Special bus cables

SIENOPYR PROFIBUS
shipboard cable
Copper cable for ships and
offshore units
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1830-0MH10
Stripping Tool
6GK1905-6AA00
PROFIBUS FastConnect Blade

Cassettes
Spare blade cassettes for
stripping tool, 5 units
6GK1905-6AB00
bus connector RS485 with 90
cable outlet
With insulation displacement terminals, max. transfer rate 12 Mbit/s
With PG interface
bus connector RS485 Plug 180
With 180 cable outlet, insulation
displacement
6ES7972-0BA52-0XA0
6ES7972-0BB52-0XA0
6GK1500-0FC10
Accessories
6XV1830-3EH10
6XV1831-2L
PROFIBUS Festoon Cable GP

2-core, shielded
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1830-3GH10
PROFIBUS FC FRNC Cable GP

2-core, shielded, nonflammable,
with copolymer outer sheath FRNC
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1830-0LH10
Lightning protection modules for

reliable transmission between
buildings with overvoltage
protection 1)
Basic protection
Basic section
Protection module Type B
Protective housing
Terminal element
Low-voltage protection
Basic section
Protection module
Terminal element
Electronic manuals for communication systems, communication protocols, and communication products;
on DVD; German/English
1)
919506
919510
906055
919508
919506
919570
919508
6GK1975-1AA00-3AA0
Order from:
DEHN & Shne
Hans-Dehn-Str.1
92318 Neumarkt/Opf, Germany
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/33
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS bus cables
More information
Cable routing:
The bus cables are supplied by the meter. If a bus segment must
be assembled using two sections (e.g. > 1 000 m segment
length), bushings can be used for this purpose (low-impedance
connection between cores with clamps, connect shields over a
wide area).

FastConnect
Migration in discrete automation

For many years, PROFIBUS has been the established fieldbus
for machines and plants and with the wider use of Ethernet in IT
and PROFINET in industry, production systems today would be
unimaginable without either of these systems.
For migration from PROFIBUS to PROFINET or Industrial
Ethernet in discrete automation, Siemens offers a solution in
which the existing two-wire cabling for Ethernet communication
can be used.
An underground cable must be used if cables are laid outside

buildings e.g. directly in the ground, in sand or in concrete building blocks or when routed through protective pipes made of
steel or plastic above or below ground.
Comply with overvoltage protection guidelines for underground
laying.
Note:
J. Hertlein
I IA SC CI PRM 4
Phone: 0911/750 44 65
For further information on this, please refer to Section 2 and the

Internet at: www.siemens.com/vd
SCALANCE X308-2M
with media module
MM992-2VD
Building
Terminals
PROFINET (2x2 line, 100 Mbit/s) up to 300 m

SIMATIC S7-1500
with CM 1542-1
SCALANCE
XR324-12M
with media module
MM992-2VD
Industrial Ethernet
Integration in existing complex
Bulkhead
firewall
SCALANCE X308-2M
with media module
MM992-2VD
Terminals
ET 200M
Two-wire line (10 Mbit/s),

e.g. PROFIBUS up to 1000 m
ET 200S
Terminals,
e.g.
ET 200
Building
SCALANCE S627-2M
with media module
MM992-2VD
Ground cable (10 Mbit/s) up to 1000 m
3/34
Siemens IK PI 2015
Terminals
nprXWXWZ^[
The FastConnect stripping tool can be used to strip the outer

sheath and shield of the new FastConnect bus cables to the right
length in one step.
In this way, the bus connectors (except 6ES7972-0BA30-0XA0)
can be connected easily and quickly to the bus cable.
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
ECOFAST bus cables
Overview
Benefits
Savings in wiring, installation, commissioning and operation
as result of standardized connection system (copper or fiberoptic) with high degree of protection (IP65)
With ECOFAST, the turnaround times for offers, planning and
engineering of machines and plants can be reduced
ECOFAST permits fast and problem-free startup of automation
and drive systems
Minimization of sources of error by means of standardized
interfaces and plug connectors.
With ECOFAST plants remain highly available: No interruption
of power and fieldbus when replacing equipment.
In the ECOFAST system, all devices with bus capability are

connected to PROFIBUS DP using the bus cables.
The bus cable is implemented as a hybrid cable and contains:
PROFIBUS DP in copper RS 485;
Four additional copper cores for carrying 24 V DC:
- 24 V DC, not switched (for electronics and inputs)
- 24 V DC, switched (for outputs, disconnectable e.g. for
EMERGENCY OFF)
The ECOFAST hybrid cables are sold by the meter or in fixed
lengths preassembled with ECOFAST connector (Han Brid) and
socket.
Article No.
6XV1830-7AH10
6XV1860-2P
PROFIBUS ECOFAST Hybrid Cable
PROFIBUS ECOFAST Hybrid Cable GP
Product description
ECOFAST hybrid cable (data and power cores),

ECOFAST hybrid cable (data and power cores),

Hybrid cable for connection of ECOFAST stations
Hybrid cable for connection of ECOFAST stations,

UL approval
Cable designation
02Y (ST)
C 1 x 2 x 0.65/2.56 - 150 LI LIH-Z 11Y 4 x 1 x 1.5 VI FRNC
02Y (ST)C 1x2x0.65/2.56 -150 LI LIY-Z Y 4x1x1.5 VI
0.004 dB/m
0.004 dB/m
0.025 dB/m
0.049 dB/m
0.004 dB/m
0.004 dB/m
0.025 dB/m
0.049 dB/m
150
270
185
150
150
270
185
150
Electrical data
at 9.6 kHz maximum
at 38.4 kHz maximum
at 4 MHz maximum
at 16 MHz maximum
Impedance
Nominal value
at 9.6 kHz
at 38.4 kHz
for frequency range
3 MHz 20 MHz

10 %
3 MHz 20 MHz
10 %
10 %
10 %

maximum
138 /km
138 /km

maximum
15 /km
15 /km
30 pF/m
30 pF/m
Inductance per length
100 V
600 V

power wires
1.5 mm
1.5 mm
Continuous current of the power wires 12 A
12 A
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/35
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
ECOFAST bus cables

Article No.
6XV1830-7AH10
6XV1860-2P
PROFIBUS ECOFAST Hybrid Cable
PROFIBUS ECOFAST Hybrid Cable GP
Design of shield



FastConnect
No
No
2.56 mm
11 mm
2.56 mm
11 mm
0.3 mm
0.3 mm
Material
of the cable sheath
PE
PUR
PE
PVC
Color
of the cable sheath
red / green
Black
Violet
red / green
Black
Violet
82.5 mm
110 mm

Note
5 000 000
For use in cable carriers, for 5 million bending cycles with a
bending radius of 82.5 mm (7.5x D) and an acceleration of
2.5 m/s
1 000 000
bending radius of 166 mm (15x D) and an acceleration of
4.0 m/s
300 N
300 N
Weight per length
150 kg/km
154 kg/km
-40 +60 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +60 C
-30 +80 C
-30 +80 C
-30 +80 C
-30 +80 C
resistant
resistant
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes: CM / CL3 / SunRes / OilRes
RoHS conformity
Yes
Yes
Mechanical data
Outer diameter
of the cable sheath
Bending radius
permissible

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
Burning behaviour
Chemical resistance
to mineral oil
to grease
UV radiation
components general
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free
approvals
3/36
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
ECOFAST bus cables

Article No.
6GK1905-0CA00
6GK1905-0CB00
6GK1905-0CC00
6GK1905-0CD00
PB ECOFAST
Hybrid Plug 180
PB ECOFAST
Hybrid Plug 180
PB ECOFAST
Hybrid Plug angled
PB ECOFAST
Hybrid Plug angled
Product description
ECOFAST Hanbrid
connector with pin insert
ECOFAST Hanbrid
ECOFAST Hanbrid
connector with socket insert connector with pin insert,
angled
For connection to ECOFAST For connection to ECOFAST For connection to ECOFAST For connection to ECOFAST
hybrid cables, transmission hybrid cables, transmission hybrid cables, transmission hybrid cables, transmission
of data and power
of data and power
of data and power
of data and power
ECOFAST Hanbrid
connector with socket insert,
angled
Transmission rate
Transfer rate with PROFIBUS
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Integrated crimp contacts for

6-core ECOFAST hybrid
cables
Hanbrid connector with male
insert

cables
Hanbrid connector with
female insert

cables
Hanbrid connector with male
insert

cables
Hanbrid connector with
female insert
plastic
plastic
plastic
plastic
Width
27 mm
27 mm
27 mm
27 mm
Height
27 mm
27 mm
27 mm
27 mm
Depth
71 mm
71 mm
71 mm
71 mm
Net weight
40 g
40 g
40 g
40 g
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
-20 +70 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-20 +70 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-20 +70 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-20 +70 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
Protection class IP
IP65/67
IP65/67
IP65/67
IP65/67
resistant
resistant
resistant
resistant
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Interfaces
for PROFIBUS cables
terminal equipment
for PROFIBUS cables

terminal equipment
Mechanical data

components general
approvals
conformity
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/37
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
ECOFAST bus cables

Article No.
6GK1905-0DA10
Article No.
6GK1905-0DA10
PB ECOFAST Terminating Plug
PB ECOFAST Terminating Plug
Product description
ECOFAST bus terminating plug

connector with pin insert and
integral terminating resistors

As terminating plug-in connector for

PROFIBUS DP
Width
27 mm
Height
27 mm
Depth
71 mm
Net weight
40 g

Transmission rate
Interfaces

for PROFIBUS cables
terminal equipment
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport

for PROFIBUS cables
terminal equipment
Hanbrid connector with female insert
Relative humidity at 25 C
without condensation during
operating maximum
Protection class IP
IP65/67
resistant
Number of optical interfaces for

optical waveguide
for network components or
terminal devices
Mechanical data
Design of terminating resistor
Integrated resistor combination
plastic

components general
Yes
Yes
approvals
conformity
3/38
Siemens IK PI 2015
-20 +70 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
Yes
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
ECOFAST bus cables
Ordering data
Article No.
PROFIBUS ECOFAST
Hybrid Cable - Cu
PROFIBUS Cu bus connector
Trailing cable (PUR sheath),

with two shielded Cu wires for
PROFIBUS DP plus four Cu wires of
1.5 mm2
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
Pre-assembled
with ECOFAST male and female
connectors, fixed length
0.5 m
1.0 m
1.5 m
3m
5m
10 m
15 m
20 m
6XV1830-7AH10
6XV1830-7BH05
6XV1830-7BH10
6XV1830-7BH15
6XV1830-7BH30
6XV1830-7BH50
6XV1830-7BN10
6XV1830-7BN15
6XV1830-7BN20
Pre-assembled
with two ECOFAST connectors,
variable length
PROFIBUS ECOFAST
Hybrid Cable GP
Trailing cable with 4 x Cu and
2 x Cu, shielded, with UL approval
Sold by the meter;
max. quantity 1 000 m;
minimum order 20 m;
Pre-assembled
connectors
0.5 m
1m
1.5 m
3m
5m
10 m
15 m
20 m
Article No.
with 2 x Cu shielded
and 4 x Cu 1.5 mm2;
type of contact:
POF, Han D for 24 V;
tool: crimping tool, polishing set;
5 units; with assembly instructions
with pin insert
with socket insert
6GK1905-0CA00
6GK1905-0CB00
PROFIBUS ECOFAST
Hybrid Plug angled;
with 2 x Cu shielded and
4 x Cu 1.5 mm2;
5 units; with installation instructions
Male pins
Female pins;
6GK1905-0CC00
6GK1905-0CD00
ECOFAST Terminating Plug

Bus termination plug-in connector
for PROFIBUS DP;
with 2 x Cu and 4 x Cu 1.5 mm2;
male pins, integrated termination
resistors
Pack of 1
Pack of 5
6GK1905-0DA10
6GK1905-0DA00
Data T piece
6XV1860-2P
For 2 x 24 V auxiliary voltage

(switched and non-switched)
and PROFIBUS DP
for Cu RS485
for fiber-optic cable
3RK1911-2AG00
3RK1911-2AH00
Addressing plug
6XV1860-3PH05
6XV1860-3PH10
6XV1860-3PH15
6XV1860-3PH30
6XV1860-3PH50
6XV1860-3PN10
6XV1860-3PN15
6XV1860-3PN20
For setting the PROFIBUS DP

addresses
6ES7194-1KB00-0XA0
More information

J. Hertlein
I IA SC CI PRM 4
Phone: +49 (911) 750-4465
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/39
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Overview
Passive and active hybrid fieldbus connections
The hybrid fieldbus connections are available in two versions
which differ in their functionality. These are:
The passive version
The active version with signal refresher function to considerably increase the maximum PROFIBUS cable length
Connection methods
The field side is connected using HanBrid or M12 plug-in
connectors.
In the case of HanBrid, the following versions are available:

Socket/socket for infeeding into the field
Pin/socket for looping in the field
The M12 version is generally configured with socket/socket.
Hybrid fieldbus connection with two HanBrid sockets
Following connections are available at the rear (cabinet side) in

the case of the passive glands:
Direct connection
Fast Connect connection
The active gland with refresher function has 9-pole Sub-D
sockets for the rear connection.
Auxiliary power infeed
The HanBrid plug-in design offers the possibility of infeeding or
looping through not only the Profibus signal but also 2 separate
auxiliary voltages of 24 V DC (switched/unswitched) into the
field. The terminal block with spring-type terminals at the rear
(cabinet side) of the hybrid fieldbus connection provides a
variety of interconnecting operations for these auxiliary voltages.
Control cabinet bushing with two M12 sockets
Passive hybrid fieldbus connections

Gland from the control cabinet (IP20) into the field (IP65)
HanBrid plug-in design socket/socket or pin/socket
Direct connection or Fast-Connect connection for PROFIBUS
at the rear
Terminal block with spring-type terminals (0.25 2.5 mm2) for
infeeding or looping through the auxiliary voltages
Hybrid fieldbus connections with HanBrid sockets designed as

cabinet bushings transmit data and energy from the control
cabinet (IP20) to the field (IP65). They are the interface for jointly
routing PROFIBUS DP and the auxiliary voltages into the hybrid
fieldbus cable.
IP20
On the cabinet bushings with two M12 sockets for the

PROFIBUS M12 connecting cables, the 24 V supply of the motor
starters is implemented via separate 7/8" connecting cables.
IP65
Pin or socket
Socket
Hybrid fieldbus connection as passive cabinet bushing
3/40
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Active hybrid fieldbus connections with refresher function
Gland from the control cabinet (IP20) into the field (IP65)
3 independent, electrically separated Profibus segments
Signal refresher function from and to all segments
Automatic continuous baud rate detection
Status/diagnostics displays with LEDs
Cascading depth of a maximum 9 hybrid fieldbus connections
HanBrid plug-in design socket/socket and pin/socket
M12 plug-in design socket/socket
9-pole Sub D socket connection for PROFIBUS at the rear
Terminal block with spring-type terminals (0.25 2.5 mm2) for
infeeding or looping through the auxiliary voltages
IP20
Refresher
IP65
Pin or socket
Socket
Hybrid fieldbus connection as active control cabinet bushing

with refresher function
Selection and ordering data
Hybrid fieldbus connection on the field side:

With socket/socket (HanBrid)
Link type / function
With pin/socket (HanBrid)
Control cabinet bushing on the field side:

With socket/socket (M12)
Connection IP65
Connection IP20 (PROFIBUS)
Article No.
Cu/Cu, for feeding into the field
Socket/socket (2 x HanBrid)
Direct connection
3RK1911-1AA22
Cu/Cu, for looping through in the field
Pin/socket (2 x HanBrid)
Direct connection
3RK1911-1AA32
PROFIBUS Fast Connect bus

connector
3RK1911-1AF22
PROFIBUS Fast Connect bus

connector
3RK1911-1AF32
9-pole Sub-D socket
3RK1911-1AJ22
9-pole Sub-D socket
3RK1911-1AJ32
Socket/socket (2 x M12)
9-pole Sub-D socket
3RK1911-1AK22

Passive
Active (refresher)
Version
Article No.
Sealing caps for HanBrid

Protective cover for bus and power supply connections (pack of 10)
6ES7194-1JB10-0XA0
Accessories
6ES7194-1JB10-0XA0
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/41
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Energy cables
Overview
Application
Different cable types are needed to supply power to Industrial
Ethernet/PROFINET or PROFIBUS. The listed power cables
should always be used. They are used for devices with IP65/67
degree of protection to connect the signaling contact or 24-V
supply of the SCALANCE X and SCALANCE W components
(power cable 2x0.75) and for the power supply (power cable
5x1.5 for ET 200).
In addition, preassembled power connecting cables (4 x 0.75)
are available in different lengths for the power supply of the
ET 200 (M12 Power Connecting Cable).
UL approvals
As a result of appropriate UL styles, the cables can be used
worldwide.
Design
Different versions (5-core, 2-core) for different fields of application
Pre-assembled M12 plug-in cables for energy transfer
Rugged cable design for installation in industrial applications
UL approvals
Benefits
Flexible application possibilities thanks to rugged cable

design
3/42
Siemens IK PI 2015
Rugged 2-core, 4-core or 5-core cable with circular crosssection for connection of signaling contact and power supply to
IP65/67 components in industrial areas.
Cable types
The following cables with industrial capability are available for
connection of the power supply and signaling contact:
power cable for connection of signaling contact and
24 V supply voltage to SCALANCE X and SCALANCE W
components
power cable for connection of 24 V power supply of ET 200
using 7/8" plug connectors
M12 Power Connecting Cable M12-180/M12-180;
4-core M12 power connecting cables (A-coded) with
straight cable outlet for 24 V power supply of the ET 200
(pre-assembled)
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Energy cables
Article No.
6XV1812-8A
6XV1830-8AH10
Product description
Energy cable (2-core), sold by the meter, in bulk
Energy cable (5-core), sold by the meter, in bulk
Connection of signaling contact and 24 V power supply to Power supply of ET 200 modules with 7/8" power port
SCALANCE X and SCALANCE W
Cable designation
L-YY-2x1x0.75 GR
L-Y11Y-Z 5x1x1.5 GR
600 V
600 V

power wires
0.75 mm
1.5 mm
Electrical data
16 A
Mechanical data

FastConnect
No
1.3 mm
2.5 mm
7.4 mm
1.55 mm
2.73 mm
10.5 mm
0.3 mm
0.3 mm
Material
of the cable sheath
PVC
PVC
PVC
PUR
Color
of the cable sheath
Brown/blue
gray
4x black, 1x green / yellow

gray
19 mm
27 mm
45 mm
63 mm
Outer diameter
of the cable sheath
Bending radius
permissible
permissible
75 mm

Note
5 000 000
bending radius of 75 mm, an acceleration of 4 m/s and a
speed of 180 m/min
100 N
500 N
Weight per length
70 kg/km
149 kg/km
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
-20 +80 C
-20 +80 C
-20 +80 C
-20 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
Burning behaviour
Chemical resistance
to mineral oil
to grease
to water
Resistant
Resistant
Radiological resistance to UV radiation Resistant
Resistant

components general
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes: CL3
No
Yes
Yes
CE mark
RoHS conformity
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
approvals
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/43
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Energy cables
Article No.
6XV1801-5DH10
Article No.
6XV1801-5DH10

M12-180/M12-180

M12-180/M12-180
Product description
Flexible connecting cable (4-core),

preferred length,
preassembled with a 4-pin M12 plug
and a 4-pin M12 socket (A-coded)
Cable for connecting the 24 V power

supply to ET 200eco PN to IP 65/67
Cable designation
LI9YH-Y 4x0.75
Cable length
1m
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
Comment
-25 +80 C
-25 +80 C
-25 +80 C
-5 +80 C
With moving applications, the
permissible operating temperature
range is -5 to +80 degrees Celsius
Electrical data
Protection class IP
IP65/67
300 V
Burning behaviour

power wires
0.75 mm
Flame-retardant in accordance
with UL 758 (CSA FT 1)
Chemical resistance
to mineral oil
to grease
to water
Continuous current of the power wires Mechanical data

Outer diameter
of the cable sheath
UV radiation
1.1 mm
1.7 mm
5.7 mm

components general

PP
PVC
Color
of the cable sheath
Brown / white / blue / black

gray
Bending radius
permissible
permissible
Not resistant
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free
0.2 mm
Material
of the cable sheath
No
Yes
approvals
UL-registration
RoHS conformity
Yes
Yes
57 mm
57 mm
15 N
Weight per length
54 kg/km
Article No.
6GK1905-0FA00
6GK1905-0FB00
6GK1905-0FC00
7/8-inch connector
7/8-inch connector
Product description
7/8" connector with pin insert, 5-pin
7/8" connector
with female contact insert, 5-pin
Energy T-piece with two 7/8" female

contact inserts and one 7/8" pin insert,
each 5-pin
For field assembly with ET200
For power connection and distribution

to ET200pro modules

equipment

equipment
7/8 inch plug (2 x female insert,

1 x male insert)
metal
metal
metal
Width
27 mm
27 mm
58.5 mm
Height
27 mm
27 mm
73.5 mm
Depth
83 mm
83 mm
26.5 mm
Net weight
50 g
50 g
112 g
Interfaces
Mechanical data
3/44
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Energy cables

Article No.
6GK1905-0FA00
6GK1905-0FB00
6GK1905-0FC00
7/8-inch connector
7/8-inch connector
-40 +70 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C

maximum
Protection class IP
IP65/67
IP65/67
IP65/67
resistant
resistant
resistant
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

conformity
Yes
Yes
Yes

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport

components general
approvals
Article No.
6GK1908-0DC10-6AA3
6GK1907-0DC10-6AA3
6GK1907-0DB10-6AA3
Signalling Contact M12

Cable Connector
Power M12 Plug PRO
Product description
M12 connecting socket

for signal contact, 5-pin, B-coded
M12 Power connecting socket, 4-pin,

A-coded
M12 Power connector, 4-pin, A-coded
For connection to SCALANCE

X208PRO for signaling contact
For connection to SCALANCE W-700 / For connection to PS791-1PRO power

X208PRO for 24 V DC voltage supply supply for 24 V DC voltage supply

equipment

equipment
M12 connector (B-coded, 5-pin)
M12 connector
(female insert, A-coded, 4-pin)
M12 connector
(male insert, A-coded, 4-pin)
plastic
plastic
plastic
Width
14 mm
19 mm
19 mm
Height
14 mm
19 mm
19 mm
Depth
59 mm
73 mm
73 mm
Net weight
37 g
40 g
40 g
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
-40 +70 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
Protection class IP
IP65/67
IP65/67
IP65/67
resistant
resistant
resistant
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Interfaces
Mechanical data

components general
approvals
conformity
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/45
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Energy cables
Ordering data
Power cable 2 x 0.75
Article No.
More information
6XV1812-8A
Cable routing:

for connecting to M12 plug-in
connector;
sold by the meter;
max. 1 000 m,
Power cable 5 x 1.5

Note:
6XV1830-8AH10

connector;
sold by the meter;
max. 1 000 m;

J. Hertlein
I IA SC CI PRM 4
Phone: +49 (911) 750-4465

M12-180/M12-180
Flexible 4-core power connecting
cable, assembled with A-coded
5-pin M12 connector and A-coded,
5-pin M12 socket to supply the
ET 200 with 24 V DC;
length:
0.3 m
0.5 m
1.0 m
1.5 m
2.0 m
3.0 m
5.0 m
10 m
15 m
6XV1801-5DE30
6XV1801-5DE50
6XV1801-5DH10
6XV1801-5DH15
6XV1801-5DH20
6XV1801-5DH30
6XV1801-5DH50
6XV1801-5DN10
6XV1801-5DN15
Plug with axial cable outlet for
field assembly for ET 200, 5-core,
plastic enclosure,
1 pack = 5 items
Male pins
Socket insert
6GK1905-0FA00
6GK1905-0FB00
6GK1905-0FC00
Power T-piece for ET 200 with

one 7/8" pin insert
1 pack = 5 items
Cable Connector PRO
6GK1908-0DC10-6AA3

contact; 5-pole, B-coded, with
assembly instructions; 3 items
6GK1907-0DC10-6AA3

SCALANCE W-700 for 24 V DC
supply voltage; 4-pole, A-coded,
with assembly instructions, 3 items
Power M12 Plug PRO
6GK1907-0DB10-6AA3
Plug for connection to PS791-1PRO

power supply for 24 V DC supply
voltage; 4-pole, A-coded, with
assembly instructions, 3 items
on DVD,
German/English
3/46
Siemens IK PI 2015

6GK1975-1AA00-3AA0
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
RS485 bus connector
Overview
Design
Several different versions of the bus connector are available,
each optimized for the devices to be connected:
Bus connector with axial cable outlet (180), e.g. for PCs and
SIMATIC HMI OPs, for transmission rates up to 12 Mbit/s with
integrated bus terminating resistor.
Bus connector with vertical cable outlet (90);
Used for connecting PROFIBUS nodes to the PROFIBUS bus

cable
Easy installation
FastConnect plugs ensure extremely short assembly times
due to their insulation-displacement technology
Integrated terminating resistors
(not in the case of 6ES7972-0BA30-0XA0)
Connectors with Sub-D socket permit PG connection without
the additional installation of network nodes
Application
The RS485 bus connectors for PROFIBUS are used for connecting a PROFIBUS node or a PROFIBUS network component
to the bus cable for PROFIBUS.
This connector permits a vertical cable outlet (with or without

PG interface) for transmission rates of up to 12 Mbit/s with
integral bus terminating resistor. At a transmission rate of 3, 6 or
12 Mbit/s, the SIMATIC S5/S7 plug-in cable is required for the
connection between bus connector with PG-interface and programming device.
Bus connector with 30 cable outlet (low-cost version) without
PG interface for transmission rates of up to 1.5 Mbit/s and
without integrated bus terminating resistor.
PROFIBUS FastConnect bus connector RS485 (90 or 180
cable outlet) with transmission rates up to 12 Mbit/s for fast
and easy assembly using insulation displacement connection
technology (for rigid and flexible wires).
Function
The bus connector is plugged directly into the PROFIBUS
interface (9-pin Sub-D socket) of the PROFIBUS station or a
PROFIBUS network component.
The incoming and outgoing PROFIBUS cable is connected in
the plug using 4 terminals.
By means of an easily accessible switch which is clearly visible
from the outside, the line terminator integrated in the bus
connector can be connected (not in the case of
6ES7972-0BA30-0XA0). In this process, incoming and outgoing
bus cables in the connector are separated (separation function).
This must be done at both ends of a PROFIBUS segment.
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/47
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
RS485 bus connector
Article No.
6ES7972-0BA120XA0
6ES7972-0BB120XA0
6ES7972-0BA420XA0
6ES7972-0BB420XA0
6ES7972-0BA300XA0
PROFIBUS bus
PROFIBUS bus
connector RS 485
connector RS 485
without PG interface, with PG interface, 90
90
PROFIBUS bus
connector RS 485
without PG interface,
35
PROFIBUS bus
connector RS 485
with PG interface,
35
PROFIBUS
FastConnect bus
connector RS485
with PG interface, 30
For connecting
PROFIBUS nodes to
the PROFIBUS bus
cable
For connecting
PROFIBUS nodes to
the PROFIBUS bus
cable
For connecting
PROFIBUS nodes to
the PROFIBUS bus
cable
For connecting
PROFIBUS nodes to
the PROFIBUS bus
cable
For connecting
PROFIBUS nodes to
the PROFIBUS bus
cable
9.6 kbit/s 1.5 Mbit/s
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
Screw
Screw
Screw
Screw
9-pin sub-D socket
9-pin sub-D socket
9-pin sub-D socket
9-pin sub-D socket
Integrated insulation
displacement contacts for 2-wire PB FC
installation cables
9-pin sub-D socket
No
No
No
Yes
Transmission rate
Interfaces
for PROFIBUS cables
terminal equipment
for PROFIBUS cables

terminal equipment
FastConnect
Mechanical data
Integrated resistor
combination,
can be connected via
slide switch
Integrated resistor
combination,
slide switch
Integrated resistor
combination,
slide switch
Integrated resistor
combination,
slide switch
No integrated
terminating resistor
plastic
plastic
plastic
plastic
plastic

90 degree cable outlet 90 degree cable outlet
Width
15.8 mm
15.8 mm
15.8 mm
15.8 mm
15 mm
Height
64 mm
64 mm
54 mm
54 mm
57.6 mm
Depth
35.6 mm
35.6 mm
39.5 mm
39.5 mm
39.5 mm
Net weight
10 g
10 g
60 g
67 g
46 g
0 ... +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
0 ... +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
0 ... +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
0 ... +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
0 ... +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
95 %
95 %
95 %
95 %
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product component
PG connection socket
strain relief
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
maximum
Protection class IP
components general
approvals
RoHS conformity
UL-registration
3/48
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
RS485 bus connector

Article No.
6ES7972-0BA52-0XA0
6ES7972-0BB52-0XA0
bus connector RS485
without PG interface, 90
bus connector RS485 with bus connector RS485
PG interface, 90
6ES7972-0BA60-0XA0
6ES7972-0BB60-0XA0
For connecting PROFIBUS

nodes to the PROFIBUS bus nodes to the PROFIBUS bus nodes to the PROFIBUS bus nodes to the PROFIBUS bus
cable
cable
cable
cable
bus connector RS485
with PG interface, 35
Transmission rate
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2-wire PB FC installation
cables
9-pin sub-D socket
cables
9-pin sub-D socket
cables
9-pin sub-D socket
cables
9-pin sub-D socket
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Interfaces
for PROFIBUS cables
terminal equipment
for PROFIBUS cables

terminal equipment
FastConnect
Mechanical data
Integrated resistor combi- Integrated resistor combi- Integrated resistor combi- Integrated resistor combination, can be connected via nation, can be connected via nation, can be connected via nation, can be connected via
slide switch
slide switch
slide switch
slide switch
plastic
plastic
plastic
plastic
35 degree cable outle
Width
15.8 mm
15.8 mm
15.8 mm
15.8 mm
Height
59 mm
59 mm
54 mm
54 mm
Depth
35.6 mm
35.6 mm
39.5 mm
39.5 mm
Net weight
10 g
10 g
29 g
34 g
0 ... +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
0 ... +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
0 ... +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
0 ... +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C

maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product component
strain relief
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport

components general
approvals
RoHS conformity
UL-registration
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/49
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
RS485 bus connector

Article No.
6ES7972-0BA70-0XA0
6ES7972-0BB70-0XA0
bus connector RS485
PROFIBUS
bus connector RS485 with bus connector RS 485
PG interface, 90
6GK1500-0EA02
6GK1500-0FC10
PROFIBUS FC
bus connector RS 485
For connecting
PROFIBUS nodes to the
PROFIBUS bus cable
For connecting
PROFIBUS bus cable
For connecting
PROFIBUS bus cable
For connecting
PROFIBUS bus cable
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
for 2-wire PB FC installation
cables
9-pin Sub-D plug
for 2-wire PB FC installation
cables
9-pin Sub-D plug
Terminal blocks
9-pin Sub-D plug
2-core PB FC installation
cables
9-pin Sub-D plug
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Transmission rate
Interfaces
for PROFIBUS cables
terminal equipment
for PROFIBUS cables

terminal equipment
FastConnect
Mechanical data
Integrated resistor combina- Integrated resistor combination that can be selected with tion that can be selected with
slide switch. Disconnect
slide switch.
function: When the resistor is
connected, the outgoing bus
is isolated.
Integrated resistor combination that can be selected with

is isolated.
Integrated resistor combination that can be selected with

is isolated.
plastic
plastic
metal
plastic
Width
15.8 mm
15.8 mm
15 mm
16 mm
Height
72 mm
72 mm
57 mm
62 mm
Depth
36.4 mm
36.4 mm
39 mm
34,5 mm
Net weight
34 g
10 g
100 g
40 g
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
0 60 C
-25 +80 C
-25 +80 C
0 60 C
-25 +80 C
-25 +80 C
75 %
75 %
75 %
75 %
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product component
strain relief
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Protection class IP
components general
approvals
RoHS conformity
UL-registration
3/50
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
RS485 bus connector
Ordering data
RS485 bus connector with
axial cable outlet (180)
Article No.
6GK1500-0EA02
6AG1500-0EA02-2AA0
for medial stress;

Based-on 6GK1 500-0EA02
cable outlet (90)
With screw-terminals, max.
transmission rate 12 Mbit/s
With PG interface
6ES7972-0BA12-0XA0
6ES7972-0BB12-0XA0
SIPLUS DP PB RS485 connector

for extended temperature range
-25 + 60 C
without PG interface
Based on 6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0
with PG interface
Based on 6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0
6AG1972-0BA12-2XA0
6AG1972-0BB12-2XA0
6ES7972-0BA42-0XA0
6ES7972-0BB42-0XA0

with inclined cable outlet (35)
-25 + 60 C
without PG interface
Based on 6ES7 942-0BA42-0XA0
with PG interface
Based on 6ES7 942-0BB42-0XA0
cable outlet (30)
With screw-terminals, low-cost
variant, max. transmission rate
1.5 Mbit/s

1 unit
100 units
6ES7972-0BA52-0XA0
6ES7972-0BA52-0XB0
With PG interface
1 unit
100 units
6ES7972-0BB52-0XA0
6ES7972-0BB52-0XB0
without PG interface, grounding via

control cabinet cover
1 unit
6ES7972-0BA70-0XA0
with PG interface, grounding via

control cabinet cover
1 unit
6ES7972-0BB70-0XA0
6AG1972-0BA42-7XA0
6AG1972-0BB42-7XA0
6ES7972-0BA30-0XA0
PROFIBUS FastConnect RS485

bus connector with angled cable
outlet (35)
With PG interface

angled cable outlet (35)
With screw-terminals, max.
transmission rate 12 Mbit/s
With PG interface
PROFIBUS bus connector RS485 with FastConnect technology

bus connector RS485 with 90
cable outlet
For industrial PC, SIMATIC HMI OP,

OLM; max. transmission rate
12 Mbit/s
with axial cable outlet (180)
Article No.
6ES7972-0BA60-0XA0
6ES7972-0BB60-0XA0
6GK1500-0FC10
with insulation displacement

terminals, with 180 cable outlet,
for industrial PC, SIMATIC HMI OP,
OLM; max. transmission rate
12 Mbit/s
SIMATIC S5/S7 plug-in cable for
PROFIBUS
6ES7901-4BD00-0XA0
Preassembled with two 9-pin sub-D

connectors; max. transmission rate
12 Mbit/s; 3 m
6GK1975-1AA00-3AA0
on DVD;
German/English
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/51
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Overview
Article No.
6XV1830-1CH15
connecting cable connecting cable

830-1T
830-1T
6XV1830-1CH30
For connecting
For connecting
PROFIBUS nodes PROFIBUS nodes
to OLM or OBT
to OLM or OBT
Cable length
1.5 m
3m
Mechanical data
Net weight
Ordering data
Article No.
830-1T PROFIBUS
connecting cable
Prefabricated cable for fast and cost-effective connection of

PROFIBUS nodes to OLM and OBT
Flexible PROFIBUS connecting cable
Benefits
Trouble-free connection of end stations through preassembled connecting leads

Reliable data transmission to the end station in EMC-exposed
environment through direct cable shielding and termination.
Design
The 830-1T connecting cable consists of a twisted-pair cable
(wires made of stranded copper) with a woven shield.
It has a 9-pin Sub-D plug at both ends.
Both cable ends are terminated by a resistor combination
(cannot be switched off).
Function
The PROFIBUS 830-1T connecting cable is used for connecting
the electrical PROFIBUS interface to the PROFIBUS nodes
(OLM, OBT and data terminals) for data transmission rates of up
to 12 Mbit/s.
3/52
Siemens IK PI 2015
for terminal connection,

preassembled, with two
Sub-D plugs, 9-pin terminated
at both ends
1.5 m long
3 m long
6XV1830-1CH15
6XV1830-1CH30
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Overview
Benefits
Trouble-free connection of end stations through preassembled connecting leads

Direct connection of a PG through the PG interface without
interrupting the connection between the stations.
Design
The 830-2 connecting cable comprises a standard PROFIBUS
bus cable. It is preassembled with two 9-pin connectors
(6GK1 500-0EA02 and 6ES7 972-0BB11-0XA0). One plug of the
preassembled connecting cable is equipped with a PG interface.
Function
The 830-2 connecting cable is used to connect PROFIBUS
nodes (e.g. HMI) to automation devices for transmission rates up
to 12 Mbit/s.
Prefabricated cable for connection of PROFIBUS nodes

(e.g. HMI) to PLCs
Flexible PROFIBUS connection cable for up to 12 Mbit/s
Article No.
6XV1830-2AH30
6XV1830-2AH50
6XV1830-2AN10
PROFIBUS connecting cable 830-2
Cable for connecting PROFIBUS sta- Cable for connecting PROFIBUS sta- Cable for connecting PROFIBUS stations (e.g. HMI) to automation devices tions (e.g. HMI) to automation devices tions (e.g. HMI) to automation devices
Cable length
3m
5m
10 m
Mechanical data
Net weight
Ordering data
Article No.
830-2 PROFIBUS
connecting cable
Preassembled, with two 9-pin
connectors
3 m long
5 m long
10 m long
6XV1830-2AH30
6XV1830-2AH50
6XV1830-2AN10
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/53
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS M12 and 7/8" connecting cable/connector
Overview
Benefits
Time-saving and fault-free connection of terminal stations by

means of prefabricated connection cables
Easy assembly on site for application-specific M12 and
7/8 plug-in cables by means of FC M12 and 7/8 plug-in
connectors that can be assembled in the field
Design
M12 plug-in cable
Comprises the PROFIBUS Trailing Cable
Pre-assembled with two 5-pole M12 male/female connectors;
B-coded
Flexible connecting cables and FastConnect (FC) plug-in

connectors that can be assembled in the field for transmission of
data (up to 12 Mbit/s) or for power supply between PROFIBUS
nodes with IP65 degree of protection
Preassembled plug-in cable (PROFIBUS FC Trailing Cable)
for connecting PROFIBUS nodes (e.g. SIMATIC ET 200) to
For transmission rates up to 12 Mbit/s
Preassembled plug-in cable for supplying power to
PROFIBUS nodes (e.g. SIMATIC ET 200) to IP65 degree of
protection
PROFIBUS FC M12 Plug PRO (B-coded) and 7/8" plug-in
connector
For establishing direct connections between devices on
PROFIBUS installation and power cables with M12 or
7/8" connections
Easy assembly due to integrated FastConnect technology
(FC M12 Plug)
Viewable contact area prevents errors
3/54
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/8" plug-in cable

Comprises the Energy Cable 5 x 1.5 mm2
Pre-assembled with two 5-pole 7/8" male/female connectors
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Article No.
6XV1830-3DH10
Article No.
6XV1830-3DH10
Product description
Flexible connecting cable (2-core),

preferred length, preassembled
with two 5-pin M12 plugs/sockets
(B-coded)
Color
of the cable sheath
red / green
Petrol
Cable for connecting PROFIBUS

stations (e.g. SIMATIC ET 200) to
IP 65 degree of protection
Cable designation
02YY (ST) C11Y

1x2x0.65/2.56-150 LI KF 40 FR petrol
Cable length
1m
Electrical data
at 9.6 kHz maximum
at 38.4 kHz maximum
at 4 MHz maximum
at 16 MHz maximum
Impedance
Nominal value
at 9.6 kHz
at 38.4 kHz
for frequency range
3 MHz 20 MHz
0.003 dB/m
0.004 dB/m
0.025 dB/m
0.049 dB/m
150
270
185
150

10 %
3 MHz 20 MHz
Bending radius
permissible
permissible
Note
100 N
77 kg/km

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
-40 +60 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +60 C

operation mode
Limited segment length (see manual

for PROFIBUS networks)
Protection class IP
IP65/67
Burning behaviour

IEC 60332-1-2
14 /km
28 pF/m
100 V
to grease
to water
Design of shield

sheathed in a braided screen of
tin-plated copper wires
UV radiation

FastConnect
Yes

0.4 mm

Note
Material
of the cable sheath
- Note
PE
PVC
PUR
-
3 000 000
For use in cable carriers, for 3 million
bending cycles with a bending radius
of 120 mm (15x D) and an acceleration of 4 m/s
Weight per length

maximum
0.67 mm
2.56 mm
5.4 mm
8 mm
120 mm
133 /km
Outer diameter
of the cable sheath

maximum
Mechanical data
40 mm
Chemical resistance
to mineral oil

IEC 60811-2-1 (7x24h/90C)
Resistant
Resistant

components general
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free
No
Yes
Cable length
at max. 1.5 Mbit/s
at max. 12 Mbit/s
approvals
Yes: CMX
No
CE mark
UL-registration
- RoHS conformity
Yes

No
No
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/55
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Article No.
6XV1822-5BH10
Article No.
6XV1822-5BH10
7/8 connecting cable
7/8 connecting cable
Product description
Connecting cable (5-core),

with two 5-pin 7/8" plugs/sockets
Power supply of ET 200 modules with

7/8 inch power port to IP 65 degree of
protection
Cable designation
L-Y11Y-Z 5x1x1.5 GR
Cable length
1m
Electrical data
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
Comment
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-

operation mode
600 V
Protection class IP
IP65/67

power wires
1.5 mm
Burning behaviour
Flame-retardant
in accordance with IEC 60332-1

Mechanical data
Design of shield

FastConnect
Outer diameter
of the cable sheath
Chemical resistance
to mineral oil
to grease
to water
UV radiation
Resistant
Resistant
Resistant

components general
1.55 mm
2.73 mm
10.5 mm
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free

0.3 mm
approvals

Note
No
Yes
CE mark
UL-registration
RoHS conformity
Yes
Material
of the cable sheath
- Note
PVC
PUR
-
Color
of the cable sheath
Black
gray
Bending radius
permissible
permissible
Note
27 mm
63 mm
75 mm
5 000 000
For use in cable carriers, for 5 million
bending cycles with a bending radius
of 75 mm, an acceleration of 4 m/s
and a speed of 180 m/min

500 N
Weight per length
149 kg/km
3/56
Siemens IK PI 2015
No
Yes
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS

Article No.
6GK1905-0EA10
6GK1905-0EB10
6GK1905-0EA00
6GK1905-0EB00
PB FC M12 Plug PRO
PB FC M12
Cable Connector PRO
PB M12 connector
PB M12 connector
Product description
M12 connector with male

contact insert, 5-pin,
B-coded
M12 connector with female

B-coded
M12 connector with male

B-coded
M12 connector with female

B-coded
For connecting electrical

PB FC bus cables to
ET200 PRO, suitable for
FastConnect system

PB FC bus cables to
ET200 PRO, suitable for
FastConnect system

PB bus cables to ET200

PB bus cables to ET200
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
cables
M12 connector (male insert,
4-pin, B-coded)
Yes
cables
M12 connector (female
insert, 5-pin, B-coded)
Yes
Integrated screw-type
contacts for 2-core PB
installation cables
Integrated screw-type
contacts for 2-core PB
installation cables
metal
metal
metal
metal
Width
19 mm
19 mm
19 mm
19 mm
Height
19 mm
19 mm
19 mm
19 mm
Depth
73 mm
73 mm
73 mm
73 mm
Net weight
40 g
40 g
40 g
40 g
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C

maximum
Protection class IP
IP65/67
IP65/67
IP65/67
IP65/67
resistant
resistant
resistant
resistant
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product component
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
Transmission rate
Interfaces
for PROFIBUS cables
terminal equipment
for PROFIBUS cables

terminal equipment
FastConnect
M12 connector (male insert, M12 connector (female

4-pin, B-coded)
insert, 5-pin, B-coded)
No
No
Mechanical data

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport

components general
approvals
RoHS conformity
UL-registration
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/57
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS

Article No.
6GK1905-0FA00
6GK1905-0FB00
7/8-inch connector
7/8-inch connector
Product description
7/8" connector with pin insert, 5-pin
7/8" connector with female contact insert, 5-pin

equipment

equipment
metal
metal
Width
27 mm
27 mm
Height
27 mm
27 mm
Depth
83 mm
83 mm
Net weight
50 g
50 g
-40 +70 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C

maximum
Protection class IP
IP65/67
IP65/67
resistant
resistant
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Transmission rate
Interfaces
Mechanical data

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport

components general
approvals
conformity
3/58
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
Plug-in connector for assembly in the field
Pre-assembled with two 5-pole

M12 male/female connectors up to
100 m max.; length:
0.3 m
0.5 m
1.0 m
1.5 m
2.0 m
3.0 m
5.0 m
10 m
15 m
PROFIBUS M12 connectors
Further special lengths with

90 or 180 cable outlet
6XV1830-3DE30
6XV1830-3DE50
6XV1830-3DH10
6XV1830-3DH15
6XV1830-3DH20
6Xv1830-3DH30
6XV1830-3DH50
6XV1830-3DN10
6XV1830-3DN15
See
7/8" plug-in cable

For power supply;
pre-assembled with two
5-pole 7/8" male/female connectors
up to 50 m max.; length:
0.3 m
0.5 m
1.0 m
1.5 m
2.0 m
3.0 m
5.0 m
10 m
15 m
Additional special lengths with
90 or 180 cable outlet
6XV1822-5BE30
6XV1822-5BE50
6XV1822-5BH10
6XV1822-5BH15
6XV1822-5BH20
6XV1822-5BH30
6XV1822-5BH50
6XV1822-5BN10
6XV1822-5BN15
See
5-pole, B-coded, metal casing,

1 pack = 5 items
Male pins
Socket insert
6GK1905-0EA00
6GK1905-0EB00
PROFIBUS FC M12 Plug PRO

M12 plug-in connector (B-coded)
that can be assembled in the field,
5-pin, metal enclosure,
FastConnect technology, pin insert;
1 pack = 5 items
3
6GK1905-0EA10
PROFIBUS FC M12
Cable Connector PRO
M12 plug-in connector (B-coded)
that can be assembled in the field,
5-pin, metal enclosure,
FastConnect technology,
socket insert;
1 pack = 5 items
6GK1905-0EB10

5-pole, plastic casing,
1 pack = 5 items
Male pins
Socket insert
6GK1905-0FA00
6GK1905-0FB00
Power cables
Energy Cable (5 x 1.5 mm2)
connector;
sold by the meter;
max. 1 000 m;
6XV1830-8AH10
6GK1905-0FC00
Power T-piece for ET 200 with

one 7/8" pin insert
1 pack = 5 items
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/59
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Dimensional drawings
1
26 mm
7/8-16UN-2A
2
3
73 mm
26 mm
7/8 Power T-Tap PRO
More information
Special lengths with 90 or 180 cable outlet
3/60
Siemens IK PI 2015
G_IK10_XX_50023
34,8 mm
7/8-16UN-2B
17,5 mm
22 mm
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Bus terminals
Overview
Application
The PROFIBUS bus terminals enable a bus station to be connected to a PROFIBUS network.
Pre-wired device connection for PROFIBUS node
Easy connection of stations to PROFIBUS networks through
insertion of the radial line with Sub-D plug
Implementation of multipoint connections by directly interconnecting several bus terminals (up to 32 stations per segment)
with the 12M bus terminal.
Design
Different versions are available:
Up to 1.5 Mbit/s
Bus terminal RS485
Up to 12 Mbit/s
Bus terminal 12M
For connecting PROFIBUS nodes with an RS485 interface to a
segment
Versions with transmission rates from 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s
Clear and easy mounting (can be snapped onto DIN rail)
Clear location of faulty bus termination when bus terminal 12M
is used
PG connection with special bus terminal and PG connecting
cable possible without additional installation of network nodes
for bus terminal RS485.
Benefits
Easy and clearly comprehensible connection of PROFIBUS

stations thanks to preassembled, integrated connecting cable
Simple cabinet pre-wiring by connecting the PROFIBUS
connecting cable with integrated interfaces
Applicable to all versions:

IP20 enclosure.
Wall mounting or mounting on deep standard DIN rail
possible.
External 6-pin terminal block for connection of inoming and
outgoing bus cable and equipotential bonding conductors.
Integrated connecting cable with Sub-D plug for connection of
nodes.
Combination of terminating resistors can be connected by
means of rotary switch.
The following additionally applies to the bus terminal 12M:
Ranges for transmission rates can be adjusted by means of
rotary switches.
Supply to the bus terminal 12M by the connected PROFIBUS
node (5 V DC/90 mA) via 9-pin Sub-D socket.
For maximum segment lengths, see Technical Specifications.
Incoming and outgoing bus cables are disconnected when
inserting the terminating resistors.
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/61
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Bus terminals
Function
e.g. SIMATIC S7-300

with communications
processor
PROFIBUS
System connection with PROFIBUS bus terminals, e.g. for SIMATIC S7
3/62
Siemens IK PI 2015
The following additionally applies to the bus terminal 12M:

Clear location of faulty termination within a segment (incoming
and outgoing bus cables are separated when inserting the
resistor combination)
If the bus terminal 12M is used in a segment with RS485 bus
terminals, the configuration rules of the RS485 bus terminal
apply (see Manual for PROFIBUS Networks).
Bus terminal
G_IK10_XX_50020
Connection of stations by means of integrated connecting

cable with Sub-D plug.
Easy connection of the bus cable by means of terminal block
No interruption of bus if an end user station is missing
Bus termination is possible by means of an integrated combination of terminating resistors.
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Bus terminals
Article No.
6GK1500-0AA10
6GK1500-0AB00
6GK1500-0DA00
PROFIBUS bus terminal 12M
Bus terminal RS 485 (3m)
Bus terminal RS 485 (1.5 m)
9.6 kbit/s
12 Mbit/s
9.6 kbit/s
1.5 Mbit/s
9.6 kbit/s
1.5 Mbit/s
plastic
plastic
plastic
Width
Height
Depth
50 mm
138 mm
53 mm
50 mm
138 mm
53 mm
50 mm
138 mm
53 mm
Net weight
360 g
360 g
360 g
Mounting type 35 mm DIN rail

mounting
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Electrical data
minimum
maximum
Interfaces
Number of electrical connectrtions
for PROFIBUS cables
Mechanical data
approvals
UL-registration
Ordering data
Bus terminal RS485
for PROFIBUS
Article No.
6GK1500-0AB00
With installed programmer port

and plug-in cable 1.5 m long
6GK1500-0AA10
Bus terminal for connection of

PROFIBUS stations up to 12 Mbit/s
with plug-in cable 1.5 m long
Transmission rate
9.6 Kbit/s to 1 500 Kbit/s
Bus terminal RS485
for PROFIBUS
Article No.

6GK1500-0DA00
6GK1975-1AA00-3AA0

on DVD;
German/English
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/63
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Active RS 485 terminating element
Overview
6ES7972-0DA00-0AA0
Terminates bus segments at data transmission rates of

Power supply independent of bus stations.
Designed for Industry
Terminal-independent bus termination through onboard
power supply
Application
The active RS 485 terminating resistance is used to terminate
bus segments. Power supply is independent of the stations. The
terminating resistor is supplied with power separately from the
other I/O components, either permanently or with a voltage
applied ahead of the I/Os. By terminating the bus system the
stations (e.g. ET 200S) can be coupled and decoupled selectively without malfunctions.
Supply voltage
24 V DC
Yes
20.4 V
28.8 V
Input current
30 mA
Interfaces
Bus cables
Screw terminal block
PROFIBUS DP
12 Mbit/s; 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s

IP20
Yes
Ambient conditions
Min.
max.
0 C
60 C
Min.
max.
-40 C
70 C
Relative humidity
95 %; at +25 C
Connection method
Power supply
Screw terminal block
Dimensions
Width
60 mm
Height
70 mm
Depth
43 mm
Weights
Weight, approx.
95 g
Ordering data
Design
1 terminal block for the segment connection
Terminal block for power supply (24 V DC external)
Active RS 485 terminating

element for PROFIBUS
Article No.
6ES7972-0DA00-0AA0
to complete bus segments

for transmission rates of
Function
The active RS 485 terminating element terminates the
PROFIBUS and therefore ensures a defined level of the
RS 485 signal and suppression of reflections on the line. Since
it is operated independently of the field devices, they can be
decoupled from the bus without reactions.
More information
Brochures
Information material for downloading can be found in the
Internet:
3/64
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Overview
Application
The RS 485 IP20 repeater connects two PROFIBUS or MPI bus
segments using the RS 485 system with up to 32 stations. Data
transmission rates of 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s are then possible.
Design
Housing to degree of protection IP20.

2 terminal blocks for connecting the segment
Terminal block for supply voltage (24 V DC external).
PG/OP interface.
Function
Mode of operation
Increasing the number of stations (max. 127) and the
expansion
Regenerating the signals in amplitude and time
Electrical isolation of the connected bus systems
Automatic detection of transmission rates
Transmission rates from 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s are possible,
incl. 45.45 kbit/s
24 V DC voltage display
Indication of bus activity segment 1 and 2
The separation of segment 1 and segment 2 by means of
switches is possible
Separation of the right segment with an inserted terminating
resistor
Decoupling of segment 1 and segment 2 in the case of static
interference
Designed for Industry
For increasing the expansion
Electric isolation of segments
Commissioning support
- Switches for separation of segments
- Bus activity display
- Segment separation in the case of an incorrectly inserted
terminating resistor
Data transmission rate
Max. segment length
9.6 kbit/s
1 000 m
19.2 kbit/s
1 000 m
45.45 kbit/s
1 000 m
93.75 kbit/s
1 000 m
187.5 kbit/s
1 000 m
500 kbit/s
400 m
1 500 kbit/s
200 m
3 000 kbit/s
100 m
6 000 kbit/s
100 m
12 000 kbit/s
100 m
In this context, please also note the diagnostics repeater that

provides extensive diagnostics functions for physical line
diagnostics in addition to the normal repeater functionality.
This is described in "Distributed I/O / diagnostics / diagnostics
repeater for PROFIBUS DP".
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/65
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
6ES7972-0AA02-0XA0
Supply voltage
24 V DC
Yes
Transfer rate up to max. 12 Mbit/s,

24 V DC, enclosure IP20
20.4 V
28.8 V
Input current
Ordering data
100 mA; 100 mA without loads at PG/

OP socket; 130 mA load at PG/OP
socket (5 V/90 mA); 200 mA load at
PG/OP socket (24 V/100 mA)
Interfaces
Bus cables
2 terminal blocks
PROFIBUS DP

IP20
Yes
Ambient conditions
Min.
max.
0 C
60 C
Min.
max.
-40 C
70 C
Relative humidity
95 %; at 25 C
Connection method
Power supply
Terminal block
Dimensions
Width
45 mm
Height
128 mm
Depth
67 mm
Weights
Weight, approx.
350 g
3/66
Siemens IK PI 2015
Article No.
6ES7972-0AA02-0XA0
More information
Brochures
Internet:
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Overview
RS 485 repeater with online line diagnostics for PROFIBUS DP

DP standard PROFIBUS slave (DP-V1)
Automatic determination of fault types and locations
Data transmission rate 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s
Connection through FastConnect using the insulation
displacement method
Application
The diagnostics repeater for PROFIBUS DP connects
PROFIBUS DP segments with RS 485 technology. It also
physically monitors the copper bus lines in online mode.
If an error occurs, it sends a diagnostic message to the DP
master with detailed information on the type and location of
the error.
The diagnostics repeater is a standard slave. It can be operated
on any DP master that supports the standard RD_REC and
WR_REC services. To record the topology, you will need either
STEP 7 or COM PROFIBUS.
Design
Enclosure with degree of protection IP20
Assembly on S7-300 DIN rails or standard DIN rails
LEDs to display 24 V DC, bus activity and line errors per
segment
Terminal block for external 24 V DC supply voltage
9-pin Sub-D socket for PG connection
Connections for 3 bus segments with FastConnect insulation
displacement connection
The diagnostics repeater is integrated into the bus system as
a PROFIBUS DP standard slave. It enables the following:
- monitoring of 2 PROFIBUS DP segments
- max. 31 stations per segment (max. 62 stations per
diagnostics repeater)
- max. segment length 100 m (independent of the baud rate)
- configuration of up to 9 diagnostics repeaters in a row
Use only approved bus connectors on the diagnosticscapable segments (see Ordering Information/Accessories)
Observe the configuration guidelines for 12 MBaud networks
Function
Mode of operation
Repeater functionality
The diagnostics repeater is integrated into the bus system as a
RS 485 repeater, but it has its own PROFIBUS DP address:
Expansion of extension in the bus system
Regeneration of the signals in edge steepness, amplitude and
time (re-timing)
Isolates connected segments
Configuration in STEP 7, COM PROFIBUS or also using a
GSD file.
As of FW Version V2.0.0, the following additional functions will be
supported:
I&M functions according to PROFIBUS Guideline
Order No. 3.502 in version V1.1, dated May 2003
Time synchronization via S7 mechanisms
DP cycle time measurement and statistics
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/67
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Diagnostic functionality
Initiated by STEP 7, COM PROFIBUS or the user program
(SIMATIC S7-400 / S7-300), the diagnostics repeater identifies
the topology of the connected segments and saves this information in the internal diagnostic memory.
If an error occurs, the repeater automatically transmits a

standard diagnostic message to the bus master with the
following information:
Affected segment
Error location (e.g. between station X and Y)
Distance from stations X and Y as well as from the repeater in
meters to the error location
Type of error
The following errors are diagnosed:
Break in signal lines A or B
Short circuit of signal lines A or B on the shield
Absent terminating resistors
Unacceptable cascading depth (between any two nodes,
no more than 9 repeaters be connected in series)
Too many stations in a segment
Station too far from the diagnostics repeater
Faulty messages
Sporadic errors are also detected.
The error messages are displayed graphically in STEP 7 and
COM PROFIBUS. They are completely integrated in the
SIMATIC system diagnostics (e.g. overview diagnostics,
"Report system error" function).
The display in STEP7 also includes a help text with troubleshooting measures. The help text is written in a way that does not
require specific PROFIBUS expertise, so that the error can be
quickly localized and removed.
Network topology and statistics display
You can view the topology graphically in Step 7 as of V5.2. The
stations and the line lengths are shown in the topology display.
You can also view the bus system quality in the form of statistical
information.
Print function
STEP 7 V53.3, SP 3 includes an improved print function. It allows
you to preview on the screen and optimize the printout. For instance, you can hide certain details and print out an overview of
the topology on DIN A4 or DIN A3 paper.
Configuring
The diagnostics repeater is configured as follows:
STEP 7 V5.1 or higher, incl. Service Pack 2
COM PROFIBUS V5.1, incl. Service Pack 2
External tools: Use GSD file
The topology can be determined using external masters with the
help of the COM PROFIBUS. The topology cannot be identified
using an external configuration tool. However, if the topology is
determined once using the COM PROFIBUS, error location information will also be displayed in the external configuration tool.
3/68
Siemens IK PI 2015
6ES7972-0AB01-0XA0
Supply voltage
24 V DC
Yes
20.4 V
28.8 V
Interfaces
Bus cables
FastConnect insulation displacement,

10 clamping cycles possible
PROFIBUS DP

IP20
Yes
Ambient conditions
Min.
max.
0 C
60 C
Min.
max.
-40 C
70 C
Relative humidity
95 %; at 25 C
Connection method
Power supply
Terminal block
Dimensions
Width
80 mm
Height
125 mm
Depth
67.5 mm
Weights
Weight, approx.
300 g
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Ordering data
RS 485 Diagnostic Repeater
Article No.
6ES7972-0AB01-0XA0
For connection of 1 or 2 segments

to PROFIBUS DP;
with online diagnostics functions
for monitoring the bus cables

terminals, max. transfer rate
12 Mbit/s
With PG interface

6ES7972-0BA12-0XA0
6ES7972-0BB12-0XA0
PROFIBUS
FastConnect bus connector
RS 485 with 90 cable outlet
6ES7972-0BA52-0XA0
6ES7972-0BA52-0XB0
With PG interface
1 unit
100 units
6ES7972-0BB52-0XA0
6ES7972-0BB52-0XB0
without PG interface,
grounding via control cabinet cover
1 unit
6ES7972-0BA70-0XA0
with PG interface,
grounding via control cabinet cover
1 unit
6ES7972-0BB70-0XA0

with angled cable outlet (35)
With screw terminals,
With PG interface
Stripping Tool
6ES7972-0BA60-0XA0
6ES7972-0BB60-0XA0
6GK1905-6AA00


terminals
Max. data transfer rate 12 Mbit/s
1 unit
100 units
with angular cable outlet (35)
Accessories
With screw terminals

With PG interface
Article No.
6XV1830-0EH10

shielded, sold by the meter,
6ES7998-8XC01-8YE0

multilingual:
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300,
C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
Engineering Tools,
Runtime Software, SIMATIC DP
(Distributed I/O), SIMATIC HMI
(Human Machine Interface),
SIMATIC NET (Industrial
Communication)
6ES7998-8XC01-8YE2
Scope of delivery: Current DVD

"S7 Manual Collection" and the
three subsequent updates
6ES7972-0BA42-0XA0
6ES7972-0BB42-0XA0
Connecting cable for PROFIBUS
6ES7901-4BD00-0XA0
12 Mbit/s, for PG connection to

PROFIBUS DP, preassembled with
2 x 9-pin sub D connector, 3.0 m
More information
Brochures
Internet:
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/69
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Introduction
Safety communication with the PROFIsafe profile
Overview
The PROFIsafe profile allows seamless integration of safety

communication into the PROFIBUS PA. You need not configure
a separate safety bus for your safety-related applications. The
PROFIBUS PA with the PROFIsafe profile is incorporated in
"Safety Integrated for Process Automation". This comprehensive
range of products and services from Siemens for failsafe, faulttolerant applications in the process industry offers you attractive
and cost-effective alternatives to separate safety systems.
Redundant architectures
You can define the degree of redundancy separately for the
controller, fieldbus and I/O levels of your plant depending on the
automation task and the derived safety requirements, and match
them to the field instrumentation (Flexible Modular Redundancy,
FMR). You can find an overview of the redundant architectures
of PROFIBUS PA under "Design".
Network transition PROFIBUS PA to PROFIBUS DP
SIMATIC Fieldbus Calculator
Direct interfacing of the devices in the field, especially in the

hazardous area, together with the information content of the
communication, are of significant importance in the process
industry. PROFIBUS PA, which permits both digital data transmission and the power supply on a two-wire line with the intrinsically-safe MBP transmission technology (Manchester Coded;
Bus Powered) is tailored to these requirements. It is optimally
suitable for direct integration of solenoid valves, sensors, and
pneumatic actuators positioned in operating environments up to
Ex zone 1/21 or 0/20 into the process control system.
The typical response time of a transmitter of approx. 10 ms
indicates that short cycle times can be achieved with the
PROFIBUS PA even in the case of a segment configuration with
up to 31 devices. Practically all typical applications of the
process industry can be implemented, both in small and large
plants. Bidirectional communication and high information
content allow enhanced diagnostics for fast and exact fault
detection and elimination. The standardized communications
services guarantee interoperability and replaceability between
multi-vendor field devices and remote configuration of the field
devices during operation.
3/70
Siemens IK PI 2015
The PA link is preferred as the gateway from PROFIBUS PA to

PROFIBUS DP. When using the PA link, the transmission rate on
the PROFIBUS DP is independent of the lower-level PROFIBUS
PA segments. The configuration of the PA link depends on the
fieldbus architecture. The types of coupler described in the
section "PA routers" can be used for the configuration. With a
small volume of data (small quantity structure) and low time
requirements, the DP/PA coupler can also be operated in standalone mode as a gateway.
Benefits
Advantages provided by distributed field automation with
application of the PROFIBUS PA profile included low hardware
overhead, cost-effective engineering, increased operational
safety and problem-free maintenance. These advantages are
underlined by the following features:
Modularity and uniformity from the sensor up to the control
level permit new plant concepts
Implementation of intrinsically-safe applications through use
of the fieldbus in hazardous areas
Redundant PROFIBUS PA architectures (ring and line topologies with coupler redundancy) support Flexible Modular
Redundancy (FMR) from the automation system (controller)
down to a PA field device
Safety-related and fault-tolerant applications with low device
and cabling requirements
Reduced configuration costs through simple, central
engineering of the field devices (PROFIBUS PA and HART
with SIMATIC PDM, also cross-vendor)
Simple installation using two wire cable for common power
supply and data transmission
Reduced commissioning costs through simplified loop check
Low servicing costs thanks to simple wiring and comprehensive diagnostics facilities
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Introduction
Design
Line architecture with single coupler
SIMATIC PCS 7
automation system
Max. 5 PROFIBUS PA lines (line segments) can be operated

via single couplers (max. 3 for mixed configurations with ring or
coupler redundancy) on a PA link as PA router, equipped with up
to 5 DP/PA couplers.
PA link
In the line architecture with individual couplers, each line

segment is connected to one DP/PA coupler of the PA router.
The PA router can be connected to a single or redundant
PROFIBUS DP.
PROFIBUS PA
The FDC 157-0 the first choice as the DP/PA coupler. When
using this coupler, the PA devices can be integrated into the line
segment via active field distributors AFD4 and AFD8 (approval
for Ex zone 2/22) and AFDiS (approval for Ex zone 1/21). The PA
devices are connected to these field distributors via shortcircuit-proof spur lines.
PA link
AFD
AFD
AFDiS
PROFIBUS PA
Up to 8 field distributors of type AFD4/AFD8, 5 field distributors

of type AFDiS, or 5 field distributors of both AFDiS and AFD4/
AFD8 types combined can be optionally operated in a line
segment. The last field distributor at the end of the line leading
away from the DP/PA coupler automatically activates its bus
terminating resistor.
Intrinsically-safe PA devices in hazardous areas in accordance
with Ex zone 1/21 or 0/20 are primarily integrated into a bus
segment by means of active field distributors AFDiS. For PA
devices in Ex zone 1/21, the connection via a line segment on
the PA router with DP/PA coupler Ex [i] is a possible alternative.
The devices are integrated separately into the line segment via
SplitConnect Taps (via spur line or directly via SplitConnect M12
outlet). A SplitConnect terminator is required for the bus termination of the segment.
PA link
AFS
AFD
AFD
AFDiS
PROFIBUS PA
By grouping individual devices in different line segments,

Flexible Modular Redundancy is possible at device level.
PA link
Line architecture with redundant coupler

PROFIBUS PA
AFDiS
G_PCS7_XX_00146
AFD
PROFIBUS DP
AFD
Basic PROFIBUS PA design versions when

using the PA link as the PA router
Basic PROFIBUS PA design versions are shown at this point.

The PA link is used as the PA router in these configuration
examples.
However, the PA router can only be implemented per DP/PA
coupler. The PROFIBUS DP connection is then directly on the
coupler instead of per interface module.
The PA link operable as a PA router on a single or redundant

PROFIBUS DP can only be equipped with one redundant DP/PA
coupler pair (up to 3 single couplers can also be optionally configured). The redundant DP/PA coupler pair can be used either
for a line architecture with Active Field Splitter (AFS) or for a ring
architecture.
With a line architecture, the AFS is connected to the redundant
DP/PA coupler pair (2 x FDC 157-0) in the PA router. It connects
the line segment connected to it to the active of the two redundant DP/PA couplers. A DP/PA coupler can be replaced without
interrupting the ongoing operation.
The PA devices are integrated in the line segment as for a line
architecture with single couplers via active field distributors
AFD4, AFD8 or AFDiS. The limits with respect to the number of
field distributors are also identical (up to 8 AFD4/AFD8, up to
5 AFDiS or up to 5 AFDiS and AFD4/AFD8 in any combination).
The number of PROFIBUS PA devices is limited according to the

specifications in section "Technical data".
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/71
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Introduction
Design (continued)
Ring architecture with coupler and media redundancy
With the redundant DP/PA coupler pair (2 x FDC 157-0) of a
PA router, a ring segment with automatic bus termination can
also be implemented instead of a line segment with AFS.
Apart from the ring segment, only line segments with individual
couplers can be configured on this PA router. The PA router can
be connected to a single or a redundant PROFIBUS DP.
Integration of the PA field devices into the ring segment is

carried out via active field distributors AFD4, AFD8 or AFDiS,
the number of which is limited as with the line architectures
(up to 8 AFD4/AFD8, up to 5 AFDiS or up to 5 AFDiS and
AFD4/AFD8 in any combination). These field distributors have
electrically decoupled, short-circuit-proof spur line connections
for connecting the PA devices.
At the device level, flexible modular redundancy is possible by
grouping individual devices on different field distributors.
Special advantages of the ring architecture:
High availability
Transparent redundancy management of the intelligent DP/PA
couplers FDC 157-0 for the host system
Active bus terminators for automatic bus termination in the
DP/PA couplers FDC 157-0 and the active field distributors
AFD4, AFD8 and AFDiS enable:
- Automatic, smooth isolation of faulty subsegments in the
event of a short-circuit or open-circuit
- Modification of the ring configuration or instrumentation
during operation, including the addition or removal of ring
segments
Safety-related and fault-tolerant applications with low device
and cabling requirements
Cable lengths of bus segments and spur lines
The PROFIBUS PA is based on electrical transmission components. A shielded two-wire cable is used for digital data transmission and for the power supply of the field devices.
With line, tree and ring topologies, bus segments up to approx.
1.9 km can be configured. If AFD4/AFD8 active field distributors
are used, the length of the spur lines for connecting devices and
the quality of the cable used must also be considered when
calculating the total length of the bus segment. Spur lines on the
AFDiS are not relevant to the total length of the bus segment.
For bus segments with active field distributors, the spur lines can
have the following maximum lengths:
Up to 120 m in accordance with IEC 61158-2
Up to 60 m in accordance with IEC 60079-27 (FISCO)
With AFD4/AFD8 active field distributors, these maximum values
may be reduced depending on the number of spur lines of the
bus segment (for details, see section "Technical specification").
With the active field distributor AFDiS, this reduction is canceled
by the integrated repeater function.
The SIMATIC Fieldbus Calculator provides help in calculating
and designing fieldbus segments:
Intrinsically-safe PA devices in hazardous areas are preferably
integrated into a bus segment by means of active field distributors AFDiS. For PA devices in Ex zone 1/21, the connection via a
line segment on the PA router with DP/PA coupler Ex [i] is a
possible alternative. In such a configuration the max. possible
length per spur line is reduced to 30 m and per bus segment to
1 km.
Bus segments are terminated either automatically (with architectures with active field distributors AFD4, AFD8, AFDiS) or with
the passive terminating element for PROFIBUS PA (SpliTConnect terminator).
3/72
Siemens IK PI 2015
PROFIBUS PA
Data transmission
MBP
Transmission rate
31.25 Kbps
Cable
2-wire shielded
Type of protection
EEx(ia/ib)
Topology
Line, tree, ring
Active field distributors per segment/

coupler
AFD4/AFD8
AFDiS or combinations of
AFDiS and AFD4/AFD8
8
5
PA devices per segment/coupler
31
PA devices per PA link
64
Max. current for all PA field devices

of a segment (for PA gateways with
FDC 157-0 coupler)
1A
Cable length per segment,

dependent on transmission rate
1 900 m: standard
1 900 m: EEx(ib)
1 000 m: EEx(ia)
Bus segments with AFD4/AFD8

Max. spur line length related to the
total number of spur lines
Number of spur lines
(1 device per spur line)
1 to 12 spur lines
13 to 14 spur lines
15 to 18 spur lines
19 to 24 spur lines
25 to 31 spur lines
120 m
90 m
60 m
30 m
1m
Bus segments with AFDiS

Max. spur line length independent of
total number of spur lines
Number of spur lines
(1 device per spur line)
1 to 31 spur lines
- Not intrinsically-safe
- Intrinsically-safe acc. to FISCO
120 m
60 m
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SpliTConnect
Overview
Benefits
Easy connection of terminals due to use of the FastConnect

system
Wide variety of applications thanks to modular SpliTConnect
system
Reduction in number of types and parts thanks to uniform
connection system for PROFIBUS PA
Used for constructing fieldbus segments as per IEC 61158-2

(e.g. PROFIBUS PA) with field device interface points
Easy assembly of the bus cable thanks to the FastConnect
system (FastConnect stripping tool, FC process cable
compliant with IEC 61158-2)
The terminal devices can be connected using the FC Process
Cable in accordance with IEC 61158-2 or the SpliTConnect
M12 Outlet/M12 Jack
Combination of terminating resistors can be integrated
(SpliTConnect terminator)
Application
The SpliTConnect Tap enables the design of fieldbus
segments according to IEC 61158-2 (e.g. PROFIBUS PA)
with terminal device connection points.
The SpliTConnect Coupler can be used to construct a
PROFIBUS PA hub by connecting SpliTConnect Taps in
series.
By replacing the contacting screw with the SpliTConnect

terminator, the SpliTConnect tap can be used as a bus
terminating element.
G_IK10_XX_50011
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/73
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SpliTConnect
Design
Function
The SpliTConnect tap enables configuration of fieldbus
segments according to IEC 61158-2 (e.g. PROFIBUS PA) and
connection of terminals
Easy pre-assembly of the SpliTConnect taps through the
FastConnect connection system (FastConnect stripping tool,
FC Process Cable)
Connection of the terminals directly through FC Process
Cable or SpliTConnect M12 outlet
SpliTConnect Coupler
SpliTConnect M12 Outlet
SpliTConnect Terminator
SpliTConnect M12 Jack
Rugged plastic casing made of PBT (polybutylene

terephthalate) in IP67 design
UV-resistant, making it possible to use outdoors
Complete shielding by means of integrated metal enclosure
Easier cable connection through the use of FC process cable
Contacting and connection of the FC process cable by means
of ID contacts using contacting screw
Additional grounding of the SpliTConnect tap possible by
using a contacting screw
DIN rail mounting or wall mounting possible
SpliTConnect
terminator
DP/PA link
SpliTConnect
coupler
SpliTConnect taps
FC Process cable
SpliTConnect
M12 Jack
SpliTConnect M12 Outlet

for direct connection of
PA field devices to the
SpliTConnect tap
3/74
Siemens IK PI 2015
Connector on
PA field device
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SpliTConnect
Article No.
6GK1905-0AA00
6GK1905-0AB10
6GK1905-0AC00
SpliT Connect Tap
SpliT Connect M12 Outlet
SpliT Connect Coupler
3
-

contacts
-
Cable gland version
PBT (polybutyleneterephthalate)
Width
Height
Depth
84 mm
54 mm
49 mm
Net weight
170 g
Mounting type
Yes
Mounting type wall mounting
Yes
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
Protection class IP
IP67
IP67
IP67
UL-registration
Yes
Article No.
6GK1905-0AD00
6GK1905-0AE00
6GK1905-0AF00
SpliT Connect Terminator (Ex)
SpliT Connect Terminator (non-Ex)
SpliT Connect M12 Jack
1
-

for PROFIBUS cables
FastConnect

contacts
-
Width
Height
Depth
Net weight
Mounting type
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
Protection class IP
IP67
IP67
IP67
Interfaces
for PROFIBUS cables
terminal equipment
for PROFIBUS cables
FastConnect
Mechanical data

components general
Interfaces
for PROFIBUS cables
terminal equipment
Mechanical data

components general
UL-registration
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/75
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SpliTConnect
Ordering data
SpliTConnect Tap
Article No.
6GK1905-0AA00
For assembling PROFIBUS PA

segments and connecting PA field
devices, insulation displacement
method, IP67
6GK1905-0AB10
Type of delivery:
1 package = 10 items
3/76
Siemens IK PI 2015
SpliTConnect terminator
(non-Ex version)
6GK1905-0AE00
For terminating PROFIBUS PA

segments, cannot be used in
hazardous area
Type of delivery:
1 package = 5 items
Coupling element for connecting

SpliTConnect taps in series to
configure star points
6GK1905-0AD00
Type of delivery:
1 package = 5 items
Element for direct connection of

PROFIBUS PA field devices to
the SpliTConnect tap through
M12 connection
SpliTConnect coupler
SpliTConnect terminator
(Ex version)
For terminating PROFIBUS PA
segments, can be used in
hazardous areas
Type of delivery:
1 package = 10 items
SpliTConnect M12 outlet
Article No.
Type of delivery:
1 package = 5 items
6GK1905-0AC00
SpliTConnect M12 jack

Connector element for direct
connection of PROFIBUS PA field
devices to the PROFIBUS PA
segment through M12 connection
Type of delivery:
1 package = 5 items
6GK1905-0AF00
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Bus cables
Overview
Benefits
Length can easily be determined due to meter length

markings printed on the cable
Complete range of cables for hazardous and non-hazardous
areas
Reduction of types and parts thanks to a uniform connection
system for PROFIBUS PA
Application
For the construction of fieldbus networks according to IEC
61158-2 (for example PROFIBUS PA), different color-coded cable types are available for the different types of applications
(hazardous, non-hazardous areas).
UL approvals
Bus cable for fieldbus systems according to IEC 61158-2,
e.g. PROFIBUS PA
Different variants for different applications (hazardous areas,
non-hazardous areas)
Different cable variants are offered with appropriate UL approvals for laying in cable bundles and cable racks according to the
specifications of NEC (National Electrical Code) Article 800/725.
Design
System-wide grounding concept can be implemented using
the external shield of the bus cable and the grounding
terminals of the SpliTConnect system.
Printed meter marks.
Cable types
FC Process Cable:
Special bus cable compliant with IEC 61158-2 for use in
hazardous (Ex) and non-hazardous (non-Ex) areas.
Bus segments with RS485 and IEC 61158-2 transmission
procedures are linked by means of the segment coupler/link.
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/77
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Bus cables
Article No.
6XV1830-5FH10
6XV1830-5EH10
PROFIBUS FC Process Cable GP
Product description
Bus cable (2-core), sold by the meter, in bulk
For use in fieldbus systems according to IEC 61158-2

(e.g. PROFIBUS PA), suitable for non-Ex applications

(e.g. PROFIBUS PA), suitable for Ex applications
Cable designation
02YSY (ST) CY 1x2x1.0/2.55-100 SW OE FR
02YSY (ST) CY 1x2x1.0/2.55-100 BL OE FR
Cable length
3 dB/km
3 dB/km
100
100
100
100
Relative symmetrical tolerance of

surge impedance at 31.25 kHz
20 %
20 %

maximum
44 /km
44 /km

maximum
6.5 /km
6.5 /km
Electrical data
at 38.4 kHz maximum
Impedance
Nominal value
at 31.25 kHz
92 pF/m
92 pF/m
Inductance per length
0.65 H/m
0.65 H/m
100 V
100 V
Design of shield



FastConnect
Yes
Yes
1.05 mm
2.55 mm
5.4 mm
8 mm
1.05 mm
2.55 mm
5.4 mm
8 mm

0.4 mm
0.4 mm

Note
Material
of the cable sheath
- Note
PE
PVC
PVC
-
PE
PVC
PVC
-
Color
of the cable sheath
red / green
Black
red / green
Blue
40 mm
40 mm
80 mm
80 mm
Mechanical data
Outer diameter
of the cable sheath
Bending radius
permissible
permissible
Note
150 N
150 N
Weight per length
103 kg/km
103 kg/km
3/78
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Bus cables

Article No.
6XV1830-5FH10
6XV1830-5EH10
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-20 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-20 +80 C

operation mode
Transfer rate of cable: 31.25 Kbit/s
Protection class IP
Burning behaviour
Chemical resistance
to mineral oil
to grease
to water
Resistant
Resistant
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes: c(UL)us, CMG / CL3 / Sun Res
Yes: c(UL)us, CMG / CL3 / Sun Res
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
UV radiation

components general
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free
approvals
CE mark
UL-registration
RoHS conformity
Ordering data
Article No.
Installation instruction
PROFIBUS FC Process Cable

2-core, shielded
Blue for Ex applications
Black for non-Ex applications
FastConnect
6XV1830-5EH10
6XV1830-5FH10
Sold by the meter:

Max. quantity 1 000 m;
minimum order 20 m
Stripping Tool
6GK1905-6AA00
6GK1905-6AB00

on DVD;
German/English
Thus the use of the FastConnect stripping tool and SpliTConnect

tap permits the easy connection of field devices to, for example,
the PROFIBUS PA bus system.
Spare blade cassettes for

stripping tool, 5 units
The FastConnect stripping tool can be used to strip the outer

sheath and shield of the FC Process Cable to the required
lengths for PROFIBUS PA.
Cable routing
Stripping tool for fast stripping

of the PROFIBUS FastConnect
bus cable
Blade Cassettes
More information
6GK1975-1AA00-3AA0
Note:
J. Hertlein
I IA SC CI PRM 4
Phone: +49 (911) 750-4465
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/79
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Overview
Active field distributor (AFD)
Active field distributors (AFD) can be operated in environments
in accordance with Ex zone 2/22. They are offered in two versions which differ as follows:
AFD4 with 4 spur line connections for 1 field device each
AFD8 with 8 spur line connections for 1 field device each
An AFD4 can therefore connect up to 4 field devices, and an
AFD8 can connect up to 8 field devices, via short-circuit proof
spur line connections to a fieldbus segment (line/ring) with automatic bus termination. This applies to both PA (PROFIBUS PA)
as well as FF (FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1) field devices.
The fieldbus segment can be connected to a single or redundant PROFIBUS DP via a PA or FF router and can thus be
seamlessly integrated into the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
system.
Active field distributor AFD4
Up to 8 active field distributors AFD4/AFD8 with a total of up to

31 connected field devices can be operated per fieldbus segment. The number of field devices is also limited by the current
consumption of the field devices. A maximum of 60 mA per spur
line and a maximum of 1 A per segment is available for the field
devices.
An AFD in a ring segment can be replaced during operation
without failure of the segment.
For compliance with IP66 protection, it is necessary to protect
unused spur line connections by plugs.
Active field distributor AFD8
3/80
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
The active field distributor AFDiS (Active Field Distributor intrinsically Safe) can be operated in environments in accordance
with Ex zone 1/21 and 2/22. It can integrate up to 6 intrinsicallysafe PA or FF field devices into a fieldbus segment (line/ring) via
its intrinsically-safe, short-circuit-proof spur line connections.
Instead of the spur line, it is also possible to use a subsegment
for 3 to 4 devices with a max. length of 500 m at connection S1
of the AFDiS. The spur lines with type of protection Ex [ia] as well
as the subsegment can be routed into Zone 0/20.
Active field distributor AFDiS
Up to 5 field distributors AFDiS with a total of up to 31 field

devices can be operated in a fieldbus segment. The limitation to
5 field distributors is also mandatory for mixed operation of AFD
and AFDiS.
The number of field devices per segment additionally depends
on the current consumption of the devices. A current of 1 A is
available for all field devices of the segment.
With the integrated repeater function, the AFDiS has the
following advantages compared to the AFD:
Spur line lengths are independent of the total number of spur
lines in the bus segment
Spur line lengths need not be be taken into account when
determining the total length of the bus segment

PROFIBUS DP
Under the following conditions, an AFDiS in a ring segment can

be replaced during operation without failure of the segment:
Installation in Zone 2/22 or in a non-hazardous area.
PA link

unused spur line connections by plugs.
AFDiS
AFDiS
Active field splitter AFS
AFDiS
The active field splitter (AFS) connects a PA or FF line segment

with a redundant coupler pair of a PA or FF router. The AFS interconnects the line segment with the respective active coupler.
Ex Zone 1
Subsegment max. 500 m

Ex Zone 0
Bus
terminating
resistor 100
G_PCS7_XX_00285
The PA or FF line segment can be connected to the AFS via one

or two (center feed) identical Y-connectors out of a total of 4.
For the center feed, the line segment is connected via the two
Y-connectors (bus termination switch on both FDC 157 couplers
set to "OFF").
unused connections by plugs.
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/81
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
General data
Connections, interfaces
Connection of field devices
Standard-compliant field devices

for PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION
Fieldbus H1
Max. 4 per AFD4
Max. 8 per AFD8
Max. 31 per fieldbus segment
Operating environment up to Zone 2
oder 22; Class I Zone 2/ Division 2
The max. current consumption of all
fieldbus components of the fieldbus
segment is 1 A
Main line
Interfaces
PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
Automatic bus terminator
Yes
Spur cables
AFD4
AFD8
4
8
Voltages, currents, potentials
Short-circuit-proof
Yes
Power supply
Via bus, no auxiliary power necessary
Intrinsically-safe acc. to FISCO
No
Rated supply voltage, permissible

range
16 ... 32 V DC
Current Imax (DC) on spur lines

1 to 4 (AFD4) or 1 to 8 (AFD8)
60 mA

(together with FDC 157)
Yes
Short-circuit current (test current)
6 mA
Debounce logic
Yes
Overvoltage protection
No
No-load voltage
< 30 V
Current output to field devices

AFD4
AFD8
Max. 240 mA
Max. 480 mA
IP66
Current consumption
Current consumption at idle
AFD4: 24 mA
Current consumption with

connected field devices
AFD8: 34 mA
AFD4: 24 mA
+ total current of all field devices
Additional current consumption of

the AFD at end of line
(an open main line connection)
Current consumption at
max. power output per spur line
Power loss
AFD8: 34 mA
+ total current of all field devices
30 mA
AFD4: 264 mA
Status, interrupts, diagnostics

Status indicator
Yes
Diagnostics function
Yes
Diagnostics LED
Yes
Interrupts
No
AFD8: 514 mA
Climatic conditions
AFD4: Min. 384 mW; max. 3.2 W
Permissible operating temperature
-40 ... +70 C
AFD8: Min. 544 mW; max. 4.1 W
Permissible storage/transport
temperature
-40 ... +85 C
Max. 95 %
Approvals for potentially explosive

atmospheres
Gas
Dust
Zone 2
Zone 22
Grounding
Direct, via grounding rail
Electrical isolation between

main line and spur lines
No
Dimensions and weight
3/82
Siemens IK PI 2015
(without fittings)
AFD4
AFD8
220 x 120 x 83
360 x 120 x 83
Weight
AFD4
AFD8
2 000 g
3 000 g
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS

General data
Standard-compliant field devices

for PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION
Fieldbus H1
Max. 6 per AFDiS
Max. 31 per fieldbus segment
oder 21; Class I Zone 1
segment is 1 A
IP66

Power supply
Rated supply voltage,

permissible range
16 ... 32 V DC

Yes; up to 1 A
No
Current consumption
At 28 V input voltage
Status indicator
Yes
Yes
Diagnostics LED
Yes
Interrupts
No
Climatic conditions
-40 ... +70 C
temperature
-40 ... +85 C
Max. 95 %

atmospheres
Gas
Dust
Zone 1 and Zone 2

Zone 21 and Zone 22

380 x 85 x 170
Weight
4 500 g
64 mA + (0.838 x aggregate current

of all field devices)
Power loss
Min. 1.4 W; max. 5.9 W
Grounding
Direct, via connecting bar
Electrical isolation between

main line and spur lines
Yes
Test voltage
2550 V DC, 2 s
Main line
Interfaces
PROFIBUS PA and
Yes
Spur cables
Short-circuit-proof
Yes
Yes
Current Imax
on spur line S1
on spur line S2 to S6
in total for all field devices
60 mA
40 mA
180 mA
Short-circuit current (test current)
5 mA
Debounce logic
Yes
No-load voltage
Max. 15.3 V
Max. 260 mA
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/83
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS

Active field splitter AFS
General data
1 fieldbus segment with max.

31 field devices
oder 22; Class I Zone 2/ Division 2
segment is 1 A
IP66

Power supply
Rated supply voltage,

permissible range
16 ... 32 V DC

Yes
No
Current consumption at idle
54 mA
Power loss
Min. 864 mW; max. 2.13 W
Output current for supplying all field

devices of the fieldbus segment
(for dimensioning the device
configuration)
1A
Grounding
Direct, via connecting bar
Main lines to the FDC 157 couplers
No
Maximum permissible continuous

main line current
1A
Y-connectors for
fieldbus line segment
1 or 2 (with center feed)
Interfaces
PROFIBUS PA and
Short-circuit proof
Yes
No
Current Imax on Y (limited by FDC 157) 1 A

Debounce logic
No
Continuous output voltage
Max. 32 V
Max. 1 A

Status indicator
Yes
Yes
Diagnostics LED
Yes
Interrupts
No
Climatic conditions
-40 ... +70 C
temperature
-40 ... +85 C
Max. 95 %

atmospheres
Gas
Dust
Zone 2
Zone 22

Dimensions (W x H x D)
in mm (without fittings)
220 x 120 x 83
Weight
2 000 g
3/84
Siemens IK PI 2015
Ordering data
For integration of standardcompliant PA or FF field devices
AFD4 with 4 short-circuit-proof
spur line connections
for 1 field device each
AFD8 with 8 short-circuit-proof
spur line connections
for 1 field device each
Article No.
6ES7157-0AG81-0XA0
6ES7157-0AG82-0XA0
Active Field Distributor

AFDiS (Active Field Distributor
intrinsically safe)
with 6 short-circuit-proof spur line
connections for the integration of
standard-compliant intrinsicallysafe PA or FF field devices
6ES7157-0AG83-0XA0
Active field splitter (AFS)

for the interconnection of a bus line
segment with the active coupler
of a PA or FF router with redundant
coupler pair
6ES7157-0AG80-0XA0
Accessories
Sealing plugs
for unused connections on AFS,
AFD and AFDiS (10 units)
6ES7157-0AG80-1XA1
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Electrical networks (FOUNDATION Fieldbus)
Bus cables
Overview
Benefits
Easy length measurement with printed meter markers

Reduction in number of types and parts thanks to uniform
connection system for FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Cable design with shield wire for easy shield contact at the
end device
Application
For setting up fieldbus networks according to IEC 61158-2
(e.g. FOUNDATION Fieldbus), different color-coded cable types
are available to suit different types of applications (hazardous,
non-hazardous areas).
UL approvals
Bus cable for fieldbus systems according to IEC 61158-2,
e.g. FOUNDATION Fieldbus
High noise immunity due to double shielding
Different variants for different applications (hazardous,
non-hazardous)
Cable variants are available with appropriate UL approvals

for laying in cable bundles and cable racks according to the
specifications of NEC (National Electrical Code) Article 800/725.
Design
Integrated grounding concept can be achieved with the outer
shield of the bus cable
Printed meter marks.
Cable types
FOUNDATION Fieldbus cable:
Special bus cable compliant with IEC 61158-2 for use in
hazardous and non-hazardous areas.
Bus segments with RS485 and IEC 61158-2 transmission
procedures are linked by the segment SIMATIC FF Link.
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/85
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Bus cables
Article No.
6XV1830-5HH10
6XV1830-5GH10
Foundation Fieldbus Cable
Product description

(e.g. Foundation Fieldbus), suitable for non-Ex applications (e.g. Foundation Fieldbus), suitable for Ex applications
Cable designation
2X(ST)CY 1X2X1.1/2.85-100 LI GE FR OE
2X(ST)CY 1X2X1.1/2.85-100 LI GE FR OE
Cable length
0.003 dB/m
-
0.003 dB/m
-
100
100
-
100
100
-
Electrical data
at 9.6 kHz maximum
at 38.4 kHz maximum
at 4 MHz maximum
at 16 MHz maximum
Impedance
Nominal value
at 9.6 kHz
at 38.4 kHz
for frequency range
3 MHz 20 MHz

of the surge impedance at 9.6 kHz of the surge impedance at 38.4 kHz 20 %
at 3 MHz 20 MHz
20 %
-

maximum
maximum
46 /km
46 /km
10 /km
10 /km
65 pF/m
65 pF/m
300 V
300 V
Design of shield

braided shield of tin-plated copper wires with shield wire

braided shield of tin-plated copper wires with shield wire

FastConnect
No
No
1.17 mm
2.85 mm
6.4 mm
8.5 mm
1.17 mm
2.85 mm
6.4 mm
8.5 mm

0.3 mm
0.3 mm

Note
Material
of the cable sheath
- Note
PE
PVC
-
PE
PVC
-
Color
of the cable sheath
blue / brown
Yellow
blue / brown
Blue
Bending radius
with single bend
with multiple bends
34 mm
68 mm
-
34 mm
68 mm
-
Mechanical data
Outer diameter
of the cable sheath

Note
100 N
100 N
Weight per length
98 kg/km
98 kg/km
3/86
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Bus cables

Article No.
6XV1830-5HH10
6XV1830-5GH10
-40 +105 C
-40 +105 C
-40 +105 C
-40 +105 C
-40 +105 C
-40 +105 C
-40 +105 C
-40 +105 C

operation mode
Protection class IP
Burning behaviour
Chemical resistance
to mineral oil
to grease
to water
Resistant
Resistant
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free
No
Yes
No
Yes
Cable length
at max. 12 Mbit/s
at max. 1.5 Mbit/s
Yes: c(UL)us, CMG / PLTC / Sun Res
Yes: c(UL)us, CMG / PLTC / Sun Res
No
No
CE mark
UL-registration
RoHS conformity
Yes
Yes

No
No
No
No

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
UV radiation

components general
approvals
Ordering data
Article No.
Cable routing
FOUNDATION Fieldbus Cable

2-core, shielded
Blue for Ex applications
Orange for non-hazardous
applications
Sold by the meter:
Max. quantity 1 000 m,
minimum order 20 m
More information
6XV1830-5GH10
6XV1830-5HH10

Note:
J. Hertlein
I IA SC CI PRM 4
Phone: +49 (911) 750-4465
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/87
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Overview of FC-FOCs
Overview
Design
Fiber-optic cables with glass core (62.5/200/230) are offered for
the FastConnect fiber-optic cable system:
FC glass fiber-optic cable;
duplex cable for indoor and outdoor fiber-optic networks
The fiber structure corresponds to that of the PCF. This allows
simple assembly on site.
Simple on-site assembly of glass FOC in the field

No radiation emission from the cable
Low weight
Simple laying of cables
3/88
Siemens IK PI 2015
Sheath material
Application
PVC

PUR
Highly mobile applications (tow

chains) for high mechanical or chemical stress in harsh industrial environments
PE

burying in earth
FRNC

Approvals
UL listing (safety standard) for network lines is especially necessary for the American and Canadian markets. The requirements
for the appropriate approvals depend on where the cable is
routed within the building. This applies to all cables which have
to be routed from a machine to a remote control cabinet and are
positioned on cable racks secured in the building. These cables
are identified by the suffix "GP" (general purpose) in the product
name and have the corresponding UL approvals.
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Overview of FC-FOCs
Application
The fiber-optic cable (FOC) is used for the transmission of signals in very extensive plants and where there are significant potential differences within a plant. The light beam is guided by total reflection at the transition from core to cladding which has a
lower refractive index than the core.
The FastConnect fiber-optic (FC FO) system enables fast on-site

assembly of glass fiber-optic cables with the right lengths to suit
the respective application.
Assembly with FastConnect for glass fiber-optic cables

1
G_IK10_XX_10321
Steps for assembly of Industrial Ethernet fiber-optic cables with Industrial Ethernet FastConnect
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/89
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Overview
Design
support element
outer sheath
single core sheath
3
FC FO fiber
62.5/200/230 m
strain relief
using aramide
yarn
fleece wrapping
with strain relief
elements
hollow core
FastConnect standard fiber-optic cable for use in optical

Industrial Ethernet and PROFIBUS networks
For all users who want to install and assemble the glass fiberoptic cables themselves over longer distances on site for
office or industrial applications.
Simple FastConnect SC/BFOC connector assembly on site
Rugged construction for industrial applications both indoors
and outdoors
High interference immunity, as they are not sensitive to
electromagnetic interference
Extensive range of approvals (UL approvals)
Benefits
Avoidance of excessive cable lengths in the control cabinet,

as the fiber-optic cables can be assembled to the right length
on site
Easy installation of cables in buildings, as cables can be
pulled in without connectors attached
Simple extension of installed glass fiber-optic cables via
SC and BFOC couplers
Devices with different connection method (SC or BFOC) can
easily be connected to one another using self-assembled
adapter cables
Electrical isolation of Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET/
PROFIBUS devices
Unaffected by electromagnetic interference
Tap-proof: no radiation from cable
Application
SIMATIC NET FastConnect glass fiber-optic cables are used to
construct optical indoor and outdoor Industrial Ethernet/
PROFINET and PROFIBUS networks. Devices with integral optical
interface (SC or BFOC connection technology) are, for example,
optical link modules (OLM) and SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet
switches.
FastConnect glass fiber-optic cables are to be assembled on site
using FastConnect SC or FastConnect BFOC connectors.
A corresponding assembly kit (FC FO Termination Kit) is available
for this purpose. The Termination Kit permits the stripping and the
"cleaving" of the fiber in the assembled connector, as is familiar
from PCF fiber-optic cables. To extend existing lines, a BFOC or SC
coupler may be used depending on the connection technology.
3/90
Siemens IK PI 2015
GP
G_IK10_XX_10263
le
ndard Cab
FC FO Sta
FC FO Standard Cable GP (General Purpose);

elements, and 62.5/200/230 FC FO fibers for indoor/outdoor
applications
FC FO Trailing Cable;
elements and 62.5/200/230 FC FO fibers for use in tow chains
and moving applications
Maximum cable length between two devices:
3 000 m for 100 Mbit/s Ethernet or for PROFIBUS
350 m for 1 000 Mbit/s Ethernet (1000Base-SX)
550 m for 1 000 Mbit/s Ethernet (1000Base-LX)
The maximum cable lengths can be assembled from partial
lengths using FastConnect couplings (SC or BFOC; maximum
two couplings, approx. 2.5 dB attenuation per coupling).
It is also possible to combine existing installed, conventional
62.5/125 m multimode glass fiber-optic cable sections with the
FastConnect fiber-optic cables.
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Article No.
6XV1847-2A
6XV1847-2C
Product description
Glass fiber-optic cable for assembly in the field,

Flexible glass fiber-optic cable for assembly in the field,

Cable for fixed routing in cable ducts and conduits,

UL approval
Cable for high mechanical loading for use in trailing cables

indoors and outdoors
Can be fitted with four BFOC or SC connectors
Cable designation
AT-V(ZN)YY 2GK 62.5/200/230
AT-V(ZN)Y(ZN)11Y 2GK 62.5/200/230
Cable length

at 850 nm maximum
at 1300 nm maximum
at 1550 nm maximum
3.2 dB/km
0.9 dB/km
-
3.2 dB/km
0.9 dB/km
-

at 850 nm
at 1300 nm
200 GHzm
500 GHzm
200 GHzm
500 GHzm
Optical data
Mechanical data
Fixed core
Fixed core
Segmentable cable
Segmentable cable
Outer diameter
of optical fibers
of the cable
62.5 m
230 m
2.2 mm
7.2 mm
62.5 m
230 m
2.2 mm
8.8 mm
0.1 mm
0.1 mm
0.5 mm
0.5 mm
Width of the cable steath
Symmetrical tolerance of width of

cable sheath
Symmetrical tolerance of thickness

of cable sheath
Material
Quartz glass
ETFE
PVC
PVC
Aramide fibers
Quartz glass
ETFE
PVC
PUR
Aramide fibers (double-ply)
Color
of the cable sheath
Orange/black
green
Orange/black
green
70 mm
88 mm
105 mm
88 mm
Bending radius
permissible
permissible
88 mm
5 000 000
Number of torsion cycles in the

case of torsion
100 N
800 N
500 N/cm
500 N/cm
300 N/cm
300 N/cm
Weight per length
49 kg/km
65 kg/km
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/91
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS

Article No.
6XV1847-2A
6XV1847-2C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-5 +50 C
-25 +75 C
-30 +75 C
-30 +75 C
-5 +50 C

operation mode
Protection class IP
Burning behaviour

IEC 60332-1-2 and IEC 60332-3-22 (Cat. A)
resistant
resistant
resistant
resistant
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
Chemical resistance
to mineral oil
to grease
to water
UV radiation
components general
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free

for 100BaseFX for
Industrial Ethernet maximum
for 1000BaseSX for
for 1000BaseLX for
3 000 m
3 000 m
350 m
350 m
550 m
550 m
3 000 m
3 000 m
RoHS conformity
UL approval: OFN (NEC Article 770, UL 1651) /

(CSA Standard C22.2 No 232-M1988)
Yes

Bureau Veritas (BV)
approvals
3/92
Siemens IK PI 2015
Yes
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS

Article No.
6GK1900-1LB00-0AC0
6GK1900-1GB00-0AC0
6GK1900-1LP00-0AB0
6GK1900-1GP00-0AB0

(Push Pull)
FC FO BFOC Plug
FC FO SC Coupler
FC FO BFOC Coupler
Product description
SC plug for
BFOC plug for

FC coupler for
BFOC coupler for

For connecting glass fiberoptic cables, suitable

for fast assembly with the
For connecting glass fiberoptic cables, suitable

for fast assembly with the
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s


for network components or
terminal devices
SC connector
BFOC connector
SC duplex coupling
BFOC coupling

FastConnect
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Metal and plastic
Metal and plastic
Metal and plastic
Metal and plastic
Width
8 mm
10 mm
9 mm
11 mm
Height
8 mm
10 mm
35 mm
11 mm
Depth
49 mm
22 mm
28 mm
29.5 mm
Net weight
11 g
9g
18 g
9g
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
operating maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Transmission rate
Transfer rate
with PROFIBUS
Interfaces
Mechanical data

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport

components general
approvals
conformity
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/93
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Ordering data
62.5/200/230
Article No.
6XV1847-2A

sold by the meter
minimum order 20 m
6XV1847-2C
6GK1900-1GL00-0AA0

and microscope
FC SC plug
6GK1900-1LB00-0AC0

(1 pack = 10 duplex plugs
+ cleaning cloths)
FC BFOC plug
6GK1900-1GB00-0AC0

(1 pack = 20 units
+ cleaning cloths)
FC SC coupler
6GK1900-1LP00-0AB0
FC SC duplex coupling;
(1 pack = 5 units)
FC BFOC coupler
6GK1900-1GP00-0AB0
FC BFOC coupling;
(1 pack = 10 units)
on DVD;
German/English
3/94
Siemens IK PI 2015

FC FO trailing cable for use in tow

chains and moving applications;
sold by the meter
More information
6GK1975-1AA00-3AA0
J. Hertlein
I IA SC CI PRM 4
Phone: +49 (911) 750-4465
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Overview
Design
support element
outer sheath
single core sheath
FC FO fiber
62.5/200/230 m
strain relief
using aramide
yarn
GP
fleece wrapping
with strain relief
elements
hollow core
Compact, rugged assembly case for FastConnect glass

fiber-optic cables
Simple fitting of SC and BFOC connectors to FastConnect
enclosed microscope
Benefits
Cable construction FC glass optical fiber
The kit is available in an assembly case for on-site installation of

FC SC and FC BFOC connectors on FC glass fiber-optic cables.
It consists of a stripping tool, buffer stripping tool, Kevlar
scissors, fiber breaking tool and microscope.
Ordering data
Simple installation of the unassembled cable

Flexible connector assembly possible on site (SC/BFOC
connectors)
Prevention of faults by simply checking the assembled
connectors using a microscope
Simple repair of FC glass fiber-optic cables in the field
Application
SIMATIC NET FC glass fiber-optic cables are used to construct
optical indoor and outdoor Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET and
PROFIBUS networks. They are easy to assemble on-site using
the termination kit with SC or BFOC connectors. The maximum
cable length between two Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET or
PROFIBUS devices is 3000 m in the case of 100 Mbit/s Ethernet
or PROFIBUS.
3
G_IK10_XX_10263
le
ndard Cab
FC FO Sta
Article No.
6GK1900-1GL00-0AA0

comprising a stripping tool, Kevlar
cutters, fiber breaking tool and
microscope
More information
J. Hertlein
I IA SC CI PRM 4
Phone: +49 (911) 750-4465
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/95
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Overview
Application
Marine duplex fiber-optic cable SIENOPYR
fiber-optic cable for permanent installation on ships and on offshore platforms indoors and on open deck. Sold by the meter.
Fiber-optic indoor cable
Halogen-free fiber-optic cable, non-crush, flame-retardant, for
installation inside buildings (e.g. in production halls and in building automation). Supplied in fixed lengths, pre-assembled with
4 BFOC connectors.
Standard FOC/FRNC cable

Fiber-optic cables for the following application areas indoors
and outdoors
For routing above ground
For installation inside buildings.
Sold by the meter and in fixed lengths, pre-assembled with
4 BFOC connectors.
Fiber-optic trailing cable
Used for the optical Industrial Ethernet and PROFIBUS

networks
Rugged design for industrial applications indoors and
outdoors
Halogen-free design for installation inside buildings
Trailing cable for the special application of forced motion
control
High immunity to noise thanks to insensitivity to electromagnetic fields
Available preassembled
Benefits
Sold by the meter and in fixed lengths, pre-assembled

with 4 BFOC connectors.
Fiber-optic outdoor cable
Waterproof cable (lengthwise and sideways) for use outdoors
with non-metallic protection against rodents for laying into the
ground.
Sold by the meter and in fixed lengths, pre-assembled
with 4 BFOC connectors.
Easy to lay with

- preassembled cables
- no grounding problems
- very light fiber optic cable.
Tap-proof,
no radiation from the cable
Silicon-free,
therefore suitable for use in the automotive industry (e.g. in
paintshops)
problems
3/96
Fiber-optic cables for the special application of forced motion

control, such as in continuously moving machine parts (in trailing
cables) indoors and outdoors. Two cable variants are available
for this application:
FO Trailing Cable;
Cable for high mechanical stress, PUR outer sheath,
no UL approval
FO Trailing Cable GP (general purpose);
Cable for low mechanical stress, PVC outer sheath,
with UL approval
Siemens IK PI 2015
Note:
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Application Examples
Plug
Plug
Preassembled FOC with BFOC connectors

SCALANCE XM-400
BFOC
connection
SCALANCE XM-400

FO Trailing Cable GP (50/125)
FO Trailing Cable (50/125)
FO Ground Cable (50/125)
G_IK10_XX_10043
BFOC
connection
Use of pre-assembled fiber-optic cables with BFOC connectors (12 Mbit/s)
Design
Cable types
Outer sheath
Single-core sheath
D
)26WDQG
Optical
fiber
UG&DEOH
Strain relief
using Aramid fibers
In order to span very long distances, the use of singlemode

cables with a 9 m fiber is recommended.
G_IK10_XX_10030
Hollow core
50/125 m
62.5/125 m
9/125 m
(50/125/1 400)
FO FRNC cable
(50/125/1 400)
FO trailing cable
(50/125/1 400)
(50/125/1 400)
FO ground cable
(50/125/1 400)
FO robust cable GP
(50/125/900)
Fiber-optic standard cable

(62.5/125/900)
INDOOR fiber-optic cable

(62.5/125/900)
Flexible fiber-optic trailing

cable (62.5/125/1400)

fiber-optic cable
(62.5/125/900)
FO robust cable GP
(4E9/125/900)
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/97
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Article No.
6XV1873-2A
6XV1873-2B
6XV1873-2G
FO FRNC Cable GP
FO Ground Cable
Product description



Cable for indoor and outdoor use,

UL approval
Halogen-free cable for indoor and

outdoor use, for fixed installation,
UL approval
Cable with longitudinal and lateral

water tightness with non-metallic
protection against rodents for outdoor
use and for direct laying in soil
Can be fitted with four BFOC or

SC connectors

SC connectors

SC connectors
Cable designation
AT-W(ZN)YY 2x1 G 50/125
AT-W(ZN)HH 2G 50/125 UV
AT-WQ(ZN)Y(ZN)B2Y 2G 50/125
Cable length

at 850 nm maximum
at 1300 nm maximum
at 1550 nm maximum
2.7 dB/km
0.7 dB/km
-
2.7 dB/km
0.7 dB/km
-
2.7 dB/km
0.7 dB/km
-

at 850 nm
at 1300 nm
600 GHzm
1 200 GHzm
600 GHzm
1 200 GHzm
600 GHzm
1 200 GHzm
Optical data
Mechanical data

OM 2

OM 2

OM 2
Segmentable
Segmentable
Segmentable
Outer diameter
of optical fibers
of the cable
50 m
125 m
2.9 mm
-
50 m
125 m
2.9 mm
9.2 mm
50 m
125 m
2.9 mm
10.5 mm
0.1 mm
0.1 mm
0.1 mm
core sheath
0.3 mm
0.5 mm
7.4 mm
4.5 mm
Material
Quartz glass
Quartz glass
PVC
PVC
Aramide fibers
Quartz glass
Quartz glass
FRNC
FRNC
Aramide fibers
Quartz glass
Quartz glass
PVC
PE
Aramide fibers
Color
of the cable sheath
Orange/black
green
Orange/black
green
Orange/black
Black
45 mm
90 mm
105 mm
65 mm
135 mm
155 mm
Bending radius
permissible
permissible

in the case of torsion by
360 on 1 m cable length
500 N
500 N
800 N
600 N/cm
500 N/cm
500 N/cm
400 N/cm
300 N/cm
Weight per length
40 kg/km
85 kg/km
90 kg/km
3/98
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS

Article No.
6XV1873-2A
6XV1873-2B
6XV1873-2G
FO FRNC Cable GP
FO Ground Cable
-25 +80 C
-25 +80 C
-25 +80 C
-5 +50 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-5 +50 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-5 +50 C

operation mode
Protection class IP
Burning behaviour

IEC 60332-1-2 and IEC 60332-3-22
(Cat. A)

IEC 60332-1-2 and IEC 60332-3-22
(Cat. A)
flammable
resistant
resistant
resistant
resistant
resistant
resistant
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
5 000 m
5 000 m
5 000 m
750 m
750 m
750 m
2 000 m
2 000 m
2 000 m
3 000 m
3 000 m
3 000 m
UL approval:
CSA approval:
OFN
(CSA standard C22.2 No 232-M1988)
Yes
RoHS conformity
UL approval:
CSA approval:
(CSA standard C22.2 No 232-M1988)
Yes

Bureau Veritas (BV)

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
Chemical resistance
to mineral oil
to grease
to water
UV radiation

components general
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free

for 100BaseFX for
for 1000BaseSX for
for 1000BaseLX for
approvals
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/99
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Article No.
6XV1873-2C
6XV1873-2D
FO Trailing Cable
Product description
Flexible cable for use in trailing cables with

high mechanical stress, without UL approval
Flexible cable for use in trailing cables with

high mechanical stress, UL approval
Cable designation
AT-W(ZN)Y(ZN)11Y 2G 50/125
AT-W(ZN)Y(ZN)Y 2G 50/125
Cable length

at 850 nm maximum
at 1300 nm maximum
at 1550 nm maximum
2.7 dB/km
0.7 dB/km
-
2.7 dB/km
0.7 dB/km
-

at 850 nm
at 1300 nm
600 GHzm
1 200 GHzm
600 GHzm
1 200 GHzm
Optical data
Mechanical data
Segmentable
Segmentable
Outer diameter
of optical fibers
of the cable
50 m
125 m
2.9 mm
10.5 mm
50 m
125 m
2.9 mm
10.5 mm
0.1 mm
0.1 mm
0.5 mm
0.5 mm
Material
Quartz glass
Quartz glass
PVC
PUR
Aramide fibers
Quartz glass
Quartz glass
PVC
PVC
Aramide fibers
Color
of the cable sheath
Orange/black
green
Orange/black
green
150 mm
150 mm
200 mm
200 mm
Bending radius
permissible
permissible
5 000 000
3 500 000
Number of torsion cycles in the case

of torsion by 360 on 1 m cable
length
800 N
800 N
700 N/cm
700 N/cm
400 N/cm
400 N/cm
Weight per length
90 kg/km
90 kg/km
3/100
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS

Article No.
6XV1873-2C
6XV1873-2D
FO Trailing Cable
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-5 +50 C
-25 +80 C
-25 +80 C
-25 +80 C
-5 +50 C

operation mode
Protection class IP
Burning behaviour
flammable
flame resistant according to IEC 60332-1-2 and

IEC 60332-3-22 (Cat. A)
Chemical resistance
to mineral oil
to grease
to water
resistant
resistant
resistant
resistant
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
UV radiation

components general
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free

for 100BaseFX
for 1000BaseSX
for 1000BaseLX
5 000 m
5 000 m
750 m
750 m
2 000 m
2 000 m
3 000 m
3 000 m
RoHS conformity
Yes
UL approval:
OFN (NEC Article 770, UL 1651) / CSA approval:
OFN 90 C, FT1, FT4 (CSA standard C22.2 No. 232-M1988)
Yes

Bureau Veritas (BV)
approvals
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/101
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Article No.
6XV1820-5AH10
6XV1820-7AH10
Product description

unassembled
Cable for indoor and outdoor use
Crush-resistant, halogen-free and

flame-retardant cable for indoor use
can be fitted with four BFOC connectors
Cable designation
AT-V(ZN)YY 2X1 G 62.5/125
I-V(ZN)HH 2x1 G 62.5/125
Cable length

at 850 nm maximum
at 1300 nm maximum
at 1550 nm maximum
3.1 dB/km
0.8 dB/km
-
3.1 dB/km
0.8 dB/km
-

at 850 nm
at 1300 nm
200 GHzm
600 GHzm
200 GHzm
600 GHzm
Optical data
Mechanical data
Compact core, diameter 900 m
Segmentable inner conductor
Outer diameter
of optical fibers
of the cable
62.5 m
125 m
3.5 mm
-
62.5 m
125 m
2.9 mm
-
0.1 mm
9.8 mm
6.8 mm
6.3 mm
3.9 mm
Material
Quartz glass
Quartz glass
PVC
PVC
Quartz glass
Quartz glass
FRNC
FRNC
Aramide fibers
Color
of the cable sheath
Gray
Black
Gray
Orange
80 mm
30 mm
80 mm
50 mm
Bending radius
permissible
permissible

in the case of torsion
1 500 N
200 N
300 N/cm
200 N/cm
100 N/cm
Weight per length
70 kg/km
30 kg/km
3/102
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS

Article No.
6XV1820-5AH10
6XV1820-7AH10
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-5 +50 C
-20 +60 C
-25 +70 C
-25 +70 C
-5 +50 C

operation mode
Protection class IP
Burning behaviour

IEC 60332-3-22 (Cat. A)

IEC 60332-3-22 (Cat. A)
not resistant
not resistant
not resistant
not resistant
resistant
not resistant
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
Chemical resistance
to mineral oil
to grease
to water
UV radiation

components general
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free

for 100BaseFX
for 1000BaseSX
for 1000BaseLX
4 000 m
4 000 m
350 m
350 m
550 m
550 m
3 000 m
3 000 m
RoHS conformity
Yes
Yes

Bureau Veritas (BV)
approvals
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/103
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Article No.
6XV1820-6AH10
6XV1830-0NH10
Product description

unassembled
Glass fiber-optic cable SIENOPYR marine cable,

Flexible cable for indoor and outdoor use in trailing cables For fixed installation on ships and offshore units, in all
rooms and exposed decks, marine approval assigned
Cable designation
AT-W11Y(ZN)11Y 2 G 62.5/125
MI-VHH 2G 62.5/125 3.1B200 + 0.8F600 + 2x1Cu 300V
Cable length

at 850 nm maximum
at 1300 nm maximum
at 1550 nm maximum
3.1 dB/km
0.8 dB/km
-
3.1 dB/km
0.8 dB/km
-

at 850 nm
at 1300 nm
200 GHzm
600 GHzm
200 GHzm
600 GHzm
Optical data
Mechanical data
Multi-mode gradient fiber 62.5/125 m, OM 2
Multi-mode gradient fiber 62.5/125 m, OM 2
Solid core
Outer diameter
of optical fibers
of the cable
62.5 m
125 m
3.5 mm
12.9 mm
62.5 m
125 m
2.9 mm
13.3 mm
0.5 mm
Quartz glass
Quartz glass
PUR
PUR
Aramide fibers, plus central element made of
glassreinforced plastic
Mineral glass
Polyolefine
SHF1 mixture
Aramide fibers
Black
Black
Black
150 mm
133 mm
150 mm
266 mm
Material
Color
of the cable sheath
Bending radius
permissible
permissible
100 000

1 000 N
250 N
Weight per length
130 kg/km
220 kg/km
3/104
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS

Article No.
6XV1820-6AH10
6XV1830-0NH10
-30 +60 C
-30 +70 C
-30 +70 C
-30 +60 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-10 +50 C

operation mode
At ambient temperatures below -10 degrees Celsius, the

cable must not be subjected to any movements other than
the normal vibration levels encountered on board ship
Protection class IP
Burning behaviour
flammable
flame resistant according to IEC 60332-3 (Cat. A)
Chemical resistance
to mineral oil
to grease
to water
resistant
resistant
resistant
resistant
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
UV radiation
components general
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free

for 100BaseFX
for 1000BaseSX
for 1000BaseLX
4 000 m
4 000 m
350 m
350 m
550 m
550 m
3 000 m
3 000 m
RoHS conformity
Yes
Yes

Bureau Veritas (BV)
Yes
Yes
Yes
approvals
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/105
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Article No.
6XV1873-2R
6XV1843-2R
Product description
Cable with longitudinal and lateral water tightness with

non-metallic protection against rodents for outdoor and
indoor use and for direct laying in soil
Cable with longitudinal and lateral water tightness with

non-metallic protection against rodents for outdoor and
indoor use and for direct laying in soil
Can be fitted with two BFOC, SC and LC duplex plugs
Can be fitted with two BFOC, SC and LC duplex plugs
Cable designation
AT-V(ZN)H(ZN)BH 2G50/125
AT-V(ZN)H(ZN)BH 4E9/125
Cable length

at 850 nm maximum
at 1300 nm maximum
at 1550 nm maximum
2.7 dB/km
1 dB/km
-
0.5 dB/km
0.5 dB/km

at 850 nm
at 1300 nm
600 GHzm
1 200 GHzm
Optical data
Mechanical data
Multi-mode gradient fiber 50/125/245 m, OM2
Single mode fiber 4E9/125/900, OS1 and OS2
Segmentable
Segmentable
Outer diameter
of optical fibers
of the cable
50 m
125 m
2.2 mm
7.5 mm
9 m
125 m
2.2 mm
9 mm
Material
Quartz glass
Quartz glass
PE flame retardant
PE flame retardant
Quartz glass
Quartz glass
PE flame retardant
PE flame retardant
Aramide fibers, plus central support element and
glass roving
Color
Orange / black, with directional arrow
of the cable sheath
Black
Orange / black, with directional arrow (numbering of the

core pairs with 1 and 2)
Black
25 mm
90 mm
40 mm
135 mm
Bending radius
permissible
permissible

1 000 N
1 000 N
600 N/cm
600 N/cm
200 N/cm
200 N/cm
Weight per length
67 kg/km
87 kg/km
3/106
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS

Article No.
6XV1873-2R
6XV1843-2R
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-20 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-20 +60 C

operation mode
Protection class IP
Burning behaviour
Chemical resistance
to mineral oil
to grease
to water
resistant
resistant
resistant
resistant
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product component Rodent protection Yes
Yes

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
UV radiation

components general
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free

for 100BaseFX
for 1000BaseSX
for 1000BaseLX
5 000 m
26 000 m
750 m
2 000 m
5 000 m
3 000 m
15 000 m
RoHS conformity
Yes
Yes

Bureau Veritas (BV)
approvals
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/107
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS

Article No.
6GK1901-0DA20-0AA0
Article No.
6GK1901-0DA20-0AA0
BFOC Connector Set
BFOC Connector Set
Product description
BFOC connector set
For connection of fiber-optic cables
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Transmission rate
Transfer rate
with PROFIBUS
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
Interfaces

or terminal devices
BFOC connector

FastConnect
No
Mechanical data
Metal and plastic

Width
10 mm
Height
10 mm
Depth
10 mm
Net weight
8g
3/108
Siemens IK PI 2015
Relative humidity
at 25 C without condensation
during operating maximum
Protection class IP
IP20

components general
Yes
Yes
approvals
conformity
Yes
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Ordering data
Article No.
FO ground cable 50/125/1400 2)
50/125/1 400 2)
Multimode cable,
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
pre-assembled with
4 BFOC connectors
0.5 m
1m
2m
3m
5m
10 m
15 m
20 m
30 m
40 m
50 m
80 m
100 m
150 m
200 m
300 m
6XV1873-2A
6XV1873-3AH05
6XV1873-3AH10
6XV1873-3AH20
6XV1873-3AH30
6XV1873-3AH50
6XV1873-3AN10
6XV1873-3AN15
6XV1873-3AN20
6XV1873-3AN30
6XV1873-3AN40
6XV1873-3AN50
6XV1873-3AN80
6XV1873-3AT10
6XV1873-3AT15
6XV1873-3AT20
6XV1873-3AT30
FO FRNC cable 50/125/1 400 2)

Multimode cable,
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
6XV1873-2B
FO trailing cable 50/125/1 400 2)

Multimode cable,
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
pre-assembled with
4 BFOC connectors
3m
5m
10 m
20 m
50 m
100 m
6XV1873-2C
6XV1873-3CH30
6XV1873-3CH50
6XV1873-3CN10
6XV1873-3CN20
6XV1873-3CN50
6XV1873-3CT10
50/125/1 400 2)
Multimode cable,
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
Article No.
6XV1873-2D
Multimode cable,
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
6XV1873-2G
pre-assembled with
4 BFOC connectors
100 m
200 m
300 m
6XV1873-3GT10
6XV1873-3GT20
6XV1873-3GT30
FO Robust Cable GP 50/125/900 2)
6XV1873-2R
Multimode cable,
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
Standard FIBER OPTIC CABLE
(62.5/125/900), segmentable 2)
Multimode cable,
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
pre-assembled with 4 BFOC plugs
1m
2m
3m
4m
5m
10 m
15 m
20 m
30 m
40 m
50 m
55 m
60 m
65 m
70 m
75 m
80 m
100 m
120 m
130 m
150 m
200 m
250 m
300 m
6XV1820-5AH10
6XV1820-5BH10
6XV1820-5BH20
6XV1820-5BH30
6XV1820-5BH40
6XV1820-5BH50
6XV1820-5BN10
6XV1820-5BN15
6XV1820-5BN20
6XV1820-5BN30
6XV1820-5BN40
6XV1820-5BN50
6XV1820-5BN55
6XV1820-5BN60
6XV1820-5BN65
6XV1820-5BN70
6XV1820-5BN75
6XV1820-5BN80
6XV1820-5BT10
6XV1820-5BT12
6XV1820-5BT13
6XV1820-5BT15
6XV1820-5BT20
6XV1820-5BT25
6XV1820-5BT30
INDOOR FIBER OPTIC CABLE

(62.5/125/900), segmentable 2)
1)
Preferred lengths
pre-assembled with
4 BFOC connectors
3m
5m
10 m
20 m
50 m
100 m
6XV1873-3DH30
6XV1873-3DH50
6XV1873-3DN10
6XV1873-3DN20
6XV1873-3DN50
6XV1873-3DT10
1)
2)
Special tools and specially trained personnel are required for pre-assembling glass fiber-optic cables
Multimode cable,
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
Preferred lengths;
pre-assembled with
4 BFOC connectors
0.5 m
1m
2m
3m
5m
10 m
15 m
20 m
25 m
50 m
75 m
100 m
6XV1820-7AH10
6XV1820-7BH05
6XV1820-7BH10
6XV1820-7BH20
6XV1820-7BH30
6XV1820-7BH50
6XV1820-7BN10
6XV1820-7BN15
6XV1820-7BN20
6XV1820-7BN25
6XV1820-7BN50
6XV1820-7BN75
6XV1820-7BT10
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/109
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Ordering data
Article No.
FLEXIBLE FIBER OPTIC CABLE

trailing cable
(62.5/125/1 400), segmentable 2)
Multimode cable,
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
Preferred lengths;
pre-assembled with
4 BFOC connectors
1m
2m
3m
5m
10 m
15 m
20 m
30 m
50 m
75 m
100 m
fiber-optic cable
(62.5/125/900)
Accessories
Multimode FO BFOC
connector set
6XV1820-6AH10
6XV1830-0NH10
FO Robust Cable GP
4E9/125/900 2)
6XV1843-2R
More information
You can order components and demonstration materials
supplementary to the SIMATIC NET cabling range from your
local contact.
J. Hertlein
I IA SC CI PRM 4
Phone: +49 (911) 750-4465
3/110
Siemens IK PI 2015
6GK1901-0DA20-0AA0

(50/125/1 400), FO ground cable
(50/125/1 400), flexible FO trailing
cable, INDOOR FO cable
(62.5/125/900), 20 units
Multimode FO LC duplex plug
6XV1820-6BH10
6XV1820-6BH20
6XV1820-6BH30
6XV1820-6BH50
6XV1820-6BN10
6XV1820-6BN15
6XV1820-6BN20
6XV1820-6BN30
6XV1820-6BN50
6XV1820-6BN75
6XV1820-6BT10
Fiber-optic cable for routing on

ships and offshore platforms
Multimode cable,
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
Single-mode cable,
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
Article No.
6GK1901-0RB10-2AB0

Singlemode FO LC duplex plug
6GK1901-0SB10-2AB0
LC duplex plug (10 units) for FO

robust cable GP (4E9/125/900)
PROFIBUS network manual 3)
see
6GK1975-1AA00-3AA0

communication protocols, and
communication products;
on DVD;
German/English
1)
2)
Special tools and specially trained personnel are required for pre-assembling glass fiber-optic cables
3)
Further manuals can be found for the respective products at

Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Overview
Design
Different types of plastic and PCF fiber-optic cables are offered:
Plastic fiber-optic cables
Plastic FOC, standard cable;
rugged round cable with violet PVC outer sheath and Kevlar
tension components as well as two plastic fibers with a rugged
polyamide inner sheath. For indoor applications; cable
lengths up to 80 m.
Benefits
Plastic and PCF fiber-optic cables can be pre-assembled on

site
Time savings when commissioning thanks to pre-assembled
cables
Protection of the transmission route against electromagnetic
interference
Tap-proof, as the cable does not emit radiation
problems
outer sheath
support element
single core sheath
PCF Tra
Application
SIMATIC NET plastic and PCF fiber-optic cables are used together with OLM/P for establishing optical PROFIBUS networks
or for optical linking of segments using RS 485 technology in
indoor and outdoor applications.
PCF fiber
strain relief
using aramide
yarn
iling Cab
fleece wrapping
with strain relief
elements
hollow core
le
G_IK10_XX_10031
Electrical isolation of PROFIBUS devices and PROFIBUS

segments
interference
Up to 80 m cable length with plastic fiber-optic cables and up
to 400 m with PCF fiber-optic cables
applications
PCF fiber optic cables

PCF fiber-optic cable, standard cables:
Rugged round cables with violet/green PVC outer sheath and
Kevlar strain relief elements for applications indoor/outdoors;
cable lengths up to 400 m;
the following cable versions are available:
- PCF fiber optic standard cable;
with violet PVC outer sheath for indoor applications.
The cable is not suitable for assembly in the field;
(only available pre-assembled with an insertion tool)
- PCF Standard Cable GP (general purpose);
with green PVC outer sheath for indoor and outdoor
applications.
The cable is suitable for assembly in the field.
PCF fiber optic trailing cable;
rugged round cable with green outer sheath and Kevlar
tension elements for trailing cable applications; cable lengths
of up to 400 m.
The cables are suitable for assembly in the field.
The following cable versions are available:
cable for high mechanical stress, PUR outer sheath,
no UL approval
cable for low mechanical stress, PVC outer sheath,
with UL approval
Plastic fiber-optic cables and segmented PCF fiber-optic cables

can be assembled on-site with 2 x 2 BFOC connectors. The
maximum cable length between two OLM/P is 80 m.
Longer cable lengths up to 400 m can be achieved using PCF
fiber-optic cables. These cables are also available preassembled with 4 BFOC connectors.
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/111
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Article No.
6XV1821-0AH10
6XV1821-1BN75
PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic standard cable
PROFIBUS PCF Fiber Optic standard cable
Product description

unassembled
PCF fiber-optic cable with plastic cladding,

Cable for indoor applications
Fitted with four BFOC connectors
Fitted with four BFOC connectors
Cable designation
I-V4Y(ZN)Y 2P 980/1000
I-V(ZN)Y 2K 200/230
Cable length
75 m

maximum
0.16 dB/m
0.01 dB/m
1 GHzm
17 GHzm
Optical data
Mechanical data
Step index fiber 980/1 000 m
Outer diameter
of optical fibers
of the cable
980 m
1 000 m
2.2 mm
7.8 mm
200 m
230 m
2.2 mm
4.7 mm
0.1 mm
0.1 mm
core sheath
0.3 mm
Material
PA
PVC
Kevlar fibers
Quartz glass
PVC
PVC
Kevlar fibers
Color
of the cable sheath
Orange/black
Violet
Orange/black
Violet
100 mm
47 mm
150 mm
70 mm
Bending radius
permissible
permissible

100 N
200 N
100 N/cm
100 N/cm
Weight per length
65 kg/km
22 kg/km
3/112
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS

Article No.
6XV1821-0AH10
6XV1821-1BN75
PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic standard cable
PROFIBUS PCF Fiber Optic standard cable
-30 +70 C
-30 +70 C
-30 +70 C
-5 50 C
-30 +70 C
-30 +70 C
-30 +70 C
-5 +50 C

operation mode
Protection class IP
IP20
Burning behaviour
Chemical resistance
to mineral oil
to grease
to water
-
-
Not resistant
Not resistant
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

80 m
UL approval:
OFN (NEC Article 770, UL 1651) / CSA approval:
OFN (CSA standard C22.2 No232-M1988)
Yes

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
UV radiation

components general
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free
approvals
RoHS conformity
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/113
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Article No.
6XV1861-2A
6XV1861-2C
6XV1861-2D
PCF Trailing Cable
Product description
PCF fiber-optic cable with plastic clad- PCF fiber-optic cable with plastic clad- PCF fiber-optic cable with plastic cladding, sold by the meter, unassembled ding, sold by the meter, unassembled ding, sold by the meter, unassembled

and outdoor use, UL approval

stress and moving applications (e.g.
trailing cables), without UL approval

trailing cables), UL approval
Can be fitted with SC RJ,

SC RJ Plug PRO, BFOC and
Simplex connectors

Simplex connectors

Simplex connectors
Cable designation
AT-V(ZN)YY 2K 200/230
AT-V(ZN)Y(ZN)11Y 2K 200/230
Cable length

maximum
10 dB/km
10 dB/km
10 dB/km
17 GHzm
17 GHzm
17 GHzm
Optical data
Mechanical data
Outer diameter
of optical fibers
of the cable
200 m
230 m
2.2 mm
7.2 mm
200 m
230 m
2.2 mm
8.8 mm
200 m
230 m
2.2 mm
8.8 mm
0.1 mm
0.1 mm
0.1 mm
core sheath
0.5 mm
0.5 mm
0.5 mm
Material
Quartz glass
Special polymer
PVC
PVC
Aramide fibers
Quartz glass
Special polymer
PVC
PUR
Aramide fibers
Quartz glass
Special polymer
PVC
PVC
Aramide fibers
Color
of the cable sheath
Orange/black
green
Orange/black
green
Orange/black
green
70 mm
130 mm
130 mm
105 mm
175 mm
175 mm
Bending radius
permissible
permissible
5 000 000
5 000 000

100 N
800 N
800 N
500 N/cm
500 N/cm
500 N/cm
300 N/cm
300 N/cm
300 N/cm
Weight per length
45 kg/km
85 kg/km
85 kg/km
3/114
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS

Article No.
6XV1861-2A
6XV1861-2C
6XV1861-2D
PCF Trailing Cable
-40 +90 C
-40 +90 C
-40 +90 C
-5 +50 C
-25 +75 C
-30 +75 C
-30 +75 C
-5 +50 C
-25 +75 C
-30 +75 C
-30 +75 C
-5 +50 C

operation mode
Protection class IP
Burning behaviour

IEC 60332-1-2 and IEC 60332-3-22
(Cat. A)
flame-retardant

IEC 60332-1-2 and IEC 60332-3-22
(Cat. A)
resistant
resistant
resistant
resistant
resistant
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No

100 m
400 m
100 m
400 m
100 m
400 m
UL approval:
Yes
UL approval:
Yes

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
Chemical resistance
to mineral oil
to grease
to water
UV radiation

components general
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free
approvals
RoHS conformity
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/115
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS

Article No.
6GK 905-1PA00
PB BFOC Plug POF
Product description
BFOC connector
For assembling PB plastic fiber-optic

cables for OLM/P..
Transmission rate
Transfer rate
with PROFIBUS
Interfaces

or terminal devices
BFOC connector

FastConnect
No
Mechanical data
metal

Width
10 mm
Height
10 mm
Depth
10 mm
Net weight
10 g

Protection class IP
IP20

components general
Yes
Yes
approvals
3/116
Siemens IK PI 2015
Yes
Article No.
PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic,

standard cable
Rugged round cable
with 2 plastic fiber-optic cores,
PVC outer sheath and PA inner
sheath, for indoor use
Without connector
Sold by the meter
50 m ring
100 m ring
6XV1821-0AH10
6XV1821-0AN50
6XV1821-0AT10
Preferred lengths
pre-assembled with
2 x 2 BFOC plugs,
lash length 20 cm each,
for connecting OLM/P..
1m
2m
5m
10 m
15 m
20 m
25 m
30 m
50 m
65 m
80 m
6XV1821-0BH10
6XV1821-0BH20
6XV1821-0BH50
6XV1821-0BN10
6XV1821-0BN15
6XV1821-0BN20
6XV1821-0BN25
6XV1821-0BN30
6XV1821-0BN50
6XV1821-0BN65
6XV1821-0BN80

stripping tool set
6GK1905-6PA10
Tools for removing the outer sheath

or core sheath of PROFIBUS
Plastic Fiber Optic cables
BFOC connector set
6GK1905-1PA00
20 BFOC plugs for assembly of

PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic
cables for OLM/P..
BFOC crimping tool

conformity
Ordering data
6GK1905-6PB00
For assembly of BFOC plug on

cables
BFOC polishing set
Polishing set for grinding and
polishing the BFOC plug face for
cables with OLM/P..
6GK1905-6PS00
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
PROFIBUS PCF
Fiber Optic standard cable
PROFIBUS PCF
Trailing Cable 200/230
PCF fiber-optic cable with 2 cores,

PVC outer sheath, for bridging large
distances up to 400 m,

sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
Preferred lengths
pre-assembled with
2 x 2 BFOC plugs,
lash length 20 cm each,
with insertion tool mounted on
one end for connecting OLM/P..
75 m
100 m
150 m
200 m
250 m
300 m
400 m
6XV1821-1BN75
6XV1821-1BT10
6XV1821-1BT15
6XV1821-1BT20
6XV1821-1BT25
6XV1821-1BT30
6XV1821-1BT40
PROFIBUS PCF
Standard Cable GP 200/230
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
Preferred lengths
pre-assembled with
4 BFOC connectors
75 m
100 m
150 m
200 m
250 m
300 m
400 m
6XV1861-2A
6XV1861-3AN75
6XV1861-3AT10
6XV1861-3AT15
6XV1861-3AT20
6XV1861-3AT25
6XV1861-3AT30
6XV1861-3AT40
Preferred lengths
pre-assembled with
4 BFOC connectors
75 m
100 m
150 m
200 m
250 m
300 m
400 m
6XV1861-2C
6XV1861-3CN75
6XV1861-3CT10
6XV1861-3CT15
6XV1861-3CT20
6XV1861-3CT25
6XV1861-3CT30
6XV1861-3CT40
PROFIBUS PCF
Trailing Cable GP 200/230
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
6XV1861-2D
Preferred lengths
pre-assembled with
4 BFOC connectors
75 m
100 m
150 m
200 m
250 m
300 m
400 m
6XV1861-3DN75
6XV1861-3DT10
6XV1861-3DT15
6XV1861-3DT20
6XV1861-3DT25
6XV1861-3DT30
6XV1861-3DT40
6GK1975-1AA00-3AA0

on DVD; German/English
More information
You can order components and demonstration materials
supplementary to the SIMATIC NET cabling range from your
local contact.
J. Hertlein
I IA SC CI PRM 4
Phone: +49 (911) 750-4465
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/117
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Overview
Design
outer sheath
support element
single core sheath
3
PCF fiber
strain relief
using aramide
yarn
hollow core
Compact, rugged assembly case for PCF fiber-optic cables

Special versions for easy assembly of HP Simplex and BFOC
plugs on PCF fiber-optic cables
enclosed microscope
Benefits

plants
Flexible assembly of connectors on PCF fiber-optic cables on
site (HP Simplex, BFOC connectors)
Mistakes are avoided with easy visual inspection of the
PCF fiber-optic cables are easily repaired on site by installing
a new PCF cable
Application
SIMATIC NET PCF fiber-optic conductors are used to construct
optical indoor and outdoor PROFIBUS DP networks. They are
easy to assemble on site with 2 x 2 Simplex connectors or
2 x 2 BFOC connectors. The maximum cable length between
two DP devices is 300 m and between two OLMs 400 m.
PROFIBUS DP devices with integrated optical interface
(Simplex connection technology) include, for example, OBT,
CP 342-5 FO, CP 5613 FO, IM 153-2 FO, IM 467 FO.
3/118
Siemens IK PI 2015
iling Cab
fleece wrapping
with strain relief
elements
le
G_IK10_XX_10031
PCF Tra
Two versions of the assembly case are available for PCF fiberoptic cables:
Assembly case for HP Simplex connectors;
for on-site pre-assembly of HP Simplex connectors;
comprising a stripping tool, buffer stripping tool, Kevlar
cutters, fiber breaking tool, crimping tool and microscope
Assembly case for BFOC connectors;
for on-site pre-assembly of BFOC connectors;
comprising a stripping tool, buffer stripping tool,
Kevlar cutters, fiber breaking tool and microscope
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Article No.
6GK1900-0KB00-0AC0
6GK1900-0HB00-0AC0
PB Simplex Plug PCF
PB BFOC Plug PCF
Product description
Simplex crimp connector for PCF fiber-optic cables with

plastic cladding
BFOC screw connector for PCF fiber-optic cables with

plastic cladding
For connection of PCF fiber-optic cables


or terminal devices
Simplex connector
BFOC connector

FastConnect
No
No
plastic
Metal and plastic
Width
Height
Depth
9.4 mm
6.1 mm
29.9 mm
10 mm
10 mm
10 mm
Net weight
20 g
8g
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Verification of suitability RoHS confor- Yes

mity
Yes
Transmission rate
Transfer rate
with PROFIBUS
Interfaces
Mechanical data

components general
approvals
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/119
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Ordering data
Article No.
Termination Kit
for Simplex connectors
of PCF Simplex connectors;
fiber breaking tool, crimping tool
and microscope
6GK1900-0KL00-0AA0
Termination Kit
for BFOC connectors
of BFOC connectors;
fiber breaking tool, and microscope
6GK1900-0HL00-0AA0
Connector
Simplex connector
with cleaning materials;
50 crimp connectors for assembly
on PCF fiber-optic cables on site
6GK1900-0KB00-0AC0
BFOC connector
20 screw connectors for assembly
6GK1900-0HB00-0AC0
3/120
Siemens IK PI 2015
More information
J. Hertlein
I IA SC CI PRM 4
Phone: +49 (911) 750-4465
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Overview
Design
The OLMs have a compact metal housing. It is suitable for
mounting on a standard rail or for wall mounting with a mounting
plate.
The 24 V power supply is fed in through a terminal block and can
be redundantly connected.
The signaling contact allows a digital signal to be transferred to
PLCs or HMI systems for evaluation.
OLMs can be combined with each other and individual stations
or complete electrical segments can be integrated into the
optical PROFIBUS network through an electrical interface. With
the PROFIBUS OLM P22 and OLM G22, two electric PROFIBUS
segments can be connected separated from each other.
Construction of optical PROFIBUS networks (line, star, ring)

with glass, PCF and plastic fiber optic cables
High availability can be achieved using a redundant power
supply and redundant cable routing
Function monitoring by means of signaling contact
All PROFIBUS data transmission rates from 9.6 Kbit/s to
12 Mbit/s inclusive 45.45 Kbit/s for PROFIBUS PA
Monitoring of the fiber optic cable routes on LEDs for channel
monitoring or using a voltmeter across measurement terminals
Benefits
High availability of the network thanks to redundant optical

ring
Fast fault localization due to signaling of the fiber-optic line
quality to LEDs and signaling contact (e.g. import of the level
value of the fiber-optic line quality via an analog module into a
programmable logic controller)
Large range due to use of glass fiber optic cables in lengths
of up to 15 km
OLM/G12-EEC for outdoor use down to -25 C
Application
With the PROFIBUS OLM (Optical Link Modules), optical
PROFIBUS networks can be established in linear, star and
redundant ring topologies.
The data transfer rate of a fiber optic line is independent of the
distance and can be up to 12 Mbit/s.
OLMs are available with one or two fiber optic interfaces with
BFOC connectors for different types of fiber optic cables:
Plastic fiber-optic cables (980/1 000 m) can be used for
single lengths of up to 80 m. They can also be assembled with
BFOC cable connectors on site.
PCF fiber-optic cables (200/230 m) can be used for single
lengths of up to 400 m. They are offered preassembled with
four BFOC plugs and an insertion tool.
Glass fiber multimode fiber-optic cables (62.5/125 m) such
as the SIMATIC NET Fiber Optic cables can be used for long
distances of up to 3000 m. They must be ordered preassembled with 4 BFOC plugs or as a FastConnect FO system
for assembly on site.
Singlemode fiber-optic cables (10/125 m or 9/125 m fibers)
can be used for extremely long distances up to 15 km.
Function
Automatic detection of all PROFIBUS data transmission rates
9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s inclusive 45.45 Kbit/s (PROFIBUS PA)
Construction of the following network topologies: Line, star,
redundant ring
High availability due to media redundancy. The distance
between two OLMs in the redundant ring is only limited by the
optical range of the modules
RS485 interface with segment capability (Sub-D female
connector)
Unrestricted multimaster operation: Expanded segmentation
functions for localization of faults to fiber optic and RS485
segments
Fast localization of faults:
- Indication of module status through floating signaling
contact
- Checking the fiber optic cable route quality on LEDs
- Checking the fiber optic cable route quality Measurement
output for optical receiver for logging and plausibility
checking of the fiber optic path attenuation with a voltmeter
High cascading depth: Line and redundant ring up to
124 OLM (only limited by monitoring times)
Possible applications for OLMs include:

System buses based on PROFIBUS
Networking between buildings using glass fiber optic cable
Mixed networks with electrical and optical segments
Networks covering a wide area (road tunnels, traffic control
systems)
Networks with high availability requirements (redundant ring
networks)
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/121
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Integration
Cabinet
OLM/G12
OLM/G12
OLM/G22
PROFIBUS optical
S7-400 with
CP 443-5 Extended
OLM/G12
OLM/G12
PROFIBUS electrical
S7-300
with CP 342-5
Drive
ET 200M
ET 200S
S7-1200 with CM 1242-5
ET 200pro
OP 170B
G_IK10_XX_50135
PC/IPC with
CP 5613 A3/
CP 5614 A3/
CP 5623/ CP 5624
ET 200pro
with motor starter
Example of a system configuration with OLM for PROFIBUS in a ring structure
ET 200S
PC/IPC with
CP 5613 A3/
CP 5614 A3/
CP 5623/ CP 5624
S7-400 with
CP 443-5 Extended
PROFIBUS electrical
OLM/G11
OLM/G12
PROFIBUS optical (FO Standard Cable 50/125)
Optical line topology with PROFIBUS OLM G11/G12
3/122
Siemens IK PI 2015
S7-300
with CP 342-5
OLM/G12
ET 200M
OLM/G11
G_IK10_XX_50051
(PROFIBUS
FC Standard Cable)
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
(PROFIBUS FC Standard Cable)
OLM/G12
OLM/G11
Bus
connector
with terminating
resistor
OLM/G11
ET 200S
OLM/G12
OLM/G11
Bus
connector
with terminating
resistor
PROFIBUS optical
(FO standard
cable 50/125)
OLM/G11
OLM/G11
PC/IPC with
CP 5613 A3/
CP 5614 A3/
CP 5623/
CP 5624
S7-400
with CP 443-5
Extended
OLM/G11
OLM/G11
OLM/G11
ET 200S
ET 200M
S7-300
with CP 342-5
G_IK10_XX_50050
PROFIBUS electrical
Optical star topology with PROFIBUS OLM G11/G12
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/123
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Article No.
6GK1503-2CA00
6GK1503-3CA00
6GK1503-4CA00
PROFIBUS OLM P11
PROFIBUS OLM P12
PROFIBUS OLM P22

45.45 kbit/s

45.45 kbit/s

45.45 kbit/s
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
9-pin Sub-D socket
9-pin Sub-D socket
9-pin Sub-D socket




optical waveguide
Design of the optical interface for

optical waveguide
BFOC port
BFOC port
BFOC port
13 dB
13 dB
13 dB
6.5 bit
6.5 bit
6.5 bit
-17 dB
-17 dB
-17 dB
-5 dB
-5 dB
-5 dB
Transmission rate
Transfer rate
with PROFIBUS
With PROFIBUS PA
Interfaces
2
terminal equipment
for measuring instrument
for power supply
terminal equipment
for measuring device
for power supply and signaling
contact
Optical data
Damping ratio of
FOC transmission link
for glass FOC with 10/125 m
or 9/125 m at 0.5 dB/km maximum
at 3 dB/km maximum
for glass FOC with 62.5/125 m
- at 1 dB/km maximum
- at 3.5 dB/km maximum
for PCF FOC with 200/230 m
at 10 dB/km
for POF FOC with 980/1 000 m
at 230 dB/km
Signal delay time in bit time
Injectable optical power relating
to 1 mW
or 9/125 m at 0.5 dB/km
at 3 dB/km
- at 1 dB/km
- at 3.5 dB/km
of FOC transmission link
- for PCF FOC with 200/230 m
at 10 dB/km
- for POF FOC with 980/1 000 m
at 230 dB/km
3/124
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS

Article No.
6GK1503-2CA00
6GK1503-3CA00
6GK1503-4CA00
PROFIBUS OLM P11
PROFIBUS OLM P12
PROFIBUS OLM P22
-25 dB
-25 dB
660 nm
660 nm
660 nm
660 nm
660 nm
660 nm
400 m
400 m
400 m
80 m
80 m
80 m

24 V
24 V
24 V

0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A
DC
DC
DC

rated value
minimum
maximum
24 V
18.8 V
28.8 V
24 V
18.8 V
28.8 V
24 V
18.8 V
28.8 V

power supply input
Yes
Yes
Yes
Type of fusing at input for supply

voltage

maximum
0.2 A
0.2 A
0.2 A
Optical sensitivity relating to 1 mW

or 9/125 m at 0.5 dB/km
at 3 dB/km
- at 1 dB/km
- at 3.5 dB/km
at 10 dB/km
at 230 dB/km
Wavelength
or 9/125 m compatible with
interface at 0.5 dB/km
compatible with interface at 3 dB/km
compatible with interface
- at 1 dB/km
- at 3.5 dB/km
at 10 dB/km
at 230 dB/km
Cable length
at 3 dB/km maximum
at 1 dB/km maximum
at 3.5 dB/km maximum
at 10 dB/km maximum
at 230 dB/km maximum

Siemens IK PI 2015
3/125
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS

Article No.
6GK1503-2CA00
6GK1503-3CA00
6GK1503-4CA00
PROFIBUS OLM P11
PROFIBUS OLM P12
PROFIBUS OLM P22
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
operating maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP40
IP40
IP40
Design
compact
compact
compact
Width
39.5 mm
39.5 mm
39.5 mm
Height
112 mm
112 mm
112 mm
Depth
74.5 mm
74.5 mm
74.5 mm
Net weight
340 g
340 g
340 g
Mounting type
wall mounting
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

FM3611: Class 1, Divison 2, Group A,

Group IIC, T4
EN 60079-0: 2006, EN60079-15: 2005,
EN60079-28: 2007, II 3 (2) G Ex nA
[opis] IIC T4 KEMA 09 ATEX 0173X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 Nr. 60950-1
EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2

Group IIC, T4
EN 60079-0: 2006, EN60079-15: 2005,
EN60079-28: 2007, II 3 (2) G Ex nA
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 Nr. 60950-1
EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2

Group IIC, T4
EN 60079-0: 2006, EN60079-15: 2005,
EN60079-28: 2007, II 3 (2) G Ex nA
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 Nr. 60950-1
EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
CE mark
C-Tick
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport

components general
Product function Ring redundancy
approvals
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone


Europe Ltd. (ABS)
Bureau Veritas (BV)
3/126
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS

Article No.
6GK1503-2CB00
6GK1503-3CB00
6GK1503-4CB00
PROFIBUS OLM G11
PROFIBUS OLM G12
PROFIBUS OLM G22

45.45 kbit/s

45.45 kbit/s

45.45 kbit/s
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
9-pin Sub-D socket
9-pin Sub-D socket
9-pin Sub-D socket




optical waveguide

optical waveguide
BFOC port
BFOC port
BFOC port
10 dB
10 dB
10 dB
12 dB
-
12 dB
-
12 dB
-
6.5 bit
6.5 bit
6.5 bit
-16 dB
-16 dB
-16 dB
-13 dB
-13 dB
-13 dB
Transmission rate
Transfer rate
with PROFIBUS
With PROFIBUS PA
Interfaces
Number of electrical/optical connections for network components or
terminal equipment maximum
terminal equipment
for power supply
terminal equipment
contact
Optical data
Damping ratio of FOC transmission
link
at 3 dB/km maximum
at 10 dB/km
at 230 dB/km
to 1 mW
or 9/125 m at 0.5 dB/km
at 3 dB/km
- at 1 dB/km
- at 3.5 dB/km
at 10 dB/km
at 230 dB/km
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/127
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Article No.
6GK1503-2CB00
6GK1503-3CB00
6GK1503-4CB00
PROFIBUS OLM G11
PROFIBUS OLM G12
PROFIBUS OLM G22
-28 dB
-28 dB
-28 dB
-28 dB
-28 dB
-28 dB
860 nm
860 nm
860 nm
860 nm
860 nm
860 nm
3 km
3 km
3 km
3 km
3 km
3 km

24 V
24 V
24 V

0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A
DC
DC
DC

rated value
minimum
maximum
24 V
18.8 V
28.8 V
24 V
18.8 V
28.8 V
24 V
18.8 V
28.8 V

power supply input
Yes
Yes
Yes
Type of fusing at input for

supply voltage

maximum
0.2 A
0.2 A
0.2 A

or 9/125 m at 0.5 dB/km
at 3 dB/km
- at 1 dB/km
- at 3.5 dB/km
at 10 dB/km
at 230 dB/km
Wavelength
- at 1 dB/km
- at 3.5 dB/km
at 10 dB/km
at 230 dB/km
Cable length
at 3 dB/km maximum
at 1 dB/km maximum
at 10 dB/km maximum

3/128
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS

Article No.
6GK1503-2CB00
6GK1503-3CB00
6GK1503-4CB00
PROFIBUS OLM G11
PROFIBUS OLM G12
PROFIBUS OLM G22
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
operating maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP40
IP40
IP40
Design
compact
compact
compact
Width
39.5 mm
39.5 mm
39.5 mm
Height
112 mm
112 mm
112 mm
Depth
74.5 mm
74.5 mm
74.5 mm
Net weight
340 g
340 g
340 g
Mounting type
wall mounting
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes


Group IIC, T4
EN 60079-0: 2006, EN60079-15: 2005,
EN60079-28: 2007, II 3 (2) G Ex nA
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 Nr. 60950-1
EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2

Group IIC, T4
EN 60079-0: 2006, EN60079-15: 2005,
EN60079-28: 2007, II 3 (2) G Ex nA
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 Nr. 60950-1
EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2

Group IIC, T4
EN 60079-0: 2006, EN60079-15: 2005,
EN60079-28: 2007, II 3 (2) G Ex nA
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 Nr. 60950-1
EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
CE mark
C-Tick
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport

components general
approvals
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone


Europe Ltd. (ABS)
Bureau Veritas (BV)
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/129
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS

Article No.
6GK1503-2CC00
6GK1503-3CC00
6GK1503-3CD00
PROFIBUS OLM G11-1300
PROFIBUS OLM G12 EEC

45.45 kbit/s

45.45 kbit/s

45.45 kbit/s
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
9-pin Sub-D socket
9-pin Sub-D socket
9-pin Sub-D socket



BFOC port
BFOC port
BFOC port
8 dB
8 dB
10 dB
12 dB
-
6.5 bit
6.5 bit
6.5 bit
-19 dB
-19 dB
-16 dB
-13 dB
Transmission rate
Transfer rate
with PROFIBUS
With PROFIBUS PA
Interfaces

terminal equipment
for power supply
terminal equipment
contact
optical waveguide
optical waveguide
Optical data
link
at 3 dB/km maximum
at 10 dB/km
at 230 dB/km
to 1 mW
or 9/125 m at 0.5 dB/km
at 3 dB/km
- at 1 dB/km
- at 3.5 dB/km
at 10 dB/km
at 230 dB/km
3/130
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS

Article No.
6GK1503-2CC00
6GK1503-3CC00
6GK1503-3CD00
-29 dB
-29 dB
-28 dB
-28 dB
1 310 nm
1 310 nm
860 nm
860 nm
15 km
15 km
3 km
3 km

24 V
24 V
24 V

0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A
DC
DC
DC

rated value
minimum
maximum
24 V
18.8 V
28.8 V
24 V
18.8 V
28.8 V
24 V
18.8 V
28.8 V

supply input
Yes
Yes
Yes

supply voltage

maximum
0.2 A
0.2 A
0.2 A

or 9/125 m at 0.5 dB/km
at 3 dB/km
- at 1 dB/km
- at 3.5 dB/km
at 10 dB/km
at 230 dB/km
Wavelength
- at 1 dB/km
- at 3.5 dB/km
at 10 dB/km
at 230 dB/km
Cable length
at 3 dB/km maximum
at 1 dB/km maximum
at 10 dB/km maximum

Siemens IK PI 2015
3/131
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS

Article No.
6GK1503-2CC00
6GK1503-3CC00
6GK1503-3CD00
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-25 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
operating maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP40
IP40
IP40
Design
compact
compact
compact
Width
39.5 mm
39.5 mm
39.5 mm
Height
112 mm
112 mm
112 mm
Depth
74.5 mm
74.5 mm
74.5 mm
Net weight
340 g
340 g
340 g
Mounting type
wall mounting
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Group IIC, T4
EN 60079-0: 2006, EN60079-15: 2005,

Group IIC, T4
EN 60079-0: 2006, EN60079-15: 2005,


Group IIC, T4
EN 60079-0: 2006, EN60079-15: 2005,
EN60079-28: 2007, II 3 (2) G Ex nA
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 Nr. 60950-1
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 Nr. 60950-1
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 Nr. 60950-1
UL 1604 and UL 2279-15 (Hazardous UL 1604 and UL 2279-15 (Hazardous UL 1604 and UL 2279-15 (Hazardous
Location), CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987, Location), CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987, Location), CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987,
Class 1 / Division 2 / Group A, B, C, D / Class 1 / Division 2 / Group A, B, C, D / Class 1 / Division 2 / Group A, B, C, D /
EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2
EN 61000-6-2
EN 61000-6-2
CE mark
C-Tick
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport

components general
approvals
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone


Europe Ltd. (ABS)
Bureau Veritas (BV)
3/132
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Ordering data
PROFIBUS OLM/P11
Article No.
6GK1503-2CA00
Optical link module with 1 x RS 485

and 1 x plastic fiber-optic interface
(2 BFOC sockets), with signaling
contact and measuring output incl.
2 BFOC plugs for plastic fiber-optic
cables
PROFIBUS OLM/P12
6GK1503-3CA00
6GK1503-4CA00
6GK1503-2CB00
6GK1503-3CC00
PROFIBUS OLM/G12 EEC
3
6GK1503-3CD00

and 2 x glass fiber-optic interface
(4 BFOC sockets), for standard
distances up to 3 000 m, for
extended temperature range
25 C to +60 C, with signaling
contact and measuring output
6GK1503-8AA00
For wall mounting of

PROFIBUS OLM V4
6GK1503-3CB00

distances up to 3 000 m, with
signaling contact and measuring
output
PROFIBUS OLM/G22
PROFIBUS OLM/G12-1300
PROFIBUS OLM mounting plate

distances, with signaling contact
and measuring output
PROFIBUS OLM/G12
6GK1503-2CC00

(4 BFOC sockets), 1 300 nm
wavelength for large distances up
to 15 km, with signaling contact and
measuring output

cables
PROFIBUS OLM/G11
PROFIBUS OLM/G11-1300
(2 BFOC sockets), 1 300 nm
wavelength for large distances up
to 15 km, with signaling contact and
measuring output

cables
PROFIBUS OLM/P22
Article No.
6EP1331-5BA00

85 264 V AC/110 300 V DC,
slim design
6GK1503-4CB00

distances up to 3 000 m, with
signaling contact and measuring
output
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/133
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Optical networks with OBT and integrated interface
Overview
Application
SIMATIC NET plastic and PCF fiber-optic conductors are used to
construct optical indoor PROFIBUS DP networks.
Plastic fiber-optic cables and segmented PCF fiber-optic cables
can be assembled easily on site with 2 x 2 simplex plugs.
The maximum cable length between two DP devices is 50 m.
Longer cable lengths up to 300 m can be achieved using PCF
fiber-optic cables. These cables are also available preassembled with 4 simplex plugs.
Devices with integrated optical interface (Simplex connection

technology) include, for example, OBT, CP 342-5 FO,
CP 5613 FO, IM 153-2 FO, IM 467 FO.
Design
Electrical isolation of DP devices

interference
Up to 50 m cable length with plastic fiber-optic cables and up
to 300 m with PCF fiber-optic cables
applications
Hybrid cable for the shared transmission of data and power
supply
Benefits
Plastic and PCF fiber-optic cables can be pre-assembled on

site
Easy connector assembly on site
Time savings on start-up thanks to pre-assembled cables
interference
Tap-proof, because the cable does not radiate
A cable for the shared transmission of data and power
3/134
Siemens IK PI 2015
Different types of plastic and PCF fiber-optic cables are offered:

Plastic FOC, duplex core;
Two flat cores with PVC inner sheath and without outer sheath
for indoor applications with low mechanical stress such as
laboratory setups or inside cabinets. Cable lengths up to
50 m.
Plastic FOC, standard cable;
Rugged round cable with violet PVC outer sheath and Kevlar
tension components as well as two plastic fibers with a rugged
polyamide inner sheath. For indoor applications with cable
lengths up to 50 m.
PCF fiber-optic cable, standard cables:
- PCF Fiber Optic standard cable;
rugged round cable with violet PVC outer sheath and
Kevlar tension components for indoor applications with
cable lengths of up to 300 m.
The cable is not suitable for assembly in the field
(only available pre-assembled with an insertion tool)
- PCF Standard Cable GP (general purpose);
rugged round cable with green PVC outer sheath and
Kevlar tension elements for indoor and outdoor applications
with cable lengths of up to 300 m;
the cable is suitable for assembly in the field.
PCF fiber-optic trailing cable;
Rugged round cable with green outer sheath and
Kevlar tension elements for trailing cable applications with
cable lengths of up to 300 m. The cable is suitable for
assembly in the field.
Two cable variants are available for this application:
cable for high mechanical stress, PUR outer sheath,
no UL approval
cable for low mechanical stress, PVC outer sheath,
with UL approval
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Article No.
6XV1821-2AN50
6XV1821-0AH10
6XV1821-1CN50

Duplex Core

standard cable
PROFIBUS PCF Fiber Optic

standard cable
Product description
Fiber-optic cable with polyoptical fiber Fiber-optic cable with polyoptical fiber, PCF fiber-optic cable with plastic clad(flat dual cores), 50m ring,
ding, preferred length, preassembled
unassembled
Indoor applications with low

mechanical stress (e.g. laboratory
setups or within cabinets),
cable lengths up to 50 m
Can be fitted with four

Simplex connectors

Simplex connectors

Simplex connectors
Cable designation
V-2Y 2x1 P 980/1 000
I-V4Y(ZN)Y 2P 980/1 000
I-V(ZN)Y 2K 200/230
Cable length
50 m
50 m

maximum
0.01 dB/m
0.16 dB/m
0.01 dB/m
1 GHzm
1 GHzm
17 GHzm
Optical data
Mechanical data
Outer diameter
of optical fibers
of the cable
980 m
1 000 m
2.2 mm
-
980 m
1 000 m
2.2 mm
7.8 mm
200 m
230 m
2.2 mm
4.7 mm
0.1 mm
0.1 mm
0.1 mm
core sheath
0.3 mm
Symmetrical tolerance of width

of cable sheath

of cable sheath
Material
PE
-
PA
PVC
Kevlar fibers
Quartz glass
PVC
PVC
Kevlar fibers
Color
of the cable sheath
Gray
-
Orange/black
Violet
Orange/black
Violet
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/135
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS

Article No.
6XV1821-2AN50
6XV1821-0AH10
6XV1821-1CN50

Duplex Core

standard cable

standard cable
25 mm
100 mm
47 mm
25 mm
150 mm
70 mm
Bending radius
permissible
permissible

10 N
100 N
200 N
30 N/cm
100 N/cm
100 N/cm
400 N/m
Weight per length
7.6 kg/km
65 kg/km
22 kg/km
-55 +85 C
-55 +85 C
-55 +85 C
-5 +50 C
-30 +70 C
-30 +70 C
-30 +70 C
-5 50 C
-30 +70 C
-30 +70 C
-30 +70 C
-5 +50 C

operation mode
Protection class IP
IP20
Burning behaviour
flame-retardant in accordance with

flame test VW-1 acc. to UL 1581

IEC 60332-1-2

IEC 60332-1-2
-
-
-
Not resistant
Not resistant
Not resistant
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No

80 m
80 m
RoHS conformity
Yes
UL approval:
OFN
(NEC Article 770, UL 1651) /
CSA approval:
OFN
Yes

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
Chemical resistance
to mineral oil
to grease
to water
UV radiation
components general
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free
approvals
3/136
Siemens IK PI 2015
Yes
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS

Article No.
6XV1861-2A
6XV1861-2C
6XV1861-2D
PCF Trailing Cable
Product description
PCF fiber-optic cable with plastic

cladding, sold by the meter,
unassembled

unassembled

unassembled

and outdoor use, UL approval

trailing cables), without UL approval

(e.g. trailing cables), UL approval
Can be fitted with SC RJ, SC RJ Plug

PRO, BFOC and Simplex connectors


Cable designation
AT-V(ZN)YY 2K 200/230
AT-V(ZN)Y(ZN)11Y 2K 200/230
Cable length

maximum
10 dB/km
10 dB/km
10 dB/km
17 GHzm
17 GHzm
17 GHzm
Optical data
Mechanical data
Outer diameter
of optical fibers
of the cable
200 m
230 m
2.2 mm
7.2 mm
200 m
230 m
2.2 mm
8.8 mm
200 m
230 m
2.2 mm
8.8 mm
0.1 mm
0.1 mm
0.1 mm
core sheath
0.5 mm
0.5 mm
0.5 mm
Symmetrical tolerance of width

of cable sheath

of cable sheath
Material
Quartz glass
Special polymer
PVC
PVC
Aramide fibers
Quartz glass
Special polymer
PVC
PUR
Aramide fibers
Quartz glass
Special polymer
PVC
PVC
Aramide fibers
Color
of the cable sheath
Orange/black
green
Orange/black
green
Orange/black
green
70 mm
130 mm
130 mm
105 mm
175 mm
175 mm
Bending radius
permissible
permissible
5 000 000
5 000 000

100 N
800 N
800 N
500 N/cm
500 N/cm
500 N/cm
300 N/cm
300 N/cm
300 N/cm
Weight per length
45 kg/km
85 kg/km
85 kg/km
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/137
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS

Article No.
6XV1861-2A
6XV1861-2C
6XV1861-2D
PCF Trailing Cable
-40 +90 C
-40 +90 C
-40 +90 C
-5 +50 C
-25 +75 C
-30 +75 C
-30 +75 C
-5 +50 C
-25 +75 C
-30 +75 C
-30 +75 C
-5 +50 C

operation mode
Protection class IP
Burning behaviour

IEC 60332-1-2 and IEC 60332-3-22
(Cat. A)
flame-retardant

IEC 60332-1-2 and IEC 60332-3-22
(Cat. A)
resistant
resistant
resistant
resistant
resistant
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No

100 m
400 m
100 m
400 m
100 m
400 m
UL approval:
CSA approval:
Yes
UL approval:
CSA approval:
Yes

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
Chemical resistance
to mineral oil
to grease
to water
UV radiation
components general
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free
approvals
RoHS conformity
Ordering data
Yes
Article No.
Article No.

standard cable

stripping tool set
Rugged round cable with 2 plastic

fiber-optic cores, PVC outer sheath
and PA inner sheath, for indoor use;
without connector
Sold by the meter
50 m ring
100 m ring
Tools for removing the

outer sheath or core sheath of
6XV1821-0AH10
6XV1821-0AN50
6XV1821-0AT10

duplex core
Plastic fiber-optic cable with
2 cores, PVC outer sheath,
for use in environments with low
mechanical stress; without
connector
50 m ring
simplex plug/polishing set
100 simplex connectors and
5 polishing sets for assembling
PROFIBUS plastic fiber optic
cables for the optical
PROFIBUS DP
3/138
Siemens IK PI 2015
6XV1821-2AN50
6GK1901-0FB00-0AA0
6GK1905-6PA10

standard cable
PCF fiber-optic cable with 2 cores,
PVC outer sheath, for covering
larger distances up to 300 m,
for connecting devices to the
optical PROFIBUS DP
Preferred lengths
Precut/preassembled with
2 2 Simplex connectors,
arm length 30 cm each,
with aid for pulling in at one end
50 m
75 m
100 m
150 m
200 m
250 m
300 m
6XV1821-1CN50
6XV1821-1CN75
6XV1821-1CT10
6XV1821-1CT15
6XV1821-1CT20
6XV1821-1CT25
6XV1821-1CT30
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Ordering data
Article No.
PROFIBUS PCF
Standard Cable GP 200/230
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
Preferred lengths;
pre-assembled with
4 Simplex connectors
50 m
75 m
100 m
150 m
200 m
250 m
300 m
Plug-in adapter
6XV1861-2A
6XV1861-7AN50
6XV1861-7AN75
6XV1861-7AT10
6XV1861-7AT15
6XV1861-7AT20
6XV1861-7AT25
6XV1861-7AT30
PROFIBUS PCF
Trailing Cable 200/230
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
Preferred lengths
pre-assembled with
50 m
75 m
100 m
150 m
200 m
250 m
300 m
6XV1861-2C
6XV1861-7CN50
6XV1861-7CN75
6XV1861-7CT10
6XV1861-7CT15
6XV1861-7CT20
6XV1861-7CT25
6XV1861-7CT30
PROFIBUS PCF
Trailing Cable GP 200/230
sold by the meter;
minimum order quantity 20 m;
Preferred lengths
pre-assembled with
50 m
75 m
100 m
150 m
200 m
250 m
300 m
Article No.
6ES7195-1BE00-0XA0
For assembling the plastic

Simplex connector in combination
with IM 467 FO, CP 342-5 FO,
IM 151 FO and IM 153-2 FO,
50 units
Termination Kit for Simplex Plug
and microscope
6GK1900-0KL00-0AA0
Termination Kit for BFOC Plug

of BFOC connectors; comprising a
Kevlar cutters, fiber breaking tool,
and microscope
6GK1900-0HL00-0AA0
Simplex Plug
Crimp connector with
cleaning materials;
50 connectors for assembly
6GK1900-0KB00-0AC0
BFOC Plug
Screw connector with
cleaning materials;
20 connectors for assembly
6GK1900-0HB00-0AC0
6GK1975-1AA00-3AA0

on DVD;
German/English
6XV1861-2D
6XV1861-7DN50
6XV1861-7DN75
6XV1861-7DT10
6XV1861-7DT15
6XV1861-7DT20
6XV1861-7DT25
6XV1861-7DT30
More information
J. Hertlein
I IA SC CI PRM 4
Phone: +49 (911) 750-4465
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/139
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Overview
Design
outer sheath
support element
single core sheath
3
PCF fiber
strain relief
using aramide
yarn
hollow core
Compact, rugged assembly case for PCF fiber-optic cables

Special versions for easy assembly of HP Simplex and BFOC
plugs on PCF fiber-optic cables
enclosed microscope
Benefits

plants
Flexible assembly of connectors on PCF fiber-optic cables on
site (HP Simplex, BFOC connectors)
Mistakes are avoided with easy visual inspection of the
PCF fiber-optic cables are easily repaired on site by installing
a new PCF cable
Application
SIMATIC NET PCF fiber-optic conductors are used to construct
optical indoor and outdoor PROFIBUS DP networks. They are
easy to assemble on site with 2 x 2 Simplex connectors or
2 x 2 BFOC connectors. The maximum cable length between
two DP devices is 300 m and between two OLMs 400 m.
PROFIBUS DP devices with integrated optical interface
(Simplex connection technology) include, for example, OBT,
CP 342-5 FO, CP 5613 FO, IM 153-2 FO, IM 467 FO.
3/140
Siemens IK PI 2015
iling Cab
fleece wrapping
with strain relief
elements
le
G_IK10_XX_10031
PCF Tra
Two versions of the assembly case are available for PCF fiberoptic cables:
Assembly case for HP Simplex connectors;
for on-site pre-assembly of HP Simplex connectors;
Kevlar cutters, fiber breaking tool, crimping tool and
microscope
Assembly case for BFOC connectors;
for on-site pre-assembly of BFOC connectors;
Kevlar cutters, fiber breaking tool and microscope
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Article No.
6GK1900-0KB00-0AC0
6GK1900-0HB00-0AC0
PB Simplex Plug PCF
PB BFOC Plug PCF
Product description
Simplex crimp connector for PCF fiber-optic cables with

plastic cladding
BFOC screw connector for PCF fiber-optic cables with

plastic cladding


or terminal devices
Simplex connector
BFOC connector

FastConnect
No
No
plastic
Metal and plastic
Width
Height
Depth
9.4 mm
6.1 mm
29.9 mm
10 mm
10 mm
10 mm
Net weight
20 g
8g
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Transmission rate
Transfer rate
with PROFIBUS
Interfaces
Mechanical data

components general
approvals
conformity
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/141
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Ordering data
Article No.
Termination Kit for

Simplex connectors
and microscope
6GK1900-0KL00-0AA0
Termination Kit for

BFOC connectors
of BFOC connectors; comprising a
Kevlar cutters, fiber breaking tool,
and microscope
6GK1900-0HL00-0AA0
Simplex connector
50 crimp connectors for assembly
6GK1900-0KB00-0AC0
BFOC connector
20 screw connectors for assembly
6GK1900-0HB00-0AC0
Siemens IK PI 2015

Connector
3/142
More information
J. Hertlein
I IA SC CI PRM 4
Phone: +49 (911) 750-4465
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Overview
Design
The OBT has a compact plastic housing. It is suitable for
mounting on a DIN rail or for wall mounting with a mounting plate
with the aid of two holes drilled right through.
The OBT has the following connections:
9-pin sub-D socket for connecting the PROFIBUS DP node
such as programming device (PG), PC, operator panel (OP),
S7-300 or nodes without integral optics, e.g. ET 200S or
PROFIBUS DP components from other suppliers or a
PROFIBUS DP-RS 485 segment.
Two optical interfaces for the connection of plastic and PCF
fiber-optic cables with Simplex connectors (connection to
CP 342-5 FO, CP 5613 FO, IM 153-2 FO, IM 467 FO or to
ET 200 with integrated optics)
24 V DC infeed for power supply
Function
For connecting a PROFIBUS station without an integrated
fiber-optic cable interface or an RS 485 segment to an optical
line
Quick and easy installation of the plastic fiber-optic cable
Benefits
Option of connecting existing devices or an RS 485 segment

with electrical interface to the optical PROFIBUS
"Socket outlet" for connecting mobile devices (e.g.
programming devices) without interruption of the bus
Time saved through simple and fast connector mounting
without special tools
Connection of a station with RS 485 interface via connecting

cable 830-1T or PROFIBUS cable with bus connectors
(terminated at both ends) or an RS 485 segment
Provision of an electrical connection point on the optical line
(e.g. PG connection for startup and diagnostics).
Support for all PROFIBUS data rates from 9.6 kbit/s to
12 Mbit/s including 45.45 kbit/s for PROFIBUS PA
Regeneration of the signals in amplitude and time
Cascade depth when using user-defined bus parameters up
to 126 stations
Galvanic isolation of the station via fiber optic cable
Simple diagnostics via LED display for operating voltage as
well as for receipt of data CH1, CH2 and CH3.
Application
The OBT (Optical Bus Terminal) is used to connect a PROFIBUS
station without integral optical interface or a PROFIBUS DP
RS485 segment to an optical line. Existing DP devices are then
provided with the advantages of optical data transmission.
The PROFIBUS station is connected to the RS 485 interface of
the OBT via a cable terminated at both ends, e.g. connecting
cable 830-1T. The OBT is integrated into the optical line using
two optical interfaces.
The following optical transmission media can be connected to
the OBT:
Plastic fiber-optic cables can be used up to an individual
segment length of 50 m. They can be configured very easily
on site with 2 x 2 Simplex connectors.
PCF1) fiber-optic cables can be used for an individual
segment length up to 300 m. These cables are preassembled.
The OBT supports all PROFIBUS data transmission rates up to
12 Mbit/s.
1)
Also known as HCS fiber-optic cable:

HCS is a registered trademark of Lucent Technologies.
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/143
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Integration
S7-300
with CP 342-5 FO
Connecting
cable 830-1T
ET 200S
with IM 151 FO
ET 200M
with IM 153-2 FO
DP node
without integrated optics
Connecting cable
830-1T
OBT
OBT
Other nodes
Other
nodes
Individual link lengths: plastic up to 50 m,

PCF up to 300 m
PROFIBUS (Fiber Optic)
System configuration of optical PROFIBUS DP with PROFIBUS OBT
Article No.
6GK1500-3AA10
Article No.
6GK1500-3AA10
PROFIBUS OBT
PROFIBUS OBT
Transmission rate
Transfer rate
with PROFIBUS
With PROFIBUS PA

45.45 kbit/s
Interfaces
terminal equipment
for power supply
terminal equipment
for power supply
Design of the optical interface

to 1 mW of FOC transmission link
at 10 dB/km
at 230 dB/km
3/144
Siemens IK PI 2015
Wavelength of FOC transmission link

at 10 dB/km
at 230 dB/km
9-pin Sub-D socket
Cable length
at 10 dB/km maximum

2

Duplex port
Optical data
link
at 10 dB/km
at 230 dB/km

at 10 dB/km
at 230 dB/km
-22 dB
-20 dB
660 nm
660 nm
300 m
50 m
DC

rated value
minimum
maximum
24 V
19.2 V
28.8 V
3 dB

13 dB

supply voltage
6.5 bit

maximum
-16 dB
-5.9 dB
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
operating maximum
95 %
Protection class IP
IP30
G_IK10_XX 50107
PC/IPC/OP
with CP 5613 A2 /
CP 5623
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Ordering data
Article No.
6GK1500-3AA10
PROFIBUS OBT
PROFIBUS OBT
Article No.
6GK1500-3AA10
Design
compact
Width
50.5 mm
Optical bus terminal for connecting

a PROFIBUS node or an RS485
segment without an integrated
optical interface to the optical
PROFIBUS; without a
Simplex connector
Height
138 mm
PROFIBUS plug-in cable 830-1T
Depth
78 mm
Net weight
400 g
Mounting type
wall mounting
Yes
Yes
For connecting a data terminal,

completely pre-assembled with
two sub-D connectors, 9-pin
1.5 m
3m
6XV1830-1CH15
6XV1830-1CH30
6EP1331-5BA00
approvals
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone

CE mark
C-Tick
Europe Ltd. (ABS)
Bureau Veritas (BV)

Group IIC, T4
EN 60079-0: 2006,
EN60079-15: 2005, II 3 G Ex nA II
T4 KEMA 07 ATEX 0145X
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 Nr. 60950-1
EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2

85 264 V AC/110 300 V DC,
slim design
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/145
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Introduction
Overview
S7-400
S7 modular
Embedded
Controller
S7-300
S7-1200
Software
STEP 7
Basic V11
(TIA Portal)
CM 1242-5
(DP-Slave)
CM 1243-5
(DP-Master)
Software
STEP 7 V5.5
Software
STEP 7 V5.5
CP 342-5
CP 342-5 FO
CP 443-5
Extended
CP 5603
PROFIBUS
Appropriate OPC servers and

configuring tools are included in
the scope of supply of the
G_IK10_XX_50189
Software STEP 7
Professional V11.0
(TIA Portal)
PROFIBUS communication for SIMATIC S7
The communication modules for SIMATIC open up further application cases through additional functions using CPs, such as
Fiber Optic, as far as the terminal device. They also support
versatile expansion of the SIMATIC with further communication
interfaces for PROFIBUS as required, taking the load off the
CPU.
Standard functions PROFIBUS connection for any CPU
CM 1242-5 and CM 1243-5 for SIMATIC S7-1200 for
connection to PROFIBUS as DP slave or DP master
CM 1542-5 for SIMATIC S7-1500 for connection to PROFIBUS
as DP slave or DP master
CP 342-5 for SIMATIC S7-300 for connection to PROFIBUS as
DP master or DP slave
CM 443-5 Extended for connection to PROFIBUS as
DP master or DP slave
Designed for use in harsh industrial environments
Shipbuilding certification for use on ships and offshore units
High-speed data transfer due to transfer rates of up to
12 Mbit/s
3/146
Siemens IK PI 2015
CPs with special functions

CP 342-5 FO with integral optical interface for connecting the
SIMATIC S7-300 to the optical PROFIBUS DP
CP 1542-5 as entry-level module for connecting the S7-1500
to PROFIBUS with limited number of PROFIBUS DP slaves
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Introduction
Open
communication
PROFIBUS DP
S7-1200 CPUs
CM 1243-5
DP
master
cl.1
DP
master
cl.2
S7
routing
F system
Time
H system Sender
Receiver
Transfer
1)
CPU 1513-1 PN
CM 1542-5
CP 1542-5
2)
SIMATIC
S7-300
S7-300 CPUs
CP 343-5
CP 343-5 FO
SIMATIC
S7-400
CPU 1511-1 PN
CPU 1516-3
PN/DP
S7-400 CPUs
CP 443-5
Extended
CP 5603
SIMATIC
S7mEC
Send/
Receive
Usage
CM 1242-5
SIMATIC
S7-1500
DP slave
PG/OP
communication
3) special F- or H-CPUs
3)
3)
3)
3)
G_IK10_XX_50199
SIMATIC
S7-1200
Hardware
S7
communication
applies
with restrictions
Overview of functions for SIMATIC CPs/CMs and CPUs
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/147
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CM 1242-5
Overview
Benefits
PROFIBUS-based systems can be operated effectively for lower

operating and maintenance costs:
Low costs since an automation solution requires no fixed
wiring and less hardware
Fast response to faults thanks to comprehensive diagnostics
options
Optimized plant and inventory management
DP-S
FMS
PG/OP
S7
G_IK10_XX_10322
DP-M
The CM 1242-5 also offers further benefits especially for the

requirements of micro-automation solutions:
Uncomplicated connection of the S7-1200 to PROFIBUS
without extra power supply
Low-cost implementation of automation solutions based on
PROFIBUS
Fast commissioning, as no programming overhead is required
The CM 1242-5 communication module is used to connect a

SIMATIC S7-1200 to PROFIBUS as a DP slave and has the
following characteristics:
PROFIBUS DPV1 slave in accordance with IEC 61158
Module replacement without PG supported
Power is supplied via the backplane bus so that no extra
cabling is required
Support of all standard baud rates from 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s
Compact industry-standard enclosure in S7-1200 design for
mounting on a standard mounting rail
STEP 7 without additional programming overhead
The CM 1242-5 is intended for use in factory automation.
Low-cost PROFIBUS-based automation solutions can be
created on the basis of the S7-1200 for optimal production.
3/148
Siemens IK PI 2015
Application
The CM 1242-5 is designed for use in factory automation.
With the CM 1242-5, low-cost, distributed automation solutions
can be implemented on the basis of the S7-1200 , or in simple
cases even complete plant automation systems. It can be used
in all sectors of discrete automation. These include, for example:
Automotive
Pharmaceuticals
Semiconductors
Food processing industry
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CM 1242-5
Design
The CM 1242-5 offers all the benefits of the S7-1200 design.
Removable connecting terminals
9-pin sub-D socket for the bus interface to PROFIBUS
The CM 1242-5 is plugged into the left-hand system bus interface of the S7-1200. Power is supplied via the system bus of the
S7-1200 so that no extra cabling is required. The rugged RS485
interface is located on the underside of the module, protected by
the lower front flap.
Function
The CM 1242-5 provides the communication services for
integrating an S7-1200 into an automation solution as a
PROFIBUS DP slave.
PG/PC/IPC
SIMATIC S7-300
Operator Control &

Monitoring
PROFIBUS
OLM
PROFINET/
Industrial Ethernet
Operator Control &
Monitoring
PROFIBUS
(LWL)
SIMATIC S7-1200
with CM 1242-5
G_IK10_XX_50106
OLM
SIMATIC S7-1200
with CM 1242-5
PROFIBUS DP slave
Diagnosis
The CM 1242-5 works as a DPV1 slave in accordance with

IEC 61158, handles data traffic completely autonomously, and
thus relieves the CPU of communication tasks.
Extensive diagnostic options are available via STEP 7, including

Operating state of the CM
Message buffer
The data areas of the distributed I/Os are transferred consistently between CP and CPU.
STEP 7 Basic V11 or higher is required for configuring the full

functional scope of the CP 1242-5.
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/149
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CM 1242-5
Article No.
6GK7242-5DX30-0XE0
Article No.
6GK7242-5DX30-0XE0
CM 1242-5
CM 1242-5
Transmission rate
Transmission rate at interface 1 in
accordance with PROFIBUS
Performance data
Interfaces

PROFIBUS
for power supply
PROFIBUS
for power supply
1
0
9-pin Sub-D socket (RS485)
-

DC
Supply voltage
external
5V
-

at 24 V with DC

at 24 V with DC
Consumed current
from backplane bus at 5 V
for DC Typical
at 24 V with DC
- typical
- maximum
Resistive loss
0.15 A
0.75 W

Ambient temperature
operating phase
operating phase
during storage
during transport
Comment
Data volume as user data per

maximum
Performance data
PROFIBUS DP
Service as DP master DPV1
Number of DP slaves on
DP master usable
Amount of data
of the address area of the inputs
as DP master overall
of the address area of the outputs
per DP slave
per DP slave
of the address area of the
diagnostic data per DP slave
Service as DP slave
DPV0
DPV1
Amount of data
as DP slave overall
as DP slave overall
Performance data
S7 communication
0 55 C

S7 communication
maximum
note
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20
Yes
Yes
240 byte
240 byte
Performance data
multi-protocol mode

Module format

width
Width
Height
Depth
30 mm
100 mm
75 mm
Net weight
0.115 kg

components general
Number of modules per CPU
maximum
Siemens IK PI 2015

0 45 C
operating maximum
3/150
Performance data
open communication

multi-protocol mode
without DP maximum
with DP maximum

configuration

Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CM 1242-5
Ordering data
Article No.
CM 1242-5 communication module

for electrical connection
of SIMATIC S7-1200 to PROFIBUS
as a DPV1 slave
6GK7242-5DX30-0XE0
Note:
Accessories
connection plug RS485
With 90 cable outlet;
With PG interface
6ES7972-0BA52-0XA0
6ES7972-0BB52-0XA0

2-core bus cable, shielded,
special design for fast mounting,
delivery unit: max. 1 000 m,
minimum order 20 m,
sold by the meter
6XV1830-0EH10
Stripping Tool
Stripping tool for fast stripping of the
PROFIBUS FastConnect bus cable
6GK1905-6AA00

PROFIBUS nodes at up to 12 Mbit/s
with connecting cable
6GK1500-0AA10
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/151
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CM 1243-5
Overview
Benefits
PROFIBUS-based systems can be operated effectively for lower

operating and maintenance costs:
Low costs since an automation solution requires no fixed
wiring and less hardware
Fast response to faults thanks to excellent diagnostics options
Optimized plant and inventory management
The CM 1243-5 also offers further benefits especially for the

requirements of micro-automation solutions:
Uncomplicated connection of the S7-1200 to PROFIBUS
Low-cost implementation of automation solutions based on
PROFIBUS
Fast commissioning, as no programming overhead is required
DP-S
FMS
PG/OP
Use of PROFIBUS-based micro-automation solutions enables

optimal operation of the plant and problem-free production.
S7
G_IK10_XX_10323
DP-M
The CM 1243-5 communication module is used to connect a

SIMATIC S7-1200 to PROFIBUS as a DP master and has the
following characteristics:
PROFIBUS DPV1 master in accordance with IEC 61158
Support of up to 16 PROFIBUS DP slaves
Communication with other S7 controllers based on S7 communication
Allows the connection of programming devices and operator
panels with a PROFIBUS interface to the S7-1200
Module replacement without PG supported
Support of all standard baud rates from 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s
Compact industry-standard enclosure in S7-1200 design for
mounting on a standard mounting rail
STEP 7 without additional programming overhead
The CM 1243-5 is intended for use in factory automation. Lowcost PROFIBUS-based automation solutions can be created on
the basis of the S7-1200 for optimal production.
3/152
Siemens IK PI 2015
Application
The CM 1243-5 is designed for use in factory automation,
particularly for mechanical engineering
With the CM 1243-5, low-cost, distributed automation solutions
can be implemented on the basis of the S7-1200 , or in simple
cases even complete plant automation systems. It can be used
in all sectors of discrete automation. These include, for example:
Automotive
Pharmaceuticals
Semiconductors
Food processing industry
In mechanical engineering, the S7-1200 can be used with the
CM 1243-5 as a central control unit, with sensors, actuators or
the HMI devices connected direct via PROFIBUS.
Pick-and-place machines
Metalworking machines
Packaging machinery
Printing machines
Textile machines
Filling machines
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CM 1243-5
Design
The CM 1243-5 offers all the benefits of the S7-1200 design.
9-pin sub-D socket for the bus interface to PROFIBUS
3-pin plug-in terminal strip for connection of the 24 V DC
The CM 1243-5 is plugged into the left-hand system bus
interface of the S7-1200. The power is supplied via a 3-pin
terminal strip on top of the module. The rugged RS485 interface
is located on the underside of the module, protected by the
lower front flap.
Function
The CM 1243-5 provides access to different communication
services on the basis of PROFIBUS:
PROFIBUS DP (according to IEC 61158, master)

PG/OP communication
S7 communication
SIMATIC S7-1200
with CM 1243-5
Operator Control &

Monitoring
PROFIBUS
SINAMICS
ET 200S
G_IK10_XX_50105
PG/PC/IPC
PROFIBUS DP master
S7 communication
The CM 1243-5 works as a DP-V1 master in accordance with

IEC 61158, handles data traffic completely autonomously, and
thus relieves the CPU of communication tasks.
The data areas of the distributed I/Os are transferred consistently between CP and CPU. As a DP master, it allows the
connection of up to 16 PROFIBUS-compliant DP slaves
Communication with the following other systems can be implemented with the mechanisms familiar from the S7 world (Put/Get)
on the basis of S7 communication:
To other SIMATIC S7 programmable controllers
To HMI devices
To PCs, laptops, field PGs with PROFIBUS cards
PG/OP communication
Diagnosis
The S7-1200 to which the CM 1243-5 is connected can be

programmed with the help of PG/OP communication.
Extensive diagnostic options are available via STEP 7, including

Operating state of the CM
Message buffer
STEP 7 Basic V11 or higher is required for configuring the full
functional scope of the CP 1243-5.
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/153
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CM 1243-5
Article No.
6GK7243-5DX30-0XE0
Article No.
6GK7243-5DX30-0XE0
CM 1243-5
CM 1243-5
Transmission rate
Number of modules
per CPU maximum
note
Interfaces

PROFIBUS
for power supply
PROFIBUS
for power supply
Performance data
Performance data
open communication

3-pin terminal strip

DC
Supply voltage
external
24 V
Relative positive tolerance at 24 V

with DC
20 %
Relative negative tolerance at 24 V

with DC
20 %
Consumed current
for DC Typical
at 24 V with DC
- typical
- maximum
Resistive loss
0.1 A
2.4 W

Ambient temperature
operating phase
operating phase
during storage
during transport
Comment

components general
0 45 C
0 55 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-
operating maximum
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20

Module format

single width
Width
Height
Depth
30 mm
100 mm
75 mm
Net weight
0.134 kg
1
-


maximum
Performance data
PROFIBUS DP
Yes
DP master usable
16
Amount of data
per DP slave
per DP slave
of the address area of the diagnostic
data per DP slave
Service as DP slave
DPV0
DPV1
Amount of data
as DP slave overall
as DP slave overall
512 byte
512 byte
244 byte
244 byte
240 byte
No
No
-
Performance data
S7 communication
maximum
note
8
1
3
max. 4 connections to other S7
stations
Performance data
multi-protocol mode
with multi-protocol mode
without DP maximum
with DP maximum
8
8

configuration
3/154
Siemens IK PI 2015

or higher
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CM 1243-5
Ordering data
Article No.

electrical connection of
SIMATIC S7-1200 to PROFIBUS
as a DPV1 master
6GK7243-5DX30-0XE0
Note:
Accessories
With PG interface
6ES7972-0BA52-0XA0
6ES7972-0BB52-0XA0

minimum order 20 m,
sold by the meter
6XV1830-0EH10
Stripping Tool
6GK1905-6AA00

6GK1500-0AA10
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/155
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CM 1542-5
Overview
Benefits
Particularly suitable for closed-loop control tasks thanks to

SYNC/FREEZE and constant bus cycle
Sub-process-oriented design of an automation solution
through the use of several CMs
Universal application of the CM due to the parallel use of
different communications services on one CM
Application
The CM 1542-5 is the communications processor of the
SIMATIC S7-1500 for the PROFIBUS bus system. It relieves the
CPU of communication tasks and supports additional connections.
DP-S
FMS
PG/OP
S7
G_IK10_XX_10148
DP-M
The CM 1542-5 communication module expands the

SIMATIC S7-1500 controller with an additional PROFIBUS
connection for communication with lower-level PROFIBUS
devices in bandwidths from 9.6 kbps to 12 Mbps. The module
also allows the implementation of separate PROFIBUS lines;
in other words, the control of multiple field devices via several
PROFIBUS segments. The CM 1542-5 assumes all communication tasks, thus reducing the CPU workload.
The CM 1542-5 is suitable for S7 communication as well as for
conventional PROFIBUS communication. This makes it possible
to establish communication between the S7-1500 controller and
other devices, for example those from the SIMATIC S7-300/400
range.
PROFIBUS DP master or DP slave with electrical interface for
connecting the SIMATIC S7-1500 to PROFIBUS at up to
12 Mbit/s (including 45.45 Kbit/s)
- PROFIBUS DP
- S7 communication
Simple programming and configuration over PROFIBUS
Cross-network PG communication using S7 routing
Module replacement without a PG
Adding or modifying distributed I/O during operation
3/156
Siemens IK PI 2015
Communications options of the S7-1500 using communication

modules:
As master for PROFIBUS DP according to IEC 61158/
EN 50170
Communication with programming devices and HMI devices
Communication with other SIMATIC S7 systems
Communication with SIMATIC S5 programmable controllers
The number of CMs that can be operated depends on the CPU
type and on the communication services used.
Design
The CM 1542-5 communication module features all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-1500 design:
Compact design:
- 9-pin D-sub socket for connection to PROFIBUS DP
backplane bus
- Three LEDs to indicate the operational and communication
status
The CM 1542-5 is mounted on the rail of the S7-1500 and
connected to the other modules of the S7-1500 by means of
bus connectors. The slot rules of the S7-1500 system apply.
User-friendly wiring:
the D-sub socket is easily accessible and simple to use.
The CM 1542-5 can be operated without a fan. A backup
programming device.
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CM 1542-5
Function
The CM 1542-5 supports the following communication services:
PROFIBUS DP Master Class 1
- PROFIBUS DP (according to IEC 61158/61784)
- SYNC/FREEZE: The outputs and/or inputs can be synchronized from the user program with the DPSYNC_FR system
function.
PROFIBUS DP slave (not when DP master)
PG/OP communication
S7 communication
Time synchronization via PROFIBUS
S7 communication
Master for PROFIBUS DP
The CM 1542-5 is capable of forwarding the time of day of

the S7-1500 CPU to PROFIBUS. Conversely, the CM of the
S7-1500 CPU can make an existing time on PROFIBUS available.
The CM 1542-5 operates as DP-V1 master. It handles data transfer independently and allows slaves to be connected, such as
the CM 1242-5 as a DP slave, DP slaves of the ET 200 distributed
I/O system, etc. This means that the CM 1542-5 is able to connect the S7-1500 station to PROFIBUS DP and is the ideal
expansion to the integrated DP master interfaces of the
S7-1500 CPUs (CPU 1516 and larger) for establishing additional
PROFIBUS DP lines.
The CM 1542-5 is a DP-V1 master; in other words, it also
supports the acyclic standard services, including alarm
handling. The CM 1542-5 also supports the functions SYNC and
FREEZE, constant bus cycle time and data record routing.
During normal operation, it is also possible to activate or
deactivate DP slaves. Among other things, this allows the
step-by-step commissioning of subprocesses.
A diagnostic repeater allows the line to be diagnosed during
operation, enabling line faults to be detected at an early stage.
The CM 1542-5 supports operation with a diagnostic repeater
(including activation of topology identification on the diagnostic
repeater).
The distributed I/O is handled like the central I/O from the user's
point of view. This means that there are no differences between
the CM 1542-5 and the integrated DP master interface of the
S7-1500 CPU in terms of configuration and parameter assignment. Regardless of the scale of the system, the CM 1542-5 has
extremely short response times.
S7 communication is used for the coupling

between SIMATIC S7 automation systems
and programming devices (PG/OP communication)
to PCs, e.g. CP 5711 with SOFTNET-PB S7, CP 5623 etc.
and HMI devices (OPs)
Time synchronization is used to set the time of day throughout
the plant.
The CM 1542-5 supports:

Time status value, daylight-saving time changeover, synchronization status
Data record routing
The CM 1542-5 supports the data record routing function. With
this option, the CP can be used as a router for data records that
need to be sent to field devices (DP slaves). Data records from
devices that are not connected directly to PROFIBUS and therefore have no direct access to the DP slaves are forwarded to the
DP slaves by the CM.
Diagnostics
Extensive diagnostic options are available with STEP 7
Professional V13 (TIA Portal), including:
Operating status of the CM
Bus statistics
Alarm buffer
Support of operation with diagnostic repeater
PG/OP communication
PG/OP communication allows all S7 stations connected to the
network to be remotely programmed.
S7 routing: With the aid of routing it is possible to use
programming device communication across different
networks.
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/157
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CM 1542-5
Design (continued)
Configuration
STEP 7 Professional V12 (TIA Portal) or higher is required for
configuring the full range of functions of the CM 1542-5. The
configuration data of the CM is always saved on the CPU and retained even after a PLC failure. It is therefore possible to replace
a module without having to reload the configuration data from a
programming device. The CPU transfers the configuration data
to the CM during startup.
S7-400 with
CP 443-5 Extended
(DP master)
SIMATIC S7-1200
with CM 1243-5
S7-300 with CP 342-5

(DP master)
PC with CP 5613 A3/

CP 5623
and DP Base
(DP master)
S7-1500 with
CM 1542-5
PROFIBUS DP
Third-party device
PG with STEP 7
and CP 5711
3/158
Siemens IK PI 2015
SIMATIC S7-1200
with CM 1242-5
ET 200S
S7-1500
with CP 1542-5
G_IK10_XX_50007
Configuration and programming of all SIMATIC S7 controllers

connected to the network is possible over the network.
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CM 1542-5
Article No.
6GK7542-5DX00-0XE0
Article No.
6GK7542-5DX00-0XE0
CM 1542-5
CM 1542-5
Transmission rate
Transmission rate at interface 1
in accordance with PROFIBUS

components general
Interfaces
at interface 1
at interface 1
Yes
Number of DP slaves on DP master

usable
125
0 40 C
Service as DP slave
DPV0
DPV1
Supply voltage 1
from backplane bus
15 V
3%


Ambient temperature
operating phase
operating phase
during storage
during transport
Comment
3W
DC
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-
operating maximum
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20

Module format

single width
Width
Height
Depth
35 mm
142 mm
129 mm
Net weight
0.4 kg
Yes
Performance data
PROFIBUS DP
Amount of data
per DP slave
per DP slave
Resistive loss
8
Performance data
1


at 15 V with DC
Number of modules
per CPU maximum
note
Amount of data
as DP slave overall
as DP slave overall
8 192 byte
8 192 byte
244 byte
244 byte
-
Yes
Yes
240 byte
240 byte
Performance data
S7 communication
S7 communication
maximum
note
40
Performance data
multi-protocol mode
multi-protocol mode
40

configuration

or higher

diagnostics
note
Yes
Yes, via S7-1500 CPU

Product function pass on time
synchronization
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/159
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CM 1542-5
Ordering data
Article No.

as a DP master or DP slave
6GK7542-5DX00-0XE0
Accessories
connector RS485

with PG interface
6ES7972-0BA52-0XA0
6ES7972-0BB52-0XA0

minimum order 20 m,
sold by the meter
6XV1830-0EH10
Stripping Tool
6GK1905-6AA00

PROFIBUS nodes up to 12 Mbps
with plug-in cable
6GK1500-0AA10
Note:
3/160
Siemens IK PI 2015
More information
You can find more information on SIMATIC S7-1500 at
www.siemens.com/simatic-S7-1500
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 1542-5
Overview
Benefits

SYNC/FREEZE and constant bus cycle
through the use of several CPs
Universal application of the CP due to the parallel use of
different communication services on one CP
PROFIBUS DP configuration for SIMATIC S5/S7 and PG/PC
Application
The CP 1542-5 is the communications processor of the
SIMATIC S7-1500 for the PROFIBUS bus system. It relieves
the CPU from communications tasks.
kwTz
mtz
wnVvw
z^Vz\
nprXWXWX[[
kwTt
The CP 1542-5 communications processor expands the

SIMATIC S7-1500 controller with an additional PROFIBUS
connection for communication with lower-level PROFIBUS
devices in bandwidths from 9.6 kbps to 12 Mbit/s. The processor
also allows the implementation of separate PROFIBUS lines; in
other words, the control of multiple field devices via several
PROFIBUS segments. The CP 1542-5 handles all communication tasks, thus reducing the CPU load.
PROFIBUS DP master or DP slave with electrical interface for
PROFIBUS DP
PG/OP communication
Simple programming and configuration over PROFIBUS
Cross-network PG communication using S7 routing
Module replacement without a PG
Communications options of the S7-1500 using communication

modules:
As master for PROFIBUS DP according to IEC 61158/
EN 50170 (max. 32 DP slaves)
The number of CPs that can be operated depends on the CPU
type and on the communication services used.
Design
The communications processor CP 1542-5 features all the
advantages of the SIMATIC S7-1500 design:
Compact design:
- 9-pin D-sub socket for connection to PROFIBUS DP
backplane bus
- Three LEDs to indicate the operational and communication
status
The CP 1542-5 is mounted on the rail of the S7-1500 and
connected to the other modules of the S7-1500 by means of
the bus connectors. The slot rules of the S7-1500 system
apply.
User-friendly wiring:
the D-sub socket is easily accessible and simple to use.
The CP 1542-5 can be operated without a fan. A backup
programming device.
S7-400 with
CP 443-5 Extended
(DP master)
SIMATIC S7-1200
with CM 1243-5
S7-300 with CP 342-5

(DP master)
PC with CP 5613 A3/

CP 5623
and DP Base
(DP master)
S7-1500 with
CM 1542-5
Third-party device
PG with STEP 7
and CP 5711
SIMATIC S7-1200
with CM 1242-5
S7-1500
with CP 1542-5
ET 200S
Siemens IK PI 2015
G_IK10_XX_50007
PROFIBUS DP
3/161
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 1542-5
Function
The CP 1542-5 supports the following communications services:

PROFIBUS DP Master Class 1
- PROFIBUS DP (according to IEC 61158/61784)
- SYNC/FREEZE: The outputs or inputs can be synchronized
from the user program with the DPSYNC_FR system
function.
PROFIBUS DP slave (not when DP master)
PG/OP communication
Time synchronization via PROFIBUS
The CP 1542-5 operates as DP-V1 master. It handles data transfer independently and allows up to 32 slaves to be connected,
such as the CM 1242-5 as a DP slave, DP slaves of the ET 200
distributed I/O system, etc. This means that the CP 1542-5 is
able to connect the S7-1500 station to PROFIBUS DP and is
the ideal expansion to the integrated DP master interfaces of the
S7-1500 CPUs (CPU 1516 and larger) for establishing additional
PROFIBUS DP lines.
The CP 1542-5 is a DP-V1 master; in other words, it also supports the acyclic standard services, including alarm handling.
The CP 1542-5 also supports the functions SYNC, FREEZE, and
constant bus cycle time.
deactivate DP slaves. Among other things, this allows the
step-by-step commissioning of subprocesses.
The CP 1542-5 supports operation with a diagnostic repeater
(including activation of topology identification on the diagnostic
repeater).
There are no differences between the CP 1542-5 and the integral
DP master interface of the S7-1500 CPU with regard to configuration and programming. The distributed I/O is therefore handled
like the central I/O just as for the CPU. Regardless of the scale
of the system, the CP 1542-5 has extremely short response
times.
PG/OP communication
S7 routing: With the aid of routing it is possible to use
programming device communication across different
networks.
3/162
Siemens IK PI 2015
S7 communication
S7 communication is used for coupling to the following devices:
Programming devices (PG/OP communication)
HMI devices (OP)
the plant.
The CP 1542-5 is capable of forwarding the time of day of the
S7-1500 CPU to PROFIBUS. Conversely, the CP of the S7-1500
CPU can make an existing time of day available on PROFIBUS.
The CP 1542-5 supports:
Diagnostics
Extensive diagnostics options are available with STEP 7
Professional of the TIA Portal V12 SP1 or higher, including:
Status of the CP
Bus statistics
Alarm buffer
Configuration
STEP 7 Professional of the TIA Portal V12 SP1 or higher is
required for configuring the full range of functions of the
CP 1542-5. The configuring data of the CP are always saved
on the CPU and are retained even after a PLC failure. A module
can therefore be replaced without having to reload the configuration data from a programming device. The CPU transfers the
configuration data to the CP during start-up.
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 1542-5
Article No.
6GK7542-5FX00-0XE0
Article No.
6GK7542-5FX00-0XE0
CP 1542-5
CP 1542-5
Transmission rate

components general
9.6 kbit/s ... 12 Mbit/s
Interfaces
at interface 1
at interface 1
Yes

usable
32
0 40 C
Service as DP slave
DPV0
DPV1
Supply voltage 1
from backplane bus
15 V
3%


Ambient temperature
operating phase
operating phase
during storage
during transport
Comment
1.5 W
DC
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-
operating maximum
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20

Module format

single width
Width
Height
Depth
35 mm
142 mm
129 mm
Net weight
0.27 kg
Yes
Performance data
PROFIBUS DP
Amount of data
per DP slave
per DP slave
Resistive loss
8
Performance data
1


at 15 V with DC
Number of modules
per CPU maximum
note
Amount of data
as DP slave overall
as DP slave overall
2 048 byte
2 048 byte
244 byte
244 byte
-
Yes
Yes
240 byte
240 byte
Performance data
S7 communication
S7 communication
maximum
note
16

configuration
STEP 7 Professional V12 SP1


Product function
note
Yes
yes, via S7-1500 CPU

Product function pass on
time synchronization
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/163
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 1542-5
Ordering data
Article No.

www.siemens.com/simatic-S7-1500
CP 1542-5 communications
processor
as DP master or DP slave;
PG/OP communication,
time synchronization, diagnostics
6GK7542-5FX00-0XE0
Accessories
without programming
device interface
with programming
device interface
6ES7972-0BA52-0XA0
6ES7972-0BB52-0XA0

minimum order 20 m,
sold by the meter
6XV1830-0EH10
Stripping Tool
Stripping tool for fast stripping of
the PROFIBUS FastConnect
bus cable
6GK1905-6AA00

PROFIBUS stations for up to
12 Mbit/s with plug-in cable
6GK1500-0AA10
Note:
3/164
Siemens IK PI 2015
More information
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 342-5
Overview
Application
The CP 342-5 is the communications processor of the
SIMATIC S7-300 for the PROFIBUS DP bus system.
The CP 342-5 relieves the CPU from communication tasks.
Communication possibilities of the S7-300 using communication
modules:
As DP master or slave for PROFIBUS DP V0 according to
IEC 61158/EN 50170
The number of CPs that can be used is dependent on the performance range of the CPU and on the communications services
used.
Design
'36
)06
3*23
66
*B,.B;;B
'30
PROFIBUS DP master or slave with electrical interface for

- PROFIBUS DP
- PG/OP communication (OP multiplexing)
Easy configuration and programming over PROFIBUS
Cross-network programming device communication through
S7 routing
Modules can be replaced without the need for a PG
Benefits
The CP 342-5 offers all the advantages of SIMATIC S7-300

system design:
Compact design;
single standard width of the SM modules of the
SIMATIC S7-300
9-pin Sub-D socket for connection to PROFIBUS
4-pin terminal block for connecting the external supply
voltage of 24 V DC
Simple assembly;
The CP 342-5 is mounted on the S7-300 DIN rail and
connected to adjacent modules by means of the bus
connectors. Slots 4 to 11 in subracks 0 to 3 (coupled through
the IM 360/361) can be used for the CP 342-5
In combination with IM 360/361, the CP 342-5 can also be
used in an expansion rack (ER)
User-friendly wiring;
Sub-D socket and the terminal block are easily accessible.
The CP 324-5 can be operated without a fan;
a back-up battery or a memory module is not required
Expansion of the process I/O to SIMATIC S7-300 with several

PROFIBUS DP interfaces
Flexible use of the process I/O by means of dynamic
activation of DP slaves
Optimization of applications and a host of possible uses
thanks to active transmission of data with S7 communication
Extensive operator control and monitoring thanks to multiplex
function with OP communication
Suitable for closed-loop control tasks due to SYNC/FREEZE
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/165
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 342-5
Function
The CP 342-5 provides access to different communication

services of the PROFIBUS bus system:
PROFIBUS DP
(according to IEC 61158/61784, master or slave)
PG/OP communication
S7 communication (client, server)
PROFIBUS DP master
The communication partners are the automation systems:

SIMATIC S7
with CP 342-5, CP 343-5, CP 443-5 Extended and Basic
SIMATIC S5
with S5-95U with PROFIBUS interface, S5-115U/H, S5-135U,
S5-155U/H with CP 5431 FMS/DP
SIMATIC 505
with CP 5434-FMS
PCs
with CP 5512, CP 5611 A2, CP 5621, CP 5613 A3,
CP 5613 FO, CP 5614 A3, CP 5623, CP 5624
Systems of other makes that are equipped with an
FDL interface.
The CP 342-5 operates as a DP-V0 Master according to

IEC 61158/EN 61784 Volume 2 and processes the data transfer
completely independently. It supports the services of the
Master Classes 1 and 2.
The data areas of the distributed I/Os are transferred consistently between CP and CPU. This applies to the use of the CP as
DP Master and as DP Slave. As DP Master, it permits connections to:
SIMATIC S7-300, such as CP 342-5 as DP slave
DP slaves of the distributed I/O system ET 200
(integrate as DP-V0 slave)
PCs, e.g. with CP 5512, CP 5621, CP 5614 A3 and
SOFTNET-PB DP
The CP 342-5 also offers the SYNC/FREEZE and shared input/
output functions, as well as the activation/deactivation of
DP slaves.
PROFIBUS DP slave
The CP 342-5 as a DP-V0 slave permits the SIMATIC S7-300 to
exchange data with other PROFIBUS DP masters. which allows
a hybrid setup between SIMATIC S5/S7, PCs, ET 200 and other
field devices to PROFIBUS DP. Function calls are required for
the DP communication. These (DP-SEND/DP-RECV) must be
integrated in the STEP 7 user program.
PG/OP communication
S7 routing
With the aid of S7 routing it is possible to use programming
Via the CP 342-5 as many as 16 TD/OPs can be merged into
one S7-300 station. This requires only one connection
resource in the S7-CPU (multiplex channel). The multiplex
channel supports the acyclic HMI services.
S7 communication
S7 communication is used for the coupling:
to HMI devices (OPs).
Communication with PG and OP takes place without further
configuration. In addition, the central controller can also be
programmed and configured on a distributed basis via the
CP 342-5.
The client functionality is provided by means of loadable
communication blocks.
3/166
Siemens IK PI 2015
Based on Layer 2 (FDL) of PROFIBUS, the CP 342-5 offers a

simple, optimized interface for process or field communication.
This interface offers integrated, high-performance communication between SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7, SIMATIC 505 and PC.
SEND/RECEIVE provides not only the SDA service (PLC/PLC
connections) but also the SDN service (broadcast, multicast).
To use SEND/RECEIVE, function calls are required (PLC-SEND/

PLC-RECEIVE), which must be linked into the STEP 7 user
program.
Diagnostics
Extensive diagnostic options are available via STEP 7, including:
Status of the CP
Bus statistics
Message buffer
STEP 7 V5.5 SP2 or higher, or STEP 7 Professional V11 or higher,
is required for configuring the full functional scope of the
CP 342-5. In Version V5 or higher of STEP 7, the configuration
data of the CP can also optionally be stored on the CPU and is
retained even if there is a power failure. A module can therefore
be replaced without having to reload the configuration data from
a programming device. The CPU transfers the configuration
data to the CP during start-up. Attention should therefore be
paid to the memory capacity of the S7-CPU.
The function blocks for PROFIBUS DP are included in the
standard library of STEP 7. The function blocks for using the
open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) and S7 communication
(S7 client) can be found in the SIMATIC NET library following
installation of STEP 7.
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 342-5
Article No.
6GK7342-5DA03-0XE0
Article No.
6GK7342-5DA03-0XE0
CP 342-5
CP 342-5
Transmission rate
Number of modules
per CPU maximum
note
Interfaces
with PROFIBUS
for power supply
with PROFIBUS
for power supply
Performance data
Performance data
open communication


DC
Supply voltage
external
5V
24 V

with DC
20 %

with DC
15 %
Consumed current
for DC Typical
at 24 V with DC
- typical
- maximum
Resistive loss
0.15 A
0.25 A
6.75 W

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Comment

components general
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-
operating maximum
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20
4
-

16

maximum
240 byte
Performance data
PROFIBUS DP
Yes

usable
124
Amount of data
per DP slave
per DP slave
data per DP slave
Service as DP slave
DPV0
DPV1
Amount of data
as DP slave overall
as DP slave overall
2 160 byte
2 160 byte
244 byte
244 byte
240 byte
Yes
240 byte
240 byte
Performance data
S7 communication

Module format
Compact module S7-300 single width
Width
Height
Depth
40 mm
125 mm
120 mm
Net weight
0.3 kg

S7 communication
maximum
note
16
-
Performance data
multi-protocol mode
without DP maximum
with DP maximum
32
28

configuration
STEP 7 V5.1 SP2 or higher/

or higher
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/167
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 342-5
Ordering data
CP 342-5 communications
processor
Article No.
6GK7342-5DA03-0XE0

at up to 12 Mbit/s, with electronic
manual on CD-ROM
Accessories
With PG interface
6ES7972-0BA52-0XA0
6ES7972-0BB52-0XA0
PROFIBUS bus connector IP20

With connection to PPI, MPI,
PROFIBUS
With PG interface
6ES7972-0BA12-0XA0
6ES7972-0BB12-0XA0

minimum order 20 m,
sold by the meter
6XV1830-0EH10

6GK1500-0AA10
SIMATIC S7-300 DM 370
6ES7370-0AA01-0AA0
Dummy module;
used for module replacement
3/168
Siemens IK PI 2015
Note:
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 342-5 FO
Overview
Application
The CP 342-5 FO is the communications processor of the
SIMATIC S7-300 for the PROFIBUS DP optical bus system.
The CP 342-5 FO has a fiber optic interface that facilitates
interference-immune connections even in environments with
severe levels of radio interference.
It relieves the CPU of communications tasks.
Communication of the SIMATIC S7-300 with:
the distributed I/O system ET 200 with integral optical
interface
SIMATIC S7-400 with IM 467 FO and CP 342-5 FO
PC with CP 5613 FO
Remaining PROFIBUS nodes via the optical bus terminal
(OBT)
'36
)06
3*23
66
*B,.B;;B
'30
The number of CPs that can be used is dependent on the

performance range of the CPU and on the communications
services used.
PROFIBUS DP master or slave with optical interface for

Direct connection to the optical PROFIBUS network over the
integrated fiber-optic interface for plastic and PCF fiber-optic
cables
- PROFIBUS DP
- PG/OP communication (OP multiplexing)
Easy configuration and programming over PROFIBUS
S7 routing
Modules can be replaced without the need for a PG
Benefits
Design
The CP 342-5 FO offers all the advantages of SIMATIC S7-300
system design:
Compact design;
single standard width of the SM modules of the
SIMATIC S7-300
Integrated fiber-optic cable interface;
2 female duplex connectors for direct connection to the
optical PROFIBUS over 2 x 2 male simplex connectors and
2 plug-in adapters
4-pin terminal block for connecting the external supply
voltage of 24 V DC
Easy installation;
the CP 342-5 FO is snap-mounted on the S7-300 DIN rail and
connected to adjacent modules through the bus connectors.
In combination with IM 360/361, the CP 342-5 FO can also be
used in an expansion rack (ER).
female FOC connector and the terminal block are easily
accessible.
The CP 342-5 FO can be operated without a fan;
a back-up battery or a memory module are not required.
The fiber-optic technology is used when

- the environment is subject to strong EMC interference,
- strong potential differences exist and
- high transmission rates are required.
The CP 342-5 FO is connected directly to the optical
PROFIBUS and is therefore specially suited to harsh industrial
environments
Expansion of the process I/O at SIMATIC S7-300 by several
PROFIBUS DP interfaces
Optimization of applications and many application options
through sending of data with S7 communication
Comprehensive control and monitoring through multiplex
function with OP communication
Suitable for closed loop control tasks due to SYNC and
FREEZE.
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/169
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 342-5 FO
Function
The CP 342-5 FO provides access to different communication

services of the PROFIBUS bus system:
PROFIBUS DP
(according to IEC 61 158/61784, master or slave)
PG/OP communication
S7 communication
PROFIBUS DP master
The communication partners are the automation systems:

SIMATIC S7
SIMATIC S5
SIMATIC 505
with CP 5434-FMS
PCs
CP 5512, CP 5611 A2, CP 5621, CP 5613 A3, CP 5613 FO,
CP 5614 A3, CP 5623, CP 5624
Systems of other makes that are equipped with an FDL
interface.
The CP 342-5 FO operates as a DP-V0 Master according to

IEC 61 158/EN 50 170 Volume 2 and processes the data transfer
completely independently. It supports the services of the
Master Classes 1 and 2.
The data areas of the distributed I/Os are transferred consistently between CP and CPU. This applies to the use of the
CP as DP Master and as DP Slave. As DP Master, it permits
connections to:
The distributed IO system ET 200 with integral optical
interface (incorporate as DP-V0 Slave)
SIMATIC S7-300 with CP 342-5 FO as slave
The remaining DP-V0 slaves via the optical bus terminal
(OBT).
The CP 342-5 FO also offers the SYNC, FREEZE and shared
input/output functions, as well as the activation/deactivation of
slaves.
PROFIBUS DP slave
The CP 342-5 FO as a DP-V0 Slave allows the SIMATIC S7-300
to exchange data with the SIMATIC S7-400 and with other
PROFIBUS DP masters via the OBT. which allows a hybrid setup
between SIMATIC S5/S7, PCs, ET 200 and other field devices to
PROFIBUS DP. Function calls are required for DP communication, both as master and as slave. These (DP-SEND/DP-RECV)
are shipped with STEP 7 and must be integrated in the user
program.
PG/OP communication
S7 routing:
With the aid of S7 routing it is possible to use programming
Via the CP 342-5 FO as many as 16 TD/OPs can be merged
into one S7-300 station. This requires only one connection
resource in the S7-CPU (multiplex channel). The multiplex
channel supports the acyclic HMI services.
S7 communication
Communication with PG and OP takes place without further
configuration. In addition, the central controller can also be
programmed and configured on a distributed basis via the
CP 342-5 FO.
The client functionality is provided by means of loadable
communication blocks.
3/170
Siemens IK PI 2015
Based on Layer 2 (FDL) of PROFIBUS (IEC 61158/EN 50170),

the CP 342-5 FO offers a simple, optimized interface for process
or field communication. This interface offers integrated, highperformance communication between SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7,
SIMATIC 505 and PC.
SEND/RECEIVE provides not only the SDA service (PLC/PLC
connections) but also the SDN service (broadcast, multicast).
To use SEND/RECEIVE, function calls are required

(PLC-SEND/PLC-RECEIVE), which must be linked into the
STEP 7 user program.
Diagnostics
Extensive diagnostic options are available via STEP 7, including:
Status of the CP
Bus statistics
Message buffer
STEP 7 V5.1 SP2 or higher, or STEP 7 Professional V12 (TIA
Portal) or higher, is required for configuring the full functional
scope of the CP 342-5 FO. In Version V5 or higher of STEP 7, the
configuration data of the CP can also optionally be stored on the
CPU and is retained even if there is a power failure. A module
can therefore be replaced without having to reload the configuration data from a programming device. The CPU transfers the
configuration data to the CP during start-up. Attention should
therefore be paid to the memory capacity of the S7-CPU.
The function blocks for PROFIBUS DP are included in the
standard library of STEP 7. The function blocks for using the
open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) and the S7 communication (S7 client) can be found in the SIMATIC NET library following
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 342-5 FO
PC/IPC with
CP 5613 FO
S7-300 with
CP 342-5 FO
ET 200M
with IM 153-2 FO
DP station without
integrated optics
Connecting cable
830-1T
OBT
PROFIBUS
DESINA cable
ET 200S
with IM 151 FO
ET 200X
with integrated optics
Additional
stations
PROFIBUS optical
PROFIBUS electrical
G_IK10_XX_50138
Individual link length: Plastic up to 50 m,

PCF up to 300 m
System configuration of optical PROFIBUS DP with CP 342-5 FO
Article No.
6GK7342-5DF00-0XE0
Article No.
6GK7342-5DF00-0XE0
CP 342-5 FO
CP 342-5 FO
Transmission rate

Interfaces
Number of optical connections
with PROFIBUS

for power supply
Design of optical connection at inter- Duplex socket

face 1 in accordance with PROFIBUS
for power supply

Supply voltage
external
DC
5V
24 V

with DC
20 %

with DC
15 %
Consumed current
for DC Typical
at 24 V with DC
- typical
- maximum
Resistive loss
0.15 A
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Comment
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-
operating maximum
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20

Module format
Compact module
Width
Height
Depth
40 mm
125 mm
120 mm
Net weight
0.3 kg

components general
Number of modules
per CPU maximum
note
4
-
Cable length
with PCF cable maximum
with POF cable maximum
300 m
50 m
0.25 A
6W
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/171
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 342-5 FO

Article No.
6GK7342-5DF00-0XE0
Article No.
6GK7342-5DF00-0XE0
CP 342-5 FO
CP 342-5 FO
Performance data
S7 communication
Performance data
Performance data
open communication

16

maximum
240 byte
Yes
DP master usable
124
Service as DP slave
DPV0
DPV1
Amount of data
as DP slave overall
as DP slave overall
Ordering data
CP 342-5 FO communications
processor
2 160 byte
2 160 byte
50 units
3/172
Siemens IK PI 2015

or higher
240 byte
Yes
240 byte
240 byte
Article No.
6GK7342-5DF00-0XE0
6GK1901-0FB00-0AA0
6GK1905-6PA10
Tools for removing the outer sheath

or core sheath of
For assembling the plastic

Simplex connector in combination
with CP 342-5 FO, IM 467 FO,
IM 153-2 FO and IM 151 FO
244 byte
100 simplex connectors and

5 polishing sets for
assembling PROFIBUS
for the optical PROFIBUS DP
Plug-in adapter
32
28
244 byte
Accessories

stripping tool set

without DP maximum
with DP maximum
configuration
Communication processor
for optical connection of
to 12 Mbit/s with electronic manual
on CD-ROM

Simplex Connector/Polishing Set
16
-
Performance data
multi-protocol mode
Performance data
PROFIBUS DP
Amount of data
per DP slave
per DP slave
data per DP slave

S7 communication
maximum
note
6ES7195-1BE00-0XA0
Note:
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 443-5 Extended
Overview
Application
The CP 443-5 Extended is the communications processor of the
SIMATIC S7-400 for the PROFIBUS bus system.
It relieves the CPU of communication tasks and supports additional connections.
Communication possibilities of the S7-400 using communication
modules:
As master for PROFIBUS DP according to
IEC 61158/EN 50170
The number of CPs that can be used is dependent on the
performance range of the CPU and on the communications
services used.
Design
'36
)06
3*23
66
*B,.B;;B
'30
PROFIBUS DP master with electrical interface for connecting

the SIMATIC S7-400 to PROFIBUS at up to 12 Mbit/s
(including 45.45 Kbit/s)
For setting up additional PROFIBUS DP lines
- PROFIBUS DP
- S7 communication
Easy programming and configuration over PROFIBUS
S7 routing
Can be easily integrated into the SIMATIC S7-400 system
Module replacement without PG
SIMATIC H system operation for redundant S7 communication
or DP master communication
Adding or modifying distributed I/O during operation
The CP 443-5 Extended communications processor features all

the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-400 design:
9-pin Sub-D socket for connection to PROFIBUS DP
Single-width module
Easy installation;
the CP 443-5 is mounted on the S7-400 rack and connected
to the other modules of the S7-400 by means of the backplane
bus.
the Sub-D socket is easily accessible and simple to operate.
The CP 443-5 Extended can be operated without a fan.
A backup battery or memory module is not required
A maximum of 14 CPs can be operated.
If the CP 443-5 Extended is used as a DP Master, at least four
and as many as 10 additional PROFIBUS DP lines can be set up
in the central rack. The number of possible PROFIBUS DP lines
depends on the SIMATIC S7-400 CPU that is used.
When using S7-communication, no slot allocation rules apply.
The number of operable S7 connections depends on the
S7-400 CPU.
When using SEND/RECEIVE, the number of operable modules
also depends on the S7-400 CPU.
Benefits
Increased plant availability thanks to redundant connection of

the process I/O (e.g. ET 200M) in the SIMATIC S7-400 H
system
SYNC/FREEZE and equidistant bus cycle
Universal application of the CP due to the parallel use of
different communication services on one CP
Lower costs due to flexible and reaction-free commissioning
by means of CiR (Configuration in RUN)
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/173
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 443-5 Extended
Function
The CP 443-5 Extended provides access to different communication services of the PROFIBUS bus system:
PROFIBUS DP (according to IEC 61158/61784)
PG/OP communication
S7 communication (S7 controllers)
PG/OP communication

between SIMATIC S7 programmable controllers
to programming devices (PG/OP communication)
The CP 443-5 Extended operates as DP-V1 master. It processes

data transfer autonomously and allows slaves to be connected,
such as CP 342-5 as DP slave, DP slaves of the ET 200 distributed I/O system, etc. This means that the CP 443-5 Extended is
able to connect the S7-400 station to PROFIBUS DP and is the
ideal expansion to the integral DP master interfaces of the
S7-400 CPUs for establishing additional PROFIBUS DP lines.
The CP 443-5 Extended can also be used in the
SIMATIC S7 H system as a redundant DP master.
The CP 443-5 Extended is a DP-V1 master, i.e. it also supports
the acyclic standard services incl. interrupt handling.
The CP 443-5 Extended also supports the SYNC and FREEZE
functions, constant bus cycle time, direct slave-to-slave traffic,
data set routing and changes to the configuration of the assigned distributed I/O during normal operation.
deactivate DP slaves. This supports the step-by-step start-up of
subprocesses, for example.
The CP 443-5 Extended supports operation with diagnostic
repeater (including activation of topology identification in the
diagnostic repeater).
The distributed I/Os are handled like central I/Os from the user's
point of view. This means that there are no differences between
the CP 443-5 Extended and the integral DP master interface
of the S7-400 CPU with regard to configuration and parameterization. Depending on the scale of the system, the
CP 443-5 Extended has extremely short response times.

S7 routing
With the aid of routing it is possible to use programming
S7 communication
For redundant S7 communication, the CP 443-5 Extended can

also be used in SIMATIC H systems.
SIMATIC S7-400 is integrated into existing systems by means of
open communication.
Based on Layer 2 (FDL) of PROFIBUS, the CP 443-5 Extended
offers a simple, optimized interface for process or field communication. This interface offers uniform, high-performance communication between SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7 and the PC. It
provides the services SDA (PLC/PLC connections) and SDN
(Broadcast, Multicast).
The communication partners are the programmable controllers
SIMATIC S7
SIMATIC S5
SIMATIC 505
with CP 5434-FMS
PCs
with CP 5512, CP 5611 A2, CP 5621, CP 5613 A3,
CP 5613 FO, CP 5614 A3, CP 5623, CP 5624
Non-Siemens systems that are equipped with an FDL
interface.
To use SEND/RECEIVE, function calls are required (PLC-SEND/
PLC-RECEIVE), which must be linked into the STEP 7 user
program.
3/174
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 443-5 Extended
CiR Configuration in RUN

the plant.
With CiR, it is possible to add or modify distributed I/O devices

during normal operation.
Adding PROFIBUS DP/PA slaves
Adding/removing modules (e.g. I/O modules) in a modular
DP slave (e.g. ET 200M and DP/PA Link)
The CP 443-5 Extended is capable of forwarding the time of

day of the S7-400 CPU to PROFIBUS. Conversely, the CP of
the S7-400 CPU can make an existing time of day available on
PROFIBUS
The CP 443-5 Extended supports
The time-stamping of distributed process signals in
combination with IM 153
Data set routing
The CP 443-5 Extended supports the data set routing function.
With this option, the CP can be used as a router for data sets that
have to be sent to field devices (DP slaves). SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager) is a tool that creates data sets of this type
for parameterizing and diagnosing field devices.
Application:
It is possible, for example, to use SIMATIC PDM (on the PC) to
set parameters and perform diagnostics for a PA field device
over Industrial Ethernet, S7-400 (CP 443-1, CP 443-5 Extended)
and DP/PA Coupler/Link.
Diagnostics data
Configuration
STEP 7 V5.1 SP2 or higher, or STEP 7 Professional V12 (TIA
Portal) or higher, is required for configuring the full functional
scope of the CP 443-5 Extended.
DP configuration/programming is performed for the
CP 443-5 Extended in the same manner as for DP configuration/
programming of the integrated DP interfaces of the
SIMATIC S7-400 CPUs with STEP 7.
The configuring data of the CPs are always saved on the CPU
and are retained even after a PLC failure. A module can therefore
by replaced without having to reload the configuration data from
a programming device. The CPU transfers the configuration
data to the CP during start-up.
The function blocks for using the open communication (SEND/
RECEIVE) can be found in the SIMATIC NET library following
Extensive diagnostic options are available via STEP S7,

including:
Status of the CP
Bus statistics
Message buffer
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/175
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 443-5 Extended
Article No.
6GK7443-5DX05-0XE0
Article No.
6GK7443-5DX05-0XE0
CP 443-5 Extended
CP 443-5 Extended
Transmission rate
Performance data
Interfaces

PROFIBUS

PROFIBUS
DC
Supply voltage 1 from backplane bus 5 V

at 5 V with DC
5%

0.6 A
Resistive loss
5.5 W

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Comment
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-
operating maximum
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20

Module format
Width
Height
Depth
25 mm
290 mm
210 mm
Net weight
0.65 kg
3/176
Siemens IK PI 2015
32

maximum
240 byte
Yes

usable
125
Amount of data
per DP slave
per DP slave
4 096 byte
4 096 byte
244 byte
244 byte
Performance data
S7 communication
S7 communication
maximum
note
48
-
Performance data
multi-protocol mode
without DP maximum
with DP maximum
59
54

configuration

components general
Number of modules
per CPU maximum
note

Performance data
PROFIBUS DP

Performance data
open communication

14
The number of CPs that can be
operated as DP masters depends on
the number of CP 443-1 Advanced
processors operating in the S7-400
station as PROFINET IO controllers.
Up to 10 CPs can be operated in
total: up to 4 as PROFINET IO
controllers (CP 443-1 Advanced);
up to 10 as DP masters
(CP 443-5 Extended)

or higher
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 443-5 Extended
Ordering data
Article No.
Note:
CP 443-5 Extended
for connection of the SIMATIC S7-400
to PROFIBUS
Extended version for PROFIBUS DP;
6GK7443-5DX05-0XE0
Accessories
3
6ES7972-0BA52-0XA0
PROFIBUS bus connector IP20

With connection to PPI, MPI,
PROFIBUS
With PG interface
6ES7972-0BA12-0XA0
6ES7972-0BB12-0XA0

minimum order 20 m,
sold by the meter
6XV1830-0EH10

6GK1500-0AA10
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/177
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Software
Ordering data
Article No.
Software
STEP 7 Basic Engineering Software

V13 (TIA Portal)
STEP 7 Professional Engineering

Software (TIA Portal)
Target system:
SIMATIC S7-1200, S7-1500, S7-300,
S7-400, WinAC
Requirement:
(full installation)
Form of delivery:
French, Spanish
Target system:
SIMATIC S7-1200, S7-1500, S7-300,
S7-400, WinAC
Requirement:
(full installation)
Form of delivery:
French, Spanish
For CM 1242-5, CM 1243-5,
CM 1542-5, CP 1542-5, CP 342-5,
CP 342-5 FO, CP 443-5 Extended
Floating License
Trial License
Floating License
Upgrade STEP 7 Professional
2006/2010 to STEP 7 Professional
2010/V13, Floating License
PowerPack & upgrade
Floating License
Floating License
6ES7822-1AA03-0YA5
1)
6ES7822-1AA03-0YE5
For a period of 12 months and for a

fixed price, the customer is automatically provided with all upgrades and
service packs for each installed
software package. The contract is
automatically extended by a further
year unless canceled at least
12 weeks prior to expiration.
Requires the current software version.
STEP 7 Basic V1x,
Software Update Service Standard,
1 year
STEP 7 Basic V1x,
Software Update Service Compact,
1 year
6ES7822-1AA03-0XE5
6ES7822-1AA03-0XC5
6ES7822-1AA03-0YC5
Siemens IK PI 2015
6ES7822-0AA03-0YA5
6ES7822-0AA03-0YA7
6ES7822-0AA03-0YE5
6ES7822-0AA00-0YL0
6ES7822-0AA00-0YM0
STEP 7 Version 5.5
6ES7822-1AE03-0YA5
6ES7822-1AE03-0YE5
6ES7822-1AE03-0XE5
6ES7822-1AE03-0XC5
6ES7822-1AA03-0YC5
For up-to-date information and download availability,

see: http://www.siemens.com/tia-online-software-delivery
3/178
For CM 1242-5, CM 1243-5

STEP 7 Basic V13, Floating License
Upgrade STEP 7 Basic V12
Floating License
6ES7822-1AA03-0YA7
STEP 7 Professional
engineering software V13;
software download
for the delivery
Floating License
Floating License
Upgrade STEP 7 Professional
2006/2010 to STEP 7 Professional
2010/V13, Floating License
PowerPack & upgrade
Floating License
Floating License
Article No.
Target system:
SIMATIC WinAC
Requirements:
Windows XP Prof.,
Type of delivery:
Italian;
including license key on USB stick,
For CP 342-5, CP 342-5 FO,
CP 443-5 Extended
Floating license upgrade 3.x/4.x/5.x
to V5.4; on DVD
Trial license STEP 7 V5.4;
on DVD, operational for 14 days
6ES7810-4CC10-0YA5
6ES7810-4CC10-0YA6
6ES7810-4BC01-0YX2
6ES7810-4CC10-0YE5
6ES7810-4CC10-0YA7
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Overview
Overview
PC card with an internal microprocessor
Software
Recommended solution for:

PC-based control systems
(Soft Control, PLC, Numeric Control, Robot Control)
Process control systems
Operator control and monitoring systems (HMI)
PROFIBUS DP slave connection (CP 5614 A3, CP 5624)
PROFIBUS plants with large quantity framework
(more than 8 stations)
Use of several CPs in one system
Hardware
PC card without an internal microprocessor

Recommended solution for:
Configuring tools (e.g. STEP 7)
PROFIBUS DP diagnostics station (e.g. as DP master Class 2)
PROFIBUS DP slave connection
PROFIBUS systems with up to 8 stations
Mono protocol mode
CPs with an internal

microprocessor
You will find software for the PC
products running under Windows
with the corresponding license keys
on the SIMATIC NET software DVD.
Development Kits are available for
use in various operating system
environments (e.g. for CP 5613 A3
or CP 5614 A3).
As a rule, the necessary
configuration tools are included in
the software packages.
Manuals in PDF format and
extensive supplementary
information on SIMATIC NET
products and communication can be
found in the SIMATIC NET Manual
Collection which is enclosed with
the software products.
CP 5613 A3
(PCI)
CP 5623
(PCIe)
CP 5614 A3
(PCI)
CP 5624
(PCIe)
CP 5603
(PCI-104)
CPs without an internal

microprocessor
SIMATIC NET
Manual Collection
CP 5711
(USB V2.0)
G_IK10_XX_50184
CP 5612 (PCI)
CP 5622 (PCIe)
System connection for PG/PC
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/179
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Performance data
Overview
Performance data of PROFIBUS CPs
Performance of PROFIBUS CPs
CP 5613 A3 CP 5614 A3 CP 5612/

CP 5622
The maximum performance specifies how much digital input/

output data can be read or written in 1 ms from the PROFIBUS
application over the respective PROFIBUS CP (regardless of the
physical characteristics of the bus).
Number of connectable
DP slaves
max
124
124
64
Number of FDL tasks

waiting
max
80
80
50
Number of PG/OP
and S7 connections
max
50 1)
50 1)
Note:
1)
With credit = 1; PDU size 480 bytes
Configuration for SIMATIC NET version V12 or higher:

STEP 7 V12 or higher is used for PC configuration. The STEP 7
software is included in the scope of delivery of the SIMATIC NET
software products. A STEP 7 license is not required for PC configuration.
CP 5613 A3
with
DP-RAM
access
CP 5613 A3
with
DP-5613/Win
CP 5612/
CP 5622
with
SOFTNET-PB DP
G_IK10_XX_50035
Performance
Configuration for SIMATIC NET versions up to V8.2:
CPU loading and access time

If event access (using interrupts) and polling access are compared, it can be shown that the CPU loading can be significantly
reduced with the CP 5613 A3 using the event/filter mechanism
for the same data throughput.
other CPs with polling
CPU-loading with same data throughput in order to maintain

current data of a slave
Comparison of loading on the CPU with event access and

with polling access
3/180
Siemens IK PI 2015
G_IK10_XX_50036
CP 5613 A3
with events via DP-RAM
access
The PC can be configured either in STEP 7 or in NCM PC Version

V5.1+SP2 and higher. Both tools offer the same 'look & feel' and
create the same database. This enables integrated configuration of the open communication and S7 communication functions. Data only has to be entered once and data consistency is
assured.
A configuration wizard integrated into NCM PC also supports
user-driven configuration of the PC station.
With NCM PC and STEP 7 from Version V5.1+SP2 upwards, a
PC similar to a SIMATIC S7 station can be configured and
loaded over a network. This applies both to the local station on
which NCM PC or STEP 7 is installed and to the remote station
that is addressed over the network.
Note:
NCM PC does not contain a conversion function for LDBs that
were created using COML S7. Reconfiguration is necessary.
Performance under almost identical CPU loading
CPU loading
The following communications processors are available for

connecting to the programming device or PC:
CPs with an internal microprocessor:
CP 5613 A3 (PCI), CP 5614 A3 (PCI), CP 5623 (PCIe),
CP 5624 (PCIe), CP 5603 (PCI-104)
CPs without an internal microprocessor:
CP 5612 (PCI), CP 5622 (PCIe), CP 5711 (USB)
More information
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Connection options to SIMATIC PCs
Overview
Embedded Systems
SIMATIC S7 modular
Embedded Controller
SIMATIC IPC427D + 477D +

IPC 227D/277D
Windows Embedded
Standard 7 + SP1
Windows Embedded
Standard 2009
SIMATIC IPC847D
SIMATIC IPC827D
SIMATIC HMI IPC677D
Operation SIMATIC
system
Industrial-PC 1)
SIMATIC IPC647D
SIMATIC IPC627D
SIMATIC IPC547E
SIMATIC IPC427D +
IPC 477D
SIMATIC IPC227D +
IPC 277D
Field PG M4
SIMATIC Industrial PC/

Field PG
other operating systems
Windows Server 2003 R2 /

SP2

SP1/2
Operating system environment of the

Windows 8.1 Pro / Enterprise
Communication
software
Ultimate SP1
Communication
hardware
CPs and software for PROFIBUS

CP 5603
(PCI-104)
CP with DP-Base
HARDNET-PB DP DK 1)
HARDNET-PB DP
HARDNET-PB S7
S7 OPC Redundancy for
PROFIBUS
CP 5613 A2,
CP 5614 A2
(PCI 32 Bit)
CP with DP-Base
HARDNET-PB DP DK 1)
HARDNET-PB DP
HARDNET-PB S7
PROFIBUS
CP 5613 A3,
CP 5614 A3
(PCI 32 Bit)
CP with DP-Base
HARDNET-PB DP DK 1)
HARDNET-PB DP
HARDNET-PB S7
PROFIBUS
CP 5623,
CP 5624
(PCIe x1)
CP with DP-Base
HARDNET-PB DP DK 1)
HARDNET-PB DP
HARDNET-PB S7
PROFIBUS
CP 5612
(PCI 32 Bit)
SOFTNET-PB DP
SOFTNET-PB DP Slave
SOFTNET-PB S7
PROFIBUS
CP 5622
(PCIe x1)
SOFTNET-PB DP
SOFTNET-PB DP Slave
SOFTNET-PB S7
PROFIBUS
CP 5711
(USB V2.0)
SOFTNET-PB DP
SOFTNET-PB DP Slave
SOFTNET-PB S7
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC
PG/PC
SOFTNET-PB DP
SOFTNET-PB DP Slave
SOFTNET-PB S7

PROFIBUS
1) In order to use these CPs in other operating system environments, it is required to port HARDNET DP Development Kits (DK-5613) into the respective operating system. You can request
the HARDNET DP DK in the Internet under www.siemens.com/simatic-net/dk5613.
2) integrated PROFIBUS interface is optional
3) depending on available memory and processor performance there could be restrictions
4) Observe restrictions for some PC versions: Number of slots and tolerable maximum heat loss/
power consumption per slot and in total
5) EM-PCI 104 expansion module is required
2)
2)
2)
4)
4)
4)
4)
4)
4)
2)
2)
2)
4)
4)
4)
4)
4)
4)
4)
4)
4)
4)
4)
4)
4)
4)
4)
2) 2) 2) 2)
2) 2) 2) 2)
2) 2) 2) 2)
2)
2)
Notes
- Please always note the supplementary conditions for the specified
SIMATIC NET products that you can view on the Internet pages shown
below.
- for further details on XP embedded, see
- further details on system requirements and operating environments
can be found in the Readme file of the communication products on the
SIMATIC NET PC Software DVD
- Updates and supplements to the catalog entries, as well as the above
tables can be viewed at
Connection options of PROFIBUS CPs to PG/PC

Note:
The operating systems listed refer exclusively to the communication
products specified!
5)
2)
2)
2)
suitable
not suitable
suitable under
certain conditions
For the actual operating system that is available and has been released,
please refer to the description of the corresponding IPC.
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/181
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 5603
Overview
Benefits
Fast process data exchange;

access to process data by means of direct access to the dual
port RAM of the hardware
High computing performance in the PG/PC;
reduces workload of host CPU by preprocessing the communication on the hardware
Use of different operating system environments;
driver as source code for porting to different operating system
environments
Use also in motion control applications;
real-time capable data exchange through constant bus cycle
time
Application
'36
)06
23&
3*23
66
*B,.B;;B
'30
PCI-104 interface card with own microprocessor for

connecting embedded systems with PCI-104 interface to
PROFIBUS at up to 12 Mbit/s
Function compatible with CP 5613 A2
- PROFIBUS DP master Class 1 and 2 or DP slave according
to IEC 61158/61784
- PG/OP communication with STEP 5 and STEP 7
- S7 communication with HARDNET-PB S7 software package
- Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) based on the
FDL interface
- PROFIBUS FMS according to IEC 61158/61784 with
FMS-5613 software package
Extensive diagnostics options for installation, commissioning
and operation of the module
Event and filter mechanism for reducing the load on the host
CPU
Multiprotocol operation and parallel operation of up to three
CPs
included in the scope of delivery of the respective communication software
Development kit with driver sources for integration into
"non-Windows" environments
Note:
FMS-5613 supports up to two CP 5603/CP 5613 A2/5614 A2/
CP 5623/CP 5624 processors
3/182
Siemens IK PI 2015
The CP 5603 allows the connection of embedded systems with

a PC/104 Plus interface to PROFIBUS.
The CP 5603 also provides high-performance support to control
tasks on the embedded system (PC-based Control, Numeric
Control, Robot Control).
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 5603
Function
PROFIBUS DP
FastLogic
Access to process data with DP-Base
FastLogic means that the CP 5603 can react autonomously to as

many as 4 plant statuses. This results in a short response time
and independence from the host application, e.g. fast shutdown
of devices.
The CP 5603 is operated as PROFIBUS DP master module that

keeps the process image (input/output and diagnostics data) in
the dual port RAM (memory area on the CP). The hardware of the
CP 5603 independently executes the high-performance exchange of data with the PROFIBUS slaves. The user accesses
the dual-port RAM directly.
The process data of the slaves is always consistent, i.e. the user
receives the data of a slave from one and the same DP cycle.
Parallel operation of the HARDNET-PB DP and DP-Base software is not possible.
Event filter mechanism
The user receives up-to-date data over two access mechanisms:
Cyclic polling of the DP slaves (higher loading for host CPU)
Notification through a new type of event/filter mode on
changing the input data of a slave (minimal loading for host
CPU)
Both alternatives can be combined. This allows users to optimize
use of the PC for their applications.
The event/filter mechanism can be used additionally for
Notification by means of an interrupt of the diagnostic
messages from slaves
During operation with constant bus cycle time, signaling by
means of interrupt:
- Start DP cycle
- End of cyclic data exchange with DP slaves
DP programming interface
The DP programming interface (DP-Base) of the CP 5603 has
the following functionality:
DP master class 1 including acyclic DP expansions
DP slave
The process data is accessed directly through the dual-port

RAM. The DP RAM interface not only offers fast access as
DP master/slave but also a basis for porting to other operating
system environments (e.g. VXWorks, QNX, RMOS, RTX).
Administrative function calls (initialization and management
services, as well as diagnostic functions) are provided through
a library (DP_BASE.DLL or DPS_BASE.DLL).
HARDNET-PB DP Development Kit
The HARDNET-PB DP Development Kit provides access to the
functions DP master Class 1 including acyclic DP expansions
The HARDNET-PB DP Development Kit software enables the
CP 5603 communications processor to be integrated into any
operating system environments. The kit contains the necessary
source code, including the descriptions in PDF format, and can
be downloaded free of charge from the Internet.
Access to process data with HARDNET-PB DP
HARDNET-PB DP is available to permit compatibility with older
applications that were created with the DP-Lib interface.
Parallel operation of the DP-Base and HARDNET-PB DP
software is not possible.
Microbox with
integrated CP 5611
and CP 5603
kwVwh
jVs
wyvmpi|zGwh
PROFIBUS DP
zpwhy{GwzY
ET 200M
ET 200pro
zp{yhuzGw
ET 200S
G_IK10_XX_50033
PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS DP connection with embedded PC SIMATIC Microbox
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/183
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 5603
Software for PROFIBUS FMS (FMS-5613)
This software supports programming of the SIMATIC S5/S7 controllers (with the exception of SIMATIC S5-95U) over PROFIBUS
in combination with STEP 5/STEP 7. The PG/OP communication
for the CP 5603 is already available following installation of the
CP 5603 (DP-Base). No additional software packages are required.
With the FMS programming interface, PGs/PCs can exchange

different manufacturer data with FMS-capable controllers (e.g.
S5 and S7) and field devices. Open communication is assured
by using the FMS interface.
Open communication
(SEND/RECEIVE based on the FDL interface)
SEND/RECEIVE (FDL interface) is already available following
installation of the CP 5603 (DP-Base) and provides services
for data transfer, diagnostics and management. No additional
software packages are required.
Software for S7 communication (HARDNET-PB S7)
using S7 communication functions. The S7 programming interface provides programming device/PC user programs with
access to SIMATIC S7 system components. This provides easy,
flexible access to the data of the SIMATIC S7 controller.
The FMS interface offers the following services:

CRL management services
FMS connection management services
Object directory management services for clients and server
Variable services for clients and servers (Read, Write,
Information Report)
Server functionality
VFD services (Virtual Field Device) for clients and servers
Bus access information services (live list)
SIMATIC S7-mEC
with CP 5603
The following services are available with S7 communication:

Mini database
Trace
BSEND/BRECEIVE (up to 64 KB per task)
PROFIBUS
S7-1200 with
CM1242-5
S7-300 with
CP 342-5
S7-400 with
CP 443-5 Extended
S7-1500
SIMATIC S5 with
CP 5431
Connecting the SIMATIC to the S7 modular embedded controller

via PROFIBUS
3/184
Siemens IK PI 2015
G_IK10_XX_50032
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 5603
User interfaces
OPC interface
PROFIBUS DP, open communication, S7 communication and
PROFIBUS FMS in order to connect automation technology
applications to OPC-compatible Windows applications (Office,
HMI systems, etc.)
The programming interfaces for existing applications are
implemented as Dynamic Link Libraries (DLL). The released
compilers can be found in the readme file of the SIMATIC NET
CD products at http://www.siemens.com/automation/csi/net.
Configuration
The S7 communication, open communication and DP-V0/
DP-V1/DP-V2 protocols are configured in STEP 7 or NCM PC.
PROFIBUS software packages.
Diagnostics
Comprehensive diagnostic tools are available (for installation,
start-up and operation) for the module itself and for the
PROFIBUS DP network. These tools can be used for quick
and easy start-up of a PROFIBUS network with a CP 5603.
For Borland programming interfaces (e.g. DELPHI), partner

solutions from SoftwareOption are offered.
For solutions for other operating systems, see HARDNET-PB DP
Development Kit.
Article No.
6GK1560-3AA00
Article No.
6GK1560-3AA00
CP 5603
CP 5603
Transmission rate
Interfaces
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS
9-pin Sub-D socket (RS 485)

PCI-104 (32Bit)

components general
Number of plug-in cards in the same
design can be plugged in
per PC station
FMS-5613 supports up to two

CP 5603 / CP 5613 A2 / CP 5614 A2 /
CP 5623 / CP 5624 processors
Performance data
Performance data
open communication
FDL driver included in scope of

delivery of the CP
80


at 5 V with DC
5%
Performance data
PROFIBUS DP
Consumed current 1 from

backplane bus with DC maximum
0.66 A
Software for DP master function

required
Resistive loss
3.3 W
Service as DP master
DPV0
DPV1
DPV2

DC

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
0 70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
operating maximum
85 %
Protection class IP
IP00

Module format
PCI-104
Width
Height
Depth
Net weight
90 mm
21 mm
96 mm
80 g
Mounting type
Screw mounting
DP master usable
Amount of data
per DP slave
per DP slave
data per DP slave
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
124
30 256 byte
30 256 byte
244 byte
244 byte
244 byte
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/185
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 5603

Article No.
6GK1560-3AA00
CP 5603
Software for DP slave function

required
No
Service as DP slave
DPV0
DPV1
Amount of data
as DP slave overall
as DP slave overall
Yes
Yes
244 byte
Ordering data
CP 5603
Software for FMS communication

required
Yes, FMS-5613
for use of CP 5603 in Microbox

420/427B/427C; consisting of
CP 5603 module and Microbox
expansion frame

for FMS connection maximum
40
CP 5603 expansion rack
Performance data
S7 communication
Yes, HARDNET-PB S7 (S7-5613)

50
Performance data
multi-protocol mode
50

per PC station
207

Product function Port diagnostics
approvals
Standard
for EMC
2004/108/EC
CAN/CSA C22.2 & UL 60950-1,
UL 508
EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-4
EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2
CE mark
C-Tick
Yes
Yes
Accessories
Accessories
optional: Expansion rack for

SIMATIC Microbox and slide-in plate
for SIMATIC S7 modular embedded
controller
6GK1560-3AA00-0AE0
Accessories
6GK1500-0FC10

insulation displacement
Yes
6GK1560-3AE00
Metal plate with RS485 cutout for

inserting for the S7 modular
embedded controller

configuration
6GK1560-3AA00-0AU0
for use of CP 5603 in

SIMATIC S7-MEC;
consisting of CP 5603 and withdrawable unit for CP 5603 for installation in
the EM PCI-104 expansion module of
the SIMATIC S7-MEC
CP 5603 insert plate

6GK1560-3AU00
for use in Microbox 420/427B/427C

with mounting material
CP 5603 mEC Package

required
6GK1560-3AA00
PCI-104 card for connection to

PROFIBUS incl. DP-Base software
with NCM PC; DP-RAM interface for
DP master or DP slave, incl. PG and
FDL protocols; single license for one
installation, runtime software, software
Class A, for operating system support
see SIMATIC NET software
German/English
244 byte
Performance data
FMS functions
Article No.
6XV1830-0EH10

for quick assembly, 2-core, shielde
Sold in meter;
max. length 1 000 m
minimum order 20 m
Stripping Tool
6GK1905-6AA00
Preset stripping tool for

6GK1500-0AA10

Note:
More information
You can find the HARDNET-PB DP Development Kit
on the Internet at:
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-net/dk5613
3/186
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 5613 A3
Overview
Benefits
Fast process data exchange;

access to process data by means of direct access to the dual
port RAM of the hardware
environments
time
Application
kwTz
mtz
vwj
wnVvw
z^Vz\
nprXWXWX]Z
kwTt
PCI card (universal keyed 5 V/3.3 V) with own microprocessor

for connection of PCs and SIMATIC PG/PC to PROFIBUS at up
to 12 Mbit/s
- PROFIBUS DP master according to IEC 61158/61784 on a
PCI card
- PG/OP communication with STEP 7
FDL interface
commissioning and operation of the module
High performance over direct dual-port RAM access
Event and filter mechanisms to reduce the loading on the
host CPU
Multiprotocol operation and parallel operation of up to four
CPs
Implementation in Motion Control applications is possible
because a constant bus cycle time is supported
included in the scope of supply of the respective communications software.
The CP 5613 A3 supports the connection of a SIMATIC PG/PC

and PCs with PCI slot to PROFIBUS.
The CP 5613 A3 provides high-performance support for
control tasks on the PC (PC based Control, Numeric Control,
Robot Control).
Design
Short PCI card

Operation possible in 3.3V and 5V PCI slots (universal keyed)
33 MHz or 66 MHz PCI clock
Operation possible as 32-bit card in a 64-bit PCI X-slot
9-pin sub-D socket for connection to PROFIBUS
Diagnostics LEDs
Parallel operation of up to four CPs
The module is installed by means of PCI standard mechanisms

(Plug&Play).
If the CP 5613 A3 is used as DP master or in a PG/OP on a
PROFIBUS DP, the connection is made:
to the electrical PROFIBUS via
- Bus connector and PROFIBUS bus cable or
- bus terminal (e.g. bus terminal 12M) and PROFIBUS bus
cable
to the optical PROFIBUS with OLM via
- bus cable with two bus connectors or
- PROFIBUS plug-in cable 830-1T
to the optical PROFIBUS with OBT and integrated
interface via
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/187
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 5613 A3
Function
PROFIBUS DP

The CP 5613 A3 is operated as a PROFIBUS DP master module

that stores the process image (input/output and diagnostic data)
in the dual-port RAM (memory area on the CP). High-performance data transfer to and from the PROFIBUS slaves is
performed autonomously by the hardware of the CP 5613 A3.
The user accesses the dual-port RAM directly.

The process data of the slaves are always consistent, i.e. the
user receives the data of a slave from one and the same DP
cycle.
This software supports programming of the SIMATIC S7 controllers over PROFIBUS in combination with STEP 7. PG/OP communication is already available after the CP 5613 A3 (DP-Base) has
been installed. No additional software packages are required.
Parallel operation of the HARDNET-PB DP and DP-Base


based on the FDL interface

installation of the CP 5613 A3 (DP-Base) and provides services
The user receives up-to-date data over two access

mechanisms:
Notification through event/filter mode on changing the input
data of a slave (minimal loading for host CPU)
Notification by means of an interrupt of the diagnostic alarms
from slaves
means of interrupt:
- Start DP cycle
- End of cyclic data communication with DP slaves
FastLogic
FastLogic means that the CP 5613 A3 can react autonomously
to 4 plant statuses. This results in a short response time and
independence from the host application, e.g. fast shutdown of
devices.
The DP programming interface (DP-Base) of the CP 5613 A3
features the following functions:

Mini database
Trace
User interfaces
OPC interface
can be used as standard programming interface for the
PROFIBUS DP, open communication and S7 communication
protocols for linking automation technology applications to OPCcapable Windows applications (Office, HMI systems, etc.).

services) are offered in a library (DP_BASE.DLL).
Configuration
The S7 communication, open communication, DP protocol
(DP-V0/DP-V1/DP-V2) protocols are configured in STEP 7 or
NCM PC.
Diagnostics

functions DP master Class 1 including acyclic DP expansions.

PROFIBUS DP network. These tools can be used for quick and
easy start-up of a PROFIBUS network with a CP 5613 A3.

RAM. The DP RAM interface not only offers fast access as DP
master but also a basis for porting to other operating system
environments (e.g. VXWorks, QNX, RMOS, RTX).
The HARDNET-PB DP Development Kit is used to integrate the

CP 5613 A3 and CP 5614 A3 communications processors into
any operating system environment. The kit contains the necessary source code, including the descriptions in PDF format, and
can be downloaded free of charge from the Internet.
3/188
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 5613 A3
Article No.
6GK1561-3AA02
Article No.
6GK1561-3AA02
CP 5613 A3
CP 5613 A3
Transmission rate

required
Interfaces
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS

DC
Supply voltage
3.3 V
12 V

at 3.3 V with DC
at 12 V with DC
9%
8%
Consumed current
with DC maximum
with DC maximum
Resistive loss
0.15 A
0.25 A
3.5 W

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Performance data
PROFIBUS DP
5 55 C
-20 +60 C
-20 +60 C
operating maximum
85 %
Protection class IP
IP00
DPV0
DPV1
DPV2
usable
Amount of data
per DP slave
per DP slave
data per DP slave
required
Service as DP slave
DPV0
DPV1
Amount of data
as DP slave overall
as DP slave overall
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
124
30 256 byte
30 256 byte
244 byte
244 byte
244 byte
No
Yes
Yes
244 byte
244 byte
Performance data
S7 communication
required

50
Performance data
multi-protocol mode

Module format
PCI
Width
Height
Depth
0.018 m
0.107 m
0.125 m
Net weight

multiprotocol mode
50

per PC station
207
0.098 kg

configuration
Number of plug-in cards in the same

design can be plugged in
per PC station

components general
Performance data
Standard
for EMC
Performance data
open communication

delivery of the CP

80
Yes
approvals

89/336/EEC
CAN/CSA C22.2 & UL 60950-1,
UL 1950
EN 61000-6-3
EN 61000-6-2
CE mark
C-Tick
Yes
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/189
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 5613 A3
Ordering data
CP 5613 A3
Article No.
6GK1561-3AA02
PCI card (32-bit; 3.3 V/5 V) for

connection to PROFIBUS incl.
DP-Base software; DP-RAM interface
for DP master, incl. PG and
FDL protocols; single license for
one installation, runtime software,
CD-ROM, Class A, for operating
system support see SIMATIC NET
software V12
English/German
6GK1500-0FC10

6XV1830-0EH10

for quick assembly, 2-core, shielded
Sold in meters
Delivery unit max. 1 000 m
Minimum order 20 m
6GK1500-0AA10

Stripping Tool
6GK1905-6AA00

Note:
3/190
Siemens IK PI 2015

on the Internet at:
The CP 5613 A3 module can also be used under the LINUX
and UNIX operating systems. Information on the available
LINUX distributors and UNIX operating systems can be found at:
Accessories
More information
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 5614 A3
Overview
Benefits
Fast access to process data by means of direct access to the

dual port RAM of the hardware
environments
Reduced number of slots;
through parallel operation as DP master and DP slave
Can also be used in typical motion control applications
Real-time capable data exchange in constant bus cycle time
mode
kwTz
mtz
vwj
wnVvw
Application
z^Vz\
nprXWXWX]Z
kwTt
PCI card (universal keyed 5 V/3.3 V) with own microprocessor

for connection of PCs and SIMATIC PG/PC to PROFIBUS at up
to 12 Mbit/s
- PROFIBUS DP master and slave interface according to
IEC 61158/61784 on one PCI card
FDL interface
commissioning and operation of the module
High performance over direct dual-port RAM access
Event and filter mechanisms to reduce the loading on the
host CPU
Multiprotocol operation and parallel operation of up to
four CPs
Implementation of Motion Control applications is possible
because a constant bus cycle time is supported
The CP 5614 A3 supports the connection of a SIMATIC PG/PC

and PCs with PCI slot to PROFIBUS. It can be either a DP master
or a DP slave.
Two different PROFIBUS networks can then be connected in a
hierarchic structure on a PC with a PROFIBUS card and data can
be transferred between the two.
The CP 5614 A3 provides high-performance support for
Robot Control).
Design
Short PCI card

Operation possible in 3.3 V and 5 V PCI slots (universal keyed)
Operation possible as 32-bit card in a 64-bit PCI X-slot
2 x 9-pin sub-D socket for connection to PROFIBUS
Diagnostics LEDs
Parallel operation of up to four CPs

(Plug&Play).
If the CP 5614 A3 is used as DP master, DP slave, or in a PG/OP
on a PROFIBUS DP, the connection is made:
- Bus connector and PROFIBUS bus cable or
- bus terminal (e.g. bus terminal 12M) and
PROFIBUS bus cable
interface via
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/191
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 5614 A3
Function
PROFIBUS DP
Access to process data

The CP 5614 A3 is operated as a PROFIBUS DP master and
DP slave module that stores the process image (input/output
and diagnostic data) in the dual-port RAM. High-performance
data transfer to and from the PROFIBUS slaves is performed
autonomously by the hardware of the CP 5614 A3. The user
accesses the dual-port RAM directly.
Parallel operation of the HARDNET-PB DP software (DP master)

and DP-Base software (DP master, DP slave) is not possible.
SIMATIC S7-400
Controller
(DP-Master)
Programming device
External system
PROFIBUS DP
DP-Master
PC
DP-Slave
CP 5614 A3/CP 5624

e.g. robot controller
ET 200pro
ET 200S
ET 200S
ET 200M
G_IK10_XX_50021
PROFIBUS DP
Example configuration of CP 5614 A3 as DP master and DP slave
FastLogic

Cyclic polling of the DP slaves (high loading for host CPU)
Notification through event/filter mode on changing the input
data of a slave (minimal loading for host CPU)
FastLogic means that the CP 5614 A3 can react autonomously

to 4 plant statuses. This results in a short response time and
independence from the host application, e.g. fast shutdown of
devices.

The DP master programming interfaces of the CP 5613 A3 and

CP 5614 A3 are identical.

Notification by means of an interrupt of the diagnostic alarms
from slaves
means of interrupt:
- Start DP cycle
- End cyclic data communication with DP slaves
The DP programming interface of the CP 5614 A3 features the

following functions:
DP slave
DP master Class 1 including acyclic DP expansions
3/192
Siemens IK PI 2015

Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 5614 A3
services as well as diagnostic functions) are provided through
a DP master and DP slave library (DP_BASE.DLL and
DPS_BASE.DLL).
A transfer mechanism (PC application) can be activated in the
software as a linking component for data transfer between the
master and slave interface.
Defined I/O data can be transferred in this manner between the
master interface and the slave interface.
The two connected PROFIBUS networks can be operated
with different PROFIBUS bus parameters because they are
independent of each other.
functions DP master Class 1 and DP slave (incl. acyclic DP
expansions)
The HARDNET-PB DP Development Kit is used to integrate the
CP 5613 A3 and CP 5614 A3 communications processors into
any operating system environment. The kit contains the necessary source code, including the descriptions in PDF format, and
can be downloaded free of charge from the Internet.
This software supports programming of the SIMATIC S7
controllers over PROFIBUS in combination with STEP 7.
PG/OP communication is already available after the CP 5614 A3
(DP-Base) has been installed. No additional software packages
are required.
based on the FDL interface

Mini database
Trace

User interfaces
OPC interface
PROFIBUS DP (DP master and DP slave), open communication,
S7 communication and PROFIBUS FMS protocols for linking
automation technology applications to OPC-capable Windows
applications (Office, HMI systems, etc.).
Configuration
The S7 communication, open communication, DP protocol
(DP-V0/DP-V1/DP-V2) protocols are configured in STEP 7 or
NCM PC.
Diagnostics
PROFIBUS DP network. These tools can be used for quick and
easy start-up of a PROFIBUS DP network with a CP 5614 A3.

installation of the CP 5614 A3 (DP-Base) and provides services
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/193
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 5614 A3
SIMATIC S7-1500 with
CM 1542-5 (DP-Master)
wjG
jwG\]XZGhZVG
jwG\]YZ
RS 485
DP-Slave
Transfer
mechanism
DP-Master
CP 5614 A3/
CP 5624
PROFIBUS
Distributed I/Os
G_IK10_XX_50110
PROFIBUS
ET 200M
ET 200S
Configuration example for CP 5614 A3
Article No.
6GK1561-4AA02
Article No.
6GK1561-4AA02
CP 5614 A3
CP 5614 A3
Transmission rate
Transmission rate
with PROFIBUS
with PROFIBUS

Interfaces
with PROFIBUS
with PROFIBUS
with PROFIBUS
with PROFIBUS
1
1

DC
Supply voltage
3.3 V
12 V

at 3.3 V with DC
at 12 V with DC
9%
8%
3/194
0.15 A
0.3 A
4W
Resistive loss
Siemens IK PI 2015
5 55 C
-20 +60 C
-20 +60 C
operating maximum
85 %
Protection class IP
IP00

Module format
PCI
Width
Height
Depth
18 mm
107 mm
125 mm
Net weight
0.118 kg

components general

Consumed current
with DC maximum
with DC maximum
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport

in per PC station
Performance data
Performance data
open communication
FDL driver included in scope

of delivery of the CP

80
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 5614 A3

Article No.
6GK1561-4AA02
CP 5614 A3
DPV0
DPV1
DPV2
DP master usable
Amount of data
per DP slave
per DP slave
required
Service as DP slave
DPV0
DPV1
Amount of data
as DP slave overall
as DP slave overall
CP 5614 A3
Yes
Yes
Yes
PCI card (32-bit; 3.3 V/5 V) master

and slave connection to PROFIBUS
incl. DP-Base software; DP-RAM
interface for DP master, incl. PG and
FDL protocols; single license for one
installation, runtime software, software
see SIMATIC NET software V12;
German/English
124
Accessories
Performance data
PROFIBUS DP
required
Ordering data
No
30 256 byte
30 256 byte
244 byte
No
Stripping Tool
244 byte
Yes
Yes
244 byte
244 byte
Performance data
S7 communication
6GK1561-4AA02
3
6GK1500-0FC10


Sold by the meter
244 byte
Article No.
6XV1830-0EH10
6GK1905-6AA00
Preset stripping tool for fast stripping

of PROFIBUS FastConnect bus
cables
6GK1500-0AA10

Note:
More information

required

50

on the Internet at:

50

per PC station
207
The CP 5614 A3 module can also be used under the LINUX

and UNIX operating systems. Information on the available
LINUX distributors and UNIX operating systems can be found at:
Performance data
multi-protocol mode

configuration

Yes
approvals
Standard
for EMC
89/336/EEC
CAN/CSA C22.2 & UL 60950-1,
UL 1950
EN 61000-6-3
EN 61000-6-2
CE mark
C-Tick
Yes
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/195
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 5623
Overview
Benefits

environments
Preventive maintenance measures;
deriving of measures by evaluating system runtime and
ambient temperature
time
'36
)06
23&
3*23
66
Application
*B,.B;;B
'30
PCI Express card (PCIe x1) with own microprocessor for

connecting PCs and SIMATIC PG/PC to PROFIBUS at up to
12 Mbit/s
- PROFIBUS DP master Class 1 and 2 or DP slave according
to IEC 61158/61784 on a PCI card
FDL interface
Event and filter mechanism for reducing the load on the
host CPU
four CPs
The CP 5623 supports the connection of SIMATIC PG/PC and

PCs with PCI Express slot to PROFIBUS.
The CP 5623 provides high-performance support for
Robot Control).
Design
Short PCI Express card

Can also be operated in PCI Express x4, x8 or x16 slots
Diagnostic LEDs
Parallel operation of up to four CPs1)

(Plug&Play).
If the CP 5623 is used as DP master or in a PG/OP on a
PROFIBUS DP, the connection is made:
- bus connector and PROFIBUS bus cable or
cable
interface via
1)
3/196
Siemens IK PI 2015
FMS-5613 supports up to two CP 5603/CP 5613 A2/5614 A2/CP 5623/

CP 5624 processors
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 5623
Function
PROFIBUS DP
The CP 5623 is operated as PROFIBUS DP master module that
keeps the process image (input/output and diagnostics data) in
the dual port RAM (memory area on the CP). The hardware of the
CP 5623 independently executes the high-performance exchange of data with the PROFIBUS slaves. The user accesses
the dual-port RAM directly.
Parallel operation of the HARDNET-PB DP and DP-Base
S7-400 with
CP 443-5 Extended
(DP master)
SIMATIC S7-1200
with CM 1243-5
S7-300 with CP 342-5

(DP master)
PC with CP 5613 A3/

CP 5623
and DP Base
(DP master)
S7-1500 with
CM 1542-5
Third-party device
PG with STEP 7
and CP 5711
SIMATIC S7-1200
with CM 1242-5
S7-1500
with CP 1542-5
ET 200S
G_IK10_XX_50007
PROFIBUS DP
Example configuration of PROFIBUS DP for SIMATIC S5/S7 and PG/PC

Notification by means of event/filter mode when changing the
input data of a slave (minimal loading for host CPU)
The DP programming interface (DP-Base) of the CP 5623 has

the following functionality:
DP slave



means of interrupt:
- Start DP cycle
- End of cyclic data exchange with DP slaves
FastLogic
many as four plant statuses. This results in a short response time
of devices.

services, as well as diagnostic functions) are provided through
a library (DP_BASE.DLL or DPS_BASE.DLL).
functions DP master Class 1 including acyclic DP expansions
be downloaded free of charge from the Internet.
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/197
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 5623



for the CP 5623 is already available following installation of the
CP 5623 (DP-Base). No additional software packages are
required.
Open communication
Mini database
Trace

Information Report)
User interfaces
OPC interface
PROFIBUS DP, open communication, S7 communication and
PROFIBUS FMS in order to connect automation technology
applications to OPC-compatible Windows applications (Office,
HMI systems, etc.)
Development Kit.
Configuration
Diagnostics
and easy start-up of a PROFIBUS network with a CP 5623.
3/198
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 5623
Article No.
6GK1562-3AA00
Article No.
6GK1562-3AA00
CP 5623
CP 5623
Transmission rate

required
Interfaces
PROFIBUS
with PROFIBUS

usable
PCI Express x1
Amount of data
per DP slave
per DP slave
data per DP slave
DC
Supply voltage
3.3 V
12 V

at 3.3 V with DC
at 12 V with DC
9%
8%
Resistive loss
0.72 A
0.25 A
5.4 W

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
DPV0
DPV1
DPV2

Consumed current
with DC maximum
with DC maximum
Performance data
PROFIBUS DP
5 60 C
-20 +60 C
-20 +60 C
operating maximum
85 %
Protection class IP
IP00

required
Service as DP slave
DPV0
DPV1
Amount of data
as DP slave overall
as DP slave overall
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
124
30 256 byte
30 256 byte
244 byte
244 byte
244 byte
No
Yes
Yes
244 byte
244 byte
Performance data
FMS functions
required
Yes, FMS-5613

for FMS connection maximum
40
Performance data
S7 communication

Module format
Width
Height
Depth
21.6 mm
126.3 mm
180.5 mm
Net weight
102 g

components general
Number of plug-in cards in the
same design can be plugged in
per PC station

CP 5603 / CP 5613 A2 / CP 5614 A2 /

required

for S7/PG communication maximum
50
Performance data
multi-protocol mode
50

per PC station
207

configuration
Performance data
Performance data
open communication


delivery of the CP
approvals

80
Standard
for EMC
2004/108/EC
CAN/CSA C22.2 & UL 60950-1
EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-4
EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2
CE mark
C-Tick
Yes
Yes
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/199
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 5623
Ordering data
CP 5623
Article No.
6GK1562-3AA00

connection to PROFIBUS incl. DPBase software with NCM PC; DPRAM interface for DP master or DP
slave, incl. PG and FDL protocols;
Class A, for operating system support see SIMATIC NET software
German/English
Software-Upgrade
6GK1561-3AA01-3AE0
Accessories
6GK1500-0FC10

6XV1830-0EH10

for quick assembly, 2-core,
shielded
Sold in meters
max. length 1 000 m
minimum order 20 m
Stripping Tool
6GK1905-6AA00

6GK1500-0AA10

Note:
3/200
Siemens IK PI 2015

on the Internet at:
The CP 5623 module can also be used under LINUX and
UNIX operating systems. Information on the available LINUX
distributors and UNIX operating systems can be found at:
fr CP 5603, CP 5613 A2 und

CP 5623 auf Edition 2008 oder V8.1
More information
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 5624
Overview
'36
)06
23&
3*23

environments
Saving of slots through parallel operation as DP master and
DP slave
Preventive maintenance measures;
deriving of measures by evaluating system runtime and
ambient temperature
time204
66
*B,.B;;B
'30
Benefits
PCI Express card (PCIe x1) with own microprocessor for

connecting PCs and SIMATIC PG/PC to PROFIBUS at up to
12 Mbit/s
Two 9-pin sub-D sockets for parallel operation as DP master
and DP slave
- PROFIBUS DP master and slave interface according to
IEC 61158/61784 on one PCI card
FDL interface
Event and filter mechanism for reducing the load on the
host CPU
four CPs
Application
The CP 5624 supports the connection of SIMATIC PG/PC and

PCs with PCI Express slot to PROFIBUS. It can be both DP
master and DP slave.
This enables two different PROFIBUS networks to be connected
in a hierarchical structure to a PC and to exchange data using
one PROFIBUS card.
The CP 5624 provides high-performance support for
Robot Control).
Design

Can also be operated in PCI Express x4, x8 or x16 slots
2 x 9-pin sub-D socket for connection to PROFIBUS
Diagnostic LEDs
Parallel operation of as many as four CPs1)

(Plug&Play).
If the CP 5624 is used as DP master, DP slave, or in a PG/OP on
a PROFIBUS DP, the connection is made:
- bus connector and PROFIBUS bus cable or
cable
interface via
1)
FMS-5613 supports up to two CP 5603/CP 5613 A2/5614 A2/CP 5623/

CP 5624 processors
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/201
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 5624
Function
PROFIBUS DP
Access to process data
The CP 5624 is operated as PROFIBUS DP master and DP slave
module, which keeps the process image (input/output and diagnostic data) in the dual port RAM. The hardware of the CP 5624
independently executes the high-performance exchange of
data with the PROFIBUS slaves. The user accesses the dualport RAM directly.
Parallel operation of the HARDNET-PB DP software (DP master)
and DP-Base software (DP master, DP slave) is not possible.
SIMATIC S7-400
Controller
(DP-Master)
Programming device
External system
PROFIBUS DP
DP-Master
PC
DP-Slave
CP 5614 A3/CP 5624

e.g. robot controller
ET 200pro
ET 200S
ET 200M
ET 200S
G_IK10_XX_50021
PROFIBUS DP
Example configuration of CP 5624 as DP master and DP slave
FastLogic

Cyclic polling of the DP slaves (high loading for host CPU)
Notification through a new type of event/filter mode on
changing the input data of a slave (minimal loading for host
CPU)

many as four plant statuses. This results in a short response time
of devices.

means of interrupt:
- Start DP cycle
- End cyclic data communication with DP slaves
3/202
Siemens IK PI 2015
The DP programming interface of the CP 5624 has the following
functionality:
DP slave
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 5624
services as well as diagnostic functions) are provided through
a DP master and DP slave library (DP_BASE.DLL and
DPS_BASE.DLL).
A transfer mechanism (PC application) can be activated in the
software as a linking component for data transfer between the
master and slave interface.
Defined I/O data can be transferred in this manner between the
master interface and the slave interface.
The two connected PROFIBUS networks can be operated with
different PROFIBUS bus parameters because they are independent of each other.
functions DP master Class 1 and DP slave (incl. acyclic DP
expansions)
be downloaded free of charge via the Internet.
for the CP 5624 is already available following installation of
the CP 5624 (DP-Base). No additional software packages are
required.
Open communication

Information Report)
User interfaces
OPC interface
PROFIBUS DP (DP master and DP slave), open communication,
S7 communication and PROFIBUS FMS in order to connect automation technology applications to OPC-compatible Windows
applications (Office, HMI systems, etc.).
Development Kit.

Configuration
Diagnostics


and easy start-up of a PROFIBUS DP network with a CP 5624.

Mini database
Trace
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/203
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 5624
SIMATIC S7-1500 with
CM 1542-5 (DP-Master)
wjG
jwG\]XZGhZVG
jwG\]YZ
RS 485
DP-Slave
Transfer
mechanism
DP-Master
CP 5614 A3/
CP 5624
PROFIBUS
Distributed I/Os
G_IK10_XX_50110
PROFIBUS
ET 200M
ET 200S
Configuration example for CP 5624
Article No.
6GK1562-4AA00
Article No.
6GK1562-4AA00
CP 5624
CP 5624
Transmission rate
Transmission rate
with PROFIBUS
with PROFIBUS

Interfaces
with PROFIBUS
with PROFIBUS
with PROFIBUS
with PROFIBUS
1
1

PCI Express x1

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
5 60 C
-20 +60 C
-20 +60 C
operating maximum
85 %
Protection class IP
IP00

Module format
Width
Height
Depth
21.6 mm
126.3 mm
180.5 mm
Net weight
117 g

components general
4
in the same design can be plugged in
per PC station
DC
Supply voltage
3.3 V
12 V

at 3.3 V with DC
at 12 V with DC
9%
8%
Performance data
open communication
0.75 A


delivery of the CP

80
Consumed current
with DC maximum
with DC maximum
3/204
Siemens IK PI 2015

CP 5603 / CP 5613 A2 / CP 5614 A2 /
Performance data
0.3 A
6.1 W
Resistive loss
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 5624

Article No.
6GK1562-4AA00
CP 5624
Performance data
PROFIBUS DP
required
DPV0
DPV1
DPV2
Number of DP slaves
on DP master usable
Amount of data
per DP slave
per DP slave
data per DP slave
required
Service as DP slave
DPV0
DPV1
Amount of data
as DP slave overall
as DP slave overall
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
124
Ordering data
CP 5624
30 256 byte

244 byte
No
Yes
Yes
244 byte
244 byte
Accessories
244 byte
6GK1562-4AA00

master and slave connection to
PROFIBUS incl. DP-Base software
with NCM PC; DP-RAM interface for
DP master, incl. PG and FDL protocols; single license for one installation, runtime software, software and
see SIMATIC NET software;
German/English
30 256 byte
244 byte
Article No.
6GK1500-0FC10
6XV1830-0EH10

for quick assembly, 2-core, shielded,
sold in meters;
minimum order 20 m
Stripping Tool
6GK1905-6AA00

cables
6GK1500-0AA10

Note:
Performance data
FMS functions
required
Yes, FMS-5613

FMS connection maximum
40
Performance data
S7 communication
required

50
More information
on the Internet at:
Performance data
multi-protocol mode
50

per PC station
207

configuration

Yes
approvals
Standard
for EMC
2004/108/EC
CAN/CSA C22.2 & UL 60950-1
EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-4
EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2
CE mark
C-Tick
Yes
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/205
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 5612
Overview
Benefits
Connection for portable PCs (e.g. for diagnostics and

commissioning)
Easy installation and startup
Optimally coordinated with SOFTNET
Uniform procedure and configuration functionality with
NCM PC and STEP 7
Flexible use possible in PG/PC through PCI 3.3/5 V, 33/
66 MHz and compatibility with 64-bit PCI X slot
Application
'36
)06
23&
3*23
66
*B,.B;;B
'30
PCI card (universal-keyed 5 V/3.3 V) for connecting PCs and

SIMATIC PG/PC to PROFIBUS at up to 12 Mbit/s and to the
MPI interface of SIMATIC S7
- PROFIBUS DP Master Class 1 incl. acyclic DP expansions
with SOFTNET-PB DP software package
- PROFIBUS DP slave with SOFTNET-PB DP Slave software
package
- S7 communication with SOFTNET-PB S7 software package
- Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE on basis of the
FDL interface) with SOFTNET-PB DP or SOFTNET-PB S7
software package
Can be used with:
- STEP 7, STEP 7-Micro/Win, SIMATIC PDM
(for PG/OP communication)
- SOFTNET-PB S7 (for S7 communication)
- SOFTNET-PB DP, SOFTNET-PB DP slave (for DP)
The CP 5612 permits the connection of programming devices

(PGs) and PCs to PROFIBUS and to the multipoint interface
(MPI) of the SIMATIC S7:
for PGs/PCs with PCI slot
Design
Short PCI card
Operation possible in 3.3 V and 5 V PCI slots (universal
keyed)
Operation possible as 32-bit card in a 64-bit PCI X slot
Function
The CP 5612 is operated under various software packages and
offers the user the opportunity of performing functions of the programming devices and PCs by means of PROFIBUS and the
multipoint interface (MPI).
Only one CP can be used per PG or PC. Similarly only one
protocol (PROFIBUS DP, S7 communication or FDL) can be used
per CP.
The following software packages support the CP 5612:
STEP 7 from V5.5 SP3;
Drivers for the CP 5612 are included with STEP 7.
SOFTNET-S7 V8.2 SP1 and higher;
This package allows the S7 programming interface to be
used.
SOFTNET-DP V8.2 SP1 and higher;
This enables the CP 5612 to be used as PROFIBUS DP master
Class 1 or Class 2.
SOFTNET-DP Slave V8.2 SP1 and higher;
For use of the CP 5612 as PROFIBUS DP slave
NCM PC;
Drivers for the CP 5612 are included in the scope of supply
(SIMATIC NET CD V8.2 SP1 and higher).
WinCC/WinCC Flexible;
3/206
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 5612
Article No.
6GK1561-2AA00
6GK1561-2AM00
CP 5612
CP 5612 MPI
DC
DC
Supply voltage
3.3 V
12 V
3.3 V
12 V

at 3.3 V with DC
at 12 V with DC
9%
8%
9%
8%
0.15 A
0.15 A
0.25 A
0.25 A
3.5 W
3.5 W
5 55 C
-20 +60 C
-20 +60 C
5 55 C
-20 +60 C
-20 +60 C
operating maximum
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP00
IP00
Module format
PCI
PCI
Width
Height
Depth
18 mm
107 mm
125 mm
18 mm
107 mm
125 mm
Net weight
98 g
298 g
Transmission rate
Interfaces
with PROFIBUS
with PROFIBUS

Consumed current
with DC maximum
with DC maximum
Resistive loss
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport

components general
1
per PC station
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/207
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 5612

Article No.
6GK1561-2AA00
6GK1561-2AM00
CP 5612
CP 5612 MPI

Yes, SOFTNET-PB DP / SOFTNET-PB DP Slave /

SOFTNET-PB S7

SOFTNET-PB S7

50
50
Yes, SOFTNET-PB DP
Yes, SOFTNET-PB DP
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
64
64
14 640 byte
14 640 byte
14 640 byte
14 640 byte
244 byte
244 byte
244 byte
244 byte
244 byte
244 byte
Yes, SOFTNET-PB DP slave
Yes
No
Yes
No
122 byte
122 byte
122 byte
122 byte

required
Yes, SOFTNET-PB S7
Yes, SOFTNET-PB S7

207
207
included in scope of delivery of required software product
Performance data
Performance data
open communication
Performance data
PROFIBUS DP
Software for
DP master function required
DPV0
DPV1
DPV2
DP master usable
Amount of data
per DP slave
per DP slave
data per DP slave
required
Service as DP slave
DPV0
DPV1
Amount of data
as DP slave overall
as DP slave overall
Performance data
S7 communication
Performance data
multi-protocol mode
per PC station
configuration
3/208
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 5612

Article No.
6GK1561-2AA00
6GK1561-2AM00
CP 5612
CP 5612 MPI
Standard
for EMC
89/336/EEC
CAN/CSA C22.2 & UL 60950-1, UL 1950
EN 61000-6-3
EN 61000-6-2
89/336/EEC
CAN/CSA C22.2 & UL 60950-1, UL 1950
EN 61000-6-3
EN 61000-6-2
CE mark
C-Tick
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
optional: MPI cable
included in scope of supply: MPI cable
approvals
Accessories
Accessories
Ordering data
CP 5612
PCI card (32-bit)
PCI card (32-bit)
CP 5612 and MPI cable, 5 m
Article No.
6GK1561-2AA00
Note:
6GK1561-2AM00
Accessories
6GK1500-0FC10

6XV1830-0EH10

sold in meters;
minimum order 20 m
Stripping Tool
6GK1905-6AA00

6GK1500-0AA10

Siemens IK PI 2015
3/209
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 5622
Overview
Benefits
Connection for portable PCs (e.g. for diagnostics and

commissioning)
Easy installation and startup
Optimally coordinated with SOFTNET
Uniform procedure and configuration functionality with
NCM PC and STEP 7
Can be used flexibly as PCIe x1 card in PC/IPC with
PCI Express x1, x4, x8 or x16 slots
Application
'36
)06
23&
3*23
66
*B,.B;;B
'30
PCI Express card (PCIe x1) for connection of PCs and

SIMATIC PG/PC to PROFIBUS at up to 12 Mbit/s and to the
MPI of the SIMATIC S7
package
- Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE on basis of the
FDL interface) with SOFTNET-PB DP or SOFTNET-PB S7
software package
Can be used with:
- STEP 7, STEP 7-Micro/Win, SIMATIC PDM
(for PG/OP communication)
3/210
Siemens IK PI 2015
The CP 5622 permits the connection of programming devices

(PGs) and PCs to PROFIBUS and to the multipoint interface
(MPI) of the SIMATIC S7:
for PGs/PCs with PCI Express slot
Design
Operation in the PCI Express x1, x4, x8 or x16 slots is possible
Function
The CP 5622 is operated under various software packages and
offers the user the opportunity of performing functions of the
programming devices and PCs by means of PROFIBUS and the
multipoint interface (MPI).
Only one CP can be used per PG or PC. Similarly only one
protocol (PROFIBUS DP, S7 communication or FDL) can be used
per CP.
Drivers for the CP 5622 are included with STEP 7.
SOFTNET-S7 V8.2 SP1 and higher;
This package allows the S7 programming interface to be
used.
SOFTNET-DP V8.2 SP1 and higher;
This enables the CP 5622 to be used as PROFIBUS DP master
Class 1 or Class 2.
SOFTNET-DP Slave V8.2 SP1 and higher;
For use of the CP 5622 as PROFIBUS DP slave
NCM PC;
WinCC/WinCC Flexible;
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 5622
Article No.
6GK1562-2AA00
6GK1562-2AM00
CP 5622
CP 5622 MPI
PCI Express x1
PCI Express x1
DC
DC
Supply voltage
3.3 V
12 V
3.3 V
12 V

at 3.3 V with DC
at 12 V with DC
9%
8%
9%
8%
0.3 A
0.3 A
0.25 A
0.25 A
4W
4W
5 55 C
-20 +60 C
-20 +60 C
5 55 C
-20 +60 C
-20 +60 C
operating maximum
85 %
85 %
Protection class IP
IP00
IP00
Module format
PCI Express x1
PCI Express x1
Width
Height
Depth
18 mm
107 mm
101 mm
18 mm
107 mm
101 mm
Net weight
87 g
287 g
Transmission rate
Interfaces
PROFIBUS
with PROFIBUS

Consumed current
with DC maximum
with DC maximum
Resistive loss
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport

components general
1
per PC station
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/211
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 5622

Article No.
6GK1562-2AA00
6GK1562-2AM00
CP 5622
CP 5622 MPI


SOFTNET-PB S7

SOFTNET-PB S7

50
50
Yes, SOFTNET-PB DP
Yes, SOFTNET-PB DP
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
64
64
14 640 byte
14 640 byte
14 640 byte
14 640 byte
244 byte
244 byte
244 byte
244 byte
244 byte
244 byte
Yes
No
Yes
No
122 byte
122 byte
122 byte
122 byte

required
Yes, SOFTNET-PB S7
Yes, SOFTNET-PB S7

for S7/PG communication maximum
207
207
Performance data
Performance data
open communication
Performance data
PROFIBUS DP
required
DPV0
DPV1
DPV2
usable
Amount of data
per DP slave
per DP slave
data per DP slave
required
Service as DP slave
DPV0
DPV1
Amount of data
as DP slave overall
as DP slave overall
Performance data
S7 communication
Performance data
multi-protocol mode
per PC station
configuration
3/212
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 5622

Article No.
6GK1562-2AA00
6GK1562-2AM00
CP 5622
CP 5622 MPI
Standard
for EMC
2004/108/EC
CAN/CSA C22.2 & UL 60950-1, UL 508
EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-4
EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2
2004/108/EC
CAN/CSA C22.2 & UL 60950-1, UL 508
EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-4
EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2
CE mark
C-Tick
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
optional: MPI cable
included in scope of supply: MPI cable
approvals
Accessories
Accessories
Ordering data
CP 5622
PCI Express x1 card (32-bit)
for connection of a PG or PC
to PROFIBUS
PCI Express x1 card (32-bit)
CP 5622 and MPI cable, 5 m
Article No.
6GK1562-2AA00
Note:
6GK1562-2AM00
Accessories
6GK1500-0FC10

6XV1830-0EH10

sold in meters;
minimum order 20 m
Stripping Tool
6GK1905-6AA00

cables
6GK1500-0AA10

Siemens IK PI 2015
3/213
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 5711
Overview
Benefits
Portability and flexibility

Connection for portable PCs, e.g. for diagnostics and
commissioning
Low-cost PROFIBUS controller and device solutions for
embedded PCs (without PCI or PC104 bus)
Fault-free connection to the PROFIBUS for diagnosis at all
times due to permanent installation on Profibus and
connection via USB in the event of maintenance and
diagnosis
Easy installation and commissioning due to plug & play
technology
Application
'36
)06
23&
3*23
66
*B,.B;;B
'30
USB adapter for the connection of PCs and SIMATIC PG/PC to

PROFIBUS DP or MPI via USB 2.0
Operation in extended temperature range of -20 C to +60 C
Active PROFIBUS termination to supply the PROFIBUS
network as end station of a segment
Robust USB connection due to mechanical locking of the USB
connector to the CP 5711 enclosure
- PROFIBUS DP master Class 1 and 2 according to
IEC 61158/61784 with SOFTNET-PB DP software package
package
- PG/OP communication with STEP 5 or STEP 7 software
package
- Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE on basis of the FDL
interface) with SOFTNET-PB DP or SOFTNET-PB S7 software
package
PROFIBUS connection with up to 12 Mbit/s
Can be used with:
- STEP 7, STEP 7 Micro/WIN, WinCC/WinCC flexible,
NCM PC, SIMATIC PDM (for PG/OP communication)
3/214
Siemens IK PI 2015
The CP 5711 enables the connection of SIMATIC PG/PC and

PCs with USB interface to PROFIBUS and to the multi-point
interface (MPI) of SIMATIC S7.
Design
USB V2.0 connection
Adapter with 9-pin sub-D socket for connection to PROFIBUS
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 5711
Function
The CP 5711 is a USB V2.0 adapter that can be used on either
a USB V2.0 port (bandwidth 480 Mbit/s) or a USB V1.1 port
(1.5 Mbit/s). It can be used with various software packages and
offers users the ability to perform functions of the programming
devices and PCs/OPs via PROFIBUS and the multi-point interface (MPI).
PC/IPC with CP 5711

and SOFTNET
for PROFIBUS
The CP 5711 is powered directly via the USB interface of the

PC system. Regardless of whether the USB cable is plugged
in or unplugged, the active power supply of the PROFIBUS
network is drawn from the external 24 V DC power supply unit.
Only one CP per PG/PC/OP can be operated. Likewise, only one

protocol (PROFIBUS DP, S7 communication, or FDL) can be
used per CP.
drivers for the CP 5711 are included with STEP 7.
SOFTNET-S7 from V7.1;
the S7 programming interface can be used with this package.
SOFTNET-DP from V7.1;
with this, the CP 5711 can be used as PROFIBUS DP master
Class 1 or 2.
SOFTNET-DP slave from V7.1;
for operating the CP 5711 as PROFIBUS DP slave
STEP 7-Micro/WIN;
drivers for the CP 5711 are included with STEP 7-Micro/WIN.
WinCC/WinCC flexible;
the CP 5711 can be used as a hardware basis for the configuration tool for SIMATIC Operator Panels, Touch Panels, and
Text Displays.
NCM PC;
under Windows XP Professional
SIMATIC PDM;
drivers for the CP 5711 are included with SIMATIC PDM.
PROFIBUS
S7-300
with CP 342-5
S7-1500 with
CM 1542-5
or CP 1542-5
S7-400 with
CP 443-5 Extended
G_IK10_XX_50034
Optional for the use of the CP 5711 in control cabinets or in the

vicinity of SIMATIC S7 controllers, a mounting adapter (DIN rail)
is available to attach the CP to the 35 mm DIN rail.
Diagnostics
Numerous diagnostic tools are available for the CP 5711.
For support, the module also includes comprehensive LED
diagnostics. Operating and signal states can be recognized
quickly via five LEDs.
Configuration
The S7 communication, open communication and DP
protocols can be configured in STEP 7 or NCM PC.
PROFIBUS SOFTNET software packages.
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/215
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 5711
Order No.
6GK1571-1AA00
6GK1571-1AM00
CP 5711
CP 5711 MPI

with PROFIBUS
Number of interfaces according

to USB

for power supply

Standard-B socket with mechanical interlock

Standard-B socket with mechanical interlock
Yes
Yes
DC
DC

external supply
Yes
Yes
5V
24 V
18 V
30 V
Supplied directly from USB provided that supply from PC
is adequate; alternative external supply is possible
5V
24 V
18 V
30 V
Supplied directly from USB provided that supply from PC
is adequate; alternative external supply is possible
5%
5%
5%
5%
Consumed current
from USB
0.5 A
0.3 A
0.5 A
0.3 A
Resistive loss
2.5 W
2.5 W
0 60 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +60 C
5 60 C
-20 +60 C
-20 +60 C
operating maximum
85 %
85 %
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
Module format
USB V2.0 adapter
USB V2.0 adapter
Width
Height
Depth
85 mm
137 mm
35 mm
85 mm
137 mm
35 mm
Net weight
300 g
500 g
Mounting type 35 mm DIN rail

mounting
Yes
Yes
Mounting type
Mounting on DIN rail with optional mounting rail support
Mounting on DIN rail with optional mounting rail support
Transmission rate
Interfaces

with PROFIBUS
for power supply
of the USB interface
Standard for interfaces USB 2.0
Supply voltage
from USB
external
- minimum
- maximum
note
at 5 V with DC
at 24 V with DC

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
3/216
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 5711

Order No.
6GK1571-1AA00
6GK1571-1AM00
CP 5711
CP 5711 MPI
Number of plug-in cards in

the same design can be plugged in
per PC station

components general
Performance data
Performance data
open communication

SOFTNET-PB S7
50
for open communication by means of

SOFTNET-PB S7
50
Performance data
PROFIBUS DP
required
Yes, SOFTNET-PB DP
Yes, SOFTNET-PB DP
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
64
64
15 616 byte
15 616 byte
15 616 byte
15 616 byte
244 byte
244 byte
244 byte
244 byte
244 byte
244 byte
Yes
No
Yes
No
122 byte
122 byte
122 byte
122 byte

required
Yes, SOFTNET-PB S7
Yes, SOFTNET-PB S7

207
207
DPV0
DPV1
DPV2
DP master usable
Amount of data
per DP slave
per DP slave
data per DP slave
required
Service as DP slave
DPV0
DPV1
Amount of data
as DP slave overall
as DP slave overall
Performance data
S7 communication
Performance data
multi-protocol mode
per PC station
configuration
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/217
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
CP 5711

Order No.
6GK1571-1AA00
6GK1571-1AM00
CP 5711
CP 5711 MPI
Yes
Yes
Standard
for EMC
2004/108/EC
CAN/CSA C22.2 & UL 60950-1
EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-4
EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2
2004/108/EC
CAN/CSA C22.2 & UL 60950-1
EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-4
EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2
CE mark
C-Tick
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Accessories
optional: MPI cable, mounting rail support
included in scope of supply: MPI cable /

optional: rail support
Article No.
6GK1571-1AA00-0AD0
Steckleitung USB fr CP 5711

approvals
Accessories
Product description
For connecting a CP 5711 to the USB

interface of a PG/PC/IPC or notebook
Cable length
2m
Mechanical data
Net weight
0.1 kg
Ordering data
Article No.
CP 5711
device or notebook to PROFIBUS
or MPI, under 32 bit in connection
with PROFIBUS SOFTNET software
or STEP 7;
German/English
USB V2.0 adapter
USB V2.0 adapter CP 5711
and MPI cable, 5 m
Article No.
Accessories
6GK1500-0FC10

6GK1571-1AA00
6GK1571-1AM00
6XV1830-0EH10

sold in meters;
minimum order 20 m
Stripping Tool
6GK1905-6AA00

6GK1500-0AA10

Mounting rail support
Compartment for CP 5711 enclosure;
fastened mechanically to 35 mm
DIN rail
Note:
3/218
Siemens IK PI 2015
6GK1571-1AA00-0AH0
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Overview
Benefits
PC/IPC with
CP 5612/
CP 5622/CP 5711
and SOFTNET for
PROFIBUS
Maximum transparency due to integrated communication with

SIMATIC via PROFIBUS and OPC as the standard interface
Low-cost connection
- as PROFIBUS DP master class 1 or master class 2 with
SOFTNET-PB DP
- as PROFIBUS DP slave with SOFTNET-PB DP slave
- to S7 communication with SOFTNET-PB S7
Simple and low-cost commissioning thanks to uniform
procedure and configuration functionality with NCM PC
and STEP 7
PROFIBUS
S7-1200 with
CM 1243-5
S7-1500 with
CM 1542-5
S7-300 with
CP 342-5
'36
)06
23&
3*23
66
*B,.B;;B
'30
S7-400 with
CP 443-5 Extended
G_IK10_XX_50039
Application
Software for connecting PCs/programming devices and

notebooks to programmable controllers
- PROFIBUS DP master Class 1 and 2 with acyclic expansions
- PROFIBUS DP slave
- S7 communication
FDL interface
included in the scope of supply of the respective communications software
With SOFTNET for PROFIBUS, PCs can be connected to

programmable controllers, such as SIMATIC S7, over
PROFIBUS.
The following user interfaces are available:
DP protocol
PG/OP communication for SIMATIC S7
S7 communication
Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) based on the
FDL interface
SOFTNET is available for the following interfaces:
CP 5612 (PCI, 32 bit)
CP 5622 (PCIe x1)
CP 5711 (USB V2.0)
The operating systems that are supported are listed in the
ordering data for the SOFTNET software.
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/219
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Function
Software for DP protocol (SOFTNET-PB DP)
DP Master Class 1
SOFTNET-PB DP offers DP master class 1 functionality. The

central controller exchanges information with the DP slaves (e.g.
ET 200S) in a specified, constantly repeating message cycle.
The OPC programming interface provides the PC programmer
with function calls for data transfer. The DP interface also provides the SYNC and FREEZE functions as well as activation and
deactivation of slaves.
The DP function expansions for masters of Class 1 make it
possible to perform read and write functions (DS_READ,
DS_WRITE) as well as acknowledgement of alarms
(ALARM_ACK) at the same time as processing cyclic data communication. Data that are to be transferred in acyclic mode (e.g.
parameterization data) are only rarely changed in comparison to
the cyclic measured values, and are transferred at lower priority
in parallel with the cyclic high-speed user data transfer. Alarm
acknowledgement by the master ensures reliable transfer of the
alarms from DP slaves.
DP Master Class 2
In addition to DP master Class 1 services, SOFTNET-PB DP also
provides DP Master Class 2 services. Devices of this type are
used (programming, configuration or control devices) during
start-up, for configuring the DP system or for controlling the plant
during normal operation (diagnostics). The DP programming
interface provides the following services: Reading master
diagnostics, slave diagnostics, inputs/outputs of a slave, configuration data and modifying slave addresses. These extended
DP functions comprise non-isochronous access to the parameters and measured values of a slave (e.g. field devices of
process automation and intelligent HMI devices). This type of
slave must be supplied with extensive parameter data during
start-up and during normal operation (DS_READ, DS_WRITE).
DP slave (SOFTNET-PB DP slave)
Software for S7 communication (SOFTNET-PB S7)

Mini database
Trace
Software for open communication
This interface based on Layer 2 is used for communication
between
PG/PC and PG/PC
used
SEND/RECEIVE offers the following services:
Management services
This interface is included in SOFTNET-PB DP and
SOFTNET-PB S7. No configuration is necessary.
A DP slave is an I/O station that reads in input data and transfers

output data to the I/O. The volume of input and output information is determined by the user application and can be a maximum of 122 bytes each. For the slave interface, a simple example GSD file is provided that can be adapted by the user to the
slave application. This GSD file can be configured using any
configuration tool which complies with the PROFIBUS DP
specification IEC 61158/EN 50170, e.g. STEP 7 or NCM PC.
User interfaces
OPC interface
Mode of operation
Special programming device packages are not required because the drivers are included in the STEP 7 scope of supply.
With SOFTNET, the complete protocol stack is processed in the

PC.

PROFIBUS DP, open communication and S7 communication
protocols for linking automation technology applications to
OPC-capable Windows applications (Office, HMI systems, etc.).
This architecture means that in contrast to the CP 5613 or

CP 5614 products, the performance of the SOFTNET packages
is dependent on the configuration or loading of the PC used.
Configuration
The S7 communication protocol, open communication
protocol and DP protocol are configured in STEP 7/
NCM PC V5.1 + SP2 and higher.
3/220
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Performance data
CP 5612/CP 5622/CP 5711
Mono protocol mode

Number of connectable DP slaves
max. 60
Number of FDL tasks waiting
max. 50
Number of PG/OP and

S7 connections
DP master
max. 8
DP slave
Ordering data
DP-V0, DP-V1
with SOFTNET-PB DP
DP-V0, DP-V1
with SOFTNET-PB DP slave
Article No.
Article No.
SOFTNET-PB S7
Software for S7 communication, incl.

FDL protocol with OPC server and
configuration tool, runtime software,
DVD-ROM, license key on USB stick,
Class A; for CP 5612 (Win 7 and
higher), CP 5622 (Win 7 and higher),
CP 5711
For 1 year, with automatic extension;

requirement:
Upgrade
SOFTNET-DP Edition 2008 or V12
From V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to
SOFTNET-DP Edition 2008 or V12
SOFTNET-PB S7 V12
6GK1704-5CW12-0AA0
6GK1704-5CW00-3AL0

requirement:
6GK1704-5DW00-3AE1
Software for DP slave, with

OPC server and configuration tool,
electronic manual on DVD-ROM,
for CP 5612 (Win 7 and higher),
CP 5622 (Win 7 and higher),
CP 5711
SOFTNET-PB DP slave V12
6GK1704-5CW00-3AE0
6GK1704-5CW00-3AE1
SOFTNET-PB DP
Software for DP protocol
(master Class 1 and 2), incl.
FDL protocol with OPC server and
configuration tool; runtime software,
DVD-ROM, license key on USB stick;
for CP 5612 (Win 7 and higher),
CP 5622 (Win 7 and higher),
CP 5711
for 32/64-bit:
for 32/64-bit: Windows 8 Pro;
for 64-bit: Windows 2012 Server;
German/English
6GK1704-5SW12-0AA0
6GK1704-5SW00-3AL0

requirement:
Upgrade
SOFTNET-DP Slave Edition 2008
or V12
From V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to
SOFTNET-DP Slave Edition 2008
or V12
SOFTNET-PB DP V12
for 32/64-bit:
German/English
6GK1704-5DW00-3AE0
SOFTNET-PB DP slave
for 32/64-bit:
German/English
Upgrade
SOFTNET-S7 Edition 2008 or V12
From V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to
SOFTNET-S7 Edition 2008 or V12
6GK1704-5DW00-3AL0
6GK1704-5SW00-3AE0
6GK1704-5SW00-3AE1
6GK1704-5DW12-0AA0
Note:
see the Industry Mall: http://www.siemens.com/industrymall.
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/221
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Overview
Standardized, open multi-vendor interface
Interfacing of OPC-capable Windows applications to DP, FMS,
S7 communication and open communication (SEND/
RECEIVE) based on the FDL interface
OPC Scout with browser functionality as an OPC client and

OCX-Data-Control/.NET Data Control for simple OPC client
creation
The relevant OPC servers are supplied with each communication software package
PC/Windows PC
SIMATIC NET
OPC-Scout
WinCC
OPC-Client
Microsoft Office
OPC-Client
OPC XML
Webclient
OPC UA
COM/DCOM
DP OPC server
FMS OPC server
S7 OPC server
Internet
Intranet
S/R OPC server
PN IO OPC server
SNMP
OPC server
OPC XML DA
as Web service
DP protocol
FMS protocol
S7 communication
Open
communication
(SEND/RECEIVE)
PROFINET
SNMP
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
S7-1500
S7-1500
PC
S7-1200
S7-1200
S7-400
S7-300
ET 200pro
PC
SIMATIC S5
(SEND/RECEIVE only)
PROFIBUS
System integration with OPC server
Benefits
Different networks and protocols can be easily used thanks to

the uniform interface
Reduced training and familiarization costs
Easy interfacing in the system environment and office applications over C++, Visual Basic and .NET interfaces
Fast creation of applications
Easy handling and cost-effective because the corresponding
OPC server is included in the scope of supply of the
respective communications software
3/222
Siemens IK PI 2015
G_IK10_XX_50700
SIMATIC S5
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Application
used in automation.
A fundamental distinction is made between the classic OPC
and its consistent further development OPC UA (Unified Architecture). Smooth migration to the new OPC UA standard is easily
possible; this offers further value added such as security. The
SIMATIC NET OPC servers offer the two interfaces OPC UA and
classic OPC for PROFIBUS.
The following communications interfaces are available over OPC
for PROFIBUS:
DP communication for PROFIBUS DP
DP-V0 Master Class 1 and Master Class 2
DP-V1 Master Class 1 and Master Class 2
PROFIdrive V3 interface for profile server
FMS communication for PROFIBUS FMS
S7 communication
Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) based on the FDL
interface
Function
Open standardization of the addressing using logical names
for objects from an automation component or an automation
system
Supports STEP 7 symbols
Efficient data transfer from a process component to an application for further processing
One client application can use several servers simultaneously
Simultaneous execution of more than one client is possible on
one OPC server
The communication protocols can be operated in parallel
Interfaces
- "Custom Interface for high-performance C++/NET applications
- "Automation Interface" for easily created Visual Basic
applications (or similar)
- OCX Data Control or .NET Data Control for simple
connection to Windows applications that support COM/
DCOM
- XML DA interface;
Data access to S7 CPUs is therefore possible over the
Internet.
Configuration
The communication parameters are configured using only the
tools of the configuration software (configuration console,
SIMATIC NCM PC or STEP 7 V5.1 + SP2 and higher)
The OPC server offers:

Data Access interface 2.05
Alarm&Event interface 1.1
OPC XML DA interface 1.0
Integration of automation products of different manufacturers
The same, easy-to-use user interface for different components
Can be accessed from every computer in the LAN
High-performance data access over the Custom Interface
(C++, NET)
Easy to use with the Automation Interface (VB, NET) or the
supplied OCX Data Control or .NET Data Control
Grouping of variables (items); this way large quantities of data
can be processed in a short time
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/223
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Application X
Application Y
UGGUGGU
~jj
vwjG
hG
vwjG
UGGUGGU
Server A
Server B
Server C
PN
OPC server
S7
OPC server
FMS
OPC server
DP
OPC server
XY
OPC server
Comparison of conventional client/server architecture with an OPC architecture
Programming

reading and writing of variables
Product versions
include OPC servers for:
HARDNET-PB DP
PROFIBUS DP, XML-DA
HARDNET-PB S7
S7 communication, XML-DA
FMS-5613
FMS communication, XML-DA
Use of quantity operations;

so a large amount of data can be
processed in a short time.
SOFTNET-PB S7
S7 communication, XML-DA
SOFTNET-PB DP
PROFIBUS DP, XML-DA
Custom Interface (C++, NET);

for high OPC performance
SOFTNET-PB DP slave
PROFIBUS DP, Slave XML-DA
DP-Base software for

HARDNET-PB CPs
Open communication (FDL)

PROFIBUS DP Master,
Access to DP-slave of the
CP 5614 A3/CP 5624, XML-DA
Monitoring of variables using the

OPC server with a signal to the client
when a change occurs
Interfaces
Automation Interface
(VB, Excel, Access, Delphi, ...)
for ease-of-use
Graphics with OCX
or .NET Data Control;
for configuring instead of
programming
OPC XML-Interface for Data Access
S7 communication
Protocols
Open communication
(SEND/RECEIVE)
PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS FMS
3/224
Siemens IK PI 2015
G_IK10_XX_50042
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Overview
Design
used in automation. OPC UA (Unified Architecture) is the result
of consistent further development of this standard, offering
additional functions such as security or redundancy.
Benefits
Enhanced plant availability thanks to redundant OPC UA
servers that guarantee plant access for operator control and
monitoring systems
Secures investments thanks to the use of existing applications
(OPC clients) and flexible application options, regardless of
the SIMATIC S7 controller used
Improved utilization of IT resources thanks to even distribution
of the OPC clients among the redundant OPC servers
Easy and low-cost commissioning thanks to uniform
procedure and configuration functionality with NCM PC and
STEP 7
Industrial Ethernet
S7 OPC redundancy
Station A
Station B
Industrial Ethernet
PROFIBUS
Application
The redundant OPC UA server software enables redundant
configuration of SIMATIC NET OPC UA servers. Failure of one
OPC UA server, as a result of power outage or system failure, for
example, results in immediate use of the other OPC UA server,
and continuation of the existing OPC UA client connection. This
ensures increased availability of automation data to operator
control and monitoring systems.
S7 OPC redundancy
OPC UA
synchronization
G_IK10_XX_10295
S7 OPC Redundancy is a software product compliant with the

OPC UA standard that enables the redundant configuration of
OPC UA servers to SIMATIC S7. The availability of automation
data to operator control and monitoring systems is guaranteed
thanks to the redundant use of OPC UA servers. This requires
neither additional cabling for synchronizing the redundant
OPC UA servers, nor additional programming overhead in the
PC. The OPC UA servers are synchronized via high-performance Industrial Ethernet network access points at 10/100
and 1 000 Mpbs. S7 OPC Redundancy represents an integrated
customer solution for all SIMATIC NET S7 SOFTNET and
HARDNET software products in the automation world.
HMI
Redundant use of OPC servers
A redundant OPC UA server system comprises the following:

Server PC
with
Operating system for Windows server
SOFTNET-PB S7 or HARDNET-PB S7 software based on
OPC UA server
S7 OPC Redundancy software
The redundant operation of up to two OPC UA servers is possible.
Client PC (HMI)
Software for OPC clients that supports OPC UA (incl.
REDCONNECT functionalities in accordance with OPC UA
specification)
The communication parameters are configured using STEP 7 or
SIMATIC NET NCM PC. A configuration tool is included in the
scope of delivery of the SIMATIC NET PC products.
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/225
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Function
Ordering data
S7 OPC Redundancy enables the setup of redundant OPC UA

servers, thus ensuring plant access for the operator control and
monitoring systems.
This means, for example, that the information synchronization
between two SIMATIC NET S7 OPC servers via the S7 OPC
Redundancy software package is guaranteed. This is handled
transparently for the OPC Client application so that in the event
of a fault, the redundant OPC server takes over the tasks from
the failed OPC server system.
Data exchange between the OPC clients and the OPC servers
takes place via the standardized OPC UA communication.
Communication with the SIMATIC S7 controller takes place using
the S7 protocol. This is ensured by the software products
SIMATIC NET SOFTNET or HARDNET-S7 for PROFIBUS that
are necessary as the basis for SIMATIC NET IE S7 OPC
Redundancy.
The S7 OPC Redundancy software package supports:
High availability;
Failure of one OPC UA server results in immediate use of the
other OPC UA server, and continuation of the existing OPC UA
client connection. The basis for this is the OPC UA synchronization that ensures synchronization of the necessary client
information.
Load compensation;
Even distribution of OPC clients among the available OPC
servers
Configuration
corresponding packages.
3/226
Siemens IK PI 2015
Article No.
S7 OPC Redundancy
Software for redundant OPC
servers, Runtime software, software and electronic manual
on CD-ROM, license key
on USB stick, Class A
S7 OPC Redundancy V12
for PROFIBUS
for 64-bit Windows 2008 server R2;
English/German
6GK1706-5CW12-0AA0

For 1 year, with automatic
extension; requirement:
6GK1706-5CW00-3AL0
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Software
Ordering data
Software HARDNET-PB DP
Development Kit for integration in
other operating system environments
Article No.
see
http://www.siemens.com/simaticnet/dk5613
For CP 5603, CP 5613 A2,

CP 5614 A2, CP 5613 A3,
CP 5614 A3, CP 5623, CP 5624
Software upgrade
For CO 5603, CO 5613 A, CO 5614 A,
CO 5613 A3, CP 5614 A3, CP 5623,
CP 5624 to Edition 2008 or V12
6GK1561-3AA01-3AE0
Article No.
HARDNET-PB S7
Software for S7 communication incl.
PG and FDL protocol, OPC server and
DVD-ROM, license key on USB flash
drive, Class A
for CP 5603, CP 5613 A2,
CP 5614 A2, , CP 5613 A3,
CP 5614 A3, CP 5623, CP 5624
HARDNET-PB DP
Software for DP, incl. PG and FDL
protocol, OPC server and
on DVD-ROM, license key on
For CP 5603, CP 5613 A2,
CP 5614 A2, , CP 5613 A3,
CP 5614 A3, CP 5623, CP 5624
for 32/64-bit:
for 64-bit: Windows 2012 Server
German/English
6GK1713-5CB12-0AA0
6GK1713-5CB00-3AL0

Requirement: current software version
Upgrade
from Edition 2006 or 2007
to S7-5613 Edition 2008
or HARDNET-PB S7 V12
from V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3
to S7-5613 Edition 2008
or HARDNET-PB S7 V12
HARDNET-PB DP V12
for 32/64-bit:
German/English
6GK1713-5DB12-0AA0
SOFTNET-PB S7
6GK1713-5DB00-3AL0
6GK1713-5DB00-3AE0
Software for S7 communication,

including FDL protocol with
Class A
6GK1713-5DB00-3AE1
for CP 5612 (Win 7 or higher),

CP 5622 (Win 7 or higher), CP 5711

Upgrade
from Edition 2006 or 2007
to DP-5613 Edition 2008
or HARDNET-PB DP V12
from V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3
to DP-5613 Edition 2008
or HARDNET-PB DP V12
HARDNET-PB S7 V12
6GK1713-5CB00-3AE0
6GK1713-5CB00-3AE1
SOFTNET-PB S7 V12
for 32/64-bit:
German/English
6GK1704-5CW12-0AA0
6GK1704-5CW00-3AL0

requirement: current software version
Upgrade
from Edition 2006
to SOFTNET-S7 Edition 2008 or V12
from V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3
to SOFTNET-S7 Edition 2008 or V12
6GK1704-5CW00-3AE0
6GK1704-5CW00-3AE1
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/227
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Software
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
SOFTNET-PB DP
SOFTNET-PB DP slave
Software for DP protocol (Master

Class 1 and 2), including FDL
protocol with OPC server and
on DVD-ROM, license key
on USB flash drive
Software for DP slave, with

Single License for one installation,
Class A


SOFTNET-PB DP V12
SOFTNET-PB DP slave V12
for 32/64-bit:
German/English
6GK1704-5DW12-0AA0
for 32/64-bit:
German/English
6GK1704-5SW12-0AA0
6GK1704-5DW00-3AL0
6GK1704-5SW00-3AL0

Upgrade
from Edition 2006
to SOFTNET-DP Edition 2008 or V12
from V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3
to SOFTNET-DP Edition 2008 or V12

6GK1704-5DW00-3AE0
6GK1704-5DW00-3AE1
Upgrade
from Edition 2006
to SOFTNET-DP Slave Edition 2008
or V12
from V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3
to SOFTNET-DP Slave Edition 2008
or V12
6GK1704-5SW00-3AE0
6GK1704-5SW00-3AE1
Note:
see the Industry Mall: http://www.siemens.com/industrymall
3/228
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
PC adapter USB A2
Overview
Benefits
Portability and flexibility;

Connection for portable PCs, e.g. for diagnostics and
commissioning
Easy installation and commissioning due to plug & play
technology
Power supply via the USB interface
Application
The PC adapter USB A2 enables the connection of SIMATIC PG/
PC and PCs with USB interface to PROFIBUS and to the multipoint interface (MPI) of SIMATIC S7.
It can be used with Windows XP SP2 and higher and supports
all MPI and PROFIBUS baud rates.
kwTz
mtz
wnVvw
z^Vz\
Design
nprXWXWZ\_
kwTt
USB adapter for the connection of PCs/Notebooks and SIMATIC

PG/PC to the SIMATIC S7 automation system via USB interface.
For connection to USB 1.1, 2.0 and 3.0 interfaces
Power supply from the USB interface
PROFIBUS connection with up to 12 Mbit/s
Support for routing
Automatic transmission rate and profile search
Can be used as of Windows XP SP2
As of Windows 7, can also be used with 64-bit system
Scope of delivery:
- PC adapter USB A2
- CD with drivers for the PC adapter USB A2
- USB cable
- MPI cable 0.3 m
USB port
Adapter with 9-pin sub-D socket for connection to PROFIBUS
or MPI
Function
The PC adapter USB A2 can be operated both on a USB V1.1
port and on a USB V2.0 or USB V3.0 port. It offers users the ability to perform both programming device and PC/OP functions via
PROFIBUS and the multi-point interface (MPI). Only one USB A2
PC adapter can be operated per PG/PC/OP.
The USB A2 PC adapter is powered directly via the USB interface of the PC system.
The following software packages support the USB A2 PC
adapter:
STEP 7
TIA Portal
NCM PC
SIMATIC PDM
Drive ES
Diagnostics
Three LEDs are available for diagnosing the USB A2 PC adapter.
These LEDs allow quick detection of various operating states
and signal states.
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/229
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
PC adapter USB A2
Article No.
6GK1571-0BA00-0AA0
Article No.
6GK1571-0BA00-0AA0
PC adapter USB A2
PC adapter USB A2
Transmission rate

Interfaces

with PROFIBUS

to USB

with PROFIBUS
of the USB interface
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
Relative humidity at 30 C during the

operating phase maximum
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20

Standard-B socket

DC

external supply
No
Supply voltage
from USB
note
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Module format
USB V2.0 adapter
Width
Height
Depth
58 mm
26 mm
105 mm
Net weight
365 g
Mounting type 35 mm DIN

rail mounting
No

components general
5V
Supply direct from USB

1
per PC station

at 5 V with DC
5%
Consumed current from USB
0.2 A
Resistive loss
1W
Yes
approvals
Standard
for EMC
2004/108/EC
cULus, UL 60950-1, CSA22.2
EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-4
EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2
CE mark
C-Tick
Yes
Yes
Accessories
Accessories
Ordering data
PC adapter USB A2
for connecting a PG/PC
or Notebook to PROFIBUS or MPI;
delivery
3/230
Siemens IK PI 2015
Article No.
6GK1571-0BA00-0AA0
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Overview
The SIMATIC Basic Panel, Comfort Panel and Mobile Panel offer
HMI functionality for the control systems:
SIMATIC S7
Non-Siemens controllers:
- Allen Bradley
- Mitsubishi
- Modicon
- Omron
OPC communication
For more detailed information, refer to the WinCC (TIA Portal)

user manual, the "Windows-based systems communication"
manual, or the WinCC (TIA Portal) online help.
Communication based on HTTP message frames enables

variables to be exchanged between SIMATIC HMI systems.
OPC Data Access is an open standard for exchanging both

local and remote variables between various applications via
HTTP communication for variable exchange between
SIMATIC HMI systems
OPC communication and HTTP communication are offered for all

Panels with an integrated Ethernet interface. Both OPC and
HTTP communication can be used in parallel with the process
links to SIMATIC S7 or non-Siemens PLCs.
Note:
Interface options for HMI devices: See the individual device
descriptions.
Communication standard
SIMATIC HMI
Version
Comfort Panel
Mobile Panel 177 PN

MP 177
Mobile Panel 277
WinCC Runtime Advanced
OPC Data Access V2.05a + OPC UA Data Access V1.01 + OPC Data Access XML V1.00
OPC DA client
(COM/DCOM)
OPC DA server
(COM/DCOM)
OPC UA DA client
OPC UA DA server
HTTP communication for variable exchange between SIMATIC HMI systems

HTTP client
HTTP server

Siemens IK PI 2015
3/231
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC S7
Overview
The following types of interface are differentiated in respect of

the link between the SIMATIC Panels and SIMATIC S7 controllers:
PROFINET interface:
Industrial Ethernet TCP/IP using the integrated PROFINET
interface of the CPU or, alternatively, a PROFINET interface
module.
MPI/PROFIBUS interface:
MPI/PROFIBUS using the integrated MPI/PROFIBUS interface
of the CPU or the integrated PPI interface of the CPU in the
case of S7-200 or, alternatively, a PROFIBUS interface module
in the case of S7-1200, S7-1500, S7-300 and S7-400.
PPI interface:
Coupling of SIMATIC Panel to SIMATIC S7-200 via PPI network
using the integrated PPI interface of the CPU
The maximum possible number of S7 connections of one CPU is
determined by its performance capacity (see Catalog ST 70);
from the point of view of SIMATIC Panel, the following restrictions
apply:
Basic Panel, Comfort Panel 4", Mobile Panel 177:
max. 4 connections
Comfort Panel 7" - 22": max. 8 connections
PC with WinCC Runtime Advanced: max. 8 connections
PPI interface
The PPI interface is a point-to-point connection between a
SIMATIC Panel (PPI master) or alternatively a PG (PPI master)
and an S7-200 (PPI slave).
MPI/PROFIBUS interface or PROFINET interface
The corresponding multipoint-enabled communication interfaces of SIMATIC Panels and SIMATIC S7 are used.
The following are possible:
Interface between one or more SIMATIC Panels (MPI master)
and one or more S7-1200/S7-1500/S7-300/S7-400s or WinAC
(MPI master) (possible network topology: MPI/PROFIBUS or
Industrial Ethernet, TCP/IP)
Interface between one or a number of SIMATIC Panels
(MPI master) and one or a number of S7-200s (MPI slave)1)
(possible network topology: PPI, MPI/PROFIBUS)
Unlike PPI connections, MPI connections are static connections
that are set up during booting and then monitored.
The original format of a master/master link has been joined by a
master/slave link, which has enabled integration of the S7-200
(except CPU 212).1)
In principle this type of information exchange between SIMATIC
Panels and SIMATIC S7 is independent of the network used, PPI,
MPI/PROFIBUS or Industrial Ethernet: SIMATIC Panels are S7
clients and SIMATIC S7 CPUs are S7 servers.
1)
3/232
Siemens IK PI 2015
With regard to restricted baud transmission rates for S7-200,

see Catalog ST 70.
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC S7
Controller
SIMATIC HMI
Target hardware (PROTOCOL)

(physics)
Basic Panel
Comfort Panel
Mobile Panel 177 DP 1) Mobile Panel 277 1)

Mobile Panel 177 PN 1)
WinCC Runtime
Advanced

(MPI protocol)
an max. 4 x S7-200
3)
3)

(MPI-Protokoll)
an max. 4 x S7-200
4)
6)
4) 6)
6)
5) 6)
over PPI network

(MPI protocol)
an max. 4 x S7-200
4)
over PPI network

(PPI protocol)
an max. 1 x S7-200
7)
7)
7)
5) 7)
SIMATIC S7-200 2)

- System interface not possible
1)
Mobile Panel connection via special connecting cable and junction box (see Mobile Panel), see Manual for cable layout
2)
Controllers can be combined as desired
3)
Basic Panel PN and Mobile Panel 177 PN only
4)
Not Basic Panel PN or Mobile Panel 177 PN
5)
Connection via integrated MPI/PROFIBUS interface; in the case of a standard PC, a communications processor (CP) is to be used
(e.g. CP 5611 A2)
6)
Only on passive S7-200; OP 77B auch an aktive S7-200
7)
Can be interfaced via PPI to max. 1 x S7-200 (PPI); network operation (parallel PG, etc.) is possible
Note:
Detailed information regarding cable layout can be found in the
online help for WinCC.
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/233
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Overview
SIMATIC WinCC Runtime Advanced visualization software
PC-based HMI solution for single-user systems directly at the
machine
Basic package for visualization, reporting and logging, user
administration, can be expanded flexibly with VB scripts
Can be integrated into automation solutions based on TCP/IP
networks
Expanded service concepts with remote operation,
diagnostics and administration over the intranet and Internet
in combination with email communication
SIMATIC WinCC Runtime Professional

PC-based operator control and monitoring system for visualization and operator control of processes, production flows,
machines and plants in all sectors from the simple singleuser station through to distributed multi-user systems and
cross-location solutions with web clients. WinCC Runtime
Professional is the information hub for corporation-wide
vertical integration.
Industry-standard functions for signaling and acknowledging
events, archiving of messages and measured values, logging
of all process and configuration data, user administration, can
be expanded flexibly with VB and C scripts
Also included are APIs for the Runtime to utilize the open
programming interfaces
3/234
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Overview
Communication SIMATIC WinCC Runtime Advanced
WinCC Advanced is an open visualization system and offers the
option of connecting the most diverse control systems.
WinCC Advanced permits the parallel coupling of up to 8 controllers.
Current notes and information about OPC servers from many different suppliers can be found at: http://www.opcfoundation.org/
WinCC Advanced supports the standards:
OPC XML Data Access 1.00 (client via DCOM/XML gateway)

and controllers which are directly supported by WinCC
Advanced. Generally it is also possible to connect third-party
controllers via OPC (OLE for Process Control).
Coupling overview for WinCC Runtime Advanced

Protocol
Description
PC interface
Channel for communication via MPI, PROFIBUS

with max. 8 x SIMATIC S7 controllers
CP 5611 A2
CP 5612
CP 5621
CP 5622
CP 5711
CP 5613 A2
CP 5613 A3
CP 5623
SIMATIC S7
MPI, PROFIBUS
(S7 communication)
S7-1200 with CM 1243-5 (DP master), S7-1500

S7-300, S7-400,
S7-200 (passive S7-200 only)
PPI
(PPI protocol)
Channel for communication via PPI with

1 x SIMATIC S7-200
(network operation, e.g. parallel PG possible)
Software interface
(S7 communication)
Channel for communication via software interface with WinAC
CP 5611 A2
CP 5612
CP 5621
CP 5622
CP 5711
CP 5613 A2
CP 5613 A3
CP 5623
SINUMERIK 1)
MPI
(S7 communication)
1)
Channel for communication via MPI

with SINUMERIK 840D sl
CP 5611 A2
CP 5612
CP 5621
CP 5622
CP 5711
CP 5613 A2
CP 5613 A3
CP 5623
"SINUMERIK Operate WinCC RT Advanced" license required;

for further information, see NC 60 Catalog.
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/235
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Communication SIMATIC WinCC Runtime Professional
WinCC Professional is an open process visualization system and

offers the option of connecting the most diverse control systems.

and controllers which are directly supported by WinCC Professional. Generally it is also possible to connect third-party controllers via OPC (OLE for Process Control).
Released communication software

Only communication software with the listed (or higher) product
versions should be used. Corresponding SIMATIC NET upgrades are available for the upgrading of older versions.
With CP 1613/CP 1623, a maximum of 64 S7 controllers can
be connected via Industrial Ethernet; with CP 5612/CP 5622 a
maximum of 8, and with CP 5613 A3 a maximum of 44 S7 controllers can be connected via PROFIBUS. With approx. 10 or
more controllers, the use of Industrial Ethernet is recommended.
WinCC Professional supports the standards:

OPC HDA 1.20
OPC A&E 1.10
Communication between the clients and the server is implemented using the TCP/IP protocol. The construction of a
separate PC-LAN is recommended. For small projects with
correspondingly small message frame advent, a SIMATIC NET
Industrial Ethernet can be used for both process communication
(WinCC/server PLC) and for PC-PC communication (WinCC/
client WinCC/server)
Coupling overview for WinCC Runtime Professional

Protocol
Description
PC interface
Protocol Suite with channel units for communication with SIMATIC S7 via
Ethernet TCP/IP (S7 communication) to
S7-1200, S7-1500, S7-300, S7-400
MPI, PROFIBUS (S7 communication) to
S7-1200 with CM 1243-5 (DP master), S7-1500, S7-300, S7-400
Software interface (S7 communication) to Win AC
CP 5612
CP 5622
CP 5711
CP 5613 A3
CP 5623
SIMATIC S7
SIMATIC S7
Communications examples
Industrial Ethernet
SIMATIC S7-400
WinCC
Runtime
Advanced
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC S7-300
WinCC Runtime Advanced single-user system
3/236
Siemens IK PI 2015
SIMATIC S7-1200
nz{_WWW[]`
Current notes and information about OPC servers from many different suppliers can be found at: http://www.opcfoundation.org/
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
WinCC RT
Professional
Client
WinCC RT
Professional
Client
WinCC RT
Professional
Client
WinCC RT
Professional
Client
Industrial Ethernet
3
WinCC RT
Professional
Server
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC S7-400
nz{_WWW[^X
SIMATIC S7-400
WinCC Runtime Professional multi-user system with operable Server
OPC Client
WinCC RT
Professional
Industrial Ethernet
OPC Server
WinCC RT
Advanced
SIMATIC S7-300
nz{_WWW[^W
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC S7-1200
OPC coupling
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/237
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Overview
Application
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime is the high-performance
visualization software for simple visualization tasks at machine
level. It can be used as a single-user solution for all automation
applications in factory automation, process automation and
building services automation.
PC-based visualization software for single-user systems directly

at the machine.
Runs under Windows XP Professional and Windows 7
Professional, Ultimate, Enterprise
Current version: SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2008 SP3 Runtime
Benefits
Optimum price/performance ratio thanks to individually
scalable system functionality
Functions for all visualization tasks:
Operator functions, graphical and trend displays, signaling
system, log system, archiving (option), recipe management
(option), Audit Trail (option), process fault diagnostics (option)
Flexible runtime functionality thanks to Visual Basic scripts
Innovative service concepts with remote operation,
diagnostics and administration via intranet and Internet as
well as e-mail communication to increase availability (option)
Support for simple distributed automation solutions based on
TCP/IP networks at the machine level (option)
3/238
Siemens IK PI 2015
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime can be used in combination

with the following operator panels:
SIMATIC Panel PCs
- PC IL 70/77
- Microbox 420
- Panel PC 477
- Panel PC 577
- Panel PC 670/677
- Panel PC 870/877
SIMOTION Panel PCs
- P012, P015
- PCR, PCR-Touch
SINUMERIK Panel PCs
- HT8; OP08T
- OP010, OP012, OP015
- TP012, TP015, OP015A
Standard PCs with resolutions (W x H in pixels) of:
- 4:3 format: 640 x 480, 800 x 600, 1 024 x 768, 1 280 x 1 024,
1 600 x 1 200
- Widescreen format: 800 x 480, 1 280 x 800, 1 366 x 768,
1 440 x 900, 1 680 x 1 050, 1 920 x 1 080, 1 920 x 1 200,
1 980 x 1 080
Design
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime is available as a software
package with 128, 512, 2048 or 4096 PowerTags. The term
PowerTags is used exclusively to identify process variables and
range pointers that have a process link to the controller. Variables without process link, constant limit values of variables, and
messages (up to 4000 bit-triggered messages) are also available for additional system performance.
The range of functions of WinCC flexible Runtime includes the
centralized HMI components for visualizing and reporting, and
it can be expanded to suit requirements and costs by using
optional packages.
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Function
Visualization via Windows-compliant operator interface
made up of parameterizable screen objects and image blocks
created on a project-specific basis:
Numeric and alphanumeric input/output fields
Static text and graphic display plus vector graphics
Dynamizable graphics from HMI symbol library
Bar graph, trend curve graph with scroll and zoom function as
well as read line
Signal-specific text and graphic lists
Buttons and switches for operator-process communication
Editing fields for process values (signals)
Analog display, slider as example for further screen objects
Project-specific image blocks created from system basic
objects
Graphic displays for various standard graphic formats,
e.g. bitmaps, .jpg, .wmf
Alarms and messages
Discrete alarms and analog alarms as well as event-driven
Alarm-S/Alarm-D message procedure with SIMATIC S7 and
SIMOTION
Freely-definable message classes for definition of acknowledgment response and display of message events
Logging of alarms and process values 1)
Archiving in files (e.g. CSV or TXT file) and Microsoft SQL
databases
Online evaluation of process value archives and alarm logs
Evaluation of process value archives and alarm logs using
standard Microsoft tools such as Excel
Recipes 1)
Generation of data records for machine or production data
Display or entry of data records via a configurable screen
object or via process images when distributed within the
project
Transmission of data records from or to the PLC
Import/export for data records from/to CSV files
PLC link for a wide variety of PLCs on-board

Simultaneous connection using several protocols: OPC Client
or SIMATIC HMI HTTP protocol are additive, i.e. can be used
in conjunction with other PLC links
Communication via native drivers and standard OPC channel
Open communication between HMI systems and with higherlevel systems 1)
OPC server
Sm@rtAccess for communication between HMI systems
based on Ethernet networks, or via the intranet/Internet:
Read and write access to variables;
WinCC flexible Runtime or SIMATIC Panels make data
(variables) available to other SIMATIC HMI systems or
Office applications.
A SIMATIC HMI system can be used to control or monitor
another system remotely;
entry level for client/server configurations for distributed
operator stations or for solutions with headend or control
room.
Sm@rtService for remote control, diagnostics and administration
via intranet and Internet 1)
Display and control of process images on remote PC or Panel
Sending of e-mails on demand or event-driven
System diagnostics visualized via device-specific HTML
pages
1)
Option for SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime;

runtime licenses must be purchased separately.
For further information, refer to "WinCC flexible options".
System requirements
Operating system
Windows XP Professional SP3 (32 bit)

Windows XP Embedded 1)
Windows 7 Professional / Ultimate /
Enterprise (32 bit and 64 bit))
Processor4)
Minimum
Recommended
Documentation of process data, alarm events and recipes

Time- or event-driven report output
User-definable layout
Graphics
Minimum
Resolution
Flexible expansion of system function

thanks to Visual Basic Script
RAM 2)
Minimum
Language support for multilingual projects

Up to 16 online languages (incl. Asian and Cyrillic)
Language-dependent texts and graphics
Language selection during runtime
User-oriented access protection according to requirements of
regulated sectors
Authentication with user ID and password
User-group-specific rights
Central system-wide user administration based on
SIMATIC Logon 1)
Monitoring of changes by operators in runtime operation 1)
Recording of operator actions in an Audit Trail 1)
Recommended
Hard disk (free memory space) 3)
Windows XP: 300 MHz

Windows 7: 1 GHz
Windows XP: Pentium III, 500 MHz
Windows 7: 1 GHz
SVGA
640 x 480 to 1 600 x 1 200 or
800 x 480 to 1 980 x 1 080
Windows XP: 128 MB
Windows 7: 1 GB
Windows XP: 512 MB
Windows 7: 1 GB
250 MB
1)
Only for enabled platforms (e.g. Panel PC 477).

You can get information from your Siemens contact.
2)
RAM requirements are determined primarily

by the size of the graphics used.
3)
Without taking archives into account.

In addition to the space needed by WinCC flexible, Windows also requires
space on the hard disk; e.g., for the swap file.
The following formula has proven itself in the past:
The size of the swap file = 3 x the size of the RAM.
For further information, refer to your Windows documentation
4)
More powerful systems (Pentium 4 and higher) may be required in order to

use options
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/239
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Integration
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime supports linking to:
Protocol
PC interfaces
SIMATIC S7 via PPI

CP 5611 A2 2)
CP 5612
CP 5621 1)
CP 5622
CP 5613 A2
CP 5614 A2
CP 5623
CP 5624
CP 5711
PC/PPI adapter 3)
S7-200
3
SIMATIC S7 via MPI
S7-200 (except CPU 212) 4)
S7-300
S7-400
WinAC RTX
CP 5611 A2 2)
CP 5612
CP 5621 1)
CP 5622
CP 5613 A2
CP 5614 A2
CP 5623
CP 5624
CP 5711
PC adapter USB A2 6)
Teleservice V6.1
SIMATIC S7 via PROFIBUS DP 5)

S7-215 4)
S7-300 CPUs with
integr. PROFIBUS interface
S7-300 with CP 342-5
S7-400 CPUs with
integr. PROFIBUS interface
S7-400 with CP 443-5 or IM 467
CP 5611 A2 2)
CP 5612
CP 5621 1)
CP 5622
CP 5613 A2
CP 5614 A2
CP 5623
CP 5624
CP 5711

WinAC RTX
SIMATIC S7 via integrated interface
Internal system interface
WinAC RTX
SIMOTION 8)
SINUMERIK 9)
1)
WinCC flexible Runtime is passive (DP slave);

the function block required for the link is included in the scope of delivery
of WinCC flexible
2)
For Microbox 427 and Panel PC 477/577/677 via internal MPI/DP interface
3)
Only point-to-point to S7-200;

no configuration download, operating systems: Windows XP;
Article number: 6ES7901-3CB30-0AX0
4)
Constraint with regard to baud rate for S7-200;

see Catalog ST 70
5)
WinCC flexible RT is active;

communication with S7 functions
6)
Only point-to-point to S7-300/-400;

no configuration download, operating systems: Windows 2000/XP and
higher;
article number: 6GK1571-0BA00-0AA0 (USB)
7)
For Microbox 427 and Panel PC 477/577/677/877

via internal Ethernet interface
8)
For further information, see Catalog PM 10
9)
"SINUMERIK HMI copy license OA" option required;

for further information, see Catalog NC 60
3/240
Siemens IK PI 2015
Application note
In parallel with each and every PLC link, WinCC flexible Runtime
supports the use of the OPC Client channel; this enables, for example, connection to an SNMP OPC Server for the purpose of visualizing the data stored there. The SNMP OPC Server provides
a means of monitoring network components of any type (e.g.
switches) which support the SNMP protocol. For further information, see Catalog IK PI.
Note:
For further information, see "HMI devices/System interfaces"
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Higher level visualization system
OPC Client
Industrial Ethernet
OPC Server
OPC Server
OPC Client
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC S7-300
SIMATIC S7-400
3rd party
OPC Server
G_ST80_XX_00077
Non-Siemens
PLCs
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime application example
Type
Type
The specifications are

maximum values
Displays
Fields per screen
Variables per screen
Static text
Graphics objects
Complex objects per display
(e.g. bars)
Trends
Graphics lists 1)
Text lists 1)
Number of entries in symbol tables
500
400
400
30 000
2 000
40
Variables
4 096 3)
Messages bit-triggered / analog

Message text
Number of process values
per message
Size of message buffer
Pending message events
4 000 / 500
80
Archives 4)
Archivable data
100
Process data,
messages
500 000
Max. number of entries per archive

(incl. all archive segments)
Archive types
Data storage format
Recipes 4)
Elements per recipe

The specifications are
maximum values
Password protection
User rights
32
50
Visual Basic scripts
200
Online languages, max.
16
Communication
800
500
500
3 500
8
1 024
500
Short-term archive, sequence archive

(max. 400 per archive)
CSV (Comma Separated Variable),
RDB (Runtime Data Base),
interface to MS SQL database
1 000
2 000 3)
5 000 2)
SIMATIC S7 MPI interface/

max.
Depending on the scope of the

configuration (communication) from
the point of view of WinCC flexible
Runtime, as many as 8 connections
are possible
SIMATIC S7 PPI interface

max.
1 from viewpoint of
SIMATIC S5
max.
1 from viewpoint of
Yes, OPC Client or SIMATIC HMI

HTTP protocol are additive, i
.e. can be used in conjunction
with other PLC links
1)
Together only 500 text and graphics lists
2)
Dependent on memory medium used
3)
4)
Option for SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime.

For further information, refer to "WinCC flexible options".
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/241
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Ordering data
Runtime
for PC systems; incl. SW for PC
systems options 1) Single license,
on CD-ROM incl. licensing, for:
Article No.
Documentation (must be ordered separately)
6AV6613-1BA51-3CA0
6AV6613-1DA51-3CA0
6AV6613-1FA51-3CA0
6AV6613-1GA51-3CA0
Power Packs
Runtime
Single license, only license key for
PowerTags, from
6AV6613-4BD01-3AD0
6AV6613-4BF01-3AD0
6AV6613-4DF01-3AD0
6AV6613-4BG01-3AD0
6AV6613-4DG01-3AD0
6AV6613-4FG01-3AD0
Updates
Runtime
Update 2008, 2008 SP1,
2008 SP2 -> 2008 SP3
Article No.
6AV6613-1XA51-3CU8
User Manual
German
English
French
Italian
Spanish
6AV6691-1BA01-3AA0
6AV6691-1BA01-3AB0
6AV6691-1BA01-3AC0
6AV6691-1BA01-3AD0
6AV6691-1BA01-3AE0
User Manual
German
English
French
Italian
Spanish
6AV6691-1CA01-3AA0
6AV6691-1CA01-3AB0
6AV6691-1CA01-3AC0
6AV6691-1CA01-3AD0
6AV6691-1CA01-3AE0
6ES7998-8XC01-8YE0
Electronic documentation, on DVD

German, Italian and Spanish);
contains: all currently available
user manuals, device manuals
and communication manuals
for SIMATIC HMI
Upgrades
SIMATIC WinCC flexible
2004/2005/2007 Runtime
to SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2008
Runtime
Upgrade to SIMATIC WinCC flexible
Runtime 2008 PowerTags incl.
Runtime Options for:
WinCC flexible /Archives
6AV6613-1XA51-3CE0
WinCC flexible /Recipes

Upgrade of the SIMATIC WinCC
flexible Panel options:
for SIMATIC Panel
for SIMATIC Panel
for SIMATIC Panel
6AV6618-7XX01-3AF0
More information
http://www.siemens.com/wincc-flexible
Note:
described here? You will find information about the Open
Platform Program for the creation of user-specific functions and
controls for WinCC flexible under "Customized Products".
3/242
Siemens IK PI 2015
1)
Runtime licenses for WinCC flexible Runtime options must be purchased

separately for each target system.
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC WinCC
Overview
Current versions:
SIMATIC WinCC V7.3
Ablauffhig unter:
Windows 8.1 (32 / 64 bit) Professional, Enterprise
Windows 2008 Server SP2 (32 bit) Standard
Windows 2008 Server R2 SP1(64 bit) Standard
Windows Server 2012 R2 (64 bit) Standard
SIMATIC WinCC V7.2
PC-based operator control and monitoring system for visualizing and operating processes, production flows, machines
and plants in all sectors from the simple single-user station
through to distributed multi-user systems with redundant
servers and cross-location solutions with Web clients. WinCC
is the information hub for corporation-wide vertical integration.
The basic system configuration (WinCC basic software)
includes industry-standard functions for signaling and
acknowledging events, archiving of messages and measured
values, logging of all process and configuration data, user
administration and visualization.
The WinCC basic software forms the core of a wide range of
different applications. Based on the open programming interfaces, a wide range of WinCC options (from Siemens Industry
Automation) and WinCC add-ons have been developed (by
Siemens-internal and external partners).
WinCC can be operated with every PC that meets the given
HW requirements. The SIMATIC IPC product range is
available in particular for the industrial use of WinCC systems.
SIMATIC IPCs impress with their powerful PC technology, are
designed for round-the-clock operation, and can be operated
in both office areas and harsh industrial environments.
Executable with:
Windows Server 2003 SP2, Standard
Executable with:
Windows Server 2003 SP2 and Windows Server 2003 R2 SP2
Standard
contains the Microsoft SQL Server 2005 SP4
Use in virtual environments for additional information, see
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/243
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC WinCC
Benefits
All-purpose
- Solutions for all sectors
- Multilingual for worldwide usage
- Can be integrated into all automation solutions
All HMI functions on board
- User administration
- Operator control and monitoring
- Reporting, acknowledging, and archiving of events
- Acquisition, compression and archiving of measured values
(incl. long-term backup)
- Logging and documenting of process and configuration
data
Can be configured simply and efficiently
- Configuration wizards let the user focus on the essentials
- In the picture by means of cross-reference lists and screen
property displays
- Configuration of multilingual applications
- Configuring tool for configuring bulk data
Universally scalable
- Expandable from single station to client-server configurations
- Increased availability by means of redundant servers
- Process visualization via the web with the WinCC
WebNavigator
Open standards for simple integration
- Powerful real-time database Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2
SP1 (32 bit)
- Open for application modules with ActiveX controls
- Visual Basic for Applications for individual expansions
- OPC for cross-vendor communication
Process visualization with Plant Intelligence
- Integrated high-performance Historian on the basis of the
Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2 SP1 (32 bit)
- Integrated evaluation functions for the online analysis
(statistical process control)
- Production optimization with the help of diverse options
Expandable using options and add-ons
- Options for scalable configurations
- Options for increasing the availability
- Options for IT & business integration
- Options for SCADA expansions
- Options for validation in accordance with FDA 21 CFR
Part 11
Part of Totally Integrated Automation
- Direct access to the tag and message configuration of the
SIMATIC control system
- Integrated diagnostic functions for increasing productivity
New in V7.2
Expansion into Graphic Designer
- Know-how protection by means of password protection for
PDL images and image blocks
Unicode support
- WinCC SETUP in 5 languages / up to 9 installed languages
- Individual language selection for engineering and runtime,
regardless of the language settings in the operating system
Simplified configuration of the Tag Management by means of
the innovative WinCC Configuration Studio
- Configuration options similar to those in Excel
- Simplified tags / structure tag management
New communication channels
- Communication channel to new CPU (S7-1200 / S7-1500)
(absolute address only, no CPU alarming support)
- Introduction of the OPC UA server (DA, HDA)
Expansion into archive system
- New archive recording (day, weak, year)
- New archiving methods (difference)
and more ...
Application
SIMATIC WinCC is designed for visualization and operation of
processes, manufacturing cycles, machines and plants. With its
powerful process interface, especially to the SIMATIC family,
and the secure data archiving, WinCC enables highly available
solutions for the process control.
The sector-neutral basic system enables universal usage in all
automation applications. Sector-specific solutions can, for example, be implemented using WinCC options (e.g. FDA options
for the pharmaceutical industry) and sector-specific add-ons
(e.g. for the water industry).
Design
SIMATIC WinCC is available as a complete package and as a
runtime package with 128, 512, 2048, 8192, 65536, 102400,
153600, 262144 PowerTags 1). PowerTags are data points that
are connected to controllers or other data sources over a
WinCC channel. Up to 32 alarms can be obtained from one data
point. Moreover, internal tags without coupling are available for
additional system performance. In addition WinCC also contains
512 archive tags. Individual archive licenses can be obtained for
greater quantity structures.
Licenses for a multi-user configuration
The system software with the required number of PowerTags and
additionally the option WinCC/Server must be installed on the
WinCC server. In the basic configuration, an RT128 or RT client
license is sufficient for the WinCC clients. In order to perform
configuration on clients, an RC128 license is required. Remote
configuration is possible if WinCC clients without their own
project (UniClient) on the server project are configured.
1)
3/244
Siemens IK PI 2015
V6: 128, 256, 1024, 8192, 65536 PowerTags
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC WinCC
Function
Integration
The powerful configuration functions of SIMATIC WinCC contribute to a reduced engineering and training overhead and lead to
a more flexible use of personnel and greater operational reliability. Whoever is familiar with Microsoft Windows can also operate
the WinCC Explorer, the central switching point of WinCC.
In combination with other SIMATIC components, the system is
also equipped with auxiliary functions such as process diagnostics and maintenance. All SIMATIC engineering tools work together in the configuration of the functions.
SIMATIC WinCC offers a complete basic functionality for
process visualization and operation. To this end WinCC has a
number of editors and interfaces that can be used to individually
configure this functionality according to the respective application. Expansions of a WinCC station for control tasks are also
possible with minimal engineering effort.
WinCC editors
Task or configurable
runtime functionality
WinCC Explorer
Central project management for the

quick access to all project data and
central settings
WinCC Graphics Designer
Graphics system for user-defined

visualization and operation via pixelgraphic objects
WinCC Alarm Logging
Signaling system for detecting and

archiving events with display and
control options according to
DIN 19235; freely selectable
message classes, message display
and logging
WinCC Tag Logging
Process archiving for the acquisition,

compression and storage of measured values, e.g., presentation in
trend and table format as well as
further processing
WinCC Report Designer
Reporting and logging system for

time and event-controlled documentation of messages, operator inputs
and current process data in the form
of user reports or project documentation in an arbitrary layout
WinCC User Administrator
Tool for user-friendly administration of

users and authorizations
WinCC Global Script
Processing functions with limitless

functionality by means of the use of
VBScript and ANSI-C
Interfaces
Task or configurable
runtime functionality
Communication channels
Standard interfaces
Programming ports
For communication with subordinate

controls (SIMATIC protocols,
PROFIBUS DP, PROFIBUS FMS,
DDE and OPC server included in the
scope of delivery)
Integration in company-wide solutions

(IT and business integration)
WinCC is strictly based on Microsoft technology, which provides
the greatest possible compatibility and integration ability.
ActiveX and .net 1) controls support technology-specific and industry-specific expansions. Cross-manufacturer communication
is also a simple exercise. The reason: WinCC can be used as an
OPC client and server, and in addition to access to current
process values, it also supports standards such as OPC HDA
(Historical Data Access), OPC Alarm & Events, and OPC XML
Data Access.
Just as important: Visual Basic for Applications (VBA) for userspecific expansions of the WinCC Graphics Designer and
Visual Basic Scripting (VBS) as an easy-to-learn, open runtime
language. If desired, professional application developers can
also use ANSI-C. And access to the API programming interfaces
is really simple with the Open Development Kit ODK.
WinCC integrates a powerful and scalable historian function
based on Microsoft SQL Server 2005 into the basic system. As a
result, users have every possibility: from high-performance
archiving of current process data, to long-term archiving with
high data compression, through to a central information hub in
the form of a company-wide process historian. With the help of
the Central Archive Server option, this can be set up within the
framework of a WinCC solution. Versatile clients and tools for
evaluation, the open interfaces, and special options
(Connectivity Pack, Connectivity Station, IndustrialDataBridge)
provide the basis for effective IT and business integration.
If external networks are accessed, suitable protective measures
(incl. IT security measures, such as network segmentation)
should be taken in order to ensure safe operation of the system.
You can find more information on the topic of Industrial Security
on the Internet at:
1)
Only supported in WinCC V7.0 or higher
Integration in automation solutions

WinCC is an open process visualization system and provides the
option to connect the most diverse control systems.
Approved communication software
Only communication software with the listed product versions (or
higher) should be used. Corresponding SIMATIC NET upgrades
are available for upgrading older versions.
Number of connectable controls
For the number of controls connectable via Industrial Ethernet
CP 1613, the following applies to a message frame length of 512
bytes:
For the open integration of other

Windows applications via WinCC,
WinCC-OLE-DB, ActiveX, OLE, DDE,
OPC, etc.)
Type of connection
Number of nodes
SIMATIC S5 Ethernet
Layer 4 + TCP/IP
Up to 60
For the individual access to data

and functions of WinCC and for the
integration in user programs with
VBA, VB Script, C-API (ODK),
C-Script (ANSI-C)
Up to 64
SIMATIC 505 Ethernet

Layer 4 + TCP/IP
up to 60
Via PROFIBUS, a maximum of 8 controls can be connected with

CP 5611, and a maximum of 44 controls with CP 5613. With
approx. 10 or more controls, the usage of Industrial Ethernet is
recommended.
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/245
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC WinCC
Mixed operation with different controls
With their multi-protocol stack, the CP 1613 and CP 5613 communication processors allow parallel operation of two protocols,
such as for the mixed operation of different controls, via a bus
cable. WinCC supports the operation of two similar interface
boards only in connection with the channels SIMATIC S5
Ethernet Layer 4 (2 x CP 1613), SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite
(2 x CP 1613, 2 x CP 5613) as well as PROFIBUS DP
(4 x CP 5613; each CP 5613 max. 122 slaves). In addition to
communication over industrial Ethernet CP 1613 or PROFIBUS
CP 5613, one CP 5611 can be used in each case for communication with SIMATIC S7 via MPI.
Connection overview
Protocol
Description
SIMATIC S7

via MPI, PROFIBUS or Ethernet
Layer 4 + TCP/IP
SIMATIC S7-1200, S7-1500 (WinCC 7.2 or higher)

SIMATIC S7-1200,
S7-1500 Channel 1)
Channel DLL for S7-1200

and S7-1500 communication
Cross-manufacturer
OPC Client 2) 3)
for DA, XML DA
Channel DLL for OPC communication, WinCC can acquire data from
OPC server applications.
OPC Server
for DA, XML DA, A&E, HDA
Server applications
for OPC communication;
WinCC provides process data
to OPC clients
OPC UA server
for DA, HDA
Server applications
for OPC UA communication
Channel DLL PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS FMS
In accordance with the PROFIBUS standard, DP/slaves are always permanently assigned to a DP master; i.e. a second
WinCC station (DP/master) cannot access the same controls
(DP/slave). This means that redundant operation of two WinCC
stations is not possible using the PROFIBUS DP connection.
PROFIBUS DP
SIMOTION
Channel DLL for SIMOTION
Communication between the clients and the server is via TCP/IP
protocol. Setting up a separate PC LAN is recommended. For
small projects with a correspondingly low incidence of message
frames, SIMATIC NET Industrial Ethernet communication can be
used for both process communication (WinCC/Server PLC)
and PC-PC communication (WinCC/client WinCC/server).
1)
WinCC version V7.2 or higher supports communication

with S7-1200 / S7-1500 CPU.
Restrictions:
No symbolic address, type safe structure support (absolute address only)
No CPU alarming support
2)
Application note:
Parallel usage of the OPC client channel allows, for example, connection
to an SNMP-OPC server for visualization of the data contained there. The
SNMP OPC server enables monitoring of any network components (such
as switches) that support the SNMP protocol. You can find more information under SIMATIC NET Communications Systems/SNMP OPC Server.
3)
WinCC V7.0 SP3 and later supports OPC UA (United Architecture) Client
for DA.
Connection to controls from other manufacturers:

OPC (OLE for Process Control) is recommended for the connection of controls from other manufacturers.
Current notes and information about OPC servers from various
suppliers can be found at: http://www.opcfoundation.org
WinCC supports the standards:
OPC XML Data Access 1.00 (Connectivity Pack/Connectivity
Station)
OPC HDA 1.20 (Connectivity Pack/Connectivity Station)
OPC A&E 1.10 (Connectivity Pack/Connectivity Station)
OPC UA Client Data Access
OPC UA Server Data Access, HDA (Connectivity Pack /
Connectivity Station)
3/246
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC WinCC
Communication components for PG/PC for SIMATIC (for WinCC V7.0)
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC S5
PROFIBUS FDL
SIMATIC S7
Protocol Suite
PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS FMS
Article No.
WinCC channel DLL

SIMATIC S5 PROFIBUS FDL
Channel DLL for S5-FDL
Included in the
basic package

Included in the
basic package
PROFIBUS DP
Included in the
basic package
PROFIBUS FMS
Included in the
basic package
Communication components for extension of the OS/OP

CP 5611 A2
PG/PC to PROFIBUS or MPI
(communication software included
in WinCC basic package)
6GK1561-1AA01
CP 5612 2)
PG/PC to PROFIBUS
6GK1561-2AA00
CP 5621
PCI Express X1 card (32-bit) for
connecting a PG/PC to PROFIBUS
or MPI (communication software
included in WinCC basic package)
6GK1562-1AA00
CP 5622 2)
6GK1562-2AA00
CP 5711
USB Adapter for connecting a
PG/PC to PROFIBUS or MPI
(communications software included
in the WinCC basic package)
6GK1571-1AA00
CP 5613 A2

PC to PROFIBUS (S7-5613, DP-5613
or FMS-5613 communication
software required)
6GK1561-3AA01
CP 5614 A2
PC to PROFIBUS (communication
software must be ordered separately)
6GK1561-4AA01
CP 5623
or MPI (S7-5613 communication
software or DP-5613 or FMS-5613
required)
6GK1562-3AA00

1)
See ordering data for SIMATIC NET upgrade package
2)
SIMATIC NET Version 8.2 SP1 and higher
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/247
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC WinCC
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC S5
PROFIBUS FDL
SIMATIC S7
Protocol Suite
S7-5613 communication software

for S7 functions + FDL
Version 8.1 1)
for Windows 7 (32/64-bit) and
Server 2008 R2 (64-bit)
Edition 2008 SP2 (V7.1) 1)
DP-5613
DP master + FDL
Version 8.1 1)
for Windows 7 (32/64-bit) and
Server 2008 R2 (64-bit)
Edition 2008 SP2 (V7.1) 1)
FMS-5613
PROFIBUS-FMS + FDL
Edition 2008 SP2 (V7.1) 1)
Article No.
6GK1713-5CB71-3AA0
6GK1713-5DB81-3AA0
6GK1713-5DB71-3AA0
1)
See ordering data for SIMATIC NET upgrade package
2)
SIMATIC NET Version 8.2 SP1 and higher
Siemens IK PI 2015
PROFIBUS FMS
6GK1713-5CB81-3AA0
3/248
PROFIBUS DP
6GK1713-5FB71-3AA0
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC WinCC
Communication examples
SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS (S7 functions)

Standard PC with WinCC
- CP 5613 A2/A3
- CP 5623
- HARDNET-PB S7
3
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC S7-300
- CP 443-5 Extended
(DP/M, S7, S/R)
- CP 443-5 Basis (FMS, S7, S/R)
- CP 342-5 (DP, S7, S/R)

- CP 343-5 (FMS, S7, S/R)
- NCM S7 manual PROFIBUS

(SIMATIC NET CD/DVD or
Internet download)
- NCM S7 manual PROFIBUS

(SIMATIC NET CD/DVD or
Internet download
G_ST80_XX_00010
SIMATIC S7-400
WinCC single-user system: PROFIBUS with S7 communication
SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS-FMS

Standard PC
with WinCC
+ FMS channel DLL
- CP 5613 A2
6GK1561-3AA00
- CP 5623
6GK1562-3AA00
- FMS-5613
6GK1713-5FB71-3AA0
PROFIBUS FMS
SIMATIC S7-400
- CP 443-5 Basic
(FMS, S7, S/R)
6GK7443-5FX02-0XE0
SIMATIC
S5-115/135/155U
- CP 5431 FMS/DP
6GK1543-1AA01
- COM 5431 FMS/DP
6GK1745-1AD00-0EA0
G_ST80_XX_00012
SIMATIC S7-300
- CP 343-5
(FMS, S7, S/R)
6GK7343-5FA01-0XE0
WinCC single-user system: PROFIBUS FMS
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/249
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC WinCC
without operator controls:
32 clients + 3 web clients
or
50 web clients + 1 client
Standard PC
with WinCC
+ TCP/IP
interface
module
4 clients max.
with operator
controls
Client
Client
TERMINAL BUS TCP/IP
Server
PROCESS BUS (Industrial Ethernet/PROFIBUS)
SIMATIC S7-300
This allows you to set up the following application examples

- WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS with S7 functions
- WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET Industrial Ethernet with S7 functions
- WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS-FMS
G_ST80_XX_00013
SIMATIC S7-400
WinCC multi-user system with operable server
Higher-level visualisation system
- OPC server functionality

(included in WinCC basic package)
- TCP-IP interface board required
OPC Client
Industrial Ethernet
- OPC Server
functionality
(OPC Server
option for
WinCC flexible
required)
OPC Server
OPC Server
- OPC Server functionality

(included in WinCC
basic package)
- TCP-IP Interface board
required
OPC Server
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC
S7-300
SIMATIC
S7-400
third-party
PLCs
OPC link
3/250
Siemens IK PI 2015
- OPC Client
functionality (included
in WinCC basic
package)
- OPC Server required
for interfacing with
third-party PLCs
G_ST80_XX_00015
OPC Client
- integrated
PROFIBUS
interface
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC WinCC
Type
SIMATIC WinCC V7.2 and V7.0 SP3
Operating system
Windows 7 (32 bit / 64 bit) Ultimate,

Professional and Enterprise
Windows XP Professional SP3,
Windows 2003 Server SP2 and

Windows 2003 Server R2 SP2
Windows 2000 Professional SP4,

PC hardware requirements
Processor type 1)
Minimum
Pentium 4, 2.5 GHz 2)
Pentium III, 1 GHz

Pentium 4, 2.5 GHz

Pentium 4, 2 GHz
Client:
Pentium 3, 1 GHz 2)
Client:
Pentium III, 600 MHz
WebClient/DataMonitor Client:
Pentium III, 600 MHz 2)
Recommended
Pentium 4 or Dual Core, 3 GHz 2)
Pentium 4, 2 GHz

Pentium 4 or Dual Core, 3 GHz

Pentium 4, 2.5 GHz
Client: Pentium 4, 2 GHz 2)
Client: Pentium III, 1 GHz
Pentium III, 1 GHz
Pentium III, 1 GHz
Single-user station: 512 MB, server: 1 GB
Client: 1 GB 2)
Client: 512 MB
WebClient/DataMonitor Client: 512 MB 2)
Single-user station: >= 1 GB,

server: >1 GB
Client: 2 GB 2)
Client: 512 MB
WebClient/DataMonitor Client: 1 GB 2)
Graphics card
Minimum
Recommended
16 MB, 800 x 600 2)

32 MB, 1 280 x 1 024 2)
16 MB, 800 x 600

32 MB, 1 280 x 1 024
Hard disk
Minimum
Client: 20 GB
Client: 5 GB
Client: 40 GB
Client: 20 GB
RAM
Minimum
Recommended
Recommended
Hard disk (available memory for installation)

- Minimum
Server: >1.5 GB
Client: 1.5 GB
- Recommended
CD-ROM/DVD-ROM/
disk drive/USB port
Server: 1.5 GB
Client: 1 GB
Server: >10 GB
Client: >1.5 GB
Server: >10 GB
Client: >1.5 GB
1)
An AMD system with comparable performance can also be used
2)
Hardware requirements when using Microsoft XP Professional
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/251
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC WinCC

Type
Ordering data
SIMATIC WinCC
Functionality/quantity structure
Number of messages
Message text (number of
characters)
Message archive
Process values per message
Constant load of messages,
max.
Message burst, max.
150 000
10 x 256
> 500 000 messages 1)
10
Central Archive Server: 100/sec
Server/single-user station: 10/s
Server/single-user station: 2 000/10 s every
5 min
Archives
Archive data points
Archive types
Max. 120 000 per server 2)

Short-term archive with and without longterm archiving
Data storage format
Microsoft SQL Server 2005
Measured values per second, Server/single-user station: 5 000/s
max.
User archive
Archives and views
500 each
Product consisting of data re- 320 000
cord and column per user archive
Fields per user archive
500
Graphics system
Number of screens
System-limited 1)
Number of objects per screen System-limited 1)
Number of controllable fields System-limited 1)
per screen
PowerTags
256 K
Trends
Trend views per image
Trends per trend view
25
80
User administration
User groups
Number of users
Authorization groups
128
128
999
Configuration languages
Protocols
Message sequence reports
(simultaneously)
Message archive reports
(simultaneously)
User reports
Report lines per group
Variables per report
Multi-user system
Server
Clients for server with operator
station
Clients for server without operator station
3)
5 European (Eng., Fr., Ger., It., Sp.),

4 Asian (simpl.+trad. Chi/Kor/Jpn) 4)
1 per server/single-user station
3
System-limited
66
300 5)
1)
18
4
32 clients + 3 WebClients or
50 WebClients + 1 client
1)
Dependent on the available storage space
2)
Dependent on the number of licensed archive variables
3)
4)
Asian versions for Version 7 SP1 or higher
5)
The number of variables per report is dependent on process communication performance
3/252
Siemens IK PI 2015
Article No.
SIMATIC WinCC system software V7.2

DE/EN/FR/IT/ES;
with license for
WinCC RT Client
102 400 PowerTags (RT 102400)
153 600 PowerTags (RT 153600)
262 144 PowerTags (RT 262144)
6AV6381-2CA07-2AX0
6AV6381-2BC07-2AX0
6AV6381-2BD07-2AX0
6AV6381-2BE07-2AX0
6AV6381-2BH07-2AX0
6AV6381-2BF07-2AX0
6AV6381-2BJ07-2AX0
6AV6381-2BK07-2AX0
6AV6381-2BL07-2AX0

Language versions:
DE/EN/FR/IT/ES;
with license for
WinCC RC Client
102 400 PowerTags (RC 102400)
153 600 PowerTags (RC 153600)
262 144 PowerTags (RC 262144)
6AV6381-2CB07-2AX0
6AV6381-2BM07-2AX0
6AV6381-2BN07-2AX0
6AV6381-2BP07-2AX0
6AV6381-2BS07-2AX0
6AV6381-2BQ07-2AX0
6AV6381-2BT07-2AX0
6AV6381-2BU07-2AX0
6AV6381-2BV07-2AX0
SIMATIC WinCC system software V7.2 ASIA

with license for
WinCC RT Client
102 400 PowerTags (RT 102400)
153 600 PowerTags (RT 153600)
262 144 PowerTags (RT 262144)
6AV6381-2CA07-2AV0
6AV6381-2BC07-2AV0
6AV6381-2BD07-2AV0
6AV6381-2BE07-2AV0
6AV6381-2BH07-2AV0
6AV6381-2BF07-2AV0
6AV6381-2BJ07-2AV0
6AV6381-2BK07-2AV0
6AV6381-2BL07-2AV0

Language versions:
with license for
WinCC RC Client
102 400 PowerTags (RC 102400)
153 600 PowerTags (RC 153600)
262 144 PowerTags (RC 262144)
6AV6381-2CB07-2AV0
6AV6381-2BM07-2AV0
6AV6381-2BN07-2AV0
6AV6381-2BP07-2AV0
6AV6381-2BS07-2AV0
6AV6381-2BQ07-2AV0
6AV6381-2BT07-2AV0
6AV6381-2BU07-2AV0
6AV6381-2BV07-2AV0
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC WinCC
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
SIMATIC WinCC V7.2 Powerpacks
SIMATIC WinCC system software V6.2 SP3
For upgrading from:
Runtime packages
102 400 to 153 600 PowerTags
153 600 to 262 144 PowerTags
6AV6371-2BD07-2AX0
6AV6371-2BG07-2AX0
6AV6371-2BM07-2AX0
6AV6371-2BN07-2AX0
6AV6371-2BP07-2AX0
6AV6371-2BQ07-2AX0
6AV6371-2BR07-2AX0
Complete packages
102 400 to 153 600 PowerTags
153 600 to 262 144 PowerTags
6AV6371-2BD17-2AX0
6AV6371-2BG17-2AX0
6AV6371-2BM17-2AX0
6AV6371-2BN17-2AX0
6AV6371-2BP17-2AX0
6AV6371-2BQ17-2AX0
6AV6371-2BR17-2AX0
SIMATIC WinCC V7.2 archives
1 500 archives
5 000 archives
10 000 archives
30 000 archives
80 000 archives
6AV6371-1DQ17-2AX0
6AV6371-1DQ17-2BX0
6AV6371-1DQ17-2CX0
6AV6371-1DQ17-2EX0
6AV6371-1DQ17-2GX0
6AV6381-1BC06-2AX0
6AV6381-1BD06-2AX0
6AV6381-1BE06-2AX0
6AV6381-1BH06-2AX0
6AV6381-1BF06-2AX0
6AV6381-1BJ06-2AX0
6AV6381-1BK06-2AX0
6AV6381-1BL06-2AX0

Language versions:
DE/EN/FR/IT/ES;
with license for
102 400 PowerTags (RC 102400)
153 600 PowerTags (RC 153600)
262 144 PowerTags (RC 262144)
6AV6381-1BM06-2AX0
6AV6381-1BN06-2AX0
6AV6381-1BP06-2AX0
6AV6381-1BS06-2AX0
6AV6381-1BQ06-2AX0
6AV6381-1BT06-2AX0
6AV6381-1BU06-2AX0
6AV6381-1BV06-2AX0

6AV6371-1DQ17-2AB0
6AV6371-1DQ17-2BC0
6AV6371-1DQ17-2CE0
6AV6371-1DQ17-2EG0
SIMATIC WinCC Upgrade/Software Update Service

from V6.2 to V7.2
from V7.0 to V7.2
6AV6381-2AA07-2AX4
6AV6381-2AA07-2AX3
6AV6381-2AA07-2AV4
6AV6381-2AA07-2AV3
For upgrading the Client RT version

from V6.2 to V7.2
from V7.0 to V7.2
6AV6381-2BC07-2AX4
6AV6381-2BC07-2AX3
6AV6381-2BC07-2AV4
6AV6381-2BC07-2AV3

from V6.2 to V7.2
from V7.0 to V7.2
6AV6381-2AB07-2AX4
6AV6381-2AB07-2AX3
6AV6381-2AB07-2AV4
6AV6381-2AB07-2AV3
SIMATIC WinCC Software Update Service (SUS) 2) 3)
SIMATIC WinCC system software V6.2 SP3 ASIA

Language versions:
Chinese/Korean/Taiwanese/
Japanese;
with license for
6AV6381-1BC06-2AV0
6AV6381-1BD06-2AV0
6AV6381-1BE06-2AV0
6AV6381-1BH06-2AV0
6AV6381-1BF06-2AV0

Language versions:
Chinese/Korean/Taiwanese,
Japanese;
with license for
6AV6381-1BM06-2AV0
6AV6381-1BN06-2AV0
6AV6381-1BP06-2AV0
6AV6381-1BS06-2AV0
6AV6381-1BQ06-2AV0
SIMATIC WinCC V7 Update

Software Update Service for WinCC
basic software and options:
1 license
3 licenses
10 licenses
DE/EN/FR/IT/ES;
with license for
102 400 PowerTags (RT 102400)
153 600 PowerTags (RT 153600)
262 144 PowerTags (RT 262144)
6AV6381-1AA00-0AX5
6AV6381-1AA00-0BX5
6AV6381-1AA00-0CX5
1)
According to licensing provisions, 1 upgrade package must be ordered

for each WinCC station
2)
The Software Update Service is valid for 1 year. The contract is

automatically extended by 1 more year unless canceled 3 months prior to
expiration. According to licensing provisions, 1 Software Update Service
must be ordered for each WinCC station.
3)
Requires the current software version
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/253
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC WinCC
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
SIMATIC WinCC V6.2 PowerPacks
SIMATIC WinCC V6.2 Archive
For upgrading from:
Runtime packages
6AV6371-1BD06-2AX0
6AV6371-1BE06-2AX0
6AV6371-1BK06-2AX0
6AV6371-1BF06-2AX0
6AV6371-1BG06-2AX0
6AV6371-1BL06-2AX0
6AV6371-1BH06-2AX0
6AV6371-1BM06-2AX0
6AV6371-1BJ06-2AX0
6AV6371-1BN06-2AX0
Complete packages
6AV6371-1BD16-2AX0
6AV6371-1BE16-2AX0
6AV6371-1BK16-2AX0
6AV6371-1BF16-2AX0
6AV6371-1BG16-2AX0
6AV6371-1BL16-2AX0
6AV6371-1BH16-2AX0
6AV6371-1BM16-2AX0
6AV6371-1BJ16-2AX0
6AV6371-1BN16-2AX0
1 500 archives
5 000 archives
10 000 archives
30 000 archives
80 000 archives
120 000 archives
6AV6371-1DQ16-2AX0
6AV6371-1DQ16-2BX0
6AV6371-1DQ16-2CX0
6AV6371-1DQ16-2EX0
6AV6371-1DQ16-2GX0
6AV6371-1DQ16-2JX0

6AV6371-1DQ16-2AB0
6AV6371-1DQ16-2BC0
6AV6371-1DQ16-2CE0
6AV6371-1DQ16-2EG0
6AV6371-1DQ16-2GJ0

6AV6381-1AA06-2AX4
6AV6381-1AA06-2AX3
6AV6381-1AA06-2AV4
6AV6381-1AA06-2AV3

6AV6381-1AB06-2AX4
6AV6381-1AB06-2AX3
6AV6381-1AB06-2AV4
6AV6381-1AB06-2AV3
1)
According to licensing provisions, 1 upgrade package must be ordered for

each WinCC station.
More information
WinCC language versions
SIMATIC WinCC is also offered in simplified Chinese, traditional
Chinese, Korean and Japanese especially for Asian markets.
These WinCC versions are intended for machine manufacturers,
plant constructors and exporters who supply the regions of
China, Taiwan, Korea and Japan.
WinCC ASIA includes all familiar WinCC functions and offers
in addition the configuration user interface in the respective
national language and English. The online help is available in
simplified Chinese, traditional Chinese, Korean, Japanese and
English. A Chinese, Korean, Japanese or multilingual Windows
operating system is required for operation.
WinCC ASIA is delivered on a separate DVD which contains all
of the above mentioned language versions. The corresponding
documentation can be obtained from the national subsidiaries in
China, Korea, Taiwan and Japan.
The runtime licenses are language-neutral. The English handling
program (Automation License Manager ALM) is executable
under the Chinese, Korean and Japanese Windows versions.
In order to use the Asian languages in WinCC, an Asia hardware
dongle is required.
http://www.siemens.com/wincc
3/254
Siemens IK PI 2015
Separate configurators are available for PC hardware:

SIMATIC IPC547C
SIMATIC IPC647C
SIMATIC IPC847C
SIMATIC IPC627C
SIMATIC Box PC 827C
SIMATIC HMI IPC577C
SIMATIC HMI IPC677C
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
DP/DP coupler
Overview
Function
The DP/DP coupler continuously copies the output data from
one network to the input data of the other network (and vice
versa).
Functions
Data exchange of up to 244 byte of input and output data of
which up to 128 >byte can be consistent
Up to 16 input/output ranges for exchanging data
If one side fails, the outputs on the other side maintain the
previous value
Support of DPV1 with full diagnostics
Adjustment of DP/DP coupler either via switch or STEP 7
Different baud rate settings are possible
Electrical isolation between the two DP networks
Power is supplied to both sides
Parameter assignment
Interconnecting two PROFIBUS DP networks

The interchange of data between both DP networks takes
place by internal copying in the coupler.
Application
The PROFIBUS DP/DP coupler interconnects two PROFIBUS DP
networks. Byte data (0 244 byte) is transferred from the DP
master of the first network to the DP master of another network
and vice versa.
The principle corresponds to the hardware wiring of inputs and
outputs used today. The coupler has two independent DP interfaces with which the two DP networks are connected.
The DP/DP coupler is a slave on each DP network. The interchange of data between both DP networks takes place by internal copying in the coupler.
Design
The DP/DP transceiver is housed in a 40 mm casing of the
S7-300 series. It can be mounted on a standard mounting rail
(7.5 mm and 15 mm) as well as on a mounting rail for the S7
design.
The preferred arrangement is upright in a row, side by side, and
without clearance.
The transceiver is connected to the PROFIBUS DP networks
through an integral 9-pin sub-D connector.
The PROFIBUS DP addresses are set via two DIP switches on

the top of the coupler.
The coupler is configured either with STEP 7 or with a configuring tool which integrates the DP/DP coupler with the help of a
GSD file.
The data length is adjusted with the corresponding configuring
tool.
DP/DP transceiver
PROFIBUS transmission rate
max. 12 Mbit/s
Interfaces
PROFIBUS DP
9-pin Sub-D connector
Supply voltage
24 V DC
Current consumption typ.
150 mA
Mounting
Upright (DIP switches above)
Perm. environmental conditions

- horizontal mounting
- all other mounting positions
Relative humidity
0C +60C
0C +40C
-40 C +70 C
10 ... 95 % at +25 C
Design
Weight
40 x 127 x 117
approx. 250 g
IP20
Ordering data
DP/DP coupler
Article No.
6ES7158-0AD01-0XA0
Note:
The manual is available free on the Internet.
More information
Brochures
Internet:
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/255
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
PA routers
Overview
Application
The two PA routers are based on two versions of the
DP/PA coupler:
Ex [i] DP/PA coupler (max. output current 110 mA)
for implementation of PROFIBUS PA networks with a line or
tree topology in environments up to Ex zone 1/21, not for
redundant architectures (coupler redundancy, ring)
FDC 157-0 DP/PA coupler (max. output current 1 000 mA)
for implementation of PROFIBUS PA networks with a line, tree
or ring topology in environments up to Ex zone 2/22; can be
used for the redundant architectures "Ring" and "Coupler
redundancy"
DP/PA couplers are also integral components of the PA link (see

design). The PA link connects PROFIBUS DP and PROFIBUS PA
together, and decouples the transmission rates. In contrast to
the DP/PA coupler which limits the data transmission rate on the
PROFIBUS DP to 45.45 kbit/s, the PA link does not influence the
performance of the PROFIBUS DP.
To create a smooth network transition between PROFIBUS DP

and PROFIBUS PA, the SIMATIC product range offers two
versions: the DP/PA coupler and the PA link.
The following criteria can be applied when choosing the network
transition:
DP/PA coupler:
For small quantity frameworks (volumes of data) and low
timing requirements; limiting of data transfer rate on the
PROFIBUS DP to 45.45 kbit/s
PA link:
For large number of stations and high cycle time requirements; data transfer rate on the PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s
The PA link functions as a slave on the PROFIBUS DP and as a

master on the PROFIBUS PA. From the viewpoint of the host
PROFIBUS DP master, the PA link is a modular slave whose
modules are the devices connected on the PROFIBUS PA.
Addressing of these devices is carried out indirectly via the
PA link that itself only requires one node address. The host
PROFIBUS master can scan devices connected to the PA link all
at once.
If the router is a DP/PA coupler, the nodes on the PROFIBUS PA
are directly addressed by the PROFIBUS DP master (controller).
The DP/PA coupler is an electrical node, but is transparent for
communication between the master and PA field devices; it
therefore does not require setting of parameters or addresses
(exception: FDC 157-0 DP/PA coupler used as PROFIBUS
diagnostics slave).
PROFIBUS diagnostics with FDC 157-0 DP/PA coupler,
configured as PROFIBUS diagnostics slave
FDC 157-0 DP/PA couplers configured as PROFIBUS diagnostics slaves supply extensive diagnostic and status information
via PROFIBUS for swift localization and correction of faults:
I&M (Identification & Maintenance) data
Current and voltage values on the main cable
Redundancy status
Wire breakage
Short-circuit
Signal level
To this end, each of these DP/PA couplers FDC 157-0 requires
its own PROFIBUS address. This applies independent of use in
a PA Link or as a PA router.
The PA link and DP/PA coupler approved for an extended
temperature range are available for use in environments up to
Ex zone 2/22. Both are operated with 24 V DC. Assembly is on
an S7-300 rail with horizontal or vertical alignment.
3/256
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
PA routers
Design
High Speed solution with PA link
Low-cost solution with direct addressing
PROFIBUS master
S7-400
2
4
up to 12 Mbit/s
PROFIBUS DP
45.45 kbit/s
DP/PA coupler
PROFIBUS PA
3
PA link
PROFIBUS PA
31.25 kbit/s
4
3
PA link
IM 153-2 interface module (single/redundant)
DP/PA couplers (max. 5 per IM 153-2)
Slave on DP side - master on PA side
Max. 64 PA devices (244 bytes I/O data)
8
G_PCS7_XX_00078
DP/PA coupler
transparent for communication
Ex version 13.5 V, 110 mA
Non-Ex version 31 V, 1 000 mA
Configuration examples for PA link and DP/PA coupler
PA link
The PA link is a modular combination in S7-300 design consisting of the IM 153-2 High Feature PROFIBUS DP interface module (with optional redundancy) and up to 5 DP/PA couplers
(FDC 157-0 or Ex [i]).
All components of the PA link are interconnected through the S7
backplane bus. The use of active bus modules as backplane
bus allows hot swapping of individual modules and redundancy
of the IM 153-2 High Feature PROFIBUS DP interface modules
and the FDC 157-0 DP/PA coupler. If redundancy and changes
during operation are not required, passive bus connectors can
be used instead of active bus modules.
The PS 307 or PS 305 load power supply can be used for the
24 V DC. With a redundant IM 153-2 High Feature interface
module for PROFIBUS DP, it is also recommendable to have a
redundant 24 V DC supply, e.g. with two PS 307/PS 305 load
power supplies.
The PROFIBUS PA bus segments designed with the DP/
PA couplers are physically separated as regards current infeed,
but form one bus system in communication terms. A
PROFIBUS PA ring segment or a PROFIBUS PA line segment
with coupler redundancy can be operated on a PA link. Further
PROFIBUS PA line segments can be operated on this PA link
using individual couplers. The FDC 157-0 DP/PA couplers
provided for the ring coupling or coupler redundancy must
always be located at the right-hand end of a sequence of up to
5 couplers.
The following basic components are available for configuring the

PA link:
IM 153-2 High Feature interface module for extended
temperature range
DP/PA coupler (Ex [i] and FDC 157-0)
Components for redundant design and for hot swapping
- Mounting rail for hot swapping (as an alternative to the
standard mounting rail)
- BM PS/IM for 1 load power supply and 1 IM 153-2 High
Feature module, for extended temperature range
- IM/IM (IM 157) bus module for two IM 153-2 High Feature
modules, for redundant and non-redundant design and for
extended temperature range
- BM FDC for 1 DP/PA coupler Ex [i] or FDC 157-0, for
extended temperature range (up to 5 DP/PA couplers
possible per PA link)
- BM FDC/FDC for 2 DP/PA couplers FDC 157-0, for extended
temperature range
Additive option:
PS 307 for 120/230 V AC; 24 V DC load power supply, version
in 2, 5 or 10 A, or
PS 305 load power supply for 24/48/60/110 V DC; 24 V DC,
2A
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/257
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
PA routers
DP/PA coupler
Bus connection
Diagnostics displays DP/PA coupler

Ex [i] and DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0
PROFIBUS DP bus monitoring
PROFIBUS PA bus monitoring
24 V DC power supply monitoring
Connection for PROFIBUS PA

DP/PA coupler Ex [i]
DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0
Connection for PROFIBUS DP
2 terminals of a 4-pole screw-type

terminal, integrated terminating
resistor
4-pole screw-type terminal for
connection and looping through,
selectable terminating resistor
9-pin Sub-D plug,
contact assignment as described in
IEC 61158/EN 50170
Module-specific data
Yellow LED "DP"

Yellow LED "PA"
Green "ON" LED
Additive diagnostics displays of the

Group error
Red LED "SF"
Red LED "BF"
Bus error
Monitoring DP/PA coupler (active
Yellow LED "ACT"
coupler in redundant configuration)
Climatic conditions
IP20
Transmission rate on PROFIBUS DP
45.45 Kbps
Transmission rate on PROFIBUS PA
31.25 Kbps
Communication protocol
PROFIBUS DP

DP/PA coupler Ex [i] and DP/
PA coupler FDC 157-0
Horizontal installation
-25 ... +60 C

-25 ... +40 C

Supply voltage
24 V DC (20.4 V ... 28.8 V)
80 x 125 x 130
Yes
Yes
Weight
Approx. 550 g
Approx. 515 g
Voltage at coupler output (PA)

13 V ... 14 V DC
31 1 V DC
Voltage monitoring
15.5 V
Overvoltage monitoring
U > 35 V; latching cutoff
Voltage failure bridging
Min. 5 ms
Current at coupler output (PA)

for supplying the PA field devices
Max. 110 mA
Max. 1 A
Galvanic isolation 24 V DC
PROFIBUS DP/PROFIBUS PA
PROFIBUS DP/supply
PROFIBUS PA/supply
All electric circuits/functional
grounding
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Power consumption of modules

(24 V DC)
Max. 400 mA
Max. 2.3 A
Power loss of the module

Typ. 7 W
Typ. 13.4 W
3/258
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
PA routers

IM 153-2 High Feature (for extended temperature range)
Function
Linking of PROFIBUS DP (9.6 Kbps

to 12 Mbps, slave functionality) and
PROFIBUS PA (master functionality)
with support of the "Configuration in
Run" function
The DP/PA link function is only implemented by extending the IM 153-2
High Feature with one or more DP/PA
couplers. Stand-alone operation of
the IM 153-2 High Feature is not possible.
Supply voltage
24 V DC (20.4 V ... 28.8 V)
Yes
Voltage failure bridging
20 ms
Galvanic isolation
to the higher-level DP master system Yes
No
to the DP/PA coupler or Y coupler
Power consumption of modules
(24 V DC)
In the PA link
In the Y link
Max. 200 mA (at 20.4 V)

Max. 400 mA (at 20.4 V)
Isolation from the higher-level DP

master system
Power loss of the module

In the PA link
In the Y link
Max. 2.6 W (at 28.8 V)

Max. 3.6 W (at 28.8 V)
9-pin Sub-D plug, contact assignment as described in IEC 61158/

EN 50170, Vol. 2
Infeed, mechanical design
1 Y coupler, up to 5 DP/PA couplers

or up to 64 slaves can be connected
Bus connection
Connection for PROFIBUS DP
Connectable lower-level
components
Number of couplers
DP/PA coupler
Y coupler
Number of PA devices
on PROFIBUS PA
Max. 5
1
Max. 64
Module-specific data
IP20
Transmission rate of the higher level

DP master system
9.6; 19.2; 45.45; 93.75; 187.5;

500 Kbps;
1.5; 3; 6; 12 Mbps
Communication protocol
PROFIBUS DP
Frame length
I/O data
Configuration frame
Diagnostics frame
Parameter assignment frame
Max. 244 bytes

Max. 244 bytes
Max. 244 bytes
Max. 244 bytes
4-pin screw terminal, short-circuiting

link between PE and M24;
the short-circuiting link must be
removed for floating operation
(independent of this, the DP interface
is always floating)

Diagnostic displays
Group error
Bus error on higher level
DP master system
Bus error on underlying bus system
Module is active in
redundancy mode
24 V DC power supply monitoring
Red LED "SF"

Red LED "BF 1"
Red LED "BF 2"
Yellow LED "ACT"
Green "ON" LED
Climatic conditions
Horizontal installation
-25 ... +60 C

-25 ... +40 C

40 x 125 x 130
Weight
Approx. 360 g
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/259
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
PA routers
Ordering data
DP/PA coupler
For transition from RS 485 to MBP
Fieldbus coupler between
PROFIBUS DP and
PROFIBUS PA, EEx(ia) version,
max. output current 110 mA;
degree of protection IP20;
for extended temperature range,
permissible operating temperature -25 to +60 C
Fieldbus coupler between
PROFIBUS DP and
PROFIBUS PA, with redundancy
capability; integrated PROFIBUS
diagnostics slave; max. output
current 1 A; degree of protection
IP20; for extended temperature
range, permissible operating
temperature -25 to +60 C
Interface module for PA Link and
Y-Link; with redundancy capability;
permissible operating temperature
-25 to +60 C
Article No.
Components for hot swapping and for redundant design

6ES7157-0AD82-0XA0
6ES7157-0AC83-0XA0
6ES7153-2BA82-0XB0
Accessories
PS 307 Load Power Supply
Including connecting comb;
120/230 V AC; 24 V DC
2 A; 40 mm wide
5 A; 60 mm wide
5 A, extended temperature range;
80 mm wide
10 A, 80 mm wide
PS 305 Load Power Supply
24/48/60/110 V DC; 24 V DC
2 A, extended temperature range;
80 mm wide
Standard profile rails
(without hot swapping function)
482 mm wide (19 inches)
530 mm wide
3/260
Siemens IK PI 2015
Article No.
6ES7307-1BA01-0AA0
6ES7307-1EA01-0AA0
6ES7307-1EA80-0AA0
6ES7307-1KA02-0AA0
6ES7305-1BA80-0AA0
6ES7390-1AE80-0AA0
6ES7390-1AF30-0AA0
Active bus modules

for hot swapping
BM PS/IM SIPLUS extreme
for 1 load current supply and
1 IM 153-2 High Feature module;
for "hot swapping" function,
BM IM/IM
for 2 IM 153-2 High Feature
modules, for redundant and
non-redundant configuration,
BM FDC
for 1 DP/PA coupler Ex [i] or
FDC 157-0,
BM FDC/FDC
for 2 DP/PA couplers FDC 157-0,
Mounting rail for hot swapping
For max. 5 active bus modules
482 mm wide (19 inches)
530 mm wide
620 mm wide
Covers
4 backplane bus covers and
1 cover for active bus module
6AG1195-7HA00-2XA0
6ES7195-7HD80-0XA0
6ES7195-7HF80-0XA0
6ES7195-7HG80-0XA0
6ES7195-1GA00-0XA0
6ES7195-1GF30-0XA0
6ES7195-1GG30-0XA0
6ES7195-1JA00-0XA0
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Soft Starters
Overview
The solid-state SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters are suitable for the
torque-controlled soft starting and ramp-down as well as braking
of three-phase asynchronous motors.
Optionally, SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters can be upgraded with a
PROFIBUS DP or PROFINET module. Thanks to their communication capability and their programmable control inputs and
relay outputs the SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters can be very easily
and quickly integrated in higher-level controllers.
In addition to soft starting and soft ramp-down, the 3RW44 soft
starters provide numerous functions for higher-level requirements. They cover a performance range up to 710 kW (at 400 V)
in the inline circuit and up to 1200 kW (at 400 V) in the insidedelta circuit.
The 3RW44 soft starters are characterized by a compact design
for space-saving and clearly arranged control cabinet layouts.
For optimized motor starting and stopping the innovative
SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters are an attractive alternative with
considerable savings potential compared to applications with a
frequency converter. The new torque control and adjustable
current limiting enable the High-Feature soft starters to be
used in nearly every conceivable task. They guarantee the
reliable avoidance of sudden torque applications and current
peaks during motor starting and stopping. This creates savings
potential when calculating the size of the switchgear and when
servicing the machinery installed. Be it for inline circuits or inside-delta circuits the SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starter offers savings
especially in terms of size and equipment costs.
The bypass contacts already integrated in the soft starter
bypass the thyristors after a motor ramp-up is detected. This
results in a further great reduction in the heat loss occurring
during operation of the soft starter at rated value.
Combinations of various starting, operating and ramp-down
possibilities ensure an optimum adaptation to the applicationspecific requirements. Operation and commissioning can be
performed with the user-friendly keypad and a menu-prompted,
multi-line graphic display with background lighting. The optimized motor ramp-up and ramp-down can be effected quickly,
easily and reliably by means of just a few settings with a previously selected language. Four-key operation and plain-text displays for each menu option guarantee full clarity at every moment of the parameterization and operation.
Applicable standards
IEC 60947-4-2
UL/CSA
Functionality
Equipped with modern, ergonomic user prompting the 3RW44
soft starters can be commissioned quickly and easily using a
keypad and a menu-prompted, multi-line graphic display with
background lighting. The optimized motor ramp-up and rampdown can be effected quickly, easily and reliably by means of
just a few settings with a selectable language. Four-key operation and plain-text displays for each menu option guarantee full
clarity at every moment of the parameterization and operation.
During operation and when control voltage is applied, the display field continuously presents measured values and operating
values as well as warnings and fault messages. An external display and operator module can be connected by means of a connection cable to the soft starter, thus enabling active indications
and the like to be read directly from the control cabinet door.
The SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters are equipped with optimum

functionality. An integral bypass contact system reduces the
power loss of the soft starter during operation.
This reliably prevents heating of the switchgear environment.
The SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters have internal device overload
protection. This prevents thermal overloading of the power
section's thyristors, e.g. due to unacceptably high closing
operations.
Wiring outlay for installing an additional motor overload relay is
no longer needed as the SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters perform
this function too. In addition they offer adjustable trip classes
and a thermistor motor protection function. As an option the
thyristors can also be protected by SITOR semiconductor fuses
from short-circuiting so that the soft starter is still functional after
a short circuit (type of coordination "2"). And even inrush current
peaks are reliably avoided thanks to adjustable current limiting.
In addition a creep speed function is available for positioning
and setting jobs. With this function the motor can be controlled
in both directions of rotation with reduced torque and an adjustable low speed.
On the other hand the SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters offer a new,
combined DC braking function for the fast stopping of driving
loads.
Highlights
Soft starting with breakaway pulse, torque control or voltage
ramp, adjustable torque or current limiting as well as any
combination of these, depending on load type
Integrated bypass contact system to minimize power loss
Various setting options for the starting parameters such as
starting torque, starting voltage, ramp-up and ramp-down
time, and much more in three separate parameter sets
Start-up detection
Inside-delta circuit for savings in terms of size and equipment
costs
Various ramp-down modes selectable: free ramp-down,
torque-controlled pump stop, combined DC braking
Solid-state motor overload and intrinsic device protection
Keypad with a menu-prompted, multi-line graphic display with
background lighting
Interface for communication with the PC for more accurate
setting of the parameters as well as for control and monitoring
Simple integration into the motor feeder
Display of operating states and fault messages
Connection to PROFIBUS and PROFINET with optional
PROFIBUS DP or PROFINET module
External display and operator module
Mains voltages from 200 to 690 V, 50 to 60 Hz
Can be used up to 60 C (derating from 40 C)
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/261
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Soft Starters

Version
Article No.
PROFIBUS communication module
3RW4900-0KC00
For 3RW44 soft starter integration in the PROFIBUS network

with DPV1 slave functionality.
With firmware version E04 and higher (or date of manufacture 01.05.2009 and later)
of the module, DPV1 operation of the soft starter on a Y-link is also possible
(< only DPV0 operation possible with E04).
3RW4900-0KC00
More information
For more information, refer to Catalog IC 10, Chapter 6
"Switching Devices Soft Starters and Solid-State Switching
Devices", Industry Mall or Interactive Catalog CA 01.
3/262
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Soft starters
Software
Soft Starter ES
Overview
Easy and clearly arranged parameter setting of the 3RW44 soft starter
with Soft Starter ES 2007
Graphic presentation of measured values with the trace function (oscilloscope function) of Soft Starter ES 2007 Standard and Premium
The Soft Starter ES software permits the quick and easy parameterization, monitoring and diagnostics of SIRIUS 3RW44
High-Feature soft starters for service purposes. The device
parameters can be configured directly on the PC and transferred
to the soft starter through a serial cable or an optional
PROFIBUS/PROFINET interface.
Additional functions
Efficient engineering with three program versions
Easy creation of typicals

Typicals can be created for devices and applications with only
minimum differences in their parameters. These typicals
contain all the parameters which are needed for the parameterization. In addition it is possible to specify which of these
parameters are fixed and which can be adapted, e.g. by the
startup engineer.
The Soft Starter ES software program is available in three

versions which differ in their user-friendliness, scope of functions
and price.
Soft Starter ES
Basic
Standard
Premium
Access through the local interface on

the device
Operating
Diagnostics
Creation of typicals
--
1)
Parameter export
--
--
Standard-compatible printout
according to EN ISO 7200
--
Service data
(slave pointer, statistics data)
--
Access through
PROFIBUS/PROFINET
--
--
Group functions
--
--
Teleservice via MPI
--
--
S7 routing
--
--
STEP 7 Object Manager
--
--
Standard-compliant printouts
The software tool greatly simplifies machine documentation. It
enables parameterization printouts according to EN ISO 7200.
The elements to be printed are easy to select and group as
required.
Group function
For the user-friendly parameterization of numerous devices or
applications of the same type, the programs of the SIRIUS ES
software family offer a group function which enables the
parameterization of several devices to be read out or written
through PROFIBUS/PROFINET. In conjunction with typicals it
is even possible to selectively adapt the same parameters in
any number of parameterizations.
Teleservice via MPI
The Soft Starter ES Premium version supports the use of MPI
Teleservice (comprising the Teleservice software and various
Teleservice adapters) for remote diagnostics of the devices.
This facilitates diagnostics and maintenance, and it shortens
response times for service purposes.
Function available
1)
Typicals with Service Pack 1 and higher.
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/263
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Soft starters
Software
Soft Starter ES
Types of delivery and license
Soft Starter ES is available as follows:

Floating license the license for any one user at any one time
- Authorizes any one user
- Independent of the number of installations (unlike the single
license which is allowed to be installed once only)
- Only the actual use of the program has to be licensed
- Trial license (free use of all program functions for 14 days for
test and evaluation purposes, included on every product
CD, available in the download file of the SIRIUS ES program
in the Service&Support portal).
Following delivery versions are available in addition for
Soft Starter ES 2007:
Upgrade
Switching from an old to a new version with expanded
functions, e.g. upgrade from Soft Starter ES 2006 to
Soft Starter ES 2007.
Powerpack
Special pack for switching within the same software version to
a more powerful version with more functionality, e.g.
Powerpack Soft Starter ES 2007 for switching from Standard
to Premium.

To keep you up to date at all times we offer a special service
which supplies you automatically with all service packs and
upgrades.
License download
User-friendly license key download from our Mall (for selected
countries) as an easy and quick way for you to receive
additional licenses for your software.
For more information see
www.siemens.com/tia-online-software-delivery.
Licensing procedure
To make licensing easier, the three versions of Soft Starter ES are
available with the following license:
14 day trial license for Premium functions:
For test and evaluation purposes, included on every product
CD, available also in the download file of the SIRIUS Soft Starter
ES 2007 program in the Service&Support portal.
System requirements
Soft Starter ES 2007 parameterization, start-up and diagnostics
software for SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters
Basic/Standard
Premium
Product version *E04*1)
Product version *E06*2)
Operating system
Windows XP Professional (Service Pack 2 or 3),

Windows 7 32/64-bit Professional/Ultimate/Enterprise (Service Pack 1)
Processor
Pentium 800 MHz/1 GHz (Windows 7)
RAM
512 MB (Windows XP Professional)/1 GB (Windows 7 32-bit)/

2 GB (Windows 7 64-bit)
Free space on hard disk
150 MB
CD-ROM/DVD drive
Yes (only when installing from CD)
Interface
Depends on PC cable: serial (COM) or USB
PC cable/parameterization cable/connection cable
Yes
--
PROFIBUS/PROFINET communication module (optional)
--
Yes
1)
SIRIUS 3RW44 with product version *E04*.

Installed in starters delivered after December 2005.
2)
SIRIUS 3RW44 with product version *E06*. Installed in starters delivered

after May 2006.
Benefits
Transparent setting of the device functions and their parameters online and offline
Effective diagnostics functions on the soft starter and display
of the most important measured values
Trace function (oscilloscope function) for recording measured
values and events (in the Soft Starter ES Standard and
Premium versions)
3/264
Siemens IK PI 2015
Complete transparency thanks to printout, logbook and event

memory
High degree of user-friendliness convenient user interface,
with German, English and French as possible operating
languages
Time savings through shorter startup times
Fast, low-cost licensing using a simple licensing procedure
(available online too)
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Soft starters
Software
Soft Starter ES

Soft Starter ES parameterization and service software
for SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters
Delivered without PC cable
Version
Article No.
Soft Starter ES 2007 Basic

Floating license for one user
Engineering software in limited-function version for diagnostics purposes,
software and documentation on CD,
3 languages (German/English/French),
communication through system interface
License key on USB stick, Class A, including CD
3ZS1313-4CC10-0YA5
License key download, Class A, without CD
3ZS1313-4CE10-0YB5
3ZS1313-4CC10-0YA5
Soft Starter ES 2007 Standard

Engineering software, software and documentation on CD,
3ZS1313-5CC10-0YA5
3ZS1313-5CE10-0YB5
Upgrade for Soft Starter ES 2006

Floating license for one user,
engineering software, software and documentation on CD,
license key on USB stick, Class A,
3ZS1313-5CC10-0YE5
Powerpack for Soft Starter ES 2007 Basic

engineering software, license key on USB stick, Class A,
3ZS1313-5CC10-0YD5

For 1 year with automatic extension, assuming the current software version is in use,
3ZS1313-5CC10-0YL5
Soft Starter ES 2007 Premium

communication through system interface or PROFIBUS/PROFINET,
STEP7 Object Manager
3ZS1313-6CC10-0YA5
3ZS1313-6CE10-0YB5
Upgrade for Soft Starter ES 2006

3ZS1313-6CC10-0YE5
Powerpack for Soft Starter ES 2007 Standard

3ZS1313-6CC10-0YD5

3ZS1313-6CC10-0YL5
Notes:
Please order PC cable separately, see page 3/266.
For description of the software versions see page 3/263.
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/265
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Soft starters
Software
Soft Starter ES
Accessories
Version
Article No.
RS 232 PC cables
For connecting to the serial interface of a PC/PG,
for communication with Soft Starter ES through the system interface
3UF7940-0AA00-0
USB PC cables
For connecting to the USB interface of a PC/PG,
for communication with Soft Starter ES through the system interface
3UF7941-0AA00-0
USB/serial adapters
For connecting an RS 232 PC cable to the USB interface of a PC,
use recommended in conjunction with Soft Starter ES
3UF7946-0AA00-0
Optional PROFIBUS communication module for SIRIUS 3RW44
3RW4900-0KC00
Optional PROFINET communication module for SIRIUS 3RW44
3RW4900-0NC00
Optional accessories
3UF7940-0AA00-0
3UF7941-0AA00-0
3/266
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Soft starters
Software
SIRIUS 3RW44 Soft Starter block library for SIMATIC PCS 7
Overview
The SIRIUS 3RW44 Soft Starter PCS 7 block library can be used
for simple and easy integration of SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters
into the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system. The SIRIUS
3RW44 Soft Starter PCS 7 block library contains the diagnostics
and driver blocks corresponding with the SIMATIC PCS 7 diagnostics and driver concept as well as the elements (symbols and
faceplates) required for operator control and process monitoring.
Integrated functionality for optimal process control
for all process control systems
In addition to the general sensor technology, the motor feeder
data is increasingly being integrated into the process control
system. By integrating the SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters into the
process control system it becomes possible to prevent errors in
the motor feeder simply and reliably, or to detect these errors
quickly and rectify them. Downtimes are reduced to a minimum
or can be prevented before they happen.
For example, the output and display of the key measured values
calculated by the 3RW44 is also a good aid for being able to
assess and monitor the current system status.
Easy integration with the PCS 7 block library
The PCS 7 block library can be used for simple and easy integration of SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters into the SIMATIC PCS 7
process control system. The focus here is simple configuration.
The function of the blocks is based on the PCS 7 standard
libraries and is optimally harmonized with the functions of the
SIRIUS 3RW44.
Users who have previously integrated conventional motor feeders via signal blocks and motor or valve blocks or, for example,
already have experience with SIMOCODE blocks, are easily
able to switch to SIRIUS 3RW44.
3
Evaluation of additional motor feeder measurements

All measured values calculated by the soft starter, such as
current, voltage and output of the feeder, are displayed and output via the measured value blocks. A key advantage here is that
where required, a wide range of information on important motor
feeder measurements is available, e.g. for load monitoring.
The 3RW44 is not only able to detect measured values here, but
also to react if these values are exceeded or undershot, for
example, via custom settings e.g. with a motor disconnection
or with a warning.
The faceplate for the measured values is accessed from the
motor block faceplate.
All blocks required for the automation systems are provided by

the PCS 7 block library as are the block symbols and faceplates
for the operator station required for monitoring and control.
With the integration of the SIRIUS 3RW44 into SIMATIC PDM, the
system-wide device parameterization and diagnostics of the
SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters are possible from a central point.
Motor block for the direct control of the drive
The low-voltage motors started and protected by SIRIUS 3RW44
soft starters can be integrated into the process automation via
the motor blocks. This means that they form the interface between the process control system and the motors controlled by
the SIRIUS 3RW44.
To reduce the amount of configuring work required, functions for
signal processing and technological functions are integrated
into one motor block.
The important measured value the current in the motor feeder
is recorded via the 3RW44 and monitored for motor protection.
The motor current is accessible from the I&C system via the
motor blocks.
The block symbols and faceplates for the motor blocks display
the motor feeders on the operator station and provide all the required information for monitoring and control as well as detailed
diagnostics.
Faceplate for measured values
Evaluation of maintenance-related motor feeder data

The 3RW44 has powerful functions to detect and monitor maintenance-related motor feeder data. For example, the operating
and downtimes of the motor, operating cycles and overload
tripping events are detected and stored directly on the device.
If required, the information already on the device is available
via the statistics block in the I&C system. The display is provided
on a separate faceplate for the statistics block on the operator
station.
The SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starter PCS 7 block library supplied on
CD-ROM allows the user to run the required engineering software on the engineering station (single license) including the
runtime software for executing the AS blocks in an automation
system (single license). If the AS blocks are to be used in additional automation systems, the corresponding number of runtime
licenses are required which are supplied without a data carrier.
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/267
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Soft starters
Software
Benefits
Uniform and continuous integration into SIMATIC PCS 7
Standardized blocks for simple integration and optimal
operation
Including Advanced Process Library (APL) in Version V8
Greater process transparency due to greater information

density in the process control system
System-wide device parameterization and diagnostics with
SIMATIC PDM

Version
Article No.
SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starter block library for SIMATIC PCS 7, Version V8
with Advanced Process Library (APL)
3ZS1633-1XX02-0YA0
3/268
Engineering software V8
For one engineering station (single license) including runtime software
for execution of the AS blocks in an automation system (single license),
German/English
Scope of supply:
AS blocks and faceplates for integrating SIRIUS 3RW44
into the PCS 7 process control system with Advanced Process Library,
for PCS 7 version V8.0
Type of delivery:
Software and documentation on CD,
one license for one engineering station,
one license for one automation system
3ZS1633-1XX02-0YA0
Runtime license V8
for execution of the AS blocks in an automation system (single license)
Required for using the AS blocks of the engineering software V8
on an additional automation system within a plant
Type of delivery:
One license for one automation system,
without software and documentation
3ZS1633-2XX02-0YB0
Upgrade for SIRIUS 3RW44 PCS 7 block library, V6.0 or V7

to version SIRIUS 3RW44 V8
German/English
Scope of supply:
AS blocks and faceplates for integrating SIRIUS 3RW44
into the PCS 7 process control system with Advanced Process Library
Type of delivery:
Software and documentation on CD, one license for one engineering station,
3ZS1633-1XX02-0YE0
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Soft starters
Software
Selection and ordering data (continued)

Version
Article No.
SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starter block library for SIMATIC PCS 7 Version V7
3ZS1633-1XX00-0YA0
1)
German/English
Scope of supply:
AS blocks and faceplates for integrating SIRIUS 3RW44 into the
PCS 7 process control system, for PCS 7 version V6.1/V7.0/V7.11)
Type of delivery:
3ZS1633-1XX00-0YA0
Runtime license V7
For execution of the AS blocks in an automation system (single license)
Required for using the AS blocks of the engineering software V7 or the
engineering software migration V7-V8 on an additional automation system within a plant
Type of delivery:
3ZS1633-2XX00-0YB0
Engineering software migration V7-V8

For upgrading (migrating) an existing engineering software V6.1/V7.0/V7.1
of the SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starter block library for PCS 7
Conditions of use:
Availability of the engineering software V7 (license) of the SIRIUS 3RW44
soft starter block library for PCS 7 for the PCS 7 version V6.1, V7.0 or V7.1
The engineering software migration V7-V8 can be installed directly onto a system with PCS
7 version V8.0; installation of the previous version is unnecessary.
German/English
Scope of supply:
AS blocks and faceplates for integrating SIRIUS 3RW44 soft starters into the
PCS 7 process control system, for PCS 7 version V8.0
Type of delivery:
license for upgrading an existing license
for one engineering station and a plant's assigned
runtime licenses
3ZS1633-1XX10-0YE0
For earlier versions of the engineering software, SP1 can be downloaded

from www.siemens.com/sirius-engineering.
More information
For Programming and Operating Manual for PCS 7 Block Library
for SIRIUS Soft Starter 3RW44 V6.1/V7.0 + SP2 see
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/41856585.
For Getting Started for PCS 7 Block Library for SIRIUS 3RW44
Soft Starter V6.1/V7.0 + SP2 see
Note:
Programming Manual and GETTING STARTED are valid for
engineering software V7 and engineering software migration
V7-V8.
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/269
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Overview
The intelligent, highly flexible M200D PROFIBUS/PROFINET motor starters have the broadest range of functions of all products
in the SIRIUS motor starter family in the high degree of protection
IP65 for PROFIBUS/PROFINET communication.
They start and protect motors and loads up to 5.5 kW. Direct-online and reversing starter variants are available in a mechanical
version and also an electronic version (the latter with soft start
function).
The particularly robust M200D PROFIBUS/PROFINET

motor starters are characterized by numerous functions which
can be flexibly parameterized. Their modular design comprises
a motor starter module and a communication module.
The M200D PROFINET motor starters enable TIA-integrated
parameterization through PROFINET from STEP 7 in familiar,
user-friendly manner with the same look-and-feel as PROFIBUS.
Functionality
Basic functionality see Chapter 4 "AS-Interface"
"M200D Motor Starters" "General Data"
"Overview"
Robust and widely used M12 connection method for the
digital inputs and outputs and the PROFIBUS/PROFINET bus
connection
All four digital inputs and two digital outputs also exist in the
cyclic process image. This provides complete transparency of
the process on the control level
cyclic process image and are visible through the bus,
providing maximum flexibility and excellent adaptability to the
application
Extensive diagnostics concept using LEDs and through the
bus with the TIA-compatible mechanisms
Expanded diagnostics using data records
Parameterization through PROFIBUS/PROFINET bus with the
help of data records from the user program
the user program
Removable modular control unit quicker device replacement
and therefore lower costs when device outages occur since
existing wiring is on the control unit and only one device needs
to be replaced
Parameterization in STEP 7 HW Config using Motor Starter ES
Start-up and diagnostics with the help of Motor Starter ES
Trace function through Motor Starter ES for optimized start-up
and tracking of process and device values
3/270
Siemens IK PI 2015
M200D motor starter modules for PROFIBUS/PROFINET (without

communication module)
M200D communication modules for PROFIBUS

The M200D PROFINET/PROFINET motor starter is comprised of
a communication module and a motor starter module. Only the
motor starter module has to be replaced therefore when replacing devices. This saves time and money. The communication
module remains as an active station on the bus and all other
system components continue running. This prevents downtimes.
The integrated plug-in technology enables far lower wiring outlay: Connecting cables can be plugged directly onto the motor
starter module. The PROFINET bus is connected cost-effectively
using an M12 connection on the device. All versions have identical enclosure dimensions for easier system design and conversion.
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
defined by parameterization.
The user has several user-friendly options for the parameterization. In addition to parameterization directly from STEP 7, which
also permits automatic re-parameterization in case of device replacement, it is possible to use the user-friendly Motor Starter ES
start-up software. By connecting a programming device directly
to PROFIBUS/PROFINET and the Motor Starter ES start-up software, the devices can also be conveniently programmed from a
central point through the bus. Also, parameters can be changed
during operation from the user program using the data record
mechanism so that the function of the motor starter is adapted to

the process when required. With the help of a PC and the Motor
Starter ES software it is also possible to perform the parameterization through the local point-to-point interface on-site.
Functions can be flexibly assigned to the digital inputs and outputs, adapting them to all possible conveyor applications. All
digital inputs and outputs exist in the cyclic process image. All
limit values for monitoring functions and their reactions are parameterizable and therefore adaptable to the application. Consistency with other products of the SIRIUS M200D motor starter
range and with the frequency converter and ET 200pro peripherals system is assured.
SIRIUS M200D
SIRIUS M200D
PROFIBUS
PROFINET
PROFIBUS to M12
1 ... 125
PROFINET to M12
1 ... 128 with CPU 315, CPU 317

Slave on the bus
Fieldbus
Adjustable number of stations
1 ... 1 256 with CPU 319

Parameterization
DIP switches
Motor Starter ES
PROFIBUS/PROFINET data records
From STEP 7 / HW Config
For address setting and terminating resistor

Through bus, optical interface
--
Diagnostics
Diagnostic interrupt support
Process image
Process image
2Byte PII/ 2Byte PIQ
Data channels
Through Motor Starter ES local interface
Using Motor Starter ES through bus
Data records (acyclic)

Parameterization
Diagnostics
Measured values
Statistics
Commands
Slave pointer
Logbook
Device identification
I&M data
Using DS 131 (DS = data record)
Device-specific DS 92
Measured values DS 94
Statistical data DS 95
Using DS 93
Slave pointer DS 96
Using Motor Starter ES and data records: Device faults DS 72, tripping operations DS 73, events DS 75
Using DS 100
Using DS 231 ... 234
Using data records 0xAFF0 ... 0xAFF3
Inputs
Number
Input action
Quick stop
4
Parameterizable: latching, non-latching
Function available
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/271
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIRIUS M200D
SIRIUS M200D
PROFIBUS
PROFINET

Outputs
Number
Output action
2
2
Brake output
180 V DC / 230/400 V AC / none
Motor protection
Overload protection
Temperature sensor
Parameterizable using Motor Starter ES, data record: PTC or Thermoclick or deactivated
Device function
Repair switch
Blocking current
Unbalance
Load type
Tripping class
Parameterizable
Parameterizable
Parameterizable: tripping, warning
Parameterizable
Parameterizable
Parameterizable using Motor Starter ES, data record: CLASS 5, 10, 15, 20
Support for PROFIenergy profile

Switching during dead times
--
Measured motor current values
--

Soft start function
Bypass function
Function available
Application
The M200D PROFIBUS/PROFINET motor starters are particularly suitable for fully TIA-integrated, highly automated conveyor
applications which meet all needs with regard to the monitoring
of devices and systems and preventative maintenance.
3/272
Siemens IK PI 2015
Adaptability of the motor starter functions and maximum flexibility of the device enable a broad range of applications without
any limits. The PROFINET-specific expansions are the best
assurance of a future-proof investment.
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Communication module, motor starter modules
M200D motor starter module

M200D PROFIBUS
Version
M200D communication modules
for PROFIBUS
for PROFIBUS
M12 termination 7/8"
M200D PROFIBUS/PROFINET
Setting range
for rated operational current / A
PROFIBUS/PROFINET
motor starter
Article No.
Version
Article No.
Electronic starters (with thyristors)
3RK1395-6 7 S71- 7 AD 7
Setting range
for rated operational current / A
3RK1305-0AS01-0AA0
3RK1395-6 7 S41- 7 AD 7
0.15 ... 2
1.5 ... 12
Direct-on-line starters/
reversing starters
0.15 ... 2
1.5 ... 12
reversing starters
Reversing starters
with manual local operation
Reversing starters
Brake actuation
Reversing starters
Brake actuation
(230/400 V AC)
Brake actuation
(180 V DC)
Reversing starters
Brake actuation
Brake actuation
(230/400 V AC)
Brake actuation
(180 V DC)
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/273
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
M200D motor starters for PROFIBUS > Accessories
Overview
For accessories for all SIRIUS M200D motor starters
(irrespective of the communication connection) see Chapter 4
"AS-Interface" "SIRIUS M200D Motor Starters" "Accessories"
13
14
11
12
NSA0_00488a
3
9


(IO communication, 4- or 5-pole)
11 PROFIBUS connection (input)
12 PROFIBUS connection (loop)
13 Connection for 24 V supply (infeed)
14 Connection for 24 V supply (loop)
Communication connection using PROFIBUS and


Version
Article No.
Motor control with PROFIBUS

M12 plugs, angled
Screw fixing, 5-pole screw terminals, max. 0.75 mm2, B-coded,
no terminating resistor
/ 5 female contacts
3RK1902-1DA00
0 5 male contacts
3RK902-1BA00
3RK1902-1DA00
3RK1902-1BA00
Control cables, assembled at one end
M12, screw fixing, angular, B coded, no terminating resistor
3RK1902-1G.
/ 5 female contacts, 3 m
3RK1902-1GB30
3RK1902-1GB50
3RK1902-1GC10
/ 0 Control cables, assembled at both ends

M12, screw fixing, angular, pin/socket
5-pole, B-coded, no terminating resistor
3RK1902-1N.
3/274
3.0 m
3RK1902-1NB30
5.0 m
3RK1902-1NB50
10.0 m
3RK1902-1NC10
Siemens IK PI 2015
10
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
M200D motor starters for PROFIBUS > Accessories

Version
Article No.
PROFIBUS trailing cables

Max. acceleration 4 m/s2, at least 3 000 000 bending cycles,
bending radius at least 60 mm, 2-core, shielded, sold by the meter,
6XV1830-3EH10
PROFIBUS FC Food bus cables

With PE outer sheath for operation in the food and beverage industry, 2-core,
shielded, sold by the meter,
6XV1830-0GH10
PROFIBUS FC Robust bus cables

With PUR outer sheath for operation in environments exposed to
chemicals and mechanical loads, 2-core, shielded, sold by the meter,
6XV1830-0JH10
Power cables
5-core, 5 x 1.5 mm2, trailing, sold by the meter,
6XV1830-8AH10
Further accessories
Connection for 24 V power supply of the M200D PROFIBUS/PROFINET

Plugs
On M200D, 7/8" for screw fixing, angular, screw terminal, 1.5 mm2
1 5 female contacts
3RK1902-3DA00
2 5 male contacts
3RK1902-3BA00
3RK1902-3DA00
3RK1902-3BA00
1 Supply lines, assembled at one end
7/8" for screw fixing, angular, 1.5 mm2
3RK1902-3G.
3RK1902-3GB30
3RK1902-3GB50
3RK1902-3GC10
1 2 Supply lines, assembled at both ends

7/8" for screw fixing, angular at both ends,
5-pole pin/socket, 1.5 mm2
3RK1902-3N.
3m
3RK1902-3NB30
5m
3RK1902-3NB50
10 m
3RK1902-3NC10
7/8" sealing caps

1 pack = 10 units
6ES7194-3JA00-0AA0
6ES7194-3JA00-0AA0
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/275
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Software
Motor Starter ES
Overview
Efficient engineering with three program versions
The Motor Starter ES software program is available in three versions which differ in their user-friendliness, scope of functions
and price.
Motor Starter ES
ET 200S High-Feature PROFIBUS IM
ET 200S High-Feature PROFINET IM
ECOFAST AS-Interface
High-Feature
ECOFAST PROFIBUS
ET 200pro PROFIBUS IM
ET 200pro PROFINET IM
M200D AS-Interface Standard
M200D PROFIBUS
M200D PROFINET
Basic
Standard
Premium
()
--
Function available, () available with restricted functionality

Motor Starter ES for parameterization, monitoring, diagnostics and
testing of motor starters

Standard
Premium
Motor Starter ES is used for start-up, parameterization,

diagnostics, documentation and the preventative maintenance
of the motor starters in the SIMATIC ET 200S, ET 200pro,
ECOFAST and M200D product families.
Access through the local interface on

the device
Motor Starter ES
Operating
Interfacing is performed
Through the local interface on the device
With PROFIBUS DP V1 capable motor starters from any point
in PROFIBUS or in PROFINET (applies to ET 200S DP V1/
ET 200pro/ECOFAST/M200D)
with PROFINET-capable motor starters from any point in
PROFINET or in PROFIBUS (applies to ET 200S DP V1,
ET 200pro/M200D)
Diagnostics
--
Creation of typicals
--
--
Standard-compliant printout
according to EN ISO 7200
--
Service data
(slave pointer, statistics data)
--
Access via PROFIBUS
--
--
Access via PROFINET
--
--
S7 routing
--
--
Teleservice via MPI
--
--
STEP 7 Object Manager
--
--
Trace function
--
Using Motor Starter ES, the communication-capable motor starters are easily parameterized during start-up, monitored during
normal operation and successfully diagnosed for service purposes. Preventative maintenance is supported by a function for
reading out diverse statistical data (e. g. operating hours, operating cycles, cut-off currents, etc.). The user is supported during
these procedures with comprehensive Help functions and plain
text displays.
Motor Starter ES can either be used as a stand-alone program
or it can be integrated into STEP 7 via an Object Manager.
3/276
Siemens IK PI 2015
Basic
Function available
Additional functions
Standard-compliant printouts
The software tool greatly simplifies machine documentation. It
enables parameterization printouts according to EN ISO 7200.
The elements to be printed are easy to select and group as
required.
Easy creation of typicals
Typicals can be created for devices and applications with only
minimum differences in their parameters. These typicals
contain all the parameters which are needed for the parameterization. In addition it is possible to specify which of these
parameters are fixed and which can be adapted, e.g. by the
startup engineer.
Teleservice via MPI
The Motor Starter ES Premium version supports the use of MPI
Teleservice (comprising the Teleservice software and various
Teleservice adapters) for remote diagnostics of the devices.
This facilitates diagnostics and maintenance, and it shortens
response times for service purposes.
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Software
Motor Starter ES
Motor Starter ES is available as follows:
Floating license the license for any one user at any one time
- Authorizes any one user
- Independent of the number of installations (unlike the single
license which is allowed to be installed once only)
- Only the actual use of the program has to be licensed
- Trial license (free use of all program functions for 14 days for
test and evaluation purposes, included on every product
CD, available in the download file of the SIRIUS ES program
in the Service&Support portal)
Following delivery versions are also available for Motor Starter

ES 2007:
Upgrade
Switching from an old to a new version with expanded
functions, e.g. upgrade from Motor Starter ES 2006 to Motor
Starter ES 2007.
Powerpack
Special pack for switching within the same software version to
a more powerful version with more functionality, e.g.
Powerpack Motor Starter ES 2007 for switching from Standard
to Premium.
To keep you up to date at all times we offer a special service
which supplies you automatically with all service packs and
upgrades.
License download
User-friendly license key download from our Mall (for selected
countries) as an easy and quick way for you to receive
additional licenses for your software.
www.siemens.com/tia-online-software-delivery.
System requirements
Parameterization, start-up and diagnostics software
Motor Starter ES 2007
For ECOFAST motor starters, SIMATIC ET 200S High-Feature starters,

SIMATIC ET 200pro starters, and
M200D (AS-I standard, PROFIBUS, PROFINET)
Operating system
Windows XP Professional (Service Pack 2 or 3)

Windows 7 32/64-bit Professional/Ultimate/Enterprise (Service Pack 1)
Processor
Pentium 800 MHz/1 GHz (Windows 7)
RAM
512 MB (Windows XP Professional)/1 GB (Windows 7 32-bit)/

2 GB (Windows 7 64-bit)
Monitor resolution
1 024 x 768
Free space on hard disk1)
400 MB
CD-ROM/DVD drive
Yes (only when installing from CD)
Interface
Depends on PC cable: serial (COM) or USB
PC cable/parameterization cable/connection cable
Yes
PROFIBUS card/PROFIBUS processor
Optional, for parameterization and diagnostics through PROFIBUS
Ethernet interface/PROFINET card
Optional, for parameterization and diagnostics through PROFINET
1)
Additional free space recommended, e.g. for swap-out file.
Benefits
Fast, error-free configuration and startup of motor starters
even without extensive previous knowledge
Transparent setting of the device functions and their parameters online and offline
Effective diagnostics functions on the soft starter and display
of the most important measured values
Trace function (oscilloscope function) for recording measured

values and events (included in the Motor Starter ES Standard
and Premium software versions for M200D PROFIBUS and
PROFINET).
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/277
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Software
Motor Starter ES

Motor Starter ES 2007
For ECOFAST motor starters, SIMATIC ET 200S
High-Feature starters, SIMATIC ET 200pro starters,
and M200D (AS-I standard, PROFIBUS, PROFINET)
Version
Article No.
Motor Starter ES 2007 Basic

3ZS1310-4CC10-0YA5
3ZS1310-4CE10-0YB5
3ZS1310-4CC10-0YA5
Motor Starter ES 2007 Standard

3ZS1310-5CC10-0YA5
3ZS1310-5CE10-0YB5
Upgrade for Motor Starter ES 2006

3ZS1310-5CC10-0YE5
Powerpack for Motor Starter ES 2007 Basic

3ZS1310-5CC10-0YD5

For 1 year with automatic extension,
assuming the current software version is in use,
3ZS1310-5CC10-0YL5
Motor Starter ES 2007 Premium

3ZS1310-6CC10-0YA5
3ZS1310-6CE10-0YB5
Upgrade for Motor Starter ES 2006

3ZS1310-6CC10-0YE5
Powerpack for Motor Starter ES 2007 Standard

3ZS1310-6CC10-0YD5

For 1 year with automatic extension,
assuming the current software version is in use,
communication through the system interface or PROFIBUS/PROFINET,
3ZS1310-6CC10-0YL5
Notes:
For description of the software versions see page 3/276.
3/278
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Software
Motor Starter ES
Accessories
Version
Article No.
2DI LC COM control module

For ET 200S High-Feature starters, fail-safe starters A
3RK1903-0CH20
LOGO! USB PC cables

For ET 200S High-Feature starter
6ED1057-1AA01-0BA0
RS 232 interface cable

Serial data connection between ET 200pro MS/FC, M200D and
laptop/PC/PG or MS
3RK1922-2BP00
USB interface cable

Serial data connection between ET 200pro MS/FC, M200D and
laptop/PC/PG or MS
6SL3555-0PA00-2AA0
USB/serial adapters
for connecting an RS 232 PC cable to the USB interface of a PC, recommended
for use in conjunction with ET 200S/ECOFAST/ET 200pro motor starters
3UF7946-0AA00-0
3RK1903-0CH20
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/279
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Software
Overview
Connection to powerrate
The SIRIUS motor starters can be connected to powerrate. The
block provides the possibility of integrating the motor starters
into energy management.
The current values are supplied directly from the motor starter
block, while the voltage and the power factor (p.f) must be entered manually.
The SIRIUS motor starter PCS 7 block library supplied on CDROM allows the user to run the required engineering software on
the engineering station (single license) including the runtime
software for executing the AS blocks in an automation system
(single license). If the AS blocks are to be used in additional automation systems, the corresponding number of runtime licenses are required which are supplied without a data carrier.
With the SIRIUS motor starter PCS 7 block library,

SIRIUS ET 200S and ET 200pro motor starters can be easily
and simply integrated into the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
system. The SIRIUS motor starter PCS 7 block library contains
the diagnostics and driver blocks corresponding to the
SIMATIC PCS 7 diagnostics and driver concept as well as the
elements (symbols and faceplates) required for operator control
and process monitoring.
Easy integration with the PCS 7 block library
The PCS 7 block library can be used for simple and easy
integration of SIRIUS ET 200S and ET 200pro motor starters into
the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system V7.0, V7.1 and V8.0.
The focus here is simple configuration. The function of the
blocks is based on the PCS 7 standard libraries and is optimally
harmonized with the functions of the SIRIUS motor starters.
Users who have previously integrated conventional motor feeders into PCS 7 are easily able to switch to SIRIUS motor starters.
Faceplate for diagnostics
All blocks required for the automation systems are provided by

the PCS 7 block library as are the block symbols and faceplates for the operator station required for monitoring and control.
Regardless of whether, for example, the motor starter is controlled directly, or its current value is to be read out and status,
warning and error signals are to be displayed, the right blocks
are always available.
Faceplate for energy management with powerrate
Benefits
Uniform and continuous integration into SIMATIC PCS 7
Standardized blocks for simple integration and optimal
operation
Greater process transparency due to greater information
density in the process control system
3/280
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Software

Version
Article No.
3ZS1630-1XX00-0YA0
German/English
Scope of supply:
AS blocks and faceplates for integrating SIRIUS motor starters into the
PCS 7 process control system, for PCS 7 version V7.0 or V7.1
Type of delivery:
3ZS1630-1XX01-0YA0
Runtime license V7
engineering software migration V7-V8 on an additional automation system
within a plant
Type of delivery:
3ZS1630-2XX01-0YB0
Upgrade for SIRIUS motor starter block library

for SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1/V7.0 to V7.0/V7.1
German/English
Scope of supply:
AS blocks and faceplates for integrating SIRIUS motor starter into the
PCS 7 process control system, for PCS 7 version V7.0 or V7.1
Type of delivery:
3ZS1630-1XX01-0YE0

For upgrading (migrating) an existing engineering software V7 of the
SIRIUS motor starter block library for PCS 7
Conditions of use:
Availability of the engineering software V7 (license) of the SIRIUS motor
starter block library for PCS 7 for the PCS 7 version V7.0 or V7.1
The engineering software migration V7-V8 can be installed directly
onto a system with PCS 7 version V8.0; installation of the previous version is
unnecessary.
German/English
Scope of supply:
AS blocks and faceplates for integrating SIRIUS motor starter into the
Type of delivery:
for one engineering station and a plant's assigned runtime licenses
3ZS1630-1XX10-0YE0
More information
Programming and Operating Manual for SIRIUS Motor Starter
PCS 7 Block Library V7.1 + SP2 see
Getting Started for SIRIUS Motor Starter PCS 7 Block Library
V7.1 + SP2 see
Note:
Programming Manual and GETTING STARTED are valid for
engineering software V7 and engineering software migration
V7-V8.
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/281
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control Devices
SIMOCODE pro
General data
Overview
Expansion options
SIMOCODE
pro C
pro S
pro V3)
PROFIBUS PROFIBUS PROFIBUS1) PROFINET
Operator panels
Operator panels
with display
--
--
Current measuring
modules
Current/voltage
measuring modules
--
--
Decoupling modules
--
--
Digital modules
--
--
Fail-safe digital
modules2)
--
--
Analog modules
--
--
Ground-fault modules
--
--
Temperature modules
--
--
Multifunction modules
--
--
--
Expansion modules:
SIMOCODE pro S for efficient entry into motor management and

SIMOCODE pro V for maximum functionality
SIMOCODE pro is a flexible, modular motor management

system for motors with constant speeds in the low-voltage
performance range. It optimizes the connection between I&C
and motor feeder, increases plant availability and allows significant savings to be made for installation, commissioning,
operation and maintenance of a system.
When SIMOCODE pro is installed in the low-voltage switchboard, it is the intelligent interface between the higher-level
automation system and the motor feeder and includes the following:
Multifunctional, electronic full motor protection, independent
of the automation system
Integrated control functions instead of hardware for the motor
control
Detailed operating, service and diagnostics data
Open communication through PROFIBUS DP, PROFINET and
OPC UA
Safety relay function for the fail-safe disconnection of motors
up to SIL 3 (IEC 61508, IEC 62061) or PL e with Category 4
(EN ISO 13849-1)
SIMOCODE ES is the software package for SIMOCODE pro
parameterization, start-up and diagnostics.
Device series
SIMOCODE pro is structured into several functionally tiered
series:
SIMOCODE pro C, as a compact system for direct-on-line
starters and reversing starters or for controlling a motor starter
protector
SIMOCODE pro S, the smart system for direct-on-line,
reversing, and wye-delta starters or for controlling a motor
starter protector or soft starter. As it can be expanded with a
multifunction module, it offers an extensive range of inputs
and outputs, precise ground-fault detection via the 3UL23
residual current transformer and temperature measurement.
SIMOCODE pro V, as a variable system with all control
functions and with the possibility of expanding the inputs,
outputs and functions of the system at will using expansion
modules
3/282
Siemens IK PI 2015
Available
-- Not available
1)
When an operator panel with display and/or a decoupling module are

used, more restrictions on the number of expansion modules connectable
per basic unit must be observed, see page 3/286.
2)
The fail-safe digital module can be used instead of one of the two digital
modules.
3)
Maximum of 5 expansion modules.
Per feeder each system always comprises one basic unit and
one separate current measuring module. The two modules are
connected together electrically through the system interface
with a connection cable and can be mounted mechanically connected as a unit (one behind the other) or separately (side by
side). The motor current to be monitored is decisive only for the
choice of the current measuring module.
An operator panel for mounting in the control cabinet door is optionally connectable through a second system interface on the
basic unit. Both the current measuring module and the operator
panel are electrically supplied by the basic unit through the connection cable. More inputs, outputs and functions can be added
to the SIMOCODE pro V and SIMOCODE pro S by means of
optional expansion modules, thus supplementing the inputs and
outputs already existing on the basic unit. With the DM-F Local
and DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe digital modules it is also possible
to integrate the fail-safe disconnection of motors in the
SIMOCODE pro V motor management system.
All modules are connected by connection cables. The connection cables are available in various lengths. The maximum distance between the modules (e.g. between the basic unit and the
current measuring module) must not exceed 2.5 m. The total
length of all the connection cables per system interface of the
basic unit may be up to 3 m.
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMOCODE pro
General data
Basic
SIMOCODE pro S
Current
measuring module
Optional expansions
Basic unit
Operator
panel
Multifunction module
SIMOCODE pro V
Current/voltage
measuring module
Basic unit
Functions
PROFIBUS
Operator
panel
Earth-fault
module
Temperature
module
Digital modules
Standard
Fail-safe
Analog
module
PROFINET
Functions
PROFIsafe
PROFIBUS
PROFIsafe
IC01_00273
SIMOCODE pro V and SIMOCODE pro S: System structure
Connection methods
Selection tables for the SIMOCODE pro motor management
system can be found on the following pages.
Screw terminals
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/283
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMOCODE pro
General data
Benefits
General customer benefits

Integrating the whole motor feeder into the process control by
means of PROFIBUS DP, PROFINET or OPC UA significantly
reduces the wiring outlay between the motor feeder and PLC.
Decentralization of the automated processes by means of
configurable control and monitoring functions in the feeder
saves resources in the automation system and ensures full
functionality and protection of the feeder even if the I&C or bus
system fails.
The acquisition and monitoring of operating, service and
diagnostics data in the feeder and process control system
increases plant availability as well as maintenance and
service-friendliness.
The high degree of modularity allows users to perfectly
implement their plant-specific requirements for each motor
feeder.
The SIMOCODE pro system offers functionally graded and
space-saving solutions for each customer application.
The replacement of the control circuit hardware with
integrated control functions decreases the number of
hardware components and wiring required and in this way
limits stock keeping costs and potential wiring errors.
The use of electronic full motor protection permits better utilization of the motors and ensures long-term stability of the
tripping characteristic and reliable tripping even after years of
service.
Recording of measuring curves
Multifunctional, electronic full motor protection

for rated motor currents up to 820 A
These predefined control functions can also be flexibly adapted

to each customized configuration of a motor feeder by means of
freely configurable logic modules (truth tables, counters, timers,
edge evaluation, etc.) and with the help of standard functions
(power failure monitoring, emergency start, external faults, etc.),
without additional auxiliary relays being necessary in the control
circuit.
SIMOCODE pro provides comprehensive protection of the motor

feeder by means of a combination of delayable, multi-level protection and monitoring functions:
Inverse-time delayed electronic overload protection
(CLASS 5 to 40)
Phase failure/unbalance protection
Stall protection
Monitoring of adjustable limit values for the motor current
Voltage and power monitoring
Monitoring of the power factor (motor idling/load shedding)
Ground-fault monitoring
Temperature monitoring, e.g. over PT100/PT1 000
Monitoring of operating hours, downtime and number of starts
etc.
3/284
Siemens IK PI 2015
SIMOCODE pro can record measuring curves and therefore is

able, for example, to present the progression of motor current
during motor start-up.
Flexible motor control implemented with integrated control
functions (instead of comprehensive hardware interlocks)
Many predefined motor control functions have already been
integrated into SIMOCODE pro, including all necessary logic
operations and interlocks:
Overload relays
Direct-on-line and reversing starters
Wye/delta starters (also with direction reversal)
Two speeds, motors with separate windings (pole-changing
starters); also with direction reversal
Two speeds, motors with separate Dahlander windings (also
with direction reversal)
Positioner actuation
Solenoid valve actuation
Control of a motor starter protector
Soft starter actuation (also with direction reversal)
These control functions are predefined in SIMOCODE pro and
can be freely assigned to the inputs and outputs of the device
(including PROFIBUS/PROFINET).
SIMOCODE pro makes a lot of additional hardware and wiring in

the control circuit unnecessary which results in a high level of
standardization of the motor feeder in terms of its design and
circuit diagrams.
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMOCODE pro
General data
Detailed operating, service and diagnostics data
Communications
SIMOCODE pro makes different operating, service and diagnostics data available and helps to detect potential faults in time and
to prevent them by means of preventative measures. In the event
of a malfunction, a fault can be diagnosed, localized and rectified very quickly there are no or very short downtimes.
SIMOCODE pro has either an integrated PROFIBUS DP interface (SUB-D or terminal connection) or a PROFINET interface
(2 x RJ45).
Operating data
Motor switching state derived from the current flow in the main
circuit
All phase currents
All phase voltages and phase-to-phase voltages
Active power, apparent power and power factor
Phase unbalance and phase sequence
Ground-fault current
Time to trip
Motor temperature
Remaining cooling time etc.
Service data
Motor operating hours
Motor stop times
Number of motor starts
Number of overload trips
Interval for compulsory testing of the enabling circuits
Energy consumed
Internal comments stored in the device etc.
Diagnostics data
Numerous detailed early warning and fault messages
Internal device fault logging with time stamp
Time stamping of freely selectable status, alarm or fault
messages etc.
Easy operation and diagnostics
Operator panel
The operator panel is used to control the motor feeder and can
replace all conventional pushbuttons and indicator lights to save
space. It makes SIMOCODE pro or the feeder directly operable
in the control cabinet. It features all the status LEDs available on
the basic unit and externalizes the system interface for simple
parameterization or diagnosis on a PC/PG.
Operator panel with display
As an alternative to the 3UF720 standard operator panel for
SIMOCODE pro V, there is also an operator panel with display:
the 3UF7 21 is thus able in addition to indicate measured values,
operating and diagnostics data or status information of the motor
feeder at the control cabinet. The pushbuttons of the operator
panel can be used to control the motor. Also, when SIMOCODE
pro V PROFINET is used it is possible to set parameters such as
rated motor current, limit values, etc. directly via the operator
panel with display.
Fail-safe disconnection through PROFIBUS or PROFINET with

the PROFIsafe profile is also possible in conjunction with a failsafe controller (F-CPU) and the DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe digital
module.
SIMOCODE pro for PROFIBUS
SIMOCODE pro for PROFIBUS supports for example:
Cyclic services (DPV0) and acyclic services (DPV1)
Extensive diagnostics and hardware interrupts
Time stamp with high timing precision (SIMATIC S7) for
SIMOCODE pro V
DPV1 communication after the Y-Link
SIMOCODE pro for PROFINET
SIMOCODE pro for PROFINET supports for example:
Line and ring bus topology thanks to an integrated switch
Media redundancy via MRP protocol
Operating, service and diagnostics data via standard web
browser
OPC UA server for open communication with visualization and
control systems
NTP-synchronized time
Interval function and measured values for energy
management via PROFIenergy
Module exchange without PC memory module through
proximity detection
Extensive diagnostics and maintenance alarms
Notes on safety
For connection of an internal system to an external system,
suitable protective measures must be taken to ensure safe
operation of the plant (including IT security, e. g. network
segmentation).
More information see www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity.
SIMOCODE pro motor management and control devices with
communication function see page 3/288 onwards.
Accessories see page 3/293 onwards.
More information see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 14 "Parameterization, Configuration and Visualization with SIRIUS", Industry Mall
or Interactive Catalog CA 01.
Autonomous operation
An essential feature of SIMOCODE pro is the autonomous execution of all protection and control functions, even when communication to the I&C system is interrupted. This means that even
in the event of bus system or automation system failure, full functionality of the feeder is ensured or a specific behavior can be
parameterized in case of such a fault, e.g. targeted shutdown of
the feeder or execution of particular parameterized control
mechanisms (such as reversal of the direction of rotation).
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/285
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMOCODE pro
General data
Application
SIMOCODE pro is often used for automated processes where

plant downtimes are very expensive (e.g. steel or cement industry) and where it is important to prevent plant downtimes through
detailed operating, service and diagnostics data or to localize
the fault very quickly in the event of a fault.
Safety technology for SIMOCODE pro
SIMOCODE pro is modular and space-saving and suited especially for operation in motor control centers (MCCs) in the process industry and for power plant technology.
With the DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe expansion

modules it is easy to integrate functions for fail-safe disconnection into the SIMOCODE pro V motor management system while
retaining service-proven concepts. The strict separation of
safety functions and operational functions proves particularly
advantageous for planning, configuring and construction.
Seamless integration in the motor management system leads to
greater transparency for diagnostics and during operation of the
system.
Applications
Protection and control of motors in hazardous areas for types of
protection EEx e/d according to ATEX guideline 94/9/EC
With heavy starting (paper, cement, metal and water
industries)
In high-availability plants (chemical, oil, raw material
processing industries, power plants)
The safe disconnection of motors in the process industry is becoming increasingly important as the result of new and revised
standards and requirements in the safety engineering field.
Suitable components for this purpose are the DM-F Local and
DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe expansion modules, depending on the
requirements:
The DM-F Local fail-safe digital module for when direct
assignment between a fail-safe hardware shutdown signal
and a motor feeder is required, or
The DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe digital module for when a failsafe controller (F-CPU) creates the signal for the disconnection and transmits it in a fail-safe manner through
PROFIBUS/PROFIsafe
or PROFINET/PROFIsafe to the motor management system
More information
Configuration instructions when using an operator panel
with display and/or a decoupling module with SIMOCODE
pro V with PROFIBUS
Use of a decoupling module

(voltage measurement in insulated networks)
If you want to use a decoupling module or an operator panel with

display in the SIMOCODE pro V system with PROFIBUS, then
the following configuration instructions concerning the type and
number of connectable expansion modules must be observed.
Digital
Digital
Analog
module 1
module 2
modules
SIMOCODE pro V (24 V DC)
The following tables show the maximum possible configuration

of the expansion modules for the various combinations.
1)
1)
SIMOCODE pro V (110 ... 240 V AC/DC)

-
The DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe expansion

modules behave in this connection like digital modules for
standard applications.
1)
1)
--
--
Temperature
modules
Ground-fault
modules
--
---
Available
Use of an operator panel with display
-- Not available
1)
Digital
module 1
Digital
module 2
Analog
modules
Temperature
modules
Ground-fault
modules
Use of a decoupling module

(voltage measurement in insulated networks)
in combination with an operator panel with display
Only operator panel with display for SIMOCODE pro V

(24 V DC or 110 ... 240 V AC/DC)
Max. 4 expansion modules can be used
Operator panel with display and current/voltage measurement
with SIMOCODE pro V (110 ... 240 V AC/DC)
Max. 3 expansion modules can be used or:
--
--
Available
-- Not available
No bistable relay outputs and no more than 5 of 7 relay outputs active

simultaneously (> 3 s).
--
Digital
Digital
Analog
module 1
module 2
modules
SIMOCODE pro V (24 V DC)
-
Temperature
modules
Ground-fault
modules
--
--
1)
1)
--
3)
--
--
--
--
-SIMOCODE pro V (110 ... 240 V AC/DC)

2)
-
Available
-- Not available
3/286
Siemens IK PI 2015
1)

2)

3)
Analog module output is not used.
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMOCODE pro
General data
More information (continued)

Protective separation
System manual
All circuits in SIMOCODE pro are safely isolated from each other
in accordance with IEC 60947-1. That is, they are designed with
double creepages and clearances. In the event of a fault, therefore, no parasitic voltages can be formed in neighboring circuits.
The instructions of Test log No. 2668 must be complied with.
The SIMOCODE pro system manual describes the motor

management system and its functions in detail. It provides
information on configuration, start-up, servicing and maintenance. A typical example of a reversing starter application is
used to teach the user quickly and practically how to use the
system. In addition to help on how to identify and rectify faults
in the event of a malfunction, the manual also contains special
information for servicing and maintenance. For selection of
equipment and for planning, it is recommended to consult the
system manual.
Types of protection EEx e and EEx d

The overload protection and the thermistor motor protection
of the SIMOCODE pro system comply with the requirements for
overload protection of explosion-proof motors to the type of
protection:
EEx d "flameproof enclosure" e.g. according to IEC 60079-1
EEx e "increased safety" e.g. according to IEC 60079-7
When using SIMOCODE pro devices with a 24 V DC control
voltage, electrical separation must be ensured using a battery or
a safety transformer according to IEC 61558-2-6. EC type test
certificate: BVS 06 ATEX F 001
Test log: BVS PP 05.2029 EG.
A detailed description of the DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe

fail-safe expansion modules is provided in the system manual
"SIMOCODE pro Safety Fail-Safe Digital Modules", which can be
downloaded from the Internet.
Internet
More information see www.siemens.com/simocode.
Selection data for type-tested

assemblies/load feeders
For configuration tables according to type of coordination "1"
or "2", see
Manual "Configuring SIRIUS",
Article No.: 3ZX1012-0RA21-0AB0,
Manual "Configuring SIRIUS Innovations",
Article No.: 3ZX1012-0RA21-1AB0,
SIMOCODE pro PROFIBUS System Manual,
Article No.: 3UF7970-0AA01-0,
SIMOCODE pro PROFINET System Manual,
Article No.: 3ZX1012-0UF70-1AB1,
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/287
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMOCODE pro
Basic units

Version
Screw terminals
Article No.
SIMOCODE pro
SIMOCODE pro C
PROFIBUS DP interface, 12 Mbit/s, RS 485
4 I/3 O freely assignable, input for thermistor connection,
monostable relay outputs
Rated control supply voltage Us:
24 V DC
3UF7000-1AB00-0
110 ... 240 V AC/DC
3UF7000-1AU00-0
3UF7000-1A.00-0
SIMOCODE pro S
PROFIBUS DP interface, 1.5 Mbit/s, RS 485
monostable relay outputs, can be expanded by a multifunction module
24 V DC
3UF7020-1AB01-0
110 ... 240 V AC/DC
3UF7020-1AU01-0
3UF7020-1A.01-0
SIMOCODE pro V
PROFIBUS DP interface, 12 Mbit/s, RS 485
monostable relay outputs, can be expanded by expansion modules
24 V DC
3UF7010-1AB00-0
110 ... 240 V AC/DC
3UF7010-1AU00-0
3UF7010-1A.00-0
SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET1)
ETHERNET/PROFINET IO,
OPC UA server and web server, 100 Mbit/s,
2 x connection to bus through RJ45, 4 I/3 O freely assignable,
input for thermistor connection, monostable relay outputs,
can be expanded by expansion modules
3UF7011-1A.00-0
1)
24 V DC
3UF7011-1AB00-0
110 ... 240 V AC/DC
3UF7011-1AU00-0
When using an operator panel with display, the product version must be
E07 or higher (from 08/2012).
3/288
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMOCODE pro
Basic units

Version
Current setting
Width
Screw terminals
mm
Article No.
0.3 ... 3
2.4 ... 25
45
45
3UF7100-1AA00-0
3UF7101-1AA00-0
10 ... 100
20 ... 200
55
120
3UF7102-1AA00-0
3UF7103-1AA00-0
20 ... 200
63 ... 630
120
145
3UF7103-1BA00-0
3UF7104-1BA00-0
SIMOCODE pro (continued)

Current measuring modules
Straight-through transformers
Busbar connections
3UF7100-1AA00-0
Current/voltage measuring modules for SIMOCODE pro V
Voltage measuring up to 690 V if required in connection with a decoupling module
Straight-through transformers
Busbar connections
3UF7110-1AA00-0
0.3 ... 3
2.4 ... 25
45
45
3UF7110-1AA00-0
3UF7111-1AA00-0
10 ... 100
20 ... 200
55
120
3UF7112-1AA00-0
3UF7113-1AA00-0
20 ... 200
63 ... 630
120
145
3UF7113-1BA00-0
3UF7114-1BA00-0
Decoupling modules
For connecting upstream from a current/voltage measuring module
on the system interface when using voltage measurement in
insulated, high-resistance or asymmetrically grounded systems and in
single-phase systems
3UF7150-1AA00-0
3UF7150-1AA00-0
Operator panels
Installation in control cabinet door or front plate, for plugging into
all SIMOCODE pro basic units, 10 LEDs for status indication and
user-assignable buttons for controlling the motor
3UF7200-1AA00-0
Light gray
3UF7200-1AA00-0
Titanium gray
3UF7200-1AA01-0
3UF7200-1AA01-0
Operator panel with display for SIMOCODE pro V
Installation in control cabinet door or front plate,
for plugging into SIMOCODE pro V and SIMOCODE pro V PN,
7 LEDs for status indication and user-assignable buttons for controlling the motor,
multilingual display, e.g. for indication of measured values,
status information or fault messages
3UF7210-1AA00-0
3UF7210-1AA00-0
Notes:
System manual "SIMOCODE pro PROFIBUS" see
System manual "SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET" see
SIMOCODE pro V basic unit in a hardened version via SIPLUS
extreme upon request.
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/289
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMOCODE pro
Expansion modules

Version
Screw terminals
Article No.
Expansion modules for SIMOCODE pro V

With SIMOCODE pro V, it is possible to expand the type and number of inputs and
outputs in steps. Each expansion module has two system interfaces on the front.
Through the one system interface the expansion module is connected to the system
interface of the SIMOCODE pro V using a connection cable;
through the second system interface, further expansion modules or the operator panel
can be connected. The power supply for the expansion modules is provided by the
connection cable through the basic unit.
Note:
Please order connection cable separately, see page 3/293.
Digital modules
Up to two digital modules can be used to add additional binary inputs and relay
outputs to the basic unit. The input circuits of the digital modules are
supplied from an external power supply.
4 binary inputs and 2 relay outputs,
up to 2 digital modules can be connected
3UF7300-1AU00-0
Relay outputs
Input voltage
Monostable
24 V DC
3UF7300-1AB00-0
110 ... 240 V AC/DC
3UF7300-1AU00-0
24 V DC
3UF7310-1AB00-0
110 ... 240 V AC/DC
3UF7310-1AU00-0
Bistable
Analog modules
Basic unit can be optionally expanded with analog inputs and outputs (0/4 ... 20 mA)
by means of the analog module.
2 inputs (passive) for input and 1 output for output of 0/4 ... 20 mA signals,
max. 1 analog module can be connected per pro V basic unit
and max. 2 analog modules per pro V PN basic unit
3UF7400-1AA00-0
3UF7400-1AA00-0
Ground-fault modules1)
3UF7510-1AA00-0
Ground-fault monitoring using 3UL23 residual-current transformers and ground-fault

modules is used in cases where precise detection of the ground-fault current is required
or power systems with high impedance are grounded.
With the ground-fault module, it is possible to determine the precise fault current
as a measured value,
and to define freely selectable warning and trip limits in a wide range from 30 mA ... 40 A.
1 input for connecting a 3UL23 residual-current transformer, up to
1 ground-fault module can be connected
Note:
See Catalog IC 10 for residual current transformers.
3UF7510-1AA00-0
Temperature modules
Independently of the thermistor motor protection of the basic units,
up to 3 analog temperature sensors can be evaluated using a temperature module.
Sensor types: PT100/PT1 000, KTY83/KTY84 or NTC
3 inputs for connecting up to 3 analog temperature sensors,
up to 1 temperature module can be connected per pro V basic unit
and max. 2 temperature modules per pro V PN basic unit
3UF7700-1AA00-0
1)
Possible with pro V basic unit from product version E10 or

pro V PN basic unit from product version E04.
3/290
Siemens IK PI 2015
3UF7700-1AA00-0
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMOCODE pro
Expansion modules

Version
Screw terminals
Article No.
Expansion modules for SIMOCODE pro S

With SIMOCODE pro S, it is possible to expand the type and number of inputs and outputs.
The expansion module has two system interfaces on the front.
Through the one system interface the expansion module is connected to the system
interface of the SIMOCODE pro S using a connection cable; through the second
system interface, the operator panel can be connected.
The power supply for the expansion module is provided by the connection cable through
the basic unit.
Note:
Multifunction modules
3UF7600-1AU01-0
The multifunction module is the expansion module of the SIMOCODE pro S device series
with the following functions:
Digital module function with four digital inputs and two monostable relay
outputs
Ground-fault module function with an input for the connection of a 3UL23
residual-current transformer with freely selectable warning and trip limits in a wide zone
of 30 mA ... 40 A
Temperature module function with an input for connecting an analog temperature
sensor PT100, PT1 000, KTY83, KTY84, or NTC
Max. 1 multifunction module can be connected per pro S basic unit
Input voltage of the digital inputs:
24 V DC
3UF7600-1AB01-0
110 ... 240 V AC/DC
3UF7600-1AU01-0
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/291
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMOCODE pro
Fail-safe expansion modules

Version
Screw terminals
Article No.
Fail-safe expansion modules for SIMOCODE pro V

Thanks to the fail-safe expansion modules, SIMOCODE pro V can be expanded
with the function of a safety relay for the fail-safe disconnection of motors.
A maximum of 1 fail-safe digital module can be connected;
it can be used instead of a digital module.
The fail-safe expansion modules are equipped likewise with two system interfaces
at the front for making the connection to other system components.
Unlike other expansion modules, power is supplied to the modules
through a separate terminal connection.
Note:
DM-F Local fail-safe digital modules 1)

For fail-safe disconnection using a hardware signal
2 relay enabling circuits, joint switching;
2 relay outputs, common potential disconnected fail-safe;
inputs for sensor circuit, start signal, cascading and feedback circuit,
safety function adjustable using DIP switches
24 V DC
3UF7320-1AB00-0
110 ... 240 V AC/DC
3UF7320-1AU00-0
3UF7320-1AB00-0
DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe digital modules1)
For fail-safe disconnection using PROFIBUS/PROFIsafe or PROFINET/PROFIsafe
2 relay enabling circuits, joint switching;
2 relay outputs, common potential disconnected fail-safe;
1 input for feedback circuit;
3 binary standard inputs
24 V DC
3UF7330-1AB00-0
110 ... 240 V AC/DC
3UF7330-1AU00-0
3UF7330-1AB00-0
1)
Possible with SIMOCODE pro V basic unit, product version E07 and
higher (from 05/2011) or SIMOCODE pro V PN basic unit.
Note:
System manual "SIMOCODE pro Safety Fail-Safe
Digital Modules" see
3/292
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMOCODE pro
Accessories

Version
Article No.
Connection cables (essential accessory)

Connection cables
In different lengths for connecting basic unit, current measuring module,
current/voltage measuring module, operator panel or expansion modules or
decoupling module
3UF7932-0AA00-0
Version
Length
Flat
0.025 m
3UF7930-0AA00-0
Flat
0.1 m
3UF7931-0AA00-0
Flat
0.3 m
3UF7935-0AA00-0
Flat
0.5 m
3UF7932-0AA00-0
Round
0.5 m
3UF7932-0BA00-0
Round
1.0 m
3UF7937-0BA00-0
Round
2.5 m
3UF7933-0BA00-0
PC cables and adapters
3UF7940-0AA00-0
3UF7941-0AA00-0
RS 232 PC cables
for communication with SIMOCODE pro through the system interface
3UF7940-0AA00-0
USB PC cables
for communication with SIMOCODE pro through the system interface
3UF7941-0AA00-0
USB/serial adapters
To connect an RS 232 PC cable to the USB interface of a PC, recommended
for use in conjunction with SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
3UF7946-0AA00-0
Memory modules
This enables transmission to a new system, e.g. when a device is replaced,
without the need for additional aids or detailed knowledge of the device.
Memory module for SIMOCODE pro C, SIMOCODE pro S and SIMOCODE pro V
For saving the complete parameterization of a SIMOCODE pro C,
SIMOCODE pro S or SIMOCODE pro V system
3UF7900-0AA00-0
Memory module for SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET

For saving the complete parameterization of a SIMOCODE
pro V PROFINET system
3UF7901-0AA00-0
3UF7900-0AA00-0
Interface covers
Interface covers
For system interface
3UF7950-0AA00-0
Light gray
3UF7950-0AA00-0
Titanium gray
3RA6936-0B
Addressing plugs
For assigning the PROFIBUS address without using a PC/PG to SIMOCODE
pro through the system interface
3UF7910-0AA00-0
Addressing plugs
3UF7910-0AA00-0
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/293
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMOCODE pro
Accessories

Version
Article No.
Accessories for motor control center

With the draw-out technology often used in motor control centers it is possible
to integrate a SIMOCODE pro initialization module in the switchboard
on a permanent basis.
Feeder-related parameter and address data can then be permanently assigned
to this feeder.
Initialization module1)
For automatic parameterization of SIMOCODE pro S, SIMOCODE pro V and SIMOCODE
pro V PROFINET, for fixed-mounted installation in switchboards
3
3UF7902-0AA00-0
3UF7902-0AA00-0
Y connection cable1)
For use in conjunction with the initialization module;
connects the basic unit, current measuring module or current/voltage measuring module,
and initialization module
System interface length
Open cable end
0.1 m
1.0 m
3UF7931-0CA00-0
0.5 m
1.0 m
3UF7932-0CA00-0
1.0 m
1.0 m
3UF7937-0CA00-0
Bus connection terminals

Bus connection terminal
For shield support and strain relief of the PROFIBUS cable
on a SIMOCODE pro S
3UF7960-0AA00-0
Door adapters
For external connection of the system interface, e.g. outside a control cabinet
3UF7920-0AA00-0
3UF7960-0AA00-0
Door adapters
3UF7920-0AA00-0
Adapters for operator panel

Adapters for operator panel
The adapter enables the smaller 3UF7200 operator panel from SIMOCODE pro to be
used in a front panel cutout in which previously, e.g. after a change of system, a larger
3UF52 operator panel from SIMOCODE-DP had been used, degree of protection IP54
3UF7922-0AA00-0
3UF7922-0AA00-0
Labeling strips
Labeling strips
For pushbuttons of the 3UF720 operator panel
3UF7925-0AA00-0
For pushbuttons of the 3UF721 operator panel with display
3UF7925-0AA01-0
For LEDs of the 3UF720 operator panel
3UF7925-0AA02-0
3UF7925-0AA02-0
Push-in lugs
Push-in lugs for screw fixing
e.g. on mounting plate, 2 units required per device
3RV2928-0B
1)
Can be used for 3UF71.0, 3UF71.1 and 3UF71.2
3RV2928-0B
Can be used for 3UF700, 3UF701, 3UF73, 3UF74, 3UF75 and 3UF77
3RP1903
Can be used for 3UF7020, 3UF7600
3ZY1311-0AA00
Possible with pro V basic unit, product version E09 (11/2012) and higher,
pro S basic unit or pro V PN basic unit.
3/294
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMOCODE pro
Accessories

Version
Article No.
Terminal covers
Covers for cable lugs and busbar connections
Length 100 mm, can be used for 3UF71.3-1BA00-0
3RT1956-4EA1
3RT1966-4EA1
Covers for box terminals
3RT1956-4EA1
3RT1956-4EA2
3RT1966-4EA2
Covers for screw terminals

Between contactor and current measuring module
or current/voltage measuring module for direct mounting
3RT1956-4EA2
3RT1956-4EA3
Can be used for 3UF71.3-1BA00-0
Can be used for 3UF71.4-1BA00-0
3RT1966-4EA3
Box terminal blocks

Box terminal blocks
For round and ribbon cables
Up to 70 mm2, can be used for 3UF71.3-1BA00-0
3RT1955-4G
3RT1956-4G
3RT1966-4G
3RT195.-4G
Bus termination modules

Bus termination modules
With separate control supply voltage for bus termination
following the last unit on the bus line
Supply voltage:
115/230 V AC
3UF1900-1KA00
24 V DC
3UF1900-1KB00
3UF1900-1KA00
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/295
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMOCODE pro
Accessories

Parameterization and service software for SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Delivered without PC cable
Version
Article No.
SIMOCODE ES (TIA Portal) V12 basic

Engineering software, software and documentation on DVD,
6 languages (German/English/French/Italian/Spanish/Chinese),
for all SIMOCODE pro with PROFIBUS, online functions through system interface)
License key on USB stick, Class A
3ZS1322-4CC10-0YA5
License key download, Class A
3ZS1322-4CE10-0YB5
SIMOCODE ES (TIA Portal) V12 standard

for all SIMOCODE pro with PROFIBUS, online functions through system interface
parameterizing with integrated graphics editor (CFC-based)
3ZS1322-5CC10-0YA5
3ZS1322-5CE10-0YB5
Upgrade for SIMOCODE ES 2007

engineering software, software and documentation on DVD,
combo license for parallel use of SIMOCODE ES 2007 and SIMOCODE ES V12,
for all SIMOCODE pro with PROFIBUS,online functions through the system interface,
3ZS1322-5CC10-0YE5
Powerpack for SIMOCODE ES V12 Basic

for all SIMOCODE pro with PROFIBUS,online functions through the system interface,
3ZS1322-5CC10-0YD5

online functions through the system interface,
3ZS1322-5CC10-0YL5
SIMOCODE ES (TIA Portal) V12 Premium

for all SIMOCODE pro with PROFIBUS, online functions through the system interface
and PROFIBUS,
3ZS1322-6CC10-0YA5
3ZS1322-6CE10-0YB5
Upgrade for SIMOCODE ES 2007

combo license for parallel use of SIMOCODE ES 2007 and SIMOCODE ES V12,
for all SIMOCODE pro with PROFIBUS,
online functions through the system interface and PROFIBUS,
3ZS1322-6CC10-0YE5
Powerpack for SIMOCODE ES V12 Standard

for all SIMOCODE pro with PROFIBUS,
3ZS1322-6CC10-0YD5

3ZS1322-6CC10-0YL5
Notes:
3/296
Siemens IK PI 2015
More information see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 14

"Parameterization, Configuration and Visualization with SIRIUS",
Industry Mall or Interactive Catalog CA 01.
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMOCODE pro
Accessories

Version
Article No.
SIMOCODE ES 2007 Basic

3ZS1312-4CC10-0YA5
3ZS1312-4CE10-0YB5
3ZS1312-4CC10-0YA5
SIMOCODE ES 2007 Standard

communication through system interface, integrated graphics editor
3ZS1312-5CC10-0YA5
3ZS1312-5CE10-0YB5
Upgrade for SIMOCODE ES 2004 and later

communication through the system interface, integrated graphics editor
3ZS1312-5CC10-0YE5
Powerpack for SIMOCODE ES 2007 Basic

3ZS1312-5CC10-0YD5

3ZS1312-5CC10-0YL5
SIMOCODE ES 2007 Premium

communication through PROFIBUS/PROFINET or system interface,
integrated graphics editor, STEP7 Object Manager
3ZS1312-6CC10-0YA5
3ZS1312-6CE10-0YB5
Upgrade for SIMOCODE ES 2004 and later

3ZS1312-6CC10-0YE5
Powerpack for SIMOCODE ES 2007 Standard

3ZS1312-6CC10-0YD5

3ZS1312-6CC10-0YL5
Notes:
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/297
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMOCODE pro
Accessories

Version
Article No.
SIMOCODE pro block library for SIMATIC PCS 7 Version V8

with Advanced Process Library (APL)
3
3ZS1632-1XX02-0YA0
German/English
Scope of supply:
AS blocks and faceplates for integrating SIMOCODE pro into the
PCS 7 process control system with Advanced Process Library,
Type of delivery:
3ZS1632-1XX02-0YA0
Runtime license V8
Required for using the AS blocks of the engineering software V8 within a plant
Type of delivery:
3ZS1632-2XX02-0YB0
Upgrade for SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 block library, V6.0 or V7

to the SIMOCODE pro V8 version
German/English
Scope of supply:
PCS 7 process control system,
with Advanced Process Library for PCS 7 version V8.0
Type of delivery:
3ZS1632-1XX02-0YE0
Notes:
3/298
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMOCODE pro
Accessories

Version
Article No.
SIMOCODE pro block library for SIMATIC PCS 7 Version 7
3UF7982-0AA00-0
German/English/French
Scope of supply:
PCS 7 process control system, for PCS7 version V7.0/V7.1
Type of delivery:
3UF7982-0AA10-0
Runtime license V7
engineering software migration V7-V8 on an additional automation system
within a plant
Type of delivery:
3UF7982-0AA11-0
Upgrade for SIMOCODE pro PCS 7 block library, V6.0 or V6.1

to version SIMOCODE pro V7.0/V7.1
Scope of supply:
PCS 7 process control system, for PCS7 version V7.0/V7.1
Type of delivery:
3UF7982-0AA13-0

For upgrading (migrating) an existing engineering software V7
of the SIMOCODE pro block library for PCS 7
Conditions of use:
Availability of the engineering software V7 (license) of the SIMOCODE pro
block library for PCS 7 for the PCS 7 version V7.0 or V7.1
onto a system with PCS 7 version V8.0; installation of the previous version is
unnecessary.
Scope of supply:
Type of delivery:
runtime licenses
3UF7982-0AA20-0
Notes:
Programming and Operating Manual SIMOCODE pro Library for
PCS 7 see
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/299
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
3UF18 current transformers for overload protection
Overview
The 3UF18 current transformers are protection transformers and
are used for actuating overload relays. Protection transformers
are designed to ensure proportional current transfer up to a
multiple of the primary rated current. The 3UF18 current transformers convert the maximum current of the corresponding
operating range into the standard value of 1 A secondary.
Mounting type
Operating range
Screw terminals
Article No.
0.25 2.51)
3UF1843-1BA00
1.25 12.51)
3UF1843-2AA00
2.5 251)
3UF1843-2BA00
12.5 50
3UF1845-2CA00
16 65
3UF1847-2DA00
25 100
3UF1848-2EA00
For stand-alone installation

Screw fixing and snap-on
mounting onto TH 35
standard mounting rail
3UF1843
For mounting onto contactors and stand-alone installation

Screw fixing
3UF1868
1)
32 130
3UF1850-3AA00
50 200
3UF1852-3BA00
63 250
3UF1854-3CA00
100 400
3UF1856-3DA00
125 500
3UF1857-3EA00
160 630
3UF1868-3FA00
205 820
3UF1868-3GA00
The following setting ranges for the protection of EEx e motors are
applicable:
3UF1843-1BA00, 0.25 ... 1.25 A;
3UF1843-2AA00, 1.25 ... 6.3 A;
3UF1843-2BA00, 2.5 ... 12.5 A.
Accessories
For contactor type
Article No.
Terminal covers
For transformer/contactor assemblies and stand-alone installation for transformer
(cover required per connection side)
3TX7466-0A
3UF1845
3TX7446-0A
3UF1848
3TX7466-0A
3UF1850, 3UF1852
3TX7506-0A
3UF1854 to 3UF1857
3TX7536-0A
3UF1868-3FA00
3TX7686-0A
3UF1868-3GA00
3TX7696-0A
For covering the screw terminal for direct mounting on contactor

(cover required per contactor/transformer assembly)
3/300
3UF1848
3TX7466-0B
3UF1850, 3UF1852
3TX7506-0B
3UF1854 to 3UF1857
3TX7536-0B
3UF1868-3FA00
3TX7686-0B
3UF1868-3GA00
3TX7696-0B
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
General data
Overview
The service-proven insulation piercing method of AS-Interface
enables not only the distributed expansion of the project data
volume using safe AS-i outputs, safe AS-i sensors and other
MSS Advanced or safety monitors (F cross traffic) but also a
highly flexible adaptation of the application, e.g. very fast
connection of AS-i outputs such as LV HRC command devices,
position switches with and without interlock, or light curtains.
Safety-related disconnection using MSS or by distributed means
using safe AS-i outputs and the formation of switch-off groups
can be realized very easily. The same applies for any subsequent modifications. They are now easily possible by re-addressing, i.e. re-wiring is no longer necessary.
The AS-i bus is connected directly to the central unit.
MSS ASIsafe
The MSS ASIsafe basic and MSS ASIsafe extended central units
are a logical development of the AS-i safety monitors based on
the 3RK3 Modular Safety System.
The 3RK3 Modular Safety System (MSS) is a freely parameterizable modular safety relay. Depending on the external circuit
version, safety-related applications up to Performance Level e
according to EN ISO 13849-1 or SIL 3 according to IEC 62061
can be realized.
The modular safety relay enables the interconnection of several
safety applications.
The comprehensive error and status diagnostics provides the
possibility of finding errors in the system and localizing signals
from sensors. Plant downtimes can be reduced as the result.
The MSS comprises the following system components:
Central units
Expansion modules
Interface modules
Diagnostics modules
Parameterization software
Accessories
Like MSS Advanced, MSS ASIsafe detects in a comparable

way to the safety monitors safe sensor technology on the AS-i
bus and switches actuators off in a safety-related manner via a
configurable safety logic. It stands out by virtue of its greater
project data volume, wider range of functions and the possibility
of increasing the integrated I/O project data volume by means of
expansion modules from the MSS system family. In this case the
range of functions, such as the number and type of the logic elements that can be interconnected, is equivalent to that of MSS
Advanced.
Expansion modules
With the optional expansion modules, both safety-related and
standard, the system is flexibly adapted to the required safety
applications.
Interface modules
Central units
The DP interface module is used for transferring diagnostics

data and device status data to a higher-level PROFIBUS network, e.g. for purposes of visualization using HMI. When using
the Basic central unit, 32-bit cyclic data can be exchanged with
the control system. If an Advanced/ASIsafe central unit is used,
the number is doubled to 64-bit cycle data. The acyclic calling
of diagnostics data is possible with all central units.
MSS Basic
Diagnostics modules
The 3RK3 Basic central unit is used wherever more than three
safety functions need to be evaluated and the wiring parameterization of safety relays would involve great cost and effort. It
reads in inputs, controls outputs, and communicates through an
interface module with higher-level control systems. An application's entire safety program is processed in the central unit. The
3RK3 Basic central unit is the lowest expansion level and fully
functional on its own, without the optional expansion modules.
Faults, e.g. cross-circuit, are indicated directly on the diagnostics display. The fault is diagnosed directly in plain text by the
detailed alarm message. The device is fully functional upon
delivery. No programming is required.
MSS Advanced
The 3RK3 Advanced central unit is the consistent expansion of
the Basic central unit with the functionality of an
AS-i safety monitor. In addition to having a larger volume of
project data and scope of functionality it can be
integrated in AS-Interface and therefore make use of the many
different possibilities offered by this bus system. The function
can be optionally activated in the central unit.
Parameterization software
Using the MSS ES graphical parameterization tool it is very easy
to create the safety functions as well as their logical links on the
PC. It is therefore possible to define disconnection ranges, ONdelays, OFF-delays and other dependencies for example.
MSS ES also offers comprehensive functions for diagnostics and
commissioning. Documentation of the MSS hardware configuration and the parameterized logic is created automatically.
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/301
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
General data
SIMATIC
Light
array
SIMATIC
Light
array
Position
EMER- switch
GENCYSTOP
PROFINET
PROFIBUS
IE/AS-i
LINK PN IO
Position
EMER- switch
GENCYSTOP
MSS with
the Advanced
central unit
DP/AS-i LINK
Advanced
IC01_00137a
PROFIBUS
Contactors
MSS with the

Basic central
unit
AS-Interface
Contactors
System configuration with the Basic central unit
AS-i safety
monitor
Light array
AS-i
power
supply
unit
Position
switch
ASIsafe
module
IC01_00138b
System configuration with the Advanced central unit
Controls
with
AS-i master
MSS with ASIsafe
AS-i
power
supply
unit
Light array
EMERGENCYSTOP
I/O modules
EMERGENCYSTOP
EMERGENCYSTOP
Controls
with
AS-i master
I/O modules
AS-Interface
AS-Interface
Safety
monitor
Load feeders
with contactors
Further development of the system design: from the safety monitor to MSS Advanced/MSS ASIsafe
3/302
Siemens IK PI 2015
MSS Advanced/
ASIsafe
Load feeders
with contactors
IC01_00171
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
General data
MSS with ASIsafe
I/O module
Light array EMERGENCYSTOP
PROFINET
Controls
with AS-i master
AS-i
power
supply
unit
AS-Interface
Safety-related and
Safety-related
standard field modules position switch
with door interlocking
Pushbutton and
indicator light,
EMERGENCY-STOP
Safety-related and
standard cabinet
modules
MSS ASIsafe
basic
MSS ASIsafe
extended
F cross traffic via AS-i
MSS Advanced
F cross traffic via AS-i
Parameterization
software
MSS ES
Load feeders with contactors

IC01_00173
Load feeders with fail-safe

distributed AS-i outputs


MSS with ASIsafe
Connection methods
Selection tables for the SIRIUS 3RK3 Modular Safety System can
be found on the following pages.
Screw terminals
Spring-type terminals
Benefits
More functionality and flexibility through freely configurable
safety logic
Suitable for all safety applications thanks to compliance with
the highest safety standards in factory automation
For use all over the world through compliance with all productrelevant, globally established certifications
Modular hardware configuration
Parameterization by means of software instead of wiring
Removable terminals for greater plant availability
Distributed collection from sensors and disconnection of

actuators through AS-Interface
All MSS ES logic functions are also usable for AS-Interface,
e. g. muting, interlocking protective door
Up to 12 independent safe switch-off groups on the AS-i bus
Volume of project data can be greatly increased by means of
AS-Interface
Up to 50 two-channel enabling circuits per system
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/303
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
General data
AS-Interface communication
The 3RK3 Modular Safety System can be connected to

PROFIBUS through the DP interface and exchange data with
higher-level control systems.
Using the Advanced and ASIsafe central units, the 3RK3

Modular Safety System can be integrated in AS-Interface.
MSS can read in up to 31 AS-i sensors
Up to 12 preprocessed signals per MSS can be placed on the
AS-i bus,
e.g. for F cross traffic or for disconnecting safe AS-i outputs
Safe cross traffic between MSS Advanced and
MSS ASIsafe or between other AS-i safety monitors
Standard signals, e.g. for acknowledgment, can also be
applied to the bus
The MSS supports among other things:

Baud rates up to 12 Mbit/s
Automatic baud rate detection
Cyclic services (DPV0) and acyclic services (DPV1)
Exchange of 32-bit cyclic data with MSS Basic or 64-bit cyclic
data with MSS Advanced/MSS ASIsafe
Diagnostics using data record invocations
Operational
control
Controls
e. g. SIMATIC S7-300
PROFINET
PROFIBUS
Operational
control
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO
Safety-oriented
processing
Safety-oriented
processing
AS-Interface / ASIsafe
MSS
1 Safe EMERGENCY-STOP
4 Load feeder with safe AS-i outputs
2 Safe position switch with door interlock
5 Digital K45 field module
3 Fieldmodule
6 3RA2 load feeder
Integration of MSS into AS-Interface as ASIsafe Solution local
Notes:
MSS with communication function see page 3/306 onwards.
Accessories see page 3/308 onwards.
More information about AS-Interface with ASIsafe see Chapter 4
(AS-Interface).
More information about MSS ES see also Catalog IC 10,
Chapter 14 "Parameterization, Configuration and Visualization
with SIRIUS", Industry Mall or Interactive Catalog CA 01.
3/304
Safety-oriented
processing
MSS
MSS
SIMATIC S7-1200
Siemens IK PI 2015
IC01_00167a
Communication via PROFIBUS
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
General data
Application
The 3RK3 Modular Safety System can be used for all safety-related requirements in the manufacturing industry and offers the
following safety functions:
Symbol
MSS Basic
MSS Advanced,
MSS ASIsafe
Universal monitoring
Evaluation of any binary
signals from single-channel
and two-channel sensors
--
AND
OR
Safety shutdown mats

Evaluation of safety
shutdown mats with
NC contacts and/or
cross-circuit detection
Protective door monitoring

Evaluation of protective door
signals and/or protective flap
signals
XOR
NAND
MSS Advanced,
MSS ASIsafe
!
NOR
!
Negation
Counter 0 -> 1
Counter 1 -> 0
Counter 0 -> 1/1 -> 0
With ON-delay
Passing make contact
With OFF-delay
Clock-pulsing
Monitored start
Manual start
--
--
Flip-flop
Counting functions
Protective door
interlocking
Evaluation of protective
doors with interlock and of
the actuation/release of this
interlock
--
Enabling switches
Evaluation of enabling
buttons with NO contact
Two-hand operation
Evaluation of two-hand
operator controls
ESPE monitoring
Evaluation of non-contact
protective devices,
e.g. light curtains and
laser scanners
Timer functions
Start functions
--
Output functions
Standard output
Operating mode selector

switches
Evaluation of operating mode
selector switches with
NO contacts
Monitoring AS-i
(AS-i 2F-DI)
Logic element for monitoring
of AS-i input slaves
MSS Basic
Logic functions
EMERGENCY-STOP
Evaluation of EMERGENCYSTOP devices with positiveopening contacts
Muting
Temporary bridging of noncontact protective devices,
2/4 sensors in parallel,
4 sensors in sequence
Symbol
F output
AS-i output function
4
4
Q
AS-I
&
AS-I
--
Status functions
Element status
Available
-- Not available
More information
System manual "3RK3 Modular Safety System" see
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/305
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
3RK31 central units
3RK3111-1AA10
3RK3121-1AC00
3RK3122-1AC00
3RK3131-1AC10
Version
Screw terminals
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Article No.
3RK3111-1AA10
3RK3111-2AA10
3RK3131-1AC10
3RK3131-2AC10
"Basic" version
2 fail-safe inputs
6 non-fail-safe inputs
No expansion modules can be connected
3RK3121-1AC00
3RK3121-2AC00
"Extended" version
4 fail-safe inputs
4 non-fail-safe inputs
Max. 2 expansion modules can be connected
3RK3122-1AC00
3RK3122-2AC00
3RK31 central units

3RK3 Basic
Central unit with safety-related inputs and outputs
8 fail-safe inputs
1 two-channel relay output
1 two-channel electronic output
Note:
Memory module 3RK3931-0AA00 is included in the scope of supply.
3RK3 Advanced
Central units for connecting to AS-Interface
with safety-related inputs and outputs
and extended scope of functions
8 fail-safe inputs
Note:
3RK3 ASIsafe
Central units for connecting to AS-Interface
with safety-related inputs and outputs
and extended scope of functions
Note:
Notes:
More information on MSS see
www.siemens.com/sirius-mss.
More information on AS-Interface see Chapter 4
(AS-Interface).
3/306
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
3RK32/33 expansion modules, 3RK35 interface modules, 3RK36 operating and monitoring modules
3RK3211-1AA10
3RK3221-1AA10
3RK3231-1AA10
3RK3242-1AA10
3RK3251-1AA10
Version
3RK3311-1AA10
3RK3321-1AA10
3RK3611-3AA00
3RK3511-1BA10
Screw terminals
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Article No.
3RK3211-1AA10
3RK3211-2AA10
3RK3221-1AA10
3RK3221-2AA10
3RK3231-1AA10
3RK3231-2AA10
3RK3251-1AA10
3RK3251-2AA10
3RK3242-1AA10
3RK3242-2AA10
3RK3321-1AA10
3RK3321-2AA10
3RK3311-1AA10
3RK3311-2AA10
3RK3511-1BA10
3RK3511-2BA10
3RK3611-3AA00
--
3RK32, 3RK33 expansion modules

4/8 F-DI
Safety-related input modules
8 inputs
2/4 F-DI 1/2 F-RO
Safety-related input/output modules
4 inputs
2 single-channel relay outputs
2/4 F-DI 2F-DO
Safety-related input/output modules
4 inputs
2 two-channel electronic outputs
4/8 F-RO
Safety-related output modules
8 single-channel relay outputs
4 F-DO
Safety-related output modules
4 two-channel electronic outputs
8 DI
Standard input module
8 inputs
8 DO
Standard output module
8 electronic outputs
3RK35 interface modules

DP interface
PROFIBUS DP interface, 12 Mbit/s, RS 485,
32-bit cyclic data exchange with Basic central unit
or 64-bit with Advanced and ASIsafe central unit,
acyclic exchange of diagnostics data
3RK36 operating and monitoring modules

Diagnostics module
Notes:
Connection cable required, see page 3/308.
More information on MSS see
www.siemens.com/sirius-mss.
More information on AS-Interface see Chapter 4
(AS-Interface).
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/307
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Accessories

Version
Article No.
Connection cables (essential accessory)

Connection cable
For connection of
Central units
Diagnostics modules
with expansion modules or with central unit or
interface module
interface module
3UF7932-0AA00-0
Length 0.025 m (flat)
3UF7930-0AA00-0
--
Length 0.1 m (flat)
3UF7931-0AA00-0
--
Length 0.3 m (flat)
3UF7935-0AA00-0
--
Length 0.5 m (flat)
3UF7932-0AA00-0
--
Length 0.5 m (round)
3UF7932-0BA00-0
--
3UF7937-0BA00-0
--
3UF7933-0BA00-0
PC cables and adapters
3UF7940-0AA00-0
RS 232 PC cables
for communication with 3RK3 through the system interface
3UF7940-0AA00-0
USB PC cables
for communication with 3RK3 through the system interface,
recommended for use in connection with 3RK3
3UF7941-0AA00-0
USB/serial adapters
For connecting an RS 232 PC cable to the USB interface of a PC
3UF7946-0AA00-0
Door adapters
For external connection of the system interface, e.g. outside a control cabinet
3UF7920-0AA00-0
Interface cover
For system interface
3UF7950-0AA00-0
Memory modules
For backing up the complete parameterization of
the 3RK3 Modular Safety System without a PC/PG through the system interface
3RK3931-0AA00
Push-in lugs for screw fixing

e.g. on mounting plate, 2 units required per device
3RP1903
3UF7941-0AA00-0
Door adapters
3UF7920-0AA00-0
Interface covers
3UF7950-0AA00-0
Memory modules
3RK3931-0AA00
Push-in lugs
Can be used for 3RK3

3RP1903
Available
-- Not available
Note:
More accessories and components that can be combined with
MSS see Chapter 4 (AS-Interface).
3/308
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Accessories

for 3RK3
Runs under Windows XP Professional (Service Pack 2 or 3),
Windows 7 32/64-bit Professional/Ultimate/Enterprise (Service
Pack 1)
Delivered without PC cable (please order separately,
see page 3/308)
Version
Article No.
Modular Safety System ES 2008 Basic

software and documentation on CD, 3 languages (German/English/French),
3ZS1314-4CC10-0YA5
3ZS1314-4CE10-0YB5
3ZS1314-4CC10-0YA5
Modular Safety System ES 2008 Standard

3ZS1314-5CC10-0YA5
3ZS1314-5CC10-0YA5
3ZS1314-5CE10-0YB5
Powerpack for MSS ES 2008 Basic to Standard

3ZS1314-5CC10-0YD5

3ZS1314-5CC10-0YL5
Modular Safety System ES 2008 Premium

Engineering software,
software and documentation on CD, 3 languages (German/English/French),
communication through PROFIBUS or the system interface,
online diagnostics via PROFIBUS, creating, importing and exporting macros
3ZS1314-6CC10-0YA5
3ZS1314-6CC10-0YA5
3ZS1314-6CE10-0YB5
Powerpack for MSS ES 2008 Standard to Premium

3ZS1314-6CC10-0YD5

3ZS1314-6CC10-0YL5
Note:
Description of the software versions see Catalog IC 10,
Chapter 14 "Parameterization, Configuration and Visualization
with SIRIUS", Industry Mall or Interactive Catalog CA 01.
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/309
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Switching and Protection Devices for Power Distribution
SENTRON Communication-Capable Circuit Breakers
Overview
PC
Archive
PC
Internet
PC
HMI
level
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
SIMATIC PCS 7 / WinCC

Option powerrate and function
block libraries
SIMATIC S7
Processing level
PROFINET / PROFIenergy
PROFIBUS DP
Industrial Ethernet
Distributed
I/Os, e.g.
ET200
Measuring
equipment
7KM PAC3200
7KM PAC4200
COM800
module
Motor
management
system
SIMOCODE pro
Acquisition and
control level
3VA-line
COM15 module
Analog and digital signals
of contactors, counters and
flow meters
Frequency converters
SINAMICS G120
...
3VA molded case circuit breakers
3WL circuit breakers
For more information about communication-capable SENTRON

circuit breakers, see
"3VA molded case circuit breakers" Product Information
Catalog LV 10, Chapters 1 and 2
Industry Mall, Sections
"Building Technologies/Low-Voltage Power Distribution and
Electrical Installation Technology"/"Protection Devices"/
- "Molded Case Circuit Breakers"/
"SENTRON 3VA Molded Case Circuit Breakers"
- "Molded Case Circuit Breakers"/
"SENTRON 3VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers"
- "Air Circuit Breakers"/
"SENTRON 3WL Air Circuit Breakers"
3/310
Siemens IK PI 2015
I201_19075
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Power Monitoring
PC-based Power Monitoring System
Overview
Power monitoring system with the SENTRON product family
Features of powermanager
Components of the PC-based power monitoring system
User interface of powermanager
The SENTRON product family offers the user not only power
monitoring software in the form of SENTRON powermanager but
also the corresponding hardware in the form of 7KT/7KM PAC
measuring instruments and 3WL/3VL circuit breakers for the
realization of a complete power monitoring system.
The power monitoring software powermanager is the central

feature of the PC-based power monitoring system and
is an independent power monitoring software.
can be operated using a PC and measuring devices with
Ethernet connection.
is expandable from the simple standard application to a fully
flexible customer solution.
is fully scalable with regard to the number of devices and to
the software's functions.
ensures the optimum integration of measuring instruments
from the 7KT/7KM PAC range, 3WL/3VL circuit breakers and
other modbus devices.
The components are optimally coordinated with each other. For

example, special drivers for the SENTRON devices are integrated in the powermanager software so that on the one hand
the power data acquisition can take place without any great
configuration effort and, on the other hand, the most important
measured values or states are indicated by predefined displays.
This reduces the engineering work for the customer and gives
the user the assurance of knowing that the device functions are
optimally supported in the software. Power monitoring software,
powermanager.
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/311
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Power Monitoring
Benefits
Transparency of power flows

Exact knowledge of the consumption profile
Increase in energy efficiency
Optimization of power supply contracts
Compliance with contractual terms
Assignment of power costs to cost centers
Optimization of plant maintenance
Identification of critical plant conditions
Available languages:
German, English, Spanish, Portuguese
Support of the various device communication interfaces
(Modbus RTU, Modbus TCP)
Status display of devices
Applications
The product offers a standard power monitoring solution which
provides the user with the following basic functions:
Collection of measured quantities from the devices
Presentation of the measured quantities from the devices in a
predefined standard view for the 7KT PAC1500, 7KM
PAC3100, 7KM PAC3200, 7KM PAC4200 measuring instruments and 3WL/3VL circuit breakers
Free presentation of measured quantities possible, including
from non-Siemens devices using generic Modbus drivers
Archiving of measured quantities
Monitoring of status and limits, with generation of corresponding signals
Load curve display for visualizing the archived data and
online data
Cost center reports based on predefined tariffs and archived
consumption data
OPC server
Configuration of the system including user management
Load monitoring for complying with power limits
Virtual computation
This standard solution is designed with cost-efficiency and simple system commissioning in mind.
System configuration
Operation & monitoring
Windows or Web Clients
Ethernet
Data processing
Server
Data detection
Measuring/
protection
devices
powermanager power
monitoring software
Ethernet (Modbus)
7KM
PAC3200
Measuring device
7KM
PAC4200
Measuring device
7KM
PAC3200
Measuring device
Modbus RS485
7KM
PAC3100
Measuring device
7KT
PAC1500
Measuring
device
Integration of measuring devices by means of predefined

device templates for the 7KT/7KM PAC measuring devices
and the 3WL/3VL circuit breakers
Integration of existing Modbus-capable
detecting devices is easy
Communication through Standard Ethernet
Integration of devices with RS 485 interface (ModbusRTU)
through Modbus gateway, e. g. the 7KM PAC4200 measuring
device can be used as gateway
3/312
Siemens IK PI 2015
3WL air
circuit
breakers
3VL molded
case
circuit
breakers
I202_01389e
Application
Industries
The energy efficiency that can be achieved with consistent
power monitoring and the derived optimization measures is
crucial for all industries, e. g. in the manufacturing industry, in
non-residential buildings, in the field of services, and in infrastructure projects. This has a particular impact on competitiveness, particularly in view of rising energy prices.
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Power Monitoring
More information
TV certification
Hardware components
Hardware components of the PC-based power monitoring
system are
7KM PAC measuring devices,
see measuring devices
3WL air circuit breakers,
see SENTRON protection, switching, measuring and
monitoring devices > Protective devices > Air circuit breakers
3VL molded case circuit breakers,
monitoring devices > Protective devices > Molded case
circuit breakers
Software
The software for the PC-based power monitoring system is
powermanager, see Low-voltage power distribution and
electrical installation technology > Software > Configuring,
visualizing and controlling with SENTRON
TV Rhineland Certificate for SENTRON powermanager
Internet
http://www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/powermonitoring
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/313
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Power Monitoring
SIMATIC-based Power Data Management System
Overview
Operating and
monitoring level
Archive
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
SIMATIC PCS 7 / WinCC,

function block libraries
SIMATIC S7
Processing level
PROFINET /
PROFIenergy
PROFIBUS DP
Industrial Ethernet
Distributed
I/O
e.g. ET 200
Acquisition and
control level
NSH0_00060f
Analog and digital signals

from contactors, counters,
flow meters
7KM PAC3200/4200
measuring devices
3WL air
circuit
breaker
SIPROTEC
protection
devices
SIMATIC-based solutions for the process and

manufacturing industry
A key feature of the process and manufacturing industry is its
very high power consumption. It therefore makes sense to integrate an power data management system in existing systems.
Communication through PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS DP enables integration of a wide range of devices:
For the protection of distribution boards and loads:
protective devices, such as circuit breakers
For control: frequency converters, motor management
systems and soft starters
For detection
- electrical measured quantities:
via the 7KM PAC3200/4200 measuring devices
- non-electrical measured quantities:
via analog/digital converters
3/314
Siemens IK PI 2015
SIMOCODE
pro motor
management
system
SINAMICS
SIRIUS 3RW44
G120 frequency soft starters
converters
PROFINET and PROFIenergy

An increasing number of devices in automation technology offer
PROFINET. A 7KM PAC Switched Ethernet PROFINET expansion
module is also available for the 7KM PAC3200 und 7KM
PAC4200 measuring devices.
PROFIenergy is a "Common Application Profile" from the PNO.
Thanks to PROFIenergy it is possible to assemble an power data
management system with standardized device interfaces.
Function block libraries for SIMATIC PCS 7 and WinCC
The function block library for SIMATIC PCS 7 and WinCC
ensures device integration as follows:
Measured quantities and states can be connected via CFC.
Structured display of measured quantities and protection
parameters for the 3WL/3VL circuit breakers.
Limit value violations are displayed, archived and acknowledged in the relevant communications system in the usual
way
Circuit breakers can be program-controlled or manually
operated with the appropriate user authorization
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Power Monitoring
SIMATIC-based Power Data Management System
Benefits
Increased energy efficiency due to exact knowledge of the
load profile
Assignment of power costs to cost centers
Reliable monitoring of the power limit through automatic load
management
Application
The SIMATIC PCS 7 and WinCC library function blocks are used
in all industries in which PCS 7 and WinCC are used, and the
transparency and monitoring of power flows is crucial.
More information
Hardware components
Hardware components of the SIMATIC-based power data
management system are
7KM PAC measuring devices,
see measuring devices
3WL air circuit breakers,
monitoring devices > Protective devices > Air circuit breakers
3VL molded case circuit breakers,
monitoring devices > Protective devices > Molded case
circuit breakers
Software components
The software components of the SIMATIC-based power data
management system are
Library 7KM PAC3200 for SIMATIC PCS 7
Library 3WL/3VL for SIMATIC PCS 7
Library 7KM PAC3200 for SIMATIC WinCC
All software components, see Low-voltage power distribution
and electrical installation technology > Software > Configuring,
visualizing and controlling with SIMATIC
Internet
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/315
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Overview
Benefits
High IP65 degree of protection (front side, when installed)
permits use in extremely dusty and wet environments
Intuitive operation via 4 function buttons and multilingual plain
text displays
Easy adaptation to different systems using integrated and
optional digital inputs and outputs
Communication interfaces
Worldwide use
Min. 8 languages
International approvals
Developed and tested to European and international
standards
Low mounting depth
7KM PAC measuring devices: 7KM PAC3200 (left), 7KM PAC3100

(center) and 7KM PAC4200 (right)
7KM PAC Measuring Devices

The 7KM PAC measuring devices are used to measure and indicate all relevant network parameters in low-voltage power distribution. They can be used for single-phase measurements as
well as for multiphase measurements in 3 and 4-conductor networks (TN, TT, IT).
Energy values for main distribution boards, electrical feeders or
individual loads are recorded precisely and reliably, and important measured values are supplied in addition for assessing the
state of the plant and the quality of the network.
The 7KM PAC3100 measuring device is fitted with an integrated
Modbus RTU interface via RS485, which means there is no need
for an expansion module.
The specialist solution for precise energy measurement
SENTRON PAC3200 measuring device, English
When, where, and how much energy is used transparent information is provided by the new 7KM PAC3200 measuring device.
This device can be used wherever electrical energy is
distributed. 7KM PAC3200 records more than 50 electrical
parameters such as voltage, current, power, energy values,
frequency, power factor and symmetry. The compact and highperformance power monitoring device records all consumption
data extremely accurately and reliably.
3/316
Siemens IK PI 2015
Additional performance characteristics of the 7KM PAC3200

Precise energy recording
Versatile system integration
- Integrated Ethernet interface
- Optional communication modules available
- Multifunctional digital inputs and outputs
- Limit monitoring
Can be connected directly to power supply networks up to
690V AC (UL-L) and CATIII without voltage transformers (with
the exception of devices with power supply units with extralow voltage).
Easy-to-use configuration software powerconfig included in
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Ordering data
7KM PAC3200 measuring device
Article No.
7KM2112-0BA00-3AA0
Accessories
For accessories, see Catalog LV 10
Control panel instrument

96 mm x 96 mm
screw connections for
current and voltage connection
Current transformers
Suitable current transformers can be found in the Catalog LV 10
under "Molded case circuit breakers"
AC/DC wide-range
power supply unit
UAUX:
95 240 V AC 10 %, 50/60 Hz
110 340 V DC 10 %
Manual
The manual/operating instructions for the SENTRON PAC3200
power monitoring device can be found on the Internet at
Measuring inputs
Ue: max. 3 AC 690/400 V, 50/60 Hz
Ie: /1 A or /5 A
More information
7KM2111-1BA00-3AA0

96 mm x 96 mm
screw connections for
133300
Internet
http://www.siemens.com/powermanagementsystem
DC extra-low voltage
power supply unit
UAUX: 22 65 V DC 10 %
Measuring inputs
Ue: max. 3 AC 500/289 V, 50/60 Hz
Ie: /1 A or /5 A
7KM2112-0BA00-2AA0

96 mm x 96 mm
Ring cable lug connections for
AC/DC wide-range
power supply unit
UAUX:
95 240 V AC 10 %, 50/60 Hz
110 340 V DC 10 %
Measuring inputs
Ue: max. 3 AC 690/400 V, 50/60 Hz
Ie: /1 A or /5 A
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/317
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Overview
Benefits
High IP65 degree of protection (front side, when installed)
permits use in extremely dusty and wet environments
Intuitive operation via 4 function buttons and multilingual plain
text displays
Easy adaptation to different systems using integrated and
optional
- Digital inputs and outputs
- Communication interfaces
Worldwide use
- Min. 8 languages
- International approvals
- Developed and tested to European and international
standards
Low mounting depth
The professional solution for communication and

monitoring
The 7KM PAC4200 measuring devices have the same basic
properties as the 7KM PAC3200 measuring devices. The device
records a total of around 200 measured values, including basic
data for assessing the system quality. Furthermore it has convenient additional functions such as user-defined displays, internal
device memory, integral time-of-day and calendar function and
gateway function.
3/318
Siemens IK PI 2015
Additional performance characteristics of the 7KM PAC4200:

Precise energy recording
Versatile system integration
- Integrated Ethernet interface
- Optional communication modules available
- Multifunctional digital inputs and outputs
- Limit monitoring
Can be directly connected to power supply networks up to
690 V AC (UL-L), CATIII without voltage transformer
(with the exception of devices with power supply units with
extra-low voltage)
Easy-to-use configuration software powerconfig included in
Monitoring of plant status and network quality
- Basic information for evaluating network quality
- Logging of plant operations through operational, operating
and system events
Recording of the power range through power averaging
(load profile)
Daily energy meters for apparent, active and reactive energy
across 365 days for cut-off date assessment
Detection of gas, water, compressed air or other energy
sources via pulse counter to the digital inputs
Can be expanded using modules to up to 10 digital inputs and
6 digital outputs
Counters for apparent, active and reactive energy for the
precise detection of the power consumption of a partial
process or manufacturing process
10/100 Mbit/s Ethernet interface with gateway function for the
easy connection of devices with serial RS485 interface via
expansion module 7KM PAC RS485 to an Ethernet network
Comprehensive convenience indicators, such as user-defined
displays, bar and status indicators, phase diagram and list
and histogram graphics
Satisfies the accuracy requirements of class 0.2S highprecision utility meters according to IEC 62053-22, which are
normally reserved for exacting industrial applications
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Ordering data
Article No.
7KM4212-0BA00-3AA0
Accessories
For accessories, see Catalog LV 10
Control panel instrument 96 mm x

96 mm
screw connections for current and
voltage connection
Current transformers
Suitable current transformers can be found in the Catalog LV 10
under "Molded case circuit breakers"
AC/DC wide-range power supply

unit
UAUX:
95 240 V AC 10 %, 50/60 Hz
110 340 V DC 10 %
Manual
The manual / operating instructions for 7KM PAC4200
measuring devices can be found on the Internet at
Measuring inputs
Ue: max. 3 AC 690/400 V, 50/60 Hz
Ie: /1 A or /5 A
More information
7KM4211-1BA00-3AA0
Control panel instrument 96 mm x

96 mm
screw connections for current and
voltage connection
133300
Internet
DC extra-low voltage power supply

unit
UAUX:
22 65 V DC 10 %
Measuring inputs
Ue: max. 3 AC 500/289 V, 50/60 Hz
Ie: /1 A or /5 A
7KM4212-0BA00-2AA0

96 mm x 96 mm
Ring cable lug connections for current and voltage connection
AC/DC wide-range power supply
unit
UAUX:
95 240 V AC 10 %, 50/60 Hz
110 340 V DC 10 %
Measuring inputs
Ue: max. 3 AC 690/400 V, 50/60 Hz
Ie: /1 A or /5 A
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/319
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
7KM PAC Switched Ethernet PROFINET Expansion Module
Overview
Ordering data
7KM PAC Switched Ethernet
PROFINET expansion module
Expansion module for 7KM
PAC3200 and 7KM PAC4200
(PROFIenergy)
7KM PAC Switched Ethernet expansion module
The 7KM PAC Switched Ethernet PROFINET expansion module

is a plug-in communication module for 7KM PAC3200 and 7KM
PAC4200 measuring devices.
It provides the following features:
Standardized PROFIenergy interface to the measured
quantities.
The measured quantities can be individually selected using a
GSDML file. This permits use of cost-effective S7 CPUs.
Easy parameter assignment using the device display and
STEP 7.
Integrated Ethernet switching allows networking with short
cables without additional switches.
Direct integration in production machine networks using IRT
(IRT = Isochronous-Real-Time).
Full support of PROFINET IO (DHC, DNS, SNMP, SNTP).
Device replacement without PG in the PROFINET assembly
using LLDP.
Deterministic reversing time through ring redundance (MRP).
Modbus TCP communication
Communication with powermanager or powerconfig
2 x Ethernet (RJ45) sockets.
Baud rates 10 and 100 Mbit/s.
Protocols PROFINET IO, PROFIenergy and Modbus TCP.
No external auxiliary power necessary
Additional display via the device display and via LEDs on the
module
All measured quantities from 7KM PAC3200 and 7KM PAC4200
can be individually selected and cyclically transmitted by means
of the GSDML file. This enables optimum use of the process image of the PROFINET controller, e. g. CPU 315-2 PN/DP of SIMATIC S7.
The measured quantities can be read out in acyclic mode using
PROFIenergy, a PNO protocol profile. Thanks to PROFIenergy, it
is possible to assemble a power monitoring system with devices
from various manufacturers using PROFINET.
3/320
Siemens IK PI 2015
Article No.
7KM9300-0AE01-0AA0
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
7KM PAC PROFIBUS DP Expansion Module
Overview
Ordering data
7KM PAC PROFIBUS DP
expansion module
Article No.
7KM9300-0AB01-0AA0
Expansion module for

7KM PAC3200 and
7KM PAC4200
(PROFIBUS DPV1)
PAC PROFIBUS DP expansion module for SENTRON PAC3200

Power Monitoring Device
The 7KM PAC PROFIBUS DP expansion module offers the

following features:
The 7KM PAC PROFIBUS DP expansion module offers the
following features:
Plug-in communication module for measuring devices for
connection to PROFIBUS DPV1
7KM PAC3200 and 7KM PAC4200
Can be configured locally via the front of the device or using
parameterization software
Using PROFIBUS DPV1, data can be transferred in both cyclic
and acyclic modes
Easy engineering thanks to integration in SIMATIC STEP 7
and/or simple integration via GSD file for other programming
systems
Optimum use of process image of a control system for
selection of individual measured quantities for cyclical transfer
Supports all baud rates from 9.6 kbit/s up to 12 Mbit/s
Connection through 9-pole Sub-D connector according to
IEC 61158
Additional display via the device display and via LEDs on the
module
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/321
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
7KM PAC RS485 Expansion Module
Overview
Ordering data
7KM PAC RS485
expansion module
7KM PAC3200 and
7KM PAC4200
(Modbus RTU)
PAC RS485 expansion module for SENTRON PAC3200

Power Monitoring Device
The 7KM PAC RS485 expansion module offers the following

features:
Plug-in 7KM PAC RS485 communication module for 7KM
PAC3200 and 7KM PAC4200 measuring devices
Can be configured locally from the front of the device or using
parameterization software
Supports the Modbus RTU protocol
Plug and play
Supports baud rates 4.8 / 9.6 / 19.2 and 38.4 kbit/s.
Connection by means of 6-pole screw terminals
Status indication via LED on the module
The 7KM PAC RS485 expansion module is required for the
gateway function of the 7KM PAC4200 for communication
with simple devices with RS485 interface, such as the
7KM PAC3100, via Ethernet (Modbus TCP).
3/322
Siemens IK PI 2015
Article No.
7KM9300-0AM00-0AA0
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
7KM PAC 4DI/2DO Expansion Module for PAC4200
Overview
Ordering data
7KM PAC 4DI/2DO
expansion module
Article No.
7KM9200-0AB00-0AA0

7KM PAC4200
SENTRON PAC 4DI/2DO expansion module
The 7KM PAC 4DI/2DO expansion module is used to expand the

7KM PAC4200 measuring device to up to 10 digital inputs and
6 digital outputs and offers the following features.
Up to two 7KM PAC 4DI/2DO modules can be plugged onto a
7KM PAC4200.
The 7KM PAC 4DI/2DO expansion modules mean that the
internal digital inputs and outputs can be expanded by up to
8 inputs and 4 outputs.
The 7KM PAC 4DI/2DO expansion modules can be configured
locally at the front of the device or via the powerconfig parameterization software.
The digital inputs can be used without the need for an external
power supply as they are self-powered. This is particularly
useful for the integration of non-electric measuring devices,
such as water or compressed-air counters.
All functions of the integrated multifunctional inputs/outputs of
the 7KM PAC4200 are also available in the 7KM PAC 4DI/2DO
expansion module.
Inputs and outputs can be used as an S0 interface conforming
to IEC 62053-31.
The connection is made via a 9-pole screw terminal.
No external auxiliary power supply is required.
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/323
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Configuring, Visualizing and Controlling with SIMATIC
Library 7KM PAC3200 for SIMATIC PCS
Overview
Benefits
Full integration of 7KM PAC3200/4200 measuring devices in
the PCS 7 process control system through PROFIBUS DPV1
using a certified PCS 7 option
Reading out and displaying device data
Inputting limit values for monitoring through the driver block
Resetting of values on the device (min/max values)
Application
The 7KM PAC3200 for SIMATIC PCS 7 library is used in all areas
in which PCS 7 is used. Full integration in PCS 7 means that there
is no need for a special system environment. Predefined modules and symbols give you the assurance of building on tested
and certified product components.
For challenging measurements, the 7KM PAC4200 measuring
device can also be used in the functional scope of the
7KM PAC3200.
The 7KM PAC3200 for SIMATIC PCS 7 library is a block library
for the 7KM PAC3200 and 7KM PAC4200 measuring devices. It
allows seamless integration of the measuring devices into the
PCS 7 process environment.
The 7KM PAC3200 for SIMATIC PCS 7 library consists of a driver
block, a diagnostics block, and the faceplates. The blocks in the
SIMATIC S7 supply energy data to the faceplates in the user
interface of the process control system, generate signals and
guarantee connection to the maintenance system of PCS 7.
Faceplates
Faceplates serve as a user interface for operator control and
monitoring and enable technologically important values and
functions of the 7KM PAC3200 / 4200 measuring device to be
displayed and performed as a PCS 7 object.
On the system side, there are bidirectional communication connections both between the faceplates and the function blocks
and between the function blocks and the 7KM PAC3200 /
4200 measuring device. They support the display of values in
the faceplates and the forwarding of input data to the device.
This transforms the 7KM PAC3200 / 4200 measuring device into
an integral component of PCS 7.
The operating systems supported are the same as those for the
SIMATIC PCS 7.
3/324
Siemens IK PI 2015
In addition to the cyclic connection, there is also an acyclic

connection for pure visualization tasks. The process image of
the SIMATIC CPUs can be used more efficiently with the acyclic
connection.
Ordering data
Article No.
Library 7KM PAC3200 for

SIMATIC PCS 71)
Engineering license
For operation on one PCS 7 OS
(single workstation system
or server) and an
automation system (AS).
When using additional
PCS 7 OS devices,
you need an engineering license
for each PCS 7 OS.
3ZS2781-1CC11-0YG0
Runtime license
For operation on an additional AS
3ZS2781-1CC10-6YH0
1)
Can also be used for 7KM PAC4200

For currently supported SIMATIC PCS 7 versions see
http:/support.automation.siemens.com
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Library 3WL/3VL for SIMATIC PCS 7
Overview
Benefits
Full integration of the 3WL/3VL circuit breaker into the PCS 7
process control system through PROFIBUS DPV1 using a
certified PCS 7 option
Remote switching and monitoring
Read-out of maintenance information
Automatic information in case of overload, short circuit and
faults
Limit value monitoring by the driver block
Application
The 3WL/3VL for SIMATIC PCS 7 library is used in all areas in
which PCS 7 is used. Full integration in PCS 7 means that there
is no need for a special system environment. Predefined modules and symbols give you the assurance of building on tested
and certified product components.
The 3WL / 3VL for SIMATIC PCS 7 library is a block library for the
3WL and 3VL circuit breakers. It allows seamless integration of
the circuit breakers into the PCS 7 process environment.
The 3WL / 3VL for SIMATIC PCS 7 library consists of a driver
block, a diagnostics block, and the faceplates. The blocks in the
SIMATIC S7 supply current, power and energy data to the faceplates in the user interface of the process control system, generate signals and ensure connection to the PCS 7 maintenance
system.
Faceplates
Faceplates serve as a user interface for operating and monitoring and make it easy for the circuit breaker to be displayed and
operated as a PCS 7 object.
The 3WL / 3VL for SIMATIC PCS 7 library provides for continual
plant transparency. Critical plant states are recognized quickly
and costs due to outages avoided. System availability is permanently increased.
This transforms the circuit breaker into an integral component of
PCS 7.
The operating systems supported are the same as those for the
SIMATIC PCS 7.
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/325
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Library 7KM PAC3200 for SIMATIC WinCC
Overview
Benefits
Full integration of the 7KM PAC3200/4200 measuring devices
in SIMATIC WinCC through PROFIBUS DPV1. The library is a
certified WinCC option.
Inputting limit values for monitoring through the driver block
Application
The 7KM PAC3200 for SIMATIC WinCC library is used in all areas
in which WinCC is used. Predefined function blocks and symbols give you the assurance of building on tested and certified
product components.
In addition to the cyclic connection, there is also an acyclic
connection for pure visualization tasks. The process image of
the SIMATIC CPUs can be used more efficiently with the acyclic
connection.
The 7KM PAC3200 for SIMATIC WinCC library is a block library
for the 7KM PAC3200 and 7KM PAC4200 measuring devices. It
allows seamless integration of the measuring devices into
WinCC.
The 7KM PAC3200 for SIMATIC WinCC library consists of a
driver block, a diagnostics block, and the faceplates. The blocks
in the SIMATIC S7 supply energy data to the faceplates in the
WinCC user interface, generate signals and ensure connection
to the WinCC signaling system.
Faceplates
Faceplates serve as a user interface for operating and monitoring and enable technologically important values and functions of
the 7KM PAC3200 / 4200 measuring device to be displayed and
performed in WinCC.
On the system side, there are bidirectional communication connections both between the faceplates and the function blocks
and between the function blocks and the 7KM PAC3200 / 4200
measuring device. They support the display of values in the
faceplates and the forwarding of input data to the device.
This transforms the 7KM PAC3200 / 4200 measuring devices
into an integral component of WinCC.
System requirements
The 7KM PAC3200 for SIMATIC WinCC library is released for
WinCC V 7.0
WinCC options AS-OS Engineering and Basic Process Control
must be installed. The function block library is available for
S7-300, S7-400 and WiNAC RTX.
At least one S7 CPU317-2DP is required for use in the S7-300
area. At least one S7 CPU414-2 is required for use in the S7-400
area.
The operating systems supported are the same as those for
SIMATIC WinCC.
3/326
Siemens IK PI 2015
Ordering data
Article No.
Library 7KM PAC3200 for

SIMATIC WinCC 1)
Engineering license
For operation on one WinCC OS
(single workstation system or
server)
and an automation system (AS).
When using additional
WinCC OS devices,
you need an engineering license
for each WinCC OS.
3ZS2791-1CC11-0YG0
Runtime license
3ZS2791-1CC10-6YH0
1)

For currently supported SIMATIC WinCC versions see
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Configuring, Visualizing and Controlling with SENTRON
powermanager
Overview
Benefits
Transparency of power flows

Exact knowledge of the consumption profile
Increased power efficiency
Compliance with contractual terms
Allocation of power costs to cost centers
Available languages: German, English, Spanish, Portuguese
Status display of devices
Application
Application
powermanager: Power monitoring made easy
With the PC-based powermanager power monitoring software
and the measuring devices of the SENTRON family, Siemens
offers an ideal solution for power monitoring in non-residential
buildings or smaller and medium-sized industrial plants. Energy
costs are reduced and energy availability is increased with a
minimum initial investment and full expandability!
The powermanager records energy and power values as well as
electrical parameters such as current, voltage or power factor
(cos phi). It is possible not just to display the values, but also to
monitor and archive them to perform analyses at a later time. To
optimize power demand, this data can be displayed and then
compared in the form of a load curve. Quick consumption analyses are possible by means of the supplied cost center reports
or by means of freely structured reports according to individual
requirements.
The advantages at a glance
Low engineering overhead thanks to extensive default
settings in the software
High cost-effectiveness even for small systems thanks to low
initial investment
Direct access also possible over the web
Comprehensive functions already included in the basic
package, e.g. reporting
Customer-specific adjustments and expansions possible at
any time by means of option packages
Identification of possible optimization and potential savings
thanks to transparency in the power distribution
Important module for power management systems, e.g. when
designed according to the new EN 16001 standard
Price advantage through favorably priced system packages
comprising software and hardware
The product offers a standard power monitoring solution which

provides the user with the following basic functions:
Collection of measured quantities from the devices
Presentation of the measured quantities from the devices in a
predefined standard view for the 7KT PAC1500, 7KM
PAC3100, 7KM PAC3200, 7KM PAC4200 measuring devices
and 3WL/3VL circuit breakers
Free presentation of measured quantities possible, including
from non-Siemens devices, using generic Modbus drivers
Archiving of measured quantities
Monitoring of status and limits, with generation of corresponding signals
Load curve display for visualizing the archived data and
online data
Cost center reports based on predefined rates and the
archived consumption data
OPC server
Configuration of the system including user management
Load monitoring for complying with power limits
Virtual computation
This standard solution is designed with cost-efficiency and
simple system start-up in mind.
Software functions
Recording and visualization of measured energy values
Limit monitoring using freely configurable alarms
Display of load profile or any other measured variables as a
characteristic curve
Predefined reports for the allocation of consumption and the
resulting costs to any cost centers
Freely configurable reports based on Excel
Monitoring of circuit breaker statuses
Preconfigured project settings enable you to get started easily
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/327
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
powermanager
Operation & monitoring
Windows or Web Clients
Ethernet
Data processing
Server
powermanager power
monitoring software
Ethernet (Modbus)
Data detection
Measuring/
protection
devices
7KM
PAC3200
Measuring device
7KM
PAC4200
Measuring device
7KM
PAC3200
Measuring device
3WL air
circuit
breakers
7KT
PAC1500
Measuring
device
3VL molded
case
circuit
breakers
I202_01389e
Modbus RS485
7KM
PAC3100
Measuring device
Topology of the power monitoring system with powermanager
Structure of a distributed system

Each system can access and display measured variables and
alarms of other systems.
Cross-system report generation
Increase in the maximum number of devices thanks to load
distribution.
Cross-site networking is possible with the "Distributed Systems"

functionality:
Linking of several autonomous SENTRON powermanager
systems
System 1
Ethernet (Modbus)
7KM
PAC3200
Measuring device
7KM
PAC3200
Measuring device
7KM
PAC3200
Measuring device
Ethernet
System 2
System 3
Ethernet (Modbus)
Ethernet (Modbus)
7KM
PAC4200
Measuring device
7KM
PAC3200
Measuring
device
7KM
PAC3200
Measuring device
7KM
PAC1500
Measuring
device
7KM
PAC3100
Measuring
device
7KM
PAC3100
Measuring
device
7KM
PAC3100
Measuring
device
7KM
PAC1500
Measuring
device
Topology of a distributed power monitoring system with powermanager system packages
3/328
Siemens IK PI 2015
7KM
PAC3200
Measuring
device
Modbus RS485
Modbus RS485
7KM
PAC3100
Measuring
device
7KM
PAC4200
Measuring
device
3WL air
circuit
breaker
3VL molded
case circuit
breaker
I201_18383b
7KM
PAC3200
Measuring
device
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
powermanager
Ordering data
powermanager V 3.0
Trial license
Up to 10 devices inc. "Expert" and
"Web" option packs
Full product license
limited to 30 days
Basic package
Full product license
up to 10 devices,
installation for client/server
Device pack (20)
Device expansion license
for up to 20 devices
Device pack (50)
Device pack (100)
Device pack (200)
Device pack (500)
Device pack (1 000)
for up to 1 000 devices
Update license
From V2.0 Lean to V3.0 (10)
Update license
From V 2.0 Standard to V 3.0 (50)
Update license
From V 2.0 Advanced
to V 3.0 (100)
Update license
From V 2.0 Maximum
to V 3.0 (200)
powermanager V 2.0
Upgrade license
From Lean to Standard
Upgrade license from
Standard to Advanced
Upgrade license from
Advanced to Maximum
Article No.
3ZS2711-0CC30-0YA7
3ZS2711-0CC30-0YA0
3ZS2711-0CC30-0YD0
3ZS2712-0CC30-0YD0
3ZS2713-0CC30-0YD0
3ZS2714-0CC30-0YD0
3ZS2715-0CC30-0YD0
3ZS2716-0CC30-0YD0
3ZS2711-0CC30-0YE0
3ZS2712-0CC30-0YE0
3ZS2713-0CC30-0YE0
3ZS2714-0CC30-0YE0
3ZS2712-0CC20-0YD0
3ZS2713-0CC20-0YD0
3ZS2714-0CC20-0YD0
Article No.
Option packs
Option pack "Expert"
Option for creating/presenting
any number of freely configured
images
Option pack "Web"
Option for access via the Web
(e.g. Internet Explorer)
for up to 10 clients
Option pack "Client (5)"
Expansion for up to 5 clients
Option pack
"Distributed Systems (2)"
Option for the connection
of 2 autonomous powermanager
systems
For the exchange of measured
values and alarms
Option pack
systems
values and alarms
Option pack
systems
values and alarms
3ZS2710-2CC20-0YH0
3ZS2710-1CC20-0YH0
3ZS2710-3CC00-0YD0
3ZS2718-1CC00-0YH0
3ZS2718-2CC00-0YH0
3ZS2718-3CC00-0YH0
System packages
System 1
Package comprising
1 x powermanager V3.0
Basic Package
1 x 7KM PAC4200
(+RS 485 module) and
1 x 7KM PAC3100
3ZS2812-5CC20-0AY0
System 2
Package comprising
Basic Package
1 x 7KM PAC4200
(+RS 485 module) and
1 x 7KT PAC1500
(+Modbus module)
3ZS2812-6CC20-0YA0
System 3
Package comprising
Basic Package
3 x 7KM PAC 3200
3ZS2813-2CC20-0YA0
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/329
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
powermanager
More information
Integration of measuring devices by means of predefined
device templates for the 7KT/7KM PAC measuring devices
and the 3WL/3VL circuit breakers
Easy integration of already existing modbus-enabled
measuring devices
Communication through Standard Ethernet
Integration of devices with RS485 interface (ModbusRTU)
through Modbus gateway, e.g. the 7KM PAC4200 can be used
as the gateway
System packages
The powermanager system packages enable simple and
low-cost entry to power monitoring systems. At the same time,
the system offers a sound basis for additional expansion with
a host of 7KM/7KT PAC measuring devices and/or other
expanded versions of powermanager.
The following system packages are available:
powermanager System 1 for applications in infrastructure,
comprising:
- powermanager V3.0 Basic (3ZS2711-0CC30-0YA0)
- 7KM PAC4200 (7KM4212-0BA00-3AA0)
- 7KM PAC3100 (7KM3133-0BA00-3AA0)
- 7KM PAC RS485 (7KM9300-0AM00-0AA0)
powermanager System 2 for applications in buildings,
comprising:
- 7KM PAC4200 (7KM4212-0BA00-3AA0)
- 7KT PAC1500 (7KT1540)
- 7KM PAC RS485 (7KM9300-0AM00-0AA0)
- 7KT PAC RS485 (7KT1907)
System 3 for applications in industry, comprising:
- 3x 7KM PAC3200 (7KM2112-0BA00-3AA0)
Industries
For a free download for powermanager V 3.0 trial license go to

For more information, go to
www.siemens.com/powermanager
TV Certificate of Conformity ISO 50001
The TV Certificate of Conformity ensures that the 7KM/KT PAC
measuring devices, the 3VL molded case circuit breaker, the
3WL air circuit breaker and the powermanager power monitoring
software support the introduction of an operational power management system in accordance with ISO 50001. The ISO 50001
energy saving standard defines binding criteria for companies
for sustainable energy management.
TV Rhineland Certificate for SENTRON powermanager
The TV Certificate is available at
The energy efficiency that can be achieved through power

management with consistent power monitoring and the derived
optimization measures is crucial for all industries, e. g. in the
manufacturing industry, in non-residential buildings, in the field
of services, and in infrastructure projects. This has a particular
impact on competitiveness, especially in view of rising energy
prices.
System requirements
Processor: Intel core 2 (or better)
RAM: at least 2 GB
Hard disk: min. 10 GB free
Graphics: VGA with at least 1280 x 1024 pixels
and 16-bit color intensity
Supported operating systems
Windows XP: XP with SP3 (32 bit)
Windows 2003: Professional SP3 (32 bit)
Windows 7: Professional (32/64 bit)
Windows Server 2008: Enterprise SP2 (32/64 bit)
Supported Excel versions (required for reporting)
Excel 2003, Excel 2007, Excel 2010 (32 bit)
3/330
Internet
Siemens IK PI 2015
http://w3.siemens.com/powerdistribution/global/EN/lv/productportfolio/software/software-sentron/powermanager/tuev-testedquality/Documents/certificate-of-conformity-110267.pdf
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
powerconfig
Overview
powerconfig
The powerconfig software is the new combined commissioning
and service tool for communication-capable measuring devices
and circuit breakers from the SENTRON portfolio.
The PC-based tool makes the parameterization of the devices
easier, which gives rise to a considerable time saving, particularly when several devices have to be set up.
With powerconfig, the 3WL and 3VL circuit breakers and the
7KM PAC measuring devices with expansion modules can be
parameterized, documented, operated and monitored using
various communication interfaces.
Benefits
Parameterization, documentation, operation and monitoring in
one software
Documentation of measured values and settings
Clear presentation of the available parameters including
plausibility testing of the inputs
Display of the available device statuses and measured values
in standardized views
Project-oriented storage of device data
Consistent operation and usability
Supported languages: English and German
Read-out and saving of device recordings
(device-dependent)
Update of the device firmware and loading of language packs
(device-dependent)
No programming knowledge required for operation
Communication via PROFIBUS and PROFINET and
connection to STEP7 (in preparation)
Benefits
Parameterization, documentation, operation and monitoring in
one software
Documentation of measured values and settings
Clear presentation of the available parameters including
plausibility testing of the inputs
Display of the available device statuses and measured values
in standardized views
Project-oriented storage of device data
Uniform operation and usability support for the various device
communication interfaces (Modbus RTU, Modbus TCP,
PROFIBUS, PROFINET)
Supported languages: English and German
Read-out and saving of message lists, load profiles, and
histories (device-dependent)
Overview of the circuit breaker statuses with currents and
events
Individually selectable plant documentation
Update of the device firmware and loading of language packs
(device-dependent)
No programming knowledge required for operation
Call-up of powerconfig from STEP7 V5.5 SP1 and higher, and
communication with devices via PROFIBUS/PROFINET
Application
System requirements
Processor: Intel Pentium III, 1 GHz (or better)
RAM: at least 512 MB
Hard disk drive: at least 1 GB free
Color monitor with a minimum resolution of 1 024 x 768 pixels
Supported operating systems
Windows XP: XP with SP3 (32 bit)
Windows 7 Professional SP1 (32 bit, 64 bit)
Windows 7 Ultimate SP1 (32 bit, 64 bit)
Windows 2008 Server (32 bit)
Required framework
Microsoft .NET-Framework in accordance with Readme file
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/331
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
powerconfig
Ordering data
Article No.
powerconfig is available free of charge at
Library 3WL/3VL for

SIMATIC PCS 71)
Engineering license
For operation on one PCS 7 OS
(single workstation system
or server)
and an automation system (AS).
When using additional PCS 7 OS
devices, you need an engineering
license each PCS 7 OS.
3ZS2782-1CC10-0YG0
Runtime license
3ZS2782-1CC10-6YH0
1)
Siemens IK PI 2015

http://www.siemens.com/sentron

For currently supported SIMATIC PCS 7 versions see
3/332
More information
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
ASM 456 communication module, SIMATIC RF160C
The cost-efficient ASM 456 and SIMATIC RF160C communication modules are stand-alone PROFIBUS DP slaves used to
operate the RFID systems MOBY D/U and SIMATIC RF200 /
RF300 / RF600 as well as the MV400 code reading systems via
PROFIBUS DP:
SIMATIC S7 (including FB/FC software)
SINUMERIK
PC, IPC, non-Siemens PLC
SIMOTION (with integrated software library)
Thanks to their high degree of protection and ruggedness, they
are particularly suitable for machine-level use. The modular
structure with different PROFIBUS connection systems allows
them to be used in all applications. The uniform plug-in connection system ensures rapid commissioning.
Benefits
Two parallel MOBY channels ensure real-time mode at

dynamic read points.
Modular design with different bus interfacing possibilities
ensures universal implementation.
Reader connection using an 8-pin M12 connector for quick
mounting of all components.
High-performance hardware ensures fast data exchange with
the reader. Consequently, data is available for the application
even faster.
Very easy downloading of firmware via the SIMATIC
MANAGER for function expansions and error rectification
ensure high availability of the identification system.
The parameterizable identification-system-specific
PROFIBUS diagnostics facilitate start-up and troubleshooting.
A wide selection of pre-assembled PROFIBUS connecting
cables can be ordered for the communication modules. This
saves time and money during installation and assures better
quality.
Application
The ASM 456 and SIMATIC RF160C communication modules
have been specifically designed for a wide range of applications
in industrial automation and logistics. Thanks to the high IP67
degree of protection, the ASM 456 and RF160C can be installed
in the process without a control cabinet.
Main application areas for ASM 456 and RF160C:
Mechanical engineering, automation systems, conveyor
systems
Ancillary assembly lines in the automobile industry/suppliers
Small assembly lines
Production, packaging, textile, plastics and printing machines
SIMOTION
Design
PROFIBUS DP
Master module
e.g. S7-400
ASM 456,
RF160C
PROFIBUS
24 Volt for ASM 456,
RF160C and Reader
to other
PROFIBUS
participants
2. Reader /
SLG
1. Reader /
SLG
Tags / MDS
Siemens IK PI 2015
G_FS10_XX_00103
Overview
3/333
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Function
The ASM 456 and the RF160C comprise a basic module and
a connection block that must be ordered separately. When
connecting PROFIBUS, the customer can choose between
ECOFAST connections and M12, 7/8" connections.
A pre-assembled reader cable is used to connect one or two

readers/SLGs to the communication module. The standard
length of the cable is 2 m. If other cable lengths to the reader are
required, an extension cable measuring between 2 m and 50 m
can be used. The cable can also be assembled by the customer
as required.
The PROFIBUS DP procedure according to EN 50170 Vol. 2
PROFIBUS for communication between the communication
module and SIMATIC S7 (or any PROFIBUS master) and the
MOBY-specific procedures for communication between ASM
and reader are implemented on the communication modules.
The data in the transponder can be accessed as follows:
Direct addressing via absolute addresses
Conveniently via the MOBY file handler (MOBY U, RF300 only)
using file names (for ASM 456 only)
On the PROFIBUS DP, the communication module occupies a
node address on the bus that is set on the connection block. The
communication module is integrated into the hardware configuration by means of a device master (GSD) file. Then the communication module can be configured by means of the software tool
HW_Config of the SIMATIC Manager or another PROFIBUS tool.
Error messages and operating states (MDS in the field, transmission, etc.) are indicated additionally by means of LEDs and simplify commissioning and service.
ASM 456
The ASM directly accesses the data in the transponder or in the
data matrix code by means of absolute addresses (FB/FC45,
FB/FC55) or more conveniently using the MOBY file handler
(FC56) and file names. The communication module is operated
in non-cyclic mode over PROFIBUS DP V1. Consequently, a very
large amount of data can be transferred to/from the communication module without overloading the PROFIBUS cycle. This has
advantages when transferring large volumes of data. In addition,
the communication module can process concatenated transponder commands very quickly in this mode.
Function blocks FB101/116/132 in the SIMATIC S7 are available
for the "RFID standard profile" mode. The data in the transponder can be addressed either via absolute addresses or via the
file handler. This mode additionally integrates the communication module in SIMOTION.
SIMATIC RF160C
The data in the transponder is accessed via absolute addresses. The FC44 function block is available for SIMATIC S7 for
this purpose. The RF160C is operated in cyclic mode over
PROFIBUS DP-V0. This ensures a deterministic response in data
communication in every case. Where large volumes of data are
transferred in large-scale bus configurations, the data throughput should be tested with a tool which is provided on the DVD
"RFID Systems, Software and Documentation". The programming interface to RF160C is extremely easy to use and can be
programmed efficiently in any controller. The RF160C is therefore particularly suitable for use with non-Siemens controllers
and older PROFIBUS masters.
The ASM 456 and RF160C have two reader interfaces which
also provides the readers with power. In the communication
module , the power supply of the readers has an electronic fuse.
Article No.
6GT2002-0ED00
6GT2002-0EF00
ASM 456 communication module
PROFIBUS matching DP-V1 in conjunction

with RF200/300/600, MOBY D/E/I/U, MV
PROFIBUS matching DP-V0 in conjunction

with RF200/300/600, MOBY D/U
Transmission rate at point-to-point

connection serial maximum
115.2 kbit/s
115.2 kbit/s
Design of interface for point-to-point

connection
RS422
RS422
Number of readers connectable

for supply voltage


M12, 8-pin
M12, 8-pin
Material
Thermoplastic (Valox 467, fiberglass reinforced)
Thermoplastic (Valox 467, fiberglass reinforced)
Color
IP Basic 714
IP Basic 714
Interfaces
Version of the interface to the reader

for communication
Mechanical data
Tightening torque of screw

3 Nm
for mounting the equipment maximum
3/334
Siemens IK PI 2015
3 Nm
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS

Article No.
6GT2002-0ED00
6GT2002-0EF00
24 V
20 V
30 V
24 V
20 V
30 V
0.08 A
0.8 A
0.08 A
0.8 A
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
0 55 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
0 55 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
Protection class IP
IP 67
IP 67
300 m/s
300 m/s
100 m/s
100 m/s
Width
60 mm
60 mm
Height
30 mm
30 mm
Depth
210 mm
210 mm
Net weight
0.21 kg
0.21 kg
Mounting type
2 x M5 screws
2 x M5 screws

maximum
1 000 m
1 000 m
Type of display
4 LEDs per reader connection, 4 LEDs for device status
4 LEDs per reader connection, 4 LEDs for device status
Product function transponder file

handler can be addressed
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Type of parameterization
GSD
GSD
Type of programming
FB 45, FB 55, FC 56, Ident profile (PIB),

(FC 45/55 with limited functionality)
FC 44
Type of computer-mediated
communication
acyclic communication
Cyclic communication
CE, FCC, cULus
CE, FCC, cULus
Connection block for ECOFAST system or M12, 7/8"
Connection block for ECOFAST system or M12, 7/8"

rated value
minimum
maximum
Current consumed at 24 V with DC
without connected devices typical
including connected devices
maximum

components general
PROFIBUS DP-V0 protocol
PROFIBUS DP-V1 protocol
configuration
approvals
Accessories
Accessories
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/335
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Ordering data
Article No.
6GT2002-0ED00
For connecting 2 readers to

PROFIBUS DP-V1.
SIMATIC RF160C
6GT2002-0EF00
Accessory: M12, 7/8'' connection

M12 connection block, 7/8''
6ES7194-3AA00-0BA0
M12 terminating resistor

for PROFIBUS
6GK1905-0EC00
Pack with 5 units, minimum

ordering quantity 1 pack.
For connecting 2 readers to

PROFIBUS DP-V0.
Accessory: ECOFAST connection
Article No.
ECOFAST connection block
6ES7194-3AA00-0AA0
PROFIBUS ECOFAST HYBRID

plug 180
With male insert (5-pack)
With female insert (5-pack)
6GK1905-0CA00
6GK1905-0CB00
Pre-assembled, with 5-pin

M12 connector and socket,
max. length 100 m.
0.3 m
6XV1830-3DE30
0.5 m
6XV1830-3DE50
1m
6XV1830-3DH10
1.5 m
6XV1830-3DH15
With terminating resistors.
2m
6XV1830-3DH20
PROFIBUS ECOFAST
hybrid cable, copper
3m
6XV1830-3DH30
Trailing-type cable (PUR casing)

with two shielded copper cables
for PROFIBUS DP and four copper
cores of 1.5 mm2 each.
5m
6XV1830-3DH50
10 m
6XV1830-3DN10
15 m
6XV1830-3DN15

with 90 or 120 cable connection
See
PROFIBUS ECOFAST
termination plug
Sold by the meter
6GK1905-0DA10
6XV1830-7AH10
Max. delivery unit 1 000 m,

Pre-assembled
Pre-assembled, with 5-pin

7/8" connector and socket,
max. length 50 m.

connector, fixed length:
0.5 m
6XV1830-7BH05
0.3 m
6XV1822-5BE30
1m
6XV1830-7BH10
0.5 m
6XV1822-5BE50
1.5 m
6XV1830-7BH15
1m
6XV1822-5BH10
3m
6XV1830-7BH30
1.5 m
6XV1822-5BH15
5m
6XV1830-7BH50
2m
6XV1822-5BH20
10 m
6XV1830-7BN10
3m
6XV1822-5BH30
15 m
6XV1830-7BN15
5m
6XV1822-5BH50
20 m
6XV1830-7BN20
10 m
6XV1822-5BN10
25 m
6XV1830-7BN25
15 m
6XV1822-5BN15
30 m
6XV1830-7BN30
35 m
6XV1830-7BN35

with 90 or 120 cable connection
See http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/26999294
40 m
6XV1830-7BN40
6XV1830-0EH10
45 m
6XV1830-7BN45
50 m
6XV1830-7BN50

shielded, sold by the meter; maximum ordering quantity unit 1 000 m,
With male insert
With female insert
6GK1905-0EA00
6GK1905-0EB00
7/8" cable connector for voltage

With male insert
With female insert
6GK1905-0FA00
6GK1905-0FB00
Sealing caps 7/8"
6ES7194-3JA00-0AA0
For unused 24 V cable extension,

pack of 10, minimum ordering
quantity 1 pack.
Power line
5-core, 5 x 1.5 mm2, trailing type;
sold by the meter; maximum
ordering quantity 1 000 m,
3/336
Siemens IK PI 2015
6XV1830-8AH10
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Ordering data
Article No.
General accessories
Stainless steel screws
for connection blocks
Optional screws made of V4A steel
for securing the connection blocks
on the basic module.
For use in wet areas.
Pack with 40 units is sufficient
for 10 connection blocks.
Article No.
Accessories for RFID
6GT2090-0VB00
MOBY U reader cable

suitable for cable carriers.
2m
6GT2091-4FH20
5m
6GT2091-4FH50
MOBY D reader cable
6GT2691-4FH20

suitable for cable carriers, 2 m.
Reader cable for SIMATIC RF200 /

RF300 / RF600 / MV400
or extension cable MOBY U/D and
SIMATIC RF200 / RF300 / RF600 /
MV400, PUR material,
CMG approval, suitable for
cable carriers, straight connector
2m
6GT2891-4FH20
5m
6GT2891-4FH50
10 m
6GT2891-4FN10
20 m
6GT2891-4FN20
50 m
6GT2891-4FN50
6GT2891-4JH20
6GT2891-4JH50
Sealing caps M12

for unused reader connections
3RX9802-0AA00
Minimum ordering quantity 10 units.

Documentation"
6GT2080-2AA20
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/337
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
Engineering/Network Management/Diagnostics
SIMATIC PDM
Overview
SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering station
with SIMATIC PDM
Device on
the workbench
Industrial Ethernet
S7-400
S7-400
PROFINET
ET 200M
(also with
HART modules)
PROFIBUS PA
IE/PB Link PN IO
+ DP/PA coupler
SIMOCODE
PROFIBUS DP
HART protocol
RS 232/RS 485
Field devices
SIMOCODE
ET 200iSP
HART
multiplexer
Possible connection point of a

PG/PC with SIMATIC PDM
(stand-alone operation)
G_PCS7_XX_00200
FF H1
ET 200M
HART
PROFIBUS PA
FF link
HART
PA link
Configuration options with SIMATIC PDM
SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager) is a universal, vendorindependent tool for the configuration, parameter assignment,
commissioning, diagnostics and servicing of intelligent field
devices (sensors and actuators) and field components (remote
I/Os, multiplexers, control-room devices, compact controllers),
which in the following sections will be referred to simply as
devices.
Using one software, SIMATIC PDM enables the processing of
more than 2 500 devices from Siemens and over 200 vendors
worldwide on one homogeneous user interface.
The user interface satisfies the requirements of the
VDI/VDE GMA 2187 and IEC 65/349/CD directives. Parameters
and functions for all supported devices are displayed in a consistent and uniform fashion independent of their communications interface. Even complex devices with several hundred
parameters can be represented clearly and processed quickly.
Using SIMATIC PDM it is very easy to navigate in highly complex
stations such as remote I/Os and even connected field devices.
From the viewpoint of device integration, SIMATIC PDM is the
most powerful open device manager available in the world.
Devices which previously were not supported can be easily integrated in SIMATIC PDM at any time by importing their device
descriptions (EDD). This provides security for your investment
and saves you investment costs, training expenses and followup costs.
SIMATIC PDM supports the operative system management in
particular through:
Uniform presentation and operation of devices
Uniform representation of diagnostics information
Indicators for preventive maintenance and servicing
Detection of changes in the project and device
Increasing the operational reliability
Reducing the investment, operating and maintenance costs
Forwarding of device information to higher-level Maintenance
Stations
3/338
Siemens IK PI 2015
When used in SIMATIC PCS 7, SIMATIC PDM is integrated in the

asset management of the process control system. You can
change directly to the SIMATIC PDM views from the diagnostics
faceplates in the Maintenance Station.
The Process Device Manager provides more detailed information for all devices described by means of an Electronic Device
Description (EDD), e.g.:
Detailed diagnostics information (manufacturer information,
information on error diagnostics and troubleshooting, further
documentation)
Results of internal condition monitoring functions
Status information (e.g. local configuration changes)
Information on changes (audit trail report)
Parameter information
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC PDM
Application
Components
Product packages
SIMATIC PDM stand-alone
SIMATIC PDM system-integrated
Minimum configuration Basic configuration
Application-specific configurations
SIMATIC PDM
Single Point
SIMATIC PDM
Basic
SIMATIC PDM
Service
SIMATIC PDM
S7
SIMATIC PDM
PCS 7
V6.1
V8.1
V6.1
V8.1
V6.1
V8.1
V6.1
V8.1
V6.1
V8.1
FF V8.1
128
100
128
100
128
100
100
cannot
be expanded
Count
- 10 TAGs
Relevant
- 100 TAGs
Licenses
(accumula- - 1 000 TAGs
tive)
SIMATIC PDM Basic
SIMATIC PDM Extended
SIMATIC PDM integration in

STEP 7/PCS 7
SIMATIC PDM routing
SIMATIC PDM Communication

FOUNDATION Fieldbus

via standard HART multiplexer
SIMATIC PDM HART server
SIMATIC PDM command

interface2)
SIMATIC PDM TAGs1)

in product package
SIMATIC PDM expansion options
TAG
options
- 128 TAGs
- 512 TAGs
- 1 024 TAGs
- 2 048 TAGs
PowerPacks
- 128 to 512 TAGs

- 512 to 1 024 TAGs
- 1 024 to 2 048 TAGs
- 2 048 to unlimited
TAGs
Table with SIMATIC PDM product structure

Product component is part of the product package
1)
o Optional product component for the product package, can be purchased

separately
For TAG definition, refer to sections "SIMATIC PDM TAGs for

SIMATIC PDM V8.1" and "TAG options/PowerPacks for SIMATIC PDM V6.1"
2)
Only for applications that are not intended for broad-based implementation; programming knowledge is required.
Product component is not relevant or not available for the product package
Customer-oriented product structure

SIMATIC PDM can be implemented in different ways within the
framework of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA) - as a standalone system or integrated in a SIMATIC PCS 7/SIMATIC S7 configuration environment.
The customer-oriented products structure of SIMATIC PDM
helps you to adapt the scope of functions and performance to
your individual requirements. You have the following options:
Product packages for operation on a mobile computer on
PROFIBUS or with direct connection to the device, optionally
as:
- Minimal configuration SIMATIC PDM Single Point for
processing of a single field device via point-to-point
coupling
- Application-specific configuration SIMATIC PDM Service for
extended service tasks
Product package SIMATIC PDM Basic as the basis for an
individual SIMATIC PDM configuration with optional product
components (see table)

Product packages for integration of SIMATIC PDM in the
engineering system (engineering toolset) and Maintenance
Station of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system:
- SIMATIC PDM PCS 7
- SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF
(also supports the FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1)
Product package SIMATIC PDM S7 for integration in a
SIMATIC S7 configuration environment
In some circumstances, the various product packages can be
expanded with optional product components (for details, see the
Design section).
Selection criteria
The current range of solutions comprises products of
SIMATIC PDM versions 6.1 and 8.1. SIMATIC PDM V8.1 is
supplied with the current service pack. The service pack is,
however, not named explicitly in the ordering data and in the
textual descriptions.
In addition to considering the environment of use and the
functional and performance features (for details, see section
"Design"), also observe the different system requirements of
these SIMATIC PDM versions when selecting the product (see
section "Technical specifications").
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/339
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC PDM
Design
Function and
performance characteristics
SIMATIC PDM
Single Point
SIMATIC PDM
Basic
SIMATIC PDM
Service
SIMATIC PDM
S7
SIMATIC PDM
PCS 7
V6.1
V8.1
V6.1
V8.1
V6.1
V8.1
V6.1
V8.1
V6.1
V8.1
FF V8.1
TAGs contained
128
100
128
100
128
100
100
Project: Create online
Project: Create offline
Project: Usable TAG extensions
Project: Network view
Project: Plant view
Project: Export/import devices
Project: HW Config
Project: Utilization of SIMATIC PDM

options
Project: Integration in STEP 7/PCS 7
Communication: HART modem
Communication: HART interface
Communication: PROFIBUS DP/PA
Communication:
HART over PROFIBUS DP
Communication: FF H1
o1)
o1)
Communication: Modbus
Communication: SIPART DR
Communication: SIREC
Communication: Ethernet
Communication: PROFINET
Communication:
HART over PROFINET
Devices: Export/import parameters
Devices: Comparison of values

(online/offline)
Devices: Comparison of values

of two devices
Devices: Saving parameters
Devices: Logbook (Audit Trail)
Devices: Calibration report
LifeList: Export Scan
LifeList: Device diagnostics
LifeList: Define scan area
LifeList: Save scan
LifeList: Scan from HW Config
Communication: S7 routing
Communication: HART multiplexer
Communication: Wireless HART
Function: HART SHC mode

(increased communication speed)
Function: "HART-Long TAG"
SIMATIC PDM overview of functions and features

Product component is part of the product package
o Optional product component for the product package, can be purchased
separately
Product component is not relevant or not available for the product package
1)
Not in stand-alone mode
3/340
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC PDM
Design (continued)
SIMATIC PDM V8.1 incl. SP1 product range
SIMATIC PDM S7 V8.1
SIMATIC PDM Single Point V8.1
Similar to SIMATIC PDM S7 V6.1, SIMATIC PDM S7 V8.1 is also

designed for use in a SIMATIC S7 configuration environment,
but differs functionally (for details, see the table "Overview of
functions and performance for SIMATIC PDM") and due to the
number of TAGs it features (100 TAGs included).
SIMATIC PDM S7 V8.1 is therefore not a functionally compatible
successor to SIMATIC PDM S7 V6.1.
This minimum configuration with handheld functionality is designed for processing exactly one field device via point-to-point
coupling. It cannot be expanded with functions or TAG options/
PowerPacks. Upgrading to a different product variant, e.g.
SIMATIC PDM Basic, or a different product version is also not
possible. The device functions are supported as defined in the
device description.
The following types of communication are possible:
PROFIBUS DP/PA
HART communication
(modem, RS 232 and via PROFIBUS/PROFINET)
Modbus
Ethernet
PROFINET
SIMATIC PDM S7 V8.1 requires the installation of STEP 7

V5.5+SP2 (for using PROFINET communication STEP 7
V5.5+SP3). When selecting a product, note that SIMATIC PDM
S7 V8.1 is not backwards compatible, and multiple SIMATIC
PDM versions cannot be operated simultaneously.
SIMATIC PDM S7 V8.1 can be expanded with the functional
options "SIMATIC PDM Routing V8.1" and "SIMATIC PDM Communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus V8.1" and "SIMATIC PDM
HART Server V8.1" as well as with cumulative sets of 10, 100 or
1 000 SIMATIC PDM TAGs.
SIMATIC PDM Basic V8.1
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V8.1 and SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF V8.1
Provided the system requirements are met, SIMATIC PDM Basic

V8.1 can be used for stand-alone operation on any computers
(IPC/notebook) with local connection to bus segments or direct
connection to the device. The product package features all the
basic functions required for operation and parameter assignment of the devices and is enabled for the following communication modes:
PROFIBUS DP/PA
HART communication
(modem, RS 232 and via PROFIBUS/PROFINET)
Modbus
Ethernet
PROFINET
focus on functions different from those of SIMATIC PDM PCS 7
V6.1 (for details, see the table "Overview of functions and
performance for SIMATIC PDM"). They support projects with
"PROFINET" and "FOUNDATION Fieldbus" communication and
can be expanded with the functional option "SIMATIC PDM
HART Server".
As a basic block for individual configuration, SIMATIC PDM

Basic V8.1 can be upgraded with all the functional options for
SIMATIC PDM V8.1 as well as with cumulative 10, 100 or 1
000 SIMATIC PDM TAGs (quantity option as of SIMATIC PDM
V7.0). Without TAG expansion, SIMATIC PDM Basic V8.1 is
suitable for projects with up to 4 TAGs.
SIMATIC PDM Service V8.1
This product package based on SIMATIC PDM Basic V8.1 for
projects with up to 100 TAGs is intended for mobile use in
service.
FOUNDATION Fieldbus functionality is already integrated in

SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF V8.1. SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V8.1 can
be appropriately expanded if required using the option
"SIMATIC PDM Communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus".
are initially provided with 100 TAGs. This quantity can be
further cumulatively expanded with sets of 10, 100 or 1 000
SIMATIC PDM TAGs (quantity option with SIMATIC PDM V7.0
or higher).
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V8.1 and SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF V8.1 are
not functionally compatible successors to SIMATIC PDM PCS 7
V6.x, and are not downward-compatible. The two product
packages require installation of SIMATIC PCS 7 as of V8.0
(V8.0+SP1 for the use of PROFINET communication).
When selecting a product, note that it is not possible to operate
multiple SIMATIC PDM versions at the same time.
Similar to SIMATIC PDM Basic V8.1, SIMATIC PDM Service V8.1

can be upgraded with all the functional options for SIMATIC PDM
V8.1 as well as with cumulative 10, 100 or 1 000 SIMATIC PDM
TAGs.
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/341
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC PDM
Design (continued)
Optional product components
SIMATIC PDM V6.1 product range
SIMATIC PDM Extended V8.1 option
The SIMATIC PDM V8.1 Extended option enables you to unlock

other system functions of SIMATIC PDM V8.1 for use, for
example:
Change log
Calibration report
Extended information in the Lifelist
Export and import functions
Print functions
Document manager
Comparison function

This minimum configuration with handheld functionality is designed for processing exactly one field device via point-to-point
coupling. It cannot be expanded with functions or TAG options/
PowerPacks. The device functions are supported as defined in
the device description.
The following types of communication are possible:
PROFIBUS DP/PA
HART communication (modem, RS 232)
Modbus
SIMATIC PDM integration option in STEP 7/PCS 7 V8.1
This option is used for the integration of SIMATIC PDM V8.1 in

a SIMATIC S7 or SIMATIC PCS 7 configuration environment.
SIMATIC PDM V8.1 can then be started directly from the hardware configurator (HW Config) in STEP 7/SIMATIC PCS 7.
Provided the system requirements are met, SIMATIC PDM Basic

V6.1 can be used for stand-alone operation on any computer
(IPC/notebook) with local connection to bus segments or direct
connection to the device. The product package features all the
basic functions required for operation and parameter assignment of the devices and is enabled for the following communication modes:
PROFIBUS DP/PA
HART communication (modem, RS 232 and via PROFIBUS)
Modbus
SIREC bus
SIPART DR
Ethernet
SIMATIC PDM Routing V8.1 option

If SIMATIC PDM V8.1 is used on a central engineering station,
the SIMATIC PDM Routing V8.1 option enables handling of every
device in the field that can be configured per EDD throughout
the plant and across different bus systems and remote I/Os.
SIMATIC PDM Routing V8.1 is available for SIMATIC PDM S7
V8.1 as an optional product component. Routing is already
integrated into SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V8.1.
SIMATIC PDM Communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus V8.1
option
With this option, SIMATIC PDM can communicate in a
SIMATIC S7/PCS 7 engineering environment with field devices
on the FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 via the FF link.
Option SIMATIC PDM HART Server V8.1
This option supports use of HART multiplexers from various
manufacturers in SIMATIC PDM V8.1. Wireless HART field devices can also be parameterized using SIMATIC PDM V8.1.
Option SIMATIC PDM Command Interface V8.1
With this option, the stand-alone product packages SIMATIC
PDM Basic and SIMATIC PDM Service can be remotely operated
for configuring and field-device operation.
Note: The application is functionally limited in SIMATIC PDM
V8.1+SP1 and restricted to applications that are not intended for
broad-based use. Programming knowledge is necessary.
SIMATIC PDM TAGs for SIMATIC PDM V8.1
Depending on the project size, the TAGs supplied with a
product can be cumulatively expanded with 10, 100 or 1 000
SIMATIC PDM TAGs. A TAG corresponds to a SIMATIC PDM
object, which represents individual field devices or components
within a project, e.g. measuring instruments, positioners, switching devices or remote I/Os. TAGs are also relevant for diagnostics with the lifelist of SIMATIC PDM. In this case, TAGs are considered to be all recognized devices with diagnostics capability,
whose detailed diagnostics is effected through the device
description (EDD).
3/342
Siemens IK PI 2015
As basic module for individual configuration, SIMATIC PDM

Basic V6.1 can be expanded with all optional product components, TAG options and PowerPacks for SIMATIC PDM V6.1.
Without TAG expansion, SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.1 can manage
projects with up to 4 TAGs. Use of the following functions
requires at least 128 TAGs:
Change log
Calibration report
Detailed diagnostics in the lifelist
This is a configured product package especially for mobile use
in servicing for projects with up to 128 TAGs. It offers service
engineers all functions of SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.1 and special
service functions such as change log, calibration report and
detailed diagnostics in the lifelist.
SIMATIC PDM Service V6.1 can be expanded by the functional
options "SIMATIC PDM Integration in STEP 7/PCS 7 V6.1",
"SIMATIC PDM Routing V6.1" and "SIMATIC PDM Communication via Standard HART-Multiplexer V6.1" as well as by
SIMATIC PDM PowerPacks.
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC PDM
Design (continued)
Optional product components for SIMATIC PDM V6.1
SIMATIC PDM S7 V6.1
SIMATIC PDM Integration option in STEP 7/PCS 7 V6.1
SIMATIC PDM S7 V6.1 is a product package for projects with

up to 128 TAGs and is configured for the use of SIMATIC PDM
in a SIMATIC S7 configuration environment. In addition to
SIMATIC PDM Service V6.1, it also offers functions for integration
in the hardware configurator (HW Config) of STEP 7
(corresponds to the option "SIMATIC PDM Integration in STEP 7/
PCS 7").
This option is used for the integration of SIMATIC PDM V6.1

in a SIMATIC S7 or SIMATIC PCS 7 configuration environment.
SIMATIC PDM V6.1 can then be started directly from the hardware configurator (HW Config) in STEP 7/SIMATIC PCS 7.
SIMATIC PDM S7 V6.1 can be expanded by the functional

options "SIMATIC PDM Routing V6.1" and "Communication via
Standard HART-Multiplexer V6.1" as well as by SIMATIC PDM
PowerPacks.
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V6.1
The SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V6.1 product package is designed
for projects with up to 128 TAGs. It extends the functionality of
SIMATIC PDM Service V6.1 with routing from the central
engineering system to the devices in the field and integrates
SIMATIC PDM in the SIMATIC PCS 7 configuration environment
by means of HW Config.
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V6.1 can be expanded by the options
"SIMATIC PDM Communication via Standard HART Multiplexer
V6.1" and SIMATIC PDM PowerPacks.
SIMATIC PDM Routing V6.1 option

If you want to use SIMATIC PDM V6.1 in a central engineering
system for plant-wide configuration, parameter assignment,
commissioning and diagnostics of the devices in the field, you
need the "SIMATIC PDM Routing V6.1" option in addition to the
"SIMATIC PDM Integration in STEP 7/PCS 7 V6.1" option. From
the central engineering system, you can then reach every device
in the field that can be configured per EDD throughout the plant
and across different bus systems and remote I/Os.
via Standard HART Multiplexer V6.1 option
This option permits SIMATIC PDM to use the HART server for
communication with HART field devices via HART multiplexers.
TAG options/PowerPacks for SIMATIC PDM V6.1
A TAG corresponds to a SIMATIC PDM object, which represents
individual field devices or components within a project, e.g.
measuring instruments, positioners, switching devices or remote
I/Os. TAGs are also relevant for diagnostics with the lifelist of
SIMATIC PDM. In this case, TAGs are considered to be all
recognized devices with diagnostics capability, whose detailed
diagnostics is effected through the device description (EDD).
In contrast to PowerPacks, TAG options are only suitable for
individual SIMATIC PDM product configurations on the basis of
SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.1. Using the SIMATIC PDM TAG options
for SIMATIC PDM V6.1, SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.1 can be expanded from 4 TAGs to 128, 512, 1 024 or 2 048 TAGs, and with
the help of an additive PowerPack for SIMATIC PDM V6.1 even
to unlimited TAGs.
With the PowerPacks for SIMATIC PDM V6.1, product packages
based on SIMATIC PDM V6.1 can be provided with additional
TAGs. PowerPacks are available for TAG expansion to 512,
1 024, 2 048 and unlimited TAGs.
Demonstration software
SIMATIC PDM V6.1 and SIMATIC PDM V8.1 are also available
with demo software for demonstration purposes. Storage functions, export/import and extended functionality cannot be used
with the demo software. The communication functions are
restricted.
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/343
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC PDM
Function
Integration
Device integration
SIMATIC PDM supports all devices described by EDD (Electronic Device Description). EDD is standardized to EN 50391
and IEC 61804. Internationally it is the most widely used
standardized technology for device integration. At the same
time, it is the guideline of the established organizations for
PROFIBUS and PROFINET
(PI PROFIBUS & PROFINET International)
HART (HCF: HART Communication Foundation)
FF (Fieldbus Foundation)
The devices are integrated directly in SIMATIC PDM through a

company-specific EDD or the current HCF or Fieldbus Foundation libraries. To achieve improved transparency, they can be
managed in project-specific device libraries.
Field devices are described in the EDD in terms of functionality
and construction using the Electronic Device Description
Language (EDDL). Using this description, SIMATIC PDM automatically creates its user interface with the specific device data.
Existing devices can be updated, and further devices integrated
into SIMATIC PDM, by simply importing the manufacturer's
device-specific EDD.
Fieldbus Foundation provides pre-defined device descriptions
(standard DD) for the basic functions of specific field device
types. The basic functions are implemented using various standard function and transmission blocks.
Technical support
SIMATIC PDM, parameter view and trend window
Core functions
Adjustment and modification of device parameters
Comparing (e.g. project and device data)
Plausibility testing of data input
Device identification and testing
Device status indication (operating modes, interrupts, states)
Simulation
Diagnostics (standard, detailed)
Export/import (parameter data, logs, documents)
Management (e.g. networks and PCs)
Commissioning functions, e.g. measuring circuit tests of
device data
Device management (lifecycle management)
Global and device-specific modification logbook for user
operations (audit trail)
Device-specific calibration reports
Graphic presentations of echo envelope curves, trend
displays, valve diagnosis results etc.
Presentation of incorporated manuals
Document manager for integration of up to 10 multimedia files
3/344
Siemens IK PI 2015
If you wish to use devices which cannot be found in the

SIMATIC PDM device description library, we would be pleased
to help you integrate them.
Support Request
You can request support by service specialists at Technical
Support by using a "Support Request" on the Internet:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/support-request
Contacts in the Region
The Technical Support responsible for your Region can be found
on the Internet at:
http://www.automation.siemens.com/partner
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC PDM
SIMATIC PDM V6.1
SIMATIC PDM V8.1
Hardware
PG/PC/notebook with processor corresponding to

operating system requirements
PG/PC/notebook with processor corresponding to

operating system requirements
Operating systems (alternative)
Microsoft Windows XP Professional SP3, 32-bit

Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 SP2, 32-bit,
Standard Edition
Integration in STEP 7/PCS 7
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0+SP1

(SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 without PROFINET communication)
STEP 7 V5.5+SP3
(STEP 7 V5.5+SP2 without PROFINET communication)
Ordering data
STEP 7 V5.3+SP2
STEP 7 V5.4+SP5
STEP 7 V5.5 or V5.5+SP1/SP2/SP3
SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1+SP4
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 or V7.1+SP1/SP2/SP3
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 or V8.0+SP1
Windows XP Professional SP3 (32-bit)

Windows Server 2003 SP2 Standard Edition (32-bit)
Windows Server 2003 R2 SP2 Standard Edition (32-bit)
Windows 7 Professional/Ultimate/Enterprise SP1
(32-bit/64-bit)
Windows Server 2008 SP2 Standard Edition (32-bit)
Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1 Standard Edition (64-bit)
Article No.
Article No.
SIMATIC PDM V8.1

SIMATIC PDM stand-alone product packages
Basic configuration for individual product packages
Minimum configuration

Product package for operation and
configuration of field devices and
components; communication via
PROFIBUS DP/PA, HART (modem,
RS 232, PROFIBUS/PROFINET),
Modbus, Ethernet or PROFINET,
including 4 TAGs

for operation and configuration of
one field device; communication via
PROFIBUS DP/PA, HART (modem,
RS 232, PROFIBUS/PROFINET),
Modbus, Ethernet or PROFINET,
including 1 TAG
cannot be expanded with respect
to functions or with TAG option/
PowerPack
6 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),
software class A, runs with
Windows XP Professional 32-bit,
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64-bit,
32-bit, or Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit,
SIMATIC PDM software and
device library on DVD,
license key on USB stick,
Software image download
(SIMATIC PDM and device
library), license key download,
Note:
6ES7658-3HA18-0YA5
6ES7658-3HA18-0YH5

Standard 64-bit,
Note:
6ES7658-3AB18-0YA5
6ES7658-3AB18-0YH5
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/345
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC PDM
Ordering data
Article No.
Application-specific configuration for mobile service

Product package for stand-alone
user in service, with
SIMATIC PDM Basic
100 TAGs

Standard 64-bit,
Note:

32-bit or Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64-bit,
6ES7658-3JD18-0YA5
6ES7658-3JD18-0YH5
SIMATIC PDM S7 V8.1

Product package for use in a
SIMATIC S7 engineering environment, with
- SIMATIC PDM Basic and
Extended
- Integration in STEP 7/PCS 7
- 100 TAGs
Standard 64-bit,
3/346
Siemens IK PI 2015
Application-specific configuration for integration

in SIMATIC PCS 7 configuration environment
Complete package for integration
into the engineering toolset of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering system

in SIMATIC S7 configuration environment
Note:
SIMATIC PDM S7 V8.1 requires the
installation of STEP 7 V5.5+SP2/
SP3! PROFINET communication is
supported as of STEP 7 V5.5+SP3.
Note:
Article No.
Floating license for 1 user, with

- SIMATIC PDM Basic and Extended
- Routing
- 100 TAGs
Note:
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V8.1 requires
the installation of SIMATIC PCS 7
V8.0 or higher! PROFINET
communication is supported as of
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0+SP1.
Media Package)
device library on DVD, license key
USB stick, certificate of license
Media Package)
Note: E-mail address required!
6ES7658-3LD18-0YA5
6ES7658-3LD18-0YH5
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF V8.1

Standard 64-bit,
6ES7658-3KD18-0YA5
6ES7658-3KD18-0YH5

- SIMATIC PDM Basic and Extended
- Routing
- FOUNDATION Fieldbus
communication
- 100 TAGs
Note:
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7-FF V8.1
requires the installation of
SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0 or higher!
PROFINET communication is
supported as of SIMATIC PCS 7
V8.0+SP1.
Media Package)
device library on DVD, license key
Media Package)
Note:
6ES7658-3MD18-0YA5
6ES7658-3MD18-0YH5
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC PDM
Ordering data
Article No.

SIMATIC PDM Extended V8.1
Standard 64-bit,
License key on USB stick,
Note:
SIMATIC PDM Integration
in STEP 7/SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.1
only required for integration of
SIMATIC PDM into HW Config
Standard 64-bit,
Note:
SIMATIC PDM Routing V8.1
Standard 64-bit,
Note:
6ES7658-3NX18-2YB5
6ES7658-3NX18-2YH5
6ES7658-3BX18-2YB5
6ES7658-3BX18-2YH5
6ES7658-3CX18-2YB5
6ES7658-3CX18-2YH5
Article No.
FOUNDATION Fieldbus V8.1
Standard 64-bit,
Media Package)
Media Package)
Note:
SIMATIC PDM HART Server V8.1
Standard 64-bit,
Media Package)
Media Package)
Note:
SIMATIC PDM Command
Interface V8.1
Standard 64-bit,
Media Package)
6ES7658-3QX18-2YB5
6ES7658-3QX18-2YH5
6ES7658-3EX18-2YB5
6ES7658-3EX18-2YH5
6ES7658-3SX18-2YB5
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/347
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC PDM
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
SIMATIC PDM TAGs for SIMATIC PDM V8.1
SIMATIC PDM TAGs

TAG licenses for expanding
SIMATIC PDM product packages
V7.0 or higher,
can be accumulated,
software class A,
- 10 TAGs
- 100 TAGs
- 1 000 TAGs
Note:
- 10 TAGs
- 100 TAGs
- 1 000 TAGs
SIMATIC PDM Demo V8.1

Storage functions,
export/import and advanced
functionality disabled;
communication functions restricted
6ES7658-3XC00-2YB5
6ES7658-3XD00-2YB5
6ES7658-3XE00-2YB5
6ES7658-3GX18-0YT8

Standard 64-bit
SIMATIC PDM software and device
library on DVD
6ES7658-3XC00-2YH5
6ES7658-3XD00-2YH5
6ES7658-3XE00-2YH5
SIMATIC PDM V6.1

SIMATIC PDM stand-alone product packages
Application-specific configuration for mobile service
Minimum configuration

Product package for stand-alone
user in service, with
128 TAGs

for operation and configuration
of one field device; communication
via PROFIBUS DP/PA,
HART modem or Modbus,
including 1 TAG
6ES7658-3HX16-0YA5

Windows XP Professional/ Server
2003, floating license for 1 user
cannot be expanded
with respect to functions or with
TAG option/PowerPack

library on CD/DVD,

software class A,
runs with Windows XP Professional/
Server 2003,
library on CD/DVD, license key on
Basic configuration for individual product packages
Product package for operator input
and configuration of field devices
and components, communication
via PROFIBUS DP/PA, HART
(modem, RS 232, PROFIBUS),
SIREC bus, SIPART DR,
Modbus or Ethernet,
including 4 TAGs
library on CD/DVD,
3/348
Siemens IK PI 2015
6ES7658-3AX16-0YA5
6ES7658-3JX16-0YA5
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC PDM
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
SIMATIC PDM system-integrated product packages
TAG options/PowerPacks for SIMATIC PDM V6.1

in SIMATIC S7 configuration environment
SIMATIC PDM TAG option

for TAG expansion, additive to
SIMATIC PDM S7 V6.1

Product package for use in a
SIMATIC S7 configuration environment, with
128 TAGs
6ES7658-3KX16-0YA5

Up to 128 TAGs
Up to 512 TAGs
Up to 1 024TAGs
Up to 2 048 TAGs


in SIMATIC PCS 7 configuration environment
6ES7658-3LX16-0YA5

Windows XP Professional/
Server 2003
Software class A,
Server 2003,
128 TAGs to 512 TAGs
512 TAGs to 1 024 TAGs
1 024 TAGs to 2 048 TAGs
2 048 TAGs to unlimited TAGs
6ES7658-3XB16-2YD5
6ES7658-3XC16-2YD5
6ES7658-3XD16-2YD5
6ES7658-3XH16-2YD5

SIMATIC PDM Basic
Routing
128 TAGs
SIMATIC PDM Demo V6.1

Without online communication and
storage functionality
6ES7658-3GX16-0YC8

software class A,
Server 2003

Media Package):
library on CD/DVD,
SIMATIC PDM integration
in STEP 7/SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1
only required for integration of
SIMATIC PDM into HW Config
6ES7658-3XA16-2YB5
6ES7658-3XB16-2YB5
6ES7658-3XC16-2YB5
6ES7658-3XD16-2YB5
SIMATIC PDM PowerPack

for TAG expansion,
for any SIMATIC PDM V6.1
product packages

library on CD/DVD,

Software class A, runs with

Windows XP Professional/Server

Media Package)
library on CD/DVD
6ES7658-3BX16-2YB5

SIMATIC PDM Routing V6.1
6ES7658-3CX16-2YB5

SIMATIC PDM Communication via
standard HART multiplexer V6.1
Windows XP Professional/Server
6ES7658-3EX16-2YB5

Siemens IK PI 2015
3/349
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC PDM
More information
Update/Upgrade
Product packages and optional product components from
the product range of SIMATIC PDM V6.0, V6.1 or V8.0 can be
directly upgraded to V8.1 (incl. service pack).
Exception: SIMATIC PDM Single Point and SIMATIC PDM
Communication via standard HART multiplexer.
Product packages and optional product components from the

product range of SIMATIC PDM V7.0 can first be upgraded to
V8.0 and then to V8.1.
3/350
Siemens IK PI 2015
When upgrading to SIMATIC PDM V8.1, be aware of the

compatible versions of SIMATIC PCS 7 and STEP 7.
A Software Update Service in the form of a subscription is also
offered for SIMATIC PDM.
For additional information, see the subsections
"Updates/upgrades asynchronous to the PCS 7 version" and
"Software Update Service" in the "Update/upgrade packages"
section.
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS Components
PROFIBUS DP ASICs
Overview
Design
ASPC 2
The ASPC 2 is a preprocessing communications chip for master
applications with a maximum transmission rate of 12 Mbit/s. The
ASIC has not been disclosed. The brief user manual describes
the pins and the electrical properties of the ASPC 2. A separate
microprocessor and the appropriate firmware are required for
operation. The firmware is tuned to the 80C165 processor and
can be obtained by purchasing a license.
SPC 3
The SPC 3 is a preprocessing communications chip with a
processor interface. The SPC 3 processes message frame identification, address identification, execution of the data back-up
sequences and protocol processing for PROFIBUS DP.
Firmware is offered for the Siemens SPC 3 (see ordering data).
SPC 3LV
Easy connection of field devices to PROFIBUS

Integrated low power management
Different ASICs for the different functional requirements and
application areas
Application
The PROFIBUS DP ASICs allow equipment manufacturers to
connect their devices to PROFIBUS easily.
They can be implemented at transmission rates of up to
12 Mbit/s.
The following blocks are available for different functional requirements and fields of application:
Master applications:
ASPC 2
Intelligent slaves:
SPC 3 and SPC3LV for PROFIBUS DP, with hardwarecontrolled bus access;
DPC 31 with integral 8031 core;
SPC 4-2.
Connection in intrinsically safe systems:
SIM 1-2 for physical connection in intrinsically safe fieldbus
systems as a Medium Attachment Unit for IEC 61158-2 at
31.25 Kbit/s. Especially for combining with the SPC 4-2 and
DPC 31.
Simple slaves:
LSPM 2 with 32 input/output bits for confined spaces
Connection to fiber-optic conductors:
FOCSI
module for electrical conditioning of signals already received
or to be sent. The module ensures that the optically transmitted signals are properly electrically restored (retiming/
retriggering)
The product portfolio for intelligent PROFIBUS slave applications was expanded by a 3.3 V version. The SPC3LV is 100%
compatible in terms of functions and pins to the 5 V version
(SPC3).
DPC 31
The DPC 31 is a preprocessing communications module with
a processor interface and an integrated processor core
(C31 core).
It supports the connection of intelligent field devices as slaves
on PROFIBUS DP and PROFIBUS PA.
The DPC 31 autonomously processes all communications tasks
and has, in addition, an integral C31 core for further applications. It combines the communication properties of the ASICs
SPC 3 and SPC 4-2 in one chip. The integrated C31 core can
also be programmed as required. Firmware is offered for the
Siemens ASIC DPC 31 (see ordering data).
SPC 4-2
The SPC 4-2 is a preprocessing communications chip with a
processor interface. It is designed for combined applications
and due to the Low Power Management function, it is ideally
suited to use in intrinsically safe applications. Firmware is offered
for the SPC 4-2 by the company TMG itec 1). The signals are
converted for PROFIBUS PA using the SIM 1-2 module.
1)
Order from:
TMG itec
76137 Karlsruhe
Tel. +49 (0)721 82 80 60
For initial development, order quantities of 5/6 ASICs are

possible (not suitable for batch assembly because the pins of
the ASIC can be bent due to the packaging; packing units larger
than 5/6 units must be used)
The number of ASICs per packing unit depends on the ASIC
type (see ordering data).
The ASICS ASPC 2, SPC3, SPC3LV, DPC31, LSPM2 and FOCSI
can also be supplied in a lead-free design.
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/351
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS Components
PROFIBUS DP ASICs
Design (continued)
SIM 1-2
LSPM 2
The SIM 1-2 supplements the SPC 4-2 or DPC 31. Only a few
external components are required in addition to these ASICs to
be able to connect field devices to an intrinsically safe network
in accordance with PROFIBUS PA. In combination with the
SPC 4-2 or DPC 31, the functions of a PROFIBUS PA slave can
be processed from physical linking through to communication
control.
LSPM 2 is a single-chip solution with 32 input/output bits. It

processes all bus communication autonomously. An additional
microprocessor and firmware are not required. The compact
MQFP casing with 80 pins makes it ideal for applications with
low space requirements.
SIM 1-2 supports all send and receive functions (including

Jabber Control) as well as the high-resistance decoupling of
auxiliary power from the bus cable. It provides an adjustable,
stabilized supply voltage and also supports configuration of an
electrically isolating power supply with just a few passive
components.
This ASIC functions as an expansion to the existing PROFIBUS

ASICs. The FOCSI module (Fiber Optic Controller from Siemens)
ensures proper electrical conditioning and transfer of the received/sent optical signal. To inject the signal into a fiber-optic
conductor, apart from FOCSI, the appropriate optical transmitter
and receiver will be required. FOCSI can be used with the
PROFIBUS DP ASICs described above.
The ASIC contains a special interface logic which provides

a low-overhead, minimum power interface for galvanic signal
separation as an alternative to the standard signal interface.
Additional ordering data available on request
FOCSI
It can be connected to all Manchester encoders/decoders to the

IEC 61 158-2 standard at 31.25 kbit/s.
LSPM 2
SPC 3
SPC 3LV
DPC 31
Protocol
PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS DP,
PROFIBUS PA
Application range
simple slave application
intelligent slave application
12 Mbit/s
12 Mbit/s
12 Mbit/s
12 Mbit/s
Bus access
in ASIC
in ASIC
in ASIC
in ASIC
Automatic determination of
transmission rate
yes
yes
yes
yes
Microprocessor required
no
yes
yes
integrated
Scope of firmware
not required
6 to 24 KB
6 to 24 KB
approx. 38 KB
Message buffer
1.5 KB
1.5 KB
6 KB
Power supply
5 V DC
5 V DC
3.3 V DC
3.3 V DC
Power loss, max.
0.35 W
0.5 W
<0.5 W
0.2 W
Permissible ambient temperature
-40 C +75 C
-40 C +85 C
-40 C +85 C
-40 C +85 C
Housing
MQFP, 80-pin
PQFP, 44-pin
PQFP, 44-pin
PQFP, 100-pin
Frame size
4 cm2
2 cm2
2 cm2
4 cm2
Delivery quantities (pcs.)
6/66/330/4 950
6/96/750/960/4 800
5/160/800/1 000/4 800
STEP B: 6/60/300/5 100

STEP C1: 6/66/660/4 620
SPC 4-2
ASPC 2
SIM 1-2
FOCSI
Protocol
PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS FMS
PROFIBUS PA
PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS FMS
PROFIBUS PA
PROFIBUS PA
Application range
Intelligent slave application
Master application
Medium Attachment
Medium Management Unit
12 Mbit/s
12 Mbit/s
31.25 kbit/s
12 Mbit/s
Bus access
in ASIC
in ASIC
Automatic determination of
transmission rate
yes
yes
Microprocessor required
yes
yes
Scope of firmware
3 30 KB
80 KB
not required
not required
Message buffer
3 KB
1 MB (external)
Voltage supply
5 V DC, 3.3 V
5 V DC
via bus
3.3 V DC
Power loss, max.
0.6 W at 5 V
0.01 W at 3.3 V
0.9 W
0.05 W
0.75 W
-40 C +85 C
-40 C +85 C
-40 C +85 C
-40 C +85 C
Housing
TQFP, 44-pin
P-MQFP, 100-pin
MLPQ, 40-pin
TQFP, 44-pin
Frame size
2 cm2
4 cm2
36 mm2
2 cm2
Delivery quantities (pcs.)
5/160
6/66/660/4 620
30/60/1 000
40
3/352
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS Components
PROFIBUS DP ASICs
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
ASIC ASPC 2
ASIC DPC 31 STEP B
For constructing master interfaces

(quantity discount)
6 units (lead-free)
66 units (lead-free)
4 620 units (lead-free)
For constructing intelligent DP slave

interfaces (quantity discounts)
6 units (lead-free)
6ES7195-0AA05-0XA0
6ES7195-0AA15-0XA0
6ES7195-0AA25-0XA0
6ES7195-0AA35-0XA0
ASIC LSPM 2
ASIC DPC 31 STEP C1
For constructing simple slave

interfaces (quantity discount)
6 units (lead-free)

6 units (lead-free)
6ES7195-0BA02-0XA0
6ES7195-0BA12-0XA0
6ES7195-0BA22-0XA0
6ES7195-0BA32-0XA0
ASIC SPC 3
ASIC SPC 4-2

6 units (lead-free)
750 units (lead-free) T&R

5 units for laboratory development
(lead-free)
160 units (lead-free, 1 tray)
6ES7195-0BD04-0XA0
6ES7195-0BD14-0XA0
6ES7195-0BD24-0XA0
6ES7195-0BD34-0XA0
6ES7195-0BD44-0XA0
ASIC SPC 3LV

5 units (lead-free)
1 000 units (lead-free) T&R
6ES7195-0BG00-0XA0
6ES7195-0BG10-0XA0
6ES7195-0BG20-0XA0
6ES7195-0BG30-0XA0
6ES7195-0BG40-0XA0
ASIC FOCSI
Fiber Optic Controller from Siemens
for conditioning signals for the
optical PROFIBUS
6ES7195-0EA20-0XA0
6ES7195-0BE02-0XA0
6ES7195-0BE12-0XA0
6ES7195-0BE22-0XA0
6ES7195-0BE32-0XA0
6ES7195-0BF02-0XA0
6ES7195-0BF12-0XA0
6ES7195-0BF22-0XA0
6ES7195-0BF32-0XA0
6GK1588-3AA00
6GK1588-3AA15
ASIC SIM 1-2

For connection according to IEC H1
for PROFIBUS PA with a
transmission rate of 31.25 kbit/s
60 units (in tube)
1 000 units (tape & reel)
6GK1588-3BB02
6GK1588-3BB21
Accessories
Firmware for Siemens ASIC
SPC 3
DP firmware
DPV1 firmware
DPV1 firmware upgrade
6ES7195-2BA00-0XA0
6ES7195-2BA01-0XA0
6ES7195-2BA02-0XA0

DPC 31
DPV1 firmware
6ES7195-2BB00-0XA0
More information
Brochures
Support

in the Internet:
Please contact the following Competence Centers for any

technical questions:
Germany and Europe

Siemens AG
PO Box 23555
90713 Frth, Germany
Tel.: +49 (911) 750-2080
Fax: +49 (911) 750-2100
One Internet Plazza
PO Box 4991
Johnson City, TN 37602-4991
Tel.: +1 (423) - 262 2969
Fax: +1 (423) - 262 2103
E-mail: profibus.sea@siemens.com
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/353
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS Components
Connections/interfaces
Overview
Ordering data
SIMATIC S5/S7 IM 182-1 PC
slave board
Article No.
6ES7182-0AA01-0XA0
For PROFIBUS DP, max. 12 Mbit/s

Accessories
SPC 3 and IM 182-1
DP firmware
DPV1 firmware
DPV1 firmware upgrade
6ES7195-2BA00-0XA0
6ES7195-2BA01-0XA0
6ES7195-2BA02-0XA0
More information
Brochures
Internet:
PC slave board IM 182-1 for the connection of AT-compatible
PCs as DP slaves
Application
Design
IM 182-1 PC slave board
The simple IM 182-1 PC slave card (ISA bus) is based on the
ASIC SPC 3. It contains all the physical bus components. A 9-pin
Sub-D connector is used for connecting to PROFIBUS DP.
The firmware of the SPC 3 can be used as an accessory on the
PC. The 1.5 KB RAM of the SPC 3 forms the interface to the host
system. A driver for Windows NT is also offered.
6ES7 182-0AA01-0XA0
General information
Application area
Slave applications
ASIC
Scope of firmware
SPC 3
4 to 24 KB (incl. test program)
Supply voltage
5 V DC
Yes
Input current
250 mA
Processor
Microprocessor type
Processor of the PG/PC
Interfaces
PROFIBUS DP
12 Mbit/s
Protocols
PROFIBUS DP
Yes
Ambient conditions
Min.
Max.
0 C
60 C
Dimensions
Width
168 mm
Height
105 mm
Siemens IK PI 2015
Manuals for PROFIBUS DP connections are available free in the

Internet.
Support
The PROFIBUS DP interface module IM 182-2 makes it easy to

connect a slave to PROFIBUS DP. It is based on the ASIC SPC3
of Siemens AG. The interface module can be implemented up to
a transmission rate of 12 Mbit/s.
3/354
Manuals

Germany and Europe
Siemens AG
PO Box 23555
90713 Frth, Germany
Tel.: +49 (911) 750-2080
Fax: +49 (911) 750-2100
One Internet Plazza
PO Box 4991
Tel.: +1 (423) - 262 2969
Fax: +1 (423) - 262 2103
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS Components
Development kits
Overview
Development kit
Using the development kits, PROFIBUS hardware and software

applications can be developed and tested using the PROFIBUS
ASICs DPC31.
The PROFIsafe starter kit V3.4 is compatible with version 2.4 of

the PROFIsafe profile, as specified in IEC 61784-3-3. It meets a
series of user requirements such as multi-instance capability
and variable process data length at runtime.
The comprehensive, perfectly interacting hardware and software components considerably reduce the development costs
for a PROFIBUS device.
The kits provide a fully functional hardware development environment which development engineers can build on with their
special requirements for hardware and software. The kit documentation is supplied on CD in English and German.
The kits make our PROFIBUS know-how accessible to other
users. The development team is available to provide advice to
new users even with their own developments - this consultancy
service is also a component part of the development kit.
Following completion of a development, devices can be certified
by our experts in the PROFIBUS interface centers we can help
new users here, too.
PROFIBUS DP/PA development kit
The kit facilitates set up of PROFIBUS slaves with a variety of
PROFIBUS standards:
PROFIBUS DP-V1 (RS485)
PROFIBUS PA (IEC 1158) and
PROFIBUS based on fiber-optic cables.
The development environment shows applications implemented
using PROFIBUS-ASICs DPC 31.
Hardware included:
DPC 31 development board;
for developing/testing proprietary applications
CP 5613; serves as master interface for the PC (PCI card)
Optical bus terminal;
for conversion of copper cables to FOCs
Pre-assembled PROFIBUS cables
Software included:
Testing and simulation software under WinNT for use on the
PC in connection with the CP 5613 master module
Sample program for the DPC 31 board
DPC 31 DPV1 original firmware, including developer license
Parameterization software for CP 5613 "COM PROFIBUS for
DP operation
Along with all of the PI specifications required for development,

the PROFIsafe starter kit contains the source files for the
PROFIsafe driver software (PSD) and a comprehensive implementation manual in English and German. In addition, it includes
various CRC calculation tools and tools for creating GSD files
with security-related parameters.
Examples of adaptation of the PSD (PROFIsafe Driver) to current
PROFIBUS and PROFINET stack interfaces provide assistance
for adaptations that may be necessary. Special "slow motion
monitors" allow the PROFIsafe protocol processes to be monitored in slow motion. A new feature is support for the iPar server
and the TCI interface.
Example applications are provided on the CD-ROM for both
PROFIBUS and PROFINET. The hardware components supplied
in the development kits offer the user access to the PROFIsafe
world, step-by-step.
The PROFIsafe starter kit consists of the following components:
Current PROFIsafe specifications with current PROFIsafe
certificate
PROFIsafe driver software (as core component of the
development package)
Example GSD file for STEP7 (for PROFIBUS DP/PA
development package and DK-ERTEC 200 PN IO)
Example project for S7-319F (for PROFIBUS DP/PA
development package and DK-ERTEC 200 PN IO)
GSD tools (e.g. GSD editor and CRC calculation tool)
iPar server software and instructions (FB24)
Tool calling interface example and instructions
F programming guidelines
Layer stacks (V1SL and PN IO)
Example firmware (for PROFIBUS DP/PA development
package and DK-ERTEC 200 PN IO)
Project for development environment example (for PROFIBUS
DP/PA development package and DK-ERTEC 200 PN IO)
Slow motion monitor (for PROFIBUS: PG-PC and CP5613,
for PROFINET: PG-CP1616)
Comprehensive documentation
When developing PROFIBUS PA applications, order a

PROFIBUS DP/PA coupler (6ES7 157-0AC80-0XA0) separately.
The DP/PA coupler converts the PROFIBUS DP physical specifications into those of PROFIBUS PA. This module is not included
in the development kit!
Siemens IK PI 2015
3/355
Siemens AG 2014
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS Components
Development kits
Ordering data
DP/PA development kit
Article No.
6ES7195-3BA10-0YA0
Brochures
Internet:
For PROFIBUS ASIC DPC 31

and SIM1,
English/German
More information
6ES7195-3BF02-0YA0
Manuals
Manuals for PROFIBUS DP connections are available free in the
Internet.
Support
Germany and Europe
Siemens AG
PO Box 23555
90713 Frth, Germany
Tel.: +49 (911) 750-2080
Fax: +49 (911) 750-2100
One Internet Plazza
PO Box 4991
Tel.: +1 (423) - 262 2969
Fax: +1 (423) - 262 2103
3/356
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
4/2
4/2
4/3
4/4
Introduction
System components
AS-Interface specification V3.0
4/6
4/6
4/48
4/40
Ch.3
ASIsafe
Introduction
DP/AS-i F-Link
F-CM AS-i Safety ST for SIMATIC ET 200P
SIRIUS 3RK3
Modular Safety System
AS-Interface safety monitors
AS-Interface safety modules
SIRIUS 3SF1 mechanical safety switches
SIRIUS 3SF2 cable-operated switches
for AS-Interface
SIRIUS EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom
pushbuttons for AS-Interface
AS-Interface F adapters
for EMERGENCY-STOP devices
4/8
4/9
4/12
4/28
4/29
4/32
4/33
4/33
4/33
4/35
4/37
4/37
4/40
Masters
Masters for SIMATIC S7
CM 1243-2
CP 343-2P / CP 343-2
Masters for SIMATIC ET 200
CM AS-i Master ST for SIMATIC ET 200SP
F-CM AS-i Safety ST for SIMATIC ET 200SP
4/43
4/43
4/46
4/48
4/52
Network transitions
DP/AS-i F-Link
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO
4/55
4/55
Slaves
I/O modules for use in the field,
Digital I/O modules, IP67 - Introduction
Digital I/O modules, IP67 - K60
Digital I/O modules, IP68/IP69K - K60R
Analog I/O modules, IP67 - K60
I/O modules for use in the control cabinet
Introduction
SlimLine
F90 module
Flat module
Special integrated solutions
AS-interface communication modules
Modules with special functions
Counter modules
Ground-fault detection modules
Overvoltage protection module
AS-Interface connections for LOGO!
Contactors and contactor assemblies
Power contactors for switching motors
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors
Contactor assemblies SIRIUS 3RA24
for wye-delta assemblies
4/55
4/56
4/58
4/60
4/62
4/64
4/67
4/67
4/68
4/70
4/71
4/72
4/72
4/74
4/74
4/75
4/76
4/77
4/78
4/78
4/79
4/80
4/82
4/82
4/82
4/85
4/86
4/87
4/92
4/94
4/101
4/101
4/101
4/102
4/107
4/111
4/111
4/113
4/114
4/116
4/117
4/120
4/123
4/123
4/123
4/124
4/125
4/126
4/127
4/132
SIRIUS 3RA27 function modules

for AS-Interface
Motor starters for use in the
control cabinet
SIRIUS 3RA6 compact starters
- General data
- 3RA61 direct-on-line starters
- 3RA62 reversing starters
- Accessories
- Add-on modules for AS-Interface
- Infeed system for 3RA6
SIRIUS M200D motor starters
- General data
- M200D motor starters for AS-Interface
- Accessories
SIRIUS MCU motor starters
for AS-Interface
- General data
- Plastic enclosures, electromechanical
switching
- Metal enclosures, electromechanical
switching
- Metal enclosures, electronic switching
Motor starters for AS-Interface, 24 V DC
SINAMICS G110D distributed inverters
3SF5 pushbuttons and indicator lights
Housing and front panel module
for AS-Interface
- General data
- With standard fittings
- Components
- Customized equipment
- Front panel module
8WD4 signaling columns
4/137
Power supply units and

data decoupling modules
4/137 AS-Interface power supply units
4/138 30 V power supply units
IC 101) 24 V power supply units
4/140 S22.5 data decoupling modules
4/142 Data decoupling modules for S7-1200
4/142 DCM 1271 data decoupling modules
4/144
4/144
Transmission media
AS-Interface shaped cables
4/145
4/145
4/146
4/147
4/149
4/152
System components and accessories

Repeater
Extension plug
Addressing units
Analyzer
4/155
4/155
Software
AS-Interface block library
for SIMATIC PCS 7
1)
See Catalog IC 10
"Industrial controls".
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Introduction
Overview
AS-Interface is a single master system. For automation systems
from Siemens, there are communications processors (CPs) communications modules (CMs) and network transitions (links) that
control the process or field communication as masters, and actuators and sensors that are activated as AS-Interface slaves.
AS-Interface is an open, international standard according to

EN 50295 and IEC 62026-2 for process and field communication. Leading manufacturers of actuators and sensors all over
the world support the AS-Interface. Interested companies are
provided with the electrical and mechanical specifications by
the AS-Interface Association.
Laptop
Telecontrol and
substation
control
PC
Remote access,
e.g. via
teleservice
S7-1200 with
CP 1242-7
Numeric Control
Controller
Controller
Control and
monitoring system
Motion Control
Systems
IWLAN
Controller
Security
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
Access
Point
Controller
Controller
Notebook
PC/PG
Access
Point
Industrial Ethernet
Switches
IWLAN
RCoax Cable
Controller
Field device for
PC/PG/IPC
Control and
monitoring system
Numeric
Control
Wireless
Devices
Coupler
Link
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS PA
RF180C
ASM456
Field devices
Mobile
Panel
Field devices
SIMOCODE
pro
RFID
system
Code
reading
systems
Mobile
Panel
DP-Slave
Drives
RFID
system
IO-Link
master
Motion Control
Systems
Code
reading
systems
Access
Point
Link
IO-Link
module
IO-Link
module
Power
supply
LOGO!
Compact
starter
Protection and
monitoring
devices
RFID system
Controller
SINAMICS
Drives
Link
Power
supply
Protection and
monitoring
devices
RFID system
Client
Module
Compact
starter
AS-Interface
Compact Compact
starter
feeder
Slaves
Field device
Slaves
Signalling column
Benefits
G_IK10_XX_20002
PC/PG/IPC
Database
Server
Telecontrol and
substation control
Application
A key feature of AS-Interface technology is the use of a shared

two-conductor cable for data transmission and the distribution of
auxiliary power to the sensors/actuators. A power supply unit
which meets the requirements of the AS-Interface transmission
method and has an external data decoupling module if required
is used for the distribution of auxiliary power. The AS-Interface
cable used for the wiring is mechanically coded and hence protected against polarity reversal and can be easily contacted by
the insulation piercing method.
Elaborately wired control cables in the control cabinet and marshalling racks can be replaced by AS-Interface.
The AS-Interface cable can be connected to any points thanks
to a specially developed cable and connection by the insulation
piercing method.
With this concept you become extremely flexible and achieve
high savings.
I/O data exchange

The AS-i master transmits automatically the inputs and outputs
between the control system and the digital and analog
AS-Interface slaves.
Slave diagnostics information is forwarded to the control system
when required.
The latest AS-Interface masters according to the AS-Interface
Specification V3.0 support integrated analog value processing.
This means that data exchange with analog AS-Interface slaves
is just as easy as with digital slaves.
Command interface
In addition to I/O data exchange with binary and analog
AS-Interface slaves the AS-Interface masters provide a number
of other functions through the command interface.
Hence it is possible, for example, for slave addresses to be issued, parameter values transferred or configuration information
read out from user programs.
4/2
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Introduction
System components
Overview
To implement communication, a system installation has the
following main components:
Master interface modules for central control units such as
SIMATIC S7, ET 200/ET 200SP distributed peripherals, or network transitions from PROFIBUS/PROFINET to AS-Interface
Power supply units, if required in combination with a data
decoupling module for the power supply to the slaves
Network components such as repeaters and extension plugs

(cannot be used for AS-i Power24V)
Modules for connection of standard sensors/actuators
Actuators and sensors with integrated AS-i slave
Secure modules for transferring safety-related data over
AS-Interface
Addressing units for setting the slave addresses during commissioning
SIMATIC/
SIMOTION
SINUMERIK
4
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
DP/AS-i F-Link
S7-300
CP 343-2(P)
AS-Interface
power supply
CM AS-i Master ST
for ET 200SP

DP/AS-i Link 20E
S7-300
CP343-2(P)
AS-Interface
power supply
S7-200
with CP 243-2
S7-1200
with CM 1243-2
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO
AS-Interface
Digital and analog
K20, K45, K60 field modules
Safety switch
without
with
tumbler tumbler
Safe
EMERGENCY-STOP
and field module
PROFIBUS DP
Signaling
columns
Pushbuttons
Indicator lights
Safe and standard control cabinet

modules S22.5 and S45
24 V DC
power
supply
MSS
Advanced
MSS
ASIsafe
3RA2 load
feeders
SIRIUS
M200D motor
starters or
G110D
inverters
3RA6
compact
starters
G_IK10_XX_20027j
Load feeders
with safe
AS-i outputs
Example of a configuration with the system components
Features
Standard
EN 50295 / IEC 62026-2
Topology
Line, star or tree structure

(same as electrical wiring)
Transmission medium
Unshielded two-wire cable (2 x 1.5 mm2)

for data and auxiliary power
Connection methods
Contacting of the AS-Interface cable

by insulation piercing method
Maximum cable length
100 m without repeater

200 m with extension plug
300 m with two repeaters in series connection
600 m with extension plugs and two repeaters
connected in parallel
Larger cable lengths are also possible
when additional repeaters are connected in
parallel
Maximum cycle time
5 ms in maximum configuration with 31 standard

addresses
10 ms in maximum configuration with 62 A/B
addresses
profile-specific for slaves with extended data, e.g.
analog slaves
Number of stations
per AS-Interface line
Up to 62 Slaves (A/B technology)

Integrated analog value transmission
Number of binary
sensors and actuators
Max. 496 DI/496 DO
Access control
Cyclic polling master/slave procedure

Cyclic data acceptance from host (PLC, PC)
Error safeguard
Identification and repetition of faulty message

frames
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/3
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Introduction
AS-Interface specification
Specification V3.0
Overview
More information
Scope of the AS-Interface specification
AS-Interface system manual
Maximum number of slaves
Number of
digital inputs
Number of
digital outputs
Digital
Analog
ASIsafe
DI
DO
62
62
31
62 8 = 496
62 8 = 496
Basic data
AS-Interface Specification 3.0 describes a fieldbus system with

an AS-i master and up to 62 AS-i slaves.
The standard slaves continue to occupy one AS-i address
(1...31).
Slaves with extended addressing divide an address into an
A address (1A...31A) and a B address (1B...31B). Up to 62
A/B slaves can be connected accordingly to one AS-Interface
network.
Mixed operation of standard slaves and A/B slaves is possible
without difficulty. The AS-i master identifies automatically
which type of slave is connected. No special adjustments are
required of the user.
A digital AS-i slave has up to 4 digital inputs and 4 digital
outputs.
Transmission of digital input/output data requires a cycle time
of max. 5 ms with 31 slaves, see "Communication cycle" for
further values.
Integrated analog value transmission permits access to both
analog values and digital values without the need for any
special function blocks.
Communication cycle
Maximum cycle time (digital signals)
5 ms with 31 slaves
10 ms with 62 slaves
Up to 20 ms for A/B slaves with 4DI/4DO
Up to 40 ms for A/B slaves with 8DI/8DO
Each address is queried in max. 5 ms cycle time. If two A/B

slaves are operated on one basic address (e.g. 12A and 12B), a
maximum 10 ms will be required for updating the data of both
slaves.
All slave types can be mixed and used on a single AS-Interface
network.
For more information, for example, to find out whether an
AS-Interface slave is a standard or A/B slave, refer to "Selection
and ordering data" of the relevant slave.
Available masters with the latest AS-Interface specification V3.0
CP 343-2, CP 343-2P (S7-300 / ET 200M)
DP/AS-i F-Link
IE/AS-i LINKPNIO
CM 1243-2 (S7-1200)
CM AS-i Master ST (ET 200SP)
4/4
Siemens IK PI 2015
The AS-Interface system manual is available as a free download.

German
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/de/26250840
English
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Introduction
AS-Interface specification
AS-i Power24V expansion
Overview
AS-Interface data decoupling modules for AS-i Power24V,

left: S22.5 data decoupling module,
right: DCM 1271 data decoupling module for SIMATIC S7-1200
Parallel wiring frequently dominates, above all, in applications

with very few I/Os. Although AS-Interface is similarly well suited
for small applications, its use is often prevented by the cost of
the 30 V AS-Interface power supply unit which is required in
addition.
Through the expansion of AS-Interface with AS-i Power24V and
the resulting possibility of using existing standard 24 V DC
power supply units in AS-i networks, AS-Interface is now also
attractive for applications with a very tight budget.
Data and power in standard AS-Interface networks up to now
One of the great advantages of AS-Interface is the ability to convey not only data, but also the power needed for the connected
slaves and sensors over the same unshielded two-conductor
cable. This is owed to the service-proven AS-Interface power
supply units which provide integrated data decoupling as well
as overload and short-circuit protection and integrated groundfault monitoring.
Requirements for operation of an AS-i Power24V network

When 24 V power supply units are used, the maximum network range of 50 m must be observed in order to reach slaves
and sensors with a sufficient level of voltage (at least 18 V).
The power supply units must comply with the PELV (Protective
Extra Low Voltage) or SELV (Safety Extra Low Voltage) standards, have a residual ripple of < 250 mVpp, and in the event
of a fault must limit the output voltage to a maximum of 40 V.
SITOP power supply units are recommended, see Catalog
IC 10, Chapter 15 "Products for Specific Requirements"
"Stabilized Power Supplies".
When used in conjunction with standard 24 V power supply
units, each AS-Interface network requires Power24V-capable
data decoupling with adapted ground-fault detection, see
page 4/75.
For reliable operation of an AS-i network with 24 V voltage, it is
important that the masters, slaves and other components are
approved for AS-i Power24V. AS-i Power24V-capable AS-i
components can also be used without restriction in standard
30 V AS-i networks.
The use of repeaters or extension plugs in AS-i Power24V
networks is not permitted.
Benefits
AS-i Power24V networks incur no additional costs for an
AS-Interface power supply unit because an already existing
24 V power supply unit can be used. This brings the user several
benefits:
The level of standardization of very small applications can be
increased further.
The additional advantages of a modern communication system in terms of commissioning, maintenance and diagnostics
can be fully exploited.
Application
Construction of an AS-i Power24V network
PROFINET
The new technology
S7-1200 with DCM 1271, CM 1243-2

and 24 V standard power supply unit
Through the expansion of AS-Interface with AS-i Power24V it is

now also possible to use 24 V standard power supply units in
AS-i networks. The communication technology of AS-Interfaces
works at the same high level of quality with an operating voltage
of both 30 V DC and 24 V DC.
Up to 50 m
Key data of AS-i Power24V

Up to 62 standard slaves and up to 31 safe slaves
Topology
Any
Range
Up to 50 m
Components
24 V power supply unit with little residual ripple and

imitation to max. 40 V
AS-i Power24V-capable data decoupling with integrated
ground-fault detection
AS-i Power24V-capable masters, slaves and components
AS-Interface
I/O modules
NSB0_02245
Number of
slaves
Construction of an AS-i Power24V network with an AS-Interface

DCM 1271 data decoupling module and S7-1200 (simple network)
More information
Complete overview of AS-i Power24V-capable devices currently
available from Siemens see
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/5
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
Introduction
Overview
ASIsafe Safety is included
Configuring safety functions
ASIsafe enables the integration of safety-related components,

such as EMERGENCY-STOP pushbuttons, protective door
switches or safety light arrays, in an AS-Interface network. These
are fully compatible with the familiar AS-Interface components
(masters, slaves, power supplies, repeaters, etc.) in accordance
with IEC 62026-2 and are operated in conjunction with them on
the yellow AS-Interface cable.
In order to implement safe functions, the information from the

safe and standard nodes must be combined logically and further parameters set. The configuration of the safety functions depends on which safety solution is being used:
In the case of the AS-i safety solution with F-CPU: In conjunction with the SIMATIC AS-i F-Link as a safe AS-i master, all
safety functions and logic operations are configured via STEP
7 and processed in the controller (F-CPU) by the fail-safe program.
In the case of the AS-i safety solution with local evaluation by
MSS: In conjunction with the Modular Safety System, all safety
functions and logic operations are configured using the MSS
ES software and processed in the MSS central unit.
Tested safety
The transmission method for safety-related signals is approved
for implementing applications up to PL e according to EN ISO
13849-1 and up to SIL 3 according to IEC 62061/IEC 61508.
Higher-level control
Nodes on the AS-Interface bus are as usual controlled in operation by the standard program of the higher-level SIMATIC (F)
CPU or by a SINUMERIK control.
AS-i safety solution with F-CPU
Operational
control
Safety-oriented
processing
Safe control
SIMATIC S7-300F
PROFINET / PROFIsafe
SIMATIC
AS-i F-Link
SIMATIC
AS-i F-Link
IC01_00288
3 Field module
6 3RA2 load feeder
AS-Interface configuration with SIMATIC AS-i F-Link, consisting of an ET 200SP station with CM AS-i Master ST and F-CM AS-i Safety ST modules
The SIMATIC AS-i F-Link allows AS-Interface to be used with failsafe SIMATIC or SINUMERIK controls.
The SIMATIC AS-i F-Link is implemented as a modular arrangement of ET 200SP components.
The allocation of tasks is as follows:

Acquisition of safety-related signals via safe input slaves on
the AS-Interface bus.
Further signals can be acquired via other SIMATIC F-DI
modules.
Evaluation and processing of signals via the fail-safe SIMATIC
or SINUMERIK control
Reaction by safe output modules on the AS-Interface bus or
other SIMATIC F-DQ modules
Simple combination of the CM AS-i Master ST and F-CM AS-i

Safety ST modules in one ET 200SP station with PROFINET
interfacing results in a powerful PN/AS-i F-Link, which can be
expanded further in a modular fashion using ET 200SP I/O
modules.
4/6
Siemens IK PI 2015
Using these design methods, it is possible to create configurations for virtually any application. Besides the single AS-i master,
double, triple or generally multiple masters can be realized with
or without fail-safe functionality.
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
Introduction
AS-i safety solution with local evaluation by MSS
Operational
control
Controls
e. g. SIMATIC S7-300
PROFINET
PROFIBUS
Safety-oriented
processing
Safety-oriented
processing
MSS
Safety-oriented
processing
MSS
MSS
SIMATIC S7-1200
3 Fieldmodule
6 3RA2 load feeder
IC01_00167a
Operational
control
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO
AS-Interface design with 3RK3 Modular Safety System (MSS)
The local AS-i safety solution utilizes the 3RK3 Modular Safety
System (MSS) to process safety-related signals. Use of a standard controller (i.e. not an F-CPU) and a standard AS-i master is
sufficient for this purpose.
The allocation of tasks is as follows:
Acquisition of safety-related signals via safe input slaves on
the AS-Interface bus. Further signals can be acquired via F-DI
inputs of the central unit or the expansion modules of the MSS.
Acquisition and processing of signals via the central unit of the

MSS
Reaction via safe output modules on the AS-Interface bus
of via F-DQ outputs of the central unit or expansion modules
of the MSS
Benefits
Easy plant configuration thanks to standardized AS-Interface
technology
Safety-related and standard data on the same bus
Existing systems can be expanded quickly and easily
Optimum integration in TIA (Safety Diagnostics) and Safety
Integrated
Inclusion of the safety signals in the plant diagnostics, also on

existing HMI panels
Approved to PL e according to EN ISO 13849-1 or SIL 3
ASIsafe is certified by TV (Germany), NRTL (USA) and INRS
(France)
Application
Integrated safety technology in the AS-Interface system is used
wherever EMERGENCY-STOP pushbuttons, protective door in-
terlocks, safe position switches, light arrays and two-hand operator controls are installed.
More information
More information and circuit examples relevant to safety
systems see
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/7
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
AS-Interface safety monitors

Version
Article No.
Basic safety monitor

Version 3
With screw terminals, removable terminals,
width 45 mm
Screw terminals
One enabling circuit (monitor type 1)
3RK1105-1AE04-0CA0
Two enabling circuits (monitor type 2)
3RK1105-1BE04-0CA0
Expanded safety monitors

Version 3
width 45 mm
3RK1105-1BE04-0CA0
3RK1105-1AE04-2CA0
3RK1105-1BE04-2CA0
Expanded safety monitors with integrated safe slave

Version 3
With screw terminals, removable terminals, width 45 mm
Two enabling circuits including control of a safe AS-i output /

safe coupling (monitor type 6)
3RK1105-1BE04-4CA0
Basic safety monitors

Version 3
With spring-type terminals, removable terminals,
width 45 mm
3RK1105-1AG04-0CA0
3RK1105-1BG04-0CA0
Expanded safety monitors

Version 3
width 45 mm
3RK1105-1AG04-2CA0
3RK1105-1BG04-2CA0
Expanded safety monitor with integrated safe slave

Version 3
width 45 mm
Two enabling circuits including control of a safe AS-i output /
safe coupling (monitor type 6)
3RK1105-1BG04-4CA0
ASIsafe CD
3RK1802-2FB06-0GA1
Accessories
Included in the scope of supply:
ASIMON V3 configuration software on CD ROM, for PC with the
32-bit operating systems Windows XP, Windows Vista Business/Ultimate, Windows 7
Cable sets
3RK1901-5AA00
Included in the scope of supply:

PC configuration cable for communication between PC (serial interface) and
safety monitor,
length approx. 1.50 m
Transfer cable between two safety monitors,
length approx. 0.25 m
3RK1901-5AA00
4/8
Sealable covers
For securing against unauthorized configuration of the safety monitor
3RP1902
Push-in lugs
For screw fixing
3RP1903
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
Overview
K45F compact safety modules for use in the field
AS-Interface safety modules: K45F (left), K20F (center) and

S22.5F (right)
The platform of the K45F modules covers the following variations:

Connection of ("mechanical") switches/safety sensors
with contacts:
- K45F 2F-DI: Two safety-related inputs in operation up to
Category 2 according to EN ISO 13849-1. If Category 4 is
required, a two-channel input is available on the module.
- K45F 2F-DI/2DO: There are also two standard outputs in addition to the safe inputs. Supplied from the yellow AS-i cable
- K45F 2F-DI/2DO Uaux: same as K45F 2F-DI/2DO, but supplied from the black 24 V DC cable
- K45F 4F-DI: Four safety-related inputs in operation up to Category 2, two for Category 4. Extremely compact double
slave (uses two full AS-i addresses).
Connection of solid-state switches / safety sensors (non-contact protective devices, ESPE):
- K45F LS (light sensor): Safe input module for the connection
of electronic safety sensors with testing semiconductor outputs (OSSD)
In particular non-contact protective devices such as active,
optoelectronic light arrays and light arrays for Type 2 and
Type 4 according to IEC 61496.
Transmitters as well as receivers are supplied with power
from the yellow AS-i cable. Matching sensor cables and optionally a separate transmitter supply module are available
as accessories.
S22.5F SlimLine safety modules for use in control cabinets
and local control cabinets
The S22.5F SlimLine safety module has two safety inputs. The
safe connection of signals to ASIsafe networks in the cabinet is
also possible therefore. For operation up to Category 2, both
inputs can be separately assigned; if Category 4 is required, a
two-channel input is available on the module.
In addition there are two S22.5F module versions which have two
standard outputs in addition to the two safety inputs; power is
supplied either from only the yellow AS-Interface cable or as
auxiliary voltage from the black 24 V DC cable.
S45F SlimLine module, safe AS-i output
Safety modules for AS-Interface (ASIsafe modules) are available

for field use in degree of protection IP67 (K20F and K45F
compact modules) and for the control cabinet (S22.5F SlimLine
modules) in degree of protection IP20.
A very compact module with an optimum price/performance
ratio is thus available for very application.
All modules for the connection of (mechanical) switches and
safety sensors with contacts feature cross-circuit monitoring of
the connected sensor line. On versions for the connection of
solid-state switches and safety sensors (e.g. light arrays) the
cross-circuit monitoring must be performed by the sensor.
The following modules are available for selection:
K20F compact safety modules for use in the field
S45F SlimLine safety modules with safe outputs for the safe
distributed disconnection of actuators
With the safe S45F SlimLine-Module, the shutdown signal, for
example from the Modular Safety System, can be used through
the ASIsafe for distributed safety-related disconnection.
To this end, the module has a dual-channel relay output with
which an enabling circuit up to safety category 4 and Performance Level e according to EN ISO 13849-1 and SIL 3 according to EN 62061 / IEC 61508 can be deactivated safely.
As an additional possibility the module offers normal switching
of the output using an AS-i standard output bit.
The module has three digital inputs and two digital outputs for
the additional connection of sensors and actuators. These can
be used, inter alia, for the necessary monitoring of downstream
contactors of the feedback circuit.
Being only 20 mm wide, the K20F module is particularly well

suited for applications where modules need to be arranged in
the most confined space. The K20F modules are connected to
the AS-Interface with a round cable with M12 cable box instead
of with the AS-Interface flat cable. This enables extremely compact installation. The flexibility of the round cable means that it
can also be used on moving machine parts without any problems. The K20 modules are also ideal for such applications as
their non-encapsulated design makes them particularly light in
weight.
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/9
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
ASIsafe

Version
Article No.
K20F compact safety modules

I/O type
Uaux 24 V
2 F-DI
--
3RK1205-0BQ30-0AA3
3RK1205-0BQ30-0AA3
K45F compact safety modules
Modules supplied without mounting plate
3RK1205-0BQ00-0AA3
I/O type
Uaux 24 V
2 F-DI
--
3RK1205-0BQ00-0AA3
4 F-DI1)
--
3RK1205-0CQ00-0AA3
2 F-DI / 2 DO
--
3RK1405-0BQ20-0AA3
2 F-DI / 2 DO
3RK1405-1BQ20-0AA3
2 F-DI LS type 22)
--
3RK1205-0BQ21-0AA3
2 F-DI LS type 43)
--
3RK1205-0BQ24-0AA3
S22.5F SlimLine safety modules

Connection
I/O type
Uaux 24 V
Screw
2 F-DI
--
3RK1205-0BE00-0AA2
2 F-DI / 2 DO
--
3RK1405-0BE00-0AA2
2 F-DI / 2 DO
3RK1405-1BE00-0AA2
2 F-DI
--
3RK1205-0BG00-0AA2
2 F-DI / 2 DO
--
3RK1405-0BG00-0AA2
2 F-DI / 2 DO
3RK1405-1BG00-0AA2
Spring-type
3RK1205-0BE00-0AA2
S45F SlimLine safety module

Connection
I/O type
Uaux 24 V
Screw
1F-RO/3DI/2DO
3RK1405-1SE15-0AA2
Spring-type
1F-RO/3DI/2DO
3RK1405-1SG15-0AA2
3RK1405-1SE15-0AA2
Available or possible
-- Not available or not possible
1)
Module occupies two AS-Interface addresses
2)
Connection of previous Siemens light curtain FS 400 3RG7843 (type 2)

through socket 1/3.
3)
Connection of previous Siemens light curtain FS 400 3RG7846 (type 4)

through socket 1/3, other makes through socket 2/3.
4/10
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
Accessories
Version
Article No.
K45 mounting plates

For mounting K45F
For wall mounting
3RK1901-2EA00
For standard rail mounting
3RK1901-2DA00
24 V supply modules for K45F LS (light sensor)
3RK1901-1NP00
3RK1901-2EA00
Optional, for transmitter power supply for large protective field widths
Max. current carrying capacity 200mA
Input bridges for K45F
3RK1901-1AA00
Black version
3RK1901-1AA00
Red version
3RK1901-1AA01
AS-Interface M12 sealing caps

For free M12 sockets
3RK1901-1KA00
AS-Interface M12 sealing caps, tamper-proof

3RK1901-1KA01
3RK1901-1KA00
3RK1901-1KA01
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/11
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
3SF1 mechanical safety switches
Overview
The 3SF1 position switches with safety-related communication
can be directly connected using the AS-Interface bus system.
The safety functions no longer have to be conventionally wired
up.
With the 3SF1 position switches the ASIsafe electronics component is integrated in the switch enclosure.
Connection
Connection to the AS-Interface is by means of a 4-pole M12
connector socket (plastic version) connected to the yellow
AS-Interface bus cable.
The wide enclosures (50 or 56 mm) also have an M12 socket for
connecting a second position switch. Category 4 according to
EN 954-1 is thus achieved.
Benefits
The new generation of 3SF1 position switches offers:
ASIsafe electronics component integrated in the enclosure,
with low power consumption < 60 mA
An extensive range of actuators
Status display with three LEDs
Operating conditions
With the standard position switches, mechanical positions of
moving machine parts are converted into electrical signals.
Through their modular and uniform design and large number of
variants, the devices can comply with practically all requirements in industry.
Examples of selection options in the modular system
Modular system
The position switches of the 3SF11.4 and 3SF12.4 series are designed as a modular system comprising different versions of the
basic switch and an actuator which must be ordered separately.
Thanks to the modular design of the switch the end users can
select the right solution for their application from numerous versions and install it themselves in a very short time.
Design
The 3SF1 switches are available in four different enclosure sizes:
Plastic and metal enclosures according to EN 50047, 31 mm
wide, with M12 plug
Metal enclosures according to EN 50041, 40 mm wide, with
M12 plug
Plastic enclosures, 50 mm wide, with M12 plug and M12
socket
Metal enclosures, 56 mm wide, with M12 plug and M12 socket
Display
The switches have a status display with three LEDs:
LED 1 (yellow):
F-IN1
LED 2 (yellow):
F-IN2
LED 3 (green/red): AS-i/FAULT
4/12
Siemens IK PI 2015
Devices are available with enclosure versions to suit the

particular ambient conditions. Different control tasks can be
performed with the best contact blocks suited for the particular
purpose. And many different actuator variants are available to
match the mechanical configuration of the moving machine
parts. Dimensions, fixing points and characteristics are largely in
accordance with the EN 50041 or EN 50047 standards.
The devices are suitable for use in any climate.
Standards
The switches comply with the standards IEC 60947-1 (Low-Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear, General) and IEC 60947-5-1
(Electromechanical Control Circuit Devices).
The mechanical design of the switches corresponds to the
requirements of the fail-safe principle according to EN 1088.
Approvals
AS-Interface according to EN 50295 and IEC 62026-2.
With a 3SF1 position switch it is possible to achieve Category 2
according to ISO 13849-1 or SIL 1 according to IEC 61508.
Categories 3 or 4 according to ISO 13849-1 or SIL 2 or 3 according to IEC 61508 can be achieved by using a second 3SE5 position switch.
The 3SF1 position switches are approved according to UL 508,
UL 50 and UL 746-C.
Manuals
More information see configuration manual
"SIRIUS 3SE5 / 3SF1 Position Switches"
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
Plastic enclosures

Modular system
For the ASIsafe version of the position switch, the basic switch
and actuator must be ordered separately.
1 or 2 contacts 3 LEDs Degree of protection IP65 (31 mm) or IP66/IP67 (50 mm) M12 connector socket
Version
Contacts
LEDs
Article No.
Basic switches (with rounded plunger1)) Enclosure width 31 mm acc. to EN 50047

With Teflon plunger,
with M12 connector socket, 4-pole
channel 1 on NC contact,
channel 2 on NC contact
Slow-action contacts
2 NC
24 V DC
3SF1234-1KC05-1BA1
Snap-action contacts
2 NC
24 V DC
3SF1234-1LC05-1BA1
ASIsafe basic switch
Basic switches (with rounded plunger1)) Enclosure width 50 mm

channel 2 on M12 socket, right
1 NC
24 V DC
3SF1244-1KC05-1BA2
1 NC
24 V DC
3SF1244-1LC05-1BA2

For online configurator see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators.
q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K, or
positively driven actuator for use in safety circuits.

1)
For enclosures with widths of 31 mm and 50 mm, the basic switch is a

complete unit with rounded plungers.
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/13
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
Plastic enclosures

Version
Diameter
Article No.
mm
Operating mechanisms
Roller plungers, type C acc. to EN 50047
Roller plunger
Plastic roller
10
3SE5000-0AD03
High-grade steel roller
10
3SE5000-0AD04
Plastic roller
10
3SE5000-0AD10
10
3SE5000-0AD11
Metal lever, plastic roller
13
3SE5000-0AE10
Metal lever, high-grade steel roller
13
3SE5000-0AE11
High-grade steel lever, plastic roller
13
3SE5000-0AE12
High-grade steel lever, high-grade steel roller
13
3SE5000-0AE13
13
3SE5000-0AF10
13
3SE5000-0AF11
13
3SE5000-0AF12
13
3SE5000-0AF13
3SE5000-0AK00
Roller plungers
with central fixing
With central fixing

Roller levers, type E acc. to EN 50047
4
Roller lever
Angular roller levers
Angular roller lever
Twist actuators with lever

Twist actuators,
plastic (without lever)
Switching right or left,
adjustable
Twist actuator
Lever for twist actuators

Twist levers, type A acc. to EN 50047
Twist lever
19
3SE5000-0AA21
19
3SE5000-0AA22
Metal lever, roller with ball bearing
19
3SE5000-0AA23
30
3SE5000-0AA25
19
3SE5000-0AA31
19
3SE5000-0AA32
19
3SE5000-0AA24
30
3SE5000-0AA26
19
3SE5000-0AA60
19
3SE5000-0AA61
50
3SE5000-0AA67
Metal lever, rubber roller
50
3SE5000-0AA68
19
3SE5000-0AA62
19
3SE5000-0AA63
Twist levers,
length 30 mm, straight1)
Twist levers,
adjustable length, with grid hole
Twist lever,
adjustable length
q Positively driven actuator, for use in safety circuits.

1)
Can be clinch mounted (turned through 180, rear of lever).
4/14
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
Metal enclosures

Modular system
2 contacts 3 LEDs Degree of protection IP66/IP67 M12 connector socket
Version
Contacts
LEDs
Article No.
Basic switches (with rounded plunger1)) Enclosure width 31 mm acc. to EN 50047

2 NC
24 V DC
3SF1214-1KC05-1BA1
2 NC
24 V DC
3SF1214-1LC05-1BA1


1)
For enclosures with widths of 31 mm, the basic switch is a complete unit
with rounded plungers.
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/15
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
Metal enclosures

Version
Diameter
Article No.
mm
Plain plungers
High-grade steel plungers
10
3SE5000-0AB01
Plastic roller
10
3SE5000-0AD03
10
3SE5000-0AD04
Plastic roller
10
3SE5000-0AD10
10
3SE5000-0AD11
13
3SE5000-0AE10
13
3SE5000-0AE11
13
3SE5000-0AE12
13
3SE5000-0AE13
13
3SE5000-0AF10
13
3SE5000-0AF11
13
3SE5000-0AF12
13
3SE5000-0AF13
3SE5000-0AK00
Plain plungers
Roller plunger
Roller plunger
with central fixing
With central fixing

Roller levers, type E acc. to EN 50047
Roller lever

Twist actuators,
plastic (without lever)
Switching right or left,
adjustable
Twist actuator

Twist levers, type A acc. to EN 50047
Twist lever
19
3SE5000-0AA21
19
3SE5000-0AA22
19
3SE5000-0AA23
30
3SE5000-0AA25
19
3SE5000-0AA31
19
3SE5000-0AA32
19
3SE5000-0AA24
30
3SE5000-0AA26
19
3SE5000-0AA60
19
3SE5000-0AA61
50
3SE5000-0AA67
50
3SE5000-0AA68
19
3SE5000-0AA62
19
3SE5000-0AA63
Twist levers,
Twist levers,
Twist lever,
adjustable length

1)
4/16
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
Metal enclosures

Modular system
1 or 2 contacts 3 LEDs Degree of protection IP66/IP67 M12 connector socket
Version
Contacts
LED
2 NC
24 V DC
3SF1114-1KA00-1BA1
2 NC
24 V DC
3SF1114-1LA00-1BA1
Article No.
Basic switches Enclosure width 40 mm acc. to EN 50041

With M12 connector socket, 4-pole,
Basic switches Enclosure width 56 mm

1 NC
24 V DC
3SF1124-1KA00-1BA2
1 NC
24 V DC
3SF1124-1LA00-1BA2

Version
Diameter
Article No.
mm
Plain plungers
3SE5000-0AB01
3SE5000-0AC02
13
3SE5000-0AD02
22
3SE5000-0AE01
22
3SE5000-0AE02
22
3SE5000-0AE03
22+
3SE5000-0AE04
22
3SE5000-0AF01
22
3SE5000-0AF02
22
3SE5000-0AF03
22
3SE5000-0AF04
Plain plunger
Rounded plungers, type B, acc. to EN 50041
Rounded plunger
High-grade steel rollers
Roller plunger
Roller levers
Roller lever

Siemens IK PI 2015
4/17
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
Metal enclosures

Version
Diameter
Article No.
mm

Twist actuators, metal (without lever)
Switching right or left, adjustable
3SE5000-0AH00
For fork levers, latching
3SE5000-0AT10
Twist actuator
Twist levers 27 mm, type A, according to EN 50041
Twist lever
19
3SE5000-0AA01
19
3SE5000-0AA02
19
3SE5000-0AA03
Metal lever, 2 plastic rollers
19
3SE5000-0AA04
30
3SE5000-0AA05
50
3SE5000-0AA07
50
3SE5000-0AA08
19
3SE5000-0AA11
19
3SE5000-0AA12
19
3SE5000-0AA15
19
3SE5000-0AA16
19
3SE5000-0AA24
30
3SE5000-0AA26
19
3SE5000-0AA60
19
3SE5000-0AA61
50
3SE5000-0AA67
50
3SE5000-0AA68
19
3SE5000-0AA62
19
3SE5000-0AA63
Twist levers,
length 35 mm, offset
Twist levers,
Twist levers,
Twist lever,
adjustable length
Fork levers (for switches with snap-action contacts only)
Fork lever
2 metal levers, 2 plastic rollers
19
3SE5000-0AT01
2 metal levers, 2 high-grade steel rollers
19
3SE5000-0AT02
2 high-grade steel levers, 2 plastic rollers
19
3SE5000-0AT03
2 high-grade steel levers, 2 high-grade steel rollers 19
3SE5000-0AT04

1)
4/18
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
3SF1 mechanical safety switches with separate actuator
Overview
The 3SF1 safety switches with safety-related communication can
be directly connected using the AS-Interface bus system. The
safety functions no longer have to be conventionally wired up.
With the 3SF1 safety switches the ASIsafe electronics component is integrated in the switch enclosure.
Connection
Connection to the AS-Interface is by means of a 4-pole M12
connector socket (plastic version) connected to the yellow
AS-Interface bus cable.
The wide enclosures (50 or 56 mm) also have an M12 socket for
connecting a second safety switch. Category 4 according to
ISO 13849-1 is thus achieved.
Benefits
The new generation of 3SF1 safety switches with separate
actuator offers
ASIsafe electronics component integrated in the enclosure,
with low power consumption < 60 mA
Status display with three LEDs
Safety switches with separate actuator are used where the
position of doors, covers or protective grilles must be monitored
for safety reasons.
3SF1 safety switches head with separate actuator and with

integrated ASIsafe electronics
The 3SF1 safety switches with separate actuator have the same
enclosure as standard switches.
Operation
The actuator head is included in the scope of supply. For actuation from four directions it can be adjusted through 4 90. The
switches can also be approached from above.
The actuator is not included in the scope of supply of the safety
switch and must be ordered separately. There are six variants to
choose from, depending on the application.
The actuator is encoded. Simple overruling by hand or auxiliary
devices is impossible.
A high-grade steel blocking insert for attaching up to eight
padlocks is available for even more safety.
A rubber cap to protect the actuator entry of the actuator head
from contamination is available for operation of the enclosures in
dusty environments.
Display
The switches have a status display with three LEDs:
LED 1 (yellow):
F-IN1
LED 2 (yellow):
F-IN2
LED 3 (green/red): AS-i/FAULT
The safety switch can only be operated with the matching coded
actuator. Simple overruling by hand or auxiliary devices is
impossible.
Devices are available with enclosure versions to suit the
particular ambient conditions. Different control tasks can be
performed with the best contact blocks suited for the particular
purpose. Dimensions and fixing points of the enclosure are in
accordance with EN 50041 or EN 50047 standards.
The devices are suitable for use in any climate.
Standards
The mechanical design of the switches corresponds to the
requirements of the fail-safe principle according to EN 1088.
Approvals
With a 3SF1 safety switch it is possible to achieve Category 3
Category 4 according to ISO 13849-1 or SIL 3 according to
IEC 61508 can be achieved by using an additional 3SE5 safety
switch.
The 3SF1 safety switches are approved according to UL 508,
UL 50 and UL 746-C.
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/19
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
Plastic enclosures
Overview
Contacts: 1 or 2 slow-action contacts
Status display with 3 LEDs 24 V DC;
1: FIN1, 2: FIN2, 3: AS-i/FAULT
Degree of protection IP65 (31 mm) or IP66/IP67 (50 mm)

Version1)
Contacts
Article No.
Enclosure width 31 mm acc. to EN 50047

5 directions of approach
M12 connector socket, 4-pole,
2 NC
3SF1234-1QV40-1BA1
1 NC
3SF1244-1QV40-1BA2
4
ASIsafe
Enclosure width 50 mm
ASIsafe
q Positive opening according to IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix K.
1)
Supplied without actuator. Please order separately.
4/20
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
Metal enclosures
Overview
Contacts: 1 or 2 slow-action contacts
1: FIN1, 2: FIN2, 3: AS-i/FAULT
Degree of protection IP66/IP67

Version1)
Contacts
Article No.

2 NC
3SF1214-1QV40-1BA1
4
ASIsafe

2 NC
3SF1114-1QV10-1BA1
1 NC
3SF1124-1QV10-1BA2
ASIsafe
Enclosure width 56 mm
ASIsafe
1)
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/21
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
Accessories

Version
Article No.
Actuators
Standard actuators
Standard actuators,
length 75.6 mm
3SE5000-0AV01
With vertical fixing,

length 53 mm
3SE5000-0AV02
With transverse fixing,

length 47 mm
3SE5000-0AV03
With transverse fixing, plastic1)

length 47 mm
3SE5000-0AW11
Direction of approach from left,

length 40 mm
3SE5000-0AV04
Direction of approach from right,

length 44.5 mm
3SE5000-0AV06
Length 77 mm
3SE5000-0AV05
Length 77 mm, tab rotated 90
3SE5000-0AV05-1AA6
Length 67 mm
3SE5000-0AV07-1AK2
Length 77 mm
3SE5000-0AV07
Radius actuators
Universal radius actuators,

length 69 mm
Universal radius actuators, heavy duty
Protective caps made of black rubber for the actuator head,
to protect the actuator openings from contamination
SE5 000-0AV08-1AA2
(only for enclosure width 40 or 56 mm)

Blocking inserts, high-grade steel, for actuator head,
for up to 8 padlocks
q Actuator can be used in safety circuits.

1)
Not suitable for safety switches with interlocking.
4/22
Siemens IK PI 2015
3SE5000-0AV08-1AA3
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
3SF1 mechanical safety switches with solenoid interlocking
Overview
The 3SF1 safety switches with safety-related communication can
be directly connected using the AS-Interface bus system. The
safety functions no longer have to be conventionally wired up.
Benefits
The new generation of 3SF13 safety switches with solenoid
interlocking offers:
More safety through higher locking forces:
- 1300 N for the plastic version
- 2600 N for the metal version
Various release mechanisms:
Lock release, escape release and emergency release
ASIsafe electronics integrated in the enclosure;
connected through 4-pole M12 connector
Current consumption of the solenoid maximum 170 mA
Two contact blocks as standard equipment,
hence fewer versions needed
Same dimensions for all enclosure versions:
Plastic, metal
Status display with four LEDs
3SF1 safety switch with solenoid interlocking and

with integrated ASIsafe electronics
Operation
The actuator head is included in the scope of supply. For actuation from four directions it can be adjusted through 4 90.
The switches can also be approached from above.
The actuator is not included in the scope of supply of the safety
switch and must be ordered separately. There are eight variants
to choose from, depending on the application.
The safety switches with solenoid interlocking are exceptional

safety-related devices which prevent an unforeseen or intentional opening of protective doors, protective grilles or other
covers as long as a dangerous situation is present (i.e. follow-on
motion of the switched-off machine).
The safety switches with solenoid interlocking have the following
functions:
Enabling the machine or process with closed and locked
protective device
Locking the machine or process with opened protective
device
Position monitoring of the protective device and solenoid
interlocking
The actuator is encoded. Simple overruling by hand or auxiliary

devices is impossible.
Standards
A high-grade steel blocking insert for attaching up to eight

padlocks is available for even more safety.
A rubber cap to protect the actuator entry of the actuator head

from contamination is available for operation of the enclosures in
dusty environments.
The mechanical design of the switches corresponds to the requirements of the fail-safe principle according to EN 1088.
Solenoid interlocking
There are two versions for interlocking the actuator:
Spring-actuated lock (closed-circuit principle) with various
release mechanisms
Solenoid-locked (open-circuit principle)
Display
The switches have a status display with four LEDs:
LED 1 (green):
AS-i
LED 2 (red):
FAULT
LED 3 (yellow):
F-IN1
LED 4 (yellow):
F-IN2
Connection
Approvals
The switches are approved for use with locking devices according to EN 1088 and EN 292, Parts 1 and 2.
3SF53 safety switches with solenoid interlocking have a VDE test
mark.
With a 3SF13 safety switch it is possible to achieve Category 3
Category 4 according to ISO 13849-1 (EN 954-1) or SIL 3
according to IEC 61508 can be achieved by using an additional
3SE5 safety switch.
The 3SF1 safety switches are approved according to UL 508,
UL 50 and UL 746-C.
Connection to the AS-Interface is by means of a 4-pole M12 connector socket (plastic version) connected to the yellow AS-Interface bus cable (no additional supply of auxiliary power is required thanks to the low current consumption of the solenoid of
max. 170 mA).
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/23
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
Plastic housings
Overview
5 directions of approach Degree of protection IP66/IP67

Slow-action contacts:
- Version -1BA1: ASIsafe channel 1 on 1 NC contact from the
actuator and channel 2 on 1 NC contact from the solenoid
- Version -1BA3: ASIsafe channel 1 on the first NC contact
from the actuator and channel 2 on the second NC contact
from the actuator
- Version -1BA4: ASIsafe channel 1 on 2 NC contacts from the
actuator and channel 2 on 1 NC contact from the solenoid. A
discrepancy between the two contacts of the actuator will be
evaluated already in the switch.
Solenoid: Rated operational voltage 24 V DC
1 300 N locking force
1: AS-i, 2: FAULT, 3: FIN1, 4: FIN2
Safety level
The new 3SF1324-1S.21-1BA4 safety switches are also recommended where there are several protective door interlocking devices where reliable diagnostics and quick restart capability of
equipment is required.
A response is received from the solenoid.
No opening of the doors after the solenoid is unlocked.
SIL 2 according to IEC 61508 or PL d according to ISO 13849-1
can be achieved with the AS-i safety monitor or in the DP/AS-i FLink.
Comparison of versions
Version
Contacts
Achievable
safety level
Actuator / solenoid
Diagnostics
Reclosing condition
after unlocking the solenoid
(depending on the type of
evaluation)
Solenoid feedback
1 NC / 1 NC
SIL 1 / PL c
Door does not have to be opened
1 NC / 1 NC
SIL 2 / PL d
Door has to be opened
3SF1324-1S.21-1BA3
2 NC
SIL 2 / PL d
--
3SF1324-1S.21-1BA4
2 NC / 1 NC
SIL 2 / PL d
3SF1324-1S.21-1BA1

Interlock1)
Contacts
Article No.
Actuator / solenoid
1300 N locking force Enclosure width 54 mm

Spring-actuated locks
With auxiliary release
1 NC / 1 NC
3SF1324-1SD21-1BA1
2 NC /
3SF1324-1SD21-1BA3
2 NC / 1 NC
3SF1324-1SD21-1BA4
With auxiliary release with lock
1 NC / 1 NC
3SF1324-1SE21-1BA1
With escape release from the front
1 NC / 1 NC
3SF1324-1SF21-1BA1
2 NC / 1 NC
3SF1324-1SF21-1BA4
With escape release from the back

and auxiliary release from the front
1 NC / 1 NC
3SF1324-1SG21-1BA1

1 NC / 1 NC
3SF1324-1SG21-1BA4
With emergency release from the back

1 NC / 1 NC
3SF1324-1SJ21-1BA1
Solenoid locks
1 NC / 1 NC
3SF1324-1SB21-1BA1
2 NC /
3SF1324-1SB21-1BA3
3SF1324-1SD21-...
3SF1324-1SF21-...
3SF1324-1SB21-...
1)
Note:
For actuators and optional accessories see page 4/22.
4/24
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
Metal housings
Overview
5 directions of approach Degree of protection IP66/IP67
Slow-action contacts:
Version -1BA1: ASIsafe channel 1 on 1 NC contact from the
actuator and channel 2 on 1 NC contact from the solenoid
Solenoid: Rated operational voltage 24 V DC
2 600 N locking force
1: AS-i, 2: FAULT, 3: FIN1, 4: FIN2
Safety level
Version
Contacts
Achievable
safety level
Actuator / solenoid
3SF1314-1S.21-1BA1
Diagnostics
Reclosing condition
after unlocking the solenoid
Solenoid feedback
(depending on the type of

evaluation)
1 NC / 1 NC
SIL 1 / PL c
1 NC / 1 NC
SIL 2 / PL d
Door has to be opened

Interlock1)
Contacts
Article No.
Actuator / solenoid
2600 N locking force Enclosure width 54 mm

Spring-actuated locks
3SF1314-1SD21-...
1 NC / 1 NC
3SF1314-1SD11-1BA1
With auxiliary release with lock
1 NC / 1 NC
3SF1314-1SE11-1BA1
1 NC / 1 NC
3SF1314-1SF11-1BA1

1 NC / 1 NC
3SF1314-1SG11-1BA1
With emergency release from the back

1 NC / 1 NC
3SF1314-1SJ11-1BA1
Solenoid locks
1 NC / 1 NC
3SF1314-1SB11-1BA1
3SF1314-1SF21-...
3SF1314-1BF21-...
1)
Note:
For actuators and optional accessories see page 4/22.
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/25
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
Hinge switches plastic enclosures
Overview
The 3SF1 safety hinge switches with safety-related communication can be directly connected using the AS-Interface bus system. The safety functions no longer have to be conventionally
wired up.
For the ASIsafe version of the hinge switch, the basic switch and
actuator head must be ordered separately. The basic switches
correspond to the standard safety switches (use only versions
with snap-action contacts).
The standards and approvals are the same as for the 3SF1
safety switches (see page 4/12).
The hinge switches are provided for mounting on hinges. There

are two actuator variants here:
Hollow shaft, inner diameter 8 mm, outer 12 mm
Solid shaft, diameter 10 mm

Modular system
1 or 2 contacts 3 LEDs Degree of protection IP65 (31 mm) or IP66/IP67 (50 mm) M12 connector socket
Version
Contacts
LEDs
2 NC
24 V DC
3SF1234-1LC05-1BA1
1 NC
24 V DC
3SF1244-1LC05-1BA2
Article No.

with M12 connector socket, 4-pole,

Actuator heads
With hollow shaft
Operating angle 10
3SE5000-0AU21
Actuator head with

hollow shaft
With solid shaft
Operating angle 10
Actuator head with

solid shaft
4/26
Siemens IK PI 2015
3SE5000-0AU22
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
Hinge switches metal enclosures
Overview
The 3SF1 safety hinge switches with safety-related communication can be directly connected using the AS-Interface bus system. The safety functions no longer have to be conventionally
wired up.
For the ASIsafe version of the hinge switch, the basic switch and
actuator head must be ordered separately. The basic switches
correspond to the standard safety switches (use only versions
with snap-action contacts).
The standards and approvals are the same as for the 3SF1
safety switches (see page 4/12).
The hinge switches are provided for mounting on hinges. There

are two actuator variants here:
Hollow shaft, inner diameter 8 mm, outer 12 mm
Solid shaft, diameter 10 mm

Modular system
1 or 2 contacts 3 LEDs Degree of protection IP66/IP67 M12 connector socket
Version
Contacts
LED
2 NC
24 V DC
3SF1214-1LC05-1BA1
2 NC
24 V DC
3SF1114-1LA00-1BA1
1 NC
24 V DC
3SF1124-1LA00-1BA2
Article No.



Actuator heads
Hollow shaft
Operating angle 10
3SE5000-0AU21
Actuator head with

hollow shaft
Solid shaft
Operating angle 10
3SE5000-0AU22
Actuator head with

solid shaft
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/27
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
3SF2 cable-operated switches for AS-Interface
Overview
SIRIUS cable-operated switches are used for monitoring or for
EMERGENCY-STOP devices on particularly endangered system
components.
AS-Interface cable-operated switches can be directly connected via the bus system AS-Interface with safety-related communication. The safety functions no longer have to be conventionally wired up.
As the effective range of a cable-operated switch is only limited
by the length of the trip-wire, large systems can also be protected.
Standards
The switches with positive latching are suitable for operation
in EMERGENCY-STOP devices according to EN ISO 13850.
They can achieve up to category 4 according to ISO 13849-1 or
SIL 3 according to IEC 61508.
4
Version
Basic switches
Contacts
For wire lengths up to 10 m,

with alignment window
3SE7120-1BF00
2 NC
3SF2120-1BF00-0BA1
For wire lengths up to 25 m,

with alignment window
3SE7150-1BF00
2 NC
3SF2150-1BF00-0BA1
For wire lengths up to 50 m
3SE7140-1BF00
2 NC
3SF2140-1BF00-0BA1
Article No.
Cable-operated switch with AS-i F adapter

Metal enclosures with dust protection, IP65
latching acc. to ISO 13850,
with button reset,
2 NC contacts
4/28
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
SIRIUS EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushbuttons for AS-Interface
Overview
EMERGENCY- STOP devices can be directly connected via the
standard AS-Interface with safety-related communication. This
applies only to series SIRIUS 3SB3 EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushbuttons for front panel mounting and installation in an
enclosure.
AS-Interface EMERGENCY-STOP enclosure
The enclosure is supplied fully equipped and wired. It contains:

SIRIUS 3SB3 EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushbutton with
positive latching according to ISO 13850 and rotate-to-unlatch
mechanism
Contact blocks 2 NC contacts
F slave with 2 safe inputs
Inscription plate
The plastic enclosures are equipped with a plastic
EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushbutton, the metal enclosures with a metal EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushbutton.
The plastic enclosures are designed with a terminal for the
AS-Interface shaped cable (the cable is contacted by the
insulation piercing method and routed along the exterior of the
enclosure). With metal enclosure versions, the AS-Interface
shaped cable (or a round cable) is brought into the enclosure.
The EMERGENCY-STOP enclosures are also available with an
M12 connector socket.

Version
Connection
Article No.
Yellow enclosure top
Insulation piercing method
3SF5811-0AA08
Yellow enclosure top with protective collar
3SF5811-0AB08
M12 connector socket
3SF5811-0AA10
Cable gland
3SF5811-2AA08
Cable gland
3SF5811-2AB08
3SF5811-2AA10
3SF5811-2AB10
AS-Interface EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom

pushbutton in plastic enclosure
5SF5811-0AA08
AS-Interface EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom
pushbutton in metal enclosure
3SF5811-2AB08
3SF5811-2AA10
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/29
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
ASIsafe

EMERGENCY-STOP devices acc. to ISO 13850 and
IEC 60947-5-5
With holder for front plate mounting
Connection with AS-Interface F adapter
Yellow contrast surfaces must be ordered separately.
Version
Approval
Article No.
With plastic enclosure

EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushbuttons, 32 mm,
with positive latching according to ISO 13850,
with rotate-to-unlatch mechanism
3SB3000-1FA20
Mushroom diameter 32 mm
Without switch position indicator
3SB3000-1HA20
With mechanical switch position indication
3SB3000-1HA26

with pull-to-unlatch mechanism
3SB3000-1TA20

3SB3000-1AA20

with RONIS key-operated switch, lock No. SB 30,
unlocking only possible using key
3SB3000-1BA20

with CES key-operated switch, lock No. SSG 10,
3SB3000-1KA20

with BKS key-operated switch, lock No. S1,
3SB3000-1LA20

with O.M.R. key-operated switch, lock No. 73037,
3SB3000-1MA20
Mushroom diameter 40 mm,

with switch position indication

pull-to-unlatch mechanism

with RONIS key-operated switch

with CES key-operated switch
4/30
Siemens IK PI 2015
See Industry Mall for accessories such as yellow backing plates.
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
ASIsafe

EMERGENCY-STOP devices acc. to ISO 13850 and
IEC 60947-5-5
With holder for front plate mounting
Connection with AS-Interface F adapter
Yellow contrast surfaces must be ordered separately.
Version
Approval
Article No.
With metal enclosure

Standard version
3SB3500-1FA20
Solvent-resistant1)
3SB3500-1FA20-0PA0
Without switch position indicator
3SB3500-1HA20
Without switch position indicator, solvent-resistant1)
3SB3500-1HA20-0PA0
With mechanical switch position indication
3SB3500-1HA26

with pull-to-unlatch mechanism
3SB3500-1TA20

3SB3500-1AA20

with RONIS key-operated switch, lock No. SB 30,
3SB3500-1BA20

with CES key-operated switch, lock No. SSG 10,
3SB3500-1KA20

with BKS key-operated switch, lock No. S1,
3SB3500-1LA20

with O.M.R. key-operated switch, lock No. 73037,
3SB3500-1MA20

with switch position indication

pull-to-unlatch mechanism

with RONIS key-operated switch

with CES key-operated switch
1)
See Industry Mall for accessories such as yellow backing plates.
Not suitable for laser inscription.
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/31
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
ASIsafe
AS-Interface F adapters for EMERGENCY-STOP devices
Overview
The AS-Interface F adapter is used to connect an EMERGENCYSTOP device according to ISO 13850 from the 3SB3 series to the
AS-Interface bus system. The F adapter is suitable for control
devices with mounting on front plates.
The F adapter has a safe AS-Interface 2I slave and is snapped
from behind onto the EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushbutton. In the 2I/1O expanded version, an output is also available
for actuating an indicator light with LED.
Depending on the version, screw terminals or spring-type terminals or the insulation piercing method are used for connecting to
the AS-Interface bus cable. Addressing is performed using the
AS-Interface connection or the integrated addressing socket.
Safety category 4 (SIL 3) is achieved with the adapter.
4
Version
Connection
Article No.
2I
2I/1O, with output for LED control
Screw terminals
3SF5402-1AA03
3SF5402-1AB03
2I
3SF5402-1AA04
3SF5402-1AB04
2I
3SF5402-1AA05
3SF5402-1AB05
AS-Interface F adapter
for 3SB3 EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom
pushbuttons
For mounting on front plates
3SF5402-1AA03
3SF5402-1AA04
3SF5402-1AA05
4/32
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Masters
CM 1243-2
Overview
Function
The CM 1243-2 supports all specified functions of the
AS-Interface Specification V3.0.
The values of the digital AS-i slaves can be activated via the
process image of the S7-1200. During configuration of the
slaves in the TIA Portal, the values of the analog
AS-i slaves can also be accessed directly in the process image.
It is also possible to exchange all data of the AS-i master and the
connected AS-i slaves with the S7-1200 via the data record
interface.
Changeover of the operating mode, automatic application of the
slave configuration and the re-addressing of a connected
AS-i slave can be implemented via the control panel of the
CM 1243-2 in the TIA Portal.
CM 1243-2 communication module for S7-1200
The CM 1243-2 communication module is the AS-Interface

master for the SIMATIC S7-1200 and has the following features:
Connection of up to 62 AS-Interface slaves
Integrated analog value transmission
Supports all AS-Interface master functions according to the
AS-Interface Specification V3.0
Indication of the operating state on the front of the device
displayed via LED
Display of operating mode, AS-Interface voltage faults,
configuration faults and peripheral faults via LED behind the
front panel
Compact enclosure in the design of the SIMATIC S7-1200
Suitable for AS-i power 24V: in combination with the optional
DCM 1271 data decoupling module, a standard 24 V power
supply unit can be used.
Configuration and diagnostics via the TIA Portal
Design
The CM 1243-2 communication module is positioned to the left
of the S7-1200 CPU and linked to the S7-1200 via lateral contacts.
The optional DCM 1271 data decoupling module has an

integrated detection unit for detecting ground faults on the
AS-Interface cable. The integrated overload protection also
disconnects the AS-Interface cable if the drive power required
exceeds 4 A.
Notes on safety:
The use of this product requires suitable protective measures
(e.g. network segmentation for IT security among others) in
order to ensure safe plant operation, see
www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity.
Configuration
To configure CM 1243-2, you require STEP 7 V11+ SP2 or STEP
7 V12 or higher.
For STEP 7 V11+ SP2 or higher, the additional Hardware Support
Package for CM 1243-2 is required. This is available via the
Industry Online Support Portal, see
The software enables user-friendly configuration and diagnostics of the AS-Interface master and any connected slaves.
Alternatively, you can also apply the AS-Interface ACTUAL
configuration at the "touch of a button" via the control panel
integrated in the TIA Portal/STEP 7.
It has:
Terminals for two AS-i cables (internally jumpered) via two
screw terminals each respectively
One terminal for connection to the functional ground
LEDs for indication of the operating state and fault statuses of
the connected slaves
The screw terminals (included in scope of supply) can be
removed to facilitate installation.
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/33
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Masters
CM 1243-2
Benefits
More flexibility and versatility in the use of SIMATIC S7-1200 as
the result of a significant increase in the number of digital and
analog inputs/outputs available
Very easy configuration and diagnostics of the AS-Interface
via the TIA Portal (STEP 7 V11+ SP2 or higher)
No need for the AS-i power supply unit with AS-i Power24V:
The AS-Interface cable is supplied through an existing 24 V
DC PELV power supply unit. For decoupling, the AS-i DCM
1271 data decoupling module is required, see page 4/142.
LEDs for indication of fault statuses for fast diagnostics
Monitoring of AS-Interface voltage facilitates diagnostics
Application
The CM 1243-2 is the AS-Interface master connection for the
12xx CPUs of the SIMATIC S7-1200. Connection to the
AS-Interface greatly increases the number of inputs and outputs
available for S7-1200 (max. 496 DI/496 DO on the AS-Interface
per CM).
The integrated analog value processing also makes the analog

values available at the AS-Interface for the S7-1200 (per CM
up to 31 standard analog slaves, each with up to 4 channels, or
up to 62 A/B analog slaves, each with up to 2 channels).

Version
Article No.
CM 1243-2 communication modules
3RK7243-2AA30-0XB0
AS-Interface masters for SIMATIC S7-1200

Corresponds to AS-Interface Specification V3.0
Dimensions (W H D / mm): 30 100 75
3RK7243-2AA30-0XB0
Accessories
Version
Article No.
5-pole screw terminals

for AS-i master CM 1243-2 and AS-i DCM 1271 data decoupling module
More information
Manual "AS-i Master CM 1243-2 and AS-i Data Decoupling
Module DCM 1271 for SIMATIC S7-1200" see
4/34
Siemens IK PI 2015
3RK1901-3MA00
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Masters
CP 343-2P / CP 343-2
Overview
Design
The CP 343-2P / CP 343-2 is connected like an I/O module to the
S7-300. It has:
Two terminal connections for direct connection of the
AS-Interface cable
LEDs in the front panel for indicating the operating state and
the readiness for operation of all connected and activated
slaves
Pushbuttons for switching over the master operating state and
for adopting the existing ACTUAL configuration of the
AS-i slave as the DESIRED configuration
Function
The CP 343-2P / CP 343-2 supports all specified functions of the
CP 343-2P / CP 343-2
The CP 343-2P is the AS-Interface master for the

SIMATIC S7-300 programmable controller and the ET 200M
distributed I/O station.
The CP 343-2 is the basic version of the module.
The CP343-2P / CP 343-2 performs the following features:
Integrated analog value transmission (all analog profiles)
Display of the operating state and readiness for operation of
connected slaves by means of LEDs in the front panel
Fault indications (e. g. AS-Interface voltage fault, configuration fault) by means of LEDs in the front panel
Compact enclosure in the design of the SIMATIC S7-300
Suitable for AS-i Power24V (from product version 2/firmware
version 3.1) and for standard AS-i with 30 V voltage.
With CP 343-2P additionally: Supports the configuration of the
AS-Interface network with STEP 7 V5.2 and higher
The CP 343-2P / CP 343-2 occupies 16 bytes each in the I/O

address area of the SIMATIC S7-300. The digital I/O data of the
standard slaves and A slaves are saved in this area. The digital
I/O data of the B slaves and the analog I/O data can be accessed with the S7 system functions for read/write data record.
If required, master calls can be performed with the command
interface, e.g. read/write parameters, read/write configuration.
Notes on safety:
(e.g. network segmentation for IT security among others)
in order to ensure safe plant operation, see
Configuration
All connected AS-Interface slaves are configured at the press of
a button. No further configuration of the CP is required.
With CP 343-2P additionally
The CP 343-2P also supports configuring of the AS-Interface
network with STEP 7 V5.2 and higher. Specifying the AS-i configuration in HW-Config facilitates the setting of slave parameters
and documentation of the plant. Uploading the ACTUAL configuration of an already configured AS-Interface network is also
supported. The saved configuration cannot be overwritten at the
press of a button and is therefore tamper-proof.
Benefits
Shorter start-up times through simple configuration at the
press of a button
Using it in the ET 200M distributed I/O system allows flexible
machine-related structures to be constructed
Provides diagnostics of the AS-Interface network
Well suited also for complex applications thanks to connection
options for 62 slaves and integral analog value processing
Reduction of standstill and servicing times in the event of a
fault thanks to the LED indicators:
- Status of the AS-Interface network
- Slaves connected and their readiness for operation
- Monitoring of the AS-Interface mains voltage
Lower costs for stock keeping and spare parts because the
CP can be used for the SIMATIC S7-300 as well as for the
ET 200M
With CP 343-2P additionally: Improved plant documentation
and support for service assignments thanks to a description
of the AS-Interface configuration in the STEP 7 project
No need for the AS-i power supply unit with AS-i Power24V:
The AS-Interface cable is supplied through an existing 24 V
DC PELV power supply unit. An AS-i data decoupling module
(e.g. 3RK1901-1DE12-1AA0) is required for the decoupling,
see page 4/142.
Operation with AS-Interface power supply (see page 4/142)
possible without restrictions.
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/35
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Masters
CP 343-2P / CP 343-2
Application
The CP 343-2P / CP 343-2 is the AS-Interface master connection
for the SIMATIC S7-300 and the ET 200M.
Through connection to AS-Interface it is possible to access max.
248 DI/248 DO per CP, using 62 A/B slaves with 4DI/4DO each.
With the integrated analog value processing, it is easy to transmit analog signals (per CP up to 62 A/B analog slaves with a
maximum of 2 channels each or up to 31 standard analog slaves
with a maximum of 4 channels each).
The CP 343-2P is the further development of the CP 343-2 and

contains its entire functionality. An existing STEP 7 user program
for a CP 343-2 can thus be used without restrictions with a
CP 343-2P. It is only in STEP 7 HW-Config that the two modules
are configured differently, with the CP 343-2P offering additional
options. This is why the CP 343-2P is recommended.

Version
Article No.
CP 343-2P communications processors
6GK7343-2AH11-0XA0
For connection of SIMATIC S7-300 and ET 200M to AS-Interface;

Configuration of the AS-i network using the SET key or STEP 7 (V5.2 and higher);
without front connector;
corresponds to AS-Interface Specification V3.0;
dimensions (W x H x D / mm): 40 x 125 x 120
4
6GK7343-2AH11-0XA0
6GK7343-2AH01-0XA0
CP 343-2 communications processors

Basic version for connection of SIMATIC S7-300 and ET 200M to AS-Interface
Configuration of the AS-i network using the SET key;
without front connector;
6GK7343-2AH01-0XA0
Accessories
Version
Article No.
Front connector, 20-pole

6ES7392-1AJ00-0AA0
With spring-type terminals
6ES7392-1BJ00-0AA0
More information
AS-i block library for PCS 7 for easy connection of AS-Interface
to PCS 7 see
and Visualization with SIRIUS" "AS-Interface Block Library
for SIMATIC PCS 7"
Industry Mall: "Automation Technology"
"Industrial Controls"
"Parameterization, Configuration and Visualization
with SIRIUS"
"AS-Interface Block Library for SIMATIC PCS 7"
4/36
Siemens IK PI 2015
Manuals
Manuals see
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/14310380/133300.
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Masters
Overview
Function
The CM AS-i Master ST supports all specified functions of the
The input/output values of the digital AS-i slaves can be
activated via the cyclic process image. The values of the analog
AS-i slaves can be reached via data record transfer.
If required, master calls can be performed with the command
interface, e.g. read/write parameters, read/write configuration.
Changeover of the operating mode, automatic application of
the slave configuration and the re-addressing of a connected
AS-i slave can be implemented via the control panel of the
CM AS-i Master ST in the TIA Portal.
Notes on safety:
The CM AS-i Master ST communication module is designed for

use in the SIMATIC ET 200SP distributed I/O system and has the
following features:
User-friendly configuration with graphic display of the AS-i line
in TIA Portal V12.0 or in other systems using GSD
Supply via AS-Interface cable
Suitable for AS-i Power24V and for AS-Interface with 30 V
voltage
Integrated ground-fault monitoring for the AS-Interface cable
Through connection to AS-Interface, the number of digital
inputs and outputs available for the control system is greatly
increased (max. 496 DI/496 DO on the AS-Interface per
CM AS-i Master ST).
Integrated analog value processing (all analog profiles)
Configuration
The following software is required for configuration of the
CM AS-i Master ST module:
STEP 7 (classic), V5.5 SP3 HF4 or higher with HSP 2092 or
STEP 7 (TIA Portal), V12 or higher or
the GSD file of the ET 200SP with STEP 7 or another engineering tool
The TIA Portal enables user-friendly configuration and
diagnostics of the AS-i master and, in the event of interfacing
to a SIMATIC S7-300/S7-400 station, any connected slaves.
Alternatively, you can also apply the AS-Interface ACTUAL configuration as the DESIRED configuration at the "touch of a button"
via the control panel integrated in the TIA Portal or connection of
an optional button. Configuration with the GSD file is possible
only with the button.
Basic unit: ET 200SP distributed I/O system

The SIMATIC ET 200SP is a scalable and highly flexible distributed I/O system for connecting the process signals to a central
control system via PROFIBUS or PROFINET.
Up to eight CM AS-i Master STs can be plugged into a SIMATIC
ET 200SP with the IM 155-6 PN standard interface module.
For more information, see "SIMATIC ET 200SP ET 200SP
Distributed I/O System" System Manual,
Design
The CM AS-i Master ST module has an ET 200SP module enclosure with a width of 20 mm. A C0 type BaseUnit (BU) is required
for use in the ET 200SP.
The module has LED indicators for diagnostics, operation, AS-i
voltage and AS-i slave status and offers informative front-side
module inscription for
Plain-text marking of the module type and function class
2D matrix code (article number and serial number)
Circuit diagram
Color coding of the CM module type: Light gray
Hardware and firmware version
Complete article number
Configuration of an AS-Interface network with CM AS-i Master ST

via TIA Portal
The CM AS-i Master ST module occupies 32 input bytes and

32 output bytes in the I/O data of the ET 200SP station.
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/37
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Masters
Benefits
The CM AS-i Master ST for ET 200SP communication module
enables modular, easy and high-performance expansion of
AS-Interface networks via engineering in the TIA Portal.
Up to eight CM AS-i Master ST units can be plugged into one
ET 200SP station with IM 155-6 PN Standard. The maximum
configuration depends on the interface module used.
Multiple masters as well as single masters can thus be implemented in the ET 200SP depending on the number of modules.
Together with the interface module, a scalable PROFINET/
AS-i Link or PROFIBUS/AS-i Link can be assembled.
Application
Configuration examples of AS-Interface networks with CM AS-i Master ST for SIMATIC ET 200SP
Controller
e. g. S7-1500
PROFINET
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC ET 200SP
with 2 x CM AS-i masters ST
AS-Interface
Pushbuttons
and indicator
lights
Field
module
AS-Interface
3RA6
compact
starter
M200D
motor starter
Signal
columns
SIMATIC ET 200SP
with CM AS-i master ST
AS-Interface
Pushbuttons Field
and indicator module
lights
3RA6
compact
starter
M200D
motor starter
Signal
columns
IC01_00237a
Configuration of AS-Interface networks under a SIMATIC ET 200SP

Version
Article No.
CM AS-i Master ST communication modules
3RK7137-6SA00-0BC1
AS-Interface master for SIMATIC ET 200SP, can be plugged onto BaseUnit type C0
Corresponds to AS-Interface Specification V3.0
Dimensions (W H D / mm): 20 x 73 x 58
3RK7137-6SA00-0BC1
Accessories
Version
Article No.
BaseUnit BU20-P6+A2+4D
BaseUnit (light), BU type C0
Suitable for the CM AS-i Master ST module
For connection of AS-Interface cable to the CM AS-i Master ST
Beginning of an AS-i network, disconnection of AS-i voltage to the left-hand module
6ES7193-6BP20-0DC0
4/38
Siemens IK PI 2015
6ES7193-6BP20-0DC0
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Masters
Version
Article No.
PROFINET interface modules IM 155-6 PN Standard

Max. 32 I/O modules,
max. 256 bytes I/O data per station
Including server module and bus adapter 2 x RJ45
(supplied without RJ45 connector)
6ES7155-6AA00-0BN0
Including server module

(bus adapter must be ordered separately, see below)
6ES7155-6AU00-0BN0
PROFINET interface modules IM 155-6 PN High Feature

Max. 1440 bytes I/O data per station
6ES7155-6AA00-0BN0
Including server module

(bus adapter must be ordered separately, see below)
6ES7155-6AU00-0CN0
PROFIBUS interface modules IM 155-6 DP High Feature

Max. 244 bytes I/O data per station
Including server module and PROFIBUS connector
6ES7155-6BA00-0CN0
Bus adapters for PROFINET

For connection of the Ethernet cable to the PROFINET IM 155-6 PN interface module
Connection 2 x RJ45 (supplied without RJ45 connector)
6ES7193-6AR00-0AA0
Connection 2 x FC (FastConnect)
6ES7193-6AF00-0AA0
6ES7193-6AR00-0AA0
6ES7193-6AF00-0AA0
More information
Manuals
Industry Mall
"CM AS-i Master ST for SIMATIC ET 200SP" manual see

For more information see Industry Mall at

"Automation Technology"
"Industrial Communication" "AS-Interface" "Masters"
"Masters for SIMATIC ET 200".
"SIMATIC ET 200SP BaseUnits" manual see

"SIMATIC ET 200SP ET 200SP Distributed I/O System"
system manual see
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/39
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Masters
Overview
Informative front-side module inscription
- Plain-text marking of the module type and function class
- 2D matrix code (article number and serial number)
- Circuit diagram
- Color coding of the CM module type: Light gray
- Hardware and firmware version
- Complete article number
Optional labeling accessories
- Labeling strips
- Reference identification label
Design
The fail-safe F-CM AS-i Safety ST module has an ET 200SP
module enclosure with a width of 20 mm.
4
The F-CM AS-i Safety ST fail-safe communication module

supplements an AS-Interface network without additional wiring
to produce a safety-related AS-i network.
Important features:
Fail-safe communication module for the ET 200SP
- 31 fail-safe input channels in the process image
- 16 fail-safe output channels in the process image
- Certified up to SIL 3 (IEC 62061/IEC 61508),
PL e (EN ISO 13849-1)
- Parameterization conforms with other fail-safe I/O modules
of the ET 200SP
The communication module supports PROFIsafe in
PROFINET configurations. Suitable for use with fail-safe
SIMATIC S7-300F/S7-416F CPUs.
For reading up to 31 fail-safe AS-i input slaves
- 2 sensor inputs/signals for each fail-safe AS-i input slave
- Adjustable evaluation of sensor signals: 2-channel or
2 x 1-channel
- Integrated discrepancy evaluation in the case of 2-channel
signals
- Integrated AND operation in the case of 2 x 1-channel
signals
- Input delay can be parameterized
- Start-up test can be set
- Sequence monitoring can be activated
For control of up to 16 fail-safe AS-i output circuit groups
- The output circuit groups are controlled independently of
one another.
- One output circuit group can act on one or more actuators
(e.g. to switch drives simultaneously).
- An actuator (e.g. a contactor) is interfaced via a fail-safe
AS-i output module (e.g. safe SlimLine module S45F,
Article No. 3RK1405-1SE15-0AA2, see page 4/10).
- Simple fault acknowledgment via the process image
Simple module replacement thanks to automatic importing of
the safety parameters from the coding element
Comprehensive diagnostic options
Can be plugged onto type C1 or type C0 BaseUnits (BU)
Supply via AS-Interface voltage
8 LED indicators for diagnostics, operating state, fault indication and supply voltage
4/40
Siemens IK PI 2015
One AS-i master according to the AS-i Specification V3.0 and

fail-safe AS-i input slaves and/or fail-safe AS-i output modules
are needed for operation. The CM AS-i Master ST communication module (Article No. 3RK7137-6SA00-0BC1) is recommended as the AS-i master for the ET 200SP, see page 4/38.
SIMATIC AS-i F-Link
Simple combination of the CM AS-i Master ST and F-CM
AS-i Safety ST modules in one ET 200SP station with PROFINET
interfacing results in a powerful PN/AS-i F-Link, which can be
expanded further in a modular fashion.
SIMATIC AS-i F-Link: combination of an ET 200SP interface module,

CM AS-i Master ST and F-CM AS-i Safety ST
With the digital and analog I/O modules of the ET 200SP, local
inputs and outputs can be realized in the SIMATIC AS-i F-Link so
as to ensure that the F-Link complies precisely with customer
requirements. Expansion variants for almost every application
are possible thanks to the selection of standard and fail-safe
I/O modules.
Besides the single AS-i master, double, triple or generally multiple masters can be realized with or without fail-safe functionality.
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Masters
Supported BaseUnits
Configuration
With the recommended combination of the CM AS-i Master ST

and F-CM AS-i Safety ST modules, the CM module is plugged
onto a light type C0 BaseUnit and, directly on the right of it, the
F-CM module is plugged onto a dark type C1 BaseUnit.
The AS-i cable is connected only on the light BaseUnit of the
CM module.
The following software is required for configuration of the

F-CM AS-i Safety ST module:
STEP 7 (classic), V5.5 SP3 HF4 or higher with HSP 2093 and
Distributed Safety V5.4 SP5 or F-Configuration Pack SP11
If the F-CM AS-i Safety ST module is not combined with the

CM AS-i Master ST module, but another AS-i master is used
instead, then the F-CM module is plugged onto a light type
C0 BaseUnit. In this case, the AS-i cable is connected on the
light BaseUnit of the F-CM module.
Configuration and programming are done entirely in the

STEP 7 user interface. No additional configuration software is
needed for commissioning.
Data management together with all other configuration data of
the SIMATIC is realized completely in the S7 project.
The input and output channels are assigned to the process image automatically and manual linking via configuration function
blocks is not necessary.
Note on safety:
If the F-CM AS-i Safety ST module is replaced, all necessary

settings are automatically imported into the new module.
The F-CM AS-i Safety ST module occupies 16 input bytes and
8 output bytes in the I/O data of the ET 200SP station.
Application
Thanks to use of the fail-safe module in the ET 200SP, it is
possible to fulfill the safety-related application requirements in a
manner that is integrated in the overall automation solution.
The safety functions required for fail-safe operation are
integrated in the modules. Communication with the fail-safe
SIMATIC S7 CPUs is realized via PROFIsafe.
The safety application is programmed in the SIMATIC S7 F-CPU
with Distributed Safety. The fail-safe input signals of the ASIsafe slave modules are read via the
AS-i bus line and are combined with any chosen further signals
in the fail-safe program.
The fail-safe output signals can be output through fail-safe
SIMATIC output modules or also directly via AS-i with the aid of
fail-safe AS-i output modules, e.g. 3RK1405-1SE15-0AA2
(see page 4/10). No special functions are required for this in the
program.
Configuration examples of AS-Interface networks with CM AS-i Master ST and F-CM AS-i Safety ST for SIMATIC ET 200SP
Operational
control
Safety-oriented
processing
Safe control
SIMATIC S7-300F
PROFINET / PROFIsafe
SIMATIC
AS-i F-Link
SIMATIC
AS-i F-Link
IC01_00288
3 Field module
6 3RA2 load feeder
AS-Interface configuration with SIMATIC AS-i F-Link, consisting of an ET 200SP station with CM AS-i Master ST and F-CM AS-i Safety ST modules
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/41
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Masters

Version
Article No.
F-CM AS-i Safety ST communication modules
3RK7136-6SC00-0BC1
Fail-safe module for SIMATIC ET 200SP, can be plugged onto BaseUnit type C1
(alternatively type C0)
An AS-i master, e.g. CM AS-i Master ST, is required for operation
(see page 4/38)
Suitable for use up to SIL 3 (IEC 62061/IEC 61508), PL e (EN ISO 13849-1)
Approved for use with PROFINETIM 155-6 PN Standard and IM 155-6 PN High Feature
interface modules, under CPU S7-300F or CPU S7-416F.
Further approvals on request.
3RK7136-6SC00-0BC1
Coding element type F (included in scope of supply)

Dimensions (W H D / mm): 20 x 73 x 58
Accessories
Version
Article No.
BaseUnit BU20-P6+A2+4B
6ES7193-6BP20-0BC1
BaseUnit (dark), BU type C1

Suitable for the F-CM AS-i Safety ST fail-safe module
Continuation of an AS-i network, connection with the AS-i voltage of the left-hand module
6ES7193-6BP20-0BC1
Coding element type F (spare part)
6ES7193-6EF00-1AA0
for ET 200SP modules F-CM AS-i Safety ST, F-DI, F-DQ, F-PM-E
Packing unit 5 items
Further accessories see page 4/39.
More information
Manuals
Industry Mall
"F-CM AS-i Safety ST Module" manual see

For more information

see Industry Mall at "Automation Technology"
"Industrial Communication" "AS-Interface" "Masters"
"Masters for SIMATIC ET 200".
"SIMATIC ET 200SP BaseUnits" manual see

"SIMATIC ET 200SP ET 200SP Distributed I/O System"
system manual see
4/42
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Network transitions
Overview
Functionality
'30
'36
$6L0
,.B
31
The DP/AS-i LINK Advanced is a compact network transition

between PROFIBUS (DP Slave) and AS-Interface, with the
following features:
Single and double AS-Interface master (according to
AS-Interface Specification V3.0) for connection of 62
AS-Interface slaves or 124 AS-Interface slaves (with a double
master)
User-friendly local diagnostics and startup by means of a full
graphic display and control keys or through a web interface
with a standard browser on the PC screen
Optimum TIA integration using STEP 7
Integration in non-Siemens engineering tools using the
PROFIBUS GSD file
Vertical integration (standard web interface) through Industrial
Ethernet
Supply voltage from the AS-Interface shaped cable or alternatively with 24 V DC (optional)
Suitable for AS-i Power24V (from product version 4 / firmware
version 2.2) and for Standard AS-i with 30 V voltage
Module exchange without entering the connection parameters
(e.g. PROFIBUS address) using C-PLUG (optional)
Design
Compact plastic enclosure in degree of protection IP20 for
COMBICON plug-in screw terminals
Compact design:
- Pixel graphics display in the front panel for detailed display
of the operating state and readiness for operation of all connected AS-Interface slaves
- 6 pushbuttons for starting up and testing the AS-Interface
line directly on the DP/AS-i LINK Advanced
- LED indication of the operating state of PROFIBUS DP and
AS-Interface
- Integrated Ethernet port (RJ45 socket) for user-friendly startup, diagnostics and testing of DP/AS-i LINK Advanced
through a web interface using a standard browser
Small mounting depth thanks to recessed plug mounting
Operation without fans and batteries
Communications
The DP/AS-i LINK Advanced enables a PROFIBUS DP master to
cyclically access the I/O data of all the slaves of a lower-level
AS-Interface segment. Also supported are the expanded slave
types with higher I/O data volume according to AS-i Specification V3.0.
The DP/AS-i LINK Advanced occupies the following address
area:
As a single master: 32 bytes of input data and 32 bytes of
output data in which the I/O data of the connected
AS-Interface slaves (standard and A/B slaves) of an AS-i line
are stored.
As double master, double the number of bytes
Optional additional I/O bytes for data from analog slaves
The size of the input/output image can be compressed so that
only the actually required I/O address area is occupied in the
system of the DP master. The integrated evaluation of analog
signals is just as easy as access to digital values because the
analog process data also lie directly in the I/O address area of
the CPU.
PROFIBUS DP-V1 Masters also provide the option of triggering
AS-Interface Master calls over the acyclic PROFIBUS services
(e. g. write parameters, amend addresses, read diagnostic
values). Using an operating display in AS-i Link it is possible to
fully commission the lower-level AS-Interface line.
DP/AS-i LINK Advanced is equipped with an additional Ethernet
port which enables use of the integrated web server. The web
server can be called up with any standard web browser (e. g.
Internet Explorer) without additional software. It allows all diagnostics information to be shown on the PC and the bus configuration and, if applicable, any adjustments, to be displayed.
Firmware updates are also possible using this port.
The optional C-PLUG supports module exchange without
entering the connection parameters (PROFIBUS address etc.),
keeping downtimes to a minimum in the event of a fault.
Diagnostics
The following diagnostics is possible using LEDs, the display
and control keys, web interface or STEP 7:
Operating state of the DP/AS-i LINK Advanced
Status of the link as a PROFIBUS DP slave
Diagnostics of the AS-Interface network
Message frame statistics
Standard diagnostics pages in the web interface for fast diagnostics access through Ethernet using a standard browser
For the use of the web interfaces no network settings are necessary on the PC (Zeroconf procedure).
The reporting of diagnostic events is optionally possible via
E-Mail or SNMP Trap. The integrated diagnostic buffer saves
the events including time stamp.
Notes on safety:
Configuration
The DP/AS-i LINK Advanced can be configured as follows:
With STEP 7 as of V5.4: With STEP 7 the AS-Interface configuration can be uploaded in STEP 7. Furthermore, AS-Interface
slaves can also be conveniently configured in HW-Config
(slave selection dialog).
By adopting the ACTUAL configuration of the AS-Interface on
the display
Alternatively DP/AS-i LINK Advanced can be integrated into
the engineering tool over the PROFIBUS GSD file
(e.g. STEP 7 versions below V5.4 or engineering tools from
third-party software houses).
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/43
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Network transitions
Benefits
Short startup times through simple configuration at the press
of a button and testing of the AS-Interface line using the display or web interface
slave failure thanks to user-friendly diagnostics using the display or web interface and through simple module exchange
with the help of the C-PLUG exchange medium
Reduced amount of engineering work thanks to user-friendly
configuration of Siemens slaves using the slave catalog in
HW-Config (STEP 7)
Costs saved by the double AS-Interface master when large
volumes of project data are involved
Saves the need for AS-i power supply with AS-i Power24V:
The AS-Interface cable assembly is fed through an existing
24 V DC PELV power supply unit. For decoupling, an AS-i data
decoupling module is required, see power supply units and
data decoupling modules.
Standard mode with AS-Interface power supply (see power
supply units and data decoupling modules) possible without
restrictions, whereby no further operational voltage is required.
The DP/AS-i LINK Advanced is a PROFIBUS DP-V1 slave

(according to IEC 61158/IEC 61784) and an AS-Interface master
(based on AS-Interface Specification V3.0 according to
IEC 62026-2). It enables transparent data access to
AS-Interface from PROFIBUS DP.
Exchanging data with the PROFIBUS DP master
PROFIBUS DP masters (DP-V0) can exchange I/O data with
AS-Interface in cyclic mode. PROFIBUS DP masters with acyclic
services (DP-V1) are able in addition to initiate AS-Interface
master calls (e.g. reading/writing the AS-i configuration during
normal operation). As such, the DP/AS-i LINK Advanced is
particularly well suited for a distributed construction and for
connection of a lower-level AS-Interface network.
Single masters
For applications with typical volumes of project data, it is
sufficient to use the DP/AS-i LINK Advanced in its version as an
AS-Interface single master. The single master can operate up to
248 DI/248 DO, using 62 A/B slaves with 4 DI/4 DO each.
Double masters
For applications with large volumes of project data, the
DP/AS-i LINK Advanced is used in its version as an AS-Interface
double master. In this case, twice the volume of project data can
be used on two AS-Interface lines running independently of
each other. The double master can operate up to 496 DI/496 DO,
using 2 AS-i networks each with 62 A/B slaves with 4DI/4DO
each.
PC with
SOFTNET-DP
S7-400
with CP 443-5 Extended
S7-300
e.g. with CP 342-5
SIMATIC HMI
PROFIBUS
DP/AS-i
LINK
Advanced
ET 200pro
PG, e.g.
with CP 5621
ET 200S
When DP/AS-i LINK Advanced is used
as double master
AS-Interface
AS-Interface
LOGO!
Power
supply
Slave
Safe
slave with
EMERGENCY
STOP
Laser
scanner
MSS
ASIsafe
3RA6
fuseless
compact
starter
Power
supply
Safe slave with

EMERGENCY
STOP
Integration of AS-Interface on PROFIBUS through DP/AS-i LINK Advanced as single/double master
4/44
Siemens IK PI 2015
MSS
ASIsafe
IK10_40018b
Application
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Network transitions

Version
Combicon connection
Article No.
Network transition between PROFIBUS DP and AS-Interface;

including COMBICON plug-in screw terminals
for connection of an AS-Interface cable
(two AS-Interface cables for double masters) and the
optional 24 V supply;
corresponds to AS-Interface Specification 3.0;
dimensions (W x H x D / mm): 90 x 132 x 88.5
Single master with display
6GK1415-2BA10
Double master with display
6GK1415-2BA20
C-PLUG
6GK1900-0AB00
Accessories
Exchange medium for the simple exchange of devices in the event of a fault;
for accommodating configuration and application data,
can be used in SIMATIC NET products with a C-PLUG slot
PROFIBUS FastConnect Standard Cable GP
4
6XV1830-0EH10
FastConnect standard type with special design

for fast installation, 2-core, shielded
RS485 bus connectors with angled cable feeder (35)
With insulation displacement connection, the max. transmission rate is 12 Mbit/s
Activatable terminating resistor is integrated
Without PG connection socket
With PG connection socket
PROFIBUS FastConnect Stripping Tool
6ES7972-0BA60-0XA0
6ES7972-0BB60-0XA0
6GK1905-6AA00
Preset stripping tool for speedy stripping of

IE FC RJ45 Plug 90
RJ45 plug-in connector for Industrial Ethernet, with robust metal enclosure and
integrated insulation displacement contacts
for connection of Industrial Ethernet FC installation cables;
with 90 cable feeder
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB20-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB20-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB20-2AE0
More information
Manuals see
AS-i block library for PCS 7 for easy connection of AS-Interface
to PCS 7 see
and Visualization with SIRIUS" "AS-Interface Block Library
for SIMATIC PCS 7"
Industry Mall: "Automation Technology"
"Industrial Controls"
"Parameterization, Configuration and Visualization
with SIRIUS"
"AS-Interface Block Library for SIMATIC PCS 7"
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/45
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Network transitions
Overview
Design
LEDs in the front panel for indicating the operating state and
functional readiness of all connected slaves
Setting of PROFIBUS DP address is possible by pressing a
button
LED indication of the PROFIBUS DP slave address, DP bus
faults and diagnostics
Two pushbuttons for switching over the operating state and for
adopting the existing ACTUAL configuration as the DESIRED
configuration
Functionality
Communications
The DP/AS-Interface Link 20E enables a DP master to access all

the slaves of an AS-Interface network.
'30
'36
$6L0
,.B
31
DP/AS-Interface Link 20E connects PROFIBUS DP to

AS-Interface and has the following features:
PROFIBUS DP slave and AS-Interface master
Up to 62 AS-Interface slaves, each with 4 digital inputs and
4 digital outputs as well as analog slaves can be connected
Supports all AS-Interface master functions according to
the AS-Interface Specification V3.0
Supply from AS-Interface cable; hence no additional power
supply required
version 3.1) and for Standard AS-i with 30 V voltage
Supports the uploading of the AS-Interface configuration in
STEP 7 V5.2 and higher
The DP/AS-Interface Link 20E occupies a standard 32 bytes of

input data and 32 bytes of output data in which the digital I/O
data of the connected AS-Interface slaves (standard and A/B
slaves) of an AS-i line are stored.
system of the DP master.
The analog I/O data can be accessed with the S7 system
functions for read/write data records.
Configuration
The DP/AS-Interface Link 20E is configured as follows:
With STEP 7 as of Version V5.1 SP2:
With STEP 7 configuring the AS-Interface configuration
can be uploaded in STEP 7 V5.2 and higher. Furthermore,
AS-Interface slaves from Siemens can also be conveniently
configured in HW Config (slave selection dialog).
By adopting the ACTUAL configuration of the AS-Interface by
using the SET pushbutton on the front panel
Alternatively, DP/AS-Interface Link 20E can be integrated by
means of the PROFIBUS GSD file in the engineering tool
(e.g. for STEP 7 V5.1 and lower or for non-Siemens engineering tools).
Benefits
Reduction of installation costs because the power is supplied
entirely via the AS-Interface cable, which means that no additional power supply is required.
Short startup times thanks to easy configuration at the touch
of a button
The LED indicators help reduce downtime and service times if

a slave fails.
Easy and fast startup through reading out the AS-Interface
configuration
Application
The DP/AS-Interface Link 20E is a PROFIBUS DP slave (according to IEC 61158 / IEC 61784) and an AS-Interface master
(according to IEC 62026-2). It enables the AS-Interface to be
operated on PROFIBUS DP.
DP/AS-Interface Link 20E can operate up to 248 DI/248 DO
when using 62 A/B slaves with 4DI/4DO each.
4/46
Siemens IK PI 2015
PROFIBUS DP masters (DP-V0) can exchange digital I/O data

cyclically with the AS-Interface.
PROFIBUS DP masters with acyclic services (DP-V1) are also
able to exchange analog I/O data and initiate AS-Interface
master calls (e. g. reading/writing the AS-i configuration
during normal operation).
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Network transitions
PC/IPC
with
CP 5621
S7-400
E.g. with
CP 443-5 Extended
S7-300 with DP-Master
PROFIBUS
DP/AS-Interface
Link 20E
AS-Interface
LOGO!
Power
supply
Safe
slave with
EMERGENCYSTOP
Digital/analog slaves
3RA6
compact
starter
Laser
scanners
MSS
ASIsafe
IK10_40008a
Transition from PROFIBUS DP to AS-Interface using DP/AS-Interface Link 20E

Version
Screw terminals
Article No.
6GK1415-2AA10
Network transition between PROFIBUS DP and AS-Interface in degree

of protection IP20;
including screw terminals for connection of the AS-Interface cable;
(dimensions without fixing lugs)
6GK1 415-2AA10
Accessories
FastConnect standard type with special design
for fast installation, 2-core, shielded
6XV1830-0EH10
With insulation displacement connection, the max. transmission rate is 12 Mbit/s
Activatable terminating resistor is integrated
RS485 bus connector with 90 cable feeder
- Without PG connection socket
6ES7972-0BA52-0XA0
- With PG connection socket
6ES7972-0BB52-0XA0
RS485 bus connector with angled cable feeder (35)

- Without PG connection socket
6ES7972-0BA60-0XA0
- With PG connection socket
6ES7972-0BB60-0XA0
PROFIBUS FastConnect Stripping Tool

Preset stripping tool for speedy stripping of
6GK1905-6AA00
More information
Manuals see
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/47
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Network transitions
DP/AS-i F-Link
Overview
Design
Rugged, slim plastic enclosure, degree of protection IP20, for
standard mounting rail or wall mounting
(with adapter)
Compact design:
- LEDs in the front panel for indicating the operating state and
functional readiness of all connected slaves
- 2 buttons on the front for start-up and call-up of diagnostics
information
- 4 LEDs for display of the operating state of the device, of
PROFIBUS DP and the AS-Interface network
- Front PROFIBUS DP connection with sub D connector
- Removable terminal blocks for connection of AS-i +/- and
control supply voltage (over 24 V DC PELV power supply
unit)
- Narrow width (45 mm)
Fast device replacement in the event of a fault
4
DP/AS-i F-Link
'30
Functionality
'36
$6L0
Communication principle
,.B
31
The DP/AS-i F-Link is a compact, safety-related network transition between PROFIBUS (DP Slave) and AS-Interface, with the
following features:
Monitoring the inputs of safety-related digital AS-i slaves
(ASIsafe slaves) and forwarding of data through PROFIsafe.
No additional safety-related components required for the
AS-Interface (e. g. MSS ASIsafe Modular Safety System)
Can be used up to PL e according to EN ISO 13849-1 and to
SIL 3 according to IEC 62061/IEC 61508.
Supports all AS-Interface master functions according to
the AS-Interface Specification V3.0
Typically easy transmission of non-safety-related input/output
data of all AS-i slaves
Direct integration in PROFIBUS networks.
Optional integration in PROFINET environments through
PROFINET/PROFIBUS gateway (IE/PB Link PN IO) or through
SIMATIC S7-315/317/319 F PN/DP or S7-416F-3 PN/DP
Connection to ET 200S with IM-F-CPU using DP master
module is possible
Optimum TIA integration in STEP 7 using Object Manager,
integration in non-Siemens engineering tools using
PROFIBUS GSD file
Local diagnostics using LEDs and display with control keys
The PROFIBUS DP master or the safe control communicates

with the AS-Interface slaves over the DP/AS-i F-Link.
The AS-Interface process data are mapped in different data
areas for non-safety-related input and output data and safetyrelated input data.
Diagnostics
Extensive diagnostics is possible using the four LEDs, display
and control keys or SIMATIC S7. Further details can be found in
the manual.
Configuration
The DP/AS-i F-Link is configured as follows:
With STEP 7 as of Version V5.4 SP1: In particular, Siemens
AS-Interface slaves can be conveniently configured via the
slave selection dialog.
Uploading the actual configuration of an already configured
AS-Interface network in a STEP 7 project is possible.
Alternatively, DP/AS-i F-Link can be integrated by means of
the PROFIBUS GSD file in the engineering tool
As a startup aid, it is also possible to adopt the ACTUAL
configuration in the appliance storage device directly on the
appliance to activate the AS-interface slaves.
Programming
In contrast to the MSS ASIsafe Modular Safety System, the
DP/AS-i F-Link is a pure gateway, which does not run through its
own safety logic. Programming of the safety function is implemented at the level of the higher-level fail-safe PLC, e. g.:
With Distributed Safety, Version V5.4 SP1 or higher for
SIMATIC S7-300F/416F
With the SAFETY INTEGRATED "SI-Basic" or
"SI-COMFORT NCU" software for SINUMERIK 840D pl/sl
The safety and standard range can access the digital and
analog I/O data of the connected AS-Interface slaves directly
through the I/O address area of the CPU.
4/48
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Network transitions
DP/AS-i F-Link
Benefits
Gaps in (bus-based) safety technology closed: safety-related
signals (EMERGENCY-STOP, door interlock, light curtains
etc.) collected with AS-i and transferred to higher-level F-PLC.
This enables:
- Quick installation, easy commissioning: benefits of AS-i can
now be systematically leveraged in the field for Safety
Integrated.
- Cost-effective solution as ASIsafe is ideally suited for the collection of "fewer but more distributed fail-safe bits"
Price advantage: As a fully fledged AS-i master according to
Specification V3.0, more inputs and outputs can be used, e.g.:
- Up to 248 DI/248 DO when using 62 A/B slaves with 4DI/4DO
each
- Up to 62 digital or analog slaves
Investment protection:
- Connection to PROFIBUS networks, such as DP/AS-i LINK
Advanced or DP/AS-Interface Link 20E
- Downward compatibility to AS-Interface Specification V2
- Open for modern automation concepts with AS-i
Teaching the code sequences of ASIsafe slaves is possible at
the press of a button
Reduced amount of engineering work thanks to user-friendly
configuration of all AS-i slaves from Siemens using the slave
selection dialog in HW-Config (STEP 7), including setting the
F-parameter of the ASIsafe slaves modeled on PROFIsafe
slaves
Cost-savings thanks to programming of the safety logic
with the familiar, powerful commands of the distributed safety
packages from the fail-safe SIMATIC PLC in F-FBD or F-LAD,
incl. TV-certified function blocks for typical safety applications
Use in machine tools under SINUMERIK 840 D (pI/sl) possible
slave failure thanks to user-friendly diagnostics using the
display and through simple module exchange (only a few
settings by control keys are required, without use of the configuring tool)
Application
Links between PROFIsafe and ASIsafe
The DP/AS-i F-Link is a PROFIBUS DP-V1 slave (according to
IEC 61158 and IEC 61784) and an AS-Interface master (based
on
AS-Interface Specification V3.0 according to IEC 62026-2).
It enables transparent data access to AS-Interface from
PROFIBUS DP. The DP/AS-i F-Link is also an AS-i master with
which safety-related input data can be passed from ASIsafe
slaves via the PROFIsafe protocol to a fail-safe CPU with
PROFIBUS DP master. No additional safety cabling or monitoring is required (in particular no MSS ASIsafe Modular Safety
System).
The transmission of binary values or analog values is possible
depending on the slave type. All slaves according to
AS-Interface Specification V2.0, V2.1 or V3.0 can be used as
AS-i slaves.
PROFIBUS DP masters according to DP-V0 or DP-V1 can
exchange I/O data with lower-level AS-i slaves in cyclic mode.
PROFIBUS DP masters with acyclic services according to DP-V1
are able in addition to initiate AS-i command calls (e.g. reading/writing the AS-i configuration during normal operation).
In addition to digital I/O data, analog data can also be saved
with high performance in the cyclic I/O of a fail-safe S7-300/
S7-416 F-CPU.
In configuring mode the DP/AS-i F-Link reads in the configuration data of the peripherals on the AS-Interface. Slave addresses
can be set using the display and the control keys, and the code
sequences of safe AS-i slaves can be taught.
During operation, four display LEDs and the display provide
detailed diagnostics information, which directly localizes
the fault if required. Using the PLC user program it is possible
to read out diagnostics data records and make them available
to a higher-level operating and monitoring system (e. g.
WinCC Flexible or TRANSLINE HMI).
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/49
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Network transitions
DP/AS-i F-Link
Network connectivity
The DP/AS-i F-Link can be used in PROFIBUS and PROFINET
networks as follows:
HMI
SIMATIC
S7-300F
PROFIBUS
F-DI
AI/AO
DI/DO
SIMATIC
ET 200S
DP/AS-i
F-Link
(Spec. V3.0)
Motor
Optional
ASIsafe
module
SIRIUS
cableoperated
switch
SIRIUS
safety
switch
SIRIUS
EMERGENCYSTOP
Light
curtain
Analog
Digital
Digital
I/O module I/O module I/O module
K60
K60R
K20
MSS
ASIsafe
Motor
SIRIUS
EMERGENCYSTOP
NSB0_01817c
AS-Interface
Integration in PROFIBUS networks under SIMATIC F-PLC
HMI
SIMATIC
S7-300F
SIMATIC
ET 200S
PROFINET
PROFIBUS
F-DI
Access Points
SCALANCE
SIMATIC
W788-1 M12
ET 200pro
AI/AO
DI/DO
DP/AS-i
F-Link
(Spec. V3.0)
Motor
Motor
Optional
ASIsafe
module
SIRIUS
SIRIUS
cablesafety
operated switch
switch
SIRIUS
EMERGENCYSTOP
Light
curtain
Analog
Digital
Digital
I/O module I/O module I/O module
K60
K60R
K20
Integration in PROFINET networks under SIMATIC F PLC (alternatively through IE/PB Link)
4/50
Siemens IK PI 2015
MSS
ASIsafe
Motor
SIRIUS
EMERGENCYSTOP
NSB0_01818c
AS-Interface
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Network transitions
DP/AS-i F-Link
Further network connectivity options
Integration in PROFINET networks under SIMATIC F PLC
through IE/PB Link
Integration in SINUMERIK Power Line and Solution Line
Integration under non-Siemens fail-safe control systems using
PROFIBUS GSD file, see

Version
Article No.
DP/AS-i F-Link
Network transition between PROFIBUS DP and AS-Interface for safety-related data transmission from ASIsafe to PROFIBUS DP PROFIsafe in degree of protection IP20;
not approved for AS-i Power24V;
3RK3141-1CD10
3RK3141-2CD10
DP/AS-i F-Link
More information
For more accessories for the PROFIBUS connection
see page 4/47.
For the DP/AS-i F-Link manual see
Circuit examples for safety systems with DP/AS-i F-Link see
The F-Link Object Manager must be installed for configuration
with STEP 7 / HW-Config, see
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/51
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Network transitions
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO
Overview
Functionality
Communications
4
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO
'30
'36
$6L0
*B,.B;;B
31
The IE/AS-i LINK PN IO is a compact network transition between

PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet (PROFINET IO Device) and
AS-Interface, with the following features:
Single and double AS-Interface master (according to
AS-Interface Specification V3.0) for connection of
62 AS-Interface slaves or 124 AS-Interface slaves (with a
double master)
User-friendly local diagnostics and startup by means of a full
graphic display and control keys or through a web interface
with a standard browser on the PC screen
Optimum TIA integration using STEP 7
Integration in non-Siemens engineering tools using the
PROFINET GSD file
Vertical integration (standard web interface) through Industrial
Ethernet
Supply via AS-Interface cable or with 24 V DC
version 2.2) and for AS-Interface with 30 V voltage
Module exchange without entering the connection parameters
(IP address etc.) using C-PLUG (optional)
Design
COMBICON plug-in screw terminals
Compact design:
Pixel graphics display in the front panel for detailed display of
the operating state and readiness for operation of all connected AS-Interface slaves
Six pushbuttons for starting up and testing the AS-Interface
line directly on the IE/AS-i LINK PN IO
LED display of the operating state of PROFINET IO and
AS-Interface
Integrated 2-port switch (RJ45 socket) for connection to
Industrial Ethernet
Small mounting depth thanks to recessed plug mounting
4/52
Siemens IK PI 2015
The IE/AS-i LINK PN IO enables a PROFINET IO controller to

cyclically access the I/O data of all the slaves of a lower-level
AS-Interface segment. Also supported are the expanded slave
types with higher I/O data volume according to AS-i Specification V3.0.
The IE/AS-i LINK PN IO occupies the following address area:
As a single master with full expansion: 62 bytes of input data
and 62 bytes of output data in which the I/O data of the connected AS-Interface slaves (standard and A/B slaves) of an
AS-i line are stored.
As double master, double the number of bytes
Optional additional I/O bytes for data from analog slaves
system of the IO controller.
The integrated evaluation of analog signals is just as easy as
access to digital values because the analog process data also
lie directly in the I/O address area of the CPU.
PROFINET IO controllers are able in addition to initiate
AS-Interface master calls (e. g. to write parameters, change
addresses, read diagnostic values) through the acyclic
PROFINET services.
Using an operating display in AS-Interface Link it is possible to
fully commission the lower-level AS-i line.
The IE/AS-i LINK PN IO is equipped with two Ethernet ports
which are connected by an internal switch. With the Ethernet it is
possible in addition to use the integrated web server. The web
server can be called up with any standard web browser
(e. g. Internet Explorer) without additional software. It enables
the PC to present all diagnostics information and to display the
set bus configuration and parameters as well as their adaptation
where applicable. Firmware updates are also possible using this
port.
The optional C-PLUG supports module exchange without
entering the connection parameters (e. g. IP address), keeping
downtimes to a minimum in the event of a fault.
Diagnostics
The following diagnostics is possible using the display and
control keys, web interface or STEP 7:
Operating state of the IE/AS-i LINK PN IO
Status of the link as a PROFINET IO device
Diagnostics of the AS-Interface network
Message frame statistics
Standard diagnostics pages in the web interface for fast diagnostics access through Ethernet using a standard browser
The reporting of diagnostic events is optionally possible via
E-Mail or SNMP Trap. The integrated diagnostic buffer saves
the events including time stamp.
Notes on safety:
(e.g. network segmentation for IT security among others)
in order to ensure safe plant operation, see
Configuration
The IE/AS-i LINK PN IO is configured as follows:
STEP 7 V5.4 or higher is required for configuring the full
functional scope of the
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO. With STEP 7 configuring the AS-Interface
configuration can be uploaded in STEP 7 V5.4 SP2 and higher.
Furthermore, AS-Interface slaves from Siemens can also be
conveniently configured in HW Config (slave selection dialog).
Alternatively, IE/AS-i LINK PN IO can be integrated by means
of the PROFINET GSD file in the engineering tool (e. g. for
STEP 7 V5.4 SP2 and lower, TIA portal, or for non-Siemens
engineering tools).
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Network transitions
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO
Benefits
Application
Short startup times through simple configuration at the press

of a button and testing of the AS-Interface line using the
display or web interface
slave failure thanks to user-friendly diagnostics using the
display or web interface
Saves the need for AS-i power supply with AS-i Power24V:
The AS-Interface cable assembly is fed through an existing
24 V DC PELV power supply unit. For decoupling, an AS-i data
decoupling module is required, see power supply units and
data decoupling modules.
Standard mode with AS-Interface power supply (see power
supply units and data decoupling modules) possible without
restrictions, whereby no further operational voltage is required
The DP/AS-i LINK PN IO is a PROFINET IO device (according to

IEC 61158/IEC 61784) and an AS-Interface master (based
on AS-Interface Specification V3.0 according to IEC 62026-2).
It enables transparent data access to AS-Interface from
Exchanging data with PROFINET IO controllers
PROFINET IO controllers can exchange I/O data with
AS-Interface in cyclic mode and can perform AS-i master calls
in addition with acyclic services (e.g. reading/writing the AS-i
configuration during normal operation). IE/AS-i LINK PN IO is,
therefore, suitable for distributed configurations and for integrating a lower-level AS-Interface network.
Single masters
For applications with typical volumes of project data, it is
sufficient to use the IE/AS-i LINK PN IO in its version as an
AS-i single master. The single master can operate up to 248 DI/
248 DO, using 62 A/B slaves with 4DI/4DO each.
Double masters
For applications with large volumes of project data, the
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO is used in its version as an AS-i double
master. In this case, twice the volume of project data can be
used on two AS-i lines running independently of each other.
The double master can operate up to 496 DI/496 DO, using
2 AS-i networks with 62 A/B slaves each with 4DI/4DO each.
PC
with SOFTNET PN IO
S7-300
e.g. with CP 343-1
S7-400
with CP 443-1
Advanced
SIMATIC HMI
SCALANCE
X208
PROFINET
IE/AS-i
LINK
PN IO
Industrial Ethernet
ET 200pro
ET 200S
AS-Interface
LOGO!
Power
supply
Safe
Slave
slave with
EMERGENCYSTOP
Laser
scanner
MSS
ASIsafe
3RA6
fuseless
compact
starter
Power
supply
Safe
slave with
EMERGENCYSTOP
MSS
ASIsafe
G_IK10_XX_40017
When IE/AS-i LINK PN IO is used

as double master
AS-Interface
Integration of AS-Interface on PROFINET through IE/AS-i LINK PN IO as single/double master
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/53
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Network transitions
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO
Wireless communication
Sample uses are applications which up to now have been
performed with fault-prone tow chain or collector wire technology. Maintenance costs are thus reduced.
Using an upstream IWLAN client module, e.g. SCALANCE

W748-1 RJ45, an AS-Interface line can be integrated in the
PROFINET world by wireless means.
S7-400 with CP 443-1

Radio cell 1
Radio cell 2
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
Field PG
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-2 M12
Client Module
SCALANCE
W748-1 RJ45
Client Module
SCALANCE
W748-1 RJ45
Client Module
SCALANCE
W748-1 RJ45
IE/AS-i
LINK
PN IO
IE/AS-i
LINK
PN IO
IE/AS-i
LINK
PN IO
AS-Interface
AS-Interface
SIMATIC HMI
AS-Interface
IK10_30143a
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-2 M12
Driverless transportation system (AGVS)
Wireless communication between Industrial Ethernet and AS-Interface components

Version
Combicon connection
Article No.
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO
Network transition between PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet and AS-Interface in degree of
protection IP20; including COMBICON plug-in screw terminals for connecting an
AS-Interface cable (two AS-Interface cables for a double master)
and the optional 24 V supply;
corresponds to AS-Interface Specification 3.0;
dimensions (W x H x D / mm): 90 x 132 x 88.5
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO
Single master with display
6GK1411-2AB10
Double master with display
6GK1411-2AB20
C-PLUG
6GK1900-0AB00
Accessories
Exchange medium for the simple exchange of devices in the event of a fault;
for accommodating configuration and application data; can be used in SIMATIC NET
products with a C-PLUG slot
IE FC RJ45 Plug 90
RJ45 plug-in connector for Industrial Ethernet, with robust metal enclosure
and integrated insulation displacement contacts for connection of
Industrial Ethernet FC installation cables;
with 90 cable feeder
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
More information
Manuals see
4/54
Siemens IK PI 2015
6GK1901-1BB20-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB20-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB20-2AE0
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
I/O modules for use in the field, high degree of protection
Digital I/O modules IP67 Introduction
Overview
4
K60
K20
Three coordinated series of AS-Interface compact modules

with digital and analog compact modules and a high degree of
protection are available for use in the field:
Series K60 (digital and analog)
Series K45 (digital)
Series K20 (digital)
All compact modules are characterized by particularly simple
handling. The K60 and K45 modules are mounted with a mounting plate. The mounting plate is used to mount the AS-Interface
flat cables and enables mounting on a wall or standard mounting
rail.
The particularly narrow K20 modules are directly mounted
without a mounting plate and connected to the AS-Interface
using a round cable.
K45
Connection types
Overview of digital compact modules
For flexible connection of different sensors and actuators, the

following PIN assignments are available on the I/O modules with
M12 sockets:
The following table provides an overview of the important

features of the digital compact modules.
.
Version
K60
K45
K20
8 inputs/2 outputs
--
--
8 inputs
--
4 inputs/4 outputs
4 inputs/3 outputs
--
--
4 inputs/2 outputs
--
--
4 inputs
2 inputs/2 outputs
--
With the Y assignment, two sensors or two actuators can be connected to one M12 socket. In this case, both PIN4 and PIN2 are
provided for one sensor signal and one actuator signal on each
M12 socket.
4 outputs
3 outputs
--
--
Flat cable
Round cable
Y-II assignment
I/O connection method
M12
M12/M8
M12/M8
The Y-II assignment offers the following options:

Individual connection of a sensor/actuator to one M12 socket
Connection of two sensors/actuators to one
M12 socket as follows:
- The signal of the first sensor/actuator is connected to PIN4 of
the first socket.
- The signal of the second sensor/actuator is connected to
PIN2 of the first socket and to PIN4 of the second socket.
In this case, the second socket is not required and is closed
with a sealing cap.
Pin assignment
Standard/Y-II/Y
Standard/Y
Standard/Y
IP65/IP67/IP68/IP69K IP65/IP67
IP65/IP67
ATEX 3D (Zone 22)
--
--
Extended
address mode
Standard assignment
With the standard assignment, one sensor/actuator is connected
per M12 socket. In this case the signal for the outputs is acquired at PIN4 while the signal for the inputs is acquired at PIN4
and PIN2. As the result, sensors can be connected directly to
PIN2 and PIN4.
Y assignment
AS-Interface connection Flat cable /

round cable
Available
-- Not available
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/55
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
Digital I/O modules IP67 K60
Overview
The K60 digital AS-Interface compact modules are characterized by optimized handling characteristics and user-friendliness. They permit the mounting times and startup times
of AS-Interface to be reduced by up to 40 %.
Mounting and connection of the AS-Interface shaped cables
Assembly of the K60 modules is performed with a mounting
plate which accommodates the AS-Interface shaped cables.
Two different mounting plates are offered for
Wall mounting
Standard rail mounting
The mounting plate and the compact module are joined together
by means of a screw, with simultaneous contacting of the
AS-Interface cable by the service-proven insulation piercing
method.
Addressing and connection of the sensors/actuators
Addressing of the K60 modules is performed using an addressing socket integrated in the compact module. The addresses
can also be assigned after installation.
K60 modules with a maximum of four digital inputs and outputs
These compact modules contain the M12 standard connections
for inputs and outputs. Using M12 standard connectors, a
maximum of four sensors and four actuators can be connected
to the compact module.
K60 compact modules with a maximum of eight digital inputs
These modules have eight digital inputs for connection through
M12 plugs.
The module requires two AS-Interface addresses for processing
all eight inputs. The addressing can thus be performed through
a double addressing socket integrated in the module.
K60 compact modules with four digital inputs and outputs according to AS-Interface Specification 3.0
The extended address mode (A/B addresses) AS-Interface
Specification 3.0 enables the connection of up to 62 slaves on
one AS-Interface network. With the extended address mode,
four outputs are now possible even with A/B slaves (instead of
only three outputs possible up to now with Specification 2.1).
Hence with full expansion of an AS-Interface network, there are
now 248 inputs as well as 248 outputs available on one
AS-i network.
Please note, however,
that these modules can be used only with a master
according to AS-i Specification 3.0
that the cycle times for the outputs may be up to 20 ms.
More information
For other conditions for safe operation see
4/56
Siemens IK PI 2015
K60 data couplers

An AS-Interface data coupler has been added to the
K60 compact module range. Integrated in this module are
two AS-i slaves which are connected to two different AS-i
networks. Each of the two integrated slaves has four virtual
inputs and four virtual outputs. The bidirectional data transmission of four data bits between two AS-i networks is thus possible
in a simple and cost-effective manner. The data coupler need
its own address in each AS-i network.
Each AS-i network works with a different cycle time depending
on the number of stations. Hence two AS-i networks are not
necessarily synchronous. For this reason the AS-i data coupler
can be used to transmit only standard data and no safety data.
K60 compact modules for use in hazardous areas (ATEX)
Two versions of the K60 modules are available for operation in
Zone 22 hazardous areas according to Classification II 3D
(dusty atmosphere, non-conductive dust). The version with four
inputs and four outputs has the designation (Ex) II 3D Ex tD A22
IP65X T75C and the version with four inputs has the designation
(Ex) II 3D Ex tD A22 IP65X T60C.
Special conditions have to be observed for the safe operation of
these devices. In particular the module must be protected by
suitable measures from mechanical damage.
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves

Version
Article No.

PNP transistor
Width 60 mm
Connection method: M12
Type
Current carry- Slave type

ing capacity of
outputs
Pin assignment Sensor power

supply
off
2A
A/B
Special
AS-i
3RK2400-1HQ00-0AA3
--
Standard
Y-II
AS-i
3RK1200-0DQ00-0AA3
--
A/B
Y-II
AS-i
3RK2200-0DQ00-0AA3
--
A/B
Y-II
Uaux
3RK2200-1DQ00-1AA3
2A
Standard
Y-II
AS-i
3RK1400-1DQ00-0AA3
2A
Standard
Standard
AS-i
3RK1400-1CQ00-0AA3
1A
Standard
Y-II
AS-i
3RK1400-1DQ01-0AA3
1A
Standard
Standard
AS-i
3RK1400-1DQ03-0AA3
2A
A/B (Spec. 3.0) Y-II
AS-i
3RK2400-1DQ00-0AA3
2A
Uaux
3RK2400-1DQ00-1AA3
4 inputs/
3 outputs
2A
A/B
Y-II
AS-i
3RK2400-1FQ03-0AA3
4 inputs/
2 outputs
2A
Standard
Y-II
AS-i
3RK1400-1MQ00-0AA3
4 inputs
--
Standard
Y-II
AS-i
3RK1200-0CQ00-0AA3
--
A/B
Y-II
AS-i
3RK2200-0CQ00-0AA3
2x2 inputs/
2x2 outputs
1A
Standard
AS-i
3RK1400-1DQ02-0AA3
4 outputs
2A
Standard
Y-II
--
3RK1100-1CQ00-0AA3
2A
--
3RK2100-1CQ00-0AA3
8 inputs/
2 outputs1)
3RK1400-1DQ00-0AA3
1)
8 inputs
4 inputs/
4 outputs
Digital I/O modules IP67 K60,

version ATEX (Ex) II 3D Ex tD A22 IP65X T75C/60C
PNP transistor
Width 60 mm
Current carrying capacity of the inputs: 200 mA
Connection method: M12
Type
Current carrying capacity of

outputs
Slave type
Pin assignment
4 inputs/
4 outputs
2A
Standard
Y-II
3RK1400-1DQ05-0AA3
4 inputs
--
Standard
Y-II
3RK1200-0CQ05-0AA3
Slave type
Pin assignment
Standard
--
Digital I/O modules IP67 - K60 data couplers

Type
Current carrying capacity of

outputs
Data coupler
-4 inputs/4 outputs (virtual)
3RK1408-8SQ00-0AA3
Accessories
K60 mounting plates
Suitable for all K60 compact modules
Wall mounting
3RK1901-0CA00
3RK1901-0CB01

3RK1901-1KA00
Sealing sets
3RK1902-0AR00
3RK1901-0CA00
3RK1901-1KA00
For K60 mounting plate and standard distributor
Cannot be used for K45 mounting plate
3RK1902-0AR00
1)
One set contains one straight and one shaped seal
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/57
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
Digital I/O modules IP68/IP69K K60R
Overview
Connection
NSA0_00339e
Operation in particularly harsh environments
K60R
IP68
K60R
IP68
K60R
IP68
4
Distributor
3RK1901-1TR00
K60R module in degree of protection IP68/IP69K
Modules with degree of protection IP67 cannot be used in areas

exposed to permanently high levels of humidity, in applications
with drilling emulsions and cutting oils or when cleaning with
high-pressure cleaners. The answer for these applications is
provided by the expansion of the K60 compact modules with the
K60R module with degree of protection IP68/IP69K.
The K60R modules are connected instead of the AS-Interface
flat cable using a round cable with M12 cable box.
The AS-Interface bus cable and the 24 V DC auxiliary power
supply are routed in this case in a shared round cable.
Degree of protection IP68 permits many new applications that
were impossible with the former field modules with degree of
protection IP67. In applications such as filling plants or machine
tools, the K60R with degree of protection IP68 enables the module to be used directly in zones exposed to permanent loading
by humidity. It is thus possible to make even more rigorous
savings in wiring with AS-Interface. For more information on IP68
test conditions see section "IP68/IP69KK tests."
IP67
K60R connection options
In the IP67 environment, the service-proven standard components are connected using flat cables. Spur lines are laid into the
IP68 environment by means of an AS-Interface M12 feeder
(3RK1901-1NR..). The module is connected with a round cable
to an M12 cable box. For this purpose, the module has an M12
bus connection instead of the former addressing socket. The
AS-Interface bus cable and the 24 V DC auxiliary voltage are
routed together in a 4-pole round cable. There must be no
ground conductor in this round cable. Connection to ground is
made through the mounting plate.
In the IP68 environment, only cables with extruded M12 plugs
may be used.
Cleaning with high-pressure cleaners, such as is regularly performed in the food and drinks industry for instance, is possible
without difficulty (IP69K).
To connect more than one K60R module to one spur line,

the spur line can be split again using a T distributor (3RK19011TR00) with degree of protection IP68.
In applications with tow chains, many users rely on placing the

AS-Interface bus cable in a round cable. With the K60R module,
a round cable connection is possible for direct connection to a
round cable. No adapter is required.
Please note the following conditions:

The configuration guidelines for AS-Interface apply.
For all M12 connecting cables, the maximum permissible
current is limited to 4 A. The cross-section of these cables
amounts to just 0.34 mm. For connection of the K60R modules, the aforementioned M12 connecting cables can be used
for the spur lines. The voltage drop caused by the ohmic
resistance (approx. 0.11/m) must be taken into account.
For round cable connections with shared AS-i and Uaux in a
single cable, the following maximum lengths apply:
- Per spur line from feeder to module: maximum 5 m
- Total of all round cable segments in an AS-Interface network:
maximum 20 m
Mounting
The same mounting plates are used as for the K60 modules.
Instead of using flat cables, the K60R is connected using a
4-pole round cable with an M12 connection. With the K60R the
mounting plate thus serves only as a fixture and ground terminal.
Addressing
Addressing is performed using the same socket as for the bus
connection. Connecting the module to the addressing unit takes
place over a 3-pole standard M12 cable.
When the mounting is finished, the module is connected with
the addressing cable to the addressing unit and addressed.
The addressing cable is then removed and the module connected to the bus cable.
4/58
Siemens IK PI 2015
IP68/IP69K tests
K60R modules were tested with the following tests:
Stricter test than IP67: 90 min at 1.8 m depth of water
(IP67: 30 min at 1 m depth of water)
Salt water test: Five months in salt water, 20 cm deep, at room
temperature
Test with particularly creepable oil: Five months completely
under oil at room temperature
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
Digital I/O modules IP68/IP69K K60R
To simulate requirements as realistically as possible, the
modules were artificially aged prior to the tests by 15 temperature cycles of -25/+85 C. During the test, the modules were
connected to 3RX1 connecting cables. Unassigned connections were closed with 3RK1901-1KA00 sealing caps.
Test with drilling emulsion: Five months at room temperature

(components of the drilling emulsion: Anionic and non-ionic
emulsifiers, paraffinic low-aromatic mineral oil, boric acid
alkanolamines, corrosion inhibitors, oil content 40 %)
Test in oil bath (Excellence 416 oil) with alternating oil bath
temperature: 130 cycles of 15 to 55 C, two months
Cleaning with a high-pressure cleaner according to IP69K:
80 to 100 bar, 10 to 15 cm distance, time per side > 30 s, water
temperature 80 C
Note:
Screw caps and M12 connections must be tightened with the
correct torque.

Version
Article No.
Digital I/O modules, IP68/IP69K - K60R
3RK1400-1CR00-0AA3
3RK1400-1CR00-0AA3
4 inputs/4 outputs
Width 60 mm
IP68/IP69K
Standard assignment
Current carrying capacity:
- 200 mA (inputs)
- 2 A (outputs)
Standard slave
Accessories
K60 mounting plates
Suitable for all K60 and K60R compact modules
Wall mounting
3RK1901-0CA00
3RK1901-0CB01
3RK1901-1KA00
3RK1901-0CA00
3RK1901-1KA00
AS-Interface M12 feeders, current carrying capacity up to 4 A
For flat cable
For
Cable length
Cable end in feeder
AS-i/Uaux
M12 socket
--
Not available
3RK1901-1NR20
AS-i/Uaux
M12 cable box
1m
Not available
3RK1901-1NR21
AS-i/Uaux
M12 cable box
2m
Not available
3RK1901-1NR22
3RK1901-1NR21
AS-Interface M12 feeders, 4-fold, current carrying capacity up to 4 A
For flat cable
For
Cable length
Cable end in feeder
AS-i/Uaux
4-fold M12 socket,

delivery includes
mounting plate
(for wall and standard
rail mounting)
--
Not available
3RK1901-1NR04
3RK1901-1NR04
M12 T distributors
3RK1901-1TR00
M12 connecting cables

3RK1902-4PB15-3AA0
3RK1901-1TR00
IP68
1 x M12 plug
2 x M12 box
3RK1902-4PB15-3AA0
3-pole
For addressing AS-i slaves with M12 bus connection
Cable length 1.5 m
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/59
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
Overview
Addressing and connection of the sensors/actuators
Addressing of the K45 compact modules is performed using an
addressing socket integrated in the module. The addresses can
be assigned even when mounted.
K45 modules with a maximum of four digital inputs and outputs
These compact modules contain up to four M12 standard
connections or M8 standard connections for inputs and outputs.
Using M12 or M8 standard connectors, a maximum of four
sensors and four actuators can be connected to the compact
module. Depending upon the module, the sockets can have a
double assignment.
Pin assignment: Y i.e. via a socket, two sensors or one sensor/
one actuator is connected.
K45 modules with a maximum of eight digital inputs
4
K45 compact modules
The K45 series of compact modules supplements the large K60

compact modules which have a proven track record in industry.
They are the logical consequence for rounding off the bottom
end of the existing product range.
The acclaimed advantages of the existing K60 compact modules are fully emulated by the K45 modules. The K45 modules,
however, have a considerably smaller footprint and mounting
depth.
Yet in spite of these small dimensions all the modules have large
labels and an integrated addressing socket.
Two mounting plates are offered for the K45 compact modules:
The mounting plate for wall mounting has a hole pattern that is
identical to that of the K60 compact modules. This means that
K60 compact modules can be mounted together with K45
modules in an aligned arrangement. The shaped cables can
be inserted in the recesses of the mounting plates where they
cause no hindrance.
The mounting plate for standard rail mounting
Connection of the AS-Interface shaped cables
The mounting plate and the compact module are joined together
by means of a screw, with simultaneous contacting of the
AS-Interface cable by the service-proven insulation piercing
method.
Now, mounting the AS-Interface shaped cables is in fact easier
than ever. The yellow and black AS-Interface shaped cable can
be inserted into the mounting plates from the left or right regardless of the position of the coding lug. The correct polarity of the
applied voltages is thus guaranteed.
4/60
Siemens IK PI 2015
These modules have eight digital inputs for connection through

M12 plugs. The sockets have a double assignment
Pin assignment: Y i.e. via a socket, two sensors or one sensor/
one actuator is connected.
The module requires two AS-Interface addresses for processing
all eight inputs. The addresses can be assigned through a double addressing socket integrated in the module.
K45 modules with four digital inputs and outputs/four digital
outputs according to AS-i Specification 3.0
The extended address mode (A/B addresses) according
to AS-Interface Specification 3.0 enables the connection of up to
62 slaves on one AS-i network. With this extended address
mode, four outputs are now possible even with A/B slaves
(instead of only three outputs possible up to now with Specification 2.1). Hence with full expansion of an AS-Interface network,
there are now 248 inputs as well as 248 outputs available on one
AS-Interface system.
Please note, however,
that these modules can be used only with a master
according to AS-i Specification 3.0
that the cycle times for the outputs may be up to 20 ms.
Depending on the module, the sockets can have a double
assignment. Pin assignment: Y i.e. via a socket, two sensors or
one sensor/one actuator is connected.
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves

Version
Article No.
PNP transistor
Width 45 mm
Current carrying capacity of the inputs: 200 mA
Type
Current carry- Slave type

ing capacity
of outputs
Pin assignment
Uaux
24 V
Connection
methods
8 inputs1)
--
A/B
--
M12
3RK2200-0DQ20-0AA3
4 inputs
--
Standard
Standard
--
M12
3RK1200-0CQ20-0AA3
--
Standard
Standard
--
M8 screw
3RK1200-0CT20-0AA3
--
A/B
Standard
--
M12
3RK2200-0CQ20-0AA3
--
A/B
Standard
--
M8 screw
3RK2200-0CT20-0AA3
2 x 2 inputs
--
A/B
--
M12
3RK2200-0CQ22-0AA3
2 inputs/
2 outputs
2 A2)
Standard
Standard
M12
3RK1400-1BQ20-0AA3
2 x (1 input/
1 output)
0.2 A
Standard
--
M12
3RK1400-0GQ20-0AA3
4 x (1 input/
1 output)
0.2 A
A/B
(Spec. 3.0)
--
M12
3RK2400-0GQ20-0AA3
4 x (1 input/
1 output)
0.5 A
A/B
(Spec. 3.0)
M12
3RK2400-1GQ20-1AA3
4 outputs
1A
A/B
(Spec. 3.0)
Standard
M12
3RK2100-1CQ20-0AA3
3 outputs
1A
A/B
Standard
M12
3RK2100-1EQ20-0AA3
4 outputs
1A
Standard
Standard
M12
3RK1100-1CQ20-0AA3
2 outputs/
2 inputs
2A
A/B
Standard
M12
3RK2400-1BQ20-0AA3
3RK14000GQ20-0AA3
Accessories
K45 mounting plates
For wall mounting
3RK1901-2EA00
3RK1901-2DA00
3RK1901-2EA00
AS-Interface sealing caps
3RK1901-1KA00
For free M8 sockets
3RK1901-1PN00
3RK1901-1KA00
3RK1901-1PN00
Available
-- Not available
1)
2)
The typical current carrying capacity per output increases with version
"E12" from 1.5 to 2 A (available since approx. 07/2003).
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/61
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
Digital I/O modules, IP67 K20
Overview
The flexibility of the round cable means that it can also be used
on moving machine parts without any problems. The K20 modules are also ideal for such applications as their non-encapsulated design makes them particularly light in weight.
In applications with tow chains, many users rely on placing the
AS-Interface bus cable in a round cable. In this case, the K20
modules support direct connection to the round cable. No flat to
round cable adapter is required.
The K20 compact module series includes standard AS-Interface
modules, as well as an ASIsafe version for the connection of
safety-related sensors, such as EMERGENCY-STOP pushbuttons or protective door monitoring. All standard AS-Interface
K20 modules support, as far as technically possible, the
expanded address mode (A/B addresses) according to
AS-Interface Specification 2.1, which enables connection of
62 stations to an AS-Interface network. The K20 module with four
inputs and four outputs works in expanded address mode according to AS-Interface specification 3.0 which, for the first time,
supports four outputs with an A/B slave, thus enabling 248 inputs and 248 outputs in a fully expanded AS-Interface network.
4
The K20 compact module series rounds off the AS-Interface

compact modules with a particularly slim design and a width of
a mere 20 mm. Thanks to its extremely compact dimensions,
these modules are particularly suited for handling machine
applications in the field of production engineering where modules need to be arranged in the smallest of spaces.
For particularly space-saving dimensions, the sensors and actuators are connected over M8 plug-in connectors. Alternatively,
M12 connectors with Y assignment can be used.
Robotics is yet another application area. Instead of the

AS-Interface flat cable, the K20 modules are connected to
AS-Interface over a round cable with M12 cable box.
The AS-Interface bus cable and the 24 V DC auxiliary power
supply are routed in this case in a shared round cable.
This enables extremely compact installation.

Version
Article No.

Width 20 mm
3RK2200-0CT30-0AA3
4/62
Type
Current carrying Slave type

capacity of
outputs
Pin assignment
Connection
methods
4 inputs
--
A/B
Standard
M8
3RK2200-0CT30-0AA3
--
A/B
M12
3RK2200-0CQ30-0AA3
2 inputs/
2 outputs
A/B
Standard
M8
3RK2400-1BT30-0AA3
A/B
M12
3RK2400-1BQ30-0AA3
4 outputs
A/B (Spec. 3.0)
Standard
M8
3RK2100-1CT30-0AA3
4 inputs/
4 outputs
Standard
Standard
M8
3RK1400-1CT30-0AA3
A/B (Spec. 3.0)
Standard
M8
3RK2400-1CT30-0AA3
2 safe inputs
--
Standard
Y-II
M12
3RK1205-0BQ30-0AA3
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves

Version
Article No.
Accessories
AS-Interface sealing caps
3RK1901-1KA00
For free M8 sockets
3RK1901-1PN00
AS-Interface compact distributors,

for AS-Interface flat cable
3RK1901-1NN10
3RK1901-1KA00
3RK1901-1PN00
Current carrying capacity up to 8 A
3RK1901-1NN10
AS-Interface M12 feeders
3RX9801-0AA00
For flat cable
For
Cable length
Cable end in feeder
AS-i
M12 socket
--
Available
3RX9801-0AA00

Degree of protection IP67/IP68/IP69K
3RK1901-1NR10
3RK1901-1NR11
For flat cable
For
Cable length
Cable end in feeder
AS-i
M12 socket
--
Not available
3RK1901-1NR10
AS-i
M12 cable box
1m
Not available
3RK1901-1NR11
AS-i
M12 cable box
2m
Not available
3RK1901-1NR12
AS-i/Uaux
M12 socket
--
Not available
3RK1901-1NR20
AS-i/Uaux
M12 cable box
1m
Not available
3RK1901-1NR21
AS-i/Uaux
M12 cable box
2m
Not available
3RK1901-1NR22
Cable length
Cable end in feeder
AS-Interface M12 feeders, 4-fold

For flat cable
For
AS-i/Uaux
4-fold M12 socket,

-delivery includes
mounting plate
rail mounting)
3RK1901-1NR04
M12 T distributors
3RK1901-1TR00
Not available
3RK1901-1NR04
3RK1901-1TR00
IP68
1 x M12 plug
2 x M12 box
M12 Y-shaped coupler plugs
6ES7194-1KA01-0XA0
For connection of two sensors to one M12 socket with Y assignment

6ES7194-1KA01-0XA0
M12 connecting cables
3RK1902-4PB15-3AA0
3RK1902-4PB15-3AA0
3-pole
For addressing AS-i slaves with M12 bus connection
Cable length 1.5 m
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/63
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
Analog I/O modules IP67 K60
Overview
Benefits
Analog modules are just as easy to integrate in AS-Interface
as digital modules
Analog values can be easily detected and issued locally
Preprocessing of the analog value transmission in the master
enables rapid evaluation of the analog values
Up to four values can be detected using one analog module
Faster transmission and conversion of analog values thanks to
the new option for a switchover to single-channel operation
In addition, Specification 3.0 now also offers:
A/B technology, now also with analog modules
On average, double fast transmission times
(only 3 or 4 cycles, depending on the resolution selected)
Variable adjustable mode: 12 bit or 14 bit resolution,
1 or 2-channel, selectable over the ID1 code
Extra simple handling of analog value processing with
masters of Specification 3.0, the DP/AS-i LINK Advanced
4
K60 analog compact module
AS-Interface analog modules from the K60 compact series

detect or issue analog signals locally. These modules are linked
to the higher-level controller through an AS-Interface master
according to Specification 2.1 or Specification 3.0.
The analog modules are divided into the following groups:
Input modules
- for sensors with current signal
- for sensors with voltage signal
- for sensors with thermal resistor
Output modules
- for current actuators
- for voltage actuators
The input modules according to Profile 7.3/7.4 are available with
two or four input channels. It is possible in addition to convert
the two-channel module to using only one input channel, thus
enabling very short times before the analog value is available.
The conversion is effected by means of a jumper plug at socket
3. The transmission times achieved with analog modules according to Profile 7.A.9 are shorter by half than those achieved
with Profile 7.3/7.4. Operation is adjustable in this case, e.g. it is
possible to choose with the ID1 code whether the module is
operated with one or two channels.
The output modules are configured as two-channel modules as
standard.
The input and output channels are electrically separated from
the AS-Interface network. If sensors with a higher power requirement are to be connected, more power can be supplied through
the auxiliary voltage as an alternative to the internal supply.
In the manual, the modules are presented in great detail along
with their technical specifications and in-depth notes on operation. Sample function blocks round off the manual.
4/64
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves

Version
Article No.
Analog I/O modules IP67 - K60,

analog profile 7.3
Slave type: Standard
Width 60 mm
Inputs
Type
Measuring range
1 or 2 inputs
Current
(selectable using jumper plug
at socket 3)
4 ... 20 mA or
20 mA
(selectable)1)
3RK1207-1BQ40-0AA3
Voltage
10 V or
1 ... 5 V
(selectable)
3RK1207-2BQ40-0AA3
Thermal resistance
Pt 100 or
Ni 100 or
0 ... 600
(selectable)1)
3RK1207-3BQ40-0AA3
Current
4 ... 20 mA or
20 mA
(selectable)
3RK1207-1BQ44-0AA3
Voltage
10 V or
1 ... 5 V
(selectable)
3RK1207-2BQ44-0AA3
Thermal resistance
Pt 100 or
Ni 100 or
0 ... 600
(selectable)
3RK1207-3BQ44-0AA3
Outputs
Type
Output range
2 outputs
Current
for 2-wire actuators
4 ... 20 mA or
20 mA or
0 ... 20 mA
(selectable)1)
3RK1107-1BQ40-0AA3
Voltage
for 2-wire actuators
10 V or
0 ... 10 V or
1 ... 5 V
(selectable)
3RK1107-2BQ40-0AA3
3RK1207-1BQ44-0AA3
4 inputs
Analog I/O modules IP67 - K60,

analog profile 7.A.9
Slave type: A/B (Spec. 3.0)
Width 60 mm
Inputs
Type
Measuring range
1 or 2 inputs
(variably adjustable)
Current
4 ... 20 mA or
20 mA
(selectable)
3RK2207-1BQ50-0AA3
Voltage
10 V or
1 ... 5 V
(selectable)
3RK2207-2BQ50-0AA3
3RK2207-2BQ50-0AA3
1)
Some modules are available in the extended temperature range

(from -25 to 70 C) and for use in difficult environmental conditions
(coated according to environment standard IEC 60721).
Description
SIPLUS Article No.
SIPLUS AS-Interface 2AA, IP67
6AG1107-1BQ40-7AA3
Corresponds to module
3RK1107-1BQ40-0AA3
SIPLUS AS-Interface 2AI, IP67
6AG1207-1BQ40-7AA3
3RK1207-1BQ40-0AA3
SIPLUS AS-Interface 2AI, IP67
6AG1207-3BQ40-7AA3
3RK1207-3BQ40-0AA3
For more information see www.siemens.com/siplus-extreme.
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/65
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves

Version
Article No.
Manual "AS-Interface Analog Modules K60"
See
Accessories
K60 mounting plates
Wall mounting
3RK1901-0CA00
3RK1901-0CB01
M12 sealing caps
3RK1901-1KA00
Sealing sets
3RK1902-0AR00
3RK1901-0CA00
3RK1901-1KA00
For mounting plate K60 and distributor
3RK1902-0AR00
One set contains one straight and one shaped seal

Jumper plugs
For changing over the 2-channel input modules
3RK1901-1AA00
4/66
Siemens IK PI 2015
3RK1901-1AA00
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
Introduction
Overview
4
SlimLine S22.5/S45
Flat module
For AS-Interface applications inside control cabinets, there are

various module series for the most diverse requirements:
SlimLine S22.5
SlimLine S45
F90 module1)
Flat module
All modules of these series can be snap-mounted directly on a
standard mounting rail or be fastened using screws.
AS-Interface modules in IP20 have direct terminals for the
AS-Interface cables and therefore do not require a base.
F90 module1)
Type series
Spectrum
Mounting
onto TH 35 standard
mounting rail
Wall mounting
using push-in lugs
(type 3RP1903)
Other
possibilities
SlimLine S22.5
4I (standard and A/B modules)
--
--
--
--
--
--
Integrated lugs for screw

fixing
4O
2I/2O (steady-state/relay outputs)
Counters2)
Ground-fault detection modules2)
SlimLine S45
4I/4O (steady-state/relay outputs)

4I/4O with floating I/Os
4I/3O (A/B modules)
4I/4O (A/B modules Spec. 3.0)
F90 module
4I/4O (screw terminals)

4I/4O (connection using Combicon connector)
16I
Flat module
4I/4O (screw terminals)
Available
-- Not available
1)
See Catalog IC 10, Chapter 2 "Industrial Communication".
2)
For more information about these modules see

"Modules with Special Functions" from page 4/74.
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/67
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
SlimLine
Overview
SlimLine modules of the S22.5 and S45 series
An addressing socket integrated at the front enables the module
to be addressed also when it is installed.
In addition to the digital input/output modules, there are modules
of design S22.5 with special functions. These include:
Counter modules
For more information about these modules see
section "Modules with Special Functions" on page 4/74
Industry Mall: Section "Automation Technology"
"SIRIUS Industrial Controls"
"Industrial Communication"
"AS-Interface" "Slaves"
"Modules with Special Functions"
4
SlimLine S45 module (left) and S22.5 module (right)
The AS-Interface series of modules for the "SlimLine" control

cabinet with degree of protection IP20 creates space in the
cabinet and in distributed local boxes.
For these modules, the priority was placed on a narrow design.
They have a width of only 22.5 mm or 45 mm.
Standard sensors/actuators and the AS-Interface cable can
be connected using removable screw terminals or spring-type
terminals.
Integrated adapters enable mounting onto a standard mounting
rail. Disassembly from the standard mounting rail is quick and
easy and requires no tools.
With an additional accessory (push-in lugs), the modules can
also be screwed on.
All modules are fitted at the front with LEDs which indicate the
module's status.
4/68
Siemens IK PI 2015
The AS-Interface Specification 3.0 adds a number of completely

new features to the AS-Interface bus system. The extended
address mode (A/B addresses) enables the connection of up to
62 slaves on one AS-Interface network. With the extended
address mode according to Specification 3.0, four outputs are
now possible for the first time even with A/B slaves (instead of
only three outputs possible up to now with Specification 2.1).
Hence with full expansion of an AS-Interface network, there
are now 248 inputs as well as 248 outputs available on one
AS-Interface system.
Modules with four inputs and four outputs as A/B slaves
according to Specification 3.0 are also available for the control
cabinet as SlimLine S45 modules.
Note:
Please note that the modules according to Specification 3.0 can
be used only with a new master according to AS-Interface
Specification 3.0, and that the cycle times for the outputs must
not exceed 20 ms.
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
SlimLine

Version
Article No.
SlimLine S22.5 modules

Inputs: PNP transistor
Width 22.5 mm
Type
Connection
Slave type
Inputs
Outputs
4 inputs
Screw
Standard
2-wire
--
3RK1200-0CE00-0AA2
Standard
2- and 3-wire
--
3RK1200-0CE02-0AA2
A/B slave
2- and 3-wire
--
3RK2200-0CE02-0AA2
Standard
2-wire
--
3RK1200-0CG00-0AA2
Standard
2- and 3-wire
--
3RK1200-0CG02-0AA2
A/B slave
2- and 3-wire
--
3RK2200-0CG02-0AA2
Standard
2-wire
PNP transistor 2 A
3RK1400-0BE00-0AA2
Standard
2-wire
Relays
3RK1402-0BE00-0AA2
Springtype
Standard
2-wire
PNP transistor 2 A
3RK1400-0BG00-0AA2
Standard
2-wire
Relays
3RK1402-0BG00-0AA2
Screw
Standard
--
PNP transistor 1 A
3RK1100-1CE00-0AA2
Springtype
Standard
--
PNP transistor 1 A
3RK1100-1CG00-0AA2
Springtype
3RK1200-0CE00-0AA2
2 inputs/
2 outputs
4 outputs
3RK1400-0BG00-0AA2
Screw
SlimLine S45 modules

Inputs: PNP transistor
Width 45 mm
Type
Connection
Slave type
Inputs
Outputs
4 inputs/
4 outputs
Screw
Standard
2- and 3-wire
PNP transistor 1 A
3RK1400-1CE00-0AA2
Standard
2- and 3-wire
PNP transistor 2 A
3RK1400-1CE01-0AA2
Standard
2- and 3-wire
floating
PNP transistor 1 A
floating
3RK1402-3CE01-0AA2
Standard
2- and 3-wire
Relays
3RK1402-3CE00-0AA2
A/B (Spec. 3.0)
2- and 3-wire
PNP transistor 2 A
3RK2400-1CE01-0AA2
Standard
2- and 3-wire
PNP transistor 1 A
3RK1400-1CG00-0AA2
Standard
2- and 3-wire
PNP transistor 2 A
3RK1400-1CG01-0AA2
Standard
2- and 3-wire
floating
PNP transistor 1 A
floating
3RK1402-3CG01-0AA2
Standard
2- and 3-wire
Relays
3RK1402-3CG00-0AA2
A/B (Spec. 3.0)
2- and 3-wire
PNP transistor 2 A
3RK2400-1CG01-0AA2
Screw
A/B slave
2- and 3-wire
PNP transistor 2 A
3RK2400-1FE00-0AA2
Springtype
A/B slave
2- and 3-wire
PNP transistor 2 A
3RK2400-1FG00-0AA2
3RK1400-1CG00-0AA2
Springtype
4 inputs/
3 outputs
Accessories
Sealable covers
To secure against unauthorized addressing
3RP1902
Push-in lugs
For screw fixing
3RP1903
3RP1902
3RP1903
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/69
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
F90 Module

Version
Article No.
F90 module
Standard slave
Width 90 mm
Type
Connection
Inputs
Outputs
4 inputs/
4 outputs
Screw
2- and 3-wire
PNP transistor
PNP transistor 1 A
3RG9002-0DB00
2- and 3-wire
PNP transistor
PNP transistor 2 A
3RG9002-0DA00
2- and 3-wire
PNP transistor
floating
PNP transistor 2 A
3RG9002-0DC00
2- and 3-wire
PNP transistor
PNP transistor 1 A
3RG9004-0DB00
2- and 3-wire
PNP transistor
PNP transistor 2 A
3RG9004-0DA00
2- and 3-wire
PNP transistor
floating
PNP transistor 2 A
3RG9004-0DC00
PNP transistor
--
3RG9002-0DE00
PNP transistor
--
3RG9004-0DE00
3RG9002-0DB00
Combicon1)
4
16 inputs
Screw
Combicon
1)
Accessories
Combicon connector sets
For 4I/4O and 16E modules with Combicon connection;
one set comprises:
4 x 5-pole plug for connection
Standard sensors/actuators
2 x 4-pole plug for AS-Interface and external auxiliary voltage
1)
Scope of supply does not include Combicon connector set

3RX9810-0AA00, this must be ordered separately, see "Accessories".
4/70
Siemens IK PI 2015
3RX9810-0AA00
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
Flat module
Overview
The flat module for the control cabinet in degree of protection
IP20 has 4 inputs and 4 outputs.
The module is fitted at the front with an LED which indicates the
module's status.
With the integrated lugs, the modules can be screwed on.
An integrated addressing socket enables the module to be
addressed when it is installed.
Standard sensors/actuators and the AS-Interface cable can be
connected using screw terminals.
4
Flat module

Version
Screw terminals
Article No.
Flat module
3RK1400-0CE00-0AA3
4 inputs/4 outputs
200 mA for all I/Os
3RK1400-0CE00-0AA3
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/71
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
Overview
AS-Interface communication modules
for printed circuit board installation
3RK1400-0CD01-0AA3 AS-Interface communication modules

aux
NC
+
E1
A1
0
E2
A2
0
E3
A3
0
E4
A4
0
+
ASIASI+
NSA0_00079a
AS-Interface communication module 3RK1400-0CD00-0AA3 (left),

AS-Interface communication module 3RK2400-1FD00-0AA2 (right)
3RK1400-0CD00-0AA3 AS-Interface communication modules

NC
+
E1
A1
0
E2
A2
0
E3
A3
0
E4
A4
0
+
PROG
ASI
ASI+
3RK1400-0CD01-0AA3
With the 4I/4O module 3RK1400-0CD01-0AA3 for printed circuit

board installation, it is possible for up to four mechanical contacts to be queried or indicator lights to be operated, the necessary energy for the inputs and outputs being provided from the
auxiliary voltage (24 V PELV). If (+) is connected to Uaux+ and
(NC) to Uaux , the outputs are not short-circuit and overload
proof; if Uaux is connected to (0), the outputs are overload and
short-circuit proof (maximum summation current 200 mA).
In this case, the module does not respond even to invoking by a
master when the switching outputs are overloaded.
3RG9005-0SA00 AS-Interface communication modules
aux
NC
+
E1
A1
0
E2
A2
0
E3
A3
0
E4
A4
0
+
NSA0_00078a
3RK1400-0CD00-0AA3
With the 4I/4O module for printed circuit board installation, it is

possible for up to four mechanical contacts to be queried or
indicator lights to be operated, the necessary energy being provided by the AS-Interface system (yellow AS-Interface cable).
ASIASI+
Note:
If the switching outputs are overloaded, the module does not
respond to invoking by a master.
NSA0_00080a
3RG9005-0SA00
With the 4I/4O module for printed circuit board mounting, it is

possible for up to four mechanical contacts to be queried or
indicator lights to be operated, the power for inputs and outputs
being provided from an auxiliary voltage (24 V PELV). If (+) is
connected to Uaux+ and (NC) to Uaux- , the outputs are not shortcircuit and overload proof; if Uaux is connected to (0), the outputs are overload and short-circuit proof (maximum summation
current 200 mA). In this case, the module does not respond even
to invoking by a master when the switching outputs are overloaded.
4/72
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
3RK1400-1CD00-0AA2, 3RK2400-1FD00-0AA2
3RK1200-0CD00-0AA2
Connection
Connection pad
Connection
Connection pad
AS-i +
27, 29
AS-i +
27, 29
AS-i -
28, 30
AS-i -
28, 30
Sensor+
17, 18, 23, 24
Sensor+
17, 18, 23, 24
Sensor-
13, 14, 19, 20
Sensor-
13, 14, 19, 20
IN1
21
IN1
21
IN2
22
IN2
22
IN3
15
IN3
15
IN4
16
IN4
16
Uaux + (L24+)
2, 4
Not assigned
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 25, 26
Uaux - (M24)
1, 3
OUT1
OUT2
10
OUT3
OUT4
6 (not assigned for 3RK2400-1FD00-0AA2 4I/3O module)
OUT-
7, 8
Not assigned
11, 12, 25, 26
With the 4I module for printed circuit board installation, it is

possible for up to four mechanical contacts or 3-conductor
sensors to be connected, the power for inputs being provided
from the AS-Interface cable.
With the 4I/4O or 4I/3O module for printed circuit board installation, it is possible for up to four mechanical contacts or 3-conductor sensors according to IEC 947-5-2 to be connected.
Up to four indicator lights via the 4I/4O module or up to three
indicator lights via the 4I/3O module can also be controlled.
The power for short-circuit proof solid-state switching outputs is
provided from an auxiliary voltage (24 V PELV).
Mounting is very easy using a "Card Edge Board-to-Board

Connector". This connector can be ordered for vertical and
horizontal mounting from the company AMP, for example:
180 version for vertical mounting (AMP):
Type 530843-2
90 version for horizontal mounting (AMP):
Type 650118-1
If the inputs are loaded with more than 200 mA, the module does
not respond to invoking by a master.
Mounting is very easy using a "Card Edge Board-to-Board

Connector". This connector can be ordered for vertical and
horizontal mounting from the company AMP, for example:
180 version for vertical mounting (AMP):
Type 530843-2
90 version for horizontal mounting (AMP):
Type 650118-1
If the inputs are loaded with more than 200 mA, the module does
not respond to invoking by a master.

Version
Slave type
Article No.
Standard
3RK1400-0CD00-0AA3
Standard
Standard
3RK1400-0CD01-0AA3
3RG9005-0SA00
Supply of outputs using external auxiliary voltage (24 V PELV)

- Printed circuit board with gold-plated direct
connector for 30-pole male connector
socket for simple installation with direct connector
Standard
3RK1400-1CD00-0AA2
4 inputs / 3 outputs
A/B
3RK2400-1FD00-0AA2
Standard
3RK1200-0CD00-0AA2
4 inputs / 4 outputs
Supply of I/Os using AS-Interface cable (max. 200 mA)
- Printed circuit board with solder pins, protected by enclosure
Supply of I/Os using external auxiliary voltage (24 V PELV)
- Printed circuit board with solder pins, protected by enclosure
- Printed circuit board with solder pins for horizontal mounting
3RK1400-0CD00-0AA3
Supply of outputs using external auxiliary voltage (24 V PELV)

- Printed circuit board with gold-plated direct
connector for 30-pole male connector
socket for simple installation with direct connector
4 inputs
Printed circuit board with gold-plated direct connector
For 30-pole male connector socket
For simple installation with direct connector
3RG9005-0SA00
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/73
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
Counter modules
Overview
U IN1
NSA0_00084
300 s t
1 ms
Maximum frequency for the counter module
If the time criterion stipulated in the figure is violated, the count

value is rejected.
The counter is active only for the reset parameter P2 (default).
The counter is deleted when P2 is set, and the incoming count
pulses are not registered until after P2 is reset again.
4
Counter module with spring-type terminals
The counter module is used to send hexadecimally coded count

values (LSB=D0, MSB=D3) to a higher-level controller. The
count value is increased by one for each valid count pulse at
terminal 8. Beginning at 0, the module counts up to 15 and then
begins again at 0. The controller adopts the current value and
determines the number of pulses between two host invocations
through subtraction from the previous value. The total number of
count pulses is determined by adding these differences.
Note:
A customized function block is necessary or must be
programmed.
ASi+ ASi-
Terminal 4: Bus connection ASi +

Terminal 5: Bus connection ASi Terminal 6: Unused
ASi
ADDR
For the values sent to be unambiguous, no more than 15 count

values are allowed between two host invocations or AS-Interface
master invocations at terminal 8. The maximum permissible
transmission frequency is calculated from these times:
IN1
fTRmax = 15 / Tmax
A further condition for the maximum frequency is the required
pulse shape. For the counter to accept a pulse as valid, a Low
must have been applied at the input for at least 300 s and a
High for at least 1 ms.
This results in a maximum frequency of fZmax = 1 / 1.3 ms =
769 Hz independently of the control system (see figure below).
IN1
NSA0_00085
Tmax : max. possible transmission time from the slave to the host
Terminal 7: Sensor supply +

Terminal 8: Counter input
Terminal 9: Sensor supply -
Counter module connection options

Version
Article No.
Counter modules
Width 22.5 mm
3RK1200-0CE03-0AA2
3RK1200-0CG03-0AA2
3RK1200-0CE03-0AA2
3RK1200-0CG03-0AA2
4/74
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
Overview
"Ground faults in any control circuit must not lead to unintentional
starting or potentially hazardous movements or prevent the
machine from stopping." (IEC 60204-1/VDE 0113-1).
The AS-Interface ground-fault detection module is used to meet
these requirements. Using this module from the SlimLine series,
ground faults in AS-Interface systems can be reliably detected
and reported.
The following ground faults are detected:
Ground fault from AS-i "+"
Ground fault from AS-i "-"
Ground fault from sensors and actuators which are
supplied from the AS-Interface voltage.
Note:
Not suitable for AS-Interface Power24V.
Ground-fault detection module

Version
Article No.

Width 22.5 mm
3RK1408-8KE00-0AA2
3RK1408-8KG00-0AA2
3RK1408-8KE00-0AA2
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/75
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
Overvoltage protection modules
Overview
With the AS-Interface overvoltage protection module, it is now
also possible to integrate AS-Interface in the overall overvoltage
protection concept of a plant or machine.
The module has the same design and degree of
protection (IP67) as the AS-Interface K45 compact modules. It is
a passive module without AS-i IC and as such does not need its
own address on the AS-Interface network. The module can be
used to protect the AS-Interface cable and the cable for the auxiliary voltage from overvoltage. Overvoltages are discharged
through a ground cable with a green/yellow oil-proof outer
sheath. This cable is fixed in the module and must be connected
with low resistance to the system's ground.
Rated discharge current Isn
AS-Interface overvoltage protection module
The AS-Interface overvoltage protection module (protection

module) protects downstream AS-Interface devices or individual
sections in AS-i networks from conducted overvoltages which
can be caused by switching operations and remote lightning
strikes. The location of the protection module forms within the
lightning protection zone concept the transition from zone 1 to
2/3. Direct lightning strikes must be coped with using additional
protective measures at the transitions from lightning protection
zone 0A to 1.
The rated discharge current is the peak value of a surge current

of the form 8/20 s (microseconds), for which the protection
module is designed in accordance with a specified test program. With waveform 8/20, 100 % of the value is achieved after
8 s and 50 % after 20 s.
Protection level Up
The protection level of a protection module is the highest
momentary value of the voltage at the terminals, established in
individual tests and characterizes the capability of a protection
module to limit overvoltages to a residual level.
Configuration guidelines
ASInterface
OVP
ASInterface
Application
NSA0_00093a
Device without ground terminal

Grounding of the mounting plate
Application
Device with
ground terminal
Mounting plate
OVP = Overvoltage protection
The grounding of protection modules and the units to be

protected must be effected through a shared grounding point.
If insulated devices are protected, their mounts must be

included in the grounding points.
Sample application
Zone 1
OVP
A
Zone 2
ASInterface
ASInterface
Zone 1
ASInterface
ASInterface
OVP
B
protected range
Protection approx. 0.5 m to the left
Equipotential bonding
(system earth)
Protection approx. 5 m to the right
NSA0_00092b
OVP = Overvoltage protection

Version
Article No.
AS-Interface overvoltage protection module
3RK1901-1GA01
Delivery includes mounting plate

(for wall and standard rail mounting)
4/76
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
Overview
Every LOGO! can now be connected to the AS-Interface system
Using the AS-Interface connection for LOGO!, an intelligent
slave can be integrated in the AS-Interface system. With the
modular interface it becomes possible to integrate the different
basic units in the system according to their functionality.
Similarly, functionalities can be quickly and easily adapted to
new requirements by exchanging the basic unit.
The interface module provides four inputs and four outputs on
the system. These inputs and outputs do not actually exist in
hardware terms, however, but are only virtually present through
the interface on the bus.
4

Version
Article No.
3RK1400-0CE10-0AA2
4 virtual inputs
4 virtual outputs
3RK1400-0CE10-0AA2
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/77
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
Power contactors for switching motors > SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors
Overview
Contactors with communication interface,
sizes S00 and S0
Contactor versions with communication interface are required
to establish a connection to the control system via IO-Link or
AS-Interface. The link is established by means of function
modules mounted on the front of the contactor.
Contact reliability
If voltages 110 V and currents 100 mA are to be switched,
the auxiliary contacts of the 3RT2 contactor or 3RH21 contactor
relay should be used as they guarantee a high level of contact
reliability.
These auxiliary contacts are suitable for solid-state circuits with
currents 1 mA at a voltage 17 V.
Connection methods
The 3RT2 contactors are available with screw terminals or
spring-type terminals.
Short-circuit protection of the contactors
For short-circuit protection of contactors without overload relays,
see Technical specifications (see Note).
To assemble fuseless motor feeders you must select combinations of motor starter protector and contactor as explained in
"3RA2 Load Feeders".
Motor protection
3RU21 thermal overload relays or 3RB30 solid-state overload
relays can be fitted to the 3RT2 contactors for protection against
overload. The overload relays must be ordered separately.
Ratings of three-phase motors
Contactor size S00 with communication interface and spring-type
terminals and contactor size S0 with screw terminals
The quoted rating (in kW) refers to the output power on the motor
shaft (according to the nameplate).
Standards
Control supply voltage
IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1,

IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1,
IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1 (auxiliary switches)
Contactors with communication interface are available with

24 V DC operation.
The 3RT20 contactors for switching motors are climate-proof

and are suitable and tested for use worldwide.
If the devices are used in ambient conditions which deviate from
common industrial conditions (IEC 60721-3-3 "Stationary Use,
Weather-Protected"), information must be obtained about possible restrictions with regard to the reliability and endurance of the
device and possible protective measures. In this case contact
our Technical Assistance.
3RT2 contactors are finger-safe according to EN 50274.
The contactors are suitable for screw fixing or for mounting onto
TH 35 standard mounting rails according to IEC 60715.
4/78
Siemens IK PI 2015
Note:
For selection and ordering data for 3RT20 contactors and 3RA23
reversing contactor assemblies with communication interface
see Chapter 5, "IO-Link".
Manuals and configurator
For more information, see
System manual "SIRIUS Innovations System Overview",
Manual "SIRIUS Innovations SIRIUS 3RT2 Contactors/
Contactor Assemblies",
Online configurator see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators.
www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
Contactor assemblies > SIRIUS 3RA24 wye-delta assemblies
Overview
These 3RA24 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting are
designed for standard applications.
Note:
Contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting in special applications such as very heavy starting or wye-delta starting of special
motors must be customized. Help with designing such special
applications is available from Technical Assistance.
The 3RA24 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting can be

ordered as follows:
Complete, fully wired and tested, with electrical and mechanical interlock
As individual parts for customer assembly.
A dead interval of 50 ms on reversing is already integrated in
the function module for wye-delta starting. The auxiliary contacts
integrated in the contactors (see Chapter 5, "IO-Link") are
unassigned.

Fully-wired and tested contactor assemblies
3RA241.-8XE31-2BB4
3RA242.-8XE32-1BB4
Rated data AC-3
3RA242.-8XE32-2BB4
Rated control supply

voltage Us1)
Operational
current Ie up to
Ratings of three-phase motors1)

at 50 Hz and
400 V
230 V
400 V
500 V
690 V
kW
kW
kW
kW
Screw terminals
Article No.
Article No.
DC operation
Size S00
For AS-Interface connection
12
3.3
5.5
7.2
9.2
24 DC
3RA2415-8XH31-1BB4
3RA2415-8XH31-2BB4
16
4.7
7.5
10.3
9.2
24 DC
3RA2416-8XH31-1BB4
3RA2416-8XH31-2BB4
25
5.5
11
11
11
24 DC
3RA2417-8XH31-1BB4
3RA2417-8XH31-2BB4
15,6
Size S0
For AS-Interface connection
25
7.1
11
19
24 DC
3RA2423-8XH32-1BB4
3RA2423-8XH32-2BB4
32 / 40
11.4
15 / 18.5 19
19
24 DC
3RA2425-8XH32-1BB4
3RA2425-8XH32-2BB4
50
--
22
19
19
24 DC
3RA2426-8XH32-1BB4
3RA2426-8XH32-2BB4

1)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC.

The actual starting and rated data of the motor to be switched must be
considered when selecting the units.
Components for customer assembly

Assembly kits with wiring modules and mechanical connectors
are available for contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting.
Contactors, overload relays, function modules for wye-delta
starting, auxiliary switches for electrical interlock if required
also infeed terminals must be ordered separately.
The wiring kits for sizes S00 and S0 contain the top and bottom
main conducting path connections between the line and delta
contactors (top) and between the delta and star contactors
(bottom).
Selection of contactors for customer assembly

Rated data AC-3 at 50 Hz 400 V AC
Size
Rating
Operational
current Ie
Motor current
Line/delta contactor
Star contactor
Article No. complete
kW
5.5
12
7.5
16
12.1 ... 17
3RT2015-.BB41-0CC0
3RT2015-.BB41-0CC0
3RA2415-8XH31-.BB4
3RT2017-.BB41-0CC0
3RT2015-.BB41-0CC0
11
25
19
... 25
3RA2416-8XH31-.BB4
3RT2018-.BB41-0CC0
3RT2016-.BB41-0CC0
11
25
19
... 25
3RA2417-8XH31-.BB4
3RT2024-.BB40-0CC0
3RT2024-.BB40-0CC0
15
32
3RA2423-8XH32-.BB4
24.1 ... 34
3RT2026-.BB40-0CC0
3RT2024-.BB40-0CC0
18.5
3RA2425-8XH32-.BB4
40
34.5 ... 40
3RT2026-.BB40-0CC0
3RT2024-.BB40-0CC0
22
3RA2425-8XH32-.BB4
50
31
3RT2027-.BB40-0CC0
3RT2026-.BB40-0CC0
3RA2426-8XH32-.BB4
9.5 ... 13.8
... 43
S00-S00-S00
S0-S0-S0
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/79
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
SIRIUS 3RA27 function modules for AS-Interface
Overview
The function modules for mounting onto contactors enable the
configuration of starters and contactor assemblies for direct-online, reversing and wye-delta starting without any additional,
complicated wiring of the individual components.
Manuals
For more information see manual
"SIRIUS Function Modules for AS-Interface",
They include the key control functions required for the particular
feeder, e.g. timing and interlocking, and can be connected to the
control system via the bus system.

Version
Screw terminals
Article No.
Article No.
3RA2712-1AA00
3RA2712-2AA00
3RA2712-1BA00
3RA2712-2BA00
3RA2913-2AA1
3RA2913-2AA2
- For main, auxiliary and control current
3RA2923-2AA1
--
- Only for main current2)
--
3RA2923-2AA2
Function modules for direct-on-line starting

AS-Interface connection
4
3RA2712-1AA00
3RA2712-2AA00
Function modules for reversing starting1)

AS-Interface connection,
comprising one basic and one coupling module
3RA2712-1BA00
3RA2712-2BA00
Assembly kits for making 3-pole contactor assemblies
The assembly kit contains:
Mechanical interlock,
2 connecting clips for 2 contactors,
wiring modules on the top and bottom
3RA2923-2AA1
For size S00

For size S0
3RA2923-2AA2
Suitable contactors or reversing contactor assemblies with

communication interface are required (see Chapter 5, "IO-Link").
Note:
When using the function modules, no other auxiliary switches are
allowed to be connected to the basic units.
1)
For prewired contactor assemblies for reversing starting with communication interface see Chapter 5, "IO-Link". When these contactor assemblies
are used, the assembly kit for the wiring is already integrated.
2)
Version in size S0 with spring-type terminals:
Only the wiring modules for the main circuit are included.
No connectors are included for the auxiliary and control circuit.
4/80
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
SIRIUS 3RA27 function modules for AS-Interface

Version
Screw terminals
Article No.
Article No.
3RA2712-1CA00
3RA2712-2CA00
Function modules for wye-delta starting1)

AS-Interface connection,
comprising one basic module and two coupling
modules
3RA2712-1CA00
3RA2712-2CA00
Assembly kits for making 3-pole contactor
assemblies
star jumper,
wiring modules on the top and bottom2)
3RA2923-2BB1
For size S00
4
3RA2913-2BB1
3RA2913-2BB2
- For main, auxiliary and control current
3RA2923-2BB1
--
- Only for main current
--
3RA2923-2BB2
3RA2924-2BB1
--
For size S0
3RA2923-2BB2

wiring modules on the top and bottom2),
3-phase infeed terminals
For size S0
Suitable contactors with communication interface are required

(see Chapter 5, "IO-Link").
Note:
1)
For complete contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting including function modules, see page 4/79.
2)
When using the function modules for wye-delta starting, the wiring modules for the auxiliary current are not required.
Version
Article No.
Sealable covers
for 3RA27, 3RA28, 3RA29
3RA2910-0
Accessories
3RA2910-0
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/81
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
Motor starters for use in the control cabinet
SIRIUS 3RA6 compact starters > General data
Overview
3RA6 fuseless compact starters and infeed system for 3RA6
Communications integration using IO-Link

SIRIUS 3RA64, 3RA65 compact starters for IO-Link see
Chapter 5: "IO-Link".
Permanent wiring/easy replacement
Using the SIRIUS infeed system for 3RA6 it is possible to carry
out the wiring in advance without a compact starter needing to
be connected.
A compact starter is very easily replaced simply by pulling it out
of the device without disconnecting the wiring.
Even with screw connections or mounting on a standard mounting rail there is no need to disconnect any wiring (on account of
the removable main and control circuit terminals) in order to
replace a compact starter.
Consistent solution from the infeed to the motor feeder
3RA62 reversing starter
Integrated functionality
The SIRIUS 3RA6 compact starters are a generation of innovative load feeders with the integrated functionality of a motor
starter protector, contactor and solid-state overload relay.
In addition, various functions of optional mountable accessories
(e.g. auxiliary switches, surge suppressors) are already integrated in the SIRIUS compact starter.
Field of application
The SIRIUS compact starters can be used wherever standard
three-phase motors up to 32 A (approx. 15 kW/400 V) are directly
started.
The compact starters are not suitable for the protection of DC
loads.
Approvals according to IEC, UL, CSA and CCC standards have
been issued for the compact starters.
Low variance of devices
Thanks to wide setting ranges for the rated current and wide voltage ranges, the equipment variance is greatly reduced compared to conventional load feeders.
Very high operational reliability
The high short-circuit breaking capacity and defined shut-down
when the end of service life is reached means that the SIRIUS
compact starter achieves a very high level of operational reliability that would otherwise have only been possible with considerable additional outlay. This sets it apart from devices with similar
functionality.
Safe disconnection
The auxiliary switches (NC contacts) of the 3RA6 compact starters are designed as mirror contacts. It is therefore possible to
use safe disconnection equipment, e.g. EMERGENCY-STOP,
up to Category 2 (EN 954-1), or combine it with other redundant
switching devices for use up to Category 3 or 4.
Communications integration through AS-Interface
To enable communications integration through AS-Interface
there is an AS-i add-on module available in several versions for
mounting instead of the control circuit terminals on the SIRIUS
compact starter.
The design of the AS-i add-on module permits a group of up to
62 feeders with a total of four cables to be connected to the control system. This reduces wiring work considerably compared to
the parallel wiring method.
4/82
Siemens IK PI 2015
The SIRIUS infeed system for 3RA6 with integrated PE bar is

offered as a user-friendly possibility of feeding in summation
currents up to 100 A with a maximum conductor cross-section of
70 mm and connecting the motor cable directly without additional intermediate terminals.
Screw and spring-type terminals
The SIRIUS compact starters and the infeed system for 3RA6 are
available with screw and spring-type terminals.
Screw terminals
System configurator for engineering
A free system configurator is available to reduce further the
amount of engineering work for selecting the required compact
starters and matching infeed.
Types of infeed for the 3RA6 fuseless compact starters
On the whole four different infeed possibilities are available:
Parallel wiring
Use of three-phase busbars (combination with SIRIUS motor
starter protectors and SIRIUS contactors possible)
8US busbar adapters
SIRIUS infeed system for 3RA6
To comply with the clearance and creepage distances
demanded according to UL 508 there are the following infeed
possibilities:
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
The SIRIUS compact starters are generally designed to degree
of protection IP20. The permissible ambient temperature during
operation is -20 to +60 C.
Type of infeed
Infeed terminal
Type
(acc. to UL 508, type E)
Parallel wiring
Terminal block for

"Self-Protected Combination Motor Controller
(Type E)"
3RV2928-1H
Three-phase busbars
Three-phase infeed
terminal for constructing "Type E Starters",
UL 508
3RV2925-5EB
Infeed system for 3RA6
Infeed on left,
50/70 mm2, screw
terminal with 3 sockets,
outgoing terminal
with screw/spring-type
connections,
including PE bar
3RA6813-8AB
(screw terminals),
Note:
The maximum permissible short-circuit currents of the device
versions for the various forms of power supply and voltages
are available on request from Technical Assistance:
Tel.: +49 (9 11) 8 95-59 00
E-mail: technical-assistance@siemens.com.
3RA6813-8AC
(spring-type terminals)
Overload tripping times
The rated short-circuit current ICS according to IEC 60947-6-2 is

53 kA at 400 V.
The tripping time in the event of overload can be set on the

device to normal startup conditions (CLASS 10) and to heavy
starting conditions (CLASS 20). As the breaker mechanism still
remains closed after an overload, resetting is possible by either
local manual reset or autoreset after 3 minutes cooling time.

The SIRIUS 3RA6 compact starters are universal motor feeders
according to IEC 60947-6-2. As control and protective switching
devices (CPS) they can connect, convey and disconnect the
thermal, dynamic and electrical loads from short-circuit currents
up to Iq = 53 kA, i.e. they are practically weld-free. They combine
the functions of a motor starter protector, a contactor and a solidstate overload relay in one enclosure. Direct-on-line starters with
45 mm width and reversing starters with 90 mm width are
available as variants.
The reversing starter version comes with not only an internal
electrical interlock but also with a mechanical interlock to prevent
simultaneous actuation of both directions of rotation.
The compact starters have isolating features in accordance with
IEC 60947.2 and can be used as disconnector units (main control switch according to DIN EN 60204 or DIN VDE 0113).
Isolation is effected by moving the handle into the "OFF" position,
disconnection by means of the control contacts is not enough.
3RA6 fuseless compact starters are supplied for 5 different
current setting ranges. The 3RA61 and 3RA62 have 2 control
voltage ranges (AC/DC), the 3RA64 and 3RA65 have one control
voltage range (DC):
Current
setting
range
At 400 V AC for
three-phase
motors
Standard
output P
Rated control supply voltage for

3RA61, 3RA62
compact starters
3RA64, 3RA65
compact starters
for IO-Link
kW
V AC/DC
V DC
0.1 ... 0.4
0.09
24
24
0.32 ... 1.25 0.37

1 ... 4
1.5
3 ... 12
5.5
8 ... 32
15
110 ... 240
Note:
The 3RA1 load feeders can be used for fuseless load feeders
> 32 A up to 100 A.
With autoreset there is no need to open the control cabinet.

Diagnostics options
The compact starter provides the following diagnostics options:
With LEDs
- Connection to the control voltage
- Position of the main contacts
With mechanical display
- Tripping due to overload
- Tripping due to short circuit
- Tripping due to malfunction (end of service life reached
because of worn switching contacts or a worn switching
mechanism or faults in the control electronics)
These states can also be evaluated in the higher-level control
system:
With parallel wiring using the integrated auxiliary and signaling switches of the compact starter
With AS-Interface or IO-Link in even greater detail using the
respective communication interface
Four complement versions for 3RA61/3RA62 compact starters
For standard mounting rail or screw fixing:
basic version including 1 pair of main circuit terminals and
1 pair of control circuit terminals
For standard mounting rail or screw fixing when using the
AS-i add-on module:
without control circuit terminals because the
AS-i add-on module is plugged on instead
For use with the infeed system for 3RA6:
without main circuit terminals because they are supplied with
the infeed system and the expansion modules
For use with the infeed system for 3RA6 and the
AS-i add-on module: without terminal complement
(also for reordering when replacing the compact starter)
The control circuit terminals are always required by the
compact starters for IO-Link; the main circuit terminals
depend on the use of the infeed system.
The SENTRON 3VL circuit breakers and the SIRIUS 3RT contactors can be used for fuseless load feeders >100 A.
The SIRIUS 3RA6 compact starters are suitable for use in any
climate. They are intended for use in enclosed rooms in which no
severe operating conditions (such as dust, caustic vapors,
hazardous gases) prevail. Suitable covers must be provided for
installation in dusty and damp locations.
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/83
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
More components of the 3RA6
Apart from the control supply voltage, "Overload" (1 CO) and
"Short circuit / Function fault" (1 NO) signaling contacts are already integrated into the 3RA61/3RA62 and lockable via two
6-pole removable control circuit terminals. The 3RA61 has two
auxiliary contacts (1 NO + 1 NC) for displaying the position of the
main contacts. Unlike the 3RA61 direct-on-line starter, the
3RA62 reversing starter has one auxiliary contact (1 S) per direction of rotation per main contact.
Available for the 3RA61 and 3RA64 direct-on-line starters is a
slot for an optional auxiliary switch block (optionally 2 NO, 2 NC
or 1 NO + 1 NC) and for the 3RA62 and 3RA65 reversing starters
there are two slots (for auxiliary switch blocks see "Accessories"
on page 4/88).
In contrast to the direct-on-line starter, the 3RA62 reversing

starter has one auxiliary contact (1 NC) per direction of rotation
per main contact.
Positively-driven operation of the auxiliary contacts
There is positively-driven operation between individual auxiliary
circuits for the compact starter in the version as a direct-on-line
starter for parallel wiring (3RA61) between the auxiliary circuits
of the NC contacts (NC 21-22) and the NO contacts (NO 13-14)
in the basic unit.
In addition, the optional auxiliary switch block offers positivelydriven contacts in the 3RA69 13-1A version, each with one
normally closed contact and one normally open contact.
Benefits
The SIRIUS 3RA6 compact starters offer a number of benefits:
Compact design saves space in the control cabinet
Little planning and assembly work and far less wiring thanks
to a single complete unit with one article number
Little variance through wide voltage range and 5 wide setting
ranges for the rated current mean low stock levels
High plant availability through integrated functionalities such
as prevention of main contact welding and disconnection at
end of service life
Greater productivity through automatic device reset in case of
overload and differentiated detection of overload and short
circuit
Easy checking of the wiring and testing of the motor direction
prior to start-up thanks to optional "control kits"
Speedy replacement of devices thanks to removable terminals with spring-type and screw connections in the main and
control circuit
Efficient power distribution through the related SIRIUS infeed
system for 3RA6
Direct connection of the motor feeder cable to the SIRIUS
infeed system for 3RA6 thanks to integrated PE bar
Connecting and looping through incoming feeders up to a
cross-section of 70 mm
When using the infeed system for 3RA6, possibility of directly
connecting the motor cable without intermediate terminals
Integration in Totally Integrated Automation thanks to the
optional connection to AS-Interface or IO-Link
The SIRIUS 3RA6 compact starters create the basis for highavailability and future-proof machine concepts.
4/84
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
SIRIUS 3RA6 compact starters > 3RA61 direct-on-line starters

Direct-on-line start
Width 45 mm
Rated short-circuit current ICS = 53 kA at 400 V
A set of 3RA69 40-0A adapters is required for screw fixing.
NSB0_01946
3RA61 20-1CB32
3RA61 20-2EB32
Standard three-phase
motor
4-pole at 400 V AC1)
Setting range
for solid-state
overload release
Instantaneous
overcurrent release
Article No.
Article No.
Standard output P
kW
For use with the infeed system for 3RA6 and with
the AS-i add-on module or as a replacement device,
without main and control circuit terminals
0.09
0.1 ... 0.4
56
3RA6120-0A 7 30
--
0.37
0.32 ... 1.25
56
3RA6120-0B 7 30
--
1.5
1 ... 4
56
3RA6120-0C 7 30
--
5.5
3 ... 12
168
3RA6120-0D 7 30
--
15
8 ... 32
448
3RA6120-0E 7 30
--
Screw terminals
For standard mounting rail or screw fixing,

including 1 pair of main circuit terminals and 1 pair of control circuit terminals
0.09
0.1 ... 0.4
56
3RA6120-1A 7 32
3RA6120-2A 7 32
0.37
0.32 ... 1.25
56
3RA6120-1B 7 32
3RA6120-2B 7 32
1.5
1 ... 4
56
3RA6120-1C 7 32
3RA6120-2C 7 32
5.5
3 ... 12
168
3RA6120-1D 7 32
3RA6120-2D 7 32
15
8 ... 32
448
3RA6120-1E 7 32
3RA6120-2E 7 32
For use in the infeed system for 3RA6,

without main circuit terminals with 1 pair of control circuit terminals
0.09
0.1 ... 0.4
56
3RA6120-1A 7 33
3RA6120-2A 7 33
0.37
0.32 ... 1.25
56
3RA6120-1B 7 33
3RA6120-2B 7 33
1.5
1 ... 4
56
3RA6120-1C 7 33
3RA6120-2C 7 33
5.5
3 ... 12
168
3RA6120-1D 7 33
3RA6120-2D 7 33
15
8 ... 32
448
3RA6120-1E 7 33
3RA6120-2E 7 33
Article No. supplements for rated control supply voltage

24 V AC/DC
110 ... 240 V AC/DC
For standard mounting rail or screw fixing when using

the AS-i add-on module
with 1 pair of main circuit terminals without control circuit terminals
Rated control supply voltage 24 V AC/DC
0.09
0.1 ... 0.4
56
3RA6120-1AB34
3RA6120-2AB34
0.37
0.32 ... 1.25
56
3RA6120-1BB34
3RA6120-2BB34
1.5
1 ... 4
56
3RA6120-1CB34
3RA6120-2CB34
5.5
3 ... 12
168
3RA6120-1DB34
3RA6120-2DB34
15
8 ... 32
448
3RA6120-1EB34
3RA6120-2EB34
1)
The actual starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/85
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
SIRIUS 3RA6 compact starters > 3RA62 reversing starters

Width 90 mm
Reversing duty

Two sets of 3RA69 40-0A adapters are required for screw
fixing.
NSB0_01947
3RA62 50-1CP32
3RA62 50-2DP32
motor
Setting range for solidstate overload release
Instantaneous
overcurrent release
Article No.
Article No.
Standard output P
kW
For use with the infeed system for 3RA6 and with
the AS-i add-on module or as a replacement device,
without main and control circuit terminals
0.09
0.1 ... 0.4
56
3RA6250-0A 7 30
--
0.37
0.32 ... 1.25
56
3RA6250-0B 7 30
--
1.5
1 ... 4
56
3RA6250-0C 7 30
--
5.5
3 ... 12
168
3RA6250-0D 7 30
--
15
8 ... 32
448
3RA6250-0E 7 30
--
Screw terminals

0.09
0.1 ... 0.4
56
3RA6250-1A 7 32
3RA6250-2A 7 32
0.37
0.32 ... 1.25
56
3RA6250-1B 7 32
3RA6250-2B 7 32
1.5
1 ... 4
56
3RA6250-1C 7 32
3RA6250-2C 7 32
5.5
3 ... 12
168
3RA6250-1D 7 32
3RA6250-2D 7 32
15
8 ... 32
448
3RA6250-1E 7 32
3RA6250-2E 7 32

0.09
0.1 ... 0.4
56
3RA6250-1A 7 33
3RA6250-2A 7 33
0.37
0.32 ... 1.25
56
3RA6250-1B 7 33
3RA6250-2B 7 33
1.5
1 ... 4
56
3RA6250-1C 7 33
3RA6250-2C 7 33
5.5
3 ... 12
168
3RA6250-1D 7 33
3RA6250-2D 7 33
15
8 ... 32
448
3RA6250-1E 7 33
3RA6250-2E 7 33
Article No. supplements for rated control supply voltage

24 V AC/DC
110 ... 240 V AC/DC
For standard mounting rail or screw fixing when using

the AS-i add-on module
with 1 pair of main circuit terminals without control circuit terminals
Rated control supply voltage 24 V AC/DC
0.09
0.1 ... 0.4
56
3RA6250-1AB34
3RA6250-2AB34
0.37
0.32 ... 1.25
56
3RA6250-1BB34
3RA6250-2BB34
1.5
1 ... 4
56
3RA6250-1CB34
3RA6250-2CB34
5.5
3 ... 12
168
3RA6250-1DB34
3RA6250-2DB34
15
8 ... 32
448
3RA6250-1EB34
3RA6250-2EB34
1)
4/86
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
SIRIUS 3RA6 compact starters > Accessories
Overview
Accessories for SIRIUS 3RA6 compact starters
Busbar adapters for 60 mm systems
The following accessories are available specially for the 3RA6

compact starters:
AS-i add-on module:
see page 4/92 onwards "AS-interface add-on modules"
External auxiliary switch blocks: Snap-on auxiliary switch as
versions 2 NO, 2 NC and 1 NO + 1 NC with screw or springtype terminals; the contacts of the auxiliary switch block open
and close jointly with the main contacts of the compact starter.
The NC contacts are designed as mirror contacts.
Control kit: Aid for manually closing the main contacts in order
to check the wiring and motor direction under conditions of
Adapter for screw fixing the compact starter, including pushin lugs
Main circuit terminals: Available with screw and spring-type
terminals
Main circuit terminals mixed connection method:
With the main circuit terminals mixed connection method it is
also possible in the main circuit to switch from screw terminals
on the line side to spring-type terminals on the outgoing side.
This enables for example the side-by-side mounting of several
compact starters and their cost-efficient connection using
three-phase
busbars on the infeed side. The motors are then connected
directly by the quick and reliably contacting spring-type
connection method.
The compact starters are mounted directly with the aid of busbar
adapters on busbar systems with 60 mm center-to-center clearance in order to save space and to reduce infeed times and
costs. These feeders are suitable for copper busbars with a
width from 12 to 30 mm. The busbars can be 4 to 5 mm or 10 mm
thick.
The 8US busbar system can be loaded with a maximum summation current of 630 A.
The "reversing starter" version requires a device holder along
side the busbar adapter for lateral mounting.
The compact starters are snapped onto the adapter and connected on the line side. This prepared unit is then plugged
directly onto the busbar system, and is thus connected both
mechanically and electrically at the same time.
Note:
For more accessories such as incoming and outgoing terminals,
flat copper profiles etc., see Catalog LV 10.
Accessories for operation with closed control cabinet doors
Door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms for standard and
emergency-stop applications are available for operating the
compact starter with closed control cabinet doors.
Accessories for UL applications

The terminal block for "Self-Protected Combination Motor
Controller", type E is available for complying with the clearance
and creepage distances demanded according to UL 508.
Accessories for infeed using three-phase busbar systems
The three-phase busbars can be used as an easy, time-saving
and clearly arranged means of feeding SIRIUS 3RA6 compact
starters with screw connection. Motor starter protector sizes S00
and S0 can also be integrated.
The busbars are suitable for between 2 and 5 devices. However,
any kind of extension up to a maximum summation current of
63 A is possible by clamping the tags of an additional busbar
(rotated by 180) underneath the terminals of the respective last
motor starter protector.
A connecting piece is required for the combination with 3RV1
motor starter protector size S00. Motor starter protectors S00
and S0 of the 3RV2 series can be combined in any way (without
a special connecting piece). The motor starter protectors are
supplied by appropriate infeed terminals. Special infeed terminals are required for constructing "Type E Starters" according to
UL/CSA.
The three-phase busbar systems are finger-safe but empty
connection tags must be fitted with covers. They are designed
for any short-circuit stress which can occur at the output side of
connected SIRIUS 3RA6 compact starters or motor starter
protectors.
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/87
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves

Version
Article No.
Accessories specially for 3RA6 compact starters

Control kit
3RA6950-0A
For mechanical actuation of the compact starter
3RA6950-0A
Adapters for screw fixing the
compact starter
(set including push-in lugs)
3RA6940-0A
Direct-on-line starters require one set,

reversing starters two sets.
4
3RA6940-0A
Screw terminals
Auxiliary switch blocks for compact starters
2 NO
3RA6911-1A
2 NC
3RA6912-1A
1 NO +1 NC (these auxiliary contacts are positively driven.)
3RA6913-1A
Main circuit terminals

(incoming and outgoing side)
3RA6920-1A
3RA6911-1A
3RA6920-1A
Control circuit terminals
For 3RA61
3RA6920-1B
For 3RA62
3RA6920-1C
3RA6920-1B
Auxiliary switch blocks for compact starters
2 NO
3RA6911-2A
2 NC
3RA6912-2A
1 NO +1 NC (these auxiliary contacts are positively driven.)
3RA6913-2A
Main circuit terminals

(incoming and outgoing side)
3RA6920-2A
3RA6911-2A
3RA6920-2A
Control circuit terminals
For 3RA61
3RA6920-2B
For 3RA62
3RA6920-2C
3RA6920-2B
4/88
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves

Version
Article No.
Accessories specially for 3RA6 compact starters (continued)

Main circuit terminals mixed connection method
3RA6920-3A
1 set comprises:
1 joint block on the line side with screw terminals
1 joint block on the outgoing side with spring-type terminals
3RA6920-3A
Version
Article No.
Terminals for "Self-Protected Combination Motor Controllers (Type E)" acc. to UL 508
for infeed through parallel wiring with compact starters
Note:
UL 508 demands 1-inch clearance and 2-inch creepage distance at line side for "Combination
Motor Controller Type E". Terminal blocks are not required for use according to CSA. These terminal blocks cannot be used in combination with 3RV19 .5 three-phase busbars.
3RV2928-1H
Terminal blocks type E
3RV2928-1H
For extended clearance and creepage distances (1 and 2 inch)
Number of compact starters and motor starter Modular spac- Rated current For
protectors that can be connected
ing
In
motor starter
at 690 V
protectors
Without lateral accessories
mm
Article No.
Size
Three-phase busbars for infeed with 3RA6

For feeding several compact starters and/or motor starter protectors with screw terminals,
mounted side-by-side on standard mounting rails, insulated, with touch protection.
3RV1915-1AB
2
3
4
5
45
45
45
45
63
63
63
63
S00, S01)
S00, S01)
S00, S01)
S00, S01)
3RV1915-1AB
3RV1915-1BB
3RV1915-1CB
3RV1915-1DB
3RV1915-1BB
3RV1915-1CB
3RV1915-1DB
1)
Not suitable for 3RV11/3RV21 motor starter protectors for motor protection
with overload relay function and for 3RV17/3RV27 and 3RV18/3RV28 circuit
breakers according to UL 489 / CSA C22.2 No.5-02.
Joint clamping of 3RV1 motor starter protector sizes S00 and S0 is not
possible on account of the different modular spacings and the different
height of the terminals. The 3RV1915-5DB connecting piece is available for
connecting the compact starters to the 3RV1 motor starter protector
size S00. Motor starter protectors S00/S0 of the 3RV2 series can be jointly
clamped; no connecting piece has to be used.
Version
Modular spacing
For
motor starter protectors
mm
Size
Article No.
Covers for connection tags of the three-phase busbars

Touch protection for empty
positions
--
S00, S0
3RV1915-6AB
3RV1915-6AB
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/89
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves

Conductor cross-section
Solid or stranded Finely stranded
with end sleeve
AWG cables,
solid or stranded
Tightening torque For compact

starters and
motor starter
protectors
mm
AWG
Nm
Size
10-4
S0
3RV1925-5AB
10-4
Input: 4;
Output: 2 ... 2.5
S00, S0
3RV2915-5B
S0
3RV2925-5EB
mm
Article No.
Three-phase feeder terminals for three-phase busbars

Connection from top
2.5 ... 25
4 ... 16
3RV1925-5AB
Connection from below1)
2.5 ... 25
4 ... 16
3RV2915-5B
Three-phase infeed terminals for constructing "Type E Starters" according to UL 508

for three-phase busbars
Connection from top
2.5 ... 25
4 ... 16
10-4
--
3RV2925-5EB
1)
This terminal is connected in place of a switch, please take the

space requirement into account.
Version
Article No.
Busbar adapters for 60 mm system

For flat copper profiles according to DIN 46433
Width: 12 ... 30 mm
Thickness: 4 ... 5 mm or 10 mm
8US1211-1NS10
8US12 11-1NS10
Device holders for lateral mounting along side the busbar adapter for 60 mm systems
Required in addition to the busbar adapter for mounting a reversing starter
8US150-1AA10
Version
Article No.
8US12 50-1AA10
Color of
handle
Version of
extension shaft
mm
Door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms for operating the compact starter

with closed control cabinet doors
The door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms consist of a knob, a coupling driver and a
130 mm long extension shaft (6 mm x 6 mm). The door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms are designed to degree of protection IP65. The door interlocking prevents accidental
opening of the control cabinet door in the ON position of the motor starter protector.
The OFF position can be locked with up to 3 padlocks.
3RV2926-0B
4/90
Door-coupling rotary
operating mechanisms
Black
130
3RV2926-0B
EMERGENCY-STOP doorcoupling rotary operating

mechanisms
Red/yellow
130
3RV2926-0C
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves

Version
Article No.
Tools for opening spring-type terminals
3RA2908-1A
Screwdrivers
For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type terminals
Length approx. 200 mm,

3.0 mm x 0.5 mm,
titanium gray/black,
partially insulated
3RA2908-1A
Unit labeling plates1)

for SIRIUS devices
20 mm x 7 mm,
titanium gray
3RT2900-1SB20
IC01_00181
Blank labels
3RT2900-1SB20
1)
PC labeling system for individual inscription

of unit labeling plates available from:
murrplastik Systemtechnik GmbH
www.murrplastik.com.
More information
The system manual "SIRIUS Compact Starter and Accessories"
can be downloaded from the Download Center at
https://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/27136554/133300.
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/91
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
SIRIUS 3RA6 compact starters > Add-on modules for AS-Interface
Overview
The AS-i add-on modules can be combined only in connection

with compact starters with a rated control supply voltage of
24 V AC/DC.
3RA6120-..B3.
D1
AS-i
Y4
Y2
AUX PWR -
Opening the two inputs Y2 and Y4 will result in the direct disconnection of the compact starter. Operation through AS-i communication is finished and the compact starter can now be
switched on and off directly using NO contacts (one NO contact
per direction of rotation on the reversing starter).
S2
Shown in "0" position
Switch with 3 switch positions

Switch
Automatic
Manual
S0
Closed
Open
Open
S1
Closed
Open
Open
S2
Open
Open
Closed
Circuit diagram example for controlling a 3RA61 20 direct-on-line starter

using an AS-i add-on module for local control
AS-i
D0
"LED AUX Power" must light up green, the 24 V DC supply must

be ensured and the AS-i control supply voltage must no longer
be applied.
Resetting to "Automatic" mode
Automatic- 0 - Manual
"Automatic" mode
Local control
S1
3RA6970-3F
With this new module it is also possible for the connected

compact starter to be operated directly using simple switches,
i.e. without recourse to AS-i communication, if required.
NC contacts can be connected to the inputs Y2 and Y4 through
the local terminals on the AS-i add-on module. If the "+" connections are connected simultaneously to both local inputs, the
AS-i add-on module will be in "Automatic" mode, i.e. it will communicate with the control system through AS-Interface.
S0
AUX PWR +
3RA6250-..B3.
D1
AS-i
Switch with 2
switch positions
Simultaneous application of a "1" signal at the local inputs.

The availability bit DI 0 is switched to a "1" signal.
LEFT - RIGHT
S4
Y4
If AS-i communication is reset, the motor is first switched off and

then on again when requested by the control system.
S0
AUX PWR +
Y2
AUX PWR -
S1
S3
S2
3RA6970-3F
Automatic- 0 - Manual
Shown in "0" and "Right" position

Switch
Automatic
Manual
S0
Closed
Open
Open
S1
Closed
Open
Open
S2
Open
Open
Closed

Switch
Left
Right
S3
Open
Closed
S4
Closed
Open
NSB0_02097a
AS-i add-on module for local controller
D0
AS-i
NSB0_02096a
Various AS-i add-on modules are available for communication

of the 3RA6 compact starter with the control system using
AS-Interface:
Standard version
With two local inputs
With two free external inputs
With one free external input and one free external output
With two free external outputs
For local control
Circuit diagram example for controlling a 3RA6250 reversing starter

using an AS-i add-on module for local control
4/92
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
SIRIUS 3RA6 compact starters > Add-on modules for AS-Interface

Version
Article No.
Standard version
3RA6970-3A
AS-i add-on modules

For communication of the compact starter with the control system using AS-Interface
With two local inputs
3RA6970-3B
For safe disconnection through local safety relays, e.g. cable-operated switches
3RA6970-3A
With two free external inputs
3RA6970-3C
Replaces the digital standard inputs

"Motor On" and "Group warning"
With one free external input and one free external output
3RA6970-3D
Replaces the digital standard input

"Group warning"
With two free external outputs
3RA6970-3B to -3F
3RA6970-3E
Only for direct-on-line starters,

replaces the digital standard output
"Motor left"
For local control
3RA6970-3F
Control of the compact starter optionally using AS-Interface or local

switches
Spare parts for AS-i add-on modules

Connectors for data and auxiliary supply cable
with 2 insulation displacement terminations for standard litz wires 2 x 0.5 ... 0.75 mm2
Flat, yellow, extender
3RK1901-0NA00
Flat, black, extender
3RK1901-0PA00
Accessories for AS-i add-on modules

AS-Interface addressing unit V 3.0
For AS-Interface modules and sensors and actuators with integrated AS-Interface
in accordance with AS-i Specification V3.0
For setting the AS-i address of standard slaves, and slaves with extended addressing mode
(A/B slaves)
With input/output test function and many other commissioning functions
Battery operation with 4 batteries type AA (IEC LR6, NEDA 15)
Scope of supply:
- Addressing unit with 4 batteries
- Addressing cable, with M12 plug to addressing plug
(hollow plug), length 1.5m
3RK1904-2AB02
3RK1904-2AB02
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/93
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
SIRIUS 3RA6 compact starters > Infeed system for 3RA6
Overview
In addition, the integrated PE bar means it is optionally possible
to connect the motor cable directly to the infeed system without
additional intermediate terminals. The infeed system for 3RA6
compact starters is designed for summation currents up to
100 A with a maximum 70 mm conductor cross-section on the
feeder terminal block.
The infeed system for 3RA6 compact starters enables far less
wiring in the main circuit and, thanks to the easy exchangeability
of the compact starters, reduces the usual downtimes for maintenance work during the plant's operating phase.
The infeed system provides the possibility of completely prewiring the main circuit without a compact starter needing to be connected at the same time. As the result of the removable terminals
in the main circuit, compact starters can be integrated in an
infeed system in an easy manner (without the use of tools).
The infeed system can be mounted on a standard mounting rail

or flat surfaces.
11
8
NSB0_01878
12
10
Feeder terminal
PE pick-off
Three-socket expansion module
Connecting wedges
Two-socket expansion module
End cover
Expansion plug
10 45 mm adapter for SIRIUS motor starter protector size S0
PE infeed
11 3RA61 direct-on-line starter
PE expansion plug
12 3RA62 reversing starter
Infeed system for 3RA6 compact starters
4/94
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
$ Infeed
- End covers
The 3-phase infeed is available with screw connection

(25/35 mm2 up to 63 A or 50/70 mm2 up to 100 A) and springtype connection (25/35 mm2 up to 63 A).
On the last expansion module of a row, the socket provided for

the expansion plug can be covered by inserting the end cover.
The infeed with spring-typed terminal can be fitted on the left as

well on as the right to an expansion module.
. 45 mm adapters for SIRIUS 3RV1, 3RV2 motor starter

protectors
The infeed with screw terminal is supplied only with a 3-socket

expansion module and permanently fitted on the left side.
SIRIUS 3RV1 and 3RV2 motor starter protectors size S0 with screw
connection can be fitted to the adapter, enabling them to be
plugged into the infeed system.
The infeeds with screw connection enable connection of the

main conductors (L1, L2, L3) either from above or from below.
IP20 terminal covers for increasing finger-safety
The infeed with screw connection is supplied complete with

1 end cover, the infeed with spring-load connection complete
with 2 end covers.
% Three-socket expansion modules

The expansion module with 3 sockets for compact starters is
available with screw connection and with spring-type connection.
Expansion modules enable the infeed system to be expanded
and can be fitted to each other in any number.
Two expansion modules are held together with the help of 2 connecting wedges and 1 expansion plug. These assembly parts
are included in the scope of supply of the respective expansion
module.
When the infeed system for 3RA6 is used, the compact starters
(plug-in modules) are easily assembled and disassembled even
when live.
Universally configured terminal covers are available for the

3-phase infeeds with screw connection 25/35 mm2 and
50/70 mm2:
3RA68 80-2AB terminal covers for infeeds
with screw connection 25/35 mm2 (3RA6812-8AB/AC)
3RA68 80-3AB terminal covers for infeeds
with screw connection 50/70 mm2 (3RA6813-8AB/AC)
The terminal covers can be used in two ways on the infeed
terminals of the infeeds with screw connection 25/35 mm and
50/70 mm (see illustration):
If the terminals are connected, the cables are also covered:
- by approx. 14 mm with the 3RA6880-2AB
- by approx. 18 mm with the 3RA6880-3AB
On clamping points without connected cables, the covers can
be turned once and then pushed over the clamping points for
finger-safe covering of the metal parts.
Optional possibilities:
PE connection on motor outgoing side
Outfeed for external auxiliary devices
Connection to 3RV29 infeed system
Integration of SIRIUS 3RV1 and 3RV2 motor starter protectors
size S0 up to 25 A (using 3RA6890-0BA adapter)
& Two-socket expansion modules

If only 2 instead of 3 additional sockets are required, then the 2
-socket expansion module is the right choice. It has the same
functionality as the 3-socket expansion module.
( Expansion plug
Two expansion modules can be connected together using the
expansion plug. Flexible expansion of the infeed system is thus
possible.
) PE infeeds
This module enables a PE cable to be connected.
The PE infeed can be ordered with screw connection and
spring-type connection (35 mm2) and can be fitted on the right
or left to the expansion block.
* PE expansion plug
The PE expansion plug is inserted from below and enables two
PE bars to be connected.
+ PE pick-off
The PE pick-off is available with screw connection and springtype connection (6/10 mm2). It is snapped into the infeed system
from below.
, Connecting wedges
Use of the 3RA6880-2AB terminal cover on the infeed with screw connection 25/35 mm (3RA6812-8AB/AC). The upper cover increases the
finger-safety for the connected conductors. The identical lower cover is
turned for use and prevents touching of the voltage-carrying metal parts
of the feeder terminal. For better recognition, the covers are shown as
transparent in this illustration and not in their original color.
Terminal blocks
Using the terminal block the 3 phases can be fed out of the
system; this means that single-phase, two-phase and threephase components can also be integrated in the system.
After the end cover is pulled out, the terminal block can be
plugged onto an expansion module.
Expansion plug for SIRIUS 3RV29 infeed systems
After the end cover is pulled out, the expansion plug for the
SIRIUS 3RV29 infeed system can be plugged onto an expansion
module. It connects the infeed system for 3RA6 compact starters with the SIRIUS 3RV29 infeed system.
Two connecting wedges are used to hold together 2 expansion

modules.
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/95
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
Maximum rated operational current
Proposal for upstream short-circuit protection devices
The following maximum rated operational currents apply for the

components of the infeed system for 3RA6:
The following short-circuit data apply for the components of the

infeed system for 3RA6 compact starters.
Component
Conductor
crosssection
Maximum
rated operational current
A
Inscriptions
Proposal for
upstream short-circuit
protection device
Infeed with screw connection 50/70 mm
100
mm
Infeed with screw connection 25/35 mm
63
Infeed with spring-type connection 25/35 mm
63
Short-circuit protection for infeed block (25/35 mm)

with screw connection
Expansion plug
63
2.5 ... 35
With side-by-side mounting of several expansion modules,

the maximum rated operational current from the second expansion module to the end of the row is 63 A.
Id, max = 19 kA, It = 440 kAs
3RV1041-4JA10
Short-circuit protection for infeed block (50/70 mm)

with screw connection
2.5 ... 70
Id, max = approx. 22 kA
3RV1041-4MA10
Short-circuit protection for infeed block

with spring-type connection
4
Id, max = 9.5 kA, It = 85 kAs
3RV1021-4DA10
Id, max = 12.5 kA, It = 140 kAs
3RV1031-4EA10
10
3RV1031-4HA10
16/25
3RV1041-4JA10
Short-circuit protection for terminal block

1.5
Id, max = 7.5 kA
5SY...
2.5
Id, max = 9.5 kA
1)
Id, max = 9.5 kA
Id, max = 12.5 kA
1)
4/96
Siemens IK PI 2015
To prevent the possibility of short circuits, the cables

on the terminal block must be installed so that they are short-circuit proof
according to EN 60439-1 Section 7.5.5.1.2.
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves

Version
Article No.
Three-phase infeeds and expansion modules

Infeeds with screw connection 25/35 mm2 left
Screw terminals
Infeeds with screw connection at line side with a permanently fitted

3-socket expansion module with screw or spring-type terminals on the outgoing side
and integrated PE bar
Expansion module with 3 sockets for 3 direct-on-line starters or
1 direct-on-line starter and 1 reversing starter
3RA6812-8AB
Screw terminals on the outgoing side
3RA6812-8AB
Spring-type terminals on the outgoing side
3RA6812-8AC
4
3RA6812-8AC
Infeeds with screw connection 50/70 mm2 left
Screw terminals
Infeeds with screw connection at line side with a permanently fitted

3-socket expansion module with screw or spring-type terminals on the outgoing side
Expansion module with 3 sockets for 3 direct-on-line starters or
1 direct-on-line starter and 1 reversing starter,
suitable for UL operation according to UL 508 Type E
3RA6813-8AB
Screw terminals on the outgoing side
3RA6813-8AB
Spring-type terminals on the outgoing side
3RA6813-8AC
Infeeds with spring-type connection 25/35 mm2 left or right
Up to 63 A
3RA6830-5AC
3RA6813-8AC
3RA6830-5AC
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/97
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves

Version
Article No.
Expansion modules
Two-socket expansion modules
with screw or spring-type connection
with 2 sockets for 2 direct-on-line starters or
1 reversing starter
Expansion plug and 2 connecting wedges
are included in the scope of supply.
Screw terminals
3RA6822-0AB
Screw terminals
3RA6822-0AB
3RA6822-0AC
3RA6822-0AC
Three-socket expansion modules
with screw or spring-type connection
with 3 sockets for 3 direct-on-line starters or 1 direct-on-line starter and 1 reversing starter
Expansion plug and 2 connecting wedges
are included in the scope of supply.
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
3RA6823-0AB
3RA6823-0AC
4/98
3RA6823-0AB
Siemens IK PI 2015
3RA6823-0AC
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves

Version
Article No.
Accessories for infeed systems for 3RA6

PE infeeds 25/35 mm2
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
3RA6860-6AB
3RA6860-6AB
3RA6860-5AC
3RA6860-5AC
PE pick-offs 6/10 mm2
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
3RA6870-4AB
3RA6870-4AB
3RA6870-3AC
3RA6870-3AC
Expansion plugs
PE expansion plug
3RA6890-0EA
Expansion plug
between 2 expansion modules
3RA6890-1AB
3RA6890-0EA
Is included in the scope of supply of the expansion modules.
3RA6890-1AB
Expansion plug for SIRIUS 3RV29 infeed system
Connects infeed system for 3RA6 to
3RV29 infeed system
3RA6890-1AA
3RA6890-1AA
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/99
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves

Version
Article No.
Accessories for infeed systems for 3RA6 (Continued)

45 mm adapters
Screw terminals
For SIRIUS size S0 3RV1 and 3RV2 motor starter protectors up to 25 A

Screw terminals
(conductor cross-section AWG 10)
3RA6890-0BA
3RA6890-0BA
Terminal covers for infeeds with screw connection
IP 20 terminal covers for infeeds with screw connection 25/35 mm (3RA68 12-8AB/AC)
(2 units per pack)
3RA6880-2AB
IP 20 terminal covers for infeeds with screw connection 50/70 mm (3RA68 13-8AB/AC)
(2 units per pack)
3RA6880-3AB
Terminal blocks
3RA6880-2AB
3RA6880-3AB
For integration of single-phase, 2-phase and 3-phase external components
3RV2917-5D
3RV2917-5D

Screwdrivers

Length approx. 200 mm,
3.0 mm x 0.5 mm,
partially insulated
3RA2908-1A
4/100
Siemens IK PI 2015
3RA2908-1A
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
SIRIUS M200D motor starters > General data
Overview
Benefits
SIRIUS M200D AS-i Basic motor starters with manual local operation
The intelligent, highly flexible SIRIUS M200D motor starters for

distributed configurations are designed to start, monitor and
protect motors and loads up to 5.5 kW.
The M200D motor starters are available in four versions:
M200D
AS-i Basic
M200D
AS-i Standard
M200D
PROFIBUS
M200D
PROFINET
PROFIBUS
PROFINET
Motor control with

AS-i communication
Mechanical or electronic switching
Electronic switching with soft starter functionality

--
Function available
Basic functionality
All M200D motor starter versions have the following functions:
Available as direct-on-line and reversing starters in a rugged
design
Electromechanical or electronic switching version
Little variance only 2 device versions up to 5.5 kW thanks to
wide range setting
All versions have the same enclosure dimensions
Quick and fail-safe wiring of system and motor cables using
ISO 23570 plug-in connector technology (Q4/2 and Q8/0)
Robust and widely used M12 connection method for digital
inputs and outputs
Integrated feeder connector monitoring
Full motor protection through overload protection and a
temperature sensor (PTC, TC)
Short-circuit and overload protection integrated
Integrated repair switch lockable with 3 locks
(multi-level service)
Uniform wiring to the G110D/G120D frequency inverters and
to the ET200pro distributed peripherals system
Extensive diagnostics concept using LEDs
Optional integrated manual local control with key-operated
switch (ordering option)
Optionally available brake actuation with voltages from
180 V DC (no rectifier needed in motor) or 230/400 V AC
(order versions)
M200D motor starters provide the following advantages for

customers:
High plant availability through plug-in capability of the main
circuit, communication and IOs relevant for installing and
replacing devices
Cabinet-free construction and near-motor installation thanks
to the high degree of protection IP65
The motor starters record the actual current flow for the
parameterizable electronic motor overload protection.
Reliable messages concerning the overshooting or undershooting of setpoint values for comprehensive motor protection. All motor protection functions can be defined by simple
parameterization
Low stock levels and low order costs through a wide setting
range for the current or a wide setting range for the electronic
motor protection of 1:10 (only 2 device versions up to 5.5 kW)
The integrated wide range for the current enables a single
device to cover numerous standard motors of different sizes
Comprehensive offering of accessories, including ready-assembled cables
The M200D motor starters can be installed with a few manual
steps The integrated plug-in technology enables far lower
wiring outlay:
preassembled cables can be plugged directly onto the motor
starter module
Easy and user-friendly installation because all versions have
the same enclosure dimensions
Fast and user-friendly commissioning using optional manual
local control
Increase of process speed through integrated functions such
as "Quick Stop" and "Disable Quick Stop", e.g. at points and
crossings
Optional manual local control with momentary-contact and
latching operation for easier start-up and easier servicing
Application
The high degree of protection IP65 makes the M200D motor
starters suitable in particular for use on extensive conveying
systems such as are found in mail sorting centers, airports,
automotive factories and the packing industry.
For simple operating mechanism tasks, particularly in conveyor
applications, the new SINAMICS G110D frequency inverter
series with a performance range from 0.75 kW to 7.5 kW and
degree of protection IP65 is the ideal partner for the M200D
motor starters.
The SINAMICS G110D frequency inverters permit stepless
speed control of three-phase asynchronous motors and meet
the requirements of conveyor applications with frequency
control (for more information see catalog D 31).
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/101
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
SIRIUS M200D motor starters > M200D motor starters for AS-Interface
Overview
For motor control using AS-Interface there are the following
M200D motor starter versions: SIRIUS M200D AS-i Basic and
SIRIUS M200D AS-i Standard (basic functionality
see page 4/101 "SIRIUS M200D Motor Starters"
"General Data" "Overview").
SIRIUS M200D AS-i Basic
Functionality
Easy and fast on-site start-up through parameterization of local setting knobs (DIP switches) and rotary coding switches
for adjusting the rated operational current. The rotary coding
switch has an OFF position for deactivating the overload protection with the help of the thermal motor model when using a
temperature sensor.
Communications
AS-i communication with A/B addressing according to
Spec V2.1
The AS-i bus is connected cost-effectively using an M12 connection on the device. Of the 4 digital inputs, 2 are contained
in the process image and can therefore be used in the PLC
program. The other 2 inputs are locally effective and permanently assigned with functions.
The LEDs can provide comprehensive diagnostics of the
device on the spot. In addition to diagnostics using the PAE
process image, the device can create up to 15 different diagnostic signals per slave. The message with the highest priority
can be read out through the AS-i communication. This is yet
another new development which distinguishes the M200D
AS-i Basic motor starter from the rest of the market and adds
innovative technology, maximum availability and transparency
to the system.
SIRIUS M200D AS-i Standard
The intelligent, highly flexible M200D AS-i Standard motor
starters in A/B technology are designed to start and protect
motors and loads up to 5.5 kW. They are available in direct-online or reversing starter versions, in a mechanical version and
also an electronic version (the latter with soft start function).

The M200D motor starters can be installed with a few manual
steps. The integrated plug-in technology enables far lower wiring outlay. Connecting cables can be plugged directly onto the
motor starter module. Swapping of the connecting wires and
malfunctions within the plant are prevented by preassembled
cables. The AS-i bus is connected cost-effectively using an M12
connection on the device. All versions have identical enclosure
dimensions for easier system design and conversion.
The particularly robust M200D AS-i Standard motor starter is
characterized by numerous functions which can be flexibly
parameterized. It enables highly flexible parameterization
through the AS-i bus using data records from the user program
as well as user-friendly local parameterization using the Motor
Starter ES start-up software through the local point-to-point
interface.
Functions can be flexibly assigned to the digital inputs and
outputs, adapting them to all possible conveyor applications.
defined by parameterization. The AS-i Standard is unique. In its
6I/4O process image the motor starter sends all 4 digital inputs
and the digital output via the process image to the PLC in cyclic
mode. System configuration and system documentation are
facilitated not least by a number of CAX data.
Operation
The new motor starter generation is characterized by high functionality, maximum flexibility and the highest level of automation.
All digital inputs and outputs exist in the cyclic process image.
All limit values for monitoring functions and their reactions are
parameterizable and therefore adaptable to the application.
The motor starters record the actual current flow. Evaluating the
current of the parameterizable solid-state overload protection
increases the availability of the drives, as do reliable messages
concerning the overshooting or undershooting of setpoint
values.
The M200D AS-i Standard motor starter is the most functional

member of the SIRIUS motor starter family in the high degree of
protection IP65 for AS-i communication. Consistency with other
products of the SIRIUS M200D motor starter range and with the
frequency converter and ET200pro peripherals system is
assured.
Diagnostics and maintenance
Functionality
AS-i communication with A/B addressing according to
Spec 3.0
AS-i slave profile 7AE/7A5 with process image 6I/4O
cyclic process image and are visible through AS-i, providing
maximum flexibility and best adaptability to the application.
Additionally expanded diagnostics using data record through
AS-i bus
Parameterization through AS-i bus with the help of data records or an expanded process image from the user program
the user program
Parameterization using Motor Starter ES at the local interface
Diagnostics with the help of Motor Starter ES (ordering option
for start-up software)
The AS-i Standard is recommended in particular for expansive

and highly automated system components because the possibility of monitoring devices and systems with data records
(statistical data, measured values and device diagnostics)
provides an in-depth view of the plant from the control room,
guaranteeing the monitoring process and increasing plant
availability.
4/102
Siemens IK PI 2015
The M200D sets new standards for diagnostics. In addition to

diagnostics using the PAE process image and diagnostics by
"parameter echo" (up to 15 different diagnostic signals per slave
can be read out via AS-i communication), the possibility of
reading out diagnostic data records is unique on the market.
The integrated maintenance timer can be used to implement

preventative maintenance and avoid plant downtimes through
look-ahead servicing.
Local control of a drive is possible using the ordering option with
integrated manual operation. This is yet another new development which distinguishes the M200D AS-i Standard motor starter
from the rest of the market and adds innovative technology,
maximum availability and transparency to the plant.
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
SIRIUS M200D
SIRIUS M200D
AS-i Basic
AS-i Standard

Slave on the bus
Fieldbus
AS-i
Slave type
A/B acc. to Spec 2.1
Profile
7.A.E
7.A.E & 7.A.5
Number of assigned AS-i addresses on the bus
Number of stations per AS-i master
Max. 62 devices
Max. 31 devices
AS-i master profile
M3 and higher
M4 and higher
Parameterization
DIP switches
--
Potentiometer for rated operational current
--
Motor Starter ES
--
Data records through AS-i
--
Diagnostics
Diagnostics through parameter channel
--
Expanded process image PAE 4 bytes
--
4I/3O
6I/4O
Process image
Process image
Data channels
AS-i bus
Motor Starter ES via local interface
--
Motor Starter ES via bus
--
Data records1) (acyclic)

Parameterization
--
Diagnostics
--
Measured values
--
Statistics
--
Commands
--
Inputs
Number
2 through AS-i
4 through AS-i
Input action
Permanently assigned functions, see manual
Parameterizable: flexible
Quick stop
Permanent function: latching, edge-triggered
Parameterizable function: latching

(edge-triggered), non-latching (level-triggered)
Outputs
Number
Output action
Permanent function: assigned with group fault
Parameterizable: For function, see manual
Brake output
180 V DC / 230/400 V AC / none
Motor protection
Overload protection
Temperature sensor
Parameterizable using DIP switches:

PTC or Thermoclick or deactivated
Parameterizable using Motor Starter ES, data

record: PTC or Thermoclick or deactivated
Function available
1)
The data records are a reduced selection compared with

PROFIBUS/PROFINET.
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/103
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
SIRIUS M200D
SIRIUS M200D
AS-i Basic
AS-i Standard

Device function
Repair switch
--
Parameterizable
--
Parameterizable
Permanent function: disconnection, less than

18.75% of the rated operational current Ie
Parameterizable
Blocking current
Permanent function:
Parameterizable
starting up of the motor: tripping limit up to
800% of the rated operational current Ie for 10 s
Active operation:
Threshold for tripping "blocking current" up to
400% of the rated operational current Ie
Unbalance
Permanent function: up to 30 % of the rated

operational current Ie (only mechanical MS)
Parameterizable
Load type
Permanent function: 3-phase
Tripping class
Parameterizable using DIP switches:

CLASS 10/deactivated
Soft start function
--
Bypass function
--
Parameterizable using Motor Starter ES,

data record: CLASS 5, 10, 15, 20
Function available
Application
The M200D AS-i standard is particularly suitable for highly
automated applications in conveyor systems, which require that
devices and systems be monitored to prevent or limit plant
downtime. The option of planning the functions of the motor
starter or its interfaces also makes fine-adjustment to the
function of the motor starter in the application possible and
hence provides for extreme flexibility.
4/104
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
SIRIUS M200D motor starters > M200D motor starters for AS-Interface Basic
M200D AS-i Basic without manual local control
M200D AS-i Basic with manual local control
Version
Article No.
Version
Article No.
3RK1315-6 7 S41- 7 AA 7
Electronic starters
(with thyristors)
3RK1315-6 7 S71- 7 AA 7

current / A

current / A
0.15 ... 2
0.15 ... 2
1.5 ... 12
1.5 ... 9
reversing starters
reversing starters
Reversing starters
Reversing starters
Direct-on-line
starters with manual local operation
Direct-on-line
Reversing starters
Reversing starters
Brake actuation
Brake actuation
Brake actuation
(230/400 V AC)
Brake actuation
(230/400 V AC)
Brake actuation
(180 V DC)
Brake actuation
(180 V DC)
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/105
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
SIRIUS M200D motor starters > M200D motor starters for AS-Interface Standard
M200D AS-i Standard without manual local control
M200D AS-i Standard with manual local control
Version
Article No.
Version
Article No.
3RK1325-6 7 S41- 7 AA 7
Electronic starters
(with thyristors)
3RK1325-6 7 S71- 7 AA 7

current / A

current / A
0.15 ... 2
0.15 ... 2
1.5 ... 12
1.5 ... 12
reversing starters
reversing starters
Reversing starters
Reversing starters
Direct-on-line
Direct-on-line
Reversing starters
Reversing starters
Brake actuation
Brake actuation
Brake actuation
(230/400 V AC)
Brake actuation
(230/400 V AC)
Brake actuation
(180 V DC)
Brake actuation
(180 V DC)
4/106
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
SIRIUS M200D motor starters > Accessories
Overview
NSA0_00484
NSA0_00485a
10
4
5
3
Power feeder plug
Connection for motor control with AS-i communication
Power connection plug
AS-Interface M12 feeder
Incoming energy supply cable
Motor connection plug
Motor plug
Motor cable
Power and motor connection on the M200D motor starter

(in this example: M200D for AS-i)

(IO communication, 4 or 5-pole)
Communication connection using AS-Interface and

Siemens IK PI 2015
4/107
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves

The accessories listed below represent a basic selection
sorted by:
Accessories for all M200D motor starters
Accessories for M200D motor starters for AS-interface
Note:
More connection technology products,
see "Siemens Solution Partners Automation" under
"Distributed Field Installation System" technology.
Version
Article No.
M200D protective brackets
3RK1911-3BA00
$ Power feeder plugs

Connector set for power supply, e.g. for connecting to T terminal connectors, comprising
a coupling enclosure, straight outgoing feeder (with bracket), pin insert for HAN Q4/2,
incl. gland
5 male contacts 2.5 mm2
5 male contacts 4 mm2
5 male contacts 6 mm2
3RK1911-2BS60
3RK1911-2BS20
3RK1911-2BS40
Mountable accessories
Incoming power supply
% Power connection plugs

Connector set for power supply for connection to M200D motor starters, comprising a
cable-end connector hood, angular outgoing feeder, female insert for HAN Q4/2,
incl. gland
5 female contacts 2.5 mm2
5 female contacts 4 mm2
5 female contacts 6 mm2
3RK1911-2BE50
3RK1911-2BE10
3RK1911-2BE30
% +? & Power connection cable

Assembled at one end with "N" and jumper pin 11 and 12 for plug monitoring,
with HAN Q4/2, angular; open at one end; 5 x 4 mm2
Length 1.5 m
3RK1911-0DC13
Length 5.0 m
3RK1911-0DC33
( Motor connection plugs

Connector set for motor cable for connection to M200D motor starters, comprising
a cable-end connector hood, angular outgoing feeder, pin insert for HAN Q8/0, incl. gland
3RK1902-0CE00
3RK1902-0CC00
) Motor plugs
Connector set for motor cable for connection to motors, comprising a cable-end connector
hood, straight outgoing feeder, female insert for HAN 10e, incl. star jumper, incl. gland
3RK1911-2BM21
3RK1911-2BM22
Motor cable
( +? * Motor cables, assembled at one end

For connection to M200D motor starter, HAN Q8/0, angular, length 5 m
4/108
Motor cables for motor without brake, 4 x 1.5 mm2
3RK1911-0EB31
Motor cables for motor without brake with thermistor, 6 x 1.5 mm2
3RK1911-0EF31
Motor cable for motor with brake actuation, braking voltage 400 V AC or 180 V DC,
6 x 1.5 mm2
3RK1911-0ED31
Motor cable for motor with brake actuation, braking voltage 400 V AC or 180 V DC and
thermistor, 8 x 1.5 mm2
3RK1911-0EG31
Motor cable for motor with brake actuation, braking voltage 230 V AC, 6 x 1.5 mm2
3RK1911-0EH31
Motor cable for motor with brake actuation, braking voltage 230 V AC and thermistor,
8 x 1.5 mm2
3RK1911-0EE31
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves

Version
Article No.
Motor control with IO communication

M12 plugs, straight
A-coded, max. 4 A
3RK1902-4BA00-5AA0
. M12 plugs, angular

A-coded, max. 4 A
3RK1902-4DA00-5AA0
3RK1902-4BA00-5AA0
3RK1902-4DA00-5AA0
3RK1902-4H...-5AA0
3RK1902-4PB15-3AA0
-,?. Control cables, assembled at one end

M12 plugs, angular, screw fixing, 5-pole, 5 x 0.34 mm2,
A-coded, black PUR sheath, max. 4 A
Cable length 1.5 m
Cable length 5 m
Cable length 10 m
3RK1902-4HB15-5AA0
3RK1902-4HB50-5AA0
3RK1902-4HC01-5AA0
Control cable, assembled at both ends

Straight M12 plug, straight M12 socket, screw fixing, 3-pole, 3 x 0.34 mm2,
Cable length 1.5 m
3RK1902-4PB15-3AA0
Further accessories
Handheld devices
For M200D motor starters (including ET 200pro, ET 200S High-Feature and ECOFAST),
for local operation.
3RK1922-2BP00 serial interface cable must be ordered separately.
3RK1922-3BA00
RS 232 interface cablel

for serial data link
3RK1922-2BP00
USB interface cables, length 2.5 m
6SL3555-0PA00-2AA0
M12 sealing caps

For sealing unused input or output sockets not for M12 AS-i connection
(one set contains 10 sealing caps)
3RK1901-1KA00
Crimping tools for pins/sockets 4 mm2 and 6 mm2
3RK1902-0CW00
Dismantling tool for HAN Q4/2
3RK1902-0AB00
Dismantling tool for male and female contacts

(HAN Q8/0)
3RK1902-0AJ00
3RK1922-3BA00
3RK1902-0CW00
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/109
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves

Version
Article No.
Only for M200D motor starters for AS-interface

Motor control with AS-i communication
+ Control cables, assembled at one end
M12 socket, angular, screw fixing, 4-pole, 4 x 0.34 mm2,
Cable length 5 m
3RK1902-4GB50-4AA0
+ M12 socket, angular,

screw fixing, 4-pole screw terminal, max. 0.75 mm2,
A-coded, max. 4 A
3RK1902-4CA00-4AA0
3RK1902-4GB50-4AA0
3RK1902-4CA00-4AA0
, AS-Interface M12 feeder
3RK1901-1NR21
For
flat cable
For
Cable length
Cable end in feeder
AS-i/Uaux
M12
socket
--
Not available
3RK1901-1NR20
AS-i/Uaux
M12
cable box
1m
Not available
3RK1901-1NR21
AS-i/Uaux
M12
cable box
2m
Not available
3RK1901-1NR22
Cable terminating pieces

For sealing of open cable ends (shaped AS-Interface cable) in IP67
3RK1901-1MN00

For setting the AS-i address of standard slaves, and slaves with extended addressing
mode (A/B slaves)
Scope of supply:
- Addressing cable, with M12 plug to addressing plug
(hollow plug), length 1.5 m
3RK1904-2AB02
M12 addressing cables to M12
3RK1902-4PB15-3AA0
3RK1901-1MN00
Further accessories
3RK1904-2AB02
3RK1902-4PB15-3AA0
4/110
Standard M12 cable for addressing slaves with M12 connection,

e.g. K60R modules
When using the current version of the 3RK1904-2AB01 addressing unit
1.5 m
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
SIRIUS MCU motor starters for AS-Interface > General data
Overview
3RK4320-3.R51-.BA0
3RK4320-3.Q54-.BA.
Portfolio of the SIRIUS 3RK43 MCU motor starter family

The SIRIUS MCU motor starter family (MCU = Motor Control
Unit) rounds off the bottom end of the SIRIUS motor starter
range.
This series of motor starters in a high degree of protection is a
system solution for the cabinet-free controlling of AC loads in the
field.
The MCU product range extends from I/O-controlled motor
starters addressing a central sub-distribution board via
I/O stations in a plastic enclosure for simple applications to
motor starters with AS-i communication in a rugged metal
enclosure for demanding tasks.
(For complete range, see Catalog IC 10 Motor Starters for Use
in the Field, High Degree of Protection)
The MCU motor starters are completely pre-wired inside, have a
high degree of protection and are designed for switching and
protecting any AC loads. They are mostly used on standard
three-phase motors in direct or reversing duty up to 5.5 kW at
400/500 V AC (electromechanical switching) and 400/460 V AC
(electronic switching).
The motor and short-circuit protection integrated in the MCUs
consists either of an electromechanical controlgear assembly or
solid-state overload protection and a motor starter protector unit
for short-circuit protection.
MCUs with metal enclosure are designed for the switching of
three-phase motors. Integrated control of the electrically operated motor brake with a braking voltage of 230 V AC or 400 V AC
is a standard feature. The braking voltage is routed to the motor
over the motor cable.
SIRIUS MCU motor starters have the following main features:
Direct-on-line or reversing starters
Up to 5.5 kW
High degree of protection, namely IP55 on MCU motor starters
in a plastic enclosure and IP54 on motor starters in a metal enclosure, enables distributed configurations in the field and
saves space in the control cabinet
Electromechanical or electronic switching
Easy and user-friendly control and monitoring through
AS-Interface bus communication
Controlled stopping through 230 V AC brake control or 400 V
AC for motor brake
Integrated lockable repair switch
Comprehensive motor protection thanks to integrated overload and short-circuit protection with SIRIUS 3RV motor starter
protectors or integrated solid-state overload relays (solid-state
starters)
Overload protection with thermal release (bimetal) or solidstate overload relay with wide range setting
Power and load connection by means of an M screw
Main power loop possible (daisy chain; max. 2 x 6 mm2)
3RK4320-5.Q64-.BA.
Robust and widely used M12 connection method for digital

inputs and outputs to connect I/O stations and the AS-i bus
connection increase flexibility and prevent errors in the system
configuration.
The LEDs (for AS-i bus connection) can provide comprehensive diagnostics of the device on the spot.
Simple mounting for AS-i and external auxiliary voltage
(24 V DC) over an M12 connection
Manual operation: An integrated key-operated switch "MAN-0AUTO" and a selector button for switching on, switching off
and changing the direction of rotation for control purposes
during commissioning or maintenance
MCU motor starters with AS-i bus connection
in a plastic enclosure
This motor starter version offers an economical solution for
controlling and monitoring conveyor belts, pumps, fans or compressors.
On this MCU the control commands and the status queries are
sent over the AS-i bus. The yellow cable (bus) and the black
AS-i cable for 24 V DC AUX are connected through an M12 plug.
The transparent enclosure top permits monitoring of the status
LEDs. These MCUs come completely pre-wired inside.
MCU motor starters with AS-i bus connection
in a metal enclosure for electromechanical or electronic
switching
These MCUs with their rugged metal enclosure in degree of protection IP54 are ideal in particular for controlling and monitoring
three-phase motors in harsh ambient conditions such as are
often found in conveyor systems.
A special feature of this version is the manual local operation of
the motor starter.
The key-operated switch "MAN-0-AUTO" for selecting Manual,
0 or Automatic mode prevents unauthorized changes of operating mode. In automatic mode the MCU is controlled through the
AS-i bus.
In manual mode a selector button is used for switching on,
switching off and changing the direction of rotation.
The status/diagnostics LEDs fitted to the cover indicate the
current operating state of the motor starter.
Unlike the electromechanical starter, the electronic motor starter
has wear-free solid-state switching devices which guarantee a
high switching frequency.
Another highlight of the electronic switching version is the solidstate overload relay for motor protection, which has a wide
setting range for the motor current.
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/111
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
SIRIUS MCU motor starters for AS-Interface > General data
3RK4320-3.R51-.BA0
Type
3RK4320-3.Q54-.BA.
3RK4320-5.Q64-.BA.
SIRIUS MCU motor starters for AS-Interface

Plastic enclosure
Metal enclosure
Metal enclosure
Electromechanical
switching
Electromechanical
switching
Electronic
switching
Device functions (software features)

Slave on the bus
Fieldbus
AS-i
Bus connection
M12
Slave type
AS-i Spec 2.0
AS-i Slave Profile IO.ID.ID2
3.0.F
7.A.E
Number of assigned
AS-i addresses on the bus
Number of stations
Max. 31 devices
Max. 62 devices
2I/2O
4I/3O
Diagnostics
LED
Process image
Process image
Data channels
Manual local operation
--
Inputs
Number
DI1
DI2 / DI3
Connection
Screw terminal, internal
M12 - A coded
Input signal
Switching contact or 2-wire

Bero
Switching contact or
2/3-wire Bero
Input level
AS-i +
Number
1 on the direct-on-line starter

0 on the reversing starter
DO1
DO2
Connection
Screw terminal, internal
M12 - A coded
Output level
Relay contact, floating
AUX-PWR+ (24 V DC)
Overload protection
Thermal
overload release
Auto RESET
--
Temperature sensor
--
Outputs
Motor protection
TC (Thermoclick)
Device function
Response when
repair switch is tripped
Plug monitoring
--
Function available
-- Function not available.
4/112
Siemens IK PI 2015
Signal through AS-i

Possible (with plug option)
Electronic
overload releases
Wide range
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
MCU motor starters for AS-Interface > Plastic enclosure, electromechanical switching
Overview
MCU for AS-i, plastic enclosure
Direct-on-line or reversing starters up to 12 A at 400 V AC
(50/60 Hz)
Repair switches (black/gray)
lockable with padlocks (max. 3 units)
Integrated overload and short-circuit protection with
SIRIUS 3RV motor starter protectors/circuit breakers Class 10
with short-circuit breaking capacity Icu = 50 kA at 400 V AC
Overload protection with thermal release (bimetal)
Transparent plastic enclosure with LED status displays for
monitoring the AS-i status
Cable connections by means of M screws
AS-Interface through M12 plug-in terminal
4 x M20 glands enclosed
Communication: AS-Interface 2I/2O (standard slaves)
3
NSB0_02039
4
5
1 Main control switch / repair switch

2 Load outgoing feeder through M screw
3 Main incoming power supply through M screw (max. 6 mm2)
4 Main power loop possible (daisy chain)
5 AS-i communication / Uaux (24 V DC) through M12 plug
(position of outgoing units as example outgoing units
are possible on all sides)
MCU for AS-i, plastic enclosure

Rated current
Ie
Suitable for
three-phase motors1) with P
Setting range
Thermal overload release
kW
0.63
0.18
0.45 ... 0.63
3RK4320-3AR51-0BA0
0.8
0.18
0.55 ... 0.8
3RK4320-3BR51-0BA0
3RK4320-3CR51-0BA0
Article No.
0.25
0.7 ... 1
1.25
0.37
0.9 ... 1.25
3RK4320-3DR51-0BA0
1.6
0.55
1.1 ... 1.6
3RK4320-3ER51-0BA0
0.75
1.4 ... 2
3RK4320-3FR51-0BA0
2.5
0.75
1.8 ... 2.5
3RK4320-3GR51-0BA0
3.2
1.10
2.2 ... 3.2
3RK4320-3HR51-0BA0
1.50
2.8 ... 4
3RK4320-3JR51-0BA0
1.50
3.5 ... 5
3RK4320-3KR51-0BA0
3RK4320-3LR51-0BA0
6.3
2.20
4.5 ... 6.3
3.00
5.5 ... 8
3RK4320-3MR51-0BA0
10
4.00
7 ... 10
3RK4320-3NR51-0BA0
12.5
5.50
9 ... 12.5
3RK4320-3PR51-0BA0
0.63
Reversing starters
Reversing duty
0.18
0.45 ... 0.63
3RK4320-3AR51-1BA0
0.8
0.18
0.55 ... 0.8
3RK4320-3BR51-1BA0
0.25
0.7 ... 1
3RK4320-3CR51-1BA0
1.25
0.37
0.9 ... 1.25
3RK4320-3DR51-1BA0
1.6
0.55
1.1 ... 1.6
3RK4320-3ER51-1BA0
0.75
1.4 ... 2
3RK4320-3FR51-1BA0
2.5
0.75
1.8 ... 2.5
3RK4320-3GR51-1BA0
3.2
1.10
2.2 ... 3.2
3RK4320-3HR51-1BA0
3RK4320-3JR51-1BA0
1)
1.50
2.8 ... 4
1.50
3.5 ... 5
3RK4320-3KR51-1BA0
6.3
2.20
4.5 ... 6.3
3RK4320-3LR51-1BA0
3.00
5.5 ... 8
3RK4320-3MR51-1BA0
10
4.00
7 ... 10
3RK4320-3NR51-1BA0
12.5
5.50
9 ... 12.5
3RK4320-3PR51-1BA0

The actual starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered when selecting the units.
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/113
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
SIRIUS MCU motor starters for AS-Interface > Metal enclosure, electromechanical switching
Overview
4/114
Siemens IK PI 2015
1
5
6
3
2
nsb0_02040
MCU for AS-i, metal enclosure, electromechanical

Direct-on-line or reversing starters up to 12 A
Short-circuit protection with SIRIUS 3RV motor starter
protectors/circuit breakers CLASS 10 with short-circuit
breaking capacity Icu = 50 kA at AC 400 V
Overload protection with thermal release (bimetal)
Manual operation and key-operated switch for operating
mode selection
LED status display of the operating states
Metal enclosure
Switched brake control 400 V or 230 V
2 x M25 glands
1 x M12 plug for AS-i/auxiliary voltage (24 V DC)
2 M12 socket for connection of 2 sensors
1 M12 socket for connection of one actuator
Communication: AS-Interface 4I/3O (slaves in A/B technology
can be addressed)

2 Main incoming power supply (400 V AC) through M screw
4 2 sensor inputs (M12 socket), 1 actuator output (M12 socket)
5 LED status displays of the operating states
6 Key-operated switch: Manual-0-Auto
7 Manual operation: ON/OFF or Left-0-Right (selector button)
MCU for AS-i, metal enclosure, electromechanical switching
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
SIRIUS MCU motor starters for AS-Interface > Metal enclosure, electromechanical switching

Rated current Ie
Suitable for three-phase

motors1) with P
Setting range
Thermal
overload release
kW
0.63
0.18
0.45 ... 0.63
3RK4320-3AQ54- 0BA7
0.8
0.18
0.55 ... 0.8
3RK4320-3BQ54- 0BA7
0.25
0.7 ... 1
3RK4320-3CQ54- 0BA7
1.25
0.37
0.9 ... 1.25
3RK4320-3DQ54- 0BA7
1.6
0.55
1.1 ... 1.6
3RK4320-3EQ54- 0BA7
0.75
1.4 ... 2
3RK4320-3FQ54- 0BA7
2.5
0.75
1.8 ... 2.5
3RK4320-3GQ54- 0BA7
3.2
1.10
2.2 ... 3.2
3RK4320-3HQ54- 0BA7
1.50
2.8 ... 4
3RK4320-3JQ54- 0BA7
1.50
3.5 ... 5
3RK4320-3KQ54- 0BA7
6.3
2.20
4.5 ... 6.3
3RK4320-3LQ54- 0BA7
3.00
5.5 ... 8
3RK4320-3MQ54- 0BA7
10
4.00
7 ... 10
3RK4320-3NQ54- 0BA7
12.5
5.50
9 ... 12.5
3RK4320-3PQ54- 0BA7
Article No.
Brake control / V
230
400
Reversing starters
Reversing duty
0.63
0.18
0.45 ... 0.63
3RK4320-3AQ54- 1BA7
0.8
0.18
0.55 ... 0.8
3RK4320-3BQ54- 1BA7
0.25
0.7 ... 1
3RK4320-3CQ54- 1BA7
1.25
0.37
0.9 ... 1.25
3RK4320-3DQ54- 1BA7
1.6
0.55
1.1 ... 1.6
3RK4320-3EQ54- 1BA7
0.75
1.4 ... 2
3RK4320-3FQ54- 1BA7
2.5
0.75
1.8 ... 2.5
3RK4320-3GQ54- 1BA7
3.2
1.10
2.2 ... 3.2
3RK4320-3HQ54- 1BA7
1.50
2.8 ... 4
3RK4320-3JQ54- 1BA7
1.50
3.5 ... 5
3RK4320-3KQ54- 1BA7
6.3
2.20
4.5 ... 6.3
3RK4320-3LQ54- 1BA7
3.00
5.5 ... 8
3RK4320-3MQ54- 1BA7
10
4.00
7 ... 10
3RK4320-3NQ54- 1BA7
12.5
5.50
9 ... 12.5
3RK4320-3PQ54- 1BA7
Brake control / V
1)
230
400

Siemens IK PI 2015
4/115
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
SIRIUS MCU motor starters for AS-Interface > Metal enclosure, electronic switching
Overview
9
1
5
6
3
2
nsb0_02041
MCU for AS-i, metal enclosure, electronic

Direct-on-line or reversing starters up to 12 A
Switching frequency up to 3 600/h
Short-circuit protection with SIRIUS 3RV motor starter
protectors/circuit breakers
Overload protection with solid-state overload relay
Manual operation and key-operated switch for operating
mode selection
LED status display of the operating states
Metal enclosure
Switched brake control 400 V or 230 V
Main power loop possible (daisy chain;
max. 2 x 6 mm2)
2 x M25 glands
1 x M12 plug for AS-i/auxiliary voltage (24 V DC)
2 M12 plugs for connection of 2 sensors
1 M12 socket for connection of one actuator
Communication: AS-Interface 4I/3O (slaves in A/B technology
can be addressed)

2 Main incoming power supply (400 V AC) through M screw
4 2 sensor inputs (M12 socket), 1 actuator output (M12 socket)
5 LED status displays of the operating states
6 Key-operated switch: Manual-0-Auto
7 Manual operation: ON/OFF or Left-0-Right (selector button)
9 Heat sink
MCU for AS-i, metal enclosure, electronic switching

Rating for three-phase motor
Rated value1)
Current setting value of the

inverse-time delayed overload release Ie
Brake control
kW
Article No.
0.12 0.37
0.32 1.25
230
3RK4320-5DQ64-0BA2
0.55 1.5
14
230
3RK4320-5JQ64-0BA2
1.1 5.5
3 12
230
3RK4320-5PQ64-0BA2
0.12 0.37
0.32 1.25
400
3RK4320-5DQ64-0BA3
0.55 1.5
14
400
3RK4320-5JQ64-0BA3
1.1 5.5
3 12
400
3RK4320-5PQ64-0BA3
0.12 0.37
0.32 1.25
230
3RK4320-5DQ64-1BA2
0.55 1.5
14
230
3RK4320-5JQ64-1BA2
1.1 5.5
3 12
230
3RK4320-5PQ64-1BA2
0.12 0.37
0.32 1.25
400
3RK4320-5DQ64-1BA3
0.55 1.5
14
400
3RK4320-5JQ64-1BA3
1.1 5.5
3 12
400
3RK4320-5PQ64-1BA3
Reversing starters
Reversing duty
1)

4/116
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
Overview
Quick-stop function
All AS-Interface 24 V DC motor starters feature a quick-stop
function which can be switched on and off as required using a
switch integrated into the module. The quick-stop function
allows a connected motor to be disconnected immediately using
an applied sensor signal (High). The switch for the quick-stop
function is located alongside the input sockets and is protected
by an M12 sealing cap.
Brake
The double direct-on-line starter and the single reversing starter
versions feature an integrated permanently set brake function,
i.e. as soon as the output signal is set to "0", the motor is braked.
Start-up using integrated buttons
Buttons integrated into the module (below the output sockets)
can be used to set the motor used. The buttons are protected by
an M12 sealing cap.
AS-Interface 3RK1400-1MQ01-0AA4 double direct-on-line starter 24 V
DC
With the K60 AS-Interface 24 V DC motor starters for the low-end

performance range up to 70 W, it is now possible to connect
24 V DC motors and the associated sensors directly to the
AS-Interface quickly and easily.
Note concerning double and reversing starters:

If an input with the quick-stop function receives a "High" signal,
the corresponding output (e.g. quick-stop input 1 output 1)
is switched off within the device (the motor is braked).
The manual key function (Key 1/2) for local operation is only
permitted to be used during "CPU Stop" in the higher-level PLC.
Note concerning single direct-on-line starters:
If an input with the quick-stop function receives a "High" signal,
the corresponding output (e.g. quick-stop input 1 output 1)
is switched off within the device (the motor runs down without
being braked) The manual key function (Key 1) for local operation is only permitted to be used and defined during "CPU Stop"
in the higher-level PLC.
Connection of an actuator roller with integrated DC motor to an

AS-Interface 24 V DC motor starter
Three different versions are available:

Single direct-on-line starters
(without brake and reversible quick-stop function)
Double direct-on-line starters
(with brake and reversible quick-stop function)
Reversing starters
(with brake and reversible quick-stop function)
DC motors are connected to the module using M12 plug-in
connections. The sensors and the module electronics can be
supplied from the yellow AS-Interface cable. An auxiliary voltage
(24 V DC) is only required for supplying the outputs, which can
be provided via the black AS-Interface cable.
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/117
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
Applications
Single direct-on-line starter without brake (with adjustable quick-stop function)
1st possibility: Connection to a maximum of four
sensors without pollution indication
Sensor signal
Sensor signal
Sensor signal
Sensor signal
4
Input 1
off
on
Quick-stop for
output on/off
Output
Sensor 2
Sensor 3
Sensor 4
Input 2
2
Sensor 1
2nd possibility: Connection to a maximum of two

sensors with pollution indication
Sensor signal
Pollution signal
Sensor signal
Pollution signal
off
4
2
on
Quick-stop for
Input 1
output on/off
Sensor 2
Input 2
2
Brake
(with ramp-down)
Sensor 1
Output
Brake
(with ramp-down)
Motor
Button
(manual
operation)
Motor
Button
(manual
operation)
Address
Address
Double direct-on-line starter with brake (with adjustable quick-stop function)

1st possibility: Connection to a maximum of
four sensors without pollution indication
Sensor signal
Sensor signal
Sensor signal
Pollution signal
Sensor signal
Sensor 1
Sensor signal
Sensor signal
Pollution signal
Sensor 2
off
off
4
2
4
2
on Quick-stop for
on Quick-stop for
Input 1
Sensor 3
Input 1
output 1 on/off
output 1 on/off
4
4
off
off
Sensor
4
Quick-stop
for
Quick-stop for
on
on
Input 2
Input 2
output 2 on/off
output 2 on/off
2
2
Short-circuit brake
Plug brake
Output 2
Output 1
Output 2
Output 1
Motor 2
Button 1
(manual
operation)
Button 2
(manual operation)
Motor 1
Button 1
(manual
operation)
Sensor 1
Sensor 2
Motor 2
Button 2
(manual operation)
Motor 1
Address
Address
Single reversing starter with brake (with adjustable quick-stop function)
1st possibility: Connection to a maximum of four sensors
without pollution indication
Sensor signal
Sensor signal
Sensor signal
Sensor 1
Sensor signal
Sensor 2
off
4
2
on
Quick-stop
for
Sensor
3
Input 1
output 1 on/off
4
off
Sensor 4
on Quick-stop for
Input 2
output 1 on/off
2
Plug brake
Motor
Output
Clockwise rotation
Button 1
Counter-clockwise
Button 2
(manual
(manual operation rotation
operation for
for clockwise rotation)
clockwise
Address
rotation)
4/118
Siemens IK PI 2015

Sensor signal
Pollution signal
Sensor signal
Pollution signal
off
4
2
on Quick-stop for
Input 1
output 1 on/off
4
off
on Quick-stop for
Input 2
output 1 on/off
2
Plug brake
Output
Button 1
(manual
operation for
clockwise
rotation)
Sensor 1
Sensor 2
Motor
Clockwise rotation
Counter-clockwise
rotation
Button 2
(manual operation
for clockwise rotation)
Address
IC01_00046
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves

Version
Inputs/outputs
Current carrying
capacity of outputs
Slave type
Article No.
Motor starters (width 60 mm)

Single
direct-on-line starters1)
4 inputs /
1 output
Standard
3RK1400-1NQ01-0AA4
Double
direct-on-line starters1)
4 inputs /
2 outputs
1 x 3 or
2x2
Standard
3RK1400-1MQ01-0AA4
Single
reversing starters1)
4 inputs /
1 output
2.5
Standard
3RK1400-1MQ03-0AA4
3RK1400-1MQ01-0AA4
1)
Modules supplied without mounting plate.
Version
Article No.
Accessories
K60 mounting plates
Wall mounting
3RK1901-0CA00
3RK1901-0CB01

3RK1901-1KA00
AS-Interface M12 sealing caps,

tamper-proof
3RK1901-1KA01
Sealing sets
Set contains one straight and one shaped seal
3RK1902-0AR00
3RK1901-0CA00
3RK1901-1KA00
3RK1901-1KA01
3RK1902-0AR00
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/119
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
Overview
The new SINAMICS G110D distributed frequency inverter series
is the solution for basic drive tasks especially in the field of
conveyor systems. The inverter allows the speed of three-phase
induction motors to be continually controlled and fulfills the
requirements of conveyor-related applications with open-loop
frequency control. It can be optimally integrated into the system
thanks to its compact and low-profile design in an IP65 degree
of protection. This drive can be optimally integrated into the
Siemens TIA world of automation via AS-Interface.
With its wide power range from 0.75 kW to 7.5 kW, it is suitable
for a wide range of distributed drive solutions.
Device design
SINAMICS G110D is a compact inverter in degree of protection
IP65 where the Control Unit (CU) and Power Module (PM) function units are combined in one device.
The closed-loop control electronics controls and monitors the
power electronics in several different control modes that can be
selected. The digital inputs and analog inputs on the device
mean that sensors can be simply and directly connected at the
drive. The input signals can either be directly linked within the
closed-loop control or they can be transferred to the central
control via AS-Interface for further processing within the context
of the overall system.
The power electronics supply the motor in the power range from
0.75 kW to 7.5 kW. It is controlled (open-loop) from the microprocessor-based control. State-of-the-art IGBT technology with
pulse-width-modulation is used for highly reliable and flexible
motor operation. It also features an extensive range of functions
offering a high degree of protection for the inverter and motor.
The unusually flat mechanical construction is optimized so that
the device can be directly used in the plant. The compact
inverter has the same drilling dimensions for all of the power
ratings (standard "footprint"); further, the dimensions are identical to those of the SINAMICS G120D inverter. This significantly
simplifies design engineering, installation and retrofitting of the
system.
The latest technical documentation (catalogs, dimension drawings, certificates, manuals and operating instructions) are available on the Internet at:
http://www.siemens.com/sinamics-g110d/documentation
Example: SINAMICS G110D, frame size FSA
Reasons for using distributed drive systems

Modular drive solutions therefore standardized mechatronic
elements that can be individually tested
A control cabinet is not required, resulting in a smaller space
requirement and lower cooling requirements
Long cables between the inverter and motor can be avoided
(which means lower power losses, reduced noise emission
and lower costs for shielded cables and additional filters)
Distributed configurations offer considerable benefits for
conveyor systems with their extensive coverage (e.g. in the
automotive and logistics sectors)
Siemens family of distributed drives
Siemens offers an innovative portfolio of inverters to optimally
implement distributed drive solutions. The strengths of the individual members of the drive family permit simple adaptation to
the widest range of application demands:
Identical connection systems
Identical mounting dimensions for SINAMICS G110D and
SINAMICS G120D
Standard commissioning and engineering tool
Products from the family of distributed drives:
SINAMICS G110D inverters
SINAMICS G120D inverters
SINAMICS G110M frequency inverters
SIMATIC ET 200pro FC-2 frequency converters
(available soon)
SIRIUS M200D motor starters
4/120
Siemens IK PI 2015
and offline on the DVD-ROM CA 01 in the DT Configurator.

In addition, the DT Configurator can be used in the Internet without requiring any installation. The DT Configurator is available in
the Industry Mall at the following address:
http://www.siemens.com/dt-configurator
STARTER commissioning tool
The STARTER commissioning tool (V4.1.3 and higher) supports
the commissioning and maintenance of SINAMICS G110D inverters. The operator guidance combined with comprehensive,
user-friendly functions for the relevant drive solution allow you to
commission the device quickly and easily.
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
Benefits
Wide range of power ratings from 0.75 kW to 7.5 kW
Fast commissioning and maintenance as well as extended
diagnostic functions and communications capability with
AS-Interface according to Specification 3.0
- Reduced number of interfaces
- Plant-wide engineering
- Easy to handle
Mechanical design, installation and retrofit of systems are
significantly simplified as a result of the compact and spacesaving design with an extremely low profile and with the same
drilling dimensions for all power ratings; further, the dimensions are identical with those of the SINAMICS G120D
inverter.
Simple commissioning and maintenance using the same,
standardized connectors for the bus, power and I/O connections (ISO 23570) for the complete power range of
SINAMICS G110D and SINAMICS G120D inverters.
The same connectors are used as for the SIRIUS M200D
motor starter
Simple, standard implementation of complete distributed
plant and system concepts by using products in a scalable
fashion:
- SIRIUS M200D (motor starter)
- SINAMICS G110D (inverter for basic, conveyor-related
applications)
- SINAMICS G110M (distributed inverter integrated in the
motor)
- SIMATIC ET 200pro FC-2 (available soon)
- SINAMICS G120D (inverter for sophisticated, conveyorrelated applications)
High degree of operator friendliness by using the Intelligent
Operator Panel (IOP) to parameterize, diagnose, control
(open-loop) and copy drive parameters in the BOP
Easy to replace using a plug-in design and the use of a
memory card provide the highest degree of service friendliness
Simple connection, engineering, data management as well as

control of the inverter in complex plants and systems as a
result of the consequential integration in TIA (Totally Integrated
Automation)
Using the optional maintenance switch, the inverter can be
simply disconnected from the line supply when service is
required, without any additional components or without
additional wiring costs when engineering the system
Using the optional manual local control, commissioning can
be carried out fast and limited to specific areas, the application can be manually pre-tested on site and the system can
be cleared or emptied without requiring complex options.
By being able to connect up to five sensors directly at the unit,
practically all of the drive-relevant information can be directly
managed; local pre-processing of the signals relieves the
fieldbus to achieve fast and reproducible response times
Integrated class A EMC filter (acc. to EN 55011)
Integrated brake control, brake voltages supported: 180 V DC
and 205 V DC
Integrated motor protection using a thermal motor model and
evaluation of PTC, KTY or bimetal temperature sensors
Simple device replacement and fast copying of parameters to
the memory card using the optional memory card holder and
the optional memory card
Engineering and commissioning using standard engineering
tools such as SIZER (V3.2 and higher), STARTER (V4.1.3 and
higher) and Drive ES ensure fast engineering and simple
commissioning - STARTER is integrated into STEP 7 with Drive
ES Basic, with all of the benefits of central data management
and unified communication
Software parameters for easy adaptation to 50 Hz or 60 Hz
motors (IEC or NEMA motors)
Increased degree of ruggedness and longer service life as the
electronic modules are coated
Globally certified acc. to CE, UL, C-tick
Application
SINAMICS G110D is ideally suited for basic conveyor system
applications in the industrial environment for which a distributed
drive with communications capability is required. This is especially true for distribution logistics and for airports.
Further, SINAMICS G110D is suitable for many additional lowperformance applications in many sectors, e.g. in the
automotive sector, in the food and beverages industry (without
tensides) and in the packaging industry.

Rated power 1)
kW
hp
Rated
output current 2)
Input current
Frame size
SINAMICS G110D
with integrated class A
line filter
SINAMICS G110D
with integrated class A
line filter and integrated
maintenance switch
Article No.
Article No.
380 500 V 3 AC 3)
0.75
2.3
2.0
FSA
6SL3511-0PE17-5AM0
6SL3511-1PE17-5AM0
1.5
1.5 4)
4.3
3.8
FSA
6SL3511-0PE21-5AM0
6SL3511-1PE21-5AM0
7.7
7.0
FSA
6SL3511-0PE23-0AM0
6SL3511-1PE23-0AM0
10.2
9.1
FSB
6SL3511-0PE24-0AM0
6SL3511-1PE24-0AM0
5.5
7.5
13.2
12.2
FSC
6SL3511-0PE25-5AM0
6SL3511-1PE25-5AM0
7.5
10
19.0
17.9
FSC
6SL3511-0PE27-5AM0
6SL3511-1PE27-5AM0
1)
Rated power based on the rated output current Irated. The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for high overload (HO).
2)
The rated output current Irated is based on the duty cycle for high overload (high overload HO). These current values apply at 400 V
and are specified on the rating plate.
3)
500 V +10% is possible outside the UL range.
4)
Not governed by a specific standard.
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/121
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
Ordering data
Article No.
Accessories
Manual local control
with key-operated switch
6SL3555-0PL00-2AA0
Easy to use for local operation and

commissioning
RS232 interface cable
3RK1922-2BP00
Connecting cable for commissioning the SINAMICS G110D frequency

inverter with the STARTER commissioning tool
USB interface cable
6SL3555-0PA00-2AA0
Connecting cable for commissioning the SINAMICS G110D frequency

inverter with the STARTER commissioning tool
Braking resistors for

SINAMICS G110D frequency
inverter
To reduce the excess energy of the
DC link
Rated power 0.75 kW and 1.5 kW
Rated power 3 kW and 4 kW
Rated power 5.5 kW and 7.5 kW
Intelligent Operator Panel IOP
Handheld
6SL3501-0BE08-6AA0
6SL3501-0BE12-1AA0
6SL3501-0BE14-1AA0
6SL3255-0AA00-4HA0
For use with frequency inverters with

SINAMICS G120, SINAMICS G120P,
SINAMICS G110D,
SINAMICS G120D or
SIMATIC ET 200pro FC-2
Included in the scope of delivery:
Intelligent Operator Panel IOP
Handheld housing
Rechargeable batteries (4 AA)
Charging unit (international)
RS232 connecting cable (3 m
long, can only be used for
SINAMICS G120 and
SIMATIC ET 200S FC-2)
USB cable (1 m long)
Memory card
The parameter settings for an
inverter fit on the memory card.
When service is required, e.g. after
the inverter has been replaced and
the data have been downloaded
from the memory card the drive
system is immediately ready
for use again.
SINAMICS memory card (SD card)
6SL3054-4AG00-2AA0
Card holder for memory card
6SL3555-0PM00-0AA0
To use the memory card, a card

holder is required that can be
plugged in either under the blanking
cover or under the optional manual
local control
Connector kit for braking resistor
6SL3563-4RA00-0GA00
For using or connecting other

braking resistors with the
SINAMICS G110D
UL connector fitting set
6SL3563-4UA00-0GA0
For power and motor, for using

SINAMICS G110D in UL-compliant
applications
Protection bar
For protecting the connector against
shearing due to mechanical stress
For frame sizes FSA and FSB
For frame size FSC
6SL3263-1HA20-0GA0
6SL3263-1HC20-0GA0
Adapter
6SL3263-1GA20-0GA0
For mounting the SINAMICS G110D

instead of a SIRIUS M200D motor
starter
4/122
Siemens IK PI 2015
More information
Further information on technical data, accessories and ordering
data is available in Catalog D 31 and online in the Siemens
Industry Mall.
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
Enclosure and front panel module for AS-Interface > General data
Overview
Installation of AS-Interface slaves
The following slave types are available for connecting the
command points:
Slave in A/B technology with 4 inputs and 3 outputs
Slave with 4 inputs and 4 outputs
F Slave with two secure inputs for EMERGENCY-STOP
mushroom pushbutton
The following table shows the maximum number of equippable
slaves:
Distributed command devices of the 3SB3 series can be quickly

connected to the AS-Interface using AS-Interface enclosures.
Using suitable components you can make your own enclosures
with integrated AS-Interface or flexibly modify existing enclosures.
Enclosures for
Number of slaves
for enclosures without
EMERGENCY-STOP
Number of slaves
for enclosures with
EMERGENCY-STOP
1 command point
Not available
1 F slave
2 command points
1 slave 4I/4O or 4I/3O
Not available
3 command points
1 slave 4I/4O or 4I/3O +

1 F slave
4 command points
2 slave 4I/4O or 4I/3O1)

1 F slave1)
6 command points

1 F slave
1)
Applies to plastic enclosures. For metal enclosures

with 4 command points, only 1 slave 4I/4O or 4I/3O is possible.
Connection
One set of links is required in each case to connect a slave to
contact blocks, to lampholders and to the connection element.
The connection elements are mounted in the front-end cable
glands and are used for connection of the AS-Interface or for
bringing unused inputs or outputs out of the enclosure.
For connection to AS-Interface selection can be made between:
Terminal for shaped AS-Interface cable.
The cable is contacted by the insulation piercing method and
routed past the enclosure on the outside (possible only with
plastic enclosure).
Cable gland for the shaped AS-Interface cable or round cable. The cable is routed into the enclosure (preferable for
metal enclosure).
Connection using M12 plug.
NSD0_01414
If less than all inputs/outputs of the installed slaves in an enclosure are used for connecting the command devices, free inputs
and outputs can be routed on request to the outside through an
M12 socket on the top or bottom side of the enclosure.
To supply inputs with power, the S+ connection of the slave must
be assigned to the socket, for outputs the OUT connection
must be assigned.
Addressing is performed using the AS-Interface connections or
the integrated addressing socket. An external power supply is
not required.
Note:
Enclosures
Color of enclosure cover:
Gray, RAL 7035 or
Yellow, RAL 1004, for EMERGENCY-STOP.
You can find dimensional drawings, manuals and other technical

information on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/industrial-controls/support
Color of enclosure base:

Black, RAL 9005.
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/123
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
Enclosure and front panel module for AS-Interface > With standard fittings
Overview
Enclosures with standard fittings are available with:
1 to 3 command points,
Operational voltage through AS-Interface (approx. 30 V),
Vertical mounting type
Plastic enclosures are equipped with plastic actuators and
indicators, metal enclosures are equipped with metal actuators and indicators.
The enclosures without EMERGENCY-STOP each have one user
module with 4I/3O; the enclosures with EMERGENCY-STOP
mushroom pushbuttons have a safe AS-Interface slave integrated in the enclosure.
Enclosures with EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushbuttons

are fitted with two NC contact blocks, which are wired to the safe
slave. The contact blocks and lampholders (with spring-type terminals) of the control device, and the AS-Interface slaves, are
mounted in the base of the enclosure and are cable-connected.
The plastic enclosures are designed with a connection for the
AS-Interface flat cable (the cable is run passed the outside of the
enclosure). For metal enclosures, the
AS-Interface cable is run inside the enclosure.
The tops of enclosures with EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom
pushbuttons are yellow. They are also available with an M12
connector.
Version
Article No.
AS-Interface enclosures, plastic, with standard fittings

Equipping options
(A, B, C = identification letters of the command points)
No. of
command points
With M12 top connector

A = EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushbuttons
3SF5811-0AA10
With terminal for insulation piercing method at top

3SF5811-0AA08
3SF5812-0DA00
3SF5811-0AA08
A = EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushbuttons, with protective collar 1
3SF5811-0AB08
B = Pushbutton green, label "I"

A = Pushbutton red, label "O"
3SF5812-0DA00
B = Pushbutton white, label "I"

A = Pushbutton black, label "O"
3SF5812-0DB00
C = Indicator light clear, label without inscription

3SF5813-0DA00

3SF5813-0DC00
C = Pushbutton black, label "II"

B = Pushbutton black, label "I"
3SF5813-0DB00
AS-Interface enclosures, metal, with standard fittings

Equipping options
(A, B, C = identification letters of the command points)
No. of command
points
With M12 top connector

3SF5811-2AB08
3SF5812-2DA00
3SF5811-2AA10
A = EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushbuttons, with protective collar 1
3SF5811-2AB10
With cable gland at top

yellow enclosure top
3SF5811-2AA08
A = EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom
pushbuttons, yellow enclosure top, with protective collar
3SF5811-2AB08

3SF5812-2DA00

3SF5812-2DB00

3SF5813-2DA00

3SF5813-2DC00
C = Pushbutton black, label "II"

B = Pushbutton black, label "I"
3SF5813-2DB00
3SF5813-2DA00
4/124
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
Enclosure and front panel module for AS-Interface > Components

For self-equipping of the enclosures
Version
For plastic enclosures
Article No.
No. of
command points
AS-Interface slaves
3SF5500-0BA
F slave, 2 safe inputs, for plastic enclosure,

EMERGENCY-STOP, without protective collar
1 ... 6
3SF5500-0BA
F slave, 2 safe inputs, for plastic or metal enclosure

EMERGENCY-STOP, with protective collar
3SF5500-0DA
A/B slave, 4 inputs/3 outputs, for plastic enclosure
2 ... 6
3SF5500-0BB
Slave, 4 inputs/4 outputs, for plastic enclosure
2 ... 6
3SF5500-0BC
Set of links
For F slave
3SF5900-0BA
For slave 4I/4O or A/B slave 4I(3O)
3SF5900-0BB
3SF5500-0BB
Connection elements
3SF5900-0CA
3SF5900-0CC
For AS-Interface shaped cable,

connection by insulation piercing method,
for plastic enclosure
1 ... 3
4 ... 6
3SF5900-0CA
3SF5900-0CB
For AS-Interface connection using M12 plug,

for plastic enclosure
1 ... 3
4 ... 6
3SF5900-0CC
3SF5900-0CD
For bringing out unused inputs/outputs through

an M12 socket, for
plastic enclosure
1 ... 3
4 ... 6
3SF5900-0CE
3SF5900-0CF

cable is routed into the enclosure,
for plastic or metal enclosure
1 ... 3
4 ... 6
3SF5900-0CG
3SF5900-0CH
For round cable,

1 ... 3
4 ... 6
3SF5900-0CJ
3SF5900-0CK
For metal enclosures
No. of
command points
3SF5900-0CG
AS-Interface slaves
3SF5500-0CB
F slave, 2 safe inputs, for metal enclosure

EMERGENCY-STOP, without protective collar
1 ... 6
3SF5500-0CA
F slave, 2 safe inputs, for plastic or metal enclosure

EMERGENCY-STOP, with protective collar
3SF5500-0DA
A/B slave, 4 inputs/3 outputs, for metal enclosure
2 ... 6
3SF5500-0CB
Slave, 4 inputs/4 outputs, for metal enclosure
2 ... 6
3SF5500-0CC
Set of links
For F slave
3SF5900-0BA
For slave 4I/4O or A/B slave 4I(3O)
3SF5900-0BB
Connection elements
3SF5900-0CG
3SF5900-0CJ
For AS-Interface connection using M12 plug,

for metal enclosure
1 ... 3
4 ... 6
3SF5900-2CC
3SF5900-2CD
For bringing out unused inputs/outputs through

an M12 socket, for metal enclosure
1 ... 3
4 ... 6
3SF5900-2CE
3SF5900-2CF

1 ... 3
4 ... 6
3SF5900-0CG
3SF5900-0CH
For round cable,

1 ... 3
4 ... 6
3SF5900-0CJ
3SF5900-0CK
Note:
You can find empty enclosures and elements of equipment in
Catalog IC 10, Chapter "Commanding and signaling devices"
and in the Industry Mall at www.siemens.com/industrymall.
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/125
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
Enclosure and front panel module for AS-Interface > Customized equipment
Overview
Connection
The customized enclosure is supplied fully equipped and wired.
For connection to AS-Interface selection can be made between:
Terminal for shaped AS-Interface cable.
The cable is contacted by the insulation piercing method and
routed past the enclosure on the outside (possible only with
plastic enclosure).
Cable gland for the shaped AS-Interface cable or round cable. The cable is routed into the enclosure (preferable for
metal enclosure).
Connection using M12 plug.
If less than all inputs/outputs of the installed slaves in an enclosure are used for connecting the command devices, free inputs
and outputs can be routed on request to the outside through an
M12 socket on the top or bottom side of the enclosure. The required pin assignments for the M12 socket must be stated on the
order form.
4
Enclosures can be equipped with optional command devices for
implementing customized command device-to-AS-Interface
connections.
Customized enclosures are available with between 2 and 6
command points.
One command point comprises:
1 actuator or indicator
Up to 3 contact blocks or up to 2 contact blocks + 1
lampholder
1 inscription label
For plastic enclosures the command points are equipped as
standard with plastic actuators and indicators, for metal enclosures they are equipped with metal actuators and indicators.
Installation of AS-Interface slaves
The following slave types are available for connecting the
command points:
Slave in A/B technology with 4 inputs and 3 outputs
Slave with 4 inputs and 4 outputs
F Slave with 2 safe inputs for EMERGENCY-STOP
The following table shows the maximum number of equippable
slaves:
Enclosures for
Number of slaves
for enclosures without
EMERGENCY-STOP
Number of slaves
for enclosures with
EMERGENCY-STOP
2 command points
Version not available
3 command points

1 F slave
4 command points
2 slave 4I/4O or 4I/3O1)

1 F slave1)
6 command points

1 F slave
1)
Applies to plastic enclosures. For metal enclosures with 4 command

points, only 1 slave 4I/4O or 4I/3O is possible.
To supply inputs with power, the S+ connection of the slave must

be assigned to the socket, for outputs the OUT connection
must be assigned.
Addressing is performed using the AS-Interface connections or
the integrated addressing socket. An external power supply is
not required.
EMERGENCY-STOP
On enclosures with EMERGENCY-STOP, the EMERGENCYSTOP mushroom pushbutton can be wired conventionally or via
a safe AS-Interface slave.
When the EMERGENCY-STOP mushroom pushbutton is conventionally wired, up to three switching contacts can be selected for
the EMERGENCY-STOP function. If EMERGENCY-STOP is
interrogated via AS-Interface, two contacts can be used for the
safety circuit.
When the pushbutton is conventionally wired, an EMERGENCYSTOP contact block can be interrogated via AS-Interface if
required.

Customized enclosures are selected and ordered directly via the
3SB3/3SF5 configurator for pushbuttons and indicator lights.
An electronic order form will be generated for the additional
options. You reach the configurator via the electronic catalog
CA 01 on CD-ROM or DVD, or via the online catalog (Mall) on the
Internet:
Select the configurator for "Pushbutton Units and Indicator
Lights 3SB3, 3SF5" from the configurator list.
Start the configuring process by selecting list entry "Execute"
and select "Customized enclosure ASI".
The list price of the complete enclosure is generated in the configurator for the customized equipment. To utilize this service,
you must register and log on in the configurator.
Please send the electronically generated order form in parallel
with the order to our Competence Center at
sirius-attach.aud@siemens.com
If you are unable to access either of these media, please contact
4/126
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
Enclosure and front panel module for AS-Interface > Front panel module
Overview
AS-Interface cable
NSD0_00053b
Terminal
Series 3SB3 command devices installed in front panels can

be connected to the AS-Interface bus system by means of the
AS-Interface front panel module. Round or square pushbuttons
and indicator lights made of plastic or metal can be used. It is
not possible to use mushroom pushbuttons or acoustic signaling
devices.
The front panel module consists of:
Slave 4I/4O
4 3SB3 commanding and signaling devices
Accessories (lamps, name plates, mounting parts)
Front panel module
The front panel module is attached by screws to the rear face of

the front panel over a group of four actuators or indicators which
are lined up horizontally or vertically. The contact blocks and
lampholders are integrated in the module.
The grid size required to mount command devices in the front
panel measures 30 mm 45 mm.
The AS-Interface shaped cable is connected by the insulation
piercing method via a terminal at the rear of the module.
Addressing of the module is performed using the AS-Interface
connections or the integrated addressing socket.
Elements of equipment must be stated on the order form

(see next page).

Version
Article No.
AS-Interface front panel module

for 3SB3 command devices
4I/4O
3SF5874-4AZ
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/127
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves

The order codes to be stated on the form can be found in the list
of the options which are available for a surcharge.
The front panel module must be stated on the order form which
is enclosed with the order. This order form cannot be generated
by the 3SB3/3SF5 configurator. To receive an electronic copy of
the order from, please contact our Technical Support:
Tel. +49 (911) 895-59 00
Fax +49 (911) 895-59 07
The price for the unit is calculated from the basic price of the
module and the surcharges applicable to optional equipment.
The surcharges include all components that are needed to meet
the stated equipment requirements (actuators
and indicators, switching contacts, lampholders and accessories).
All required options such as, for example, type of actuators and
indicators, switching contacts, lampholders or accessories (inscription labels and lamp type) must be stated on the order form.
Order form
Order form front panel

module
to sirius-attach.aud@siemens.com
Date
Customer order reference code
1. No. of command points

@ 4 command points
2. Design of actuators
@ Round, plastic
@ Square, plastic
@ Round, metal
Supplier order reference code
3. Name plates
@ None
@ With name plate including attached inscription label 12.5 mm 27 mm
@ With name plate including attached inscription label 27 mm 27 mm
4. Equipment
(top view of panel front face)
Switchboard
Labeling of name plates
Equipment (codes)
Design of contact blocks
left
right
left
right
left
right
left
right
1 NO
1 NO
1 NO
1 NO
1 NO
1 NO
1 NO
1 NC
1 NC
1 NC
1 NC
1 NC
1 NC
1 NC
1 NO
1 NC
NSD0_00057d
5. Lamps for illuminated actuators and indicator lights

@ 24 V incandescent lamp (also used if no other option is selected)
@ 30 V incandescent lamp
@ Super bright LED (the color of the LED matches the color of the actuator/indicator light)
4/128
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves

Selection of equipment according to order form
Version
Codes according to colors

Black
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
White
Clear
Actuators and indicators

Pushbuttons with flat button
Illuminated pushbuttons
with flat button
Pushbuttons with raised button
DH
Illuminated pushbuttons
with raised button
Pushbuttons with raised front ring
DHF
Pushbuttons with raised front ring,

castellated 1)
DFZ
Pushbutton switches
with flat button
DS
Illuminated pushbutton switches

with flat button
Indicator lights, smooth lens
BK
RD
YE
GN
BU
WH
CL
DL
RD
DL
YE
DL
GN
DL
BU
DL
WH
DL
CL
DH
RD
DH
YE
DH
BU
DHL
RD
DHL
YE
DHL
GN
DHL
BU
DHL
BK
DHF
RD
DHF
YE
DHF
GN
DHF
BU
DHF
WH
BK
DFZ
RD
DFZ
YE
DFZ
GN
DFZ
BU
DFZ
WH
BK
DS
RD
DS
YE
DS
GN
DS
BU
DS
WH
DLS
RD
DLS
YE
DLS
GN
DLS
BU
DLS
WH
DLS
CL
RD
YE
GN
BU
WH
CL
K1
BK1
RD
RD
BK1
K1
BK1
GN
GN
BK1
BU
K1
WH
YE
BK1
CL
K2
BK2
RD
RD
BK2
K2
BK2
GN
GN
BK2
BU
K2
WH
YE
BK2
CL
K4
BK4
RD
RD
BK4
K4
BK4
GN
GN
BK4
BU
K4
WH
YE
BK4
CL
K5
BK5
RD
RD
BK5
K5
BK5
GN
GN
BK5
BU
K5
WH
YE
BK5
CL
K6
GN
K6
WH
K7
GN
K7
WH
BK
CL
Selector switches with 2 switch positions

Switching sequence O-I, latching
Non-illuminated
Illuminated
K1
BK
Switching sequence O-I, momentary contact

Non-illuminated
Illuminated
K2
BK
Selector switches with 3 switch positions

Switching sequence IOII, latching
Non-illuminated
Illuminated
K4
BK
Switching sequence IOII, momentary contact

Non-illuminated
Illuminated
K5
BK
Switching sequence IOII, latching to the right, momentary contact to the left
Non-illuminated
K6
BK
K6
RD
Switching sequence IOII, latching to the left, momentary contact to the right
Non-illuminated
1)
K7
BK
K7
RD
For plastic version only.
Note:
For more information about actuators and indicator lights, see
and in the Industry Mall at: www.siemens.com/industrymall.
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/129
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves

Version
Codes
Key can be removed in position
O
II
O and I
O and II
I and II
I, O and II
Locks with 2 switch positions

Switching sequence O-I, latching
Type RONIS:
Lock No. SB30
RSB
1A
RSB
1E
RSB
1AE
Type CES:
Lock No. SSG 10
Lock No. LSG 1
CES
CESL
1A
1A
CES
1E
CES
1AE
CESL 1AE
Type CES with key monitoring:

Lock No. SSG 10
CES SU 1A
Type BKS:
Lock No. S1
Lock No. E1 (for VW)
BKS
BKS A
BKS E
BKS C
BKS B
BKS
1E
BKS
BKS A
BKS E
BKS C
BKS B
Type O.M.R.:
Black, lock No. 73034
OMR BK 1A
OMR BK 1E
OMR BK1AE
1A
1A
1A
1A
1A
1AE
1AE
1AE
1AE
1AE
Switching sequence O-I, momentary contact

Type RONIS:
Lock No. SB30
RSB
2A
CES
CESL
2A
2A
BKS
2A
OMR BK 2A
Type CES:
Lock No. SSG 10
Lock No. LSG 1
Type BKS:
Lock No. S1
Type O.M.R.:

Switching sequence IOII, latching
Type RONIS:
Lock No. SB30
RSB
4A
RSB
4E
RSB
4D
RSB
4ED
RSB 4EAD
CES
4A
CES
4E
CES
4D
CES
4ED
CES 4EAD
BKS
4E
BKS
4D
BKS
4ED
BKS 4EAD
Type CES:
Lock No. SSG 10
Type CES with key monitoring:
Lock No. SSG 10
CES SU 4A
Type BKS:
Lock No. S1
BKS
4A
Type O.M.R.:
OMR BK 4A
OMR BK 4ED
OMR BK 4EAD
Switching sequence IOII, momentary contact

Type RONIS:
Lock No. SB30
RSB
5A
CES
5A
BKS
5A
OMR BK 5A
Type CES:
Lock No. SSG 10
Type BKS:
Lock No. S1
Type O.M.R.:
Note:
4/130
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves

Version
Codes
Key can be removed in position
O
II
O and I
O and II
I and II
I, O and II

Switching sequence IOII, latching to the right, momentary contact to the left
Type RONIS:
Lock No. SB30
RSB
6A
RSB
6D
RSB
6AD
CES
6A
CES
6D
CES
6AD
BKS
6A
BKS
6D
BKS
6AD
OMR BK 6A
OMR BK 6D
OMR BK
6AD
Type CES:
Lock No. SSG 10
Type BKS:
Lock No. S1
Type O.M.R.:
Switching sequence IOII, latching to the left, momentary contact to the right
Type RONIS:
Lock No. SB30
RSB
7A
RSB
7E
RSB
7AE
CES
7A
CES
7E
CES
7AE
BKS
7A
BKS
7E
BKS
7AE
OMR BK 7E
Type CES:
Lock No. SSG 10
Type BKS:
Lock No. S1
Type O.M.R.:
OMR BK 7A
Note:
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/131
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
General data
Overview
The 8WD4 signaling columns are flexible in design and versatile
in use.
They are used in machines or in automatic processes for
monitoring complex procedures or as visual or acoustic warning
devices in emergency situations, e.g. for displaying individual
assembly stages.
Communications via AS-Interface

The 8WD4 signaling columns can be directly connected to the
AS-Interface bus system through an adapter element that can
be integrated in the column. Wiring outlay is reduced as the
result.
Connection
8WD42:
The two-wire bus cable is fixed to the screw terminals in the
connection element. The adapter element must be the first
module to be mounted on the connection element. A maximum
of 4 signaling elements can then be mounted on it.
The 8WD4228-0BB adapter element is a standard slave.
8WD44:
The two-wire bus cable is fixed to the screw or spring-type

terminals in the connection element. The adapter element must
be the first module to be mounted on the connection element.
The signaling elements can then be mounted on it.
The 8WD4428-0BE adapter element is a standard slave.
A maximum of 4 signaling elements can be mounted on it.
8WD44 signaling columns with connection to AS-Interface cables
Two product series are available:

8WD42
- Thermoplast enclosure, diameter 50 mm
- Degree of protection IP54
8WD44
- Thermoplast enclosure, diameter 70 mm
- Advanced design and significantly improved illumination
- Fast and flexible connection using spring-type terminals
(optional)
- Integrated degree of protection IP65
A signaling column (from top to bottom) consists of the cover,
several light elements, the AS-Interface adapter element, the
connection element and (depending on the mounting method)
different fixing components.
One acoustic element can be optionally mounted per signaling
column. The cover is included in the scope of supply of the
acoustic element and fixed in place. The cover supplied with the
connection element is then not needed.
4/132
Siemens IK PI 2015
The 8WD4428-0BD adapter element with A/B technology enables the connection of up to 62 slaves on one AS-Interface system. The addressing socket provides user-friendly parameterization of the AS-Interface elements. A maximum of 3 signaling
elements can be mounted on it.
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves
8WD42 signaling columns, 50 mm diameter

Acoustic elements
Version
Rated voltage
Color
Article No.
Buzzer elements 80 dB,

pulsating or continuous tone,
adjustable by means of a wire jumper
24 V AC/DC
Black
8WD4220-0FA
Red
Green
Yellow
Clear
Blue
8WD4200-1AB
8WD4200-1AC
8WD4200-1AD
8WD4200-1AE
8WD4200-1AF
1)
Light elements for incandescent lamps/LEDs, BA 15d bases 2)

Continuous light elements
24 ... 230 V AC/DC
4
Light elements with integrated LED
24 V AC/DC
Red
Green
Yellow
Clear
Blue
8WD4220-5AB
8WD4220-5AC
8WD4220-5AD
8WD4220-5AE
8WD4220-5AF
Blinklight elements
24 V AC/DC
Red
Green
Yellow
Clear
Blue
8WD4220-5BB
8WD4220-5BC
8WD4220-5BD
8WD4220-5BE
8WD4220-5BF
for 4 signaling elements
Black
8WD4228-0BB
Adapter elements for AS-Interface

AS-Interface adapter elements
With/without external auxiliary voltage,
switchable
Standard AS-i
Connection elements3)
Connection elements with cover
Black
Screw terminals
For mounting on pipes, brackets and
floors
1)
One acoustic element can be mounted per signaling column.

The cover is included in the scope of supply of the acoustic elements and
fixed in place.
2)
The lamp is not included in the scope of supply. Please order separately.
3)
The connection element with cover is an essential part for assembling the
signaling columns.
8WD4208-0AA
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/133
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves

Version
Article No.
Mounting
Feet, single
Plastic, for mounting on pipes
8WD4308-0DB
Metal,
for pipe lengths > 400 mm
8WD4308-0DC
Plastic, for floor mounting (without pipe)
8WD4208-0DE
Adjustable-angle feet
for positioning in 7.5 increments1)
Plastic, for mounting on pipes,

incl. rubber seal
8WD4408-0DF
Pipes, single
Length 100 mm
8WD4208-0EF
Length 150 mm
8WD4308-0EE
Length 250 mm
8WD4308-0EA
Length 400 mm
8WD4308-0EB
Length 1 000 mm
8WD4308-0ED
Side cable outlet

(can also be used without feet)
8WD4308-0DD
Side cable outlet,

with magnetic fixing2)
8WD4308-0DE
4
Sockets for feet
Brackets for mounting with foot
8WD4408-0CC
Brackets for wall mounting

(plastic)
Mounting without feet and pipe
8WD4208-0CD
Adapters for single-hole mounting
Mounting without feet and pipe,

with M18 thread and fixing nut
8WD4208-0EH
Lamps
Incandescent lamps, 5 W, 24 V AC/DC
Base BA 15d
8WD4328-1XX
LEDs, 24 V AC/DC
Base BA 15d
1)
Markings for 30, 45, 60 and 90.
2)
For horizontal mounting, only 1 element is recommended.
4/134
Siemens IK PI 2015
Red
Green
Yellow
Clear
Blue
8WD4428-6XB
8WD4428-6XC
8WD4428-6XD
8WD4428-6XE
8WD4428-6XF
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves

Acoustic elements
Version
Rated voltage
Color
Article No.
Buzzer elements 85 dB,

pulsating or continuous tone,
adjustable by means of a wire jumper
24 V AC/DC
Black
8WD4420-0FA
Siren elements,
multi-tone, 100 dB,
8 tones and volume are adjustable
24 V AC/DC
Black
8WD4420-0EA2
Siren elements 108 dB, IP40
24 V DC
Black
8WD4420-0EA
Red
Green
Yellow
Clear
Blue
8WD4400-1AB
8WD4400-1AC
8WD4400-1AD
8WD4400-1AE
8WD4400-1AF
24 V DC
Red
Green
Yellow
Clear
Blue
8WD4420-0CB
8WD4420-0CC
8WD4420-0CD
8WD4420-0CE
8WD4420-0CF
24 V AC/DC
Red
Green
Yellow
Clear
Blue
8WD4420-5AB
8WD4420-5AC
8WD4420-5AD
8WD4420-5AE
8WD4420-5AF
Blinklight elements
24 V AC/DC
Red
Green
Yellow
Clear
Blue
8WD4420-5BB
8WD4420-5BC
8WD4420-5BD
8WD4420-5BE
8WD4420-5BF
Rotating light elements
24 V AC/DC
Red
Green
Yellow
Clear
Blue
8WD4420-5DB
8WD4420-5DC
8WD4420-5DD
8WD4420-5DE
8WD4420-5DF
1)
Light elements for incandescent lamps/LEDs, BA 15d bases

2)
12 ... 230 V AC/DC
Light elements with integrated flash lamp 3)

Flashlight elements with integrated
electronic flash
Light elements with integrated LED
Adapter elements for AS-Interface

AS-Interface adapter elements
With/without external auxiliary voltage,
switchable
Connection
A/B technology
Black
8WD4428-0BD
Standard AS-i
Black
8WD4428-0BE
elements4)
Connection elements with cover
Black
Screw terminals
For mounting on pipes
8WD4408-0AA
For mounting on brackets and floors
8WD4408-0AB
For mounting on pipes
8WD4408-0AD
For mounting on brackets and floors
8WD4408-0AE
Cover (replacement)
8WD4408-0XA
1)
One acoustic element can be mounted per signaling column.

The cover is included in the scope of supply of the acoustic elements and
fixed in place.
2)
The lamp is not included in the scope of supply. Please order separately.
3)
The lamp is included in the scope of supply.
4)
The connection element with cover is an essential part for assembling the
signaling columns.
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/135
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Slaves

Version
Article No.
Mounting
Foot with pipe
Pipe length 100 mm
8WD4308-0DA
Feet, single
Plastic, for mounting on pipes
8WD4308-0DB
Metal, for pipe lengths > 400 mm
8WD4308-0DC
Adjustable-angle feet
for positioning in 7.5 increments1)
Plastic, for mounting on pipes,

incl. rubber seal
8WD4408-0DF
Pipes, single
Length 100 mm
8WD4208-0EF
Length 150 mm
8WD4308-0EE
Length 250 mm
8WD4308-0EA
Length 400 mm
8WD4308-0EB
Length 1 000 mm
8WD4308-0ED
Side cable outlet

(can also be used without feet)
8WD4308-0DD
Side cable outlet,

with magnetic fixing2)
8WD4308-0DE
For single-sided mounting
8WD4308-0CA
For double-sided mounting
8WD4308-0CB
Sockets for feet
Brackets for wall mounting

(mounting without feet and pipe)
8WD4408-0CC
Brackets for mounting with foot
Brackets for base mounting
Mounting without feet and pipe
8WD4408-0CD
Adapters for mounting on pipes

according to NPT
Mounting on pipes, 25 mm,

with NPT 1/2" thread
8WD4308-0DF
Lamps
Incandescent lamps, 5 W, 24 V AC/DC
Base BA 15d
8WD4328-1XX
LEDs, 24 V AC/DC
Base BA 15d
1)
Markings for 30, 45, 60 and 90.
2)
For horizontal mounting, only 1 element is recommended.
4/136
Siemens IK PI 2015
Red
Green
Yellow
Clear
Blue
8WD4428-6XB
8WD4428-6XC
8WD4428-6XD
8WD4428-6XE
8WD4428-6XF
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Power supply units and data decoupling modules
AS-Interface power supply units
Overview
AS-Interface power supply unit for 3 A

AS-Interface power supply units feed 30 V DC into the
AS-Interface cable and supply the AS-Interface components.
They include power-optimized data decoupling for the separation of communication signals and control supply voltage. As the
result, AS-Interface is able to convey both data and power along
a single line. The power supply units are resistant to overload
and short circuits.
Dimensions
AS-Interface power supply units have compact dimensions in
widths of 50 / 70 / 120 mm. No distances from other devices
need to be observed when mounting the power supply units.
Features
Higher rating: The power supply units deliver currents of 2.6 to
8 A.
Integrated data decoupling: As the result, AS-Interface is able
to convey both data and power along a single line.
Integrated ground-fault detection: The power supply units perform the reliable detection and signaling of ground faults according to IEC 60204-1. The AS-Interface voltage can be disconnected automatically in the event of a ground fault.
Integrated overload detection: An output overload is detected
and reported over a diagnostics LED.
Diagnostics memory: Any ground faults or overloads on the
output side are stored in a diagnostics memory until the device is RESET.
Remote RESET and remote signaling: Using relay contacts,
a ground fault can be signaled and evaluated by a central
controller and/or indicator light.
Diagnostics LEDs: Three different LEDs indicate the status of
the AS-Interface power supply locally at the power supply unit.
Ultra-wide input range / two-phase connection: The ultra-wide
input range of 120 to 500 V of the 8 A version means that the
supply units can be used in virtually any network worldwide.
In addition, this version dispenses with the need for an
Nconductor as the device can be connected directly between
2 phases of a network.
Operation with 24 V DC: The 3 A power supply unit is also
available as a version with a 24 V DC input. This power supply
unit is suitable for use in battery-powered systems or in systems with UPS (uninterruptible power supply).
Removable terminal blocks with spring-type connections:
For easy exchanging of devices, each power supply unit has
three removable terminal blocks: for the input side, for the
output side and for Signal/RESET connections.
Benefits
Complete solution for supplying AS-Interface networks while
making full use of the maximum possible cable length per
AS-i segment
Only AS-i masters and AS-i slaves need to be connected to
the AS-Interface cable in order to operate AS-Interface
Compact, space-saving dimensions
Reliable power supply even for large numbers of AS-Interface
modules with a high power requirement
Integrated ground-fault and overload detection saves the
need for additional components and enhances safety
Fast fault detection and reduced downtimes thanks to diagnostics memory, remote signaling and remote RESET
Reduced downtimes as the result of removable terminal
blocks which enable the fast exchanging of devices
Ultra-wide input range of the 8 A version permits single-phase
and two-phase operation and saves the need for an N conductor
Can be used world-wide thanks to, for example, UL/CSA
approval (UL 508)
With the 2.6 A version the output power is restricted to max.
100 W for use in NEC Class 2 circuits

Version
Article No.
AS-Interface power supply units, IP20

AS-i single output 30 V DC
With integrated ground-fault detection
With the 2.6 A version, the output power is restricted to max. 100 W
(for use in NEC Class 2 circuits)
Dimensions: Width: 50 mm (3 A/2.6 A); 70 mm (5 A),
120 mm (8 A); Height: 125 mm; Depth: 125 mm
3RX9501-0BA00
Output current
Input voltage
2.6 A/max. 100 W
120/230 V AC (selectable)
3RX9501-2BA00
3A
3RX9501-0BA00
3A
24 V DC
3RX9501-1BA00
5A
3RX9502-0BA00
8A
120/230 ... 500 V AC (selectable)
3RX9503-0BA00
3RX9503-0BA00
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/137
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
30 V power supply units
Overview
Dimensions
The 30 V power supply units have compact dimensions
in widths of 50 and 70 mm. No distances from other devices
need to be observed when mounting the power supply units.
Features
Primary clocked power supply units for connection to a singlephase AC network
Power for currents of 3, 4 and 8 A
The output voltage is floating, and resistant to short-circuits
and no-load operation. In the event of an overload, the output
voltage will be reduced or switched off. After a short-circuit or
overload the devices will start up again automatically.
In the event of a device fault, the output voltage will be limited
to max. 37 V.
Modular installation devices in degree of protection IP20 and
safety class I
Diagnostics: With an output voltage > 26.5 V DC, the green
LED (30V O.K.) is lit and the signaling contact 13-14 is closed.
4
PSN130S 30 V power supply units for 3 A, 4 A and 8 A
The PSN130S 30 V power supply units feed 30 V DC into

the AS-Interface cable and supply the AS-Interface components, but do not include data decoupling. Data decoupling
modules are needed in addition therefore to separate communication signals and control supply voltage, see page 4/140 or
4/142.
The power supply units are resistant to overload and short circuits.
Benefits
Low-cost alternative solution for supplying AS-Interface
networks while making full use of the maximum possible cable
length per AS-i segment
Cost advantage particularly for multiple networks
Compact, space-saving dimensions
Reliable power supply even for large numbers of AS-Interface

modules with a high power requirement
Can be used world-wide thanks to, for example, UL/CSA
approval (UL 508)
Application
Configuration examples of AS-Interface networks with a 30 V power supply unit
PROFINET
S7-1200 and
CM 1243-2 multiple AS-i master with
DCM 1271 data decoupling module
PSN130S
30 V power
supply unit
IC01_00222
IC01_00221
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO double master

and
double data decoupling module
PSN130S
30 V power supply unit
AS-Interface
AS-Interface
AS-Interface
AS-Interface
AS-Interface
Configuration of AS-Interface multiple networks, each with one PSN130S 30 V power supply unit (examples with schematic representation):
Left:
Double network based on the S22.5 double data decoupling module and IE/ASi LINK PN IO double master
Right: Triple network based on the SIMATIC S7-1200 with DCM 1271 data decoupling modules and CM 1243-2 communication processors
4/138
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
30 V power supply units
Version
3A
4A
8A
Version
3A
4A
8A
Approvals
Input data
Input voltage, rated value Ue
V AC
120 / 230 V, single-phase,

automatic selection
UL
UL 508 / CSA 22.2
Pollution degree
IEC 60950
Overvoltage category and electrical

separation
EN 50178 and IEC 61558
Input voltage range
V AC
85 ... 132 / 174 ... 264
Mains frequency
Hz
50 / 60
Power consumption at full load, typ. W
103
139
270
Output data
EMC
Emitted interference (class B)
IEC 61000-6-3
Output voltage, rated value Ua
V DC 30
Line harmonics limit
IEC 61000-3-2
Residual ripple
mVss
< 150
Interference immunity
IEC 61000-6-2

at -20 C ... +60 C
Max. output current

at +60 C ... +70 C
Operating data
Ambient temperature
Degree of efficiency in rated conditions

Degree of efficiency
87
88
90
Power loss, typ.
12
17
25
Output overvoltage protection
< 37
Current limit, typ.
5.5
11
Operation
-20 ... +70
Transport / storage
-40 ... +85
Pollution degree
Humidity class
Climate class according to

DIN 50010, relative air
humidity max. 100 %,
without condensation
Safety
Electrical separation
primary / secondary
Output voltage
PELV / SELV according to
IEC 60950 and EN 50178
Safety class
IP20

Width
mm
50
Height x depth
mm
125 x 126.5
50
Weight
kg
0.4
0.4
70
0.7

Version
Screw terminals
Article No.
PSN130S 30 V DC power supply units (without AS-i data decoupling)

Output voltage 30 V DC
Dimensions:
Width: 50 mm (3 A / 4 A); 70 mm (8 A);
Height: 125 mm;
Depth: 126.5 mm
3RX9511-0AA00
Output current
Input voltage
3A
120 / 230 V AC (automatic selection)
3RX9511-0AA00
4A
3RX9512-0AA00
8A
3RX9513-0AA00
3RX9512-0AA00
3RX9513-0AA00
More information
Operating instructions and more technical information see
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/139
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
S22.5 data decoupling modules
Overview
Benefits
Compatible expansion of the AS-Interface system
An existing standard power supply unit with 24 V DC or 30 V
DC can be used for supplying AS-i networks
The AS-Interface system can also be used in tightly budgeted
applications because no AS-Interface power supply unit
needs to be purchased
Applications benefit in addition from the advantages of a
modern bus system:
- High level of standardization
- Additional diagnostics and maintenance information
- Faster commissioning
Easy and cost-efficient design of single and multiple networks
is possible
Application
4
AS-Interface S22.5 double data decoupling module:
Screw terminal version (picture left),
Spring-type terminal version (picture right)
With the aid of the S22.5 data decoupling module, the

AS-Interface network can also be supplied with 24 V DC or
30 V DC from a standard power supply unit and the transmission
of data and power can be realized along one cable.
The combination of data decoupling modules and standard
power supply units is therefore a cost-efficient alternative to the
service-proven AS-Interface power supply units.
The quality of the data signals and the reliable operation of the
AS-i network are not negatively affected as the result.
The AS-Interface data decoupling module is designed for

AS-Interface networks with 30 V supply or 24 V supply
(AS-iPower24V).
Operation of an AS-i network with the data decoupling module
and a 30 V standard power supply unit is technically equivalent
to the use of an AS-Interface power supply unit and offers the
service-proven features of AS-Interface for all applications.
AS-Interface Power24V uses a 24 V power supply unit in
conjunction with a data decoupling module and is particularly
suitable for
Compact machines using AS-Interface input/output
modules
Applications in the control cabinet for AS-Interface integration
of SIRIUS Innovations contactors and compact starters (3RT2
contactors through 3RA27 function modules or 3RA6 compact
starters through 3RA69 AS-i add-on modules).
Features of the S22.5 data decoupling module

Narrow design: 22.5 mm wide
Version with screw or spring-type terminals
Versions for single and double data decoupling
Supply of several AS-i networks with a single power supply
unit
Operation with 24 V DC or 30 V DC, grounded or nongrounded
Adjustable current limiting up to 2 x 4 A
Integrated ground-fault detection with fault storage
Diagnostics LEDs and signaling contacts
RESET by button or remote RESET
Extra Low Voltage) or SELV (Safety Extra Low Voltage) standards, have a residual ripple of < 250 mVpp, and in the event of
a fault, must limit the output voltage to a maximum of 40 V.
We recommend SITOP power supply units, see Catalog IC 10,
Chapter 15 "Products for Specific Requirements"
"Stabilized Power Supplies" or PSN130S 30 V power supplies,
see page 4/138.
Ground-fault detection
Note on AS-i Power24V:
The integrated ground-fault detection works with a grounded

and non-grounded supply: The connection of negative pole and
ground (upstream from the data decoupling module) customary
with 24 V DC power supplies is permitted. A ground fault to the
negative or positive pole on the AS-Interface network (downstream from the data decoupling module) is detected and stored
as a fault and will be signaled using LEDs and a relay contact.
The length of an AS-i Power24V network is restricted to 50 m in

order to limit the voltage drop along the cable.
When using the double data decoupling module or other data

decoupling modules, several AS-Interface networks can
be operated with a single power supply unit. This results in
an additional cost advantage.
Note:
AS-i masters, AS-i slaves and the sensors and actuators supplied through the AS-i cable must be designed for the reduced
voltage. Sensors and actuators for the standard voltage range of
10 to 30 V can be supplied with sufficient voltage.
Please also continue to observe the requirements specified in
the section "Extension of AS-i Power24V" for implementation of
AS-i Power24V, see page 4/5.
For more information on AS-i Power24V,
see "AS-Interface System Manual"
4/140
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Application
Construction of an AS-i Power24V network with an AS-Interface S22.5 data decoupling module
PROFINET
PROFINET
S7-300 with CP 343-2 / CP 343-2P
Single
data
decoupling unit
Up to 50 m
Double
data
decoupling
module
Up to 50 m
AS-Interface
NSB0_02191a
AS-Interface
S7-300 with CP 343-2 / CP 343-2P

I/O modules
I/O modules
NSB0_02192a
AS-Interface
I/O modules
Construction of an AS-i Power24V network with an AS-Interface S22.5 data decoupling module: Picture left: single network, picture right: multiple network

Version
Article No.
Screw terminals

width 22.5 mm, height 101 mm, depth 115 mm
Single data decoupling module, 1 x 4 A
3RK1901-1DE12-1AA0
Double data decoupling module, 2 x 4 A
3RK1901-1DE22-1AA0
3RK1901-1DE12-1AA0
width 22.5 mm, height 105 mm, depth 115 mm
Single data decoupling module, 1 x 4 A
3RK1901-1DG12-1AA0
Double data decoupling module, 2 x 4 A
3RK1901-1DG22-1AA0
3RK1901-1DG12-1AA0
Circuit diagrams
+
L+
REMOTE RESET
24 V DC
(10 ... 32 V,
PELV, SELV)
+
Y1 Y2
1 2
24 V DC
(24 32 V, PELV, SELV)
Vppnoise < 250 mV
+
M
L+
4
5
4 A gG
C13
REMOTE RESET
24 V DC
(10 ... 32 V, PELV, SELV)
4 A gG
+
C13
Y1 Y2
1 2
3
3
>
>
>
8
7
FE ASI1+ ASI1-
C14
ASI1
=
2,5
/
3,0
/
3,5
/
4,0
A
(default)
max
Single data decoupling module
NSB0_02186
EARTH
FAULT
ASI1
RESET
EARTH
FAULT
ASI1
RESET
EARTH
FAULT
ASI2
6
7
FE
8
10
11
ASI1+ ASI1- ASI2+ ASI2-
12
C14 C24
NSB0_02185
24 V DC
(24 32 V,
PELV, SELV)
Vppnoise < 250 mV
ASI2
max = 2,5 / 3,0 /3,5 / 4,0 A (default)
ASI1
max = 2,5 / 3,0 /3,5 / 4,0 A (default)
Double data decoupling module

Siemens IK PI 2015
4/141
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Data decoupling modules for S7-1200
Overview
Application
The AS-Interface data decoupling module is designed for
AS-Interface networks with 30 V supply or 24 V supply
(AS-Interface Power24V).
Operation of an AS-i network with the data decoupling module
and a 30 V standard power supply unit is technically equivalent
to the use of an AS-Interface power supply unit and offers the
service-proven features of AS-Interface for all applications.
AS-Interface Power24V uses a 24 V power supply unit in
conjunction with a data decoupling module and is particularly
suitable for
Compact machines using AS-Interface input/output modules
Applications in the control cabinet for AS-Interface integration
of SIRIUS Innovations contactors and compact starters (3RT2
contactors through 3RA27 function modules or 3RA6 compact
starters through 3RA69 AS-i add-on modules)
Note:
DCM 1271 data decoupling module for SIMATIC S7-1200
With the aid of the DCM 1271 data decoupling module,

the AS-Interface network can also be supplied with 24 V DC or
30 V DC from a standard power supply unit and the transmission
of data and power can be realized along one cable.
The DCM 1271 data decoupling module has the same enclosure
design as the S7-1200 module and is therefore ideal for combining with the CM 1243-2 AS-i master.
Features of the DCM 1271 data decoupling module
Design: S7-1200, 30 mm wide, degree of protection IP20
Detachable terminals (scope of supply)
Single data decoupling
Supply of several AS-i networks with a single power supply
unit
Operation with 24 V DC or 30 V DC, grounded or nongrounded
Current limiting at 4 A
Integrated ground-fault detection
Diagnostics LEDs for ground faults and overloads
Signaling contacts for ground-fault detection
Extra Low Voltage) or SELV (Safety Extra Low Voltage) standards, have a residual ripple of < 250 mVpp, and in the event of
a fault, must limit the output voltage to a maximum of 40 V.
We recommend SITOP power supply units, see Catalog IC 10,
Chapter 15 "Products for Specific Requirements"
"Stabilized Power Supplies" or PSN130S 30 V power supplies,
see page 4/138.
Note on AS-i Power24V:
The length of an AS-i Power24V network is restricted to 50 m in
order to limit the voltage drop along the cable.
AS-i masters, AS-i slaves and the sensors and actuators supplied through the AS-i cable must be designed for the reduced
voltage. Sensors and actuators for the standard voltage range of
10 to 30 V can be supplied with sufficient voltage.
Please also continue to observe the requirements specified in
the section "Extension of AS-i Power24V" for implementation of
AS-i Power24V, see page 4/5.
Construction of an AS-i Power24V network
with AS-Interface DCM 1271 data decoupling module
PROFINET
Ground-fault detection
S7-1200 with DCM 1271, CM 1243-2
The integrated ground-fault detection works with a grounded

and non-grounded supply: The connection of negative pole and
ground (upstream from the data decoupling module) customary
with 24 V DC power supplies is permitted. A ground fault to the
negative or positive pole on the AS-Interface network (behind
the data decoupling module) is identified and signaled via LED
and a transistor output.
Up to 50 m
AS-Interface
An existing standard power supply unit with 24 V DC or

30 V DC can be used for supplying AS-i networks
The AS-Interface system can also be used in tightly budgeted
applications because no AS-Interface power supply unit
needs to be purchased
Applications benefit in addition from the advantages of a
modern bus system:
- High level of standardization
- Additional diagnostics and maintenance information
- Faster commissioning
4/142
Siemens IK PI 2015
I/O modules
NSB0_02245
Benefits
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Data decoupling modules for S7-1200

Version
Article No.
DCM 1271 data decoupling modules
3RK7271-1AA30-0AA0
With screw terminals, removable terminals (included in the scope of supply)

3RK7271-1AA30-0AA0
Accessories
Version
Screw terminals
Article No.
Screw terminals
5-pole
for AS-i master CM 1243-2 and AS-i DCM 1271 data decoupling module
3RK1901-3MA00
3-pole
for AS-i DCM 1271 data decoupling module for connecting the power supply unit
3RK1901-3MB00
Circuit diagrams
1L+
+
-A1
1M
>
max. 4 A
DCM 1271
Data Decoupling Module
EFD
ASI OL
max
max. 50 mA
+
2L+
NSB0_02244
DIAG
EARTH
FAULT
ASI
2M DQ ASI+ ASI-
DCM 1271 single data decoupling module
More information
Manuals see http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en//50414115/133300.
For more information on AS-i Power24V, see
"AS-Interface System Manual" http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/26250840.
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/143
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Transmission media
Overview
To enable use in the most varied ambient conditions (e.g. in an
oily environment), the AS-Interface cable is available in different
materials (rubber, TPE, PUR).
For special applications it is also possible to use an unshielded
standard round cable H05VV-F 2 x 1.5 mm according to
AS-i Specification. With AS-Interface, data and energy for the
sensors (e.g. proximity switches) and actuators (e.g. indicator
lights) are transmitted over the yellow AS-Interface cable.
The black AS-Interface cable must be used for actuators with a
24 V DC supply (e.g. solenoid valves) and a high power requirement.
Suitable for operation in tow chains
The use of the AS-Interface shaped cables with TPE and PUR
outer sheath was checked in a tow chain test with the following
conditions:
4
AS-Interface shaped cable
The actuator-sensor interface the networking system used for

the lowest field area is characterized by very easy mounting
and installation. A new connection method was developed
specially for AS-Interface.
The stations are connected using the AS-Interface cable. This
two-wire AS-Interface shaped cable has a trapezoidal shape,
thus ruling out polarity reversal.
Connection is effected by the insulation piercing method.
In other words, male contacts pierce the shaped AS-Interface
cable and make reliable contact with the two wires. Cutting
to length and stripping are superfluous. Consequently,
AS-Interface stations (e.g. I/O modules, intelligent devices) can
be connected in the shortest possible time and exchanging
devices is quick.
Chain length
Travel
10
Bending radius
mm
75
Travel speed
m/s
Acceleration
m/s2
Number of cycles
10 million
Duration of test
approx. 3 years
(11 000 cycles per day)
After termination of the 10 million cycles, only slight wear was

visible due to the lugs of the tow chain. No damage to the cores
and core insulation could be detected.
Note:
When using a tow chain, the cables must be installed in such a
way that they are not subject to tensile forces. On no account
may the cables be twisted, but they must be routed flat through
the tow chain.

Version
Article No.
3RX90..-0AA00
4/144
Material
Color
Quantity
Rubber
Yellow (AS-Interface)
100-m roll
3RX9010-0AA00
1-km drum
3RX9012-0AA00
Black (24 V DC)
100-m roll
3RX9020-0AA00
Black (24 V DC)
1-km drum
3RX9022-0AA00
100-m roll
3RX9013-0AA00
1-km drum
3RX9014-0AA00
Black (24 V DC)
100-m roll
3RX9023-0AA00
Black (24 V DC)
1-km drum
3RX9024-0AA00
TPE special version

according to UL Class 2
100-m roll
3RX9017-0AA00
Black (24 V DC)
100-m roll
3RX9027-0AA00
PUR
100-m roll
3RX9015-0AA00
1-km drum
3RX9016-0AA00
Black (24 V DC)
100-m roll
3RX9025-0AA00
Black (24 V DC)
1-km drum
3RX9026-0AA00
TPE
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
System Components and Accessories
Repeater
The following conditions apply:
When used without an extension plug no more than two
repeaters are permitted between AS-i master and slave
(repeaters connected in series).
When used with an extension plug no more than one repeater
is permitted between AS-i master and slave.
Overview
In safety-related applications the following also applies:

When used without an extension plug, no more than two
repeaters are permitted between evaluation unit (e.g. MSS
ASIsafe Modular Safety System) and ASIsafe input slave or
safe output module.
When used with an extension plug, no more than one repeater
is permitted between evaluation unit (e.g. MSS ASIsafe
Modular Safety System) and ASIsafe input slave or safe output
module.
100 m
100 m
100 m
Power supply
The AS-Interface repeater is used to extend the AS-Interface

cable.
In its basic version, an AS-i network comprises one segment
with a maximum cable length of 100 m. An extension plug
(see next page) can be used to increase the cable length for
a segment to a maximum of 200 m.
If this is insufficient, however, you can use one or more repeaters.
A repeater adds an extra segment to an existing segment.
The extra segment can have a cable length of up to 100 m
(without extension plug) or up to 200 m (with an extension plug
in the extra segment).
Each segment requires a separate AS-i power supply unit.
Electrical separation of the two AS-Interface shaped cable
lines
Slaves can be used on both sides of the repeater.
The additional power supply can increase the current
infeed for slaves/sensors and lower the voltage drop on the
AS-i cable.
Separate display of the correct AS-Interface voltage for each
segment.
Installed in K45 module enclosure IP67 with mounting plate
Easy mounting
Design of an AS-Interface network with repeaters
Parallel switching of several repeaters possible
(star configuration)
Combination of series and parallel switching possible
Repeater
Repeater
Power
supply
AS-Interface
Power
supply
Master
Slave
Repeater
Power supply
G_IK10_XX_20011a
AS-Interface repeater
Design of an example AS-Interface network with repeaters

(without extension plug)
Note:
The AS-Interface repeater is not suitable for AS-i Power24V
networks. It is recommended for use in AS-Interface networks
with AS-Interface power supply units (e.g. 3RX9501-0BA00).
Benefits
More possibilities of use and greater freedom for plant
planning through extension of the AS-Interface network
Reduced downtime and servicing times in the event of a fault
thanks to separate display of the correct AS-Interface voltage
for each side
Application
The repeater is used to extend the AS-Interface network. In this
case there are AS-Interface slaves and one AS-Interface power
supply unit on each side of the repeater.
In the case of a line topology with two repeaters and three extension plugs, the AS-Interface network can be extended by 600 m
overall, see example design with extension plug on the next
page.

Version
Article No.
Repeaters for AS-Interface
6GK1210-0SA01
For cable extension,

scope of supply includes mounting plate (for wall and standard rail mounting)
6GK1 210-0SA01
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/145
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Extension plug
Overview
The following versions of the extension plug are available:
Extension plug Compact: a passive component that can be
connected directly to the AS-Interface shaped cable
Extension plug plus: The Extension plug plus has an integrated A/B slave that enables any undervoltage supply to be
signaled to the AS-Interface master. It has an M12 plug and
can be connected to the AS-Interface M12 feeder with degree
of protection IP67.
Design of an AS-Interface segment with an extension plug
With an AS-Interface segment with a cable length of more than
100 m and up to a maximum of 200 m, the extension plug is
installed in a radius of approx. 10 m at that point of the network
which is furthest from the power supply unit. The extension plug
is not allowed to be used in AS-Interface networks smaller than
100 m. As with all AS-Interface networks, any network structure
(line, tree, star) is possible when using the extension plug.
Only one extension plug is required per 200 m segment, even
with a tree or star structure.
4
AS-Interface extension plug:
Picture left: extension plug compact, picture right: extension plug plus
With the extension plug, it is possible to double the cable length

possible in an AS-Interface segment from 100 to 200 m.
Only one power supply unit is needed to supply power to the
slaves on the up to 200 m long segment.
Note:
With the compact extension plug and the M12 feeder
3RK1901-1NR10 (4 A), the AS-Interface shaped cable has to
be terminated using the cable terminating piece, see
"miscellaneous accessories", page 4/152.
The AS-Interface extension plug is not suitable for AS-i
Power24V networks.
Master
Extension Slave
Plug
Slave
200 m
Repeater
Power
Supply
Slave
Slave Extension Repeater

Plug
Slave
200 m
Slave
Extension
Plug
200 m
600 m
Maximum network size with repeaters and extension plug (master at center of network)

Version
Article No.
AS-Interface extension plug compact

Doubling of the cable length to 200 m per AS-Interface segment
With direct connection to AS-Interface shaped cable
3RK1901-1MX02
AS-Interface extension plug plus

Doubling of the cable length to 200 m per AS-Interface segment
Mounting on AS-Interface M12 feeders (to be ordered separately)
Undervoltage monitoring signal through integrated AS-Interface slave to AS-Interface master
3RK1901-1MX01

Transition of shaped AS-Interface cable to a standard round cable
3RX9801-0AA00

Transition of AS-Interface cable without Uaux, with M12 socket
Max. 4 A
3RK1901-1NR10
3RK1901-1MX02
3RK1901-1MX01
Accessories
3RX9801-0AA00
3RK1901-1NR10
4/146
Siemens IK PI 2015
NSA0_00371c
Power
Supply
Power
Supply
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Addressing units
Overview
The innovated addressing unit for AS-Interface of the

AS-i Specification V3.0
The addressing unit is used to assign an address during commissioning to each AS-Interface slave. The device detects a
connected slave module or a complete AS-i network and
displays the found module in the LCD display. Via the Up/Down
keys can each address can be individually set. By turning the
rotary switch, further commissioning functions are selected
intuitively. The innovative device has been adapted to the
current AS-i Specification V3.0 and can now also handle the I/O
data of the latest slaves.
Functionality
Reading out and adjusting the slave address 0 to 31 or 1A to
31A, 1B to 31B, with automatic addressing aid and prevention
of double addresses
Reading out the slave profile (IO, ID, ID2)
Reading out and adjusting the ID1 code
Input/output test when commissioning the slaves:
Read input signals and write outputs
with all digital and analog slaves according to AS-Interface
Specification V3.0, including safe input slaves and complex
CTT2 slaves
Measuring the voltage on the AS-Interface cable
(measuring range from 2 to 35 V)
Display of the operational current in case of direct connection
of an AS-i slave (measuring range from 0 to 150 mA)
Storage of complete network configurations (profiles of all
slaves) to simplify the addressing
Adjusting the slave parameters for commissioning
Reading out the identification and diagnostics of CTT2 slaves
Reading out the code table of safe input slaves (ASIsafe)
Benefits
Increased power supply to the slaves to 150 mA
Better utilization of the battery capacity thanks to improved
circuitry
Support for the current AS-i Specification V3.0
Expanded display for simultaneously displaying input and
output states
Clearly recognizable display of status of digital inputs/outputs
in binary format (0 / 1), optionally also available as hexadecimal values
Intuitive display of analog data either as decimal, hexadecimal
or as a percentage (e.g. 100 % corresponds to input/output
value 20 mA)
I/O data of complex slaves (CTT2 profile) can be displayed
Decoded display of the input data of safe input slaves, including code table
Simplification of the operating steps when setting the slave
address with automatic read back of the set address
Addressing cable, ready for operation even without screwing
in tight into the M12 socket, thus faster availability of the addressing unit
Proven compact housing with smooth keys and rotary switch
Connection of standard AS-i networks possible with 30 V as
well as Power24V networks
Complex slaves with high operating current can be addressed
without external supply
Longer operating time per battery pack
Can be used with all types of digital and analog slaves
Comprehensive and fast input/output test of plants, even for
A/B modules with 4 DI / 4 DO and current analog modules with
an A/B address
Faster and more reliable commissioning of the
AS-Interface modules
One-hand operation possible, with unique selection of the
functions
Universal applicability for all AS-i networks
Note:
For operation of the addressing unit on an AS-Interface cable
with connected power supply unit, the following applies:
The AS-Interface addressing unit is suitable for standard AS-i
networks and AS-i Power24V networks (operational voltage on
the AS-Interface cable min. 19 V).
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/147
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Addressing units
3RK1904-2AB02 AS-Interface addressing unit
Parameters
Measuring range
Voltage
Current (for slaves)
V
A
2 ... 35
0 ... 0.150
Measuring accuracy in % of the measured value

Voltage
Current (for slaves)
%
%
3.5 + 2 digits
5 + 2 digits
Input resistance for voltage measurement
300
Power supply
Standard power supply
4 batteries 1.5 V type AA, IEC LR6 (NEDA15) or corresponding batteries (preferably NiMH)
Recommendation for current-intensive application
4 high-grade alkaline manganese batteries 1.5 V type AA
Automatic disconnection for a longer battery life
Approx. 5 minutes (or approx. 1 minute when data exchange is active) after last operation
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
0 ... +50
Storage temperature
-20 ... +75 without batteries
Relative air humidity, max.
75, condensation not permitted
Altitude above sea level, max.
2000
Only indoors
Location
Mechanical design
IP40
Dimensions, W x H x D
mm
Connection
84 x 195 x 35
M12 socket: Pin 1: ASI+; Pin 3: ASIPin 2, 4, 5: Not used
Weight with batteries
kg
0.450

Version
Article No.

For setting the AS-i address of standard slaves, and slaves with extended addressing
mode (A/B slaves)
Scope of supply:
- Addressing cable, with M12 plug to addressing plug (hollow plug), length 1.5 m
3RK1904-2AB02
3RK1902-4PB15-3AA0
3RK1902-4PB15-3AA0
Addressing cable, with M12 plug to M12 socket2)

For addressing slaves with M12 connection,
e.g. K20 or K60R modules or light curtains
Length 1.5 m, 3-pole, 3 x 0.34 mm2
3RX9801-0AA00
3RX9801-0AA00

Transition of AS-Interface cable to a standard round cable
Insulation piercing method for connection of AS-Interface cable
M12 socket for connection of standard round cable
3RK1901-1NR10
M12 cable plug3)

Extruded M12 plug (angled cable feeder 90), other cable end open
Length: 5 m, 5-pole, color: Black
3RK1902-4HB50-5AA0
M12 plug straight3)

For screw fixing, 5-pole screw terminal, max. 0.75 mm2
A-coded, max. 4 A
3RK1902-4BA00-5AA0
Addressing cable, with M12 plug to addressing plug

(hollow plug)1)
Included in the scope of supply of the addressing unit
Length 1.5 m
Z236A
3RK1904-2AB02
Accessories
3RK1901-1NR10
3RK1902-4HB50-5AA0
3RK1902-4BA00-5AA0
1)
Can be ordered only via GMC-I Messtechnik GmbH,

see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 16 "Appendix "External Partners"
2)
Not included in scope of supply of the 3RK1904-2AB02 addressing unit.
4/148
Siemens IK PI 2015
3)
For connecting the addressing unit to an AS-i network via AS-Interface

M12 feeder, a connecting cable (M12 plug to M12 connector) must be
produced and requires the following wiring:
- M12 cable plug: Pin 1 / core brown M12 plug: Pin 1
- M12 cable plug: Pin 3 / core blue M12 plug: Pin 3
- Pin 2, 4, 5 not connected.
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Analyzer
Overview
Benefits
Simple and user-friendly operation enables diagnostics of
AS-Interface networks without help from specialists
Speedy troubleshooting thanks to intuitive display in statistics
mode
Test logs provide verification of the state and quality of the
installation for service and approval
Recorded logs facilitate remote diagnostics by technical
assistance
Comprehensive trigger functions enable exact analysis
Process data can be monitored online
Application
Online statistics
4
AS-Interface analyzer
The AS-Interface analyzer is used to test AS-Interface networks.

Installation errors, e. g. loose contacts or EMC interference
under extreme loads, can be revealed by this device.
Thanks to the easy-to-use software the user can assess the
quality of complete networks even if he lacks detailed specialist
knowledge of AS-Interface. In addition it is an easy matter with
the AS-Interface analyzer to create test logs from the records
produced, thus providing documentation for startups and
service assignments.
For advanced AS-Interface users there are trigger functions for
detailed diagnostics.
Online statistics, overview
Connection
Master
M12 feeder
Slave
Slave
Slave
NSA0_00359c
Slave
AS-Interface Analyzer
PC
Online statistics, details, e.g. here a fault on slave 5
Connection of AS-Interface analyzer to PC and AS-Interface network
This mode provides a quick overview of the existing AS-Interface

system. The error rates are displayed per slave in a traffic-light
function (green, yellow, red).
The AS-Interface analyzer follows the communication on the

AS-Interface network as a passive station. The unit is supplied
simultaneously from the AS-Interface cable.
The bus configuration and the currently transmitted data of the

slaves are shown in a well arranged presentation.
This analyzer interprets the physical signals on the AS-Interface

network and records the communication.
The data thus obtained are transferred through an RS 232
interface to a PC such as a notebook, for evaluation with the
supplied diagnostics software.
With the expanded statistics function, it is possible to determine

the error rates as the number of transmitted or faulty bus message frames.
The bundle error overview shows in steps how many multiple
repetitions of message frames occurred in order to enable
a selective and look-ahead assessment of the transmission
quality.
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/149
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Analyzer
Data mode
Trace mode
Presentation of the I/O data: Safety data

Presentation of message frames in trace mode
The presentation of message frames in the style of a classic

fieldbus analyzer is indispensable for complex troubleshooting.
Extensive trigger functions and recording and viewing filters are
available for this purpose.
An external trigger input and trigger output round off the scope
of functions in order to find even the most difficult errors.
For troubleshooting in connection with ASIsafe applications,
changes of status in the code tables of safety slaves are identified and assessed.
Test log
Presentation of the I/O data: Analog values
In this mode, the analyzer shows not only the digital

input/output values but also the current analog values and the
input status of the safety slaves.
Example of a test log
The recorded data of the online statistics are easy to output and
document using a test log. Verification of the state of the plant
can thus be provided for approvals or service assignments.
The integrated measurement assistant records the bus signals
for a variable duration, thereby triggering creation of an automatic test log. A standardized quality test of AS-i plants is thus
possible.
Note:
The AS-Interface analyzer is suitable for standard AS-i networks
and AS-i Power24V networks (operational voltage min. 20 V).
4/150
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Analyzer
3RK1904-3AB01
Version
Article No.
AS-Interface analyzers
3RK1904-3AB01
For testing AS-Interface actuator/sensor interface systems

For troubleshooting and service assignments in installations and networks with AS-Interface
systems
Dimensions (W x H x D): 145 x 30 x 92 mm
Scope of supply:
AS-Interface analyzers
RS 232 cable for connecting to PC
USB-to-serial/RS 232 adapter
Screwdriver
- Magnetic adhesive tape for fastening the analyzer to metal surfaces
- Service case with foam insert,
dimensions (W x H x D / mm): approx. 260 x 70 x 200
- Diagnostics software (CD-ROM) for PC
(Windows 95/98, ME, 2000, NT, XP, Vista Home Basic, Home Premium,
Business, Ultimate, Windows 7)
Accessories
3RX9801-0AA00
3RK1901-1NR10
3RK1902-4HB50-5AA0
3RX9801-0AA00
Transition of shaped AS-Interface cable to a standard round cable


Max. 4 A
3RK1901-1NR10
M12 cable plugs
3RK1902-4HB50-5AA0
Cable: PUR, 5-pole

Length: 5 m
Color: Black
Extruded M12 plug (angled cable feeder 90), other cable end open
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/151
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface

Version
Article No.
AS-Interface system manual

Free download of technical information and overview of the AS-Interface product range from
Siemens, scope: approx. 600 pages
For German version, see
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/de/26250840
For English version, see
3RK2703-3AB02-1AA1
AS-Interface compact distributors, for AS-Interface flat cable
3RK1901-1NN10
3RK1901-1NN10
3RX9801-0AA00
For flat cable
For
Cable length
Cable end in feeder
AS-i
M12 socket
--
Available
3RX9801-0AA00

3RK1901-1NR10
For flat cable
For
Cable length
Cable end in feeder
AS-i
M12 socket
--
Not available
3RK1901-1NR10
AS-i
M12 cable box
1m
Not available
3RK1901-1NR11
AS-i
M12 cable box
2m
Not available
3RK1901-1NR12
AS-i/Uaux
M12 socket
--
Not available
3RK1901-1NR20
AS-i/Uaux
M12 cable box
1m
Not available
3RK1901-1NR21
AS-i/Uaux
M12 cable box
2m
Not available
3RK1901-1NR22
3RK1901-1NR11
AS-Interface M12 feeders, 4-fold
For flat cable
For
Cable length
Cable end in feeder
AS-i/Uaux
4-fold M12 socket,

delivery includes
mounting plate
rail mounting)
--
Not available
3RK1901-1NR04
3RK1901-1TR00
M12 T distributors
IP68
1 x M12 plug
2 x M12 box
3RK1901-1TR00
6ES7194-1KA01-0XA0

6ES7194-1KA01-0XA0
4/152
3RK1901-1NR04
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface

Version
Article No.
3RK1901-1KA00
3RK1901-1KA00
AS-Interface M12 sealing caps, tamper-proof
3RK1901-1KA01

3RK1901-1KA01
3RK1901-1PN00
For free M8 sockets

3RK1901-1PN00
AS-Interface M20 seals
3RK1901-1MD00
For AS-Interface cable, shaped

For insertion in M20 glands
3RK1901-1MD00
Cable adapters for flat cables
Connection of AS-Interface cable to metric gland with insulation piercing method
Continuation using standard cable
3RK1901-3QM00
- For M16 gland
3RK1901-3QM00
- For M20 gland
3RK1901-3QM10
Continuation using pins

- For M16 gland
3RK1901-3QM01
- For M20 gland
3RK1901-3QM11
Cable clips for cable adapters
3RK1901-3QA00
Cable terminating pieces
3RK1901-1MN00
3RK1901-3QA00
For sealing of open cable ends (shaped AS-Interface cable) in IP67
3RK1901-1MN00
K45 mounting plates
For wall mounting
3RK1901-2EA00
3RK1901-2DA00
3RK1901-2EA00
K60 mounting plates
For wall mounting
3RK1901-0CA00
3RK1901-0CB01
3RK1901-0CA00
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/153
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface

Version
Article No.
Sealing sets
3RK1902-0AR00

3RK1902-0AR00
One set contains one straight and one shaped seal.

Labels
3RT1900-1SB50
For K45 and K60 compact modules

20 x 9 mm, pastel turquoise
19 frames with 20 labels each
3RK1902-4GB50-4AA0

Angular M12 socket for screw fixing, 4-pole, 4 x 0.34 mm2,
Cable length 5 m
3RK1902-4GB50-4AA0
Angular M12 socket

for screw fixing, 4-pole screw terminals, max. 0.75 mm2,
A-coded, max. 4 A
3RK1902-4CA00-4AA0
M12 plugs, straight

For screw fixing, 5-pole screw terminals, max. 0.75 mm2,
A-coded, max. 4 A
3RK1902-4BA00-5AA0
M12 plugs, angled

A-coded, max. 4 A
3RK1902-4DA00-5AA0
3RK1902-4CA00-4AA0
3RK1902-4BA00-5AA0
3RK1902-4DA00-5AA0
M12 plugs, angled, for screw fixing, 5-pole, 5 x 0.34 mm2,
3RK1902-4H...-5AA0
3RK1902-4PB15-3AA0
Cable length 1.5 m
3RK1902-4HB15-5AA0
Cable length 5 m
3RK1902-4HB50-5AA0
Cable length 10 m
3RK1902-4HC01-5AA0

Straight M12 plug, straight M12 socket, for screw fixing, 3-pole, 3 x 0.34 mm2,
3RK1902-4PB15-3AA0
Cable length 1.5 m

Also for addressing AS-i slaves with
M12 bus connection (e.g. K20, K60R compact modules, M200D motor starters)
4/154
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Software
AS-Interface block library for SIMATIC PCS 7
Overview
Hardware and software requirements

The libraries require the following PCS 7 versions:
Engineering software V8: PCS 7 version V8.0 SP1 and higher
Engineering software migration V7-V8: PCS 7 version V8.0
and higher
Engineering software V7: PCS 7 version V6.1, V7.0 or V7.1
The engineering software migration V7-V8 comprises the same
interconnection logic of the CFC blocks as the engineering software V7 and is recommended for the switch to PCS 7 V8 with
only a few adjustments required in the CFC editor.
The engineering software V8 uses APL interconnection logic and
is recommended for new PCS 7 projects.
AS-Interface function block library for SIMATIC PCS 7: User interface
The AS-Interface block library for PCS 7 is integrated in the

SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system and expands it for integration of the AS-Interface system.
As the result, the advantages of AS-Interface such as the
considerable reduction of wiring outlay for distributed actuators/
sensors and very simple installation can also be used in a
system based on PCS 7.
The library contains modules for accessing the I/O data of
AS-i slaves, modules for diagnostics of the AS-i system, and a
faceplate for the PCS 7 Maintenance Station.
Supported AS-Interface modules
The AS-Interface block library for PCS 7 can be used with the
following AS-i master and link modules:
CP 343-2 (in ET 200M station) 6GK7343-2AH01-0XA0
CP 343-2P (in ET 200M station) 6GK7343-2AH11-0XA0
DP/AS-i LINK Advanced single master 6GK1415-2BA10
DP/AS-i LINK Advanced double master 6GK1415-2BA20
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO single master 6GK1411-2AB10
(only for block library for PCS 7 V8 with APL)
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO double master 6GK1411-2AB20
(only for block library for PCS 7 V8 with APL)
The block library supplied on CD-ROM allows the user to run the
required engineering software on the engineering station (single
license) including the runtime software for executing the AS
modules in an automation system (single license).
If the AS modules are to be used in additional automation
systems, the corresponding number of runtime licenses are
required which are supplied without a data carrier.
No additional licenses are required in order to use the faceplates
on further operator stations.
Benefits
Easy connection of AS-Interface to PCS 7
Engineering work reduced to positioning and connecting the
blocks in the CFC
With no additional configuring steps required for connection
to the PCS 7 Maintenance Station, diagnostics for the AS-i
system is optimally guaranteed.
Application
The AS-Interface block library for PCS 7 is used in systems
based on PCS 7 where the actuators and sensors are to be connected using AS-Interface.
The AS-i CP 343-2 and CP 343-2P masters are supported within

an ET 200M station connected through PROFIBUS.
For direct connection to PROFIBUS it is possible to use DP/AS-i
LINK Advanced as an AS-i single master and double master.
Digital AS-i standard slaves and A/B slaves (according to
AS-Interface Specification V 3.0) can be used on the CP 343-2
and CP 343-2P.
In combination with the IE/AS-i LINK PN IO (for PCS 7 V8
with APL) and the DP/AS-i LINK Advanced, it is also possible to
integrate analog AS-i slaves.
Siemens IK PI 2015
4/155
Siemens AG 2014
AS-Interface
Software
AS-Interface block library for SIMATIC PCS 7

Version
Article No.
AS-Interface block library for SIMATIC PCS 7 version V8 with Advanced Process Library (APL)
3ZS1635-1XX02-0YA0
For one engineering station (single license)

including runtime software for execution of the AS blocks in an automation system
(single license), German/English
Scope of supply:
AS blocks and faceplates for integrating AS-Interface into the
PCS 7 process control system with Advanced Process Library (APL),
for PCS 7 version V8.0, SP1, and higher
3ZS1635-1XX02-0YA0
Type of delivery:
Runtime license V8
3ZS1635-2XX02-0YB0

Required for using the AS blocks of the engineering software V8
on an additional automation system within a plant
Type of delivery:
AS-Interface block library for SIMATIC PCS 7 version V6.1/V7/V8 (Migration)

3ZS1635-1XX01-0YA0
For one engineering station (single license)

including runtime software for execution of the AS blocks in an automation system
(single license), German/English
Scope of supply:
PCS 7 process control system, for PCS 7 version V6.1, V7.0 or V7.1
3ZS1635-1XX01-0YA0
Type of delivery:
Runtime license V7
3ZS1635-2XX01-0YB0

engineering software migration V7-V8 on an additional automation system within a plant
Type of delivery:
3ZS1635-1XX11-0YE0
For upgrading (migrating) an existing engineering software V7 of the

AS-Interface block library for PCS 7
Conditions of use:
Availability of the engineering software V7 (license) of the AS-Interface block
library for PCS 7 for the PCS 7 version V6.1, V7.0 or V7.1
onto a system with PCS 7 version V8.0; installation of the previous version is unnecessary.
German/English
Scope of supply:
PCS 7 process control system, for PCS 7 version V 8.0
Type of delivery:
runtime licenses
More information
Programming manual for AS-Interface block library for SIMATIC
PCS 7 version V8 with Advanced Process Library (APL) see
Programming manual for AS-Interface block library for SIMATIC
PCS 7 version V6.1/V7/V8 (Migration) see
4/156
Siemens IK PI 2015
Notes:
The associated service pack SP1 of the block library is included
in the scope of delivery of engineering software V7 and
engineering software migration V7-V8.
Service Pack SP1 can also be downloaded from the Internet, see
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
5/2
5/2
Introduction
5/3
System components
5/8
IO-Link specification
5/9
Masters
5/9
5/9
IO-Link master module for S7-1200

- SM 1278 4xIO-Link master
5/10
5/10
IO-Link master module for ET 200SP

- CM 4xIO-Link
5/12
IO-Link master modules for ET 200S
5/12
- IO-Link 4SI electronic modules
5/13
- SIRIUS 4SI electronic modules
5/14
IO-Link master modules for ET 200eco PN
5/15
Input modules
5/36
5/36
SIRIUS 3RR24 monitoring relays

for mounting onto 3RT2 contactors
for IO-Link
General data
5/39
Current and active current monitoring
5/43
SIRIUS 3UG48 monitoring relays

for stand-alone installation
for IO-Link
5/43
General data
5/46
Line monitoring
5/47
Voltage monitoring
5/48
Current monitoring
5/49
Power factor and active current

monitoring
Residual current monitoring
5/50
5/51
- Residual-current monitoring relays

- 3UL23 residual-current transformers
5/52
Speed monitoring
5/53
Accessories
5/54
SIRIUS 3RS14, 3RS15 temperature

monitoring relays for IO-Link
5/15
5/16
General data
IO-Link K20 modules
5/18
5/18
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole,

3 ... 18.5 kW
5/20
SIRIUS 3RA23 reversing contactor

assemblies
5/54
General data
5/22
SIRIUS 3RA24 contactor assemblies

for wye-delta starting
5/56
Relays, digitally adjustable

for 1 sensor
5/24
SIRIUS 3RA27 function module

for IO-Link
5/58
Relays, digitally adjustable

for up to 3 sensors
5/26
SIRIUS 3RB24 solid-state

overload relays for IO-Link
5/59
Accessories
5/60
RFID systems
5/26
3RB24 for IO-Link, up to 630 A

for High-Feature applications
5/61
SIMATIC RF210R
5/63
SIMATIC RF220R
5/30
5/65
SIMATIC RF260R
5/31
Accessories
5/33
5/33
SIRIUS 3RA64, 3RA65 compact starters

for IO-Link
5/35
Accessories for compact starters

for IO-Link
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
Introduction
Overview
Parameter and diagnostics data are transmitted in addition to
the cyclic operating data for the connected sensors/actuators.
The simple, unshielded three-wire cable customary for standard
sensors is used for this purpose.
IO-Link is an open communication standard for sensors and

actuators defined by the Profibus User Organization (PNO).
IO-Link technology is based on the point-to-point connection of
sensors and actuators to the control system.
Laptop
Telecontrol and
substation
control
PC
Remote access,
e.g. via
teleservice
S7-1200 with
CP1242-7
Numeric Control
Controller
Controller
Control and
monitoring system
Motion Control
Systems
PC/PG/IPC
Database
Server
Telecontrol and
substation control
IWLAN
Controller
Security
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
Access
Point
Controller
Controller
Notebook
PC/PG
Access
Point
Industrial Ethernet
Switches
IWLAN
RCoax Cable
Controller
Field device for
PC/PG/IPC
Control and
monitoring system
Numeric
Control
Wireless
Devices
Coupler
Link
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS PA
RF180C
ASM456
Field devices
Field devices
SIMOCODE
pro
RFID
system
Code
reading
systems
Mobile
Panel
DP-Slave
Drives
RFID
system
IO-Link
master
Motion Control
Systems
Code
reading
systems
Mobile
Panel
Access
Point
Link
IO-Link
module
Power
supply
LOGO!
Compact
starter
Protection and
monitoring
devices
RFID system
Controller
SINAMICS
Drives
Link
Power
supply
Protection and
monitoring
devices
RFID system
Client
Module
Compact
starter
AS-Interface
Compact Compact
starter
feeder
Slaves
Field device
Slaves
Signalling column
Benefits
G_IK10_XX_30049
IO-Link
module
Application
Engineering
Standardized, open system for greater flexibility (non-Siemens
IO-Link devices can be integrated in engineering)
Uniform, transparent configuring and programming through
integrated engineering (SIMATIC STEP 7)
Unassigned SIMATIC function blocks for easy parameterization, diagnostics and read-out of measured values
Efficient engineering thanks to pre-integration into
SIMATIC HMI
Low error rate in CAD circuit diagram design as a result of
reduced control current wiring
IO-Link can be used in the following main applications:

Easy connection of complex IO-Link sensors/actuators with a
large number of parameters and diagnostic data to the control
system
Replacement of sensor boxes for connecting binary sensors
with the IO-Link input modules optimized in terms of cabling
Optimized cable connection of switching devices to the
control system
Simple transmission of energy values from the device to the
control system for integration into a user program or power
management
Installation and commissioning

Faster assembly with minimized error rate as a result of
reduced control current wiring
Less space required in the control cabinet
Low-cost circuitry where there are several feeders by making
full use of existing components
In these cases, all the diagnostics data are transmitted to the

higher-level control system through IO-Link. The parameter
settings can be changed during operation. Central data storage
means that it is possible to exchange an IO-Link sensor/actuator
without a PC or programming device.
Operation and maintenance

High transparency in the system right down to field level and
integration into power management systems
Reduction in downtimes and maintenance times thanks to
system-wide diagnostics and faster fault correction
Support of predictive maintenance
Shorter changeover times, even for field devices, by means of
parameter and recipe management
5/2
Siemens IK PI 2015
Integration in STEP 7
Integration of the device configuration in the STEP 7 environment
guarantees:
Quick and easy engineering
Consistent data storage
Quick localization and rectification of faults
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
Introduction
System components
Overview
To implement communication, a system installation has the
following main components:
An IO-Link master
One or more IO-Link devices, such as sensors
(e.g. RFID systems), actuators or combinations thereof
A standard 3-wire sensor/actuator cable
IO-Link product family
Engineering and visualization

IO-Link
engineering:
SIMATIC
S7-PCT
Visualization:
SIMATIC HMI
WinCC
Switching cabinet installation
Field installation
Controller
S7-300/
S7-400
Controller
S7-1200
PROFINET
SIRIUS
3RA2 load feeders
with 3RA27
function modules
Actuators
SIRIUS
3RB24
overload
relays
SIRIUS
3RS14/
3RS15
relays
K20
IO-Link
module
SIRIUS
3RT2 contactor
with SIRIUS
3RR24 relay
RFID
system
RF200
RFID
system
RF200
Standard
sensors
IK10_30141c
SIRIUS
3RA6
compact
starters
SIRIUS
3UG48
relay
SIMATIC
ET 200eco PN
with IO-Link
master
ET 200SP (ET 200S)

with IO-Link master
IO-Link
Example of a configuration with the system components
Siemens IK PI 2015
5/3
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
Introduction
System components
Compatibility of IO-Link
Analog signals
IO-Link guarantees compatibility between IO-Link-capable

modules and standard modules as follows:
IO-Link sensors can be operated both on IO-Link modules
(masters) and standard input modules.
IO-Link sensors/actuators as well as today's standard sensors/actuators can be used on IO-Link masters.
If conventional components are used in the IO-Link system,
then of course only the standard functions are available at this
point.
Another advantage of IO-Link technology is that analog signals

are digitized already in the IO-Link sensor itself and are digitally
transmitted by the IO-Link communication. As the result, faults
are prevented and there is no extra cost for cable shielding.
Load feeders and motor starters
Grouping of motor starters
Through IO-Link it is possible to control not only sensors but also

actuators in the form of load feeders and motor starters.
The SIRIUS controls allow four starters to be combined to form a

group.
ET 200S/ET 200SP with

digital I/O modules
Point-to-point
connection
through IO-Link
Classic
wiring
Sensor
box
K20
Sensors
Actuators
IO-Link compatibility also permits connection of standard

sensors/actuators, i.e. conventional sensors/actuators can also
be connected to IO-Link. This is particularly effective with the
IO-Link input modules, which allow several sensors to be connected at one time via a cable to the controller.
Actuators
Sensors
NSA0_00489c
ET 200S/ET 200SP
with IO-Link master
Enhanced through IO-Link input modules
Possibilities for connecting load feeders and motor starters to IO-Link

or in the conventional way
Connection of a motor starter group made up of three 3RA64 direct-online starters and a 3RA65 reversing starter
In this way up to 16 starters can be operated on a single IO-Link

master. This leads to a reduction in the installation space and
control wiring required.
5/4
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
Introduction
System components
Monitoring relays
By using monitoring relays with IO-Link it is now possible to send
data that has already been recorded and evaluated in the devices directly to the controller. This avoids the use of duplicated
sensors.
3
3UG48
monitoring
relay
3UG46
monitoring
relay
Feeder
Feeder
IO-Link
master
PLC
1
IO-Link
PLC
3UG48
monitoring
relay
3UG48
monitoring
relay
Analog
signal
converter
3UG46
monitoring
relay
3UG46
monitoring
relay
Motor
Motor
1 Signaling of limit value violation plus measurement data
transmission to PLC
2 Autonomous operation without PLC
5
IC01_00175
Current
transformers

transmission to PLC
3 Signaling of limit value violation to PLC
Possibilities for connecting monitoring relays to IO-Link or in the conventional way
Siemens IK PI 2015
5/5
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
Introduction
System components
Wireless communication
Using an upstream IWLAN client module, such as
SCALANCE W722-1 RJ45, allows IO-Link to be be integrated
into the PROFINET world via a distributed I/O. Possible uses
include acting as an alternative to fault-prone cable carrier or
collector wire technology. The individual diagnostics options
offered by the various IO-Link devices provide greater transparency for the production process. Just like the parameter data for
a device, these diagnostics data can be evaluated remotely
using the possibilities offered by SIMATIC. This supports remote
maintenance down to the lowest level in the field.
Pump station
Maintenance station
SCALANCE
W722-1 RJ45
ET 200SP (ET 200S)
with IO-Link master
Industrial Ethernet
3RA6 Compact
starter
Control room
SIMATIC HMI
KTP 1500 Basic
SIMATIC
S7-300
IO-Link
SCALANCE
W786-1 RJ45
Access Point
Wireless communication between Industrial Ethernet and IO-Link components
5/6
Siemens IK PI 2015
IC01_00198b
Industrial Ethernet
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
Introduction
System components
IO-Link components
IO-Link master, software, cables
IO-Link devices (continued)
Masters
IO-Link masters for S7-1200
SM1278 4xIO-Link
See page 5/9
IO-Link master modules for ET 200SP
CM 4xIO-Link
See page 5/10
IO-Link 4SI electronic modules
SIRIUS 4SI electronic modules
see pages 5/13
CM 4xIO-Link
for ET 200SP
SIMATIC RF210R,
SIMATIC RF220R,
SIMATIC RF260R

see page 5/14.
Switching with IO-Link
Software
STEP 7 PCT
Engineering software for configuring
the IO-Link master modules for S7-1200,
ET 200SP, ET 200S, ET 200eco
Available as a stand-alone version or
integrated into STEP 7 (V5.5 SP1 or later) and
TIA (V12 or later)
Retrieval of parameter and diagnostics data
from the IO-Link devices connected to the
master
Monitoring of the process image of the
IO-Link devices
Open interface for importing further IODDs
Freely available for download from
Industry Online Support1)
STEP 7 PCT
IOL_CALL
DWORD
INT
BOOL
INT
INT
INT
INT
ANY
REQ
ID
CAP
RD_WR
PORT
IOL_INDEX
IOL_SUBINDEX
DONE
BUSY
BOOL
BOOL
ERROR
STATUS
IOL_STATUS
BOOL
DWO
DWO
RD_LEN
LEN
RECORD_IOL_DATA
INT
IC01_00197
BOOL
IO-Link Call function block

STEP 7 function block for easy acyclical data
exchange in the user program
IO-Link Call
function block

Power contactors for switching motors
SIRIUS 3RT2 contactors, 3-pole, up to 18.5 kW
See page 5/18
SIRIUS 3RA2711
function module for IO-Link
IODD files
SIRIUS 3RA64
direct-on-line starter
SIRIUS 3RB24
overload relay
Comprehensive IODD catalog of SIEMENS

IO-Link devices
SIRIUS 3RR24 monitoring relays for

IO-Link
Monitoring of current, phase failure, open
circuit and phase sequence
Designed for mounting on 3RT2 contactors
See page 5/36
3-wire standard cable

SIRIUS 3RR24
monitoring relay
Detection with IO-Link

IO-Link input modules
K20 input module
4 inputs, M12 connections
8 inputs, standard M8 connections
See page 5/15
K20 input module
1)
2)
3)
4)
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/29801139/133100
Overload relays
SIRIUS 3RB24 solid-state overload relays for
IO-Link
Evaluation module
Current measuring modules from 0.3 to 630 A
Controlling direct-on-line, reversing and
star-delta starters via IO-Link in conjunction
with contactors
Diagnostics and current value transmission
via IO-Link
See page 5/26
Monitoring with IO-Link
Cable
IO-Link devices
Motor starters for use in the

control cabinet
3RA64 direct-on-line starters
3RA65 reversing starters
Infeed system for 3RA6
see page 5/33
Contactors with IO-Link
IO-Link Device Description (IODD) files

provide the device description for IO-Link
see for example catalog ID 10 "Industrial

Identification Systems"
Contactor assemblies
SIRIUS 3RA23 reversing contactor assemblies
SIRIUS 3RA24 contactor assemblies for
wye-delta starting
See page 5/22
SIRIUS 3RA27 function modules for IO-Link
For direct-on-line starters,
reversing starters and wye-delta starters
See page 5/24
WinCC flexible template project

Easy integration of IO-Link devices into the
user program by using ready-made WinCC
flexible templates
WinCC flexible
template project
IO-Link RFID systems

SIMATIC RF200 RFID system in the HF range
SIMATIC RF210R, SIMATIC RF220R,
SIMATIC RF260R products
Simple identification tasks (read-only), such
as reading an ID number
No RFID-specific programming, ideal for
those new to RFID
Simple connection via master modules for
IO-Link, such as SIMATIC ET 200S and
ET 200eco
Use with the tried and tested ISO 15693
transponders (MOBY D)
see Catalog ID 10 "Industrial Identification
Systems"
SIRIUS 3UG48
monitoring relay
SIRIUS 3UG48 monitoring relays for

IO-Link
Monitoring network, voltage, current, cos,
residual current or speed depending on
device design
On/tripping delay time can be adjusted
See page 5/43
SIRIUS 3RS14, 3RS15 temperature
monitoring relays for IO-Link
Temperature monitoring with connected
sensors
Two limit values, can be adjusted separately
See page 5/54
SIRIUS 3RS14
temperature monitoring relay
Siemens IK PI 2015
5/7
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
Introduction
IO-Link specification
Overview
Service data (SD)
According to the IO-Link specification, communication functions

as follows:
Transmission takes place via an unshielded three-wire cable
no more than 20 m long, of the kind normally used for standard
sensors.
Analog values which have already been digitized are transmitted in the form of message frames, which may correspond to
10 V or 4 to 20 mA.
Digital communication from 0 to 24 V on the so-called C/Q
cable
Most of the values transmitted are measured values from the
sensors which include the units.
The sensors and actuators are described by the
IO-Link Device Description (IODD).
While the IO-Link specification permits an infinite number of
ports, an IO-Link master currently only supports four ports.
Only one IO-Link device (slave) can be connected to each
port (point-to-point connection).
The transmission rates between IO-Link master and the
devices are as follows:
- via COM1: 4 800 Bd
- via COM2: 38 400 Bd
- via COM3: 230 400 Bd
The average cycle time is 2 ms for the reading/writing of 16
data bits at a transmission rate of 38 400 Bd.
With the aid of the service data, parameter values or device

statuses can be read out. It is also possible to write the parameter values or transmit commands via the service data. Service
data are always exchanged acyclically and in response to an
inquiry from the IO-Link master.
IO-Link protocol
The IO-Link master can contain the parameter server.

The parameter server can also be implemented centrally in the
PLC or in a system server. In this case the IO-Link master passes
on the corresponding information.
For the dialog between device and master, IO-Link uses a

standard protocol, the standard asynchronous communication
interface (UART) in "semi-duplex" mode.
The IO-Link protocol supports both the Standard IO mode (SIO)
and the IO-Link communication mode (COM).
Interface hardware:
Compatible with sensors according to IEC 60947-5-2 and actuators
Communication and switching possible alternately
IO-Link master
SIO
Standard IO
switching
operation
1
2
C/Q
SIO / IO-Link
The structure of the protocol and its message frames depends on the
types of data to be transmitted.
Data types
In the IO-Link specification a distinction is made between the following data types:
Process data
The process data of the devices are transmitted cyclically in a
data frame, provided the process data width does not exceed 2
bytes. In the case of larger process data widths up to 32 bytes,
parts are transmitted one after the other in several cycles. As of
Version 1.1 of the specification, up to 32 bytes of process data
can be transferred in a single cycle.
5/8
Siemens IK PI 2015
Via events it is possible to transmit device events or statuses

such as contamination, overheating, short circuits etc., from the
the device via the IO-Link master to the PLC or to visualize them.
The events are sent on the initiative of the devices via the "event
flag", which the master evaluates. The master itself can also
generate events.
Three categories of event are defined:
Error signals (errors)
Maintenance data (warnings)
Device functions (notifications)
Data storage
As of Specification V1.1, a data storage concept has been
created for IO-Link. In this concept, the IO-Link device initiates
the storage of its data on a higher-level parameter server. In the
event that a device is replaced, the parameter server can restore
the original parameterization. It is therefore possible to replace
the devices without re-parameterization.
IO-Link master
The IO-Link master is the interface to higher-level control systems. The IO-Link master presents itself as a normal fieldbus
node, and is integrated into the appropriate network configurator
via the relevant device description (e. g. GSD, FDCML, EDS
etc.).
The IO-Link Device Description (IODD) has been defined to

provide a full, transparent description of system characteristics
as far as the IO-Link device. It is based on the open XML
standard.
COM
Serial,
bidirectional
communication
Events
IO-Link Device Description (IODD)
IO-Link device
L+
IC01_00176
Principles of the IO-Link specification
The IODD contains information on communication characteristics, device parameters, identification, process and diagnostics
data, and is supplied by the manufacturer. The design of the
IODD is the same for all devices from all manufacturers, and is
always presented in the same way by the IODD Interpreter Tools.
This therefore ensures that the handling is the same for all IOLink devices, whatever the manufacturer.
New in IO-Link Specification V1.1
The IO-Link Specification is currently available in Version 1.1,
and standardized in accordance with IEC 61131-9.
Specification V1.1 offers the following new features compared
with the previous Specification V1.0:
Transmission of up to 32 bytes of process or service data in
one cycle
Data storage concept
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
Masters
IO-Link master module for S7-1200
SM 1278 4xIO-Link master
Overview
Configuration
Module integration
To integrate the module you need the STEP 7 V13 TIA Portal
engineering tool.
Configuration
S7-PCT V3.2 and higher is required in addition for IO-Link
configuration.
SM 1278 4xIO-Link master
PROFINET configuration with SIMATIC S7-1200 CPU and ET 200S

distributed I/O with IO-Link master modules
The SM 1278 4xIO-Link master signal module is an IO-Link

master, and can be used in the SIMATIC S7-1200 automation
system.
Features
IO-Link master according to IO-Link specification V1.1
Up to four IO-Link devices (3-wire connections) can be
connected to each IO-Link master module.
Data transmission rates COM1 (4.8 kBd), COM2 (38.4 kBd),
COM3 (230.4 kBd), automatic adjustment to the transmission
rate supported by the device
Port-by-port parameterizable diagnostics
Up to eight IO-Link master modules can be used depending
on the SIMATIC S7-1200 CPU in use.
The address areas for exchanging the cyclic data (process

values) are defined by IO-Link in the device view of the
PROFINET device.
Central data storage

The device parameters are kept in the master module according
to the specification V1.1.
Note:
When the SM 1278 4xIO-Link master module is exchanged, the
IO-Link parameter data are not assigned automatically.
Device view with setting of the address range by IO-Link via TIA Portal

Version
Article No.
SM 1278 4xIO-Link master signal modules
6ES7278-4BD32-0XB0
IO-Link master for SIMATIC S7-1200

Corresponds to IO-Link specification V1.1
Up to eight IO-Link master modules can be used depending on the
SIMATIC S7-1200 CPU in use.
Firmware updates
6ES7278-4BD32-0XB0
More information
For more information about SIMATIC S7-1200 see
Industry Mall
Manuals
Manual "SIMATIC IO-Link System" see

More information see Industry Mall at "Automation Technology"

"Industrial Communication"
"IO-Link" "Masters" "IO-Link Master Module for S7-1200"
Siemens IK PI 2015
5/9
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
Masters
CM 4xIO-Link
Overview
Connection
All type A0 BaseUnits can be used for the CM 4xIO-Link communication module, i.e. all variants of the BaseUnit (without/with
infeed, -AUX).
Configuration
Module integration
To integrate the module you need the engineering tool
STEP 7 V5.5 and higher or STEP 7 V11 TIA Portal.
Configuration
S7-PCT V3.0 and higher is required in addition for IO-Link
configuration.
The following diagram shows a PROFINET configuration in
which PROFINET ET 200SP and ET 200eco PN devices are integrated with IO-Link masters.
IO-Link master CM 4xIO-Link
The CM 4xIO-Link communication module is the IO-Link master,

for use in the ET 200SP distributed I/O system.
Features
IO-Link master as serial communication module with 4 ports
according to IO-Link specification V1.1
Module exchange with automatic data recovery without
engineering for IO-Link master and IO-Link device
Up to four IO-Link devices (3-wire connections)
can be connected to each IO-Link master module.
Data transmission rates COM1 (4.8 kBd),
COM2 (38.4 kBd), COM3 (230.4 kBd), automatic adjustment
to the transmission rate supported by the device
Port-by-port parameterizable diagnostics
PROFIenergy support
Parameterization of IO-Link parameters by S7-PCT V3.0 and
higher
Configuration of a PROFINET network with lower-level IO-Link masters
The address areas for exchanging the cyclic data (process

values) are defined by IO-Link in the device view of the
PROFINET device.
Central data storage

If the communication module is pulled off the BaseUnit, part of
the electronic coding element will remain in the BaseUnit.
Stored in this part are the parameters of the CM 4xIO-Link and
the parameters of the IO-Link devices. When a new (not yet
parameterized) IO-Link master is plugged on, it will adopt the
parameters from the electronic coding element.
Device view with setting of the address range by IO-Link via TIA Portal
5/10
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
Masters
CM 4xIO-Link

Version
Article No.
CM 4xIO-Link communication modules

IO-Link master for SIMATIC ET 200SP, can be plugged onto BaseUnit
6ES7137-6BD00-0BA0
Corresponds to IO-Link specification V1.1

6ES7137-6BD00-0BA0
Accessories
Version
Article No.
BaseUnit
BaseUnit BU15-P16+A10+2D for CM 4xIO-Link to SIMATIC ET 200SP
6ES7193-6BP20-0DA0
For opening a new voltage group via the plugged-in peripheral module
Current carrying capacity per process terminal max. 2 A
5
6ES7193-6BP20-0DA0
More information
Manuals
Industry Mall
Manual "SIMATIC IO-Link System" see

For more information see Industry Mall at

"Automation Technology" "Industrial Communication"
"IO-Link" "Masters" "IO-Link Master Module for ET 200SP".
System manual "ET 200SP Distributed I/O System" see

Product manual "SIMATIC ET 200SP Communication Module
IO-Link Master CM 4xIO-Link" see
Siemens IK PI 2015
5/11
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
Masters
4SI IO-Link electronic modules
Overview
The 4SI IO-Link electronic module is an IO-Link master and
enables easy integration of sensors and actuators from different
manufacturers in the SIMATIC ET 200S multifunctional, distributed I/O system at a total of four ports.
Features
Up to four IO-Link devices (3-wire connection) can be connected to each IO-Link master module. 3RA6 compact starters or load feeders with 3RA27 function modules can even be
bundled in groups of four devices on one IO-Link port. It is
possible therefore to connect up to 16 load feeders to the
control system at one IO-Link master module.
Up to four standard sensors (2-wire/3-wire connection) can be
connected.
The 4SI IO-Link electronic module has a width of 15 mm and
can be used with the following universal terminal modules:
- TM-E15S26-A1 (screw terminals)
- TM-E15C26-A1 (spring-type terminals)
- TM-E15N26-A1 (FastConnect)
Supports firmware update (STEP 7 V5.4 SP4 and higher).
Corresponds to IO-Link Specification V1.0
IO-Link 4SI electronic module for ET 200S

Version
Connection
Article No.
IO-Link 4SI electronic module
Screw terminals,
spring-type terminals or FastConnect,
depending on universal terminal module
6ES7138-4GA50-0AB0
Version
Connection
Article No.
TM-E15S26-A1
Screw terminals
6ES7193-4CA40-0AA0
TM-E15C26-A1
6ES7193-4CA50-0AA0
TM-E15N26-A1
FastConnect
6ES7193-4CA80-0AA0
6ES7138-4GA50-0AB0
Accessories
Universal terminal modules for ET 200S
Module type
More information
Manuals
Industry Mall
Product manual "SIMATIC ET 200S distributed I/O 4SI IO-Link

electronic modules" see
More information and technical specifications

see Industry Mall under "Automation"
"Industrial Communication" "IO-Link" "Masters"
"IO-Link Master Modules for ET 200S".
5/12
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
Masters
Overview
The SIRIUS 4SI electronic module allows the simple and costeffective connection of SIRIUS devices with IO-Link to the multifunctional, distributed I/O system SIMATIC ET 200S at a total of
four ports.
Features
Up to 4 SIRIUS devices can be connected at the 4 ports of
the SIRIUS 4SI electronic module. 3RA6 compact starters or
load feeders with 3RA27 function modules can even be
bundled in groups of four devices on one IO-Link port. It is
possible therefore to connect up to 16 load feeders to the
control system at one IO-Link master module.
The SIRIUS 4SI electronic module has a width of 15 mm and
can be used with the following universal terminal modules:
- TM-E15S26-A1 (screw terminals)
- TM-E15C26-A1 (spring-type terminals)
- TM-E15N26-A1 (FastConnect)
Supports firmware update (STEP 7 V5.4 SP5 and higher)
Corresponds to IO-Link Specification V1.0
SIRIUS 4SI electronic module for ET 200S

Version
Connection
Article No.
Screw terminals,
spring-type terminals or FastConnect,
depending on universal terminal module
3RK1005-0LB00-0AA0
Version
Connection
Article No.
TM-E15S26-A1
Screw terminals
6ES7193-4CA40-0AA0
TM-E15C26-A1
6ES7193-4CA50-0AA0
TM-E15N26-A1
FastConnect
6ES7193-4CA80-0AA0
3RK1005-00LB00-0AA00
Accessories
Universal terminal modules for ET 200S
Module type
More information
Manuals
Industry Mall
Product manual "ET 200S distributed I/O system - 4SI SIRIUS

electronic modules" see

"IO-Link Master Modules for ET 200S".
Siemens IK PI 2015
5/13
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
Masters
Overview
The ET 200eco PN IO-Link master module is an IO-Link master
and enables easy connection of sensors and actuators from
different manufacturers to the I/Os directly in the machine's field
area.
Features
Up to four IO-Link devices (3-wire connection)
can be connected to each IO-Link master module.
Up to eight standard sensors (8 DI) and up to four standard
actuators (4 DO) can be connected in addition.
IO-Link master module for ET 200eco PN

Version
Connection
Article No.
M12
6ES7148-6JA00-0AB0
Block I/Os in IP65
6ES7148-6JA00-0AB0
More information
Manuals
Industry Mall
Manual "SIMATIC Distributed I/O ET 200eco PN" see


"IO-Link Master Modules for ET 200eco PN".
5/14
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
Input modules
General data
Overview
IO-Link input modules
Using IO-Link technology, it is basically possible to connect

standard sensors to IO-Link masters. However, connecting
standard sensors directly to the IO-Link master does not exploit
the full potential of IO-Link. The solution lies in the technology of
the IO-Link modules. Their use is a more economically attractive
solution in comparison with the direct connection of a sensor.
IO-Link input modules are a sensible addition to the ET 200S
distributed peripherals. The IO-Link input module technology
enhances IO-Link via a pure point-to-point cable connection
towards decentralized structures. The maximum cable length of
an IO-Link connection between an IO-Link module and an
IO-Link master is 20 m. The use of sensor boxes with accordingly complex and error-prone wiring is no longer necessary.
Benefits
The use of IO-Link input modules has the following benefits:
Economical use of innovative IO-Link technology also for
binary sensors
Optimum use of all ports of the IO-Link master
Connection of several binary sensors/actuators to one port of
the
IO-Link master, hence low-cost connection of also binary
sensors/actuators to the control system through IO-Link
Reduction of digital input modules in the peripheral station
Use of parameters also for binary sensors (e. g. NC contacts,
NO contacts and input delay can be parameterized)
Reduction of cabling and hence less risk of wiring errors by
dispensing with sensor boxes
Expansion toward distributed structures using pure point-topoint wiring
Easy and elegant integration of sensors within a radius of 20 m
around an ET 200S station
Possibility of transmitting parameter and diagnostic signals
(e.g. sensor supply overload)
Can also be used in harsh ambient conditions thanks to the
very compact design and degree of protection IP67
Application
IO-Link input modules are particularly used where sensor boxes
had previously been used for the connection of binary sensors.
Digital input module (4DI)
Sensor boxes
Transmission of parameter and diagnostic signals
NSA0_00477a
The IO-Link input modules also offer the possibility of transmitting parameters and diagnostic signals. This enables for example the inputs of modules to be parameterized as NC contacts
or NO contacts through IO-Link. An overload or short circuit in
the sensor supply is signaled to the control system through the
IO-Link master.
M8 and M12 terminals
M8 and M12 terminals are available for connecting the sensors.
Connection to the IO-Link master is made using a standard M12
connecting cable.
Standard sensors
Former technology with sensor boxes

IO-link master
NSA0_00478a
IO-link modules
Standard sensors
Technology with IO-Link input modules
Siemens IK PI 2015
5/15
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
Input modules
IO-Link K20 modules

Type
Pin assignment
Connection
Article No.
IO-Link K20 modules

4 inputs
M12
3RK5010-0BA10-0AA0
8 inputs
Standard
M8
3RK5010-0CA00-0AA0
3RK5010-0BA10-0AA0
3RK5010-0CA00-0AA0
5/16
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
Input modules
IO-Link K20 modules
Accessories
Type
Article No.
M12 sealing caps

3RK1901-1KA00
M8 sealing caps
For free M8 sockets
3RK1901-1PN00
3RK1901-1KA00
3RK1901-1PN00
3RK1902-4GB50-4AA0

Angular M12 socket for screw fixing, 4-pole, 4 x 0.34 mm2,
Cable length 5 m
3RK1902-4GB50-4AA0
Angular M12 socket

for screw fixing, 4-pole screw terminals, max. 0.75 mm2,
A-coded, max. 4 A
3RK1902-4CA00-4AA0
M12 plugs, straight

A-coded, max. 4 A
3RK1902-4BA00-5AA0
M12 plugs, angled

A-coded, max. 4 A
3RK1902-4DA00-5AA0
3RK1902-4CA00-4AA0
3RK1902-4BA00-5AA0
3RK1902-4DA00-5AA0
M12 plugs, angled, for screw fixing, 5-pole, 5 x 0.34 mm2,
3RK1902-4H...-5AA0
3RK1902-4PB15-3AA0
Cable length 1.5 m
3RK1902-4HB15-5AA0
Cable length 5 m
3RK1902-4HB50-5AA0
Cable length 10 m
3RK1902-4HC01-5AA0

Straight M12 plug, straight M12 socket, for screw fixing, 3-pole, 3 x 0.34 mm2,
Cable length 1.5 m
3RK1902-4PB15-3AA0
6ES7194-1KA01-0XA0

6ES7194-1KA01-0XA0
More information
Industry Mall
"Industrial Communication" "IO-Link" "Input Modules"
"IO-Link K20 Modules".
Siemens IK PI 2015
5/17
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole, 3 ... 18.5 kW
Overview
Contactors with communication interface,
sizes S00 and S0
Contactor versions with communication interface are required
to establish a connection to the control system via IO-Link or
AS-Interface. The link is established by means of function modules mounted on the front of the contactor.
Contact reliability
If voltages 110 V and currents 100 mA are to be switched, the
auxiliary contacts of the 3RT2 contactor or 3RH21 contactor
relay should be used as they guarantee a high level of contact
reliability.
These auxiliary contacts are suitable for solid-state circuits with
currents 1 mA at a voltage 17 V.
Connection methods
The 3RT2 contactors are available with screw terminals or
spring-type terminals.
Short-circuit protection of the contactors
Short-circuit protection of the contactors without overload relay,
see "Technical specifications" (see Note).
To assemble fuseless motor feeders you must select combinations of motor starter protector and contactor as explained in
"3RA2 Load Feeders".
Motor protection
3RU21 thermal overload relays or 3RB30 solid-state overload
relays can be fitted to the 3RT2 contactors for protection against
overload. The overload relays must be ordered separately.
Ratings of three-phase motors

Contactor size S00 with communication interface and spring-type
terminals and contactor size S0 with screw terminals
The quoted rating (in kW) refers to the output power on the motor
shaft (according to the nameplate).
Standards
Control supply voltage
IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1,

IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1,
IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1 (auxiliary switches)
Contactors with communication interface are available with

24 V DC operation.
The 3RT20 contactors for switching motors are climate-proof

and are suitable and tested for use worldwide.
If the devices are used in ambient conditions which deviate from
common industrial conditions (IEC 60721-3-3 "Stationary Use,
Weather-Protected"), information must be obtained about possible restrictions with regard to the reliability and endurance of the
device and possible protective measures. In this case contact
3RT2 contactors are finger-safe according to EN 50274.
The contactors are suitable for screw fixing or for mounting onto
TH 35 standard mounting rails according to IEC 60715.
5/18
Siemens IK PI 2015
Manuals and configurator

For more information, see
System manual "SIRIUS Innovations System Overview",
Manual "SIRIUS Innovations SIRIUS 3RT2 Contactors/
Contactor Assemblies",
For online configurator see
www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators.
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole, 3 ... 18.5 kW

DC operation DC solenoid system
Rated control supply voltage 24 V
3RT201.-1BB4.-0CC0
Rated data
AC-2 and AC-3,
Tu: Up to 60 ?
3RT201.-2BB4.-0CC0
3RT202.-1BB40-0CC0
3RT202.-2BB40-0CC0
Auxiliary contacts
Screw terminals
Article No.
Article No.
AC-1,
Tu: 40 ?
Operational cur- Rating of three- Operational cur- Ident. No.

rent
phase motors1) rent
at 50 Hz and
Ie up to
Ie up to
400 V
400 V
690 V
kW
Version
NO
NC
For screw and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard mounting rail

Size S00
Contactors with communication interface
Terminal designations in accordance with DIN EN 50012 or DIN EN 50005
With auxiliary contact 1 NO, Ident. No. 10
A1(+)
A2()
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14
With auxiliary contact 1 NC, Ident. No. 01

A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 21
A2()
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 22
12
5.5
16
7.5
18
22
22
22
10
--
3RT2015-1BB41-0CC0
3RT2015-2BB41-0CC0
01
--
3RT2015-1BB42-0CC0
3RT2015-2BB42-0CC0
10
--
3RT2016-1BB41-0CC0
3RT2016-2BB41-0CC0
01
--
3RT2016-1BB42-0CC0
3RT2016-2BB42-0CC0
10
--
3RT2017-1BB41-0CC0
3RT2017-2BB41-0CC0
01
--
3RT2017-1BB42-0CC0
3RT2017-2BB42-0CC0
10
--
3RT2018-1BB41-0CC0
3RT2018-2BB41-0CC0
01
--
3RT2018-1BB42-0CC0
3RT2018-2BB42-0CC0
Size S0
Contactors with communication interface
Terminal designations according to EN 50012
A1(+)
A2()
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22
40
11
3RT2023-1BB40-0CC0
3RT2023-2BB40-0CC0
12
5.5
40
11
3RT2024-1BB40-0CC0
3RT2024-2BB40-0CC0
16
7.5
40
11
3RT2025-1BB40-0CC0
3RT2025-2BB40-0CC0
25
11
40
11
3RT2026-1BB40-0CC0
3RT2026-2BB40-0CC0
32
15
50
11
3RT2027-1BB40-0CC0
3RT2027-2BB40-0CC0
38
18.5
50
11
3RT2028-1BB40-0CC0
3RT2028-2BB40-0CC0

1)

Siemens IK PI 2015
5/19
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
Overview
The 3RA23 contactor assemblies for reversing can be ordered
as follows:
Complete, fully wired and tested, with mechanical and
electrical interlock
The functions modules for establishing the connection to the

control system must be separately ordered in both cases.
The auxiliary contacts integrated in the contactors (see page
5/19) can be freely assigned when function modules are used.

3RA231. -8XE30-1BB4
3RA231. -8XE30-2BB4
Rated data AC-2 and AC-3
3RA2324-8XE30-1BB4
3RA2324-8XE30-2BB4
Screw terminals
Operational current Ratings of three-phase motors1)

Ie up to
at 50 Hz and
400 V
230 V
400 V
500 V
690 V
kW
kW
kW
kW
Article No.
Article No.
DC operation 24 V
Size S00
With communication interface
7
2.2
3.5
3RA2315-8XE30-1BB4
3RA2315-8XE30-2BB4
4.5
5.5
3RA2316-8XE30-1BB4
3RA2316-8XE30-2BB4
12
5.5
5.5
5.5
3RA2317-8XE30-1BB4
3RA2317-8XE30-2BB4
16
7.5
7.5
7.5
3RA2318-8XE30-1BB4
3RA2318-8XE30-2BB4
Size S0
With communication interface
12
5.5
7.5
7.5
3RA2324-8XE30-1BB4
3RA2324-8XE30-2BB4
16
7.5
10
11
3RA2325-8XE30-1BB4
3RA2325-8XE30-2BB4
25
5.5
11
11
11
3RA2326-8XE30-1BB4
3RA2326-8XE30-2BB4
32
7.5
15
18.5
18.5
3RA2327-8XE30-1BB4
3RA2327-8XE30-2BB4
38
7.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
3RA2328-8XE30-1BB4
3RA2328-8XE30-2BB4

1)

5/20
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link

Assembly kits for all sizes are available for customer assembly
of reversing contactor assemblies.
Contactors, overload relays and function modules for reversing
starting must be ordered separately.
Rated data AC-2 and AC-3
for 50 Hz 400 V AC
Size
Article No.
Rating
Operational current Ie
kW
3RT2016-.BB4.-0CC0
3RA2316-8XB30-.BB4
5.5
12
3RT2017-.BB4.-0CC0
3RA2317-8XB30-.BB4
7.5
16
3RT2018-.BB4.-0CC0
5.5
12
7.5
16
3RT2025-.BB40-0CC0
3RA2325-8XB30-.BB4
11
25
3RT2026-.BB40-0CC0
3RA2326-8XB30-.BB4
15
32
3RT2027-.BB40-0CC0
3RA2327-8XB30-.BB4
18.5
38
3RT2028-.BB40-0CC0
3RA2328-8XB30-.BB4
For
contactors
Size
S00
S0
Contactor
Assembly kit
Complete assemblies
3RT2015-.BB4.-0CC0
3RA2913-2AA.
3RA2315-8XB30-.BB4
3RT2024-.BB40-0CC0
3RA2318-8XB30-.BB4
3RA2923-2AA.
3RA2324-8XB30-.BB4
3RA2923-2AA1
3RA2923-2AA2
Screw terminals
Article No.
Article No.
3RA2913-2AA1
3RA2913-2AA2
For main, auxiliary and control circuits
3RA2923-2AA1
--
Only for main circuit1)
--
3RA2923-2AA2
Version
Type

3RT201
S00-S00
3RT202
S0-S0

1)


Siemens IK PI 2015
5/21
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
SIRIUS 3RA24 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting
Overview
These 3RA24 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting are
designed for standard applications.
Note:
Contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting in special applications such as very heavy starting or wye-delta starting of special
motors must be customized. Help with designing such special
applications is available from Technical Assistance.
The 3RA24 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting can be

ordered as follows:
Complete, fully wired and tested, with electrical and mechanical interlock
A dead interval of 50 ms on reversing is already integrated in the
function module for wye-delta starting. The auxiliary contacts
integrated in the contactors (see page 5/19) are unassigned.

5
3RA241.-8XE31-2BB4
3RA242.-8XE32-1BB4
Rated data AC-3

Operational
Ratings of three-phase motors1)
current Ie up to at 50 Hz and
400 V
230 V
400 V
500 V
690 V
kW
kW
kW
kW
3RA242.-8XE32-2BB4
Rated control
supply voltage
Us
Screw terminals
Article No.
Article No.
DC operation 24 V
Size S00
For IO-Link connection
12
3.3
5.5
7.2
9.2
24 DC
3RA2415-8XE31-1BB4
3RA2415-8XE31-2BB4
16
4.7
7.5
10.3
9.2
24 DC
3RA2416-8XE31-1BB4
3RA2416-8XE31-2BB4
25
5.5
11
11
11
24 DC
3RA2417-8XE31-1BB4
3RA2417-8XE31-2BB4
Size S0
For IO-Link connection
25
7.1
11
15.6
19
24 DC
3RA2423-8XE32-1BB4
3RA2423-8XE32-2BB4
32 / 40
11.4
15 / 18.5
19
19
24 DC
3RA2425-8XE32-1BB4
3RA2425-8XE32-2BB4
50
--
22
19
19
24 DC
3RA2426-8XE32-1BB4
3RA2426-8XE32-2BB4

1)

5/22
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
SIRIUS 3RA24 contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting

Assembly kits with wiring modules and mechanical connectors
are available for contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting.
Contactors, overload relays, function modules for wye-delta
starting, auxiliary switches for electrical interlock if required
also infeed terminals must be ordered separately.
The wiring kits for sizes S00 and S0 contain the top and bottom
main conducting path connections between the line and delta
contactors (top) and between the delta and star contactors
(bottom).

Rated data AC-3 at 50 Hz 400 V AC
Size
Rating
Operational
current Ie
Motor current
kW
5.5
12
7.5
16
12.1 ... 17
11
25
19
... 25
11
25
19
... 25
15
32
18.5
22
Article No.
Line/delta contactor
Star contactor
Complete assemblies
3RT2015-.BB4.-0CC0
3RT2015-.BB4.-0CC0
3RA2415-8XE31-.BB4
3RT2017-.BB4.-0CC0
3RT2015-.BB4.-0CC0
3RA2416-8XE31-.BB4
3RT2018-.BB4.-0CC0
3RT2016-.BB4.-0CC0
3RA2417-8XE31-.BB4
3RT2024-.BB40-0CC0
3RT2024-.BB40-0CC0
3RA2423-8XE32-.BB4
24.1 ... 34
3RT2026-.BB40-0CC0
3RT2024-.BB40-0CC0
3RA2425-8XE32-.BB4
40
34.5 ... 40
3RT2026-.BB40-0CC0
3RT2024-.BB40-0CC0
3RA2425-8XE32-.BB4
50
31
3RT2027-.BB40-0CC0
3RT2026-.BB40-0CC0
3RA2426-8XE32-.BB4
9.5 ... 13.8
S00-S00-S00
S0-S0-S0
... 43
For contactors, see page 5/19.
For
contactors
Size
3RA2923-2BB1
3RA2923-2BB2
Screw terminals
Article No.
Article No.
3RA2913-2BB1
3RA2913-2BB2
3RA2923-2BB1
--
Only for main circuit2)
--
3RA2923-2BB2
3RA2924-2BB1
--
Version
Type

3RT201
S00
3RT202
S0

4 connecting clips for 3 contactors;
star jumper,
S0

star jumper,
wiring modules on the top and bottom1)

mechanical interlock;
wiring modules on the top and bottom,
3-phase infeed terminals
1)
2)
When using the function modules for wye-delta starting,

the wiring modules included in the assembly kit for the auxiliary
current are not required.
Siemens IK PI 2015
5/23
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
SIRIUS 3RA27 function module for IO-Link
Overview
The function modules for mounting onto contactors enable the
configuration of starters and contactor assemblies for direct-online, reversing and wye-delta starting without any additional,
complicated wiring of the individual components.
Manuals
For more information see manual
"SIRIUS Function Modules for IO-Link",
They include the key control functions required for the particular
feeder, e.g. timing and interlocking, and can be connected to the
control system via IO-Link.

Version
Screw terminals
Article No.
Article No.
3RA2711-1AA00
3RA2711-2AA00
3RA2711-1BA00
3RA2711-2BA00
3RA2711-1CA00
3RA2711-2CA00
Function modules for direct-on-line starting

IO-Link connection
Includes one module connector
for assembling an IO-Link group
3RA2711-1AA00
5
3RA2711-2AA00
Function modules for reversing starting 1)

IO-Link connection,
comprising one basic and one coupling module and
an additional module connector for assembling an
IO-Link group
3RA2711-1BA00
3RA2711-2BA00
Function modules for wye-delta starting 2)

IO-Link connection,
comprising one basic module and two
coupling modules, plus an additional module connector for assembling an
IO-Link group
3RA2711-1CA00
3RA2711-2CA00
Suitable contactors or reversing contactor assemblies with communication interface are required (see pages 5/19 and 5/20).
Note:
1)
2)
For prewired contactor assemblies for reversing starting with communication interface, see page 5/20. When these contactor assemblies
are used, the assembly kit for the wiring is already integrated.
For complete contactor assemblies for wye-delta starting incl. function
modules, see page 5/22.
5/24
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
SIRIUS 3RA27 function module for IO-Link

Version
Article No.
Module connector set, comprising:

2 module connectors, 14-pole, short
2 interface covers
3RA2711-0EE01
Module connectors, 14-pole, 8 cm
3RA2711-0EE02
Accessories
For size jump S00-S0 + 1 space

3RA2711-0EE01
3RA2711-0EE03
For various space combinations

3RA2711-0EE02
3RA2711-0EE04
For separate auxiliary voltage infeed

within an IO-Link group
Sealable covers
for 3RA27, 3RA28, 3RA29
3RA2910-0
Operator panel (set), comprising:

1 x operator panel
1 x enabling module
1 x interface cover
1 x fixing terminal
3RA6935-0A
Connection cable,
length 2 m, 10- to 14-pole
3RA2711-0EE11
3RA2910-0
Operator panels1)
3RA6935-0A
For connecting the operator panel to the communication module
1)
Enabling modules (replacement)
3RA6936-0A
Interface covers (replacement)
3RA6936-0B
Suitable only for communication through IO-Link.
Siemens IK PI 2015
5/25
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
SIRIUS 3RB24 solid-state overload relays for IO-Link
3RB24 for IO-Link, up to 630 A for High-Feature applications
Overview
NSB0_02180b
This current rise is detected by means of the current measuring

module (see page 5/30) and electronically evaluated by the
evaluation module which is connected to it. The evaluation electronics sends a signal to the auxiliary contacts. The auxiliary
contacts then switch off the load by means of a contactor.
^
Y
]
\
[
Y
Z
X Plug-in point for operator panel:

enables connection of the 3RA6935-0A operator panel.
Y Motor current and trip class setting:
Setting the device to the motor current and to the required trip
class dependent on the start-up conditions is easy with the two
rotary switches.
Z Connecting terminals (removable terminal block):

The generously sized terminals permit connection of two
conductors with different cross-sections for the auxiliary, control
and sensor circuits. Connection is possible with screw connection
and alternatively with spring-type connection.
[ Test/RESET button:
Enables testing of all important device components and functions,
plus resetting of the device after a trip when manual RESET is
selected.
\ Selector switch for manual/automatic RESET:
With this switch you can choose between manual and automatic
RESET.
] Red LED "OVERLOAD":
A continuous red light signals an active overload trip; a flickering
led light signals an imminent trip (overload warning).
^ Red LED "THERMISTOR":
A continuous red light signals an active thermistor trip.
_ Red LED "GND FAULT":
A continuous red light signals an active ground-fault trip.
` Green LED "DEVICE/IO-Link:
A continuous green light signals that the device is working
correctly, a green flickering light signals the communication
through IO-Link.
SIRIUS 3RB24 evaluation module
The modular 3RB24 solid-state overload relay, which is powered

via IO-Link (with monostable auxiliary contacts) up to 630 A
(up to 820 A possible with a series transformer) have been
designed for inverse-time delayed protection of loads with
normal and heavy starting ("Function" see Manual
"SIRIUS 3RB24 Solid-State Overload Relay for IO-Link",
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/46165627)
against excessive temperature rises due to overload, phase
unbalance or phase failure. It comprises an evaluation unit, a
current measuring module and a connecting cable.
The 3RB24 evaluation module also offers a motor starter
function: The contactors, which are connected via the auxiliary
contacts, can also be actuated for operation via IO-Link.
In this way, direct, reversing and star-delta starters up to 630 A
(or 830 A) can be connected to the controller wirelessly via the
IO-Link controller.
An overload, phase unbalance or phase failure result in an increase of the motor current beyond the set rated motor current.
5/26
Siemens IK PI 2015
The break time depends on the ratio between the tripping current and current setting Ie and is stored in the form of a long-term
stable tripping characteristic (see "Characteristic Curves"
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/20357046/134300).
The "tripped" status is signaled by means of a continuously
illuminated red "OVERLOAD" LED and also reported as a group
fault via IO-Link.
The LED indicates imminent tripping of the relay due to overload,
phase unbalance or phase failure by flickering when the limit
current has been violated. This warning can also be reported to
the higher-level PLC via IO-Link at the 3RB24 overload relay.
In addition to the described inverse-time delayed protection of
loads against excessive temperature rises, the 3RB24 solidstate overload relays also allow direct temperature monitoring of
the motor windings (full motor protection) by connection with
broken-wire interlock of a PTC sensor circuit. With this temperature-dependent protection, the loads can be protected against
overheating caused indirectly by reduced coolant flow, for example, which cannot be detected by means of the current alone.
In the event of overtemperature, the devices switch off the
contactor, and thus the load, by means of the auxiliary contacts.
The "tripped" status is signaled by means of a continuously
illuminated "THERMISTOR" LED and also reported as a group fault
via IO-Link.
To protect the loads against incomplete ground faults due to
damage to the insulation, humidity, condensed water, etc.,
the 3RB24 solid-state overload relays offer the possibility of
internal ground-fault detection (for details, see Manual
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/46165627,
not possible in conjunction with contactor assemblies for
wye-delta starting). In the event of a ground fault, the 3RB24
relays trip instantaneously.
The "tripped" status is signaled by means of a flashing red LED
"Ground Fault" and reported at the 3RB24 overload relay as a
group fault via IO-Link.
The reset after overload, phase unbalance, phase failure,
thermistor or ground-fault tripping is performed manually by key
on site, via IO-Link or by electrical remote RESET or automatically after the cooling time (motor model) or for thermistor protection after sufficient cooling. Power cuts in devices due to
function monitors (broken wire or short-circuit on the thermistor)
can only be reset on-site ("Function" see Manual
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/46165627).
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
In conjunction with a function expansion module, the motor
current measured by the microprocessor can be output in the
form of an analog signal DC 4 to 20 mA for operating rotary coil
instruments or for feeding into analog inputs of programmable
logic controllers.
The current values can be transmitted to the higher-level
controller via IO-Link.
The 3RB24 solid-state overload relay for IO-Link is suitable
for operation with frequency converters. Please follow
the instructions in the manual "SIRIUS 3RB24 Solid-State
Overload Relay for IO-Link", see
Connection methods
The evaluation modules of the 3RB24 solid-state overload relays
for High-Feature applications are available with screw terminals
(box terminals) or spring-type terminals at the auxiliary current
end.
The 3RB29 current measuring modules are designed as
straight-through modules. From size S6 upwards they are also
available with an optional busbar connection.
Screw terminals
The devices are manufactured in accordance with environmental guidelines and contain environmentally friendly and reusable
materials. They comply with all important worldwide standards
and approvals.
The various terminals are indicated in the corresponding tables by the displayed symbols.
Type of protection "increased safety EEx e

and explosion-proof enclosure EEx d" in accordance
with ATEX Directive 94/9/EC
The 3RB24 solid-state overload relay (monostable) are suitable
for the overload protection of explosion-proof motors of types of
protection EEx e and EEx d.
They comply with the requirements of IEC 60079-7 (Electrical

devices for areas subject to explosion hazards - Increased
safety "e" as well as for flameproof enclosure "d").
EC type test certificate for Group II, Category (2) G/D has been
submitted. On request.
Overload relays overview matching contactors
Overload
relays
Type
Current
measuring
module
Current
range
Type
Contactors (type, size, rating in kW)

3RT201.
3RT202.
3RT103.
3RT104.
3RT105.
3RT106.
3RT107.
3TF68/3TF69
S00
S0
S2
S3
S6
S10
S12
Size 14
3/4/5.5/7.5
5.5/7.5/11 15/18.5/22
30/37/45
55/75/90
110/132/160 200/250
375/450
SIRIUS 3RB24 solid-state overload relays1)
3RB2483 +
3RB2906
0.3 25
--
--
--
--
--
--
3RB2906
10 100
--
--
--
--
3RB2956
20 200
--
--
--
--
3RB2966
63 630
--
--
--
--
--
3RB2906 +
3UF18
630 820
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
3RB24
Can be used
-- Cannot be used
1)
"Technical specifications" for the use of overload relays with trip class
CLASS 20 can be found in "Short-circuit protection with fuses for motor
feeders", see Configuration Manuals
- "SIRIUS Configuration Selection Data for Fuseless Load Feeders",
- "Configuring SIRIUS Innovations Selection data for Fuseless and
Fused Load Feeders",
Benefits
The key features and benefits of the 3RB24 solid-state overload
relays for IO-Link are listed in the overview table
(see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 7 "Protection Equipment"
"Overload Relays" "General Data").
Siemens IK PI 2015
5/27
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
Application
Industries
Ambient conditions
The 3RB24 solid-state overload relays are suitable for customers

from all industries who want to guarantee optimum inverse-time
delayed and temperature-dependent protection of their electrical loads (e.g. motors) under normal and heavy starting conditions (CLASS 5 to 30), minimize project completion times, inventories and energy consumption, and optimize plant availability
and maintenance management.
The devices are insensitive to external influences such as

shocks, corrosive ambient conditions, ageing and temperature
fluctuations.
Application area
The 3RB24 solid-state overload relays have been designed for
the protection of three-phase asynchronous and single-phase
AC motors.
In addition to protection function, these devices can be used
together with contactors as direct or reversing starters (stardelta (wye-delta) start also possible), which are controlled via
IO-Link. This makes it possible to directly control drives via
IO-Link from a higher-level controller or on site via the optional
hand-held device lamps and also, for example, to return current
values directly via IO-Link.
If single-phase AC motors are to be protected by the 3RB24

solid-state overload relays, the main current paths of the current
measuring modules must be series-connected ("Circuit Diagrams" see Manual "SIRIUS 3RB24 Solid-State Overload Relay
for IO-Link",
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/46165627).
5/28
Siemens IK PI 2015
For the temperature range from 25 C to +60 C, the 3RB24

solid-state overload relays compensate the temperature in accordance with IEC 60947-4-1.
Configuration notes for use of the devices below 25 C or
above +60 C on request.
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link

3RB24 solid-state overload relays (evaluation modules) for full motor protection, stand-alone installation,
CLASS 5, 10, 20 and 30, adjustable
Type
3RB2483-4A.1
Features and technical specifications

Overload protection, phase failure protection and unbalance protection
Supplied from an external voltage
24 V DC through IO-Link
Direct-on-line or reversing starters (wye-delta starting also possible) controllable through IO-Link
Auxiliary contacts
1 CO and 1 NO in series
Manual and automatic RESET
Remote-RESET
(electrically or via IO-Link)
Four LEDs for operating and status displays
TEST function and self-monitoring
Internal ground-fault detection
Screw or spring-type terminals for auxiliary, control and sensor circuits
Input for PTC sensor circuit
Analog output
IO-Link-specific functions
Connection of direct-on-line, reversing and star-delta starters to the controller via IO-Link
On-site controlling of the starter using the hand-held device
Accessing process data (e.g. current values in all three phases) via IO-Link
Accessing parameterization and diagnostics data (e.g. tripped signals) via IO-Link
Available
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS*
= 1 unit
PG
= 41G
Size
contactor
Version
3RB2483-4AA1
3RB2483-4AC1
Screw terminals
Article No.
Article No.
3RB2483-4AA1
3RB2483-4AC1
Evaluation modules
S00 ... S12
Monostable
Notes:
Overview of overload relays matching contactors see
page 5/27.
Analog input modules, e.g. SM 331, must be configured for
4-wire measuring transducers. The analog input module may not
supply current to the analog output of the 3RB24 relay.
For current measuring modules and related connecting cables
see next page, "Accessories" see pages 5/31 and 5/32.
Siemens IK PI 2015
5/29
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
Overview
The current measuring modules are designed as system
components for connecting to 3RB24 evaluation units. Using
these evaluation units the motor current is measured and the
measured value sent to the evaluation unit for evaluation.
The current measuring modules in sizes S00 to S3 up to 55 mm

wide are equipped with straight-through transformers and can
be snap-fitted under the evaluation units. The larger evaluation
units are installed directly on the contactor or as stand-alone
units.

Current measuring modules for mounting onto contactor1) and stand-alone installation1) 2) (essential accessories)
Size
contactor3)
Rating for
three-phase motor,
rated value4)
Current setting
value of the
inverse-time
delayed overload
release
kW
Short-circuit protection with fuse,

type of coordination "2", operational class gG5)
For
overload
relays
Article No.
3RB24
3RB2906-2BG1
Sizes S00/S02) 6)
S00/S0
0,09 1,1
0,3 3
20
1,1 11
2,4 25
63
S2/S3
5,5 45
10 100
315
3RB24
3RB2906-2JG1
S6 with
busbar connection
11 90
20 200
315
3RB24
3RB2956-2TH2
For mounting onto 11 90

S6 contactors with
box terminals
20 200
315
3RB24
3RB2956-2TG2
S10/S12 and size 37 450

14
(3TF68/ 3TF69)
63 630
800
3RB24
3RB2966-2WH2
3RB2906-2DG1
3RB2906-2BG1,
3RB2906-2DG1
Sizes S2/S32)6)
3RB2906-2JG1
Size S61)6)
3RB2956-2TG2
Sizes S10/S121)
3RB2966-2WH2
Note:
The connecting cable between the current measuring module
and the evaluation module is not included in the scope of
supply; please order separately.
1)
The current measuring modules with an Article No. ending with "2" are
designed for mounting onto contactor and stand-alone installation. For
3TF68/3TF69 contactors, direct mounting is not possible.
2)
The current measuring modules with an Article No. ending with "1" are
designed for stand-alone installation.
3)
Observe maximum rated operational current of the devices.
4)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered
when selecting the units.
5)
Maximum protection by fuse only for overload relay, type of coordination

"2". For fuse values in connection with contactors
see Configuration Manuals
- "Configuring SIRIUS Innovations Selection Data for Fuseless and
Fused Load Feeders",
- "SIRIUS Configuration Selection Data for Fuseless Load Feeders",
6)
The modules with an Article No. with "G" in penultimate position are
equipped with a straight-through transformer.
Accessories
Size contactor
Version
For overload relays
Article No.
Connecting cables (necessary accessories)

For connection between evaluation module and current
measuring module
S00 ... S3
Length 0.1 m
3RB24,
(only for mounting of the evaluation module directly onto the 3RB29
current measuring module)
3RB2987-2B
S00 ... S12
Length 0.5 m
3RB2987-2D
3RB2987-2.
Additional general accessories see page 5/32.
5/30
Siemens IK PI 2015
3RB24,
3RB29
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
Accessories
Overview
Overload relays for High-Feature applications
The following optional accessories are available for the 3RB24
solid-state overload relays:
Operator panel for the 3RB24 evaluation modules
Manual for the 3RB24 evaluation modules
Sealable covers for the 3RB24 evaluation modules
Terminal covers for the 3RB29 current measuring modules

size S6 and S10/S12
Box terminal blocks for the 3RB29 current measuring modules
size S6 and S10/S12
Push-in lugs for screw fixing for 3RB24 evaluation modules
and 3RB2906 current measuring modules

Accessories for 3RB24 overload relays
Version
For overload
relays
Article No.
3RB24
3RA6935-0A
Connecting cable
Length 2.5 m (round),
for connecting the evaluation module to the operator panel
3RB24
3UF7933-0BA00-0
Enabling modules (replacement)
3RB24
3RA6936-0A
Interface covers
3RB24
3RA6936-0B
Manual "Solid-State Overload Relay for IO-Link"
3RB24
Operator panels for evaluation modules

Operator panels (set)
3RA6935-0A
One set comprises:

1 x operator panel
1 x 3RA6936-0A enabling module
1 x 3RA6936-0B interface cover
1 x fixing terminal
Note:
The connecting cable between the evaluation module and the operator
panel is not included in the scope of supply; please order separately.
Manuals
The manual can be downloaded free of charge
in PDF format from the Internet,
see http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/46165627.
Manual
"Solid-State Overload Relay
for IO-Link"
Additional general accessories see next page.
Siemens IK PI 2015
5/31
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
Accessories

General accessories
Version
Size
For overload
relays
Article No.
--
3RB24
3RB2984-2
Length 100 mm
S6
3RB2956
3RT1956-4EA1
Length 120 mm
S10/S12
3RB2966
3RT1966-4EA1
Length 25 mm
S6
3RB2956
3RT1956-4EA2
Length 30 mm
S10/S12
3RB2966
3RT1966-4EA2
Covers for screw terminals

between contactor and overload relay, without box terminals
(1 unit required per combination)
S6
3RB2956
3RT1956-4EA3
S10/S12
3RB2966
3RT1966-4EA3
S61)
3RB2956
3RT1955-4G
S6
3RB2956
3RT1956-4G
S10/S12
3RB2966
3RT1966-4G
Sealable covers for evaluation modules

For covering the setting knobs
3RB2984-2
Terminal covers for current measuring modules

Covers for cable lugs and busbar connections
Covers for box terminals
3RT1956-4EA1
3RT1956-4EA2
Box terminal blocks for current measuring modules

For round and ribbon cables
Up to 70 mm2
Up to 120 mm
Up to 240 mm2
For technical specifications for conductor cross-sections

see Reference Manual "Protection Equipment 3RU1, 3RB2 Overload Relays",
3RT195.-4G
Push-in lugs for evaluation modules and current measuring modules

For screw fixing the evaluation modules
--
3RB24
3RP1903
For screw fixing the current measuring modules

(2 units per module)
S00 ... S3
3RB2906
3RB1900-0B
Color
For overload
relays
3RP1903
3RB1900-0B
1)
In the scope of supply for 3RT1054-1 contactors (55 kW).

Version
Size
Article No.

Screwdrivers
For all SIRIUS devices with
spring-type terminals
Length approx. 200

mm,
3.0 mm x 0.5 mm
Titanium
gray/
black,
partially
insulated
Main and
auxiliary circuit connection: 3RB24
3RA2908-1A

for SIRIUS devices
20 mm x 7 mm
Pastel
turquoise
3RB24
3RT1900-1SB20
20 mm x 7 mm
Titanium
gray
3RB24
3RT2900-1SB20
3RA2908-1A
NSB0_01429b
Blank labels
3RT1900-1SB20
IC01_00181
3RT2900-1SB20
1)

(see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 16, "Appendix" "External Partners").
5/32
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
SIRIUS 3RA64, 3RA65 compact starters for IO-Link
Overview
Communications integration using IO-Link
Note
The 3RA64/65 compact starters comply with IO-Link specification V1.0. Up to 4 compact starters in IO-Link version (reversing
and direct-on-line starters) can be connected together and
easily linked to the IO-Link master through a standardized
IO-Link connection. The 4SI SIRIUS electronic module can be
used, for example, as an IO-Link master for the connection to the
SIMATIC ET 200S distributed I/O system.
For general data about 3RA6 compact starters,

see Chapter 4 "AS-Interface" "3RA6 Compact Starters"
"General Data"
The IO-Link connection enables a high density of information in

the local range.
The diagnostics data of the process collected by the 3RA6 compact starter, e.g. short circuit, end of service life, limit position
etc., are not only indicated on the compact starter itself but also
transmitted to the higher-level control system through IO-Link.
Thanks to the optionally available operator panel, which can be
installed in the control cabinet door, it is easy to control the 3RA6
compact starter with IO-Link from the control cabinet door.
3RA64 direct-on-line starters

Rated control supply voltage 24 V DC

Width 45 mm
A set of 3A6940-0A adapters is required for screw fixing.
NSB0_01946
3RA64 with 3RA6911-1A

auxiliary switch block
motor
Instantaneous
overcurrent release
Screw terminals
Article No.
Article No.
Standard output P
kW

including 1 pair of main circuit terminals and 1 pair of control circuit
terminals
0.09
0.1 ... 0.4
56
3RA6400-1AB42
3RA6400-2AB42
0.37
0.32 ... 1.25
56
3RA6400-1BB42
3RA6400-2BB42
1.5
1 ... 4
56
3RA6400-1CB42
3RA6400-2CB42
5.5
3 ... 12
168
3RA6400-1DB42
3RA6400-2DB42
15
8 ... 32
448
3RA6400-1EB42
3RA6400-2EB42

0.09
0.1 ... 0.4
56
3RA6400-1AB43
3RA6400-2AB43
0.37
0.32 ... 1.25
56
3RA6400-1BB43
3RA6400-2BB43
1.5
1 ... 4
56
3RA6400-1CB43
3RA6400-2CB43
5.5
3 ... 12
168
3RA6400-1DB43
3RA6400-2DB43
15
8 ... 32
448
3RA6400-1EB43
3RA6400-2EB43
1)
The actual starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must
be considered when selecting the units.
Siemens IK PI 2015
5/33
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
SIRIUS 3RA64, 3RA65 compact starters for IO-Link

3RA65 reversing starters
Reversing duty
Rated control supply voltage 24 V DC

Width 90 mm
Two sets of 3RA6940-0A adapters are required for screw fixing.
NSB0_01947
3RA65 with 3RA6911-1A

auxiliary switch blocks
motor
Instantaneous
overcurrent release
Screw terminals
Article No.
Article No.
Standard output P
kW

0.09
0.1 ... 0.4
56
3RA6500-1AB42
3RA6500-2AB42
0.37
0.32 ... 1.25
56
3RA6500-1BB42
3RA6500-2BB42
1.5
1 ... 4
56
3RA6500-1CB42
3RA6500-2CB42
5.5
3 ... 12
168
3RA6500-1DB42
3RA6500-2DB42
15
8 ... 32
448
3RA6500-1EB42
3RA6500-2EB42

0.09
0.1 ... 0.4
56
3RA6500-1AB43
3RA6500-2AB43
0.37
0.32 ... 1.25
56
3RA6500-1BB43
3RA6500-2BB43
1.5
1 ... 4
56
3RA6500-1CB43
3RA6500-2CB43
5.5
3 ... 12
168
3RA6500-1DB43
3RA6500-2DB43
15
8 ... 32
448
3RA6500-1EB43
3RA6500-2EB43
1)
The actual starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must
be considered when selecting the units.
5/34
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
Accessories for compact starters for IO-Link
Overview
Accessories for SIRIUS 3RA6 compact starters
in IO-Link version
The following accessories are available specially for the 3RA64,
3RA65 compact starters:
The 4SI SIRIUS electronic module as IO-Link master allows for
the simple and economical connection of SIRIUS controls with
IO-Link (e.g. up to four groups of 4 compact starters) to the
multifunctional SIMATIC ET 200S distributed I/O system.
Additional connection cables for side-by-side mounting of up
to 4 compact starters
Operator panel for on-site control and diagnostics of up to 4
compact starters coupled to each other
Note
Accessories for all 3RA6 SIRIUS compact starters, see Chapter
4 "AS-Interface" "3RA6 Compact Starters" "Accessories"

Version
Article No.
Accessories especially for 3RA64, 3RA65 compact starters for IO-Link

Additional connection cables (flat) for side-by-side mounting of
up to 4 compact starters
3RA6931-0A
10-pole
- 8 mm1)
- 200 mm1)
3RA6932-0A
3RA6933-0B
14-pole
- 8 mm2)
- 200 mm
3RA6931-0A
3RA6933-0C
Operator panel
3RA6935-0A
(incl. enabling module, blanking cover and mounting bracket)
3RA6935-0A
Enabling module
3RA6936-0A
Blanking cover
3RA6936-0B
Connection cable (round) for connecting the operator panel
3RA6933-0A
10-pole, 2 000 mm
1)
2)
10-pole connection cables are required for EMERGENCY-STOP group

concepts.
Is included in the scope of supply of the SIRIUS 3RA6 compact
starter in IO-Link version.
Siemens IK PI 2015
5/35
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
SIRIUS 3RR24 monitoring relays for mounting onto 3RT2 contactors for IO-Link
General data
Overview
Features
3RR24
Benefits
S00, S0
Are coordinated with the dimensions, connections and technical characteristics

of the other devices in the SIRIUS modular system (contactors, soft starters,
etc.)
Permit the mounting of slim and compact load feeders in widths of 45 mm
(S00 and S0)
Simplify configuration
General data
Dimensions in mm (W x H x D)
S00: 45 x 79 x 80,
S0: 45 x 87 x 91
Screw terminals
Sizes
S00: 45 x 90 x 80,
S0: 45 x 109 x 92
S00: 1.6 ... 16 A
S0: 4 ... 40 A
Is adapted to the other devices in the SIRIUS modular system

Just a single version per size with a wide setting range enables easy
configuration
-25 ... +60 C
Suitable for applications in the control cabinet, worldwide
Current overshoot
(Three-phase)
Provides optimum inverse-time delayed protection of loads against excessive

temperature rises due to overload
Enables detection of filter blockages or pumping against closed gate valves
Enables drawing conclusions about wear, poor lubrication or other maintenance-relevant phenomena
Current undershoot
(Three-phase)
Apparent current monitoring
(selectable)
Precision current monitoring especially in a motor's rated and upper torque

range
Active current monitoring
(selectable)
Optimum current monitoring over a motor's entire torque range through the
patented combination of power factor and apparent current monitoring
Range monitoring
(Three-phase)
Simultaneous monitoring of current overshoot and undershoot with a single

device
Phase failure, open circuit
(Three-phase)
Minimizes heating of three-phase motors during phase failure through

immediate disconnection
Prevents operation of hoisting equipment with reduced load carrying capacity
Phase sequence monitoring
(selectable)
Prevents starting of motors, pumps or compressors in the wrong direction

of rotation
Internal ground-fault detection

(residual current monitoring)
(selectable)
Provides optimum protection of loads against high-resistance short circuits

or ground faults due to moisture, condensed water, damage to the insulation
material, etc.
Eliminates the need for additional special equipment
Saves space in the control cabinet
Reduces wiring overhead and costs
Blocking current monitoring
(selectable)
Minimizes heating of three-phase motors when blocked during operation

through immediate disconnection
Minimizes mechanical loading of the system by acting as an electronic shear pin
Gives the time during which there was a measurable current in at least 2 current
paths
As an indicator for upcoming maintenance or replacement of machine and
system components
Operating cycles counter
Is incremented by one each time a breaking operation is detected, in other

words a transition from three-phase current flow to no measurable current flow
As an indicator for upcoming maintenance or replacement of contact blocks
Current range

During operation
Available
5/36
Siemens IK PI 2015
Enables detection of overload due to a slipping or torn belt

Guarantees protection of pumps against dry running
Facilitates monitoring of the functions of resistive loads such as heaters
Permits energy savings through monitoring of no-load operation
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
General data
Features
3RR24
Benefits
RESET function
Allows manual or automatic resetting of the relay

Resetting directly on the device, by switching the control supply voltage off
and on or via IO-Link (remote RESET)
ON-delay time
0 ... 999.9 s
Enables motor starting without evaluation of the starting current

Can be used for monitoring motors with lengthy start-up
Tripping delay time
0 ... 999.9 s
Permits brief threshold value violations during operation

Prevents frequent warnings and disconnections with currents near the
threshold values
Operating and indicating elements
Displays and buttons
Integrated contacts
1 CO contact,
1 semiconductor
output (in SIO mode)
Enable disconnection of the system or process when there is an irregularity

Can be used to output signals
Short-circuit strength up to 100 kA at 690 V

(in conjunction with the corresponding fuses or the
corresponding motor starter protector)
Provides optimum protection of the loads and operating personnel in the event
of short circuits due to insulation faults or faulty switching operations
Electrical and mechanical

matching to 3RT2 contactors
Simplifies configuration
Reduces wiring outlay and costs
Enables stand-alone installation as well as space-saving direct mounting
Spring-type terminals for main circuit

and auxiliary circuits
(optional)
Enables fast connections

Permits vibration-resistant connections
Enables maintenance-free connections
Suitable for single- and three-phase loads
Enables the monitoring of single-phase systems through parallel infeed

at the contactor or looping the current through the three phase connections
Wide setting ranges
Reduce the number of variants

Minimize the configuration outlay and costs
Minimize storage overheads, storage costs, tied-up capital
Power supply
24 V DC
Direct via IO-Link master or via an external auxiliary voltage independent

of the IO-Link
Minimizes the configuring overhead and costs
Features
For setting the threshold values and delay times

For selectable functions
For quick and selective diagnostics
Displays for permanent display of measured values
Design of load feeders
Other features
Available
Siemens IK PI 2015
5/37
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
General data
Possible combinations of 3RR24 monitoring relays with 3RT2 contactors for IO-Link
Monitoring relays
Current range
Contactors (type, size, rating)

3RT201
3RT202
S00
S0
Type
3/4/5.5/7.5 kW
5.5/7.5/11/15/18.5 kW
3RR2441
1.6 ... 16
With stand-alone installation support
3RR2442
4 ... 40
With stand-alone installation support
Available
Notes:
Connection methods
Devices required for the communication via IO-Link:

Any controller that supports the IO-Link
(e.g. ET 200S with CPU or S7-1200),
see Catalog ST 70 "Products for Totally Integrated Automation"
IO-Link master (e.g. 4SI or 4SI IO-Link electronic module for
SIMATIC ET200S or SM 1278 for S7-1200) see Catalog ST 70
"Products for Totally Integrated Automation"
Selection tables for the 3RR24 monitoring relays can be found

on the following pages.
Screw terminals
Each monitoring relay requires an IO-Link channel.
More information
Configuration Manual "Configuring SIRIUS Innovations
Selection Data for Fuseless and Fused Load Feeders" see
System Manual "Industrial Controls SIRIUS Innovations" see
Manual "3UG48/3RR24 Monitoring Relays for IO-Link" see
5/38
Siemens IK PI 2015
Notes on safety:
System networking requires suitable protective measures (including network segmentation for IT security) in order to ensure
safe plant operation, see www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity.
More information about the subject of Industrial Security see
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
Overview
SIRIUS 3RR2441 and 3RR2442 current monitoring relay
The SIRIUS 3RR24 current monitoring relays for IO-Link are

suitable for the load monitoring of motors or other loads. In three
phases they monitor the rms value of AC currents for overshooting or undershooting of set threshold values.
Whereas apparent current monitoring is used above all in connection with the rated torque or in case of overload, the active
current monitoring option, which is also selectable, can be used
to observe and evaluate the load factor over a motor's entire
torque range.
The 3RR24 current monitoring relays for IO-Link can be integrated directly in the feeder by mounting onto the 3RT2 contactor; separate wiring of the main circuit is therefore superfluous.
No separate transformers are required.
For a line-oriented configuration or simultaneous use of an
overload relay, terminal supports for stand-alone installation
are available for separate standard rail mounting.
The SIRIUS 3RR24 current monitoring relays for IO-Link also

offer many other options based upon the monitoring functions of
the conventional SIRIUS 3RR2 monitoring relays:
Measured value transmission to a controller, including resolution and unit, may be parameterizable as to which value is
cyclically transmitted
Transmission of alarm flags to a controller
Full diagnosis capability by inquiry as to the cause of the fault
in the diagnosis data record
Remote parameterization is also possible, in addition to or
instead of local parameterization
Rapid parameterization of the same devices by duplication of
the parameterization in the controller
Parameter transmission by upload to a controller by IO-Link
call or by parameter server (if IO-Link master from IO-Link
Specification V 1.1 and higher is used)
Consistent central data storage in the event of parameter
change locally or via a controller
Automatic reparameterizing when devices are exchanged
Blocking of local parameterization via IO-Link possible
Faults are saved in parameterizable and non-volatile fashion
to prevent an automatic start-up after voltage failure and to
make sure diagnostics data is not lost
By integration into the automation level the option exists of
parameterizing the monitoring relay at any time via a display
unit or displaying the measured values in a control room or
locally at the machine/control cabinet.
Even without communication via IO-Link the devices continue to
function fully autonomously:
Parameterization can take place locally at the device,
independently of a controller.
In the event of failure or before the controller becomes available the monitoring relays work as long as the control supply
voltage (24 V DC) is present.
If the monitoring relays are operated without the controller, the
3RR24 monitoring relays for IO-Link have, thanks to the integrated SIO mode, an additional semiconductor output, which
switches when the adjustable warning threshold is exceeded.
Thanks to the combination of autonomous monitoring relay function and integrated IO-Link communication, redundant sensors
and/or analog signal converters which previously took over the
transmission of measured values to a controller, leading to considerable extra cost and wiring outlay are no longer needed.
Because the output relays are still present, the monitoring relays
increase the functional reliability of the system, since the controller can only fulfill the control tasks if the current measured values
are available, whereas the output relays can also be used for the
disconnection of the system if limit values that cannot be
reached during operation are exceeded.
For further information on the IO-Link communication system,
see page 5/2 onwards.
Siemens IK PI 2015
5/39
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
Benefits
Application
Can be mounted directly on 3RT2 contactors and 3RA23

reversing contactor assemblies, in other words, there is no
need for additional wiring in the main circuit
Optimally coordinated with the technical characteristics of the
3RT2 contactors
No separate current transformer required
Variably adjustable to overshoot, undershoot or range
monitoring
Freely configurable delay times and RESET response
Display of ACTUAL value and status messages
All versions with removable control current terminals
All versions with screw or spring-type terminals
Simple determination of the threshold values through direct
reference to actually measured values for setpoint loading
Range monitoring and selectable active current measurement
mean that only one device for monitoring a motor is required
along the entire torque curve
In addition to current monitoring it is also possible to monitor
for current unbalance, broken cables, phase failure, phase
sequence, residual current and motor blocking.
Integrated counter for operating cycles counter and operating
hours to support requirements-based maintenance of the
monitored machine or application
Simple cyclical transmission of the current measured values,
relay switching states and events to a controller
Remote parameterization
Simple duplication of identical or similar parameterizations
Reduction of control current wiring
Elimination of testing costs and wiring errors
Reduction of configuration work
Integration in TIA means clear diagnostics if a fault occurs
Cost saving and space saving in control cabinet due to the
elimination of AI and IO modules as well as analog signal converters and duplicated sensors
5/40
Siemens IK PI 2015
Monitoring of current overshoot and undershoot

Monitoring of broken conductors
Monitoring of no-load operation and load
shedding, e.g. in the event of a torn V-belt or no-load operation
of a pump
Monitoring of overload, e.g. on
pumps due to a dirty filter system
Monitoring the functionality of electrical loads such as heaters
Monitoring of wrong phase sequence on mobile equipment
such as compressors or cranes
Monitoring of high-impedance short-circuits,
e. g. due to damaged insulation or moisture
The use of SIRIUS monitoring relays for IO-Link is particularly
recommended for machines and plant in which these relays, in
addition to their monitoring function, are to be connected to the
automation level for the rapid, simple and fault-free provision of
the current measured values and/or for remote parameterization.
The monitoring relays can either relieve the controller of monitoring tasks or, as a second monitoring entity in parallel to and independent of the controller, increase the reliability in the process
or in the system. In addition, the elimination of AI and IO modules
allows the width of the controller to be reduced despite significantly expanded functionality.
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link

SIRIUS 3RR24 current monitoring relays for IO-Link
For load monitoring of motors or other loads
Multi-phase monitoring of undercurrent and overcurrent
Starting and tripping delay can be adjusted separately
Tripping delay 0 to 999.9 s
Auto or Manual RESET
3RR2442-1AA40
3RR2441-1AA40
Size
3RR2441-2AA40
3RR2442-2AA40
Measuring range
Hysteresis
Control supply
voltage Us
Screw terminals
Article No.
Article No.
Digitally adjustable, LCD, open-circuit or closed-circuit principle,

1 CO, 1 semiconductor output (in SIO mode), 3-phase current monitoring,
active current or apparent current monitoring, current unbalance monitoring,
phase sequence monitoring, residual current monitoring,
blocking current monitoring, operating hours counter, operating cycles counter,
reclosing delay time 0 ... 999.9 min,
start-up delay 0 ... 999.9 s,
separate settings for warning and alarm thresholds
S00
1.6 ... 16
0.1 ... 3
24 DC
3RR2441-1AA40
3RR2441-2AA40
S0
4 ... 40
0.1 ... 8
24 DC
3RR2442-1AA40
3RR2442-2AA40
Siemens IK PI 2015
5/41
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
Accessories
Use
Terminal supports for stand-alone
Version
Size
Article No.
installation1)
For 3RR24
For separate mounting of the overload relays or

monitoring relays; screw and snap-on mounting onto
TH 35 standard mounting rail according to IEC 60715
Screw connection
Screw terminals
S00
S0
3RU2916-3AA01
3RU2926-3AA01
3RU2916-3AA01
Spring-type connection
S00
S0
3RU2916-3AC01
3RU2926-3AC01
3RU2926-3AC01
For 3RR24

For SIRIUS devices
20 mm x 7 mm, titanium gray
3RT2900-1SB20
Sealable covers
For securing against unintentional or unauthorized
adjustment of settings
3RR2940
IC01_00181
Blank labels
3RT2900-1SB20
Sealable covers
For 3RR24
3RR2940

For auxiliary cir- Screwdrivers
cuit connections For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type terminals,
3.0 mm x 0.5 mm,
length approx. 200 mm, titanium gray/black, partially insulated
3RA2908-1A
1)
The accessories are identical to those of the 3RU21 thermal

overload relays and the 3RB3 solid-state overload relays,
see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 7 "Protection Equipment".
2)

see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 16, "Appendix" "External Partners".
5/42
Siemens IK PI 2015
3RA2908-1A
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
SIRIUS 3UG48 monitoring relays for stand-alone installation for IO-Link
General data
Overview
Even without communication via IO-Link the devices continue to
function fully autonomously:
Parameterization can take place locally at the device, independently of a controller.
In the event of failure or before the controller becomes available the monitoring relays work as long as the control supply
voltage (24 V DC) is present.
If the monitoring relays are operated without the controller,
the 3UG48 monitoring relays have, thanks to the integrated
SIO mode, an additional semiconductor output, which
switches when the adjustable warning threshold is exceeded.
Thanks to the combination of autonomous monitoring relay function and integrated IO-Link communication, redundant sensors
and/or analog signal converters which previously took over the
transmission of measured values to a controller, leading to considerable extra cost and wiring outlay are no longer needed.
The SIRIUS 3UG4 monitoring relays for electronic and mechanical variables monitor all important characteristics that allow
conclusions to be drawn about the functionality of a plant. Both
sudden disturbances and gradual changes, which may indicate
the need for maintenance, are detected.
Thanks to their relay outputs, the monitoring relays permit direct
disconnection of the affected system components as well as
alerting e.g. by triggering a warning light. Thanks to adjustable
delay times the 3UG4 monitoring relays can respond very flexibly to brief faults such as voltage dips or load changes and can
thus avoid unnecessary alarms and disconnections and increase system availability.
3UG48 monitoring relays for IO-Link
The SIRIUS 3UG48 monitoring relays for IO-Link also offer many
other options based upon the monitoring functions of the triedand-tested SIRIUS 3UG4 monitoring relays:
Measured value transmission to a controller, including resolution and unit, may be parameterizable as to which value is
cyclically transmitted
Transmission of alarm flags to a controller
Full diagnosis capability by inquiry as to the cause of the fault
in the diagnosis data record
Remote parameterization is also possible, in addition to or
instead of local parameterization
Rapid parameterization of the same devices by duplication of
the parameterization in the controller
Parameter transmission by upload to a controller by IO-Link
call or by parameter server (if IO-Link master from IO-Link
Specification V 1.1 and higher is used)
Consistent central data storage in the event of parameter
change locally or via a controller
Blocking of local parameterization via IO-Link possible
Faults are saved in parameterizable and non-volatile fashion
to prevent an automatic start-up after voltage failure and to
make sure diagnostics data is not lost
Integration into the automation level provides the option of
parameterizing the monitoring relays at any time via a display
unit, or displaying the measured values in a control room or
locally at the machine/control cabinet.
Because the output relays are still present, the monitoring relays
increase the functional reliability of the system, since the controller can only fulfill the control tasks if the current measured values
are available, whereas the output relays can also be used for the
disconnection of the system if limit values that cannot be
reached during operation are exceeded.
The individual 3UG48 monitoring relays for IO-Link offer the
following functions in different combinations:
Phase sequence
Phase failure, neutral conductor failure
Phase asymmetry
Undershooting and/or overshooting of limit values for voltage
Undershooting and/or overshooting of limit values for current
Undershooting and/or overshooting of power factor limit
values
Monitoring of the active current or the apparent current
Monitoring of the residual current
Undershooting and/or overshooting of limit values for speed
Note:
Further information on the IO-Link bus system see page 5/2
onwards.
Notes on safety:
System networking requires suitable protective measures
(including network segmentation for IT security) in order to
ensure safe plant operation.
Siemens IK PI 2015
5/43
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
General data
1
3
3UG46
monitoring
relay
3UG48
monitoring
relay
Feeder
Feeder
IO-Link
master
PLC
1
Analog
signal
converter
3UG46
monitoring
relay
3UG46
monitoring
relay
PLC
IO-Link
2
3UG48
monitoring
relay
3UG48
monitoring
relay
Current
transformers
IC01_00004
IC01_00003
Motor
transmission to PLC
Motor
transmission to PLC
3 Signaling of limit value violation to PLC
Use of conventional monitoring relays
Monitoring relays for IO-Link
Notes:
Connection methods

Any controller that supports the IO-Link (e.g. ET 200S with
CPU or S7-1200), see Catalog ST 70 "Products for Totally
Integrated Automation"
SIMATIC ET200S or SM 1278 for S7-1200) see Catalog ST 70
Selection tables for the 3UG48 monitoring relays can be found

on the following pages.
5/44
Siemens IK PI 2015
Screw terminals
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
General data
Benefits
Simple cyclical transmission of the current measured values,
relay switching states and events to a controller
Remote parameterization
Simple duplication of identical or similar parameterizations
Reduction of control current wiring
Elimination of testing costs and wiring errors
Reduction of configuration work
Integration in TIA means clear diagnostics if a fault occurs
Cost saving and space saving in control cabinet due to the
elimination of AI and IO modules as well as analog signal
converters and duplicated sensors
More information
Manual "3UG48/3RR24 Monitoring Relays for IO-Link" see
Notes on safety:
Application
The use of SIRIUS monitoring relays for IO-Link is particularly
recommended for machines and plant in which these relays, in
addition to their monitoring function, are to be connected to the
automation level for the rapid, simple and fault-free provision of
the current measured values and/or for remote parameterization.
The monitoring relays can either relieve the controller of monitoring tasks or, as a second monitoring entity in parallel to and independent of the controller, increase the reliability in the process
or in the system. In addition, the elimination of AI and IO modules
allows the width of the controller to be reduced despite significantly expanded functionality.
Siemens IK PI 2015
5/45
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
Line monitoring
Overview
Benefits
Can be used in any network from 160 to 630 V AC worldwide
thanks to wide voltage range
Variably adjustable to overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring
Width 22.5 mm
Display and transmission of actual value and network fault
type to controller
All versions with removable terminals
Application
The relays are used above all for mobile equipment,
e.g. air conditioning compressors, refrigerating containers,
building site compressors and cranes.
SIRIUS 3UG4815 monitoring relay
Solid-state line monitoring relays provide maximum protection

for mobile machines, plants and hoisting equipment or for unstable networks. Network and voltage faults can thus be detected
early and rectified before far greater damage ensues.
Function
Application
Phase sequence
Direction of rotation of the drive
Phase failure
A fuse has tripped

Failure of the control supply voltage
Broken cable
Phase asymmetry
Overheating of the motor due to

asymmetrical voltage
Detection of asymmetrically loaded
networks
Undervoltage
Increased current on a motor with

corresponding overheating
Unintentional resetting of a device
Network collapse, particularly with
battery power
Overvoltage
Protection of a plant against destruction

due to overvoltage
The line monitoring relays with IO-Link monitor phase sequence,

phase failure (with or without N conductor monitoring), phase
asymmetry and undervoltage and/or overvoltage.
Phase asymmetry is evaluated as the difference between the
greatest and the smallest phase voltage relative to the greatest
phase voltage. Undervoltage or overvoltage exist if the set limit
values for at least one phase voltage are overshot or undershot.
The rms value of the voltage is measured.

Open or closed-circuit principle
1 CO contact, 1 semiconductor output (in SIO mode)
Adjustable via IO-Link and locally, with illuminated LCD

Power supply with 24 V DC via IO-Link or
external auxiliary voltage
3UG4815-1AA40
Adjustable Underhysteresis voltage
detection
3UG4816-1AA40
Overvoltage
detection
3UG4815-2AA40
3UG4816-2AA40
Stabilization
Tripping delay Version of
time adjustable time adjustable auxiliary
stDEL
Del
contacts
Measurable
mains voltage1)
Screw
terminals
Spring-type
terminals
V AC
Article No.
Article No.
160 690
3UG4815-1AA40
3UG4815-2AA40
3UG4816-1AA40
3UG4816-2AA40
Monitoring of phase sequence, phase failure, phase asymmetry,

overvoltage and undervoltage
1 ... 20
0.1 999.9
0.1 999.9
1 CO + 1 Q2)
Monitoring of phase sequence, phase and N conductor failure, phase asymmetry,

overvoltage and undervoltage
1 ... 20
Function available
1)
Absolute limit values.
2)
In SIO mode.
For accessories see page 5/53.
5/46
Siemens IK PI 2015
0.1 999.9
0.1 999.9
1 CO + 1 Q2)
90 400 to N
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
Voltage monitoring
Overview
Benefits
Variably adjustable to overshoot, undershoot or range
monitoring
Width 22.5 mm
Display and transmission of actual value and status messages
to controller
Application
Protection of a plant against destruction due to overvoltage
Switch-on of a plant at a defined voltage and higher
Protection from undervoltage due to overloaded control
supply voltages, particularly with battery power
The relays monitor single-phase AC voltages (rms value) and

DC voltages against the set limit value for overshoot and undershoot.

Power supply with 24 V DC via IO-Link or external auxiliary
voltage
3UG4832-1AA40
3UG4832-2AA40
Measuring range
Adjustable
hysteresis
ON-delay time
adjustable
onDel
Tripping delay time

separately adjustable
UDel/UDel
Screw
terminals
Spring-type
terminals
V AC/DC
Article No.
Article No.
0 999.9
3UG4832-1AA40
3UG4832-2AA40
Monitoring of voltage for overshoot and undershoot

10 600
0.1 ... 300
0 999.9
Siemens IK PI 2015
5/47
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
Current monitoring
Overview
Benefits
Freely configurable delay times and RESET
response
Width 22.5 mm
to controller
Application
Overcurrent and undercurrent monitoring
Monitoring the functionality of electrical
loads
Monitoring for broken conductors
The relays monitor single-phase AC (rms value) and DC currents

against the set limit value for overshoot and undershoot.

Adjustable converter factor to display the measured primary
current when external current transformer used
3UG4822-1AA40
3UG4822-2AA40
Measuring range
Adjustable
hysteresis
ON-delay time
adjustable
onDel
Tripping delay time

separately adjustable
UDel/UDel
Screw
terminals
Spring-type
terminals
AC/DC A
Article No.
Article No.
3UG4822-1AA40
3UG4822-2AA40
Monitoring of current for overshooting and undershooting

0.05 10
0.01 ... 5
0.1 999.9
0.1 999.9

For AC currents I > 10 A it is possible to use commercially
available current transformers, e.g. the Siemens 4NC current
transformer, as accessories, see Catalog LV 10, "Low-Voltage
Power Distribution and Electrical Installation Technology".
5/48
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
Power factor and active current monitoring
Overview
Benefits
Monitoring of even small single-phase motors with a no-load
supply current below 0.5 A
Simple determination of threshold values by the direct
collection of measured variables on motor loading
Range monitoring and active current measurement enable
detection of cable breaks between control cabinets and
motors, as well as phase failures
Power factor and/or Ires (active current) can be selected as
the measurement principle
Width 22.5 mm
to controller
Application
The 3UG4841 power factor and active current monitoring

devices enable the load monitoring of motors.
Whereas power factor monitoring is used above all for monitoring no-load operation, the active current monitoring option can
be used to observe and evaluate the load factor over the entire
torque range.
No-load monitoring and load shedding, such as in the event

of a V-belt tear
Underload monitoring in the low performance range,
e.g. in the event of pump no-load operation
Monitoring of overload, e.g. due to a dirty filter system
Power factor monitoring in networks for control of compensation equipment
Broken cable between control cabinet and motor
For monitoring the power factor and the active current Ires
Suitable for single- and three-phase currents
voltage
Measuring range
Voltage
range of the
measuring
voltage1)
Hysteresis
For power
factor
For active 50/60 Hz AC Adjustable Adjustable

current
for power for active
Ires
factor
current Ires
P.f.
P.f.
Overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring adjustable

Upper and lower limit values can be adjusted separately
Permanent display of actual value and tripping state
1 CO contact each for undershoot and overshoot,
1 semiconductor output (in SIO mode)
3UG4841-1CA40
3UG4841-2CA40
ON-delay time
adjustable
onDel
Tripping delay
time adjustable
UDel/UDel,
Del/ Del
Screw
terminals
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Article No.
3UG4841-1CA40
3UG4841-2CA40
Monitoring of power factor and active current for overshooting and undershooting
0.1 ... 0.99
1)
0.2 ... 10
90 ... 690
0.1 ... 0.2
0.1 ... 3
0 ... 999.9
0 ... 999.9
Absolute limit values.

For AC active currents Ires> 10 A it is possible to use commercially available current transformers, e.g. Siemens 4NC current
converter, as accessories, see Catalog LV 10 "Low-Voltage
Power Distribution and Electrical Installation Technology".
Siemens IK PI 2015
5/49
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
Residual-current monitoring relays
Overview
Benefits
High measuring accuracy 7.5%

Permanent self-monitoring
Parameterization of the devices locally or via IO-Link possible
Variable threshold values for warning and disconnection
to controller
High level of flexibility and space saving through installation of
the transformer inside or outside the control cabinet
Width 22.5 m
Application
Monitoring of plants in which residual currents can occur,
e.g. due to dust deposits or moisture, porous cables and leads,
or capacitive residual currents
The 3UG4825 residual-current monitoring relays are used in

conjunction with the 3UL23 residual current transformers for
monitoring plants in which higher residual currents are increasingly expected due to environmental conditions. Monitoring
encompasses pure AC residual currents or AC residual currents
with a pulsating DC fault current component (transformer type A
in accordance with DIN VDE 0100-530/IEC TR 60755).

For monitoring residual currents from 0.03 to 40 A,
from 16 to 400 Hz
For 3UL23 residual-current transformers with feed-through
opening from 35 to 210 mm
Permanent self-monitoring
Certified in accordance with IEC 60947, functionality corresponds to IEC 62020
Digitally adjustable, with illuminated LCD
Separately adjustable limit value and warning threshold
1 changeover contact each for warning threshold and tripping
threshold
Measurable
current
Adjustable
response value
current
Switching
hysteresis
0.01 ... 43
0.03 ... 40
Screw
terminals
Spring-type
terminals
Control supply
voltage
Article No.
Article No.
0 ... 50
0 ... 999.9
24
3UG4825-1CA40
3UG4825-2CA40
3UL23 residual-current transformers and accessories for 3UL23

see page 5/51.
Siemens IK PI 2015
3UG4825-2CA40
Adjustable
response delay
time
5/50
3UG4825-1CA40
At DC,
rated value
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
3UL23 residual-current transformers
Overview
The 3UL23 residual-current transformers detect residual
currents in machines and plants. They are suitable for pure AC
residual currents or AC residual currents with a pulsating DC
fault current component (transformer type A in accordance
with DIN VDE 0100-530/IEC TR 60755).
Together with the 3UG4625, 3UG4825 residual-current monitoring relays for IO-Link or the SIMOCODE 3UF motor management
and control device they enable residual-current and ground-fault
monitoring.
The 3UL2302-1A and 3UL2303-1A residual-current transformers
with a feed-through opening from 35 to 55 mm can be mounted
in conjunction with the 3UL2900 accessories on a TH 35 standard mounting rail according to IEC 60715.
SIRIUS 3UL23 residual-current transformer

Diameter
of the feed-through opening
Connectable cross-section of the

connecting terminal
Screw terminals
mm
mm2
Article No.
Residual-current transformer
(essential accessory for 3UG4625, 3UG4825 or SIMOCODE 3UF)
35
2.5
3UL2302-1A
55
2.5
3UL2303-1A
80
2.5
3UL2304-1A
110
2.5
3UL2305-1A
140
2.5
3UL2306-1A
210
3UL2307-1A
Accessories
Version
Article No.
Adapter
3UL2900
Adapter
For mounting onto standard rail
for 3UL23 to diameter 55 mm
3UL2900
Siemens IK PI 2015
5/51
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
Speed monitoring
Overview
Benefits
Display and transmission of actual value and fault type to
controller
Use of up to 10 sensors per rotation for extremely slowly
rotating motors
2- or 3-wire sensors and sensors with a mechanical switching
output or solid-state-output can be connected
Auxiliary voltage for sensor integrated
Application
Slip or tear of a belt drive
Overload monitoring
Transport monitoring for completeness
3UG4851 monitoring relays are used in combination with a

sensor to monitor drives for overspeed and/or underspeed.
Furthermore, the monitoring relays are ideal for all functions
where a continuous pulse signal needs to be monitored (e.g. belt
travel monitoring, completeness monitoring, passing monitoring,
clock-time monitoring).

For speed monitoring in revolutions per minute (rpm)
Two- or three-wire sensor with mechanical or electronic
switching output can be connected
Two-wire NAMUR sensor can be connected
Sensor supply 24 V DC/50 mA integrated
Input frequency 0.1 to 2 200 pulses per minute
(0.0017 to 36.7 Hz)
With or without enable signal for the drive to be monitored
Measuring range
Adjustable
hysteresis
ON-delay time
adjustable
onDel
Tripping delay time

separately
adjustable
rpmDel/
rpmDel
rpm
rpm

voltage
Number of pulses per revolution can be adjusted
Upper and lower limit values can be adjusted separately
Auto, manual or remote RESET options after tripping
Pulses
per revolution
3UG4851-1AA40
3UG4851-2AA40
Screw
terminals
Spring-type
terminals
Article No.
Article No.
3UG4851-1AA40
3UG4851-2AA40
Speed monitoring for overshooting and undershooting

0.1 ... 2 200
OFF
1 ... 99.9
5/52
Siemens IK PI 2015
0 ... 999.9
0 ... 999.9
1 ... 10
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
Accessories

Use
Version
For 3UG48
Unit labeling plates

For SIRIUS devices
For 3UG48
Adhesive labels For SIRIUS devices
Article No.
Blank labels
IC01_00181
20 mm x 7 mm, titanium gray1)
3RT29 00-1SB20
19 mm x 6 mm, pastel turquoise
3RT1900-1SB60
19 mm x 6 mm, zinc yellow
3RT1900-1SD60
For 3UG48
Push-in lugs
For screw fixing,
2 units are required for each device
3RP1903
For 3UG48
Sealable covers
For securing against unauthorized adjustment of setting knobs
3RP1902
3RT29 00-1SB20
Push-in lugs and covers
3RP1903
3RP1902

For auxiliary
circuit
connections
3RA2908-1A
1)
Screwdrivers
3.0 mm x 0.5 mm,

length approx. 200 mm,
partially insulated
3RA2908-1A

Siemens IK PI 2015
5/53
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
SIRIUS 3RS14, 3RS15 temperature monitoring relays for IO-Link
General data
Overview
In addition to warnings and disconnection in case of temperature deviations, the devices can also be used as a temperature
controller (one-point, two-point or three-point control).
The devices differ from one another in terms of the type and
number of connectable temperature sensors.
3RS14: Connection for resistance sensor
3RS15: Connection for thermocouples
Function
Temperature monitoring relays

3RS1440
3RS1441
3RS1540
Connectable sensor type

Number of sensors monitored
Resistance sensor
--
Thermocouples
--
--
Temperature monitoring overshoot
SIRIUS 3RS14, 3RS15 temperature monitoring relay
Temperature monitoring undershoot
The temperature monitoring relays for IO-Link are used to

measure temperatures in solid, liquid and gas media.
Number of adjustable limit

values
The temperature is calculated using a sensor in the medium,

evaluated by the device and monitored up to two limit values for
overshooting or undershooting a working range (window function).
Function supported
Temperature monitoring
-- Function not supported
Feeder
Feeder
PLC
IO-Link
master
PLC
IO-Link
1
3RS10/11
temperature
monitoring
relay
Analog
signal
converter
3RS10/11
temperature
monitoring
relay
IC01_00039
IC01_00040
Motor
transmission to PLC
3RS14/15
temperature
monitoring
relay
3RS14/15
temperature
monitoring
relay
Motor

transmission to PLC
Conventional temperature monitoring relays
Temperature monitoring relays for IO-Link
Notes:
Notes on safety:

Any controller that supports the IO-Link (e.g. ET 200S
with CPU or S7-1200), see Catalog ST 70 "Products for Totally
Integrated Automation"
SIMATIC ET 200S or SM 1278 for S7-1200) see Catalog ST 70

5/54
Siemens IK PI 2015

Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
General data
Connection methods
Selection tables for the 3RS14 and 3RS15 monitoring relays can
be found on the following pages.
Screw terminals
More information
Characteristic curves
For resistance sensors
5 000
NSB0_01322a
Resistance in
Measuring ranges for resistance sensors

NTC
4 000
3 000
KTY83 KTY84 PT1000
2 000
1 000
PT100
0
-100
100
200
300
Sensor type
Short circuit
Open cir- 3RS1440, 3RS1441

cuit
Measuring
Measuring range
range
in F
in C
PT100
50 ... +750
58 ... +1 382
PT1000
50 ... +500
58 ... +932
KTY83-110
50 ... +175
58 ... +347
KTY84
40 ... +300
40 ... +572
NTC1)
--
+80 ... +160
+176 ... +320
Detection possible
-- Detection not possible
400
500
Temperature in C
1)
The short-circuit and open-circuit detection as well as the measuring range is limited, depending on the sensor type.
NTC type: B57227-K333-A1 (100 C: 1.8 k; 25 C: 32.762 k).
Measuring ranges for thermocouples
80
Type "E"
70
Type "J"
60
NSB0_01321a
Voltage in mV
For thermocouples
Short circuit
Open cir- 3RS1540

cuit
Measuring
range
in C
Measuring range
in F
--
-99 ... +1 350
-146.2 ... +2 462
--
-99 ... +1 300
-146.2 ... +2 372
--
-99 ... +1 200
-146.2 ... +2 192
--
-99 ... +999
-146.2 ...
+1 830.2
--
-99 ... +400
-146.2 ... +752
--
0 ... 1 750
32 ... 3 182
--
0 ... 1 750
32 ... 3 182
--
400 ... 1 800
752 ... 3 272
Type "K"
50
Type "N"
40
30
Type "T"
20
10
0
0
200
400
500
800
1 000 1 200 1 400 1 600

Temperature in C
Characteristic curves for sensor types K, N, J, E and T
Type "R"
20 000
Type "S"
15 000
Type "B"
10 000
IC01_00044
Detection possible
-- Detection not possible
25 000
}G
Sensor type
Note:
For the manual "3RS14/3RS15 Temperature Monitoring Relays
for IO-Link", see
5 000
0
400
600
800
1 000 1 200 1 400 1 600 1 800

Temperature in C
Characteristic curves for sensor types S, R and B
Siemens IK PI 2015
5/55
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
Relays, digitally adjustable for 1 sensor
Monitoring
Overview
When the temperature has reached the 1 limit value, the K1

output relay changes its switching state after the configured
time t has expired (output relay K2 reacts accordingly at 2).
The delay time can be adjusted.
The output relays return immediately to their original state once
the temperature reaches the respective hysteresis value.
When the temperature has reached the top 1 limit value, the K1
output relay changes its switching state after the configured time
t has expired. The output relay returns immediately to its original
state once the temperature reaches the respective hysteresis
value.
The K2 output relay reacts in the same way at the 2 lower
threshold. Both limit values 1 and 2 can be parameterized for
overshooting or undershooting the thresholds. This makes it
possible to use a limit value for issuing an alarm signal to announce that a limit value is about to be overshot or undershot.
Note:
SIRIUS 3RS1440 digital monitoring relay for 1 sensor
The 3RS14 and 3RS15 temperature monitoring relays for IO-Link

are used to measure temperatures in solid, liquid and gas
media. The temperature is calculated using a sensor in the
medium, evaluated by the device and monitored for overshooting or undershooting a working range (window function).
The digital temperature monitoring relays have two separately
adjustable limit values, are non-volatile and can be operated as
desired using the open- or closed-circuit principle.
The devices differ in terms of the number of temperature sensors
which can be evaluated. The 3RS1440 and 3RS1540 for IO-Link
temperature monitoring relays can be digitally adjusted for one
sensor and represent an alternative to temperature controllers in
the low-end range (two-point or three-point control).
The devices with two-point control can, for example, be used as
a thermostat. The devices with three-point control can, for example, independently switch between heating and cooling.
The 3RS1441 temperature monitoring relays for IO-Link can be
digitally adjusted to evaluate up to three resistance sensors at
one time. The devices were designed specifically for monitoring
motor windings and positions.
The temperature monitoring relays are powered through the
control supply voltages IO-Link (L+) and ground (L-) or via an
external 24 V DC power supply.
5/56
Siemens IK PI 2015
The "Temperature monitoring mode" parameter can be used to

set the desired type of monitoring (monitoring for overshooting
or undershooting or range monitoring).
Benefits
Very simple operation without complicated menu selections

Two- or three-point control can be parameterized quickly
Application
The temperature monitoring relays can be used in almost any
application in which temperature overshoot or undershoot is not
permitted, e.g. in the monitoring of set temperature limits and the
output of alarm messages for:
Plant and environment protection
Temperature limits for process variables e.g. in the packaging
industry or electroplating
Temperature limits for district heating plants
Exhaust temperature monitoring
Controlling equipment and machines such as heating, climate
and ventilation systems, solar collectors, heat pumps or warm
water supplies
Motor, bearing and gear oil monitoring
Monitoring of coolants
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
Relays, digitally adjustable for 1 sensor

To monitor temperatures with a resistance sensor or thermocouple
Temperature range dependent on sensor type
-99 to +1 800 C or -146.2 to +3 272 F
Short-circuit and open-circuit detection in sensor circuit
Exact sensor type can be set
2 limit values, can be adjusted separately
Adjustable open/closed-circuit principle
Can be adjusted by hand or remote RESET (via an external
contact)
Actual value, tripping state for control displayed and conveyed, adjustable in C or F
1 CO contact per limit value
1 CO contact for monitoring sensors and devices
3RS1440-1HB50
Sensors
3RS1540-1HB80
3RS1540-2HB80
3RS1440-2HB50
Measuring range (limit Hysteresis

of measuring range
adjustable for
dependent on sensor) 1 and 2
K
Tripping delay
time adjustable
for 1 and 2
DELAY
Control supply
voltage Us
Screw terminals
V DC
Article No.
Article No.
Temperature monitoring relay, digitally adjustable for a sensor,

non-volatile fault storage can be selected
PT100/PT1000,
KTY83/KTY84,
NTC
(resistance sensor)1)
-50 +750 C or
-58 +1 382 F
0 ... 99
0 ... + 999.9
24
3RS1440-1HB50
3RS1440-2HB50
Type
B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T
(thermocouples)
- 99 + 1 800 C or
- 146.2 + 3 272 F
0 ... 99
0 ... + 999.9
24
3RS1540-1HB80
3RS1540-2HB80
1)
NTC type B57227-K333-A1 (100 C: 1.8 k; 25 C: 32.762 k).
Siemens IK PI 2015
5/57
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
Relays, digitally adjustable for up to 3 sensors
Overview
Benefits
Very simple operation without complicated menu selections

Space-saving with 45 mm width
Two- or three-point control can be parameterized quickly
Application
The 3RS1441 temperature monitoring relays can be used almost
anywhere where several temperatures must be monitored at one
time for overshooting, undershooting or staying within a certain
range.
SIRIUS 3RS1441 digital temperature monitoring relay for up to 3 sensors
The 3RS14 temperature monitoring relays can be used to

measure temperatures in solid, liquid and gas media. The temperature is calculated using a sensor in the medium, evaluated
by the device and monitored for overshooting or undershooting
a working range (window function). The devices can be parameterized to indicate the measured temperature in C or F.
The 3RS1441 evaluation unit can evaluate up to 3 resistance
sensors at the same time.
Monitoring of set temperature limits and output of alarm messages for:

Plant and environment protection
Temperature limits for process variables e.g. in the packaging
industry or electroplating
Controlling equipment and machines such as heating, climate
and ventilation systems, solar collectors, heat pumps or warm
water supplies
Motor, bearing and gear oil monitoring
Monitoring of coolants

For temperature monitoring with up to 3 resistance sensors
Temperature range dependent on sensor type
-50 to +750 C or -58 to +1 382 F
Short-circuit and open-circuit detection in sensor circuit
voltage
Exact sensor type and number of sensors can be set
Sensors
Number
of sensors
that can
be set
Measuring range
(limit of measuring
range dependent on
sensor)
2 limit values, can be adjusted separately

Adjustable open/closed-circuit principle
Can be adjusted by hand or remote RESET (via an external
contact)
Actual value, tripping state for control displayed and conveyed, adjustable in C or F
1 CO contact per limit value
1 CO contact for monitoring sensors and devices
3RS1441-1HB50
3RS1441-2HB50
Hysteresis
adjustable for
1 and 2
Tripping
Control
delay time
supply
adjustable
voltage Us
for 1 and 2
DELAY
Screw terminals
Spring-type
terminals
V DC
Article No.
Article No.
24
3RS1441-1HB50
3RS1441-2HB50
Temperature monitoring relay, digitally adjustable for up to 3 sensors,

non-volatile fault storage can be selected
PT100/PT1000,
KTY83/KTY84,
NTC (resistance
sensor)1)
1)
1 ... 3
sensors
- 50 ... +750 C or
-58 ... +1 382 F
0 ... 99
NTC type: B57227-K333-A1 (100 C: 1.8 k; 25 C: 32.762 k).
5/58
Siemens IK PI 2015
0 ... + 999.9
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
Accessories

Use
Version
For 3RS14 and 3RS15
Unit labeling plates

For SIRIUS devices
For 3RS14 and 3RS15
Adhesive labels for SIRIUS devices
Article No.
Blank labels
IC01_00181
20 mm x 7 mm, titanium gray1)
3RT2900-1SB20
19 mm x 6 mm, pastel turquoise
3RT1900-1SB60
19 mm x 6 mm, zinc yellow
3RT1900-1SD60
For 3RS14 and 3RS15
Push-in lugs
For screw fixing, 2 units are required for each device
3RP1903
For 3RS14 and 3RS15
Sealing foil
For securing against unauthorized adjustment of
setting knobs
3TK2820-0AA00
Screwdrivers
3.0 mm x 0.5 mm, length approx. 200 mm,

titanium gray/black, partially insulated
3RA2908-1A
3RT2900-1SB20
Push-in lugs and covers
3RP1903

For auxiliary circuit
connections
3RA2908-1A
1)

Matching sensors see www.siemens.com/temperature.
Siemens IK PI 2015
5/59
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
RFID Systems
Introduction
Overview
The SIMATIC RF200 is the compact RFID system in accordance
with ISO 15693 within the SIMATIC RF product family. This
system comprises space-saving HF readers (13.45 MHz), which
are especially suitable for applications in intralogistics or in small
assembly lines.
The readers SIMATIC RF210R, RF220R and RF260R with the
interface variant for IO-Link support very simple identification
tasks, such as reading an identification number or any user data
("Read Only"). This standardized interface makes it particularly
easy and cost-effective to link the data automatically read by the
reader into the automation level.
The comprehensive portfolio of extremely rugged, industrycompatible ISO 15693 data carriers from Siemens is available
for a wide range of application areas: low-cost Smart Labels for
permanent attachment to the product, screw-type transponders
for easy mounting (also by robots), or transponders for flushmounting in metal, for example, on a workpiece carrier.
5/60
Siemens IK PI 2014
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
RFID Systems
SIMATIC RF210R
Overview
Article No.
6GT2821-1AC32
RF210R reader IO-Link
ISO 15693 transponder,

for connecting to IO-Link master
Operating frequency rated value
13.56 MHz
Electrical data
SIMATIC RF210R is an M18 reader with integrated antenna.

Its extremely compact design makes it ideal for use on small
assembly lines.
This reader has either
an RS-422 interface with transmission procedure 3964R for
connection to the RFID communication modules ASM 456,
ASM 475, SIMATIC RF160C, RF170C, RF180C and RF182C,
or a standardized IO-Link interface for connection to IO-Link
master modules from Siemens or third parties.
Thanks to its high degree of protection and rugged design, the
SIMATIC RF210R reader enables problem-free use even under
the toughest industrial conditions. Connection is by means of
either an 8-pin M12 plug-in connector (RS422 version) or a 4-pin
M12 plug-in connector (IO-Link version).
The reader is operated with ISO 15693-compatible transponders.
Design
20 mm
ISO 15693, ISO 18000-3

maximum
26.5 kbit/s
No

38.4 kbit/s

Minimum distance from reader to reader

100 mm
40 ms
Interfaces
M12, 4-pin
Standard for interfaces for communication
IO-Link
Mechanical data
Material
Brass, nickel-plated / PBT
Color
Silver/pastel turquoise

20 Nm

recommended minimum
Supply voltage,
rated value
minimum
maximum
typical
Field data
SIMATIC RF210R
Range maximum
24 V
20.4 V
28.8 V
0.05 A

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
-20 +70 C
-25 +80 C
-25 +80 C
Protection class IP
IP67
EN 60721-3-7, Class 7 M2
500 m/s
200 m/s
Siemens IK PI 2015
5/61
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
RFID Systems
SIMATIC RF210R

Article No.
6GT2821-1AC32
SIMATIC RF210R reader

(IO-Link)
Height
83 mm
Diameter
18 mm
Net weight
0.065 kg
Mounting type
2 x M18 nuts

maximum
6GT2821-1AC32
Note:
All connection options can be found
in Chapter 6
"Communication Modules".
IO-Link master
IO-Link Master 4SI

For SIMATIC ET 200S,
for 4 readers.

components general
IO-Link connecting cables

between IO-Link
master and reader, with M12 plug
on the IO-Link master, open end,
4-pole, 5 m
between IO-Link
4-pole, 10 m
between IO-Link
at both ends, 4-pole, 5 m
between IO-Link
Type of display
3-color LED
Yes
approvals
Wireless according to R&TTE guidelines EN300 330 and EN 301489,
FCC, UL/CSA
6ES7148-6JA00-0AB0
For SIMATIC ET 200eco PN,

for 4 readers.
Cable length between master and IO- 20 m

Link device maximum
Article No.
Accessories
Ordering data

Documentation"
6ES7138-4GA50-0AB0
6GT2891-4LH50
6GT2891-4LN10
6GT2891-0MH50
6GT2891-0MN10
6GT2080-2AA20
More information
5/62
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
RFID Systems
SIMATIC RF220R
Overview
Article No.
6GT2821-2AC32

13.56 MHz
Electrical data
SIMATIC RF220R is an M30 reader with integrated antenna.

Its compact design makes it ideal for use in small assembly lines
which require a slightly higher range.
This reader has either
an RS-422 interface with transmission procedure 3964R for
either an 8-pin M12 plug-in connector (RS422 version) or a 4-pin
M12 plug-in connector (IO-Link version).
Design
Field data
SIMATIC RF220R
150 mm
Range maximum
35 mm
ISO 15693, ISO 18000-3

maximum
26.5 kbit/s
No

38.4 kbit/s

40 ms
Interfaces
M12, 4-pin

for communication
IO-Link
Mechanical data
Material
Brass, nickel-plated / PBT
Color
Silver/pastel turquoise
Tightening torque of screw for mount- 40 Nm

ing the equipment maximum
recommended minimum
Supply voltage,
rated value
minimum
maximum
typical
24 V
20.4 V
28.8 V
0.05 A

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
-20 +70 C
-25 +80 C
-25 +80 C
Protection class IP
IP67
EN 60721-3-7, Class 7 M2
500 m/s
200 m/s
Siemens IK PI 2015
5/63
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
RFID Systems
SIMATIC RF220R

Article No.
6GT2821-2AC32
Height
83 mm
Diameter
30 mm
Net weight
0.14 kg
Mounting type
2 x M30 nuts
Cable length
for RS 422 interface maximum
between master and IO-Link device 20 m
maximum
components general
Type of display
3-color LED
Yes
approvals

(IO-Link)
Article No.
6GT2821-2AC32
Accessories
Ordering data

FCC, UL/CSA
Note:
in Chapter 6
IO-Link master
6ES7148-6JA00-0AB0

for 4 readers.
IO-Link Master 4SI
6ES7138-4GA50-0AB0

for 4 readers.
between IO-Link
4-pole, 5 m
between IO-Link
4-pole, 10 m
between IO-Link
between IO-Link
Documentation"
6GT2891-4LH50
6GT2891-4LN10
6GT2891-0MH50
6GT2891-0MN10
6GT2080-2AA20
More information
5/64
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
RFID Systems
SIMATIC RF260R
Overview
Article No.
6GT2821-6AC32

13.56 MHz
Electrical data
SIMATIC RF260R is a reader with an integrated antenna.

Its compact design makes it ideal for use in assembly lines.
Range maximum
135 mm
ISO 15693, ISO 18000-3

maximum
26.5 kbit/s
No

38.4 kbit/s

40 ms
Interfaces
This reader has either:

An RS-422 interface with transmission procedure 3964R for
or an RS232 interface with a 3964R transmission procedure or
ASCII protocol for connection to S7-1200, PC-based systems
or third-party controllers,
M12, 4-pin

for communication
IO-Link

either an 8-pin M12 plug-in connector (RS422/RS232 version) or
a 4-pin M12 plug-in connector (IO-Link version).
Design
Mechanical data
Material
PA6.6
Color
Anthracite
Tightening torque of screw

for mounting the equipment
maximum
1.5 Nm
Mounting distance
for metal surfaces recommended
minimum
0 mm
Supply voltage,
rated value
minimum
maximum
typical
Field data
24 V
20.4 V
28.8 V
0.05 A

SIMATIC RF260R
150 mm
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
-20 +70 C
-25 +80 C
-25 +80 C
Protection class IP
IP67
EN 60721-3-7, Class 7 M2
500 m/s
200 m/s
Siemens IK PI 2015
5/65
Siemens AG 2014
IO-Link
RFID Systems
SIMATIC RF260R

Article No.
6GT2821-6AC32
Width
75 mm
Height
41 mm
Depth
75 mm
Diameter
Net weight
0.2 kg
Mounting type
2 x M5 screws
Cable length between master

and IO-Link device maximum
20 m
Type of display
3-color LED
Yes
approvals
6GT2821-6AC32
Note:
in Chapter 6
RS232 connecting cables
Between reader and PC (RS232),
5 m long, material: PUR, CMG
approval.
24 V connection with M12 plug
24 V connection with open ends
6GT2891-4KH50
6GT2891-4KH50-0AX0
IO-Link master
6ES7148-6JA00-0AB0

for 4 readers
IO-Link Master 4SI

components general

(IO-Link)
Article No.
Accessories
Cable length
with RS 232 interface maximum
for RS 422 interface maximum
Ordering data

FCC, UL/CSA
6ES7138-4GA50-0AB0

for 4 readers
between IO-Link
4-pole, 5 m
between IO-Link
4-pole, 10 m
between IO-Link
between IO-Link
Documentation"
6GT2891-4LH50
6GT2891-4LN10
6GT2891-0MH50
6GT2891-0MN10
6GT2080-2AA20
More information
5/66
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
6/2
Introduction
6/3
6/3
6/6
6/10

Introduction
6/13
IWLAN Access Points

IEEE 802.11n
Overview
SCALANCE W788 RJ45
for use in control cabinet
SCALANCE W788 M12 for indoor use
SCALANCE W788 M12 EEC
for enhanced environmental conditions
SCALANCE W786 RJ45
for outdoor use
SCALANCE W786 SFP
for outdoor use
SCALANCE W774 RJ45
SCALANCE W774 M12 EEC
SCALANCE W761 RJ45
for the Control Cabinet
6/13
6/16
6/23
6/30
6/35
6/42
6/47
6/52
6/57
6/62
6/62
6/66
6/70
6/74
6/78
6/83
6/88
IWLAN Controller and

Controller Access Points
IEEE 802.11n
Overview
SCALANCE WLC711
industrial wireless LAN controller
SCALANCE W788 RJ45 controller
access points for use in control cabinet
SCALANCE W788C M12 controller
access points for indoor use
SCALANCE W788C M12 EEC
SCALANCE W786 RJ45 controller
access points for outdoor use
SCALANCE W786C SFP controller
access points for outdoor use
6/92
6/92
6/95
6/100
6/105
6/110
6/114
IWLAN Client Modules

IEEE 802.11n
Overview
SCALANCE W748 RJ45
SCALANCE W748 M12
for indoor use
SCALANCE W734 RJ45
SCALANCE W722 RJ45
SCALANCE W721 RJ45
6/118
6/118
6/134
6/139
6/148
6/150
IWLAN Accessories
IWLAN antennas
IWLAN RCoax cables
IWLAN cabling technology
KEY-PLUG W700
Power Supply PS791-2DC
and PS791-2AC
6/152
6/152
Wireless Devices
6/162
6/162
6/163
WirelessHART
General
SITRANS P280
for gauge and absolute pressure
SITRANS TF280, WirelessHART
SITRANS AW200 WirelessHART
adapter
SITRANS AW210 WirelessHART
adapter
IE/WSN-PA LINK
6/167
6/170
6/174
6/178
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Introduction
Overview
Wireless communications offer multiple new opportunities to
the industry for the development of highly flexible and efficient
automation solutions. Whether Wireless Remote Networks,
RUGGEDCOM WiN, Industrial Wireless LAN or WirelessHART,
the Siemens product line for Industrial Wireless Communications
is reliable, robust, and secure. The components are used under
the toughest indoors and outdoors conditions. Their multiple applications in crane systems, automatic guided vehicle systems,
or in remote operation/remote maintenance systems are a testimonial to their exceptional reliability.
RUGGEDCOM WiN
Wireless communication options
6/2
Siemens IK PI 2015
G_IK10_XX_30229
Industrial Wireless
LAN
WirelessHART
For more information about RUGGEDCOM WiN, go to

http://www.ruggedcom.com/products/ruggedwireless/.
Further information on Industrial Wireless Telecontrol can be
found under the product entries for GSM, GPRS and UMTS
modems and routers in the section on Industrial Remote Communication.
More information on WirelessHART can be found under the
product entries for WirelessHART as well as in Catalog FI 01 and
at http://www.siemens.com/wirelesshart.
Wireless Remote
Networks
RUGGEDCOM WiN products to the IEEE 802.16e-2005 (WiMax)

standard support longer distances and are specially designed
for use in critical locations and under demanding environmental
conditions.
Siemens AG 2014

Introduction
Overview
SCALANCE W wireless communication with Industrial
Wireless LAN
The SCALANCE W products provide a combination of reliability,
ruggedness and security in a single product:
For use by industrial and automation customers
For outdoor use under demanding climatic conditions
For low-cost integration in the control cabinet or in devices
The Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN) technology provides an
extension to the IEEE 802.11 standard that is particularly suited
to demanding industrial applications with real-time and redundancy requirements. This provides customers with a unique
wireless network, both for process-critical data and for uncritical
communication. SCALANCE W products distinguish themselves
by the reliability of their radio channel and the rugged type of
construction with high requirements with respect to mechanical
durability for which SIMATIC is known. To protect against
unauthorized access, the products have modern standard
mechanisms for user identification (authentication) and data
encryption, and can at the same time be easily integrated into
existing security concepts.
Wireless infrastructure
Instead of copper cables and fiber-optic cables, wireless transmission techniques use radio waves. The propagation characteristics of the electromagnetic waves can differ considerably
and depend on the spatial environment with the installed wireless infrastructure.
SCALANCE W modules use techniques such as MIMO, highquality receivers, and fault-tolerant modulation procedures to
improve signal quality and to prevent interruption of wireless
communication. Extensions to the IEEE 802.11 standard also
permit reliable, wireless transmission from PROFINET, form the
basis for wireless safety applications and the transmission of
video data with extremely short reply and update data.
Network solution with IWLAN

Mobile end devices, for example, allow a continuous information
flow from the management level down to the production level.
The IE/PB Link PN IO with SCALANCE W client modules
(e.g. W722) is available for wireless-based connection of
PROFIBUS devices.
This means that information can be provided quickly, reliably
and easily at the right place and at the right time by wireless.
Ruggedness and industrial suitability
The SCALANCE W products can be exposed to fluctuations in
the extended temperature range, or to continuous contact with
dust and water. Rugged enclosure and mechanical protection
against shock and vibration allow use in harsh industrial environments.
EEC (Enhanced Environmental Conditions) series devices are
also specially strengthened (coated printed circuit boards resist
condensation, increased temperature range) and can also be
used in railway applications. Accessories such as antennas,
power supply units and cabling are also part of this concept and
are suitable for use in industry.
Power and data are transferred over one cable with Power-overEthernet (PoE), saving investment and maintenance costs.
The C-PLUG (configuration plug) swap medium stores engineering and configuration data, making device replacement possible
in a short time and without specially trained personnel. This
minimizes downtimes and saves training costs.
In addition to the functions of the C-PLUG, the KEY-PLUG
swap medium allows additional features to be enabled on
SCALANCE W78x/W74x and W77x/W73x.
Reliability of data communication
The international standard IEEE 802.11n makes wireless
communication via IWLAN even more robust. The greatest
advantage is the use of multiple path propagation (Multiple
Input, Multiple Output (MIMO)). This allows the devices parallel
use of multiple antennas. A higher data transfer rate is achieved
and susceptibility to interference in environments with a lot of
reflections is reduced.
SCALANCE W products with IWLAN in accordance with
IEEE 802.11n support up to three streams each in both the send
and receive directions.
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/3
Siemens AG 2014

Introduction
Redundant network concepts can also be implemented by
wireless. Wireless channels are designed redundantly for this
purpose, with a failover time of a few milliseconds, so that the
application is not influenced by packet repetitions or interference in the radio channel.
No data rate reservation
IEEE 802.11
Time
Client 1
Client 2
Client 3
Client 4
Client 5
This means that access by

nodes with critical data cannot
be predicted.
In standard WLAN, access by all nodes to the wireless channel

is uncoordinated. This means that access by nodes with critical
data cannot be predicted.
The iPCF function (supported by device types with iFeatures)
permits cyclic data traffic in real time for several PROFINET IO
devices connected by wireless. In addition, this allows mobile
nodes to be transferred quickly from one wireless field to another
(roaming) so that PROFINET IO communication is not interrupted.
Cyclic polling of all nodes within radio coverage
IEEE 802.11
Time
Client 1
Client 2
Client 3
Client 4
Client 5
Client 6
This means that access by all

nodes can be predicted.
6/4
Siemens IK PI 2015
All nodes may predictably access the

radio channel
G_IK10_XX_30177
All nodes access the radio channel

without prioritization.
G_IK10_XX_30178
Client 6
Siemens AG 2014

Introduction
Benefits
Increased data rate

WLAN systems in accordance with IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h use a
single channel for sending and receiving data. This achieves a
maximum gross data rate of 54 Mbps.
Two channels are used simultaneously with the help of channel
bonding. Gross data rates of up to 450 Mbps can be achieved
in conjunction with MIMO technology in accordance with
IEEE 802.11n.
Communication according to IEEE 802.11n
SCALANCE
W788-1M12
2x 20 MHz channels
SCALANCE
W748-1 M12
max. data rate: 216,7 Mbit/s
SCALANCE
W788-1 M12
1x 40 MHz channel
SCALANCE
W748-1 M12
G_IK10_XX_30289
Communication according to IEEE 802.11n standard
High level of investment protection, as all products comply

with the universally recognized IEEE 802.11 standard and are
suitable for 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz
No wear and tear saves maintenance and repair costs for
connectors, trailing cables, sliding contacts or winding
devices
Predictable data traffic (deterministic response) and defined
response times on the wireless link
Wireless transmission of standard and fail-safe signals with
PROFINET and PROFIsafe
Low-cost installation in hazardous areas of Zone 2
End-to-end wireless network for data, voice and video
beyond corporate divisions thanks to interfacing with the
SCALANCE WLC IWLAN controller (support by
SCALANCE W78xC device types)
Expansion of certain SCALANCE W products with additional
functions is possible using a KEY-PLUG
KEY-PLUG/C-PLUG permits simple device replacement if an
error occurs
max. data rate: 450 Mbit/s
Increased data rate on IWLAN in accordance with IEEE 802.11n

with the help of channel bonding
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/5
Siemens AG 2014

Overview
Field PG for
diagnostics
Access Point
SCALANCE
W786-1 RJ45
Access Point
SCALANCE
W774-1 RJ45 with
S7-1500 CPU
PROFINET
Microbox 427C
with SINEMA
server netzwork
management
Industrial Ethernet
IWLAN
RCoax Cable
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-2 M12
Client Module
SCALANCE
W722-1 RJ45
Mobile Panel
IE/PB
Link
PN IO
PROFIBUS
ET 200SP
ET 200SP
SINAMICS
Wireless integration of PROFIBUS segments and PROFINET nodes into an existing Industrial Ethernet network
An existing Ethernet network can be expanded by a wireless

network without increased overhead.
This even enables an existing PROFIBUS segment to be connected to an access point.
The wireless link is established to the mobile nodes by connecting a SCALANCE W access point to the Ethernet network.
The mobile stations are connected wirelessly, e.g. via the
SCALANCE W72x Client Module, to which the mobile station is
connected with a cable.
Access to the existing controllers or processes is possible
without much additional wiring.
6/6
Siemens IK PI 2015
ET 200MP
G_IK10_XX_30336
ET 200SP
Client Module
SCALANCE
W734-1 RJ45
Client Module
SCALANCE
W722-1 RJ45
Siemens AG 2014

Office network
Plant network
Seamless roaming between office- and plant networks
WLAN
telephone
S7-300 with
CP 343-1
SCALANCE
WLC711
IWLAN Controller
Enterasys
AP3705
(IEEE
802.11a/b/g)
Smartphone
Industrial Ethernet
Network
management
Enterasys
AP3710i
(IEEE
802.11a/b/g/n)
SCALANCE
W786C-2 RJ45
(IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n)
IP telephone
SCALANCE
W788C
Router
Database
SCALANCE
W748-1 RJ45
Laptop
G_IK10_XX_30175
Ethernet
IP telephone
system
Enterasys Wireless Controller
S7-300 with CP 343-1
Uninterrupted roaming between the office and automation network by using wireless LAN controllers and Industrial Wireless LAN controllers
By using the SCALANCE WLC Industrial Wireless LAN controller

along with controller-based access points, it is possible to establish a single wireless infrastructure for the entire company.
This achieves a high level of flexibility, since mobile nodes
(e.g. laptop, PDA, WLAN telephone) can move anywhere, roaming seamlessly between the office and automation networks.
This allows wireless access to data from any location within the
company. Thanks to the use of a centralized security mechanism
for each user group (Virtual Network Services VNS), the data is
protected against unauthorized access and manipulation.
The SCALANCE W78xC controller-based access points support

the WLAN standards IEEE 802.11a/b/g and 802.11n, and they
are connected via Gigabit Ethernet to the SCALANCE WLC
IWLAN controller.
Operation always requires the SCALANCE WLC711 IWLAN
controller that permits the configuration of access points in
groups. This significantly increases the manageability of an
widespread IWLAN infrastructure. Central management with the
IWLAN controller also permits recording of faults/errors as well
as monitoring and documentation of statistics.
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/7
Siemens AG 2014

Wireless solutions with RCoax cable are typically used in the
following applications:
Crane control
Overhead monorail conveyors
Storage and retrieval systems
Automated guided vehicle systems (AGVS)
S7-1500
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
RCoax cable
Segment 1
An example of an application with a suspended monorail is a

nutrunner controller in a car assembly plant.
An RCoax radiating cable is used along the coding rail to establish wireless data transfer between the monorail and the central
controller. It generates a reliable wireless field and is easy to lay.
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-1 RJ45
Antenna
ANT792-4DN
The RCoax cable is connected as an antenna to a stationary

SCALANCE W788-1 RJ45 access point with KEY-PLUG W780 i
Features. This means that the same mobile unit can be used for
all applications so that a mobile nutrunner can be used for
several clock cycles resulting in lower investment costs.
Client Module
SCALANCE
W734-1 RJ45
Maintenance costs and downtimes are reduced by having

reliable wireless data transmission to mobile communications
partners without any wear and tear.
SCALANCE
X208PRO
Downtimes are reduced because if a fault occurs, devices can

be replaced without a programming device or specialist personnel by using the KEY-PLUG/ C-PLUG swap medium.
Nutrunner
control
6
Hangers
ET 200pro
System solution for nutrunner controls with RCoax cable and

6/8
Siemens IK PI 2015
G_IK10_XX_30048
SIMATIC HMI
Siemens AG 2014

Internet
Control and
monitoring system
Controller
Safety
Controller
via PROFIsafe profile
SCALANCE
W788-2 RJ45
Security
IPC427C Bundle
with WinAC RTX F
PROFINET
PROFIsafe
Industrial
Ethernet
Switch
IE/PB
Link
PN IO
Distributed l/O
ET200 SP with
SCALANCE W722
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-1 M12
RCoax Cable
Proxy
HMI
SINAMICS Drives
other field busses
PROFIsafe
DP/AS-i
F-Link
SINAMICS
G120
G_IK10_XX_30118
SINUMERIK
840D sl and
SINAMICS
S120 Drives
Distributed I/O
AS-Interface
Fail-safe communication with PROFIsafe via PROFIBUS, PROFINET and even by wireless via Industrial Wireless LAN
IWLAN radio link
Access Point
SCALANCE
W786-2IA RJ45
Access Point
SCALANCE
W786-2IA RJ45
Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN
Effective range 1
Effective range 2
Effective range 3
Transponder
Transponder
Transponder
S7-1500 F
PROFINET
ET 200pro
Robots
Robot cell 1
ET 200pro
Robots
Robot cell 2
ET 200pro
Robots
Robot cell 3
G_IK10_XX_30216
SCALANCE
X208
Industrial
Ethernet
PROFIsafe
Operation of robots in a safety-related environment
For several years, safety technology has been integrated in

standard automation on the basis of SIMATIC S7 controllers,
PROFIBUS and PROFIsafe.
This range has been expanded by PROFINET-compliant
components, providing a complete product range with fail-safe
controllers, fail-safe I/O and a corresponding engineering
environment.
PROFIsafe prevents errors such as address corruption, loss,

delay, etc. when transmitting messages through continuous
numbering of the PROFIsafe data, time monitoring, and authenticity monitoring using passwords and optimized CRC backup.
This means that fail-safe communication is also supported via
Industrial Wireless LAN.
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/9
Siemens AG 2014

Overview
Client Modules
Access Points
SCALANCE
W720
W730
W740
W760
W770
W780
For outdoor
use
For indoor use
Industrial
Wireless LAN
Controller
SCALANCE WLC711
* also configurable as a client module
SCALANCE W access points, controller access points and clients

and IWLAN controllers
6/10
Siemens IK PI 2015
G_IK10_XX_30311
For use in
control cabinet
Siemens AG 2014

65
SCALANCE
W788-2 M12
3x3
M12
-20 +60
65
SCALANCE
W788-2 M12 EEC 3x3
M12
-40 +70
65
SCALANCE
W788-1 RJ45
3x3
RJ45
-20 +60
30
SCALANCE
W788-2 RJ45
3x3
RJ45
-20 +60
30
SCALANCE
W786-1 RJ45
3x3
RJ45
-40 +60
65
SCALANCE
W786-2 RJ45
3x3
RJ45
-40 +60
65
SCALANCE
W786-2IA RJ45
3x3
RJ45
-40 +60
65
SCALANCE
W786-2 SFP
3x3
SFP
-40 +60
65
SCALANCE
W774-1 RJ45
2x2
RJ45
-20 +60
30
SCALANCE
W774-1 M12 EEC 2x2
M12
-20 +60
30
SCALANCE
W761-1 RJ45
1x1
RJ45
SCALANCE
W788C-2 RJ45
3x3
RJ45
SCALANCE
W788C-2 M12
3x3
M12
SCALANCE
W788C-2 M12
EEC
3x3
SCALANCE
W786C-2 RJ45
3x3
SCALANCE
W786C-2IA RJ45
3x3
SCALANCE
W786C-2 SFP
3x3
suitable
+55
20
-20 +60
30
-20 +60
65
M12
-40 +70
65
RJ45
-40 +60
65
RJ45
-40 +60
65
SFP
-40 +60
65
G_IK10_XX_30280
IWLAN client operation possible
-20 +60
Operation with Entereasy WLAN controller
IP protection class
For use in Ex zone 2 1)
Maximum operating temperature (C)
For use in Ex zone 2 without housing
Slot for removable storage (PLUG)
UV-resistant
M12
Resistant against salt spray
PoE (Power-over-Ethernet)
IEEE 802.3at Type 1 (previously 802.3af)
Resistant to condensation
Type of LAN ports
Minimum operating temperature (C)
Quantity of LAN ports
Digital Output
Connections for external antennas (N-Connect)
Digital Input
Number of radio interfaces
3x3
Connections for external antennas (R-SMA)
IEEE 802.11a/ b/ g/ h
SCALANCE
W788-1 M12
Internal antennas
IEEE 802.11n MIMO (Input x Output Streams)
1) please follow installation instructions
Function overview of SCALANCE W access points according to the IEEE 802.11n standard
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/11
6/12
3x3
SCALANCE
W734-1 RJ45
2x2
SCALANCE
W722-1 RJ45
1x1
SCALANCE
W721-1 RJ45
1x1
suitable
Siemens IK PI 2015
3
1
M12
3
1
RJ45
1
2
2
RJ45
1
1
1
1
1
1
IP protection class
For use in Ex zone 2
Number of connectable devices
+60
65
-20
+60
30
-20
+60
30
RJ4
+55
20
RJ4
+55
20
1) please follow installation instructions
Function overview of SCALANCE W client modules according to the IEEE 802.11n standard
G_IK10_XX_30281
Maximum operating temperature (C)
-20
Digital output
Digital input
Minimum operating temperature (C)
Connections for external antennas (R-SMA)
Slot for removable storage (PLUG)
SCALANCE
W748-1 RJ45
PoE (Power-over-Ethernet)
IEEE 802.3at Type 1 (previously 802.3af)
Type of LAN ports
3x3
Quantity of LAN ports
Number of radio interfaces
SCALANCE
W748-1 M12
Connections for external antennas (N-Connect)
IEEE 802.11a/ b/ g/ h
6
IEEE 802.11n MIMO (Input x Output Streams)
Siemens AG 2014

Siemens AG 2014

IWLAN Access Points IEEE 802.11n
Overview
Overview
The access points of the SCALANCE W700 product lines are

ideally suited for setting up Industrial Wireless LANs (IWLAN) for
2.4 GHz or 5 GHz. They can be used in all applications that require a high degree of operational reliability, even in extremely
harsh surroundings.
High data rates (up to 450 Mbit/s in connection with Channel
Bonding) as per IEEE802.11n
Reliable wireless link by using of MIMO technology (Multiple
Input, Multiple Output). For this, SCALANCE W access points
use up to three streams for simultaneous sending and
receiving.
SCALANCE W700 Access Points are suitable for any application: for outdoors with high requirements regarding
climactic conditions, for installing without a control cabinet
indoors, for installing in the control cabinet, and for an
extended range of environmental conditions.
Reliable thanks to a rugged, impact-resistant enclosure,
protected from water and dust (up to IP65), resistant to shock,
vibration and electromagnetic fields, resistant to condensation
thanks to the use of coated PCBs
Demanding applications with real-time and redundancy
requirements, such as PROFINET with PROFIsafe
Conformant to standards through supporting IEEE802.11;
expanded software functions especially for use where
increased reliability is required, e.g. cyclic real-time data
traffic and very high-speed roaming (iPCF, iPCF-MC)
Configuration support by means of wizards and online help;
easy management via Web server and SNMP
Configuration and diagnostics using Web based
Management, Command Line Interface, and SNMP. Devices
and networks can be configured using STEP 7 (TIA Portal). For
cyclic monitoring, diagnostics and documentation (reporting)
in network mode, the SINEMA Server software is recommended.
Enabling of further functions using the KEY-PLUG swap
medium (iPCF, iPCF-MC, iREF)
Fast replacement of devices if a fault occurs thanks to use of
optional KEY-PLUG/C-PLUG (Configuration Plug) swap
medium
Benefits

Reliable wireless link, e.g. by using MIMO technology and
monitoring the wireless link
Cost savings by having only one wireless network both for
process-critical data and for non-critical communication
Future-proof because all products are compatible with the
internationally recognized WLAN standard IEEE 802.11n,
suitable for license-free 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz frequency bands
(ISM bands)
Implementation of data-intensive applications such as video
streaming
Reduced operating costs, because there is no wear and tear
on rotating and moving plant sections
Cost-effective connection to devices which are remote,
difficult to access or installed in hostile environments
Investment protection because flexible feature expansions
(iFeatures) are possible by using the KEY-PLUG
Application
The access points of the SCALANCE W700 product line are designed for both industrial use and for demanding climatic requirements outdoors. Versions for the inexpensive integration in
cabinets or in machines are also available. They provide a reliable wireless link, redundancy mechanisms, and fast handover
of nodes from one access point to the next (roaming). This allows
processes to be monitored and loss of production due to machine downtimes to be avoided.
Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN) can also be used in time-critical
applications in factory automation (PROFINET IO) or for safetyrelated signals (PROFIsafe).
Due to their high degree of protection (up to IP65) and extended
temperature range from -40 C to +70 C, the access points are
ideally suited for use outdoors. SCALANCE W products are silicone-free and can therefore also be used in paint shops.
When using the RCoax cable (radiating cable), operation is particularly reliable in conveyor systems and all track applications
(e.g. storage and retrieval systems, suspended monorail).
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/13
Siemens AG 2014

Overview
Application examples:
Automated guided vehicle systems and suspended
monorails;
prevents wear and offers high flexibility for traffic routing
thanks to the wireless transfer of data to the vehicles. It is also
possible to transfer PROFIsafe via IWLAN.
Cranes;
high flexibility due to access to data communication with the
moving unit independent of the location
Mobile control console;
reliable intervention in the process thanks to data communication over IWLAN with mobile units (e.g. Mobile Panel 277(F)
IWLAN); the number of operator panels is therefore determined by the number of personnel and no longer by the
number of control desks.
Wireless access to field devices for configuration and testing
Passenger transportation systems;
transmission in passenger information systems, e.g. highquality video streams between the control center and buses or
trains
Tunnel application;
reliable wireless link since the devices can handle multiple
path propagation better by using the MIMO technology.
Communication with moving stations (e.g. mobile controls and
devices), container logistics, storage and retrieval machines,
conveyor systems, conveyor belts, rotating machines, trucks
Wireless coupling of communication segments and bridging
of large distances for fast commissioning and cost-effective
networks in applications where cable routing would be
extremely expensive (e.g. on public roads, rivers, lakes, train
lines)
Localization of personnel and machines using WLAN tags and
localization software from AeroScout
Function
A simple RF field can be established with a single access point
(infrastructure mode). The access point provides at least one
Industrial Ethernet interface for connection to the wired network.
Nodes, such as mobile controllers or a Field PG can move freely
within the RF field and exchange data with other nodes via this
access point.
If the RF field of a single access point (wireless cell) is insufficient, it can be expanded by further access points. The individual wireless cells must overlap so that moving nodes can be
handed over seamlessly from one access point to the next
(roaming). This is transparent for the application. The access
points must be able to exchange data via Industrial Ethernet or
a Wireless Distribution System (WDS).
If the access points are not connected to Industrial Ethernet using a wired connection (e.g. no cable tray available for a data
line), the "Wireless Distribution System" mode must be selected.
An access point from the SCALANCE W700 product line can
communicate via WDS with several other access points that are
not connected to the data network by a direct wired connection.
Remote directional antennas can be used to achieve ranges of
several thousand meters outdoors.
Apart from a reliable radio link, the SCALANCE W700 Access
Points are characterized by their support of IT mechanisms:
IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n for different frequency ranges
IEEE 802.11e for Wireless Multimedia (WMM)
IEEE 802.11i for security
Construction of redundant networks with the Spanning Tree
Protocols (RSTP, MSTP)
Virtual networks (VLAN) for example to logically separate
different user groups
Sending the log entries of the SCALANCE W devices to a
Syslog server
Modern security mechanisms (e.g. network security such as
IEEE 802.1x, RADIUS, EAP mechanisms)
Security
A high degree of data security is achieved by means of the
WPA2/IEEE 802.11i mechanisms. These define modern procedures that control a regular exchange of the complete 128-bit
key as well as performing the access check (authentication) of
a node. The Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) is available
for data encryption.
On top of this, access to the devices (HTTPS) is encrypted and
a secure logon (SSH) is possible. If a security concept in combination with SCALANCE S is required, the security requirements
can be increased using Virtual Private Networks (VPN).
6/14
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Overview
iFeatures (only in conjunction with KEY-PLUG)
iPCF (industrial Point Coordination Function):
The iPCF mode is a good choice for applications with requirements for real-time and predictable response times (deterministic response), even when mobile nodes are roaming from one
access point to the next. This ensures that wireless PROFINET
IO is supported and that safety-related signals, e.g. emergency
stop, can be linked into the RF field. This means that even video
signals from mobile nodes can be transmitted with a high level
of quality. The iPCF mechanism expands the IEEE 802.11
standard and must be available on both the client module
and the access point. In an RF field in which iPCF is used, no
IEEE 802.11-compliant nodes can be operated.
iPCF is recommended for applications where wireless network
nodes move along predefined paths (e.g. suspended monorail).
RCoax radiating cables or directional antennas must be used for
this purpose.
iPCF-MC (iPCF Management Channel)1):
iPCF-MC is available as a further development of iPCF.
This mode should be used if IWLAN stations that also support
iPCF-MC move freely about in the coverage area (especially
when using omni-directional antennas) and are to exchange
data deterministically. This functionality can only be achieved in
connection with access points with two wireless interfaces and
the KEY PLUG.
iREF (industrial Range Extension Function):

The range of an individual access point is very important, e.g. for
path-based applications. Using iREF, it is now possible to align
the various antennas of a wireless interface in different directions. This allows a longer path or a greater area to be covered
using a single access point, which reduces the number of
channels used and the number of access points.
Note:
These iFeatures cannot be used in parallel.
Diagnostics and management
Web-based (HTTP/HTTPS) management tool for configuration
and diagnostics using a standard browser
LEDs for signaling operating status and fault/error states
Signaling of faults by means of SNMP trap or e-mail to a
network management tool
and networks can be configured using STEP 7 (TIA Portal). For
cyclic monitoring, diagnostics and documentation (reporting)
in network mode, the SINEMA Server software is recommended.
1)
Available soon
Access Point
SCALANCE
W784-1RR in
the cabinet
Client Module
SCALANCE
W722-1 RJ45
Panel PC
WinAC
IWLAN RCoax Cable
RCoax Cable Segment 2
Client Module
SCALANCE
W722-1 RJ45
Panel PC
WinAC
Client Module
SCALANCE
W722-1 RJ45
Access Point
SCALANCE
W784-1RR in
the cabinet
Panel PC
WinAC
IWLAN RCoax Cable
G_IK10_XX_30172
Linking in an automated guided vehicle system using iPCF with the SCALANCE W774-1 RJ45 and KEY-PLUG
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/15
Siemens AG 2014

SCALANCE W788 RJ45 for use in control cabinet
Overview
Design
Suitable for applications where the access point is to be

mounted in the control cabinet
Rugged aluminum enclosure, shock and vibration-proof,

for high mechanical requirements
Dust protection with IP30 degree of protection
For use at ambient temperatures from -20 C to +60 C
3 x R-SMA sockets for the connection of directly mountable
and remote antennas (6 x R-SMA sockets for the variants with
two wireless modules)
Antenna placement optimized for the 3x3 MIMO technology;
the antennas do not interfere with each other when they are
mounted directly on the device
Suitable for 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz
1 x RJ45 connector for 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s with Power-overEthernet according to IEEE 802.3at
2 x 24 V DC connection for redundant energy supply
1 x PLUG compartment for KEY-PLUG/C-PLUG
Function LEDs for optical signaling of faults/errors and
operating statuses
Digital input for feeding in a signal from a sensor, for example,
to an SNMP-based network management system
Digital output for converting a command received over SNMP
into a signal and switching a hardware function
Mounting: Wall, S7-1500 mounting rail, S7-300 mounting rail,
or on 35 mm standard mounting rail
3x R-SMA
(female)
antenna
connections
PLUG slot
Terminal block for
digital input/output
24 V DC
connection
RJ45 connection
(Gigabit)
nprXWZWY]Z
3x R-SMA (female) antenna connections
Design and interfaces of the SCALANCE W788-2 RJ45 access points
Product versions
A radio card is permanently installed; functional scope can be
expanded by using a KEY-PLUG W780 iFeatures
Two radio cards are permanently installed; functional scope
can be expanded by using a KEY-PLUG W780 iFeatures
6/16
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Function
SCALANCE W788 RJ45 access points can also be operated as
client modules. As an alternative, the SCALANCE W748 RJ45
client modules can be used for this mode.
In conjunction with the SCALANCE W748 RJ45 client modules

with degree of protection IP30, an infrastructure can be set up in
which extreme temperature differences and protection against
dust and water tend to be less important.
Access Point
SCALANCE
W784-1RR in
the cabinet
Client Module
SCALANCE
W748-1 RJ45
Panel PC
IWLAN RCoax Cable
Client Module
SCALANCE
W748-1 RJ45
Panel PC
Client Module
SCALANCE
W748-1 RJ45
Access Point
SCALANCE
W784-1RR in
the cabinet
Panel PC
IWLAN RCoax Cable
G_IK10_XX_30351
Linking in an automated guided vehicle system using iPCF with the SCALANCE W788-1 RJ45 and KEY-PLUG.
The mobile automated guided vehicles are linked into the IWLAN RF field via the SCALANCE W748-1 RJ45 Ethernet client modules with KEY-PLUG.
Both the access points and the client modules are in the control cabinet.
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/17
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5788-1FC00-0AA0
6GK5788-1FC00-0AB01)
6GK5788-2FC00-0AA0
6GK5788-2FC00-0AB01)
450 Mbit/s
10 1 000 Mbit/s
-
450 Mbit/s
10 1 000 Mbit/s
-
1
1
1
1
RJ45 socket
RJ45 socket
Transmission rate
Transmission rate
with W-LAN maximum
note
Interfaces
terminal equipment
for power supply
terminal equipment
for power supply
4-pole screw terminal, PoE



C-PLUG
Yes
Yes
Number of radio cards permanently

installed
Number of internal antennas


R-SMA (socket)
R-SMA (socket)
Product property external antenna

can be mounted directly on device
Yes
Yes

4-pole screw terminal
24 V DC, safety extra-low voltage

24 V DC /1 A

24 V DC /1 A
Interfaces wireless
Signal range
at digital input
at the digital output
1)
Wireless approval in the USA
6/18
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014


Article No.
6GK5788-1FC00-0AA0
6GK5788-1FC00-0AB01)
6GK5788-2FC00-0AA0
6GK5788-2FC00-0AB01)
DC
DC
19.2 V
28.8 V
48 V
19.2 V
28.8 V
48 V
50 V
50 V
Supply voltage,
Supply voltage
1 from terminal block
from Power-over-Ethernet
according IEEE802.3at for type 1
and IEEE802.3af
Current consumed
at 24 V with DC typical
0.45 A
0.22 A
with Power-over-Ethernet
according to IEEE802.3at for type 1
and IEEE802.3af typical
according to IEEE802.3at
for type 2 typical
Effective power loss
at 24V for DC typical
10.7 W
for type 2 typical
0.63 A
0.22 A
0.3 A
15 W
10.7 W
15 W

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
-20 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-20 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C

maximum
90 %
90 %
Protection class IP
IP30
IP30

operation mode
When used under hazardous conditions (Zone 2),

the SCALANCE W788-xPRO/RR or W74x-1PRO/RR product
must be installed in an enclosure. To comply with
EN 50021, this enclosure must meet the requirements of
at least IP 54 in compliance with EN 60529.

Width of enclosure without antenna
200 mm
200 mm
Height of enclosure without antenna
158 mm
158 mm
Depth of enclosure without antenna
79 mm
79 mm
Net weight
1.7 kg
1.7 kg
Yes
Yes
2.41 2.48 GHz
2.41 2.48 GHz
4.9 5.8 GHz
4.9 5.8 GHz
Radio frequency
for WLAN in 2.4 GHz
frequency band
for WLAN in 5 GHz
frequency band
1)
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/19
Siemens AG 2014


Article No.
6GK5788-1FC00-0AA0
6GK5788-1FC00-0AB01)
6GK5788-2FC00-0AA0
6GK5788-2FC00-0AB01)
Product function
Access Point Mode
Client Mode
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Number of SSIDs
16
Product function
iPCF Access Point
iPCF client
iPCF-MC Access Point
iPCF-MC client
Yes
Yes
in preparation
in preparation
Yes
Yes
in preparation
in preparation
Number of manageable IP addresses 8

in client

components general
Number of iPCF-capable radio

modules
configuration
Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
configuration with STEP 7
in the TIA Portal
operation with IWLAN controller
operation with Enterasys WLAN
controller
forced roaming with IWLAN
WDS
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
in preparation
in preparation
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
in preparation
in preparation
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

I&M1 higher level designation/
Yes
Yes
Yes
Address Resolution Protocol (ARP)
ICMP
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
DCP
LLDP

Product function
localization via Aeroscout
SysLog
in preparation
in preparation
Yes
in preparation
in preparation
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product function
DHCP client
Yes
in Client Mode DHCP server via LAN No
Yes
No

Product function function VLAN
with IWLAN
1)
6/20
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014


Article No.
6GK5788-1FC00-0AA0
6GK5788-1FC00-0AB01)
6GK5788-2FC00-0AA0
6GK5788-2FC00-0AB01)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 60079-15:2005, EN 60079-0:2006,
UL 60950-1 CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
EN 60079-15:2005, EN 60079-0:2006,
UL 60950-1 CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
You will find the current list of countries at:

www.siemens.com/wireless-approvals


Protocol is supported STP/RSTP
Product function
ACL - MAC-based
Management security,
ACL-IP based
NAT/NAPT
access protection
according to IEEE802.11i
WPA/WPA2
TKIP/AES
SNTP
SIMATIC Time
approvals
Standard
for hazardous zone
CE mark
EC declaration of conformity
C-Tick
CCC
Railway application
in accordance with EN 50155
e1 approval
E1 approval
NEMA4X
Power-over-Ethernet
and IEEE802.3af
Power-over-Ethernet
Standard for wireless communication
IEEE 802.11a
IEEE 802.11b
IEEE 802.11e
IEEE 802.11g
IEEE 802.11h
IEEE 802.11i
IEEE 802.11n
Wireless approval
Accessories
Accessories
1)
24 V DC screw terminal and screw terminal for digital input 24 V DC screw terminal and screw terminal for digital input
and output included in the scope of delivery
and output included in the scope of delivery
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/21
Siemens AG 2014

Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
SCALANCE W788 RJ45 access points
Accessories
IWLAN access points with

built-in wireless interfaces; wireless
networks IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h/n
at 2.4/5 GHz up to 450 Mbps;
WPA2/AES; Power over Ethernet
(PoE), IP30 degree of protection
(-20 C to +60 C);
scope of supply:
Mounting hardware,
4-pin screw terminal for 24 V DC;
4-pin screw terminal
for digital input and output;
manual on CD-ROM;
German/English
C-PLUG
DIN rail mounting adapter

6GK5788-1FC00-0AA0
6GK5788-1FC00-0AB0

IWLAN dual access point with two
integrated wireless interfaces
outside the USA
within the USA1)
6GK1900-0AB00

fault; for storing configuration data;
can be used in SIMATIC NET
products with PLUG compartment

IWLAN access point with one
integrated wireless interface
outside the USA
within the USA1)
6GK5907-8PA00

data;
Can be used in SCALANCE W
access points with PLUG compartment
6GK5798-8ML00-0AB3
DIN rail mounting adapter for

SCALANCE W788 M12 and
SCALANCE W788 RJ45;
screw fixing for mounting on a
35 mm DIN rail to EN 50 022;
scope of supply: 3 units per pack
6GK5788-2FC00-0AA0
6GK5788-2FC00-0AB0
RJ45 plug-in connector for Industrial Ethernet (10/100/1 000 Mbps)

180 cable outlet;
interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB11-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AE0
IE FC Standard Cable GP 4x2
6XV1878-2A

Plug 4x2 and IE M12 Plug PRO 4x2;
PROFINET-compliant;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6GK1901-1GA00

Ethernet FC cables
Antennas and miscellaneous
IWLAN accessories
1)
See Industrial Wireless LAN/

accessories

http://www.siemens.com/wireless-approvals
More information
Selection tools:
Wireless approvals:
To assist in selecting Industrial Ethernet components, the TIA

Selection Tool is available at:
Current approvals can be found on the Internet at:

6/22
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Particularly suitable for industrial applications without

control cabinets
Design
High IP65 degree of protection against dust and water jets
3 x N-Connect sockets for the connection of directly
mountable and remote antennas (6 x N-Connect sockets for
the variants with two wireless modules)
1 x M12 connection for 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s with Power-overEthernet according to IEEE 802.3at
1 x M12 socket for power supply (24 V DC)
1 x PLUG compartment (KEY-PLUG/C-PLUG)
operating statuses
3x N-Connect (female) connections for antennas
3x N-Connect
(female)
connections
for antennas
PLUG slot
24 V DC
connection
M12 connection
(Gigabit)
nprXWZWY][
Overview
Design and interfaces of the SCALANCE W788-2 M12 access points
Product versions
SCALANCE W788-1 M12
SCALANCE W788-2 M12
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/23
Siemens AG 2014

Function
The devices can be installed at the location that is most favorable for the wireless link. The enclosure and the connectors are
resistant to high levels of shock and vibration because all the
connectors are screwed. SCALANCE W788 M12 with degree of
protection IP65 are ideally suited for environments with widely
varying temperatures and where protection against dust and
water play an important role. To achieve optimal coverage for
special applications, the complete range of SCALANCE W

antennas is available.
SCALANCE W788-2 M12 access points can also be operated as
client modules. As an alternative, the SCALANCE W748-1 M12
client modules also available with degree of protection IP65 for
this mode.
S7-400
Radio cell 1
Radio cell 2
Industrial Ethernet
Field PG/
Notebook
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-2 M12
Client Module
SCALANCE
W748-1 M12
PC
SIMATIC HMI
SCALANCE
X208
S7-300
Client Module
SCALANCE
W748-1 M12
SIMATIC HMI
PC
SCALANCE
X208
S7-300
PC
SCALANCE
X208
SIMATIC HMI
S7-300
Automated Guided Vehicle System (AGVS)
Roaming devices (e.g. Field PG and mobile controller) in a wireless network with two access points
6/24
Siemens IK PI 2015
SIMATIC HMI
G_IK10_XX_30282
Client Module
SCALANCE
W748-1 M12
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-2 M12
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5788-1GD00-0AA0
6GK5788-1GD00-0AB01)
6GK5788-2GD00-0AA0
6GK5788-2GD00-0AB01)
SCALANCE W788-1 M12
SCALANCE W788-2 M12
450 Mbit/s
10 1 000 Mbit/s
-
450 Mbit/s
10 1 000 Mbit/s
-
1
1
1
1
M12 interface (8-pole, A-coded)
Transmission rate
Transmission rate
with W-LAN maximum
note
Interfaces
for power supply
for power supply



C-PLUG
Yes
Yes

installed


N-Connect (socket)
N-Connect (socket)

Yes
Yes
DC
DC
19.2 V
19.2 V
28.8 V
28.8 V
48 V
48 V
50 V
50 V
Interfaces wireless
Supply voltage,
Supply voltage
1 from M12 Power Connector
(A-coded) for redundant power
supply
supply
and IEEE802.3af
Current consumed
0.45 A
0.22 A
for type 2 typical
for type 1 and IEEE802.3af typical
for type 2 typical
1)
0.63 A
0.22 A
0.3 A
10.7 W
-
15 W
10.7 W
15 W
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/25
Siemens AG 2014


Article No.
6GK5788-1GD00-0AA0
6GK5788-1GD00-0AB01)
6GK5788-2GD00-0AA0
6GK5788-2GD00-0AB01)
SCALANCE W788-1 M12
SCALANCE W788-2 M12
-20 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-20 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C

maximum
90 %
90 %
Protection class IP
IP65
IP65

operation mode


200 mm
200 mm
176 mm
176 mm
79 mm
79 mm
Net weight
1.7 kg
1.7 kg
Yes
Yes
2.41 2.48 GHz
2.41 2.48 GHz
4.9 5.8 GHz
4.9 5.8 GHz
Product function
Access Point Mode
Client Mode
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Number of SSIDs
16
Product function
iPCF Access Point
iPCF client
iPCF-MC client
Yes
Yes
in preparation
in preparation
Yes
Yes
in preparation
in preparation

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Radio frequency
for WLAN in 2.4 GHz
frequency band
for WLAN in 5 GHz
frequency band
components general
Number of iPCF-capable
radio modules
1)
6/26
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014


Article No.
6GK5788-1GD00-0AA0
6GK5788-1GD00-0AB01)
6GK5788-2GD00-0AA0
6GK5788-2GD00-0AB01)
SCALANCE W788-1 M12
SCALANCE W788-2 M12

configuration
in client
Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
in the TIA Portal
controller
WDS
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
in preparation
in preparation
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
in preparation
in preparation
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes
Yes
Yes
ICMP
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
DCP
LLDP

Product function
SysLog
in preparation
in preparation
Yes
in preparation
in preparation
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes

Product function function VLAN with
IWLAN
Product function
DHCP client
in Client Mode DHCP server
via LAN
1)
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/27
Siemens AG 2014


Article No.
6GK5788-1GD00-0AA0
6GK5788-1GD00-0AB01)
6GK5788-2GD00-0AA0
6GK5788-2GD00-0AB01)
SCALANCE W788-1 M12
SCALANCE W788-2 M12
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 60079-15:2005, EN 60079-0:2006,
UL 60950-1 CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
EN 60079-15:2005, EN 60079-0:2006,
UL 60950-1 CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes



Product function
ACL - MAC-based
ACL-IP based
NAT/NAPT
access protection
WPA/WPA2
TKIP/AES
SNTP
SIMATIC Time
approvals
Standard
for hazardous zone
CE mark
C-Tick
CCC
with EN 50155
e1 approval
E1 approval
NEMA4X
Power-over-Ethernet
and IEEE802.3af
Power-over-Ethernet
IEEE 802.11a
IEEE 802.11b
IEEE 802.11e
IEEE 802.11g
IEEE 802.11h
IEEE 802.11i
IEEE 802.11n
Wireless approval
Accessories
Accessories
1)
6/28
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
SCALANCE W788 M12 access points
Accessories
IWLAN access points

with built-in wireless interfaces;
wireless networks
up to 450 Mbit/s;
WPA2/AES;
(-20 C to +60 C);
scope of delivery:
Mounting hardware;
manual on CD-ROM,
German/English
C-PLUG

6GK5788-1GD00-0AA0
6GK5788-1GD00-0AB0
SCALANCE W788-2 M12

outside the USA
within the USA 1)
6GK1900-0AB00

SCALANCE W788-1 M12

IWLAN access point with one
outside the USA
within the USA 1)
6GK5907-8PA00
Swap medium for enabling additional iFeatures, for simple device

replacement if a fault occurs and for
storage of configuration data;
6GK5798-8ML00-0AB3

SCALANCE W788 RJ45;
6GK5788-2GD00-0AA0
6GK5788-2GD00-0AB0

insulation displacement fast connection method, for SCALANCE W
1 unit
8 units
6GK1901-0DB30-6AA0
6GK1901-0DB30-6AA8
IE FC Standard Cable GP 4 x 2
6XV1878-2A

IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2 and
IE M12 Plug PRO 4 x 2;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
6GK1901-1GA00

FC cables
6GK1907-0DC10-6AA3
Terminal socket for connection of

SCALANCE W700 for 24 V DC
with assembly instructions, 3 units
Power Cable 2 x 0.75
6XV1812-8A
Connecting cable for Power M12

Cable Connector PRO,
sold by the meter
IWLAN accessories
1)

accessories

More information
Selection tools:
Wireless approvals:


Siemens IK PI 2015
6/29
Siemens AG 2014

SCALANCE W788 M12 EEC for enhanced environmental conditions
Overview
Design
Suitable for use in the industry and automation area,

but especially in the railroad environment

Special coating of the printed circuit boards (conformal
coating)
Railway approval in accordance with EN 50155 and
NEMA TS2
6 x N-Connect sockets for the connection of direct mountable
and remote antennas
1 x C-PLUG compartment (KEY-PLUG/C-PLUG)
operating statuses
3x N-Connect
(female)
connections
for antennas
PLUG slot
24 V DC
connection
M12 connection
(Gigabit)
nprXWZWY][
Design and interfaces of the SCALANCE W788-2 M12 EEC

access points
Product version
SCALANCE W788-2 M12 EEC
6/30
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Function
The SCALANCE W788 M12 EEC (Extended Environmental
Conditions) are designed for use in railway applications. The devices satisfy EN 50155, the approval for railway applications,
and can thus be used for rail traffic. The devices also have an
extended temperature range from -40 C to +70 C. Combined
with the railway-approved antennas, which are connected via
the N-Connect antenna connections (female), these products
can establish a reliable IWLAN wireless infrastructure outdoors.
The devices can be installed at the location that is most

favorable for the wireless link. The enclosure and the connectors
are resistant to high levels of shock and vibration because all the
connectors are screwed. Thanks to Conformal Coating and IP65
degree of protection, SCALANCE W788 M12 EEC is ideally
suited for environments with widely varying temperatures and
where protection against dust and water play an important role.
To achieve optimal coverage for special applications, the
complete range of SCALANCE W antennas is available. Some
antennas even have railway certification.
SCALANCE W788-2 M12 EEC access points can also be
operated as client modules.
ANT 795-6MN
SCALANCE
W788-2 M12 EEC
ANT793-8DJ
ANT793-8DJ
ANT793-8DJ
ANT 795-6MN
Industrial Ethernet
(Trainside)
SCALANCE
W788-2 M12
EEC
Tunnel
SCALANCE
W788-2 M12
EEC
SCALANCE
XR324-12M TS
with M12 module
SCALANCE
W788-2 M12
EEC

Industrial Ethernet
(Trainside)
Tunnel
Communication
Server
Trainguard
Train Control
SCALANCE
X308-2M TS
SCALANCE
XR552-12M
Tunnel
Industrial Ethernet (Trackside)
Infotainment
Server
Workstations
Content
Workstation
G_IK10_XX_30307
ANT793-8DJ
Data transmission on trains using the SCALANCE W788 M12 EEC access points with railway certification
Provided that a delay (several 100 ms) caused by roaming in

accordance with IEEE 802.11 is tolerated by all communication
stations when switching the radio cells, the communication
continues uninterrupted.
For real-time requirements, the SCALANCE W788 M12 EEC
can be equipped with KEY-PLUG functionality for activating
iFeatures.
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/31
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5788-2GD00-0TA0
6GK5788-2GD00-0TB01)
450 Mbit/s
10 1 000 Mbit/s
-
Interfaces
for power supply
for power supply
1
1
1
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
90 %
Protection class IP
IP65

operation mode
When used under hazardous

conditions (Zone 2),
the SCALANCE W788-xPRO/RR or
W74x-1PRO/RR product must be
installed in an enclosure. To comply
with EN 50021, this enclosure must
meet the requirements of at least
IP54 in compliance with EN 60529.



C-PLUG
Yes

200 mm
176 mm
79 mm
Net weight
1.7 kg
Yes

installed


N-Connect (socket)
Radio frequency
for WLAN in 2.4 GHz
frequency band
for WLAN in 5 GHz
frequency band

Yes

components general
Supply voltage,
Supply voltage
supply
supply
and IEEE802.3af
DC
19.2 V
28.8 V
48 V
50 V
Current consumed
0.63 A
0.22 A
with Power-over-Ethernet according 0.3 A
to IEEE802.3at for type 2 typical
15 W
10.7 W
with Power-over-Ethernet according 15 W
6/32
Siemens IK PI 2015
-20 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C

maximum
M12 interface (8-pole, X-coded), PoE
Interfaces wireless
6GK5788-2GD00-0TA0
6GK5788-2GD00-0TB01)
Transmission rate
Transmission rate
with W-LAN maximum
note
Article No.
2.41 2.48 GHz

4.9 5.8 GHz
Product function
Access Point Mode
Client Mode
Yes
Yes
Number of SSIDs
16
Product function
iPCF Access Point
iPCF client
iPCF-MC client
Yes
Yes
in preparation
in preparation

modules
Siemens AG 2014


Article No.
6GK5788-2GD00-0TA0
6GK5788-2GD00-0TB01)

configuration
Number of manageable
IP addresses in client
Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
in the TIA Portal
controller
WDS
ICMP
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
in preparation
in preparation
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
in preparation
in preparation
Yes
Product function
ACL - MAC-based
ACL-IP based
NAT/NAPT
access protection
WPA/WPA2
TKIP/AES
SNTP
SIMATIC Time
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
approvals
Standard
for hazardous zone
CE mark
C-Tick
CCC
Railway application
e1 approval
E1 approval
NEMA4X
Power-over-Ethernet
and IEEE802.3af
Power-over-Ethernet
Yes
Yes
No
Wireless approval
Yes

IEEE 802.11a
IEEE 802.11b
IEEE 802.11e
IEEE 802.11g
IEEE 802.11h
IEEE 802.11i
IEEE 802.11n
Product function
DHCP client
via LAN

No
No

with IWLAN
6GK5788-2GD00-0TA0
6GK5788-2GD00-0TB01)

Yes
Product function
SysLog
Article No.
UL 60950-1 CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
You will find the current list
of countries at:

Yes
1)
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/33
Siemens AG 2014

Ordering data
Article No.
SCALANCE W788 M12 EEC access points
IWLAN access points

wireless networks
up to 450 Mbit/s;
railway approval in accordance
with EN 50155 / NEMA TS2;
conformal coating;
WPA2/AES; Power over Ethernet
(PoE), IP65 degree of protection;
scope of supply:
Mounting hardware; manual
on CD-ROM,
German/English

1 unit
8 units
6GK1901-0DB30-6AA0
6GK1901-0DB30-6AA8
6XV1878-2A

outside the USA
within the USA 1)
6GK5788-2GD00-0TA0
6GK5907-8PA00
6GK1901-1GA00
6GK1907-0DC10-6AA3

supply voltage;
4-pole, A-coded, with assembly
instructions, 3 units
6GK1900-0AB00
Swap medium for simple replacement of devices in the event

of a fault;
for storing configuration data;
can be used in SIMATIC NET products with PLUG compartment
FC cables

C-PLUG

with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
6GK5788-2GD00-0TB0
Accessories
Article No.
6XV1812-8A

sold by the meter
IWLAN accessories

accessories
6GK5798-8ML00-0AB3

SCALANCE W788 RJ45;
1)

More information
Selection tools:
Wireless approvals:


6/34
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

SCALANCE W786 RJ45 for outdoor use
Particularly well-suited to applications with high climatic

requirements when installed outdoors and in areas accessible
to the public
Design
Rugged, impact-resistant plastic enclosure, shock and
vibration-proof for demanding mechanical requirements
Resistant to UV radiation and saltwater spray
Design for use outdoors
3 x R-SMA sockets for the connection of remote antennas
(6 x R-SMA sockets or six internal antennas for the variants
with two wireless modules)
1 x RJ45 connector for 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s and Power-overEthernet according to IEEE 802.3at
1 x 24 V DC connector, optional operation with 12 to 24 V DC
or 100 to 240 V AC with power supply that can be integrated
in the device
operating statuses
Resistant to destruction through connections within the device
Mounting: Wall or, with optional mounting set, on S7 mounting
rail, 35 mm standard mounting rail, or on a pole
Infeed of 24 V DC or
with power supplies
100-240 V AC or
12-24 V DC (redundant)
RJ45 connection
(Gigabit)
6 x antenna
connections
R-SMA
(female)
depending
on variant
PLUG
slot
Reset button
Internal antennas
depending on variant
nprXWZWX]_
Overview
Design and interfaces of the SCALANCE W786 access points
Product versions
SCALANCE W786-2IA RJ45
Two radio cards are permanently installed in the device;
six internal antennas; functional scope can be expanded by
using a KEY-PLUG W780 iFeatures
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/35
Siemens AG 2014

Function
In the case of access points with two wireless modules, one
module implements communication of the access points with
each other. The radio link for the stations, e.g. a mobile crane
system, is established by the second wireless module. Wireless
coverage of larger areas can therefore be provided with the
same device.
In the case of SCALANCE W786, this only concerns access

points which can, however, be configured as client modules
through Web-based management. Then, depending on the
selected variant, a maximum of one radio module will be available as a client.
Antenna
ANT793-8DJ
Antenna
ANT793-6DG
SCALANCE
W786-1 RJ45
SCALANCE
W786-1 RJ45
Radio cell
Use of the SCALANCE W786 product line in areas subject to demanding climatic requirements
6/36
Siemens IK PI 2015
nprXWZWY_^
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5786-1FC00-0AA0
6GK5786-1FC00-0AB01)
6GK5786-2HC00-0AA0
6GK5786-2HC00-0AB01)
6GK5786-2FC00-0AA0
6GK5786-2FC00-0AB01)
450 Mbit/s
10 1 000 Mbit/s
-
450 Mbit/s
10 1 000 Mbit/s
-
450 Mbit/s
10 1 000 Mbit/s
-
1
1
1
1
1
1
RJ45 socket
RJ45 socket
RJ45 socket
2-pole connector (24 V DC)

or optionally available power supply
adapter (4-pole 24 V DC or
3-pole 110 to 230 V AC)

3-pole 110 to 230 V AC)

3-pole 110 to 230 V AC)



for optical waveguide at 1 000 Mbit/s

Yes
Yes
Yes

installed


R-SMA (socket)
R-SMA (socket)

No
No
Transmission rate
Transmission rate
with W-LAN maximum
note
Interfaces
for power supply
for power supply

C-PLUG
Interfaces wireless
1)
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/37
Siemens AG 2014


Article No.
6GK5786-1FC00-0AA0
6GK5786-1FC00-0AB01)
6GK5786-2HC00-0AA0
6GK5786-2HC00-0AB01)
6GK5786-2FC00-0AA0
6GK5786-2FC00-0AB01)
DC
DC
DC
19.2 V
28.8 V
48 V
19.2 V
28.8 V
48 V
19.2 V
28.8 V
48 V
50 V
50 V
50 V
100 240 V
12 24 V
100 240 V
12 24 V
100 240 V
12 24 V
0.45 A
0.05 A
0.22 A
0.63 A
0.07 A
0.22 A
0.63 A
0.07 A
0.22 A
10.7 W
10.7 W
10.7 W
15 W
15 W
15 W
15 W
15 W
10.7 W
-40 +60 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C

maximum
100 %
100 %
100 %
Protection class IP
IP65
IP65
IP65

operation mode
When using the power supply

100 to 240 V AC,
an operating temperature of
-40 C to +60 C is permissible

100 to 240 V AC,

100 to 240 V AC,
251 mm
251 mm
251 mm
251 mm
251 mm
251 mm
72 mm
72 mm
72 mm
Net weight
2.24 kg
2.24 kg
2.24 kg
Yes
Yes
Yes
Mounting type
For mast mounting,

35 mm DIN rail mounting and S7-300
rail mounting, an additional support
plate is required
For mast mounting,

plate is required
For mast mounting,

plate is required
2.41 2.48 GHz
2.41 2.48 GHz
2.41 2.48 GHz
4.9 5.8 GHz
4.9 5.8 GHz
4.9 5.8 GHz
Supply voltage,
Supply voltage
and IEEE802.3af
from optional integratable
power supply
- with AC
- with DC
Current consumed
at 230 V with AC typical
for type 2 typical

for type 2 typical
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Radio frequency
for WLAN in 2.4 GHz
frequency band
for WLAN in 5 GHz
frequency band
1)
6/38
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014


Article No.
6GK5786-1FC00-0AA0
6GK5786-1FC00-0AB01)
6GK5786-2HC00-0AA0
6GK5786-2HC00-0AB01)
6GK5786-2FC00-0AA0
6GK5786-2FC00-0AB01)
Product function
Access Point Mode
Client Mode
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Number of SSIDs
16
16
Product function
iPCF Access Point
iPCF client
iPCF-MC client
Yes
Yes
in preparation
in preparation
Yes
Yes
in preparation
in preparation
Yes
Yes
in preparation
in preparation

in client
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
in preparation
in preparation
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
in preparation
in preparation
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
in preparation
in preparation
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
in preparation
in preparation
Yes
in preparation
in preparation
Yes
in preparation
in preparation
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

components general

modules
configuration
Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
in the TIA Portal
controller
WDS
ICMP
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
DCP
LLDP

Product function
SysLog
with IWLAN
Product function
DHCP client
via LAN
1)
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/39
Siemens AG 2014


Article No.
6GK5786-1FC00-0AA0
6GK5786-1FC00-0AB01)
6GK5786-2HC00-0AA0
6GK5786-2HC00-0AB01)
6GK5786-2FC00-0AA0
6GK5786-2FC00-0AB01)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 60079-15:2005, EN 60079-0:2006,
UL 60950-1 CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
-
EN 60079-15:2005, EN 60079-0:2006,
UL 60950-1 CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
-
EN 60079-15:2005, EN 60079-0:2006,
UL 60950-1 CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
-
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Product function
ACL - MAC-based
ACL-IP based
NAT/NAPT
access protection
WPA/WPA2
TKIP/AES
SNTP
SIMATIC Time
approvals
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone
CE mark
C-Tick
CCC
with EN 50155
e1 approval
E1 approval
NEMA4X
Power-over-Ethernet
and IEEE802.3af
Power-over-Ethernet
IEEE 802.11a
IEEE 802.11b
IEEE 802.11e
IEEE 802.11g
IEEE 802.11h
IEEE 802.11i
IEEE 802.11n
Wireless approval

of countries at:
of countries at:
of countries at:
www.siemens.com/wireless-approvals www.siemens.com/wireless-approvals www.siemens.com/wireless-approvals
Accessories
Accessories
1)
24 V DC screw terminal included in

scope of delivery
6/40
Siemens IK PI 2015

scope of delivery

scope of delivery
Siemens AG 2014

Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
SCALANCE W786 access points
Accessories
IWLAN access points with

built-in wireless interfaces;
wireless networks
up to 450 Mbps;
WPA2/AES;
(-40 C to +60 C);
scope of delivery:
Mounting hardware,
manual on CD-ROM;
German/English
C-PLUG
Power supply PS791-2DC
6GK5786-1FC00-0AA0
6GK5786-1FC00-0AB0
Power supply PS791-2AC
6GK5786-2FC00-0AA0
6GK5791-2AC00-0AA0
110 V AC to 230 V AC power supply

for installation in the
SCALANCE W786 products;
operating instructions
in German/English
MS1 mounting set
6GK5798-8MG00-0AA0
Mounting set for fixing

SCALANCE W786 products to
an S7-300 mounting rail or a 35 mm
standard DIN rail
6GK5786-2FC00-0AB0

IWLAN access points with two
integrated wireless interfaces and
RJ45 connection
Six internal antennas
- National approvals for operation
outside the USA
within the USA 1)
6GK5791-2DC00-0AA0
24 V DC power supply for installation

in SCALANCE W786 products;
in German/English

RJ45 connection
Six connections for external
antennas
outside the USA
within the USA 1)
6GK1900-0AB00
Swap medium for simple replacement

of devices in the event of a fault;

IWLAN access points with one
integrated wireless interface and
RJ45 connector
Connections for three external
antennas
outside the USA
within the USA 1)
6GK5907-8PA00
Swap medium for enabling additional

iFeatures, for simple device
Can be used in SCALANCE W access
points with PLUG compartment
6GK5786-2HC00-0AA0
6GK5786-2HC00-0AB0

180 cable outlet;
interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB11-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AE0
6XV1878-2A

for connection to IE FC RJ45 Plug
4 x 2 and IE M12 Plug PRO 4 x 2;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
6GK1901-1GA00

Ethernet FC cables
IWLAN accessories
1)

accessories

More information
Selection tools:
Wireless approvals:


Siemens IK PI 2015
6/41
Siemens AG 2014

SCALANCE W786 SFP for outdoor use
Overview
Design
Particularly well-suited to applications with high climatic

requirements when installed outdoors and in areas accessible
to the public

Two slots for SFP plug-in transceivers (optical 2-port switch)
(depending on the SFP plug-in transceiver used)
in the device
operating statuses
with power supplies
100-240 V AC or
2 SFP slots with

integrated 2-port
switch
6 x connections for
antennas R-SMA
(female)
PLUG
slot
nprXWZWZW_
Reset button
Design and interfaces of the SCALANCE W786-2 SFP access points
Product versions
SCALANCE W786-2 SFP
Two wireless cards permanently installed in the device; can be
expanded to establish wireless connections with KEY-PLUG
W780 iFeatures
6/42
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Function
In the case of access points with two wireless modules, one
module implements communication of the access points with
each other. The radio link for the stations, e.g. a mobile crane
system, is established by the second wireless module. Wireless
coverage of larger areas can therefore be provided with the
same device.
If the minimum length of standard Ethernet cables is insufficient
due to the large distance of the access points from the wired
network, SCALANCE W786-2 SFP with SFP plug-in transceivers

can be used. Depending on the optical plug-in transceivers
used, ranges of up to 70 km can then be achieved.
In the case of SCALANCE W786, this only concerns access
points which can, however, be configured as client modules
through Web-based management. Then, depending on the
selected variant, a maximum of one radio module will be available as a client.
Antenna
ANT793-8DJ
Antenna
ANT793-6DG
SCALANCE
W786-1 RJ45
SCALANCE
W786-2 SFP
Radio cell
nprXWZWZZ`
Use of the SCALANCE W786-2 SFP product line in areas subject to demanding climatic requirements
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/43
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5786-2FE00-0AA0
Article No.
6GK5786-2FE00-0AA0
SCALANCE W786-2 SFP
SCALANCE W786-2 SFP
450 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
-
Current consumed
with Power-over-Ethernet according
to IEEE802.3at for type 1 and
IEEE802.3af typical
Transmission rate
Transfer rate
with W-LAN maximum
note
Interfaces
for power supply
for power supply
1
0
2-pole connector (24 V DC) or optionally available power supply adapter
(4-pole 24 V DC or 3-pole 110 to 230
V AC)


SFP slot
2
SFP slot
C-PLUG
2
6

R-SMA (socket)

No
Siemens IK PI 2015
-40 +60 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
100 %
Protection class IP
IP65

operation mode
When using the power supply 100 to

240 V AC, an operating temperature
of -40 C to +60 C is permissible
251 mm
251 mm
72 mm
Net weight
2.24 kg
Yes
Mounting type
For mast mounting, 35 mm DIN rail

mounting and S7-300 rail mounting,
an additional support plate is
required
DC
19.2 V
28.8 V
-
100 240 V
12 24 V
Radio frequency
for WLAN in 2.4 GHz
frequency band
for WLAN in 5 GHz
frequency band
2.41 2.48 GHz

4.9 5.8 GHz

components general
Product function
Access Point Mode
Client Mode
Yes
Yes
Number of SSIDs
16
Product function
iPCF Access Point
iPCF client
iPCF-MC client
Yes
Yes
in preparation
in preparation

modules
6/44
Supply voltage,
Supply voltage
and IEEE802.3af
from optional integratable power
supply
- with AC
- with DC


Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Yes
Interfaces wireless
installed

IEEE802.3af typical
Siemens AG 2014


Article No.
6GK5786-2FE00-0AA0
SCALANCE W786-2 SFP

configuration
ICMP
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
in preparation
in preparation
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

I&M1 higher level designation/lo- Yes
cation designation
Product function
SysLog
SCALANCE W786-2 SFP
SNTP
SIMATIC Time
Yes
Yes
approvals
Standard
for hazardous zone

CE mark
C-Tick
CCC
Railway application
e1 approval
E1 approval
NEMA4X
Power-over-Ethernet
and IEEE802.3af
Power-over-Ethernet
IEEE 802.11a
IEEE 802.11b
IEEE 802.11e
IEEE 802.11g
IEEE 802.11h
IEEE 802.11i
IEEE 802.11n
Wireless approval
in preparation
in preparation
Yes
EN 60079-15:2005,
EN 60079-0:2006, II 3 G Ex nA II T4
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145X
UL 60950-1 CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
of countries at:
Accessories
Accessories

with IWLAN
6GK5786-2FE00-0AA0

in client
Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
configuration with STEP 7 in the TIA
Portal
controller
WDS
Article No.

scope of delivery
Yes

Product function
DHCP client
via LAN
Yes
No

Yes

Product function
ACL - MAC-based
ACL-IP based
NAT/NAPT
access protection
WPA/WPA2
TKIP/AES
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/45
Siemens AG 2014

Ordering data
Article No.
Selection tools:
IWLAN access points

wireless networks
(-40 C to +60 C);
scope of delivery:
Mounting hardware, 2-pin screw
terminal for 24 V DC;
manual on CD-ROM;
German/English

Wireless approvals:
SCALANCE W786-2 SFP

RJ45 connection
Six external antennas
- National approvals
for operation outside the USA
- National approvals
for operation within the USA 1)
6GK5786-2FE00-0AA0
6GK5786-2FE00-0AB0
Accessories
More information
6GK5907-8PA00

additional iFeatures,
for simple device replacement if a
fault occurs and for storage of
configuration data;
C-PLUG
6GK1900-0AB00

6GK5791-2DC00-0AA0
24 V DC power supply for installation in SCALANCE W786 products;

in German/English
6GK5791-2AC00-0AA0

SCALANCE W786 products;
in German/English
MS1 mounting set
6GK5798-8MG00-0AA0
Mounting set for fixing

SCALANCE W786 products onto an
S7-300 mounting rail or a
35 mm standard DIN rail
IWLAN accessories

accessories

SFP992-1
Gigabit, multimode, 750 m
6GK5992-1AL00-8AA0
SFP992-1LD
Gigabit, singlemode, 10 km
6GK5992-1AM00-8AA0
SFP992-1LH
6GK5992-1AN00-8AA0
SFP992-1LH+
6GK5992-1AP00-8AA0
Fiber-optic cables
see Glass fiber-optic cables
1)

6/46
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Access points in SIMATIC design suitable for applications

where the device is to be mounted in the control cabinet
Design
Low-profile, compact aluminum enclosure, shock and
vibration-proof for high mechanical requirements
Implementation of simple and cost-effective wireless machine
networking
Support of the 2.4 and 5 GHz frequency band
IP30 protection
2 x R-SMA sockets for the connection of direct mountable and
remote antennas
2 x RJ45 connector for 10/100 Mbit/s, of which one connector
has Power-over-Ethernet compliant with IEEE 802.3at
operating statuses
SIMATIC design matches existing components in the control
cabinet (e.g. S7-1500, )
PLUG slot and
reset button
24 V DC connection
2x antenna connections
R-SMA (female)
2x RJ45 connection
10/100 Mbit/s with
integrated 2 port
switch;
1 port supports PoE
IEEE 802.3at
nprXWZWZZY
Overview
Design and interfaces of the SCALANCE W774 RJ45 access points
Product versions
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/47
Siemens AG 2014

Function
Radio cell
RCoax Cable
Access Point
+ KEY-PLUG W780 iFeatures
Antenna
ANT792-4DN
Integration of an automated guided vehicle system using iPCF with SCALANCE W774-1 RJ45 and KEY-PLUG W780 iFeatures
6/48
Siemens IK PI 2015
G_IK10_XX_30171
Hanger 5
Hanger 4
Hanger 3
Hanger 2
Hanger 1
Client Module SCALANCE W734-1 RJ45

Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5774-1FX00-0AA0
6GK5774-1FX00-0AB01)
300 Mbit/s
10 100 Mbit/s
-
Interfaces
for power supply
for power supply
2
1
1
RJ45 socket



C-PLUG
Yes
Interfaces wireless
installed

external antenna(s)
Yes

Signal range
at digital input

Supply voltage
and IEEE802.3af
DC
19.2 V
28.8 V
48 V
Current consumed
0.25 A
0.125 A
with Power-over-Ethernet according to IEEE802.3at for type 2 typical
6W
6W
Design of the electrical connection for R-SMA (socket)

external antenna(s)
6GK5774-1FX00-0AA0
6GK5774-1FX00-0AB01)
Supply voltage,
Transmission rate
Transmission rate
with W-LAN maximum
note
Article No.
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
-20 +60 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C

maximum
97 %
Protection class IP
IP30

operation mode

conditions (Zone 2), the SCALANCE
W774-1 RJ45 or W734-1 RJ45 product must be installed in an enclosure.
To comply with EN 50021, this
enclosure must meet the requirements of at least IP54 in compliance
with EN 60529.

26 mm
147 mm
127 mm
Net weight
0.52 kg
Yes
Mounting type
Wall mounting only if flat mounted
Radio frequency
for WLAN in 2.4 GHz
frequency band
for WLAN in 5 GHz
frequency band
2.41 2.48 GHz

4.9 5.8 GHz
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/49
Siemens AG 2014


Article No.
6GK5774-1FX00-0AA0
6GK5774-1FX00-0AB01)

components general
Yes
Yes
Number of SSIDs

modules
in preparation
in preparation
in preparation
1

configuration
in client
Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
in the TIA Portal
controller
WDS
ICMP
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
in preparation
in preparation
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes
Product function
SysLog
in preparation
in preparation
Yes

with IWLAN
6GK5774-1FX00-0AA0
6GK5774-1FX00-0AB01)
Product function
Access Point Mode
Client Mode
Product function
iPCF Access Point
iPCF client
iPCF-MC client
Article No.
Product function
DHCP client
Yes

Product function
ACL - MAC-based
Management security, ACL-IP based
NAT/NAPT
access protection
WPA/WPA2
TKIP/AES
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

SNTP
SIMATIC Time
Yes
Yes
approvals
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone
CE mark
C-Tick
CCC
with EN 50155
e1 approval
E1 approval
NEMA4X
Power-over-Ethernet
and IEEE802.3af
Power-over-Ethernet
IEEE 802.11a
IEEE 802.11b
IEEE 802.11e
IEEE 802.11g
IEEE 802.11h
IEEE 802.11i
IEEE 802.11n
Wireless approval
Yes
in preparation
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
of countries at:
Accessories
Accessories
1)
6/50
Siemens IK PI 2015
24 V DC screw terminal included

in scope of delivery
Siemens AG 2014

Ordering data
Article No.
More information
Selection tools:
IWLAN access points with built-in

wireless interface for establishing
wireless connections with iFeatures;
wireless networks
(-20 C to +60 C);
scope of delivery:
Mounting hardware,
manual on CD-ROM;
German/English

Wireless approvals:

IWLAN Access Point with one
built-in wireless interface
National approvals
National approvals
6GK5774-1FX00-0AA0
6GK5774-1FX00-0AB0
Accessories
6GK5907-8PA00

can be used in SCALANCE W
C-PLUG
6GK1900-0AB00
Swap medium for simple replacement of devices if a fault occurs;

Ethernet with a rugged metal enclosure and integrated insulationdisplacement contacts for connecting Industrial Ethernet FC
with a 180 cable outlet;
Ethernet interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
6XV1840-2AH10

cable for connection to IE FC outlet
RJ45 plug / IE FC RJ45 plug;
PROFINET-compliant;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6GK1901-1GA00

Ethernet FC cables
IWLAN accessories
1)
See Industrial Wireless

LAN/accessories

Siemens IK PI 2015
6/51
Siemens AG 2014

Design
Suitable for use in industrial and automation applications

in general, but especially in railway applications where the
device is to be mounted in the control cabinet

coating)
Railroad approval in accordance with EN 50155
remote antennas
2 x M12 connection for 10/100 Mbit/s, of which one
connection with Power-over-Ethernet according to
IEEE 802.3at
operating statuses
PLUG slot and
reset button
24 V DC connection
R-SMA (female)
2x M12 connection
10/100 Mbit/s with
integrated 2 port
switch;
1 port supports PoE
IEEE 802.3at
nprXWZWZ[\
Overview
Design and interfaces of the SCALANCE W774 M12 EEC access points
Product version
6/52
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Function
The SCALANCE W774 M12 EEC (Extended Environmental
Conditions) are designed for use in railway applications.
The devices satisfy EN 50155, the approval for railway applications, and can thus be used for rail traffic. Combined with the
antennas approved for railway applications, which are connected via R-SMA antenna connectors (female), these products
can set up a reliable IWLAN wireless infrastructure.
The devices can be installed at the location that is most
favorable for the wireless link. The enclosure and the connectors
are resistant to high levels of shock and vibration because all
the connectors are screwed or locked. The SCALANCE W774
M12 EEC is well suited to environments in which a compact
design plays a large role. Through its coated printed-circuit
Tablet,
smartphone or
laptop
boards (Conformal Coating), the module is resistant to condensation caused by use in environments with large temperature
variations.
SCALANCE W774-1 M12 EEC access points can also be
operated as client modules.
Provided that a delay (several 100 ms) caused by roaming in
accordance with IEEE 802.11 is tolerated by all communication
stations when switching the radio cells, the communication
continues uninterrupted.
For real-time requirements, the SCALANCE W774-1 M12 EEC
can be equipped with KEY-PLUG functionality for activating
iFeatures.
ANT 795-6MN
SCALANCE W774-1
M12 EEC
Industrial Ethernet
G_IK10_XX_30338
Passenger
Data transfer in trains with SCALANCE W774-1 M12 EEC
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/53
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5774-1FY00-0TA0
6GK5774-1FY00-0TB01)
Article No.
6GK5774-1FY00-0TA0
6GK5774-1FY00-0TB01)
300 Mbit/s
10 100 Mbit/s
-

for type 2 typical
Transmission rate
Transmission rate
with W-LAN maximum
note
Interfaces
for power supply
for power supply
1
1
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
M12 interface (4-pole, D-coded),

PoE

maximum

Protection class IP


operation mode

C-PLUG
Yes
Interfaces wireless

installed

26 mm
147 mm
127 mm
Yes
-

Yes
Mounting type
Radio frequency
for WLAN in 2.4 GHz
frequency band
for WLAN in 5 GHz
frequency band
2.41 2.48 GHz

4.9 5.8 GHz

components general
-
Product function
Access Point Mode
Client Mode
Yes
Yes
Number of SSIDs
19.2 V
28.8 V
48 V
Product function
iPCF Access Point
iPCF client
iPCF-MC client
in preparation
in preparation
in preparation

modules
Supply voltage,
DC
Current consumed
for type 2 typical
Siemens IK PI 2015
Net weight
6/54

Supply voltage
and IEEE802.3af

W774-1 M12 EEC product must be
meet the requirements of at least IP54
in compliance with EN 60529.
R-SMA (socket)
100 %

Signal range
at digital input
-20 ... +60 C

-40 ... +85 C
-40 ... +85 C
Siemens AG 2014


Article No.
6GK5774-1FY00-0TA0
6GK5774-1FY00-0TB01)

in client
ICMP
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
in preparation
in preparation
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes
Product function
SysLog
SNTP
SIMATIC Time
Yes
Yes
approvals
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone
CE mark
C-Tick
CCC
with EN 50155
e1 approval
E1 approval
NEMA4X
Power-over-Ethernet
and IEEE802.3af
Power-over-Ethernet
IEEE 802.11a
IEEE 802.11b
IEEE 802.11e
IEEE 802.11g
IEEE 802.11h
IEEE 802.11i
IEEE 802.11n
Wireless approval
in preparation
in preparation
Yes
in preparation
in preparation
in preparation
Yes
Yes
Yes
in preparation
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
of countries at:
Accessories
Accessories

with IWLAN
6GK5774-1FY00-0TA0
6GK5774-1FY00-0TB01)

configuration
Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
in the TIA Portal
controller
WDS
Article No.
Yes

Product function
DHCP client
via LAN
Yes
No

Yes

Product function
ACL - MAC-based
ACL-IP based
NAT/NAPT
access protection
WPA/WPA2
TKIP/AES
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
1)
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/55
Siemens AG 2014

Ordering data
Article No.
SCALANCE W774 M12 EEC Access Points
Selection tools:
IWLAN Access Points

wireless networks
up to 300 Mbit/s;
railway approval in accordance
with EN 50155;
conformal coating;
WPA2/AES;
scope of delivery:
Mounting hardware;
manual on CD-ROM,
German/English

Wireless approvals:

IWLAN Access Point with one
National approvals
National approvals
6GK5774-1FY00-0TA0
6GK5774-1FY00-0TB0
Accessories
More information
6GK5907-8PA00

data;
C-PLUG
6GK1900-0AB00
Swap medium for simple replacement of devices in the event of a fault;

M12 plug-in connector (D-coded,
IP65/IP67) that can be assembled in
the field, metal enclosure,
for SCALANCE W774-1 M12 EEC
1 unit
8 units
IE FC Standard Cable GP 2 x 2 /
Type A
6GK1901-0DB20-6AA0
6GK1901-0DB30-6AA8
6XV1840-2AH10

FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6GK1901-1GA00

Ethernet FC cables
6GK1907-0DC10-6AA3

6XV1812-8A

sold by the meter
IWLAN accessories
1)

accessories

6/56
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

SCALANCE W761 RJ45 for the Control Cabinet
Overview
Design
Compact design for space-saving installation in control
cabinets or boxes on a standard mounting rail
networking
For use at ambient temperatures from 0 C to +55 C
1 x R-SMA socket for the connection of a remote antenna
1 x RJ45 port for 10/100 Mbit/s
1 x 24 V DC connection
operating statuses
cabinet (e.g. ET 200SP, etc.)
Low-cost Access Point, suitable for applications where the

24 V DC connection
(rear)
Reset button
RJ45 connection for

10/100 Mbit/s (front)
nprXWZWZZX
1 x antenna connection
R-SMA (female)
Design and interfaces of the SCALANCE W761 RJ45 access points
Product versions
A wireless card permanently installed in the device
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/57
Siemens AG 2014

Integration
Antenna
ANT793-4MN
Antenna
ANT793-4MN
IWLAN RCoax
radiating cable
Antenna
ANT793-4MN
Storage retrieval
machine
SCALANCE
W721-1 RJ45
and ET 200SP
IWLAN RCoax
radiating cable
Storage retrieval
machine
SCALANCE
W721-1 RJ45
and ET 200SP
IWLAN RCoax
radiating cable
Control cabinet
Central control unit

SIMATIC ET 200S with
and SCALANCE XB005
Storage retrieval
machine
SCALANCE
W721-1 RJ45
and ET 200SP
IWLAN RCoax
radiating cable
Antenna
cable
Antenna
cable
Antenna
cable
SCALANCE
W761-1 RJ45
SCALANCE
W761-1 RJ45
SCALANCE
W761-1 RJ45
Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET
Storage and retrieval machines in high-bay warehouses automated with SCALANCE W721-1 RJ45, W761-1 RJ45 and RCoax
6/58
Siemens IK PI 2015
G_IK10_XX_30334
Storage retrieval
machine
SCALANCE
W721-1 RJ45
and ET 200SP
Antenna
cable
Antenna
ANT793-4MN
Siemens AG 2014

Article no.
6GK5761-1FC00-0AA0
6GK5761-1FC00-0AB01)
150 Mbit/s
10 100 Mbit/s
Interfaces
terminal equipment
for power supply
terminal equipment
for power supply
optical waveguide at 100 Mbit/s
1
1
0
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20

operation mode

W761-1 RJ45 or W72x-1 RJ45
product must be installed in an
enclosure. To comply with EN 50021,
this enclosure must meet the requirements of at least IP54 in compliance
with EN 60529.
No
0 55 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C

maximum
Interfaces wireless
installed
RJ45 socket
Design of optical interface for optical waveguide at 100 Mbit/s

C-PLUG
6GK5761-1FC00-0AA0
6GK5761-1FC00-0AB01)
Transmission rate
Transmission rate
with W-LAN maximum
Article no.

50 mm
114 mm
74 mm
Net weight
0.13 kg
No

external antenna(s)
Radio frequency
for WLAN in 2.4 GHz frequency
2.41 2.48 GHz
band
for WLAN in 5 GHz frequency band 4.9 5.8 GHz

external antenna(s)
Yes

Supply voltage
from Power-over-Ethernet according
IEEE802.3at for type 1 and
IEEE802.3af
IEEE802.3at for type 2
DC
19.2 V
28.8 V
-

components general
Product function
Access Point Mode
Client Mode
Yes
Yes
Number of SSIDs
Product function
iPCF Access Point
iPCF client
iPCF-MC client
No
No
No
No

modules
Current consumed
0.15 A
with Power-over-Ethernet according to IEEE802.3at for type 1 and
IEEE802.3af typical
3.6 W
with Power-over-Ethernet according to IEEE802.3at for type 1 and
IEEE802.3af typical
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/59
Siemens AG 2014


Article no.
6GK5761-1FC00-0AA0
6GK5761-1FC00-0AB01)

configuration
ICMP
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
in preparation
in preparation
Product function
ACL - MAC-based
ACL-IP based
NAT/NAPT
access protection
WPA/WPA2
TKIP/AES
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes
Product function
SysLog
6GK5761-1FC00-0AA0
6GK5761-1FC00-0AB01)

in client
Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
in the TIA Portal
controller
WDS
Article no.
in preparation
No
Yes
SNTP
SIMATIC Time
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone
CE mark
C-Tick
CCC
with EN 50155
e1 approval
E1 approval
NEMA4X
Power-over-Ethernet according
IEEE802.3af
Power-over-Ethernet according to
Wireless approval
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
approvals
Product function
DHCP client
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes

IEEE 802.11a
IEEE 802.11b
IEEE 802.11e
IEEE 802.11g
IEEE 802.11h
IEEE 802.11i
IEEE 802.11n

IWLAN
No
Yes
in preparation
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
of countries at:
Accessories
Accessories
1)
6/60
Siemens IK PI 2015

scope of delivery
Siemens AG 2014

Ordering data
Article No.
More information
SCALANCE W761 Access Points
Selection tools:
IWLAN Access Point with

built-in wireless interface;
wireless networks
up to 150 Mbit/s;
WPA2/AES;
(0 C to +55 C);
scope of delivery:
Mounting hardware, 3-pin screw
terminal for 24V DC;
manual on CD-ROM;
German/English

Wireless approvals:

IWLAN Access Point with one built-in
wireless interface
National approvals
National approvals
6GK5761-1FC00-0AA0
6GK5761-1FC00-0AB0
Accessories
enclosure and integrated insulationdisplacement contacts for
Ethernet interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
6XV1840-2AH10

for connection to IE FC outlet RJ45
plug / IE FC RJ45 plug;
PROFINET-compliant;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6GK1901-1GA00

Ethernet FC cables
IWLAN accessories
1)

accessories

Siemens IK PI 2015
6/61
Siemens AG 2014

IWLAN Controller and Controller Access Points IEEE 802.11n
Overview
Overview
Benefits
The network infrastructures in the industrial and office areas are

coming ever-closer together. This applies also in the area of
wireless communication, causing a constant increase in the
number of access points and WLAN clients to be managed.
If such networks are established with a large number of standalone access points, with each one having to be configured
separately, this results in huge costs for initial configuration and
operation.
Central wireless LAN controllers enable low-cost, user-friendly

and secure operation of large WLAN infrastructures here.
Management of the WLAN clients connected to such WLANs is
significantly simplified thanks to their division into user groups
with different security policies.
The SCALANCE WLC711 IWLAN Controller is a device for
centralized management (configuration, diagnostics, firmware
updates, access control, security settings, coordination) of a
wireless LAN in the industrial environment.
Fast establishment of a new WLAN or expansion of an existing
WLAN with the help of the SCALANCE W786C and
SCALANCE W788C controller-based access points
Parallel operation of different services (e.g. communication
between programmable controllers, Internet access,
Voice-over-IP telephony and video transmission) on the same
controller-based WLAN infrastructure without requiring
additional SSIDs for this purpose.
Seamless transition between production WLAN and corporate
WLAN
Simplified commissioning as well as increased reliability and
security thanks to the central management functions of the
IWLAN controller in comparison to a WLAN comprising standalone access points that have to be configured individually
6/62
Siemens IK PI 2015
Reduced commissioning overhead and operation of larger

IWLAN installations (up to 48 access points or 96 access
points in redundant mode) thanks to configuring from a central
location
Investment protection thanks to seamless integration into
existing IWLAN installations or into an existing corporate
WLAN
Saving on redundant infrastructures (e.g. separate network for
Internet access and voice transmission) thanks to multiple use
of the same infrastructure for different services
Avoidance of a single point of failure thanks to optional parallel
operation of two controllers; the WLAN remains functional
even if the controller(s) fail(s)
Increased reliability when operating the IWLAN through
complete, coordinated portfolio of IWLAN Controller
SCALANCE WLC711, industrial access points and
SCALANCE W client modules, as well as the suitable accessories (antennas, connecting cables, power supplies)
Flexible configuration of networks thanks to the use of an
integrated wireless mesh solution
Dynamic Radio Management supports the optimal alignment
of the entire WLAN network
In the controller-based WLAN, the bandwidth or the
assignment of the access points can be automatically
influenced by the IWLAN Controller SCALANCE WLC711
depending on the requirements. This ensures optimal
utilization of the WLAN by the IWLAN client modules.
Siemens AG 2014

Overview
Application
Office network
Plant network
Seamless roaming between office- and plant networks
WLAN
telephone
SCALANCE
WLC711
IWLAN Controller
S7-300 with
CP 343-1
Enterasys
AP3705
(IEEE
802.11a/b/g)
Smartphone
Industrial Ethernet
Network
management
Enterasys
AP3710i
(IEEE
802.11a/b/g/n)
SCALANCE
W786C-2 RJ45
IP telephone
SCALANCE
W788C
Router
Database
SCALANCE
W748-1 RJ45
Laptop
Enterasys Wireless Controller

S7-300 with CP 343-1
G_IK10_XX_30175
Ethernet
IP telephone
system
Company-wide WLAN based on Extreme Networks (Enterasys) Wireless Controller and SCALANCE WLC711 IWLAN controller
The SCALANCE WLC711 IWLAN controller is the optimum solution for IWLAN installations with up to 48 access points (in redundant mode even up to 96 access points). By using SCALANCE
W access points and client modules, different applications in the
industrial environment or a comparable environment can communicate via a centrally managed IWLAN. SCALANCE W access points for controller operation are available for use both
outdoors and for cabinet-free use in an industrial environment
(e.g. on the shop floor).
The SCALANCE WLC711 IWLAN controller can be integrated in

the corporate WLAN and allows the implementation of a WLAN
throughout the office, outdoor and industrial areas. This allows
use of mobile WLAN phones, laptops, smart phones and tablets
in the same wireless network, while complying with security
policies for different user groups, and guaranteeing defined
quality of service (QoS) for different devices.
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/63
Siemens AG 2014

Overview
With the SCALANCE WLC711 IWLAN controller, the benefits of a
controller solution, long-familiar in corporate networks, now also
become available for typical industrial and industry-related
applications:
2 x SCALANCE WLC711 in redundancy mode,

each licensed for up to 48 access points
(tunnel 1 and tunnel 2)
Plant-wide wireless infrastructures in factory automation and

process automation, e.g. for mobile operator control or
logistics applications
Industry-related applications, e.g. container terminals,
road or underground rail tunnels, where IWLAN is required for
transmitting visualization, video, and voice data
Industrial Ethernet
2
16
...
SCALANCE
W786C
SCALANCE XR324-12M
1
SCALANCE
W788C
2
16
SCALANCE XR324-12M
SCALANCE
W786C
...
32
...
SCALANCE XR552-12M
SCALANCE
W786C
SCALANCE
W788C
SCALANCE
W786C
SCALANCE XR552-12M
2
32
...
2 x SCALANCE WLC711 in redundancy mode,
each licensed for up to 48 access points
(tunnel 3 and tunnel 4)
SCALANCE WLC711 IWLAN controller in redundancy mode
6/64
Siemens IK PI 2015
Industrial Ethernet
G_IK10_XX_30274
Siemens AG 2014

Overview
Function
Fundamental principles of the controller-based Industrial
Wireless LAN
The SCALANCE WLC711 IWLAN controller enables centralized
management of an Industrial Wireless LAN. It automatically
detects new access points, establishes a connection to them,
and manages and coordinates access points and clients.
Thanks to the Layer 3 architecture, access points located in
different Layer 2 subnets can also be managed. This function
allows wireless expansion of an existing Ethernet network without having to make changes to the existing network topology.
More information
Supplementary WLAN solutions for office environments can be
found on the Internet at:
http://www.extremenetworks.com
With the IWLAN controller, the IWLAN wireless infrastructure can

be divided into logical, service-based networks (Virtual Network
Services). Different services, security requirements and access
criteria can thus be reliably managed, and different user groups
such as administrators, commissioning engineers, or visitors
can use the same wireless network.
In the same way, different applications such as Voice-over-IP
(VoIP), video and Internet access can use the same infrastructure. The result is optimal capacity utilization of the IWLAN
network.
If applications with high reliability and availability requirements
are to communicate wirelessly, either two IWLAN controllers can
be operated redundantly or the access points can be set up
redundantly (overlapping of the radio links due to two wireless
cards in the device).
In applications where cable connections are not possible or are
only possible with difficulty, the controller-based access points
can be reliably integrated into the network even without a cable
connection. Thanks to the mesh algorithms, the access points
can resume communication in the event of a network error.
The controller-based access points of the SCALANCE W780C

series can only be used with the SCALANCE WLC711 IWLAN
controller and can only be configured using this IWLAN controller.
The IWLAN controller connects, manages and coordinates all
access point and clients such that the WLAN environment
appears like several IP subnets with central management.
The individual connections are additionally managed here, and
the stations can therefore move securely and reliably throughout
the entire radio network.
Diagnostics and management functions
As well as centralized management and wireless network configuration, the SCALANCE WLC711 IWLAN controller also offers
error recording, wireless network monitoring, and documentation of network statistics.
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/65
Siemens AG 2014

SCALANCE WLC711 industrial wireless LAN controller
Overview
Support for up to 48 access points in standard operation
Support for up to 96 access points in redundant mode with
two IWLAN controllers
Supplied with license for 16 access points; expandable with
license for 48 access points in standard mode
Simultaneous support for up to 512 WLAN clients
Support for up to 8 VNS segments
Automatic detection of new access points
Support for the SCALANCE W780C controller-based access
points (IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n)
Application
Container terminal
Automation control center
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE
W786C-2 RJ45
SCALANCE
W786C-2 RJ45
ANT795-6MT
SCALANCE
XR324-12M
IWLAN Controller
SCALANCE WLC711
AGV
ANT795-6MT
SCALANCE
W748-1 RJ45
AGV
ANT795-6MT
ANT795-6MT
W748-1
RJ45
W748-1
RJ45
SCALANCE
W786C-2 RJ45
AGV
AGV
SCALANCE
W786C-2 RJ45
Container ship
AGV = Automated Guided Vehicle
Controller-based IWLAN for applications with a large number of access points, e.g. in a container terminal
6/66
Siemens IK PI 2015
G_IK10_XX_30273
SCALANCE
W748-1 RJ45
Siemens AG 2014

Design
24 DC power supply
Enclosure in the design of the SIMATIC Microbox IPC, in
degree or protection IP20 for installation in the control cabinet
Two 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s electrical RJ45 ports
DIN rail and wall mounting possible
Ambient temperature in operation 5 C to 40 C
Product versions
SCALANCE WLC711 IWLAN controller
IWLAN controller licensed for the connection of up to 16
SCALANCE W780C controller-based access points
License key WLC-700
Capacity upgrade for SCALANCE WLC711 for supporting up
to 16 SCALANCE W780C controller-based access points for a
total of up to 48 controller-based access points.
Article No.
6GK5711-0XC00-1AA0
6GK5711-0XC00-1AB01)
6GK5711-0XC00-1AD02)
Article No.
6GK5711-0XC00-1AA0
6GK5711-0XC00-1AB01)
6GK5711-0XC00-1AD02)
SCALANCE WLC711 (RoW)
Product description
Supports SCALANCE W786C,

W788C, W786-2HPW access points
Basic license for 16 access points

pre-installed, expandable with
1 capacity upgrade license key
WLC-700
Transmission rate
Transmission rate with Industrial
Ethernet
10 1 000 Mbit/s
Interfaces
terminal equipment
for power supply
terminal equipment
for power supply
2
1
RJ45 socket
DC
Supply voltage 1 from terminal block
24 V

typical
4A
Active power loss at 24V for DC

typical
20 W

5 40 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +60 C

maximum
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20

operation mode
1)
2)
Wireless approval in the JAPAN
262 mm
Height
142 mm
Depth
47 mm
Net weight
2 kg
Mounting type
wall mounting
Yes
Mounting type

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Width
Wall mounting using the supplied

mounting brackets

configuration
Product function
CLI
MIB support
WDS
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
ICMP
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
DCP
LLDP
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No

Product function SysLog
Yes

with IWLAN
Yes

Product function
DHCP client
via LAN
No
-
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/67
Siemens AG 2014


Article No.
6GK5711-0XC00-1AA0
6GK5711-0XC00-1AB01)
6GK5711-0XC00-1AD02)

Product function
ACL - MAC-based
ACL-IP based
NAT/NAPT
access protection
WPA/WPA2
TKIP/AES
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Product functions IWLAN controller
Number of supported access points

in standard mode with one IWLAN 32
controller
in redundancy mode with two IWLAN 64
controllers
Number of supported WLAN clients
per IWLAN controller
512
Number of VNS segments per IWLAN 8

controller
Product function
of the IWLAN controller
If delivered with basic license,

16 access points can operated in
standard mode and 32 access points
can operate in redundant mode.
A capacity upgrade permits
32 access points in standard mode
and 64 access points in redundant
mode.
Yes
Pre-standard (CAPWAP)
Yes
integrated VLAN-VNS
auto-detection of new access points Yes
Yes
CDR/RADIUS accounting
Dynamic Radio Management
Yes
Yes
VoIP QoS mapping
(DSCP/TCP-on-WMM)
VoIP roaming between IP subnets
Yes
Yes
VoIP roaming between several
IWLAN controllers
Load distribution function
DRM (Dynamic Radio/ RF Management), Packet Fairness, Flexible

Client Access (Airtime Fairness),
Load Balancing, Band-Steering
Backup function
for IWLAN controller
Redundancy mode with two IWLAN

controllers (with capacity upgrade for
both controllers, both controllers can
be operated with 32 access points
each. If one controller fails, the
remaining controller can handle
64 access points.)
Switching function
Traffic bridged at controller/traffic

bridged locally at wireless access
point
Design of interface
for public network access
Internal captive portal

(web redirection)
1)
2)
Wireless approval in the JAPAN
6/68
Siemens IK PI 2015
6GK5711-0XC00-1AA0
6GK5711-0XC00-1AB01)
6GK5711-0XC00-1AD02)
approvals

NTP
SNTP
SIMATIC Time
Article No.
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone
CE mark
C-Tick
CCC
with EN 50155
e1 approval
E1 approval
NEMA4X
IEEE802.3af
IEEE 802.11a
IEEE 802.11b
IEEE 802.11e
IEEE 802.11g
IEEE 802.11h
IEEE 802.11i
IEEE 802.11n
Wireless approval
UL 60950-1 CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1,

UL 508 CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 142
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
of countries at:
Accessories
Accessories
24 V DC screw terminal and

2 mounting brackets included in the
scope of delivery
Siemens AG 2014

Ordering data
Article No.
Selection tools:
SCALANCE WLC711 IWLAN

controller
IWLAN controller licensed for the
connection of up to 16 SCALANCE
W78xC controller-based access
points
National approvals
for operation outside
North America, Canada,
and Japan (RoW)
National approvals
for operation in North America,
including Canada (NAM)1)
National approvals
for operation in Japan (JP)1)
License key WLC700
Capacity upgrade for
SCALANCE WLC711 for support of
up to 48 SCALANCE W78xC
controller-based access points
More information
Wireless approvals:
6GK5711-0XC00-1AA0

6GK5711-0XC00-1AB0
6GK5711-0XC00-1AD0
6GK5907-1SB00
Accessories
TP cable 4 x 2
0.5 m
1m
2m
6m
10 m
6XV1870-3QE50
6XV1870-3QH10
6XV1870-3QH20
6XV1870-3QH60
6XV1870-3QN10
LOGO!Power 24 V/4 A
6EP1332-1SH52
Stabilized power supply;

Input: 100 240 V AC,
output: 24 V DC/4 A
1)

Siemens IK PI 2015
6/69
Siemens AG 2014

SCALANCE W788 RJ45 controller access points for use in control cabinet
Overview
Design
Rugged aluminum enclosure, shock and vibration-proof, for
high mechanical requirements
remote antennas
Function LEDs for optical signaling of faults and operating
states
SCALANCE W788C-2 RJ45 controller-based access points

can only be operated on the SCALANCE WLC711 IWLAN
Controller
Suitable for applications where the access point is to be
3x R-SMA
(female)
antenna
connections
24 V DC
connection
RJ45 connection
(Gigabit)
Design and interfaces of the SCALANCE W788C-2 RJ45 controllerbased access points
Product versions
SCALANCE W788C-2 RJ45 (controller-based)
Two wireless cards permanently installed in the device
6/70
Siemens IK PI 2015
nprXWZWZ[W
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5788-2FC00-1AA0
Article No.
6GK5788-2FC00-1AA0
SCALANCE W788C-2 RJ45
Transmission rate
Transmission rate
with W-LAN maximum
note
Supply voltage,
450 Mbit/s
10 1 000 Mbit/s
-
Interfaces
for power supply
for power supply
1
1
1
RJ45 socket



C-PLUG
No
Interfaces wireless

Supply voltage
and IEEE802.3af
DC
19.2 V
28.8 V
48 V
50 V
Current consumed
0.63 A
0.22 A
0.3 A
for type 2 typical
15 W
10.7 W
15 W
for type 2 typical

installed


N-Connect (socket)
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport

Yes
-20 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C

maximum
90 %
Protection class IP
IP30

operation mode

the SCALANCE W788-xPRO/RR or
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/71
Siemens AG 2014


Article No.
6GK5788-2FC00-1AA0
Article No.
6GK5788-2FC00-1AA0

200 mm
158 mm
79 mm
Net weight
1.7 kg
Yes
Radio frequency
for WLAN in 2.4 GHz
frequency band
for WLAN in 5 GHz
frequency band
2.41 2.48 GHz

4.9 5.8 GHz
Product function
Access Point Mode
Client Mode
Yes
No
Number of SSIDs
16

configuration
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone

components general
Product function
operation with Enterasys
WLAN controller
approvals
Yes
Yes
CE mark
C-Tick
CCC
with EN 50155
e1 approval
E1 approval
NEMA4X
IEEE802.3af
IEEE 802.11a
IEEE 802.11b
IEEE 802.11g
IEEE 802.11h
IEEE 802.11n
Wireless approval
FM 3611: Class I, Division 2,

Groups A,B,C,D, T4 / Class 1, Zone 2,
Group IIC, T4
EN 60079-15:2005,
EN 60079-0:2006, II 3 G Ex nA II T4
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145X
UL 60950-1 CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
of countries at:
Accessories
Accessories
6/72
Siemens IK PI 2015
24 V DC screw terminal and screw

terminal for digital input and output
included in the scope of delivery
Siemens AG 2014

Ordering data
Article No.
More information
SCALANCE W788C RJ45 Controller access points
Selection tools:
IWLAN access points for operating

with the SCALANCE WLC
IWLAN Controller;
with two built-in wireless interfaces;
wireless networks
(-20 C to +60 C);
scope of delivery:
Mounting hardware;
manual on CD-ROM,
German/English
with R-SMA female connections
for six external antennas

Wireless approvals:
6GK5788-2FC00-1AA0
Accessories
6GK5798-8ML00-0AB3

SCALANCE W788 RJ45;
180 cable outlet;
Ethernet interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB11-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AE0
6XV1878-2A

cable for connection
to IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2 and
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
6GK1901-1GA00

Ethernet FC cables
IWLAN accessories

accessories
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/73
Siemens AG 2014

SCALANCE W788C M12 controller access points for indoor use
Overview
Design
and remote antennas
states
SCALANCE W788C-2 M12 controller-based access points

can only be operated on the SCALANCE WLC IWLAN
Controller
Particularly suitable for industrial applications without control
cabinets
3x N-Connect
(female)
connections
for antennas
24 V DC
connection
M12 connection
(Gigabit)
nprXWZWZ[X
Design and interfaces of the SCALANCE W788C-2 M12 controller-based

access points
Product versions
SCALANCE W788C-2 M12 (controller-based)
Two wireless cards permanently installed in the device
6/74
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5788-2GD00-1AA0
Article No.
6GK5788-2GD00-1AA0
SCALANCE W788C-2 M12
Transmission rate
Transmission rate
with W-LAN maximum
note
Supply voltage,
450 Mbit/s
10 1 000 Mbit/s
-
Interfaces
terminal equipment
for power supply
terminal equipment
for power supply
1
1
1
M12 interface (8-pole, X-coded) PoE
M12 interface (4-pole, A-coded) PoE



C-PLUG
No
Interfaces wireless

Supply voltage
1 from M12 Power Connector (Acoded) for redundant power supply
IEEE802.3af
DC
19.2 V
28.8 V
48 V
50 V
Current consumed
0.63 A
IEEE802.3af typical
15 W
with Power-over-Ethernet according 10.7 W
IEEE802.3af typical

installed


N-Connect (socket)
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport

Yes
-20 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C

maximum
90 %
Protection class IP
IP65

operation mode

conditions (Zone 2), the
SCALANCE W788-xPRO/RR or
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/75
Siemens AG 2014


Article No.
6GK5788-2GD00-1AA0
Article No.
6GK5788-2GD00-1AA0

200 mm
176 mm
79 mm
Net weight
1.7 kg
Yes
Radio frequency
for WLAN in 2.4 GHz
frequency band
for WLAN in 5 GHz
frequency band
2.41 2.48 GHz

4.9 5.8 GHz

components general
Product function
Access Point Mode
Client Mode
Yes
No
Number of SSIDs
16

configuration
Product function
controller
Yes
Yes
approvals
Standard
for hazardous zone

CE mark
C-Tick
Railway application
e1 approval
E1 approval
NEMA4X
Power-over-Ethernet
and IEEE802.3af
Power-over-Ethernet
IEEE 802.11a
IEEE 802.11b
IEEE 802.11g
IEEE 802.11h
IEEE 802.11n
Wireless approval
EN 60079-15:2005, EN 600790:2006, II 3 G Ex nA II T4 KEMA 07

ATEX 0145X
UL 60950-1 CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
of countries at:
Accessories
Accessories
6/76
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Ordering data
Article No.
More information
SCALANCE W788C M12 Controller Access Points
Selection tools:
IWLAN access points

for operating with the
SCALANCE WLC IWLAN Controller;
wireless networks
up to 450 Mbit/s;
WPA2/AES;
(-20 C to +60 C);
scope of delivery:
on CD-ROM,
German/English
with N-Connect female connections for six external antennas

Wireless approvals:
6GK5788-2GD00-1AA0
Accessories
insulation/displacement fast connection method, for SCALANCE W
1 unit
8 units
6GK1901-0DB30-6AA0
6GK1901-0DB30-6AA8
6GK5798-8ML00-0AB3

SCALANCE W788 RJ45;
6
6XV1878-2A

with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
IE FC Flexible Cable GP 4 x 2
6XV1878-2B

IE M12 Plug PRO 4 x 2
PROFINET-compliant;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6GK1901-1GA00

FC cables
6GK1907-0DC10-6AA3

supply voltage;
4-pole, A-coded,
6XV1812-8A

sold by the meter
IWLAN accessories

accessories
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/77
Siemens AG 2014

SCALANCE W788C M12 EEC for enhanced environmental conditions
Overview
Design
SCALANCE W788C-2 M12 controller-based access points

Controller
Suitable for use in the industry and automation area, but
especially in the rail transport environment

coating)
Railroad approval in accordance with EN 50155
and remote antennas
operating statuses
3x N-Connect
(female)
connections
for antennas
24 V DC
connection
M12 connection
(Gigabit)
nprXWZWZ[X
Design and interfaces of the SCALANCE W788C-2 M12 EEC controllerbased access points
Product version
SCALANCE W788C-2 M12 EEC (controller-based)
Two wireless cards permanently installed in the device;
six connections for external antennas
6/78
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Integration
ANT 795-6MN
SCALANCE
W788C-2 M12 EEC
ANT793-8DJ
ANT793-8DJ
ANT793-8DJ
ANT 795-6MN
Industrial Ethernet
(Trainside)
SCALANCE
W788C-2
M12 EEC
Tunnel
SCALANCE
XR324-12M TS
with M12 module
SCALANCE
W788C-2 M12
EEC
SCALANCE
W788C-2
M12 EEC
SCALANCE W788C-2 M12 EEC

Industrial Ethernet
(Trainside)
Tunnel
Communication
Server
Trainguard
Train Control
SCALANCE
X308-2M TS
Tunnel
Industrial Ethernet (Trackside)
SCALANCE
XR552-12M
Infotainment
Server
Workstations
Content
Workstation
WLAN
Controller
G_IK10_XX_30330
ANT793-8DJ
Data transfer on trains using SCALANCE Controller-based access points
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/79
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5788-2GD00-1TA0
Article No.
6GK5788-2GD00-1TA0
Transmission rate
Transmission rate
with W-LAN maximum
note

450 Mbit/s
10 1 000 Mbit/s
-
Interfaces
for power supply
terminal equipment
for power supply
1
1
1
M12 interface (8-pole, X-coded) PoE



C-PLUG
No
Interfaces wireless

installed


N-Connect (socket)

Yes
6/80
Siemens IK PI 2015

Supply voltage
supply
supply
and IEEE802.3af
DC
19.2 V
28.8 V
48 V
50 V
Current consumed
0.63 A
0.22 A
0.3 A
for type 2 typical
15 W
10.7 W
15 W
for type 2 typical
Siemens AG 2014


Article No.
6GK5788-2GD00-1TA0
Article No.
6GK5788-2GD00-1TA0

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
-20 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C

maximum
90 %
Protection class IP
IP65

operation mode
When used under hazardous conditions (Zone 2), the SCALANCE W788xPRO/RR or W74x-1PRO/RR product
must be installed in an enclosure. To
comply with EN 50021, this enclosure
must meet the requirements of at
least IP 54 in compliance with EN
60529.

200 mm
176 mm
79 mm
Net weight
1.7 kg
Yes
Radio frequency
for WLAN in 2.4 GHz
frequency band
for WLAN in 5 GHz
frequency band
2.41 2.48 GHz

configuration
controller
approvals
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone

CE mark
C-Tick
CCC
with EN 50155
e1 approval
E1 approval
NEMA4X
IEEE802.3af
Product function
Access Point Mode
Client Mode
Yes
No

IEEE 802.11a
IEEE 802.11b
IEEE 802.11e
IEEE 802.11g
IEEE 802.11h
IEEE 802.11i
IEEE 802.11n
Number of SSIDs
16
Wireless approval
4.9 5.8 GHz

components general
Yes
Yes

Group IIC, T4
UL 60950-1 CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
of countries at:
Accessories
Accessories
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/81
Siemens AG 2014

Ordering data
Article No.
SCALANCE W788C M12 EEC Controller Access Points
Selection tools:
IWLAN access points

for operation with the
SCALANCE WLC IWLAN controller;
wireless networks
up to 450 Mbit/s;
railroad approval in accordance
with EN 50155;
conformal coating;
WPA2/AES;
scope of supply:
on CD-ROM, German/English
with N-Connect female connections for six external antennas

Wireless approvals:
6GK5788-2GD00-1TA0
Accessories
More information

1 unit
2 units
6GK1901-0DB30-6AA0
6GK1901-0DB30-6AA8
6GK5798-8ML00-0AB3

SCALANCE W788 RJ45;
IE FC standard cable GP 4 x 2
6XV1878-2A

PROFINET-compliant;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
IE FC flexible cable GP 4 x 2
6XV1878-2B

IE M12 Plug PRO 4 x 2 for occasional movement;
PROFINET-compliant;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6GK1901-1GA00

FC cables
Power M12 cable connector PRO
6GK1907-0DC10-6AA3

supply voltage;
4-pole, A-coded,
6XV1812-8A

cable connector PRO,
sold by the meter
IWLAN accessories
6/82
Siemens IK PI 2015

accessories
Siemens AG 2014

SCALANCE W786 RJ45 controller access points for outdoor use
SCALANCE W786C-2 controller-based access points can

only be operated on the SCALANCE WLC IWLAN Controller
Particularly well-suited to applications with demanding
climatic requirements when installed outdoors and in areas
accessible to the public
Design
1 x RJ45 connector for 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s and Power-overEthernet according to IEEE 802.3at
in the device
states
with power supplies
100-240 V AC or
RJ45 connection
(Gigabit)
6 x antenna
connections
R-SMA
(female)
depending
on variant
nprXWZWZ[Y
Overview
Internal antennas
depending on variant
Design and interfaces of the SCALANCE W786C-2 controller-based

access points
Product versions
SCALANCE W786C-2 RJ45 (controller-based)
SCALANCE W786C-2IA RJ45 (controller-based)
six internal antennas
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/83
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5786-2HC00-1AA0
6GK5 786-2FC00-1AA0
SCALANCE W786C-2IA RJ45
450 Mbit/s
10 1 000 Mbit/s
-
450 Mbit/s
10 1 000 Mbit/s
-
1
1
1
1
RJ45 socket
RJ45 socket
Transmission rate
Transmission rate
with W-LAN maximum
note
Interfaces
for power supply
for power supply
2-pole connector (24 V DC) or optionally available power

2-pole connector (24 V DC) or optionally available power
supply adapter (4-pole 24 V DC or 3-pole 110 to 230 V AC) supply adapter (4-pole 24 V DC or 3-pole 110 to 230 V AC)




No
No

installed


R-SMA (socket)

No
DC
DC
19.2 V
28.8 V
48 V
19.2 V
28.8 V
48 V
50 V
50 V
100 240 V
12 24 V
100 240 V
12 24 V
0.63 A
0.07 A
0.22 A
0.63 A
0.07 A
0.22 A

C-PLUG
Interfaces wireless
Supply voltage,
Supply voltage
and IEEE802.3af
supply
- with AC
- with DC
Current consumed
typical
6/84
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014


Article No.
6GK5786-2HC00-1AA0
6GK5 786-2FC00-1AA0
15 W
15 W
15 W
15 W
15 W
10.7 W
-40 +60 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C

maximum
100 %
100 %
Protection class IP
IP65
IP65

operation mode
When using the power supply 100 to 240 V AC,

an operating temperature of -40 C to +60 C
is permissible
When using the power supply 100 to 240 V AC,

an operating temperature of -40 C to +60 C
is permissible
251 mm
251 mm
251 mm
251 mm
72 mm
72 mm
Net weight
2.24 kg
2.24 kg
Yes
Yes
Mounting type
For mast mounting, 35 mm DIN rail mounting and S7-300

rail mounting, an additional support plate is required
For mast mounting, 35 mm DIN rail mounting and S7-300

rail mounting, an additional support plate is required
2.41 2.48 GHz
2.41 2.48 GHz
4.9 5.8 GHz
4.9 5.8 GHz
Product function
Access Point Mode
Client Mode
Yes
No
Yes
No
Number of SSIDs
16
16
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

typical
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Radio frequency
for WLAN in 2.4 GHz
frequency band
for WLAN in 5 GHz
frequency band
components general

configuration
Product function
controller
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/85
Siemens AG 2014


Article No.
6GK5786-2HC00-1AA0
6GK5 786-2FC00-1AA0
EN 60079-15:2005, EN 60079-0:2006, II 3 G Ex nA II T4
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145X
UL 60950-1 CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
EN 60079-15:2005, EN 60079-0:2006, II 3 G Ex nA II T4
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145X
UL 60950-1 CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes


24 V DC screw terminal included in scope of delivery
24 V DC screw terminal included in scope of delivery
approvals
Standard
for hazardous zone
CE mark
C-Tick
CCC
Railway application
e1 approval
E1 approval
NEMA4X
IEEE802.3af

IEEE 802.11a
IEEE 802.11b
IEEE 802.11g
IEEE 802.11h
IEEE 802.11n
Wireless approval
Accessories
Accessories
6/86
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Ordering data
Article No.
More information
SCALANCE W786C Controller access points
Selection tools:
IWLAN access points

wireless networks
up to 450 Mbit/s;
WPA2/AES;
(-40 C to +60 C);
scope of delivery:
Mounting hardware,
manual on CD-ROM;
German/English
with six internal antennas
with R-SMA female connections
for six external antennas

Wireless approvals:
6GK5786-2HC00-1AA0
6GK5786-2FC00-1AA0
Accessories
6GK5791-2DC00-0AA0
12 to 24 V DC power supply for

installation in SCALANCE W786C-2
products;
in German/English
6GK5791-2AC00-0AA0

products;
in German/English
MS1 mounting set
6GK5798-8MG00-0AA0
Mounting set for fixing the

SCALANCE W786C-2 products
onto an S7-300 mounting rail or a
35 mm standard mounting rail
IE FC RJ-45 Plug 4 x 2
Ethernet (10/100/1 000 Mbit/s) with
a rugged metal enclosure and
180 cable outlet;
Ethernet interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB11-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AE0
6XV1878-2A

with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
6GK1901-1GA00

Ethernet FC cables
IWLAN accessories

accessories
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/87
Siemens AG 2014

SCALANCE W786C SFP controller access points for outdoor use
Overview
Design
Two slots for SFP plug-in transceivers (optical 2-port switch)
(depending on the SFP plug-in transceiver used)
in the device
operating statuses
SCALANCE W786C-2 SFP controller-based access points

Controller
Particularly well-suited to applications with demanding
climatic requirements when installed outdoors and in areas
accessible to the public
with power supplies
100-240 V AC or
2 SFP slots with

integrated 2-port
switch
6 x connections
for antennas R-SMA
(female)
nprXWZWZ[Z
Design and interfaces of the SCALANCE W786C-2 controller-based

access points
Product versions
SCALANCE W786C-2 SFP (controller-based)
6/88
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5786-2FE00-1AA0
Article No.
6GK5786-2FE00-1AA0
SCALANCE W786C-2 SFP
Transmission rate
Transfer rate
with W-LAN maximum
note
Supply voltage,
450 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
-
Interfaces
for power supply
for power supply
1
0
adapter (4-pole 24 V DC or 3-pole
110 to 230 V AC)

Design of optical interface for

SFP slot

Design of optical interface for

SFP slot

C-PLUG
No
Interfaces wireless
installed

external antenna(s)

Supply voltage
and IEEE802.3af
supply
- with AC
- with DC
Current consumed
typical
typical
DC
19.2 V
28.8 V
-
100 240 V
12 24 V
-

external antenna(s)
No
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/89
Siemens AG 2014


Article No.
6GK5786-2FE00-1AA0
Article No.
6GK5786-2FE00-1AA0

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
approvals
-40 +60 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
Standard
for EMC from FM

maximum
100 %
for hazardous zone
Protection class IP
IP65

operation mode

100 to 240 V AC, an operating
temperature of -40 C to +60 C
is permissible
CE mark
C-Tick
CCC
with EN 50155
e1 approval
E1 approval
NEMA4X
IEEE802.3af

251 mm
251 mm
72 mm
Net weight
2.24 kg
Yes
Mounting type
For mast mounting, 35 mm DIN rail

mounting and S7-300 rail mounting,
an additional support plate is
required
Radio frequency
for WLAN in 2.4 GHz
frequency band
for WLAN in 5 GHz
frequency band
2.41 2.48 GHz

4.9 5.8 GHz
Wireless approval

components general
Product function
Access Point Mode
Client Mode
Yes
No
Number of SSIDs
16

configuration
Product function
controller
6/90
Siemens IK PI 2015

IEEE 802.11a
IEEE 802.11b
IEEE 802.11g
IEEE 802.11h
IEEE 802.11n
Yes
Yes

Group IIC, T4
ATEX 0145X
UL 60950-1 CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
of countries at:
Accessories
Accessories

scope of delivery
Siemens AG 2014

Ordering data
Article No.
More information
SCALANCE W786C-2 SFP controller access points
Selection tools:
IWLAN access points

with two built-in wireless interfaces
and one integral 2-port switch
(SFP slots);
wireless networks
(-40 C to +60 C);
scope of delivery:
Mounting hardware,
manual on CD-ROM;
German/English
with six internal antennas

Wireless approvals:
6GK5786-2FE00-1AA0
Accessories
6GK5791-2DC00-0AA0

products;
in German/English
6GK5791-2AC00-0AA0

products;
in German/English
MS1 mounting set
6GK5798-8MG00-0AA0
Mounting set for fixing the

SCALANCE W786C-2 products
onto an S7-300 mounting rail or a
35 mm standard mounting rail
IWLAN accessories

accessories

SFP992-1
6GK5992-1AL00-8AA0
Gigabit, multimode, 750 m

SFP992-1LD
6GK5992-1AM00-8AA0
SFP992-1LH
6GK5992-1AN00-8AA0
SFP992-1LH+
6GK5992-1AP00-8AA0
Fiber-optic cables
See glass fiber-optic cables
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/91
Siemens AG 2014

IWLAN Client Modules IEEE 802.11n
Overview
Overview
Benefits
The client modules from the SCALANCE W700 product lines are
optimal for integrating Industrial Ethernet stations into Industrial
Wireless LANs (IWLANs) for 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz.
High data rates (up to 450 Mbit/s in connection with Channel
Bonding) as per IEEE802.11n
Reliable wireless link by using of MIMO technology (Multiple
Input, Multiple Output). For this, SCALANCE W Client Modules
use up to three streams for simultaneous sending and
receiving.
SCALANCE W700 Client Modules are suitable for any application: for installation indoors without a control cabinet and for
installation in a control cabinet
Reliable thanks to a rugged enclosure, protected from water
and dust (up to IP65), resistant to shock, vibration and electromagnetic fields
Demanding applications with real-time and redundancy
requirements, such as PROFINET with PROFIsafe
Conformant to standards through supporting IEEE802.11;
expanded software functions especially for use where
increased reliability is required, e.g. cyclic real-time data
traffic and very high-speed roaming (iPCF, iPCF-MC)
Configuration support by means of wizards and online help;
easy management via Web server and SNMP
and networks can be configured using STEP 7 (TIA Portal).
For cyclic monitoring, diagnostics and documentation
(reporting) in network mode, the SINEMA Server software is
recommended.
Enabling of further functions using the KEY-PLUG swap
medium (iPCF, iPCF-MC)
Fast replacement of devices if a fault occurs thanks to use of
optional KEY-PLUG/C-PLUG (Configuration Plug) swap
medium
6/92
Siemens IK PI 2015

Reliable wireless link, e.g. by using MIMO technology and
monitoring the wireless link
Cost savings due to one single wireless network both for
process-critical data and for non-critical communication
Future-proof because all products are compatible with the
internationally recognized WLAN standard IEEE 802.11,
suitable for license-free 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz frequency bands
(ISM bands)
Implementation of data-intensive applications such as video
streaming
Reduced operating costs, because there is no wear and tear
on rotating and moving plant sections
Cost-effective connection to devices which are remote,
difficult to access or installed in hostile environments
Investment protection because flexible feature expansions
(iFeatures) are possible by using the KEY-PLUG
Siemens AG 2014

Overview
Application
The client modules of the SCALANCE W700 product line are
designed for indoor and outdoor industrial applications as well
as for low-cost integration in control cabinets or mobile machines. They provide a reliable wireless link with fast handover
from one access point to the next (roaming). This allows processes to be monitored and loss of production due to machine
downtimes to be avoided. Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN) can
also be used in time-critical applications in factory automation
(PROFINET IO) or for safety-related signals (PROFIsafe).
SCALANCE W products are silicone-free and can therefore
also be used in paint shops. The client modules with high IP65
degree of protection and extended temperature range from
-20 to +60 C are especially suitable for industrial applications.
The client modules are especially suitable for use in automated
guided vehicle systems or suspended monorails.
When using the RCoax cable (radiating cable), operation is
particularly reliable in conveyor systems and all track applications (e.g. storage and retrieval systems, suspended monorail).
Automated guided vehicle systems and suspended
monorails;
prevents wear and offers high flexibility for traffic routing
thanks to the wireless transfer of data to the vehicles. It is also
possible to transfer PROFIsafe via IWLAN.
Cranes;
high flexibility due to access to data communication with the
moving unit independent of the location
Tunnel application;
reliable wireless link since the devices can handle multiple
path propagation better by using the MIMO technology
Communication with moving stations (e.g. mobile controls and
devices), container logistics, storage and retrieval machines,
conveyor systems, conveyor belts, rotating machines, trucks
Wireless coupling of communication segments and bridging
of large distances for fast commissioning and cost-effective
networks in applications where cable routing would be
extremely expensive (e.g. on public roads, rivers, lakes, train
lines)
Function
SCALANCE W700 client modules make it possible for a node
with an Industrial Ethernet interface (e.g. a controller) to move
seamlessly and with no wear and tear in an Industrial Wireless
LAN RF field. The node logs on in the RF field via the client module and can exchange information with the entire data network.
If the client module moves, for example, on an automated
guided vehicle system, it is automatically and transparently
handed over from one access point to the next (roaming).
This is possible over distances of up to 30 m indoors (approx.
100 m outdoors). Additional directional antennas can be used
outdoors to achieve ranges of several thousand meters.
Apart from a reliable wireless link, a major feature of the
SCALANCE W700 client modules is their support of IT mechanisms:
IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n for different frequency ranges
IEEE802.11e for wireless multimedia (WMM)
IEEE802.11i for security
Syslog server
Modern security mechanisms (e.g. network security such as
IEEE 802.1x, RADIUS, EAP mechanisms)
Security
A high degree of data security is achieved by means of the
WPA2/IEEE 802.11i mechanisms. These define modern procedures that control a regular exchange of the complete 128-bit
key as well as performing the access check (authentication) of
a node. The Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) is available
for data encryption.
On top of this, access to the devices (HTTPS) is encrypted and
a secure logon (SSH) is possible. If a security concept in combination with SCALANCE S is required, the security requirements
can be increased using Virtual Private Networks (VPN).
Functional scope
Depending on the product version, the SCALANCE W700 client
modules can manage the wireless connection for up to eight
connected devices with Ethernet interface. It is possible for
mobile units with a small Ethernet network (up to eight devices)
to be linked into an IWLAN RF field.
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/93
Siemens AG 2014

Overview
iFeatures (only in conjunction with KEY-PLUG or
SCALANCE W722-1 RJ45))
iPCF (industrial Point Coordination Function):
The iPCF mode is a good choice for applications with requirements for real-time and predictable response times (deterministic response), even when mobile nodes are roaming from
one access point to the next. This ensures that wireless
PROFINET IO is supported and that safety-related signals,
e.g. emergency stop, can be linked into the RF field.
The iPCF mechanism expands the IEEE 802.11 standard and

must be available on both the client module and the access
point. In an RF field in which iPCF is used, no IEEE 802.11-compliant nodes can be operated.
iPCF is recommended for applications where wireless network
nodes move along predefined paths (e.g. suspended monorail).
RCoax radiating cables or directional antennas must be used for
this purpose.
Client Module
SCALANCE
W722-1 RJ45
Panel PC
WinAC
Client Module
SCALANCE
W722-1 RJ45
Panel PC
Client Module
SCALANCE
W722-1 RJ45
Access Point
SCALANCE
W784-1RR in
the cabinet
Panel PC
WinAC
WinAC
IWLAN RCoax Cable
IWLAN RCoax Cable
G_IK10_XX_30172
Access Point
SCALANCE
W784-1RR in
the cabinet
Linking in an automated guided vehicle system using iPCF with the SCALANCE W722-1 RJ45
iPCF-MC (iPCF Management Channel) 1):

iPCF-MC is available as a further development of iPCF.
This mode should be used if IWLAN stations that also support
iPCF-MC move freely about in the coverage area (especially
when using omni-directional antennas) and are to exchange
data deterministically. This functionality can only be achieved in
connection with access points with two wireless interfaces and
the KEY PLUG.
Note:
These iFeatures cannot be used in parallel.
1)
Available soon
6/94
Siemens IK PI 2015
Diagnostics and management

Web-based (HTTP/HTTPS) management tool for configuration
and diagnostics using a standard browser
LEDs for signaling operating status and fault/error states
Signaling of faults by means of SNMP trap or e-mail to a
network management tool
and networks can be configured using STEP 7 (TIA Portal).
For cyclic monitoring, diagnostics and documentation
(reporting) in network mode, the SINEMA Server software is
recommended.
Siemens AG 2014

Suitable for applications where the client module is to be

Design
3 x R-SMA sockets for the connection of directly mountable
and remote antennas (6 x R-SMA sockets for the variants with
two wireless modules)
operating statuses
Digital input for feeding in a signal from a sensor, for example,
to an SNMP-based network management system
Digital output for converting a command received over SNMP
into a signal and switching a hardware function
PLUG
slot
Terminal block for
digital input/output
24 V DC
connection
RJ45 connection
(Gigabit)
*B,.B;;B
Overview
Design and interfaces of the SCALANCE W748-1 RJ45 client modules
Product versions
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/95
Siemens AG 2014

Function
S7-400
Radio cell 1
Radio cell 2
Industrial Ethernet
Field PG/
Notebook
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-2 M12
PC
Client Module
SCALANCE
W748-1 RJ45
SIMATIC HMI
SCALANCE
X208
S7-300
SCALANCE
X208
Client Module
SCALANCE
W748-1 RJ45
SIMATIC HMI
PC
S7-300
The controllers log on via the Ethernet client modules W748-1

RJ45 in the RF field and can move around freely there. This, for
example, makes it possible to operate an automated guided
vehicle system.
6/96
Siemens IK PI 2015
SIMATIC HMI
PC
SCALANCE
X208
Mobile controls in an automated guided vehicle system
SIMATIC HMI
S7-300
G_IK10_XX_30347
Client Module
SCALANCE
W748-1 RJ45
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-2 M12
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5748-1FC00-0AA0
6GK5748-1FC00-0AB01)
Article No.
6GK5748-1FC00-0AA0
6GK5748-1FC00-0AB01)
450 Mbit/s
10 1 000 Mbit/s
-

10.7 W
10.7 W
10.7 W
typical
Transmission rate
Transmission rate
with W-LAN maximum
note
Interfaces
for power supply
for power supply
C-PLUG
1
1
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
RJ45 socket
90 %
Yes
Protection class IP
IP30

operation mode

the product must be installed in an
with EN 60529.
Interfaces wireless
installed


R-SMA (socket)

Yes
Signal range
at digital input
1
1

24 V DC /1 A

Supply voltage
IEEE802.3af

200 mm
158 mm
79 mm
Net weight
1.7 kg
Yes
Mounting type
Radio frequency
for WLAN in 2.4 GHz
frequency band
for WLAN in 5 GHz
frequency band
2.41 2.48 GHz

4.9 5.8 GHz

components general
DC
19.2 V
28.8 V
48 V
50 V
Current consumed
0.45 A
IEEE802.3af typical
1)
-20 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
Product function
Access Point Mode
Client Mode
No
Yes
Number of SSIDs
Product function
iPCF Access Point
iPCF client
iPCF-MC client
Yes
in preparation

modules
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/97
Siemens AG 2014


Article No.
6GK5748-1FC00-0AA0
6GK5748-1FC00-0AB01)

configuration
ICMP
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
in preparation
in preparation
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

cation designation
Product function
SysLog
in preparation
Yes

IWLAN
6GK5748-1FC00-0AA0
6GK5748-1FC00-0AB01)

in client
Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
in the TIA Portal
controller
WDS
Article No.
No

Product function
DHCP client
Yes
Product function
ACL - MAC-based
NAT/NAPT
access protection according to
IEEE802.11i
WPA/WPA2
TKIP/AES
SNTP
SIMATIC Time
6/98
Siemens IK PI 2015
Yes
Yes
Yes
Standards, specifications, approvals

Standard
for hazardous zone

CE mark
C-Tick
CCC
with EN 50155
e1 approval
E1 approval
NEMA4X
IEEE802.3af
IEEE 802.11a
IEEE 802.11b
IEEE 802.11e
IEEE 802.11g
IEEE 802.11h
IEEE 802.11i
IEEE 802.11n
Wireless approval

ATEX 0145X
UL 60950-1 CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
of countries at:
Accessories
Accessories
1)
Yes
Yes

Yes
Yes
No
Yes
24 V DC screw terminal and screw

terminal for digital input and output
included in the scope of delivery
Siemens AG 2014

Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
SCALANCE W748 client modules
Accessories

wireless networks
IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h/n
at 2.4/5 GHz up to 450 Mbps;
WPA2/AES;
(-20 C to +60 C);
scope of supply:
Mounting hardware,
4-pin screw terminal for digital input
and output;
manual on CD-ROM;
German/English
C-PLUG
6GK1900-0AB00


For managing the wireless connection of up to eight linked devices
with Industrial Ethernet connection;
National approvals
National approvals
for operation within the USA1)
6GK5907-4PA00

and for storage of configuration data;
Can be used in SCALANCE W client
modules with PLUG compartment
6GK5748-1FC00-0AA0
6GK5798-8ML00-0AB3

SCALANCE W788 RJ45;
6GK5748-1FC00-0AB0
RJ45 plug-in connector for Industrial

Ethernet (10/100/1 000 Mbps)
180 cable outlet;
interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB11-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB11-2AE0
6XV1878-2A

PROFINET-compliant;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
6GK1901-1GA00

Ethernet FC cables
IWLAN accessories
1)

accessories

More information
Selection tools:
Wireless approvals:


Siemens IK PI 2015
6/99
Siemens AG 2014

Overview
Design
Particularly suitable for industrial applications without control

cabinets

3 x N-Connect sockets for the connection of directly
mountable and remote antennas (6 x N-Connect sockets for
the variants with two wireless modules)
1 x PLUG slot (for KEY-PLUG/C-PLUG)
operating statuses
24 V DC
connection
PLUG slot
M12 connection
(Gigabit)
nprXWZWY_\
Design and interfaces of the SCALANCE W748-1 M12 client modules
Product versions
SCALANCE W748-1 M12
A radio card is permanently installed;
functional scope can be expanded by using a KEY-PLUG
W780 iFeatures
6/100
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Function
S7-400
Radio cell 1
Radio cell 2
Industrial Ethernet
Field PG/
Notebook
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-2 M12
Client Module
SCALANCE
W748-1 M12
PC
SCALANCE
X208
SIMATIC HMI
S7-300
Client Module
SCALANCE
W748-1 M12
SIMATIC HMI
PC
SCALANCE
X208
SIMATIC HMI
S7-300
SIMATIC HMI
PC
SCALANCE
X208
S7-300
G_IK10_XX_30282
Client Module
SCALANCE
W748-1 M12
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-2 M12
Mobile controls in an automated guided vehicle system
The controllers log on in the RF field via the Ethernet client

modules W748-1 M12, which are mounted directly on the
vehicle, and can move around freely within this field. This, for
example, makes it possible to operate an automated guided
vehicle system.
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/101
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5748-1GD00-0AA0
6GK5748-1GD00-0AB01)
SCALANCE W748-1 M12
450 Mbit/s
10 1 000 Mbit/s
-
Interfaces
for power supply
for power supply
1
1
1
SCALANCE W748-1 M12
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport

Yes
-20 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C

maximum
100 %
Protection class IP
IP65

operation mode

the product must be installed in an
with EN 60529.
M12 interface (4-pole, A-coded), PoE
Interfaces wireless
M12 interface (8-pole, A-coded), PoE


C-PLUG
6GK5748-1GD00-0AA0
6GK5748-1GD00-0AB01)
Transmission rate
Transmission rate
with W-LAN maximum
note
Article No.

200 mm
176 mm
79 mm
Net weight
1.7 kg
Yes
Mounting type

installed


N-Connect (socket)
Radio frequency
2.41 2.48 GHz
band

Yes

components general
Supply voltage,
Supply voltage
IEEE802.3af
DC
19.2 V
28.8 V
48 V
Active power loss

10.7 W
IEEE802.3af typical
6/102
Siemens IK PI 2015
No
Yes
Number of SSIDs
Product function
iPCF Access Point
iPCF client
iPCF-MC client
Yes
in preparation

modules
50 V
Current consumed
0.45 A
IEEE802.3af typical
1)
Product function
Access Point Mode
Client Mode
Siemens AG 2014


Article No.
6GK5748-1GD00-0AA0
6GK5748-1GD00-0AB01)
SCALANCE W748-1 M12

configuration
ICMP
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
in preparation
in preparation
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes
Product function
SysLog
SCALANCE W748-1 M12
SNTP
SIMATIC Time
Yes
Yes
approvals
Standard
for hazardous zone

CE mark
C-Tick
CCC
with EN 50155
e1 approval
E1 approval
NEMA4X
IEEE802.3af
IEEE 802.11a
IEEE 802.11b
IEEE 802.11e
IEEE 802.11g
IEEE 802.11h
IEEE 802.11i
IEEE 802.11n
Wireless approval
in preparation
Yes

ATEX 0145X
UL 60950-1 CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
of countries at:
Accessories
Accessories

IWLAN
6GK5748-1GD00-0AA0
6GK5748-1GD00-0AB01)

in client
Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
in the TIA Portal
controller
WDS
Article No.
No

Product function
DHCP client
via LAN
Yes
No


Product function
ACL - MAC-based
NAT/NAPT
IEEE802.11i
WPA/WPA2
TKIP/AES
1)
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/103
Siemens AG 2014

Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
SCALANCE W748 client modules
Accessories

wireless networks
up to 450 Mbps;
WPA2/AES;
(-20 C to +60 C);
scope of supply:
Mounting hardware;
manual on CD-ROM,
German/English
C-PLUG
6GK1900-0AB00

SCALANCE W748-1 M12

For managing the wireless
connection of up to eight linked
devices with Industrial Ethernet
connection
National approvals
National approvals
6GK5907-4PA00

and for storage of configuration data;
Can be used in SCALANCE W client
6GK5748-1GD00-0AA0
6GK5748-1GD00-0AB0
6GK5798-8ML00-0AB3

for SCALANCE W788 M12 and
SCALANCE W788 RJ45;

(X-coded, IP65/IP67),
metal enclosure,
1 unit
8 units
6GK1901-0DB30-6AA0
6GK1901-0DB30-6AA8
6XV1878-2A

PROFINET-compliant;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
6GK1901-1GA00

Ethernet FC cables
6GK1 907-0DC10-6AA3
Terminal socket for connection

of SCALANCE W700 for 24 V DC
supply voltage;
4-pole, A-coded,
6XV1 812-8A

sold by the meter
IWLAN accessories
1)

accessories

More information
Selection tools:
Wireless approvals:


6/104
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Overview
Client modules in SIMATIC design suitable for applications

where the device is to be mounted in the control cabinet
Design
networking
remote antennas
2 x RJ45 connector for 10/100 Mbit/s, of which one connector
has Power-over-Ethernet compliant with IEEE 802.3at
operating statuses
cabinet (e.g. ET 200MP, etc.)
PLUG slot and
reset button
R-SMA (female)
24 V DC connection
2x RJ45 connection
10/100 Mbit/s with
integrated 2 port
switch;
1 port supports PoE
IEEE 802.3at
nprXWZWZZY
SIMATIC ET 200MP station with SCALANCE W734 RJ45
Design and interfaces of the SCALANCE W734 RJ45 client modules
Product versions
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/105
Siemens AG 2014

Function
Radio cell
RCoax Cable
Access Point
Antenna
ANT792-4DN
Use of the SCALANCE W734-1 RJ45 in a suspended monorail
6/106
Siemens IK PI 2015
G_IK10_XX_30171
Hanger 5
Hanger 4
Hanger 3
Hanger 2
Hanger 1

Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6GK5734-1FX00-0AA0
6GK5734-1FX00-0AB01)
300 Mbit/s
10 100 Mbit/s
-
Interfaces
for power supply
for power supply
6GK5734-1FX00-0AA0
6GK5734-1FX00-0AB01)
Transmission rate
Transmission rate
with W-LAN maximum
note
Article No.
2
1
1
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
97 %
Protection class IP
IP30

operation mode

W774-1 RJ45 or W734-1 RJ45 product must be installed in an enclosure.
with EN 60529.
RJ45 socket



C-PLUG
Yes
Interfaces wireless
26 mm
147 mm
127 mm
Net weight
0.52 kg
Yes
Mounting type

installed

external antenna(s)
Radio frequency
for WLAN in 2.4 GHz
frequency band
for WLAN in 5 GHz
frequency band

external antenna(s)
Yes
Supply voltage
IEEE802.3af
2.41 2.48 GHz

4.9 5.8 GHz

-20 +60 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
DC
19.2 V
28.8 V
48 V
Current consumed
0.25 A
IEEE802.3af typical
Product function
Access Point Mode
Client Mode
No
Yes
Number of SSIDs
Product function
iPCF Access Point
iPCF client
iPCF-MC client
Yes
Yes

modules

6W
IEEE802.3af typical
1)
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/107
Siemens AG 2014


Article No.
6GK5734-1FX00-0AA0
6GK5734-1FX00-0AB01)

configuration
ICMP
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
in preparation
in preparation
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

in preparation
No
Yes
Product function
ACL - MAC-based
ACL-IP based
NAT/NAPT
IEEE802.11i
WPA/WPA2
TKIP/AES
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

SNTP
SIMATIC Time
Yes
Yes
approvals
Standard
for hazardous zone
CE mark
C-Tick
CCC
with EN 50155
e1 approval
E1 approval
NEMA4X
IEEE802.3af
No
Yes
No
Wireless approval

Product function
DHCP client
via LAN

IEEE 802.11a
IEEE 802.11b
IEEE 802.11e
IEEE 802.11g
IEEE 802.11h
IEEE 802.11i
IEEE 802.11n

IWLAN

-

cation designation
Product function
SysLog
6GK5734-1FX00-0AA0
6GK5734-1FX00-0AB01)

in client
Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
in the TIA Portal
controller
WDS
Article No.
in preparation
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
of countries at:
Accessories
Accessories
1)
6/108
Siemens IK PI 2015

Siemens AG 2014

Ordering data
Article No.
More information
SCALANCE W734 Client Modules
Selection tools:

wireless networks
up to 300 Mbit/s;
WPA2/AES;
(-20 C to +60 C);
scope of delivery:
Mounting hardware,
manual on CD-ROM;
German/English

Wireless approvals:

for managing the wireless connection of up to eight linked devices
National approvals
National approvals
6GK5734-1FX00-0AA0
6GK5734-1FX00-0AB0
Accessories
6GK5907-4PA00

can be used in SCALANCE W client
C-PLUG
6GK1900-0AB00

insulation-displacement contacts
interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
6XV1840-2AH10

cable for connection to IE FC outlet
RJ45 plug / IE FC RJ45 plug;
PROFINET-compliant;
with UL approval
Sold by the meter
max. quantity 1 000 m
minimum order 20 m
6GK1901-1GA00

Ethernet FC cables
IWLAN accessories
1)
See Industrial Wireless

LAN/accessories

http://www.siemens.com/wireless approvals
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/109
Siemens AG 2014

Overview
Design
networking
operating statuses
Low-cost Client Module, suitable for applications where the

Equipped with iFeatures
R-SMA (female)
24 V DC connection
(rear)
Reset button
RJ45 connection for

nprXWZWZZX
Product versions
A wireless card permanently installed in the device;
suitable for establishing wireless connections with iFeatures
SIMATIC ET 200SP station with SCALANCE W722 RJ45
6/110
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Function
Client Module
SCALANCE
W722-1 RJ45
Panel PC
Client Module
SCALANCE
W722-1 RJ45
Panel PC
WinAC
Client Module
SCALANCE
W722-1 RJ45
Access Point
SCALANCE
W784-1RR in
the cabinet
Panel PC
WinAC
WinAC
IWLAN RCoax Cable
IWLAN RCoax Cable
G_IK10_XX_30172
Access Point
SCALANCE
W784-1RR in
the cabinet
Integration of an automated guided vehicle system using iPCF with the SCALANCE W722-1 RJ45
Article No.
6GK5722-1FC00-0AA0
6GK5722-1FC00-0AB01)
Article No.
6GK5722-1FC00-0AA0
6GK5722-1FC00-0AB01)
Transmission rate
Transmission rate
with W-LAN maximum
note
Supply voltage,
150 Mbit/s
10 100 Mbit/s
-
Interfaces
for power supply
for power supply
1
1
0
RJ45 socket



C-PLUG
No
Interfaces wireless
installed


R-SMA (socket)

Yes
1)

Supply voltage
and IEEE802.3af
DC
19.2 V
28.8 V
-
Current consumed
0.15 A
typical
3.6 W
typical
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/111
Siemens AG 2014


Article No.
6GK5722-1FC00-0AA0
6GK5722-1FC00-0AB01)

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
0 55 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
Protection class IP
IP20

operation mode

W761-1 RJ45 or W72x-1 RJ45 product must be installed in an enclosure.
with EN 60529.

50 mm
114 mm
74 mm
Net weight
0.13 kg
No
Radio frequency
2.41 2.48 GHz
band
Product function
Access Point Mode
Client Mode
No
Yes
Number of SSIDs
Product function
iPCF Access Point
iPCF client
iPCF-MC client
Yes
Yes
Number of iPCF-capable radio modules
6GK5722-1FC00-0AA0
6GK5722-1FC00-0AB01)

configuration

95 %
Article No.

in client
Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
in the TIA Portal
controller
WDS
ICMP
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
in preparation
in preparation
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No

Yes
Product function
Link Check
connection monitoring IP-Alive
SysLog
No
No
No
No
Yes

IWLAN
No

Product function
DHCP client
Yes
6/112
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014


Article No.
6GK5722-1FC00-0AA0
6GK5722-1FC00-0AB01)

Product function
ACL - MAC-based
ACL-IP based
NAT/NAPT
IEEE802.11i
WPA/WPA2
TKIP/AES
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
CE mark
C-Tick
CCC
with EN 50155
e1 approval
E1 approval
NEMA4X
IEEE802.3af
IEEE 802.11a
IEEE 802.11b
IEEE 802.11e
IEEE 802.11g
IEEE 802.11h
IEEE 802.11i
IEEE 802.11n
Wireless approval
IWLAN Ethernet Client Modules

with iFeatures support and built-in
wireless interface; wireless networks
(0 C to +55 C);
scope of delivery:
Mounting hardware,
manual on CD-ROM;
German/English
for administration of the wireless

connection with iFeatures from
a connected device with Industrial
Ethernet connection
National approvals
National approvals
6GK5722-1FC00-0AA0
6GK5722-1FC00-0AB0
Accessories
approvals
Standard
for hazardous zone

Yes
Yes

SNTP
SIMATIC Time
Ordering data

in preparation
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

enclosure and integrated insulationdisplacement contacts for connecting
Industrial Ethernet FC installation
cables;
interface
1 pack = 1 unit
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
6XV1840-2AH10

PROFINET-compliant;
with UL approval
Sold by the meter
max. quantity 1 000 m
minimum order 20 m
6GK1901-1GA00

Ethernet FC cables
IWLAN accessories

accessories

of countries at:
Accessories
Accessories
1)

1)

More information
Selection tools:
Wireless approvals:
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/113
Siemens AG 2014

Overview
Design
networking
operating statuses
Low-cost Client Module, suitable for applications where the

R-SMA (female)
24 V DC connection
(rear)
Reset button
RJ45 connection for

Product versions
A wireless card permanently installed in the device;
6/114
Siemens IK PI 2015
nprXWZWZZX
Siemens AG 2014

Integration
Antenna
ANT793-4MN
Antenna
ANT793-4MN
IWLAN RCoax
radiating cable
Antenna
ANT793-4MN
Storage retrieval
machine
SCALANCE
W721-1 RJ45
and ET 200SP
IWLAN RCoax
radiating cable
Storage retrieval
machine
SCALANCE
W721-1 RJ45
and ET 200SP
IWLAN RCoax
radiating cable
Control cabinet
and SCALANCE XB005
Storage retrieval
machine
SCALANCE
W721-1 RJ45
and ET 200SP
IWLAN RCoax
radiating cable
Antenna
cable
Antenna
cable
Antenna
cable
SCALANCE
W761-1 RJ45
SCALANCE
W761-1 RJ45
SCALANCE
W761-1 RJ45
G_IK10_XX_30334
Storage retrieval
machine
SCALANCE
W721-1 RJ45
and ET 200SP
Antenna
cable
Antenna
ANT793-4MN
Storage and retrieval systems in high-bay warehouses automated with SCALANCE W721-1 RJ45, W761-1 RJ45 and RCoax
Article No.
6GK5721-1FC00-0AA0
6GK5721-1FC00-0AB01)
Transmission rate
Transmission rate
with W-LAN maximum
note

for power supply
150 Mbit/s
10 100 Mbit/s
-
1
1
0

installed


R-SMA (socket)

Yes
RJ45 socket



C-PLUG
No
1)
6GK5721-1FC00-0AA0
6GK5721-1FC00-0AB01)
Interfaces wireless
Interfaces
for power supply
Article No.
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/115
Siemens AG 2014


Article No.
6GK5721-1FC00-0AA0
6GK5721-1FC00-0AB01)
Supply voltage,
Supply voltage
and IEEE802.3af
DC
19.2 V
28.8 V
-

3.6 W
typical
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
6GK5721-1FC00-0AA0
6GK5721-1FC00-0AB01)

components general
Current consumed
0.15 A
typical
Article No.
0 55 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C

maximum
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20

operation mode

W761-1 RJ45 or W72x-1 RJ45 product must be installed in an enclosure.
with EN 60529.

50 mm
114 mm
74 mm
Net weight
0.13 kg
No
Radio frequency
2.41 2.48 GHz
band
Product function
Access Point Mode
Client Mode
No
Yes
Number of SSIDs
Product function
iPCF Access Point
iPCF client
iPCF-MC client

modules

configuration
in client
Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
in the TIA Portal
controller
WDS
ICMP
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
TFTP
SNMP v1
SNMP v2
SNMP v3
DCP
LLDP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
in preparation
in preparation
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No

Yes
Product function
SysLog
No
No
Yes

IWLAN
No

Product function
DHCP client
via LAN
6/116
Siemens IK PI 2015
Yes
No
Siemens AG 2014


Article No.
6GK5721-1FC00-0AA0
6GK5721-1FC00-0AB01)

Product function
ACL - MAC-based
ACL-IP based
NAT/NAPT
access protection
WPA/WPA2
TKIP/AES
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

SNTP
SIMATIC Time
Yes
Yes
approvals
Standard
for hazardous zone
CE mark
C-Tick
CCC
Railway application
e1 approval
E1 approval
NEMA4X
Power-over-Ethernet
and IEEE802.3af
Power-over-Ethernet
IEEE 802.11a
IEEE 802.11b
IEEE 802.11e
IEEE 802.11g
IEEE 802.11h
IEEE 802.11i
IEEE 802.11n
Wireless approval
in preparation
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
No
No
Article No.

IWLAN Ethernet Client Modules with
built-in wireless interface; wireless
networks IEEE 802.11a/b/g/h/n at
2.4/5 GHz up to 150 Mbit/s;
WPA2/AES; IP20 degree of protection
(0 C to +55 C);
scope of delivery: Mounting
hardware, 3-pin screw terminal for
24V DC; manual on CD-ROM;
German/English
For administration of the wireless
connection from a connected device
outside the USA
within the USA 1)
6GK5721-1FC00-0AA0
6GK5721-1FC00-0AB0
Accessories
enclosure and integrated insulationdisplacement contacts for connecting Industrial Ethernet FC installation
cables; with a 180 cable outlet; for
network components and CPs/CPUs
with Industrial Ethernet interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
6XV1840-2AH10

PROFINET-compliant;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter; max. quantity
1 000 m, minimum order 20 m
6GK1901-1GA00

stripping of the Industrial Ethernet FC
cables
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
of countries at:
Accessories
Accessories
Ordering data


IWLAN accessories
1)

accessories

More information
Selection tools:
Wireless approvals:
1)
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/117
Siemens AG 2014

IWLAN Accessories
IWLAN antennas
Overview
Benefits
Investment protection thanks to compliance with the globally

recognized standard IEEE 802.11 and depending on the
version suitability for 2.4 GHz and/or 5 GHz
Cost-effective connection to devices in remote, difficult-toaccess, or hostile environments
Establishment of a reliable IWLAN wireless infrastructure
through the use of remote antennas, even if the access points
and client modules are installed in the cabinet, for example
Application
Remote antennas increase the reliability of wireless links by

optimizing the receiving and emission of signals.
Use in Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN) and WLAN in
accordance with IEEE 802.11 at 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz with
transmission rates of up to 450 Mbit/s
Coordinated range of antennas for the most diverse applications both indoors and outdoors
Antennas with two (dual-slant) or three (MIMO) connections
for increased data throughput and increased reliability of the
wireless connection thanks to selective use of multiple path
propagation
Suitable for use in hazardous areas (Zone 2); no special
approvals necessary
Separate antennas optimize the transmission and receiving

conditions and support the use of IWLAN products in a number
of industrial applications.
With sector antennas, for example, conveyor lines or corridors
can be specifically covered with radio links, or strongly
directional antennas can be used to implement point-to-point
connections over distances of up to several 1 000 meters.
Alternatively, an omnidirectional antenna concentrates the radio
field around the antenna in the shape of a disc, which enhances
the quality of the connection.
Antennas with two or three connections enable transmission of
the two to three streams usual with IEEE 802.11n, using just one
antenna. They are available both with omnidirectional and
directional characteristics.
Omnidirectional antennas
Coverage of an area which has at its center a pole for
mounting the antenna
Installation of the antenna on the roof in the case of automated
guided vehicle systems for reliable data exchange with the
vehicles
Wide-area coverage of a production cell or robot station
Sector antennas
Selective coverage of warehouse/high-bay warehouse aisles
with the help of a wide-angle antenna prevents interference
with neighboring wireless fields
Directional antennas
Communication between buildings over long distances with
the help of an antenna with narrow opening angle and high
gain
6/118
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

IWLAN Accessories
IWLAN antennas
ANT795-4MC
ANT795-4MD
ANT795-6MN
SCALANCE
W760/W720
SCALANCE
W770/W730
ANT795-4MA
2.4
SCALANCE
W780/W740
ANT792-8DN
ANT793-8DP
ANT793-8DJ
ANT793-8DK
RCoax
radiating
cables
2.4 GHz
ANT792-4DN
RCoax
radiating
cables
5 GHz
ANT793-4MN
Antennas
Frequency
range (GHz)
Type of antenna
SCALANCE
W760/W720
ANT792-6MN
directional
SCALANCE
W770/W730
2,4
2.4
and
und
5
SCALANCE
W780/W740
omnidirektional
omnidirectional
2,4
2.4
Antennen
Antennas
Frequency
Frequenz
(GHz) (GHz)
range
Antennenart
Type
of antenna
Design
2.4
Sektor
Sector
2,4
2.4
and
und
5
ANT793-6MN
ANT795-6DC
ANT793-6DG
ANT793-6DT
6
G_IK10_XX_30317
RCoax
ANT795-6MT
Omnidirectional and sector antennas
IWLAN directional antennas and RCoax radiating cable
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/119
Siemens AG 2014

IWLAN Accessories
IWLAN antennas
Function
Separate antennas are used to optimize the radio field for the
application. In industrial applications, this permits a reliable
radio link.
Antennas with multiple connections
(dual or MIMO antennas)
Antennas with two connections combine two individual
antennas, at 90 to each other, in a single antenna enclosure.
With these antennas, two data streams can be transferred
simultaneously thanks to the two different polarization levels.
Depending on the alignment of the polarization levels, these
antennas are referred to as dual-slant (rotated through +/-45)
or vertical-horizontal.
Antennas with three connections contain three individual emitters that can be combined in a single enclosure, either on different polarization levels (0, +/-45) or at a suitable distance from
each other. The MIMO antennas can transmit or receive three
data streams simultaneously using multiple path propagation.
Transmission of several data streams results in increased data
throughput and simultaneously a more reliable data transfer.
Directional effect
The suitable antenna is selected first by means of the wireless
field characteristic. A distinction is made between omnidirectional antennas and directional antennas.
Omnidirectional antennas
G_IK10_XX_30027
Horizontal
opening
angle
With omnidirectional antennas, the radio field is emitted in every

direction surrounding the antenna (horizontal opening angle:
360), but it weakens as the distance increases. There is a
concentration in the vertical direction which creates passive
amplification of the radio field. Many omnidirectional antennas
have extremely weak radiation directly below the antenna due to
their type of construction. This property can be seen in the
associated antenna diagram.
ANT795-4Mx
With these omnidirectional antennas, the radio field is concentrated at 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz in the vertical plane of the antenna.
All antennas of this type have an opening angle of 30 in the
vertical direction and an antenna gain of 3/5 dBi. They are
directly mounted on the R-SMA or N connector of the
SCALANCE W enclosure.
Siemens IK PI 2015
The ANT795-4MA antenna features an additional joint, an

R-SMA connector, and degree of protection IP30. It is therefore
optimally suitable for the SCALANCE W788 RJ45, W770 and
W760 Access Points and the SCALANCE W748 RJ45, W730 and
W720 Client Modules.
ANT792-6MN, ANT793-6MN
With these omnidirectional antennas, the radio field is concentrated at 2.4 GHz (ANT792-6MN) and 5 GHz (ANT793-6MN) in
the vertical plane of the antenna. The antennas have a gain of
6 dBi and 5 dBi respectively.
N-Connect is used as the connection plug and can be connected to SCALANCE W over an antenna connection cable from
the range of IWLAN cabling. Both antennas are supplied with a
mounting aid (metal bracket) that supports wall or mast mounting. The antennas are therefore ideally suited, for example, to
providing radio coverage for a place that has a mast at its center
on which they can be mounted.
ANT795-6MN, antenna mounting tool for ANT795-6MN
N-Connect is used as connection plug. The antenna can be

connected to SCALANCE W over an antenna connection cable
from the IWLAN cabling systems range. The antenna characteristic is such that good transmission properties also exist directly
above and below the antenna. It is designed for mounting on a
control cabinet or roof, but it can also be mounted under a roof,
so it is suitable, for example, for the mobile units of an automated
guided vehicle system. If it needs to be installed on a ceiling
under a roof, the optional antenna mounting tool for
ANT795-6MN is used.
Omnidirectional antenna
6/120
The ANT795-4MC and ANT 795-4MD antennas can be rotated

around only one axis, they have N-Connect connectors and
degree of protection IP65 and are used with the SCALANCE
W788 M12 Access Points and the SCALANCE W748 M12 Client
Modules.
With this omnidirectional antenna, the radio field is concentrated

at 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz in the vertical plane of the antenna. The
antenna has a gain of 6 dBi and 8 dBi respectively.
Vertical
opening
angle
ANT795-4MA, ANT795-4MC and ANT795-4MD
ANT795-6MT
This antenna is an omnidirectional MIMO antenna with three
QMA connections. The wireless field is concentrated at 2.4 GHz
and 5 GHz in the vertical plane of the antenna. The antenna has
a gain of 6 dBi.
The antenna characteristic is such that good transmission
properties also exist directly above and below the antenna. It is
designed for mounting on a roof or (together with the supplied
mounting bracket) under a ceiling, and it is thus suitable, for
example, for the mobile units of automated guided vehicle
systems.
The ANT795-6MT is connected to the SCALANCE W-780/W740
Access Points via QMA/N-Connect male/female IWLAN adapter
cables and the IWLAN flexible antenna connection cables in the
relevant length and connector version.
Siemens AG 2014

IWLAN Accessories
IWLAN antennas
ANT792-8DN, ANT793-8DP, ANT 793-8DJ and ANT793-8DK
Directional antennas
These strongly directional antennas enable genuine amplification of the radio field. The radio field is concentrated in a narrow
cone due to the narrow opening angle. High passive gains and
long ranges are therefore achieved.
Due to the high passive gain, the antennas are ideally suited to
bridging large distances.
The ANT792-8DN antenna is suitable for the 2.4 GHz frequency
band and has an antenna gain of 14 dBi.
Vertical
opening angle
ANT793-8DP is an antenna with a high gain (13.5 dBi) in a

compact enclosure. It is suitable for the frequency band from 4.9
to 5.35 GHz and therefore preferably for applications in Japan.
G_IK10_XX_30028
Horizontal
opening angle
ANT793-8DJ (18 dBi) and ANT793-8DK (23 dBi) are strongly

directional antennas with vertical-horizontal polarization. They
each have two N-Connect connections.
Antenna for SCALANCE W-700
Directional antenna
2,4 GHz
medium gain
5 GHz
high gain
very high
gain
2,4 + 5 GHz
D
Directivity
directional
antenna
omnidiM rectional
antenna
G_IK10_XX_30288
The radio field can be aligned at 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz using these
sector antennas. Each has an antenna gain of 9 dBi.
Gain
ANT795-6DC, ANT793-6DG and ANT793-6DT
ANT79
Frequency
With directional antennas, the radio field is emitted both in the

horizontal and vertical plane in the range of the opening angle.
It is concentrated in these areas and generates passive
amplification. Based on the opening angle, directional antennas
are divided into sector or wide-angle antennas (opening angle >
approx. 30) and strongly directional antennas.
Directional antennas are ideally suited to wall or mast mounting.
The supplied mounting aid is used for a targeted adjustment.
N-Connect is generally used as connection plug. The antenna
can be connected to SCALANCE W over an antenna connection
cable from the IWLAN cabling systems range.
The antenna name indicates the properties of the IWLAN antennas
Thanks to their characteristics, they are suitable, for example, for

providing wireless coverage for an area in front of a wall.
The ANT795-6DC antenna is suitable for both frequency bands
2.4 and 5 GHz. It has an N-Connect connection. Together with a
SCALANCE W780 or W770, two or three antennas of this type
can also be used for covering multiple sectors.
ANT793-6DG is a dual-slant antenna with two N-Connect connections for the 5 GHz frequency band.
ANT793-6DT is a MIMO antenna with three QMA connections for
the 5 GHz band.
The ANT795-6DT is connected to the SCALANCE W-780/W740
Access Points via QMA/N-Connect male/female IWLAN adapter
cables and the IWLAN flexible antenna connection cables in the
relevant length and connector version.
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/121
Siemens AG 2014

IWLAN Accessories
IWLAN antennas
Antennas especially for use with RCoax radiating cables
ANT792-4DN
These antennas have been specially developed for use with the
RCoax radiating cable. They are preferably used in environments in which nodes move within limited areas or exclusively
along predefined paths. Typical applications are suspended
monorails or high-bay racking systems where the antenna is
within the near field of the radiating cable.
The radio field is aligned at 2.4 GHz for this antenna. The antenna has a gain of 4 dBi. The polarization of the antenna is
circular, i.e. the receive path of the signals of both polarizations
is amplified equally well. Signal strength fluctuations are weaker
at 2.4 GHz.
ANT793-4MN
With this omni-directional antenna, the radio field is concentrated at 5 GHz in the vertical plane of the antenna. The antenna
has a gain of 6 dBi at 5.2 GHz and 5 dBi at 5.7 GHz. The polarization of the antenna is vertical (5/8 characteristic). N-Connect
is used as connection plug. The antenna can be connected to
SCALANCE W by means of an antenna connection cable from
the IWLAN cabling systems range.
N-Connect is used as connection plug. The antenna can be

connected to SCALANCE W by means of an antenna connection
cable from the IWLAN cabling systems range.
Integration
SCALANCE W774-1RJ45 with detached antenna (frontal)
SCALANCE W774-1RJ45 with detached antenna (lateral)
Antenne ANT793-6DG
6GK5 793-6DG00-0AA0
IWLAN RCoax Antenna

N-Connect/N-Connect
Female/Female
Panel Feedthrough
6GK5 798-2PP00-2AA6
Antenne ANT795-6MN
6GK5 795-6MN10-0AA6
IWLAN RCoax
N-Connect/N-Connect
Male/Male Flexible
Connection Cable
1m = 6XV1875-5AH10
IWLAN RCoax Antenna
N-Connect/N-Connect
Female/Female
Panel Feedthrough
6GK5 798-2PP00-2AA6
IWLAN RCoax N-Connect/R-SMA

Male/Male Flexible Connection Cable
1m = 6XV1 875-5CH10
5m = 6XV1 875-5CH50

1m = 6XV1 875-5CH10
5m = 6XV1 875-5CH50

6GK5 774-1FX00-0AA0 (RoW)
6GK5 774-1FX00-0AB0 (USA)

6GK5 774-1FX00-0AA0 (RoW)
6GK5 774-1FX00-0AB0 (USA)
G_IK10_XX_30316
IWLAN RCoax
N-Connect/N-Connect
Male/Male Flexible
Connection Cable
1m = 6XV1875-5AH10
Antenne ANT795-6MN
6GK5 795-6MN10-0AA6
Control cabinet
W774-1 RJ45 with remote antennas
6/122
Siemens IK PI 2015
Control cabinet
Siemens AG 2014

IWLAN Accessories
IWLAN antennas
Antenna ANT793-6MN connected to SCALANCE W761-1 RJ45 (frontal)
MIMO antenna ANT795-6MT connected to SCALANCE W788-2 M12

with N-Connect ports
Antenne ANT793-6MN
6GK5 793-6MN00-0AA6
IWLAN Antenna
ANT795-6MT
6GK5 795-6MT00-0AA0
IWLAN RCoax Antenna

N-Connect/N-Connect
Female/Female
Panel Feedthrough
6GK5 798-2PP00-2AA6
QMA/N-Connect
Male/Female
Flexible Connection Cable
6XV1 875-5JH10
(Scope of delivery: 3 items)
IWLAN RCoax
N-Connect/N-Connect
Male/Male Flexible
Connection Cable
1m = 6XV1875-5AH10
1m = 6XV1 875-5CH10
5m = 6XV1 875-5CH50
Lightning protector
6GK5 798-2LP10-2AA6
G_IK10_XX_30314

6GK5761-1FC00-0AA0 (RoW)
6GK5761-1FC00-0AB0 (USA)
IWLAN N-Connect/
N-Connect Male/Male
2 m = 6XV1 875-5AH20
Control cabinet
SCALANCE W788-2 M12

6GK5 788-2GD00-0AA0
G_IK10_XX_30315
SCALANCE W761-1 RJ45 and SCALANCE W788-2 M12 with remote antennas
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/123
Siemens AG 2014

IWLAN Accessories
IWLAN antennas
Dual Slant antenna ANT793-6DG connected to
SCALANCE W788-2 RJ45 with R-SMA ports
Dual Slant antenna ANT793-6DG connected to

SCALANCE W788-2 M12 with N-Connect ports
IWLAN Antenna
ANT793-6DG
6GK5 793-6DG00-0AA0
IWLAN N-Connect/N-Connect
Male/Male
1 m = 6XV1 875-5AH10
IWLAN N-Connect / R-SMA

Male/Male
5 m = 6XV1 875-5CH50
IWLAN Antenna
ANT793-6DG
6GK5 793-6DG00-0AA0
IWLAN N-Connect/N-Connect
Male/Male
1 m = 6XV1 875-5AH10
Lightning protector
6GK5 798-2LP10-2AA6
Lightning protector
6GK5 798-2LP10-2AA6
IWLAN N-Connect/
N-Connect
Female/Female
Panel Feedthrough
6GK5 798-2PP00-2AA6
IWLAN N-Connect/
N-Connect
Female/Female
Panel Feedthrough
6GK5 798-2PP00-2AA6
Resistance
6GK5 795-1TR10-0AA6
IWLAN N-Connect / N-Connect

Male/Male
5 m = 6XV1 875-5AH50
Resistance
6GK5 795-1TN00-1AA0
IWLAN N-Connect/
R-SMA Male/Male
0,3 m = 6XV1 875-5CE30

6GK5 788-2FC00-0AA0
SCALANCE W788-2 M12

6GK5 788-2GD00-0AA0
SCALANCE W788-1 RJ45 access points with dual slant antenna and SCALANCE W788-1 M12 with N-Connect connection
All antennas can be used with an N-Connect female connector.
6/124
Siemens IK PI 2015
G_IK10_XX_30272
Siemens AG 2014

IWLAN Accessories
IWLAN antennas
Article No.
6GK5795-4MC00-0AA3
6GK5795-4MD00-0AA3
6GK5795-4MA00-0AA3
Antenna ANT795-4MC
Antenna ANT795-4MD
Antenna ANT795-4MA
2.4 2.4835 GHz
2.4 2.4835 GHz
2.4 2.4835 GHz
5.15 5.35 GHz
5.15 5.35 GHz
5.15 5.35 GHz
5.725 5.85 GHz
5.725 5.85 GHz
5.725 5.85 GHz
Impedance
50
50
50
Polarization
linear vertical
linear vertical
linear vertical
Radiation characteristic
omnidirectional
omnidirectional
omnidirectional
Antenna gain compared to spherical

radiator with linear radiation

radiator with circular radiation

radiator of the WLAN antenna in the
2.4 GHz frequency band
3 dB
3 dB
3 dB

5 GHz frequency band
5 dB
5 dB
5 dB
360
-
360
-
360
-
360
-
360
-
360
-
Opening angle Note
Number of electrical connections of

antenna
Design of electrical connection of

antenna
N connector
N connector
R-SMA connector
Angle of inclination downward

maximum
Crosstalk attenuation between the

antenna connections
Front-to-back ratio
Transmit power maximum
Transmit power Note
Range with clear line of sight without

disturbance
Range Note
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
-20 +65 C
-20 +65 C
-20 +65 C
-
-20 +65 C
-20 +65 C
-20 +65 C
-
-20 +65 C
-20 +65 C
-20 +65 C
-
Protection class IP
IP65
IP65
IP30
Wind load maximum
Wind load Note
Radio frequency
for WLAN
in 2.4 GHz frequency band
for WLAN
in 5 GHz frequency band 1
for WLAN
Electrical data
Standing wave ratio VSWR maximum 2

Beam angle of antenna
in the 2.4 GHz frequency band
- horizontal
- vertical
in the 5 GHz frequency band
- horizontal
- vertical
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/125
Siemens AG 2014

IWLAN Accessories
IWLAN antennas

Article No.
6GK5795-4MC00-0AA3
6GK5795-4MD00-0AA3
6GK5795-4MA00-0AA3
Antenna ANT795-4MC
Antenna ANT795-4MD
Antenna ANT795-4MA
Width
Height
Depth
Diameter
35 mm
160 mm
13 mm
-
35 mm
160 mm
13 mm
-
35 mm
160 mm
13 mm
-
Net weight
26 g
26 g
26 g
Mounting type
mast mounting
wall mounting
roof mounting
Mounting type/ directly on the device
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Material of outer shell
Polycarbonate
Polycarbonate
Polycarbonate
RoHS conformity
Railway application
in accordance with EN 50124-1
Railway application
fire protection
UL approval
- note
Wireless approval
Current national approvals can be

found on the Internet under
Article No.
6GK5792-6MN00-0AA6
6GK5793-6MN00-0AA6
6GK5795-6MN10-0AA6
6GK5795-6MT00-0AA0
Antenna ANT792-6MN
Antenna ANT793-6MN
Antenna ANT795-6MN
Antenna ANT795-6MT
2.4 2.5 GHz
2.4 2.7 GHz
2.4 2.69 GHz
5.15 5.875 GHz
3.4 3.7 GHz
5.15 5.35 GHz
4.9 5.935 GHz
5.47 5.935 GHz
Impedance
50
50
50
50
Polarization
linear vertical
linear vertical
linear vertical
3 ports: linear vertical
omnidirectional
omnidirectional
omnidirectional
omnidirectional



6 dB
6 dB
5 dB

5 dB
8 dB
7 dB
1.5
1.8
1.5

components general
approvals
Radio frequency
for WLAN
for WLAN
for WLAN
Electrical data
Standing wave ratio VSWR maximum 1.8
6/126
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

IWLAN Accessories
IWLAN antennas

Article No.
6GK5792-6MN00-0AA6
6GK5793-6MN00-0AA6
6GK5795-6MN10-0AA6
6GK5795-6MT00-0AA0
Antenna ANT792-6MN
Antenna ANT793-6MN
Antenna ANT795-6MN
Antenna ANT795-6MT
360
30
360
-
360
-
360
25
150
-
360
-
Note the antenna diagram

regarding horizontal beam
angle

maximum

antenna connections
20 dB
Front-to-back ratio
25 W
6W
75 W
10 W
Transmit power Note
at 25 ambient temperature
Range with clear line of sight

without disturbance
200 m
200 m
200 m
Range Note
Note: The range can be considerably less, depending on

spatial factors, the wireless
standard used, the data rate,
and the antennas at the other
end
Note: The range can be considerably less, depending on

end
Note: The range can be considerably less, depending on

end
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-
-45 +70 C
-45 +70 C
-45 +70 C
-
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-
Protection class IP
IP65
IP65
IP65
IP65
Wind load maximum
3N
3.9 N
10 N
Wind load Note
at 160 km/h
at 160 km/h
at 160 km/h
Width
Height
Depth
Diameter
50 mm
40 mm
370 mm
-
16 mm
160 mm
16 mm
-
86 mm
43 mm
86 mm
-
282 mm
32 mm
92 mm
-
Net weight
300 g
300 g
300 g
320 g
Mounting type
mast mounting
wall mounting
roof mounting
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Glass fiber
Polypropylene
Polycarbonate
Polycarbonate

- horizontal
- vertical
- horizontal
- vertical
Opening angle Note

of antenna
of antenna

components general
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/127
Siemens AG 2014

IWLAN Accessories
IWLAN antennas

Article No.
6GK5792-6MN00-0AA6
6GK5793-6MN00-0AA6
6GK5795-6MN10-0AA6
6GK5795-6MT00-0AA0
Antenna ANT792-6MN
Antenna ANT793-6MN
Antenna ANT795-6MN
Antenna ANT795-6MT
RoHS conformity
Railway application
Railway application
fire protection
UL approval
- note
Yes
-
Yes
-
Railway application
in accordance with
NF-F-16-101, NF-F-16-102
Yes
Yes
Yes
Wireless approval
Current national approvals

can be found on the Internet
under www.siemens.com/
wireless-approvals

wireless-approvals

wireless-approvals

wireless-approvals
Article No.
6GK5795-6DC00-0AA0
6GK5793-6DG00-0AA0
6GK5793-6DT00-0AA0
Antenna ANT795-6DC
Antenna ANT793-6DG
Antenna ANT793-6DT
2.4 2.5 GHz
5.15 5.875 GHz
5.15 5.875 GHz
5.15 5.875 GHz
Impedance
50
50
50
Polarization
linear vertical
dual linear +/- 45 slant
3 ports: vertical, +/- 45 slant
directional
directional
directional



9 dB

radiator of the WLAN antenna
9 dB
9 dB
8 dB
1.7

approvals
Yes
-
Radio frequency
for WLAN
for WLAN
for WLAN
Electrical data
75 55
Beam angle of antenna in the 5 GHz

frequency band horizontal
55
70
65
Beam angle of antenna in the 5 GHz

frequency band vertical
55
60
65
Opening angle Note

of antenna

of antenna
N connector
N connector
QMA connector
Angle of inclination downward max.

antenna connections
25 dB
20 dB
17 dB
Front-to-back ratio
15 dB
20 dB
10 W
10 W
2W
Transmit power Note

disturbance
Range Note
6/128
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

IWLAN Accessories
IWLAN antennas

Article No.
6GK5795-6DC00-0AA0
6GK5793-6DG00-0AA0
6GK5793-6DT00-0AA0
Antenna ANT795-6DC
Antenna ANT793-6DG
Antenna ANT793-6DT
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-
Protection class IP
IP67
IP67
IP67
Wind load maximum
15 N
15 N
15 N
Wind load Note
at 160 km/h
frontal at 160 km/h
frontal at 160 km/h
Width
Height
Depth
Diameter
80 mm
101 mm
35 mm
-
80 mm
101 mm
35 mm
-
80 mm
101 mm
35 mm
-
Net weight
110 g
110 g
270 g
Mounting type
mast mounting
wall mounting
roof mounting
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Lexan EXL 9330
Lexan EXL 9330
Lexan EXL 9330
RoHS conformity
Railway application
Railway application
fire protection
UL approval
- note
Yes
-
Yes
-
Yes
-
Yes
Yes
UL94-V0, UL746C F1
Wireless approval


components general
approvals
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/129
Siemens AG 2014

IWLAN Accessories
IWLAN antennas

Article No.
6GK5792-8DN00-0AA6
6GK5793-8DJ00-0AA0
6GK5793-8DK00-0AA0
6GK5793-8DP00-0AA0
Antenna ANT792-8DN
Antenna ANT793-6DJ
Antenna ANT793-6DK
Antenna ANT793-8DP
2.4 2.7 GHz
5.25 5.875 GHz
5.15 5.875 GHz
4.9 5.35 GHz
Impedance
50
50
50
50
Polarization
linear vertical
dual linear vertical-horizontal dual linear vertical-horizontal linear vertical
directional
directional
directional
directional



14 dB

18 dB
23 dB
13.5 dB
1.7
1.7
1.5
35
30
17
17
9
9
40
35
Opening angle Note
Number of electrical connections of

antenna
Design of electrical connection of

antenna
N connector
N connector
N connector
N connector

maximum

antenna connections
30 dB
40 dB
Front-to-back ratio
20 dB
30 dB
35 dB
20 dB
Transmit power
maximum
Note
75 W
6W
6W
10 W

disturbance
1 000 m
Range Note
Note:
The range can be considerably less, depending on
end
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-
-45 +70 C
-45 +70 C
-45 +70 C
-
-45 +70 C
-45 +70 C
-45 +70 C
-
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-
Protection class IP
IP23
IP67
IP67
IP67
Wind load maximum
57 N
104 N
389 N
15 N
Wind load Note
at 160 km/h
frontal at 220 km/h
frontal at 220 km/h
frontal at 160 km/h
Radio frequency
for WLAN
for WLAN
for WLAN
Electrical data

- horizontal
- vertical
- horizontal
- vertical
6/130
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

IWLAN Accessories
IWLAN antennas

Article No.
6GK5792-8DN00-0AA6
6GK5793-8DJ00-0AA0
6GK5793-8DK00-0AA0
6GK5793-8DP00-0AA0
Antenna ANT792-8DN
Antenna ANT793-6DJ
Antenna ANT793-6DK
Antenna ANT793-8DP
Width
Height
Depth
Diameter
200 mm
200 mm
43 mm
-
190 mm
190 mm
30.5 mm
-
371 mm
371 mm
40 mm
-
80 mm
101 mm
35 mm
-
Net weight
500 g
700 g
2.5 kg
110 g
Mounting type
mast mounting
wall mounting
roof mounting
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
ASA
Polycarbonate / aluminum
Polycarbonate
Lexan EXL 9330
RoHS conformity
Railway application
Railway application
fire protection
UL approval
- note
Yes
-
Yes
-
Yes
-
Yes
-
UL94-V0
Wireless approval

wireless-approvals

wireless-approvals

wireless-approvals

wireless-approvals
Article No.
6GK5792-4DN00-0AA6
6GK5793-4MN00-0AA6
RCoax antenna ANT792-4DN
RCoax antenna ANT793-4MN
2.4 2.4835 GHz
5.15 5.85 GHz
Impedance
50
50
Polarization
circular, clockwise
vertical (lambda 5/8 characteristic)
directional
omnidirectional



4 dB

6 dB

components general
approvals
Radio frequency
for WLAN
for WLAN
for WLAN
Electrical data
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/131
Siemens AG 2014

IWLAN Accessories
IWLAN antennas

Article No.
6GK5792-4DN00-0AA6
6GK5793-4MN00-0AA6
RCoax antenna ANT792-4DN
RCoax antenna ANT793-4MN
90
-
360
40
Opening angle Note

of antenna

of antenna
N connector
N connector

maximum

antenna connections
Front-to-back ratio
2.5 dB
1W
1W
Transmit power Note

disturbance
Range Note
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-
Protection class IP
IP65
IP65
Wind load maximum
Wind load Note
Width
Height
Depth
78.7 mm
-
78.7 mm
-
Diameter
30 mm
30 mm
Net weight
114 g
65 g
Yes
Yes
Polycarbonate
Polycarbonate
RoHS conformity
Railway application
Railway application
fire protection
UL approval
- note
Yes
Yes
UL94-V1
Wireless approval
Current national approvals can be found on the Internet

under www.siemens.com/wireless-approvals


- horizontal
- vertical
- horizontal
- vertical

components general
approvals
6/132
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

IWLAN Accessories
IWLAN antennas
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
Antennas with omnidirectional characteristics;
Directional antennas;
National approvals,
compact instructions on paper,
German/English
including mounting hardware

for wall or mast mounting
For mounting directly onto

SCALANCE W
Antenna gain incl. connector 3/5 dBi,
2.4/5 GHz;
ANT795-4MC antenna;
IP65 (-20 to +65 C),
straight connection,
N-Connect male,
scope of delivery: 1 antenna
ANT795-4MD antenna;
IP65 (-20 to +65 C),
connection with fixed 90 angle,
N-Connect male,
scope of delivery: 1 antenna
ANT795-4MA antenna;
IP30 (-20 to +65 C);
radial rotation possible
with additional joint; R-SMA male
Scope of delivery: 1 antenna
Wall or mast mounting
ANT792-6MN antenna
Antenna gain incl. N-Connect
connector 6 dBi, 2.4 GHz;
IP65 (-40 to +80C),
with terminating resistor
1 x TI795-1R;
incl. mounting hardware
ANT793-6MN antenna
connector 5 dBi,
5 GHz; IP65 (-45 to +70 C),
1 x TI795-1R;
incl. mounting hardware
For mounting on a roof
ANT795-6MN antenna
connector 6/8 dBi, 2.4/5 GHz;
IP65 (-40 to +80 C),
1 x TI795-1R
ANT795-6MT antenna
MIMO antenna with 3 QMA sockets,
antenna gain 6 dBi, 2.4/5 GHz;
(-40 to +85 C),
incl. mounting bracket
Antenna mounting tool
(ANT795-6MN)
Mounting aid for installing ANT7956MN below a roof
6GK5795-4MC00-0AA3
6GK5795-4MD00-0AA3
6GK5 795-4MA00-0AA3
6GK5792-6MN00-0AA6
6GK5793-6MN00-0AA6
6GK5795-6MN10-0AA6
6GK5795-6MT00-0AA0
6GK5795-6MN01-0AA6
Sector antennas
ANT795-6DC antenna
Antenna gain
incl. N-Connect connector 9/9 dBi,
2.4/5 GHz, -40 to +80 C
ANT793-6DG antenna
Dual-slant; antenna gain
incl. two N-Connect connectors
9 dBi, 5 GHz, -40 to +80 C
ANT793-6DT antenna
MIMO antenna with 3 QMA sockets;
antenna gain 9 dBi, 5 GHz,
-40 to +85 C
Strongly directional antennas
ANT793-8DN antenna
Antenna gain 13.5 dBi
incl. N-Connect connector, 4.9 GHz,
-40 to +85 C, preferably for use in
Japan
ANT792-8DN antenna
connector 14 dBi, 2.4 GHz;
-40 to +80 C;
1 x TI795-1R
ANT793-8DJ antenna
Vertically-horizontally polarized
antenna;
antenna gain incl. two N-Connect
connectors 18 dBi, 5 GHz;
-45 to +70 C
ANT793-8DK antenna
Vertically-horizontally polarized
antenna;
antenna gain incl. two N-Connect
connectors 23 dBi, 5 GHz;
-45 to +70 C
6GK5795-6DC00-0AA0
6GK5793-6DG00-0AA0
6GK5793-6DT00-0AA0
6GK5793-8DP00-0AA0
6GK5792-8DN00-0AA6
6GK5793-8DJ00-0AA0
6
6GK5793-8DK00-0AA0
Antennas for RCoax systems

ANT792-4DN antenna
Circularly polarized RCoax helix
antenna for RCoax systems;
N-Connect female connection;
antenna gain at 2.4 GHz 4 dBi
6GK5792-4DN00-0AA6
ANT793-4MN antenna
Vertically polarized RCoax 5/8
antenna for RCoax systems;
N-Connect female connection;
antenna gain at 5.2 GHz/5.7 GHz
6/5 dBi
6GK5793-4MN00-0AA6
More information
Selection tools:
Cabling range:
To assist in the selection of industrial Ethernet components,

the TIA Selection Tool is available at:

cabling range from your local contact. Technical advice on this
subject is available from:
J. Hertlein
I IA SC CI PRM 4
Phone +49 (911) 750-4465
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/133
Siemens AG 2014

IWLAN Accessories
IWLAN RCoax cables
Overview
Design
The RCoax cables were specially designed for the frequency
band around 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz respectively.
Cable jacket
Dielectric
Benefits
Reliable coverage in areas problematic for radio

Avoidance of greater than desired WLAN expansion by means
of defined emission of the radio waves
Cost savings thanks to direct substitution of sliding contacts,
trailing cables, and data light barriers
Highly flexible laying
6/134
Siemens IK PI 2015
Wave propagation
Inner
conductor
Outer conductor
with opening
G_IK10_XX_30114
The RCoax cables are radiating cables that function as special

antennas for the SCALANCE W Access Points in environments
with complex radio coverage. Its design means that a defined,
cone-shaped radio field is generated along the RCoax cable.
The radiating cables are therefore perfectly suitable for use in all
types of applications with track-bound vehicles.
Rugged coaxial cable which can be easily installed
Two cables for use in the frequency bands 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz
Connection as external antenna to SCALANCE W700 Access
Points
Connection of mobile nodes via SCALANCE W700 Client
Modules using an antenna aligned to the RCoax
Suitable for use in hazardous areas (Zone 2); no special
approvals necessary
Openings are present in the outer conductor of the coaxial cable

which permit the penetration and emission of radio waves. A
defined radio field is then developed around the RCoax cables.
Longitudinal damping and extraction loss are in a balanced
relationship, which permits a long segment length of RCoax
cable per SCALANCE W700 Access Point and an appropriate
distance from the mobile station (SCALANCE W700) to the
RCoax cable.
Coordinated accessories are available for assembly:
IWLAN RCoax cable clip 1/2"
IWLAN RCoax spacer 85 mm
IWLAN RCoax threaded washer M6
Siemens AG 2014

IWLAN Accessories
IWLAN RCoax cables
Application
Areas with demanding conditions for wireless coverage (e.g.
in tunnels, channels and elevator shafts) where "unlimited"
mobility is not of decisive importance, but where a mechanically wear-free and thus maintenance-free solution is required
to ensure reliable data transmission: this is made possible by
the defined radio field along the RCoax cable.
The RCoax cables offer a wear-free and reliable wireless link,
particularly for conveyor systems and all types of rail-mounted
vehicle (suspended monorails, AGV systems).
Suspended monorail
Automated guided vehicle systems (AGVS)
Cranes
Stacker cranes
Transfer lines
Tool-changing trolleys
Tunnels
Lifts
Antenna
ANT793-4MN
Antenna
ANT793-4MN
IWLAN RCoax
radiating cable
Antenna
ANT793-4MN
Storage retrieval
machine
SCALANCE
W721-1 RJ45
and ET 200SP
Storage retrieval
machine
SCALANCE
W721-1 RJ45
and ET 200SP
IWLAN RCoax
radiating cable
Control cabinet
Antenna
cable
Antenna
ANT793-4MN

and SCALANCE XB005
Storage retrieval
machine
SCALANCE
W721-1 RJ45
and ET 200SP
IWLAN RCoax
radiating cable
Antenna
cable
Antenna
cable
Antenna
cable
SCALANCE
W761-1 RJ45
SCALANCE
W761-1 RJ45
SCALANCE
W761-1 RJ45
G_IK10_XX_30334
Storage retrieval
machine
SCALANCE
W721-1 RJ45
and ET 200SP
IWLAN RCoax
radiating cable
Storage and retrieval systems in high-bay warehouses automated with SCALANCE W721-1 RJ45, W761-1 RJ45 and RCoax
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/135
Siemens AG 2014

IWLAN Accessories
IWLAN RCoax cables
Integration
IWLAN RCoax N-Connect
Female N-Connector
6GK5 798-0CN00-0AA0
IWLAN RCoax Cable

2,4 GHz = 6XV1 875-2A
5 GHz = 6XV1 875-2D
Access Point SCALANCE W788-1 M12

Female N-Connector
6GK5 798-0CN00-0AA0

Male Termination Impedance 50 Ohm
6GK5 795-1TN00-1AA0

1 m = 6XV1875-5AH10
5 m = 6XV1875-5AH50
IWLAN
Termination impedance TI795-1N
6GK5795-1TN00-1AA0
IWLAN Antenna
ANT792-4DN / ANT793-4MN
2 GHz = 6GK5 792-4DN00-0AA6
5 GHz = 6GK5 793-4MN00-0AA6

1 m = 6XV1875-5CH10
5 m = 6XV1875-5CH50
nprXWZWZ[[
Connection example for an IWLAN RCoax system with connection to Industrial Ethernet
6/136
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

IWLAN Accessories
IWLAN RCoax cables
Article No.
6XV1875-2A
6XV1875-2D
IWLAN RCoax Cable 2 GHz
Suspended monorails, cranes, stacker cranes, or similar
Suspended monorails, cranes, stacker cranes, or similar
2.4 2.485 GHz
5.15 5.85 GHz
50
50
0.15 dB/m
0.17 dB/m
0.23 dB/m
0.24 dB/m
0.24 dB/m
0.27 dB/m
Damping ratio per length note
Coupling attenuation
at 2.4 GHz at 20 C
at 5.15 GHz at 20 C
at 5.85 GHz at 20 C
note
35 dB
c(50) for distance of 10 cm between antenna and cable
42 dB
40 dB
c(50) for distance of 10 cm between antenna and cable
Capacitance per length
76 pF/m
76 pF/m
DC resistance per length

of inner conductor at 20 C
of coaxial outer conductor at 20 C
Relative speed
1.48 /km
2.8 /km
88 %
1.48 /km
2.8 /km
88 %
Outer diameter
of dielectric
of the cable sheath
4.8 mm
12.4 mm
15.5 mm
4.8 mm
12.4 mm
15.5 mm
1.3 mm
1.3 mm
Halogen-free polyolefine AM3

Copper clad aluminum
Polyethylene foam
Overlapping copper foil with the slot groups bonded to
cable jacket
Halogen-free polyolefine AM3

Copper clad aluminum
Polyethylene foam
Overlapping copper foil with the slot groups bonded to
cable jacket
pastel turquoise
pastel turquoise
200 mm
200 mm

Note
1
-
1
-
1 100 N
1 100 N
Weight per length
0.232 kg/m
0.232 kg/m
Mounting distance recommended
0.5 m
0.5 m
Radio frequency
for WLAN
for WLAN
for WLAN
Electrical data
Impedance
at 2.4 GHz
- with cable mounted 10 mm
above concrete at 20 C
above the aluminum rail at 20 C
at 5.15 GHz
at 5.85 GHz
Mechanical data
Material
of the cable sheath
of inner conductor
of dielectric
of coaxial outer conductor
Color of the cable sheath
Bending radius
permissible
permissible
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/137
Siemens AG 2014

IWLAN Accessories
IWLAN RCoax cables

Article No.
6XV1875-2A
6XV1875-2D
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during installation
-40 +85 C
-70 +85 C
-25 +60 C
-40 +85 C
-70 +85 C
-25 +60 C
Protection class IP
Yes
-
Yes
-


IEC 60754-2
IEC 60754-2
IEC 60332-1 and IEC 60332-3 Cat. C
IEC 60332-1 and IEC 60332-3 Cat. C
IEC 61034
IEC 61034

components general
approvals
RoHS conformity
UL approval
- note
Wireless approval
Standard
for behavior in fire:
corrosive gas emission
smoke emission
flame resistance
Ordering data
Article No.
IWLAN RCoax cables

Radiating cable for complex radio
environments as special antenna
for SCALANCE W Access Points;
(-40 C to + 85 C);
sold by the meter
2.4 GHz
5 GHz
RCoax N-Connect male/male

Coupler
IWLAN RCoax cable clip 1/2"

6XV1875-2A
6XV1875-2D
6GK1901-1PH00
Stripping tool for fast stripping of

RCoax cable on site
RCoax N-Connect female
N-connector
6GK5798-0CP00-1AA0
RF coupling for connecting an

RCoax antenna to an RCoax cable;
two N-Connect male connectors
Accessories
stripping tool
Article No.
6GK5798-0CN00-0AA0
Plug connector for assembly

on site;
connection unit of RCoax cable for
connection of further components,
N-female connection.
Cable holder for RCoax cable

10 items
100 items
6GK5798-8MB00-0AC1
6GK5798-8MB00-0AM1
IWLAN RCoax
threaded washer M6
Threaded washer M6 for RCoax
cable clip 1/2", for assembly with
M6 threaded bolts
10 items
100 items
6GK5798-8MC00-0AC1
6GK5798-8MC00-0AM1
IWLAN RCoax spacer 85 mm

Spacer 85 mm for RCoax cable clip
1/2"
10 items
100 items
6GK5798-8MD00-0AC1
6GK5798-8MD00-0AM1
More information
Selection tools:
Wireless approvals:


6/138
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

IWLAN Accessories
Overview
Application
RCoax/antenna connecting cables
The flexible IWLAN RCoax/antenna connecting cables are
required for connecting RCoax segments or antennas with
active devices.
The cables offer low attenuation so that the quality of the radio
signal is only reduced to a minimal extent.
All antenna cables are flame-resistant, chemical-resistant and
silicone-free.
Terminating resistors
Terminating resistors are required for wireless termination of
unused antenna connections at the access points and clients.
RCoax segments must be terminated at the end with a terminating resistor.
A comprehensive, coordinated range of coaxial accessories is

offered for flexible combination and installation of the individual
IWLAN components indoors and outdoors.
This range encompasses connecting cables as well as diverse
connectors, lightning protection elements, a power splitter and
an attenuator.
Benefits
Flexible use thanks to extensive, coordinated range

Operation also outdoors with extended temperature range
and protection against water and dust thanks to degree of
protection IP65
Components are suitable for use with SCALANCE W700
including national approvals
Lightning protection elements

When separate antennas are used outdoors, there is a risk of
lightning strikes.
A lightning protector can be used to prevent damage.
Cabinet feedthroughs
Together with the antenna connecting cables, the cabinet
feedthroughs enable simple connection of remote antennas to
the active components located in the control cabinet/box.
Attenuator
The 10 dB attenuator is always used when the transmitted power
has to be reduced both in the send and receive directions. Typical application areas include short RCoax segments or directional wireless links, which are to be limited in extent.
Power splitter
With the help of the power splitter, the transmission power of
an access point is divided between two RCoax or antenna
segments.
This enables wireless coverage in two areas using just one
access point.
Product versions
RCoax/antenna connecting cables
Pre-assembled cable lengths (0.3 m to 10 m)
Different connector types and combinations (N-Connect,
R-SMA, SMA, QMA)
Terminating resistors
TI795-1R: Terminating resistor 50 ohms for R-SMA antenna
sockets
TI795-1N: Terminating resistor 50 ohms for N-Connect
antenna sockets or RCoax segments
Lightning protection elements
LP798-2N: Maintenance-free lightning protection element for
N-Connect connections
- Quarter-wave system (lambda-quarter) for the frequency
range 2 to 6 GHz
- Represents a short-circuit for DC voltages so that all types of
overvoltage can be reliably diverted
- Not suitable for DC infeed via the antenna cable
LP798-1N: Lightning protection element for N-Connect
connections
- With gas discharge arrester for the frequency range 0 to
6 GHz for N-Connect connections
- Suitable for DC infeed via the antenna cable
Cabinet feedthroughs
N-Connect female/SMA female with fastening flange for panel
thicknesses up to 5.5 mm
N-Connect female/N-Connect female without flange for panel
thicknesses up to 4.5 mm
- Can also be used to connect two antenna connecting cables
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/139
Siemens AG 2014

IWLAN Accessories
Article No.
6XV1875-5AH10
6XV1875-5AH20
6XV1875-5AH50
6XV1875-5AN10
IWLAN RCoax/Antenna
Connection Cable
N-Connect Male/ Male
IWLAN RCoax/Antenna
Connection Cable
IWLAN RCoax/Antenna
Connection Cable
IWLAN RCoax/Antenna
Connection Cable
Flexible connecting cable for

connecting an antenna or
RCoax cable to an access
point/client

point/client

point/client

point/client
Cable length
1m
2m
5m
10 m
N-Connect/N-Connect
male/male
N-Connect/N-Connect
male/male
N-Connect/N-Connect
male/male
N-Connect/N-Connect
male/male
Transmission frequency
0 6 GHz
0 6 GHz
0 6 GHz
0 6 GHz
Attenuation per length

at 2.4 GHz typical
at 5.2 GHz typical
at 5.85 GHz typical
0.53 dB/m
0.83 dB/m
0.89 dB/m
0.53 dB/m
0.83 dB/m
0.89 dB/m
0.53 dB/m
0.83 dB/m
0.89 dB/m
0.53 dB/m
0.83 dB/m
0.89 dB/m
Return loss minimum
23 dB
23 dB
23 dB
23 dB
Impedance Nominal value
50
50
50
50
82 pF/m
82 pF/m
82 pF/m
82 pF/m
Relative speed
82 %
82 %
82 %
82 %
Braided shield made

Braided shield made

Braided shield made

Braided shield made

1.4 mm
3.8 mm
6.3 mm
1.4 mm
3.8 mm
6.3 mm
1.4 mm
3.8 mm
6.3 mm
1.4 mm
3.8 mm
6.3 mm

0.2 mm
0.2 mm
0.2 mm
0.2 mm
0.76 mm
0.76 mm
0.76 mm
0.76 mm
Material
of inner conductor
of dielectric
of the cable sheath
Cu
polyethylene foam
FRNC
Cu
polyethylene foam
FRNC
Cu
polyethylene foam
FRNC
Cu
polyethylene foam
FRNC
Pastel turquoise
Pastel turquoise
Pastel turquoise
Pastel turquoise
32 mm
32 mm
32 mm
32 mm
45 mm
45 mm
45 mm
45 mm
80 N
80 N
80 N
80 N
Weight per length
75 kg/km
75 kg/km
75 kg/km
75 kg/km
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-25 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-25 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-25 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-25 +80 C
Protection class IP
IP68
IP68
IP68
IP68
Protection class IP note
when plugged in
when plugged in
when plugged in
when plugged in
Burning behaviour
UL 1685 (Vertical tray) and

UL 1581, Sec. 1090 (H)

UL 1581, Sec. 1090 (H)

UL 1581, Sec. 1090 (H)

UL 1581, Sec. 1090 (H)
Chemical resistance to mineral oil
UV radiation
Resistant
Resistant
Resistant
Resistant
Electrical data
Mechanical data
Design of shield
Outer diameter
of dielectric
of the cable sheath
Bending radius
permissible
permissible
6/140
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

IWLAN Accessories

Article No.
6XV1875-5AH10
6XV1875-5AH20
6XV1875-5AH50
6XV1875-5AN10
IWLAN RCoax/Antenna
Connection Cable
IWLAN RCoax/Antenna
Connection Cable
IWLAN RCoax/Antenna
Connection Cable
IWLAN RCoax/Antenna
Connection Cable
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
UL-registration
RoHS conformity
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Article No.
6XV1875-5CE30
6XV1875-5CH10
6XV1875-5CH20
6XV1875-5CH50
6XV1875-5CN10
IWLAN RCoax/
Antenna Connection
Cable N-Connect
RSMA Male/Male
IWLAN RCoax/
Antenna Connection
Cable N-Connect/
RSMA Male/ Male
IWLAN RCoax/
Antenna Connection
Cable N-Connect/
RSMA Male/ Male
IWLAN RCoax/
Antenna Connection
Cable N-Connect/
RSMA Male/ Male
IWLAN RCoax/
Antenna Connection
Cable N-Connect/
RSMA Male/ Male
Flexible connecting
cable for connecting
an antenna or RCoax
cable to an access
point/client
Flexible connecting
an antenna or RCoax
cable to an access
point/client
Flexible connecting
an antenna or RCoax
cable to an access
point/client
Flexible connecting
an antenna or RCoax
cable to an access
point/client
Flexible connecting
an antenna or RCoax
cable to an access
point/client
Cable length
0.3 m
1m
2m
5m
10 m
N-Connect/RSMA
male/male
N-Connect/RSMA
male/male
N-Connect/RSMA
male/male
N-Connect/RSMA
male/male
N-Connect/RSMA
male/male
0 6 GHz
0 6 GHz
0 6GHz
0 6 GHz
0 6 GHz

at 2.4 GHz typical
at 5.2 GHz typical
at 5.85 GHz typical
0.53 dB/m
0.83 dB/m
0.89 dB/m
0.53 dB/m
0.83 dB/m
0.89 dB/m
0.53 dB/m
0.83 dB/m
0.89 dB/m
0.53 dB/m
0.83 dB/m
0.89 dB/m
0.53 dB/m
0.83 dB/m
0.89 dB/m
Return loss minimum
23 dB
23 dB
23 dB
23 dB
23 dB
50
50
50
50
50
82 pF/m
82 pF/m
82 pF/m
82 pF/m
82 pF/m
Relative speed
82 %
82 %
82 %
82 %
82 %
Braided shield made

of tin-plated copper
wires
Braided shield made

wires
Braided shield made

wires
Braided shield made

wires
Braided shield made

wires
1.4 mm
3.8 mm
6.3 mm
1.4 mm
3.8 mm
6.3 mm
1.4 mm
3.8 mm
6.3 mm
1.4 mm
3.8 mm
6.3 mm
1.4 mm
3.8 mm
6.3 mm

0.2 mm
0.2 mm
0.2 mm
0.2 mm
0.2 mm
0.76 mm
0.76 mm
0.76 mm
0.76 mm
0.76 mm
Material
of inner conductor
of dielectric
of the cable sheath
Cu
polyethylene foam
FRNC
Cu
polyethylene foam
FRNC
Cu
polyethylene foam
FRNC
Cu
polyethylene foam
FRNC
Cu
polyethylene foam
FRNC
Pastel turquoise
Pastel turquoise
Pastel turquoise
Pastel turquoise
Pastel turquoise

components general
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free
approvals
Electrical data
Mechanical data
Design of shield
Outer diameter
of dielectric
of the cable sheath
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/141
Siemens AG 2014

IWLAN Accessories

Article No.
6XV1875-5CE30
6XV1875-5CH10
6XV1875-5CH20
6XV1875-5CH50
6XV1875-5CN10
IWLAN RCoax/
Antenna Connection
Cable N-Connect
RSMA Male/Male
IWLAN RCoax/
Antenna Connection
Cable N-Connect/
RSMA Male/ Male
IWLAN RCoax/
Antenna Connection
Cable N-Connect/
RSMA Male/ Male
IWLAN RCoax/
Antenna Connection
Cable N-Connect/
RSMA Male/ Male
IWLAN RCoax/
Antenna Connection
Cable N-Connect/
RSMA Male/ Male
32 mm
32 mm
32 mm
32 mm
32 mm
45 mm
45 mm
45 mm
45 mm
45 mm
80 N
80 N
80 N
80 N
80 N
Weight per length
75 kg/km
75 kg/km
75 kg/km
75 kg/km
75 kg/km
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-25 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-25 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-25 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-25 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-25 +80 C
Protection class IP
IP68
IP68
IP68
IP68
IP68
when plugged in
when plugged in
when plugged in
when plugged in
when plugged in
Burning behaviour
UL 1685 (Vertical tray) UL 1685 (Vertical tray) UL 1685 (Vertical tray) UL 1685 (Vertical tray) UL 1685 (Vertical tray)
and UL 1581,
and UL 1581,
and UL 1581,
and UL 1581,
and UL 1581,
Sec. 1090 (H)
Sec. 1090 (H)
Sec. 1090 (H)
Sec. 1090 (H)
Sec. 1090 (H)
Conditional resistance Conditional resistance Conditional resistance Conditional resistance Conditional resistance
radiation
Resistant
Resistant
Resistant
Resistant
Resistant
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
UL-registration
RoHS conformity
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Article No.
6XV1875-5DE30
6XV1875-5DH20
6XV1875-5JH10
IWLAN RCoax/Antenna Connection

Cable RSMA/SMA Male/ Male

IWLAN Cable QMA / N-Connect

Male/Female
Flexible connecting cable for connect- Flexible connecting cable for connect- Adapter cable for connecting an
ing a cabinet bushing with SMA
ing a cabinet bushing with SMA
antenna with QMA connection to the
connection to an access point/client
connection to an access point/client
flexible connecting cables
Cable length
0.3 m
2m
1m
RSMA/ SMA male/male
RSMA/ SMA male/male
QMA/N-Connect male/female
0 6 GHz
0 6 GHz
0 6 GHz

at 2.4 GHz typical
at 5.2 GHz typical
at 5.85 GHz typical
0.53 dB/m
0.83 dB/m
0.89 dB/m
0.53 dB/m
0.83 dB/m
0.89 dB/m
0.53 dB/m
0.83 dB/m
0.89 dB/m
Return loss minimum
23 dB
23 dB
23 dB
50
50
50
82 pF/m
82 pF/m
82 pF/m
Relative speed
82 %
82 %
82 %
Bending radius
permissible
permissible

components general
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free
approvals
Electrical data
6/142
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

IWLAN Accessories

Article No.
6XV1875-5DE30
6XV1875-5DH20
6XV1875-5JH10


IWLAN Cable QMA / N-Connect

Male/Female
Braided shield made of tin-plated

copper wires

copper wires

copper wires
1.4 mm
3.8 mm
6.3 mm
1.4 mm
3.8 mm
6.3 mm
1.4 mm
3.8 mm
6.3 mm

0.2 mm
0.2 mm
0.2 mm
0.76 mm
0.76 mm
0.76 mm
Material
of inner conductor
of dielectric
of the cable sheath
Cu
polyethylene foam
FRNC
Cu
polyethylene foam
FRNC
Cu
polyethylene foam
FRNC
Pastel turquoise
Pastel turquoise
Pastel turquoise
32 mm
32 mm
32 mm
45 mm
45 mm
45 mm
80 N
80 N
80 N
Weight per length
75 kg/km
75 kg/km
75 kg/km
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
during installation
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-25 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-25 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-25 +80 C
Protection class IP
IP68
IP68
IP67
when plugged in
when plugged in
when plugged in
Burning behaviour
UL 1685 (Vertical tray) and UL 1581,

Sec. 1090 (H)

Sec. 1090 (H)

Sec. 1090 (H)
radiation
Resistant
Resistant
Resistant
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Mechanical data
Design of shield
Outer diameter
of dielectric
of the cable sheath
Bending radius
permissible
permissible

components general
Product feature
halogen-free
silicon-free
approvals
UL-registration
RoHS conformity
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/143
Siemens AG 2014

IWLAN Accessories

Article No.
6GK5795-1TN00-1AA0
IWLAN termination imped- IWLAN termination imped- IWLAN attenuator

ance TI795-1N N-Connect ance TI795-1R RSMA
N-Connect
Male
Male
Male/Female
6GK5795-1TR10-0AA6
6GK5798-0AP00-4CA0
6GK5798-0SN00-0EA0
IWLAN Power Splitter
N-Connect
Female
Active power loss maximum
N-Connect male
R-SMA male
N-Connect male/
N-Connect female
N-Connect female
0 6 GHz
0 6 GHz
0 6 GHz
2 400 6 GHz
Impedance
50
50
50
50
Return loss minimum
25 dB
25 dB
24 dB
Insertion loss maximum
10 dB
3.05 dB
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-25 +110 C
-25 +110 C
-25 +110 C
IP 65
IP 65
IP 67
Design
Width
Height
Depth
Diameter
Length
21 mm
34.5 mm
9 mm
15 mm
21 mm
45.7 mm
71.4 mm
34 mm
131.4 mm
Net weight
45 g
5g
64 g
937 g
Installation
Version of the swap medium

C-PLUG
KEY-PLUG
Supply voltage,
Electrical data

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport

maximum
Protection class IP
6/144
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

IWLAN Accessories

Article No.
6GK5798-2LP00-2AA6
6GK5798-2LP10-2AA6
Lightning Protector LP798-1N
Lightning Protector LP798-2N
50
50
Design of the plug-in connection
female / female
female / female
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
Protection class IP
IP67
IP68
Width
Height
Depth
Diameter
54.8 mm
22.8 mm
89.6 mm
29 mm
Net weight
50 g
80 g
Article No.
6GK5798-0PT00-2AA0
6GK5798-2PP00-2AA6
6GK5798-0CP00-1AA0
IWLAN panel feedthrough

N-Connect/SMA Female/
Female
IWLAN panel feedthrough

N-Connect/N-Connect
Female/Female
IWLAN coupler N-Connect- IWLAN angled adapter

Male/Male
RSMA/RSMA
male/female
N-Connect female/
SMA female
N-Connect female/
N-Connect female
N-Connect male/
N-Connect male
R-SMA male /
R-SMA female
0 6 GHz
0 11 000 MHz
0 6 GHz
0 6 GHz
Electrical data
Impedance
Mechanical data
6GK5798-1CS00-4AA0
Electrical data
Impedance
50
50
50
50
Return loss minimum
0.1 dB
Insertion loss maximum
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-30 +100 C
-30 +100 C
-30 +100 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport

maximum
-
IP 68
Design
Width
Height
Depth
Diameter
Length
25.4 mm
25.4 mm
31.3 mm
20.7 mm
38 mm
20.8 mm
36.4 mm
17 mm
15 mm
-
Net weight
35 g
55 g
60 g
Installation
for wall thickness max.

5.5 mm
for wall thickness max.

4.5 mm
Protection class IP
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/145
Siemens AG 2014

IWLAN Accessories
Ordering data
Article No.
IWLAN RCoax/antenna
N-Connect/R-SMA
Male/male flexible connection
cable
Flexible connecting cable for connecting an RCoax cable or antenna
to a SCALANCE W-700 access
point with R-SMA connections;
pre-assembled with two
connections, N-Connect male and
R-SMA male
0.3 m
1m
2m
5m
10 m
IWLAN RCoax/antenna RSMA

male termination impedance
TI795-1R
6XV1875-5CE30
6XV1875-5CH10
6XV1875-5CH20
6XV1875-5CH50
6XV1875-5CN10
IWLAN RCoax/antenna
N-Connect male termination
impedance TI795-1N
Terminating resistor for RCoax
cable and open wireless interfaces
on SCALANCE W-700 devices with
N-Connect connections,
impedance 50 ohms,
N-male connection;
IP65 (-40 to +70 C)
6/146
Siemens IK PI 2015
6GK5798-2LP00-2AA6
Lightning protector
with N/N female/female connection,
IP67 (-40 to +85 C),
frequency range: 0 to 6 GHz
6GK5798-2LP10-2AA6
Lightning protector
with N/N female/female connection,
IP68 (-40 to +85 C),
Quarter Wave technology,
frequency range: 2 to 6 GHz
IWLAN RCoax/antenna
N-Connect female power splitter
6XV1875-5AH10
6XV1875-5AH20
6XV1875-5AH50
6XV1875-5AN10
6GK5798-0SN00-0EA0
2-way cable splitter,

Y-element for splitting the RCoax
cable or for using two antennas on
one wireless interface
IWLAN RCoax/antenna
N-Connect male/male coupler
6GK5798-0CP00-1AA0
HF coupling for connecting two

RCoax cables;
two N-Connect male connectors
IWLAN angled adapter RSMA/
RSMA male/female
6XV1875-5JH10
IWLAN RCoax/antenna
R-SMA/SMA male/male
Flexible connection cable
Flexible cable for connecting an
active device to components with
RSMA and SMA connections,
e.g. cabinet bushing;
pre-assembled with two R-SMA
male to SMA male connectors
0.3 m
2m
Lightning protector LP798-1N
Lightning protector LP798-2N
IWLAN RCoax/antenna QMA/

N-Connect male/female
Adapter cable for connecting a
MIMO antenna with QMA connections to the flexible connecting
cables;
assembled with two connections
QMA male and N-Connect female;
scope of delivery: 3 units
1m
6GK5795-1TR10-0AA6
Terminating resistor for

open wireless interfaces on
SCALANCE W-700 devices with
RSMA connections,
impedance 50 ohms,
RSMA male connection;
IP65 (-40 to +70 C);
3 units
IWLAN RCoax/antenna
N-Connect male/male
Flexible connecting cable for connecting an RCoax cable or antenna
to a SCALANCE W-700 access
point with N-Connect connections;
pre-assembled with two N-Connect
male connections
1m
2m
5m
10 m
Article No.
6GK5798-1CS00-4AA0
HF angled adapter 90 for

connecting antennas or antenna
connection cables to devices with
an RSMA connector
IWLAN RCoax/antenna
N-Connect male/female
attenuator
Attenuator with N-Connect male/
N-Connect female connectors
10 dB
6XV1875-5DE30
6XV1875-5DH20
6GK5795-1TN00-1AA0
IWLAN RCoax/antenna
N-Connect/SMA
female/female
panel bushing
6GK5798-0AP00-4CA0
6GK5798-0PT00-2AA0
Cabinet bushing with fastening

flange for wall thicknesses
up to 5.5 mm, SMA female and
N-Connect female connections
IWLAN RCoax/antenna
N-Connect/N-Connect
female/female
panel bushing
Cabinet bushing for wall
thicknesses up to 4.5 mm,
two N-Connect female connections
6GK5798-2PP00-2AA6
Siemens AG 2014

IWLAN Accessories
More information
Selection tools:
Cabling range:
To assist in selecting Industrial Ethernet components, the

TIA Selection Tool is available at:

cabling range from your local contact. Technical advice on this
subject is available from:
J. Hertlein
I IA SC CI PRM 4
Phone +49 (911) 750-4465
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/147
Siemens AG 2014

IWLAN Accessories
KEY-PLUG W700
Overview
Application
The KEY-PLUG stores the configuration data of a SCALANCE W
component. In addition, the iFeatures are enabled.
In addition to this, if there is a fault on a module, the module can
be replaced simply and quickly without needing to reconfigure
the replacement device and without specially trained personnel.
If a device needs to be replaced, the KEY-PLUG is simply removed from the failed component and plugged into the replacement device. The replacement device installed in the network
now starts up automatically with the same device configuration
as the failed device.
Design
The KEY-PLUG has degree of protection IP20. The degree of
protection of IP65 components is ensured by the design of the
target device. The KEY-PLUG is inserted in the PLUG compartment of the SCALANCE W component.
Mode of operation
Swap medium with which iFeatures are enabled
If a fault occurs, it allows fast and simple device replacement
of SCALANCE W components without a PG
Can be used in all SCALANCE W700 IEEE 802.11n products
with a PLUG compartment
For the automatic backup of configuration data
Benefits
Fast and simple replacement of SCALANCE W components
without reconfiguration of the spare part.
trained personnel or a programming device or PC.
The downtimes of network segments and connected Industrial
Ethernet nodes can therefore be minimized if a fault occurs.
6/148
Siemens IK PI 2015
During startup, the device automatically backs up the configuration data on a KEY-PLUG (as-supplied from the factory) plugged
into a SCALANCE W component. Changes to the configuration
during operation are also saved on the KEY-PLUG without any
additional operator intervention being necessary.
During startup, an unconfigured device automatically loads the
configuration data from an inserted KEY-PLUG that has been
written to provided the data was written by a compatible device
type.
Diagnostics
Incorrect use of the KEY-PLUG, such as inserting a KEY-PLUG
containing the configuration of a different device group or
general malfunctions of the KEY-PLUG are indicated by
diagnostics mechanisms of the host device (LEDs, SNMP,
Web based Management, etc.).
Siemens AG 2014

IWLAN Accessories
KEY-PLUG W700
Integration
Supported products
IWLAN client modules
SCALANCE W740
SCALANCE W730
IWLAN access points

SCALANCE W780
SCALANCE W780 EEC
SCALANCE W770
SCALANCE W770 EEC
Device type
iPCF
AP mode
iPCF
Client mode
iPCF-MC
AP mode
iPCF-MC
Client mode
SCALANCE W730
W740/W780
W740/W780
SCALANCE W740
W740/W780
W740/W780
SCALANCE W770
W780
W740/W780
SCALANCE W780
W780
W740/W780
1)
W780 1)
iREF
AP mode
W740/W780
W780
W740/W780
W780
only if a dual access point is used
Which KEY-PLUG do I use for which device?

W780 = KEY-PLUG W780 iFeatures
W740 = KEY-PLUG W740 iFeatures
Ordering data
KEY-PLUG
Power supply
via terminal device
Power loss
0.015 mW
Installation
Can be plugged into C-PLUG slot
Approx. weight
24.3 x 17 x 8.1
5g

device replacement if a fault
occurs, and for storing
configuration data.
access points with a PLUG
compartment
Memory capacity
256 MB
IP20

device replacement if a fault
occurs, and for storing
configuration data.
client modules with a PLUG
compartment
Article No.
6GK5907-8PA00
6
6GK5907-4PA00
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/149
Siemens AG 2014

IWLAN Accessories
Power Supply PS791-2DC and PS791-2AC
Overview
Benefits
The PS791-2DC and PS791-2AC power supply adapters are

designed specially for the SCALANCE W786 access points
and are integrated direct into these
Global application due to wide input voltage range
High reliability as power supply is short-circuit proof, secure
against no-load operation and is able to bridge short breaks
in the mains power
When the power supply adapter and Power-over-Ethernet
(PoE) are used, redundant power supply of the access points
can be achieved
Design
PS791-2DC power supply adapter
DC/DC power supply unit for input voltages from 12 to 24 V DC
and an output voltage of 18 V DC for all SCALANCE W786
devices
PS791-2AC power supply adapter

AC/DC power supply unit for input voltages from
100 to 240 V AC and an output voltage of 18 V DC for all
SCALANCE W786 devices
6/150
Siemens IK PI 2015
Integral power supply adapter for SCALANCE W786

Fan-free design
Operating temperatures from -40 C to +60 C
Siemens AG 2014

IWLAN Accessories
Power Supply PS791-2DC and PS791-2AC
Article No.
6GK5791-2DC00-0AA0
6GK5791-2AC00-0AA0
Interfaces
Infeed: 4-pin screw terminal for DC Power
Infeed: 3-pin screw terminal for AC Power
Output voltage: 4-pin connector
Output voltage: 4-pin connector
Input voltage
12 ... 24 V DC
(min. 9 V DC, max. 32 V DC) safety extra-low voltage
(SELV)
100 ... 240 V AC, 45 ... 65 Hz
Output voltage
18 V DC
18 V DC
Output power
14.4 W
14.4 W
Mains buffering
> 20 ms
Permissible ambient conditions

-40 C ... +70 C
-40 C ... +60 C
Approvals
EMC:
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-3:2007
EMC:
EN 61000-6-2:2005,
EN 61000-6-3:2007
Safety regulations
EN 60950, UL 60950-1
EN 60950, UL 60950-1
Protection class
VDE 0805, VDE 0100
VDE 0805, VDE 0100
IP65
IP65
133 x 45 x 30 mm
133 x 45 x 30 mm
Assembly
Installation in SCALANCE W786 and

HiPath Wireless Outdoor Access Points
Installation in SCALANCE W786 and

HiPath Wireless Outdoor Access Points
Weight
223 g
209 g
Ordering data
Article No.
6GK5791-2DC00-0AA0
24 V DC power supply for

installation in SCALANCE W-786
products;
in German/English
6GK5791-2AC00-0AA0

SCALANCE W-786 products;
German/English
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/151
Siemens AG 2014

Wireless Devices
Overview
Function
Input/output fields
for displaying and changing of process values.
Function keys
are used for directly triggering functions and actions. Up to
16 functions can be configured simultaneously on function
keys. The function keys can also be used directly as
PROFINET IO. The function keys can also be reconfigured
as system keys. A frequently used function such as
"Acknowledge alarm" can thus be assigned to a function key.
Auxiliary operator controls
such as handwheels, key switches and illuminated
pushbuttons can be assigned with a variable or as a direct
actuation via PROFINET IO (direct keys).
Buttons
are used for direct triggering of functions and actions. Up to
16 functions can be configured simultaneously on buttons.
Graphics
can be used as symbols instead of text for "labeling" function
keys or buttons. They can also be used as full-screen
background images.
In the configuration software, a comprehensive library is
available containing graphics and a wide variety of objects.
All editors with an OLE interface can be used as graphics
editors (such as PaintShop, Designer or CorelDraw).
Vector graphics;
simple geometric basic forms (e.g. lines, circles and
rectangles) can be created directly in the configuration
software.
Text fields
for labeling function keys, process displays, and process
values in any font size.
Trend views and bars
are used for the graphic display of dynamic values.
Display selection from the controller
permits operator prompting from the controller.
Presentation of HTML documents with MS Pocket Internet
Explorer.
6/152
Siemens IK PI 2015
Visual Basic Script, flexibility thanks to the implementation of

new functions including linking to variables (comparison
operations, loops, etc.).
Language switching
16 online languages, 32 configuration languages incl. Asiatic
and Cyrillic character sets
- Language-dependent texts and graphics
User administration (security)
- User-oriented access protection according to requirements
of specific sectors
- Authentication with user name and password
- User-group-specific rights
Signaling system
- Discrete and analog alarms (edge alarms) as well as the
ALARM_S message frame procedure for SIMATIC S7
- Freely definable message classes (e.g. status/fault
messages) for definition of acknowledgment response and
display of alarm events
Message buffer
- Non-volatile, maintenance-free and battery-free message
buffer. The messages remain stored when the mobile panel
has the battery removed as well
Recipe management
- With additional data storage
(on optional MultiMedia Card/SD Card)
- Online/offline processing on the panel
- Storage of recipe data in standard Windows format (CSV)
- External processing using standard tools such as Excel and
Access is possible
Help texts
for process images, messages and variables.
Arithmetic functions
Limit value monitoring
for reliable process control of inputs and outputs.
Indicator light
for machine and plant status indication.
Scheduler
for cyclic function processing.
Dynamic positioning of objects and dynamic showing/hiding
of objects
Permanent window and template concept
- Creation of screen templates
Simple maintenance and configuration thanks to:
- Backup and restore of the project, operating system,
recipe data records and firmware on the optional standard
Multimedia Card/SD Card
- Backup and restoration of configuration, operating system,
recipe data sets and firmware on a PC using ProSave
- Project transfer/return transfer via PROFINET/WLAN
- Automatic transfer detection
- Individual brightness setting
- Project simulation directly on the configuration computer
WinCC flexible options
- Sm@rtService for remote operator control and monitoring of
SIMATIC HMI systems based on TCP/IP networks
- Sm@rtAccess for communication between HMI systems
based on TCP/IP networks. Remote access to recipe data
records, passwords and HMI system-specific information,
and much more. (Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN as server: View
only)
- OPC server: Communication with applications (e.g. MES,
ERP, or applications in the office sector) from various
manufacturers (see HMI software/runtime software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible/WinCC flexible RT options)
- Audit
Siemens AG 2014

Wireless Devices
Configuration
Configuration is carried out with the SIMATIC WinCC flexible
Standard or Advanced configuration software (see
SIMATIC WinCC flexible HMI software/engineering software).
SIMATIC WinCC flexible is the logical further development of the
field-proven ProTool family. Projects generated using ProTool
can be easily migrated to WinCC flexible. If WinCC flexible is
started directly from SIMATIC Manager, data in STEP 7 can be
accessed directly when the panel is configured. Duplicated data
input and data management is, therefore, avoided.
IWLAN infrastructure
The required IWLAN infrastructure is set up using the
SCALANCE W-700 IWLAN Access Points, preferably with the
SCALANCE W-700 variant that has two wireless cards built into
the device (Dual Access Point) and KEY-PLUG W700 iFeatures
which supports the application options of the Mobile Panel
277(F) IWLAN.
The iPCF-MC functionality (rapid roaming = fast, uninterrupted
switchover between multiple access points) is only available
with panels in version V2 or higher.
The Access Point provides an Industrial Ethernet interface for
connection to the wired network.
In addition to a reliable radio link, the SCALANCE W-700 Access
Points stand out due to their optimum support of standardized
IT mechanisms:
IEEE 802.11b/ g/ a/ h for different frequency ranges
IEEE 802.11e for multimedia, wireless multimedia (WMM) 1)
IEEE 802.11i for security 1)
Construction of redundant networks with the Rapid Spanning
Tree Protocol (RSTP)
Virtual networks (VLAN) to logically separate, for example,
different user groups
Syslog server
Onlythe wireless approvals printed on the Mobile Panel are
binding. The RF approvals planned for all SIMATIC products can
be viewed at http://www.siemens.com/wireless-approvals.
Integration
The SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277(F) IWLAN communicates via
the WLAN Standard IEEE 802.11 a(b/g) via PROFINET. The
Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN devices also support PROFIsafe
communication.
There are five device variants with V2:
For mobile operation and monitoring via WLAN:
Mobile Panel 277 IWLAN V2 with handwheel, key switch and
illuminated pushbuttons
As fail-safe device for safety-oriented operation as well:
Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 with acknowledgement button
and emergency stop button
Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 with acknowledgement button,
emergency stop button, handwheel, key switch and illuminated pushbuttons
Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN RFID Tag (for V2 only)
For the versions Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN (PROFIsafe), the
following system prerequisites apply:
The Mobile Panel must be connected as a safe device
(PROFIsafe, Distributed Safety)
Use of a SIMATIC F-CPU
SIMATIC Mobile Panel
277 IWLAN
When using
transponders
When using
Profinet IO
277F IWLAN
(fail-safe)
Not supported by Mobile Panel Wireless
277F IWLAN
(RFID Tag)
(fail-safe)
SIMATIC F-CPU
(Distributed
Safety)
!
!
= Recommended
!
1)
Only WLAN
utilization (HMI)
5 GHz
frequency band
(IEEE 802.11a)
= Requirement
= Not required
The Mobile Panel 277(F) IWLAN can be connected to:

SIMATIC S7-200/300/400 (one F-CPU required for integrating
the Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN and SIMOTION (Mobile Panel
277 IWLAN V2 or higher, or Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2 or
higher (WinCC flexible 2008 SP3 or higher))
Note:
Further information can be found under "System interfaces".
The Function Manuals "Fail-Safe Operation of the
Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN" are available for downloading
in English, German, and Japanese.
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/153
Siemens AG 2014

Wireless Devices
6AV6645-0DD01-0AX1 6AV6645-0DE01-0AX1 6AV6645-0EB01-0AX1 6AV6645-0EC01-0AX1 6AV6645-0EF01-0AX1
With integrated
enabling- and
emergency-stop
button
With integrated
enabling- and
emergency-stop
button, handwheel,
key switch and two illuminated pushbuttons
RFID with integrated

enabling- and
emergency-stop
button, handwheel,
Display
Size
7.5"
7.5"
7.5"
7.5"
7.5"
Display type
TFT, 65536 colors
TFT, 65536 colors
TFT, 65536 colors
TFT, 65536 colors
TFT, 65536 colors
Resolution (pixels)
640 x 480
640 x 480
640 x 480
640 x 480
640 x 480
Backlighting
50 000 h
50 000 h
50 000 h
50 000 h
50 000 h
Control elements
Operating options
Keys and Touch
Keys and Touch
Keys and Touch
Keys and Touch
Keys and Touch
Function keys, programmable
18 function keys,
18 with LEDs
18 function keys,
18 with LEDs
18 function keys,
18 with LEDs
18 function keys, 18
with LEDs
18 function keys,
18 with LEDs
Connection for
mouse/keyboard/barcode reader
USB / USB / USB
USB / USB / USB
USB / USB / USB
USB / USB / USB
USB / USB / USB
Analog, resistive
Analog, resistive
Analog, resistive
Analog, resistive
Analog, resistive
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Touch operation
Touch screen
With handwheel key

switch and two illuminated pushbutton
Special operator controls

Stop button
Emergency stop button
(forced blocking)
Acknowledgement button
Key-operated switch
Illuminated pushbutton
Handwheel
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Supply voltage
Supply voltage
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
Via charging station
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Via table power supply
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Processor
Processor
ARM, 520 MHz
ARM, 520 MHz
ARM, 520 MHz
ARM, 520 MHz
ARM, 520 MHz
Memory
Type
Flash / RAM
Flash / RAM
Flash / RAM
Flash / RAM
Flash / RAM
6 MB usable memory
for user data
6 MB usable memory
for user data
6 MB usable memory
for user data
6 MB usable memory
for user data
6 MB usable memory
for user data
7.2 V
5 100 mAh
500
4h
4h
Yes
Yes
Yes
7.2 V
5 100 mAh
500
4h
4h
Yes
Yes
Yes
7.2 V
5 100 mAh
500
4h
4h
Yes
Yes
Yes
7.2 V
5 100 mAh
500
4h
4h
Yes
Yes
Yes
7.2 V
5 100 mAh
500
4h
4h
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Usable memory for user data

Battery
Main battery
Rated voltage
Capacity
Number of loading cycles, min
Charging time, typ.
Operating time, typ.
Display for battery capacity
Energy-saving mode
Battery replacement during
operation
Type of output
Status LEDs
LED for safe
LED for communication
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
LED for battery
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Vibrations
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Hardware clock,
battery backup,
synchronizable
Yes
Yes
Yes
Hardware clock,
battery backup,
synchronizable
Yes
Yes
Yes
Hardware clock,
battery backup,
synchronizable
Yes
Yes
Yes
Hardware clock,
battery backup,
synchronizable
Yes
Yes
Yes
Hardware clock,
battery backup,
synchronizable
Yes
Yes
Yes
Time of day
Clock
Type

Battery-backed
Synchronizable
6/154
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Wireless Devices

With handwheel key
With integrated
enabling- and
emergency-stop
button
With integrated
enabling- and
emergency-stop
button, handwheel,

enabling- and
emergency-stop
button, handwheel,
Interfaces
Interfaces
1 x Ethernet (RJ45)
1 x Ethernet (RJ45)
1 x Ethernet (RJ45)
1 x Ethernet (RJ45)
1 x Ethernet (RJ45)
USB port
1 x USB
1 x USB
1 x USB
1 x USB
1 x USB
Multi Media Card slot
1 MMC/SD card slot
1 MMC/SD card slot
1 MMC/SD card slot
1 MMC/SD card slot
1 MMC/SD card slot
Industrial Ethernet
1 x Ethernet (RJ45)
1 x Ethernet (RJ45)
1 x Ethernet (RJ45)
1 x Ethernet (RJ45)
1 x Ethernet (RJ45)
WLAN
Wireless LAN
Supports rapid roaming
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Protocols
PROFINET
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes;
The product is
designed for use in
industrial environments. When used in
residential areas, the
emission of radio interference according to
limit class B of
EN 55011 must be
ensured. For further
information refer to the
user documentation
Yes;
The product is
designed for use in
limit class B of
EN 55011 must be
user documentation
Yes;
The product is
designed for use in
limit class B of
EN 55011 must be
user documentation
Yes;
The product is
designed for use in
limit class B of
EN 55011 must be
user documentation
Yes;
The product is
designed for use in
limit class B of
EN 55011 must be
user documentation

IP65 enclosure
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Certifications
CE, cULus, C-TICK
CE, cULus, C-TICK
CE, cULus, C-TICK
CE, cULus, C-TICK
CE, cULus, C-TICK
CE mark
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
cULus
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
RCM (former C-TICK)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
TV safety certification
Yes
Yes
Yes
Highest safety class achievable in

safety mode
Performance level
according to EN ISO 13849-1:2008
SIL according to IEC 61508:2010
SIL 3
SIL 3
SIL 3
EMC
acc. to EN 55 011
Emission of radio interferences
acc. to EN 55 011 (limit class A)
Ambient conditions
Drop height
1.2 m
1.2 m
1.2 m
1.2 m
1.2 m
Operation
0 C to +40 C
0 C to +40 C
0 C to +40 C
0 C to +40 C
0 C to +40 C
Transport, storage
-20 C to +60 C
-20 C to +60 C
-20 C to +60 C
-20 C to +60 C
-20 C to +60 C
Relative humidity
80 %
80 %
80 %
80 %
80 %
Operating systems
Operating system
Windows CE
Windows CE
Windows CE
Windows CE
Windows CE
16
16
16
16
16
Languages
Online languages
Number of online/runtime
languages
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/155
Siemens AG 2014

Wireless Devices

With integrated
enabling- and
emergency-stop
button
With integrated
enabling- and
emergency-stop
button, handwheel,

enabling- and
emergency-stop
button, handwheel,
Functionality under WinCC

(TIA Portal)
Libraries
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Task planner
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Message system
Number of messages
Bit messages
Analog messages
4 000
Yes
Yes
4 000
Yes
Yes
4 000
Yes
Yes
4 000
Yes
Yes
4 000
Yes
Yes
300
500
1 000
64 KB integrated
Flash, expandable
300
500
1 000
64 KB integrated
Flash, expandable
300
500
1 000
64 KB integrated
Flash, expandable
300
500
1 000
64 KB integrated
Flash, expandable
300
500
1 000
64 KB integrated
Flash, expandable
Variables
Number of variables per device
Limit values
Multiplexing
2 048
Yes
Yes
2 048
Yes
Yes
2 048
Yes
Yes
2 048
Yes
Yes
2 048
Yes
Yes
Images
Number of configurable images
500
500
500
500
500
10 000 text elements

Bit maps, icons,
vector graphics

Bit maps, icons,
vector graphics

Bit maps, icons,
vector graphics

Bit maps, icons,
vector graphics

Bit maps, icons,
vector graphics
With SIMATIC S7
Diagrams, bar graphs,
sliders, analog display, invisible buttons
With SIMATIC S7
With SIMATIC S7
With SIMATIC S7
With SIMATIC S7
500
400
500
400
500
400
500
400
500
400
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
10 000
10 000
10 000
10 000
10 000
50
32
Yes
50
32
Yes
50
32
Yes
50
32
Yes
50
32
Yes
Alarms, report
(shift report),
PROFINET
Alarms, report
(shift report),
PROFINET
Alarms, report
(shift report),
PROFINET
Alarms, report
(shift report),
PROFINET
Alarms, report
(shift report),
PROFINET
USB, Ethernet,
automatic transfer
recognition
Yes
USB, Ethernet,
automatic transfer
recognition
Yes
USB, Ethernet,
automatic transfer
recognition
Yes
USB, Ethernet,
automatic transfer
recognition
Yes
USB, Ethernet,
automatic transfer
recognition
Yes
Recipe administration
Number of recipes
Entries per data record
Recipe memory
With handwheel key

Image objects
Text objects
Graphics object
Complex image objects
Status/control
dynamic objects
Lists
Number of text lists per project
Number of graphics lists
per project
Archiving
Number of archives per device
Number of measuring points
per project
Number of entries per archive
Security
Number of user rights
Password export/import
Logging through printer
Recording/Printing
Transfer (upload/download)
Transfer of configuration
Wireless LAN
6/156
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Wireless Devices

Process coupling
Connection to controller
S7-1200
S7-1500
Zones
- Number of zones per project,
max.
- Number of transponders
for zones per project, max.
Effective range
- Number of effective ranges
per project, max.
for effective ranges per project,
max.
Transponder
per project, max.
- Adjustable distance range
- Adjustable distance, min.
- Adjustable distance, max.
With handwheel key

With integrated
enabling- and
emergency-stop
button
With integrated
enabling- and
emergency-stop
button, handwheel,

enabling- and
emergency-stop
button, handwheel,
S7-200, S7- 300/400

see section on
"System interfaces"
Yes
Yes
Yes
254
S7-200, S7- 300/400

see section on
"System interfaces"
Yes
Yes
Yes
254
S7-200, S7- 300/400

see section on
"System interfaces"
No
No; Available soon
Yes
254
S7-200, S7- 300/400

see section on
"System interfaces"
No
No; Available soon
Yes
254
S7-200, S7- 300/400

see section on
"System interfaces"
No
No; Available soon
255
255
255
255
Yes
127
Yes
127
127
127
Yes
127
Yes
256
Yes
256
Yes
256
Yes
256
Yes
2m
8m
Yes
2m
8m
Yes
2m
8m
Yes
2m
8m
I/O/Options
I/O devices
Multi Media Card
Barcode reader
Yes
Barcode reader
Yes
Barcode reader
Yes
Barcode reader
Yes
Barcode reader
Yes
Mechanics/material
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Dia 290 mm /
D 103 mm
Dia 290 mm /
D 103 mm
Dia 290 mm /
D 103 mm
Dia 290 mm /
D 103 mm
Dia 290 mm /
D 103 mm
2.2 kg
2.2 kg
2.2 kg
2.2 kg
2.2 kg
Dimensions
Weights
6AV6645-0FD01-0AX1 6AV6645-0FE01-0AX1 6AV6645-0GB01-0AX1 6AV6645-0GC01-0AX1 6AV6645-0GF01-0AX1

USA version
USA version
With handwheel key
USA version
With integrated
enabling- and
emergency-stop
button
USA version
With integrated
enabling- and
emergency-stop
button, handwheel,
USA version
enabling- and
emergency-stop
button, handwheel,
Display
Size
7.5"
7.5"
7.5"
7.5"
7.5"
Display type
TFT, 65536 colors
TFT, 65536 colors
TFT, 65536 colors
TFT, 65536 colors
TFT, 65536 colors
Resolution (pixels)
640 x 480
640 x 480
640 x 480
640 x 480
640 x 480
Backlighting
50 000 h
50 000 h
50 000 h
50 000 h
50 000 h
Control elements
Operating options
Keys and Touch
Keys and Touch
Keys and Touch
Keys and Touch
Keys and Touch
Function keys, programmable
18 function keys,
18 with LEDs
18 function keys,
18 with LEDs
18 function keys,
18 with LEDs
18 function keys,
18 with LEDs
18 function keys,
18 with LEDs
Connection for
mouse/keyboard/barcode reader
USB / USB / USB
USB / USB / USB
USB / USB / USB
USB / USB / USB
USB / USB / USB
Analog, resistive
Analog, resistive
Analog, resistive
Analog, resistive
Analog, resistive
Touch operation
Touch screen
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/157
Siemens AG 2014

Wireless Devices

Special operator controls

Stop button
Emergency stop button (forced
blocking)
Acknowledgement button
Key-operated switch
Illuminated pushbutton
Handwheel
USA version
With handwheel key
No
No
USA version
With integrated
enabling- and
emergency-stop
button
USA version
With integrated
enabling- and
emergency-stop
button, handwheel,
USA version
enabling- and
emergency-stop
button, handwheel,
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Supply voltage
Supply voltage
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
Via charging station
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Via table power supply
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Processor
Processor
ARM, 520 MHz
ARM, 520 MHz
ARM, 520 MHz
ARM, 520 MHz
ARM, 520 MHz
Memory
Type
Flash / RAM
Flash / RAM
Flash / RAM
Flash / RAM
Flash / RAM
6 MB usable memory
for user data
6 MB usable memory
for user data
6 MB usable memory
for user data
6 MB usable memory
for user data
6 MB usable memory
for user data
7.2 V
5 100 mAh
500
4h
4h
Yes
Yes
Yes
7.2 V
5 100 mAh
500
4h
4h
Yes
Yes
Yes
7.2 V
5 100 mAh
500
4h
4h
Yes
Yes
Yes
7.2 V
5 100 mAh
500
4h
4h
Yes
Yes
Yes
7.2 V
5 100 mAh
500
4h
4h
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Usable memory for user data
USA version
Battery
Main battery
Rated voltage
Capacity
Number of loading cycles, min
Charging time, typ.
Operating time, typ.
Display for battery capacity
Energy-saving mode
Battery replacement during
operation
Type of output
Status LEDs
LED for safe
LED for communication
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
LED for battery
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Vibrations
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Battery-backed
Hardware clock,
battery backup,
synchronizable
Yes
Yes
Hardware clock,
battery backup,
synchronizable
Yes
Yes
Hardware clock,
battery backup,
synchronizable
Yes
Yes
Hardware clock,
battery backup,
synchronizable
Yes
Yes
Synchronizable
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Hardware clock,
battery backup,
synchronizable
Yes
Yes;
Via bypass battery
Yes
Interfaces
Interfaces
1 x Ethernet (RJ45)
1 x Ethernet (RJ45)
1 x Ethernet (RJ45)
1 x Ethernet (RJ45)
1 x Ethernet (RJ45)
USB port
1 x USB
1 x USB
1 x USB
1 x USB
1 x USB
Multi Media Card slot
1 MMC/SD card slot
1 MMC/SD card slot
1 MMC/SD card slot
1 MMC/SD card slot
1 MMC/SD card slot
Industrial Ethernet
1 x Ethernet (RJ45)
1 x Ethernet (RJ45)
1 x Ethernet (RJ45)
1 x Ethernet (RJ45)
1 x Ethernet (RJ45)
WLAN
Wireless LAN
Supports rapid roaming
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Protocols
PROFINET
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Time of day
Clock
Type
6/158
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Wireless Devices

USA version
USA version
With handwheel key
USA version
With integrated
enabling- and
emergency-stop
button
USA version
With integrated
enabling- and
emergency-stop
button, handwheel,
USA version
enabling- and
emergency-stop
button, handwheel,
EMC
Emission of radio interference acc. to
EN 55 011
Emission of radio interferences acc. Yes;
to EN 55 011 (limit class A)
The product is
designed for use in
limit class B of
EN 55011 must be
user documentation
Yes;
The product is
designed for use in
limit class B of
EN 55011 must be
user documentation
Yes;
The product is
designed for use in
limit class B of
EN 55011 must be
user documentation
Yes;
The product is
designed for use in
limit class B of
EN 55011 must be
user documentation
Yes;
The product is
designed for use in
limit class B of
EN 55011 must be
user documentation

IP65 enclosure
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Certifications
CE, cULus, C-TICK
CE, cULus, C-TICK
CE, cULus, C-TICK
CE, cULus, C-TICK
CE, cULus, C-TICK
CE mark
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
cULus
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
RCM (former C-TICK)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
TV safety certification
Yes
Yes
Yes
Highest safety class achievable in

safety mode
Performance level
according to EN ISO 13849-1:2008
SIL according to IEC 61508:2010
SIL 3
SIL 3
SIL 3
Ambient conditions
Drop height
1.2 m
1.2 m
1.2 m
1.2 m
1.2 m
Operation
0 C to +40 C
0 C to +40 C
0 C to +40 C
0 C to +40 C
0 C to +40 C
Transport, storage
-20 C to +60 C
-20 C to +60 C
-20 C to +60 C
-20 C to +60 C
-20 C to +60 C
Relative humidity
80 %
80 %
80 %
80 %
80 %
Operating systems
Operating system
Windows CE
Windows CE
Windows CE
Windows CE
Windows CE
16
16
16
16
16
Functionality under WinCC

(TIA Portal)
Libraries
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Task planner
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Message system
Number of messages
Bit messages
Analog messages
4 000
Yes
Yes
4 000
Yes
Yes
4 000
Yes
Yes
4 000
Yes
Yes
4 000
Yes
Yes
300
500
1 000
64 KB integrated
Flash, expandable
300
500
1 000
64 KB integrated
Flash, expandable
300
500
1 000
64 KB integrated
Flash, expandable
300
500
1 000
64 KB integrated
Flash, expandable
300
500
1 000
64 KB integrated
Flash, expandable
2 048
Yes
Yes
2 048
Yes
Yes
2 048
Yes
Yes
2 048
Yes
Yes
2 048
Yes
Yes
Languages
Online languages
Number of online/runtime
languages
Recipe administration
Number of recipes
Entries per data record
Recipe memory
Variables
Number of variables per device
Limit values
Multiplexing
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/159
Siemens AG 2014

Wireless Devices

Images
Number of configurable images
Image objects
Text objects
Graphics object
Complex image objects
Status/control
dynamic objects
USA version
USA version
With handwheel key
USA version
With integrated
enabling- and
emergency-stop
button
USA version
With integrated
enabling- and
emergency-stop
button, handwheel,
USA version
enabling- and
emergency-stop
button, handwheel,
500
500
500
500
500

Bit maps, icons,
vector graphics

Bit maps, icons,
vector graphics

Bit maps, icons,
vector graphics

Bit maps, icons,
vector graphics

Bit maps, icons,
vector graphics
With SIMATIC S7
With SIMATIC S7
With SIMATIC S7
With SIMATIC S7
With SIMATIC S7
500
400
500
400
500
400
500
400
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
10 000
10 000
10 000
10 000
10 000
50
32
Yes
50
32
Yes
50
32
Yes
50
32
Yes
50
32
Yes
Alarms, report (shift

report), PROFINET

report), PROFINET

report), PROFINET

report), PROFINET

report), PROFINET
USB, Ethernet, automatic transfer recognition

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes
S7-200, S7- 300/400

see section on
"System interfaces"
Yes
Yes
Yes
254
255
S7-200, S7- 300/400

see section on
"System interfaces"
No
No; Available soon
Yes
254
255
S7-200, S7- 300/400

see section on
"System interfaces"
No
No; Available soon
Yes
254
255
S7-200, S7- 300/400

see section on
"System interfaces"
No
No; Available soon
Yes
127
Yes
127
Yes
127
127
127
Yes
256
Yes
256
Yes
256
Yes
2m
8m
Yes
2m
8m
Yes
2m
8m
Lists
Number of text lists per project
500
Number of graphics lists per project 400
Archiving
Number of archives per device
Number of measuring points
per project
Number of entries per archive
Security
Number of user rights
Password export/import
Logging through printer
Recording/Printing
Transfer (upload/download)
Transfer of configuration
Wireless LAN
Process coupling
Connection to controller
S7-200, S7- 300/400

see section on
"System interfaces"
Yes
S7-1200
S7-1500
Yes
Zones
Yes
- Number of zones per project, max. 254
255
for zones per project, max.
Effective range
- Number of effective ranges
per project, max.
- Number of transponders for
effective ranges per project, max.
Transponder
Yes
256
per project, max.
- Adjustable distance range
Yes
- Adjustable distance, min.
2m
- Adjustable distance, max.
8m
I/O/Options
I/O devices
Multi Media Card
Barcode reader
Yes
Barcode reader
Yes
Barcode reader
Yes
Barcode reader
Yes
Barcode reader
Yes
Mechanics/material
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Dia 290 mm /
D 103 mm
Dia 290 mm /
D 103 mm
Dia 290 mm /
D 103 mm
Dia 290 mm /
D 103 mm
Dia 290 mm /
D 103 mm
2.2 kg
2.2 kg
2.2 kg
2.2 kg
2.2 kg
Dimensions
Weights
6/160
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Wireless Devices
Ordering data
V2 (RoW version 1))
(PROFINET)
(PROFINET)
key-operated switch and two
IWLAN V2 PROFIsafe
(RoW version 1))
(PROFINET)
(PROFINET)
emergency stop button with integrated handwheel, key-operated
switch, and two illuminated pushbuttons
RFID tag version: Communication
via WLAN (PROFINET) with
acknowledgement button and
key-operated switch, and two
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277
IWLAN V2 (USA version)
(PROFINET)
(PROFINET)
key-operated switch and two
IWLAN V2 PROFIsafe
(USA version)
(tag version)
Article No.
Article No.
Accessories
6AV6645-0DD01-0AX1
6AV6645-0DE01-0AX1
See HMI accessories
Note: Please order the table-top

power supply or charging station as
well. Required for charging the battery.
Documentation (to be ordered separately)
You can find the manuals for the
Mobile Panels on the Internet at:
1)
6AV6645-0EB01-0AX1
6AV6645-0EC01-0AX1
133300
RoW version:
"Rest of World" version: Version for worldwide sales except in the U.S.
Note:
The Function Manuals "Fail-Safe Operation of the
Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V1" are available for downloading
in English, German, and Japanese.
6AV6645-0EF01-0AX1
6AV6645-0FD01-0AX1
6AV6645-0FE01-0AX1
6AV6645-0GB01-0AX1
6AV6645-0GC01-0AX1
6AV6645-0GF01-0AX1
Starter kit
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277(F)
IWLAN (RoW version1))
for
Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN V2
6AV6651-5GA01-0AA1
6AV6651-5HA01-0AA1
More information
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-mobile-panels
Note:
Do you need a specific modification or addition to the products
described here? Then take a look under "Customer-specific
products". There, you will find information on ordering additional
and standard industry products as well as possibilities for
customer-specific modifications and adjustments.
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/161
Siemens AG 2014

WirelessHART
General
Overview
HART (Highway Addressable Remote Transducer) is the
protocol for bus-addressed field devices. It is not a fieldbus,
but a version of the digital field communication that contains
many of the functionalities of fieldbuses.
WirelessHART is the wireless HART communication to fieldbuses in the process industry. The HART Communication
Foundation (HCF) specified WirelessHART and published it as
part of the HART standard V7.1. The radio transmission is based
on the wireless communications standard IEEE 802.15.4.
High availability is achieved by means of the meshed network
architecture (each field device is simultaneously a repeater) with
redundant communication paths and constantly changing
frequency channels (channel hopping). 128-bit encryption in
conjunction with authentication and validation of each data
packet ensures secure data transfer and prevents unauthorized
access to the field devices.
SITRANS
MDS
OS
Industrial Ethernet
Controller without
HART support
SITRANS
AW200
4 20 mA
IEEE 802.11
As a basic principle, a WirelessHART network consists of

WirelessHART field devices and a WirelessHART gateway that
receives the data from the field devices and forwards it to the
automation system.
4 20 mA
Wireless
HART
Industrial
Ethernet
4 20 mA
IE/WSNPA LINK
Wireless communication with WirelessHART
6/162
Siemens IK PI 2015
PROFIBUS
G_IK10_XX_30348
Remote I/O station

w/o HART support
Siemens AG 2014

WirelessHART
SITRANS P280 for gauge and absolute pressure
Overview
Application
The SITRANS P280 is a WirelessHART field device for measuring
absolute and gauge pressure.
The measuring ranges for absolute and gauge pressure
measurements are 0 to 1.6, 10, 50, 200 and 320 bar (0 to 23,
145, 725, 2900 and 4641 psi).
The sensor is integrated into the transmitter casing.
On the wireless communication side, the transmitter supports
the WirelessHART standard. For initial commissioning in
particular, a HART modem can be connected to the transmitter.
You can alternatively opt for simple and easy local operation
using the pushbuttons w/o any additional handset devices.
It can be used in all industries and applications in non-explosive
areas.
Design
SITRANS P280 for flexible and cost-effective applications in
pressure monitoring
Supports the WirelessHART standard (HART V 7.1)
Very high security level for wireless data transmission
Built-in local user interface (LUI) with 3-button operation
Optimum display and readability using graphics display
(104 x 80 pixels) with integrated background illumination
Stand-by (deep sleep phase) can be activated and deactivated on the device with a push of a button
Battery power supply
Battery service live up to 5 years
Extend battery service life with HART modem interface which
can be shut off
Optimized power consumption through new design, and
increase in battery service life
Simple configuration thanks to SIMATIC PDM
Device meets IP65 degree of protection
Can be used for absolute and gauge pressure measurements
Benefits
The SITRANS P280 is a pressure transmitter that features
Wireless HART as the standard communication interface.
Also available is a wired interface to connect a HART modem:
Flexible pressure measurements
Save costs on writing for difficult installation conditions.
Wireless technology offers cost advantages in cases where
extensive wiring cots would normally apply.
It enables additional hitherto unfeasible measuring points,
particularly for monitoring purposes.
Easy installation on moveable equipment parts
Enables cost-effective temporary measurements, for example
for process optimizations.
Optimum addition to wired communication and expansion of
solution options for system solutions in process automation
The SITRANS P280 has a robust aluminum enclosure and is

suitable for outside use. It conforms with the IP65 safety class.
The operating temperature range is -40 to +80 C (-40 to
+176 F). Power supply is provided through an integrated
battery, which is available as an accessory. The device is only
approved for operation with this battery.
The aerial features a rotatable joint which can be used for
directional alignment. Wireless signals can thus be optimally
received and transmitted.
A special highlight is the option for direct operation on the
device. The operating strategy used in this case seamlessly
integrates into the strategy of all new Siemens field devices.
Using the device's control buttons, it is easy to turn the HART
modem interface of the device on and off. The device can be put
to passive status and reactivated at any time. This helps to extend the service life of the battery.
The SITRANS P280 transmitter features a ceramic measuring
cell for gauge and absolute pressure measurements.
Function
The SITRANS P280 can integrate itself into a WirelessHART
network. It can be parameterized and operated through this
network. Measured process values are transported via the network to the SIEMENS IE/WSN-PA link.
Field device data received by the IE/WSN-PA LINK is transmitted
to the connected systems, for example the process control system SIMATIC PCS 7. For an introduction to the mode of operation
of WirelessHART, please see the FI 01 catalogue, section 9 or
http://www.siemens.com/wirelesshart.
Detailed information on IE/WSN-PA can be found in the FI 01
catalogue, section 8 or http://www.siemens.com/wirelesshart.
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/163
Siemens AG 2014

WirelessHART
Integration
Configuration
Connecting to SIMATIC PCS 7

The integration of field devices in SIMATIC PCS 7 and other
process control systems can now be done seamlessly and costeffectively with wireless technology, especially in situations
where high wiring costs may be expected. Of particular interest
are measuring points which are to be added and for which no
MSR wiring is available.
Siemens WirelessHART devices are designed for optimum
compatibility with products in the SCALANC W range.
Where larger distances between the IW/WSN-PA LINK and
control systems need to be overcome, this connection can also
be implemented on a wireless and cost-effective basis using the
products of the SCALANCE W family.
ES
OS
MS
Industrial Ethernet
SITRANS
AW210
SIMATIC
system
SITRANS
AW200
SIMATIC ET 200
with HART support
IE/WSNPA LINK
SITRANS
AW210
SITRANS SITRANS
P280
TF280
DP/PA
LINK
PROFIBUS
Wireless
HART
PROFIBUS PA
Integration of a meshed network in SIMATIC PCS7
6/164
Siemens IK PI 2015
Configuration of the SITRANS P280 may be carried out as

follows:
Initial start-up for the SITRANS P280 with SIMATIC PDM is
generally carried out via a HART modem or the integrated
local user interface, since the network ID and Join key must be
set up on the device before it can be accepted and integrated
into the WirelessHART network.
Once it is integrated into the network, the device can be
conveniently operated with the WirelessHART network, the
onsite HART modem or via the local user interface.
Siemens AG 2014

WirelessHART
SITRANS P280 WirelessHART Pressure Transmitter
SITRANS P280 WirelessHART Pressure Transmitter
Mode of operation
Design
Measuring principle
piezo-resistive
Measured variable
Gauge and absolute pressure
Gauge pressure input

Measuring range
Overload limit/Burst pressure
0 ... 1.6 bar (0 ... 23 psi)
4 bar (58 psi)
0 ... 10 bar (0 ... 145 psi)
20 bar (290 psi)
0 ... 50 bar (0 ... 725 psi)
100 bar (1 450 psi)
0 ... 200 bar (0 ... 2900 psi)
400 bar (5 801 psi)
0 ... 320 bar (0 ... 4641 psi)
640 bar (9 282 psi)
Units
mbar, bar, m4H2O, i4H2O, atm, Torr,

gcm, kgcm, Pa, kPa, MPa, psi,
mmHG, mmH2O, ftH2O, inHG, inH2O
Enclosure material
low-copper die-cast aluminum,

GD-AISi12 (Fe)
Shock resistance
in accordance with
DIN EN 60068-2-29 / 03.95
Resistance to vibration
in accordance with
EN 60068-2-6/ 12.07
Weight
without battery
With battery
1.5 kg (3.31 lb)

1.6 kg (3.53 lb)
See Dimensional drawing
Process connection
GB male thread to EN 837-1

-14 NPT
Sensor break
Is recognized
Displays and controls
Absolute pressure input

Measuring range
Overload limit/Burst pressure
0 ... 1.6 bar a (0 ... 23 psi a)
4 bar a (58 psi a)
0 ... 10 bar a (0 ... 145 psi a)
20 bar a (290 psi a)
Display (with illumination)

Size of display
Number of digits
Number of spaces after comma
0 ... 50 bar a (0 ... 725 psi a)
100 bar a (1450 psi a)
Setting options
0 ... 200 bar a (0 ... 2900 psi a)
400 bar a (5801 psi a)
0 ... 320 bar a (0 ... 4641 psi a)
640 bar a (9282 psi a)
Auxiliary power
Units
mbar, bar, m4H2O, i4H2O, atm, Torr,

gcm, kgcm, Pa, kPa, MPa, psi,
mmHG, mmH2O, ftH2O, inHG, inH2O
Battery
Output
Output signal
2.4 GHz Wireless signal with TSMP

(Time Synchronized Mesh Protocol)
Measuring accuracy
Error in measurement at
limit setting including hysteresis
and reproducibility
typically 0.17 % of span,

max. 0.25 % of sensor span
Long-term stability
max. 0.25 % of sensor/year span
Influence of ambient temperature
max. 0.2 %/10 K of sensor span
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
Storage temperature
Relative humidity
-40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)

(in ambient temperatures
below -20 C (-4 F) and
above +70 C (158 F),
readability of the display is limited.)
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
< 95 %
Climatic class
4K4H in accordance with

EN 60721-3-4(stationary use at locations not protected against weather)
IP65/NEMA 4
Permissible medium temperature
-40 ... 85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
on site with 3 buttons

with SIMATIC PDM
or HART Communicator
3.6 V DC
Communication
Radio
WirelessHART V7.1 conforming
Transmission frequency band
2.4 GHz (ISM-Band)
Transmission range under reference

conditions
Up to 250 m (line of sight)

in outside areas
Up to 50 m (greatly dependent on
obstacles) in inside areas
Rated conditions
104 x 80 pixels
adjustable
adjustable
HART communication with HART

modem
WirelessHART
Certificates and approvals

Wireless communication approvals
R&TTE, FCC
General product safety
CSAUS/C, CE, UL
Classification according to pressure

equipment directive (PED 97/23/EC)
Gases: Fluid group 1

Liquids: Fluid group 1;
meets requirements as per Section 3,
Subsection 3 (good engineering
practice)
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/165
Siemens AG 2014

WirelessHART
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
Configuration
SITRANS P280 WirelessHART

pressure transmitter
(Required battery not included
with delivery, see accessories)
Further designs
7MP1120 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 0
Measuring span
Gauge pressure
Measuring point description

max. 16 digits entered
in plain text
Y15: ....................
Y15
Measuring point message

max. 27 characters entered in
plain text:
Y16: ....................
Y16
0 ... 1.6 bar (0 ... 23 psi)
0 ... 10 bar (0 ... 145 psi)
0 ... 50 bar (0 ... 725 psi)
0 ... 200 bar (0 ... 2900 psi)
Lithium battery
for SITRANS TF280/P280
7MP1990-0AA00
0 ... 320 bar (0 ... 4641 psi)
Mounting bracket, steel
7MF4997-1AC
Mounting bracket, stainless steel
7MF4997-1AJ
Cover, die-cast aluminum,

without window
7MF4997-1BB

with window
7MF4997-1BE
IE/WSN-PA LINK
with integral,
non-detachable antenna
6GK1411-6CA40-0AA0
IE/WSN-PA LINK
6GK1411-6CA40-0BA0
HART modem with USB interface
7MF4997-1DB
SIMATIC PDM
see Catalog FI 01, Chap. 8
Accessories
Absolute pressure
0 ... 1.6 bar a (0 ... 3 psia)
0 ... 10 bar a (0 ... 145 psia)
0 ... 50 bar a (0 ... 725 psia)
0 ... 200 bar a (0 ... 2900 psia)
0 ... 320 bar a (0 ... 4641 psia)
Wetted parts
Order code
Stainless steel tag plate
Measuring cell filling

Dry measuring cell
Please add "-Z" to Article No.

and specify Order code(s) and
plain text.
Ceramic
Display
Display, visible
Enclosure
Die-cast aluminum
Process connection
G as per EN 837-1
-14 NPT
Explosion protection
Without
Antenna
Variable, attached to device
6/166
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

WirelessHART
Overview
Application
The SITRANS TF280 is a WirelessHART field device for
measuring temperature with a Pt100 sensor.
This sensor can be installed directly on the field device, or connected at an offset with a cable connection. On the wireless
communication side, the transmitter supports the WirelessHART
standard. A HART modem can be connected to the transmitter
particularly for initial parameterization.
It can be used in all industries and applications in non-explosive
areas.
Design
The SITRANS TF280 has a robust aluminum enclosure and is
suitable for outside use. It conforms with the IP65 safety class.
The operating temperature range is -40 to +80 C (-40 to
+176 F). Power supply is provided through an integrated
battery, which is available as an accessory. The device is only
approved for operation with this battery.
SITRANS TF280 for flexible and cost-effective temperature
measurements
Very high security level for wireless data transmission
Built-in local user interface (LUI) with 3-button operation
Optimum display and readability using graphics display
(104 x 80 pixels) with integrated background lighting
Stand-by (deep sleep phase) on device can be turned on and
off with a push of a button
Battery power supply
Battery service live up to 5 years
Extend battery service life with HART modem interface which
can be shut off
Optimized power consumption through new design, and
increase in battery service life
Simple configuration thanks to SIMATIC PDM
Housing meets IP65 degree of protection
Supports all Pt100 sensors as per IEC 751/DIN EN 60751
Benefits
The SITRANS TF280 is a temperature transmitter that features
Wireless HART as the standard communication interface.
Also available is a wired interface to connect a HART modem:
Flexible temperature measurement
Save costs on writing for difficult installation conditions.
Wireless technology offers cost advantages in cases where
extensive wiring cots would normally apply.
It enables additional hitherto unfeasible measuring points,
particularly for monitoring purposes
Easy installation also on moveable equipment parts
Enables cost-effective temporary measurements, for example
for process optimizations.
The aerial features a rotatable joint which can be used for

directional alignment. Wireless signals can thus be optimally
received and transmitted.
A special highlight is the option for direct operation on the
device. The operating strategy used in this case seamlessly
integrates into the strategy of all new SIEMENS field devices.
Using the device's control buttons, it is easy to turn the HART
modem interface of the device on and off. The device can be put
to passive status and reactivated at any time. This helps to
extend the service life of the battery.
The SITRANS TF280 transmitter features a cable gland or a
Pt100 sensor including protective piping.
Function
The SITRANS TF280 can integrate itself into a WirelessHART
network. It can be parameterized and operated through this
network. Measured process values are transported via the network to the SIEMENS IE/WSN-PA LINK.
Field device data received by the IE/WSN-PA LINK is transmitted
to the connected systems, for example the process control system SIMATIC PCS 7. For an introduction to the mode of operation
of WirelessHART, please see the FI 01 catalog chapter 8 or at
Detailed information on IE/WSN-PA LINK can be found
in the FI 01 catalog chapter 8 or at
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/167
Siemens AG 2014

WirelessHART
Integration
Connecting to SIMATIC PCS 7

The integration of field devices in SIMATIC PCS 7 and other
process control systems can now be done seamlessly and costeffectively with wireless technology, especially in situations
where high wiring costs may be expected. Of particular interest
are measuring points which are to be added and for which no
MSR wiring is available.
Where larger distances between the IW/WSN-PA LINK and
control systems need to be overcome, this connection can also
be implemented on a wireless and cost-effective basis using the
products of the SCALANCE W family.
The Siemens WirelessHART devices are designed for optimum
compatibility with products of the SCALANCE W family.
ES
OS
MS
The SITRANS TF280 can be mechanically installed in two ways:

direct at the measuring point with a M20x1.5 thread
Connection to other threads can be done via the adapter.
offset from Pt100 sensor, which is connected to the transmitter
via a cable
The details in the table below relate to the transmitter without
taking into account a connected sensor, unless otherwise
specified.
SITRANS TF280 WirelessHART temperature transmitter
Input
Sensor
Sensor type
Connection
Measuring range
Cable length SITRANS TF280 and
Pt100 sensor element
Pt100 as per IEC 751/EN 607511)

Two, three or four-wire system
-200 ... +850 C (-328 ... +1560 F)
3m
Measuring accuracy2)
Industrial Ethernet
SITRANS
AW210
SIMATIC
system
SITRANS
AW200
Accuracy
< 0.4 % of the measured value
Long-term drift
< 0.035 % of the measuring range

in first year
Temperature drift
max. 0.01 C/10 K
Conditions of use
SIMATIC ET 200
with HART support
Wireless
HART
Ambient temperature
-40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)
Storage temperature
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
Relative humidity
< 95%
Climatic class
4K4H in accordance with

EN 60721-3-4
(stationary use at locations not
protected against weather)
IP65/NEMA 4
IE/WSNPA LINK
80 C (176 F)
Max. permissible temperature at
transmitter for directly mounted Pt100
SITRANS SITRANS
P280
TF280
PROFIBUS
SITRANS
AW210
DP/PA
LINK
PROFIBUS PA
Integration of a meshed network into SIMATIC PCS 7
Configuration
Configuration of the SITRANS TF280 transmitter may be carried
out as follows:
Initial start-up for the SITRANS TF280 with SIMATIC PDM is
generally carried out via a HART modem or the integrated
local user interface, since the network ID and join key must be
set up on the device before it can be accepted and integrated
into the WirelessHART network.
Once it is integrated into the network, the device can be
conveniently operated with the WirelessHART network, the
onsite HART modem or via the local user interface.
6/168
Siemens IK PI 2015
Design
Enclosure
Die-cast aluminum
Shock resistance
in accordance with
DIN EN 60068-2-29 / 03.95
DIN EN 60068-2-6/12.07
Weight
without battery
With battery
1.5 kg (3.3 lb)

1.6 kg (3.5 lb)
See Catalog FI 01
Thread for cable gland/sensor

connection
M20x1.5
other threads via adapter
Cable between transmitter and

sensor element
3 m for two-, three- or four-wire

connections
Cable resistance < 1
(setting range in m 0...9999)
Sensor break
Is recognized
Siemens AG 2014

WirelessHART
Ordering data
SITRANS TF280 WirelessHART temperature transmitter
Configuration
Displays and controls
SITRANS TF280 WirelessHART

Temperature transmitter
(Required battery not included with
delivery, see accessories)
Display (with illumination)

Size of display
Number of digits
Number of spaces after comma
Setting options
104 x 80 pixels
adjustable
adjustable
Connections/cable entry
Cable gland M20x1.5 1)
Sensor pipe with Pt100, G"

male thread,
pre-mounted and connected
3.6 V DC
Display
Communication
Digital display, visible
Wireless standard
WirelessHART V7.1 conforming
Enclosure
2.4 GHz (ISM-Band)
Die-cast aluminum
Range under reference conditions)
Up to 250 m (line of sight)

in outside areas
Up to 50 m (greatly dependent on
obstacles) in inside areas
Not included
HART communication with

HART modem
WirelessHART
Variable, attached to device
7MP1110 - 0 A 7 7 7 - 0 7 7 0
on site with 3 buttons

with SIMATIC PDM
or HART Communicator
Auxiliary power
Battery
Article No.

R&TTE, FCC
Pressure equipment directive
This device does not fall under the

pressure equipment directive.
1)
Preassembled Pt100: Class A (maximum MES: 0.15 + 0.002*|t| C)
2)
Error calculation:
Probable overall error = (MES2 + AET2 + LTD2 + ATE2)
Maximum overall error = MES + AET + LTD + ATE
|t|: Absolute total of the measured temperature
MES: Measuring error of the sensor
AET: Measuring error of the transmitter (A/D conversion)
LTD: Long-term drift
ATE: Drift via ambient temperature
Antenna
A
Further designs
Please add "-Z" to Article No.
and specify Order code(s) and
plain text.
Order code
Measuring point number (TAG No.)

max. 16 digits entered
in plain text
Y15: ....................
Y15
Measuring point message

max. 27 characters entered in
plain text:
Y16: ....................
Y16
Accessories
Lithium battery
for SITRANS TF280/P280
7MP1990-0AA00
Mounting bracket, steel
7MF4997-1AC
Mounting bracket, stainless steel
7MF4997-1AJ

without window
7MF4997-1BB

with window
7MF4997-1BE
Thread adapter M20x1.5

(male thread) on -14 NP
(female thread)
7MP1990-0BA00
Thread adapter M20x1.5

(male thread) on GB
(female thread)
7MP1990-0BB00
IE/WSN-PA LINK
with integral,
6GK1411-6CA40-0AA0
IE/WSN-PA LINK
N connector for connection of
external antennas
6GK1411-6CA40-0BA0
HART modem with USB interface
7MF4997-1DB
1)
Please order sensor separately.
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/169
Siemens AG 2014

WirelessHART
SITRANS AW200 WirelessHART adapter
Overview
Benefits
High quality and service life
Save on wiring costs in difficult installation conditions (e.g. for
moveable components) and for temporary installations.
Subsequent integration of an installed field device with a
HART interface into maintenance and diagnostic systems if
the control system does not feature the required communication mechanisms. See page 9/3.
Proven HART devices can continue to be used for wireless
communication without any limitations.
Field devices with a 4 ... 20 mA interface (without HART) can
also be connected.
Intelligent energy management to achieve the best possible
service life for the installed battery unit
Burst mode and event notification configuration for the
adapter and connected field devices.
SITRANS AW200 WirelessHART Adapter
The SITRANS AW200 WirelessHART adapter is a batterypowered communication component, which integrates HART
and 4 ... 20 mA field devices into a WirelessHART network.
On the wireless communication side, the adapter supports the
WirelessHART standard. HART and 4 ... 20 mA field devices are
connected on the field device side.
The SITRANS AW200 WirelessHART adapter

support the WirelessHART standard (HART V 7.1)
features a very high degree of security for wireless data
transmission
integrates one 4 ... 20 mA field device or up to four HART field
devices (in multidrop mode) into a WirelessHART network
features intelligent energy management for the power supply
of connected field devices
can be easily parameterized using SIMATIC PDM
6/170
Siemens IK PI 2015
Application
The WirelessHART adapter can be used in a number of different
applications:
Access to installed basis
Diagnostic information is obtained from existing wired HART
devices thanks to the permanent electrical connection of a
WirelessHART adapter, and is sent to system-based asset
management software such as SITRANS MDS.
Status monitoring of system
Wireless devices are mounted at critical points in the system,
which are not usually connected to the control room due to
difficult accessibility or extensive costs for wiring. Better data
flow and diagnostics increase plant reliability, transparency
and safety.
Process optimization
Temporary installation of a 4 ... 20mA or standard HART
device together with a SITRANS AW200 WirelessHART
adapter allows easier, flexible monitoring and plant optimization at lower costs.
Process monitoring
Measured values, for example from tanks or silos, are transmitted to a higher-level system at regular intervals, together
with the device and battery status.
Siemens AG 2014

WirelessHART
Design
Function
SITRANS AW200 WirelessHART Adapter consists of

An enclosure with a fitted aerial
Electronics
A high-performance lithium battery unit
ES
OS
MS
Industrial Ethernet
SIMATIC
system
4
SITRANS
AW200
SIMATIC ET 200
with HART support
Wireless
HART
IE/WSNPA LINK
5
1
2
3
4
5
6
LED
Push button
Plug to connect battery
Battery compartment
Terminals 1 to 6
Terminal tag for HART modem
SITRANS AW200 Wireless-HART Adapter, assembly
The enclosure can be opened by loosening 4 screws. This

enables you to access the electronics and battery unit. The
battery unit is removed without the use of tools, since it is
connected to the housing with clips.
On the back of the enclosure is the connector with a fixing nut
onto which various different replaceable connecting pieces can
be screwed to mount the adapter straight onto a field device.
On the base of the enclosure is an optional cable inlet which can
be used for a cable gland. Up to 2 cables can be inserted for offset adapter installation.
SITRANS SITRANS
P280
TF280
PROFIBUS
DP/PA
LINK
6
PROFIBUS PA
SITRANS AW200 WirelessHART Adapter. functional diagram
Measured values and diagnostic information of connected field

devices with HART communication are transmitted via a wired
connection to the WirelessHART adapter. The adapter transmits
this information in the form of wireless signals to the IE/WSN-PA
link, the Siemens WirelessHART gateway. From here, the information is available to the network of the system.
If a field device with a 4 ... 20 mA output signal is connected to
the adapter, only the measured value will be transmitted.
Following configuration and integration into a WirelessHART network, each WirelessHART adapter is able to recognize its neighbors. It notes the strength of the wireless signal, synchronizes itself, receives network information and then establishes
connections to its neighbors in the wireless network. A WirelessHART network organizes itself. Manual settings for organization are not required.
Two and four-wire field devices can be connected to a WirelessHART adapter. In the case of a connected two-wire field device, voltage can be supplied by the adapter. Where multiple
two-wire field devices are connected (multi drop operation), the
adapter must be connected to an external power supply.
The WirelessHART adapter may also be connected in parallel to
an already existing installation which consists of a power supply
and a HART field device.
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/171
Siemens AG 2014

WirelessHART
Interface
Connection
Function
Input
Power supply for the field device
Input
HART/4 ... 20 mA
External supply/Dimensions
High-resistance HART connection
5, 7
High-resistance HART connection
6, 8
Mass, high-resistance connection
Point-to-Point connection to a
4 ... 20 mA field device or
up to four HART field devices with
external power supply which are integrated using the multidrop method
Communication
HART communication using

multidrop method, 4 ... 20 mA power
signal with Point-to-Point connection
Protocol
HART V7 (compatible with previous

HART versions)
Transfer rate
1200 bits/s using HART multidrop

method
Terminal block with 6 screw connection clamps
Parameterization
SITRANS AW200 configured via HART. Configuration can be
carried out using a handheld communicator or, more conveniently, with a HART modem and the SIMATIC PDM configuration
software.
Initial startup of the adapter is usually carried out via
SIMATIC PDM and a HART modem or a handheld communicator. During initial startup, the network ID and join key are set in
the adapter. These parameters are used to integrate the adapter
into an existing WirelessHART network.
Following integration into the network, the adapter and
HART devices connected can be conveniently operated via
the WirelessHART network or with the local HART modem.
Siemens HART field devices for the adapter
HART and 420mA field devices can be connected to the

SITRANS AW200 WirelessHART adapter. Depending on the
electrical data of the field devices, they can receive their
power supply from the WirelessHART adapter or will require
an external power supply.
See http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support for
FAQ with the latest information on connectivity for Siemens field
devices.
Note:
Siemens has only approved the Siemens HART field devices
listed there for the adapter, and will only provide technical support for these devices.
Based on HART specifications, it is generally possible to connect devices that are not listed, however with the following limitations:
All warranties and liability will be excluded
No technical support
Output
Communication
WirelessHART V7
Transfer rate
Nominal 250 kBits/s
2.4 GHZ (ISM band)
Range (under reference conditions)
Outside areas up to 250 m,

within buildings up to 50 m
RF signal strength
Can be configured:
0 dBm and 10 dBm
Output signals
WirelessHART Adapter
4 ... 20 mA field device

HART field device
Max. measuring error

(4 ... 20 mA circuit)
0.125 % re: measuring range
Effect of ambient temperature

5 A/0K
Rated conditions
Location
Outside/Inside
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
-40 ... +80 C (-40 ... +176 F)
Relative humidity
Shock resistance
Siemens IK PI 2015
Measured voltage and up to three

other variables may be selected from
the following: adapter temperature,
battery voltage, energy consumed,
expected battery service life
Scaled or linearized process values
up to four process variables, can be
configured via PDM or gateway
Measuring accuracy
(as per reference conditions
IEC 61298-2)
Storage temperature
6/172
Point-to-Point connection to a HART

field device or
The capacity of the battery

decreases rapidly if ambient
temperature falls flow -30 C.
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
without batteries
< 21 C with batteries
Max 90 % at 25 C (non-condensating)
20 f 2000 Hz: 0.01 g/Hz as per
IEC 68-2-64
15 g, 11 ms as per IEC 68-2-27
As per EN 61326, EN 301 489-1/17
and NAMUR NE 21
Siemens AG 2014

WirelessHART
Ordering data
Configuration
Design
0.5 kg without battery, 0.75 kg with
battery
Enclosure
Material
Cable entry
SITRANS AW200
adapter for Wireless HART
Communication
Polyester (PBT FR)

2x M20x1.5
WirelessHART adapter AW200

with 4 ... 20 mA- or HART interface
IP65, IP66; NEMA 4
Weight
Without battery
Aerial
Omnidirectional dipolar aerial,

vertical rotation
Power supply
Mounting adapter
M20x1.5 on M20x1.5, M20x1.5 on

G, M20x1.5 on - 14 NPT,
M20x1.5 on - 14 NPT
Certificates and approvals1)
Auxiliary power
Battery
Battery powered
Polyester
19 AH at 20 C
Lithium battery
for SITRANS AW200
Service life
5 ... 7 years, depending on update

rate, connected field device and
ambient conditions
Thread adapter for direct mounting

of the adapter to a field device
8 ... 23 V DC
4 20mA (in accordance with
NAMUR Recommendation NE 43)
I 3.6 mA or I 21 mA
Short-circuit proof,
activated at voltages > 25 mA
Accessories
5 V DC ... 7.2 V DC
Voltage supply for one or more field

devices (in multidrop mode)
Power
Current
Enclosure
Lithium thionylchlorid high-performance battery unit
Capacity
Fault current (not with multidrop)

Protection
7MP3112 - 7 7 7 7 0 - 0 A A 0
Without
Power supply
Field device voltage supply (not in

multidrop mode)
No-load voltage
Current
Article No.
7MP3990-0AA00
M20 thread adapter
7MP3990-0BA00
Thread adapter G
7MP3990-0BB00
Thread adapter " - 14 NPT
7MP3990-0BC00
Thread adapter " - 14 NPT
7MP3990-0BD00
Mounting bracket for attaching to

wall/pipe, material: stainless steel
SS304, including cable gland
7MP3990-0CA00
< 30 V direct current

< 25 mA

ETSI (R&TTE)
FCC Part 15.247 for wireless
applications in the 2.4 GHz
transmission frequency band
EN 300 328
1)
Additional approvals in process
Note:
Circuit diagrams and dimensional drawings can be found in
Catalog FI 01.
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/173
Siemens AG 2014

WirelessHART
Overview
Application
The WirelessHART adapter SITRANS AW210 is a communication component which can integrate a wide range of field
devices into a WirelessHART network. On the wireless communication side, the adapter supports the WirelessHART standard.
HART and 4 to 20 mA field devices are connected on the field
device side.
The WirelessHART adapter SITRANS AW210

Features an extremely high degree of security for wireless
data transmission.
Integrates a 4 to 20 mA field device into a WirelessHART
network
Integrates up to eight HART field devices (in multidrop mode)
into a WirelessHART network
Can be powered with the 4 to 20 mA loop or an external power
supply
Power management can be activated to minimize energy
consumption
Easy to configure with SIMATIC PDM, AMS, Handheld 475.
The WirelessHART adapter can be used in a number of different

applications:
Access to installed basis
Diagnostic information is obtained from existing wired HART
devices thanks to the permanent electrical connection of a
WirelessHART adapter and power from the 4 to 20 mA loop.
This information is sent to central system-based asset
management software such as SITRANS MDS.
Status monitoring of the plant
Wireless devices are mounted at critical points in the plant
which are not usually connected to the control room due to
difficult access or high wiring costs. Better data flow and
diagnostics increase plant reliability, transparency and safety.
Process optimization
Temporary installation of a 4 to 20mA or standard HART
device together with a SITRANS AW210 WirelessHART
adapter allows easier, flexible monitoring and plant optimization at lower costs. SITRANS AW210 can also be usefully
used where there is already an external power supply, or one
is needed anyway.
Process monitoring
Measured values, for example from tanks or silos, are transmitted to a higher-level system at regular intervals together
with the device status. SITRANS AW210 is particularly easy to
use with 4-wire devices, as they have an external power
supply.
Design
SITRANS AW210 WirelessHART Adapter consists of:
An enclosure with a fitted aerial
Electronics
1
3
Benefits
"Intrinsically safe" or "Explosion proof"

High quality and service life
Extremely rugged enclosure
No additional cabling required with loop power supply
Subsequent integration of an installed field device with HART
interface into maintenance and diagnostic systems if the
control system does not feature the required communication
mechanisms
Proven HART devices can continue to be used for wireless
communication without any limitations
Field devices with a 4 to 20 mA interface (without HART) can
also be connected
Ideal addition to wired communication and to the range of
system solutions in process automation
Burst mode and event notification configuration for the
adapter and connected field devices
6/174
Siemens IK PI 2015
1 Ground connection
2 Enclosure with potted aerial
3 " NPT screw connection
SITRANS AW210 Wireless-HART Adapter, assembly
The enclosure contains the potted electronics and the wireless

module. The aerial is fitted at the top in the enclosure.
On the base of the enclosure is the connector with a " NPT female thread. Six cables run from this connector to connect the
adapter.
Siemens AG 2014

WirelessHART
Function
ES
OS
SITRANS AW210 is configured via HART. Configuration can be

carried out using handheld communicator 475 or, more conveniently, with a HART modem and the SIMATIC PDM configuration
software.
MS
Industrial Ethernet
SITRANS
AW210
SIMATIC
system
SITRANS
AW200
SIMATIC ET 200
with HART support
Wireless
HART
Initial startup of the adapter is usually carried out via

SIMATIC PDM and a HART modem or a handheld communicator. During initial startup, the network ID and join key are set in
the adapter. These parameters are used to integrate the adapter
into an existing WirelessHART network.
Following integration into the network, the adapter and
HART devices connected can be conveniently operated via
the WirelessHART network or locally, as detailed above.
Siemens HART field devices for the adapter
In principle, all HART devices certified by the
HART Communication Foundation (HCF) can be operated
with the SITRANS AW210 WirelessHART adapter.
See http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support
for FAQ with the latest information on connectivity for Siemens
field devices.
IE/WSNPA LINK
Note:
SITRANS SITRANS
P280
TF280
PROFIBUS
SITRANS
AW210
DP/PA
LINK
PROFIBUS PA
SITRANS AW210 WirelessHART Adapter, functional diagram
Siemens has only approved the Siemens HART field devices

listed there for the adapter, and will only provide technical
support for these devices.
Based on HART specifications, it is generally possible to
connect devices that are not listed, however with the following
restrictions:
All warranties and liability will be excluded
No technical support
The measured values and diagnostic information from the

connected field devices with HART communication are transmitted to the WirelessHART adapter over wired connections.
The adapter transmits this information as wireless signals to the
IE/WSN-PA link, the Siemens WirelessHART gateway. The
measured values, all parameters and diagnostic information
about the plant network can be accessed from this gateway.
If a field device with a 4 to 20 mA output signal is connected to
the adapter, the current will be converted to a digital measured
value and transmitted on the basis of a measuring range
specified in SITRANS AW210.
Following configuration and integration into a WirelessHART
network, each WirelessHART adapter is able to recognize its
neighbors. It notes the strength of the wireless signal, synchronizes itself, receives network information and then establishes
connections to its neighbors in the wireless network.
A WirelessHART network organizes itself. Manual settings for
organization are not required.
Two-wire and four-wire field devices can be connected to a
WirelessHART adapter. Either up to 2 or up to 8 HART field
devices can be connected to the adapter, depending on the
selected product version. The adapter either has an external
voltage supply or is loop-powered. The WirelessHART adapter
can therefore also be connected in parallel to an existing installation consisting of a voltage supply and a HART field device.
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/175
Siemens AG 2014

WirelessHART
Input
Update time for output signals

Point-to-point connection to a HART
field device or
Point-to-point connection to a
4 ... 20 mA field device or
Up to eight HART field devices with
an external voltage supply integrated
using multidrop
Communication
Protocol
Measuring accuracy
HART communication with multidrop, as primary or secondary

HART master (can be specified)
4 ... 20 mA current signal with a
point-to-point connection scaling in
user-defined measuring range in
SITRANS AW210
- Linear
- User-defined scaling with
up to 32 points
Max. measuring error

HART V7
(compatible with previous HART
versions)
Storage temperature
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)

In hazardous areas
up to 75 C (167 F)
-40 ... +85 C (-40 ... +185 F)
To EN 301 489-17 and EN 300 328-1
Output
1 % of measuring range,
40 85 C (104 185 F)
Rated conditions
Location
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
WirelessHART V7
Weight
2.4 2.4835 GHz (ISM band),

16-channel frequency hopping
spread spectrum
Enclosure
Material
Range (under reference conditions)
Outside up to 235 m (771.00 ft)
RF signal strength
10 dBm
Output signals
WirelessHART adapter
HART Cmd 3
Measured current and up to 4 other
dynamic variables (measured
values, derived values) or device
variables
HART Cmd 9
Up to 8 dynamic variables with
status
HART Cmd 48
Additional status information
4 ... 20 mA field device
Scaled or linearized process values
HART field device
HART Cmd 3
Measured current and up to 4 other
dynamic variables (measured
values, derived values) or device
variables
HART Cmd 9
Up to 8 dynamic variables with
status
HART Cmd 48
Additional status information
6/176
The possible settings are:

1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32 s
1, 2, 5, 10, 30, 60 min
(times also depend on the gateway)
Outside/inside
Design
Communication
You can set the update times

separately for the adapter and the
connected devices.
Siemens IK PI 2015
0.46 kg (1.01 lb)
Cable entry
Enclosure:
Aluminum alloy, RoHS-compliant
polyurethane corrosion-resistant
coating
Cap:
Resin
" NPT female thread
IP68
Aerial
Potted in enclosure
Auxiliary power
Power supply
Loop power 1 DC 2.5 V,

can be set by user
in 0.5 V DC increments
Loop-powered, operating current
DC 3.2 25 mA operating current;

overvoltage, surge and reverse
polarity protection

CE (R&TTE, EMC)
FCC Part 15.247 for wireless
applications in the 2.4 GHz transmission frequency band
IC
Siemens AG 2014

WirelessHART

Ordering data
Configuration
Intrinsic safe "i" gases and vapors
II 1G Ex ia IIC T*; IP68

T* = T5 for Ta = -40 ... +85 C
T* = T6 for Ta = -40 ... +75 C
SITRANS AW210
Adapter for WirelessHART
Communication
Intrinsic safe dust
II 1 D Ex iaD 20 IP68 T95C;

Ta = -40 ... +85 C
Non-sparking (zone 2)
II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T* Gc; IP68

T* = T5 for Ta = -40 ... +85 C
T* = T6 for Ta = -40 ... +75 C
WirelessHART-Adapter AW210
with 4 ... 20 mAor HART-interface
Explosion protection to FM for US

Intrinsic safe, Non-sparking
Explosion protection to FM for CA

Intrinsic safe, Non-sparking
Article No.
IS/I,II,III/1/ABCDEFG/
T5 Ta = -40 ... +85 C,
T6 Ta = -40 ... +75 C
NI/I/2/ABCD/
T5 Ta = -40 ... +85 C,
T6 Ta = -40 ... +75 C
S/II,III/2/EFG/
T5 Ta = -40 ... +85 C,
T6 Ta = -40 ... +75 C
I/0/AEx ia/IIC/
T5 Ta = -40 ... +85 C
T6 Ta = -40 ... +75 C;
20/AEx iaD/T95C;
Ta = -40 ... 85C
I/2/AEx nA nC/IIC/
T5 Ta = -40 ... +85 C,
T6 Ta = -40 ... +75 C; IP68
7MP3111 - 7 7 7 7 0 - 0 A A 0
2 devices
8 devices
Auxiliary power
Loop powered or 24 VDC (external)

Intrinsically safe gas, vapors and
dust (ATEX), Intrinsic Safe (FM)
Explosionproof gas, vapour and

dust (ATEX), Explosionproof (FM)
Enclosure
Aluminum
IS/I,II,III/1/ABCDEFG/
T5 Ta = -40 ... +85 C
T6 Ta = -40 ... +75 C;
NI/I/2/ABCD/
T5 Ta = -40 ... +85 C
T6 Ta = -40 ... +75 C;
S/II,III/2/EFG/
T5 Ta = -40 ... +85 C
T6 Ta = -40 ... +75 C;
I/0/Ex ia/IIC/
T5 Ta = -40 ... +85 C
T6 Ta = -40 ... +75 C;
I/2/Ex nA nC/IIC/
T5 Ta = -40 ... +85 C
T6 Ta = -40 ... +75 C
II/1/EFG Ta = -40 ... +85C; IP68
Flameproof gases and vapors
II 2 G Ex d IIC T* Gb; IP68

T* = T5 for Ta = -40 ... +85 C
T* = T6 for Ta = -40 ... +75 C
Protection by enclosure dust
II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T95C
Ta = -40 ... +85C; IP68
XP/I/1/ABCD
Explosion protection to FM for US
Explosionproof, flameproof, gas, dust I/1 AEx d IIC T5, T6 Gb
DIP/II,III/1/EFG
21/AEx tb IIIC T95C
T5 Ta = -40 ... +85C,
T6 Ta = -40 ... +75C
Type 6P, IP68
XP/I/1/ABCD
Explosion protection to FM for CA
Explosionproof, flameproof, gas, dust I/1 Ex d IIC T5, T6 Gb
DIP/II,III/1/EFG
T5 Ta = -40 ... +85C,
T6 Ta = -40 ... +75C
Note:
Circuit diagrams and dimensional drawings can be found in
Catalog FI 01.
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/177
Siemens AG 2014

WirelessHART
IE/WSN-PA LINK
Overview
Application
The IE/WSN-PA LINK connects wireless HART field devices by
radio to the Ethernet. On the radio side, the IE/WSN-PA LINK
supports the WirelessHART standard and on the Ethernet side
the TCP/IP and Modbus TCP communication.
The IE/WSN-PA LINK thus enables wireless diagnostics,
maintenance and process monitoring.
Monitoring
WirelessHART is particularly suitable for use in plant sections
that are to be included in monitoring, but which do not have any
existing MSR cabling, e.g. external tank stores or other installations where high cabling costs are anticipated. Data for the
visualization can be retrieved from the IE/WSN-PA link via
Industrial Ethernet or Modbus TCP.
ES
Note:
A general introduction to WirelessHART and information
on the WirelessHART adapter and the WirelessHART field
devices can be found in Catalog FI 01 or on the Internet at
http://www.siemens.com/wirelesshart
MS
Industrial Ethernet
SIMATIC
system
SITRANS
AW200
SIMATIC ET 200
with HART support
Wireless
HART
IE/WSNPA LINK
Benefits
DP/PA
LINK
Extended possible solutions for connecting process industry

field devices by means of alternative or supplementary
WirelessHART communication
Reliable data transmission using intermeshed network
technology; the self-organizing network with alternative paths
enables radio obstacles to be bypassed
Reduction of cabling costs under difficult installation conditions, e.g. if the field devices are located on inaccessible plant
components or are only required temporarily
To improve process monitoring and for maintenance tasks,
sensors can be retrofitted
Existing transmitters can be integrated wirelessly into maintenance and diagnostics systems by means of WirelessHART
adapters
Without additional software, restricted monitoring is possible
via web services and the integrated web server of the
IE/WSN-PA LINK.
6/178
Siemens IK PI 2015
SITRANS SITRANS
P280
TF280
PROFIBUS
The IE/WSN-PA LINK is a network transition for the connection

of WirelessHART field devices (HART V7.1) to Industrial
Ethernet, as an alternative or supplement to the wired
connection.
Connection of up to 100 WirelessHART devices
Approved for operation in hazardous areas in Zone 2
Open TCP/IP communication and Modbus TCP via the
Ethernet interface
Can be used with HART-OPC servers of the HART Communication Foundation
OS
PROFIBUS PA
Monitoring of process states via WirelessHART
Siemens AG 2014

WirelessHART
IE/WSN-PA LINK
Design
Retrofitting for diagnostics and maintenance

For this application, wireless adapters are looped into the
4-20 mA interface or screwed directly onto the HART device.
The acyclic HART message frames are transmitted by radio
between IE/WSN-PA LINK and a wireless adapter. Without
affecting the operation of the plant, the wireless adapter
modulates the acyclic HART message frames to the 4-20 mA
interface or extracts them from the 4-20 mA interface.
The IE/WSN-PA LINK collects the data of all wireless adapters
and transfers it via Industrial Ethernet to the diagnostics and
maintenance station.
If greater distances between the IE/WSN-PA LINK and the
monitoring station are to be spanned without cabling, this can be
implemented by means of Industrial Wireless LAN with the
access points and client modules of the SCALANCE W family.
SITRANS
MDS
2 x 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s RJ45 ports, electrical (no integral

switch; interfaces can be used, for example, for continuous
connection to the plant network as well as the temporary
connection of a PC)
1 x screw terminal for connection to Modbus RTU via RS485
1 x screw terminal for the 24 V DC connection
Rugged metal enclosure with IP65 protection for use
outdoors, also in hazardous zone 2
Mounting: wall or mast mounting (vertical);
U-bolts for mast mounting are included in the scope of
delivery.
Product versions
With integral, non-detachable antenna
Redundancy function and with N connector for connection of
an external antenna
Function
OS
WirelessHART
The IE/WSN-PA LINK establishes on the radio side an intermeshed wireless sensor network for communication with wireless field devices (e.g. transmitters). The data from the wireless
field devices is received by the IE/WSN-PA LINK and transmitted
via Industrial Ethernet to the connected systems. The supported
wireless network is an open wireless network specified by the
HART Communication Foundation (HCF) in accordance with the
WirelessHART (HART V7.1) standard.
Industrial Ethernet
Controller without
HART support
SITRANS
AW200
4 20 mA
On the field device side, the IE/WSN-PA LINK requires field

devices that support WirelessHART (HART). Existing field devices can be integrated by means of wireless adapters into the
WirelessHART communication. To this end, the adapters are
looped into the 4-20 mA interface. In addition, as many as four
standard HART field devices with external power supply can be
connected to the adapter in multidrop mode. Individually connected devices can be operated with the battery of the adapter.
IEEE 802.11
4 20 mA
Wireless
HART
The adapter wirelessly transmits all data and process values of

the connected devices. The advantage of this solution is that
tried and tested devices can continue to be used.
Industrial
Ethernet
Remote I/O station
w/o HART support
Retrofitting of plants for diagnostics and maintenance
G_IK10_XX_30348
IE/WSNPA LINK
PROFIBUS
4 20 mA
Industrial Ethernet
Via the Ethernet interface the IE/WSN-PA LINK supports the use
of the HART OPC server and the Modbus TCP protocol.
Configuration
The configuration is web-based, without additional software, and
performed from the PC. By means of the web user interface it is
also possible to display the device states and measured values
of the WirelessHART devices.
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/179
Siemens AG 2014

WirelessHART
IE/WSN-PA LINK
For increased availability requirements, the link can be used redundantly. The redundancy function is only available for the device variant with a connection for an external antenna.
Two links are connected to the same Ethernet subnet via a

switch to provide the redundancy. The two links are connected
to each other via an Ethernet cable (management coupling).
One of the two links is configured as the active device. It carries
out the communication between the control center and the
WirelessHART wireless network under normal conditions. The
second link is configured identically. It is used as a standby
device. In a redundancy scenario, the standby device becomes
the active device.
SITRANS
P280
Control center
SITRANS
P280
P2
WirelessHart
SITRANS
TF280
SITRANS
TF280
SITRANS
AW200
SITRANS
TF280
IE/WSN-PA
LINK
P1
P2
IE/WSN-PA
LINK
P1
SCALANCE
X208
WirelessHART Wireless connection

Industrial Ethernet
SITRANS
AW200
Management Coupling between redundant

gateways
G_IK10_XX_30298
Increased availability of WirelessHART application

due to redundancy mode
WirelessHART network operated with a redundant gateway
Integration
Integration into automation systems
Integration in PCS 7
The IE/WSN-PA LINK can be integrated into automation systems

via Ethernet or Modbus TCP. Communication modules
(CP 343-1 or CP 443-1) are required to connect the
IE/WSN-PA LINK to SIMATIC S7-300/400. Function blocks
and technical support can be found at:
For integration of the IE/WSN-PA LINK into PCS 7 you can obtain
function blocks and technical support at:
6/180
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

WirelessHART
IE/WSN-PA LINK
Article No.
6GK1411-6CA40-0AA0
6GK1411-6CA40-0BA0
IE/WSN-PA LINK
IE/WSN-PA LINK
Transfer rate
at the interface 1
at the interface 2
at interface 3
10 100 Mbit/s
10 100 Mbit/s
9.6 57.6 kbit/s
10 100 Mbit/s
10 100 Mbit/s
9.6 57.6 kbit/s
RJ 45 port
RJ 45 port
RJ 45 port
RJ 45 port
2-pole terminal strip

installed


N-Connector
Type of voltage supply
DC
DC

minimum
maximum
24 V
20 V
28 V
24 V
20 V
28 V
Consumed current from external

supply voltage at 24 V with DC
maximum
0.5 A
0.5 A
12 W
12 W
-40 +70 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +85 C

maximum
90 %
90 %
Protection class IP
IP 65
IP 65
Width of the housing
229 mm
229 mm
Height of the enclosure

without antenna
with antenna
306 mm
354 mm
306 mm
354 mm
Depth of the housing
89 mm
89 mm
Net weight
4.54 kg
4.54 kg
Mounting type
wall mounting
mast mounting
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Mounting type
Material for mast mounting included in scope of delivery
Material for mast mounting included in scope of delivery
Interfaces
with RS 485
for power supply
with RS 485
for power supply
Interfaces wireless
Supply voltage,

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/181
Siemens AG 2014

WirelessHART
IE/WSN-PA LINK

Article No.
6GK1411-6CA40-0AA0
6GK1411-6CA40-0BA0
IE/WSN-PA LINK
IE/WSN-PA LINK
2.4 GHz
2.5 GHz
2.4 GHz
2.5 GHz
100
100
10 s
10 s
5s
5s
Transmission link between two

devices for WirelessHART network
maximum
note
100 m
Values may vary in the case of radio obstacles
100 m
Values may vary in the case of radio obstacles
Protocol is supported HARD
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Product function
Password protection - multi-level
WirelessHART Join Key
ACL - MAC-based
WirelessHART Network ID
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Protocol is supported SSL
Yes
Yes
Principle of encryption
AES 128 bit
AES 128 bit
Yes
Yes
Radio frequency for WirelessHART
initial value
end value
Performance data WirelessHART
Number of WirelessHART devices
can be operated
Network latency
for 100 field devicesfor
WirelessHART network maximum
for 50 field devices for
WirelessHART network maximum

components general
HTTP
HTTPS
Modbus TCP
Modbus TCP secure
Modbus RTU
configuration
Product function
DHCP client
Product function
WirelessHART diagnostics
via Modbus
Product function device redundancy

6/182
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

WirelessHART
IE/WSN-PA LINK

Article No.
6GK1411-6CA40-0AA0
6GK1411-6CA40-0BA0
IE/WSN-PA LINK
IE/WSN-PA LINK
HART V 7.1
HART V 7.1
approvals
Standard for WirelessHART
Standard for wireless communication Yes

IEEE 802.15.4
CE mark
concerning CSA
Yes
regarding NEMA
Yes
CSA Division 2 & Dust Ignition-proof for Class I, Division 2,
Groups A, B, C, and D. Dust Ignition-proof for Class II,
Groups E, F, and G / Suitable for Class III Hazardous
Locations. / Install per Siemens drawing A5E02467236A.
Temperature Code: T4 (-40C < Ta < 60C) CSA Enclosure
Type 4X
FM Division 2, Non-Incendive for Class I, Division 2, Groups
A, B, C, and D. Dust Ignition-proof for Class II, III, Division
1, Groups E, F, and G / Indoor and outdoor locations /
NEMA Type 4X Temperature Code: T4 (-40C < Ta < 60C)
ATEX type n, see note: certificate number:
Baseefa10ATEX0044X, ATEX marking: Ex II 3 G,
Ex nA nL IIC T4 (-40C <= Ta <= 60C), rated voltage: 28 V,
ATEX dust ignition-proof: certificate number:
Baseefa10ATEX0045X, ATEX marking:
II 3D, Ex tD A22 IP66 T135 (-40C <= Ta <= 60C),
rated voltage: 28 V. Note on type n: conditions for safe
handling during installation. The device does not pass the
500 V insulation test in accordance with paragraph 6.8.1 of
EN 60079-15:2005. This must be taken into account when
the device is mounted
IECEx type n, see note: certificate number:
IECEx BAS 10.0014X, Ex nA nL IIC T4 (-40C <= Ta <=
60C), rated voltage: 28 V, IECEx dust ignition-proof,
see note: certificate number: IECEx BAS 10.0015X,
Ex tD A22 IP66 T135 (-40C <= Ta <= 60C),
the device is mounted.
-
Yes
CSA Division 2 & Dust Ignition-proof for Class I, Division 2,
Groups A, B, C, and D. Dust Ignition-proof for Class II,
Groups E, F, and G / Suitable for Class III Hazardous
Locations. / Install per Siemens drawing A5E02467236A.
Temperature Code: T4 (-40C < Ta < 60C) CSA Enclosure
Type 4X
FM Division 2, Non-Incendive for Class I, Division 2, Groups
A, B, C, and D. Dust Ignition-proof for Class II, III, Division
1, Groups E, F, and G / Indoor and outdoor locations /
NEMA Type 4X Temperature Code: T4 (-40C < Ta < 60C)
ATEX type n, see note: certificate number:
Baseefa10ATEX0044X, ATEX marking: Ex II 3 G,
Ex nA nL IIC T4 (-40C <= Ta <= 60C), rated voltage: 28 V,
ATEX dust ignition-proof: certificate number:
Baseefa10ATEX0045X, ATEX marking:
II 3D, Ex tD A22 IP66 T135 (-40C <= Ta <= 60C),
IECEx type n, see note: certificate number:
IECEx BAS 10.0014X, Ex nA nL IIC T4 (-40C <= Ta <=
60C), rated voltage: 28 V, IECEx dust ignition-proof,
see note: certificate number: IECEx BAS 10.0015X,
Ex tD A22 IP66 T135 (-40C <= Ta <= 60C),
-
Wireless approval
FCC and IC approval
IC approval
concerning FM
concerning ATEX
regarding IECEx
Siemens IK PI 2015
6/183
Siemens AG 2014

WirelessHART
IE/WSN-PA LINK
Ordering data
Article No.
IE/WSN-PA LINK
Accessories
Gateway between WirelessHART

and Industrial Ethernet;
transmission frequency: 2.4 GHz
With integral,
N connector for connection
of external antennas
IE FC M12 Plug PRO
6GK1411-6CA40-0AA0
6GK1411-6CA40-0BA0
Antennas
Wall or mast-mounting
Antenna ANT792-6MN
Antenna gain including
N-Connect connector 6 dBi,
2.4 GHz
Roof mounting
ANT795-6MN antenna
Antenna gain
incl. N-Connect connector
6/8 dBi, 2.4/5 GHz
Antenna mounting tool
(ANT795-6MN)
Mounting tool for installation of
ANT795-6MN under a roof

for on-site assembly (D-coded,
IP65/IP67), metal housing,
for connecting HARTING adapter
cables to the Industrial Ethernet
1 unit
(Type A)
Antennas with omni-directional

characteristics;
country permits,
compact instructions (hard copy),
German/English
6GK5792-6MN00-0AA6
6XV1840-2AH10

with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
6GK5795-6MN00-0AA6
6GK1901-0DB20-6AA0
6GK1901-1GA00

Ethernet FC cables
Network components for IWLAN
see "Industrial Wireless

Communication"
21036836420
Lightning protector
with N/N female/female connector,
IP65 (-40 to +100 C)
HARTING adapter cable 1)

M12 female NPT 1/2 thread to
RJ45 11cm, (minimum order
quantity: 10);
The adapter is provided for
easy connection of the link to the
Industrial Ethernet;
Antenna cables
6EP1331-5BA00
IWLAN N-Connect male/male

flexible connection cable

85 264 V AC/110 300 V DC,
slim design
LP798-1N Lightning Protector
Article No.
6GK5795-6MN01-0AA6
6GK5798-2LP00-2AA6
Flexible connecting cable

for connecting an external antenna;
assembled with two N-Connect
male connectors
1m
2m
5m
10 m
6XV1875-5AH10
6XV1875-5AH20
6XV1875-5AH50
6XV1875-5AN10
HF coupling
6GK5798-0CP00-1AA0
Not included in the scope of

delivery of the IE/WSN-PA link;
You can find ordering information
on the Internet at:
http://www.harting.com/en/contact/
N-Connect male/male connector

for connecting the LP798-1N
lightning protector
1)
More information
6/184
Siemens IK PI 2015
When using the Harting adapter cable for the Ethernet connection,
the requirements for intrinsic safety approval are not applicable.
When used in an application relevant to intrinsic safety guidelines,
it requires acceptance by the appropriate approval agency.
Siemens AG 2014
7/2
Introduction
7/106
Teleservice
7/3
Telecontrol
7/107
7/107
SIMATIC Teleservice
TeleService
7/4
TeleControl Basic
7/6
7/6
TeleControl Basic for the control center

Telecontrol Server Basic
7/115
7/115
IPC Remote Manager

SIMATIC IPC Remote Manager
7/11
7/11
7/16
7/20
TeleControl Basic for the stations

CP 1242-7 GPRS module
CP 1243-1
MD720 MODEM
7/117
Remote Networks
7/118
7/118
7/25
7/31
7/33
7/36
7/39
7/43
7/48
7/50
7/52
for the control center
SINAUT engineering software
SINAUT ST7cc, Add-on for WinCC
WinCC/TeleControl
PCS 7 TeleControl
PCS 7 TeleControl Engineering Station
PCS 7 TeleControl Operator System
SINAUT ST7sc SCADA Connect Software
IP-based modems and routers

SCALANCE M874
mobile wireless router
SCALANCE M875
mobile wireless router
SCALANCE M812-1 and
SCALANCE M816-1 ADSL routers
SCALANCE M826-2 SHDSL router
7/55
7/58
7/60
7/67
7/74
TeleControl Professional for the stations

Stations for ST7 protocol
TIM 3V-IE for WAN and Ethernet
TIM 3V-IE Advanced
TIM 4R-IE for WAN and Ethernet
7/82
7/84
7/88
7/93
Stations for DNP3 protocol

CP 1243-1 DNP3
TIM 3V-IE DNP3
TIM 4R-IE DNP3
7/100
7/102
Stations for IEC protocol

CP 1243-1 IEC
for the network
Modems for the conventional telephone
network
Industrial Security components
components
7/118
7/144
Ch. 8
Ch. 2
7/127
7/134
7/140
7/144
7/146
7/150
7/20
Modems for the conventional

telephone network
MD2 dedicated line modem
MD3 telephone modem
MD720 modem
7/153
7/153
7/156
7/158
7/160
7/161
Accessories for remote networks

LTOP overvoltage protection
ANT794-4MR 2G / 3G / 4G antenna
ANT794-3M GSM/GPRS antenna
PPI modem cable
Connecting cables
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Introduction
Overview
Telecontrol
Telecontrol involves the connection of distant process stations
to one or more central control systems. Various different public
or private networks can be used for communication for the
purposes of monitoring and control. Event-driven or cyclic exchange of process data is performed with special telecontrol
protocols and enables the operating personnel to manage the
overall process effectively.

Telecontrol
Teleservice
- Permanent or spontaneous
connections
- Low bandwidth
requirements
- Optimized data throughput
- Sporadic connection
- Medium bandwidth
requirements
Further applications for

remote communication
e.g. video transmission, smart grid
applications, condition monitoring
Remote Networks
Remote communication via private and public heterogeneous networks
Integration in Industrial Security Concept

Availability
Flexibility
Bandwidth
G_IK10_XX_30299
connections
- Low to high bandwidth
requirements
- Stationary or mobile
applications
Industrial Remote Communication offers efficient remote access

to machines and plants with SIMATIC. Global remote access to
far-flung plants, remote machines and mobile applications is
gaining in significance both in industry and in industry-related
areas. With a comprehensive range of solutions for industrial
remote access, Siemens offers the ideal basis for efficient and
reliable monitoring and control of widely distributed plants and
processes of any size, thereby addressing the growing importance of the networking of industrial, process engineering and
production engineering plant sections.
In addition to efficient remote access (Remote Access),

Industrial Remote Communication also offers with the network
components the option of transparent data links to remote
networks via public or private wide area networks (WAN).
In this way, for example, a video transmission in real time via
mobile radio from the passenger compartment of trains serves
to increase passenger safety (video surveillance). In addition,
applications such as data interfacing for ticket machines, infotainment services and Internet on board, or proactive monitoring
of vehicle engineering (telemetry) are also possible.
Secure and flexible access worldwide
Industrial plants are often distributed over large areas sometimes even across national borders. Siemens offers proven solutions for industrial remote access, such as flexible telecontrol
systems and efficient remote maintenance. Whether in public
infrastructure or in the manufacturing or process industries: With
the components for Industrial Remote Access, Siemens offers
comprehensive solutions for telecontrol and teleservice.
This includes, for example, the monitoring of all interfaces between the control center and the distributed machines and
systems or the remote maintenance accesses via the Internet,
including firewalls. Data transmission is encrypted by means of
a VPN and is thus protected from data espionage and manipulation. Communication stations are securely authenticated.
Using the components for remote networks, remote access can
be set up securely and reliably.
7/2
Siemens IK PI 2015
The telecontrol systems are based on SIMATIC. They supplement the SIMATIC system with corresponding hardware and
software, and thus permit individual components to be networked over a wide area network (WAN). The data for this is
transmitted via conventional WANs, e.g. dedicated cables,
telephone network, wireless, but also via IP-based networks
such as mobile networks or the Internet.
Teleservice
plants (machines, plants, computers, etc.) for the purpose of
error detection, diagnostics, maintenance, repair, or optimization.
Remote diagnostics and remote maintenance of production
plants are indispensable in modern automation technology.
They are more efficient and more cost-effective than an on-site
service employee. This allows faults to be detected and cleared
much faster, downtimes of machines are reduced and their
availability is increased.
The service concept of "Siemens Remote Services" provides a
powerful, secure platform for remote access to machines and
plants. The inclusion of "shared experts" ensures effective
support, not only from Siemens but also from the company's own
specialists.
Remote networks
Any type of remote communication is based on the public and
private networks used for this purpose (e.g. mobile radio or fixed
network), referred to as "remote networks".
Under the name SCALANCE M, Siemens offers a comprehensive range of high-performance transmission components,
routers and modems that are tailored to the specific properties
of the respective remote networks or their transmission media
and therefore combine the maximum possible security with
reliability.
Regardless of whether spontaneous or permanent transmission,
whether high or moderate bandwidth, whether mobile or stationary with the SCALANCE M products for IP-based connectivity,
users have a comprehensive spectrum of components at their
disposal for remote access flexible, optimized for industrial use
and integrated into the TIA environment and into the Industrial
Security concept.
SCALANCE M devices can be used universally in the fields of
telecontrol, teleservice (remote diagnosis and maintenance),
and any other application for industrial remote communication.
Siemens AG 2014

Telecontrol
Introduction
Industrial plants or plants in public infrastructure areas are often

spread across wide areas, sometimes even across national
borders. The range of telecontrol products offers complete solutions with the following features:
Connection of distributed process stations to one or more
control centers
Use of different public or private communication networks for
monitoring and controlling the telecontrol substations
Event-driven or cyclic exchange of the process data including
time stamp via special telecontrol protocols
Effective control of the overall process by the operating
personnel
Online access to the substations for diagnostics, remote
programming and maintenance
Control station
Industrial Ethernet
Remote network
SCALANCE M
Internet
TeleControl Basic
Station
TeleControl Basic is a simple remote control and remote maintenance system optimized for the use of public communication
networks such as mobile radio and internet for connection to the
substations.
It comprises the TeleControl Server Basic control center software
and substations of the type SIMATIC S7-1200 or S7-200. In
addition to communication between the control center and the
substations, the system also enables internode communication
between the substations.
Small-scale applications with few outstations can be implemented, as well as large-scale plants comprising up to 5 000
outstations.
TeleControl Professional includes telecontrol systems for
extensive, expanded applications of the process industry.
From SIMATIC PCS 7, SIMATIC WinCC or non-Siemens control
systems using OPC, outstations based on SIMATIC S7-1200,
S7-300 and S7-400 can be monitored and controlled. The outstations and substations can communicate with each other as
well as with one or more control centers. TeleControl Professional
has a modular design throughout and can be used with extreme
flexibility.
Both telecontrol systems can be connected to a non-Siemens
control center system (OPC client) via OPC.
GPRS/UMTS
Station
Station
SCALANCE M
SCALANCE M
SCALANCE M
S7-1200
S7-1200
G_IK10_XX_30328
Overview
S7-300
RTU
Setup of a telecontrol application based on an example configuration
Benefits
Secure and economic remote monitoring and control of
process stations
Global remote access to widely distributed machines and
plants
Quick and easy commissioning due to perfectly matched
system components
More information
http://www.siemens.com/telecontrol
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/3
Siemens AG 2014

TeleControl Basic
Introduction
Overview
TeleControl Basic is based on SIMATIC S7-1200/S7-200 and
is the low-cost solution for monitoring and controlling simple
telecontrol stations.
With TeleControl Basic, up to 5 000 substations can easily and
securely communicate with one another and with the control
center using GPRS (General Packet Radio Service) mobile radio
or the internet. They typically remain permanently online.
Benefits
Saving of costs for design and maintenance of own radio

system through use of existing mobile radio networks or the
internet
Cost-effective connection of outstations via Ethernet / Internet
Low-cost GPRS volume tariffs reduce the monthly connection
charges
A GPRS connection is permanently online, i.e. it offers the
advantages of a dedicated line
Secure connection over public networks thanks to encrypted
data transfer
Support for bidirectional connections
- Between station and control center
- Between station and station
Remote maintenance and remote programming of the
substations during process operation
Application
TeleControl Basic is based on SIMATIC S7-1200/S7-200 and

secure transmission via mobile radio or the internet. It is particularly suitable wherever small data quantities have to be transmitted over wireless connections or via the Internet.
TeleControl Basic can be used as a low-cost fault signaling
system, but thanks to the bidirectional communications facility,
it is also suitable for simple telecontrol tasks for monitoring and
control.
Depending on the performance power of the CPU in the substations, local automation tasks can be handled in addition to
communication.
Main applications are the monitoring and control of non-mobile

stations in the following sectors:
Water and wastewater
Drinking water purification and distribution
Irrigation systems
Oil and gas supplies
District heating networks
Automatic machines
Traffic control systems
Building monitoring
Weather stations
Lighthouses and buoys
Wind farms
Photovoltaic plants
Environmental monitoring equipment
Intelligent advertising panels
In addition, TeleControl Basic can also be used to link mobile
stations if central monitoring and/or control is required for these:
Railway vehicles
Special vehicles
Local public transport
Complex building machines
Ships on rivers and in coastal areas
Design
TeleControl Basic consists of the following components:
CP 1242-7 GPRS communication module;
communications processor for GPRS and GSM communication for setting up substations of the type S7-1200
CP 1243-1 communications module;
communications processor for setting up substations of the
type S7-1200 for connection to the Internet by means of
external routers e.g. SCALANCE M812-1.
MODEM MD720;
modem for GPRS and GSM communication for setting up
SIMATIC S7 substations e.g. S7-200
software package consisting of:
- OPC server software for the PC control center;
for data exchange with an OPC client, e.g. WinCC, PCS 7 or
WinCC flexible
- Connection manager for the PC control center;
for establishing a secure GPRS connection with CP 1242-7/
MODEM MD720 or via Ethernet/Internet, for monitoring these
connections, and for data routing with internode communication between substations of the same type (S7-1200 or
S7-200)
The CP is plugged straight into the S7-1200, and is connected
to the CPU via the backplane bus. The substation is programmed and configured with STEP 7 Basic/Professional V12
(TIA Portal) or higher.
The MODEM MD720 has an RS232 interface and is connected
to the S7-200 controller using the Siemens PPI adapter.
7/4
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

TeleControl Basic
Introduction
Function
Alarm output per text message
The CP 1242-7 can receive and send text messages. A mobile

phone or S7-1200 can be the communication partner.
SCALANCE
M812-1
Wake-up function
"Wake-up" of stations that change from standby mode to online
mode for diagnostics purposes. The CP is woken up by its
communication partner (e.g. TeleControl Server Basic) by
means of a wake-up call or a wake-up text message to establish
the connection between them.
Industrial Ethernet
Tunnel
For security reasons, the communication partner must identify

itself appropriately for the wake-up function, e.g. using the CLIP
function.
Access to the substations using Teleservice
S7-1200 with
CP 1243-1
S7-1200 with
CP 1242-7
SCALANCE
M812-1
Station
Station
G_IK10_XX_30326
GPRS
Communication options with TeleControl Basic
TeleControl Server Basic contains the teleservice function

directly in STEP 7 Basic V13.0 for S7-1200 CP. This gives internationally active plant and machine manufacturers worldwide
access to the S7-1200 stations.
Up to three telephone numbers can be saved on MODEM
MD720, from which a teleservice connection is permissible.
If a call is made from one of the approved numbers, the
MODEM MD720 interrupts the GPRS connection and switches
through the teleservice connection to the PLC. The GPRS connection is reestablished at the end of the teleservice session.
Process data communication

The TeleControl Server Basic software enables the connection of
up to 5 000 telecontrol stations to the control center via the OPC
interface using GPRS mobile radio or Ethernet/Internet.
TeleControl Server Basic is an OPC server software with special
communications functions, which permit it to support connections to remote telecontrol substations. These controls are
equipped with the CP 1242-7, CP 1243-1, or the MODEM
MD720. The GPRS service (General Packet Radio Service)
of a GSM network (Global System for Mobile Communication =
mobile radio network) or standard IP services via Ethernet are
used for the connections.
Via these GPRS connections or Ethernet/Internet, the remote

telecontrol substations can communicate with the TeleControl
Server Basic software or with other S7 controllers connected
with TeleControl Server Basic.
The PC on which TeleControl Server Basic is installed must be
permanently accessible from the GPRS network. It must therefore be directly connected to the GPRS provider using a dedicated line, and permanently to the Internet, e.g. by means of
DSL.
The TeleControl Basic software package includes a block library
for the SIMATIC S7-200 controller. With the help of these blocks,
users can implement data exchange with S7-200 substations.
For substations of type S7-1200, the blocks for the CP 1242-7
are included directly in STEP 7 Basic/Professional V11
(TIA Portal) or higher.
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/5
Siemens AG 2014

Overview
Benefits
Software package for the PC, comprising:

- OPC (UA) server and connection manager for telecontrol
and teleservice tasks (diagnostics with STEP 7 for the
S7-1200)
- OPC (UA) configuring software for the S7-1200 and S7-200
- PLC block library for the S7-200
Operation in mobile radio network / via Ethernet
- SIMATIC S7-1200 with CP 1242-7 via dynamic IP addresses
with a standard mobile phone flat-rate contract in the 2G
cellular network (GPRS mode)
- SIMATIC S7-1200 with CP 1242-7 via fixed IP addresses in
the 2G mobile cellular network (GPRS network)
- SIMATIC S7-200 with SINAUT MD720 modem via dynamic
IP addresses with a standard mobile phone flat-rate contract
in the 2G cellular network (GPRS mode)
- SIMATIC S7-1200 with CP 1243-1 via connection to
Ethernet and by means of external DSL routers, e.g.
SCALANCE M812-1
Connection of up to 5 000 telecontrol stations to the control
center via the OPC (UA) interface
Operation and diagnostics of S7-1200 and S7-200 stations on
an OPC (UA) server with different STEP 7 projects and
separate users with user administration
Integral teleservice gateway for diagnostics of S7-1200
stations with STEP 7 via the Internet, also with dynamic IP
addresses. This works on every PC with STEP 7 and standard
internet access without parameterizing firewalls or routers.
Communication between S7-1200 or S7-200 stations by
means of routing function (in the case of GPRS also when
using dynamic IP addresses)
Encrypted transmission for protection against data manipulation and tapping
Import of SINAUT MICRO SC projects
7/6
Siemens IK PI 2015
Setup of low-cost alarm signaling systems, monitoring

systems, and telecontrol systems with SIMATIC S7-1200,
S7-200 and HMI software with OPC (UA) interface (e.g. with
WinCC)
Low-cost connection of widely distributed plants by operating
SIMATIC S7 via public APNs (mobile wireless Internet
gateway) with standard mobile phone flat-rate contracts,
independently of individual mobile wireless operators
Alternatively, GPRS mode of the SIMATIC S7 via private APNs
of the mobile wireless operators for maximum security
Optimized communication modes for GPRS save on data
volumes and thus costs:
- with permanent connection by means of optimized communication with effective frame format
- Support for GPRS connections that are built up as required
Redundancy mode of the TeleControl Server Basic for
improving data security
Low-cost connection of widely distributed SIMATIC S7-1200
systems through connection to Ethernet / Internet by means of
external routers
The multi-user capability and multi-project capability of the
OPC (UA) server allow it to be used by system integrators who
can allow their customers to use their own server for
telecontrol applications. This achieves savings for customers
(power costs, server maintenance).
Teleservice:
TeleControl Server Basic provides internationally active plant
and mechanical equipment manufacturers with global access
to the S7-1200 via STEP 7 using the CP 1242-7 / CP 1243-1.
Only GPRS/Internet access to the S7 controller and a PC with
STEP 7 and Internet access are required.
The central control station can be located anywhere thanks
to use of the Internet
Protection of investment thanks to migration of existing
projects with SINAUT MICRO SC into TeleControl Server Basic
Greater protection against tapping and manipulation of data
transmitted between the S7-1200/S7-200 station and the OPC
(UA) server of the TeleControl Server by means of improved
encryption algorithms in the TeleControl Server Version 3
Fast detection of faults thanks to clearly structured connection
and station monitoring of all connected S7-1200 and S7-200
stations
Fast creation of projects thanks to off-the-shelf sample
applications
Siemens AG 2014

Application
Establishment of small to extremely extensive systems for
monitoring and control with simple telecontrol stations
Energy-saving concepts, e.g. through status-dependent
speed control of pumps in remote stations
Monitoring and control of non-mobile stations in the following
sectors:
- Sewage plants
- Drinking water purification and distribution
- Oil and gas supplies
- Automatic machines
- Traffic control systems
- Building monitoring
- Weather stations
- Lighthouses and buoys
- Wind farms
- Photovoltaic plants
- Environmental monitoring equipment
- Intelligent advertising panels
Engineering station with STEP 7
Connection of mobile stations if central monitoring and/or

control is required for these, in the following areas:
- Railway vehicles
- Control of special vehicles
- Local public transport
- Complex building machines
Ships on rivers and in coastal areas
Recording of environmental data
Remote diagnosing of the SIMATIC S7-1200 with STEP 7 via
the mobile wireless network and the Internet

Internet
Control center
SCALANCE
M812-1
GPRS
Field PG with
STEP 7
S7-1200 with
CP 1243-1
S7-1200 with
CP 1242-7
Industrial Ethernet
tunnel
Station
Station
G_IK10_XX_30265
SCALANCE
M812-1
TeleControl Server Basic: Diagnosing an S7-1200 with dynamic or fixed IP address via the Internet and mobile wireless network
Design
The TeleControl Server Basic software package consists of:
Block library for the SIMATIC S7-200 CPU
OPC (UA) server software for the PC control center;
for data exchange with an OPC (UA) client, e.g. WinCC
Connection manager software for the PC control center
- for establishing a secure connection between an S7 station
plus a CP 1242-7 (GPRS mode), CP 1243-1 (Ethernet) or an
MD720 (GPRS mode) modem, and the OPC (UA) server
- for monitoring these connections
- for data routing in the case of slave-to-slave communication
between SIMATIC S7-1200 and S7-1200, and S7-200 and
S7-200
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/7
Siemens AG 2014

Function
PC with TeleControl
Server Basic
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE
M812-1
PC with STEP 7 V11
Internet
Tunnel
GPRS
S7-1200 with
CP1242-7
Station
S7-1200 with
CP 1243-1
S7-200 with
MD720
Station
Station
G_IK10_XX_30270
SCALANCE
M812-1
Operation of the CP 1242-7, CP 1243-1 and MD720 modem on the TeleControl Server Basic
Connection of up to 5 000 stations to one TeleControl Server

Basic OPC (UA) server;
by connecting several TeleControl Server Basic 5000 OPC
(UA) servers to one OPC client, more than 5 000 stations can
be connected to a single control center
Support for large projects:
- Multi-project-capable: Several STEP 7 telecontrol projects
can be organized in up to 2 000 groups
- Multi-user-capable engineering: Simultaneous configuring
by several users is possible
- Support for configuring similar S7 stations
- Step-by-step commissioning of stations and station groups
- Expansions during runtime without interrupting operation
- Shared operation of stations that are connected via private
(M2M contract) or public APNs, or directly via Ethernet/
Internet
Access to variables of the SIMATIC S7-1200 and S7-200 via
the OPC (UA) interface by means of WinCC or standard OPC
(UA) clients for control systems
Communication between S7-1200 stations and S7-200
stations using the integral routing function via TeleControl
Server Basic even with dynamic IP addresses
Adjustable communication options:

- Teleservice: STEP 7 diagnostics (V11 or higher) over the
Internet;
the S7-1200 GPRS Internet connection can be activated
for teleservice either by the machine or plant operator, or via
an authorized wake-up function by the programmer or
maintenance technician (if this function has been enabled).
- Permanent GPRS connection for cyclic or event-oriented
data transfer (S7-200 and S7-1200)
- Establishment of the GPRS connection if required by the
OPC (UA) client (automatic wake-up via text message) or by
the S7-1200 (S7-1200 only)
- Configuration of monitoring time and time synchronization of
S7 stations
The PC on which the TeleControl Server Basic software is
installed must be permanently accessible via a fixed IP
address over the Internet, using DSL, for example, or it must
have a dedicated line direct to the GPRS provider.
Redundancy mode:
- The TeleControl Server Basic can be operated redundantly
in order to increase the availability of the automation data.
- If both PCs are located in the same LAN no additional
cabling is necessary for the synchronization of the
redundant software packages.
- The redundancy mode is possible under Windows Server
2008 R2.
Security
Password authentication for incoming connection setup by a
SIMATIC S7-200/S7-1200 station
Optional double user authentication in the case of diagnostics
via the teleservice gateway function of TeleControl Server
Basic and the CP 1242-7 / CP 1243-1
Secured data traffic between S7, the Internet and TeleControl
Server Basic by means of encryption algorithms
7/8
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Diagnostics
Integrated diagnostic functions for
- Group status signal of a project in a tree structure
- Status of each station (GSM diagnostics information, PLC
status)
- Monitoring of temporary GPRS connections
- "Wake-up" of stations that change from standby mode to
online mode for diagnostics purposes
- STEP 7 diagnostics of the S7-1200 via the CP 1242-7 /
CP 1243-1 module (with dynamic or fixed IP address) from
any PC with Internet access. The connection between the S7
and the STEP 7 PC to the TeleControl Server Basic is established here. The connection between STEP 7 and the S7 is
established automatically via the Teleservice gateway
function.
- Establishment of the connection between the S7 and
TeleControl Server Basic can also be optionally initiated via
cell phone (authenticated).
Operation of TeleControl Server Basic together

with TeleControl Professional
TeleControl Server Basic and TeleControl Professional operate
with different protocols during data transmission. It is possible to
combine a TeleControl Server Basic system with a TeleControl
Professional system in a single SCADA system. This is carried
out in the PC of the control center via the OPC (UA) server of
TeleControl Server Basic.
Article No.
6NH9910-0AA21-0..
Article No.
6NH9910-0AA21-0..
TeleControl Server Basic V3
TeleControl Server Basic V3
Supported controllers
S7-1200 with CP1242-7

S7-1200 with CP1243-1
S7-200 with MD720 modem
(block library included in the scope of
supply)
Operating systems
Number of connections (stations)

that can be operated
(depending on the order version)
8, 32, 64, 256, 1 000,

or 5 000 connections
Number of STEP 7 projects that can

be operated in parallel
2 000 projects
(structured representation, separation
of the projects via programmable
user rights)
Windows 7 Professional 32/64 bit +

Service Pack 1
Windows 7 Enterprise 32/64 bit +
Service Pack 1
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64 bit +
Service Pack 1
Windows Server 2008 32 bit +
Service Pack 2
Diagnostics
Number of STEP 7 Teleservice

connections that can be operated
in parallel
5 connections per project

(separation of the projects via programmable user rights)
Station group monitoring

Station monitoring
Connection monitoring
STEP 7 Teleservice across Internet
and router boundaries
S7-1200 only
Interfaces to the client
OPC DCOM
OPC UA
reading of variables
Interfaces and functions between the Writing of variables in the

SIMATIC S7 in the case of value
OPC server and SIMATIC S7
changes to OPC (UA) variables
Transfer of SIMATIC S7 data
to OPC (UA) variables
(for event-driven communication
from the SIMATIC S7)
Activatable cyclic reading of
variables; adjustable time interval
Monitoring of connected
SIMATIC S7 with time-of-day
synchronization
Routing of data packets between
connected SIMATIC S7-1200
stations or between S7-200 stations
Permanent GPRS connection;
the tunnel is established from the
GPRS modem
Temporary GPRS connection
(as required);
the tunnel is established from the
GPRS modem and can be initiated
by a text message sent automatically by the OPC (UA) server ("wakeup"). Manual "wake-up" using a
mobile phone is also possible.
Via Internet access as server with
public IP address (recommendation: fixed public Internet address)
Permanent Ethernet connection between the station and control center
Configuration
Integral configuration tool

Multi-project-capable
Multi-user-capable
with user management
Configurations can be expanded
at runtime
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/9
Siemens AG 2014

Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
Accessories

between S7 stations; German and
English operator interface;
for Windows 7 Professional 32/64 bit
+ Service Pack 1
Windows 7 Enterprise 32/64 bit
+ Service Pack 1
Windows 7 Ultimate 32/64 bit
+ Service Pack 1
Windows Server 2008 32 bit
+ Service Pack 2
64 bit Service Pack 1
S7-200 stations
S7-200 stations
S7-200 stations
S7-200 stations
S7-200 stations
S7-200 stations
UPGR V3
CP 1242-7
6GK7242-7KX30-0XE0
for connecting SIMATIC S7-1200 to
TeleControl Server Basic via a
2G mobile wireless network
(GSM/GPRS)
CP 1243-1
6GK7243-1BX30-0XE0
to Telecontrol Server Basic or for
secure connection to an Industrial
Ethernet network via firewall and
VPN mechanisms
MD720 MODEM
6NH9910-0AA21-0AA0
6NH9910-0AA21-0AF0
ANT794-4MR antenna
6NH9910-0AA21-0AB0
6NH9910-0AA21-0AC0
6NH9910-0AA21-0AD0
6NH9910-0AA21-0GA0
6NH9860-1AA00
Omnidirectional antenna for GSM

(2G), UMTS (3G) and LTE (4G)
networks; weather-resistant for
indoor and outdoor use;
5 m cable with fixed connection to
antenna;
SMA connector;
including mounting bracket, screws,
wall plugs
ANT794-3M antenna
6NH9910-0AA21-0AE0
6NH9720-3AA01-0XX0
GPRS modem for IP-based data

transmission over 2G mobile radio
network, quad band, AT command
interface, automatic establishment of
GPRS connection, switchable to
CSD mode, RS232, including gender
changer for RS232/PPI adapter
6NH9870-1AA00
Flat panel antenna for GSM (2G)

networks, for triband with
900/1 800/1 900 MHz;
weather-resistant for indoor/outdoor
use, 1.2 m cable with fixed connection to antenna;
SMA connector, incl. assembly
adhesive tape
PowerPacks for TeleControl Server Basic

PP TCSB 8 to 32 V3
for expansion from 8 to 32 stations
PP TCSB 32 to 64 V3
for expansion from 32 to 64 stations
PP TCSB 64 to 256 V3
for expansion
from 64 to 256 stations
PP TCSB 256 to 1000 V3
for expansion
from 256 to 1 000 stations
PP TCSB 1000 to 5000 V3
for expansion
from 1 000 to 5 000 stations
6NH9910-0AA21-0AB1
6NH9910-0AA21-0AF1
6NH9910-0AA21-0AC1
6NH9910-0AA21-0AD1
6NH9910-0AA21-0AE1
Note:
Industrial Ethernet routers and wireless routers can be found
under "Remote networks"
7/10
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Overview
Benefits
Connection of the S7-1200 to a mobile wireless network turns the

controller into a telecontrol substation (RTU - Remote Terminal
Unit) suitable for universal use.
Data connection of difficult-to-access areas without high
network infrastructure costs since the existing mobile wireless
network can is used
Machine maintenance without complicated integration into the
end customer's IT networks
Reduced maintenance and travel costs thanks to centralized
management of remote automation solutions
The CP 1242-7 communications processor is used to connect a

SIMATIC S7-1200 to the globally widespread GSM/GPRS mobile
radio network and has the following characteristics:
Worldwide wireless exchange of data between S7-1200
controllers and/or between S7-1200 controllers and control
centers with an Internet connection
Communication based on the GPRS (General Packet Radio
Service) mobile wireless service with data transmission
speeds of up to 86 Kbit/s in the downlink and 43 Kbit/s in the
uplink
GPRS mode with fixed IP addresses and dynamic IP
addresses with standard mobile phone contract
Time synchronization on the basis of NTP (Network Time
Protocol)
On-demand connection buildup via voice call or text message
Sending and receiving of text messages
STEP 7
In conjunction with the TeleControl Server Basic software, the
CP 1242-7 forms a telecontrol system with additional properties:
Connection of up to 5 000 telecontrol stations to the control
center via an OPC interface
Data buffering in the substations in the event of connection
failures
Central status monitoring of the substations
No special provider services required for fixed IP addresses
Teleservice access with STEP 7 to the substations via the
Internet
The CP 1242-7 has been specially developed to meet the requirements of telecontrol systems in automation solutions:
Avoidance of data loss thanks to rugged connection to the
control center and buffering of the data
Fast commissioning thanks to direct configuring using STEP 7
Application
Data exchange and centralized data monitoring for
automation solutions spread over large geographical areas
Establishment of permanent or temporary communication link
for mobile machines/vehicles without permanent location
Global remote access to the end customer's machinery in
compliance with IT security requirements
Connection of difficult-to-access external stations without a
network infrastructure
These applications can be found in the most diverse sectors:
Water/wastewater treatment plants pump/valve controllers
Traffic and transportation traffic light controls, lighting
controls
Power engineering monitoring of transformer stations, meter
readout
Mechanical engineering centralized remote maintenance of
machines used around the world
Wind energy condition monitoring of wind turbines
Vending machine manufacturers monitoring, control of
beverage vending machines
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/11
Siemens AG 2014

Design
SMA connection for GSM/GPRS antennas
The CP 1242-7 is plugged into the left-hand system bus interface of the S7-1200. The power is supplied via a 3-pin terminal
strip on top of the module. The antenna socket and the SIM card
slot are located on the underside of the module, protected by the
lower front flap.
Function
In conjunction with the TeleControl Server Basic software, the
CP 1242-7 forms a telecontrol system on the basis of mobile
wireless communication.
The external stations can be connected to the control center

either continuously or as required. A higher-level control center
system can exchange data with all stations via OPC. A service
PC with STEP 7 can connect to any station via the control center
for maintenance purposes.
Industrial Ethernet
PC with Telecontrol
Server Basic
SCALANCE
M812-1
Alarming with
text message
Mobile phone
VPN tunnel of
GPRS provider
GPRS
Internet
GPRS
fixed IP address
dynamic
IP address
fixed IP address
dynamic
IP address
Communication
S7-1200 with CP 1242-7
Station
S7-1200 with CP 1242-7

Station
Station
Provider M2M
Provider M2M
M2M SIM card contract
GSM/GPRS communication with CP 1242-7 / Alerting by means of SMS
7/12
Siemens IK PI 2015
S7-1200 with CP 1242-7
S7-1200 with CP 1242-7

Station
Provider A
Provider B
Standard SIM card contract
G_IK10_XX_30283
PC with STEP 7 V11
tunnel
Siemens AG 2014

Operating modes
Data buffering
The CP 1242-7 can be used in two different operating modes:
Brief connection failures in the mobile wireless network are

bridged by data buffering. When the connection has been
restored, the buffered data is time-stamped and sent.
TeleControl server
In this mode, communication with the control center and other
telecontrol stations is handled via a central TeleControl server.
The CP 1242-7 is connected to the TeleControl server. The
TeleControl Server Basic software both forwards the data to the
control station or other telecontrol stations and monitors it.
GPRS Direct
In this mode, the CP 1242-7 communicates direct with a control
center or other telecontrol stations. In contrast to TeleControl
mode, this requires no TeleControl server or additional software.
This mode can be selected if there is a guarantee that the
communication partners of the station can be reached using a
unique address. To ensure this, special network operator
services, frequently referred to as machine-to-machine (M2M),
have to be used in normal cases.
Configuration
All the necessary information (provider data, access rights,
operating modes) is configured with STEP 7. STEP 7 Basic V11
or higher is required for configuring the CP 1242-7.
The data can also be reconfigured during runtime. A special
library function is available for this purpose.
The mechanism for time-of-day synchronization of the
CP 1242-7 can be set dependent on the operating mode.
If a TeleControl server is used in the control center, the control
center forwards the time of day to all substations. If TeleControl
Server Basic is not used, synchronization can take place via an
NTP server.
The CPU program can use this time to set the internal time-ofday for the station.
Function library
A function library for the following functions is available for the
CP 1242-7:
Data exchange: Send and receive functions enable data
exchange with other stations or with the control center.
Sending/receiving text messages
Configuration: Reconfiguring can take place during operation
with the help of a function block
Diagnostics/remote maintenance
An online connection to a remote S7-1200 station with
CP 1242-7 can be established from STEP 7 via GPRS/Internet.
After the connection has been established, all the familiar online
functions for remote maintenance (download, diagnostics) are
available.
Article No.
6GK7242-7KX30-0XE0
Article No.
6GK7242-7KX30-0XE0
CP 1242-7
CP 1242-7
Transmission rate
Interfaces
Transfer rate with GPRS transmission

with uplink maximum
43 kbit/s
with downlink maximum
86 kbit/s

for power supply
1
1
Wireless technology
Number of slots for SIM cards
Type of mobile wireless service

is supported
- SMS
- GPRS
note
Yes
Yes
GPRS (multislot Class 10)

for power supply
SMA socket (50 ohms)

Design of slot for SIM card
Slot under front flap
Type of mobile wireless network is

supported
GSM
UMTS
Yes
No
Operating frequency
850 MHz
900 MHz
1800 MHz
1900 MHz
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Transmit power
at operating frequency 850 MHz
at operating frequency 900 MHz
at operating frequency 1 800 MHz
at operating frequency 1 900 MHz
2W
2W
1W
1W

DC
24 V
Relative positive tolerance at 24 V with 20 %

DC
with DC
20 %
Consumed current from external supply voltage at 24 V with DC

typical
0.1 A
maximum
0.22 A
Resistive loss
2.4 W
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/13
Siemens AG 2014


Article No.
6GK7242-7KX30-0XE0
Article No.
6GK7242-7KX30-0XE0
CP 1242-7
CP 1242-7

Ambient temperature
during storage
during transport
Comment
Performance data telecontrol

0 45 C
0 55 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-

note

maximum
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20
connection
by means of demand-oriented
connection
Module format

single width
DNP3
IEC 60870-5
Width
Height
Depth
30 mm
100 mm
75 mm
Net weight
0.133 kg

components general
Number of modules
per CPU maximum
note
Suitability for use

node station
substation
control center
note
3
-

Connection to Scada system using
OPC interface
supported
supported
No
No

note
Yes
Data volume as user data per station

in telecontrol mode maximum
2 048 byte

maximum
up to 1 000 message frames
Performance data
Teleservice
Performance data

with SIMATIC STEP 7
Performance data
open communication
Product function program download

with SIMATIC STEP 7
Yes
Product function remote firmware

update
No

by means of TC blocks maximum
Data volume as user data per polling 1 024 byte

maximum
Performance data
S7 communication
maximum
note

configuration
Product function password protection Yes

for teleservice access
Product function encrypted data
transmission
Siemens IK PI 2015
Yes

7/14
STEP 7 Basic/Professional V11 +

HSP (TIA Portal) or higher
Yes
Siemens AG 2014

Ordering data
Article No.
CP 1242-71)
for connecting SIMATIC S7-1200
to GSM/GPRS mobile wireless
network
ANT794-4MR antenna
6GK7242-7KX30-0XE0
Accessories
interface;
Windows 7 Ultimate
Windows Server 2008
S7-200 stations
S7-200 stations
S7-200 stations
S7-200 stations
S7-200 stations
S7-200 stations
UPGR V3
1)
Article No.
6NH9860-1AA00

(2G), UMTS (3G) and LTE (4G)
networks; weather-resistant for
indoor and outdoor use;
5 m cable with fixed connection
to antenna;
SMA connector; including mounting
bracket, screws, wall plugs
ANT794-3M antenna
6NH9870-1AA00

900/1 800/1 900 MHz;
weather-resistant for indoor/outdoor use, 1.2 m cable with fixed
connection to antenna;
SMA connector,
incl. assembly adhesive tape
6NH9910-0AA21-0AA0
6NH9910-0AA21-0AF0
6NH9910-0AA21-0AB0
6NH9910-0AA21-0AC0
6NH9910-0AA21-0AD0
6NH9910-0AA21-0AE0
6NH9910-0AA21-0GA0
Target system:
SIMATIC S7-1200, S7-1500,
S7-300, S7-400, WinAC
Requirement:
(full installation)
Form of delivery:
French, Spanish
STEP 7 Basic V13,
Floating License
Floating License
6ES7822-0AA03-0YA5
6ES7822-0AA03-0YA7
6ES7822-0AA03-0YE5

software version.
6ES7822-0AA00-0YL0
6ES7822-0AA00-0YM0

http://www.siemens.com/mobilenetwork-approvals
More information
Selection tools:
Radio approvals:
To assist in selecting the right Industrial Wireless Communication, the SIMATIC NET Selection Tool is available at:
Online version
Offline version:

Siemens IK PI 2015
7/15
Siemens AG 2014

CP 1243-1
Overview
Benefits
The CP 1243-1 communications processor is used for

connecting a SIMATIC S7-1200 to the TeleControl Server Basic
control center software via Ethernet, and for secure communication via IP-based networks.
The CP has the following features:

Ethernet-based connection to TeleControl Server basic, e.g.
via Internet
Data buffering of up to 64 000 values ensures a secure
Secure communication via VPN connections based on IPSec
Access protection by means of Stateful Inspection Firewall
STEP 7
Data security
The CP 1243-1 has a large buffer for several thousand data
values. Downtimes in the transmission link can then be
bridged.
Remote diagnostics
Industrial Security
Securing the system against unauthorized access by
means of
network stations
Application
By using the CP 1243-1, the S7-1200 can be used as a remote
terminal unit (substation) in telecontrol applications. Typical uses
include the collection of measured values in geographically
widely distributed outdoor areas (level measurement for water
tanks) or centralized opening and closing of valves (oil/gas
transport in pipelines).
cost control
- Wind farms
- Pipelines
Transportation systems
- Ventilation control in tunnel systems
- Traffic control
Regardless of the telecontrol features of the CP, it can also be
used for purely security applications if the automation system is
to be connected securely to a higher-level IT network. This protects the SIMATIC S7-1200 against unauthorized access from an
Ethernet network. The CP 1243-1 allows secure access via a
LAN and allows data transfer between devices or network segments to be protected from data manipulation/espionage.
7/16
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

CP 1243-1
Engineering control center
The CP 1243-1 is a communication module for the S7-1200.

The module allows the S7-1200 to be connected as a remote
station to TeleControl Server basic in just a few steps.
Mobile Teleservice
Engineering
TIA Portal
Field PG

control center.
SIMATIC S7-1200
with CP 1243-1
effort.
LAN
Industrial Ethernet
Production

PROFINET
Data backup
Industrial
Ethernet
ET 200
SIMATIC
TP700
SIMATIC
S7-1200
G_IK10_XX_10371

In the event of a connection failure, up to 64 000 time-stamped
right order.
E-mail alerting
Cell protection for SIMATIC S7-1200 with CP 1243-1 (Security Integrated)
Design
The CP 1243-1 DNP3 is plugged into the left-hand system bus
interface of the S7-1200. Power is supplied directly via the
modems or routers are connected via the Ethernet interface on
the underside of the module.
Diagnostics
The CP 1243-1 offers comprehensive diagnostic options for a
quick and informative analysis of the station status. Elementary
measured values.
Remote maintenance
changes.
Function
Interfaces
The CP 1243-1 has an Ethernet interface to connection to the
network or via other media by using additional routers (e.g.
SCALANCE M for Internet connection via DSL).
SCALANCE
M812-1
Power supply
Industrial Ethernet
Tunnel

S7-1200 with
CP 1243-1
S7-1200 with
CP 1242-7
SCALANCE
M812-1
Station
G_IK10_XX_30326
GPRS
Station

Connection of the S7-1200 to TeleControl Servers via mobile wireless

and DSL Internet access
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/17
Siemens AG 2014

CP 1243-1
Article No.
6GK7243-1BX30-0XE0
Article No.
6GK7243-1BX30-0XE0
CP 1243-1
CP 1243-1
Performance data
telecontrol
Transmission rate
Transfer rate
at the interface 1
10 100 Mbit/s
Interfaces

RJ45 port
DC
Supply voltage 1
from backplane bus
5V
Resistive loss
1.25 W
-20 +60 C

note
Yes

maximum
200
Performance data
Teleservice
Yes

(TIAPortal) or higher + HSP

Width
Height
Depth
30 mm
110 mm
75 mm

with VPN connection
Net weight
0.122 kg

components general
3
Performance data
like CPU
Performance data
S7 communication
like CPU
stateful inspection

with VPN connection


with VPN connection
MD5, SHA-1

for VPN connection
Product function
password protection
ACL - IP-based
via physical ports
No
No
No
Yes
No
No

Siemens IK PI 2015
Yes

configuration

width
7/18
64 000 values
Product function
program download with SIMATIC
STEP 7
IP20

note
No
No
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-
Protection class IP
Performance data
open communication
note
supported

with SIMATIC STEP 7
95 %
Number of modules
per CPU maximum
No
Yes
No
-20 +70 C

maximum
Module format

note
connection
DNP3
IEC 60870-5
Supply voltage,
Ambient temperature
during storage
during transport
Comment
Suitability for use

node station
substation
control center
No
Siemens AG 2014

CP 1243-1
Ordering data
CP 1243-1
TeleControl Server Basic or for
secure connection via IP-based
networks
Article No.
6GK7243-1BX30-0XE0
Accessories
interface;
Windows 7 Ultimate
Windows Server 2008
S7-200 stations
S7-200 stations
S7-200 stations
S7-200 stations
S7-200 stations
S7-200 stations
UPGR V3
CSM 1277
with 10/100 Mbit/s;
4 x RJ45 ports;
Article No.
6NH9910-0AA21-0AA0
IE FC RJ45 Plugs
180 cable outlet;
interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
(Type A)
with UL approval;
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1840-2AH10
Ethernet FC cables
6GK1901-1GA00

6NH9910-0AA21-0AF0
6NH9910-0AA21-0AB0
6NH9910-0AA21-0AC0
6NH9910-0AA21-0AD0
6NH9910-0AA21-0AE0
6NH9910-0AA21-0GA0
Target system:
SIMATIC S7-1200, S7-1500,
S7-300, S7-400, WinAC
Requirement:
(full installation)
Form of delivery:
French, Spanish
STEP 7 Basic V13, Floating License
Floating License
6ES7822-0AA03-0YA5
6ES7822-0AA03-0YA7
6ES7822-0AA03-0YE5

6GK7277-1AA10-0AA0

software version.
6ES7822-0AA00-0YL0
6ES7822-0AA00-0YM0
More information
An S7-1200 CPU with firmware version 3 is required
for operating the CP 1243-1 DNP3.
The CP 1243-1 DNP3 is configured using STEP 7

Basic/Professional V13 (TIA Portal) and higher.
To connect to PCS 7/WinCC control center systems, the
TeleControl Server Basic V3 software package is required.
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/19
Siemens AG 2014

MD720 MODEM
Overview
Benefits
Can be used worldwide due to quad band technology

(observe national regulations)
Quick assembly due to standard rail mounting
The MODEM MD720 is the successor of the SINAUT modem

MD720-3. All functions of the replaced SINAUT modem
MD720-3 are also supported by the MODEM MD720.
GSM/GPRS mobile radio modem MD720 with RS 232
interface for IP-based communication in industrial applications
DIN rail mounting
24 VDC power supply
Supports the GSM services CSD 1), SMS and GPRS
Use with Telecontrol Basic:
Data transmission over tunneled GPRS connection with
SIMATIC S7
Use with SINAUT ST7:
Data transmission via CSD, GPRS, transmission of text
messages
AT command interface: for remote maintenance or sending
text messages
1)
CSD Circuit Switched Data (data transmission via GSM dialup

connection)
7/20
Siemens IK PI 2015
For GPRS operation in combination with TeleControl Server Basic:

Low operating costs for a permanent wireless online
connection due to optimized communication with efficient
message format
The location of the central control station is irrelevant due to
the Internet connection between the mobile phone provider
and the OPC (UA) server (TeleControl Server Basic)
Secure connection over public networks through encrypted
data transmission plus additional measures of the GPRS
provider
Simple configuration of wireless connected plants without
specialist radio knowledge
Modem replacement is possible by non-specialists since
parameterization is carried out through the S7-200
Cost savings thanks to remote servicing and remote
programming
Various different example applications are available in
Customer Service under the heading "Application & Tools"
to enable applications to be created quickly using combinations of perfectly interacting automation components.
Siemens AG 2014

MD720 MODEM
Application
GSM modem for the SINAUT ST7 telecontrol system for data
transmission via dialup connection (CSD service)
GSM modem for the TeleControl Basic system for data
transmission via GPRS
Construction of systems for monitoring and controlling of
simple telecontrol stations
Energy-saving concepts for plants, e.g. by means of statusdependent speed control of pumps in remote stations
Control and monitoring of, for example:

- Sewage treatment plants, water treatment
- Power distribution
- Pumping stations
- Automatic machines
- Buildings
- Intelligent advertising panels
- Weather stations
- Lighthouses and buoys
- Wind energy and photovoltaic plants
Linking of mobile stations, with central monitoring/control of
track vehicles, special vehicles, local public transport,
complex building machines, ships on rivers and in coastal
areas
Remote programming and maintenance of the
SIMATIC S7-200 via a GSM dialup connection (CSD service)
PC with TeleControl
Server Basic
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE
M812-1
PC with STEP 7 V11
Internet
Tunnel
GPRS
S7-1200 with
CP1242-7
Station
S7-1200 with
CP 1243-1
S7-200 with
MD720
Station
Station
G_IK10_XX_30270
SCALANCE
M812-1
GPRS communication between SIMATIC S7-200 with MODEM MD720 and TeleControl Server Basic
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/21
Siemens AG 2014

MD720 MODEM
Design
Function
Rugged plastic enclosure for DIN rail mounting

9-pin Sub-D socket with RS232 interface (PPI adapter for
SIMATIC S7-200 necessary)
Diagnostics LEDs for modem status, field strength and
connection check
SET service key
4-pin screw terminal for connection to the 24 V DC supply
voltage
SMA connection for GSM/GPRS antennas
Quad band GSM with the frequency bands 850/900/1 800/

1 900 MHz
GPRS Multislot Class 10 (gross: max. 42 Kbit/s upload, max.
54 Kbit/s download).
Automatic establishment and holding of IP-based online
connection over GPRS to the Internet
Data exchange with PC-based TeleControl Server Basic
(router and OPC (UA) server) application; data exchange with
further MD720 modems possible over routing of TeleControl
Server Basic
Hot switchover between GPRS and CSD (modem operation)
CSD and GPRS connection controllable using AT commands
Sending of SMS and fax (via SMS) using GSM services
Remote programming of S7-200 with MicroWin in GSM
modem mode (CSD mode)
Secure access to SIMATIC S7-200 data, also over mobile
radio provider networks which do not provide public and fixed
IP addresses for the modem
Configuration
Parameterization using PLC blocks with the Micro/Win
programming tool for SIMATIC S7-200
PLC blocks are part of TeleControl Server Basic
AT command interface
Security
Approval of up to 3 call numbers for incoming GSM
connections (CLIP function) for teleservice
User name and password for GSM connection
Unlimited client and server operation even in protected GPRS
networks with private IP addresses of the mobile radio
providers
Secure data transfer in GPRS mode between modem, the
Internet, and TeleControl Server Basic using encryption
algorithms
Diagnostics / maintenance
Status of establishment of connection, and of an existing
connection on front LED display
Reading of configuration data over the RS232 interface
Connection status to modem and to PLC can be monitored in
Telecontrol Basic
Direct, additional access over GSM (modem operation) for
teleservice (remote programming, remote diagnostics)
7/22
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

MD720 MODEM
Article No.
6NH9720-3AA01-0XX0
Article No.
6NH9720-3AA01-0XX0
MODEM MD720 GSM/GPRS, 2G
MODEM MD720 GSM/GPRS, 2G
Transfer rate
for GSM transmission
with GPRS transmission
- with downlink maximum
- with uplink maximum

9 600 bit/s
54 kbit/s
42 kbit/s
Interfaces
for internal network
for external network
for power supply
for power supply
1
1
1
9 pin Sub D
SMA antenna socket (50 ohms)
WAN connection
Type of mobile wireless network
is supported GSM
Yes
-20 +60 C
-25 +85 C
Relative humidity at 25 C during

operating maximum
95 %
Protection class IP
IP30

Design
compact
Depth
Height
Width
90 mm
100 mm
30 mm
Net weight
150 g
Mounting type
Yes

configuration

is supported
GPRS
Yes
Operating frequency
850 MHz
900 MHz
1800 MHz
1900 MHz
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Type of GPRS time slot method

Multislot Class 10
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
Yes
Supply voltage,
DC
Supply voltage
24 V
Supply voltage
minimum
maximum
12 V
30 V
355 mA
Active power loss typical
3.4 W
Product function
CLI
MIB support
No
No
No
Telnet
HTTP
No
No
Type of configuration
AT commands
approvals
Standard
for EMC
for hazardous zone

CE mark
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4,
EN 55022, EN 55024, EN 301 489-1,
EN 301 489-7
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
UL 60950
EN 55022, EN 61000-6-4
EN 55024, EN 61000-6-2
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/23
Siemens AG 2014

MD720 MODEM
Ordering data
MODEM MD720 1)
Article No.
6NH9720-3AA01-0XX0
Article No.
GPRS modem for IP-based data

transmission over 2G mobile
network, quad band, AT command
interface, automatic establishment
of GPRS connection,
switchable to CSD mode, RS 232;
including gender changer
for RS 232/PPI adapter;
manual in German, English, French,
Italian, Spanish, Portuguese,
Chinese, Russian
ANT794-4MR antenna
Accessories
ANT794-3M antenna

900/1 800/1 900 MHz;
weather-resistant for
indoor/outdoor use, 1.2 m cable
with fixed connection to antenna;
SMA connector, incl. assembly
adhesive tape

OPC (UA) server for GPRS/Ethernet
communication with
SIMATIC S7-1200 and
connection management to max.
5 000 remote stations;
routing for connections between
S7 stations;
German and English user interface;
32/64-bit,
Windows 7 Enterprise 32/64-bit,
Windows Server 2008 32-bit,
64-bit;
documentation on CD-ROM
in German and English
S7-200 stations
S7-200 stations
S7-200 stations
S7-200 stations
S7-200 stations
S7-200 stations
UPGR V3
1)
SIMATIC S7-200 PPI modem cable
Connecting cable
6NH9910-0AA21-0AA0
6NH9701-0AD
6NH9910-0AA21-0AF0
6NH9910-0AA21-0AB0
6NH9910-0AA21-0AC0
6NH9910-0AA21-0AD0
6NH9910-0AA21-0AE0
6NH9910-0AA21-0GA0
Radio approvals
6NH7701-5AN
For connecting a TIM3V-IE/TIM4

(RS 232) with the MD720 MODEM
(access to GSM network).
Also suitable for third-party
modems or radio equipment
with RS 232 standard;
cable length 2.5 m.
More information
Siemens IK PI 2015
6NH9870-1AA00
For connecting the S7-200 to the

MD720 MODEM

7/24
6NH9860-1AA00
for GSM (2G), UMTS (3G) and
LTE (4G) networks;
weather-resistant for indoor and
outdoor use;
to antenna;
SMA connector;
including mounting bracket,
screws, wall plugs

85 264 V AC/110 300 V DC,
slim design
6EP1331-5BA00
Siemens AG 2014

Introduction
Overview
Control Center
Industrial Ethernet
TIM
4R-IE
SCALANCE
S612
Internet
SCALANCE
M812-1
Sub-station
S7-300 with
TIM 3V-IE
GPRS/
UMTS
Sub-station
SCALANCE
M874-3
SCALANCE
M826-2
SCALANCE
M874-3
SCALANCE
M874-3
Sub-station
S7-1200 with
CP 1243-1 DNP3
SCALANCE
M826-2
S7-1200 with
CP 1243-1 IEC
Conceivable local expansions on all levels, with additional components, for example:
Field devices
(e.g. ET 200S, ET 200pro)
Human machine
interface systems
(e.g. SIMATIC HMI)
Drives
(e.g. SINAMICS)
Measuring technology
(e.g. SITRANS)
G_IK10_XX_30329
Sample configuration: TeleControl Professional
TeleControl Professional is a telecontrol system based on

SIMATIC S7 (S7-1200, S7-300, S7-400, and WinCC/PCS 7) for
fully-automatic monitoring and control of substations which
exchange data with one or more control centers or with each
other using a wide variety of WAN media.
TeleControl Professional facilitates an integrated communications concept (TIA) and complete integration into the SIMATIC
environment. The modular design and the support of a huge
variety of network forms and operating modes including
IP-based networks permit the design of flexible network structures that can also contain redundant links.
By using all forms of transmission media (e.g. dedicated line,

wireless, dial-up networks, mobile wireless, DSL), the networks
can be optimally adapted to the respective local conditions.
The SINAUT Engineering Software and STEP 7 permit simple
and cost-effective configuration even of highly complex networks and their extensions.
The system also supports data exchange with devices of the
previous system SINAUT ST1 (based on SIMATIC S5).
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/25
Siemens AG 2014

Introduction
Benefits
Function
Network configurations and operating modes
All conventional and IP-based WAN media can be combined

as required, including path redundancy
Event-driven data transmission incl. time-stamping
Local data storage
Remote programming and remote diagnostics
Integrated operator control and monitoring concept for
WinCC/PCS7 or connection to non-Siemens systems via OPC
Application
The TeleControl Professional system has proven itself in the
smallest plants with only a few process stations, but also in
complex networks with many hundreds of stations.
Examples of the range of uses:
Safe supply of drinking water, gas or district heating for private
and industrial consumers via branched networks
Economical transportation of gas, oil or oil products through
pipelines
Reliable recording and transmission of process data from
environmental monitoring systems
Remote monitoring of wastewater systems
Control of beacons, unit-type district heating power stations,
conveyor systems or transportation systems
Design
For the exchange of information between the individual devices,

conventional WANs can be used, such as dedicated-line,
wireless and dialup networks as well as IP-based WANs such as
DSL, GPRS, UMTS, Internet, etc.
There are no restrictions on the combination of WAN types in a
project. Point-to-point, line and node network topologies can be
set up. Hybrid configurations of these basic structures are also
possible.
A station can be linked using two transmission paths to permit
redundant data transmission. The two paths can be of the same
type or different, e.g. dedicated line plus GPRS, or ISDN plus
wireless.
The following network topologies are possible in the WAN:
"Point-to-point"
"Line"
"Star"
"Tree"
"Ring"
The graphics below show examples of different network
topologies that can be implemented with the components listed
above.
SINAUT ST7cc/sc
The TeleControl Professional system is based on the SIMATIC

systems S7-1200, S7-300 and S7-400 as well as on WinCC/
PCS 7. It supplements these systems with the special communications processors for S7-1200 and SINAUT components listed
below, comprising hardware as well as software.
Hardware Components
Communications processors (CPs) for S7-1200
TIM communications modules
MD modem modules
Mobile wireless components (GSM/GPRS/UMTS)
Industrial modems and routers (SCALANCE M)
Dedicated line accessories (overvoltage protection)
Connecting cables
Software components
SINAUT Engineering Software
SINAUT TD7 library;
contains blocks for the SIMATIC S7 CPU
SINAUT configuring and diagnostics software for the
programming device
Software for the central control center
SINAUT ST7cc;
the SINAUT add-on for WinCC
WinCC TeleControl;
add-on for SIMATIC WinCC for telecontrol applications
PCS 7 TeleControl;
add-on for SIMATIC PCS 7 for telecontrol applications
SINAUT ST7sc;
software for interfacing ST7 with control centers that can
operate as OPC clients
7/26
Siemens IK PI 2015
TIM 4R-IE
Industrial
Ethernet
(Twisted Pair)
Industrial
Ethernet
(Fiber optic)
Control center
Switch
SCALANCE
X-100/X-200
Switch
SCALANCE
X-100/X-200
S7-300 with
TIM 3V-IE
Abvanced
Station
Radio
network
S7-300 with
TIM 3V-IE
Station
SINAUT ST7cc/sc control station with redundant WAN connection
G_IK10_XX_30138
The telecontrol components support the set-up of complete

hierarchical communication networks comprising terminals,
node stations and control center.
Siemens AG 2014

Introduction
S7-400 with
CP 443-1
SINAUT ST7cc/sc
TIM
4R-IE
MD2
MD2
MD2
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE
M812-1
Control center
Star-shaped
dedicated line network
Internet
Radio
network
GPRS
S7-400
S7-300 with
TIM 3V-IE
S7-300 with
TIM 3V-IE
Advanced
and MD2
TIM
4R-IE
MD720-3
Station
S7-300 with
TIM 3V-IE
SCALANCE
M874-2
S7-300 with
TIM 3V-IE
and MD2
Station
Station
Station
Station
G_IK10_XX_30187
Tunnel
Different communication media in a SINAUT ST7 system
The control center

A number of different variants can be selected as components
of the central control center:
SINAUT ST7cc;
PC control center based on WinCC;
this is the ideal control center system for both SINAUT ST7 and
SINAUT ST1. It has been designed specifically for event-driven
and time-stamped data transmission on the SINAUT system and
can be set up as a non-redundant or redundant system
(to supplement the WinCC/PCS 7 redundancy package).
PCS 7 with PCS 7 TeleControl;
this is the ideal control center system for plants in which larger
local automation tasks have to be combined with telecontrol
connections. In addition to SINAUT ST7, remote stations with
other communication protocols can be connected, e.g. over
DNP3 or IEC -60870-5-101/-104. 1)
WinCC TeleControl;
control center system for plants with the WinCC HMI software,
expanded with telecontrol connections. WinCC TeleControl
offers connection of SIMATIC substations with TIM 3V-IE DNP3,
TIM 4R-IE DNP3 or non-Siemens stations with DNP3 protocol,
as well as telecontrol stations with IEC-60870-5-101/-104.
SINAUT ST7sc;
OPC server for interfacing control centers from other vendors via
the OPC Client function;
the SINAUT telecontrol technology can also be connected to
control center systems from other vendors via the "Data Access
Interface". ST7sc features extensive buffer mechanisms which
prevent data from being lost even if the OPC client fails.
It can be connected to non-redundant or redundant clients.
Like the substations, the control center comprises a
SIMATIC S7-300 or S7-400 PLC.
This solution is suitable for simpler control centers in which
only an up-to-date process image of the process data available
in the stations is required. The station process control can be
influenced by entering commands, setpoints or parameters.
This S7-300 or S7-400 control center can also be used to extend
a PC control center (SINAUT ST7cc or ST7sc), e.g. for data
output on a panel and/or as an emergency operating system.
1)
For further information, see Catalog ST PCS 7.1
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/27
Siemens AG 2014

Introduction
Permanently correct time
Single system
Redundant system
SINAUT ST7cc
SINAUT ST7cc
To enable subsequent and correct archiving of process data in

the control system, all data frames are already assigned a time
tag at their place of origin. The entire network is synchronized
automatically including daylight saving time changeover.
Local data storage
Industrial Ethernet
TIM
4R-IE
pwT
~hu
A special property of the TIM communications module used in

the SINAUT ST7 system is the capability for saving data which
must not be lost in the event of a connection fault or if the partner
fails. A memory capacity is provided for up to 56 000 message
frames.
TIM
4R-IE
The memory capacity helps to save money on dial-up networks.

Various priorities can be assigned to the data to be transmitted.
At high priority, a dial-up connection is established immediately.
At low priority, data is initially saved in the TIM. This data is transmitted on the next connection that is made with the partner for
any reason, for example if an item of information with a high
priority is to be transmitted, or if the partner sets up a connection
in order to exchange data.
j
~hu
E.g.
S7-400 with
TIM 4R-IE
E.g.
S7-300 with
TIM 3V-IE
zpuh|{Gz{^G
E.g.
S5-115U
withTIM
E.g.
S5-110U
withTIM
zpuh|{Gz{XG
G_IK10_XX_30205
Feldbestand
SINAUT ST7cc control center system with connected substations (RTU)
Classic WANs
The following conventional WANs can be used for data

transmission:
Copper dedicated lines, private or leased
Private wireless networks (optionally with time slot procedure)/
TETRA
Dial-up networks (analog/ISDN/GSM)
IP-based WANs
SINAUT communication, however, is also possible via IP-based
networks:
Wirelessly, by using special wireless systems optimized for
Ethernet, e.g. the components of the SCALANCE W IWLAN
system
Via fiber-optic conductors, e.g. through use of SCALANCE X
switches with optical ports; distances of up to 120 km can then
be covered
Via public networks and the Internet using DSL or
GPRS/UMTS
Copper dedicated lines, private or leased
Change-driven data transmission
In the stations, the SINAUT software ensures that process data
is transmitted between CPU and control center, e.g. ST7cc,
and from CPU to CPU in the event of changes. Connection, CPU
or control center failures are displayed. A data update for all
participating communication partners is performed automatically following debugging or startup of a CPU or of the control
center.
7/28
Siemens IK PI 2015
It is precisely because the TIM module can save data and transmit it at a later point in time with a time stamp that the use of a
suitable control center system must be ensured. It must also be
possible to continue to process this data, specifically as regards
subsequent archiving, if the data is received in the control center
delayed by a number of hours or even days. Also archive compressions such as the creation of mean, hourly and daily values
cannot be performed until all data for the relevant period has
been received. The standard SINAUT control center on the basis
of WinCC, when supplemented with the SINAUT software ST7cc,
is ideal for this task.
SINAUT remote programming and remote diagnostics
In industries in which SINAUT is used, the terminals are distributed across wide areas and are often situated in locations that
are difficult to access. Faults which require a visit to be made
to a terminal of this type are associated with long journeys.
SINAUT ST7 can provide the ideal solution for such circumstances: Remote programming and diagnostics via the telecontrol network. All diagnostics and programming functions
provided by SIMATIC and SINAUT for station automation and
WAN communication can be used via the telecontrol path
without interrupting process data transmission.
Alarm messaging via text message
In order to alert standby service personnel, event-driven text
messages can be sent to mobile phones from the CPUs.
An acknowledgment that a message of this type has been received can be sent back to the sender CPU from the mobile
phone. A text message can also be output as e-mail, fax or voice
mail if the mobile service provider offers these options.
Siemens AG 2014

Introduction
Integration
Protocols
SINAUT ST1 protocol
This protocol is used in the SINAUT ST1 system, which is based
on the SIMATIC S5 system. However, the SINAUT ST7 system
also supports this protocol. Existing SINAUT ST1 systems can
be further expanded with the SINAUT ST7 system, or existing
system components can be replaced with ST7 devices.
Possible operating modes:
Polling
Polling with time slot procedure
Spontaneous operation (for dialup networks)
Please note that only modems/transmission devices suitable for
11-bit asynchronous characters may be used in both polling
modes. However, "spontaneous" mode supports transmission
with both 11-bit and 10-bit asynchronous characters.
SINAUT ST7 protocol
This protocol is a more advanced version of the ST1 protocol.
It enables SINAUT communication via both conventional and
IP-based WANs. In addition, the addressing options have been
extended:
Up to 10 000 stations can be addressed
(maximum of 254 for ST1)
Message frames contain a source and a target address,
(ST1 messsage frames only contain a source or a target
address).
The ST7 protocol also supports "PG routing", i.e. remote
programming and remote diagnostics via the WAN without
interrupting SINAUT data traffic. PG routing and data traffic
share the available bandwidth on the transmission path;
PG routing is simply allocated a higher priority.
Possible operating mode in the IP-based WAN:
Spontaneous mode
Possible operating modes in the conventional WAN:
Polling,
Polling with time-slot procedure,
DNP3 protocol
Modes
In polling mode, data exchange is controlled from the
controller. It calls the connected terminals (including node
terminals) in sequence. Terminals with modified data send this
data as soon as they are called. Terminals with no modified
data at the present time simply acknowledge the call. Data
from the CPU to the terminals can be transferred at any time
between the individual calls.
The ST7 protocol supports direct data transmission between
substations. During this type of communication, data is always
exchanged via the polling control center TIM.
Polling with time-slot procedure mode is used on a radio
network on which the use of the radio frequency assigned by
the registration authorities has to be shared with other
operators. Typically, each operator has six seconds per
minute to exchange data with its terminals. Once this time has
elapsed, the frequency must be enabled for the next operator.
During the allocated time slot, this type of polling operates in
the same way as standard polling.
The ST7 protocol supports direct data transmission between
substations. During this type of communication, data is always
exchanged via the polling control center TIM.
In order to exactly observe the time slot, the polling control
center TIM must be directly supplied with the DCF77 or GPS
time.
Spontaneous mode for data exchange on dial-up networks:
Different priorities (normal, high or interrupt) can be assigned
to the data of the station or node station for transmission in the
dial-up network. Data to be sent by the control center always
have the high priority. If data with a high or alarm priority is
awaiting transmission, a dial-up connection is established
immediately. At normal priority, data is initially saved in the
terminals. This data is transmitted on the next connection that
is made with the partner for any reason, for example if an item
of information with a high or alarm priority is to be transmitted,
or if the partner sets up a connection in order to exchange
data.
The message frames saved in the TIM are transmitted
according to the FIFO principle, i.e. in the original chronological sequence, providing they are message frames with
high or normal priority. If alarm message frames are present in
the TIM buffer, these are always transmitted before the other
message frames.
Direct data transmission between substations is is possible
with the ST7 protocol.
The DNP3 protocol (Distributed Network Protocol) is a standardized telecontrol protocol, independent of any manufacturer.
It enables remote communication via both conventional and IPbased WANs.
Spontaneous mode
Possible operating modes in the conventional WAN:
Polling,
Polling with time-slot procedure,
IEC protocol
The IEC 60870-5-101, -103, -104 are standardized vendorindependent protocols. They enable remote communication
via both conventional and IP-based WANs. For implementing
an RTU with IEC 60870-5 on the basis of SIMATIC, the
CP 1243-1 IEC for SIMATIC S7-1200 and the SIPLUS RIC
software bundle are offered.
Spontaneous mode
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/29
Siemens AG 2014

Introduction
Network configurations and topologies
Some of these media versions are shown in the example of the

star topology.
Star via
dedicated line
Star via
wireless
Star via
mobile wireless
Star via
Internet
Combinations of basic topologies and media versions

Through a combination of several basic topologies of the same
or different media versions, it is additionally possible to design
more complex network topologies, even with redundant communication paths. This allows optimum adaptation to process requirements and to the existing infrastructure.
Star +
multi-point
Nodes
Path
redundancy,
1 medium
Path
redundancy,
2 media
All networks and all transmission media can be combined in any

way in a telecontrol project both with each other in "node structures", as well as in parallel in star topologies or in redundant
configurations.
The graphics below show a selection of different topologies that
can be implemented with the telecontrol components.
Basic topologies
Point-topoint
Multi-point
(Line)
Star
7/30
Siemens IK PI 2015
Complex network structure

(Example)
Complex network structure

(Example)
G_IK10_XX_30291
Differently structured telecontrol networks can be implemented

in the wide area network (WAN) based on the following four basic topologies.
Ring
G_IK10_XX_30290
Media versions
Depending on the support provided by the selected telecontrol
protocol, various transmission media are available for these
basic topologies, for example, dedicated line, private wireless
networks, mobile wireless networks, dial-up networks (wireless/
landline), DSL over Internet.
G_IK10_XX_30292
Spontaneous operation in the IP-based WAN

For transmission via an IP-based network, a permanent S7
connection is established in each case between two TIMs or
between one TIM and the ST7cc/ST7sc. The two TIMs or the
TIM and ST7cc/ST7sc exchange the data packages specific
to SINAUT ST7 with application of the TCP/IP transport
protocol. The transmission is performed with the resources
of the S7 communication, in which the processing of the
spontaneous data exchange depends on whether the transmitted volume of data is chargeable or not in the IP-based
network.
Networks without volume tariff:
When data is transmitted, it is transferred immediately to the
respective partner regardless of any priority.
Data is transferred in accordance with the FIFO principle.
This does not apply to message frames with "interrupt" priority.
These are transferred before any other message frames that
are available in the buffer.
Networks with volume tariff:
In an IP-based network such as the GPRS network, the priority
of the individual data frames (normal, high or interrupt) is
taken into consideration, as in the case of a dialup network.
Data with normal priority is collected and transmitted in larger
blocks, as soon as a specific size of block is achieved or, at
the latest, when the specified TCP/IP Keep-alive interval has
expired. This saves transmission volume because a reduced
message frame overhead and fewer acknowledgment
message frames are required. Important data with high or
interrupt priority is transmitted immediately. Normal message
frames that are buffered at this point are sent at the same time.
Message frames with normal or high priority are transmitted in
accordance with the FIFO principle.
More information
http://www.siemens.com/telecontrol
Siemens AG 2014

TeleControl Professional for the control center
Introduction
Overview
Third-party SCADA
WinCC 7 TeleControl
WinCC ST7cc
WinCC OA
IEC 61850
IEC 60870-5-104
IEC 60870-5-101
Modbus
SCADA with
PCS 7 PowerControl
Telecontrol involves the connection of distant process stations

to one or more central control systems. A telecontrol system can
be subdivided into the following components:
The service or control center
The communication network
The substations
DNP3
SCADA with ST7sc
PCS 7 TeleControl
Design principle of a telecontrol system and plants

with SIMATIC
ST7
Telecontrol protocols
IP T (IP-Telemetry)
Control station software

- -
- - - -
Various different public or private networks can be used for

communication for the purposes of monitoring and control. The
event-controlled or cyclic exchange of the process data takes
place via special telecontrol protocols such as SINAUT ST1,
SINAUT ST7, DNP3 or IEC 60870-5-101/-104.
The control center
A number of different variants can be selected as components
of the central control center:
SINAUT ST7cc;
PC control center based on WinCC;
this is the ideal control center system for both SINAUT ST7 and
SINAUT ST1. It has been designed specifically for event-driven
and time-stamped data transmission on the SINAUT system
and can be set up as a non-redundant or redundant system
(to supplement the WinCC redundancy package).
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/31
Siemens AG 2014

Introduction
PCS 7 with PCS 7 TeleControl;
this is the ideal control center system for plants in which larger
local automation tasks have to be connected to telecontrol interfaces. In addition to SINAUT ST7, remote stations with other
communication protocols can be connected, e.g. over DNP3 or
IEC 60870-5-101/-104.
PCS 7 OS Clients
Engineering Station
PCS 7 TeleControl
OS Server
PCS 7 OS Single Station
(dedicated or
dual channel)
2-wire cable
pG
TIM 4R-IE or
TIM 4R-IE DNP3
TCP/IP communication:
SINAUT ST7 or DNP3
TIM 4R-IE or
TIM 4R-IE DNP3 or
SCALANCE M
Modbus or IEC 60870-5-104
SCALANCE M
Converter
TCP/IP serial
WAN
Internet
Widely distributed
TeleControl outstations
WAN
Third-party RTU
(DNP3 only)
S7-300
+ TIM 3V-IE or
TIM 3V-IE DNP3
S7-400
+ TIM 4R-IE or
TIM 4R-IE DNP3
Widely distributed
Internet
S7-1200 with
CP1243-1 DNP3
S7-300
+ TIM 3V-IE or
TIM 3V-IE DNP3
S7-400
+ TIM 4R-IE or
TIM 4R-IE DNP3
WinCC TeleControl;
control center system for plants with the WinCC HMI software,
expanded with telecontrol connections. WinCC TeleControl offer
connection of SIMATIC substations with TIM 3V-IE DNP3,
TIM 4R-IE DNP3 or non-Siemens stations with DNP3 protocol,
as well as telecontrol stations with IEC 60870-5-101/-104.
SINAUT ST7sc;
OPC server for interfacing control centers from other vendors
via the OPC Client function;
the SINAUT telecontrol technology can also be connected to
control center systems from other vendors via the "Data Access
Interface". ST7sc features extensive buffer mechanisms which
prevent data from being lost even if the OPC client fails. It can
be connected to non-redundant or redundant clients.
7/32
Siemens IK PI 2015
Serial communication:
Widely distributed
Widely distributed
S7-1200 with
CP1243-1 IEC
Third-party RTU
ET 200S with
integral PN CPU
ET 200S with integral

CPU + serial interface
S7-300
+ CP 343-1 or
PN interface
S7-300
+ CP 341
S7-400
+ CP 443-1 or
PN interface
S7-400
+ CP 441
SIPLUS RIC Bundles
nprXWZWZZ^
SINAUT ST7 or DNP3
SIMATIC S7 PLC as control center

Like the substations, the control center comprises a
SIMATIC S7-300 or S7-400 PLC. This solution is suitable for
simpler control centers in which only an up-to-date process
image of the process data available in the stations is required.
The station process control can be influenced by entering
commands, setpoints or parameters. This S7-300 or S7-400
control center can also be used to extend a PC control center
(SINAUT ST7cc or ST7sc), e.g. for data output on a panel
and/or as an emergency operating system.
Siemens AG 2014

Application
The SINAUT engineering software with the following components is required for configuring, diagnosing and operating a
telecontrol system with the ST7 or DNP3 protocol:
SINAUT ST7 configuration and diagnostics software
SINAUT TD7 Library
The software package is a work package which can be used for
any number of SINAUT projects without a licensing process.
Apart from ST1 and ST7 connections, the SINAUT ST7 engineering software Version V5.1 or higher also supports the DNP3compliant TIM modules TIM 3V-IE DNP3 and TIM 4R-IE DNP3.
The current version V5.4 is released for STEP 7 V5.5 incl. SP2.
Function
SINAUT ST7 configuration and diagnostics software
for STEP 7
Executable under Windows 7, Windows Server 2008,
Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows XP SP3, Windows Server
2003 R2 SP2;
a STEP 7 software must also be installed.
Includes:
- Module manager to supplement the HW Config STEP 7 tool;
it displays and sets the parameters of the TIM modules in
HW Config.
- WAN Manager to supplement the NetPro STEP 7 tool;
it displays and sets the parameters of the SINAUT WAN
networks and network nodes in NetPro
- The SINAUT ST7 configuration software is used for projectwide functions such as SINAUT connection configuration
and SINAUT station management
- SINAUT ST7 diagnostics and service tool;
in addition to the diagnostics functions familiar to users of
STEP 7, it also provides access to SINAUT-specific
diagnostic information. The service tool can be used, for
example, to upload new software to the TIM.
WAN Manager for SINAUT systems

In the catalog for the STEP 7 network configuration tool NetPro,
the SINAUT "dedicated line" and "dial-up" networks are added to
the "Subnets" directory. The SINAUT networks required in each
case can be selected from this directory and installed in the
NetPro window. With the SINAUT ST7 engineering software V5.0
and higher, the MSC-VPN tunnel protocol can also be used
under the "Industrial Ethernet" network type for configuring the
SINAUT data transmission via the Internet and GPRS.
The TIM modules can be assigned to these networks using the
mouse or dialog boxes. Any erroneous connections are rejected
immediately.
A corresponding Properties dialog box is called up to define the
generally valid parameters for a network, e.g. ST7 or DNP3
protocol, transmission rate, etc.
The individual properties for each of the network nodes can be
defined in a further dialog box, e.g. the dedicated telephone
number for the connection to a dialup network.
Module manager for SINAUT systems

A SINAUT ST7 folder is added to the SIMATIC 300 directory.
This folder contains a list of all available TIM modules. The TIM
module required in each case can be selected from this directory and installed in the S7 rack. A corresponding Properties
dialog box can be called up to set the module parameters.
If necessary, the Properties dialog box for a TIM module can

be opened in NetPro with the same property options as in
HW Config.
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/33
Siemens AG 2014

SINAUT ST7 configuration software
SINAUT TD7 library, blocks for the CPU
The SINAUT ST7 configuration software is an independent

configuration tool for the telecontrol system that can comprise
ST1, ST7 or DNP3 modules; it includes:
Connection configuration
Station management
SINAUT ST1 configuration overview
The SINAUT TD7 library is a software package with blocks for

the CPU (TD7onCPU), in which TD7onCPU can be used for ST1
and ST7 systems, but not for DNP3 systems. The package has
been designed so that it can run both on an S7-400 and on an
S7-300 CPU. Only a small number of blocks have been designed specifically for the S7-300 or S7-400 CPU respectively.
First, the "Connection configuration" tool is used to define the

SINAUT stations (ST7 CPU, DNP3, ST7cc, ST7sc or ST1 device)
between which a connection is required. For this purpose, the
tool displays a list of all connections possible in the right-hand
side of a two-section window. The tool has generated the list
automatically using the network configured with NetPro (see
WAN Manager for SINAUT systems). The user moves the connections actually required from the right-hand to the left-hand
window using the pop-up menu.
In the stations, the SINAUT TD7 software ensures that process

data is transmitted between CPU and control console, e.g.
ST7cc, and from CPU to CPU in the event of changes. Connection, CPU or control center failures are displayed. A data update
for all participating communication partners is performed automatically following debugging or startup of a CPU or of the control desk. A time stamp can be assigned to data messge frames
if required.
The package essentially comprises:
Basic and auxiliary blocks
Most of these blocks are always required in the CPU, a small
number are optional. The basic blocks handle central tasks such
as startup, monitoring of connections and connection partners,
general requests, time management, handling communication
etc. The auxiliary blocks enter data frames, for example, in the
send buffer or fetch them from the receive buffer, handle send
and receive jobs for specific connections, or provide information
as a result of searches.
Data-point typicals
These blocks are integrated into the CPU program on the basis
of the data types and data volumes to be transmitted. In the
event of changes to data, they create message frames or output
received process data.
In order to operate correctly, the TD7onCPU package needs a
number of data blocks which are generated by the SINAUT
engineering software. These are:
Central accounting DB
This block contains all data required centrally, e.g. accounting
data for all communication partners as well as for all connections
to be managed.
One of the features provided by the "Station management" tool
is a list of all SINAUT devices. If necessary, station-specific
modifications can be made, e.g. the SINAUT station numbers
can be changed for the individual devices, or message texts can
be configured to be sent as text messages. The station
management tool also handles configuring of the data frames
to be sent and received if frame generation and evaluation are
to be carried out by the TIM (only possible for TIMs with
TD7onTIM functionality). The tool generates the system data
blocks (SDB) for the CPUs and TIMs from the configuration data.
If the SINAUT TD7 software is used for the CPU, the tool also
preprocesses the accounting and communication data blocks
for the CPUs, which it stores in the CPU block library together
with the blocks (FBs, FCs) which are essential to the CPUs for
SINAUT communication.
The third tool, "SINAUT ST1 Configuration overview" is only required for configuring systems which also feature SINAUT ST1
devices. This tool makes adjusting the addresses for SINAUT
ST1 much easier.
SINAUT ST7 diagnostics and service tool
In addition to the diagnostics functions familiar to users of
STEP 7, the SINAUT ST7 diagnostics and service tool also provides access to SINAUT-specific diagnostic information. The
service tool can be used, for example, to upload new software to
the TIM.
7/34
Siemens IK PI 2015
Communication DBs
A separate communication DB is created for every connection
with a sending and receive mailbox and all data required for
controlling and monitoring this connection.
Siemens AG 2014

Ordering data
SINAUT Engineering Software V5.4
Operating systems
STEP 7 versions
MS Windows 7 Professional,
Ultimate (32-bit)
MS Windows 7 Professional,
Ultimate (64-bit)
MS Windows Server 2008 (32-bit)
MS Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard Edition (64-bit)
MS Windows XP SP3
MS Windows Server 2003 R2 SP2
STEP 7 V5.5 incl. SP2/SP3

V5.4
Article No.
6NH7997-0CA54-0AA0
On CD-ROM, comprising
V5.3 for the programming device
SINAUT TD7 block library
Electronic manual
V5.4: Upgrade from V5.0, V5.1,
V5.2 or V5.3
6NH7997-0CA54-0GA0
For adding functional expansions;

the functional expansions are for
transferring larger data quantities of
1 KB and SMS functionality in GPRS
mode
SINAUT ST7 Engineering
Software V5.0 Edition 09/2009
(Upgrade)
6NH7997-0CA50-0GA0
for STEP 7 V5.4 SP4,

for owners of older versions of
SINAUT ST7 engineering software
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/35
Siemens AG 2014

Overview
Benefits
Single system
Redundant system
SINAUT ST7cc
SINAUT ST7cc
Industrial Ethernet
TIM
4R-IE
Interfacing of SIMATIC S7 substations to SIMATIC WinCC via

conventional and IP-based telecommunications network
Entry of messages, analog and count values in WinCC archive
using the event times supplied by the substations
Protection of investments in existing SINAUT ST1 systems,
as ST1 stations can be connected
Saving of time and reduction of costs through simple configuration without requiring detailed knowledge of SINAUT
TIM
4R-IE
Application
pwT
~hu
Based on SIMATIC WinCC, SINAUT ST7cc is the ideal control

center system for both SINAUT ST7 and SINAUT ST1.
j
~hu
E.g.
S7-400 with
TIM 4R-IE
E.g.
S7-300 with
TIM 3V-IE
zpuh|{Gz{^G
E.g.
S5-115U
withTIM
E.g.
S5-110U
withTIM
zpuh|{Gz{XG
G_IK10_XX_30205
Feldbestand
SINAUT ST7cc control center system (single or redundant)

with connected ST7 and ST1 stations
Based on SIMATIC WinCC, SINAUT ST7cc is the ideal control

center system for both SINAUT ST7 and SINAUT ST1. It has
been developed specifically for event-driven and time-stamped
data transmission on the SINAUT telecontrol system.
A fault-tolerant ST7cc control center can be set up in conjunction
with the WinCC redundancy package.
SINAUT ST7cc additionally assumes the function of a telecontrol
center. There is therefore no need for a separate SIMATIC S7CPU for this function.
7/36
Siemens IK PI 2015
It has been developed specifically for event-driven and timestamped data transmission on the telecontrol system. It avoids
the possible loss of data inherent during cyclic polling in WinCC.
It also ensures the use of the correct event times supplied by the
substations for all messages and archive entries. The process
image integrated into ST7cc contains all process data along with
the status of all SINAUT stations in the network, and makes this
data available directly to WinCC for high-speed process image
visualization.
ST7ccConfig provides the user with an integrated configuring
tool based on the data telegrams configured in the SINAUT ST7
or ST1 terminals. The WinCC tags are configured automatically
and updated consistently to reflect any changes.
The additional use of the WinCC add-on ACRON is recommended for archives, protocols and reports in accordance with
ATV Notice H260 or Hirthammer.
The Alarm Control Center software package is useful for alerting
service personnel via text message, fax, e-mail or voice mail and
is also available as a WinCC add-on.
A fault-tolerant ST7cc control center can be set up in conjunction
with the WinCC redundancy package.
Siemens AG 2014

Design
Function
SINAUT ST7cc is installed on a Windows PC. WinCC can also

run on the same PC. However, client/server configurations are
also possible, in which the ST7cc is located on the WinCC
server.
The following software packages and licenses are required for
an ST7cc control center that is configured as a single-channel or
redundant system with WinCC. A license for the WinCC complete package is required. A runtime package may be sufficient
if no configurations are required on the end computer. The
WinCC redundancy package incl. license is also required for the
redundant ST7cc.
The table below lists the software packages required for the
ST7cc non-redundant/redundant system in detail.
ST7cc non-redundant system
ST7cc redundant system
Num- Software package

ber
Num- Software package

ber
WinCC complete package 1)
WinCC complete package 1)
WinCC runtime package
WinCC redundancy package

(with 2 licenses)
SIMATIC NET SOFTNET

for IE license for CP software
SIMATIC NET SOFTNET

for IE license for CP software
ST7cc redundancy package

(with 2 licenses)
SW ST7cc S
(with license for 6 stations)
SW ST7cc S
1)
or
or
SW ST7cc M
SW ST7cc M
or
or
SW ST7cc L
(with license for > 12 stations)
SW ST7cc L
(with license for > 12 stations)
A runtime package may be sufficient if no configurations are required

on the end computer.
One or several SINAUT ST7 TIM communications processors

are connected to the ST7cc PC depending on the TIM type used
either via the MPI bus or via Ethernet. Both ST7 and ST1
terminals can be connected to the TIMs, only ST7 terminals to
the TIMs on the Ethernet.
Provision of current time of day:
Time synchronization for TIMs connected via MPI to the ST7cc
PC is only possible using a TIM equipped with a DCF77
receiver. This is then responsible for central synchronization of
the ST7cc PC and all terminals.
Time synchronization for TIMs connected via Ethernet to the
ST7cc PC is via ST7cc.
Outside the reception area of the DCF77 real-time transmitter
the use of a GPS receiver is recommended. This determines the
local time from the satellite-based global positioning system
(GPS).
Functioning as a remote control center

with convenient diagnostic functions
Direct connection of SINAUT ST7 TIMs over MPI and Ethernet
to ST7cc. A separate series-connected S7-300 or S7-400
controller is not required as a central remote control center.
Provision of the most important status information for each
SINAUT ST7 or ST1 station with visualization in WinCC using
supplied station typicals (display typicals and faceplates).
Control possibilities for the SINAUT stations over these
faceplates.
Tagging the process values from stations with an interrupted
connection to ST7cc.
General scanning of affected stations following the end of a
transmission fault for updating the process image in ST7cc.
For diagnostic purposes: Selective activation of recording
of the message traffic for individual or all SINAUT stations.
Message frame visualization and evaluation is performed in
the same manner as by the TIM message frame monitor.
Time synchronization by ST7cc for the TIMs that are
connected to the ST7cc PC over Ethernet.
Preprocessing of process data
Preprocessing can be configured for binary values, analog
values, and count values. They take into account the event time
points and tag derived alarms and archive entries with correct
time stamps.
Binary values
- Entry of current binary values into the assigned WinCC tags
taking into account the time stamps supplied by SINAUT ST7
or ST1.
Analog values (current and average values)
- Floating-point numbers, integer values
- Linear raw value conversion (raw value physical value)
- Entry of analog values (with or without linear raw value
adaptation) in the associated WinCC tags
- Entry of analog values (with or without linear raw value
adaptation) into the WinCC archive taking into account the
time stamps supplied by SINAUT ST7 or ST1.
Count values
- Overflow handling in the case of absolute counters.
- Count value conversion using factors
- Generation of correct interval times
- Entry of currently accumulating interval quantities in the
assigned WinCC tags.
- Entry of complete interval quantities into the WinCC archive
taking into account the time stamps supplied by SINAUT ST7
or ST1.
Setpoints
- Floating-point numbers, integer values
- Linear raw value conversion (physical value raw value)
if required.
Simple, integrated configuring
Configuration of the overall system with ST7ccConfig is very user
friendly. A separate WinCC configuration for tag management,
archive and alarm system is limited to a few preparatory
measures, such as the creation of archives and, in the case of
WinCC, the definition of alarm classes and types.
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/37
Siemens AG 2014

SINAUT ST7cc V3.1
Operating systems
Windows XP SP3;
Windows Server 2003 SP2;
Windows 7 SP1 (32-bit/64-bit);
Windows Server 2008 SP2 (32-bit);
Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1 (64-bit)
WinCC versions
SIMATIC WinCC 6.2 SP3;

SIMATIC WinCC 7.0 SP2;
SIMATIC WinCC 7.0 SP3
and SIMATIC WinCC V7.2
(V3.1 + SP1 or higher)
VMware
ESXi V5.0 (V3.1 + SP1 or higher)
Ordering data
ST7cc Config-Tool V3.1

SINAUT Engineering software
Quantity framework
6 SINAUT terminals
12 SINAUT terminals
for more than 12 SINAUT terminals
Small license
Medium license
Large license
Article No.
Article No.
SINAUT ST7cc
Upgrade packages
Software for connecting SINAUT

stations to WinCC;
Single license for 1 installation of
the runtime software;
configuration software and
2 languages (German, English);
operating systems:
Windows XP SP3,
Windows 7 SP1 (32-bit/64-bit),
Windows Server 2008 SP2 (32-bit),
(64-bit);
license key on USB flash drive;
German/English
ST7cc V3.1
Upgrade from V3.0 to V3.1
Upgrade of all licenses V3.0
6NH7997-7CA31-0GA1
ST7cc V3.1 RED

upgrade from V3.0 to V3.1
Upgrade of the redundancy license
V3.0
6NH7997-8CA31-0GA0
ST7cc V3.1 S
upgrade from V2.4 V2.7 to V3.1
for S license holders
6NH7997-7CA31-2GA1
ST7cc V3.1 M
for M or SM license holders
6NH7997-7CA31-2GA2
ST7cc V3.1 L
for L, SL or ML license holders
6NH7997-7CA31-2GA3
ST7cc V3.1 RED upgrade

from V2.4 V2.7 to V3.1
Upgrade of the redundancy
licenses V2.4 V2.7
6NH7997-8CA31-2GA0
Standard licenses
S (Small), M (Medium), L (Large)
SINAUT ST7cc V3.1

Configuration
ST7cc
SINAUT system
ST7cc V3.1 S
Small license
for max. 6 SINAUT stations
6NH7997-7CA31-0AA1
ST7cc V3.1 M
Medium license
6NH7997-7CA31-0AA2
ST7cc V3.1 L
Large license
for more than 12 SINAUT stations
6NH7997-7CA31-0AA3
ST7cc V3.1 RED

Redundancy license
for ST7cc (contains 2 licenses),
two single ST7cc S, M or L licenses
are also required
6NH7997-8CA31-0AA0
ST7cc V3.1 SM PowerPack

License upgrade
from ST7cc S to ST7cc M
(from 6 to 12 stations)
6NH7997-7AA31-0AD2
ST7cc V3.1 SL PowerPack

License upgrade
from ST7cc S to ST7cc L
(from 6 to more than 12 stations)
6NH7997-7AA31-0AD3
ST7cc V3.1 ML PowerPack

License upgrade
from ST7cc M to ST7cc L
6NH7997-7AA31-0AE3
Siemens IK PI 2015
TIM 3V-IE
communications module
6NH7800-3BA00
With an RS 232 interface

for SINAUT communication via a
conventional WAN or an IP-based
network (WAN or LAN)
TIM 3V-IE Advanced
PowerPacks for upgrading

the license to M or L
7/38
Accessories
6NH7800-3CA00
With an RS 232 interface and

an RJ45 interface for SINAUT
communication via a conventional
WAN and an IP-based network
(WAN or LAN)
TIM 4R-IE
With two combined RS 232/RS 485
interfaces for SINAUT communication via conventional WANs and
two RJ45 interfaces for SINAUT
communication via IP-based networks (WAN or LAN)
6NH7800-4BA00
Siemens AG 2014

WinCC/TeleControl
Overview
WinCC/TeleControl for WinCC V7.0 SP2 supports connection to
outlying stations (Remote Terminal Units = RTUs) via telecontrol
protocols.
Benefits
WinCC/TeleControl for WinCC V7.0 SP2 cannot only integrate
newly configured RTUs, it can also integrate units which already
exist in outlying areas by means of DNP3 or IEC 870-5-101/104
drivers.
For communication with the outstations, WinCC/TeleControl for
WinCC V7.0 SP2 uses the SINAUT ST7 and DNP3 protocols
(both via serial and TCP/IP communication connections) as well
as IEC 870-5-101 (serial) and IEC 870-5-104 (Ethernet TCP/IP).
The serial RTU link is possible via the following components,
which can be connected directly via WinCC (single station or
server):
SINAUT TIM communication modules (SINAUT ST7
telecontrol protocol)
TCP/IP serial converter (telecontrol protocols DNP3, Modbus
(not released for WinCC TC), IEC 870-5-101)
Equipment from MOXA or Lantronix, for example, can be used
as TCP/IP serial converters.
By means of Ethernet TCP/IP, the RTUs can be connected
directly or via TCP/IP WAN routers to the SIMATIC WinCC system
bus (SINAUT ST7, DNP3, IEC 870-5-104 telecontrol protocols).
When using the SINAUT ST7 telecontrol protocol, the SINAUT
TIM communication module can be used in addition to the
TCP/IP WAN router or as an alternative.
Application
Telecontrol communication over the wide area network is largely
determined by the communication infrastructure which already
exists. Various transmission media such as dedicated line,
analog or digital telephone networks, wireless networks (GSM or
private), DSL or GPRS can also be combined with each other.
SINAUT ST7 telecontrol protocol
Detailed information for implementing telecontrol applications
with the SINAUT ST 7 telecontrol protocol via the Industry Mall.
IEC 870-5-101/-104 telecontrol protocols
Detailed information for implementing telecontrol applications
with the IEC 870-5-101/-104 telecontrol protocols via the
Industry Mall.
DNP3 telecontrol protocol
WinCC/TeleControl for WinCC V7.0 SP2 also supports the DNP3
telecontrol protocol. Widely distributed outstations (RTUs) can
be controlled and monitored with the DNP3 telecontrol protocol
via serial or Ethernet TCP/IP communication links by means of
the telecontrol center in SIMATIC WinCC. The control center
integrated with SIMATIC WinCC TeleControl into the SCADA
system is the master during telecontrol communication.
The slaves are represented by the outstations. SIMATIC S7-300/
S7-300F and S7-400/S7-400F/S7-400H/S7-400FH controllers as
well as third-party RTUs can be used as outstations.
Further hardware and software components round off the range
of products:
TIM communication modules
TCP/IP converters serial and MD modem modules
GSM/GPRS components
TCP/IP routers and switches
SCALANCE S612 and S613 security modules
Dedicated-line accessories
Cables
Engineering package for configuration of DNP3 data objects,
stations, networks and connections as well as for diagnostics
In order to implement telecontrol networks, basic topologies
including point-to-point, multi-point, star and ring can be configured using classic or TCP/IP-based media. These can be combined flexibly independent from existing infrastructure.
Classic WAN media:
Dedicated line via modem, e.g. SINAUT MD2
Private wireless networks
Analog telephone network
Digital ISDN network
Mobile radio network GSM
TCP/IP-based WAN media:
Ethernet networks, e.g. SCALANCE X with fiber-optic cables
Industrial Wireless LAN with SCALANCE W
Public networks and the Internet using DSL and/or GPRS
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/39
Siemens AG 2014

WinCC/TeleControl
Function
Special characteristics of DNP3 communication
Change-driven data transmission
- Change-driven transmission of process data between RTU
and control center
- Signaling of RTU, control center or connection failure
- Automatic data updating for all communication partners
involved following troubleshooting and following the startup
of the RTU or control center
Chronological processing of process data
- Time tagging of all data frames at the place of origin allows
process data to be archived by the process control system
in the correct chronological order
- The time of the DNP3 stations in the WAN can be synchronized via SIMATIC WinCC (including summertime/wintertime
switchover)
Local data storage
- The TIM communication module can temporarily store
(for several hours or even days) message frames should the
connection or the communication partner fail
- Intermediate storage of message frames of lower priority in
the case of priority-controlled data transmission (with dial-up
networks or quantity-dependent data transmission costs)
Operating modes
The DNP3 telecontrol protocol supports the following operating
modes:
Polling
Polling with time slot procedure
Multi-master polling with time slot procedure
Spontaneous mode in dial-up networks
Spontaneous mode in the TCP/IP-based WAN
Integration
Integration of WinCC/TeleControl for WinCC V7.0 SP2 into the
WinCC SCADA system offers particular advantages for the water
and waste water sectors, as well as oil and gas sectors,
especially in the case of the following types of plant:
Freshwater treatment and distribution
Wastewater treatment plants
Oil and gas pipelines and water pipes
Oil and gas drilling fields and the associated treatment plants
In these types of plant, remote outstations such as pumping
stations, valve stations or automated stations for wellheads must
be integrated.
7/40
Siemens IK PI 2015
Through the support of communication protocols for RTUs such

as SINAUT ST7, WinCC/TeleControl for WinCC V7.0 SP2
supports the following advanced communication concepts:
Reduction in the transferred data volume by means of eventcontrolled communication mechanisms for alarm and
measured value information.
Time-synchronization of RTUs and correct time stamping of all
data in the RTU.
Tolerance of lower bandwidth, high latency or lack of reliability
of communication lines
Prevention of data loss due to communications failure through
data backup in the RTU
Support of communication media with serial interface
(dedicated lines, dial-up connections over analog telephone
lines and ISDN lines), various radio devices (standard, spread
spectrum modulation), microwave and GSM
Support for TCP/IP-based WANs (Wide Area Networks) such
as DSL, GPRS or Ethernet radio networks
Support for redundant communication connections
Expanded communication diagnostics functions for RTU
communication links
Remote programming of RTUs
Support for different communication topologies Point-topoint, multidrop (multistation mode) and hierarchic network
structures
High quality server redundancy scheme without data loss in
the case of server failure
Through the support of communication protocols for RTUs such
as IEC 60870-5 and DNP3, SIMATIC TeleControl for WinCC V7.0
SP2 supports the following advanced communication concepts:
Reduction in the transferred data volume by means of eventcontrolled communication mechanisms for alarm and
measured value information.
Time synchronization of RTUs and correct time stamping of all
data in the RTU.
Tolerance of lower bandwidth, high latency or lack of reliability
of communication lines
Prevention of data loss due to communications failure through
data backup in the RTU (not all non-Siemens RTUs support
this)
Support of communication media with serial interface
(dedicated lines, dial-up connections over analog telephone
lines and ISDN lines), various radio devices (standard, spread
spectrum modulation), microwave and GSM
Support for TCP/IP-based WANs (Wide Area Networks) such
as DSL, GPRS or Ethernet radio networks
Support for redundant communication connections
Expanded communication diagnostics functions for RTU
communication links
Remote programming of RTUs
Support for different communication topologies Point-topoint, multidrop (multistation mode) and hierarchic network
structures
High quality server redundancy scheme without data loss in
the case of server failure
Siemens AG 2014

WinCC/TeleControl
S7-400/S7-400F controller (SINAUT ST7, DNP3, IEC 870-5101/104 telecontrol protocols); up to 500 I/O signals or
approx. 5 000 data points
S7-400/S7-400F redundant controller (IEC 870-5-101/104 and
DNP3 telecontrol protocols); up to 500 I/O signals or approx.
5 000 data points
Third-party station with the IEC 870-5-101/104 and DNP3
telecontrol protocols (depending on type of station)
Outstations/remote terminal units

WinCC/TeleControl for WinCC V7.0 SP2 supports the following
preferred outstations for local distributed automation:
Controller integrated into ET 200S (IEC 870-5-101/104
telecontrol protocols); for cost-sensitive applications, up to
approx. 30 I/O signals or approx. 200 data points
S7-300/S7-300F controller (SINAUT ST7, DNP3, IEC 870-5101/104 telecontrol protocols); for extremely flexible configuration, up to 100 I/O signals or approx. 2 000 data points
The following table provides an overview of the current options for connecting to these outstations:
Spectrum of outstations and integration versions
Telecontrol protocol
SINAUT ST 7
Type of communication
Serial
Ethernet TCP/IP
IEC 870-5-01
IEC 870-5-04
Ethernet TCP/IP
Serial
Interface
TIM 4R-IE
Ethernet TCP/IP
TCP/IP WAN router TCP/IP serial

or/and TIM 4R-IE
converter
TCP/IP WAN
router
TCP/IP serial
converter
TCP/IP WAN router
ET 200S with
integr. CPU
(corresponding
to S7-314)
IM 151-7 CPU or
IM 151-8 PN/
DP CPU
as well as
1 SI module +
SIPLUS RIC library
IM 151-8 PN/
DP CPU
+ SIPLUS RIC
library
S7-300/S7-300F
TIM 3V-IE
TIM 3V-IE
TIM 3V-IE DNP3
TIM 3V-IE DNP3
CP 341
+ SIPLUS RIC
library
CP 343 + IEC on S7
or integr. PN
interface
+ SIPLUS RIC
library
S7-400/S7-400F
TIM 4R-IE
TIM 4R-IE
TIM 4R-IE DNP3
TIM 4R-IE DNP3 CP 441

+ SIPLUS RIC
library
CP 443 + SIPLUS
RIC library or integr.
PN interface
+ SIPLUS RIC
library
S7-400H/
S7-400FH
TIM 4R-IE DNP3
TIM 4R-IE DNP3 ET 200M +

2 x CP 341 +
SIPLUS RIC library
CP 443
+ SIPLUS RIC
library
Third-party station -
Depends on type of station
Dedicated line and radio networks
Master/slave
Peer-to-peer
Mesh networks
Time tagging in RTU
RTU time synchronization
Data buffering in RTU
1)
1)
Routing with SIMATIC PDM
International standard
RTU/interface
Dial-up lines
1)
DNP3
Serial
Data buffering is limited to two SIMATIC S7 data blocks. Depending on the SIMATIC CPU,
this corresponds to approx. 800 to 3200 buffered frames.
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/41
Siemens AG 2014

WinCC/TeleControl
Ordering data
Article No.
SIMATIC TeleControl 7.0 SP2

for WinCC Basic Engineering
Software package with
SIMATIC TeleControl for WinCC 7.0
SP2 Engineering Software,
executable with Windows XP
Professional/Server 2003,
Floating License for one user;
electronic documentation
on CD/DVD, 2 languages
(English, German)
Type of delivery:
License key memory stick,
Certificate of License incl. terms
and conditions, SIMATIC WinCC
Data Medium Package V7.0 + SP2
and CD "WinCC TeleControl Option
V7.0 + SP2"
6DL5000-7AA07-0XA5

for Server Runtime (6 stations)
SP2 Runtime Software,
executable with Windows Server
2003, Single License for one user;
(English, German)
Type of delivery:
V7.0 + SP2"
6DL5002-7AA07-0XA0

SP2 Runtime software,
2003, single license for one user;
(English, German)
Type of delivery:
V7.0 + SP2"
6DL5002-7AB07-0XA0

SP2 Runtime software,
2003, single license for one user;
(English, German)
Type of delivery:
V7.0 + SP2"
6DL5002-7AE07-0XA0
Article No.
for Server Runtime
(unlimited stations)
6DL5002-7AF07-0XA0

SP2 Runtime Software,
2003, Single License for one user;
(English, German)
Type of delivery:
Certificate of License incl.
Terms and Conditions, SIMATIC
WinCC Data Medium Package V7.0
+ SP2 and CD "WinCC TeleControl
Option V7.0 + SP2"
Driver software for telecontrol
protocols
TeleControl SINAUT Driver
6DL5101-8AX00-0XB0
Runtime license for one WinCC

Single Station or one WinCC server,
Single License for 1 installation
Requirement:
Software SIMATIC TeleControl 7.0
SP2 for WinCC Server Runtime
(6, 12, 256 stations)
Type of delivery:
and conditions
TeleControl DNP3 Driver
6DL5101-8EX00-0XB0

single license for 1 installation
Requirement:
(6, 12, 256 stations)
Type of delivery:
and conditions
TeleControl IEC 870-5-101/-104
Driver
6DL5101-8CX00-0XB0

Requirement:
(6, 12, 256 stations)
Type of delivery:
and conditions
More information
For an overview of the complete performance spectrum on the
Internet, visit:
Service & Support:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/csi_en_WW/service
(international)
7/42
Siemens IK PI 2015
Technical Support (hotline) for Automation & Drives:

http://www.siemens.com/automation/csi_en_WW/
support_request (international)
Siemens AG 2014

PCS 7 TeleControl
Overview
PCS 7 OS Clients
Engineering Station
SINAUT ST7 or DNP3
TIM 4R-IE (ST7)
or Converter
TCP/IP serial
(DNP3)
(dedicated or
dual channel)
SINAUT ST7 or DNP3
TIM 4R-IE (ST7)
or TCP/IP
WAN router
(DNP3)
Widely distributed
WAN
Third-party RTU
(DNP3 only)
S7-300
+ TIM 3V-IE or
TIM 3V-IE DNP3
S7-400
+ TIM 4R-IE or
TIM 4R-IE DNP3
Industrial Ethernet
TCP/IP
WAN router
WAN
Third-party RTU
(DNP3 only)
S7-300
+ TIM 3V-IE or
TIM 3V-IE DNP3
S7-400
+ TIM 4R-IE or
TIM 4R-IE DNP3
Converter
TCP/IP serial
WAN
Widely distributed
WAN
Widely distributed
Third-party RTU
Third-party RTU
ET 200S with
integral PN CPU
ET 200S with integral

CPU + serial interface
S7-300
+ CP 343 or
PN interface
S7-300
+ CP 341
S7-400
+ CP 443 or
PN interface
S7-400
+ CP 441
G_PCS7_XX_00175
PCS 7 TeleControl
OS Server
PCS 7 OS Single Station
Integration and communication options with SIMATIC PCS 7 TeleControl
Plants are often scattered over very large grounds in the energy
and transportation industries, and especially in the water &
wastewater and oil & gas industries. In such cases it is
necessary to integrate outstations for monitoring and controlling
highly remote plant units (usually with a small or medium degree
of automation) into the control system of the complete plant.
This is carried out by means of telecontrol protocols over a WAN
(Wide Area Network).
Conventional automation solutions for telecontrol systems use
process control systems for the more complex central areas of
the plant, and simpler Remote Terminal Units (RTUs) for the
outstations, and then combine these separately configured plant
units in a host network control system.
Direct integration of the telecontrol center

However, it is far more efficient if the telecontrol center for the
RTUs is directly integrated into the process control system.
The network control system as the superimposed integration
level can then be omitted.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 TeleControl products are suitable for integration of the telecontrol center into the process control and
engineering of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system. They
support the RTU linking in various ways (see graphic "Integration
and communication options with SIMATIC PCS 7 TeleControl"
and table "Integratable remote stations current range, communication options and features").
As far as the scope and performance of the automation functions are concerned, the requirements of the widely distributed
plant sections are usually in the bottom to mid range, which
means you can use automation stations of reduced dimensions
for the outstations. SIMATIC PCS 7 TeleControl particularly
supports the following outstations for distributed automation
on site:
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/43
Siemens AG 2014

PCS 7 TeleControl
RTU type1)
Controller integrated in
SIMATIC ET 200S
RTU category
Possible telecontrol protocols
Small with 30 ... 200 I/Os2)
Modbus RTU
For small applications
IEC 60870-5-101
IEC 60870-5-104
SIMATIC S7-300/S7-300F
controller
Medium with 100 ... 2 000 I/Os2)
SIMATIC S7-400/S7-400F
controller
Large with 500 ... 5 000 I/Os2)
For medium sized applications
For larger applications requiring higher

performance
Also in version "SIPLUS extreme", e.g. for environments

with temperatures from -25 C to +70 C, condensation or medial load
2)
Dependent on CPU size, protocol type, and application
For more information about telecontrol protocols, economic

RTU bundles, possible operating modes, and special remote
configurations, see:
Catalog ST PCS 7 AO, Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7
Process Control System, section Industry-specific applications, Telecontrol, Telecontrol - SIPLUS RIC (telecontrol
protocol and IEC 60870-5-101/104 bundles as well as
Modbus RTU)
Catalog IK PI, Industrial Communication SIMATIC NET, Industrial Remote Communication, TeleControl Professional for
substations (substations for ST7 protocol and substations for
DNP3 protocol)
7/44
Siemens IK PI 2015
SINAUT ST7
DNP3
Modbus RTU
IEC 60870-5-101
IEC 60870-5-104
SINAUT ST7
DNP3
Modbus RTU
IEC 60870-5-101
IEC 60870-5-104
DNP3
IEC 60870-5-101
IEC 60870-5-104
SIMATIC S7-400H/S7-400FH
controller
1)
Note:
SIMATIC PCS 7 TeleControl V8.0 is supplied with the current
service pack. SIMATIC PCS 7 TeleControl V8.0+SP2 can be
operated in combination with the OS engineering software and
OS runtime software SIMATIC PCS 7 V8.0+SP1.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 software must be ordered separately from
Catalog ST PCS 7.
Siemens AG 2014

PCS 7 TeleControl
Benefits
SIMATIC PCS 7 TeleControl cannot only integrate newly
configured RTUs into SIMATIC PCS 7, but also migrate units
which already exist in outdoor areas.
As a result of its high level of integration, automation based on
SIMATIC PCS 7 TeleControl offers decisive advantages
compared to previous automation solutions with telecontrol
engineering.
- The uniform SIMATIC PCS 7 software platform allows high
efficiency during operation, and results in low costs for
training, configuration and servicing.
- The homogenous GUI for local and remote processes
simplifies operation and simultaneously reduces the risk of
an operator error.
The Data Base Automation (DBA) software efficiently supports
engineering and takes into account the conformity with
SIMATIC PCS 7.
- DBA considerably facilitates project-specific adaptation of
the system and importing of existing configurations in the
course of migration.
- Extensions can be added during plant operation.
Application
Remote control and monitoring of distributed stations, as well as
data recording and transmission, with the following focal points:
Water industry
- Well, pumping and slide valve stations in water supply
networks and irrigation plants
- Pumping and slide valve stations in water and wastewater
pipelines
- Storm-water tanks and siphon stations in wastewater
networks
- Storage units (elevated tanks)
Oil and gas industries
- Compressor, pressure reduction, transfer, block valve, and
metering stations in gas networks
- Pumping and slide valve stations in oil pipelines
- Automation on the wellhead of gas and oil wells
- Stations for the injection of water or CO2 in gas or oil fields
Energy management, environmental protection, and transportation
- Equipment for power generation and distribution
- District heating
- Tunnels
- Railway stations
- Lighthouses
- Environmental monitoring equipment
- Weather stations
Design
The telecontrol center for the outstations (RTU) is integrated
into the process control of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control
system in the form of an operator station in single station or
server design (also redundant as option). No additional automation system for conditioning and connecting telecontrol-specific
data need be planned in the SIMATIC PCS 7 system. With large
quantity frameworks, a PCS 7 TeleControl operator station
(single station/server) is preferably responsible only for the telecontrol mode (dedicated). With small quantity frameworks, a
server or a single station can also control SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems in central plant areas in addition to the RTUs
(dual-channel mode).
To enable engineering of the PCS 7 TeleControl operator station
(single station/server), the functions of the engineering station
of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system are expanded
by DBA technology (Data Base Automation) and the SIMATIC
PCS 7 TeleControl block library.
For communication with the RTUs, SIMATIC PCS 7 TeleControl
uses the telecontrol protocols SINAUT ST7, DNP3 and
Modbus RTU (via serial as well as TCP/IP communication
connections) and also IEC 60870-5-101 (serial) and
IEC 60870-5-104 (Ethernet TCP/IP).
With serial RTU interfacing, the telecontrol connection can
be implemented cost-effectively at the control center end
(PCS 7 TeleControl OS as single station or server) using the
following components:
SINAUT TIM communication modules
(SINAUT ST7 telecontrol protocol)
TCP/IP-to-serial converter
e.g. devices from the companies MOXA or Lantronix
(telecontrol protocols DNP3, Modbus RTU, IEC 60870-5)
Remote stations can be connected either directly via Ethernet
TCP/IP or via TCP/IP WAN routers to the SIMATIC PCS 7 plant
bus (telecontrol protocols SINAUT ST7, DNP3, Modbus RTU,
IEC 60870-5-104). When using the SINAUT ST7 telecontrol
protocol, the SINAUT TIM communication module can be used
in addition to the TCP/IP WAN router or as an alternative.
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/45
Siemens AG 2014

PCS 7 TeleControl
Design (continued)
The table "Integrable outstations" shows the current connection possibilities depending
on the type of RTU and type of communication.
Outstations for integration (RTU)
Current range, communication options and features
Telecontrol protocol
SINAUT ST7
Type of communication
Serial
Ethernet
TCP/IP
Modbus RTU
Interface on the
PCS 7 TeleControl OS
TIM 4R-IE
RTU/
interface
ET 200S with
integrated
CPU
(corresponds
to S7-314)
DNP3
IEC 60870-5-101 IEC 60870-5-104
Ethernet
TCP/IP
Serial
TCP/IP WAN TCP/IP serial

router or/and converter
TIM 4R-IE
TCP/IP WAN
router
TCP/IP serial TCP/IP WAN TCP/IP serial

converter
router
converter
IM 151-7 CPU
or IM 151-8 PN/
DP CPU
as well as 1 SI
Modbus module
IM 151-8 PN/DP
CPU + S7
OpenModbus
software/TCP
PN-CPU
IM 151-7 CPU
or IM 151-8 PN/
DP CPU
as well as 1 SI
module +
SIPLUS RIC
library
IM 151-8 PN/DP
CPU + SIPLUS
RIC library
S7-300/
S7-300F
TIM 3V-IE
TIM 3V-IE
CP 341
CP 343 + SW
library
TIM 3V-IE
DNP3
TIM 3V-IE
DNP3
CP 341 +
SIPLUS RIC
library
CP 343 +
SIPLUS RIC
library
or integrated PN
interface +
SIPLUS RIC
library
S7-400/
S7-400F
TIM 4R-IE
TIM 4R-IE
CP 441
CP 443 + SW
library
TIM 4R-IE
DNP3
TIM 4R-IE
DNP3
CP 441 +
SIPLUS RIC
library
CP 443 +
SIPLUS RIC
library
or integrated PN
interface +
SIPLUS RIC
library
S7-400H/
S7-400FH
TIM 4R-IE
DNP3
TIM 4R-IE
DNP3
ET 200M + 2 x
CP 341 +
SIPLUS RIC
library
CP 443 +
SIPLUS RIC
library
or integrated PN
interface +
SIPLUS RIC
library
Third-party
station
Dialup lines
Dedicated lines and radio

networks
Master/slave
Peer-to-peer
Mesh networks
Time tagging in RTU
RTU time synchronization
Data buffering in RTU
S7 routing
International standard
(many versions) (many versions)
Serial
The telecontrol protocols used by SIMATIC PCS 7 TeleControl for

remote communication are matched to the conditions of the
widely distributed communication infrastructure.
7/46
Siemens IK PI 2015
Ethernet
TCP/IP
Serial
Ethernet
TCP/IP
TCP/IP WAN
router
Siemens AG 2014

PCS 7 TeleControl
Design (continued)
Mode of operation
The WAN transmission media suitable for communication

between the RTUs and the telecontrol center are diverse, e.g.
Private networks
- Wireless
- Dedicated line
- WLAN
Public networks
- GPRS
- EGPRS
- UMTS
- DSL
With SIMATIC PCS 7 TeleControl, the outstations can be integrated into SIMATIC PCS 7 so that the operator notices no difference between central or remote automation with regard to the
operating philosophy and alarm response.
Based on the four basic topological forms (point-to-point, multipoint, star and ring), differently structured telecontrol networks
can be implemented with these media versions, e.g. star over
wireless, dedicated line or DSL. Through a combination of
several basic topologies of the same or different media versions,
it is also possible to design more complex network topologies,
even with redundant communication paths. Optimum adaptation
to the local conditions and the infrastructure which may already
exist is possible in this manner.
If the PCS 7 TeleControl OS server is of redundant design, the

redundant pair of PCS 7 TeleControl OS servers matches all
internally generated information, e.g. alarm states and results of
calculations.
Migration of existing telecontrol systems

SINAUT ST1 stations based on SIMATIC S5
In the course of migration of existing plants, RTUs based on
SIMATIC S5 can also be integrated via SIMATIC PCS 7
TeleControl into the process control system. In the process,
the ST1 telecontrol protocol is converted into the ST7 protocol
in the central TIM communication module.
Units with Modbus RTU communication
Existing plant sections that have a Modbus infrastructure,
even those outdoors, can be integrated into SIMATIC PCS 7
using SIMATIC PCS 7 TeleControl. These sections can be
integrated into SIMATIC PCS 7 using the Modbus RTU protocol
via serial lines or TCP/IP connections.
Whereas RTUs with Modbus TCP/IP interface can be integrated
directly, third-party RTUs require special interface converters for
telecontrol communication.
Third-party stations with telecontrol protocols
In addition to the Modbus RTU telecontrol protocol, the
DNP3 (serial and TCP/IP), IEC 60870-5-101 (serial) and
IEC 60870-5-104 (TCP/IP) telecontrol protocols also support
the control center interfacing of third-party RTUs in the course of
migration. A prerequisite is that the RTU supports the corresponding protocol and that the required interface converters
are available.
Third-party stations with OPC
Third-party RTUs for which an OPC server exists can be integrated into the process control with the PCS 7 TeleControl operator system using additional engineering services on the basis
of the DBA technology. SIMATIC PCS 7 TeleControl then supports data exchange between the operator system (OPC client)
and the RTU (OPC server) per OPC DA.
SINAUT LSX systems
Existing SINAUT LSX systems can also be migrated with
SIMATIC PCS 7 TeleControl. The SIMATIC S7 controllers with
the EDC telecontrol protocol (Event Driven Communication)
installed in the SINAUT LSX system are integrated into
SIMATIC PCS 7 TeleControl with PCS 7 TeleControl S7 EDC
drivers (for ordering data, refer to the following catalog section
PCS 7 TeleControl operator system). Because the SINAUT LSX
system can coexist at all levels next to the new system architecture as long as necessary, step-by-step modernization is
possible without short-lived intermediate solutions.
The OS clients of the client/server multi-user system are able to

display data from RTUs and SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems
(AS) which they receive from a server with dual-channel functionality or from two separate servers - together in one process
image. Display is primarily on faceplates for process objects
such as motors, valves etc., but also by means of trend curves
and messages.
The communication mode between the control center and RTU

depends on the type of WAN, the configuration of the telecontrol
communication, and the support by the telecontrol protocol.
The operating modes available with the SINAUT ST7 telecontrol
protocol are described, for example, in the section "Industrial
Remote Communication", "TeleControl Professional, Introduction" of Catalog IK PI ("Industrial Communication SIMATIC NET").
Function
Conditioning and display of data on the PCS 7 TeleControl OS
(single stations/servers) are carried out by SIMATIC PCS 7
TeleControl blocks present in a library. These blocks support
operator prompting in conformance with SIMATIC PCS 7 using
symbols and faceplates, and also the hierarchy of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 alarms.
In addition to blocks for processing of process data, the library
also contains blocks for diagnostics and control of communication. If necessary, the supplied basic library can be extended
using the DBA Type Editor by new script-based block types
specific to the project.
Engineering can be automated efficiently and in conformance
with SIMATIC PCS 7 using the DBA technology. DBA supports
plant expansion during ongoing operation, and facilitates
project-specific adaptation of the system as well as importing
of existing configurations in the course of migration.
When linking RTUs by means of the SINAUT ST7, DNP3,
IEC 60870-5-101 or IEC 60870-5-104 telecontrol protocol, the
raw data in the remote stations is provided with a time tag and
transmitted to the PCS 7 TeleControl OS (server/single station)
acting as control center. Adaptation, further processing and archiving are carried out there. This procedure is appropriate for
the event-based principle of operation of the telecontrol protocol
as well as the subsequent chronological processing of data
which was buffered in the remote station.
The time and date of the remote stations connected per
SINAUT ST7, DNP3, IEC 60870-5-101 or IEC 60870-5-104 can
be synchronized by the PCS 7 TeleControl OS (time master).
Switchover between daylight-saving time and standard time is
also taken into account.
In order to comply with guidelines, statutory directives and
standards it may be necessary to provide special proof, e.g.
proof of conformity with the ATV M260 guideline for sewage
treatment plants. For this we recommend the ACRON software
package equipped with even more functionality for long-term
archiving and logging. ACRON is an add-on product in the
Catalog ST PCS 7 AO (Add-ons for SIMATIC PCS 7).
More information
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-pcs7/telecontrol
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/47
Siemens AG 2014

The PCS 7 TeleControl OS symbols, faceplates and diagnostics
displays created in conformance with SIMATIC PCS 7 take into
account the specific features of telecontrol applications. This is
demonstrated, for example, by the example of the counter block
which offers versatile conditioning options for information on
transported or processed quantities and volumes.
Overview
Definition of new user blocks

New user blocks can also be defined using the DBA type editor,
and are handled during database generation like the blocks
from the basic library.
In addition to arrangement of information in a variable structure,
these user blocks can also calculate derived values using Visual
Basic scripts in the server. This results in numerous possibilities
for extending the functionality and for adapting the system to
individual customer requirements.
Type-specific OS faceplates and OS symbols for the user blocks
can be created using the standard tools for SIMATIC PCS 7 OS
engineering (Graphics Designer and Faceplate Designer).
The PCS 7 TeleControl OS Engineering software package is
used to configure a SIMATIC PCS 7 industrial workstation of
single station or server design as a SIMATIC PCS 7 TeleControl
engineering station.
Design
PCS 7 TeleControl OS Engineering
The software product PCS 7 TeleControl OS Engineering contains the OS engineering package PCS 7 TeleControl OS DBA
and the associated engineering license.
Ordering data for the SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering Software and

for further SIMATIC PCS 7 software components for the PCS 7
TeleControl engineering station can be found in the Catalog
ST PCS 7, section "Engineering system", "ES software".
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations suitable as basic
hardware for a SIMATIC PCS 7 TeleControl engineering station
can be found in Catalog ST PCS 7, section "Industrial Workstation/PC".
PCS 7 TeleControl OS DBA
PCS 7 TeleControl OS DBA is an OS engineering package for
expansion of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering Software, comprising the OS Data Base Automation (DBA) software and a
library with OS symbols, OS faceplates, and OS diagnostics
displays for remote stations (RTUs) of a telecontrol system.
Using the DBA type editor it is possible to assign the frequently
unstructured variables of an RTU once to a block type and to display the tag structured on the operator station via the block's
faceplate (OS faceplate). Each block type contains at least one
faceplate and one symbol.
The DBA automatically generates the OS runtime database with
the display hierarchy, required tags, interrupts, alarm messages,
and alarm priorities, as well as the specific faceplates and block
symbols. The display hierarchy is the basis for navigation between the process displays, for alarm management, and for
implementation of safety measures. PCS 7 TeleControl OS DBA
automatically positions the type-specific block symbols, for
example, measured value, counter value, motor or gate valve, in
the OS process pictures. These symbols are linked to the corresponding function blocks and faceplates using the database.
Manual configuration is mainly limited to the design and positioning of the static graphic elements, for example, tubes or
tanks.
7/48
Siemens IK PI 2015
Faceplates from the SIMATIC PCS 7 TeleControl library
Upgrade
Existing SIMATIC PCS 7 TeleControl OS Engineering Software
V7.1 can be upgraded from V7.1 to V8.0 (incl. service pack)
using the SIMATIC PCS 7 TeleControl Upgrade Package. This
SIMATIC PCS 7 TeleControl Upgrade Package is suitable for upgrading SIMATIC PCS 7 TeleControl OS Runtime Software V7.1.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 ES and OS Software V7.1 combined in
certain software products can be upgraded separately to V8.0
(incl. service pack) using the upgrade packages in Catalog
ST PCS 7, sections "Upgrades for engineering system" and
"Upgrades for operator system".
Engineering of Remote Terminal Units (RTUs)
based on S7-300
Using the technology blocks of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industry
Library (sublibrary "Industry Library for S7"), Remote Terminal
Units (RTUs) based on S7-300 can also be configured in CFC
in APL style system compatibility. For information about the
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industry Library and ordering data, refer to the
Chapter "Technology libraries".
Siemens AG 2014

Ordering data
Article No.
Engineering software
PCS 7 TeleControl
OS Engineering V8.0
To expand a SIMATIC PCS 7
Engineering Station (unlimited POs)
for PCS 7 TeleControl;
software package without
SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering
Software
Engineering software,
software class A, runs on Windows
XP Professional 32-bit,
Standard 64-bit,
Electronic documentation on DVD,
Media Package):
DVD "PCS 7 TeleControl"
Article No.
Upgrade Package
6ES7658-7JX08-0YA5
SIMATIC PCS 7 TeleControl

Upgrade Package V7.1 to V8.0
Software package without
SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS software
Standard 64-bit;
Note:
SIMATIC PCS 7 ES and OS Software V7.1 included in certain software packages must be upgraded
to V8.0 (incl. service pack) using
separate upgrade packages.
6ES7652-5GX08-0YE0

Media Package):
DVD "PCS 7 TeleControl" and
product information
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/49
Siemens AG 2014

Overview
The PCS 7 TeleControl OS software packages offered for
OS runtime mode are tailored to the architecture of the
SIMATIC PCS 7 operator system. They support single-user
systems (single stations) as well as multi-user systems with
up to 12 servers/redundant pairs of servers and up to 32 clients.
Uniform process control for central and remote units
Design
PCS 7 TeleControl OS servers and PCS 7 TeleControl OS single
stations can integrate both local SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems and widely distributed outstations (RTUs) of a telecontrol
system into the process control.
Software required
Depending on the configuration of a PCS 7 TeleControl operator

system as single station or client/server combination (single or
redundant), the following software components are required:
SIMATIC PCS 7 architecture

OS single station
Client server
Client
Server not redundant Server redundant
PCS 7 OS Software Single Station V8.0 (incl. SP)

see section "OS software" in the Chapter "Operator system"
PCS 7 OS Software Server V8.0 (incl. SP)

PCS 7 OS Software Server Redundancy V8.0 (incl. SP)

PCS 7 OS Software Client V8.0 (incl. SP)

PCS 7 TeleControl OS Runtime V8.0 (incl. SP)
(2 licenses)
PCS 7 TeleControl Driver

(alternative)
SINAUT
(2 licenses)
DNP3
(2 licenses)
IEC 60870-5-101/-104
(2 licenses)
Modbus RTU
(2 licenses)
S7 EDC
(2 licenses)
Ordering data for SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Runtime licenses for

expanding the OS Runtime POs (single station/server) and
additional SIMATIC PCS 7 OS software components for PCS 7
TeleControl Operator Systems can be found in Catalog
ST PCS 7, Chapter "Operator system", section "OS software".
SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations suitable as basic
hardware for configuration of an operator station as PCS 7
TeleControl OS single station, PCS 7 TeleControl OS server or
PCS 7 TeleControl OS client can be found in Catalog ST PCS 7,
section "Industrial Workstation/PC".
PCS 7 TeleControl OS software for single station,
server and redundant server
The software product PCS 7 TeleControl OS Runtime contains
the PCS 7 TeleControl OS software including the object library
with the PCS 7 TeleControl OS faceplates and symbols as well
as the Runtime license for operation on an OS single station
or OS server.
An additional PCS 7 TeleControl Driver license is required
for each telecontrol protocol used (SINAUT, DNP3,
IEC 60870-5-101/-104, Modbus RTU, S7 EDC) per PCS 7
7/50
Siemens IK PI 2015
TeleControl OS single station and per PCS 7 TeleControl

OS server.
The SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software must be ordered separately.
You can find the SIMATIC PCS 7 OS software for OS single station and OS server in section "Operator system", "OS software",
and the SIMATIC PCS 7 OS software for a redundant pair of
OS servers (including RS 232 cable, 10 m) in Catalog ST PCS 7,
section "Operator system", "OS redundancy".
Upgrade
Existing SIMATIC PCS 7 TeleControl OS Runtime Software V7.1
can be upgraded from V7.1 to V8.0 (incl. service pack) using the
SIMATIC PCS 7 TeleControl Upgrade Package. This is also suitable for upgrading the SIMATIC PCS 7 TeleControl OS Engineering Software V7.1. The SIMATIC PCS 7 ES and OS Software V7.1
combined in certain software products must be upgraded
separately to V8.0 (incl. service pack) using the upgrade packages in Catalog ST PCS 7, sections "Upgrades for engineering
system" and "Upgrades for operator system".
Siemens AG 2014

Ordering data
Article No.
Runtime software
PCS 7 TeleControl OS Runtime
V8.0
To expand a SIMATIC PCS 7 OS
(server/single station) for
PCS 7 TeleControl
Telecontrol protocol driver (continued)

6ES7658-7KX08-0YA0

SIMATIC PCS 7 OS software
PCS 7 TeleControl S7 EDC Driver

Runtime software, license for
OS single station or OS server,
6DL5101-8DX00-0XB0
Requirement:
Software PCS 7 TeleControl
OS Runtime V8.0

Media Package):
DVD "PCS 7 TeleControl"

Media Package)
Telecontrol protocol driver

6DL5101-8AX00-0XB0
Upgrade Package
Upgrade Package V7.1 to V8.0
SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS software
Requirement:
OS Runtime V8.0
Media Package)
6DL5101-8EX00-0XB0
6ES7652-5GX08-0YE0

Standard 64-bit;
Note:
SIMATIC PCS 7 ES and OS Software V7.1 included in certain
software packages must be
upgraded to V8.0 (incl. service
pack) using separate upgrade
packages.
Requirement:
OS Runtime V8.0
Media Package)
PCS 7 TeleControl
IEC 60870-5-101/-104 Driver
6DL5101-8BX00-0XB0

Media Package)
Electronic documentation on DVD,

PCS 7 TeleControl DNP3 driver

PCS 7 TeleControl Modbus RTU

Driver
Requirement:
OS Runtime V8.0
Runtime software,
software class A, runs on
Standard 64-bit;
PCS 7 TeleControl SINAUT Driver

Article No.
6DL5101-8CX00-0XB0

Media Package):
DVD "PCS 7 TeleControl" and
product information
Requirement:
OS Runtime V8.0
Media Package)
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/51
Siemens AG 2014

Overview
Benefits
Single system
Redundant system
SINAUT ST7sc
SINAUT ST7sc
Connection of SINAUT stations to HMI, SCADA and Office

applications via OPC
The "Item Buffering" procedure ensures seamless archiving
Time and cost savings through simple configuration without
requiring detailed knowledge of SINAUT
Application
Industrial Ethernet
TIM
4R-IE
pwT
~hu
TIM
4R-IE
j
~hu
E.g.
S7-400 with
TIM 4R-IE
E.g.
S7-300 with
TIM 3V-IE
zpuh|{Gz{^G
E.g.
S5-115U
withTIM
E.g.
S5-110U
withTIM
zpuh|{Gz{XG
G_IK10_XX_30215
Feldbestand
SINAUT ST7sc control center system (non-redundant or redundant)

with connected ST7 and ST1 terminals
The SCADA Connect Software SINAUT ST7sc permits the

connection of telecontrol substations with ST7 and ST1
protocol to control center systems that can operate as OPC
clients, e.g. iFIX from Intellution, InTouch from Wonderware,
Micro SCADA from ABB.
SINAUT ST7sc is also suitable for data exchange with other
applications via OPC, e.g. with the Office application Excel.
The OPC data can be exchanged either synchronously or
asynchronously (change-controlled)
The "Item Buffering" function prevents the loss of data on
failure of the OPC client or if SINAUT terminals supply data at
a faster rate than can be transferred via the OPC interface.
System availability can be increased by connecting two ST7sc
systems working in parallel to a redundant client system.
SINAUT ST7sc additionally assumes the function of a
telecontrol center. There is therefore no need for a separate
SIMATIC S7-CPU for this function.
The TeleControl system allows substations to be networked with

a control center via WAN (Wide Area Network) or Industrial
Ethernet. This control center can also be a SIMATIC terminal
or a PC-based control center, for example, WinCC with the
SINAUT ST7cc add-on.
SINAUT ST7sc offers suppliers of other control center systems
the option of connecting to substations with SINAUT ST7 without
having to integrate a SINAUT interface. Communication is over
OPC: As an OPC server, SINAUT ST7sc forms the interface
between the telecontrol system and the third-party control system connected as an OPC client.
The OPC interface is also suitable for data exchange with other
applications, for example, the Microsoft Office application Excel.
Design
SINAUT ST7s is installed on a Windows PC. The OPC server
function supports connection of one or more client applications.
These clients are either connected over a suitable communication medium, e.g. Industrial Ethernet, with the server or they are
installed on the same PC as SINAUT ST7sc.
Connection of one or more telecontrol substations to the ST7sc
PC is carried out either via the MPI bus or Industrial Ethernet, depending on the TIM communication module used.
Provision of current time of day:
For TIMs, that are connected over MPI to the ST7sc PC, time
synchronization is only possible through a DCF77 receiver
equipped with a TIM. This provides central time synchronization for the ST7sc PC and all other stations.
For TIMs that are connected over Industrial Ethernet to the
ST7sc PC, time synchronization is performed over ST7sc.
Outside the reception area of the DCF77 real-time transmitter the
use of a GPS receiver is recommended. This determines the
local time from the satellite-based global positioning system
(GPS).
7/52
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Function
In the case of a change, the telecontrol substation detects
the process data and transfers it over the relevant WAN to
SINAUT ST7sc. The received SINAUT messages are decoded
here and stored in the ST7sc variable list as configured. An OPC
client can read these received data from the ST7sc variable list
via the OPC server interface "Data Access". This is performed
either synchronously or asynchronously.
A special feature of the telecontrol system is that process data

are protected against loss. If the connection from the substation
to the control room fails, for example, the local substation will
save all the data changes that occur during the downtime complete with time stamps. This ensures that connection downtimes
of several hours or even several days can be bridged without
loss of data. So that the data saved in the substations will also
arrive at the OPC client safely later, ST7sc contains the "item
buffering" procedure, which helps to avoid data loss on the way
to the OPC client:
When the OPC "data access" interface that represents a
process image is updated by the substations faster than the
client can read it;
When the OPC client is not available for a shorter or longer
time or when the OPC communication path fails.
ST7sc normally only creates one "memory cell" per item in which
the last status or value of the item is retained, but when the item
buffering procedure is selected, one buffer is created per item in
which all changes to the affected item are saved consecutively
complete with time stamps. Saving is performed until the individual changes can be transferred to the OPC client.
The item buffering procedure requires an HMI application that
can process time-stamped data even when the time stamp is
several days old, e.g. following a long connection failure.
SINAUT
ST7sc
1
1a
1b
1c
3
3a
7
7a
7b
7c
45
78
78a
78b
79
79a
79b
79b
7d
7e
Item buffer
OPC "data access" Server Interface
ST7sc tag management
SINAUT telegram
coding
SINAUT
data telegram
SINAUT telegram
decoding
OPC
communication
G_IK10_XX_30014
In the reverse direction, the OPC client can write data that is to
be sent to a station (e.g. commands, set points, parameters) to
the ST7sc variable list via the OPC server interface. These are
converted to SINAUT data frames and sent via the WAN to the
telecontrol substation specified by means of configuration.
OPC communication
SINAUT
data telegram
System configuration with SINAUT ST7sc
Redundant application
SINAUT ST7sc supports connection to a redundant client
system. Two ST7sc systems must be used in this case. The data
received from the stations are transferred by them in parallel and
mutually independently to both clients and data are received
from the clients that must be sent to the substations.
The redundancy mechanisms are located in this case on the
client side:
The client ensures that the data transferred in parallel is
evaluated and compared correctly;
The client transfers data to be sent to the substation once only
to one of the two ST7sc, so that transmission is not duplicated.
Configuration
The ST7sc is configured using the ST7sc Config tool that is
included in the scope of supply of the ST7sc software CD.
The documentation for the ST7sc and the Config tool is also
located on this CD.
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/53
Siemens AG 2014

SINAUT ST7sc V2.1
Operating systems
Windows XP SP3;
Windows Server SP3;
Windows 7 SP1 (32-bit/64-bit);
Windows Server 2008 SP2 (32-bit)
Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1 (64-bit)
ESXi V5.1
VMware
Ordering data
ST7sc Config-Tool V2.1

Quantity framework
6 SINAUT terminals
12 SINAUT terminals
for more than 12 SINAUT terminals
Small license
Medium license
Large license
Article No.
Article No.
SINAUT ST7sc
Upgrade packages
Software for connecting

SINAUT stations to HMI, SCADA
and Office applications via OPC;
single license for 1 installation of the
runtime software;
configuration software and
electronic manual on CD-ROM;
operating systems:
Windows XP SP3,
Windows 7 SP1 (32-bit/64-bit),
Windows Server 2008 SP2 (32-bit),
(64-bit);
license key on USB flash drive;
German/English;
ST7sc V2.1 U
upgrade from V2.0 to V2.1
Upgrade of all licenses V2.0
6NH7997-5CA21-0GA1
ST7sc V2.1 S
for S license holders
6NH7997-5CA21-2GA1
ST7sc V2.1 M
for M or SM license holders
6NH7997-5CA21-2GA2
ST7sc V2.1 L
for L, SL or ML license holders
6NH7997-5CA21-2GA3
Accessories
TIM 3V-IE
Standard licenses
S (Small), M (Medium), L (Large)
SINAUT ST7sc V2.1

Configuration
ST7sc
SINAUT system
SINAUT ST7sc V2.1 S

Small license
6NH7997-5CA21-0AA1
SINAUT ST7sc V2.1 M

Medium license
6NH7997-5CA21-0AA2
SINAUT ST7sc V2.1 L

Large license
for more than 12 SINAUT stations
6NH7997-5CA21-0AA3
PowerPacks for upgrading the license to M or L

SINAUT ST7sc V2.1 SM
PowerPack;
License upgrade
from ST7sc S to ST7sc M
(from 6 to 12 stations)
6NH7997-5AA21-0AD2
SINAUT ST7sc V2.1 SL

PowerPack;
License upgrade
from ST7sc S to ST7sc L
6NH7997-5AA21-0AD3
SINAUT ST7sc V2.1 ML

PowerPack;
License upgrade
from ST7sc M to ST7sc L
6NH7997-5AA21-0AE3
7/54
Siemens IK PI 2015
6NH7800-3BA00
With an RS 232 interface for

SINAUT communication via a
conventional WAN or an IP-based
TIM 3V-IE Advanced
6NH7800-3CA00
With an RS 232 interface and an

RJ45 interface for SINAUT
communication via a conventional
WAN and an IP-based network
(WAN or LAN)
TIM 4R-IE
communication via IP-based networks (WAN or LAN)
6NH7800-4BA00
Siemens AG 2014

Introduction
Overview
Substations
Design principle of a telecontrol system and plants

with SIMATIC
Telecontrol involves the connection of distant process stations to
one or more central control systems. A telecontrol system can be
subdivided into the following components
Control center
Substations
Communication network
Various different public or private networks can be used for communication for the purposes of monitoring and control. The
event-driven or cyclic exchange of the process data takes place
via special telecontrol protocols such as SINAUT ST7, DNP3.
With SIMATIC, Siemens offers a wide range of components for

the different application areas for establishing telecontrol substations Remote Terminal Units (RTUs).
The hardware basis is a PLC, in each case supplemented for the
telecontrol function with special hardware and software components, e.g. TIM communication modules. All the local functions
supported by the respective PLC for the connection of I/O via
bus systems, connection of HMI or sensors, etc., are also available without restriction in the RTU configuration.
The individual solutions differ in the
Performance class (number of required IO signals and
controller performance)
Support for the telecontrol protocols
The following table provides an overview of the different types of
substations on offer with the essential features.
SINAUT ST7
DNP3
IEC 60870-5-104
IEC 60870-5-101
SINAUT ST1
Wireless
Dedicated line
WLAN
GPRS
EGPRS
UMTS
DSL
Public networks
TeleControl Basic
Private networks
ET 200S
S7-1200
2)
2)
1)
1)
1)
S7-200
S7-300
S7-400
S7-400FH
WinAC RTX
suitable
- not suitable
1) via external IP-Router
G_IK10_XX_30293
Telecontrol protocols
2) via Industrial Ethernet
Classification of the different TeleControl substations (RTU types)
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/55
Siemens AG 2014

Introduction
TIM communications modules
The hardware component for the telecontrol wireless station of a
telecontrol substation is the TIM (Telecontrol Interface Module)
communication module. It is used by the S7 CPU or control
center PC for data exchange via the relevant telecontrol network,
optionally with the SINAUT ST7, SINAUT ST1 or DNP3 protocol.
Different protocols cannot be combined in one communication
network. However, communication networks with different
protocols can always be combined in one project if they are
connected to the central control center via separate interfaces.
Function
Each WAN interface of a TIM can be operated with the function
"Station", "Node terminal" or "Control center" (exception: the
function "Node terminal" is not available on the TIM 3V-IE,
TIM 3V-IE DNP3, TIM 4R-IE DNP3, and the function "Control
center" is not available on the TIM 3V-IE DNP3 and TIM 4R-IE
DNP3). This enables the construction of the type of hierarchical
communication structures required in classic WANs.
On IP-based networks, in which each partner has equal priority,
this classification can be dismissed. The transmission via GPRS,
however, represents an exception, as without special GPRS
provider contracts, direct communication from GPRS station to
GPRS station is not possible. This can be solved by "rerouting"
through a control center TIM, as in a classic WAN with crosstraffic on a dedicated leased line or wireless. In this case, the
interfaces of the participating TIMs are to be set to the function
"Control center" or "Station" in an IP-based network as well so that
the correct path from "Station" to "Station" will be found automatically through the "Control center".
The TIM independently processes the data traffic via the network
connected in each case and it does this according to the storeand-forward principle. For this purpose, the module has its own
processor and a RAM for buffering data messages (depending
on the type of TIM, between 10 000 and 56 000 message
frames). The saving of the messages prevents a loss of data if
the communication link is faulty or the partner fails. It also helps
to reduce connection charges in dialup networks. If the optional
backup battery is used for the TIM 4R-IE or TIM 4R-IE DNP3,
stored data frames are not lost even if the 24 V supply voltage
fails.
7/56
Siemens IK PI 2015
Reading and writing data that the TIM is to send or receive for
a CPU can also be done with:
TD7onCPU, the SINAUT TD7 software for the CPU, applicable
to S7-300- and S7-400-CPUs as well as C7 compact control
systems:
The SINAUT program in the CPU, configured with modules
from the SINAUT TD7 library, acquires the process data to be
transferred, checks it for changes and transfers the changes
to the TIM for transmission over the WAN. Messages received
without faults by the TIM via the WAN are forwarded to the
local CPU. A block that has been integrated there for evaluating the specific message frame ensures that the received
information is output to the outputs or data areas configured in
the block.
This block library cannot be used in conjunction with
TIM 3V-IE DNP3 or TIM 4R-IE DNP3.
TD7onTIM, the SINAUT TD7 software integrated in the TIM
(not present in the case of the TIM 4R / TIM 4RD), can be used
with S7-300 CPUs and C7 compact control systems:
The TD7onTIM program configured by the user reads the
process data to be transferred directly from the memory areas
of the CPU inserted into the S7-300 rack (inputs, bit memories,
DBs), checks them for changes and then transfers the
changes to the send buffer of the TIM for transmission over the
WAN. Data from message frames received without fault by the
TIM via the WAN are directly written by the TIM into the
configured memory areas of the CPU.
If required, the data acquired by "TD7onCPU" or "TD7onTIM" can
be tagged with a time stamp and the "normal" or "high" priority
identification for transmission over a chargeable network, e.g.
dial-up or GPRS. "TD7onTIM" also allows extremely important
data to be identified with the "Interrupt" priority. These have
priority over all other message frames saved in the send buffer,
i.e. they are transmitted before the others.
If the local SINAUT station is a control center PC, operator inputs
are recorded by the PC program in accordance with the data
message frame configuration, and transferred with the configured destination address to the TIM. Messages received without
faults by the TIM via the WAN are forwarded to the control center
PC. Evaluation of the relevant frame is handled by the control
system software.
The TIM first saves the data to be sent in its RAM buffer.
The subsequent response of the TIM on sending this data is
explained in the two following sections.
Siemens AG 2014

Introduction
Communication via a classic WAN
PG communication
The response of the TIM on sending the data depends on the

WAN type and the TIM function that is set on the WAN interface:
Dedicated line, wireless network;
if the interface is operated in the function "station" or "node
terminal", the TIM waits to be polled by the control center
before it transfers the stored data message frames.
If there are no message frames available, polling is simply
acknowledged.
If operated as a "control center", the TIM sends one of the
message frames saved in the buffer following each completed
poll + response (standard setting). If a larger number of
message frames is to be sent between two polls, this can be
specified when the TIM is configured.
Dial-up network;
in "station" or "node terminal" mode, the TIM will initially not be
active in the case of data with "normal" priority. In the case of
data of "high" or "interrupt" priority, the TIM will immediately try
to establish a link to the addressed partner in order to transfer
the data. If data of "normal" priority are also available in the TIM
buffer at this time, these will also be transferred. Data of
"interrupt" priority will always be transferred first. The data of
"high" and "normal" priority will subsequently be transferred in
accordance with the FIFO principle, i.e. regardless of their
respective priority.
If the interface is set to the "control center" function, the TIM will
always try regardless of priority to establish a link to the
addressed partner and to transfer the data.
PG communication allows all S7 stations connected to the LAN,

e.g. Industrial Ethernet, to be remotely programmed. With the
aid of S7 routing it is possible to use programming device communication across networks.
The SINAUT ST7/ST1 protocol can be used for all WAN types
and TIM functions. The DNP3 protocol only allows use of
dedicated lines and wireless networks in the function "Station".
The operating mode used depends on the type of WAN:
Data exchange via dedicated line and wireless network
usually takes place in "Polling" mode. In wireless networks with
SINAUT ST7 protocol, the operating mode "Polling with time
slot method" can be selected if required.
On dial-up networks (only with SINAUT ST7/ST1 protocol),
data exchange always takes place in "Spontaneous" mode.
Communication via an IP-based network
For transmission via an IP-based network, a permanent S7 connection via which the partners exchange the data packages is
established in each case between two TIMs or between one TIM
and the control system.
Cross-network PG communication functions with the

SINAUT ST7 protocol for all classic and IP-based WANs.
Remote programming and remote diagnosis of the stations connected to the WAN (CPUs and TIMs) is therefore possible.
In IP-based DNP3 networks, PG communication does not take
place via the protocol itself, but via a separate PG connection
(TCP/IP connection).
Diagnostics & service
The "SINAUT Diagnostics & Service Tool" provides comprehensive diagnostic functions and tools for commissioning and
troubleshooting, e.g.:
Operating status of the TIM
Module status of the TIM
General diagnostic information
Diagnostics buffer of the TIM
Status of the connections to local and remote communication
partners (CPUs, TIMs, control systems)
TIM frame monitor for recording the frame traffic
Disabling and enabling stations in the dedicated line or
wireless network, e.g. during commissioning
TIM modules with Ethernet interface also offer the following:
Status and fill level of the send buffer, for each communication
partner separately
Diagnostic information regarding TD7onTIM
Configuration
The "SINAUT ES" configuration software is used for configuring
the TIM. Modules from the "SINAUT TD7 module library" must
be used for configuring the SINAUT program in the CPU
(TD7onCPU). Both software packages are part of the SINAUT ES
engineering software. The SINAUT ST7 configuration software
requires that STEP 7 V5.5 with SP2, or higher, is installed.
The configuration data like the interface functionality, protocol,
addresses of the communication participants, the telephone
numbers of the partner in the dial-up network, etc. that are
required in each case can be saved in the Flash EPROM on
every TIM or, in the case of the TIM 4R-IE or TIM 4R-IE DNP3,
also on the optional plug-in C-PLUG. On all TIMs with Ethernet
interface, the configuration data can also be stored on the
memory card (MMC) of the CPU when installing in an S7-300
rack or in a C7 control system. The TIM can be replaced without
the need for a programming device if the configuration data is
saved in the CPU or in the C-PLUG.
Approvals
All TIM communication modules have the approvals CE, FM,
ATEX, cUL508 (= UL508, CSA22.2) and cUL HazLoc. The
TIM 3V-IE and TIM 4R-IE modules are also available in a SIPLUS
version for the extended temperature range (-25 ... +70 C).
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/57
Siemens AG 2014

Introduction
Overview
Design
Substations for ST7 protocol
Configuration examples
The TIM communication module is housed in an S7-300

enclosure and is available in different versions:
The figure below shows a simple S7-300 station equipped with

a TIM 3V-IE. The S7-300 can be connected via the RS232 interface of the TIM to a conventional WAN (e.g. dedicated line or dialup network), and via the RJ45 interface to an IP-based network, e.g. GPRS. If the S7-300 were equipped with a TIM 3V-IE
Advanced, the two interfaces could be used simultaneously for
SINAUT communication.
TIM 3V-IE/TIM 3V-IE Advanced
z^TZWW
XGGyzYZYGOG~huP
XGGyq[\GOpwTG~huP
nprXWZWYXY
{ptGZ}Tpl
S7-300 with TIM 3V-IE
TIM 4R
TIM 4R-IE
2 x RS232 / RS485
(classical WAN)
MPI
S7-400 with TIM 4R connected via MPI
z^T[WW
{ptG[yTpl
pGl
The TIM 4R-IE has two RS232/RS485 interfaces for data

transmission via conventional WANs and additionally two RJ45
interfaces for connection to IP-based networks (WAN or LAN).
This TIM can be used as communication processor in a
SIMATIC S7-300, but it is especially suitable as telecontrol module for a SIMATIC S7-400 or control center PC (SINAUT ST7cc or
ST7sc). It is then connected without S7-300 CPU as a standalone device via one of the two Ethernet interfaces to the S7-400
or the PC .
The four transmission paths can all be different and operated
independently of one another, but also in any redundant combination.
7/58
Siemens IK PI 2015
YGGyzYZYGVGyz[_\
OG~huP
XGGyq[\GOpwTG~huP
S7-400 with TIM 4R-IE connected via Industrial Ethernet
nprXWZWYW`
S7-400
G_IK10_XX_30214
The TIM 3V-IE is a SINAUT communications module for the

SIMATIC S7-300. It has an RS232 interface to which a matching
external modem can be connected for data transfer via a
conventional WAN. It additionally possesses an RJ45 interface,
which permits communication over IP-based networks. In the
case of the TIM 3V-IE, SINAUT communication can be processed alternately via one of the two interfaces, while in the
TIM 3V-IE Advanced both interfaces can be operated simultaneously.
In the case of an S7-400, both a TIM 4R and a TIM 4R-IE can

be used for data communication. In both cases the TIM is used
as an independent device, i.e. without S7-300 CPU. The TIM 4R
is connected to the S7-400 via MPI, while the TIM 4R-IE is
connected via one of the two Ethernet interfaces of this module.
The figures below illustrate the two alternatives.
Siemens AG 2014

Introduction
Design (continued)
In the case of the TIM 4R, two conventional WANs can be
connected by means of the two combined RS232/RS485
interfaces. The TIM 4R-IE has an additional connection for an
IP-based network.
The synchronization of the TIM 4R-IE module clocks connected

via Ethernet is performed by the control center PC (ST7cc or
ST7sc). These TIMs then supply their SINAUT stations in turn.
As on an S7-400, the control center PC (e.g. SINAUT ST7cc or

ST7sc) is interfaced with the SINAUT telecontrol network via one
or more TIM 4 modules. The two figures below show the alternatives with TIM 4R or TIM 4R-IE.
In the case of more complex IP-based networks, and above all

when using a redundant control center, the use of a control
center TIM 4R-IE is recommended, since this permits improved
monitoring of network behavior and optimization of the connection resources of the PC.
SINAUT ST7cc / ST7sc

TIM 4R
...
2 x RS232 / RS485
(classical WAN)
G_IK10_XX_30210
TIM 4R /
4RD
MPI
If stations are connected by means of an IP-based network, the

connection to the control center PC (ST7cc or ST7sc) may also
be made directly, i.e. without any TIM 4R-IE on the PC. The
SINAUT stations in this directly connected IP-based network are
synchronized via the control center PC.
SINAUT ST7cc/ST7sc with one or more TIM 4R's on the MPI bus
zpuh|{Gz{^GVGz{^
{ptG[yTpl
UGUGU
pGl
YGGyzYZYGVGyz[_\
OG~huP
XGGyq[\GOpwTG~huP
nprXWZWYXX
{ptG[yTpl
SINAUT ST7cc/ST7sc with one or more TIM 4R-IE's

on the Industrial Ethernet
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/59
Siemens AG 2014

Overview
Application
Low-cost automation of water/wastewater networks with both
complex and simple structures
Control and monitoring of energy distribution systems and
supply stations, such as oil, gas or district heating networks
Preventive maintenance (condition monitoring) of globally
distributed systems
Monitoring of logistics and traffic control systems
Connection of plants with basic or high-level security and
availability requirements
Use in hybrid networks with dialup, wireless, Ethernet or
Internet communication
Design
SINAUT communications module TIM for SIMATIC S7-300 for

use in a wide area network (WAN)
IP communication via secure VPN (virtual private network)
using the Internet
Wireless communication via GPRS router, GPRS modem, or
radio devices
Wired communication via Ethernet, DSL, dialup modems or
dedicated line modem
Complete migration of existing wireless, dedicated line and
dial-up technology to IP-based network
Message frame memory for complete recording of data
Simple configuration and operation without specialist IT
knowledge
Benefits
Flexible option for connection to any IP-based or conventional

WAN
Economical station design and low connection costs due to
GPRS connection with the MD720-3 and utilizing the S7-CPUs
312 and 312C
No additional mobile phone service for fixed IP addresses or
contracts for private GPRS networks with bidirectional data
traffic are necessary, as the VPN is integrated in the ST7
system. No more expensive and complex VPN configuration
by IT specialists.
Saving of traveling costs due to cost-effective remote
programming, diagnostics, control and monitoring via the
Internet
Reduction in time and costs thanks to quick and user-friendly
configuration of connections and data to be transferred with
the SINAUT configuring software and block library
Reliable storage of important data. Storage of data message
frames (max. 16 000) including time stamp on TIM if the
communication path is faulty or a partner has failed and to
reduce connection costs for the dial-up network.
Protection of investment for existing SINAUT ST1 systems
through the integration of the SIMATIC S7-300
7/60
Siemens IK PI 2015
The TIM 3V-IE offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-300
design:
Compact design
9-pin Sub-D connector with an RS232 interface for connection
to a conventional WAN via an appropriate modem
RJ45 socket for connection to Industrial Ethernet or an
IP-based network;
industry-standard design with additional sleeve for
connecting the IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
Front LEDs for indicating the module status and the communication
the TIM 3V-IE is mounted on the rail of the S7-300 and
connectors supplied with the TIM. No slot rules apply.
Can be operated in the expansion rack (ER) in conjunction
with the IM 360/361
A battery backup or memory module are not required
Siemens AG 2014

The TIM 3V-IE enables a SIMATIC S7-300 to exchange data

with other SINAUT ST7 or ST1 stations via any SINAUT
network. The important SINAUT property - saving data
complete with a time stamp on the TIM in the event of an interrupted link or failure of the partner - is then available not only
for conventional WANs, but also for IP-based networks.
Important events, alarms, etc. are not lost and the integrity of
information in control center system archives is assured.
The TIM 3V-IE module is particularly suitable for configuring
low-cost stations, but also allows a simple S7-300 control
center to be implemented. The module cannot be used in a
SINAUT node station or combined with other TIMs in a control
center.
The SINAUT TD7 software for the CPU (TD7onCPU) is now
integrated in the TIM 3V-IE (TD7onTIM). This enables the
smallest S7 CPUs 312 and 312C to be used, because in the
most favorable situation, no CPU RAM is required any more
for SINAUT. (This does not apply to communication with
SINAUT ST1 partners or the transmission of text messages;
in these cases, the SINAUT TD7 software must be used for the
CPU (TD7onCPU).) One TIM 3V-IE can be used per S7-300
and one of the two interfaces (RS232 or RJ45) can be used
for SINAUT communication (not both simultaneously).
PG communication is possible at any time over the Ethernet
interface.
Message frame memory for up to 16 000 data message
frames
Up to eight S7 connections via IP-based networks
Controllable communication modules:
Control of the GSM/GPRS modems MD720-3 in GSM or GPRS
mode. In GPRS mode, simple 128-bit encryption via the
MD720-3 (MSC-VPN tunnel protocol).
Operation via SIMATIC NET Ethernet components with high
IPsec security standard (e.g. GPRS router or SCALANCE S)
Use of SCALANCE fiber-optic switches for spanning long
distances
Wireless transmission via IWLAN with SCALANCE W over
medium distances
Dedicated line modem MD2 for point-to-point, point-to-multipoint or line connections
Wireless devices from various manufacturers, also for private
mobile radio using the time slot method
Analog dial-up modem MD3 for the analog telephone network
or point-to-point dedicated lines
Integration
Connection to IP-based networks
In addition to the RS232 interface, the TIM 3V-IE also has an
RJ45 socket. This is suitable for the connection of IP-based networks (WAN or LAN). Depending on the application, various
types of data communication equipment can be connected such
as:
SCALANCE X switches for Twisted Pair cable or fiber-optic
cables
SCALANCE W (IWLAN) and Ethernet radio devices from
various manufacturers
SCALANCE M communication via mobile wireless networks
GPRS/GSM modem MD720-3 for GPRS communication over
mobile wireless networks
Broadband systems such as OTN and PCM30
Configuration examples in IP-based networks
Connection via switches, e.g. SCALANCE X
Simple network structures can be built up in this manner, or
complex ones that comprise a combination of star, line and
ring structures. At the control desk (e.g. ST7cc) the use of a
TIM 4R-IE is not necessary, i.e. the connection is made directly
to the Ethernet interface of the PC.
Wireless with Ethernet
When wired Ethernet communication is not possible, a wireless
network can be installed using commercially available Ethernet
wireless modems or with IWLAN. In order to decouple the networks, the connection in the control center can be made via a
TIM 4R-IE, as in the example, or directly to the Ethernet interface
of the PC.
zpuh|{Gz{^V
{ptG
[yTpl
pGl
jG
l
yG
z^TZWW
z^TZWW
{ptG
Z}Tpl
z^TZWW
{ptG
Z}Tpl
Siemens IK PI 2015
{ptG
Z}Tpl
nprXWZWXXW
Function
7/61
Siemens AG 2014

Transmission over DSL
The continuously falling flat rates for DSL connections make this
medium an interesting alternative to a leased line or also a
telephone connection. DSL routers must be used in the station
and control center, preferably routers in combination with
SCALANCE S (VPN), in order to establish secure connections
using VPN tunnels. A permanent IP address is recommended for
DSL connection of the control center, the IP addresses of the
stations can be dynamically assigned.
In order to decouple the networks, the connection in the control
center can be made via a TIM 4R-IE or directly to the Ethernet
interface of the PC.
SINAUT ST7cc/sc
TIM 4R-IE
Control center
Continuous coverage of GPRS in many countries as well as

inexpensive volume tariffs allow wireless connection of stations
to the control desk without the need to create a separate radio
network for this purpose. The stations can be either stationary or
mobile.
The wireless connection is constantly online and therefore has
the same properties as a dedicated line: Data changes can be
transferred immediately and station or connection failures are
detected at an early stage.
GPRS with simple stations:
A TIM 3V-IE is used in the stations together with the GSM/GPRS
modem MD720-3 or a TIM3V-IE Advanced with DSL router. The
simple VPN protocol MSC of the MD720-3 permits communication via GPRS access and Internet and via routers with NAT or
NAPT conversion. The MSC tunnel connections correspond to
dedicated lines that are permanently maintained with extremely
low volumes of data. When using the MSC tunnel, a TIM 4R-IE
must be used as a header station at which the tunnels end.
The parameter setting of the MSC connection is performed in
the SINAUT ST7 configuration software.
SCALANCE
M812-1
SCALANCE
S612
Transmission over the GPRS mobile wireless service

and the Internet
Industrial
Ethernet
Internet
SINAUT
ST7cc/sc
SCALANCE
M812-1
TIM
4R-IE
VPN tunnel
Industrial
Ethernet
SCALANCE
M812-1
Control center
S7-300
Station
S7-300
TIM
3V-IE
Station
S7-300
TIM
3V-IE
Station
Internet
TIM
3V-IE
nprXWZWX[W
Tunnel
dynamic
IP address
S7-300 /
TIM3V-IE
Station
7/62
2-wire cable
Siemens IK PI 2015
GPRS
MD720
SCALANCE
M812-1
dynamic
IP address
S7-300 /
TIM3V-IE Adv
Station
G_IK10_XX_30225
SCALANCE
S612
SCALANC
E M812-1
permanent
IP address
Siemens AG 2014

GPRS/UMTS with complex stations and enhanced security:
Connection to a conventional WAN
The EGPRS router SCALANCE M874-2, which is a combination

of high-speed GPRS VPN router with enhanced data security
(IPsec protocol) and firewall, is used in networked stations. In the
stations, other devices connected via Industrial Ethernet to the
SCALANCE M874-2 for diagnosis and parameterization can be
accessed from the control center.
Connection to a conventional WAN is via the floating RS232

interface of the TIM 3V-IE module, via which various modems or
data communication equipment can be connected, depending
on the application, such as:
GSM modem MD720-3 for access to the mobile radio network
via dial-up lines
For higher data rates, in place of the GRPS router

SCALANCE M874-2, the UMTS router SCALANCE M874-3 can
be implemented for use of the UMTS mobile wireless network.
The control desk PC must be constantly accessible from the
GPRS network. It must therefore be directly connected to the
GPRS provider using a dedicated line or permanently to the
Internet, e.g. by means of DSL. A SCALANCE S612 or S623
Security Module performs the firewall function at the control
center and represents the remote stations for the VPN connections of the GPRS stations. The VPN is configured with the
SIMATIC NET "Security Configuration Tool" and requires no
special IT knowledge.
The IP address of the control center should preferably be permanent; those of the stations can be dynamically assigned.
SINAUT
ST7cc/sc
TIM
4R-IE
SCALANCE
S612
SCALANCE
M812-1
Configuration examples in the conventional WAN

Use of the TIM 3V-IE in the mobile radio network (GSM)
The GSM modem MD720-3 is used for this purpose.
At the control desk (ST7cc or ST7sc), it is connected through a
TIM 4 module (e.g. TIM 4R-IE) that is connected to the PC via the
Industrial Ethernet. The connections between the GSM modems
are set up via GSM dial-up lines.
SINAUT ST7cc/sc
TIM
4R-IE
Industrial
Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet
2-wire cable
Control center
Control center
MD720
Internet
VPN tunnel
GSM network
GPRS
Station 1
SIMATIC
HMI
ET 200S
Industrial
Ethernet
MD720
S7-300
S7-300 /
TIM 3V-IE
Station 2
MD720
S7-300
S7-300
SIMATIC
HMI
Industrial
Ethernet
Secure data transmission with SCALANCE M industrial routers,

SCALANCE S security modules and Internett
G_IK10_XX_30226
S7-300 with
CP 343-1,
TIM 3V-IE,
CSM 377
MD720
SCALANCE
M874-3
TIM
3V-IE
Station
TIM
3V-IE
Station
TIM
3V-IE
Station
G_IK10_XX_30163
SCALANCE
M874-3
Use of the TIM 3V-IE in the mobile radio network (GSM) with
MD720 MODEM
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/63
Siemens AG 2014


Use of the TIM 3V-IE in a private radio network
The radio network must be installed in accordance with the radio
equipment that is approved in the relevant country (radio equipment is not included in the SINAUT product range). At the control
desk (ST7cc or ST7sc), it is connected through a TIM 4 module
(e.g. TIM 4R) that is connected to the PC via MPI. If a radio
network is set up with time slot procedure, the TIM 4RD with
DCF77 radio clock receiver must be used at the control desk.
SINAUT ST7cc/sc
TIM
4R/4RD
MPI
Control center
Private
radio network
Station
S7-300 with
TIM 3V-IE
S7-300 with
TIM 3V-IE
Station
Station
Article No.
6NH7800-3BA00
TIM 3V-IE
Transmission rate
in accordance with RS 232
10 100 Mbit/s
50 38 400 bit/s
Interfaces
Number of interfaces
according to Industrial Ethernet
for external data transmission
for power supply
Article No.
6NH7800-3BA00
TIM 3V-IE
Product expansion optional

backup battery
No
Type of battery
Backup current
typical
maximum

1
1
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
RJ45 port
9-pin D-sub male connector
(RS232)
-

maximum
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20
2-pin, pluggable terminal strip
No
Module format

single width
DC
Width
Height
Depth
40 mm
125 mm
120 mm
Supply voltage
minimum
maximum
24 V
20.4 V
28.8 V
Net weight
0.25 kg

at interface 1
at interface 2
for power supply
C-PLUG
Supply voltage,
Consumed current
from backplane bus at 24 V for DC
maximum
Resistive loss
7/64
0.2 A
0.2 A
5.8 W
Siemens IK PI 2015
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C

components general
Number of TIMs per S7-300: 1
Cable length
6m
-
G_IK10_XX_30108
S7-300 with
TIM 3V-IE
Siemens AG 2014


Article No.
6NH7800-3BA00
Article No.
6NH7800-3BA00
TIM 3V-IE
TIM 3V-IE
Operating mode
for scanning of data transmission
with dedicated line/radio link
- with SINAUT ST1 protocol
Performance data
Performance data
S7 communication
S7 communication
maximum
with OP connections maximum
note
Service
SINAUT ST7
through S7 communication
PG-/OP-communication
8
2
8
Yes
Yes
Performance data
multi-protocol mode
TCP/IP
DNP3
SINAUT ST1 protocol
SINAUT ST7 protocol
note
Storage capacity
of user memory of S7 CPU
- for TD7onCPU mode data blocks
on CPU required
- for TD7onTIM mode data blocks
on TIM required
note
Product property retentive message

frame memory
Transmission format
for SINAUT ST1 protocol
with polling 11 bit
with spontaneous 10 bit or 11 bit
with multi-master polling 10 bit
with polling or spontaneous 10 bit
or 11 bit
with dial-up network

spontaneous
spontaneous
Hamming distance
4
4

configuration
12

Suitability for use
node station
substation
control center
note
Polling, polling
with time slot procedure
Polling, polling
with time slot procedure, multi-master
polling with time slot procedure
No
Yes
No
RS232 and Industrial Ethernet
cannot be used simultaneously
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
16 000 data messages
20 Kibyte
0 Kibyte
TD7onCPU:
at least 20 KB, actual requirement
determined by data volume and functional scope
TD7onTIM:
0 bytes in most favorable case
No
required
SINAUT ST7 ES
for CPU configuring required
Yes
SINAUT TD7 block library for CPU
Yes
for PG configuring required
for PG
Storage location
of TIM configuration data
On the TIM
Product functions security

Virtual Private Network
Yes
Product function
password protection for VPN
MSC client via GPRS modem
with MSC capability
Yes
Yes
Protocol is supported MSC protocol
No

as MSC client with VPN connection 1
as MSC server with VPN connection 0
Protocol with Virtual Private Network
MSC is supported
Key length for MSC

with Virtual Private Network
128 bit
Type of authentication
with Virtual Private Network PSK
Yes
Operating mode
Virtual Private Network note
VPN operation as MSC client

with MSC protocol and password
protection only possible in
conjunction with GPRS modem
with MSC capability
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product component
Hardware real-time clock
Product property battery-backed

hardware real-time clock
Accuracy of hardware real-time clock per day maximum
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/65
Siemens AG 2014

Ordering data
TIM 3V-IE
Article No.
6NH7800-3BA00
Connecting cable
6NH7997-0CA54-0AA0
V5.4 for the PG
Electronic manual
6XV1840-2AH10
7/66
Siemens IK PI 2015
6NH7701-5AN
Connecting cable
6NH7701-4BN
with one end open for connecting

a TIM (RS 232) to a third-party
modem or radio unit (RS 232);
cable length 2.5 m
Connecting cable
For connecting two TIM modules
via their RS 232 interface without
modems ("null modem");
cable length 6 m
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
6NH7701-4AL
For connecting a TIM (RS 232)

with the GSM modem MD720-3;
also suitable for third-party modems
or radio equipment with standard
RS 232 interface;
cable length 2.5 m

with UL approval;
sold by the meter;

interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1GA00

with a SINAUT ST7 MD2, MD3 or
MD4 (RS 232) modem;
cable length 1.5 m
Connecting cable
Accessories
(Type A)
Ethernet FC cables
With an RS 232 interface for

SINAUT communication via a conventional WAN or an IP-based network (WAN or LAN)
V5.4
Article No.
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
6NH7701-0AR
Siemens AG 2014

TIM 3V-IE Advanced
Overview

the SINAUT configuring software and block library
High availability of the connections thanks to possible
redundant design of the communication paths (parallel
operation of WAN networks supported on RJ45 and RS232
interface of the TIM 3V-IE Advanced)
frames (max. 32 000) including time stamp on TIM if the
communication path is faulty or a partner has failed and to
reduce connection costs for the dial-up network.
Protection of investment for existing SINAUT ST1 systems
through the integration of the SIMATIC S7-300
Application
SINAUT communications module TIM for SIMATIC S7-300 for

use in wide area network (WAN) as station, node station, and
control center
IP communication via secure VPN (virtual private network)
using the Internet
Wireless communication via GPRS router, GPRS modem or
radio devices
Message frame memory for complete recording of data and
support of redundant communication paths
knowledge
Benefits
Flexible option for connection to any conventional or IP-based

WAN
Low-cost station setup by means of direct connection to
DSL router or GPRS via MD720-3 modem and use of the
S7-CPUs 312 and 312C, because the SINAUT TD7 CPU
software is integrated in the TIM 3V-IE Advanced.
(This does not apply to communication with SINAUT ST1
partners and to the transmission of text messages; in this case
the SINAUT TD7 software for the CPU (TD7onCPU) must be
used, i.e. this software can still be used together with the
TIM 3V-IE Advanced.)
by IT specialists.

distributed systems
Design
The TIM 3V-IE Advanced offers all the advantages of the
single standard width of the SIMATIC S7-300 SM modules
to a conventional WAN via an appropriate modem
RJ-45 socket for connection to Industrial Ethernet; or an
IP-based network;
industrial design with additional sleeve for inserting the
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
2-pin plug-in terminal strip for connection of the 24 VDC
Easy to mount;
the TIM 3V-IE Advanced is mounted on the S7-300 mounting
rail and connected to adjacent modules by means of the bus
connectors. No slot rules apply.
with the IM 360/361
A battery backup or memory module are not required
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/67
Siemens AG 2014

TIM 3V-IE Advanced
Integration
The TIM 3V-IE Advanced enables one or more

SIMATIC S7-300 or control center PCs (e.g. SINAUT ST7cc
or ST7sc) to exchange data with other SINAUT ST7 or ST1
stations via any one or two SINAUT networks. The two
networks can also be operated in redundant combination.
The important SINAUT property - saving data complete with a
time stamp on the TIM in the event of an interrupted link or
failure of the partner - is then available not only for conventional WANs, but also for IP-based networks. Important
events, alarms, etc. are not lost and the integrity of information
in control center system archives is assured.
For setting up more complex control centers or node stations,
several TIM 3V-IE Advanced modules can be used for each
S7-300. A combination with additional TIM 3 and TIM 4
versions in the same rack is possible here.
SINAUT ST7 and thus also the TIM 3V-IE Advanced are
designed for data transmission via the widest range of WANs
or combinations of WANs. Mixed networks comprising
classical SINAUT WAN networks (dedicated line, wireless,
dial-up network) and IP-based networks (fiber optic, DSL,
GPRS, Internet etc.) can be configured uniformly using
SINAUT, which saves both time and money.
For communication via the Internet, the integrated MSC-VPN
tunnel protocol for direct access to DSL routers can be used
(MSC client). For communication via GPRS, either the router
SCALANCE M874-2 can be connected to the IE interface
(VPN IPsec) or the GSM/GPRS modem MD720-3 (MSC-VPN)
to the RS232 interface.
PG communication is possible parallel to data communication
at any time
Several TIM 3V-IE Advanced can be used per S7-300
frames
Up to twenty S7 connections via IP-based networks
Control of the GSM/GPRS modems MD720-3 in GSM or GPRS
mode. In the GPRS mode simple 128-bit encryption via the
MD720-3 (MSC-VPN tunnel protocol)
Direct operation on a DSL router by means of MSC tunnel
protocol
distances
medium distances
ISDN modem MD4 for connecting to the ISDN network

In addition to the RS232 interface, the TIM 3V-IE Advanced
also has an RJ45 socket. This is suitable for the connection of
IP-based networks (WAN or LAN). Depending on the application, various types of data communication equipment can be
connected such as:
cables
EDGE router SCALANCE M874-2 for GPRS communication
and EGPRS (Edge) over mobile wireless networks
SCALANCE M for communication via mobile wireless
networks
GPRS/GSM modem MD720-3 for GPRS communication over
mobile wireless networks
DSL router and SCALANCE S for VPN (IPsec)
DSL router directly by means of MSC-VPN tunnel protocol
integrated in the TIM
Broadband systems such as OTN and PCM30
Configuration examples with TIM 3V-IE Advanced
Use as a station
The TIM 3V-IE Advanced can be used as a station like a
TIM 3V-IE. In addition, transmission is possible via the direct
connection of the TIM to a DSL router (MSC tunnel).
Use the MSC tunnel protocol (MSC client) integrated in the
TIM 3V-IE Advanced to operate a connection via Industrial
Ethernet and a DSL router to a TIM 4R-IE that terminates the
MSC tunnel protocol.
SINAUT
ST7cc/sc
Control center
2-wire cable
Internet
Tunnel
S7-300 /
TIM3V-IE
Station
Siemens IK PI 2015
SCALANC
E M812-1
permanent
IP address
Industrial
Ethernet
dynamic
IP address
7/68
TIM
4R-IE
GPRS
MD720
SCALANCE
M812-1
dynamic
IP address
S7-300 /
TIM3V-IE Adv
Station
G_IK10_XX_30225
Function
Siemens AG 2014

TIM 3V-IE Advanced
Use in a node station
Redundant transmission paths
When used in a node station, TIM 3V-IE Advanced can, for

example, exchange data over its RS232 interface over a radio
network with the lower-level stations. It is then connected to the
control desk over the RJ45 interface, e.g. over a fiber-optic
cable, that is connected through SCALANCE X switches.
In this configuration, data can be exchanged between each
of the SINAUT stations regardless of which network they are
situated in.
Using TIM 3V-IE Advanced, a station can be connected to the

control desk over redundant paths. The TIM 3V-IE Advanced is
used for this purpose both in the station and in the control center.
The example includes a combination of fiber-optic cables and
radio paths as redundant paths. The two TIMs coordinate data
transmission: It takes place normally over the main path and only
if it fails over the standby path. When the main path is restored,
changeover back to this path is performed automatically.
In this case, in order to disconnect the networks, the connection

in the control center can be made via a TIM 4R-IE or, as in the
example, directly to the Ethernet interface of the PC.
The TIM 3V-IE Advanced in the control center has access to the
MPI interface of the S7-300-CPU via the backplane bus, by
which the TIM communicates with the control desk PC (e.g.
ST7cc). Note that only certain types of CPU can be considered
for this application.
A TIM 4R-IE can be used in the control center as a replacement
for the TIM 3V-IE Advanced. Without a S7-300-CPU, this TIM is
connected to the control desk PC via one of the two Ethernet
ports.
SINAUT ST7cc/sc
Switch
SCALANCE
X-100/X-200
SINAUT ST7cc/sc
Industrial Ethernet
TIM 4R-IE
Control center
Switch
SCALANCE
X-100/X-200
S7-300 with
TIM 3V-IE
Advanced
Node station
Industrial
Ethernet
(Fiber optic)
Control center
Switch
SCALANCE
X-100/X-200
S7-300 with
TIM 3V-IE
Switch
SCALANCE
X-100/X-200
Station
S7-300 with
TIM 3V-IE
Abvanced
Radio
network
Radio network
Station
Station
Industrial Ethernet (Fiber optic)
S7-300 with
TIM 3V-IE
Station
G_IK10_XX_30137
S7-300 with
TIM 3V-IE
S7-300 with
TIM 3V-IE
Station
G_IK10_XX_30138
Media converter
SCALANCE
X-100
Industrial
Ethernet
(Twisted Pair)
Note:
Use of the MPI port of the local CPU is possible with the following
types of CPU: all versions of the CPUs 312, 312C, 313C, 314 and
314C, the CPUs 315-2 DP and 315F-2 DP.
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/69
Siemens AG 2014

TIM 3V-IE Advanced
Use in a control center
The TIM 3V-IE Advanced is also suitable for configuring a control
center that comprises more than one TIM. In the following example, the TIM 3V-IE Advanced is combined with a TIM 4R-IE.
Both TIMs are connected via the MPI with the CPU inserted in the
rack. Both TIMs process data communication with the stations
in their own networks and route the data via Industrial Ethernet
to the PC.
Internet
SCALANCE
M874-3
SINAUT ST7cc/sc
UMTS
SCALANCE M812-1
permanent IP address
TIM
4R-IE
MD720
Industrial Ethernet
z^TZWWG
{ptGZ}Tpl
SCALANCE
X308-2
Station
z^TZWWG
{ptGZ}Tpl
yG
SCALANCE
X206-1
Station
7
Industrial Ethernet
(Twisted Pair)
Industrial Ethernet
(Fiber optic)
z^TZWWG
{ptGZ}Tpl
Station
Station
Connection to a conventional WAN is via the floating RS232

interface of the TIM 3V-IE Advanced module, via which various
modems or data communication equipment can be connected,
depending on the application. The RS232 interface can then be
operated parallel to the Industrial Ethernet interface.
Siemens IK PI 2015
z^TZWWG
{ptGZ}Tpl
z^TZWWG
{ptGZ}Tpl
7/70
{G
Station
G_IK10_XX_30227
SCALANCE
X206-1
Station
S7-300 with
TIM 3V-IE Advanced
jG
S7-300 /
TIM3V-IE
nzt
Siemens AG 2014

TIM 3V-IE Advanced
Article No.
6NH7800-3CA00
Article No.
6NH7800-3CA00
TIM 3V-IE Advanced
TIM 3V-IE Advanced
Transmission rate
Transfer rate

components general
10 100 Mbit/s
50 38 400 bit/s
Interfaces
for power supply
at interface 1
at interface 2
for power supply
C-PLUG
1
1
RJ45 port
9-pin D-sub male connector
(RS232)
No
Supply voltage,
DC
Supply voltage
minimum
maximum
24 V
20.4 V
28.8 V
Consumed current
for DC maximum
Resistive loss
0.2 A
0.2 A
5.8 W

backup battery
No
Type of battery
Backup current
typical
maximum

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
95 %
Protection class IP
Cable length
Performance data

maximum
note
Service
SINAUT ST7

40 mm
125 mm
120 mm
Net weight
0.25 kg
24
4
20
Yes
Yes
Performance data
multi-protocol mode
24
Performance data
telecontrol
Suitability for use
node station
substation
control center
note
TCP/IP
DNP3
SINAUT ST1 protocol
SINAUT ST7 protocol
note
Storage capacity
on CPU required
on TIM required
note
IP20
Width
Height
Depth
6m
-
Performance data
S7 communication

Module format
Number of TIMs per S7-300: multiple,

number depends on the connection
resources of the S7-300 CPU

frame memory
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
20 Kibyte
0 Kibyte
TD7onCPU:
determined by data volume and
functional scope
TD7onTIM:
No
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/71
Siemens AG 2014

TIM 3V-IE Advanced

Article No.
6NH7800-3CA00
Article No.
6NH7800-3CA00
TIM 3V-IE Advanced
TIM 3V-IE Advanced
Yes

Yes

Transmission format
with polling 11 bit
with polling or spontaneous 10 bit
or 11 bit
Operating mode for scanning
of data transmission
Yes
Yes
Polling,
polling with time slot procedure
Polling,
polling with time slot procedure,
multi-master polling with
time slot procedure

spontaneous
spontaneous
Hamming distance
4
4

configuration
required
Yes
Yes
for PG
Storage location of TIM configuration
data
7/72
Siemens IK PI 2015
On the TIM
Yes
Product function
MSC client via GPRS modem
with MSC capability
Yes
Yes
Yes

MSC is supported
TCP/IP
Key length for MSC

128 bit
Yes
Operating mode

Product component

Accuracy of hardware real-time clock per day maximum
Siemens AG 2014

TIM 3V-IE Advanced
Ordering data
TIM 3V-IE Advanced
Article No.
6NH7800-3CA00
Connecting cable
6NH7997-0CA54-0AA0
SINAUT ST7 Engineering Software
V5.4 for the PG
Electronic manual in German and
English
6NH7701-4AL
6NH7701-5AN

RS 232 interface;
cable length 2.5 m
6XV1840-2AH10
Connecting cable
6NH7701-4BN

cable length 2.5 m

with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
Connecting cable
6NH7701-0AR

cable length 6 m
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180

interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1GA00

MD4 (RS 232) modem;
cable length 1.5 m
Connecting cable
Accessories
(Type A)
Ethernet FC cables
With an RS 232 interface and an

RJ45 interface for SINAUT communication via a conventional WAN
and an IP-based network
(WAN or LAN)
V5.4
Article No.
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/73
Siemens AG 2014

Overview
Application
Use as self-contained central station for the low-cost
automation of water/wastewater networks with both complex
and simple structures
distributed systems
Design
SINAUT communications module TIM with four interfaces

for SIMATIC S7-300 or as self-contained unit for the S7-400 for
use in the wide area network (WAN)
For universal use in a SINAUT station, node station and control
center
Internet communication via integrated MSC-VPN tunnel with
direct connection to DSL router or operation via IPsec VPN
with additional SIMATIC NET components
Wireless communication via GPRS router, GPRS modem,
or radio devices
Message frame memory for complete recording of data and
support of redundant communication paths
knowledge
Benefits
Protection of investment by combining existing conventional

networks with IP-based networks by means of flexible options
for connection of up to four SINAUT networks
Low-cost construction of the control center by direct
connection as independent device to a DSL router, made
possible by the integrated MSC-VPN protocol
by IT specialists.
High availability of the connections due to possible redundant
design of the communication paths
frames (approx. 56 000) including time stamp on TIM in the
case of communication path malfunction or power failure
Saving of time and money through fast and user-friendly
configuration of the connections, as well as through remote
programming and diagnostics (PG routing) parallel to the
SINAUT data transmission via the WAN or Internet connection
Easy maintenance through replacement of modules without
PG
7/74
Siemens IK PI 2015
The TIM 4R-IE offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-300
design:
double standard width of SIMATIC S7-300 SM modules
Two 9-pin Sub-D connectors with a combined RS 232/RS 485
interface for connection to a conventional WAN via an appropriate modem
Two RJ45 sockets for connecting to Industrial Ethernet or a
IP-based network; designed for industry with additional fixing
collars for connecting the IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
2-pin plug-in terminal strip for connection of the 24 VDC
Easy to mount;
the TIM is mounted to an S7-300-mounting rail;
if integrated as a CP into an S7-300 it is connected to adjacent
modules by means of the bus connector supplied with the
TIM. No slot rules apply. As a standalone device, it is linked via
one of its Ethernet interfaces with one or more S7-400 CPUs or
with one or more control center PCs.
with the IM 360/361
A battery backup or memory module can be fitted as an option
Siemens AG 2014

Function
The TIM 4R-IE can be used as a standalone device, i.e. it is fully
functional even without S7-300-CPU. In this stand-alone mode,
the TIM is especially suitable as a SINAUT communications
processor for the control desk PC (e.g. SINAUT ST7cc or ST7sc)
or for a SIMATIC S7-400. The TIM is connected to the PC or
S7-400 via one of its two Ethernet interfaces. If the control desk
is redundantly designed or if an S7-400 is additionally available
there as a higher-level controller, then the TIM performs the
SINAUT communication with the stations for all these devices
connected to the local Ethernet.
The TIM 4R-IE can also be built into a SIMATIC S7-300 as a CP,
e.g. if these devices require redundant transmission paths there
or function as node stations at which more than two networks
must be merged.
All the devices mentioned can exchange data with other
SINAUT ST7 or ST1 partners with the aid of the TIM 4R-IE and
specifically via as many as four SINAUT networks that can also
be operated in any redundant combination.
The important SINAUT property - saving data complete with a
time stamp on the TIM in the event of an interrupted link or failure
of the partner - is then available not only for conventional WANs,
but also for IP-based networks. Important events, alarms, etc.
are not lost and the integrity of information in control center
system archives is assured. Additional security is offered by the
optional backup battery of the TIM 4R-IE which prevents the loss
of saved data message frames if the 24 V supply fails.
For setting up more complex control centers or node stations,
several TIM 4R-IE modules can be used. Combinations with
TIM 3V-IE Advanced and TIM 3 and other TIM 4 versions are
also possible.
As a communication module for the control desk PC, the TIM
reduces the number of S7 connections that the PC would otherwise have to maintain when directly linked to the stations via an
IP-based network, to just one (1) connection. In addition, the TIM
then separates the local Ethernet from the IP-based network to
the stations. Only SINAUT and PG communication with the
stations is allowed through. This prevents unnecessary traffic in
the WAN which is often not broadband.
A TIM 4R-IE that is used at a redundant control desk reduces the
data volume in a WAN and thus it reduces the costs for networks
with volume tariffs, e.g. GPRS. If stations were connected directly to the redundant control desk (without central TIM 4R-IE),
they would send each frame twice in order to send data to both
control desk PCs. In the case of a control center TIM 4R-IE, the
stations only send their message frames once. The doubling of
the message frames for supplying both PCs is then performed
by the control center TIM 4R-IE.
For data transmission via conventional WANs, the TIM 4R-IE
has other, special properties that predetermine its use as a
"control center" TIM.
SINAUT ST7 and thus also the TIM 4R-IE are designed for data
transmission via the widest range of WANs or combinations of
WANs. Mixed networks comprising classical SINAUT WAN networks (dedicated line, wireless, dial-up network) and IP-based
networks (fiber optic, DSL, GPRS, Internet etc.) can be configured uniformly using SINAUT, which saves both time and money.
For communication via the Internet, the integrated MSC-VPN

tunnel protocol for direct access to DSL routers can be used.
The TIM 4R-IE can operate here as an MSC server or MSC client.
For communication via GPRS, either the router SCALANCE
M874-2 can be connected to the Industrial Ethernet interface
(VPN IPsec) or the GSM/GPRS modem MD720-3 (MSC-VPN) to
the RS232 interface.
The TIM4R-IE has four interfaces for simple and redundant
transmission paths:
- Two combined RS232/RS485 interfaces for connection to
standard WANs such as dedicated line, wireless or dial-up
network
- Two RJ45 interfaces for connection to IP-based networks
(WAN or LAN) such as fiber-optics, DSL, GPRS, etc.
Compact, double-width module that can be used in a wide
variety of situations:
- The TIM handles the SINAUT communication for one or
more S7-400 controllers or control desk PCs (SINAUT ST7cc
or ST7sc) as a stand-alone device (stand-alone without
S7-300 CPU); the connection in this case is via Ethernet
interfaces of the TIM
- As a communications processor (CP) in an S7-300
The two RJ45 interfaces can be configured either as an
MSC-VPN server in the central office or as MSC-VPN client in
a station. At the RS232 interface, an MD720-3 can be
operated in GPRS mode as MSC-VPN client.
independently of one another, but also in any redundant
combination.
Flexible creation of redundant transmission paths via two
conventional WANs, via two IP-based networks or a combination of WAN + IP-based network.
When installed as a CP in an S7-300, the following communication is also possible via the backplane bus:
- With the CPU
- Via the MPI of this CPU with other CPUs and control desk
PCs (ST7cc, ST7sc) connected over the MPI bus.
- With other TIMs in this rack
frames
Optional backup battery for backup of the stored data
message frames and the hardware clock if the power fails
Up to 62 S7 connections or 128 MSC-VPN tunnel connections
(as control center) via IP-based networks and MPI
(for S7-300-CPU)
The SINAUT TD7 software for the CPU (TD7onCPU) is
integrated in the TIM (TD7onTIM); implemented with installation as CP in a S7-300
Module replacement possible without PG
- In stand-alone mode using the optional C-PLUG
- When installed as a CP in an S7-300 over the memory card
of the CPU
PG communication is possible parallel to data communication
at any time
Several TIM 4R-IE can be used per S7-300, also together with
one or more TIM 3V-IE Advanced
Up to 128 S7 connections via IP-based networks
(in MSC tunnel mode)
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/75
Siemens AG 2014

Control of the GSM/GPRS modems MD720-3 in the GSM or
GPRS mode. In GPRS mode, simple 128-bit encryption via the
MD720-3 (MSC-VPN tunnel protocol).
Direct operation on a DSL router by means of MSC tunnel
protocol
distances
medium distances
Special properties as "control center" TIM
For data transmission via conventional WANs, the TIM 4R-IE has
other, special properties that predetermine its use as a "control
center" TIM:
In a dialup network the message "Failure of local node" can be
switched off. If the control desk PC fails or is temporarily shut
down, the control center TIM 4R-IE will not send any failure
message to the stations in the dialup network and therefore
saves transmission costs.
One especially useful feature during commissioning is the
possibility that SINAUT stations can be switched on and off on
the control center TIM 4R-IE. This applies not only for stations
that are connected via dedicated line/radio, but also for
stations in the dial-up network. The last status set for each
station is permanently stored on the TIM and is therefore not
lost if the power fails or the TIM is restarted.
For GPRS, dedicated lines and mobile networks, the message
"Node faulty" can be suppressed on the TIM 4R-IE for a
programmable period of time. A station failure is then no
longer indicated after x unanswered calls (polls), but only
when a recognized fault still exists after expiry of the
programmed time. This enables the number of failure
messages to be reduced in poor-quality networks and it also
minimizes the additional message frame traffic that must be
processed after each station is restored.
Optional C-PLUG
The most frequent application for the TIM 4R-IE will be its use
as a communication module for the control desk PC or for an
S7-400. The TIM then operates in standalone mode, i.e. without
S7-300 CPU. The option of saving the TIM configuration data on
the MMC card of the CPU, in order to exchange the TIM without
a PG in the event of a fault, no longer applies. The saving of
configuration data on the C-PLUG, which can be optionally
equipped, solves this problem. This means that, even in standalone mode, a replacement of the TIM is possible without PG.
7/76
Siemens IK PI 2015
Integration
In addition to the two combined RS 232/RS 485 interfaces, the
TIM 4R-IE also has two RJ45 sockets. These are suitable for the
connection of IP-based networks (WAN or LAN). Depending on
the application, various types of data communication equipment
can be connected such as:
cables
SCALANCE M for communication via mobile wireless
networks
EGPRS router SCALANCE M874-2 for GPRS communication
and EGPRS (Edge) over mobile wireless networks
SCALANCE S for VPN (IPsec)
GPRS/GSM modem MD720-3 for GPRS communication via
GSM mobile telephone networks using MSC-VPN tunnel
protocol
Directly on a DSL router by means of the MSC-VPN tunnel
protocol integrated in the TIM
Broadband systems such as OTN, PCM30
For the connection to a conventional WAN the TIM 4R-IE provides two floating RS 232/RS 485 interfaces, to which various
data communication devices can be connected, depending on
the application, such as:
GPRS/GSM modem MD720-3 for access to the mobile
telephone network
Siemens AG 2014

Configuration examples using TIM 4R-IE
Using TIM 4R-IE, a station can be connected to the control center over redundant paths. The TIM 4R-IE is used for this purpose
both in the station and in the control center. The example shows
as redundant paths a combination of leased line and radio, i.e.
two conventional WANs, for which the TIM 4R-IE offers corresponding connections (2 x RS232/RS485). The two TIMs coordinate the data transmission. It takes place normally over the main
path and only if it fails over the standby path. When the main
path is restored, changeover back to this path is performed
automatically.
In a node station with a SIMATIC S7-400 the TIM 4R-IE is connected to the S7-400 via one of its two Ethernet interfaces and
can, for example, exchange data by radio with the subordinate
stations via an RS232/RS485 interface. It is then connected to
the control center via the second Ethernet interface, e.g. via a fiber-optic cable that is connected through SCALANCE X
switches and media converters.
In this configuration, data can be exchanged between all of the
SINAUT stations regardless of which network they are situated in.
SINAUT ST7cc/sc
SINAUT ST7cc/sc
Switch
SCALANCE
X-100/X-200
TIM
4R-IE
Industrial
Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet
Control center
Switch
SCALANCE
X-100/X-200
MD2
Media converter
SCALANCE
X-100
Dedicated line
MD2
S7-400
S7-300
withTIM
3V-IE
TIM
4R-IE
SCALANCE
M874-3
VPN tunnel
UMTS
S7-300 with
TIM 4R-IE
Station
Station
Node station
SCALANCE
M874-3
G_IK10_XX_30185
Control center
S7-300
with TIM
3V-IE
Station
Industrial Ethernet (Fiber optic)
S7-300
with TIM
3V-IE
Station
G_IK10_XX_30186
Radio network
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/77
Siemens AG 2014

Use in a control center
The TIM 4R-IE is also suitable for use in a control center, either
alone or in combination with other TIMs. The following example
shows a TIM 4R-IE that is connected via one of its two Ethernet
interfaces with the control center PC (e.g. ST7cc). An S7-400
is also connected to the Industrial Ethernet and this must also
exchange data with the SINAUT stations. SINAUT stations
are connected by means of GPRS using MSC-VPN via the
second Ethernet port of the TIM, while a wireless network and
point-to-point leased line network are connected via the two
RS232/RS485 ports. For the point-to-point connection, the port
of the TIM is set to RS485. It is then possible to operate up to
30 SINAUT leased line modems on this port; the example shows
MD2 modems.
If the stations in this network have to be provided with the date

and time, the control center PC assumes the function of the
clock-time master. Via the Ethernet connection, the TIM 4R-IE is
regularly synchronized by the PC and it then takes over the
synchronization of the connected stations.
S7-400 with
CP 443-1
SINAUT ST7cc/sc
TIM
4R-IE
MD2
MD2
MD2
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE
M812-1
Control center
Star-shaped
dedicated line network
Internet
Radio
network
GPRS
S7-400
S7-300 with
TIM 3V-IE
SCALANCE
M874-2
Station
Use of TIM 4R-IE in a control center
7/78
Siemens IK PI 2015
S7-300 with
TIM 3V-IE
Advanced
and MD2
TIM
4R-IE
MD720-3
Station
S7-300 with
TIM 3V-IE
S7-300 with
TIM 3V-IE
and MD2
Station
Station
Station
G_IK10_XX_30187
Tunnel
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6NH7800-4BA00
Article No.
6NH7800-4BA00
TIM 4R-IE
TIM 4R-IE
Transmission rate
Transfer rate

components general
10 100 Mbit/s
50 38 400 bit/s
Cable length
Interfaces
Number of interfaces according to
Industrial Ethernet
for power supply
at interface 1
at interface 2
for power supply
C-PLUG
Performance data
Performance data
S7 communication
RJ45 port
9-pin D-sub connector,
RS232 switchable to RS485
9-pin D-sub connector,
Yes

maximum
note
Service
SINAUT ST7
DC
Performance data
multi-protocol mode
Supply voltage
minimum
maximum
24 V
20.4 V
28.8 V

multiprotocol mode
Consumed current
for DC maximum
Resistive loss
0.2 A
0.17 A
4.6 W

backup battery
Yes
Type of battery
Lithium AA / 3.6 V / 2.3 Ah
Backup current
typical
maximum
100 A
160 A

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C

maximum
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20

double width
Width
Height
Depth
80 mm
125 mm
120 mm
Net weight
0.4 kg
6m
30 m
64
2
62
Yes
Yes
128

Suitability for use
node station
substation
control center
note
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
TCP/IP
DNP3
SINAUT ST1 protocol
SINAUT ST7 protocol
Yes

note
Yes
Storage capacity
on CPU required
on TIM required
note

Module format
Number of TIM 4R-IE per

S7-300/S7-400: multiple,
number depends on the connection
resources of the CPU

frame memory
Transmission format
with polling 11 bit
for SINAUT ST7 protocol with polling
or spontaneous 10 bit or 11 bit
No
Yes
Yes
20 Kibyte
0 Kibyte
TD7onCPU:
determined by data volume and
functional scope
TD7onTIM:
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/79
Siemens AG 2014


Article No.
6NH7800-4BA00
Article No.
6NH7800-4BA00
TIM 4R-IE
TIM 4R-IE
Operating mode for scanning

of data transmission

Polling, polling
Polling, polling
with time slot procedure,
multi-master polling

spontaneous
spontaneous
Hamming distance
4
4

configuration
required
Yes
Yes
for PG
Storage location of TIM configuration
data
On internal TIM flash memory,

or on TIM in optional C-PLUG,
or on MMC of the S7-300 CPU if
TIM installed in S7-300 controller
Suitability for installation Virtual Private Yes

Network
Product function
MSC client via GPRS modem with
MSC capability
Yes
Yes
Yes

MSC is supported
TCP/IP
Key length for MSC with

128 bit
Type of authentication with

Virtual Private Network PSK
Yes
Operating mode

Product component Hardware
real-time clock
Yes

Yes
Accuracy of hardware real-time clock 4 s

per day maximum
7/80
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Ordering data
TIM 4R-IE communications module
6NH7800-4BA00

interfaces for SINAUT communication
via conventional WANs and two
RJ45 interfaces for SINAUT
communication via IP-based networks
(WAN or LAN)
SINAUT Engineering Software V5.4
Connecting cable
6NH7997-0CA54-0AA0
6NH7701-4DL

with a SINAUT ST7 MD2, MD3 or MD4
(RS 485) modem;
cable length 1.5 m
Accessories
Connecting cable
6ES7971-0BA00
3.6 V/2.3 Ah for TIM 4R-IE

6XV1840-2AH10

for connection to IE FC Outlet RJ45/
IE FC RJ45 Plug;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
6NH7701-5AN

RS 232 interface;
cable length 2.5 m
Connecting cable
6NH7701-4BN
with one end open for connecting a

TIM (RS 232) to a third-party modem
or radio unit (RS 232);
cable length 2.5 m
Connecting cable
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180

interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6NH7701-4AL

with a SINAUT ST7 MD2, MD3 or MD4
(RS 232) modem;
cable length 1.5 m
Connecting cable
Electronic manual
(Type A)
6GK1901-1GA00

Ethernet FC cables
V5.4 for the PG
Backup battery
6NH7701-0AR

cable length 6 m
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
6EP1331-5BA00

85 264 V AC/110 300 V DC,
slim design
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/81
Siemens AG 2014

Introduction
Overview
DNP3 (Distributed Network Protocol) is a standardized,
manufacturer-independent telecontrol protocol.
TIM 4R-IE DNP3
To implement a telecontrol system with DNP3 protocol,

substations (RTU) can be set up based on SIMATIC.
The CP 1243-1 DNP3 for SIMATIC S7-1200 and the Telecontrol
Interface Modules (TIM) for SIMATIC S7-300/400 are offered
for this.
Telecontrol communications processors
CP 1243-1 DNP3
The TIM 4R-IE DNP3 (DNP3 protocol) has two RS 232/RS 485
interfaces for data transmission via conventional WANs (copper
dedicated line, analog dialup modems, wireless) and two
additional RJ45 interfaces for connection to IP-based networks
(WAN or LAN).
The CP 1243-1 DNP3 (DNP3 protocol) is an Industrial Remote

Communication module for the telecontrol substation with
SIMATIC S7-1200. It has an RJ45 interface, which allows
communication over IP-based networks.
The TIM telecontrol communications module
TIM 3V-IE DNP3
The TIM 3V-IE DNP3 (DNP3 protocol) is a SINAUT communications module for the telecontrol substation with SIMATIC S7-300
and, as a station module, can be directly connected via the
Ethernet to a PC as a DNP3 control center. It has an RS 232
interface to which a suitable external leased-line, radio or analog
dialup modem can be connected. It additionally possesses an
RJ45 interface, which permits communication over IP-based
networks. On the TIM 3V-IE DNP3, both interfaces can be
operated simultaneously, e.g. to implement path redundancy to
a DNP3 control center.
7/82
Siemens IK PI 2015
This TIM can be used as a communication processor in a

SIMATIC S7-300, but it is especially suitable as a telecontrol
module for a SIMATIC S7-400 or SIMATIC S7-400H. In this case
it is connected to the S7-CPU as stand-alone device via one
of its two Ethernet interfaces. The module can be configured as
a station, node or master module. As a station module, it can
be directly connected to a PC over Ethernet as a DNP3 control
center.
independently of one another, but also in any redundant combination.
Siemens AG 2014

Introduction
Design
S7-1200 substations can be connected to a DNP3-capable
control center using CP 1243-1 DNP3 over the Industrial
Ethernet interface and an external router, e.g. SCALANCE M via
a WAN network.
S7-1200, S7-300 or S7-400 substations can be connected to

Ethernet , i.e. to IP-based networks (LAN, IWLAN, DSL, GPRS,
etc.) via the RJ45 interfaces of the DNP3 modules.
S7-300 or S7-400 substations can be connected to a WAN via

the isolated serial interfaces of the TIM DNP3 modules, and
specifically via different data communication devices depending on the application:
Dedicated line modems for point-to-point, point-to-multipoint
or line connections
Fiber-optic cable modules (via RS485 converters)
Wireless devices from various manufacturers
SCALANCE
S612
Control center
SIMATIC PCS 7
(DNP3 Master)
SCALANCE
S612
SCALANCE M812-1
as DSL modem
SCALANCE M812-1
as DSL modem
Ethernet
VPN tunnel
SCALANCE
M812-1
SCALANCE
M812-1
RTU S7-400
RTU S7-400H
S7-1200 mit
CP 1242-7
TIM 4R-IE DNP3

(Station)
TIM 4R-IE DNP3

(Station)
...
TIM 3V-IE DNP3

(Station)
S7-1200 with
CP 1243-1 DNP3
(Station)
G_IK10_XX_30322
RTU S7-300
CP 1243-1 DNP3 with PCS 7 control center
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/83
Siemens AG 2014

CP 1243-1 DNP3
Overview
Benefits
The CP 1243-1 DNP3 communications processor is used to

connect a SIMATIC S7-1200 to a control center system via the
DNP3 protocol and has the following characteristics:
Support for the established DNP3 telecontrol protocol for
standardized linking of the SIMATIC S7-1200 to WinCC,
PCS 7, or other commercially available control center systems
STEP 7
Data security
The CP 1243-1 DNP3 has a large buffer for several thousand
data values. Downtimes in the transmission link can then be
bridged.
Remote diagnostics
Application
cost control
- Wind farms
- Pipelines
By using the CP 1243-1 DNP3, the S7-1200 can be used as a
remote terminal unit (substation) in telecontrol applications.
Typical uses include the collection of measured values in geographically widely distributed outdoor areas (level measurement
for water tanks) or centralized opening and closing of valves
(oil/gas transport in pipelines).
Design
The CP 1243-1 DNP3 offers all the advantages of the S7-1200
design:
The CP 1243-1 DNP3 is plugged into the left-hand system bus
7/84
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

CP 1243-1 DNP3
Function
The CP 1243-1 DNP3 is a communication module for the
S7-1200. The module allows the S7-1200 to be connected as a
remote station to a DNP3-based control center in just a few
steps.
control center.
effort.
DNP3 protocol
Communication with the control center is based on the established standard of DNP3 specification 2 (2007/2009).
Thanks to support of the object and data transfer mechanisms
defined in the specification, compatibility with PCS 7, WinCC
(with applicable telecontrol packages), and all other control center systems available on the market is warranted.
The security mechanisms already defined in the DNP3 standard
for secure data transfer through trunk networks are fully supported.
Remote maintenance
changes.
Data backup
Interfaces

The CP 1243-1 DNP3 has an Ethernet interface to connect to the

network or via other media by using additional routers
(e.g. SCALANCE M for mobile wireless communication).

right order.
E-mail alerting
Power supply

Diagnostics
The CP 1243-1 DNP3 offers comprehensive diagnostic options
for a quick and informative analysis of the station status.
Elementary diagnostic information about the connection to the
control center is signaled directly via LEDs at the CP.

measured values.
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/85
Siemens AG 2014

CP 1243-1 DNP3
Integration
Control center DNP3
Control center
DNP3 3rd. Party
SCALANCE
M812-1
DSL Router
Industrial Ethernet
VPN tunnel
Mobile radio
Station
SCALANCE
M812-1
SCALANCE
M812-1
S7-1200 with
CP 1243-1 DNP3
S7-1200 with
CP 1243-1 DNP3
3rd. Party RTU
Mobile
radio router
Controller
G_IK10_XX_30325
Station
CP 1243-1 DNP3 with 3rd-party control center
SCALANCE
S612
SCALANCE
S612
SCALANCE
M812-1
S7-1200 with
CP 1243-1 DNP3
S7-1200 with
CP 1243-1 DNP3
CP 1243-1 DNP3: Integration in existing telecontrol systems
Control center
SIMATIC PCS 7
(DNP3 Master)
SCALANCE
M812-1
G_IK10_XX_30323
Industrial Ethernet
VPN tunnel
SCALANCE M812-1
as DSL modem
SCALANCE M812-1
as DSL modem
Ethernet
VPN tunnel
SCALANCE
M812-1
SCALANCE
M812-1
RTU S7-400
RTU S7-400H
S7-1200 mit
CP 1242-7
TIM 4R-IE DNP3

(Station)
CP 1243-1 DNP3 with PCS 7 control center
7/86
Siemens IK PI 2015
TIM 4R-IE DNP3

(Station)
...
TIM 3V-IE DNP3

(Station)
S7-1200 with
CP 1243-1 DNP3
(Station)
G_IK10_XX_30322
RTU S7-300
Siemens AG 2014

CP 1243-1 DNP3
Article No.
6GK7243-1JX30-0XE0
Article No.
6GK7243-1JX30-0XE0
CP 1243-1 DNP3
CP 1243-1 DNP3
Transmission rate
Performance data
10 100 Mbit/s
Interfaces

for S7 communication note

Industrial Ethernet

Industrial Ethernet
RJ45 port
Supply voltage,
DC

0.25 A
Resistive loss
1.25 W

Ambient temperature
during storage
during transport
-20 +60 C
-20 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C

maximum
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20

Module format

width
Width
Height
Depth
30 mm
110 mm
75 mm
Net weight
0.122 kg
Mounting type
wall mounting
Yes
Yes
Ordering data
Performance data
telecontrol
Suitability for use
node station
substation
control center
note
note
connection
by means of demand-oriented
connection
DNP3
IEC 60870-5
No
Yes
No
control center with DNP3 function
Connection to Scada system using
DNP3 services
supported
-
Yes
No

note
Yes

maximum
200
64 000 values
Performance data
Teleservice
with SIMATIC STEP 7
Product function
STEP 7
Yes
Yes

configuration

No
Article No.
More information
CP 1243-1 DNP3
Communications processor for connecting SIMATIC S7-1200 to a control center via the DNP3 protocol
like CPU

components general
Number of modules
per CPU maximum
Performance data
S7 communication
6GK7243-1JX30-0XE0

for operating the CP 1243-1 DNP3.
The CP 1243-1 DNP3 is configured using STEP 7 V12 SP1
and higher.
To connect to PCS 7/WinCC control center systems, the relevant
telecontrol packages to support the DNP3 protocol are required.
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/87
Siemens AG 2014

TIM 3V-IE DNP3
Overview
Application
distributed systems
Use in hybrid networks with dial-up, wireless, Ethernet or
Internet communications
Design
In a station for the S7-CPU, the new communication module

TIM 3V-IE DNP3 V3.0 (TeleControl Interface Module) handles the
data exchange with the assigned master system SIMATIC PCS 7
TeleControl V8.0 using the open DNP3 protocol. In addition, the
V3.0 module now also supports master and node functionality.
With the S7-300 housing, the module can be fully integrated
into the S7-300 system
The module has an RS 232 interface for the connection of an
external modem for data transmission via a conventional WAN
or the connection of a Modbus RTU slave to an S7-300 system
The RJ45 port is used for data transmission via IP-based
networks
Benefits
Flexible option for connection to any conventional or IP-based

WAN
Connection to DNP3 master systems from third-party vendors
is possible by using the open protocol DNP3
the SINAUT configuration software and block library
Reliable back-up of important data:
Storage of the DNP3 data points (max. 64 000 in the case of a
master), including time stamp on the TIM if the communication
path is faulty or a partner has failed
7/88
Siemens IK PI 2015
The TIM 3V-IE DNP3 offers all the advantages of the

Compact design with S7-300 format
9-pin sub-D connectors with an RS232 interface for
connection to a conventional WAN via an appropriate modem
RJ45 socket for connection to Industrial Ethernet or an
IP-based network;
industrial design with additional retaining collar, for
Front-panel LEDs for indicating the module status and the
communication
Easy installation;
the TIM 3V-IE DNP3 is mounted on the DIN rail of the S7-300
and connected to adjacent modules by means of the bus
connector supplied with the TIM. No slot rules apply.
with the IM 360/361 interface modules
No backup battery or memory module is required
Function
Data is transmitted using the open DNP3 protocol
Media redundancy by using physically separated connection
paths without data loss at switchover
Extensive diagnostics functions including the option of
logging the sent and received message frames
Time-of-day synchronization with the assigned DNP3 master
system is possible
Remote programming in the case of IP-based networks
Modbus RTU Master
Siemens AG 2014

TIM 3V-IE DNP3
Also available with the new Version 3.0
DNP3 Master
DNP3 nodes; the module operates simultaneously as master
and slave and, as a data concentrator, links the RTUs with the
control center
Peer-to-peer communication in the Ethernet-based network
between the TIM modules used as DNP3 slave
Setting of DNP3 event classes (Class 1, Class 2 and Class 3)
Routing between TIM modules
Support of analog dialup modems (PSTN dialup)
The TIM 3V-IE DNP3 communications module has its own processor and a RAM for buffering up to 64 000 data points. This
prevents any loss of data in the event of a fault on the communication link or the failure of a communication partner.
Diagnostics
The SINAUT diagnostics and service tool of the SINAUT ST7
Engineering Software V5.4 provides comprehensive diagnostic
functions, including:
Operating status of the TIM module
Module status of the TIM module
Diagnostic buffer of the TIM module
Status of the connections to remote communication partners
Status and level of the transmit buffer
Configuration
The SINAUT ST7 engineering software V5.4 is used for
configuring the TIM 3V-IE DNP3 module. Parameters are
assigned with the aid of the SINAUT configuration software in
STEP 7 HW Config and STEP 7 Netpro.
Integration
By means of a floating RS232 interface, the TIM 3V-IE DNP3
module is connected to a WAN, and specifically via various data
communication devices depending on the application:
or line connections
Analog dialup modems (V3.0 or higher)
Via the RJ45 interface, the TM 3V-IE DNP3 module can be connected to the Ethernet, i.e. to IP-based networks (LAN, IWLAN,
DSL, GPRS, UMTS, etc.).
Configuration examples in conventional and IP-based WAN
Use in a station with transmission via a dedicated line network
The connection to the master station is via the MD2 modem,
which sets up the connection via a dedicated line.
In addition, it is possible to connect a Modbus RTU slave to the

S7-300 system via the TIM 3V-IE DNP3.
SIMATIC PCS 7 with

(as DNP3 master)
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE
M826-1
TIM 4R-IE DNP3
MD2
MD2
Control center
Dedicated network in star topology
SIMATIC
S7-300
SIMATIC
S7-300
TIM 3V-IE DNP3

Station
SCALANCE
M826-1
MD2
SIMATIC
S7-300
TIM 3V-IE DNP3

Station
TIM 3V-IE DNP3

Station
Siemens IK PI 2015
G_IK10_XX_30254
MD2
7/89
Siemens AG 2014

TIM 3V-IE DNP3
Use in a station with transmission via Internet
The stations are connected by means of an Internet connection.
In this case, DSL routers must be used in the station and control
center preferably in combination with SCALANCE S in order
to establish secure connections using VPN tunnels.
SIMATIC PCS 7 with

SIMATIC PCS 7 TeleControl (as DNP3 master)
Use in a station with transmission over the GSM mobile

telephone service GPRS or UMTS
The stations are connected via the GSM mobile telephone
service GPRS. In this case the GPRS router SCALANCE M874-2
is used in the station and a SCALANCE S security module is
used in the control center. This ensures that the VPN connections to the GPRS stations are set up.
For higher data rates, in place of the GRPS router
SCALANCE M874-2, the UMTS router SCALANCE M874-3 can
be implemented for use of the UMTS mobile wireless network.
SIMATIC PCS 7 with

Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE
M812
Control center
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE S
Internet
SCALANCE
M812
Control center
GPRS network
SCALANCE
M812
SIMATIC
S7-300
Station
SIMATIC
S7-300
SCALANCE
M874-2
TIM 3V-IE DNP3
Station
7/90
Siemens IK PI 2015
G_IK10_XX_30252
TIM 3V-IE DNP3
G_IK10_XX_30253
Internet
VPN tunnel
Siemens AG 2014

TIM 3V-IE DNP3
Article No.
6NH7803-3BA00-0AA0
Article No.
6NH7803-3BA00-0AA0
TIM 3V-IE DNP3
TIM 3V-IE DNP3
Transmission rate
Transfer rate

components general
10 100 Mbit/s
9 600 38 400 bit/s
Interfaces
for power supply
at interface 1
at interface 2
for power supply
C-PLUG
Number of TIMs per S7-300: 1
Cable length
6m
-
Performance data
1
1
RJ45 port
9-pin Sub-D connector (RS232)
2-pin, plug-in terminal strip
No
Performance data
S7 communication
maximum
note
Service
SINAUT ST7
DC
Supply voltage
minimum
maximum
24 V
20.4 V
28.8 V
Consumed current
from backplane bus at 24 V for DC 0.2 A
maximum
from external supply voltage at 24 V 0.2 A
with DC maximum

Yes
Suitability for use

node station
substation
control center
note
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
8
1
5.8 W
Product expansion optional backup

battery
No
Type of battery
TCP/IP
DNP3
SINAUT ST1 protocol
SINAUT ST7 protocol
Backup current
typical
maximum
Number of DNP3 masters

with Ethernet maximum
note

0 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
95 %
Performance data
telecontrol
Resistive loss
Protection class IP
Performance data
multi-protocol mode
Supply voltage,
Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
3
2
1
only via LAN
Yes
64 000 data points with one master

configuration
SINAUT ST7 ES
Storage location of TIM configuration On the CPU or TIM

data
IP20

Module format
Width
Height
Depth
40 mm
125 mm
120 mm
Net weight
0.25 kg
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/91
Siemens AG 2014

TIM 3V-IE DNP3
Ordering data
TIM 3V-IE DNP3
Article No.
6NH7803-3BA00-0AA0
Connecting cable
6NH7997-0CA54-0AA0
V5.4 for the PG
Electronic manual
6XV1840-2AH10
7/92
Siemens IK PI 2015
6NH7701-5AN
Connecting cable
6NH7701-4BN

cable length 2.5 m
Connecting cable
cable length 6 m
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
6NH7701-4AL

RS 232 interface;
cable length 2.5 m

with UL approval;
sold by the meter;

interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1GA00

MD4 (RS 232) modem;
cable length 1.5 m
Connecting cable
Accessories
(Type A)
Ethernet FC cables
With an RS232 interface for

SINAUT communication via a conventional WAN and an IP-based
V5.4
Article No.
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
6NH7701-0AR
Siemens AG 2014

TIM 4R-IE DNP3
Overview
Benefits
High plant availability by means of end-to-end redundancy

Connection to DNP3 master systems from third-party vendors
is possible by using the open protocol DNP3
the SINAUT configuration software and block library
Reliable back-up of important data;
Storage of the DNP3 data points (max. 200 000 in the case of
a master), including time stamp on the TIM if the communication path is faulty or a partner has failed
In a station for the S7-CPU, the communication module
TIM 4R-IE DNP3 (TeleControl Interface Module) handles the data
exchange with the assigned SIMATIC PCS7 TeleControl V8.0
master system using the open DNP3 protocol. In addition, the
V3.0 module now also supports master and node functionality.
With the double-width S7-300 housing, the module can be
fully integrated into the S7-300 system
Can be connected as a stand-alone module to a
SIMATIC S7-400 and SIMATIC S7-400 H System
Two RS 232/RS 485 interfaces support connection of an
external modem for data transmission via a conventional WAN
or of a Modbus RTU slave to an S7-300 system
The module has two RJ45 interfaces for data transmission via
IP-based networks
By using physically separate connection paths, the module
permits media redundancy without loss of data during the
switchover
Application
distributed systems
Use in hybrid networks with wireless, Ethernet or Internet
communications
Design
The TIM 4R-IE DNP3 offers all the advantages of the
Compact design with double-width S7-300 format
Two 9-pin sub-D connectors with a combined RS232/RS485
interface for connection to a conventional WAN via an
appropriate modem
Two RJ45 sockets for connection to Industrial Ethernet or an
IP-based network;
industrial design with additional retaining collar, for
Front-panel LEDs for indicating the module status and the
communication
Easy installation;
the TIM 4R-IE DNP3 is mounted on the DIN rail of the S7-300
and connected to adjacent modules by means of the bus
connector supplied with the TIM. No slot rules apply.
For connection of an S7-400 station, it is linked as a standalone device via one of its Ethernet ports with one or more
S7-400 CPUs.
with the IM 360/361 interface modules
A backup battery and a memory module (C-PLUG) can be
installed as options
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/93
Siemens AG 2014

TIM 4R-IE DNP3
Function
Integration
Data is transmitted using the open DNP3 protocol

Media redundancy by the use of physically separated
connection paths without the loss of data when switching over
Extensive diagnostics functions including the option of
logging the sent and received message frames
Time-of-day synchronization with the assigned DNP3 master
system is possible
Remote programming in the case of IP-based networks
Option for connecting a SIMATIC S7-400 and
SIMATIC S7-400 H system
Modbus RTU Master connected to a serial port
Also available with the new Version 3.0
DNP3 Master
DNP3 nodes;
the module operates simultaneously as master and slave and,
as a data concentrator, links the RTUs with the control center
Peer-to-peer communication in the Ethernet-based network
between the TIM modules used as DNP3 slaves
Setting of DNP3 event classes (Class 1, Class 2 and Class 3)
Routing between TIM modules
Support of analog dialup modems (PSTN dialup)
The communications module TIM 4R-IE DNP3 has its own
processor and a RAM for buffering up to 200 000 data points.
This prevents any loss of data in the event of a fault on the
communication link or the failure of a communication partner.
Diagnostics
The SINAUT diagnostics and service tool of the SINAUT ST7

Engineering Software V5.4 provides comprehensive diagnostic
functions, including:
Operating status of the TIM module
Module status of the TIM module
Diagnostic buffer of the TIM module
Status of the connections to remote communication partners
(e.g. SIMATIC PCS7 TeleControl V7.1 SP2)
Status and level of the transmit buffer
Configuration
The SINAUT configuration software V5.4 is used for configuring
the TIM 4R-IE DNP3 module. Parameters are assigned with the
aid of the SINAUT configuration software in STEP 7 HW Config
and STEP 7 Netpro.
7/94
Siemens IK PI 2015
The TIM 4R-IE DNP3 module is connected to a WAN via two

floating RS232/RS485 interfaces, and specifically via various
data communication devices depending on the application:
or line connections
Analog dialup modems (V3.0 or higher)
In addition, it is possible to connect a Modbus RTU slave to the
S7-300 system via the TIM 4R-IE DNP3.
Via two RJ45 interfaces, the TIM 4R-IE DNP3 module
can be connected to the Ethernet, i.e. to IP-based networks
(LAN, IWLAN, DSL, GPRS, UMTS, etc.).
Siemens AG 2014

TIM 4R-IE DNP3
Configuration examples in conventional
and IP-based WAN
Use in a station with transmission via a dedicated line network
The connection to the master station is via the MD2 modem,
which sets up the connection via a dedicated line.
SIMATIC PCS 7 with

(as DNP3 master)
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE
M826-1
TIM 4R-IE DNP3
MD2
MD2
Control center
Dedicated network in star topology
MD2
TIM 4R-IE DNP3
TIM 4R-IE DNP3
SIMATIC
S7-400
Station
SIMATIC
S7-400
Station
SCALANCE
M826-1
TIM 4R-IE DNP3

SIMATIC
S7-400
Station
Siemens IK PI 2015
G_IK10_XX_30257
MD2
7/95
Siemens AG 2014

TIM 4R-IE DNP3
Use in a station with transmission via Internet
The stations are connected by means of an Internet connection.
In this case, DSL routers must be used in the station and control
center preferably in combination with SCALANCE S in order
to establish secure connections using VPN tunnels.
Use in a station with transmission

over the GSM mobile telephone service GPRS or UMTS
The stations are connected via the GSM mobile telephone
service GPRS. In this case the GPRS router MD741-1 is used in
the station and a SCALANCE S security module is used in the
control center which ensures that the VPN connections are set
up with the GPRS stations.
For higher data rates, in place of the GRPS router MD741-1,
the UMTS Router SCALANCE M875 can be implemented for use
of the UMTS mobile radio network.
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 SP2 with

SIMATIC PCS 7 TeleControl V7.1 SP2 (as DNP3 master)
SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.1 SP2

with SIMATIC PCS 7
TeleControl V7.1 SP2
(as DNP3 master)
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE
S612
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE
M812-1
SCALANCE
M812-1
Control center
Control center
Internet
VPN tunnel
SCALANCE
M812-1
GPRS
Internet
SIMATIC
S7-400
7/96
Siemens IK PI 2015
SIMATIC
S7-400
G_IK10_XX_30256
Station
SCALANCE
M874-3
Station
G_IK10_XX_30255
TIM 4R-IE
DNP3
TIM 4R-IE DNP3
Siemens AG 2014

TIM 4R-IE DNP3
Use in a station with path redundancy
SIMATIC PCS 7 with
Industrial
Ethernet
SCALANCE
M812-1
TIM 4R-IE DNP3
MD2
TIM 4R-IE DNP3
MD2
Control center
Internet
SCALANCE
M812-1
TIM 4R-IE
DNP3
SIMATIC
S7-400 H
MD2
MD2
TIM 4R-IE
DNP3
SIMATIC
S7-400
CP
443-1
Station
CP
443-1
Station
G_IK10_XX_30269
The connection of the stations with a TIM 4R-IE DNP3 enables

redundant connection paths to be set up. On the failure of the
active connection (e.g. the Internet connection) a switch is made
to the second connection path (e.g. WAN).
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/97
Siemens AG 2014

TIM 4R-IE DNP3
Article No.
6NH7803-4BA00-0AA0
Article No.
6NH7803-4BA00-0AA0
TIM 4R-IE DNP3
TIM 4R-IE DNP3
Transmission rate
Transfer rate

components general
10 100 Mbit/s
9 600 115 200 bit/s
Interfaces
for power supply
at interface 1
at interface 2
for power supply
C-PLUG
Cable length
Number of TIMs
per S7-300 / S7-400: 1
6m
30 m
Performance data
2
Performance data
S7 communication

maximum
RJ45 port
9-pin Sub-D connector,
9-pin Sub-D connector,
2-pin, plug-in terminal strip
Yes
Supply voltage,

for S7 communication note
Service
SINAUT ST7
5
2
1
only via LAN
Yes
Performance data
telecontrol
DC
Supply voltage
minimum
maximum
24 V
20.4 V
28.8 V

node station
substation
control center
Yes
Yes
Yes
0.2 A
Suitability for use note
TCP/IP
DNP3
SINAUT ST1 protocol
SINAUT ST7 protocol
Yes
Yes
No
No
Number of DNP3 masters

with Ethernet maximum
8
1
Consumed current
for DC maximum
0.17 A
Resistive loss
4.6 W

backup battery
Yes
Type of battery
Lithium AA / 3.6 V / 2.3 Ah
Backup current
typical
maximum
100 A
160 A

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C

maximum
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20

double width
Width
Height
Depth
80 mm
125 mm
120 mm
Net weight
0.4 kg
Siemens IK PI 2015
Yes
200 000 data points with one master

configuration
Storage location of TIM configuration On the CPU or TIM
data
Module format
7/98

note
Product component
Yes

Yes
Accuracy of hardware real-time clock 4 s

per day maximum
Siemens AG 2014

TIM 4R-IE DNP3
Ordering data
TIM 4R-IE DNP3 communications
module
Article No.
6NH7803-4BA00-0AA0
Connecting cable
6NH7997-0CA54-0AA0
Connecting cable
Accessories

RS 232 interface;
cable length 2.5 m
Connecting cable
6ES7971-0BA00
6XV1840-2AH10
Connecting cable

with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
6NH7701-5AN
6NH7701-4BN

cable length 2.5 m
Connecting cable
6NH7701-0AR

cable length 6 m
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180

interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6NH7701-4DL

MD4 (RS485) modem;
cable length 1.5 m
3.6 V/2.3 Ah for TIM 4R-IE DNP3

(Type A)
6NH7701-4AL

MD4 (RS 232) modem;
cable length 1.5 m
V5.4 for the PG
Electronic manual
Backup battery
6GK1901-1GA00

Ethernet FC cables

communication via IP-based
networks (WAN or LAN)
V5.4
Article No.
6EP1331-5BA00

wide-range input
85 to 264 V AC/110 to 300 V DC,
slim design
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/99
Siemens AG 2014

Introduction
Overview
IEC 60870-5-101, IEC 60870-5-103 and IEC 60870-5-104 are
standardized vendor-independent protocols.
SIPLUS RIC
For implementing an RTU (Remote Telecontrol Unit) with

IEC 60870-5 on the basis of SIMATIC, the CP 1243-1 IEC for
SIMATIC S7-1200 and the SIPLUS RIC software bundle are
offered.
Telecontrol communications processors
CP 1243-1 IEC
With SIPLUS RIC, the IEC protocols can be parameterized with

SIMATIC Manager without the need for additional installations.
As a result, SIMATIC controllers can also communicate with nonSiemens products.
The CP 1243-1 IEC (IEC 60870-5-104 protocol) is an Industrial

Remote Communication module for telecontrol substations with
SIMATIC S7-1200. It has an RJ45 interface, which allows
communication over IP-based networks.
7/100
Siemens IK PI 2015
The SIPLUS RIC bundles usually comprise:

CPU
Interface/communication module (if necessary)
Memory card
CD with library and registration code.
SIPLUS RIC products require additional material to establish
telecommunication links, e.g. TCP/IP converters serial, dedicated line modems, media converters, SCALANCE M industrial
routers, SCALANCE S security modules, SCALANCE X Ethernet
network components, cables etc.
Siemens AG 2014

Introduction
In order to implement telecontrol networks, basic topologies
including point-to-point, multi-point, star and ring can be configured using classic or TCP/IP-based media. These can be combined flexibly independent from existing infrastructure.
Classic WAN media (IEC 870-5-101 telecontrol protocol)
Dedicated line via modem, e.g. SINAUT MD2
Dedicated line over fiber-optic cables
Private wireless networks
TCP/IP-based WAN media (IEC 870-5-104 telecontrol protocol)

Ethernet networks, e.g. SCALANCE X with fiber-optic cables
Industrial Wireless LAN with SCALANCE W
Public networks and internet using SCALANCE M industrial
routers
Satellite communication, e.g. with Inmarsat
S7-1200 substations can be connected to an IEC-capable
control center using CP 1243-1 IEC over the Industrial Ethernet
interface and an external router, e.g. SCALANCE M via a WAN
network.
Control center
SCALANCE S612
Ethernet
IEC 60870-5-104
SCALANCE
M874-3
RTU S7-400 with CP 443-1

IEC 60870-5-104
Internet
SCALANCE
M812-1
SCALANCE
M874-3
RTU S7-1200 with

CP 1243-1 IEC
UMTS
SCALANCE
M874-3
Third-Party RTU
SCALANCE
M874-3
RTU S7-300
with CP 343-1
IEC 60870-5-104
SCALANCE
M874-3
RTU ET 200S
with IM 151-8
PN/DP CPU
Star via
wireless
IEC 60870-5-104
IEC 60870-5-104
G_IK10_XX_30333
IEC 60870-5-104
IEC 870-5-104 example of TCP/IP-based WAN with GPRS radio network (star topology)
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/101
Siemens AG 2014

CP 1243-1 IEC
Overview
Application
The CP 1243-1 IEC communications processor is used to

connect a SIMATIC S7-1200 to a control center system via the
IEC 60870 protocol and has the following characteristics:
Support for the established communication standard in
accordance with IEC 60870-5-104 for standardized linking of
the SIMATIC S7-1200 to WinCC, PCS 7, or other commercially
available control center systems
STEP 7
By using the CP 1243-1 IEC, the S7-1200 can be used as a

remote terminal unit (substation) in telecontrol applications.
Typical uses include the collection of measured values in geographically widely distributed outdoor areas (level measurement
for water tanks) or centralized opening and closing of valves
(oil/gas transport in pipelines).
cost control
- Wind farms
- Pipelines
Traffic control systems
Building monitoring
Weather stations
Wind energy and photovoltaic plants
Environmental monitoring equipment
Intelligent billboards
Design
Benefits
Data security
The CP 1243-1 IEC has a large buffer for several thousand
data values. Downtimes in the transmission link can then be
bridged.
Remote diagnostics
7/102
Siemens IK PI 2015
The CP 1243-1 IEC offers all the advantages of the S7-1200

design:
The CP 1243-1 IEC is plugged into the left-hand system bus
Siemens AG 2014

CP 1243-1 IEC
Function
E-mail alerting
Control center

SCALANCE
M812-1
Diagnostics
The CP 1243-1 IEC offers comprehensive diagnostic options for
a quick and informative analysis of the station status. Elementary
Industrial Ethernet
VPN tunnel

measured values.
SCALANCE
M812-1
RTU S7-1200 with

CP 1243-1 IEC
RTU S7-1200 with

CP 1243-1 IEC
G_IK10_XX_30350
IEC 60870 standard

SCALANCE
M812-1
Linking of S7-1200 to PCS 7 via DSL-based IEC connection.

control center.
effort.
Communication with the control center is based on the

established communication standard in accordance with
IEC 60870-5-104. This ensures that telecontrol and instrumentation and control devices and systems from Siemens or other
vendors can communicate with each other without any fundamental adaptation developments. The degrees of freedom of the
standard allow different vendor-specific profiles (e.g. the frame
types and functions used). The profiles can be coordinated with
each other with the help of an interoperability list. This standard
has become widely used, especially in European and Asian
areas. The IEC 60870-5-104 telecontrol protocol is also suitable
as a field or station bus. Use as a station bus also enables direct
communication between the individual devices.
Remote maintenance
changes.
Interfaces
Data backup
The CP 1243-1 IEC has an Ethernet interface for connection to

the control center. The S7-1200 can be connected directly via an
existing network or via other media by using additional routers
(e.g. SCALANCE M for mobile wireless communication).

Power supply

right order.

Siemens IK PI 2015
7/103
Siemens AG 2014

CP 1243-1 IEC
Article No.
6GK7243-1PX30-0XE0
Article No.
6GK7243-1PX30-0XE0
CP 1243-1 IEC
CP 1243-1 IEC
Transmission rate
Transfer rate
at the interface 1
Performance data
10 100 Mbit/s
Interfaces

RJ45 port
Supply voltage,
DC

Resistive loss
1.25 W

Ambient temperature
operating phase
operating phase
during storage
during transport
Comment
-20 +60 C
-20 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
-
Performance data
S7 communication
note
like CPU
Performance data
telecontrol
Suitability for use
node station
substation
control center
note
note
connection
DNP3
IEC 60870-5
No
Yes
No
-
supported
No
Yes
Product function data buffering if

connection is aborted
note
Yes

maximum
200
64 000 values

maximum
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20

with SIMATIC STEP 7
Module format

single width
Width
Height
Depth
30 mm
110 mm
75 mm
Product function
STEP 7
Net weight
0.122 kg
7/104
Siemens IK PI 2015
Yes
Yes, CPU V4 or higher

configuration
STEP 7 V13 (TIA Portal) and higher

components general
Number of modules
per CPU maximum
Performance data
Teleservice

3
No
Siemens AG 2014

CP 1243-1 IEC
Ordering data
Article No.
CP 1243-1 IEC
for connecting SIMATIC S7-1200
to a control center via the
IEC 60870-5-104 protocol
6GK7243-1PX30-0XE0

CSM 1277
6GK7277-1AA10-0AA0
IE FC RJ45 plugs
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
(Type A)

Ethernet FC cables
6GK1901-1GA00

Accessories

with 10/100 Mbit/s;
4 x RJ45 ports;
diagnostics LEDs, S7-1200 module
on CD-ROM
Article No.
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
6XV1840-2AH10

IE FC Outlet RJ45/IE F RJ45 Plug;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
Target system:
SIMATIC S7-1200, S7-1500,
S7-300, S7-400, WinAC
Requirement:
Windows 7 Professional (64-bit),
Windows 7 Enterprise (64-bit),
Windows 7 Ultimate SP1 (64-bit),
(full installation)
Form of delivery:
French, Spanish
STEP 7 Basic V13,
Floating License
STEP 7 Basic V13,
Trial License
Floating License
extended by a further year
unless canceled at least 12 weeks
prior to expiration.
Requires the current software
version.
STEP 7 Basic V1x,
Standard 1 year;
STEP 7 Basic V1x,
Compact, 1 year;
6ES7822-0AA03-0YA5
6ES7822-0AA03-0YA7
6ES7822-0AA03-0YE5
7
6ES7822-0AA00-0YL0
6ES7822-0AA00-0YM0
More information
for operating the CP 1243-1 IEC.
The CP 1243-1 IEC is configured using TIA Portal STEP 7 V13.
To connect to PCS 7/WinCC control center systems, the relevant
telecontrol packages to support the IEC standard are required.
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/105
Siemens AG 2014

Teleservice
Introduction
Overview
Teleservice via IP-based networks
Optimum remote maintenance is based on reliable, permanently
available, secured and economical data connections.
Depending on the application, SIMATIC NET provides the appropriate solution:
For continuous connections or simultaneous access to several
plants, a solution using the SCALANCE S and SCALANCE M
security and communication components is recommended,
both on the service and the plant side.
For flexible access for remote maintenance from any Internet
connection - whether in the office, home office or hotel room
SOFTNET Security Client is the right software solution for
establishing a secure connection to the plants.
For plants without a wired network connection, the
SCALANCE M wireless router establishes remote maintenance access to the SCALANCE S in the service center.
Teleservice (remote diagnostics and remote maintenance)
plants (machines, plants, computers, etc.) for the purpose
of error detection, diagnostics, maintenance, repair, or optimization.
Machines and plants are increasingly operated in places which
are far away from the supplier's premises. Despite this, plant
builders must offer services to deal with faults or for preventive
maintenance. During the warranty period in particular this can
result in high costs. Teleservice helps to reduce this risk
significantly.
There is a variety of possible applications for Teleservice. Plants

can be diagnosed, values set and data transmitted from anywhere in the world via a telephone cable. Teleservice also
enables the SIMATIC controllers to send text messages per SMS
or e-mail, making a significant contribution to saving travel and
personnel costs in service work.
7/106
Siemens IK PI 2015
In all cases, the communication is reliably protected by

authentication and encryption via a VPN tunnel (Virtual Private
Network) in order to rule out the possibility of attacks from
outside.
The service concept of "Siemens Remote Services" provides
a powerful, secure platform for remote access to machines
and plants. The inclusion of "shared experts" ensures effective
support, not only from Siemens but also from the company's
own specialists.
Siemens AG 2014

SIMATIC Teleservice
TeleService
Overview
p
wnVwjGG
wnVwj
z^TX\WW
z^TZWW
nz{^WWW^_[
z^TXYWW
z^TYWW
otp
l
TS Adapter IE Advanced with WAN
z^TZWW
twpVwyvmpi|z
hSGpzku
Teleservice with TS Adapter II
wnVwjGG
wnVwj
{zGhGplGh
G{zGtGnzt
z^T[WW
hS
pzkuS
nzt
z^T[WW
z^TX\WW
z^TZWW
z^TXYWW
Teleservice with TS Adapter IE Advanced
z^T[WW
{zGhGpl
Teleservice with TS Adapter IE
otp
nz{^WWW^[\
z^TZWW
z^TZWW
otp
hSG
pzkuSGnzt
Teleservice with TS Adapter IE Basic
wnVwjGG
hSGpzku
{zGh
plGi
otp
nz{^WWW^_\
z^TXYWW
otp
nz{^WWW^[^
{zGh
plGh
z^T[WW
{zGhGpp
z^T[WW
nz{^WWW^[]
kzsG
kzsG
For performing remote maintenance:

A programming device/PC with an engineering tool such as
STEP 7, or the TIA Portal can access automation components
(e.g. S7 CPUs) which are connected to the appropriate
adapters over Industrial Ethernet or PROFIBUS.
Comprising the TeleService software and various adapters:
- TS Adapter II for connection to PPI, MPI or PROFIBUS DP
- TS Adapter IE, TS Adapter IE Basic or TS Adapter IE
Advanced for connection to Industrial Ethernet
Additional functions with TS Adapter II:
- Establishing a connection from/to remote plants, e.g.
for calling up process data from an automation system
(PG-to-AS remote coupling).
- Exchanging data between plants
(AS-to-AS remote coupling):
Exchange of process data between two SIMATIC automation
systems.
- Sending a text message:
Sending a text message from a SIMATIC automation system
via a GSM wireless modem.
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/107
Siemens AG 2014

SIMATIC Teleservice
TeleService
Additional functions with TS Adapter IE:
- Remote operation of HMI devices:
Access to the HMI device via an Internet browser installed
on the adapter
- Sending e-mails:
Establishing a modem link to a dial-up server (e.g. to an
Internet service provider): A SIMATIC CPU can send e-mails
over an e-mail server that can be accessed in this manner.
- Standard routing:
A modem link can be established to an Internet service
provider for accessing data on the Internet.
Additional functions with TS Adapter IE Advanced:
- Remote connection via the Internet
Application
With TeleService, remote servicing of SIMATIC S7 automation
systems or HMI devices is possible using the programming
device or PC over a fixed line/wireless network or via the Internet
(TS Adapter IE Advanced). With the help of TeleService, the
connection to the automation components is extended over the
telephone network to the programming device or PC. The functions to be performed, such as programming, are completed
using the same tools and functionality as if the job was being
done locally. The user has access to the familiar functions
of STEP 7 and the engineering tools, comparable to a local connection.
TeleService increases the effective availability of plants and
machines. Access through TeleService means that technical
services (e.g. maintenance, updating, and troubleshooting) can
be performed cost-effectively from a central service center.
Apart from teleservice, a remote link to a programming device

or PC can be established program-controlled using a function
block call. This link allows process data to be exchanged
between an S7 CPU and the programming device or PC with
support from PRODAVE.
Design
Different components are required depending on the
TeleService function or TS Adapter.
For remote maintenance:
TeleService engineering software
(not required when using the TIA Portal)
A programming device/PC-side modem
(TS Adapter II, TS Adapter IE or TS Adapter IE Basic)
Internet access on the programming device/PC side
(TS Adapter IE Advanced)
A TS Adapter, line-side
Required in addition to the components for remote maintenance
in the case of PG/PLC remote coupling:
PRODAVE V5.0 and higher for PG/PC:
Toolbox for process data traffic between SIMATIC S7/C7 and
the PC for autonomous processing of data traffic
"PG_DIAL" function block (included in TeleService software
package) for the PLC
A TS Adapter II, line-side
Required in addition to the components for remote maintenance
in the case of PLC/PLC remote coupling:
TS Adapter for the second PLC
"AS_DIAL" function block (included in TeleService software
package) for the PLCs
A TS Adapter II, line-side
For sending SMSes:
Engineering Software TeleService Version 5.2 and higher
GSM wireless modem on line side, Hayes-compatible
TS Adapter II, line-side
Modem cable for connecting the TS Adapter and modem
(included in TS Adapter II package)
For sending e-mails:
Engineering Software TeleService Version 6.1 and
higher or TIA portal
TS Adapter IE, TS Adapter IE Basic or TS Adapter IE
Advanced, line-side
Internet service provider and an e-mail server that can be
accessed there
For remote control of HMI devices:
PG/PC with browser e.g. Internet Explorer and the
Sm@rtViewer
TS Adapter IE, TS Adapter IE Basic or TS Adapter IE
Advanced, line-side
SIMATIC HMI device with an installed Runtime option of
WinCC flexible /Sm@rtService or /Sm@rtAccess.
For further information on WinCC flexible and the Sm@rt
options, see http://www.siemens.com/simatic-wincc-flexible
7/108
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

SIMATIC Teleservice
TeleService
Design (continued)
TS Adapter II
TS Adapter IE
Main features of TS Adapter II:

Single-width standard S7-300 housing
Mounted onto DIN or S7-profile rail, therefore no timeconsuming cabinet installation required using a mounting
plate
Integral modem, either analog or ISDN as required
USB interface for parameterization. This interface can also be
used locally as a programming interface for the connected
devices
Serial RS232 interface for connecting external modems
(e.g. wireless modem)
Firmware with update capability
Power supply over MPI or over external 24 V power supply
Connection of an external modem, e.g. a GSM wireless
modem, over serial interface
Can be connected to:
- MPI
- PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s (previously 1.5 Mbit/s)
- PPI
Main features of TS Adapter IE:

Single-width standard S7-300 housing
Mounting on DIN or S7 rail
Integral modem, either analog or ISDN as required
Firmware with update capability
Power supply over external 24 V power supply
Serial interface for connection of an external modem,
e.g. a GSM wireless modem
An RJ45 Ethernet interface (10/100 Mbit/s)
Industry-compatible in accordance with SIMATIC standard
Parameterization:
The TS Adapter IE can be parameterized locally or over a remote
link. TeleService software V6.1 or an Internet browser is used for
this purpose.
The firewall is parameterized easily by selecting and deselecting
the appropriate services with a click of the mouse button.
In "expert mode", the adapter can also be parameterized like a
standard router.
Scope of delivery:
Security:
The following components are supplied with the TS Adapter II:

DVD with driver
TeleService software V6.1 (Can be used for 14 days).
For further operation, a license is required)
MPI cable, 0.8 m, for connecting the adapter to the MPI/DP
interface
Standard telephone cable, 3 m, with RJ12 connectors
(only for TS Adapter II modem)
(only for ISDN TS Adapter II)
TAE6N plug (only for TS Adapter II modem)
Only dial-in access is possible: The service engineer dials into

the adapter using a supplied telephone number. Authentication
is performed by means of a user log-in with a password and
Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol (CHAP).
Up to 8 user accounts can be created with different log-ins and
passwords.
As an option, e.g. for security reasons or to save telephone
charges, the TS Adapter IE will interrupt the connection following
correct authentication and call the user back on the telephone
number stored in the TS Adapter IE.
When using the TS Adapter II modem outside Germany, a

standard national telephone plug can be snapped onto the RJ12
connector. A TAE6N connector is supplied for Germany. In some
countries, telephone sockets with RJ12 sockets are available, in
which case telephone cables can be used without the need for
a telephone plug.
The implemented firewall protects the plant from unauthorized

access over the Internet. By default, the firewall only permits
S7 communication. The required services, e.g. Sm@rt-Access,
Sm@rt-Service or PCAnywhere, can be individually enabled
during parameterization. For sending e-mails, it is necessary to
enable the SMTP protocol and to set the parameters for outgoing
calls. It is also possible to block all incoming data packets
during connection to the Internet.
For operation, TeleService Software Version 6.0 is required.
Scope of delivery:
The following components are supplied with the TS Adapter IE:
CD with drivers and TeleService V 6.1 software (can be used
for 2 weeks without a license) including standard software for
sending e-mails from S7 CPUs
(only for TS Adapter IE modem)
(only for ISDN TS Adapter IE)
TAE6N plug (only for TS Adapter IE modem)
When using the analog TS Adapter IE outside Germany, a
standard country-specific telephone plug can be snapped onto
the RJ12 connector. A TAE6N connector is supplied for
Germany. In some countries, telephone sockets with RJ12
sockets are available, in which case telephone cables can be
used without the need for a telephone plug.
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/109
Siemens AG 2014

SIMATIC Teleservice
TeleService
Design (continued)
TS Adapter IE Basic
TS Adapter IE Advanced
The TS Adapter IE Basic in SIMATIC S7-1200 design is optimized for operation with SIMATIC S7-1200. It can also be used
with S7-300 and S7-400. The adapter has a modular design and
comprises the following:
Basic unit TS Adapter IE Basic
TS module
- TS module modem:
Contains an analog modem for the connection to the analog
telephone network
- TS module ISDN:
Contains a terminal adapter for the connection to the ISDN
network
- TS module RS232:
With RS232 interface for connecting an external modem
- TS module GSM:
Contains a wireless modem for connecting to the
GSM/GPRS network
The TS Adapter IE Advanced makes it possible to access via the

Internet all plant automation components, such as S7-CPUs,
which are connected to Industrial Ethernet. To facilitate this a
TIA Portal Version V12 SP1 or higher is required which runs on a
programming device/PC under Windows 7 or Windows Server
2008.
Only the combination of a basic unit TS Adapter IE Basic and a

TS module forms a complete functional unit (total unit). Basic unit
and TS module are connected via a connector and assembled
together.
The functions of the TS Adapter are implemented in the basic
unit. The basic unit has an Ethernet interface for connecting to
PGs, PCs, or automation system. The basic unit is supplied with
24 V DC and grounded via a socket board.
The TS modules form the electrical interface to the telephone
network. They are supplied with electricity from the basic unit
through the shared connector.
TS Adapter IE Basic (basic unit) and the TS module can be

installed differently:
Installing on the S7-300 standard rail. This requires an
optionally available standard sectional rail adapter
Installation on a standard rail
Wall mounting
Enclosure mounting
Product package
The following are supplied with the basic unit
TS Adapter IE Basic:
DVD "SIMATIC TeleService Edition" with software and
documentation
Support collar for Ethernet plug
7/110
Siemens IK PI 2015
TS Adapter IE Advanced connection types:

Direct connection to programming device/PC:
The TS Adapter IE Advanced can be parameterized with
direct connection to the programming device/PC via Ethernet
(LAN)
Connection to the GSM network (GPRS):
For connection to the GSM network, the TS Adapter IE
Advanced must be operated together with the TS module
GSM
Connection to the Internet via DSL:
For connection to the Internet, a DSL router must be operated
at the WAN port of the TS Adapter IE Advanced
Connection to the company network:
Connection to the company network takes place directly at the
WAN port of the TS Adapter IE Advanced
The TS Adapter IE Advanced has the following technical
features:
Standard S7-1200 housing, with 55 mm width
Direct connection to system network (Industrial Ethernet);
2 ports (LAN)
Connection to public grid; 1 port (WAN)
24 V DC connection
Plug-in TS modules
Types of installation
There are three alternative methods for mounting the
TS Adapter IE Advanced:
On the standard rails of the S7-300 with mounting rail adapters
that can be ordered separately
On a standard DIN rail
Wall mounting
Product package
CD "TS Adapter IE Advanced" with documentation, opensource components and default certification
Siemens AG 2014

SIMATIC Teleservice
TeleService
Function
TeleService is stand-alone software and does not require the
installation of other software products such as STEP 7.
When using the TIA Portal, the TeleService software is not
required because the functions are already a component part of
the TIA Portal.
The following functions are available for remote maintenance
with TeleService:
Support for the TS Adapter II, TS Adapter IE and
TS Adapter IE Basic
Parameterization of the modem:
On the PG/PC side, parameterization using Windows tools is
supported. On the line side, the TS Adapter (with default
settings) performs parameterization
Electronic telephone book:
To support the administration of plants (e.g. telephone
number, location)
Multi-level access protection:
Prevents unauthorized connection build-up to a plant by
means of a password and/or callback telephone number
(callback function)
Callback function:
The plant calls the service center back automatically following
a TeleService call
Routing of the PG functionality:
Routing over TeleService is supported in the same manner as
for a local connection. S7/M7 CPUs and CP modules with
routing capability are required for this purpose
Import/export of the TS Adapter parameters:
The parameters can be saved in a file (*.tap) on the PG/PC
and reloaded
Authorization via the Automation License Manager
Runs under Windows XP Professional, Windows Vista and
Windows 7
TS Adapter II; TS Adapter IE and TS Adapter IE Basic provide
additional functions
TS Adapter II:
Establishing a connection from/to remote plants, e.g. for
calling up process data from an automation system (PG-to-AS
remote coupling)
Exchange of data between plants (AS-to-AS remote link)
Exchange of process data between two SIMATIC automation
systems
Sending a text message
Sending a text message from a SIMATIC automation system
via a GSM wireless modem
TS Adapter IE:
Remote control of HMI devices:
The TS Adapter IE in combination with a browser installed
on the PG/PC (e.g. Internet Explorer) and the Sm@rtViewer
supports access over the telephone network to a
SIMATIC HMI device with an installed Runtime option of
WinCC flexible /Sm@rtService or /Sm@rtAccess. The HMI
device or machine/plant can then be remotely controlled from
the PG/PC.
Sending e-mails:
The function block AS_MAIL (included in the scope of supply
of the adapter or TeleService V6.1) can be used to send
e-mails directly from a SIMATIC CPU over the TS Adapter IE.
The TS Adapter IE builds up an outgoing modem connection
to a dial-up server for this purpose, e.g. to an Internet service
provider, and sends the e-mails via an e-mail server that can
be accessed there. If the provider offers the service for
converting e-mails to text messages, text messages can also
be sent in this manner.
Standard routing:
The TS Adapter IE allows a modem link to be established to an
Internet service provider for accessing data on the Internet
over this link. While the link is established, telephone dial-up
and therefore remote maintenance and remote control is not
possible.
TS Adapter IE Basic (in conjunction with a TS module)
Remote maintenance over the telephone network:
The TS Adapter IE Basic enables an application running on
the PG/PC, such as STEP 7, to access Industrial Ethernetconnected S7 and C7 automation components over the phone
network. For this, the TS Adapter IE Basic requires the
following:
- A connection to the automation components via Industrial
Ethernet, and
- A modem connection to the PG/PC
Sending e-mails:
With the AS_MAIL function block, you can send e-mails from
a SIMATIC CPU via the TS Adapter IE Basic. To do this, the
TS Adapter IE Basic establishes an outgoing modem
connection to a dial-up server, such as an Internet Service
Provider (ISP), and sends the e-mails via a mail server accessible there.
To establish a remote connection through the telephone network
you will alternatively need:
TIA Portal V11.0 (contains all the necessary TeleService
functions)
TeleService V6.1 or
Windows dial-up network
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/111
Siemens AG 2014

SIMATIC Teleservice
TeleService
Functionality:
Remote maintenance via a VPN connection
Parameterization via an integrated web interface
Enabling and disabling of connections, time-triggered if
required
User management with freely-definable password rules
Logging of security events, exportable
Own hardware clock, battery back-up, NTP client
Configurable package filter
Port forwarding routing
NAT, SNMP
Sending e-mails (via FBs on a SIMATIC CPU)
Export and import of parameters
Firmware update
Security:
The TS Adapter IE Advanced provides a high level of security,
supported by hardware. System access is only possible via an
encrypted VPN connection. Authentification is ensured by
certificates.
The user management function enables user accounts with
differing access rights to be set up. The firewall can be configured to filter data streams so they exactly fit customer requirements.
Advantages/customer benefits:
High security standard due to VPN, certificates, hardwaregenerated random numbers and adherence to strict Siemens
security guidelines
Made-to-measure solutions for remote maintenance in the
automation environment
Transparent routing via web proxies ensures use directly from
the company LAN (service side) to the system, with no release
or configuration by IT administrators
Only the TIA Portal is required to build up the VPN connection
(VPN client)
- SSTP (Windows 7 service) behaves like HTTPS access from
the browser and is thus transparent in the infrastructure
- Direct online connection from the TIA Portal at the press of a
button (telephone book function: management of
multiple teleservice adapters possible)
Can be used as router or following a default router
Integrated DCP proxy (support for life-list function as local,
and use of topology editor via remote access)
Sending e-mails
The TS Adapter IE Advanced (gateway function) can be used to
send e-mails from a SIMATIC-CPU in the system network (LAN)
to a communication partner in the public grid (WAN).
The following blocks are available depending on the CPU used:
TMAIL_C for S7-1500
TM_MAIL for S7-1200 (for firmware versions V2.x and V3.x of
a CPU from the S7-1200 series)
AS_MAIL for S7-300/400
TS Adapter II
TS Adapter IE
125 x 110 x 40
125 x 110 x 40
Weight, approx.
250 g
Weight, approx.
approx. 370 g
Interfaces
Ethernet
to an external modem
to the analog telephone network
to the ISDN telephone network
RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s)

RS 232 (up to 115 kbaud)
RJ12
RJ45
Interfaces
to S7/C7
to the PC
to an external modem
to the analog telephone network
to the ISDN telephone network
RS 485 (up to 12 Mbit/s)

USB 1.1 (12 Mbit/s)
RS 232 (up to 115 kbaud)
RJ12
RJ45
24 V DC
Supply voltage,
external or via MPI interface
24 V DC
Supply voltage,
external or via MPI interface
60 mA (typ.) / 120 mA (max.)
Current consumption
of the TSA-IE ISDN
typ. 170 mA / max. 230 mA
Current consumption
Switch-on current, max.
0.7 A; 8 s
IP20
Current consumption
of the modem TSA IE
typ. 180 mA / max. 240 mA
0.7 A; 8 s
IP20
Temperature
Operation
Storage/transport
0 C to +60 C
-40 C to +70 C
Temperature
Operation
Storage/transport
7/112
Siemens IK PI 2015
0 C to +60 C
-40 C to +70 C
Siemens AG 2014

SIMATIC Teleservice
TeleService

TS Adapter IE Basic (basic unit)
TS module GSM
30 x 100 x 75
30 x 100 x 75
Weight, approx.
100 g
Weight, approx.
118 g
RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s)

Proprietary
(can only be used for TS modules)
Transmission rate
GPRS Multislot Class 10
- Up to 2 uplinks
- Up to 4 downlinks
13.4 Kbit/s 27 Kbit/s upload gross

40 Kbit/s 54 Kbit/s download gross
Interfaces
SIM interface
Antenna connection
3 V/1.8 V
1 x SMA antenna socket (50 Ohm)
Interfaces
Ethernet
To the TS module
Supply voltage, external
24 V DC
Current consumption
With TS module modem
with TS module ISDN
with TS module RS232
with TS module GSM
Typ. 50 mA, max. 80 mA

240 mA
IP20
Temperature
Operation
Storage
Frequency ranges
Quad band:
850, 900, 1 800, 1 900 MHz
Transmitted output power
2 W at 850 MHz, 900 MHz

1 W at 1 800 MHz, 1 900 MHz
0 C to +60 C
(horizontal installation)
0 C to +40 C
(vertical installation)
40 C to +70 C
General information
Engineering with
STEP 7 TIA Portal can be configured/ V12 SP1
integrated as of version
Installation
TS module modem
Rail mounting possible
Yes
Wall/direct mounting possible
Yes
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm,
approximately
30 x 100 x 75
Weight, approx.
98 g
Supply voltage
ITU transmission standards
V.21, V.22, V.22bis, V.23, V.32,

V.32bis, V.34, V.34x, K56flex, V.90,
V.92
24 V DC
Yes
Permissible range
+19.2 V ... +28.8 V
Other features
Error correction and data

compression
a/b interface
Hayes (AT) command set
All data formats
Dial procedures: dual-tone multiplefrequency (DTMF), pulse dialing
Weight, approx.
Reports
D channel protocols
B channel protocols
Other features
100 mA
200 mA; incl. TS module GSM
4.3 A
Activation time, max.
3.1 ms
Power loss
TS module ISDN
Input current
30 x 100 x 75
92 g
Power loss, typ.
2.4 W
Interfaces
Industrial Ethernet
DSS1 (Euro-ISDN), 1TR6

V.110 (9 600 bit/s, 19 200 bit/s,
38 400 bit/s)
V.120 (64 Kbit/s)
X.75 (64 Kbit/s)
Multiple subscriber number (MSN)
AT command interpreter
TS module RS232
3x Ethernet (RJ45), 100 Mbit
status information
Diagnostics display LED
RUN LED, ERROR LED, MAINT LED,

LINK LED, ONLINE LED, VPN LED,
RX/TX LED
Insulation
Insulation tested at
30 x 100 x 75
Dimensions
Weight, approx.
100 g
WxHxD
Operating mode
Full duplex, asynchronous
Weight
Signals
TXD, RXD, DSR, CTS, RTS, DTR,

DCD
Weight, approx.
Data transmission rate
2 400 ... 115 200 bit/s
Message frame
8 data bits (LSB first), no parity bit,

1 stop bit
Rule
according to RS232 standard
Connector
D-sub 9-pin, male (PC COMx)
55 x 117 x 75 mm
225 g
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/113
Siemens AG 2014

SIMATIC Teleservice
TeleService
Ordering data
Article No.
TeleService, Version 6.1
TS Adapter IE Basic
Task:
Remote maintenance by means of
wired or radio network
Target system:
SIMATIC S7-200, SIMATIC S7-300,
SIMATIC S7-400, SIMATIC C7
Requirement:
TS Adapter (STEP 7 not required)
Delivery package:
on CD, German, English, French,
Spanish, Italian; with electronic
documentation
Basic unit
Floating License
6ES7842-0CE00-0YE0
Floating License Upgrade

(from each previous version)
6ES7842-0CE00-0YE4

(requires current software version) 1)
6ES7842-0CA01-0YX2
TS Adapter II modem
6ES7972-0CB35-0XA0
TS Adapter II ISDN
6ES7972-0CC35-0XA0
6ES7972-0EM00-0XA0
with Ethernet connection RJ45

(10/100 Mbit/s) and RS 232;
9-pin, male
TS Adapter IE ISDN
6ES7972-0ED00-0XA0
with Ethernet connection RJ45

(10/100 Mbit/s) and RS 232;
9-pin, male
USB cable
6ES7901-0AE00-0XA0
For more information on the software update service, see Catalog ST 70.
7/114
Siemens IK PI 2015
6ES7972-0MM00-0XA0
TS module ISDN
6ES7972-0MD00-0XA0
TS module RS 232
6ES7972-0MS00-0XA0
TS module GSM
6GK7972-0MG00-0XA0
6ES7972-0EA00-0XA0
S7 mounting rail adapter
6ES7972-0SE00-7AA0
for mounting the

TS Adapter IE Basic on S7-300
mounting rail, width 60 mm
6ES7998-8XC01-8YE0

SIMATIC C7,
SIMATIC HMI,
SIMATIC Sensors,
SIMATIC NET,
SIMATIC PCS 7,
SIMATIC PG/PC,
SIMATIC S7,
SIMATIC Software,
SIMATIC TDC
for parameterizing the TS Adapter II,

it can also be used for programming
the connected devices.
5 m long
1)
TS module modem
with MPI connection and RS 232;

9-pin, male
TS Adapter IE modem
6ES7972-0EB00-0XA0
for accessing automation

components via the Internet
(GSM, DLS, WAN)
with MPI connection and RS 232;

9-pin, male
Article No.

6ES7998-8XC01-8YE2
Siemens AG 2014

IPC Remote Manager
Overview
Remote diagnostics and access without on-site support
Troubleshooting
No operating system required
BIOS and program updates
Remote filling (supports ISO image > 2 GB)
Configurable time-out
Control
Production
Administrator
Without AMT
Central service
Resource management
Easy access on SIMATIC IPC

No additional hardware (e.g. KVM switch)
Over secure connections
Saves electricity cost

Efficient use of production time
G_ST80_XX_00443
With AMT
AMT clients
Efficient remote maintenance and management of

SIMATIC IPCs.
With the SIMATIC IPC Remote Manager you can use functions
of the Intel active management technology (Intel AMT) for
SIMATIC IPCs. Intel AMT is used for remote management of PCs.
Intel AMT offers a range of functions, such as:
Remote reboot
IDE redirection
Keyboard video mouse redirection
Power on / off / reset, and
An integrated Web server.
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/115
Siemens AG 2014

IPC Remote Manager
Disk Redirection (IDE-R)
Benefits
Central service
Simple remote access to AMT clients
Without additional hardware
Via secure connections
Remote diagnostics and access without on-site presence
Troubleshooting
BIOS and program updates
Remote reboot
This can be used to reboot the PC by remote access from the
hard disk, CD or a network drive, e.g. following a program
update.
Web server
In addition, the Web server integrated in the AMT computer
can be accessed using a Web browser (e.g. Internet Explorer).
Here you can scan hardware and system information, and
actions such as power on / off / reset can be performed.
Resource management
Saving of electricity costs
Efficient use of production time
System requirements
Function
SIMATIC IPC Remote Management
Keyboard Video Mouse Redirection (KVM)
This can be used to divert the keyboard video mouse signal of a
remote computer to or from an IT computer via a remote connection so that an administrator can access and operate the computer without additional hardware.
Remote Power Control
This allows SIMATIC IPCs with Intel AMT functions to be
switched off and on via remote access, e.g. for maintenance
purposes. If the operating system of the AMT computer is no
longer operable, you can thus still perform a reset or restart.
With this function, even the electricity costs of a company can be
reduced e.g. by specifically shutting down computers left
running by employees at night or at the weekend
The AMT client can read data from an ISO image existing on the
admin computer and start programs, e.g. to carry out BIOS and
software updates.
Hardware requirements for SIMATIC IPC Remote Manager:

All SIMATIC PCs of the "B" generation
All SIMATIC IPCs of the "C" generation
SIMATIC Field PG M2 / M3 / M4
Operating system requirements for SIMATIC IPC Remote
Manager:
Microsoft Windows XP Professional SP3
Microsoft Windows Vista Ultimate SP2
Microsoft Windows Embedded Standard 2009
Microsoft Windows Embedded Standard 2007
Microsoft Windows 7 Ultimate
Microsoft Windows 2003 R2 Server Edition
Microsoft Windows 2008 Server Edition
Operating instructions / restrictions:

SIMATIC
Device
AMT client
Admin computer
Rack PC
IPC647C
IPC847C
Processors: Intel Core i5 or

Core i7BIOS version: V15.01.05
and later
With any operating system and

Web browser
IPC547C
No
IPC627C
Processors:
and later
Box PC
IPC827C
HMI IPC677C
Processors:
and later
HMI IPC577C
No
HMI IPC477C
No
Microbox PC
IPC427C
No
Field PG
Field PG M2/M3
No
Panel PC
The SIMATIC IPC Remote Manager is offered exclusively with

English menus.
Ordering data
V1.2
Software tool for remote
maintenance and management
of SIMATIC IPC,
incl. manual on CD-ROM
(English, German), single license
7/116
Siemens IK PI 2015
Article No.
6ES7648-6EA01-2YA0
With Windows operating systems and

AMT functions are only integrated in the Intel Core i5 and Core
i7 processors of the SIMATIC IPC847C, IPC627C, IPC647C,
IPC827C and HMI IPC677C devices. With a Core i3 CPU,
iAMT is not possible. A Field PG does not have integral AMT
functionality either.
Siemens AG 2014

Remote Networks
Introduction
Overview
Connected in many ways via remote networks
Remote networks are public or private communication infrastructures for covering wide areas or long distances, for example mobile radio or fixed telephone networks. The extensive
Siemens remote networks portfolio offers connection to both
conventional and IP-based infrastructures.

Telecontrol
Teleservice
connections
- Low bandwidth
requirements
- Optimized data throughput
- Sporadic connection
- Medium bandwidth
requirements
Further applications for

remote communication
e.g. video transmission, smart grid
applications, condition monitoring
Integration in Industrial Security Concept

Flexibility
Bandwidth
G_IK10_XX_30299
Remote Networks
Remote communication via private and public heterogeneous networks
Availability
Remote communication via private and public networks continually results in new opportunities in the public and industrial
communication environment due to increasing bandwidths,
higher availability and decreasing costs.
connections
- Low to high bandwidth
requirements
- Stationary or mobile
applications
The new product spectrum of SCALANCE M provides the right

network component for every application. SCALANCE M can be
used universally in the fields of telecontrol, teleservice and any
other application for industrial remote communication. The connection to remote networks is made via public communications
infrastructures such as DSL and mobile radio. The components
are optimized for industrial use and integrated into the TIA environment. Thanks to the integrated encryption and access protection mechanisms, the devices make a crucial contribution to
security in data communication. Groundbreaking security concepts (firewall, VPN) for the use of public and, in some cases,
open infrastructures, such as the internet, protect the communication systems against unauthorized access from outside.
In order to achieve a high level of process availability, the transmission networks can be redundantly structured.
Even for private leased lines or dialup networks, Siemens offers
the right solution!
In order to achieve extensive networks, the connection via
remote networks can be supplemented with further network
components from the SIMATIC NET product portfolio for
example, with the fiber optic cable versions of the SCALANCE X
industrial Ethernet switches or the SCALANCE W industrial wireless LAN components.
Security is the most important thing when constructing remote
networks. Together with Security Integrated components, such
as SCALANCE S, the remote access to IP-based networks
can be protected with firewalls and VPN tunnels and saved from
any risks.
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/117
Siemens AG 2014

Remote Networks
SCALANCE M874 mobile wireless router
Overview
Benefits
The SCALANCE M874-3 is a mobile wireless router for costeffectively and securely connecting Ethernet-based subnets
and programmable controllers via the 3rd generation mobile
wireless network (UMTS) and it supports HSPA+ (High Speed
Packet Access). Thus, it allows high transfer rates of up to
14.4 Mbit/s in the downlink and up to 5.76 Mbit/s in the uplink
(depending on the infrastructure of the mobile wireless
provider).
and programmable controllers via the 2nd generation mobile
wireless network (GSM) and it supports GPRS (General Packet
Radio Service) and EDGE (Enhanced Data Rates for GSM
Evolution).
The security of access and communication is ensured by the

security functions of the integrated firewall and by VPN tunnels
(end-to-end connection encryption through IPsec tunneling).
Product versions
SCALANCE M874-3:
Penta-band UMTS with the frequency bands
800/850/1 700/1 900/2 100 MHz
Quad-band GSM with the frequency bands
850/900/1 800/1 900 MHz
Without UMTS network, automatic switchover to
2nd generation mobile radio data services, eGPRS or
GPRS mode
Support for UMTS with HSPA+
(downlink: 14.4 Mbit/s, uplink: 5.76 Mbit/s)
SCALANCE M874-2:
850/900/1 800/1 900 MHz
7/118
Siemens IK PI 2015
High security standards by means of a firewall (stateful packet

inspection) and VPN connections (IP-Sec) as an integral
component of the Industrial Security concept
Low investment and operating costs for operator control and
monitoring of remotely connected substations
Reduction in traveling costs and personnel costs due to
remote programming and diagnostics via mobile wireless
networks
Improved manageability thanks to mechanical integration due
to the design (module format) with S7-1500 / ET200MP
Wide application area thanks to large bandwidth, high performance and speed
Application-dependent use of mobile wireless services
(2nd and 3rd generation)
Worldwide application
Application
The SCALANCE M874 can be used in industrial and semiindustrial applications:
Worldwide remote programming and servicing, e.g. using
STEP 7 via mobile wireless
Worldwide flexible plant access for servicing and diagnostics
purposes
Connection of static and mobile stations for controlling and
monitoring such things as:
- Water/wastewater treatment plants
- Pumping stations
- Transportation systems
Worldwide condition monitoring, e.g. for
Can be used worldwide due to:
- UMTS: Penta-band technology
- GSM: Quad-band technology
Note:
Country-specific approvals must be observed.
Due to the integral security functions, the SCALANCE M874
mobile wireless router enables protected connection of
distributed automation cells to a control center via the mobile
wireless network, and it can be used within the scope of the
Siemens Remote Service. This comprehensive service allows
companies to task Siemens with the monitoring, control and
maintenance of distant plants and machines via remote access.
Siemens AG 2014

Remote Networks
Design
The rugged plastic enclosure supports the following mounting
methods:
- S7-1500 mounting rail
Wall mounting
2 x RJ45 interface with 10/100 Mbit/s for Industrial Ethernet
Diagnostics LEDs for modem status, field strength,
connection control, and DI/DO channels
SET button
5-pin screw terminal for redundant connection to the 24 V DC
power supply
2-pin screw terminal for a digital input
2-pin screw terminal for a digital output
1 x SMA antenna connection for an UMTS/GSM antenna
Function
Automatic setup and holding of IP-based online connection to
the Internet
Merging of distributed, IP-based networks via mobile radio
networks
Bi-directional IP-based data communication with a telecontrol
center, e.g. ST7cc or ST7sc, WinCC or PCS 7
Integrated security functions with firewall (stateful inspection)
Integrated IPsec VPN tunnel encryption
Data exchange between telecontrol stations (slave-slave
communication) via a TIM communication module in the
service center
Secure data communication with the SINAUT ST7 stations,
also over mobile radio provider networks which do not provide
public and fixed IP addresses for the modem
Automatic and user-defined sending of text messages
Configuration data can be saved by means of the C-PLUG
storage medium (not included in the scope of delivery)
Configuration
User-friendly configuration of all network and firewall parameters of the router using the Web browser
- CLI (Command Line Interface) available soon
- Integration in TIA Portal available soon
Security
Router for data transmission via public networks with NAT
functionality (NAT Traversal, NAPT, 1:1-NAT)
Standardized VPN termination of the control center via
SCALANCE S
- By means of IPsec protocol
- OpenVPN available soon
Firewall for protection against unauthorized access; the
dynamic packet filter checks data packets based on the
source and target address (stateful inspection)
Connection buildup status and status of an existing
connection via front LED display
Preconditions for using the SCALANCE M874
mobile radio router
SIM card from a mobile network operator with UMTS support
or alternatively, a SIM card from a mobile wireless operator
with GSM support
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/119
Siemens AG 2014

Remote Networks
Integration
Application example:
SCALANCE M874 for remote maintenance with VPN tunnel
Classical applications such as remote programming, parameterization and diagnosis, but also monitoring of machines and
plants installed worldwide can be performed securely via a VPN
from a service center that is connected over the Internet. Access
to any IP-based devices, especially IP-based programmable
SCALANCE
M812-1
SCALANCE
S612
controllers, which are downstream of the SCALANCE M874 in

the local network.
Multimedia applications like video streaming can be implemented thanks to the increased bandwidth in the uplink.
VPN tunnel 2
S7-300 with
CPU 315-2 DP
and CP 343-1
Lean
VPN
tunnel 1
Service Center
SCALANCE
M874-2
PROFIBUS
Internet
Remote Station 2
IP camera
S7-1500 with
CP 1543-1
Service PC with
Software SOFTNET
Security Client
SCALANCE
M874-3
Remote Station 1
Industrial Ethernet
Typical remote access scenario via a secure UMTS-based Internet connection
7/120
Siemens IK PI 2015
Industrial Ethernet
Smartphone or
tablet
G_IK10_XX_30188
Mobile radio
Siemens AG 2014

Remote Networks
Application example: SINAUT ST7 with SCALANCE M874
The diagram below shows an S7-300 station with TIM 3V-IE
and SCALANCE M874-2 connected to the control center
(SINAUT ST7cc or ST7sc) via UMTS and Internet. Behind the
SCALANCE S module, a TIM 4R-IE is installed. For the control
center, this module performs the SINAUT communication with
the stations connected via the Internet as well as with the
stations that are connected to the TIM 4R-IE via two other networks. Cross traffic between individual stations in the various
networks is routed via the TIM 4R-IE.
It is possible to forward fault messages from the plant to service
personnel by text message, fax or e-mail.
Visualization via
WinCC
with ST7cc
OPC client
with ST7sc
SINAUT
ST7cc/sc
SMS/
Phone
E-mail
Control center
Fax
TIM
4R-IE
Industrial
Ethernet
Internet
SCALANCE
S612/613
SCALANCE
M812-1
VPN tunnel
SCALANCE
M874-2
SCALANCE
M816-1
Mobile radio
S7-300
TIM 3V-IE
Station
TIM 3V-IE
G_IK10_XX_30276
Station
S7-300
Secure telecontrol with SINAUT ST7 over IP-based networks
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/121
Siemens AG 2014

Remote Networks
Plant Security
Secure VPN communication with SIMATIC NET components
Physical protection
Security management
DMZ
Office Network
Domain
Controller
PC with
CP 1628
Server
Server
GPRS/
UMTS
SCALANCE
M874-3
Network Security
SIMATIC
S7-1200 with
CP 1243-1
Internet
Router
SCALANCE
S623
Central
Archiving
Server
WEB
Server
Internet
SSC
SIMATIC Field PG
with SOFTNET
Security Client
SCALANCE
M812-1
SCALANCE
S627-2M
SCALANCE
S627-2M
SCALANCE
S623
pGl
Industrial Ethernet
(Fiber optic)
SCALANCE
X308-2M
MRP ring
System Integrity
SCALANCE
X204-2
Ring redundancy
manager
SCALANCE
X308-2M
SCALANCE
X204-2
Production 1
Production 2
Production 3
SIMATIC
S7-400 with
CP 443-1
Advanced
SIMATIC
S7-1200 with
CP 1243-1
SIMATIC
S7-300 with
CP 343-1
Advanced
PROFINET
PROFINET
Production n
Sync connection
PROFINET
SIMATIC
TP700
vzGwith
jwGX]Y_
{
SIMATIC
ET
200SP
ET 200
SIMATIC
TP1200
Comfort
lzGwith
jwGX]Y_
{
SINAMICS SIMATIC
G120 TP700
Factory Automation
Secure VPN communication using Security Integrated components
7/122
SIMATIC
S7-1200
Siemens IK PI 2015
SIMATIC
TP700
SIMOTION D4x5 with

SINAMICS S120 (Booksize)
G_IK10_XX_10370
SIMATIC S7-400
with CP 443-1
Advanced
Siemens AG 2014

Remote Networks
Article No.
6GK5874-2AA00-2AA2
6GK5874-3AA00-2AA2
SCALANCE M874-2 2.5G
SCALANCE M874-3 3G
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
-
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
-
85.6 kbit/s
85.6 kbit/s
85.6 kbit/s
85.6 kbit/s
236.8 kbit/s
236.8 kbit/s
236.8 kbit/s
236.8 kbit/s
14.4 Mbit/s
5.76 Mbit/s

for power supply
2
1
2
2
1
2

for power supply
RJ45 port (10/100 Mbit/s, TP, autocrossover)

Terminal strip

Terminal strip

for digital output signals
1
1
1
1

Terminal block
Terminal block
Terminal block
Terminal block
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

is supported UMTS
No
Yes
Type of mobile service

is supported HSPA+
Yes
Operating frequency
850 MHz
900 MHz
1800 MHz
1900 MHz
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Operating frequency
for UMTS transmission
800 MHz
850 MHz
900 MHz
1700 MHz
1900 MHz
2100 MHz
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
DC
DC
Supply voltage
24 V
24 V
Supply voltage
minimum
maximum
10.8 V
28.8 V
10.8 V
28.8 V
Transfer rate
with eGPRS transmission
with UMTS transmission
Interfaces
WAN connection
is supported GSM
is supported
GPRS
eGPRS
Supply voltage,
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/123
Siemens AG 2014

Remote Networks

Article No.
6GK5874-2AA00-2AA2
6GK5874-3AA00-2AA2
SCALANCE M874-3 3G
-20 +60 C
-40 +85 C
-20 +60 C
-40 +85 C

operating maximum
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
Design
compact
compact
Depth
Height
Width
127 mm
147 mm
35 mm
127 mm
147 mm
35 mm
Mounting type
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Web-based management
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage

components general
Product function
DynDNS client
no-ip.com client
configuration

Product function
Statistics Packet Size
Error statistics
SysLog
Packet Filter Log
Product function
DHCP client
DHCP server - internal network
Router function
NAT (IP masquerading)
Port Forwarding
NAT traversal
1:1 NAT
DNS cache
7/124
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Remote Networks

Article No.
6GK5874-2AA00-2AA2
6GK5874-3AA00-2AA2
SCALANCE M874-3 3G
Stateful inspection
Stateful inspection
Product function
Password protection
packet filter
broadcast blocking
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No

Yes
Yes
Product function
with VPN connection

for VPN connection
20
20
Yes
Yes
Protocol is supported IPsec tunnel

and transport mode
Yes
Yes
56 bit
56 bit
128 bit
128 bit
192 bit
192 bit
256 bit
256 bit
Type of Internet key exchange

main mode
Yes
Yes
Key length with IPsec 3DES

168 bit
168 bit

quick mode
Yes
Yes
Type of packet authentication

MD5, SHA-1
MD5, SHA-1
IETF profile with Virtual Private

Network X.509v3 certificate
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
Key length
with IPsec DES
1 with IPsec AES
2 with IPsec AES
3 with IPsec AES

NTP
SNTP
approvals
CE mark
with EN 50155
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/125
Siemens AG 2014

Remote Networks
Ordering data
Article No.

Mobile wireless router
for wireless IP communication from
Industrial Ethernet-based subnets
and programmable controllers
via UMTS or GSM mobile networks;
with integrated firewall and VPN
with IPsec;
2 x RJ45 ports,
SCALANCE M874-3 1)
SCALANCE M874-2 1)
6GK5874-3AA00-2AA2
6GK5874-2AA00-2AA2
Accessories
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
RJ45 plug connector

interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
ANT794-4MR antenna
6NH9860-1AA00
LTE (4G) networks;
outdoor use;
to antenna;
SMA connector;
screws, wall plugs
C-PLUG
6GK1900-0AB00

event of a fault;
application data;
TP cable 4 x 2
0.5 m
1m
2m
6m
10 m
1)
6XV1870-3QE50
6XV1870-3QH10
6XV1870-3QH20
6XV1870-3QH60
6XV1870-3QN10

Note:
Order data for further security products with firewall and VPN
functionality can be found under Industrial Security
7/126
Siemens IK PI 2015
More information
on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity
Siemens AG 2014

Remote Networks
Overview
Router for wireless IP communication between Industrial

Ethernet-based programmable controllers via mobile radio
networks of the 3rd generation (UMTS) and the 2nd generation (GSM)
High data transfer rate thanks to HSDPA
Integrated security functions with firewall
Use as VPN end point (IPsec)
Benefits

monitoring of wirelessly connected telecontrol substations
Reduced travel costs and telephone charges thanks to remote
programming and remote diagnosis via UMTS
High level of security thanks to an integrated firewall and VPN
with IPsec
Utilization of existing UMTS/GSM infrastructure of the mobile
radio providers
Application
Can be used in industrial and semi-industrial applications due
to its design and electrical properties
Remote programming and maintenance worldwide, e.g. with
STEP 7 via the high-speed UMTS interface
Linking of mobile stations, with central monitoring and control
Energy-saving concepts in distributed systems, e.g. through
status-dependent speed control of pumps in remote stations
Control and monitoring of
- Sewage treatment plants, water treatment
- Pumping stations
- Buildings
Connection of telecontrol substations (e.g. SINAUT ST7) to
control center via UMTS
Video transmission e.g. from moving vehicles such as buses
and trains
Can be used worldwide due to:
- UMTS: Penta-band technology
- GSM: Quad-band technology
Note:
Country-specific approvals must be observed.
Due to the integral security functions, the SCALANCE M875
UMTS router enables protected connection of distributed
automation cells to a control center via the mobile wireless
network, and it can be used within the scope of the Siemens
Remote Service. This comprehensive service allows companies
to task Siemens with the monitoring, control and maintenance of
distant plants and machines via remote access.
Design
Rugged plastic enclosure for standard rail mounting
Diagnostic LEDs for modem status, field strength, connection
control, and DI/DO channels
SET service button
4-pin screw terminal for connection to the 24 V DC power
supply
4-pin screw terminal for one digital input and one digital output
2 x SMA antenna connection for up to two UMTS/GSM
antennas for improved reception bandwidth on mobile objects
thanks to antenna diversity
Type approval as vehicle component in accordance with
Directive 72/245/EEC in Version 2009/19/EC
Type approval for use on rolling stock in accordance with
EN 50155
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/127
Siemens AG 2014

Remote Networks
Function
Pentaband UMTS with the frequency bands
800/850/1 700/1 900/2 100 MHz
850/900/1 800/1 900 MHz
Support for UMTS with HSDPA+
(downlink: 14.4 Mbit/s, uplink: 5.76 Mbit/s)
Without UMTS network, automatic switchover to 2nd generation mobile radio data services, eGPRS or GPRS mode
Automatic setup and holding of IP-based online connection
to the Internet
Merging of distributed, IP-based networks via UMTS/GSM
mobile radio networks
Bi-directional IP-based data communication with the
telecontrol center, e.g. ST7cc or ST7sc, WinCC or PCS 7
service center
Secure data communication with the SINAUT ST7 stations,
also over mobile radio provider networks which do not provide
public and fixed IP addresses for the modem
Automatic and user-defined sending of text messages
7/128
Siemens IK PI 2015
Configuration
User-friendly configuration of all network and firewall parameters of the router using the web browser
Security
Suitable VPN termination of the control center via
SCALANCE S
source and target address (stateful inspection) and blocks
undesirable data traffic (anti-spoofing)
Status of connection buildup and of an existing connection via
front LED display and web browser
Preconditions for using the SCALANCE M875 UMTS router
SIM card from a UMTS network operator with HSDPA support,
or alternatively a SIM card from a GSM network operator with
eGPRS or GPRS support
Siemens AG 2014

Remote Networks
Integration
Application example: SCALANCE M875
for remote maintenance with VPN tunnel
Application example, broadband data transmission

in vehicles with SCALANCE M875
Classical applications such as remote programming, parameterization and diagnosis, but also monitoring of machines and
plants installed worldwide can be performed securely via a VPN
from a service center that is connected over the Internet. Access
to any IP-based devices, especially IP-based programmable
controllers, which are downstream of the SCALANCE M875 in
the local network.
The UMTS router SCALANCE M875, with its high down-link and
uplink capacity, supports numerous data services with large
bandwidth requirements via mobile wireless to and from
vehicles. To increase the connection quality during motion,
SCALANCE M875 is equipped with antenna diversity. Sensitive
data can be transmitted in a secure VPN tunnel if required.
Multimedia applications like video streaming can be implemented thanks to the increased bandwidth in the uplink.
Video transmission in real time from the passenger cell is used

to increase passenger safety (video surveillance). The video
data from all vehicles is sent to a control center for monitoring
and further processing.
In addition, applications such as data interfacing for ticket
machines, infotainment services and internet on board, or proactive monitoring of vehicle engineering (telemetry) are also
possible.
Central monitoring center

Internet
SCALANCE
S612
SCALANCE
M812-1
Provider APN
UMTS
Control center
IP camera
SCALANCE
X204-2TS
IP
camera
Industrial Ethernet
VPN tunnel
G_IK10_XX_30294
SCALANCE
M875
Broadband video data transmission over UMTS, protected via VPN, to increase passenger safety
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/129
Siemens AG 2014

Remote Networks
Article No.
6GK5875-0AA10-1AA2
6GK5875-0AA10-1CA2
SCALANCE M875 UMTS ROUTER
SCALANCE M875 UMTS-ROUTER (J)
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
9 600 bit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
9 600 bit/s
85.6 kbit/s
42.8 kbit/s
85.6 kbit/s
42.8 kbit/s
236.8 kbit/s
118 kbit/s
236.8 kbit/s
118 kbit/s
14.4 Mbit/s
5.76 Mbit/s
14.4 Mbit/s
5.76 Mbit/s

for power supply
2
2
1
2
2
1

for power supply

Terminal strip

Terminal strip

1
1
1
1

Terminal strip
Terminal strip
Terminal strip
Terminal strip
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
Yes
-
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Transmission rate
Transmission rate
with eGPRS transmission
with UMTS transmission
for EV-DO transmission
- downlink maximum
- uplink maximum
Interfaces
WAN connection
is supported GSM
is supported
GPRS
eGPRS
is supported UMTS
is supported
HSDPA
HSUPA
HSPA+
CDMA
EV-DO
Operating frequency
- 850 MHz
- 900 MHz
- 1800 MHz
- 1900 MHz
for UMTS transmission
- 800 MHz
- 850 MHz
- 900 MHz
- 1700 MHz
- 1900 MHz
- 2100 MHz
7/130
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Remote Networks

Article No.
6GK5875-0AA10-1AA2
6GK5875-0AA10-1CA2
DC
DC
Supply voltage
minimum
maximum
12 V
30 V
12 V
30 V
450 mA
450 mA
Active power loss typical
4W
4W
-40 +75 C
-40 +85 C
-40 +75 C
-40 +85 C

operating maximum
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
Design
compact
compact
Depth
Height
Width
114 mm
99 mm
45 mm
114 mm
99 mm
45 mm
Net weight
280 g
280 g
Mounting type 35 mm
DIN rail mounting
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
Yes
-
Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Supply voltage,

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage

components general
Product function
DynDNS client
no-ip.com client

configuration

Product function
Error statistics
SysLog
Packet Filter Log
Product function
DHCP client
Router function
Port Forwarding
NAT traversal
1:1 NAT
DNS cache
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/131
Siemens AG 2014

Remote Networks

Article No.
6GK5875-0AA10-1AA2
6GK5875-0AA10-1CA2
Stateful inspection
Stateful inspection
Product function
Password protection
packet filter
broadcast blocking
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes

Product function with VPN connection Number of possible connections

for VPN connection
10
Number of network stations for

internal network with VPN connection
maximum
10
-
Yes
Yes

and transport mode
Yes
Yes
56 bit
56 bit
128 bit
128 bit
192 bit
192 bit
256 bit
256 bit

main mode
Yes
Yes

168 bit
168 bit

quick mode
Yes
Yes

MD5, SHA-1
MD5, SHA-1

Yes
Yes
Yes
-
Yes
-
Yes
EN55022 Class A
EN 61000-6-2
EN55022 Class A
EN 61000-6-2
EN 61000-6-2
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
EN 61000-6-2
-
Key length
with IPsec DES
1 with IPsec AES
2 with IPsec AES
3 with IPsec AES

NTP
SNTP
approvals
Standard
for EMC
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone
CE mark
C-Tick
E1 approval
e1 approval
with EN 50155
7/132
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Remote Networks
Ordering data
Article No.

on the Internet at:
SCALANCE M875 mobile radio router

Mobile radio router
for wireless IP communication
from Industrial Ethernet-based
UMTS/GSM mobile radio networks;
EGPRS Multislot Class 12;
with IPsec;
2 x RJ45 ports,
2 x antenna connections
SCALANCE M875 1)
SCALANCE M875 1)
for Japan
More information
6GK5875-0AA10-1AA2
6GK5875-0AA10-1CA2
Accessories
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
RJ45 plug connector
interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
ANT794-4MR antenna
6NH9860-1AA00
LTE (4G) networks;
weather-resistant for indoor
and outdoor use;
to antenna;
SMA connector;
screws, wall plugs
TP cable 4 x 2
0.5 m
1m
2m
6m
10 m
1)
6XV1870-3QE50
6XV1870-3QH10
6XV1870-3QH20
6XV1870-3QH60
6XV1870-3QN10

Note:
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/133
Siemens AG 2014

Remote Networks
SCALANCE M812-1 and SCALANCE M816-1 ADSL routers
Overview
Application
The SCALANCE M812-1 and M816-1 are suitable for industrial
and semi-industrial applications:
Worldwide remote programming and servicing, e.g. using
STEP 7 via mobile wireless
Worldwide flexible plant access for servicing and diagnostics
purposes
Connection of static stations for controlling and monitoring
such things as
- Pumping stations
Worldwide condition monitoring, e.g. for
The SCALANCE M812-1 and M816-1 are DSL routers for lowcost and secure connection of Ethernet-based subnets and
programmable controllers to wired telephone or DSL networks
and support ASDL2+ (Asynchronous Digital Subscriber Line).
This allows the devices to have high downlink data rates of up to
25 Mbit/s and uplink data rates of up to 3.5 Mbit/s.
Product versions
SCALANCE M812-1:
Router functionality can be activated as required (PPPoE pass
through); modem functionality as default value
SCALANCE M816-1:
4 x RJ45 interfaces with 10/100 Mbit/s for Industrial Ethernet
Configuration data can be saved by means of the C-PLUG
storage medium (not included in the scope of delivery)
Benefits
High security standards by means of a firewall (stateful packet

inspection) and VPN connections (IP-Sec) as an integral
Reduction in traveling costs and personnel costs due to
remote programming and diagnostics via wired telephone or
DSL networks
Easy to use with existing infrastructure
to the design (module format) with S7-1500 / ET 200MP
7/134
Siemens IK PI 2015
Note:
Due to the integral security functions, the SCALANCE M812-1
and M816-1 DSL routers enable a protected connection of
distributed automation cells to a control center via wired
telephone or DSL networks and it can be used within the scope
of the Siemens Remote Service. This comprehensive service
allows companies to task Siemens with the monitoring, control
and maintenance of distant plants and machines via remote
access.
Design
Available as Annex A (DSL over POTS) and Annex B (DSL
over ISDN) version
methods:
- DIN rail mounting
- Wall mounting
1 x or 4 x RJ45 interfaces with 10/100 Mbit/s for Industrial
Ethernet
Diagnostic LEDs for modem status, connection control, and
DI/DO channels
SET button
5-pin screw terminal for redundant connection to the 24 V DC
power supply
2-pin screw terminal for a digital input
2-pin screw terminal for a digital output
1 x RJ45 connection for ADSL2+
Siemens AG 2014

Remote Networks
Function
Automatic setup and holding of IP-based online connection
to the Internet
Merging of distributed, IP-based networks via wired telephone
or DSL networks
service center
Secure data communication with the SINAUT ST7 stations
Configuration
Security
VPN termination
Firewall for protection against unauthorized access;
the dynamic packet filter checks data packets based on the
source and target address (Stateful Inspection)
Preconditions for using the SCALANCE M812-1
and 816-1 DSL routers
Contract with a DSL provider with ADSL/ADSL2/ADSL2+
support
Clarification in advance with the DSL provider about Annex A
and Annex B support is required
Integration
SCALANCE
S612
SCALANCE
M812-1
SCALANCE
M812-1
Service Center
S7-300 with
CPU 315-2 DP
and CP 343-1
Lean
Dedicated line
Internet
VPN tunnel
PROFIBUS
IP camera
HMI
PROFINET /
Industrial Ethernet
Remote Station 2
Mobile radio
SCALANCE
M816-1
PROFINET /
Industrial Ethernet
S7-1500 with
CP 1543-1
Service PC
G_IK10_XX_30193
SOFTNET
Security
Client
UMTS
cell phone
Remote Station 1
Application example: SCALANCE M812-1 and M816-1 for remote maintenance with VPN tunnel
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/135
Siemens AG 2014

Remote Networks
Article No.
6GK5812-1AA00-2AA2
6GK5812-1BA00-2AA2
6GK5816-1AA00-2AA2
6GK5816-1BA00-2AA2
SCALANCE M812-1
ADLSL2+ (Annex A)
SCALANCE M812-1
ADLSL2+ (Annex B)
SCALANCE M816-1
ADLSL2+ (Annex A)
SCALANCE M816-1
ADLSL2+ (Annex B)
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
25 Mbit/s
1.4 Mbit/s
-
25 Mbit/s
1.4 Mbit/s
-
25 Mbit/s
1.4 Mbit/s
-
25 Mbit/s
1.4 Mbit/s
-
1
1
1
1
4
1
4
1
Transmission rate
Transmission rate
for ADSL2+ transmission
- downlink maximum
- uplink maximum
for SHSDL transmission maximum
Interfaces
RJ45 port (10/100 Mbit/s, TP, RJ45 port (10/100 Mbit/s, TP, RJ45 port (10/100 Mbit/s, TP, RJ45 port (10/100 Mbit/s, TP,
autocrossover)
autocrossover)
autocrossover)
autocrossover)
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Terminal block
Terminal block
Terminal block
Terminal block
Terminal block
Terminal block
Terminal block
Terminal block
Type of WAN connection

is supported
ADSL
ADSL2
ADSL2+
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Operating mode for ADSL2/ADSL2+

is supported
Annex A
Annex I
Annex L
Annex B
Annex J
Annex M
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
WAN connection
Type of WAN connection is supported SHSDL

Supply voltage,
DC
DC
DC
DC
Supply voltage
24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V
Supply voltage
minimum
maximum
10.8 V
28.8 V
10.8 V
28.8 V
10.8 V
28.8 V
10.8 V
28.8 V
8W
8W
8W
8W
7/136
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Remote Networks

Article No.
6GK5812-1AA00-2AA2
6GK5812-1BA00-2AA2
6GK5816-1AA00-2AA2
6GK5816-1BA00-2AA2
SCALANCE M812-1
ADLSL2+ (Annex A)
SCALANCE M812-1
ADLSL2+ (Annex B)
SCALANCE M816-1
ADLSL2+ (Annex A)
SCALANCE M816-1
ADLSL2+ (Annex B)
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
0 60 C
-40 +70 C
0 60 C
-40 +70 C

operating maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Design
compact
compact
compact
compact
Depth
Height
Width
127 mm
147 mm
35 mm
127 mm
147 mm
35 mm
127 mm
147 mm
35 mm
127 mm
147 mm
35 mm

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
Net weight
400 g
400 g
400 g
400 g
Mounting type
wall mounting
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Mounting type
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

components general
Product function
DynDNS client
no-ip.com client
configuration

Product function
Error statistics
SysLog
Packet Filter Log
Product function
DHCP client
Router function
Port Forwarding
NAT traversal
1:1 NAT
DNS cache
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/137
Siemens AG 2014

Remote Networks

Article No.
6GK5812-1AA00-2AA2
6GK5812-1BA00-2AA2
6GK5816-1AA00-2AA2
6GK5816-1BA00-2AA2
SCALANCE M812-1
ADLSL2+ (Annex A)
SCALANCE M812-1
ADLSL2+ (Annex B)
SCALANCE M816-1
ADLSL2+ (Annex A)
SCALANCE M816-1
ADLSL2+ (Annex B)
Stateful inspection
Stateful inspection
Stateful inspection
Stateful inspection
Product function
Password protection
packet filter
broadcast blocking
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
20
20
20

Product function with VPN connection Number of possible connections

for VPN connection
20

maximum
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

and transport mode
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
56 bit
56 bit
56 bit
56 bit
128 bit
128 bit
128 bit
128 bit
192 bit
192 bit
192 bit
192 bit
256 bit
256 bit
256 bit
256 bit

main mode
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

168 bit
168 bit
168 bit
168 bit

quick mode
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

MD5, SHA-1
MD5, SHA-1
MD5, SHA-1
MD5, SHA-1

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
-
Yes
-
Yes
-
Yes
-
Key length
with IPsec DES
1 with IPsec AES
2 with IPsec AES
3 with IPsec AES

NTP
SNTP
Standards, specifications, approvals
Standard
for EMC
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone
CE mark
C-Tick
E1 approval
e1 approval
with EN 50155
7/138
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Remote Networks
Ordering data
Article No.

on the Internet at:
SCALANCE M81x-1 DSL router

DSL router for wired IP
communication from Industrial
Ethernet-based subnets and
telephone or DSL networks;
with integrated firewall and
VPN with IPsec;
1 x or 4 x RJ45 ports for
Industrial Ethernet,
1 x RJ45 port for DSL
SCALANCE M812-1 (Annex A)
SCALANCE M812-1 (Annex B)
More information
6GK5812-1AA00-2AA2
6GK5812-1BA00-2AA2
6GK5816-1AA00-2AA2
6GK5816-1BA00-2AA2
Accessories
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
C-PLUG
6GK1900-0AB00

event of a fault;
TP cable 4 x 2
0.5 m
1m
2m
6m
10 m
6XV1870-3QE50
6XV1870-3QH10
6XV1870-3QH20
6XV1870-3QH60
6XV1870-3QN10
Note:
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/139
Siemens AG 2014

Remote Networks
Overview
Application
The SCALANCE M826-2 can be used in industrial and semiindustrial applications:
Remote programming and servicing, e.g. using STEP 7 via
two-wire lines
Connection of static stations for controlling and monitoring
such things as
- Pumping stations
Design
The SCALANCE M826-2 is an SHDSL modem for low-cost,

secure connection of Ethernet-based subnets and programmable controllers via existing two-wire or stranded cables and
supports the ITU-T standard G.991.2 as well as SHDSL.biz
(single-pair high-speed digital subscriber line). This gives the
device high symmetrical data rates of up to 15.3 Mbit/s per
wire pair.
Benefits

methods:
DIN rail mounting
- Wall mounting
4 x RJ45 interfaces with 10/100 Mbit/s for Industrial Ethernet
Diagnostic LEDs for modem status, connection control, and
DI/DO channels
SET button
5-pole screw terminal for redundant connection to the
2-pole screw terminal for a digital input
2-pole screw terminal for a digital output
2 x 2-pole screw terminal for connecting to one twin wire each
for SHDSL communication
Function
7
High security standards by means of a firewall (Stateful Packet
Inspection) and VPN connections (IP-Sec) as an integral
Protection of investments: Continued use of existing cable
infrastructure for Ethernet transfer up to a distance of at least
10 km
Simple and low-cost migration from classical remote communication to IP-based remote communication
Alternative use instead of optical communication for Ethernet
transfer over long distances using two-wire lines
to the design (module format) with S7-1500 / ET200MP
7/140
Siemens IK PI 2015
Automatic setup and maintaining of IP-based connection via

two-wire lines
Merging of distributed, IP-based networks via two or multi-wire
line infrastructure
Integrated security functions with firewall (Stateful Inspection)
service center
Secure data communication with the SINAUT ST7 stations
Siemens AG 2014

Remote Networks
Integration
Data rates depending on the distance

The resulting data rate depends on the following parameters
- The length of a two-wire line
- The cross-section of the two-wire line used
- Age and quality of the two-wire line used
Distance
[km]
Bandwidth [Mbit/s]
(copper core pair
with a diameter of 0.6 mm2)
Bandwidth [Mbit/s]
(copper core pair
with a diameter of 1.4 mm2)
0.2
13.3
14.0
0.5
11.8
13.2
9.24
11.6
2.5
4.47
7.92
1.33
4.18
7.5
0.40
2.21
10
0.124
1.20
Supported topologies
Aggregation of two twin wires as a virtual connection with
double data rate
Setup of line topologies
Controller SIMATIC S7-400

SINAUT ST7cc
and WinCC
Switch
SCALANCE X208
TIM 4R-IE
TIM 4R-IE
SCALANCE
M816-1
(ADSL+)
Control
center
SCALANCE
M826-2
(SHDSL)
Mobile network
Internet
Configuration
SIMATIC S7-300
with TIM3V-IE
SIMATIC S7-300
with TIM3V-IE
SCALANCE
SITRANS F
M874-2
Flow measurement
(EDGE)
Substation with DSL and mobile
network connection
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE
SITRANS F
M826-2
Flow measurement
(SHDSL)
Substation with dedicated line
VPN tunnel
2-wire cable
G_IK10_XX_30346
Security
Router for data transmission via private two-wire line infrastructures with NAT functionality (NAT Traversal, NAPT,
1:1-NAT)
Standardized VPN termination of the control center
source and target address (Stateful Inspection)
Connecting telecontrol substations to the telecontrol center using

SCALANCE M routers
Application example for SCALANCE M826-2

The application examples given here show a typical telecontrol
application with Telecontrol Professional, consisting of a telecontrol center with ST7cc/ST7sc. The following example shows
a TIM 4R-IE that is connected via one of its two Ethernet interfaces with the control center PC (e.g. ST7cc). SINAUT stations
are connected over the second Ethernet port using the
SCALANCE M826-2 over SHDSL two-wire lines.
It is possible to operate up to 30 SINAUT dedicated line modems
on this port. If the stations in this network have to be provided
with the date and time, the control center PC assumes the
function of the clock-time master. Via the Ethernet connection,
the TIM 4R-IE is regularly synchronized by the PC and it then
takes over the synchronization of the connected stations.
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/141
Siemens AG 2014

Remote Networks
Article No.
6GK5826-2AB00-2AB2
Article No.
6GK5826-2AB00-2AB2
SCALANCE M826-2 SHDSL
Transmission rate
Transfer rate
Transmission rate for SHSDL

Design
compact
Depth
Height
Width
127 mm
147 mm
35 mm
Net weight
4
2
Mounting type
wall mounting
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
RJ45 port (10/100 Mbit/s, TP,

autocrossover)
Terminal strip
10 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
15.3 Mbit/s
Interfaces
1
1

Terminal block
Terminal block
WAN connection
Type of WAN connection is supported Yes
SHSDL
Yes
Yes

configuration
Product function
CLI
MIB support
TRAPs via email
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
DC
Telnet
HTTP
HTTPS
Supply voltage
24 V
Supply voltage,
Product function
DynDNS client
no-ip.com client
Supply voltage
minimum
maximum
10.8 V
28.8 V
8W
Product function
Error statistics
SysLog
Packet Filter Log

operating maximum
95 %
Protection class IP
IP 20
Product function
DHCP client
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Router function
Port Forwarding
NAT traversal
1:1 NAT
DNS cache
7/142
Siemens IK PI 2015
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Siemens AG 2014

Remote Networks
Ordering data
Article No.
6GK5826-2AB00-2AB2
SCALANCE M826-2 DSL router
DSL router for wired IP communication from Industrial Ethernet-based

subnets and programmable
controllers via telephone or
DSL networks;
VPN with IPsec;
1 x or 4 x RJ45 ports for
Industrial Ethernet;

Stateful inspection
Product function
Password protection
packet filter
broadcast blocking
Yes
Yes
No
No

Yes
Product function with VPN connection Yes

for VPN connection
20

maximum
Yes

and transport mode
Yes
Key length
with IPsec DES
1 with IPsec AES
2 with IPsec AES
3 with IPsec AES
56 bit
128 bit
192 bit
256 bit

main mode
Yes

168 bit

quick mode
Yes

MD5, SHA-1

Yes
Article No.
6GK5826-2AB00-2AB2
Accessories
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
for connecting Industrial Ethernet FC
interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
C-PLUG
6GK1 900-0AB00

TP cable 4 x 2
0.5 m
1m
2m
6m
10 m
6XV1870-3QE50
6XV1870-3QH10
6XV1870-3QH20
6XV1870-3QH60
6XV1870-3QN10
Note:

NTP
SNTP
More information
Yes
Yes
approvals
CE mark
Yes

on the Internet at:
To assist in selecting the right products for Industrial Wireless
Communication, the SIMATIC NET Selection Tool is available at:
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/143
Siemens AG 2014

Remote Networks
Modems for the conventional telephone network
Overview
Benefits
Diverse application options for use in dedicated-line networks

or for conventional telephone networks (analog, ISDN, GSM)
Matched to the telecontrol system by means of the design of
the SIMATIC S7-300
Electrical isolation between power supply and WAN interface
Application
The modems can be used in other applications as dedicatedline modems or dial-up modems independently of the
SINAUT ST7 system.
Due to the design and the electrical properties, the modems are
suited above all for applications in the industrial sector.
SINAUT MD3 modem
Modems are used for wired transmission of signals and data

between individual stations and the control center of a telecontrol system. Siemens offers appropriate modems for both
dedicated lines and dial-up networks.
Like the TIM modules, these are accommodated in an S7-300

enclosure:
MD2;
dedicated-line modem for multi-point connection,
can be tapped,
can also be used as a repeater,
max. 19 200 bps
MD3;
modem for the analog telephone network,
max. 33 600 bps;
can also be used as a dedicated-line modem for a point-topoint connection,
max. 33 600 bps in voice band
These modems can be connected to the serial modem interface
of a TIM module.
The modems are supplied together with the WAN connecting
cable required in each case. Connecting cables for connecting
the modems to a TIM must be ordered separately.
7/144
Siemens IK PI 2015
Design
All three modem types are identically designed and offer all the
advantages of the SIMATIC S7-300 design:
RJ12 socket for connecting the modem to the WAN
(leased line or dialup network)
to the serial interface of a communication module, e.g. TIM
9-pin Sub-D socket with an RS 485 interface for connection to
the serial interface of a communication module, e.g. TIM
Front-panel LEDs indicating TXD, RXD, DTR, RTS/ONL,
CTS/RI and DCD
on a mounting rail of the S7-300, or on a 35 mm standard rail
The SINAUT ST7 modems can be operated without a fan
Siemens AG 2014

Remote Networks
Design (continued)
An MDx modem is connected to a TIM by means of a standard
connecting cable of type 7701. The modem is mounted on a
separate S7-300 mounting rail or on a 35 mm standard mounting
rail (an appropriate adapter is available).
In an S7-400 with TIM 4R-IE the TIM and modem are mounted
together on a separate S7-300 mounting rail. The TIM is
connected to the CPU by means of one of its Ethernet interfaces.
The TIM and MDx modem are connected by means of a
standard connecting cable of type 7701.
S7-400
Cable 7701
Cable 7701
TIM
4R-IE
MDx
WAN
In the following configuration, the modem is accommodated to

the far right in the rack. The TIM is connected to the adjacent
module by means of a bus connector. There is no bus connector
between TIM and modem. This means that no S7 modules may
be used immediately to the right of the modem.
Industrial Ethernet
MDx
WAN 1 WAN 2
G_IK10_XX_30053
TIM
3V-IE
G_IK10_XX_30051
S7-300
The following configuration shows the connection of a pointto-point dedicated line network to a TIM 4R-IE, which is used
as a control center TIM, for example on the control center PC
(e.g. SINAUT ST7cc or ST7sc). Each cable belonging to the
point-to-point network is terminated with a modem in the control
center. All these modems are connected by means of their
RS485 interface to the RS232/RS485 interface of the TIM 4R-IE.
SINAUT ST7cc/sc
Cable 7701
Cable 7701
TIM
4R-IE
MDx
WAN 1 WAN 2
G_IK10_XX_30052
TIM
4R-IE
Industrial Ethernet
MDx
WAN
Star network
Siemens IK PI 2015
G_IK10_XX_30054
S7-300
7/145
Siemens AG 2014

Remote Networks
Overview
Application
The MD2 modem can be used as a dedicated-line modem
independently of the SINAUT ST7 system. Due to its design and
the electrical properties, the MD2 is especially suited for use in
the industrial sector.
Examples of use outside the SINAUT ST7 system:
Extension of Profibus and MPI links;
see FAQ 23671172 (for PB) or 23671640 (for MPI)
As leased line modem for S7-200;
see Micro Automation Set MAS 17
The MD2 enables distances of up to 33 km (at 1 200 bit/s),
27 km (at 2 400 bit/s) and up to 11 km (at 9 600 and 19 200 bit/s)
to be spanned without amplifiers/repeaters (guide values for
uncoiled communication cable of type 2 x 2 x 0.8 J-Y(St)Y).
By interconnecting two MD2 modems to a repeater, the specified
distances can be extended several times.
Frequency-modulated (FSK) dedicated line modem;

Half-duplex data transfer over 2-wire dedicated line,
duplex data transfer over 4-wire dedicated line
Thanks to the modem's relaying ability, lines with several
connected stations can also be implemented. The MD2 can
also be used as repeater on 2-wire and 4-wire dedicated lines.
Private or leased telephone lines can be used as dedicated
lines. The MD2 is also suitable for connection to a radio device
with modem input.
Benefits
RS 232 and RS 485 interface

Isolation between voltage supply and RS 232/RS 485 interface
4 different transmission rates to select
Supports tandem stations
Integrated double transformer for the connection of two 2-wire
lines
Integrated repeater function for multiplication of range
Suitable for connection to a wireless device with modem input
7/146
Siemens IK PI 2015
The MD2 modem permits the construction of network structures

in the "point-to-point", "star" or "linear" configurations, as well
as combinations of these basic structures. If the modem is used
in the control center, a small star network comprising two 2-wire
cables can be connected at the modem output. By connecting
several MD2s (max. 32) by means of their RS 485 interfaces, the
star network can be expanded to a multiple of 2 x 2-wire.
For the arrangement of an MD2 along a line, the modem output
can be switched to high impedance. This reduces the insertion
loss to a minimum and thus only marginally reduces the maximal
bridgeable distance. The very short transmitter make-times
ensure a prompt execution of the data traffic with the "polling"
used in the dedicated line network.
Apart from private dedicated lines, the MD2 can also be connected to Telekom leased lines. Corresponding approval exists.
In the case of exclusively analog leased lines, the transmission
rates 1 200 and 2 400 bit/s are possible, whereas for analog/
digital-converted leased lines the speed is usually limited to
1 200 bit/s for technical reasons.
The MD2 is also ideal for data transmission via a walkie-talkie
with modem input. In order to switch the walkie-talkie on and off
via its PTT input, a floating optical relay is integrated in the MD2
modem that is linked with the RTS signal of the RS 232 interface.
The two connections of the optical relay are available on the
RJ12 socket.
As walkie-talkies usually only transmit voice signals in the 300 to
3 000 Hz frequency range, the transmission rate with the MD2
modem is limited here to 1 200 bit/s. For 2 400 bit/s, the frequency range would have to exceed 3 300 Hz.
Siemens AG 2014

Remote Networks
The MD2 modem offers all the advantages of the

RJ12 socket for connecting the modem to the dedicated line
9-pin Sub-D connector with an RS 232 interface for connecting
the modem to the RS 232/RS 485 interface of the TIM
9-pin Sub-D connector with an RS485 interface for connecting
the modem to the RS232/RS485 interface of the TIM
CTS/RI and DCD
Easy installation;
the modem is mounted on an S7-300 mounting rail; alternatively, it can be mounted on a 35 mm standard rail using the
adapter 6NH7760-0AA0, available separately.
The modem can be operated without a fan.
Integration
Various ways in which the MD2 modem can be connected to
a TIM or other MD2 modems, as well as to the dedicated line (via
an LTOP overvoltage protection module), are illustrated below.
Connection of an MD2 to a TIM via the RS 232 interface
One MD2 modem can be connected to a TIM via the RS232
interface. This technique can be used to set up "point-to-point"
and "line" network configurations as well as a small star network
(only with TIM 4) with only two 2-wire lines.
Connection of several MD2s to a TIM via the RS 485 interface
Several MD2 modems can be connected to a TIM 4 via the
RS 485 interface. This type of interconnection is used if a number of dedicated lines have to be combined on a single WAN
port on the TIM, i.e. if a star topology is connected, as illustrated
schematically below.
SGSGTT
t
OGP
z
zG
iG
GYGG[TG
YGG[TG
YGG[TGG
nprXWZWW_^
Design
Calculating the maximum range (in km)

based on transmission rate and wire diameter
The table below can be used to calculate approximate values
for the maximum distance in km which can be covered by the
MD2 modem, depending on transmission rate and wire
diameter.
The values in the table are guide values for non-coil-loaded
message lines type 2 x 2 x A J-Y(St)Y (A = core diameter in mm).
A level reserve of 4 dB was applied when calculating the
maximum ranges. This should ensure that even in the event of
deviations in cable characteristics, which experience has shown
to be possible during operation, the level will always be sufficient
to ensure fault-free data transmission.
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/147
Siemens AG 2014

Remote Networks
Transfer rate (bps)
Maximum range (km)

Transmission level 6 dB 1)
Transmission level 0 dB 1)
With LTOP
Without LTOP
With LTOP
Without LTOP
1 200
21.7 AST x 0.6
22 AST x 0.3
25.7 AST x 0.6
26 AST x 0.3
2 400
17.6 AST x 0.4
17.8 AST x 0.2
20.8 AST x 0.4
21 AST x 0.2
9 600 / 19 200
7.2. AST x 0.6
7.6 AST x 0.1
8.6 AST x 0.6
9 AST x 0.1
1 200
28.3 AST x 0.7
28.6 AST x 0.4
33.5 AST x 0.7
33.9 AST x 0.4
2 400
23.2 AST x 0.5
23.5 AST x 0.2
27.5 AST x 0.5
27.8 AST x 0.2
9 600 / 19 200
9.6 AST x 0.7
10.3 AST x 0.1
11.5 AST x 0.7
12.1 AST x 0.1
1 200
36.2 AST x 0.9
36.6 AST x 0.5
42.8 AST x 0.9
43.3 AST x 0.5
2 400
29.6 AST x 0.6
30 AST x 0.2
35 AST x 0.6
35.4 AST x 0.2
9 600 / 19 200
11.9 AST x 0.9
12.6 AST x 0.1
14.2 AST x 0.9
15 AST x 0.1
1 200
50.1 AST x 1.3
50.7 AST x 0.7
59.3 AST x 1.3
60 AST x 0.7
2 400
43.4 AST x 0.8
44 AST x 0.3
51.4 AST x 0.8
52 AST x 0.3
9 600 / 19 200
17.2 AST x 1.3
18.3 AST x 0.2
20.5 AST x 1.3
21.6 AST x 0.2
1 200
59.2 AST x 1.5
60 AST x 0.8
70.1 AST x 1.5
70.9 AST x 0.8
2 400
54.3 AST x 1
55 AST x 0.4
64.3 AST x 1
65 AST x 0.4
9 600 / 19 200
20.6 AST x 1.5
22 AST x 0.2
24.6 AST x 1.5
26 AST x 0.2
Core diameter 0.6 mm
AST = number of tandem stations

1)
Not possible on leased telephone lines. Set transmission level to -9 dB.
7/148
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014

Remote Networks
Article No.
6NH7810-0AA20
Article No.
6NH7810-0AA20
MD 2 dedicated line modem
MD 2 dedicated line modem
1 x RJ12
1 x 9-pin Sub-D connector
Operating mode
2-wire or 2 x 2-wire
4-wire
Half-duplex
Duplex or half-duplex
Interfaces
Connection for dedicated line
RS232 connection
for data terminal equipment
RS485 connection
Connection for supply voltage
Voltage supply
1 x 9-pin Sub-D socket
Transmission level can be set to
0 dB
-6 dB
-9 dB (for leased telephone lines)
-15 dB
Receiving level
0 -43 dB
Adjustable terminating resistor

for 1200 and 2400 bit/s
for 9600 and 19200 bit/s
for tapping point
600 ohms
150 ohms
> 6 kOhms
1 x 4-pin terminal block

24 V DC
Current consumption
from 24 V DC
100 mA
Power loss
2.4 W

Relative humidity
0 C +60 C
-40 C +70 C
max. 95 % at +25 C
Clear to send
at 1200 bit/s
at 2400 bit/s
at 9600 and 19200 bit/s
after 7 ms
after 4 ms
after 0.5 ms
Weight
Compact module S7-300,

double width
80 x 125 x 120
approx. 300 g
IP20
Minimum/maximum scanning frequency

at 1200 bit/s
at 2400 bit/s
at 9600 and 19200 bit/s
1 300 Hz/2 100 Hz

2 400 Hz/3 300 Hz
20 800 Hz/33 600 Hz
Transmission path
2-wire, 2 x 2-wire or 4-wire,

twisted pair cable,
non-coil-loaded or lightly coil-loaded
Asynchronous character format
10 or 11 bit
Floating opto-relay output

Max. supply voltage
Max. perm. continuous current
Max. Ron
60 V AC/DC
400 mA
3 ohms
Design
Module format
Modulation method
Phase-continuous binary frequency

modulation (FSK)
Data transmission rates

via the dedicated line
1 200 bit/s
2 400 bit/s
9 600 bit/s
(not for leased telephone lines)
19 200 bit/s
(not for leased telephone lines)
Ordering data
6NH7810-0AA20
2.5 kV
2.5 kV
Compatible with SINAUT modems

MD100
MD124
at 1 200 bit/s
at 1 200, 2 400 and 19 200 bit/s
Approvals
EU approval CE 0682 X
Article No.
For multi-point connection,

supports tandem stations,
can also be used as a repeater,
max. 19 200 bit/s;
incl. WAN connecting cable
(RJ12/RJ12) for connecting the
modem with an LTOP overvoltage
protection module
Article No.
Accessories
Connecting cable
6NH7701-1CB
For connecting two MD2 modems

(RS 232) in order to create a
repeater;
cable length 0.3 m
Connecting cable
For connecting a TIM
with one of the SINAUT ST7 MD2,
MD3 modems
Cable length 1.5 m
RS 232
RS 485 (not for TIM 3V-IE)
Impulse strength
U1.2/50 acc. to DIN VDE 0804
between power supply circuit and
Power supply circuit and
FSK trunk line circuits
Power supply circuit and
opto-relay output
6NH7701-4AL
6NH7701-4DL
Line transformer
with overvoltage protection
LTOP1
for 2-wire terminal
LTOP2
for 4-wire terminal,
2 x 2-wire terminal or
2-wire tandem station
Adapters
6NH9821-0BC11
6NH9821-0BC12
6NH7760-0AA
For mounting the MD2 modem

on a 35 mm standard mounting rail
6EP1331-5BA00

85 264 V AC/110 300 V DC,
slim design
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/149
Siemens AG 2014

Remote Networks
MD3 telephone modem
Overview
Application
The MD3 modem can be used as a telephone modem or dedicated-line modem independently of the SINAUT ST7 system.
Due to its design and electrical properties, the MD3 is especially
suited for use in the industrial sector.
Telephone modem
When used as a telephone modem, it enables connections to be
set up with other MD3 or compatible modems, e.g. with the
MD125 and MDM2425B DX modems that were used with the
SINAUT ST1 system.
Dedicated-line modem:
Apart from private dedicated lines, the MD3 can also be connected to Telekom leased lines. Corresponding approval exists.
There are no restrictions in terms of the possible transmission
rates either with exclusively analog leased lines or with analog/
digital converted leased lines.
Dial-up modem for data transfer using the analog telephone

network
It can also be used as a dedicated line modem.
Duplex data transfer is thus possible in the voice band over
2-wire dedicated lines.
Private or leased telephone lines can be used as dedicated
lines.
Benefits
When connected to Telekom leased lines, any distance can be

spanned. Depending on the quality of the leased line in each
case, the leased line provider guarantees sufficient reception
signal level at both end points. The line qualities M1020 and
M1025 are recommended.
Used as a dedicated-line modem, the MD3 enables networks to
be constructed in "point-to-point" or "star" configurations. If the
modem is used in the central office, the star network can be expanded to as many as 32 point-to-point connections by linking
several MD3 modems via their RS485 interface.
RS 232 and RS 485 interface

Isolation between voltage supply and RS 232/RS 485 interface
Transmission rate on the telephone network and dedicated
line max. 33 600 bit/s
7/150
When used as a dedicated-line modem on private lines, the MD3

enables distances of up to 34 km (at 300 bit/s), 28 km (at 1 200
to 19 200 bit/s) and up to 19 km (at 33 600 bit/s) to be spanned
without amplifiers/repeaters (guide values for uncoiled communication cable of type 2 x 2 x 0.8 J-Y(St)Y).
Siemens IK PI 2015
Design
The MD3 modem offers all the advantages of the
RJ12 socket for connecting the modem via the supplied
connecting cable to the telephone jack or the dedicated line
CTS/RI and DCD
Easy installation;
the modem is mounted on an S7-300 mounting rail; alternatively, it can be mounted on a 35 mm standard rail using the
adapter 6NH7760-0AA, available separately.
The modem can be operated without a fan.
Siemens AG 2014

Remote Networks
MD3 telephone modem
Integration
The diagrams below illustrate how the MD3 modem and the TIM
module can be connected to the telephone outlet and which
configurations are possible when the modem is used as a dedicated-line modem.
Telephone modem: Connection of the MD3

with a TIM and TAE6 telephone outlet
The diagram below illustrates how the MD3 modem, when operating in dial-up mode and using the standard connecting cable
specified (the connecting cable is part of the scope of supply of
the MD3), is connected to a TIM (via RS232) as well as to the
telephone outlet (TAE6N socket). A telephone can be connected
to the same telephone outlet in parallel with the modem (via the
TAE6F socket).
Connecting cable
6NH7701-4AL
TAE6F
RS232
RS232
TIM
MD3
Connecting cable
6NH7700-3BR60
RJ12
Telephone socket
RJ12
G_IK10_XX_30080
TAE6N
Connection of a MD3 with a TIM and TAE6 telephone outlet
Dedicated-line modem: Connection of an MD3

to a TIM via the RS 232 interface
Dedicated-line modem:
Maximum range (in km) of the MD3 modem
One MD3 modem can be connected to a TIM via the RS 232

interface. This technique can be used to set up a "point-to-point"
network configuration.
The table below can be used to calculate approximate values

for the maximum distance in km which can be covered by the
MD3 modem, depending on transfer rate.
The values in the table are guide values for non-coil-loaded
message lines type 2 x 2 x 0.8 J-Y(St)Y.
Dedicated-line modem: Connection of several MD3

to a TIM via the RS 485 interface
Several MD3 modems can be connected to a TIM via the RS 485
interface. This type of interconnection is used if several dedicated lines have to be combined on a single WAN port on the
TIM, i.e. if a point-to-point network is connected.
Transfer rate (bps)
A level reserve of 4 dB was applied when calculating the maximum ranges. This should ensure that even in the event of deviations in cable characteristics, which experience has shown to be
possible during operation, the level will always be sufficient to
ensure fault-free data transmission.
Maximum range (km)

Transmission level 15 dB
Transmission level -10 dB
With LTOP
Without LTOP
With LTOP
Without LTOP
300
29
30
34
35
1 200 to 19 200
23
24
28
29
33 600
14
15
19
20
With terminating resistor Z = Zr
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/151
Siemens AG 2014

Remote Networks
MD3 telephone modem
Article No.
6NH7810-0AA30
Article No.
6NH7810-0AA30
MD3 telephone modem
MD3 telephone modem
1 x RJ12
Telephone charge pulse filter

can be set to:
12 kHz
16 kHz
Dial-up procedure
Voice frequency dialing

Pulse dialing
1 x 9-pin Sub-D socket
Loop current component
Available; can be connected

and disconnected
1 x 4-pin terminal block
Loudspeaker
Available; can be connected

and disconnected
Line matching
600 ohms
Zr (frequency-dependent)
Transmission level can be set to
-10 dB
-15 dB
Asynchronous character format
10 or 11 bits
Standard dedicated-line profiles
300 bit/s (direct)

1 200 bit/s (direct)
19 200 bit/s (buffered)
33 600 bit/s (buffered)
Interfaces
Connection for telephone
network or dedicated line
RS 232 connection
RS 485 connection
Connection for supply voltage
Voltage supply
24 V DC
Current consumption
from 24 V DC
200 mA
Power loss
4.8 W

Relative humidity
0 C +60 C
-40 C +70 C
max. 95 % at +25 C
Design
Module format
1 x 9-pin Sub-D connector
Weight
Compact module S7-300,

double width
80 x 125 x 120
approx. 300 g
IP20
Transmission path
Analog dial-up telephone network

Dedicated line, 2-wire twisted pair
cable, non-coil-loaded
Available ITU transmission standards

in analog telephone network
V.22
V.22 up to
V.32 up to
V.32 up to
V.32 up to
V.34 up to
V.34 up to
1 200 bit/s, duplex

2 400 bit/s, duplex
4 800 bit/s, duplex
9 600 bit/s, duplex
14 400 bit/s, duplex
Error correction
V.42 and MNP4
Data compression
V.42bis and MNP5
Modem control
AT commands
V.25bis commands
Ordering data
MD3 telephone modem
For the analog telephone network,
max. 33 600 bit/s;
can also be used as a
dedicated-line modem for a pointto-point connection,
max. 33 600 bit/s in voice band;
incl. WAN connecting cable
(RJ12 -RJ12/TAE6) with snap-on
TAE6N connector for connecting
the modem to a telephone outlet
(TAE6N or RJ12) or an LTOP
overvoltage protection module
(for dedicated-line operation)
Compatible with SINAUT modems

(as telephone modem)
MD125
- V.22
- V.22 up to
MDM2425B DX
1 200 bit/s, duplex

2 400 bit/s, duplex
- V.22 up to
MD3 (HW version < 4)
2 400 bit/s, duplex
V.22
V.22 up to
V.32 up to
V.32 up to
V.32 up to
Approvals
Europe
U.S.A.
Canada
Recommended line quality

on leased telephone lines
M1020
M1025
Article No.
6NH7810-0AA30
1 200 bit/s, duplex

2 400 bit/s, duplex
4 800 bit/s, duplex
9 600 bit/s, duplex
14400 bit/s, duplex
Article No.
Accessories
Connecting cable
For connecting a TIM with one of the
SINAUT ST7 MD2, MD3 modems
Cable length 1.5 m
RS 232
RS 485 (not for TIM 3V-IE)
Line transformer
with overvoltage protection
(for dedicated line only)
LTOP1
for 2-wire terminal
Adapters
6NH7701-4AL
6NH7701-4DL
6NH9821-0BC11
6NH7760-0AA
For mounting the MD3 modem

on a 35 mm standard mounting rail
85 264 V AC/110 300 V DC,
slim design
7/152
Siemens IK PI 2015
6EP1331-5BA00
Siemens AG 2014

Overview
Application
Dedicated copper lines are susceptible to electromagnetic interference. The coupling of extraneous voltages can be inductive
or capacitive, for example due to the effects of lightning. Direct
conductive coupling is also possible due to bad insulation.
The LTOP overvoltage protection limits external voltage and
overvoltage to a non-critical level. The floating transformer
additionally provides electrical isolation, and the transfer of
voltages to other cable sections are therefore prevented.
LTOP protects people and investments, and is therefore an
essential safety element in private trunk line networks.
Note:
The LTOP modules are not suitable for protecting dial-up
connections (telephone or ISDN network). Companies such as
Phoenix and Dehn offer TAE6, S0, RJ-12, and RJ-45 jacks with
overvoltage protection.
Design
Line transformer with overvoltage protection
For electrical isolation of a dedicated line modem from the
trunk line
For protection against overvoltages that can be injected into a
trunk line
Benefits
Reduces overvoltage to tolerable levels before they reach

sensitive electronics circuits
Electrically isolates line sections; prevents interference due
to external voltages
Limits damage to segments affected by overvoltage
The protective components are housed in a plug-in OPM
overvoltage module. The OPM can be replaced without
interrupting the trunk line.
The protection concept consists of a combination of components that complement each other in terms of functionality:
Surge arresters filled with noble gas as coarse protection
(G1, G2)
Inductance that limits the rise of the current (L1, L2)
Metal-oxide varistor as surge protection (voltage-dependent
resistor; R1)
Translator for galvanic decoupling (T1)
Suppressor diode for limiting the secondary voltage of the
translator (V1)
The overvoltage protection module LTOP is available in two
variants:
LTOP 1;
overvoltage protection module for use at the beginning or at
the end of a 2-wire cable
LTOP 2;
overvoltage protection module for use at the beginning or
at the end of a 4-wire cable or at a 2-wire grading point. At a
4-wire graded point, two LTOP2 units are needed.
Both LTOP variants feature screw-type terminals and an RJ12
Western jack. The WAN connecting cable (RJ12 - RJ12) that
came with the MD2 and MD3 modems (used as dedicated line
modem) can be connected directly to this RJ12 jack.
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/153
Siemens AG 2014

Function
Integration
The combination of arresters and limiters supplemented by

the line transformer is more effective than galvanically-coupled
protection concepts.
Leakage voltages place considerable strain on protective
components in the OPM, slowly destroying them beyond repair.
We therefore recommend that OPMs are replaced approximately
once a year. In areas affected by frequent thunderstorms,
this should be reduced to approximately every 6 months as
a precautionary measure.
If necessary, several LTOP enclosures can be interconnected.

YTG
t
yV{
s{vwX
sTG
YTGG
sTGGX
OVGGP
s{vwY
yV{
sTGGY
OVGGP
ra
vGw
OvwP
{
Configuration examples with LTOP
7/154
Siemens IK PI 2015
nprXWZWW^X
sG
Os{P
Siemens AG 2014

Article No.
6NH9821-0BC11/6NH9821-0BC12
Transmission paths
Private non-coil-loaded or coil-loaded trunk lines
Transmission ratio
1 : 1; 5% (e.g. 600/600 ohms in voice band)
Transfer range
300 Hz ... 35 kHz
Frequency-dependent attenuation
Attenuation [dB]
Frequency [Hz]
MD2
MD3
0.2
1 300 ... 3 300
1 200
2 400
all
1.0
20 800 ... 30 600
9 600
19 200
Transmission rate [bps]
Insulation resistance
> 2 000 MOhms
Test voltage
4 kV, 50 Hz, 10 sec
Impulse withstand voltage
6 kV/2 J acc. to EN 60 099-1
Rated discharge current isn (8/20 s)
5 kA
Output voltage limit at isn
approx. 15 V
Trunk line connection
Screw terminals
Cross-section 0.2 4 mm2 with rigid cores
Cross-section 0.2 2.5 mm2 with flexible cores
Modem connection
Screw terminals (wire cross-section see trunk line connection)

or RJ12 socket for Western connector
Installation location
As near as possible to where the cable enters the building

Relative humidity
0 C ... +60 C
-40 C ... +70 C
Max. 95% at +25 C
Construction
Weight
- LTOP1
- LTOP2
- OPM
300 g
320 g
10 g
IP20
Installation
DIN rail TS35 (35 mm; EN 50 022)
Ordering data
LTOP 1 overvoltage protection
90 x 75 x 110 mm
Article No.
6NH9821-0BC11
Single line transformer,

with one OPM overvoltage protection module for use at the start
or end of a 2-wire line
LTOP 2 overvoltage protection
6NH9821-0BC12
2-way line transformer with two

overvoltage protection modules
(OPM) for use at the beginning
or at the end of a 4-wire cable or at
a 2-wire grading point.
Accessories
OPM
6NH9821-0BB00
Overvoltage protection module

for LTOP1 and LTOP2, plug-in
(pack of 4)
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/155
Siemens AG 2014

Overview
Article No.
6NH9860-1AA00
ANT794-4MR antenna
is supported
GSM
UMTS
LTE
Yes
Yes
Yes
Operating frequency
800 MHz (LTE)
850 MHz
900 MHz
1 800 MHz
1 900 MHz
2 200 MHz
2 600 MHz (LTE)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Electrical data
Omnidirectional antenna for use in GSM/GPRS/UMTS/LTE

networks
Remote antenna for indoors/outdoors
Suitable for quad band
Complete with cable and mounting bracket for direct
connection to SINAUT GPRS modems
Benefits
omnidirectional
Antenna gain
0 dB

of antenna

of antenna
SMA connector
Front-to-back ratio
20 W
Weatherproof design allows installation outside buildings

to improve the field strength
Quad band technology permits international use
Application
For use in GSM/GPRS/UMTS/LTE networks
For indoors/outdoors (IP65 degree of protection)
Operating temperature -40 C to 70C
-40 +70 C
Protection class IP
IP65

Width
Height
Depth
24 mm
193 mm
24 mm
Diameter
24 mm
Net weight
310 g
Type of mounting
Design
Radiator accommodated in a plastic tube for protection
RF cable with fixed connection to antenna
Fixed and rugged vertical installation outside control cabinet
7/156

operating
Siemens IK PI 2015
5m

components general
Hard PVC, UV-resistant
Siemens AG 2014

Ordering data
Article No.
GSM/GPRS antenna
ANT794-4MR antenna
Dimensions in mm
6NH9860-1AA00
193
Omnidirectional antenna for

GSM (2G), UMTS (3G) and
LTE (4G) networks;
outdoor use;
to antenna;
SMA connector;
screws, wall plugs
24
35
81
M10 x 0.75
148
*B,.B;;B
25
10.5
More information
Selection tools:
Online version:
Offline version
Wireless approvals:
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/157
Siemens AG 2014

Overview
Article No.
6NH9870-1AA00
ANT794-3M antenna
is supported
GSM
UMTS
Yes
No
Operating frequency
850 MHz
900 MHz
1 800 MHz
1 900 MHz
2 200 MHz
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Electrical data
directional
Antenna gain
0 dB
Flat panel antenna for mobile telephony

for GSM 900/1 800/1 900
Suitable for exterior and interior installation
Electrically independent installation
Ready for connection with cable for GSM/GPRS modems with
SMA connection

of antenna

of antenna
SMA connector
Front-to-back ratio
10 W
Benefits

operating
-40 +75 C
Protection class IP
IP64
Durable mounting in plastic switching boxes

Installation without specialist knowledge of high frequency
Universal in use, also on grounded or non-grounded metal
surfaces without adversely affecting the radiation properties
Application
For use in GSM/GPRS networks

Indoors and outdoors (IP64 degree of protection)
Operating temperature 40 C to +70 C
For installation in plastic control boxes
Design
Emitters accommodated in protective plastic housing
Installation using screws or adhesive pad
7/158
Siemens IK PI 2015
Width
Height
Depth
70.5 mm
20.5 mm
146.5 mm
Diameter
Net weight
130 g
Mounting type
screw fixing
1.2 m

components general
ABS Polylac PA-765, light gray

(RAL 7035)
Siemens AG 2014

Ordering data
Article No.
4.2

G_IK10_XX_30251
6NH9870-1AA00
33.5

networks, for triband
with 900/1 800/1 900 MHz;
weather-resistant for
indoor/outdoor use,
1.2 m cable with fixed connection
to antenna;
SMA connector,
incl. assembly adhesive tape
70.5
ANT794-3M antenna
20.5
GSM/GPRS antenna
More information
Selection tools:
Online version:
Offline version:
Radio approvals
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/159
Siemens AG 2014

PPI modem cable
Overview
Function
PPI mode:
Signal conversion from RS 232 to RS 485
Control of token in a multimaster PPI network (PPI master)
Supports 10-bit modem protocol via RS 232, and DPT and PPI
protocols via RS 485
Freeport mode:
Signal conversion from RS 232 to RS 485
Switchover between local and remote modes
Configuration in local mode using DIP switches
Configuration in remote mode using terminal program
(e.g. MS Hyper Terminal)
Supports AT modem commands and PIN for Siemens
modems
Intelligent RS 232/PPI multimaster cable for connecting
modems with RS 232 interface to SIMATIC S7-200 (RS 485)
Benefits
Article No.
6NH9701-0AD
PPI modem cable
For connecting modems (MD720-3)

to S7-200
Cable length
1.1 m
Mechanical data
Net weight
Matching cable length for control cabinet assembly

No RS 232 adapter (gender changer) required for modem
connection
Simple fixing of cable in control cabinet using Velcro fastener
Application
The intelligent RS 232/PPI multimaster cable can be used for the
connection between modems and the S7-200. It is then possible
to connect modems such as the GSM modem MD720-3 with
RS 232 interface to the PPI interface of the S7-200 without using
a gender changer. As a result of the short cable lengths and the
industrial Velcro fasteners, the PPI modem cable is suitable for
use in control cabinets.
Design
24 V DC power supply via the RS 485 interface of the
SIMATIC S7-200
Three LEDs for status display:
- Tx, green: RS 232 send
- Rx, green: RS 232 receive
- PPI, green: RS 485 send
7/160
Siemens IK PI 2015
Ordering data
PPI modem cable
For connecting modems with
RS 232 interface to SIMATIC S7-200
0.3 kg
Article No.
6NH9701-0AD
Siemens AG 2014

Connecting cables
Overview
There is a series of standard connecting cables for connecting
the SINAUT components to one another or to the respective
WAN. Some of these cables are already supplied as a permanent item along with the hardware components and are listed in
the ordering data of these components as spare parts.
Article No.
6NH7701-4AL
6NH7701-4DL
6NH7701-1CB
6NH7701-5AN
Connecting cable
SINAUT ST7, CC 701-4A
Connecting cable
SINAUT ST7, CC 701-4D
Connecting cable
SINAUT ST7, CC 701-1C
Connecting cable
SINAUT ST7, CC 701-5A
For connecting a TIM to a

SINAUT ST7 modem (MD2,
MD3, MD4) over an RS232
interface
For connecting a TIM to a

For connecting two MD2
SINAUT ST7 modem (MD2, modems over an RS232
MD3, MD4) over an RS4852 interface to create a repeater
interface
For connecting a TIM to the

GSM Modem MC45T or
MD720 via the RS232
interface
Cable length
1.5 m
1.5 m
0.3 m
2.5 m
Net weight
Article No.
6NH7701-4BN
6NH7701-0AR
Connecting cable SINAUT ST7, CC 701-4B
Connecting cable SINAUT ST7, CC 701-0A
For connecting a TIM with a third-party modem or radio unit For connecting two TIM modules via an RS232 interface
over an RS232 interface, one free end
without modems
Cable length
2.5 m
6m
Mechanical data
Mechanical data
Net weight
Siemens IK PI 2015
7/161
Siemens AG 2014

Connecting cables
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
Connecting cable
Connecting cable
For connecting a TIM

MD4 modem;
cable length 1.5 m
RS 232
Also suitable for interfacing the
modems listed with a SIMATIC
point-to-point CP such as the
CP340, CP341 or CP441 with
RS 232 interface
RS 485

RS 232 interface;
cable length 2.5 m
Connecting cable
For connecting two MD2 modems
(RS 232) in order to create a
repeater;
cable length 0.3 m
7/162
Siemens IK PI 2015
6NH7701-4AL
Connecting cable open at one

end
6NH7701-4DL
6NH7701-1CB
6NH7701-5AN
6NH7701-4BN

with a third-party modem or radio
unit (RS 232);
cable length 2.5 m
Test cable
Connecting cable for connecting
two TIMs via their RS 232 interface
without modems ("null modem");
cable length 6 m
6NH7701-0AR
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Security
8/2
8/2
8/8
8/19
8/20
8/21
8/23
8/24
8/27
Security Integrated
Introduction
SCALANCE S
SCALANCE M
CP 1243-1 and CP 1543-1
CP 343-1 Advanced and
CP 443-1 Advanced
CP 1628
SOFTNET Security Client
Industrial Security Services
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Security
Security Integrated
Introduction
Overview
Industrial security
That is why industrial security is so important
As the use of Ethernet connections all the way down to the field
level increases, the associated security issues are becoming
a more urgent topic for industry. After all, open communication
and increased networking of production systems involve not
only huge opportunities, but also high risks. To provide an
industrial plant with comprehensive security protection against

attacks, the appropriate measures must be taken.
Siemens can support you here in selectively implementing these
measures within the scope of an integrated range for Industrial
Security.
Threat overview
No.
1)
Threat
Explanation
Unauthorized use of remote

maintenance access
Maintenance access provides deliberate openings to the outside in the ICS network 1).
However, they are often inadequately protected.
Online attacks
via office/enterprise networks
In general, office IT equipment is connected with the Internet in many ways.

Usually, there are also network connections from the office network to the ICS network,
allowing attackers to use this route.
Attacks against standard

components used in the
ICS network
Standard IT components (commercial off-the-shelf, COTS) such as operating systems,

application servers, or databases generally contain flaws and weak points which can be
exploited by attackers. If these standard components are also used in the ICS network,
this increases the risk of a successful attack on the ICS systems.
(D)DoS attacks
(Distributed) denial of service attacks can be used to disrupt network connections and
required resources and cause systems to crash, e.g. to disrupt the functionality of an ICS.
Human error and sabotage
Deliberate actions regardless of whether by internal or external agents are a massive

threat for all security goals. In addition, negligence and human error are a great danger,
especially when it comes to protecting confidentiality and availability.
Introduction of harmful code

via removable media and
external hardware
The use of removable media and mobile IT components of external employees always
presents a great risk of malware infections. The importance of this aspect was demonstrated
by Stuxnet, for example.
Reading and writing messages

in the ICS network
Because most control components presently communicate via plain-text protocols, and are
thus unprotected, it is often possible to read and insert commands without great difficulty.
Unauthorized access
to resources
In particular, insiders or follow-up attacks after intrusion from the outside have an easy time
if authentication and authorization for services and components in the process network are
non-existent or insecure.
Attacks on network components
Network components can be manipulated by attackers, for example to carry out

man-in-the-middle attacks or to make sniffing easier.
10
Technical faults and acts of God
Failures are always possible as a result of extreme environmental influences or technical

defects the risk and the potential for damage can only be minimized here.
Industrial Control Systems (ICS)
Source: BSI-A-CS 004 | Version 1.00 dated April 12, 2012; page 2 of 2
Note:
The list of threats came about as a result of close cooperation
between BSI and business representatives.
With its BSI analyses, the Federal Office for Information Security
(BSI) publishes statistics and reports on current topics in
cyber security.
Please send comments and notes to: cs-info@bsi.bund.de
8/2
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Security
Security Integrated
Introduction
Physical access protection

Defense in depth
Processes & guidelines

Cell protection and perimeter network
Plant security
Firewalls & VPN

System hardening
Network security
Authentication/user administration
System integrity
Patch management
G_IK10_XX_10336
Detection of attacks
Security guidelines
Industrial security services
Network security as a central component of the Siemens Industrial Security concept
Siemens Industrial Security

continuous protection for your plant
An optimum industrial security solution can only be implemented
if new approaches are taken because they must be continuously
adapted to new threats. There is no such thing as absolute
security. To ensure a comprehensive and permanent solution,
we provide in-depth advice, partner-like cooperation, and
constant further development of our security measures and
products.
All-round, but also in-depth protection
With Defense in Depth, Siemens provides a multi-level concept
that offers your plant both all-round and in-depth protection.
The concept is based on the components, plant security,
network security, and system integrity, as recommended by
ISA 99 / IEC 62443 the leading standard for security in
industrial automation. While conventional plant security defends
the plant against physical attacks, network protection and and
protection of system integrity protect against cyber attacks and
unauthorized access by operators or external persons.
Factors for success: Network security

Network security means protecting automation networks from
unauthorized access. This includes the monitoring of all interfaces such as the interfaces between office and plant networks
or the remote maintenance access to the Internet, which can be
accomplished by means of firewalls and, if applicable, by establishing a DMZ (demilitarized zone = secure, protected zone).
The DMZ is used to provide data for other networks, without
granting direct access to the automation network. The secure
segmenting of the plant network into individually protected automation cells minimizes risks and increases security. Cell division
and device assignment are based on communication and
protection requirements. Data transmission is encrypted by
means of a VPN and is thus protected from data espionage and
manipulation. The communication stations are securely authenticated. The cell protection concept can be implemented and
communication can be secured using "Security Integrated" components such as SCALANCE S Security Modules, SCALANCE M
wireless routers, or Security CPs for SIMATIC.
Initial risk assessment and information on the Internet
You want to know now how good the security of your industrial
plant is? We can provide you with detailed information about the
special security issues in your industry. Use the opportunity to
contact our consulting team about any open issues. Our experts
will gladly prepare a security concept that is adapted to the
needs of your production plant or process infrastructure. You
can download the additional "Operational Guidelines" with many
recommendations for protecting your production plant from our
Internet site.
Siemens IK PI 2015
8/3
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Security
Security Integrated
Introduction
Plant Security
Physical protection
Security management
DMZ
Office Network
Domain
Controller
PC with
CP 1628
Server
Server
GPRS/
UMTS
SCALANCE
M874-3
Network Security
SIMATIC
S7-1200 with
CP 1243-1
Internet
Router
SCALANCE
S623
Central
Archiving
Server
WEB
Server
Internet
SSC
SIMATIC Field PG
with SOFTNET
Security Client
SCALANCE
M812-1
SCALANCE
S627-2M
SCALANCE
S627-2M
SCALANCE
S623
pGl
Industrial Ethernet
(Fiber optic)
SCALANCE
X308-2M
MRP ring
System Integrity
Ring redundancy
manager
SCALANCE
X308-2M
SCALANCE
X204-2
Production 2
Production 3
SIMATIC
S7-400 with
CP 443-1
Advanced
SIMATIC
S7-1200 with
CP 1243-1
SIMATIC
S7-300 with
CP 343-1
Advanced
PROFINET
PROFINET
PROFINET
SIMATIC
TP700
SIMATIC S7-400
with CP 443-1
Advanced
vzGwith
jwGX]Y_
{
SIMATIC
ET
200SP
SIMATIC
S7-1200
ET 200
SIMATIC
TP1200
Comfort
lzGwith
jwGX]Y_
{
SINAMICS SIMATIC
G120 TP700
SIMATIC
TP700
Factory Automation
Secure communication, network access protection and network segmentation with Security Integrated products
8/4
Siemens IK PI 2015
SIMOTION D4x5 with

SINAMICS S120 (Booksize)
G_IK10_XX_10370
SCALANCE
X204-2
Production 1
Production n
Sync connection
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Security
Security Integrated
Introduction
Security Integrated
SCALANCE S security modules
Cell protection concept
SCALANCE S modules protect industrial networks and automation systems by means of security-related segmentation (cell
protection) with a firewall against authorized access and protect
data transmission with VPN against manipulation and espionage.
Industrial communication is a key factor for corporate success

as long as the network is protected. As your partner, Siemens
provides its customers with Security Integrated components,
which not only have communication functions but also include
special security functions such as firewall and VPN functionality,
in order to implement the cell protection concept. With the cell
protection concept, a plant network is subdivided into protected
automation cells within which all devices are able to communicate with each other securely. The individual cells are connected
to the plant network protected by a VPN and firewall. Cell protection reduces the susceptibility to failure of the entire production
plant and thus increases its availability. Security Integrated products such as SCALANCE S, SCALANCE M and SIMATIC S7/PC
communications processors can be used for implementation.
SCALANCE M router
Mobile radio router
SCALANCE M industrial router for secure access to plants via
mobile radio, e.g. GPRS or UMTS, with integral security functions firewall for protection against unauthorized access and
VPN for protection of the data transmission.
DSL routers
The SCALANCE M DSL routers are ADSL routers (M812-1 and
M816-1) for the secure connection of Ethernet-based subnets
and automation devices to hard-wired DSL networks or SHDSL
routers (M826) for connection via existing wire-pairs or multi-wire
cables. They have integral security functions firewall for protection against unauthorized access and VPN for protection of
the data transmission.
The following Security Integrated products are available:

SIMATIC S7-1200 / S7-1500:
Protection of the controller by access protection (authentication) via the S7-1200/S7-1500 CPU:
- Know-how protection
- Manipulation protection
- Copy protection
- Graded security concept for HMI connection
Expandable access protection (firewall and VPN )
for S7-1200/S7-1500 with Security CP 1243-1/CP 1543-1
by means of
- Integrated firewall (monitoring of the data flow)
- Protection against data manipulation and espionage by
means of a VPN
Industrial PCs
Via the CP 1628 communications processor, the industrial
PCs are protected by firewall and VPN for secure communication without special operating system settings. This means
that computers equipped with the module can be connected
to protected cells.
Access protection (authentication)
Extended access protection (Firewall)
Virtual Private Network with IPSec
Manipulation protection (communication, configuration)
applies
SOFTNET
Security Client
CP 1628
Configurable copy protection
CP 1243-1 1)
CP 1543-1
S7-1200 CPU 1)
S7-1500 CPU
SCALANCE M
family
SCALANCE S
family
SIMATIC S7-300 and S7-400

Protection of controllers by CP 343-1 Advanced and
CP 443-1 Advanced communications processors, which
contain both firewall and VPN (virtual private network)
functionality.
CP 343-1 Adv
CP 443-1 Adv
Software
The SOFTNET Security Client software enables VPN access
via the Internet or a company intranet to automation cells or
PCs protected by SCALANCE S or another security
component with VPN functionality.
1) from CPU firmware V4.0

from STEP 7 Professional V13 (TIA Portal)
Security Integrated products for industrial use with special security functions to improve the standard of security
Siemens IK PI 2015
8/5
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Security
Security Integrated
Introduction
Ordering data
Article No.
Article No.
Security Integrated devices
SCALANCE S Industrial Security

Modules
SCALANCE M874 mobile radio

router
For protecting programmable

controllers and automation
networks and for securing industrial
communication;
Security Modules protect network
segments against unauthorized
access by means of Stateful
Inspection Firewall;
connection of more than
10/100/1 000 Mbit/s ports;
configuring tool and electronic
manual on CD ROM;
English, German, French, Italian,
Spanish;
Mobile radio router for wireless

IP communication from Industrial
programmable controllers via UMTS
or GSM mobile radio networks;
with IPsec;
2 x RJ45 ports,
SCALANCE M874-31)
SCALANCE M874-21)
SCALANCE M875 UMTS Router
SCALANCE S602
6GK5602-0BA10-2AA3
SCALANCE S612
up to 128 VPN tunnels
simultaneously
6GK5612-0BA10-2AA3
SCALANCE S623
simultaneously;
additional RJ45 DMZ port
6GK5623-0BA10-2AA3
SCALANCE S627-2M
simultaneously;
additional RJ45 DMZ port;
two additional slots for one 2-port
media module each
6GK5627-2BA10-2AA3
SOFTNET Security Client V4 HF1
6GK1704-1VW04-0AA0

SCALANCE S, SCALANCE M,
CP 343-1 Advanced, CP 443-1
Advanced, or CP 1628;
Single License for 1 installation,
configuration tool (German/
English), and electronic manual
on CD-ROM (German/English/
French/Spanish/Italian) for
Windows 7 Professional, Ultimate,
Windows XP Professional (32-bit)
+ SP3
8/6
Siemens IK PI 2015
6GK5874-3AA00-2AA2
6GK5874-2AA00-2AA2
UMTS router for wireless

Ethernet-based programmable
controllers via UMTS/GSM mobile
radio networks;
with IPsec;
2 x RJ45 ports,
SCALANCE M8751)
SCALANCE M8751)
for Japan
6GK5875-0AA10-1AA2
6GK5875-0AA10-1CA2
SCALANCE M81x-1 ADSL router

DSL router for wired
programmable controllers
via telephone or DSL networks;
VPN with IPsec;
1 x or 4 x RJ45 ports for Industrial
Ethernet;
6GK5812-1AA00-2AA2
6GK5812-1BA00-2AA2
6GK5816-1AA00-2AA2
6GK5816-1BA00-2AA2

VPN with IPsec;
1 x or 4 x RJ45 ports for Industrial
Ethernet;
6GK5826-2AB00-2AB2
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Security
Security Integrated
Introduction
Ordering data
Article No.
Communications processors for SIMATIC S7

CP 1243-1
communication processor;
ISO and UDP, Telecontrol Server
Basic and security functions
Stateful Inspection Firewall
and VPN;
1 x RJ45 interface
with 10/100 Mbit/s
6GK7243-1BX30-0XE0
CP 1543-1
ISO and UDP and security functions
Stateful Inspection Firewall
and VPN;
1 x RJ45 interface
with 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s;
6GK7543-1AX00-0XE0
CP 343-1 Advanced
communications processor;
6GK7343-1GX31-0XE0

SIMATIC S7-400
to Industrial Ethernet;
PROFINET IO Controller with RT
and IRT, MRP, PROFINET CBA,
TCP/IP, ISO and UDP;
RFC1006, diagnostics expansions,
multicast, clock synchronization
with SIMATIC mode or NTP,
access protection by IP access list,
FTP client/server, HTTP server,
HTML diagnostics, SNMP, DHCP,
e-mail, data storage on C-PLUG;
PROFINET connector:
4xRJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s) via switch;
Gigabit connector:
1xRJ45 (10/100/1 000 Mbit/s);
with integrated stateful inspection
firewall and VPN appliance
Communications processors for PG/PC/IPC

CP 1628
PCI Express x1 card for
connection to Industrial Ethernet
(10/100/1 000 Mbit/s),
S7-REDCONNECT.
6GK1162-8AA00
Accessories
(Type A)

to Industrial Ethernet over ISO
and TCP/IP;
PROFINET IO Controller or
S7 communication, open communication (SEND/RECEIVE),
RFC1006, multicast, DHCP,
CPU clock synchronization via
SIMATIC procedure and NTP,
diagnostics, SNMP, access
protection through IP access list,
10/100 Mbit/s;
as well as IT communication
(web, e-mail, FTP);
PROFINET CBA;
security (firewall/VPN);
PROFIenergy;
CP 443-1 Advanced
Article No.
6XV1840-2AH10

cable for connecting to IE FC RJ45
outlet / IE FC RJ45 plug;
PROFINET-compliant;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
6GK1901-1GA00

FC cables
6GK7443-1GX30-0XE0
6EP1331-5BA00

wide-range input
85 264 V AC/110 300 V DC,
slim design
C-PLUG
8
6GK1900-0AB00

application data;
1)

Note:
Check the current country list:
Siemens IK PI 2015
8/7
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Security
Security Integrated
SCALANCE S
Overview
Product versions:
SCALANCE S602;
Uses the stateful inspection firewall to protect network
segments against unauthorized access.
"Ghost mode" for protection of individual, even alternating,
devices by dynamically taking over the IP address.
Connection via 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s ports.
SCALANCE S612;
Up to 128 VPN tunnels can be operated simultaneously.
Security modules for the protection of automation networks

and security during data exchange between automation
systems.
Checking and filtering of data traffic by integrated firewall and
thus:
- Protection against operator mistakes
- Prevention of unauthorized access
- Prevention of faults and communications overload
Authentication of the communication partners and encryption
of the transmitted data with VPN and thus protection of
communication against espionage and manipulation.
Rugged, industry-compatible design of the devices
Easy and clear configuration:
Using the Security Configuration Tool (SCT), all SIMATIC NET
security products can be configured and diagnosed from a
central position.
No changes or adaptations necessary in the existing network
topology, applications or network stations since SCALANCE S
can also be used as a bridge and not just as a router.
Securing of communication is independent of the protocol
(e.g. PROFINET or other Ethernet-based fieldbus solutions)
Secure remote access via the Internet possible without restrictions and with any providers
Increased availability is possible by means of redundant
protection of automation cells or ring topologies
8/8
Siemens IK PI 2015
SCALANCE S623;
Additional RJ45 DMZ port (DMZ: "demilitarized zone") for
secure connection from, for example, remote maintenance
modems, laptops, or an additional network. This yellow port
protected by firewalls from the red and green ports and can
also terminate VPNs.
Redundant protection of automation cells by means of router
and firewall redundancy and stand-by linking of the redundant
device via the yellow port.
SCALANCE S627-2M;
Additional RJ45 DMZ port (DMZ: "demilitarized zone") for
secure connection from, for example, remote maintenance
modems, laptops, or an additional network. This yellow port
protected by firewalls from the red and green ports and can
also terminate VPNs.
Redundant protection of automation cells by means of router
and firewall redundancy and stand-by mode of the redundant
device; status matching of the firewall by means of a synchronization cable between the yellow ports.
Two additional slots for one 2-port media module each
(see SCALANCE X-300) for direct integration in ring structures
and FO networks with two additional switched red or green
ports per module.
Bridging of longer cable runs or use of existing 2-wire cables
(e.g. PROFIBUS) by deploying MM992-2VD media modules
(variable distance).
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Security
Security Integrated
SCALANCE S
Benefits
Application
Protection of industrial automation networks against

unauthorized access and setup of a DMZ (protected zone)
possible for data exchange with other networks without having
to grant direct access to the production network.
Through implementation of the cell protection concept:
- Protection of any Ethernet-based programmable controllers
and automation systems which do not have their own
security functions
- Protecting several devices simultaneously
- Reduction in risk by means of network segmenting
(by generating secure communication islands)
- Securing of communication to and from the automation cells
is possible
User-specific firewall rules can be used to assign specific
access privileges to users and not just to devices.
System-wide network diagnostics thanks to integration into
IT infrastructures and network management systems by
means of SNMP
Securing of remote access via the Internet. Using PPPoE and
DynDNS, dynamic IP addresses can also be applied.
Problem-free integration into existing networks without
reconfiguring terminal nodes or setting up new IP subnetworks
configuration data
Direct integration in ring structures and FO networks is
possible (SCALANCE S627-2M)
Company network
Industrial Ethernet
The security modules of the SCALANCE S range can be used

to protect all devices of an Ethernet network against unauthorized access. In addition, SCALANCE S612 or SCALANCE S623
also protect the data transmission between devices or network
segments (e.g. automation cells) against data manipulation and
espionage; they can also be used for secure remote access
over the Internet.
The security modules can be operated not only in bridge mode
but also in router mode, and can thus also be used direct at
IP subnetwork borders.
Secure remote access over the Internet or GPRS/UMTS is
possible with the SCALANCE M875 GPRS/UMTS router.
SCALANCE S is optimized for use in automation and industrial
environments, and meets the specific requirements of automation systems, such as easy upgrades of existing systems,
simple installation and minimal downtimes in the event of a fault.
Local
service PC
Remote
service PC
with SOFTNET
Security Client
Internet
SCALANCE
S623
Service access
Internet
Router
G_IK10_XX_10303
Internet
Router
Plant network/
secure automation cell
Connection of a local or remote service PC (by means of Internet access) via the DMZ port of the SCALANCE S623
Siemens IK PI 2015
8/9
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Security
Security Integrated
SCALANCE S
Design
Function
SCALANCE S602
Checking of data traffic and protection against unauthorized
access by means of stateful inspection firewall.
Simple and fast configuration of the firewall through global
firewall rules and symbolic names for IP addresses.
Specific access privileges for users in accordance with userspecific firewall rules.
10/100/1 000 Mbit/s ports for the connection and operation of
SCALANCE S in Gigabit networks as well
In addition to bridge mode, can also be operated in router
mode and can therefore also be used directly at IP subnet
limits
Address translation
- NAT (Network Address Translation) permits the use of private
IP addresses in the internal network in that public IP
addresses are converted to private ones
- NAPT (Network Address and Port Translation) permits the
use of private IP addresses in the internal network in that
frames are converted to private IP addresses depending on
the communications port used
Internal network nodes can receive their IP addresses from
the integral DHCP server
Log files can also be evaluated by the Syslog server
Enhanced integration in IT infrastructures and network
management systems by means of SNMP
Protection of individual, even alternating, devices by dynamically taking over the IP address (ghost mode)
SCALANCE S612
As SCALANCE S602; additionally:
Encryption of data transmission with VPN (IPSec)
- Protection against espionage
- Protection against unauthorized manipulation
Secure remote access over the Internet, e.g. in conjunction
with the SOFTNET Security Client and the SCALANCE M
UMTS router (with IPSec VPN function)
SCALANCE S623

DMZ port with which a protected zone (DMZ = demilitarized)
can be set up between two networks. The DMZ is used to
provide data for other networks without granting direct access
to the automation network, thus increasing security. The DMZ
port can also be used to protect remote maintenance access,
where, for example, only access to lower-level automation
cells is possible and no access to the plant network is
required.
Secure, redundant connection of automation cells through
router and firewall redundancy
SCALANCE S627-2M
Two media module slots for two additional switched red or
green ports each.
- Direct integration in line or ring topologies is possible
- Integration into redundant rings (MRP, HRP) is possible
- Secure, redundant connection of automation cells or rings
- Direct integration in FO networks is possible through the use
of FO media modules
- Bridging of longer cable runs or use of existing 2-wire cables
(e.g. PROFIBUS) by deploying the MM992-2VD media
modules (variable distance).
8/10
Siemens IK PI 2015
Security functions
VPN (Virtual Private Network)
(only for SCALANCE S612, S623 and SCALANCE S627-2M);
for reliable authentication (identification) of the network stations,
for encrypting data and checking data integrity.
Authentication;
All incoming data traffic is monitored and checked. As IP
addresses can be falsified (IP spoofing), checking the IP
address (of the client access) is not sufficient. In addition,
Client PCs may have changing IP addresses. For this reason
the authentication is performed by means of tried and tested
VPN mechanisms.
Data encryption;
Secure encryption is necessary in order to protect data
communication from espionage and unauthorized manipulation. This means that the data traffic remains incomprehensible to any eavesdropper in the network. The SCALANCE
Security Module establishes VPN tunnels to other Security
Modules for this purpose.
The firewall
can be used as an alternative or to supplement VPN with flexible
access control.
The firewall filters data packets and disables or enables
communication links in accordance with the filter list and stateful
inspection. Both incoming and outgoing communication can be
filtered, either according to IP and MAC addresses as well as
communication protocols (ports) or user-specific.
Logging;
access data are saved by the Security Module in a log file.
Detection of how, when and by whom it has been accessed is
as important as detecting access attempts, to ensure that
appropriate preventative measures can be taken.
Configuration
Configuration is carried out using the Security Configuration Tool
(SCT). Therefore all SIMATIC NET security products can be
configured and diagnosed from a central position. All the configuration data can be saved on the optional C-PLUG swap media
(not included in scope of supply) so that the Security Module
can be replaced quickly in the event of a fault and without the
need of a programming device.
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Security
Security Integrated
SCALANCE S
Configuration
Automation plant
Remote stations
Automation Applications
SCALANCE
M874-3
Plant network
SIMATIC
S7-1200
VPN
tunnel
Industrial Ethernet
GPRS/UMTS
Security
Module
SCALANCE S
PROFINET
PROFINET
Automation Cell n
SCALANCE
S623
...
VPN
tunnel
PROFINET
Automation Cell n-1
Internet
SSC
SIMATIC
Field PG with
SOFTNET
Security
Client
G_IK10_XX_10339
Security
Module
SCALANCE S
Internet
Router
SCALANCE
M812-1
Automation Cell 1
Secure remote access without direct connection to the automation network with SCALANCE S623
Untrusted Zone
Office Network
Domain
Controller
Server with web

application
DMZ Zone
SCALANCE
S623
Data base
server
permitted access
blocked access
limited access
G_IK10_XX_10340
Trusted Zone
pGl
Demilitarized zone (DMZ) for remote maintenance or access to data server with SCALANCE S623
Siemens IK PI 2015
8/11
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Security
Security Integrated
SCALANCE S
SCALANCE
M812-1
SCALANCE
S612
VPN tunnel 2
S7-300 with
CPU 315-2 DP
and CP 343-1
Lean
VPN
tunnel 1
Service Center
SCALANCE
M874-2
PROFIBUS
Internet
Remote Station 2
IP camera
S7-1500 with
CP 1543-1
Service PC with
Software SOFTNET
Security Client
SCALANCE
M874-3
Remote Station 1
Industrial Ethernet
G_IK10_XX_30188
Mobile radio
Smartphone or
tablet
Industrial Ethernet
Secure remote access over Internet with SCALANCE S and SCALANCE M
Ring redundancy
manager
8
MRP ring A
SCALANCE S627-2M
SCALANCE S627-2M
CU or fiber optic
Sync connection
Ring redundancy
manager
Secure, redundant connection between two MRP rings with SCALANCE S627-2M
8/12
Siemens IK PI 2015
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet
(Fiber optic)
G_IK10_XX_10366
MRP ring B
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Security
Security Integrated
SCALANCE S
Ring redundancy manager
MRP ring
CU or fiber optic
SCALANCE S627-2M
Automation Cell
SCALANCE S627-2M
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet
(Fiber optic)
Sync connection
MRP ring
MRP-Switch
Automation Cell
SCALANCE S627-2M
CU or fiber optic
Sync connection
G_IK10_XX_10367
SCALANCE S627-2M
CU
Secure, redundant connection of an automation cell to a redundant ring with SCALANCE S627-2M
SCALANCE S627-2M
SCALANCE S627-2M
CU or fiber optic
Sync connection
MRP ring

Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet
(Fiber optic)
MRP-Switch
CU
SCALANCE S627-2M
SCALANCE S627-2M
CU or fiber optic
Sync connection
G_IK10_XX_10368
MRP ring
Secure, redundant connection of a redundant ring to a plant network with SCALANCE S627-2M
Siemens IK PI 2015
8/13
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Security
Security Integrated
SCALANCE S
Article No.
6GK5602-0BA10-2AA3
6GK5612-0BA10-2AA3
6GK5623-0BA10-2AA3
SCALANCE S602
SCALANCE S612
SCALANCE S623
Transfer rate 1
10 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
Transfer rate 2
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
Transfer rate 3
1 000 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
1 000 Mbit/s
Transmission rate
Interfaces
2
for DMZ
for power supply
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

for DMZ
for power supply
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
RJ45 port
Yes
Yes
Yes

24 V
24 V
24 V

0.1 A
0.1 A
0.1 A
DC
DC
DC

minimum
maximum
24 V
19.2 V
28.8 V
24 V
19.2 V
28.8 V
24 V
19.2 V
28.8 V
0.5 A
0.5 A
0.6 A

power supply input
Yes
Yes
Yes

for supply voltage
Non-replaceable melting fuse

(F 3 A / 32 V)

(F 3 A / 32 V)

(F 3 A / 32 V)
Active power loss at 24V

for DC typical
6.72 W
6.72 W
6.96 W
-40 +60 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +60 C
-40 +80 C
-40 +80 C

maximum
95 %
95 %
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20
IP20
IP20

C-PLUG
Supply voltage,

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport
8/14
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Security
Security Integrated
SCALANCE S

Article No.
6GK5602-0BA10-2AA3
6GK5612-0BA10-2AA3
6GK5623-0BA10-2AA3
SCALANCE S602
SCALANCE S612
SCALANCE S623
Design
compact
compact
compact
Width
Height
Depth
60 mm
125 mm
124 mm
60 mm
125 mm
124 mm
60 mm
125 mm
124 mm
Net weight
0.8 kg
0.8 kg
0.81 kg
Mounting type
wall mounting
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Screw mounting on horizontal and

vertical surfaces

vertical surfaces

vertical surfaces
Product function DynDNS client
Yes
Yes
Yes
Protocol is supported PPPoE
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
SCT: Security Configuration Tool

(included in scope of delivery)


Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Stateful inspection
Stateful inspection
Stateful inspection
IPSec
IPSec
Mounting type
components general

configuration
Product function symbolic names
for IP addresses
SNMP v1
SNMP v3
Product function
SysLog
Packet Filter Log
Audit Log
System Log
Product function DHCP server internal network

Product function static IP routing
Product function with VPN connection Type of encryption algorithms

with VPN connection
AES-256, AES-192, AES-128,

3DES-168, DES-56
AES-256, AES-192, AES-128,

3DES-168, DES-56

with VPN connection



with VPN connection
MD5, SHA-1
MD5, SHA-1

for VPN connection
128
128
Number of network stations

maximum
note
0
-
128
128
Limitation only applies in bridge mode. Limitation only applies in bridge mode.
No limitation in routing mode
Product function
Password protection
bandwidth limiting
NAT/NAPT
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015
8/15
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Security
Security Integrated
SCALANCE S

Article No.
6GK5602-0BA10-2AA3
6GK5612-0BA10-2AA3
6GK5623-0BA10-2AA3
SCALANCE S602
SCALANCE S612
SCALANCE S623
Product function pass on

time synchronization
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Product component
Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes
Yes
Yes
FM 3611
EN 60079-0: 2006, EN60079-15: 2005,
II 3 G Ex nA IIT..,
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950 / CSA C22.2 No. 60950-00,
UL 508 / CSA C22.2 No. 142
EN 61000-6-4 : 2007
EN 61000-6-2 : 2005
FM 3611
EN 60079-0: 2006, EN60079-15: 2005,
II 3 G Ex nA IIT..,
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950 / CSA C22.2 No. 60950-00,
UL 508 / CSA C22.2 No. 142
EN 61000-6-4 : 2007
EN 61000-6-2 : 2005
FM 3611
EN 60079-0: 2006, EN60079-15: 2005,
II 3 G Ex nA IIT..,
KEMA 07 ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950 / CSA C22.2 No. 60950-00,
UL 508 / CSA C22.2 No. 142
EN 61000-6-4 : 2007
EN 61000-6-2 : 2005
AS/NZS 2064 (Class A), EN 61000-6-2,

EN 61000-6-4, marine classification
pending
Yes
Yes
AS/NZS 2064 (Class A), EN 61000-6-2,

pending
Yes
Yes
AS/NZS 2064 (Class A), EN 61000-6-2,

pending
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Product expansion optional C-PLUG
Yes
Yes
Yes
Article No.
6GK5627-2BA10-2AA3
Article No.
6GK5627-2BA10-2AA3
SCALANCE S627-2M
SCALANCE S627-2M
approvals
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone
for security of CSA and UL

CE mark
C-Tick
Bureau Veritas (BV)
Accessories
Transmission rate
Transfer rate 1
10 Mbit/s
Transfer rate 2
100 Mbit/s
Transfer rate 3
1 000 Mbit/s
Interfaces
7
for DMZ
for power supply
for DMZ
for power supply
C-PLUG
8/16
Siemens IK PI 2015
3
3
1
1
1
1
RJ45 port
Yes

24 V

0.1 A
Supply voltage,
DC

minimum
maximum
24 V
19.2 V
28.8 V
0.7 A

power supply input
Yes

for supply voltage

(F 3 A / 32 V)
Active power loss at 24V

for DC typical
12 W
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Security
Security Integrated
SCALANCE S

Article No.
6GK5627-2BA10-2AA3
Article No.
6GK5627-2BA10-2AA3
SCALANCE S627-2M
SCALANCE S627-2M

Ambient temperature
during operating
during storage
during transport

-40 +60 C
-40 +70 C
-40 +70 C
95 %
Protection class IP
IP20

Design
Compact
Width
Height
Depth
120 mm
125 mm
124 mm
Net weight
1.3 kg
Mounting type
wall mounting
Yes
Yes
Yes
Stateful inspection

with VPN connection
AES-256, AES-192, AES-128,

3DES-168, DES-56

with VPN connection


with VPN connection
MD5, SHA-1

for VPN connection
128
Number of network stations

with VPN connection
maximum
note
128
Limitation only applies in bridge
mode.

vertical surfaces
Product function
Password protection
bandwidth limiting
NAT/NAPT
Yes
Product function DynDNS client
Yes
Product function pass on time synchronization
Protocol is supported PPPoE
Yes
Yes
Product component Hardware realtime clock
Yes

Yes
Mounting type

components general

configuration
Product function symbolic names
for IP addresses
SNMP v1
SNMP v3
Yes
Yes
Yes
approvals
Standard
for EMC from FM
for hazardous zone

Product function
SysLog
Packet Filter Log
Audit Log
System Log
for security of CSA and UL

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes


Product function DHCP server internal network
Yes

Product function static IP routing
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
CE mark
C-Tick
American Bureau
Bureau Veritas (BV)
FM 3611
EN 60079-0: 2006, EN60079-15:
2005, II 3 G Ex nA IIT.., KEMA 07
ATEX 0145 X
UL 60950 / CSA C22.2 No. 60950-00,
UL 508 / CSA C22.2 No. 142
EN 61000-6-4 : 2007
EN 61000-6-2 : 2005
AS/NZS 2064 (Class A),
EN 61000-6-2,
pending
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Accessories
Product expansion optional C-PLUG
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2015
8/17
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Security
Security Integrated
SCALANCE S
Ordering data
Article No.
SCALANCE S
industrial security modules
For protecting programmable controllers and automation networks
and for securing industrial communication; Security Modules protect
network segments against unauthorized access by means of stateful inspection firewall; connection of
more than 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s
ports; configuring tool and electronic manual on CD ROM;
English, German, French, Italian,
Spanish;
Article No.
SCALANCE S;
configuring tool (German/English)
(German/English/French/Spanish/
Italian)
SCALANCE S602
6GK5602-0BA10-2AA3
SCALANCE S612
simultaneously
6GK5612-0BA10-2AA3

Edition 2008
For 32-bit Windows,
XP Professional + SP1, SP2, SP3
SCALANCE S623
simultaneously;
6GK5623-0BA10-2AA3
SCALANCE S627-2M
simultaneously;
media module each
6GK5627-2BA10-2AA3
6GK1704-1VW02-0AA0
6GK1704-1VW03-0AA0
For 32-bit Windows 7 Professional,

Ultimate, Windows XP Professional
+ SP3
6GK1704-1VW04-0AA0
For 32/64-bit Windows 7

Professional/Ultimate
Accessories
(Type A)
cable for connecting to IE FC RJ45
outlet / IE FC RJ45 plug;
PROFINET-compliant;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180

1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6XV1840-2AH10
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
FC cables
6GK1901-1GA00

85 264 V AC/110 300 V DC,
slim design
6EP1331-5BA00
C-PLUG
replacement of devices in the event
of a fault; for storing configuration
or application data; can be used
for SIMATIC NET products
with C-PLUG slot
6GK1900-0AB00
More information
on the Internet at:
8/18
Siemens IK PI 2015
Note:
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Security
Security Integrated
SCALANCE M
Overview
and programmable controllers via the 3rd generation mobile
wireless network (UMTS) and it supports HSPA+ (High Speed
Packet Access). Thus, it allows high transfer rates of up to
14.4 Mbit/s in the downlink and up to 5.76 Mbit/s in the uplink
(depending on the infrastructure of the mobile wireless
provider).
and programmable controllers via the 2nd generation mobile
wireless network (GSM) and it supports GPRS (General Packet
Radio Service) and EDGE (Enhanced Data Rates for GSM
Evolution).
SCALANCE M875 is a UMTS router for wireless IP communication between Industrial Ethernet-based programmable
controllers via mobile radio networks of the 3rd generation
(UMTS) and the 2nd generation (GSM)
High data transfer rate thanks to HSDPA
Integrated security functions with firewall
Use as VPN end point (IPsec)
Approved for railway applications
SCALANCE M812-1 and SCALANCEM816-1 are DSL routers
for the low-cost and secure connection of Ethernet-based
subnets and automation devices to wired telephone or DSL
networks that support ASDL2+ (Asynchronous Digital Subscriber Line). This allows the devices to have high downlink data
rates of up to 25 Mbit/s and uplink data rates of up to 3.5 Mbit/s.
The SCALANCE M826-2 is an SHDSL modem for low-cost, secure connection of Ethernet-based subnets and programmable
controllers via existing two-wire or stranded cables and supports
the ITU-T standard G.991.2 as well as SHDSL.biz (single-pair
high-speed digital subscriber line). This gives the device high
symmetrical data rates of up to 15.3 Mbit/s per wire pair.
The security of access and communication is ensured by the security functions of the integrated firewall and by VPN tunnels
Note:
Further information on SCALANCE M can be found in Chapter 7,
Industrial Remote Communication, under "Remote networks/
IP-based modems and routers".
Siemens IK PI 2015
8/19
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Security
Security Integrated
CP 1243-1 and CP 1543-1
Overview
CP 1243-1
The CP 1243-1 communication processor securely connects
the SIMATIC S7-1200 controller to Ethernet networks. With its
integrated security functions of firewall (Stateful Inspection) and
VPN protocol (IPSec), the communications processor protects
S7-1200 stations and lower-level networks against unauthorized
access, and protects the data transmission against manipulation
and espionage by means of encryption. Furthermore, the CP
can also be used for integrating the S7-1200 station into the
TeleControl Server Basic control center software via IP-based
remote networks.
CP 1543-1
The SIMATIC CP 1543-1 communications processor securely
connects the new SIMATIC S7-1500 controller to Industrial
Ethernet networks. With its integrated security functions of firewall (Stateful Inspection), VPN protocol (IPSec) and protocols for
data encryption such as FTPS and SNMPv3, the communications processor protects S7-1500 stations and lower-level networks against unauthorized access, as well as protecting data
transmission against manipulation and espionage by means of
encryption.
Note:
Further information on CP 1243-1 and CP 1543-1 can be
found Chapter 2, PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet, under
"System connection for SIMATIC S7/communication for
SIMATIC S7-1500".
8
TIA Portal
Field PG
Industrial Ethernet
Automation Cell
SIMATIC
S7-1500 with
CP 1543-1
PROFINET
Industrial
Ethernet
Automation Cell
SIMATIC S7-1200
with CP 1243-1
PROFINET
S7-300 with
CP 343-1 Lean
ET 200S
S7-300 with
CP 343-1 Lean
ET 200S
SINAMICS
Segmentation of networks and protection of the S7-1500 with CP 1543-1 or S7-1200 with CP 1243-1
8/20
Siemens IK PI 2015
SINAMICS
G_IK10_XX_10377
Industrial
Ethernet
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Security
Security Integrated
CP 343-1 Advanced and CP 443-1 Advanced
Overview
CP 343-1 Advanced
Communications processor for connecting the SIMATIC S7-300/
also as PROFINET IO controller and IO device.
The CP supports:
PG/OP communication
S7 communication
IT communication
CP 443-1 Advanced
Communications processor for connecting a SIMATIC S7-400 to
Industrial Ethernet networks, also as PROFINET IO controller or
in SIMATIC H systems.
The CP supports:
PG/OP communication
S7 communication
IT communication
Note:
Further information on the CP 343-1 Advanced and CP 443-1
Advanced can be found in Chapter 2, PROFINET/Industrial
Ethernet, under "System connection for SIMATIC S7 communication for SIMATIC S7-300 or S7-400".
Alongside the familiar communication functions (integrated
switch and Layer 3 routing functionality) the CP 343-1 Advanced
and CP 443-1 Advanced Industrial Ethernet communications
processors also contain the "Security Integrated" function
Stateful Inspection Firewall and a VPN gateway to protect the
controller and lower-level networks against security risks.
Siemens IK PI 2015
8/21
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Security
Security Integrated
CP 343-1 Advanced and CP 443-1 Advanced
Field PG
PC with management system

and database (e.g. Oracle)
pGl
SIMATIC
S7-400 with
CP 443-1
Advanced
ET
200S
ET
200S
PROFINET
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet
Segmentation of networks and protection of the S7-300 or S7-400 controllers with CP 343-1 Advanced or CP 443-1 Advanced
8/22
Siemens IK PI 2015
G_IK10_XX_10337
SIMATIC
S7-300 with
CP 343-1
Advanced
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Security
Security Integrated
CP 1628
Overview
PCI Express card (PCIe x1) with its own microprocessor
and integrated 2-port switch (2 x RJ45 connection,
10/100/1 000 Mbit/s) for the connection of a PG/PC to
Industrial Ethernet
Integrated security mechanisms (e.g. Firewall, VPN)
- S7 communication
support of SNMP (V1/V3)
Industrial PCs are protected by firewall and VPN via the CP 1628
Industrial Ethernet communications processor for secure
communication without special operating system settings.
This means that computers equipped with the module can be
connected to protected cells. The CP 1628 makes it possible to
connect SIMATIC PG/PC and PCs with PCI Express slots to
Industrial Ethernet (10/100/1 000 Mbit/s).
Note:
Further information on the CP 1628 can be found in Chapter 2,
PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet, under "System connection for
PG/PC/IPC/communication for PC-based systems".
Additional field devices can be flexibly connected to Industrial

Ethernet via the integrated switch. Along with the automation
functions familiar from CP 1623, the communications processor
also contains "Security Integrated", i.e. a Stateful Inspection
Firewall and a VPN gateway to protect the PG/PC system against
security risks.
Control center
SIMATIC PCS 7 Client
Terminalbus (Ethernet)
8
PC with 4 x CP 1628 and
(ISO on TCP)
Internet
router
Industrial Ethernet
Internet router
Industrial Ethernet
VPN tunnel
Internet
S7-400H with
CP 443-1
Advanced
PROFINET
S7-400H with
CP 443-1
Advanced
S7-400H with
CP 443-1
Advanced
G_IK10_XX_10354
S7-400H with
CP 443-1
Advanced
PROFIBUS
Secure redundant connection to CP 1628 and CP 443-1 Advanced

Siemens IK PI 2015
8/23
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Security
Security Integrated
Overview
The SOFTNET Security Client is a component of the Industrial
Security concept for protecting programmable controllers and
for security during data exchange between automation
systems.
It is a VPN client for programming devices, PCs and
notebooks in industrial environments and supports secure
client access via LAN or even WAN (e.g. for remote maintenance via the Internet) to automation systems protected by
Security Integrated devices with VPN functionality
PC/IPC with
SOFTNET
Security Client
software
IPC
Data transmission is protected against operator error,

eavesdropping/espionage and manipulation; communication
can only take place between authenticated and authorized
devices
Use of field-proven IPsec mechanisms for setting up and
operating VPNs.
SCALANCE
W788-1RJ45
access point
PC/PG/Notebook
with SOFTNET
Security Client software
VPN tunnel
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
Security Module
SCALANCE S
SIMATIC S7-300
with CP 343-1
PROFINET
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet
S7-300 with
CP 343-1 Lean
ET 200S
ET 200S
Automation cell 1
ET 200M
Automation cell 2
G_IK10_XX_10254
Secure access (VPN tunnel)
SIMATIC S7-400
Secure access to automation cells protected by Security Integrated devices with VPN functionality with the SOFTNET Security Client
Benefits
Application
Avoidance of system disruptions through exclusive access to

programmable controllers or complete automation cells using
approved programming devices or notebooks
High flexibility when used on mobile PCs as no hardware is
required for securing the communication
Uniform configuration and integrated security concept for
automation engineering with SCALANCE S, the security
S7-CPs (CP 1243-1, CP 1543-1, CP 343-1 Adv.,
CP 443-1 Adv.), the PC-CP 1628, the CP 1543-1,
the CP 1243-1 and the SOFTNET Security Client without
special IT know-how
Protection of data transmission against espionage and
manipulation based on certified standards
Considerable savings when used as a remote maintenance
solution together with SCALANCE S and SCALANCE M
compared to expensive service callouts
8/24
Siemens IK PI 2015
The security modules of the SCALANCE S family are provided

specially for use in automation, yet connect seamlessly with
the security structures of the office and IT world. They provide
security and meet the specific requirements of automation
technology, such as simple upgrades of existing systems,
simple installation and minimum downtimes if a fault occurs.
Depending on the particular security needs, various
different security measures can be combined. The SOFTNET
Security Client allows programming devices, PCs, and notebooks access to devices with IPSec VPN functionality
(e.g. SCALANCE S, SCALANCE M, CP 1243-1, CP 1543-1,
CP 343-1/CP 443-1 Advanced, CP 1628), protected network
stations or automation systems.
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Security
Security Integrated
Function
Ordering data
Authentication
SOFTNET Security Client V4 HF1
Since IP addresses can be falsified (IP spoofing), checking the

IP address (of the client access) is not sufficient for reliable
authentication. In addition to this, Client PCs may have changing
IP addresses. For this reason, the authentication is performed
using tried and tested VPN mechanisms.

SCALANCE S, SCALANCE M,
CP 1243-1, CP 1543-1,
CP 343-1 Advanced,
CP 443-1 Advanced, CP 1628,
CP 1543-1 or CP 1243-1;
configuration tool (German/English),
(German/English/French/Spanish/
Italian) for Windows 7 Professional,
Ultimate, Windows XP Professional
(32 bit) + SP3
Data encryption
Secure encryption is necessary to protect data traffic from
espionage and manipulation. This means that the data traffic
remains incomprehensible to any eavesdropper in the network.
To achieve this, the SOFTNET Security Client establishes connections on IPSec based VPN tunnels to other SCALANCE S,
SCALANCE M, the S7 Security CPs or the PC-CP 1628.
Performance data
System requirements (please note the descriptions under
"Ordering data"):
Windows 7 Professional or Ultimate 32/64-bit
Windows XP Professional (32-bit) + SP3
Configuration
Using the associated configuration tool it is possible to create
and manage security rules even without special security knowledge. In the simplest case, only the SCALANCE S modules or
SOFTNET Security Clients that will communicate with each other
are created and configured. As soon as SOFTNET Security
Client knows the programmable controllers to be accessed,
communication can be established.
6GK1704-1VW04-0AA0
SCALANCE S Industrial Security Modules

For protection of programmable
controllers and automation networks,
and for securing of industrial communication; configuration tool and electronic manual on CD-ROM
German, English, French, Italian,
Spanish
SCALANCE S612
6GK5612-0BA10-2AA3
Up to 128 VPN tunnels

simultaneously
SCALANCE S623
6GK5623-0BA10-2AA3

simultaneously;
SCALANCE S627-2M
6GK5627-2BA10-2AA3

simultaneously;
media module each
SCALANCE M874
mobile radio router
Mobile radio router for wireless IP
Ethernet-based subnets and programmable controllers via UMTS or
GSM mobile radio networks;
with IPsec;
2 x RJ45 ports,
SCALANCE M874-31)
SCALANCE M874-21)
6GK5874-3AA00-2AA2
6GK5874-2AA00-2AA2
SCALANCE M875 UMTS router

UMTS router for wireless IP
Ethernet-based programmable
controllers via UMTS/GSM mobile
radio networks;
with IPsec;
2 x RJ45 ports,
SCALANCE M8751)
SCALANCE M8751)
for Japan
6GK5875-0AA10-1AA2
6GK5875-0AA10-1CA2
Siemens IK PI 2015
8/25
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Security
Security Integrated
Ordering data
Article No.
SCALANCE M industrial modems and routers (continued)
Communications processors for SIMATIC S7 (continued)
SCALANCE M81x-1 ADSL router
CP 443-1 Advanced

telephone or DSL networks;
with IPsec;
1 x or 4 x RJ45 ports
for Industrial Ethernet;
6GK5812-1AA00-2AA2
6GK5812-1BA00-2AA2
6GK5816-1AA00-2AA2
6GK5816-1BA00-2AA2

with IPsec;
1 x or 4 x RJ45 ports
for Industrial Ethernet;
CP 1243-1
to Industrial Ethernet via TCP/IP, ISO
and UDP, Telecontrol Server Basic
and security functions Stateful
Inspection Firewall and VPN;
1 x RJ45 interface
with 10/100 Mbit/s
6GK5826-2AB00-2AB2
6GK7243-1BX30-0XE0
CP 343-1 Advanced
6GK7343-1GX31-0XE0
Siemens IK PI 2015
CP 1628
(10/100/1 000 Mbit/s),
S7-REDCONNECT.
6GK1162-8AA00
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180

6GK7543-1AX00-0XE0
8/26

SIMATIC S7-400 to Industrial
Ethernet;
PROFINET IO Controller with RT and
IRT, MRP, PROFINET CBA, TCP/IP,
ISO and UDP;
RFC1006, diagnostics expansions,
multicast, clock synchronization
with SIMATIC mode or NTP,
access protection by IP access list,
FTP client/server, HTTP server,
HTML diagnostics, SNMP, DHCP,
e-mail, data storage on C-PLUG;
PROFINET connector:
4xRJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s) via switch;
Gigabit connector:
1xRJ45 (10/100/1 000 Mbit/s);
with integrated stateful inspection
firewall and VPN appliance
Accessories
CP 1543-1
to Industrial Ethernet via TCP/IP, ISO
and UDP and security functions
Stateful Inspection Firewall and
VPN; 1 x RJ45 interface
with 10/100/1 000 Mbit/s;

to Industrial Ethernet over ISO
and TCP/IP;
PROFINET IO Controller or
S7 communication, open communication (SEND/RECEIVE), FETCH/
WRITE, with and without RFC1006,
multicast, DHCP,
CPU clock synchronization via
SIMATIC procedure and NTP,
diagnostics, SNMP, access protection through IP access list,
initialization over LAN 10/100 Mbit/s;
as well as IT communication
(web, e-mail, FTP); PROFINET CBA;
security (firewall/VPN);
PROFIenergy;
6GK7443-1GX30-0XE0
Communications processors for PG/PC/IPC
Communications processors for SIMATIC S7
Article No.

enclosure and integrated insulation
displacement contacts for connecting Industrial Ethernet FC installation
cables; with 180 cable outlet;
interface
1 pack = 1 unit
1 pack = 10 units
1 pack = 50 units
6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
6GK1901-1BB10-2AE0
ANT794-4MR antenna
6NH9860-1AA00

(2G) and UMTS (3G) networks;
outdoor use;
to antenna;
SMA connector;
including mounting bracket, screws,
wall plugs
Note:
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Security
Security Integrated
Step 1:
Step 2:
Step 3:
Assess
Implement
Operate &
Manage
Know your security

posture and develop
a security roadmap
Engineering, design and

implementation of a holistic
cyber security program
Provide continuous protection

through proactive defense
Vulnerability assessment
Threat assessment
Risk analysis
Cyber security training

Development of security
policies and procedures
Implementation of security
technology
The merge of data systems in the production and office environments has made many processes faster and easier, while the
use of the same data processing programs creates synergies.
These developments, however, have also increased the security
risk.
Today it is no longer just the office environment that is under
threat from viruses, trojans and hackers - production plants are
also at risk of malfunctions and data loss. Many weak spots in
security are not obvious at first glance. For this reason, it is
advisable to check existing plants in regard to security and to
optimize them in order to maintain a higher level of plant availability. To enhance the security of a plant against cyber attacks,
a multi-level service concept for Industrial Security is available
from Siemens Industry.
The first step involves "assessment" the initial examination of
the existing plant. This identifies weak spots or deviations from
standards. The result of this examination is a detailed report
about the actual status of the plant with a description of the weak
points and an assessment of the risks. The report also contains
suggested actions for improving the level of security.
Global threat intelligence

Incident detection and
remediation
Timely response to the
changing threat landscape
G_IK10_XX_10376
Overview
In the second "implementation" stage - the measures defined in

the assessment are implemented, i.e.:
Training:
Personnel are given specific training so that they understand
what IT and infrastructure security means in the industrial
environment.
Process improvement:
Security-relevant regulations and guidelines relating to the
existing plant requirements are drawn up and implemented.
Security technologies:
Protective measures are implemented for hardware and
software, as well as in the plant network; in addition, long-term
protection through monitoring is available.
The measures defined and implemented in the first two phases
are continuously developed in the third phase of "operation and
management", i.e. monitoring the security status of the plant,
checking the security level, redefining and optimizing actions,
as well as regular reports and functions such as updates,
backup and restore. Even if changes are made to the plant network, the software environment or the administration of access
rights for users and administrators, services increase the security level so that the corresponding data remains in the plant and
attackers are given minimal opportunities to compromise the
plant. The phases of implementation, operation and management are tailored precisely to meet the existing needs.
Siemens IK PI 2015
8/27
Siemens AG 2014
Industrial Security
Security Integrated
Benefits
Ordering data
Customer benefits
Determination of the security level and, based on this, drawing
up a plan of action for reducing the risks
Specific training for building up technical knowledge
Increasing plant security through tailored processes and
specifications
Implementation of a comprehensive security solution for
protecting the automation system
Connection to a Managed Service Center for continuous
monitoring of the security status of the plant
Continuous monitoring of the security status of the plant
Detection of incidents and adaptation of the environment to
the threat
Keeping the system up to date (pattern, patches, signatures).
8/28
Siemens IK PI 2015
Article No.
Security assessment
for complete plants
9AS1411-1AA11-1AA1
Risk and Vulnerability

Assessment
On request
Customized analyses, projects

and advice
On request
More information
Further information can be found at:
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
9/2
Abbreviations, Explanations
9/16
9/17
Siemens Industry Training

Course overview
9/18
9/18
9/19
Standards and approbations

CE marking
Quality management
Certificates
9/20
Partner at Industry Automation and

Drive Technologies
9/21
Siemens Solution Partner Automation
9/22
Siemens Automation Cooperates

with Education
9/22
Applicable practical know-how
9/24
Online Services
9/24
Information and Ordering

in the Internet and on DVD
Information and Download Center
Social Media, Mobile Media
9/25
9/26
Industry Services
9/26
9/27
Your machines and plant can do more

with Industry Services
Industry Services for the entire life cycle
9/31
Safety of electronic devices
9/32
Software Licenses
9/34
Conditions of sale and delivery
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Term
Meaning
Explanation
1
10 Gigabit Ethernet
Standard for 10 Gbit/s data transfer using fiber-optic and copper cables
1000BaseT
Gigabit Ethernet; standard for 1 000 Mbit/s data transfer on copper

cables
100BaseFX
Fast Ethernet Standard for data transmission on glass fiber-optic cables
100BaseT
Fast Ethernet Standard
10Base2
Standard for the transmission of 10 Mbit/s Ethernet on thin coaxial

cables; segment length: 185 m
10Base5
Standard for the transmission of 10 Mbit/s Ethernet on coaxial cables

(yellow cable); segment length: 500 m
10BaseFL
Standard for the transmission of 10 Mbit/s Ethernet on glass fiber-optic

cables (fiber link)
10BaseT
Standard for the transmission of 10 Mbit/s Ethernet on twisted-pair

cables
2, 3, 4
2G
Second-generation mobile radio standard (see also GSM/GPRS) as

digital successor to analog mobile radio systems
2.5G
Extension of the second-generation mobile radio standard for higher

bit rates (see also EGPRS)
3G
Third-generation mobile radio standard (see also UMTS) with significantly higher data transmission rates and global availability
Fourth-generation mobile radio standard (see also LTE) as successor
to 3G/UMTS with high data transmission rate
4G
A
Access point
Access Points enable wireless LANs to be connected to wired Ethernet

networks. The device also enables the range of individual wireless LAN
components to be extended.
ACL
Access Control List
List with MAC addresses that are authorized to access the radio network
Actuator
Actuator
Ad-hoc network
Radio network between two WLAN clients or terminals

(e.g. laptops) (point-to-point)
AES
Advanced Encryption Standard Powerful encryption mechanism in radio networks for protection against
eavesdropping and unauthorized access
ALI
Application Layer Interface
Interface to application layer; this forms the interface between an

application process and the standardized interface
of the application layer and vice versa.
Antenna diversity
Procedure in which a radio receiver is equipped with two antennas

and can choose the better of two received signals
Antenna gain
Improvement (passive!) of the antenna due to suitable design in

comparison with an isotropic radiator
AP
Automation Protocol
Automation Protocol
Layers 5 through 7 of the ISO reference model
ASIC
Application Specific
Integrated Circuit
Application-specific IC
AS-Interface
Actuator-sensor interface
Cable for direct connection of simple binary sensors and actuators

(transmission of small quantities of information)
ATEX
Approval for explosion-proof areas
ATM
Asynchronous Transfer Mode
Method by which the data traffic is transmitted in smaller packets of fixed

length and by means of asynchronous time division multiplexing
AUI
Attachment Unit Interface
Interface compliant with IEEE 802.3
Autocrossover
Function that enables automatic crossover of send and receive cables

at twisted pair interfaces.
9/2
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Term
Meaning
Explanation
A
Autonegotiation
Configuration protocol for Ethernet.

Before initiating the actual data transmission, network devices
automatically negotiate a transmission mode (1000 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s
or 10 Mbit/s, full duplex or half duplex).
Autosensing
Ability of a device to detect the data rate automatically (10 Mbit/s or

100 Mbit/s or 1 000 Mbit/s) and to then send or receive at this rate.
AWG
American Wire Gauge
US standard. Also known as Brown and Sharp (B&S) Wire Gauge.

It specifies the diameter of copper conductors.
Contactless proximity limit

switch with feedback oscillator
Proximity switch
BFOC
Bayonet Fiber Optic Connector
Standardized connector for glass fiber-optic cables with a bayonet-lock;

also referred to as "ST" (see ST connector)
Broadcast
Circular call in a computer network
Message, with which data packets are transmitted from one point to all
stations in a network
bursts
Momentarily increased network loading due to a data surge or alarm

avalanche
C
CBA
Component Based Automation
Supports modularization in mechanical and plant engineering through

the plant-wide, graphical grouping of distributed applications. Component based Automation based on the PROFINET standard of the PNO.
CC
Central controller
CD
Compact disc
CSD
Circuit Switched Data
Data transmission over a GSM dialup connection
CHAP
Challenge Handshake Authenti- Authentication protocol

cation Protocol
Channel Bonding
Two channels are used simultaneously with the help of channel bonding.
Gross transmission rates of up to 450 Mbit/s can be achieved in conjunction with the MIMO technology in accordance with IEEE 802.11n.
CLI
Command Line Interface
Alphanumeric command interface for parameterization and diagnosis

over a serial interface or TELNET
CLIP
Calling Line Identification

Presentation
Transmission of the caller's telephone number (CLIP) is a performance feature for incoming calls and can only be activated or
deactivated for these
Client/server
communication
Principle of connection setup
The network node that sets up a connection is termed the "client". A "server" on the other hand is the node to which a connection is set up.
CM
Communications Metallic
UL approval for copper cables for use in buildings in accordance with

Section 800-53(d) of NEC. Flames do not spread upward from cable out
of the cable tray in the Vertical Tray Flame Test in UL 1685, "Vertical-Tray
Fire-Propagation and Smoke Release Test for Electrical and OpticalFiber Cables".
Communication Module
Module for communications tasks used in an automation system as a

CPU interface expansion
CMG
UL Approval of a copper cable for laying in cable harnesses

(general purpose)
CMIP
Common Management Informa-

tion Protocol
CMIS
Common Management Informa-

tion Service
CMP
Plenum cable (copper)
UL Approval of a copper cable for laying without additional protection in

the space above dropped ceilings or below raised floors
CMR
Riser cable (copper)
UL Approval of a copper cable for laying between the floors of a building
B
BERO
Siemens IK PI 2015
9/3
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Term
Meaning
Explanation
CMX
Cable for use in buildings in a cable duct or non-flammable tube.

The unprotected lines or cables must not exceed 3 m in length.
CMX type cable may bear the title "Outdoor".
This cable meets all the conditions of the VW-1 Flame Test Requirements
as defined in UL 1581.
CoL
Certificate accompanying a software product which documents the

legal ownership of a software license.
Collision domain
In order to ensure the function of the Carrier Sense Multiple Access /

Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) procedure, the delay of a data package
from one station to the other is limited.
Depending on the transmission rate, this delay gives a physically limited
expansion of the network, known as the collision domain. For 10 Mbit/s
Ethernet this is 4 520 m, and for Fast Ethernet 412 m.
Several collision domains can be connected with each other via
bridges/switches. Full duplex permits expansions beyond a collision
domain.
COM/DCOM
Component Object Model / Dis- COM is a fundamental object model. It allows an object to make its functributed Component
tionality available to other components. DCOM is an extension of COM
Object Model
for communication over a network.
CP
Communication Processor
Interface module for communication tasks
CPU
Central Processing Unit
e.g. for SIMATIC S5/S7
CSD
Circuit Switched Data
Modem operation
CSMA/CD
Carrier Sense Multiple

Access/Collision Detection
Collision access procedure for Industrial Ethernet bus systems as per

IEEE 802.3
D
DA
Destination Address
dBi
Unit of measurement of antenna gain compared to an isotropic

omnidirectional antenna
DCP
Discovery and Configuration

Protocol
Defines the allocation of the IP parameters with vendor-specific configuration/programming tools or in the plant-wide engineering, e.g. in the
PROFINET interconnection editor
DDE
Dynamic Data Exchange
Windows interface
DDL
Direct Data Link
DDLM
Direct Data Link Mapper
Deterministic features
Predictable data traffic and defined response times
DHCP
Dynamic Host Configuration

Protocol
De-facto standard for assigning dynamic IP addresses
Diversity
Radio receiver with two antennas for selecting the best signal
DLL
Dynamic Link Library
A collection of functions available to two or more programs, but which

are loaded only once into the memory
(Windows/Windows NT Feature).
DLPI
Data Link Protocol Interface
DNP3
Distributed Network Protocol
Communications standard for telecontrol systems; it is used as general

transmission protocol between control station and sub-station
Domain services
An application service group which contains services for downloading/uploading of logically related memory areas.
DP
Distributed I/O
Input or output modules that are used by the CPU on a distributed basis.
The PLC and the distributed I/O can be connected over the
PROFIBUS DP bus system.
DPRAM
Dual Port Random

Access Memory
DSSS
Direct Sequence Spread

Spectrum
Spread spectrum transmission procedure (IEEE 802.11b)
9/4
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Term
Meaning
Explanation
DV
Data processing
Previously also referred to as Electronic Data Processing (EDP)
DVD
Digital Versatile Disc
Digital optical storage medium
Extended electromechanical
interface
EGPRS
Enhanced GPRS
Method of increasing the data rate in GSM mobile networks by

introducing an additional modulation procedure (2.5G)
EIRP
Equivalent isotropic radiated

power
The transmit power that must be fed to an isotropic radiator in order

that it effectively emits the same performance as another antenna in
a specific direction. An isotropic radiator is a theoretical antenna that
radiates evenly in all directions (isotropically) and is assumed to be
infinitely small.
EMC
ER
Extension rack
Expansion component for SIMATIC
ERP
Enterprise Resource Planning
Term for systems and software solutions which coordinate the business
process and help with planning, e.g. SAP R3, Peoplesoft, BAAN.
ERTEC
Enhanced Real-Time
Ethernet Controller
The Industrial Ethernet ASIC is a high-performance Ethernet controller,

optimized for PROFINET with integral switch functionality and processor
ESD
Electro static discharge
Electric strength
EU
Extension unit
Ex
Intrinsically safe protective

measure to DIN EN 50 020
Appropriately marked modules may also be used within hazardous

areas. (Regulations must be observed!)
F
FB
Function block
FC
FastConnect
Fast connection system for Ethernet and PROFIBUS cables and

connectors
FC
Function Call
Sequence of functions
FDDI
Fiber Distributed Data Interface High-speed network standardized by ANSI for data transmission over a
range of up to 100 km with a bit rate of 100 Mbit/s. Twin fiber-optic cables
in opposite directions serve as the transmission medium.
FDL
Fieldbus Data Link
Layer 2 with PROFIBUS; it comprises the field bus link control (FLC) and
medium access control (MAC).
FDX
Full duplex
Capability of a device for sending and receiving data at the same time.
In the case of full duplex, collision detection is deactivated. A full duplex
capable device is able to buffer data packets.
FE
Fast Ethernet
Compared with 10 Mbps Ethernet, frames at 100 Mbps are transported

much faster and therefore occupy the bus for a very short time.
FHSS
Frequency Hopping Spread

Spectrum
Transmission procedure used, for example, in Bluetooth.
Filtering
A switch filters data traffic depending on the source and destination

addresses in a data packet. An incoming data packet is routed by the
switch to the port to which the data terminal with the appropriate
destination address is connected.
FIFO principle
"First in, first out" principle
Data is transmitted in telecontrol systems regardless of the respective

priority
FIM
Field Interface Module
Firewall
Software or hardware component that allows or prevents data access to

a PC or between interconnected networks according to given security
restrictions
FM
US certificate for the installation of devices in hazardous locations

(Factory Mutual Research)
E
EEMS
Siemens IK PI 2015
9/5
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Term
Meaning
Explanation
FMS
Fieldbus Message Specification Upper sublayer of Layer 7 with PROFIBUS; it encompasses the functions: protocol machine, generation of PDUs, coding/decoding and
interpretation of the protocol data unit.
FO
fiber-optic
Fiber-optic cable
FO cable
Fiber-optic cable
Flexible optical medium/fiber made of glass or plastic in which light can

be conducted in a controlled manner
Forced Roaming
Automatic roaming if the cable connection to the access points is broken
FRNC
Flame Retardant Non Corrosive Flame-retardant, halogen-free cladding material for a cable
Full duplex
Capability of a device for sending and receiving data at the same time.
In the case of full duplex, collision detection is deactivated.
Functional grounding
Function for internal ground monitoring used for protection against

hazardous touch voltages
G
Gateway
Intelligent connection between a local network and an external network

with a completely different structure
GHz
Gigahertz
Unit of frequency, e.g. 2.4 GHz
Gigabit Ethernet
Gigabit Ethernet (1 Gbit/s) is faster than Fast Ethernet by a factor of 10,

occupying the bus for only one tenth of the time.
GMRP
GARP (Generic Attribute

Registration Protocol)
Multicast Registration Protocol
GMRP enables switches to control the forwarding of multicast messages. A host logs in or out for a multicast address. Accordingly, the managing switch forwards corresponding multicasts to the host or not. This
constrains the flooding of multicasts and reduces the network load.
GP
General Purpose
UL listing (safety standard) for network cables is especially necessary

for the American and Canadian markets. The requirements for the
appropriate approvals depend on where the cable is routed within the
building. This applies to all cables which have to be routed from a
machine to a remote control cabinet and are positioned on cable racks
secured on the building.
GPRS
General Packet Radio Service
A packet of networking mobile communications services based on GSM

channels. GPRS enables fast communication at high transmission
speeds and is chiefly of interest for mobile Internet access.
GPS
Global Positioning System
Satellite-supported system for determining the position of a GPS receiver. A GPS receiver can be localized precisely anywhere in the world
using three of the total of 24 satellites.
GPS receivers are typically built into navigation systems.
GSD
General Station Description
A GSD contains an XML-based description of the properties of IO

devices such as communications parameters as well as number, type,
configuration data, parameter and diagnostics information of modules
GSM
Global System for

Mobile Communication
Global standard for mobile communication
GVRP
Generic VLAN Registration

Protocol
Software based on communications modules with internal

microprocessor
HART
Highway Addressable Remote

Transducer
Protocol for bus-addressed field devices; it is not a fieldbus, but a version of the digital field communication that contains many of the functionalities of fieldbuses
HCS
Trademark of Spectran Specialty Optics
H-communication
Fault-tolerant communication
Fault-tolerant, redundant communication with SIMATIC S7-H systems
HDX
Half Duplex
A device can either receive or send data at a given time.
HMI
Human Machine Interface
Operator control and process monitoring products/systems at Siemens
H
HARDNET
9/6
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Term
Meaning
Explanation
High Speed Redundancy

Protocol
For use in high-availability plant networks, high-speed redundancy in

the ring can be implemented. The reconfiguration time for 50 switches in the ring is up to 300 ms
HTB
Data handling block
HTB are standard function blocks that allow data transfer between
boards outfitted with page frame addresses.
HTML
Hypertext Markup Language
Descriptive language for WWW (World Wide Web) pages
HTTP
Hypertext Transfer Protocol
Transmission protocol for Web pages on the Internet
Hub
Active network component with repeater functional scope, synonym for

star coupler
Internet Control Message

Protocol
Additional protocol on the Internet layer, alongside the Internet Protocol

(IP); this is used to exchange error and information messages in IP, TCP,
and UDP protocols.
ICMP packets are always sent as IP datagrams.
This serves to inform hosts of more favorable routes to a destination, provide information about routing problems, and break off connections due
to problems in the data network. The ping and traceroute commands are
based on ICMP.
ICMP messages are divided into two classes: error messages and information messages.
IE
Industrial Ethernet
Cell network according to the international IEEE 802.3 (Ethernet)

standard, designed for the industrial environment
IEC
International Electrotechnical
Commission
Authority that oversees standardization in electrical engineering
IEEE
Institute of Electrical and

Electronics Engineers
IEEE 802

LAN/WAN Standards Committee
IEEE 802.11

Standard for radio networks (originally in the 2.4 GHz band with
transmission rates up to 2 Mbit/s)
IEEE 802.11a

Standard for radio networks in the 5 GHz range

with data rates up to 54 Mbit/s.
IEEE 802.11b

Standard for radio networks in the 2.4 GHz range

with data rates up to 11 Mbit/s.
IEEE 802.11g

Standard for radio networks in the 2.4 GHz range

with data rates up to 54 Mbit/s. Backward compatible with IEEE 802.11b.
IEEE 802.11i

Expanded safety architecture for the 802.11 standard,

valid for IEEE 802.11a/b/g; includes TKIP and AES
IEEE 802.11n

The IEEE 802.11n standard uses the MIMO (Multiple In, Multiple Out)
technique for data transmission. The expansion of transmission channels from 20 MHz to 40 MHz and the use of three antennas increases the
gross data rate to 450 Mbit/s.
IEEE 802.3

Ethernet working group
IEEE 802.3af

Standard that defines the transmission of power and data over one cable
(see Power-over-Ethernet)
IEEE 802.3u

Fast Ethernet working group
IGMP
Internet Group Management

Protocol
Protocol for load limiting when using multicast-based protocols,

e.g. for video monitoring
IM
Interface modules
Interface
INA
Intel Network Architecture
Intrinsically safe
Ex protection measure according to DIN
H
HRP
I
ICMP
Siemens IK PI 2015
9/7
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Term
Meaning
Explanation
I
I/O
Input/Output
IO Controller
Controller for PROFINET IO in which the automation program executes
IO Device
Distributed field device that is assigned to an IO controller
IO supervisor
PG/PC with commissioning and diagnostics functions for PROFINET IO
IP
Internetwork Protocol
On its own, the IP protocol is without connections and invalid. The most
important information is the unique IP address.
The blocks of data are sent to the destination computer independently.
IP does not negotiate anything with the destination computer. An end-toend error check is not performed. Frames can arrive in a different order
from the order they were sent in. TCP is responsible for rearranging them
in the correct sequence.
IP Alive
Monitoring function for IP connections
iPCF
Industrial Point
Co-ordination Function
Functional expansion of the IEEE 802.11 standard for applications with a

requirement for real-time and deterministics (predictable response
times). This facilitates rapid roaming of moving stations from one radio
cell to the next and supports secure, wireless PROFINET IO communication with the SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN.
iPCF-MC
iPCF Management Channel
A further development of iPCF; this mode should be used if IWLAN stations that also support iPCF-MC move freely about in the coverage area
(especially when using omni-directional antennas) and are to exchange
data deterministically.
IPX
Protocols of ISO layers 14
IP20
Device protection class; protection against contact with the fingers and
against penetration by solid foreign bodies with diameters in excess of
12 mm; no particular protection against water
IP30
Device protection class; protection against contact with tools, wires etc.
with diameters in excess of 2.5 mm and against penetration by solid foreign bodies with diameters in excess of 2.5 mm; no particular protection
against water
IP65
Device protection class; complete protection against contact and against

ingress of dust; protection against splash water from all directions
iREF
Industrial Range Extension

Function
With this function it is possible to cover a longer distance or a broader

range with a single access point, which reduces the number of channels
and access points that are used.
IRT
Isochronous real time
Deterministic and isochronous real-time communication for PROFINET

for the particularly stringent demands, for example, of motion control
applications. Clock rates of less than 1 ms can be achieved by using
corresponding hardware.
ISA
Industry Standard Architecture
ISDN
Integrated Services Digital

Network
Digital network that integrates services
ISM-Band
Industrial, Scientific and

Medical-Band
Frequency band for license-free use
ISO
International Organization for

Standardization
International Standards Organization
ISP
Internet Service Provider
Internet services provider
IT
Information Technology
Acquisition, conditioning, transmission, distribution, utilization and

processing of information
ITC
Instrumentation Tray Cable
Approval for IE FC TP standard cable
ITP (Category 5)
Industrial Twisted Pair
Highly efficient, shielded, twisted pair cable for universal applications

(international cabling standard ISO/IEC 11801 and EN 50173)
IWLAN
Industry standard WLAN conforming to IEEE 802.11 standard
9/8
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Term
Meaning
Explanation
J
JVM
Java Virtual Machine
Java is a cross-platform, object-oriented programming language similar

to C++. The Java Compiler, however, does not generate native machine
code, but a byte code that has to be interpreted. This is done with the aid
of the "Java Virtual Machine".
Konnex
(EN 50 090, ANSI EIA 776)
Universal bus system for all house and building systems; KNX was
developed by the Konnex Association based on EIB (European Installation Bus).
L
LAN
Local Area Network
Local area network
Layer 3 Routing
Function for communication between various IP subnetworks on the

basis of Layer 3. Also referred to as IP routing.
LED
Light Emitting Diode
Light emitting diode
Link Aggregation
Procedure for bundling several physical interfaces into one logical channel. Used for increasing the data throughput between two Ethernet
switches. Implementations can also link servers and other systems by
means of link aggregation.
Link Check
Cyclic monitoring of a radio link
Link Class
In the link class, the quality of a complete connection (link) is described,

from the active component to the data terminal (patch cable, patch field,
installation cable, connection socket, connecting cable). This link must
comply with the values specified in the standard for structured cabling
ISO/IEC 1180. Contrary to this is the specification according to "categories" where only product requirements are defined, e.g. category 5 cable.
LLC
Logical Link Control
Standardized network protocol
LLDP
Link Layer Discovery Protocol
This is a multi-vendor protocol for topology support on the link layer

which enables a device connected to an Ethernet to advertise its identity
and properties to other devices. This information is stored in the
management information base (MIB) and collected using the simple network management protocol (SNMP).
LLI
Lower Layer Interface
Part of layer 7 with PROFIBUS, in which layer 7 services are mapped

onto layer 2 services
Load decoupling
Due to filtering, a switch ensures that local data traffic remains local.
Local network loading of a segment is decoupled from the remainder
of the network.
M
MAC
Media Access Control
Bus access control
MAN
Metropolitan Area Network
Data network with the geographical range of a town
MAP
Manufacturing Automation
Protocol
International standard for automation protocols
Media redundancy
Redundancy in the network infrastructure

(cable and active components such as OLM or OSM/ORM)
MIB
Management Information
Base
A file for generating device profiles; it enables other SNMP-enabled

devices, for example, to be integrated into the OPC configuration
through loading of MIBs in accordance with the SMI V1 and SMI V2
standard from STEP 7 V5.4
MIMO
Multiple Input, Multiple Output
Multiple path propagation in accordance with the international standard

IEEE 802.11n. This allows the devices to use several antennas in parallel
in order to achieve a higher transmission rate and reduce susceptibility
to faults in environments with a high number of reflections.
MMS
Manufacturing Message
Specification
User interface of MAP
Monoprotocol
Data can only be transferred through one protocol
MPI
Multi Point Interface
Multipoint-capable interface for SIMATIC S7
MRP
The Medium Redundancy Protocol (MRP) is based on a ring topology

and guarantees reconfiguration times of 200 ms
K
KNX
Siemens IK PI 2015
9/9
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Term
Meaning
Explanation
Media Redundancy for

Planned Duplication
Standard for radio networks (originally in the 2.4 GHz band with
transmission rates up to 2 Mbit/s)
Multicast
Multicast or Group calling in telecommunications signifies

Message transmission from one point to a group (also termed Multipoint
connection). The advantage of multicasting is that messages can be sent
simultaneously to several stations or to a closed user group, without multiplying the bandwidth at the transmitting end by the number of recipients.
Multiple path
propagation
Reflections of a radio wave off different objects in a room. This causes the
radio wave to arrive at the receiver with variations of intensity and delay
Multiplex function
Multiplex function (with OP communication) increases the number of

OPs that can be connected to a SIMATIC S7-300
Multi-protocol
Data can be transferred through one or two protocols
N
NAT
Network Address Translation
Translation of private IP addresses into public addresses
NC
Numerical Control
Numerical control (machine tools)
NCM
Network and Communication

Management
Tool for configuring communication connections, also a component of

STEP 7
NDIS
Network Driver Interface

Specification
Microsoft and 3Com interface
NEC
National Electrical Code
UL directive for the laying of cables in buildings
NIC
Network Interface Card
Line connection
N-measurement
Device installation measurement for subdivisions of the electrical

installation
NTP
Network Time Protocol
Standardized protocol for synchronization of clocks in Computer

systems over Communication networks
Orthogonal Frequency
Division Multiplex
Modulation procedure for IEEE 802.11a/g
Optical Fiber Non-conductive
UL approval for fiber optic cables for use in buildings in accordance with
Section 800-53(d) of NEC. Flames do not spread upward from cable out
of the cable tray in the Vertical Tray Flame Test in UL 1685, "Vertical-Tray
Fire-Propagation and Smoke Release Test for Electrical and OpticalFiber Cables".
M
MRPD
O
OFDM
OFN
UL Approval of a fiber optic cable for laying in cable harnesses

(general purpose)
OFNG
OFNP
Plenum cable (FOC)
UL Approval of a fiber optic cable for laying without additional protection

in the space above dropped ceilings or below raised floors
OFNR
Riser cable (FOC)
UL Approval of a fiber optic cable for laying between the floors of a

building
OLE
Object Linking and Embedding Central architecture principle in Windows for the generation and editing
of documents that contain objects generated by different applications
OLM
Optical link module
Network component for PROFIBUS
Omnidirectional
Antenna that radiates evenly through 360 degrees in both horizontal and
vertical planes
OP
Operator Panel
OPC
Openness, Productivity,
Collaboration
Standard interface for access to process data
OPC DA
OPC Data Access
Standard for Ethernet-based access to data of measurement and

control devices, for the location of OPC servers and the simple browsing
in the name spaces of the OPC servers on the basis on client/server
communication
OPC UA
OPC Unified Architecture
OPC UA is the further development of the standard interface OPC and

provides additional functions such as security and redundancy.
OSPF
Open Shortest Path First
Dynamic routing
9/10
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Term
Meaning
Explanation
P
PA
Process Automation
Protocol profile, based on PROFIBUS DP with intrinsically safe

transmission system to IEC 61158-2
PAN
Personal Area Network
Comparable with an ad-hoc network, for networking individual small

devices a short distance from each other.
PAP
Password Authentication
Protocol
Password authentication protocol
PAT
Port Address Translation
Translation of private ports into public addresses
PCF
Polymer cladded fiber
Plastic-enclosed glass fiber
PCI
Peripheral Component
Interconnect Express
Backplane bus in personal computers
PCIe
Peripheral Component Intercon- Backplane bus in PC with, for example, a higher data transmission rate
nect Express
than the predecessor PCI
PCMCIA
Personal Computer,
Memory Card,
International Association
Standard for PC plug-in cards (credit card size).

PCMCIA cards (Personal Computer Memory Card International Association) are used mainly input/output operations (e.g. modem) or memory
expansions.
PCS 7
Siemens process control system
PDU
Protocol Data Unit
Protocol data unit
PG
Programming device
PI
Program instance
Communication object
PLC
Programmable logic controller
Device for open and closed loop control tasks
PN
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet standard defined by the PNO
PNO
PROFIBUS
Nutzerorganisation e.V.
Organization for PROFIBUS users and providers
PoE
Power over Ethernet
Transmission of power and data on a single cable
POF
Polymer optic fiber
Fiber optic cable made of light-conducting plastic
Polling
Addressed transmission call in centrally-oriented data networks polling

mode. The poll is the command to a specific station to send messages.
In this way the poll sequences control the data flow.
POP
Point of Presence
Dial-in node for an Internet service provider
PP
Push Button Panels
PPM
Parts per million
PPTP
Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol
Process or field
communication
Process or field communication is used for linking actuators/sensors to a

CPU.
PROFIBUS
Process Field Bus
International fieldbus standard according to IEC 61158/61784
PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS DP for
distributed I/O
Protocol profile according to IEC 61158/61784 for process or field

communication for fast, cyclic data exchange with field devices
PROFIBUS PA
PROFIBUS for process

automation
Protocol profile, based on PROFIBUS DP with intrinsically safe transmission system to IEC 61158-2.
PROFIdrive
PROFIBUS protocol profile, based on PROFIBUS DP,

driven engineering profile (version 3, clock synchronization)
PROFIenergy
Protocol profile that provides functions and mechanisms for PROFINET

field devices that support energy-efficient production
Profile
Definition of options and parameters as a supplement to the standard,

e.g. PROFIBUS profiles
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet standard defined by the PNO
PROFINET device
with proxy functionality
A PROFINET device that takes on the role of the master with regard to
PROFIBUS devices. This makes it possible to link PROFIBUS slaves into
the PROFINET communication. If the device has a local (internal) PROFIBUS, it has the role of DP master with regard to the local DP slaves.
Siemens IK PI 2015
9/11
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Term
Meaning
Explanation
PROFIsafe
Protocol profile in accordance with IEC 61508 that permits standard and
safety-related communication on a bus. Communication between failsafe controllers and fail-safe I/O is handled by PROFIsafe.
Protocol
Procedural regulation for data transmission.

This regulation specifies both the message formats and the data flow
during data transmission
Proxy
Representative object in the object model that maps the PROFINET view
onto a field device or a group of field devices. The proxy on the
PROFINET is the representative for one or more PROFIBUS devices
PST
Primary Setup Tool
Software tool for assigning IP addresses
PUR
Polyurethane
Remote Authentication
Dial-In User Service
Access control by means of servers
RAM
Random Access Memory
Random access memory
Rapid Spanning Tree

Protocol
Configuration protocol specified The rapid spanning tree protocol is a further development of the spanin the IEEE-802.1w standard
ning tree protocol (STP). It is used to avoid redundant network paths
(loops) in the LAN, specifically when using switches; the reconfiguration
time ranges from 2-3 seconds.
RBC
Remote Base Controller
RegTP
Regulation authority for telecommunications in Germany
Remote diagnostics and

remote maintenance
(teleservice)
Teleservice is data exchange with physically remote technical plants

(machines, plants, computers, etc.) for the purpose of error detection,
diagnostics, maintenance, repair, or optimization.
Requirement
specification
Automation Protocol
Layers 5 through 7 of the ISO reference model
RIPv1/2
Routing Information Protocol
RJ45
Symmetrical connector for data This is also known as a western connector or a western plug. This is a
cables
widely used plug connector in telephone and ISDN technology which is
used in LAN installations in the office environment.
RM
Redundancy manager
Function for monitoring the network; the RM detects the failure of a transmission link in the ring or of a switch and activates the standby link
RMON
Remote Monitoring
Network administration function, e.g. collection of statistics information
Roaming
Free movement of wireless LAN stations across the cell boundaries of an

access point.
The station can switch from one radio cell to the next without any noticeable interruption
R-SMA
Reverse-SMA, connector for antennas in IWLAN
RSTP
Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol
The rapid spanning tree protocol is a further development of the spanning tree protocol (STP). The spanning tree protocol (STP) is used for
avoiding redundant network paths (loops) in the LAN, specifically in switched environments; the reconfiguration time is in the range of 23
seconds.
RT
Real-time
Real-time communication in PROFINET
S
SA
Source Address
Part of the IP header;

contains the source address of the IP packet; 32 bits wide
SAP
Service Access Point
Service access point: an interface

allowing the user to access services of the lower layer
SC connection
technology
Standardized connection for glass fiber optic cables
SC RJ connection
technology
Standardized connection for fiber optic conductors,

e.g. for POF and PCF fiber optic cable
R
RADIUS
9/12
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Term
Meaning
Explanation
SCALANCE
Scalable Performance
Name of the SIMATIC NET product generation for active Industrial

Ethernet network infrastructure components
SDA service
Send Data with Acknowledge

(open Layer 2 access)
Sending of acknowledged Layer 2 services
SDN
Send Data with

No Acknowledge
(open Layer 2 access)
Sending of unacknowledged Layer 2 services (broadcast, multicast)
SFB
System Function Block
A System Function Block (SFB) is a function block that is integrated

in the S7 CPU. Because SFBs are part of the operating system, they are
not loaded as part of the program.
SFBs are blocks with a "memory". Instance data blocks must also be
generated for SFBs and loaded as part of the program into the CPU
SFC
System function calls
Calls that are integrated into the operating system of the CPU, e.g. time
functions or block transfer
SFM
System error signaling concept

of SIMATIC
SFP
Small Form-factor Pluggable

(coll. mini-GBIC)
Small standardized modules for network connections. SFPs are modular

optical or electrical transceivers that are constructed as cable connectors in an SFP slot for extremely fast Ethernet. Network devices can therefore be easily changed to other media and the transceivers can be
quickly replaced in the event of an error.
Shared LAN
All components in a shared LAN share the nominal data transmission

rate. Shared LANs are constructed with repeaters/hubs.
Signal delay
Time that a data packet takes to travel through the network
SINEMA Server
SIMATIC Network Manager

Engineering
Web-based network monitoring software
Slot Time
Time elapsing between transmission of a call and reception of an answer

or acknowledgment
SM
Signal module
Input and output modules for SIMATIC
SMTP
Simple Mail Transfer Protocol
Transmission protocol for e-mail
SNMP
Simple Network Management

Protocol
Standardized protocol for the transport of network management information
SNTP
Simple Network Time Protocol
Standardized protocol for synchronization of clocks in Computer systems over Communication networks
Socket interface
Standard communication for

Industrial Ethernet
This facilitates data communication with computers through TCP/IP.

On this interface, which is widespread in the PC and UNIX world, users
can freely program their own protocols.
The SEND/RECEIVE blocks are used as access to TCP/IP in
SIMATIC S7.
SOFTNET
Software based on simple communications modules
SP
Service packs
Data that can easily be downloaded free of charge from the Internet.
Spanning Tree Protocol
Bridge configuration protocol

specified in the IEEE-802.1d
standard
The Spanning Tree Protocol is used to eliminate loops in any meshed

networks.
The reconfiguration time is in the region of 30 s.
SPC
Siemens PROFIBUS Controller
SSID
Service Set Identifier
Identification of a wireless network based on the IEEE 802.11 standard
S/STP
Screened Shielded Twisted Pair In this cable construction the individual twisted pairs are wrapped in a
foil shield. The two individually shielded pairs of conductors are then
wrapped together in a braided copper shield.
Standby function
Function for redundant coupling network segments,

such as for the coupling of redundant ring structures
ST connector
Straight-tip connector
Standardized connector for glass fiber-optic cables with bayonet lock

(ST is a registered trademark of AT&T)); see BFOC
Siemens IK PI 2015
9/13
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Term
Meaning
Explanation
STP
Spanning Tree Protocol

(IEEE 802.1d Standard)
The Spanning Tree Protocol is used to eliminate loops in any meshed

networks.
The reconfiguration time is in the region of 30 s.
Switching
Establishing several links between the ports simultaneously. These links

are established dynamically and temporarily in accordance with the data
traffic.
SWR
Standing Wave Ratio
Ratio between the energy radiated by an antenna and the energy that
the antenna reflects to the radio module
S0 interface
Basic interface for ISDN for connecting data terminals
S7 routing
PG/OP communication via different networks
Transport Control Protocol/

Internet Protocol
De-facto standard;
Protocol for worldwide communication with the Ethernet.
Telecontrol
The connection of distant process stations to one or more central control

systems. Various different public or private networks can be used for
communication for the purposes of monitoring and control. Event-driven
or cyclic exchange of process data is performed with special telecontrol
protocols and enables the operating personnel to manage the overall
process effectively.
Teleservice (remote
diagnostics and remote
maintenance)
Teleservice is data exchange with physically remote technical plants

(machines, plants, computers, etc.) for the purpose of error detection,
diagnostics, maintenance, repair, or optimization.
TD
Text Display
TF
Technological functions
Application layer 7 for Industrial Ethernet

(includes user services)
TFTP
Trivial File Transfer Protocol
Standard for data transmission
Thin Client
The principle of thin client/server computing is based on the fundamental physical separation of data.
TIA
Fully integrated and company-wide system for automation from Siemens

for company-wide configuration/programming, data management and
communication.
TKIP
Temporal Key Integrity Protocol
Procedure for changing the keys in the WLAN
Token
The bit pattern with control function in token ring and token bus LANs;
it is often the same as a send authorization
Token Passing
A collision-free access method, the send authorization (token) circulates

between nodes which form a logical ring
Topology
Configuration of cables between The major forms of topology are:

the various nodes
Linear
Tree
Ring
Star
Combinations of all basic types are possible.
TP
Touch panel
TPC
Transmission power control
Automatic regulation of the transmit power in the 5 GHz band
Trap
When specific events occur, such as link up or link down, alarms with
corresponding error messages can be transmitted by network components on the Ethernet. In SNMP these alarms are called "traps".
Triaxial cable
The SIMATIC NET 727-0 bus cable is based on the coaxial cable specified in the 10Base5 standard (IEEE 802.3) but strengthened with a thick
aluminum outer sheath for industrial use.
Twisted-pair
Data cable with twisted pairs of The twist in the wire pairs provides good transmission properties and
conductors
prevents electromagnetic interference. Twisted-pair cables are available
in different qualities for different transfer rates
T
TCP/IP
9/14
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Term
Meaning
Explanation
UDP
User Datagram Protocol
Connectionless data transmission, i.e. datagram service that does not

guarantee secure transmission.
Users must take their own measures to ensure secure transmission. Data
is transmitted as a data block. Transmission of data without RFC 1006 is
thus possible.
UL
Underwriters Laboratories
Certification for the US market
UMTS
Universal Mobile
Telecommunications System
Standard for third-generation (3G) mobile voice, audio, image, video,

and data communication with a transmission rate of several Mbit/s
USB
Universal Serial Bus
Standard for the connection of I/O devices.

USB (Universal Serial Bus) supports relatively high data transmission
rates and can be used to connect several devices to a single computer.
V
Variable Services
Application service group; it provides services for processing variables
VLAN
Local Area Network
Virtual LAN within a physical network. A widely used technical implementation of VLANs is partly defined in the IEEE 802.1Q standard.
VNS
Virtual Network Services
Centralized security mechanism for each user group that protects the
data securely against unauthorized access and manipulation.
VPN
Technology/network type for the secure transport of confidential data

over potentially insecure IP networks, e.g. Internet
VRRP
Virtual Router Redundancy

Protocol
Procedure for improving the availability of important gateways in local

networks by means of redundant routers.
W
WAN
Wide Area Network
Network that, in contrast to a LAN or MAN, can spread across countries

or continents
WDS
Wireless Distribution System
Communication between two WLAN access points
WECA
Wireless Ethernet
Compatibility Alliance
Alliance of wireless LAN product vendors who guarantee the compatibility of their products by means of testing.
WEP
Wired Equivalent Privacy
Encryption method for WLANs
Wi-Fi seal
Wireless Fidelity
Seal of the WECA identifying compatible and tested products .
WinCC
Open process visualization system for the operator control and process
monitoring of SIMATIC HMI.
WirelessHART
Wireless HART communication to fieldbuses in the process industry. The

HART Communication Foundation (HCF) specified WirelessHART and
published it as a component of the HART Standard V7.1. The radio transmission is based on the wireless communications standard IEEE
802.15.4.
Wireless LAN
Wireless network
Workflow
Workflow systems are used when structuring and controlling workflows.
WPA
Wi-Fi Protected Access
Encryption mechanism in radio networks for protection against eavesdropping and unauthorized access
WS
Workstation
WWW
World Wide Web
Multimedia service on the Internet. Distributed hypertext information

system on client/server architecture through HTTP protocol
X
XML
Extensible Markup Language
Definition of a structured data description
XMP
X/Open Management Protocol
XTI
UNIX Transport Layer Interface
Layer 4 transport layer, standardized under UNIX
X.25
Interface between terminal and data transmission equipment for terminals which operate in packet mode in public data networks and are
transported through dedicated lines
Siemens IK PI 2015
9/15
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Faster and more applicable know-how:

Hands-on training from the manufacturer
Siemens Industry Training provides you with comprehensive
support in solving your tasks.
Training by the market leader in the industry enables you to
make independent decisions with confidence. Especially where
the optimum and efficient use of products and plants are concerned. You can eliminate deficiencies in existing plants, and
exclude expensive faulty planning right from the beginning.
Highlights Siemens Industry Training

Top trainers
Our trainers are skilled teachers with direct practical experience.
Course developers have close contact with product development, and directly pass on their knowledge to the trainers.
Practical experience
The practical experience of our trainers enables them to teach
theory effectively. But since theory can be pretty drab, we attach
great importance to practical exercises which can comprise up
to half of of the course time. You can therefore immediately implement your new knowledge in practice. We train you on stateof-the-art methodically/didactically designed training equipment. This training approach will give you all the confidence you
need.
Wide variety
With a total of about 300 local attendance courses, we train
the complete range of Siemens Industry products as well as
interaction of the products in systems.
Tailor-made training
We are only a short distance away. You can find us at more than
50 locations in Germany, and in 62 countries worldwide. You
wish to have individual training instead of one of our
300 courses? Our solution: We will provide a program tailored
exactly to your personal requirements. Training can be carried
out in our Training Centers or at your company.
The right mixture: Blended learning
First-class know-how directly pays for itself: In shorter startup

times, high-quality end products, faster troubleshooting and reduced downtimes. In other words, increased profits and lower
costs.
Achieve more with Siemens Industry Training
Shorter times for startup, maintenance and servicing
Optimized production operations
Reliable configuration and startup
Minimization of plant downtimes
Flexible plant adaptation to market requirements
Compliance with quality standards in production
Increased employee satisfaction and motivation
Shorter familiarization times following changes in technology
and staff
Contact
Visit our site on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/sitrain
or let us advise you personally.
Siemens Industry Training Customer Support Germany:
Phone: +49 911 895-7575
Fax:
+49 911 895-7576
E-Mail: info@sitrain.com
9/16
Siemens IK PI 2015
"Blended learning" is a combination of various training media

and sequences. For example, a local attendance course in a
Training Center can be optimally supplemented by a teach-yourself program as preparation or follow-up. Additional effect:
Reduced traveling costs and periods of absence.
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Course overview
Training program for SIMATIC NET

The SIMATIC NET trainings provide your employees the necessary overview and detailed skills for industrial communication. In
addition to planning and configuration with SIMATIC NET, the
use, programming, commissioning and servicing of the products are included in the training.
More information on course contents, dates and prices is

available on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/sitrain
Commissioning engineers, configuration engineers

Programmers
Service personnel
Project managers, project team members
Operators, users
Decision makers, sales personnel
Maintenance personnel
Title
Target group
Duration
Short title
3 days
IK-IESYS
2 days
IK-IESECWS
WBT
WT-IESI
SIMATIC NET Industrial Communication

Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet System Course

Security in Industrial Ethernet Networks
PROFINET System Course
3 days
IK-PNSYS
Certified PROFINET Network Installer
2 days
IK-PNOCPNI
Certified PROFINET Network Engineer
2 days
IK-PNOCPNE
PROFINET
WBT
WT-PROFIN
2 days
IK-IWLANSYS
PROFIBUS System Course
3 days
IK-PBSYS
PROFIBUS
WBT
WT-PROFI
3 days
IK-ASISYS
5 days
IK-SINAUT
Industrial Ethernet by Siemens

PROFINET

Industrial Wireless LAN System Course
PROFIBUS
AS-Interface
Actuator Sensor-Interface System Course
SINAUT ST7
Engineering SINAUT ST7
Siemens IK PI 2015
9/17
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
CE marking
Overview
Notes for machine manufacturers
In as far as the electronic products described in this Catalog are

subject to requirements and protection goals stipulated in EG
guidelines, the relevant EG conformity declarations for the competent authorities are held available at:
SIMATIC:
Siemens AG
Industry Sector
IA AS EWA
Postfach 1963
D-92209 Amberg
GERMANY
SIMATIC NET:
SIEMENS AG
Industry Sector
IA SC CI
Postfach 4848
D-90327 Nrnberg
GERMANY
SIMATIC HMI:
SIEMENS AG
Industry Sector
IA AS SM ID
Postfach 4848
D-90327 Nrnberg
GERMANY
SIMATIC NET products are designed for operation in industrial
environments:
Noise emissions:
EN 61000-6-4: 2007 + A1:2011
Noise immunity:
EN 61000-6-2: 2005
Selected modules comply with stringent requirements with regard to emitted interference and are therefore allowed to be
used in an industrial as well as in a domestic environment:
Noise emissions:
EN 61000-6-3: 2007 + A1:2011
Noise immunity:
EN 61000-6-2: 2005
Please take details regarding the fulfillment of specific European

standards (EN) from the technical documents (manuals) associated with the product. Prerequisite for the fulfillment of the aforementioned protection goals is strict observance of the installation guidelines described in the manuals during the installation
and operation of the products.
The installation guidelines described in the manuals and the important notes concerning installation in cabinets and the use of
shielded cables must be complied with when installing and operating the products described in this catalog.
9/18
Siemens IK PI 2015
The SIMATIC automation system is not a machine in the sense of

the EC Machinery Directive. For SIMATIC therefore no Declaration of Conformity in terms of the EC Machinery Directive
89/392/EEC or 2006/42/EC (new edition, applicable from end of
2009) may be issued.
The EC Machinery Directive regulates the requirements for a machine or sub-unit of a machine. Machine in this context is defined
as an entity of connected parts or devices (see also EN 292-1,
Para. 3.1).
SIMATIC is part of the electrical equipment of a machine and
must therefore be included in the assessment of the machine as
a whole.
As an electrical resource, SIMATIC is subject to the low-voltage
directive that, like the machine directive, also covers all hazards
as a "total safety directive".
The EN 60204-1 standard (Safety of machines, general requirements for the electrical equipment of machines) applies for the
electrical equipment of machines.
The following table should help you when drawing up your declaration of conformity and shows which criteria apply to SIMATIC
in accordance with EN 60204-1:2006/A1:2009.
You can obtain further information from the enclosed declaration of conformity in accordance with the low-voltage and EMC
directive (with the list of standards complied with).
EN 60204-1
Topic/criterion
Notes
Paragraph 4
General requirements
The requirements are met

when the equipment is
assembled/ installed in
accordance with the installation guidelines.
Please note the relevant
information in the manuals
Paragraph 11.2
Digital input/output
interfaces
Paragraph 12.3
Programmable
equipment

when the equipment is
installed in lockable cabinets to protect against
alteration of the memory
contents by unauthorized
persons.
Paragraph 20.4
Voltage tests
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Quality management, certificates
Certificates, authorizations, approbations, declarations of Quality management

conformity
An overview of the certificates available for SIMATIC NET
products (CE, UL, CSA, FM, shipping authorizations) and classification figures (MTBF) can be found in the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/simatic-net
The quality management system of the Industry Sector, Industry

Automation division, complies with the international standard EN
ISO 9001.
The products and systems described in this catalog are sold
under application of a quality management system certified by
DQS and TV (German Technical Inspectorate) in accordance
with ISO 9001.
The certificates are recognized in all EQ Net countries.
DQS Registered Certificate Nos.:
Siemens AG
Industry Sector
Industry Automation
Industrial Automation Systems
Reg.-No.: 001323 QM08
Sensors and Communication
Reg.-No.: 000656 QM08
Control Components and Systems Engineering
Reg.-No.: 001108 QM08
Drive Technologies
Motion Control Systems
Reg.-No.: 001258 QM08
Other certificates for SIMATIC products can be found in the

Internet at:
SIMATIC
www.siemens.com/simatic/certificates
Industrial Controls
http://www.siemens.com/industrial-controls/support
The lists are continuously updated. The data for products which
has not yet been included in the overview is continuously
collected and prepared for the subsequent edition.
You can find certificates, approbations, verification certificates
or characteristic curves under:
Support\Infomaterial\Certificates
Siemens IK PI 2015
9/19
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Partner at Industry
Overview
At Siemens Industry we are resolutely pursuing the same goal:
long-term improvement of your competitive ability.
We are committed to this goal. Thanks to our commitment, we
continue to set new standards in automation and drive technology. In all industries worldwide.
At your service locally, around the globe for consulting, sales,
training, service, support, spare parts ... on the entire Industry
Automation and Drive Technologies range.
Your personal contact can be found in our Contacts Database at:
www.siemens.com/automation/partner
You start by selecting a
Product group,
Country,
City,
Service.
9/20
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Partner at Industry Automation and Drive Technologies
Siemens Solution Partner Automation Drives
Overview
Siemens Solution Partner Automation Drives
Solution Partner Finder
Solution Partner: Highest quality - guaranteed

The products and systems from Siemens Industry Automation
and Drive Technologies offer the ideal platform for all automation
applications.
Under the name of Siemens Solution Partner Automation Drives,
selected system integrators around the world act as uniformly
qualified solution providers for the Siemens range of products
and services in the fields of automation and drives. Day after
day, they utilize their qualified product and system know-how as
well as their excellent industry expertise to your advantage for
all requirements.
The partner emblem is the guarantee and indicator of proven
quality. The basis for this are defined quality features that identify
Solution Partners as reliable and competent solution providers:
Solution quality
Always a good result with tried and tested solutions expertise.
Expert quality
Certified technical competence ensures maximum efficiency.
Project quality
With proven project experience straight to the target.
Portfolio quality
Comprehensive portfolio for state-of-the-art solutions from a
single source.
The Siemens Solution Partner Program helps you to find the

optimum partner for your specific requirements.
Support is provided by the Solution Partner Finder, a comprehensive online platform that showcases the profiles of all our
solution partners. You can convince yourself of the competence
of the respective Solution Partner by means of the references
provided. Various search criteria are available for this purpose.
Once you have located a partner, you are only one small step
away from contacting them.
Find the right partner here for your specific task and convince
yourself of the solution competence provided:
www.siemens.com/automation/partnerfinder
Additional information on the Siemens Solution Partner Program
is available online at:
www.siemens.com/solutionpartner
Siemens IK PI 2015
9/21
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Siemens Automation Cooperates with Education
Comprehensive teaching support for educational institutions

The new TIA Portal training materials for SIMATIC S7-1200 are
available in English, German, French, Italian, Spanish and
Chinese for download.
www.siemens.com/sce/documents
Trainer packages for hands-on learning
Siemens Automation Cooperates with Education (SCE)

offers a global system for sustained support of technical skills.
SCE supports educational institutions in their teaching assignment in the industrial automation sector and offers added value
in the form of partnerships, technical expertise, and know-how.
As the technological leader, our comprehensive range of
services can support you in the knowledge transfer for Industry
4.0.
Our services at a glance
Training curriculums for your lessons
Trainer packages for hands-on learning
Courses convey up-to-date, specialist knowledge
Support for your projects/textbooks
Complete didactic solutions from our partners
Personal contact for individual support
Training curriculums for your lessons
9
Use our profound industrial know-how for practice-oriented and
individual design of your course. We offer you more than 100
didactically prepared training curriculums on the topics of
automation and drives technology free of charge. These
materials are perfectly matched to your curricula and syllabuses, and optimally suited for use with our trainer packages.
This takes into account all aspects of a modern industrial
solution: installation, configuration, programming, and commissioning. All documents, including projects, can be individually
matched to your specific requirements.
Particular highlights:
With the new SIMATIC PCS 7 curriculums and trainer
packages, you can pass on basic, practice-oriented PCS 7
knowledge at universities within about 60 hours
(= 1 semester), using plant simulation.
9/22
Siemens IK PI 2015
Our SCE trainer packages offer a specific combination of

original industrial components which are perfectly matched to
your requirements and can be conveniently used in your course.
These price reduced bundles available exclusively to schools
include innovative and flexible hardware and software
packages. SCE can currently offers more than 90 SCE trainer
packages including related equipment. These cover both the
factory and process automation sectors. You can use them to
impart the complete course contents on industrial automation at
a very low cost.
Trainer packages are available for:
Introduction to automation technology with LOGO! logic
module and SIMATIC S7-1200 compact controller
PLC engineering with SIMATIC S7 hardware and STEP 7
software (S7-300, S7-1500 and TIA Portal)
Operator control and monitoring with SIMATIC HMI
Industrial networking over bus systems with SIMATIC NET
(PROFINET, PROFIBUS, IO-Link)
Sensor systems with VISION, RFID and SIWAREX
Process automation with SIMATIC PCS 7
Power Monitoring Devices SENTRON PAC 4200
Motor Management SIMOCODE
Networked drive and motion technologies with SINAMICS/
SIMOTION
CNC programming with SinuTrain
Important ordering notes:
Only the following institutions are authorized to obtain trainer
packages: vocational schools, Colleges and Universities,
in-house vocational training departments, non commercial
research institutions and non commercial training departments.
To purchase a trainer package, you require a specific end-use
certificate, which you can obtain from your regional sales office.
www.siemens.com/sce/tp
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Siemens Automation Cooperates with Education
Comprehensive teaching support for educational institutions (continued)

Courses convey up-to-date specialist knowledge
We can provide you with consulting for selected projects and

support from your personal SCE contact as well as our web
based and regional Customer Support.
As a particular service, SCE supports technical authors with our
know-how as well as with intensive technical consulting.
Siemens library of special textbooks covering the industrial
automation sector provides an additional resource for you and
your students. These can be found at the SCE web site.
www.siemens.com/sce/contact
www.siemens.com/sce/books
Complete didactic solutions
Profit from our excellent know-how as the leader in industrial

technologies. We offer you specific courses for automation and
drive technology worldwide. These support you in the practiceoriented transferring of product and system know-how, are in
conformance with curriculums, and derived from the training
fields. Compact technical courses especially for use at universities are also available.
Our range of courses comprises a wide variety of training
modules based on the principle of Totally Integrated Automation
(TIA). The focus is on the same subject areas as with the SCE
trainer packages.
Every PLC and drive course is oriented on state-of-the-art
technology. Your graduates can thus be prepared optimally for
their future professional life.
Our partners for learning systems offer a wide range of training

systems and solutions for use in your courses or laboratory.
These models have been designed based on our trainer

packages and thus save you the time and cost of selfconstruction of individual components. The Partner systems
provide you with simple and effective help in the fulfillment of
your teaching assignment.
Support for your projects/textbooks
www.siemens.com/sce/partner
In some countries we are offering classes based on our training

curriculums. Please inquire with your SCE contact partner.
Contact for individual support

You can find your personal SCE contact on our Internet site. Your
local SCE Promoter will answer all your questions concerning the
complete SCE offering, and provide you with timely and
competent information about innovations. When you encounter
challenges, you can profit from our global team of excellence.
If a direct SCE contact is not listed for your country, please
contact your local Siemens office.
SCE Support Finder for your Internet request
You are an educator and need support on the topic of industry
automation? Send us your request:
www.siemens.com/sce/supportfinder
Automation and drive technology is characterized by continuous

and rapid developments. Service and Support therefore play an
important role.
6FDQWKH45
FRGHIRUIXUWKHU
LQIRUPDWLRQ
6&(KRPHSDJH
Siemens IK PI 2015
9/23
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Online Services
Information and Ordering in the Internet and on DVD
Siemens Industry Automation and Drive Technologies in the WWW

A detailed knowledge of the range of products and services
available is essential when planning and configuring automation
systems. It goes without saying that this information must always
be fully up-to-date.
Siemens Industry Automation and Drive Technologies has
therefore built up a comprehensive range of information in the
World Wide Web, which offers quick and easy access to all data
required.
Under the address
www.siemens.com/industry
you will find everything you need to know about products, systems and services.
Product Selection Using the Interactive Catalog CA 01 of Industry

Detailed information together with convenient interactive
functions:
The interactive catalog CA 01 covers more than 80 000 products
and thus provides a full summary of the Siemens Industry Automation and Drive Technologies product base.
Here you will find everything that you need to solve tasks in the
fields of automation, switchgear, installation and drives.
All information is linked into a user interface which is easy to
work with and intuitive.
After selecting the product of your choice you can order at the
press of a button, by fax or by online link.
Information on the interactive catalog CA 01 can be found in the
Internet under
www.siemens.com/automation/ca01
or on DVD.
Easy Shopping with the Industry Mall

The Industry Mall is the electronic ordering platform of
Siemens AG on the Internet. Here you have online access
to a huge range of products presented in an informative and
attractive way.
Data transfer via EDIFACT allows the whole procedure from
selection through ordering to tracking and tracing of the order to
be carried out. Availability checks, customer-specific discounts
and preparation of quotes are also possible.
Numerous additional functions are available to support you.
For example, powerful search functions make it easy to select
the required products. Configurators enable you to configure
complex product and system components quickly and easily.
CAx data types are also provided here.
Please visit the Industry Mall on the Internet under:
9/24
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Online Services
Information and Download Center, Social Media, Mobile Media
Downloading Catalogs
In addition to numerous other useful documents, you can also
find the catalogs listed on the back inside cover of this catalog
in the Information and Download Center. Without having to register, you can download these catalogs in PDF format or increasingly as digital page-turning e-books.
The filter dialog box above the first catalog displayed makes it
possible to carry out targeted searches. If you enter MD 3 for
example, you will find both the MD 30.1 and MD 31.1 catalogs.
If you enter ST 70 both the ST 70 catalog and the associated
news or add-ons are displayed.
Visit us on the web at:
www.siemens.com/industry/infocenter
Social Media
Connect with Siemens through social media: visit our social networking sites for a wealth of useful information, demos on products and services, the opportunity to provide feedback, to exchange information and ideas with customers and other
Siemens employees, and much, much more. Stay in the know
and follow us on the ever-expanding global network of social
media.
Connect with Siemens Industry at our central access point:
www.siemens.com/industry/socialmedia
Or via our product pages at:
www.siemens.com/automation
or
www.siemens.com/drives
To find out more about Siemens' current social media activities
visit us at:
www.siemens.com/socialmedia
Mobile Media
Discover the world of Siemens.
We are also constantly expanding our offering of cross-platform
apps for smartphones and tablets. You will find the current Siemens apps at the app store (iOS) or at Google Play (Android).
The Siemens app, for example, tells you all about the history, latest developments and future plans of the company with informative pictures, fascinating reports and the most recent press
releases.
Siemens IK PI 2015
9/25
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Industry Services
Your machines and plant can do more with Industry Services.
Whether it is production or process industry - in view of rising
cost pressure, growing energy costs, and increasingly stringent
environmental regulations, services for industry are a crucial
competitive factor in manufacturing as well as in process industries.
All over the world Siemens supports its customers with product,
system, and application-related services throughout the entire
life cycle of a plant. Right from the earliest stages of planning,
engineering, and building, all the way to operation and modernization. These services enable customers to benefit from the
Siemens experts unique technological and product knowledge
and industry expertise.
Thus downtimes are reduced and the utilization of resources is
optimized. The bottom line: increased plant productivity, flexibility, and efficiency, plus reduced overall costs.
Discover all advantages of our service portfolio:
www.siemens.com/industry-services
7HFKQLFDO&RQVXOWLQJ
(QJLQHHULQJ6XSSRUW
(QHUJ\
(QYLURQPHQWDO6HUYLFHV
7HFKQLFDO&RQVXOWLQJ
(QJLQHHULQJ6XSSRUW
(QHUJ\
0RGHUQL]DWLRQ
2SWLPL]DWLRQ6HUYLFHV
Modernization
Modernization
Planning
Planning
Online Support
Technical Support
Spare Parts
Repair Services
Field Services
Training
Operation
Operation
7HFKQLFDO&RQVXOWLQJ
(QJLQHHULQJ6XSSRUW
Engineer
Engineer
&
& Build
Build
(QHUJ\
3ODQW0DLQWHQDQFH
&RQGLWLRQ0RQLWRULQJ
6HUYLFH&RQWUDFWV
(QHUJ\ (QYLURQPHQWDO6HUYLFHV
0RGHUQL]DWLRQ 2SWLPL]DWLRQ6HUYLFHV
G_DA65_EN_00270
Siemens supports its clients with technology based Services across a plants entire life cycle.
9/26
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Industry Services
Online Support
Online support is a comprehensive information system for all
questions relating to products, systems, and solutions that
Siemens has developed for industry over time. With more than
300,000 documents, examples and tools, it offers users of automation and drive technology a way to quickly find up-to-date information. The 24-hour service enables direct, central access to
detailed product information as well as numerous solution examples for programming, configuration and application.
The content, in six languages, is increasingly multimediabased
and now also available as a mobile app. Online supports
Technical Forum offers users the opportunity to share information with each other. The Support Request option can be used
to contact Siemens technical support experts. The latest content, software updates, and news via newsletters and Twitter ensure that industry users are always up to date.
www.siemens.com/industry/onlinesupport
Online Support App
Using the Online Support app, you can access over 300,000
documents covering all Siemens industrial products - anywhere,
any time. Regardless of whether you need help implementing
your project, fault-finding, expanding your system or are planning a new machine.
The search function retrieves product information and articles

and supports you with a personalized suggestion list. You can
find your favorite pages articles you need frequently under
mySupport. You also receive selected news on new functions,
important articles or events in the News section.
You have access to FAQs, manuals, certificates, characteristics

curves, application examples, product notices (e.g. announcements of new products) and information on successor products
in the event that a product is discontinued.
Just scan the product code printed on the product directly using
the camera of your mobile device to immediately see all technical information available on this product at a glance. The graphical CAx information (3D model, circuit diagrams or EPLAN macros) is also displayed. You can forward this information to your
workplace using the e-mail function.
Scan the QR code

for information on
our Online Support
app.
The app is available free of charge from the Apple App Store
(iOS) or from Google Play (Android).
www.siemens.com/industry/onlinesupportapp
Technical Support
The ability to quickly analyze system and error messages and

take appropriate action are key factors in ensuring that plants
run safely and efficiently. Questions can arise at any time and in
any industry, whether its an individual product or a complete automation solution. Siemens technical support offers individual
technical assistance in matters related to functionality, how to
operate, applications, and fault clearance in industrial products
and systems at any time and globally, over the phone, by email, or via remote access. Experienced experts from Siemens
answer incoming questions promptly. Depending on the requirements, they first consult specialists in the areas of development,
on-site services, and sales. Technical support is also available
for discontinued products that are no longer available. Using the
support request number, any inquiry can be clearly identified
and systematically tracked.
Siemens IK PI 2015
9/27
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Industry Services
Spare Parts
Drive and automation systems must be available at all times.
Even a single missing spare part can bring the entire plant to a
standstill and result in substantial financial losses for the operator. The spare parts services from Siemens protects against
such losses with the aid of quickly available, original spare
parts that ensure smooth interaction with all other system components. Spare parts are kept on hand for up to ten years; defective parts can be returned. For many products and solutions,
individual spare parts packages ensure a preventive stock of
spare parts on-site. The spare parts services is available around
the world and around the clock. Optimum supply chain logistics
ensure that replacement components reach their destination as
quickly as possible. Siemens logistics experts take care of planning and management as well as procurement, transportation,
customs handling, warehousing, and complete order management for spare parts.
Repair Services
Reliable electrical and electronic equipment is crucial for operating continuous processes. That is why it is essential that motors and converters always undergo highly specialized repair
and maintenance. Siemens offers complete customer and repair
services on site and in repair centers as well as technical
emergency services worldwide. The repair services include all
measures necessary to quickly restore the functionality of defective units. In addition, services such as spare parts logistics,
spare parts storage and rapid manufacturing are available to
plant operators in all verticals. With a global network of certified
repair shops operated by Siemens as well as third parties, Siemens handles the maintenance and overhaul of motors, converters, and other devices as an authorized service partner.
Field Services
Its a top priority in all industries: the availability of plants and

equipment. Siemens offers specialized maintenance services
such as inspection and upkeep as well as rapid fault clearance
in industrial plants worldwide, continuously, and even with
emergency services as needed. The services include startup as
well as maintenance and fault clearance during operation. The
startup service includes checking the installation, function tests,
parameterization, integration tests for machines and plants, trial
operation, final acceptance, and employee training. All services,
including remote maintenance of drives, are also available as elements of customized service contracts.
9/28
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Industry Services
Training
Increasingly, up-to-date knowledge is becoming a determining
factor in success. One of the key resources of any company is
well-trained staff that can make the right decision at the right moment and take full advantage of the potential. With SITRAIN
Training for Industry, Siemens offers comprehensive advanced
training programs. The technical training courses convey expertise and practical knowledge directly from the manufacturer.
SITRAIN covers Siemens entire product and system portfolio in
the field of automation and drives. Together with the customer,
Siemens determines the companys individual training needs
and then develops an advanced training program tailored to the
desired requirements. Additional services guarantee that the
knowledge of all Siemens partners and their employees is always up-to-date.
Technical Consulting & Engineering Support

The efficiency of plants and processes leads to sustainable economic success. Individual services from Siemens help save substantial time and money while also guaranteeing maximum
safety. Technical consulting covers the selection of products and
systems for efficient industrial plants. The services include planning, consulting, and conceptual design as well as product
training, application support, and configuration verification in
all phases of a plants lifecycle and in all questions related to
product safety. Engineering support offers competent assistance throughout the entire project, from developing a precise
structure for startup to product-specific preparation for implementation as well as support services in areas such as prototype
development, testing and acceptance.
Energy & Environmental Services

Efficient energy use and resource conservation these top sustainability concerns pay off both for the environment and for
companies. Siemens offers integrated solutions that unlock all
technical and organizational potential for successful environmental management. Customized consulting services are aimed
at sustainably lowering the cost of energy and environmental
protection and thus increasing plant efficiency and availability.
The experts provide support in the conceptual design and implementation of systematic solutions in energy and environmental management, enabling maximum energy efficiency and optimized water consumption throughout the entire company.
Improved data transparency makes it possible to identify savings potential, reduce emissions, optimize production processes, and thereby noticeably cut costs.
Siemens IK PI 2015
9/29
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Industry Services
Modernization & Optimization Services
High machine availability, expanded functionality and selective
energy savings in all industries, these are decisive factors for
increasing productivity and lowering costs. Whether a company
wants to modernize individual machines, optimize drive systems, or upgrade entire plants, Siemens experts support the
projects from planning to commissioning.
Expert consulting and project management with solution responsibility lead to security and make it possible to specifically identify savings potential in production. This secures investments
over the long term and increases economic efficiency in operation.
Plant Maintenance & Condition Monitoring

Modern industrial plants are complex and highly automated.
They must operate efficiently in order to ensure the companys
competitive strength. In addition, the steadily increasing networking of machines and plants require consistent security concepts. Maintenance and status monitoring as well as the implementation of integrated security concepts by Siemens experts
support optimum plant use and avoid downtime. The services include maintenance management as well as consulting on maintenance concepts, including the complete handling and execution of the necessary measures. Complete solutions also cover
remote services, including analysis, remote diagnosis, and remote monitoring. These are based on the Siemens Remote Services platform with certified IT security.
Service Contracts
Making maintenance costs calculable, reducing interfaces,

speeding up response times, and unburdening the companys
resources the reduced downtimes that these measures
achieve increase the productivity of a plant. Service contracts
from Siemens make maintenance and repairs more cost-effective and efficient. The service packages include local and remote maintenance for a system or product group in automation
and drive technology. Whether you need extended service periods, defined response times, or special maintenance intervals,
the services are compiled individually and according to need.
They can be adjusted flexibly at any time and used independently of each other. The expertise of Siemens specialists and
the capabilities of remote maintenance thus ensure reliable and
fast maintenance processes throughout a plants entire lifecycle.
9/30
Siemens IK PI 2015
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Safety of electronic devices
Overview
The information listed here is mainly of a fundamental nature and
applies regardless of the type and vendor of the electronic control system.
Reliability
The reliability of devices and components is being driven as
high as possible by employing extensive and cost-effective
measures in development and production.
This includes
Selection of high-quality components;
Worst-case design calculation of all circuits;
Systematic and computer-controlled testing of all subcontracted components;
Burn-in of all large-scale integrated circuits (e.g. processors,
memories etc.);
Measures to prevent static charging when working at or with
MOS circuits;
Visual checks at various stages of production;
In-circuit testing of all modules, i.e. computer-aided testing of
all components and their interaction in the circuit;
Hot endurance run at high ambient temperature over several
days;
Meticulous computer-controlled final testing;
Statistical evaluation of all returns for immediate introduction
of remedial actions.
Division into a safe and a non-safe zone

In practically all plants there are parts which perform safety-related functions (e.g. emergency stop pushbuttons, mesh guards, two-hand controls). In order not to have to consider the
complete control system in terms of safety engineering it is customary to divide the control system into a safe and a non-safe
zone. No special requirements are imposed on the safety of the
control system in the non-safe zone because there would be no
impact on the safety of the plant if the electronics failed in this
case. In the safe zone, on the other hand, you are only allowed
to use control systems and/or circuits which satisfy the directives
in question.
The following zonal divisions are customary in practice:
Control systems with little safety engineering,
e.g. machine control systems.
Control systems with balanced zones,
e.g. chemical plants, aerial ropeways.
Control systems with mainly safety engineering,
e.g. incineration plants.
Important
Even if a maximum of design-based safety is achieved in the
configuration of an electronic control systems e.g. through
multi-edge configuration it is still essential to closely follow the
instructions in the operating manuals as otherwise wrong actions
may suspend precautions for preventing potential faults or may
create additional sources of danger.
These measures are regarded a basic measures in safety engineering. They prevent or keep control of the majority of potential
faults.
Risks
Wherever faults are liable to cause injury to persons or damage
to property it is necessary to introduce measures aimed in particular at the safety of the plant and, therefore, of the control system. Special, plan-specific directives exist for these applications
and need to be taken into account when configuring the control
system.
In the case of safety-relevant electronic control systems the
measures needing to be taken to prevent or keep control of
faults are aimed at the risk presented by the plant. In such a
case the basic measures listed above are no longer sufficient
above a certain level of hazard potential. Additional measures
have to be implemented and certified (e.g.dual-channel arrangements, tests, checksums etc.) for the control system.
Siemens IK PI 2015
9/31
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Software Licenses
Overview
Software types
Software requiring a license is categorized into types.
The following software types have been defined:
Runtime software
This includes all software products for creating (engineering)
user software, e.g. for configuring, programming, parameterizing, testing, commissioning or servicing.
Data generated with engineering software and executable
programs can be duplicated for your own use or for use by thirdparties free-of-charge.
Runtime software
This includes all software products required for plant/machine
operation, e.g. operating system, basic system, system expansions, drivers, etc.
The duplication of the runtime software and executable programs created with the runtime software for your own use or for
use by third-parties is subject to a charge.
You can find information about license fees according to use in
the ordering data (e.g. in the catalog). Examples of categories of
use include per CPU, per installation, per channel, per instance,
per axis, per control loop, per variable, etc.
Information about extended rights of use for parameterization/configuration tools supplied as integral components of the
scope of delivery can be found in the readme file supplied with
the relevant product(s).
License types
Siemens Industry Automation & Drive Technologies offers various types of software license:
Floating license
Single license
Rental license
Rental floating license
Trial license
Demo license
Demo floating license
Floating license
The software may be installed for internal use on any number of
devices by the licensee. Only the concurrent user is licensed.
The concurrent user is the person using the program. Use
begins when the software is started.
A license is required for each concurrent user.
Single license
Unlike the floating license, a single license permits only one
installation of the software per license.
The type of use licensed is specified in the ordering data and
in the Certificate of License (CoL). Types of use include for
example per instance, per axis, per channel, etc.
One single license is required for each type of use defined.
Rental license
A rental license supports the "sporadic use" of engineering
software. Once the license key has been installed, the software
can be used for a specific period of time (the operating hours do
not have to be consecutive).
One license is required for each installation of the software.
9/32
Siemens IK PI 2015
Rental floating license

The rental floating license corresponds to the rental license,
except that a license is not required for each installation of the
software. Rather, one license is required per object (for example,
user or device).
Trial license
A trial license supports "short-term use" of the software in a nonproductive context, e.g. for testing and evaluation purposes.
It can be transferred to another license.
Demo license
The demo license support the "sporadic use" of engineering software in a non-productive context, for example, use for testing
and evaluation purposes. It can be transferred to another
license. After the installation of the license key, the software can
be operated for a specific period of time, whereby usage can be
interrupted as often as required.
One license is required per installation of the software.
Demo floating license
The demo floating license corresponds to the demo license,
except that a license is not required for each installation of the
software. Rather, one license is required per object (for example,
user or device).
Certificate of license (CoL)
The CoL is the licensee's proof that the use of the software has
been licensed by Siemens. A CoL is required for every type of
use and must be kept in a safe place.
Downgrading
The licensee is permitted to use the software or an earlier version/release of the software, provided that the licensee owns
such a version/release and its use is technically feasible.
Delivery versions
Software is constantly being updated.
The following delivery versions
PowerPack
Upgrade
can be used to access updates.
Existing bug fixes are supplied with the ServicePack version.
PowerPack
PowerPacks can be used to upgrade to more powerful software.
The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL
(Certificate of License) with the PowerPack. This CoL, together
with the CoL for the original product, proves that the new software is licensed.
A separate PowerPack must be purchased for each original
license of the software to be replaced.
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Software Licenses
Overview
Upgrade
An upgrade permits the use of a new version of the software on

the condition that a license for a previous version of the product
is already held.
The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL with
the upgrade. This CoL, together with the CoL for the previous
product, proves that the new version is licensed.
A separate upgrade must be purchased for each original license
of the software to be upgraded.
The SIMATIC NET Software Update Service includes automatic

delivery of the relevant updates of the SIMATIC NET PC software
DVD, which is available following the signing of the contract.
ServicePack
ServicePacks are used to debug existing products.
ServicePacks may be duplicated for use as prescribed according to the number of existing original licenses.
License key
Siemens Industry Automation & Drive Technologies supplies
software products with and without license keys.
The license key serves as an electronic license stamp and
is also the "switch" for activating the software (floating license,
rental license, etc.).
The complete installation of software products requiring license
keys includes the program to be licensed (the software) and the
license key (which represents the license).
The CD contains SIMATIC NET software for Industrial Ethernet,

PROFINET, OPC server and PROFIBUS, so that your software is
always up to date.
The following boundary conditions apply:
The customer must already have a current software version, so
an update/upgrade may be required beforehand.
The update service is valid for one year following the date
specified in the order.
It shall be extended automatically for a further year, provided
that it is not cancelled 3 months in advance by the customer or
by the responsible Siemens partner.
When the contract is extended, the customer will be invoiced for
the cost of a further year.
You can download explanations concerning license conditions from
www.siemens.com/automation/salesmaterial-as/catalog/en/
terms_of_trade_en.pdf
Siemens IK PI 2015
9/33
Siemens AG 2014
Appendix
Conditions of sale and delivery
1. General Provisions
By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software
products described therein from Siemens AG subject to the
following Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery (hereinafter
referred to as "T&C"). Please note that the scope, the quality and
the conditions for supplies and services, including software
products, by any Siemens entity having a registered office
outside Germany, shall be subject exclusively to the General
Terms and Conditions of the respective Siemens entity. The
following T&C apply exclusively for orders placed with Siemens
Aktiengesellschaft, Germany.
1.1 For customers with a seat or registered office in
Germany
For customers with a seat or registered office in Germany, the
following applies subordinate to the T&C:
the "General Terms of Payment"1) and,
for software products, the "General License Conditions for
Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers
with a Seat or Registered Office in Germany"1) and,
for other supplies and services, the "General Conditions for
the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical and
Electronics Industry"1).
1.2 For customers with a seat or registered office outside
Germany
For customers with a seat or registered office outside Germany,
the following applies subordinate to the T&C:
the "General Terms of Payment"1) and,
for software products, the "General License Conditions for
Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers
with a Seat or Registered Office outside of Germany"1) and
for other supplies and/or services, the "General Conditions for
Supplies of Siemens Industry for Customers with a Seat or
Registered Office outside of Germany"1).
2. Prices
The prices are in (Euro) ex point of delivery, exclusive of

packaging.
The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices. It
shall be charged separately at the respective rate according to
the applicable statutory legal regulations.
Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will charget
the prices valid at the time of delivery.
To compensate for variations in the price of raw materials (e.g.
silver, copper, aluminum, lead, gold, dysprosium and neodym),
surcharges are calculated on a daily basis using the so-called
metal factor for products containing these raw materials. A
surcharge for the respective raw material is calculated as a
supplement to the price of a product if the basic official price of
the raw material in question is exceeded.
The metal factor of a product indicates the basic official price
(for those raw materials concerned) as of which the surcharges
on the price of the product are applied, and with what method of
calculation.
An exact explanation of the metal factor can be downloaded at:
To calculate the surcharge (except in the cases of dysprosium
and neodym), the official price from the day prior to that on which
the order was received or the release order was effected is used.
To calculate the surcharge applicable to dysprosium and
neodym ("rare earths"), the corresponding three-month basic
average price in the quarter prior to that in which the order was
received or the release order was effected is used with a onemonth buffer (details on the calculation can be found in the
explanation of the metal factor).
9/34
Siemens IK PI 2015
3. Additional Terms and Conditions

The dimensions are in mm. In Germany, according to the
German law on units in measuring technology, data in inches
apply only to devices for export.
Illustrations are not binding.
Insofar as there are no remarks on the individual pages of this
catalog - especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights
given - these are subject to change without prior notice.
4. Export regulations
We shall not be obligated to fulfill any agreement if such
fulfillment is prevented by any impediments arising out of
national or international foreign trade or customs requirements
or any embargoes and/or other sanctions.
Export of goods listed in this catalog may be subject to licensing
requirements. We will indicate in the delivery details whether
licenses are required under German, European and US export
lists. Goods labeled with "AL" not equal to "N" are subject to
European or German export authorization when being exported
out of the EU. Goods labeled with "ECCN" not equal to "N" are
subject to US re-export authorization.
The export indications can be viewed in advance in the
description of the respective goods on the Industry Mall, our
online catalog system. Only the export labels "AL" and "ECCN"
indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and invoices
are authoritative.
Even without a label, or with label "AL:N" or "ECCN:N", authorization may be required i .a. due to the final disposition and
intended use of goods.
If you transfer goods (hardware and/or software and/or
technology as well as corresponding documentation, regardless
of the mode of provision) delivered by us or works and services
(including all kinds of technical support) performed by us to a
third party worldwide, you must comply with all applicable
national and international (re-)export control regulations.
If required for the purpose of conducting export control checks,
you (upon request by us) shall promptly provide us with all information pertaining to the particular end customer, final disposition and intended use of goods delivered by us respectively
works and services provided by us, as well as to any export
control restrictions existing in this relation.
The products listed in this catalog may be subject to
European/German and/or US export regulations. Any export
requiring approval is therefore subject to authorization by the
relevant authorities.
Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice.
1) The text of the Terms and Conditions of Siemens AG can be

downloaded at
Siemens AG 2014
Catalogs
Industry Automation, Drive Technologies and Low-Voltage Power Distribution
Further information can be obtained from our branch offices listed at www.siemens.com/automation/partner
System Solutions for Industry
Interactive Catalog on DVD
Catalog
Products for Automation and Drives, Low-Voltage Power CA 01

Distribution and Electrical Installation Technology
Building Control
GAMMA Building Control
Drive Systems
SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units
SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units
SINAMICS GM150, SINAMICS SM150
Medium-Voltage Converters
SINAMICS PERFECT HARMONY GH180
Medium-Voltage Air-Cooled Drives
Germany Edition
SINAMICS G180
Converters Compact Units, Cabinet Systems,
Cabinet Units Air-Cooled and Liquid-Cooled
SINAMICS S120 Chassis Format Units and
Cabinet Modules
SINAMICS S150 Converter Cabinet Units
SINAMICS DCM DC Converter, Control Module
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
SINAMICS and Motors for Single-Axis Drives
SINAMICS G120P and SINAMICS G120P Cabinet
pump, fan, compressor converters
Three-Phase Induction Motors SIMOTICS HV,
SIMOTICS TN
Series H-compact
Series H-compact PLUS
Asynchronous Motors Standardline
Synchronous Motors with Permanent-Magnet
Technology, HT-direct
DC Motors
SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RA70 Digital Chassis
Converters
SIMOREG K 6RA22 Analog Chassis Converters
Digital: SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RM70 Digital
Converter Cabinet Units
SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems
SIEMOSYN Motors
MICROMASTER 420/430/440 Inverters
MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411
SIMODRIVE 611 universal and POSMO
ET G1
D 11
D 12
D 15.1
D 18.1
D 21.3
D 23.1
D 23.2
D 31
D 35
D 84.1
D 86.1
D 86.2
DA 12
DA 21.1
DA 21.2
DA 22
DA 45
DA 48
DA 51.2
DA 51.3
DA 65.4
Note: Additional catalogs on SIMODRIVE or SINAMICS

drive systems and SIMOTICS motors with SINUMERIK
and SIMOTION can be found under Motion Control
Low-Voltage Three-Phase-Motors
SIMOTICS Low-Voltage Motors
SIMOTICS FD Flexible Duty Motors
LOHER Low-Voltage Motors
MOTOX Geared Motors
SIMOGEAR Geared Motors
SIMOGEAR Gearboxes with adapter
D 81.1
D 81.8
D 83.1
D 87.1
MD 50.1
MD 50.11
Mechanical Driving Machines

FLENDER Standard Couplings
FLENDER High Performance Couplings
FLENDER SIG Standard industrial gear unit
FLENDER SIP Standard industrial planetary gear units
MD 10.1
MD 10.2
MD 30.1
MD 31.1
Process Instrumentation and Analytics

Field Instruments for Process Automation
Digital: SIPART Controllers and Software
Products for Weighing Technology
Digital: Process Analytical Instruments
Digital: Process Analytics,
Components for the System Integration
Digital: These catalogs are only available as a PDF.
FI 01
MP 31
WT 10
PA 01
PA 11
Low-Voltage Power Distribution and

Electrical Installation Technology
Catalog
SENTRON SIVACON ALPHA

Protection, Switching, Measuring and Monitoring
Devices, Switchboards and Distribution Systems
Standards-Compliant Components for
Photovoltaic Plants
3WT Air Circuit Breakers up to 4000 A
3VT Molded Case Circuit Breakers up to 1600 A
Digital: SIVACON System Cubicles, System Lighting
and System Air-Conditioning
Digital: ALPHA Distribution Systems
ALPHA FIX Terminal Blocks
SIVACON S4 Power Distribution Boards
Digital: SIVACON 8PS Busbar Trunking Systems
Digital: DELTA Switches and Socket Outlets
LV 10
Motion Control
SINUMERIK & SIMODRIVE
Automation Systems for Machine Tools
SINUMERIK & SINAMICS
SINUMERIK 840D sl Type 1B
SINUMERIK 808
SINUMERIK 828
SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 & SIMOTICS
Equipment for Production Machines
Drive and Control Components for Cranes
LV 11
LV 35
LV 36
LV 50
LV 51
LV 52
LV 56
LV 70
ET D1
NC 60
NC 61
NC 62
NC 81.1
NC 82
PM 21
CR 1
Power Supply
Power supply SITOP
KT 10.1
Safety Integrated
Safety Technology for Factory Automation
SI 10
SIMATIC HMI/PC-based Automation

Human Machine Interface Systems/
PC-based Automation
ST 80/
ST PC
SIMATIC Ident
ID 10
SIMATIC Industrial Automation Systems

Products for Totally Integrated Automation
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System
System components
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System
Technology components
Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7
Process Control System
ST 70
ST PCS 7
ST PCS 7 T
ST PCS 7 AO
SIMATIC NET
Industrial Communication
IK PI
SIRIUS Industrial Controls

SIRIUS Industrial Controls
IC 10
Information and Download Center

Digital versions of the catalogs are available on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/industry/infocenter
There youll find additional catalogs in other languages.
Please note the section Downloading catalogs on page
Online services in the appendix of this catalog.
Siemens AG 2014
Security information
Siemens provides products and solutions with
industrial security functions that support the
secure operation of plants, solutions, machines,
equipment and/or networks. They are important
components in a holistic industrial security
concept. With this in mind, Siemens products
and solutions undergo continuous development.
Siemens recommends strongly that you regularly
check for product updates.
For the secure operation of Siemens products
and solutions, it is necessary to take suitable
preventive action (e.g. cell protection concept)
and integrate each component into a holistic,
state-of-the-art industrial security concept. Thirdparty products that may be in use should also be
considered. For more information about industrial
security, visit
http://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity.
To stay informed about product updates as they
occur, sign up for a product-specific newsletter.
For more information, visit
http://support.automation.siemens.com.
Siemens AG
Industry Sector
Industry Automation Division
Sensors and Communication
Postfach 48 48
90026 NRNBERG
GERMANY
Subject to change without prior notice

PDF (E86060-K6710-A101-B8-7600)
Online version
DR.PN.SC.14.XXKG.95.11
KG 0814 1946 En
Produced in Germany
Siemens AG 2014
The information provided in this catalog contains merely general

descriptions or characteristics of performance which in case of actual
use do not always apply as described or which may change as a result
of further development of the products. An obligation to provide the
respective characteristics shall only exist if expressly agreed in the
terms of contract. Availability and technical specifications are subject
to change without notice.
All product designations may be trademarks or product names
of Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use by third parties
for their own purposes could violate the rights of the owners.
www.siemens.com/automation
SO_DRUCK_Titel_IKPI_2015_en.indd 2
17.10.2014 10:35:02

IK PI 2015 en

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Título original

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

IK PI 2015 en

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Siemens AG 2014

Answers for industry.

Motion Control Drives

SIMOTICS Low-Voltage Motors

Low-Voltage Power Distribution and

Only available in German

Products for Automation and Drives

PROFINET / Industrial Ethernet

Industrial Wireless Communication

Industrial Remote Communication

Printed on paper from

Answers for industry.

The Siemens Industry Sector is the

We consistently rely on integrated technologies and, thanks to our bundled

Market launch times can be reduced

Efficient automation starts with

A unique complete approach for all industries

Totally Integrated Automation

As one of the world's leading automation suppliers,

Making things right with Totally Integrated Automation

Totally Integrated Power

Comprehensive answers for

More information: www.siemens.com/tip

Totally Integrated Power offers more:

Challenges are our speciality

Industrial bus systems

- the industrial standard based on the

- the leading Industrial Ethernet standard

Industrial Wireless LAN

- the international standard for the field level is

Industrial Ethernet (IEEE 802.3)

PROFIBUS (IEC 61158/61784)

the international standard for area networking is the number one

PROFINET (IEC 61158/61784)

- the international standard, which, as an

- the standard for intelligently connecting

AS-Interface (EN 50295/IEC 62026)

the international standard which, as an alternative to the cable

the standard for intelligently connecting sensors and actuators

Industrial communication with Totally Integrated Automation

The advantages of Totally Integrated Automation already pay off as

Continuous flow of information from the actuator/sensor

Automation solutions can be implemented at little cost. New scope

Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP)

Intelligent field devices

Simple field devices

PROFINET, the open and innovative Industrial Ethernet standard

An overall solution comprises:

You need a seamless information flow for your strategic decisions

Use of communication systems

Interfaces for connecting automation devices to the bus

Industrial bus systems

Field device for

The graphic shows the connection of different

High availability since existing networks can be extended

Fast commissioning thanks to the simplest connection method

Virtually unlimited communication capabilities, since scalable

Industrial Ethernet (optic)

Complete overview of Industrial Ethernet

The socket interface for Industrial Ethernet

PROFINET is the leading Industrial Ethernet standard with more

PROFINET makes businesses more successful by speeding up

The I-Device (intelligent IO device) function enables simple